Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales"

See other formats 


Byes 


THE 


. 
i, 
.? 


PROCEEDINGS fu 


Nirw Soute Wates 


FOR THE YEAR 


1924 


VOL. XLIxX 


WITH SIXTY PLATES 
and 203 Text-figures. 


SYDNBY: 


PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY 
THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD. 
29 Alberta Street, Sydney, 


and 
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 


1924-1925 


CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS 1924 


PART I. (No. 195). 
(Issued 9th April, 1924.) 


Pages. 


Presidential Address, delivered at the Forty-ninth Annual Meeting, 


26th March, 1924, by A. F. Basset Hull. [Plates i-ili.] .. .. .. ik-xvii. 


Hilecctions and “Ammoumeements) 25 5.6 G8 sc.) evdeteede os elegans XVlli. 


Hons ‘reasurenis’ Balance Sheets 2 5) 4 25 Sue ee se cw sl ee, | XD ORXI. 


PART II.. (No. 196). 
(Issued 2nd July, 1924.) 


Studies in the vegetation of arid and semi-arid New South Wales. Part 
ii. The botanical features of the Grey Range and its neighbourhood. 
By Marjorie I. Collins, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society 


inpelyo Lamy. | (lates ol. -1K.))ia -vsmualaulicrt « oytesik erst ele! <e-elhe 1- 18 
Australian Coleoptera. No. ii. Notes and new ies By, H. J. 

Carter, B.A., F.E.S. (Ten Text-figures) . 19- 45 
New trilobites noun Bowning, with notes on Rachie: and Cacti ae 

By Jobn Mitchell. (Plate x.) .. . 46- 54 


Studies in parasitism: a contribution to the physiolog ry 68 ii pire 
Cassytha. By J. MeLuckie, M.A., D.Se. (Plate xi., and thirty-two 


Text-figures) . Sey hn Wa fe een CATR Ce Ta edits) 
The Loranthaceae of Acnecnaltin. Part Vers By, Win ES. pei (Plates 
SAVOY Qo eo 79- 96 


A critical revision of cis Aeainraicry fa Nee Heabenal specs of the 
genus Secotium. By G. H. Cunningham. (Commumicated by J. 
B. Cleland, M.D., Ch.M.). (Plates xii.-xv., and sixteen Tiext- 
figures) .. .. 97-119 
A monograph of the ‘Thaskaraicz intone trace) of New South Wales: . 
Part iv. Phyllopoda. By Marguerite Henry, B.Se., Linnean 
Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates xxvili.-xxxii.) 120-137 
Notes on Australian Diptera. No. ii. 4 J. R. Malloch. i ae 
by E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M.) . ‘ bo 66 loo disteaetn 
Kuealypts of the Blue Moantaina and “fhe Hiennedl: areas. is HC: 
oad M.B., Ch.M. UE Nebel by J. H. Maiden, I.8.0., ° 
PRS.) .. he Cbg Ae vee qaetertne toni tnae es eT RATIO) 


Observations on ‘Helin tft in “Antstraline “By T. Steel. (Three Text- 
figures) .. .. : set WW hake A We oat al eT 2 


The food’ milan or fr Bete oR some ‘Bijian inkbcta Part. ui = By Ri 


Veitch, B.Se:, and W. F. N. Greenwood .. .. > 152216h 


Studies in the Epacridaceae. i. The life-history of Styphelia Wongépaliti 
(RiBr.).. By Patrick ae M.A., B.Se., B.Se. Ag. . (Thirty-one 
aa ae SA : RN EIND Ds ORR M., I6QEITR 


iv. CONTENTS. 


PART iy (Nowl9%)): 
(Issued 24th October, 1924.) 


Results from Roy Bell’s Molluscan collections. By Tom Iredale. (Plates 
XXX111.-XXXVi. ) : 

Two new thrips-galls end ee Sanaa, eon New, South Wwiele! 
By W. Docters van Leeuwen and H. H. Karny. a ae 
by J. H. Maden, F.R.S.). (Three Text-figures) . 

On some Australian Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera). By Arthur M. Tey 
F.E.S. (Nineteen Text-figures) .. . 

Entomostraca collected in the vicinity oi dele, New Zealand.’ By 


Marguerite Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the ces a, 


Zoology. (Five Text- fenes) ees 

Notes on breeding Entomostraca from cred rad) and hele eines in 
aquaria. By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean ae! Fellow of 
the Society in Zoology. ee iaste WMO WANS oe Pet tatiats 

The nectar of flowers. By Thos, Steel.” cus 

Notes on Australian Diptera. No. iii. By J. R. Malloch.  Commnnenen 
by Dr. HE. W. Ferguson). (Four Text-figures) . 

An Australian Caryophyllaeid Cestode. By erocescon T. Tisaray 
Johnston, M.A., D.Se. (Seventeen Text-figures). .. . 

Notes on Australian Diptera. No. iv. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated 
by Dr. E. W. Ferguson). (¥ive Text-figures). : Te stameraie 

A revision of the Australian Chiromyzini (Sietinngiiias, Diptera). 
By G. H. Hardy. (Seventeen Text-figures). Reon aeelanrs 

The motor nerve-endings of the limb muscles of fie Rays (rane tem- 
poraria) and of the muscles of the pectoral fin of the Dog-fish 
(Squalus acanthias). By P. D. F. Murray, B.Se., Linnean Macleay 
Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates xxxvii.-xliil.). : 

Studies in plant pigments. Part ii. The red pigment induced by ee 
injury in Eucalyptus stricta. By J. M. Petrie, D.Sc., F.I.C., Linnean 
Macleay Fellow of the Society in Biochemistry. (Plate ane) hs 

Mite of genus Eriophyes associated with malformation of leaves of 
Eucalyptus stricta. By W. B. Gurney, F.E.S. (One Text-figure). 


PART IV. (No. 198). 
(Issued 29th December, 1924.) 


Revision of Australian wanes: capa By A. Jefferis 
Turner, M.D., F.E.S. 

Upper Permian Golceoreral and a new ‘order ‘eon ihe ‘Belmont Beds, 
New South Wales. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., Se.D., D.Sc, F.N.Z., 
Inst., F.L.S., F.E.S. (Plates xlv.-xlvi., and fie Text-figures) 

The Influence of certain Colloids upon Fermentation. Part i. By R. 
Greig-Smith, D.Sc., varia Bacteriologist to the Society. (Six 
Text-figures),. . SE anes seo TeCuies PRN CREA RAREOMAD. <<) 5.” oO. yABRGER eee 

Australian Nemecteridael (inves). By G.. H. Hardy. (Thirteen 
Text-figures ) ai Sl lees rach Memo tester ellll GAch Nie.) yas AM OMMMRMORD. «sy cmets 


Pages. 


179-278 


279-282 


283-312 
313-318 
319-323 
324-328 
329-338 
339-347 
348-359 
360-370 


371-385 


386-394 


395-396 


397-428 
429-435 


436-446 


447-460 


CONTENTS. Vv. 


Pages. 
Two new Hemiptera from New South Wales. By Herbert M. Hale. 
ens by A. J. Nicholson, M.Sc.). er xlvii.- 
Sivas) ve: «Pears 0 461-467 
Kleven new medio of Viecmeen nin Gecroniecans) Rocks) Myall 
Lakes, N.S.W. By John Mitchell. (Plates xlix.-lii.) .. .. 468-474 
An ecological study of the flora of Mount Wilson. Part i. The West 
tation of the basalt. By P. Brough, M.A., B.Sec., B.Se. Agr., John 
McLuckie, M.A., D.Se., and Arthur H. K. Petrie. (Plates lvii.- 
Ix.; and five Teceheures yi 475-498 
A further reference to the occurrence Be Merista plebeve Sac in 
New South Wales. By John Mitchell. (Plate lili.) .. .. . 499-503 


A preliminary reference to a new species of Elonichthys om the ae 

Beds of the Newcastle Coal Measures. By John Mitchell. (Plate 

abl) ‘ Seuravelate 503 
Note upon peamining fhe. Eiecraeeani -ion We cnceateaticn Colorimietenlin’ 

in small quantities of fluids. By R. Greig-Smith, D.Sc, Macleay 


Bacteriologist to the Society .. .. 504-508 
Critical notes on the Temnocephaloidea. By ereteceor W. A Gasvell 

M.A., D.Se., F.R.S. (Plates liv.-lvi.) .. .. i 509-520 
Australian Coleoptera: Notes and new species. Noe iv. By H. i 

Carter, B.A., F.E.S. (Thirteen Text-figures) .. .. .. ‘ 521-544 


PART V. (No. 199). 
(Issued 18th February, 1925.) 


ipalancessheeta(Bacteriolorys) benim ees ee eis cl val een aes oh eis ate Xxi. 
Abstractmot se FOoceedInesm. wishes 6 Gal eee ME OTR oe let oe) SKIL OX RAT, 
Monationsmand Hxchanges ti. sees ee isikios), ences Oars | XXXII Rl 
SEO eI OLS Wien yeah ic HVAC Peseta oak geitig “nap Me SaaeT Sreated Vickie mae Le og cco ],-liv. 


BEEN Mr epee teh ee ORME TIES oh Re nas WENN ee Meee Aya a1 dal Pa COE Yagi Oy SIA aya Be lv.-lxxxl. 


vi. 


CONTENTS. 


LIST OF NEW ORDINAL, FAMILY AND GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED 
IN THIS. VOLUME (1924). 


Austropeus (Helopinae, Tenebrionidae) Notoprataeus (Heterotarsinae) .. .. 37 
543° Nototrintus (Adeliinae) .. wearin 4) 
Balanotaenia (Caryophyllaeidae) 347 Paranisops (Notonectinae, Hemiptera) 
Buprestodes (Buprestinae) | 28 461 
Caviceps (Chloropidae) . 300 Permophilidae (Coleoptera) 430 
Deltastoma (Chloropidae) . 309 Permophilus (Permophilidae) 430 
Endothina (Opatrinae, Tenebrionidae) Permosyne (Permosynidae) 431 
536 Permosynidae (Coleoptera) .. .. .. 431 
Eremonoma (Cnethocampinae) .. . 409  Protocoleidae (Protocoleoptera) . 434 
Fergusonina (Agromyzinae) .. .. . 337 Protocoleoptera, ord. nov... .... . 434 
Mesodrepta (Cnethocampinae) . 401 Protocoleus (Protocoleidae) 434 
Notobubastes (Buprestinae) .. .. .. 37 
NEW GENERA OF MOLLUSCA PROPOSED IN THIS VOLUME. 
ADORED. 60° oo 06 ae 22. Hawton s% aah ye 230) Propefusus 8 3. 
Astelena .. .. Ba CONS WIUOIGRGOP 90 ea G6 209: Propeleda .. .... 
Bathycardita . .. . 205 Fluviolanatus .. .. .. . 196 Propesinum .. 
BEdeva enue... 2. ale) Galfmdusi se ey: Zhky, Pugilara si. ic. 
Bellastraea .. ~. 202 Gazameda.. .. .... . 241 Radulphus -.. 
Berylsma . . 267 Glyptozaria .- .. .. .. 248 Rimulanazx .. 
Borniola .. .. .. » AVE Govilenmjinty 5 06 60 00 o AUD IRMe 65 
Botellus . 244 TIcuncula .. .. .. 251 Salaputium 
Cacozelia .. .. 246 Lodderena .. . 233 = Salsipotens 
Chioneryx .... .. 210 Melliteryx .... .. 207 =Scissurona .. 
Coenaculum .. .. 244 Mendicula...... 206 Seilarex .. 
Comitileda .. .. . 185 Mesoclanculus 224 Semelangulus 
Cosmetalepas .... . 218 Minopa .. 226 Solamen .. 
Cnosscoltay nae 251 Naccula .. 238 = Sophismalepas .. 
Cuptdoliva .. .. 259 Notocallista 210  Spectamen .. 
Cymatiella 254 Notogibbula .. 226 Stipator .. 
Dolicrossea .. .. 251 Notolimea 194 Subzeidora .. 
Elegidion .. .. 220 Notomyrtea .. 206 Talabrica .. 
Ethminolia .. 228 Numella .. 206 Thracidora .. .. .. 
Eucrassatella .. 202 Patellanax .. 239 = Trichomusculus .. .. 
Eumarcia .. 211 Peculator . BO) WEG so oon 
Eximiothracia .. .. .. . 199 Pervicacia.. .. AGS GAWG oo oo. 66 iat 
Pratulum .. 207 


Page 34, line 25, for Bendin read Baudin 


CORRIGENDA. 


Page 104, 7th line from bottom, for locis gramineis read sylvis 

Page 105, line 7, delete “in grassy places ” 

Page 105, lines 9, 10, after Type), read Forest Reserve, Packakariki, Whakatikei 

Page 108, 8 lines from bottom; and page 110, line 10, for Cleland read Cleland 
and Cheel 

Page 151, for Helix aspera read H. aspersa 

Page 261, line 29, for 92 read 62 

Page 347, line 9, for larvei read laruei 


CONTENTS. Vili. 


LIST OF PLATES. 
PROCEEDINGS, 1924. 


i.—Shellharbour, N.S.W. 

ii— Moffat Head, Q.; Point Cartwright, Q. 

iiiPort Macquarie, N.S.W.; Magnetic Island, Q. 

iv.-ix.—Vegetation of the Grey Range and its neighbourhood. 

x.—New Trilobites from Bowning, N.S.W. 

xi.—General habit of Cassytha. 

xii.-xv.—Australasian species of Secotium. 

XVi.-xxvil.—Species of Loranthus. 

XXVili.-xxxii—Phyllopoda from New South Wales. 

XXXili,-xxxvi.—Mollusca from Roy Bell’s Collections. 

XXXVil.-xliii—Motor nerve-endings in limb muscle of the frog and in muscles of 
the pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias. 

xliv.—Hacalyptus stricta injured by species of Hriophyes. 

xlv.-xlvi—Upper Permian Coleoptera from Belmont, N.S.W. 

xlvii.-xlviiimNew Hemiptera from New South Wales. 

xlix.-lii—New species of Aviculopecten from the Carboniferous of New South 
Wales. 

lii.—EHlomchthys davidi, n.sp., and Middle Devonian brachiopods from New South 
Wales. 

liv.-lviReproductive system in species of Temnocephala. 

lvii—Map of the Mount Wilson Region. 

lviii.-lx.— Vegetation of the basalt at Mount Wilson. 


STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID NEW 
SOUTH WALES. 


Part ii. THs BOTANICAL FEATURES OF THE GREY RANGE AND ITS NEIGHBOURHOOD. 


By Margorte I. Couuins, B.Se., F.L.8., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in 
Botany. 


(Plates iv.-ix.) 
[Read 26th March, 1924.] 


Introduction. 


As an introduction to a previous paper upon the Plant Ecology of the Barrier 
District (Collins, 1923) the writer described the physiographic and climatic features 
of Western New South Wales. It was shown that the extensive sandy plains 
stretching out to the west of the Main Divide are interrupted at rare intervals 
by regions of high land, old peneplain surfaces which stand partly buried in their 
own detritus. The most important of these old residuals are the Cobar peneplain, 
about 140 miles east of the River Darling, and the Barrier and Grey Ranges in 
the far west and north-west respectively. 

Western New South Wales was further shown to be a region of decreasing 
annual rainfall as one proceeds from east to west, the region of lowest rainfall in 
tne State, Yandama, being close to the boundaries between New South Wales, 
Queensland and South Australia. 

The choking up of main and subsidiary stream channels with sand and de- 
tritus, and the cutting down of new channels in the old creek beds, in addition 
to other interesting physiographic features, point to the far west of New South 
Wales being a region of increasing aridity in recent geological time. This being 
the ease, the vegetation of such an area should offer much that: is of special 
interest to the plant ecologist. 

In the paper referred to above (Collins, 1923, pp. 246-261) the writer dealt 
with the plant associations of the various habitats in the Barrier Range, and, as 
far as she was able, from the data available, discussed the possible developmental 
relationships of the chief associations. 

It was with the intention of adding to the data collected in the Barrier Range, 
and thereby forming a truer and more complete conception of the relationships 
of the plant associations, that the Grey Range was visited in 1922. 

Although comparatively few species were found in addition to those already 
listed for the Barrier Range, yet the reaction upon the vegetation of certain 
physiographic features not previously met, such as the extensive areas of parallel 
sand ridges and the formation of “gibber” plains and slopes, seems to merit the 
special consideration of a separate paper. Also, the occurrence of summer rains 


2 STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W., 


will be shown to have some effect upon the nature of the ground flora, an effect 
not appreciably noticed in the Barrier Range, and one of special interest in a 
pastoral country. 

In connection with this investigation in the Grey Range, the writer is in- 
debted to Dr. W. MacGillivray of Broken Hill for much assistance, to Mr. Fuller 
of Mt. Poole and Mr. and Mrs. Winton of Yandama Stations for their hospitality 
and kindness in facilitating the work. The writer also wishes to express her 
thanks to Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.R.S., and his staff, who placed the facilities of 
the National Herbarium at her disposal and assisted in the identification of many 


species. 
Tue GEOLOGY AND PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE GREY RANGE. 


The Grey Range is a line of low undulating hills extending from about Lat. 
30° S., Long. 140° 50’, across the New South Wales boundary into Queensland. 
Although the height of these hills ranges from about 400 to 500 feet above the 
level of the surrounding’ plains, there are occasional higher peaks which stand out 
sharply, such as Mount Poole, Mount Sturt, Mount Browne and Mount Shannon. 

The Grey Range is held by certain geologists to be a northerly extension of 
the Barrier Range, and in age its rocks have been tentatively placed with the 
Willyama Series (Archaean) of this latter Range. Andrews says in this connection 
(1922, p. 63) “The North and South axis along which members of the Willyama 
Series are arranged, is continued to the Queensland border, a distance of 250 
miles North from Broken Hill, the older rocks cropping up as small shields and 
long ridges at distant intervals (Packsaddle, Koonanberry, Mount Arrowsmith, 
ete.) Of these the most marked are the Tibbooburra and Milparinka groups, 
distant respectively 210 and 185 miles from Broken Hill.” 

The most noteworthy of the rocks making up the Grey Range are claystones 
and slates with a dip ranging from about 60° to vertical, and with a strike of 
about N. 35° W. (Andrews, 1922, p. 62). 

Occasional thin beds of sandstone were observed by the writer interbedded 
with the slates near Mt. Poole. Large quartz reefs are a consistent feature of 
the range and are mostly thinly veneered with oxide of iron. The presence of 
these quartz reefs, and particularly the sheets of quartz rubble resulting from 
their fragmental weathering, recalls a similar occurrence in the beds of the Torro- 
wangee Series north of Broken Hill. In the case of the Grey Range, however, the 
silicification appears to have been more intense, hills: and plains at the present 
day being often entirely covered with dazzling white quartz fragments, which, in 
the distance, give the appearance of snow. Gold, which was at one time mined in’ 
the Grey Range and is at the present time often found in the sandy creek beds 
after rains, was no doubt liberated by the breaking down of these quartz reefs. 

Further evidences of silicification are found in the chalcedonised pebbles, 
agates and jaspers, so common a feature of the rubble and gibber sheets. 

Intrusive rocks of the range are chiefly the granite masses, such as that 
occurring near Tibbooburra, and the diorite dykes which frequently traverse the 
slates. 

An interesting occurrence of sedimentary rocks in the district is that of the 
Cretaceous sandstones which extend into New South Wales from Queensland as 
outliers from the Artesian Series. These sandstones are more commonly found 
in situ near Tibbooburra and upon denudation contribute in large measure to the 
formation of the gibber sheets which are a noteworthy feature of the lower slopes 


of the Range. 


BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 3 


Physiography. ‘ 
The physiographic features of the Grey Range are still more markedly of an 
arid cycle than those of the Barrier Range. Streams again originate centri- 


fugally in the hills. The Milparinka and Evelyn Creeks are of note on the eastern 
flanks and eventually lose themselves on the plains towards the Darling River; 
while Yandama Creek on the west, flows towards the Lake Callabonna drainage 
basin. 

As in the Barrier Range, these creeks are sandy or pebble-strewn courses 
lined by gum-trees (Hucalyptus). Occasionally waterholes occur in the creek beds, 
and these are often the sole source of water supply in times of prolonged drought. 
With a good downpour of rain, however, water runs in these creeks for some 
hours and floods the surrounding country. 

As in the case of the Barrier Range, the Grey Range is surrounded by ex- 
tensive plains. These are, for the most part, of a red sandy soil, with occasional 
patches of clay and darker loam in the areas subjected to flooding. The Plains 
stretch on the south to the Barrier Range and are interrupted at intervals by 
isolated peaks and ridges, such as Mt. Arrowsmith, Koonanberry Range, Mt. 
Packsaddle. It is on these plains between the Barrier and Grey Ranges that the 
extensive clay-pan lakes, Bancannia and Cobham, occur. 

In the east the sandy plains stretch to the Darling River, while to the north 
and west they extend, as an almost endless waste of sand, to the Central Aus- 
tralian Desert. A 

A feature of these sandy plains, and one not developed to any marked ex- 
tent near the Barrier Range, is the occurrence of mile after mile of parallel sand 
ridges separated by clay flats. Mr. H. Y. L. Brown narrates (1883, p. 3) “These 
plains are chiefly composed of red loam and sand with soft silt depressions, clay- 
pans or hard depressed floors, and dry lakes. Further North these depressions 
become deeper, and the sand ridges commence from here to Yandama Creek; they 
are composed of loose red sand and vary in height from 30-50 feet, and are 
placed in roughly parallel rows at distances of from a few inches to a quarter 
of a mile apart, being separated by long reaches of clay’ and silt flats.” 

The trend of these sand ridges appears to vary. The Cobham sand ridges, on 
the mail route from Broken Hill to Milparinka, cross the track diagonally, trend- 
ing almost north-east, while west of the Grey Range they are approximately north 
and south in direction. 

In addition to the clay flats between the sand ridges, clay pans of varying 
size and generally of cireular outline occur on the sandy plains and form an im- 
portant feature of the country after rains. 

In the neighbourhood of the range itself and extending out onto the plains 
for some distance are the gibber or stone sheets. 

The gibber plains are perhaps amongst the most characteristic of the physio- 
graphic features of desert-arid Australia. Spencer and Gillen say of them (1912, 
p. 40) “Nothing could possibly be more desolate than these ‘gibber fields’ . . 

The horizon is shimmering and indistinct, and the level ground is covered with a 
layer of close-set, purple brown stones, all made smooth and shiny by the con- 
stant action of wind-borne sand-grains, for in winter especially, a strong South 
Kast wind often blows all day long.” The stones making up these gibber sheets 
are rounded and polished and often glazed by the deposition of a layer of silica 
or iron. They are hard and flinty, and testify to the intense silicification of the 
strata from which they were derived. Geologists hold that these stones are de- 


4 STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W., 


rived from the cappings of Cretaceous sandstones, which apparently extended at 
one time over a much greater area than at the present day. 

In the neighbourhood of the Grey Range the gibbers are limited in extent 
and were nowhere observed to extend over such boundless wastes as described by 
various writers for the central, more desert regions of Australia (Spencer and 
Gillen, 1912; Jack, 1915; Howchin and Gregory, 1909). They are found covering 
slopes and bases of low hills and extend for limited distances onto the plains. 
Yandama, on the western fringe of the Range, gives noteworthy evidence of this 
formation. 

Another physiographic evidence of aridity in the Grey Range is to be found 
in the occurrence of certain salts in the soil. Gypsum deposits are frequent and 
fragments of crystalline gypsum are commonly found amongst the gibbers and 
on the rubble slopes. 

Saline lakes occur to the west of the Range and increase in number as one 
passes across the South Australian border into true Desert Country. Lake 
Frome, Lake Callabonna and, to the north-west, Lake Eyre are the most im- 
portant of these lakes. Travertine also occurs in the range, constituting a kind 
of hard pan some slight distance beneath the surface soil. 


CLIMATE. * 
Rainfall. 

The Grey Range is situated in the most arid portion of New South Wales, 
in fact the plains upon its western and north-western flanks fringe the most arid 
portion of Australia—the Lake Eyre basin. Yandama, on the western side of the 
Range, has an average annual rainfall of 6.55 inches, while Oodnadatta, in the 
Lake Eyre basin, has 4.85 ins. 

The monthly average distribution of rainfall is only available for two stations 
in the Grey Range, Milparinka and Tibbooburra, and is shown in Table I. 


Table I. 


Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June.July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Total 


Malliparinikal es) 2s) ens 5G ue bby OWE GOO Or ie SBi Sel 3564S eet 5 G4s 2GY> eS Wor 
UMN OO MA Sos BW COM BB SO. (A COR (BB. 548 oA) (Geb we COO 8a 8e 


Fyom this table, it will be seen that, although there is a fair degree of uni- 
formity throughout the year, the average is highest for the summer months 
(November to February). It seems highly probable too, that if more data were 
available, particularly from the northern end of the range, the average for the 
summer months would be still higher. The position of the Grey Range is such 
that it receives some rain from the southern region of winter rain contro] and 
some from the region of summer rain control. This results in a degree of seasonal 
uniformity, but at the same time is responsible for the extreme variation in rain- 
fall total. The following table indicates the extent of this variation. 


* For meteorological data used in this paper the writer is indebted to Mr. Mares, 
Weather Bureau, Sydney. 


BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 5 


Table II., showing variation in total rainfall for stations in the Grey Range, New South Wales. 


Station. Rainfall in inches. Year. 

{ MSE sti ane Meivecie abate 16.20 1890 

Wammene \eaiealdowestinswuiiuenean Seer lkauee 2.38 1905 
SEBO (ft ERI Sal Cea ERG 18.13 1885 
SURE SUNN AAS Tan teReinn a a eee 2.18 1888 
Huphestieniiasnie soph ek MMiel 42 1887 

Tibbooburra { Lowest 1.88 1919 


A feature of the rainfall in the Grey Range, in which this Range resembles 
the Barrier and other arid regions in Australia, is that a certain percentage of 
the rain falls in small amounts, from .10 to .25 inch. If,-as is often the ease, 
these small falls are followed by intensely hot dry days, then it is only reasonable 
to suppose that a large amount of this water is lost by evaporation before it can 
be made use of by the plants. 

Dr. Cannon (1921, p. 67) observed at Leigh’s Creek and other stations in 
South Australia that fine soil is moistened to a depth of 4 em. by a rain of .21 
inch, while a coarser soil is penetrated to a depth of 8-9 em. He shows further 
that “given favorable soil conditions, a rain amounting to .20 inch, penetrates 
the soil sufficiently to moisten the horizon occupied by the roots of many annuals 
and also by a portion of the horizontal roots of certain perennials.” 

In addition to small falls of rain, this country is one characterised by severe 
thunderstorms, often local in nature, during which several inches of rain may 
fall. 

During the writer’s recent visit to Yandama in October, 1922, 1.25 inch fell 
in one fall after a drought of two years. Later, during December, 1922, falls of 
seven, eight and ten inches were recorded from various localities in the Grey 
Range within a few days. 

Heavy and soaking rains which can penetrate the hard baked surfaces of 
clay, and can percolate through the more heated upper layers of the sandy soil, 
are apparently the only rains which affect the larger perennial plants with their 
more deep-seated root systems. _ 


Evaporation and temperature. 

There is no information available concerning evaporation in the Grey Range, 
but, Judging from the rate at which the water dries in the clay pans and water- 
holes after rain, the amount of evaporation must be considerable. According to 
the mean evaporation map for Australia (Cannon, 1921, p. 26) the north-west 
corner of New South Wales, including the Grey Range, comes between the 90 
and 100 inch lines. 

Temperature records are also meagre, but, if records for Tibbooburra may be 
taken as typical for the Range, the average may be regarded as from 69° to 70°. - 

Table III. shaws the monthly averages in temperature for Tibbooburra. 


Table III. 


Jan. Web, Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 
Tibbooburra ® 83.9 83.0 76.3 68.3 59.8 54.2 52.4 57.% 63.4 70.0 76.5 82.3 


The highest shade temperature recorded for Tibbooburra is 115° and the 
lowest in the same year 28° giving a range of 87° F. ~ 


6 STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W., 


Previous Investigations. 

Until the present time, our knowledge of the plants and their relationships 
in the Grey Range has been very meagre and confined almost entirely to the 
botanical notes made during Sturt’s Exploring Expedition to the interior in 1844- 
1845 (Sturt, 1849). More recently Dr. W. MacGillivray referred to various 
species collected in the Grey Range and its neighbourhood while on a journey to 
Cooper’s Creek from Broken Hill (MacGillivray, 1923). 

After leaving Flood’s Creek, at the northern extremity of the Barrier Range, 
in the advance upon the distant Grey Range, Sturt and his party encountered sand 
ridge after sand ridge covered with pine trees. The red clayey flats between were 
clothed with “Salsolaceous plants.” Sturt says of these ridges (1849, p. 184) :— 
“The sand ridges, some partially, some thickly, covered with Pine-trees [| Callitris 
robusta (?) | were from thirty to fifty feet high, and about eighty yards at their 
base, running nearly longitudinally from north to south. They were generally 
well covered with grass, which appeared to have been the produce of recent rains; 
and several very beautiful leguminous plants were also growing on them” [pro- 
bably Crotalaria, Swainsona, Clhanthus, Indigofera, ete.]. 

Later, when attempting to reach a hypothetical inland sea north-west of the 
Grey Range, Sturt is seriously hampered by these sandridges and exclaims— 
“Sandy ridges once more rose up in terrible array against us, although we had 
left the last full 50 miles behind, even the animals I think regarded them with 
dismay” (p. 378) . . . . “Here, on both sides of us, to the eastward and to the 
westward, they followed each other like the waves of the sea in endless succession, 
suddenly terminating as I have already observed on the vast plain into which they 
ran” (p. 380). Sturt records the occurrence of Acacias, Hakeas and Melaleucas 
on these ridges, but as he proceeds into the true desert country of the Lake Eyre 
basin, he finds the ridges bare but for the “poreupine” grass or “spinifex” 
(Triodia irritans) and an occasional “species of Mesembryanthemum with light 
pink fiowers on a slender stalk” (p. 405), by which he probably meant Calandrima 
Balonensis (Portulacaceae). Sturt refers frequently to the slopes of the Grey 
Range covered with quartz rubble and to the gibber sheets, which he describes as 
being bare of timber. An outstanding feature of his narrative from the botanical 
point of view is his reference to pine thickets and pineries on sandridges north 
of the Barrier Range and in the neighbourhood of the Grey Range. 

There is no doubt that by the pine Sturt referred to Callitris robusta or 
some species of Callitris. Since the pine is almost absent from these ridges at 
the present day and is only represented by scattered groups in both Barrier and 
Grey Ranges (Collins, 1923, p. 262) Sturt’s botanical notes describing conditions 
of nearly 80 years ago, have an added interest. 

Investigations of arid regions in South Australia, where physiographic and 
climatic conditions are somewhat similar to those described by the writer for the 
Grey Range, have been carried out in recent years by Dr. Cannon (1921) and 
by Osborn and Adamson (1922). Physiographically the Grey Range and its 
neighbourhood approximate more closely to the Oodnadatta region (Cannon, 1921) 
in that gibber slopes and plains with sparse vegetation and sand ridges and 
claypans constitute extensive habitats. A difference exists, however, in that the 
serub vegetation of the sand ridges near Oodnadatta is more open and contains 
fewer species than near the Grey Range in New South Wales. 

Osborn and Adamson (1922, p. 543) deseribe a luxuriant sandhill vegetation 
for the Ooldea region in South Australia. Although Ooldea is situated just within 


BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 7 


the 10-inch isohyet and, consequently, the serub vegetation in this locality con- 
tains a wider range of species than observed by the writer in north-western New 
South Wales, the observations of these writers upon developmental relationships 
of the vegetation bear out, to a certain extent, those already made by the present 
writer in arid New South Wales (Collins, 1923). 


The Plant Habitats. 


As in the case of the Barrier Range, there are certain fairly well defined 
habitats in the Grey Range and its neighbourhood. The most important of these 
are the rocky hills and slopes, the sandy plains and the ereek beds. 

The rocky hills and slopes are of two distinct types—the slate and claystone 
deposits making up the greater part of the Range, and the lower hills and slopes 
which are covered for the main part by gibbers and rubble. The sandy plains 
are either level stretches of sand dotted with clay-pans, or they are thrown up 
into a corrugation of sand ridges. The latter are rarely colonised as thickly as 
the sandy’ plains*and possibly indicate less beneficial water relations. Where the 
lower slopes of the range merge into the plains, the latter are covered with sheets 
of rubble and gibbers. These sheets are in process of formation and represent 
primary bare areas within the plains. They are almost destitute of tree and shrub 
vegetation and, on account of the heat reflected from the polished surface of the 
stones, these gibber slopes and plains. represent a most inhospitable habitat for 
the invasion and establishment of seedlings. However, miniature depressions 0c¢- 
cur in the gibber sheets, and, since these represent centres of small localised 
drainage systems, they have naturally become centres of colonisation after rains. 

The claypans are a consistent feature of flat sandy country throughout arid 
and desert Australia. They vary considerably in size, ranging from a few yards 
to over a mile in diameter. In outline the pans are sometimes circular, but more 
often irregular. Neighbouring pans often merge into one another, owing to the 
Sweeping away, by wind, of the intervening barrier of sand. In some eases there 
is hardly any boundary delimiting the claypans from the surrounding plains and 
in these cases the pans tend to become buried in sand drift. In other cases a 
rim of sand is built up round the pan, the water-carrying capacity of which is 
thereby increased. Tate and Watt (1896, p. 23) offer the following suggestion to 
account for the origin and formation of claypans. “They naturally oceur only 
where the country is flat. . . . . There is, therefore, a tendency for the water to 
le on the surface or rather to be gathered into slight depressions, which are 
sure to exist even on otherwise almost level surfaces. At first the water that was 
gathered into these slight depressions would almost immediately percolate the 
porous strata, but in doing so it would leave behind a deposit of silt. This would 
happen with every subsequent heavy fall of rain, until the silt suspended in the 
water and carried into the depression and deposited there, was in sufficient quantity 
to prevent further percolation. The claypan has now become established, and will 
retain water for a longer or shorter period, and as there is now very little pereo- 
lation through the bottom there will be no further settling of the floor as there 
may haye been in the early stages.” — 

It is possible that many of the claypans originate in the manner described 
above; others perhaps are formed by the removal of sand from the clayey sub- 
stratum, which is known to lie close to the surface in some localities at least, 
and the subsequent holding of water in these clayey areas. 

Surrounding the larger claypans there are definite zones subjected to flooding. 


8 STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W., 


These are known as “box” flats, since they are colonised by the box, Eucalyptus 
bicolor (Collins, 1923, Plate xxu.). 

The sandy creek beds are colonised by box (EH. bicolor and E. microtheca) 
and river red gums (H#. rostrata), species of Acacia and other small trees and 
shrubs. It is on these water-courses that the only tall tree vegetation of the re- 
gion is found. 


The Vegetation of the Rocky Hills and Slopes. 


As has been shown above, the rocky hills and slopes are of two main types, 
those which are made up of slatey deposits, and those where the surface soil is 
covered with a rubble of quartz fragments or with a mosaic of gibbers. In either 
case these slopes are but sparsely timbered. The slate outcrops bear an open 
vegetation of scattered bushes and small trees, all of which are represented in the 
serub flora of the sandy plains to be described later. Species of Acacia such as 
Acacia aneura F.v.M., A. tetragonophylla F.v.M. and A. cana Maiden are fre- 
quently found with scattered species of Hremophila (EH. Latrobei F.v.M., E. 
Sturtii R.Br., H. maculata F.v.M., EH. latifolia F.v.M., H. Freelingu F.v.M., etc.) 
and Myoporum deserti A. Cunn. The vegetation on slate outcrops was nowhere 
observed by the writer to form a thick serub. At the time of the writer’s visit to 
the Grey Range during a period of drought (Oct., 1922) the ground between the 
small trees and bushes was practically bare, except for low bushes of Kochia and 
Atriplex and the withered remains of grasses and annuals of a previous rainy 
season. Although the open nature of this vegetation is no doubt due in part to 
the practice of grazing and the non-establishment of perennials during extended 
droughts, it is highly probable, in the case of the slate outcrops at least, that 
edaphie factors affect the general configuration of the flora to a large degree. 
Osborn’s observations upon the vegetation of the slate outcrops in the Mt. Lofty 
Ranges near Adelaide (Osborn, 1914) and those of the writer in the Barrier Range 
(Collins, 1923) give support to this view. Where the rainfall is great enough to 
ensure the growth of grasses, as near Adelaide, a grassland results. In such a 
climate as that of the Grey Range, however, where rain is periodic and seanty at 
best, the ground flora, when present, is made up chiefly of species of Chenopodiaceae 
(Atriplex, Kochia, Rhagodia, Bassia) and such annuals as are commonly found 
on the plains belonging to the Compositae, Leguminosae, Cruciferae, Gramineae, 
ete. 

The quartz rubble slopes are generally bare except for a few species of 
Chenopodiaceae such as Bassia brachyptera * and other species of Bassia. In one 
locality near Mt. Poole, a rubble and gibber slope is being colonised by a com- 
munity of the leafless Aesclepiad Sarcostemma australe R.Br., the so-called “caustic 
bush” or “snake-bush” of stockmen (Plate v., Photo 4). 

Gibber slopes are devoid of tree and tall shrub vegetation except in the 
neighbourhood of creeks, where certain shrubby species often extend up the slopes 
from the creek beds. In several localities Acacia Cambagei, the “gidgee’ (Plate 
y., Photo 6), has spread over gibber slopes to form dense serubs. The usual ap- 
pearance of a gibber slope, however, is that of a barren sheet of stones, un- 
relieved by any tall vegetation. A stunted form of Atriplex vesicariwm colonises 
gibber slopes and plains extensively and represents the sole vegetation for many 
miles (Plate v., Photo 5). Where the gibber sheets are characterised by the de- 


* Formerly Kochia brachyptera F. v. M. 


BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 9 


pressions referred to above, small centres of colonisation occur and patches of 
annual vegetation are found. The withered remains of Bassia brachyptera were 
observed by the writer in all these depressions, the species representing again the 
pioneer coloniser on rubble slopes and plains (Collins, 1923, p. 253). 

Such annuals as Helipterum floribundum DC., H. polygalifolium DC., Myrio- 
cephalus Stuartu and the grasses Astrebla pectinata V.v.M. (Mitchell Grass), 
Iseilima Mitchelli Andr. (Flinders Grass) and Andropogon sericeus R.Br. (Blue 
Grass) are frequently found in these depressions. These latter are good standing 
erasses, and represent important additions to the flora for summer grazing. An 
interesting addition to the tree vegetation of the rocky outcrops of the Grey Range 
is the blood-wood Eucalyptus terminalis F.v.M., which occurs on the sandstones 
near Tibbooburra. This is the only species of Eucalyptus in the neighbourhood of 
the Grey Range, which grows away from creek beds or flooded flats. 


The Vegetation of the Sandy Plams. 


The vegetation of the sandy plains and sand ridges in the neighbourhood of 
the Grey Range is considerably more dense than that of the rocky outcrops des- 
seribed above. In fact, if one were to look out, from some elevated point in the 
range, over the surrounding country, one would see monotonous miles of dense 
grey-green scrub rolling away to the horizon. Occasional open spaces, practically 
devoid of trees and tall shrubs, point to the effects of grazing and clearing. The 
trees and shrubs making up this vegetation are distinctly xerophilous. The 
canopy or umbrella form of branching as seen in Acacia and Hremophila is com- 
mon, the leaves are either hard and leathery, with a marked development of 
selerenchyma and with thick cuticles, or they are characterised by the secretion of 
a layer of resin over the surface (e.g., Hremophila spp. and Dodonaea). Leaves 
and phyllodia are commonly strap-shaped and are generally arranged parallel to 
the incident rays of light. Partial or total aphylly is sometimes found as in 
Casuarina and EHxocarpus. Although there are no truly deciduous types in this 
region, it frequently happens that certain Leguminous plants shed their pinnae 
or leaflets and become phyllodineous (e.g. Acacia and Cassia). An interesting 
ease of the shedding of lateral leaflets occurs in Crotalaria Cunninghamii R.Br., 
where the two lateral leaflets are shed soon after the opening of the leaf, the 
broad terminal leaflet remaining. In this manner certain plants diminish their 
transpiring surface, and are thereby better fitted to withstand the intense heat and 
desiccating winds of summer. Species of Acacia e.g. Acacia tetragonophylla, shed 
their phyllodes during prolonged droughts, further production of phyllodes taking 
place with the comimg of rain. As has been shown above, the sandy plains are 
thrown up in certain areas into a corrugation of sand ridges which sueceed one 
another for many miles and are separated by clay flats of varying width. As a 
general rule the vegetation of these ridges is not so dense as that of the level 
sandy plain. This may be due to the less stable condition of the sand ridges or 
perhaps, in part, to their lower water-capacity. Small sand ridges are pioneered 
by clumps of Salsola Kali followed, after rain, by various annual Chenopodiaceae 
such as Atriplex holocarpum F.v.M., A. halimoides Lindl., A. angulatum Benth., 
A. campanulatum Benth., A. limbatuwm Benth., A. fissivalve F.v.M., A. Muelleri 
Benth. Other annuals appearing during the early colonisation of sand are various 
Composites such as Myriocephalus Stuartii Benth., Helipterum floribundum DC., 
H. strictum Benth., H. polygalifoliwm DC., also Blennodia canescens var. ptero- 
sperma, Solanum ellipticum R.Br., 8. esuriale Lindl. and many others. Amongst 


10 STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W., 


the perennials, Acacia ligulata is frequently found during the early stages of 
development and is generally associated with the small Leguminous shrub Crota- 
laria dissitiflora. The long golden-flowered racemes of this latter plant bring a 
prodigal wealth of colour to the parched sand ridges. Although the early stages 
of colonisation of sand are only observable upon small recently formed ridges, it 
is probable that plant succession is the same for both sandy plain and sand ridge. 
Where open areas occur on sandy plains, owing to scrub-cutting and burning, and 
partly to the eating out of perennial seedlings by rabbits and sheep, a community 
of Atriplex vesicarium (Plate vui., Photo 11) or Kochia sedifolia is often found, 
K. pyramidata, K. aphylla and Rhagodia spinescens being oceasionally associated 
with the former. Annuals, chiefly belonging to the Compositae, Leguminosae, and* 
Gramineae, together with a variety of small herbs, enter the scrub in these open 
spaces. It has apparently been the policy of pastoralists to eut and clear scrub, 
in order to increase the area occupied by the saltbushes and annual herbage, and, 
as a result, at the present day, large open areas of saltbush country occur in the 
scrub. The scrub, which is apparently the climax vegetation for the region, is 
characterised by small trees and tall shrubs, with an undergrowth of smaller 
shrubs, and a groundflora of the smaller woody perennials and numerous annuals. 

In general character, this association closely resembles the “mulga” scrub 
described for the rocky hills and slopes of the Barrier Range (Collins, 1923). 
There are minor differences, however, in that certain species are represented in the 
one locality and not in the other, and certain species which are dominant in the 
one locality are but sparingly represented in the other. 

The mulga, Acacia aneura (Plate viii., Photo 14) is still the dominant species 
of the serub association. With Acacia aneura and often assuming the role of co- 
dominant, are Acacia tetragonophylla, A. cana, A. ligulata, A. Murrayana (Plate 
vi. Photo 10), A. Oswaldi, A. stenophylla, A. Burkitti, and A. rigens. Amongst 
the trees of the association, perhaps the most important are Caswarina lepidophloia 
(Casuarineae) Myoporum platycarpum and Eremophila longifolia (Myoporineae) 
Grevillea striata (Plate vi., Photo 8) and Hakea leucoptera (Proteaceae), Santa- 
lum lanceolatum and Exocarpus aphylla (Santalaceae) Atalaya hemiglauca (Sapin- 
daceae), Owenia acidula (Meliaceae) and Pittosporum phyllyraeoides (Pittospor- 
aceae). Of these species, Atalaya hemiglauca and Owema acidula were not ob- 
served by the writer in the Barrier Range, but as these are known to have ex- 
tended down the Darling River and to the east as far as the Cobar district, it is 
possible that outlying individuals do occur in the Barrier Range, although they 
cannot play as important a part in the scrub association as they do in the 
neighbourhood of the Grey Range. <Atalaya hemiglauca generally grows in groups 

of from four to six individuals. This is due to vegetative propagation from hori- 
zontal roots, a common feature of plants in these regions. Hakea leucoptera 1s 
of lower stature here than observed in the Barrier Range and is generally charac- 
terised by the “mallee” habit, three or four stems taking the place of the main 
central stem. This adoption of the mallee habit is of interest, since Hakea 
leucoptera is known to store water in similar manner to the various species of 
mallee (Eucalyptus oleosa, E. incrassata Labill. var. dumosa F.v.M., ete.). Apart 
from the trees enumerated above, the mulga scrub is largely made up of shrubs of 
varying size. Of these the Myoporineae, Leguminosae and Sapindaceae play an 
important part. Of the Myoporineae Myoporum acuminatum, M. platycarpum 
and M. deserti are frequently found while EHremophila Duttom, E. Sturtu, E. 
Latrobei, E. longifolia, E. alternifolia, E. oppositifolia and E. Brownti are: comr 


BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 11 


mon members of the scrub. Rarer species of Hremophila are occasionally met in 
groups of a few individuals such as Hremophila bignoniflora and the almost 
leafless EL. polyclada (Plate vi., Photo 9). 

Of the Leguminosae, species of Cassia are second in importance to the Acacias. 
Cassia Sturtu, C. eremophila, and C. artemisioides are again prominent, but 
Cassia phyllodinea increases in number of individuals as we proceed north from 
the Barrier Range, until, in the neighbourhood of the Grey Range, it is the most 
abundant species. Cassia pleurocarpa is recorded by MacGillivray (1923, p. 140) 
for sandy country in the Grey Range, though it was not collected by the writer. 
Templetoma egena, T. aculeata and Crotalaria dissitiflora are further Leguminous 
plants entering into the undergrowth. Crotalaria Cunninghame, with its large 
green flowers, is an interesting addition to the scrub flora, but is more often 
found on open sandy ridges. This species is characterised by trifoliate leaves, 
the two lateral leaflets of which are shed at an early stage. Of the Sapindaceae, 
in addition to Atalaya hemiglauca (the white wood) referred to above, Dodonaea 
viscosa, D. viscosa var. spathulata, D. attenuata and Heterodendron oleaefolium 
are important species. The latter often occurs in dense “mono-specific” com- 
munities (Plate vu., Photo 12) and forms scrubs similar to those made by the 
various species of Acacia. 

An undergrowth of lower woody and herbaceous perennials is a characteristic 
feature of the scrub vegetation. Amongst the most important of these are Ptilotus 
obovatus and Ptilotus nobilis (Amaranthaceae), Atriplex vesicarium, Kochia sedi- 
folia and Rhagodia spinescens (Chenopodiaceae), Sida virgata and Lavatera 
plebeia (Malvaceae), Solanwm Sturtianum (Solanaceae), Scaevola spinescens 
(Goodeniaceae), Senecio magnificus and Senecio Gregori (Compositae). . 

Open areas in the scrub are generally occupied almost exclusively by members 
of the Chenopodiaceae and after rains by a large additional flora of annuals. This 
annual flora resembles that described for the Barrier District (Collins, 1923), and 
it is possible that most of the species recorded for that region are found in the 
Grey Range. The Compositae make up a great part of this annual flora, species 
of Helichrysum, Helipterum, Myriocephalus, Angianthus, Minuria and Brachy- 
come, being important. Such Leguminous plants as Clianthus Dampieri (Sturt’s 
Desert Pea), Swainsona procumbens, S. tephrotricha, Psoralea eriantha, and the 
trailers Indigofera brevidens and Glycine clandestina are perhaps second in im- 
portance to the Composites amongst the annual flora. 

According to the time of the year in which the great part of the rain falls, 
a winter or summer. herbage develops. Since the Grey Range is close to the 
southern boundary of the summer rain controls it is usual for more rain to fall 
during the spring and summer months. This results in the development of a grass 
herbage mixed with annual salt bushes. The Mitchell Grass (Astrebla pectimata 
F.y.M.), the Flinders Grass (Isetlima Mitchel Andr.) and the Blue Grass 
(Andropogon sericeus R.Br.) are the most important of these grasses, species of 
Stipa, Danthonia, Neurachne and Aristida also occurring. 

It is possible that a fairly large grass flora develops in the Grey Range and 
its neighbourhood after rains, but it is only the good standing grasses which re- 
main with the onset of the drying winds so prevalent in these parts. 

Amongst the winter herbage are various species of Cruciferae such as Blen- 
nodia canescens R.Br., Blennodia lasiocarpa F.v.M., B. nasturtioides Benth., 
Stenopetalum lineare R.Br., Lepidium papillosum F.v.M., Sisymbriwm sp., Portu- 
laca oleracea and Calandrinia Balonensis are important members of this herbage 


12 STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W., 


owing to their water storage capacity and their consequent ability to persist 
through the hot weather of early summer. Hrodiwm cygnorum (the crowfoot), 
Daucus brachiatus (the wild carrot) and Didiscus glaucifolius (the wild parsnip) 
are further members of the winter herbage. 


The Vegetation of the Claypans, Creek Beds and Flooded Flats. 

As in the case of the claypans described for the Barrier District (Collins, 
1923, p. 257) early colonisation takes place by species of Babbagia and Bassia, 
with Chenopodium nitrariaceum on the outer limits. In the region of the Grey 
Range, claypans which have been dry for some time are commonly colonised and 
often completely reclaimed by the Cane-grass Glyceria ramigera (Plate viii., Photo 
16). 

The sandy creek beds are again conspicuous as bearing the tallest trees of 
the region, the River Red gums (Hucalyptus rostrata) (Plate ix., Photo 18) and 
the “box” (Hucalyptus microtheca). With Eucalyptus rostrata and E. microtheca 
smaller trees and tall shrubs often oceur. These are the Whitewood, Atalaya 
hemiglauca, Owenia acidula, Pittosporum phyllyraeoides and various species of 
Acacia, Eremophila and Myoporum. Acacia Cambagei, the Gidgee, often con- 
stitutes the entire vegetation along minor creek channels. This forms dense 
thickets for some distance on either side of the creeks (Plate ix., Photo 17). 

The flooded areas on either side of creeks and minor drainage channels and 
the flats surrounding the larger claypans are often covered by a dense growth of 
the leafless Muehlenbeckia Cunninghamii, the so-called “lignum.” This occurs 
with the “black box,” Hucalyptus bicolor. The groundflora of such flooded re- 
gions closely resembles that deseribed for the Barrier District, the species being 
practically identical. Wet soil is colonised by the small stocky Composite, Centi- 
peda thespidioides, and by Marsilia Drummondii. (“Nardoo’”’) and Marsilia exarata, 
Mimulus repens, Morgania glabra, Lavatera plebeia, together with many Com- 
posites, Gramineae, and Chenopodiaceae occupy the drier land. Nitraria Schoeberi 
1S again common on flooded land and the Amaryllid, Crinwm flaccidum, appears 
to reach its maximum development in these parts (Collins, 1923, p. 260). 


General Discussion. 


As has been shown above, the Grey Range and its neighbourhood differ from 
the Barrier District in certain geologic and physiographic features. The fact, that 
the Grey Range comes within the region previously capped by the great Cretaceous 
sandstone series, has resulted in the formation of gibber slopes and plains, due to 
the weathering and wind-polishing of these sandstones. The barrenness of such 
areas gives ample evidence of their inhospitality as a plant habitat. 

The abundance of slates and claystones in the rock formation of the Grey 
Range is probably responsible, in part, for the open nature of the vegetation and 
the absence of thick serub on the rocky hills and slopes, such as is found on the 
Willyama Series of the Barrier Range. On the other hand, a comparatively 
luxuriant vegetation is developed on sandy plains in the neighbourhood of the 
Grey Range. Although sandhill and claypan country is found in the Barrier Dis- 
trict, it appears to reach its maximum development to the north-west of the Grey 
Range. It was here that the sand ridges and sandy plains with their dark gloomy 
serub filled Sturt and his band of explorers with dismay. 

From the description given, in the present paper, of the vegetation of these 
sandy plains, it will be seen that, in general configuration, this vegetation resembles 


BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 13 


the mulga scrub previously described for the Willyama Series in the Barrier dis- 
trict. Minor differences occur, however, in that certain species recorded for the 
Grey Range were not previously met in the Barrier district. The most important 
of these are Atalaya heniglauca, Owema acidula, Eremophila bignoniflora, E. 
polyclada and Acacia Farnesiana. Again, certain species, which were abundantly 
represented in the scrub of the Barrier district such as Fusanus acuminatus and 
F. persicarius (Santalaceae) were not observed by the writer in the scrub of the 
Grey Range, and are probably absent from this region. Santalum lanceolatum, 
on the other hand, is a more prominent member of ‘this latter scrub. The scrub 
of the sandy plains near the Grey Range apparently represents the climax vege- 
tation for the region. The mulga, Acacia aneura, is still the dominant species over 
wide areas, though other species of Acacia such as Acacia Cambagei and A. cana 
become dominant in places and form dense serubs. 

This vegetation, to which the term Acacia Steppe may be applied, doubtless 
represents the chmax vegetation at the present day for all country in New South 
Wales west of the River Darling, that is, country with an average annual rainfall 
of from 6 to 10 inches. Observations upon succession in the Grey Range and its 
neighbourhood, bear out those already made in the Barrier district. Bare areas, 
whether of primary or secondary origin, are first colonised by members of the 
Chenopodiaceae. In the case of secondary bare areas within the scrub association, 
communities of Atriplex, Kochia and Rhagodia are commonly found. Primary 
bare areas, such as rubble slopes and gibber sheets, are colonised in the first in- 
stance by Bassia brachyptera and B. divaricata, followed later by other species of 
Bassia, Kochia and Atriplex. Other primary bare areas such as claypans are first 
invaded by species of Bassia and Babbagia, while minor drainage channels are first 
colonised by annual species of Atriplex. 

In general configuration the serub association of the Grey Range and its 
neighbourhood resembles that of the Barrier district. “Monospecific” communities 
are again a characteristic feature of the vegetation as is also the sporadic occurrence 
of small groups or isolated communities. The pine, Callitris robusta, is represented 
sporadically in this locality where at one time it formed dense pineries (Sturt, 
loc. cit.). As far as the writer is aware, Acacia Farnesiana is represented by a 
solitary group of individuals a little south of Milparinka. In the western portion 
of the region, that approximating more closely to desert conditions, certain species 
are met which, according to the writings of other investigators (Cannon, 1921, 
Osborn and Adamson, 1922), appear to reach a greater development in more de- 
sert regions. 

The “mallee” (Hucalyptus oleosa) which occurs in pockets or “inliers” through- 
out the Barrier district is no longer a member of the serub vegetation in these 
parts. 

A feature worthy of note in the far north-west of New South Wales, and one 
observed by the writer in the Barrier district also, is the apparent failure of 
natural regeneration of certain woody perennials. The mulga, Acacia aneura, 
being one of the most important woody fodder plants of arid and semi-arid New 
South Wales, naturally comes under closer observation than other woody peren- 
nials. During the investigations of the writer, which were carried out over two 
years, and over a strip of country over 300 miles in length, in no instance were 
seedling plants of Acacia aneura observed. The general consensus of opinion 
amongst old residents in these parts seems to indicate that crops of seedlings of 


14 STUDIES. IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W., 


Acacia aneura are rare, and that when these do appear, the plants rarely reach 
maturity. 

It is known that many woody perennials of arid regions are able to rejuvenate 
and produce more individuals by means of suckers from horizontal roots. The 
apparent failure of regeneration of Acacia aneura should give grave cause for 
alarm where this species is an important fodder reserve and where grazing is 
carried out, at best, under most adverse circumstances. 

To make better use of our desert fringe as a grazing region it is important to 
know the factors affecting the establishment and development of the mulga (Acacia 
aneura). The faet that this species is dominant in the scrub association at the 
present day indicates that conditions were more favourable in the past for its 

establishment. We have evidence to show that prolonged droughts have killed 
large communities of woody perennials in arid New South Wales and that the 
mulga has suffered in this way. There is no doubt that recurrent droughts seriously 
affect the amount of seed produced and the number of seedlings eventually estab- 
lished of any species in these parts. 

The relative capacities of the seedlings of woody perennials to withstand 
drought seems to the writer to merit special attention in arid New South Wales. 

In addition to the recurrence of droughts as affecting the establishment of 
seedlings of woody perennials, and of Acacia anewra in particular, in arid New 
South Wales, the biotic factor is of importance. Rabbits cause extensive damage 
in western New South Wales by ringbarking seedlings and young plants of woody 
perennials, and by creating large secondary bare areas in the scrub around their 
burrows. Overstocking of runs and continued browsing down of seedlings by 
stock no doubt play an important part in causing the failure of natural re- 
generation and in retarding natural development of communities. To what ex- 
tent the vegetation of western New South Wales has been affected by these factors 
in the past cannot now be estimated, but we are in a position to state that, at 
the present day, the natural balance of vegetation is being seriously disturbed by 
these agencies. 

In conclusion, it seems to the writer that strict supervision of western lands 
is necessary in order to check retrogression of vegetation, and the. consequent 
encroachment of desert conditions upon what is now shrub-steppe. 


Summary. 


1. Geological, physiographic and climatic features of the Grey Range and its 
neighbourhood are briefly dealt with. 

2. Plant habitats are described, such as rocky hills and slopes, “gibber” and quartz 
rubble sheets, sandy plains, sand ridges, claypans, creeks and flooded flats. 

3. An account of the vegetation of these habitats is given, attention being paid 
to early colonisation of bare areas and evidence of succession. 

4. The nature of the groundflora in reference to summer and winter rain controls 
is briefly dealt with. 

5. In a general discussion, the developmental aspect of the vegetation is dealt 
with and reference made to the apparent failure of natural regeneration of 
certain woody perennials. i 

6. Evidence shows that Acacia Steppe is the climax vegetation in New South 
Wales at the present day for the 6-10 inch rainfall belt; and further, that a 
certain amount of deterioration is going on within this formation due to biotic 
and climatic factors. 


BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 15 


Interature Cited. 


AnprREWS, H. C., 1922—The Geology of the Broken Hill District. Mem. Geol. 
Surv. N.S.W., No. 8. 

Brown, H. Y. L., 1883.—Report on journey to North East. South Aust. Parl. 
Paper, No. 148. 

Cannon, W. A., 1921.—Plant Habits and Habitats in the arid portions of South 
Australia. Carn. Inst. Wash., Pub. 308. 

Cotuins, Marjorie I., 1923—Studies in the Vegetation of arid and semi-arid New 
South Wales. Part i. The Plant Ecology of the Barrier Dis- 
trict. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlviii., 229-266. 

Howcuin, W., and Grecory, J. W., 1909.—The Geography of South Australia. 

JAcK, R. Lockhart, 1915.—The geology and prospects of the region to the South 
of the Musgrave Ranges and the geology of the Western portion 
of the Great Australian Artesian Basin. Geol. Surv. S. Aust., 
Bull. 5. 

MacGinuivray, W., 1923.—A trip to North and North West from Broken Hill. 
Vict. Nat., xxxix., No. 10. 

Oszorn, T. G. B., 1914.—Notes on the flora around Adelaide. New Phyt., 13. 

Osporn, T. G. B., and Apamson, R. S., 1922.—On the Eeology of the Ooldea Dis- 
trict. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 46. 

Spencer, Baldwin, and GILLEN, F. J., 1912.—Across Australia. 

Sturt, 1849.—Narrative of an Expedition into Central Australia. 2 Vols. London. 

Tate and Wart, 1896.—The Report of the Horn Expedition to Central Australia. 
Part 11. Geology and Botany. 

Tayvuor, T. Griffith, 1918.—The Australian Environment (especially as ecentrolled 
by rainfall). Commonwealth Adv. Council Sci. and Ind., . 
Memoir, No. 1. . 


Appendix.* 


List of Plants collected in the Grey Range and its neighbourhood in September 


and October, 1922. 
Marsilea Drummondii A.Br. 
M. exarata A.Br. 

Calhitris robusta R.Br. 
Spinifex paradoxus Benth. 
Aristida calycina R.Br. 
Stipa elegantissima Labill. 
S. setacea R.Br. 

S. scabra Lindl. 


Danthonia penicillata F.v.M. 


Astrebla pectinata F.v.M. 
Triodia irritans R.Br. 
Glyceria ramigera F.v.M. 
Tseilima Mitchelli Andr. 
Andropogon sericeus R.Br. 
Crinum flaccidum Herb. 
Bulbine semibarbarta Haw. 


— 


Casuarina lepidophloia F.v.M. 
Grevillea stenobotrya F.v.M. 
G. striata R.Br. — 

Hakea leucoptera R.Br. 
Exocarpus aphylla R.Br. 
Santalum lanceolatwm R.Br. 
Loranthus exocarpi Behr. ‘¢ 
L. Preissii Miq. N 
L, miraculosus Maiq. 

L. Quandong Lindl. 

Muehlenbeckia Cunninghamii F.v.M. 
Rhagodia spinescens R.Br. 
Chenopodium mitrariaceum F.v.M. 


_ Atriplex vesicarium Hew. 


A. holocarpum F.v.M. 
A. halimoides Lindl. 


* This list is, no doubt, incomplete. particularly as far as annual species are con- 
cerned, since the writer visited the locality after an intensely dry season. 


16 STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION 


A. 
Jabs 
Ab 
A. 


angulatum Benth. 
Muelleri Benth. 

limbatum Benth. 
fissivalve F.v.M. 


Bassia diacantha F.v.M. 


bbb dod 


. paradoxa F.v.M. 

. biflora F.v.M. 

. bicornis F.v.M. 

. gquinquecuspis F.v.M. 
. longicuspis F.v.M. 

. divaricata F.v.M. 

. bicuspis F.v.M. 

. lanicuspis F.v.M. 


+B. brachyptera (¥.v.M.) 
Kochia brevifola R.Br. 
K. pyramidata Benth. 


K 
K. 


. aphylla R.Br. 


sedifolia W.v.M. 


Enchylaena tomentosa R.Br. 
Arthrocnemum arbuscula Moq. 
Salsola Kali L. 

Babbagia dipterocarpa W.v.M. 


B. 


acroptera F.v.M. 


Ptilotus obovatus K'.v.M. 


Je 


nobilis F.v.M. 


Alternanthera triandra Lam. var. 


nodiflora F.v.M. 


Tetragoma expansa Murr. 

(Aizoon quadrifidum) 

Gunniopsis quadrifida (F.v.M.) Pax. 
Portulaca oleracea L. 

Calandrinia balonensis Lind). 
Blennodia trisecta Benth. 


B. 
B. 


lasiocarpa F.v.M. 
nasturtioides Benth. 


Stenopetalum lineare R.Br. 
Lepidium papillosum W.v.M. 


LL. 


fasciculatum. 


Tillaea recurva Hook. 
Pittosporum phyllyraeoides DC. 
Acacia tetragonophylla F.v.M. 


mh BR fh fb & 


. rigens A. Cunn. 

. sentis F.v.M. 

. gladuformis A. Cunn. 

. Murrayana ¥.v.M. 

. Cambagei R. T. Baker. 
. Oswaldi F.v.M. 

. stenophylla A. Cunn. 


j Formerly Kochia brachybtera F. v. M. 


OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W., 


A. Burkitti F.v.M. 

A. aneura F.v.M. 

A. Farnesiana Willd. 

A. cana Maiden. 

A. Loderi Maiden. 

A. ligulata 2. 

Cassia pleurocarpa ¥.v.M. 

C. phyllodinea R.Br. 

C. eremophila A. Cunn. 

C. Sturtu R.Br. 

C. artemisioides Gaud. 
Templetonia aculeata Benth. 
T. egena Benth. 

Crotalaria Cunninghamii R.B:. 
C. dissitiflora Benth. 

Lotus australis Andy. 
Indigofera brevidens Benth. 
I. australis Willd. 

Psoralea eriantha Benth. 

P. patens Lindl. 

Clianthus Dampieri A. Cunn. 
Swainsona tephrotricha F.v.M. 
S. phacifolia F.v.M. 

S. procumbens F.v.M. 

Glycine clandestina Wendl. 
Erodium cygnorum Nees. 
Linum marginale A. Cunn. 
Zygophyllum apiculatum F.\ M 
Z, iodocarpum F.v.M. 

Z. fruticulosum DC. 

Tribulus terrestris L. 

Nitraria Schoeberi L. 

Owenia acidula F.v.M. 
Euphorbia Drummondii Boiss. 
F. eremophila A. Cunn. 
Atalaya hemiglauca F.v.M. 
Heterodendron oleaefoliwm Dest. 
Dodonaea viscosa Jacq. 


D. viscosa var. spathulata Benth. 
D. attenuata A. Cunn. 

Abutilon sp. 

Lavatera plebeia Sims. 

Sida virgata Hook. 

S. corrugata Lindl. 

Cienfuegosia gossypioides Hockr. 
Pimelea simplex V.v.M. 

P. petrophila F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 


BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 


E. microtheca F.v.M. 

E. rostrata F.v.M. 

E. terminals V.v.M. 
Melaleuca trichostachya Lindl. 
Didiseus glaucifolius F.v.M. 
Daucus braciiatus Sieb. 
Jasminum lineare R.Br. 
Sarcostemma australe R.Br. 
Convolvulus erubescens Sims. 
Heliotropium curassavicum L. 
Lappula concava ¥.v.M. 
Rochelia maccoya F.v.M. 
Solanum esuriale Lindl. 

S. ellipticum R.Br. 

Nicotiana suaveolens Lehm. 
Mimulus gracilis R.Br. 
Morgania glabra R.Br. 
Myoporum deserti A. Cunn. 
M. platyearpum R.Br. 

M. tenmfolium var. acunanatum R.Br. 
Eremophila oppositifolia R.Br. 
E. Sturt R.Br. 

E. Latrobei F.v.M. 

E. longifolia F.v.M. 

E. bignoniflora F.v.M. 


f/ 


E. polyclada F.v.M. 

E, Browntt F.v.M. 

E. Duttonii F.v.M. 

E. maculata F.v.M. 

FE. alternifolia R.Br. 

Cucumis sp. 

Isotoma petraea. 

Wahlenbergia gracilis A. DC. 

Goodenia sp. 

Scaevola spinescens R.Br. 

Minuria integerrima Benth (Candollei 
F.v.M.). 

Calotis hispidula F.v.M. 

Myriocephalus Stuartii Benth. 

Angianthus pusillus Benth. 

Craspedia globosa Benth. 

C. chrysantha Benth. 

Helichrysum apiculatum DC. 

Helipterum polygalifolium DC. 

H. floribundum DC. 

HI. strictum Benth. 

Senecio Gregori F.v.M. 

S. magnificus F.v.M. . 

Centipeda thespidioides F.v.M. 


DESCRIPTION OF PLATES IV.-IX. 
Plate iv. 


Quartz rubble in foreground slop- 


Myriocephalus 


1. Western fringe of Grey Range at Yandama, N.S.W. Creek in foreground 
with Hucalyptus microtheca (box), Atalaya hemiglauca (Whitewood) and 
Acacia Cambagei extending up rubble slopes. 

2. Low hills of Grey Range from Mt. Poole. 
ing to Evelyn Creek (Box and Gum). 

3. Vertical slate outcrop at Sturt’s Depot Glen, Mt. Poole. 

Plate v. 

4. Gibber and rubble slope colonised by community of Sarcostemma australe. 

5. Gibber slope with community of Atriplex vesicarium, Yandama. 

6. Gibber slope near Yandama Creek, with Acacia Cambagei as sole timber. 

Plate vi. 

7. Open serub near Mt. Arrowsmith, with emus in foreground. 

Stuart making up groundflora; Hremophila Sturtit at side and Acacia aneura 
in distance. 

8. Grevillea striata (the beefwood) on sandy plain west of Yandama. 

9, Hremophila polyclada (?) on clayey flat, Grey Range. 

10. Acacia Murrayana on sandridge north west of Grey Range. Triodia irritans, 
the “poreupine” grass or “spinifex” constituting the only ground flora. 

Plate vi. 
11. Open sandy plain with community of Atriplex vesicarium. 
12. 


Sand ridge west of Grey Range with “monospecific” community of Hetero- 
dendron oleaefolium. 


18 STUDIES IN THE VEGETATION OF ARID AND SEMI-ARID N.S.W. 


13. Heterodendron oleaefoliwm on sandy rise near Yandama, showing exposure of 
roots by wind erosion. 
Plate viii. 
14. Mulga serub (Acacia aneura) on sand ridge west of Grey Range. 
15. Part of a claypan bordered by open saltbush plain with Atriplex vesicariwm 
and Kochia sedifolia. Colonisation of pan by Glyceria ramigera has com- 


menced. 
16. Claypan reclaimed by Glyceria ramigera. 


Plate ix. 


17. Acacia Cambagei in creek bed, Mt. Poole, Grey Range. 
18. Eucalyptus rostrata in Yandama Creek. 


19 


AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA—NOTES AND NEW SPECIES NO. iii. 
By He J.-Carter, B.A., FHS: 


(Ten Text-figures. ) 
[Read 26th March, 1924.] 


The following notes are the outcome of my recent visit to the British Museum 
of Natural History and to the Hope Museum. There are added descriptions of 
two new genera of Buprestidae, with two and three new species respectively; two 
new genera of Tenebrionidae, of which one belongs to a subfamily (Heterotarsinae) 
not hitherto recorded from Australia and which is apparently closely allied to a 
North American genus; and a few new species that recent investigations show to 
be undescribed. 


BUPRESTIDAE. 


My revision of the genus Stigmodera (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1916) should 
be corrected as follows :— 

Stigmodera cyaniventris Kerr. = S. variabilis Don. 

S. viridicincta Waterh. var. = S. carpentariae Blkb. 

The latter species was omitted from my list of synonyms by accident. Black- 
burn’s type is almost identical with the specimen marked viridicincta var. by 
Waterhouse, the type itself being an unusual form of a fairly common North 
Queensland species. . 

S. major Waterh. is a variety of pubicollis Waterh., as stated by its author, 
and not as in my tabulation under parryi Hope. 

S. aeneicornis Saund. is a distinet species not synonymous with rotundata 
Saund., and should stand in my table near disjecta Kerr. (No. 215). 

S. deleta Kerr. is a distinet species, not a variety of mastersi Macl.; Kerre- 
mans labelled every example of a species he described as “type” and, in some 
eases, two different species are marked with identical labels, e.g., of two specimens 
labelled “inermis Kerr. type,” one is a distincta Saund, the other is nova Kerr.). 

S. pallidipennis Blackb. is a small example of auricollis Thoms. 

S. addenda Kerr. (nom. praeoce. by Thomson) = straminea Macl.—a common 
form of this species without the lateral maculae; later also described by Théry as 
S, johannae. 

S. septemguttata Waterh. = tyrrhena Blackb., a variable species in which the 
fasciae are often broken up into spots. (Types compared). Waterhouse’s name 
has priority. 

S. anchoralis C. and G. = agrestis Kerr. 

S. rubriventris Blackb.—The type of this was described from Western Aus- 
tralia and is not the species usually labelled in Australian collections under that 


20 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


name, which is a well-known Eastern species (N.S.W.) described as maculifera 
Kerr. (erroneously given in my tabulation as a synonym of rubriventris). 

S. simulata C. and G. = perpleca Hope = lanuginosa Hope. The last two 
ot these were placed by Saunders as synonyms of burchelli C. and G., a mistake 
repeated by Masters. 

S. hostilis Blackb.—An examination of the type has convinced me that this is 
a good species, with each elytron trispinose, and therefore is not synonymous with 
burchelli C. and G. 

S. suavis Kerr. is only one of the many forms of scalaris Boisd. (= cyani- 
collis B.). 

S. libens Kerr. (omitted from my tabulation, vide loc. cit., p. 99) is synony- 
mous with alternecosta Thoms. 


STIGMODERA PRAETERITA, N.sp. 


3. Hlongate, oblong; head, pronotum, scutellum, underside and legs dark brassy- 
green or black, the pronotum with yellow margins, antennae green; elytra yellow, 
sometimes clouded (by the darkening of the striae and seriate punctures); the 
apical three-quarters of suture dark green, or bluish; this dark part widening 
anteriorly and towards apex, to a variable degree; apical segments of abdomen 
sometimes yellow at sides. Head channelled and coarsely punctate. Prothorax 
depressed, strongly bisinuate at apex and at base, anterior angles acutely produced, 
base with wide medial lobe, angulately excised near the yellow margin; sides 
straight (parallel or slightly obliquely widening) on basal half, thence rather 
abruptly narrowed to apex, posterior angles rectangular; dise finely and evenly 
punctate (without a sign of rugosity), the medial channel smooth and very clearly 
defined. Hlytra sub-parallel on basal two-thirds, thence rather sharply attenuated 
to apex, and not quite covering the abdomen; apices variably bidentate, a strong 
sutural tooth obliquely directed inwards, and an external tooth (unusually variable 
in length), the interspace arcuate; dise striate-punctate, the punctures in striae 
irregular, intervals nearly flat, the interval between the 5th and 6th striae wide 
and coarsely punctate; underside sparsely clothed with long whitish hairs, finely 
and evenly punctured, the prosternum lghtly transversely TUB eRe, the last seg- 
ment of abdomen widely excised. 

2 differs in the following: colour of head, prothorax, underside and append- 
ages black (in two only of nine females examined green, while of the three males 
one had these parts black, the abdomen bluish, rarely greenish), the exterior apical 
spine of elytra short; apical segment of abdomen rounded. Dimensions: 5 26-29 
x 9-10 mm.; ¢ 30-32 x 10-12 mm. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Kuring-gai Chase and Mona Vale, on Angophora 
cordifolia (H. J. Carter). A species that has surprisingly escaped notice in a 
district that has been more closely collected than any in Australia. This is pro- 
bably due to its superficial likeness in the field to some forms of S. variabilis 
Don, which also occurred in numbers at the time of its capture. In structure and 
sculpture it is very close to S. affinis Saund., as also in the arrangement of dark 
colour on the elytra; but besides the absence of any red colour on pronotum and 
elytra and the frequent black surface of body, it is differentiated from affinis by 
(1) the bispinose apices of elytra, (2) the strongly angulated baso-lateral excision 
of pronotum, (3) the sharper angles of pronotum. Twelve examples were taken 
during December, 1923, of which three only were males. Types in Coll. Carter. 


Stigmodera affinis Saund.—The author states that “the puncturation of the 
thorax is larger and deeper” than in 8. limbata Don. This is misleading, since 


BY H. J. CARTER. 21 


one of the main distinctions between these species lies in the evidently finer 
sculpture of affinis, from which the interpunctural rugosities which characterize 
the pronotum of limbata are absent. Also the “two apical segments spotted with 
red on the sides,” is not a constant character. 


STIGMODERA COMMIXTA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1.) 


Ovate; surface violaceous blue, the elytra with medial and sub-apical fasciae 
yellow, sometimes also with a small yellow spot near base at middle, not extending 
to sides or base; antennae bronze; tarsi greenish-bronze. Pronotum very convex, 
more sinuate at base than at apex, anterior angles acutely produced, sides widely 
rounded with greatest width near the middle, dise moderately punctate on basal 
half, closely so at apex. Hlytra obovate, widened at shoulders and post-medially, 
hind margins finely serrated, apices with a small lunation without spines; disc 
striate-punctate, intervals convex, and coarsely punctate; underside finely and 
closely punctate with sparse, white pubescence. Dimensions: 15-18 x 6-8 mm. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (G. S. Bryant and H. J. Carter). This is 
the species referred to in my Revision (p. 82) as a variety of S. klugi C. and G., 
but which, with more material, I am satisfied is a distinet species. While like 
klugi in general form and colour, the following differences may be tabulated :— 


S. klugt (Text-fig. 2). S. commeta. 
Head with interocular space narrower This area wider and diverging. 
and sub-parallel. 
Prothorax, sides near base straight or More convex, sides widely rounded, 
slightly widening; widest behind widest near middle. 
middle. 
Underside strongly punctate. More finely punctate. 


There is also a slight colour difference in the more violet shade of commizta, 
and a tendency of the yellow fasciae to be little or not interrupted at the suture, 
as in klugi. 

Fifteen examples of klugi and eight of commixta are before me, with both 
sexes of each. In both there is sometimes a basal yellow spot on the elytra as 
well as the two fasciae. In klugi eight (1 d, 7 2) have the basal spot as in 
Saunders’ figure, extending from near the scutellum to the sides and base, seven 
(S$) are without it. The yellow fasciae are generally more widely interrupted at 
the suture than in commizta. In commixta four (2 d, 2 2) have a small spot . 
half way between scutellum and sides, but in no case extending to base or sides; 
four (2 d, 2 2) are without it. 


(V.B.—The sexes in both species are little differentiated by abdominal struc- 
ture, the last segment being subtruneate in d, rounded in 2). ‘Type in Coll. 
Carter. 


Stigmodera puerilis Kerr—Amongst the vagaries of pattern variation in the 
genus, this species varies as follows: (1) The medial yellow fascia, usually divided 
at the suture, is connected and widened in that region, (2) the medial yellow 
fascia is not only connected at suture, but is extended to join the basal yellow 
spots. I have examples from the Dorrigo district, as well as five examples taken 
by myself at Gosford and Wahroonga, that show these variations. 


| STIGMODERA’ LATIPES, n.sp. (Text-fig. 3.) 


Hlongate oblong, rather flat; head, pronotum and seutellum bronzy-black, 
elytra red, underside blue-black; legs, tarsi and antennae black. Head prolonged 
in front, strongly punctate, deeply channelled between eyes. Pronotwm hisinuate 


22 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


at apex and base, anterior angles acute, sides nearly straight on anterior half; 
surface very uneven, with four prominent ear-like ridges, two on each lobe, the 
inner two enclosing a large oval fovea near base; the outer two forming a rounded 
extension at sides on basal half; medial channel deeply excised, the whole surface 


a 


Figs. 1-7. 
1. Stigmodera commta. 4. Buprestodes coruscans. 
2. Stigmodera klugi. 5. Notobubastes occidentalis, &. 
3. Stigmodera latipes. 6. Notobubastes orientalis, 3. 


7. Notobubastes aurosulcata. 


closely punctate. Hlytra: sides sharply rectangular at junction with pronotum, 
rather strongly widened at shoulder, lightly compressed at middle, rounded and 
minutely crenate behind; apices finely and inconspicuously bidentate; each elytron 
with three carinate costae, of which the two inner are parallel throughout, the 
exterior diverging at shoulder; the lateral border forming a fourth, besides two 
faint scutellary costae; the sutural edges also sub-carinate. Sternal area coarsely 
punctate, abdomen finely strigose-punctate, the apical segment densely and finely 
punctate; tibiae and tarsi unusually widened, the former flattened. Dimensions' 
14 x 5 mm. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Coonabarabran district (H. J. Carter). Two ? 
examples were taken by me on Leptospermum flowers at Timor, Warrumbungle 
Mountains, in November, 1923. The species belongs to my first section of the 
sub-genus Castiarina, “Elytra carinate costate,” near nasuta Saund. and spinolae 
C. and G., but unmistakably distinct from these (and praetermissa Cart.) by 
elongate form, pronotal ridges and widened tibiae inter multa alia. Type in Coll. 
Carter. 


Chalecotaemia martini Saund. = bi-impressa Carter. The latter name must 
therefore disappear. Saunders’ species was erroneously placed under Pseudo- 
taenia by Kerremans, and this misled me. It is an anomalous species in that the 
medial line of the pronotum is raised apically while suleate for the greater part. 
The prosternum is deeply suleate. (Type examined). 


BY H. J. CARTER. 23 


Paracephala minuta Kerr. is evidently synonymous with P. pistacina Hope. 

Nascio lunaris Kerr. is distinet from vetusta Boisd. 

Euryspilus (Hurybia) australis Blackb.—This species is very doubtfully dis- 
tinet from H. chalcodes C. and G. In examining a series of H. chalcodes. taken 
at S. Perth on the same date and evidently conspecific, I notice differences of 
sculpture that correspond closely to Blackburn’s differential character of C. aus- 
tralis. 1 think this difference is individual and may be sexual. 

Anilara (Melobasis) obscura Macl. = A. cuprescens Kerr. = A. uniformis 
Kerr. = ? A. platessa Thoms. 

I have already noted (‘Revision of Melobasis,” Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1923, 
p- 70) the confusion of names Amilara (Melobasis) obscura Macl. and Anilara 
(Anthaxia) obscura Macl., and have proposed the name A. macleayi for the 
latter. A close inspection of Kerremans’ types fails to show specific differences 
between his cuprescens and uniformis. Moreover, the locality, “Australie: Nouvelle 
Zélande”’ for uniformis requires confirmation. I have placed a query before 
Thomson’s species, since the identification of his species is doubtful, though his 
name is general in collections for a common insect that is variable in size and 
that I have frequently secured by beating dead Eucalyptus boughs in New South 
Wales and Victoria. It is probable that A. deplanata Théry is the same species. 

The genus Anthaxia does not, apparently, occur in Australia. The species 
described by Macleay as Anthaxia are referable either to Anilara or to 
Melanophila. 

The genus Anilara is approaching the nebulous state that Cisseis was in. 
Six Australian species have recently been added by Théry (Mém. Ent. Soc. Belg., 
1920) to the twenty so far recorded, but no one has been bold enough to attempt 
a tabulation of the genus. 

Belionota saundersi Waterh. = B. aenea Deyr. = B. carteri Kerr. (MSS. ?). 

Specimens from Cape York sent some years ago to Monsieur Kerremans were 
returned to me as B. cartert Kerr. sp.nov. I have no record of the publication 
of this name, but the species is certainly synonymous with B. saundersi Waterh., 
which I am unable to distinguish from a series labelled aenea Deyr. in the British 
Museum. JDeyrolle’s species has a long priority. In the Genera Insectorum, 
Kerremans gives Ile Damma as the habitat of sawndersi, though the type came 
from Cape York, Australia. 


BUPRESTODES (gen. nov. Buprestinorum). 


Surface brilliantly metallic. Head lightly convex, front slightly flattened, not 
grooved; epistoma subangulately excised at apex; antennal cavities large and tri- 
angular, bordered above and below by prominent carina, open behind on margin 
of eye; antennae with first jomt pyriform, 2nd, 3rd and 4th short and oval, 
successively increasing in length, 5th subeonic, longer than 4th; 6th-11th dentate, 
each with a terminal poriferous fossette. Eyes large, elliptic, well separated, a 
little closer behind than in front. Prothorax sub-trapezoidal, sides feebly arched, 
lateral border sub-crenulate with ill-defined carina, apex feebly sinuate, anterior 
angles slightly advanced and acute; base bisinuate, with wide medial lobe and sub- 
acute posterior angles. Scutellum small, rounded and bilobed (or longitudinally 
cleft). Hlytra moderately convex, sides lightly compressed and subangulately 
lobed in front of middle; posterior sides not denticulate, each apex truncate be- 
tween two spines, the exterior spine the longer; dise coarsely striate-punctate, 
intervals varyingly convex. Prosternal process forming a bisuleate tongue. Basal 
segment of abdomen suleate; hind tarsi with three basal joints subequal, fourth 


24 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


short and bilobate, claw joimt longest of all. Facies of Chalcotaenia. A genus 
apparently near Melobasina, of. which, however, the pronotum has a straight an- 
terior margin; the posterior sides of elytra denticulate, apical abdominal segment 
of male trifid inter ala. 


BUPRESTODES CORUSCANS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 4.) 


Robust, glabrous, upper surface brilliant golden copper, intermixed with green, 
the latter colour showing chiefly on head, sides of pronotum and humeral area of 
elytra; beneath fiery coppery, antennae greenish-coppery, tarsi metallic green. 

Head: labrum prominent and rectangular, forehead coarsely longitudinally 
rugose-punctate. Prothorax irregularly and coarsely punctate on dise, rugose- 
punctate on sides, an irregular smooth line on basal half at middle, and a few 
irregularly placed smooth areas elsewhere. Hlytra coarsely striate-punctate, with 
about ten convex intervals of darker colour than the rest of elytra, narrowing and 
subcrenulate towards apex and sub-obsolete near base, the Ist, 3rd and 5th of 
these having irregularly spaced, fiery spots contaming punctures, the punctures 
in striae large and irregular. Prosternuwm very coarsely punctate, its intercoxal 
process having a small convex area in middle, with a deep, punctate sulcus on 
each side of this; abdomen glabrous, irregularly punctate, basal segment sulcate 
in middle, apical segment finely rounded behind. Dimensions: 21-22 x 7-8 mm. 


Hab.—Western Australia: Doverin and Kellerberrin (Mr. J. Clark). Two 
examples, both female, of this fine species, at first suggest inclusion among the 
Chaleophorini, but the structure of antennae and prothorax point to its place in 
the tribe Buprestini, though unlike any other Australian genus of this group. 

Male wanting. Type in Coll. Carter. 


BUPRESTODES VARIEGATA, n.sp. 


Differs from the above species as follows: Head, prothorax, sides of elytra, 
underside and legs metallic green, the prothorax showing a few coppery areas at 
base and underside; middle area of elytra violet coppery, antennae and tarsi dark 
coppery. 

Pronotum clearly carinate in middle on basal half. Elytra more regularly 
striate-punctate, without the irregular fiery areas on intervals; the large punctures 
in the 4th, 5th and 6th striae containing smaller punctures within. The prosternal 
tongue with setiferous punctures on middle convexity, the two punctate sulci finer 
and narrower; basal segment of abdomen longitudinally rugose, other segments 
coarsely punctate, the sides of meso- and metasternum, also of abdomen, clothed 
with fine, recumbent, golden hairs; apical segment sub-truncate, with projecting 
aedeagus. Dimensions: 19 x 6 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Kellerberrin. A single male example, also sent by 
Mr. J. Clark. This, when further material is .available, may prove to be the 
male of B. coruscans, but apart from colour differences, the different sculpture of 
elytra, prosternum and abdomen justify its distinction until further evidence 
arrives. The head and pronotum of the two species are similar, the elytra are 
narrower and more sharply attenuated behind. The three examples noted above 
are the only specimens I have seen. 

Female wanting. Type in Coll. Carter. 


NoOToBUBASTES (gen. nov. Buprestinorum). 


Antennae and antennal cavities as in Bubastes; eyes large, prominent, widely 
separated and nearly parallel. Prothorax shorter and less convex than in 


BY H. J. CARTER. 25 


Bubastes, apex subtruncate; the anterior angles a little produced, lateral carina 
more or less continuous on basal two-thirds, not visible from above; base strongly 
bisinuate, disc suleate in middle. Scutellwm tranversely oval, moderately large. 
’Hlytra wider and less convex than in Bubastes, apices tridentate, posterior sides 
not serrated, surface striate-punctate; posterior tarsi with first joint clearly longer 
than the second. 

A genus having a facies somewhat between Bubastes and Melobasis; differ- 
ing from the latter in apical structure and the non-serrate elytra and from 
Bubastes in its wider, more explanate form, larger and more prominent eyes, 
larger scutellum, ete. 


NOTOBUBASTES OCCIDENTALIS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 5.) 


Elongate, subeonical, unicoloured, dark purple bronze, head and underside 
sparsely and shortly pilose, beneath more nitid than above. Head lightly im- 
pressed, with a short carina in middle (near epistoma) and.some vaguely raised 
spaces on each side of this forming a discontinuous oval; antennae short and as 
in Bubastes. Prothorax (34 x 5 mm.): anterior angles feebly advanced, base 
rather strongly bisinuate, sides lightly incurved near apex and base nearly straight 
in middle; anterior angles obtuse, posterior subrectangular; dise coarsely rugose- 
punctate; medial sulcus rather wide with fine clear-cut line at its base, the sides 
with a few nitid pustules and sparse hair. Scutellwm transverse, depressed in 
middle. Hlytra roundly widening behind junction with prothorax, thence sub- 
obliquely narrowed to apex; apices tridentate, with a sharp sutural, a blunted 
medial, and a sharp externo-lateral tooth, the two last separated by a wide sinuous 
interval; striate-punctate, the striae clearly impressed on apical half, on basal 
half obscured by coarse punctures with flat transversely rugose intervals, the apical! 
intervals between striae themselves containing punctures of the same size as striae, 
the 2nd, 4th, 6th more closely punctate than the rest; underside coarsely punctate. 
Dimensions: 16-17 x 54-63 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Four examples in my col- 
lection were collected by Mr. Brown who appears to have taken it in some quan- 
tity. The sculpture of the elytra is closely punctured everywhere with large punc- 
tures. These show clear longitudinal arrangement, with well-marked striae and 
convex intervals near apex, but the tendency of the punctures to form transverse 
ridges becomes more marked towards the middle; and these ridges gradually 
obscure the striae near base. The lateral margin is finely carinate; that is trace- 
able to near the apex, without distinct serration. The sexes are little separated 
by external structure, the abdominal apical segment being shorter and truncate in 
3, rounded in 9. 

Types in Coll. Carter. 


NOTOBUBASTES ORIENTALIS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 6.) 


Elongate ovate, pronotum and elytra metallic purple, the former sometimes 
bronzy, head and underside bronze, sparsely albo-pilose, tarsi, antennae and front 
side of legs brownish purple. Head coarsely punctate, a depression above epistoma 
limited by an irregularly raised triangular margin, having its apex about the 
middle of forehead; antennae short and slender. Prothorax convex, feebly sinuous 
at apex, the middle slightly gibbous and advanced, base lightly bisinuate, sides 
moderately and evenly rounded, the angles slightly produced, the anterior obtuse, 
the posterior subrectangular, disc finely suleate in middle, coarsely rugose-punctate, 
the punctures sparse on middle, especially near seutellum, rugose on sides, the 


26 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


lateral carina interrupted or undulate, traceable only near base. Sceutellum bright 
coppery, less transverse than in preceding. Hlytra slightly wider than prothorax 
at base, sides a little compressed near middle, attenuate behind, margins entire, 
apices tridentate, sutural tooth short and acute, middle and lateral wide, their 
interspace wide and substruncate; suleate-punctate throughout, each elytron with 
ten sulci, the 10th on side; the punctures in sulci small, intervals convex, sharply 
so near apex, each with a row of widely placed punctures and transversely rugose 
near shoulders and sides; legs and underside very coarsely punctate, abdomen with 
longitudinal punctures irregular in size. Dimensions: 15-17 x 53-6 mm, 

Hab.—Queensland: Dawson River and Wide Bay (Macleay Mus.). Four 
examples, including the types, in the Macleay Museum, are clearly distinct, though 
closely allied to the former species. The chief distinctions are (1) brighter colour 
of, and more nitid, upper surface, (2) pronotum more coarsely sculptured, with 
more smooth spaces, (3) elytral intervals convex, (4) apices subtruneate between 
external spines. 


NOTOBUBASTES AUROSULCATA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 7.) 


Elongate oblong, dark purple bronze, pronotum reddish bronze, its medial 
suleus metallic golden, head and underside rather thickly clothed with white re- 
eumbent hair. Head: Eyes prominent, smaller than in N. occidentalis ; interspace 
wider than diameter of an eye, interior margins of eyes slightly converging be- 
hind, forehead lightly gibbous, surface coarsely rugose. Prothorax (2 x 3 mm.): 
apex subtruncate, the anterior angles slightly advanced, base lightly bisinuate, the 
posterior angles rectangular, sides nearly straight on basal two-thirds, thence 
roundly narrowed to apex, medial suleus deep, limited by a short transverse ridge 
at basal margin, the sulcus accentuated by a slight gibbosity on each side, this 
portion nitid and sparsely pitted with round punctures of irregular size; towards 
the sides coarsely transversely rugose and pilose. Scutellum small, transversely 
oval. Hlytra enlarged at shoulders, feebly narrowed behind, apices tridentate, the 
middle tooth the most prominent, striate-punctate, each elytron with 10 fine, well- 
marked striae, besides a short scutellary stria, each containing rows of close small 
punctures; intervals flat on medial area, lightly convex at sides and apex, a single 
row of large round metallic punctures on each interval, these irregularly placed 
(sometimes invading the narrow striae), humeral area and sides transversely 
ridged; epimera and metasternum with sparse, coarse punctures, mesosternum 
albo-floecose, abdomen pilose with a few large punctures showing near margins of 
segments. Dimensions: do. 11 x 3} mm. 2. 13 x 4 mm. 


Hab.—North West Australia: Hammersley Range, Fortescue River (W. D. 
Dodd). Three examples from the South Australian Museum are near, but dis- 
tinct from N. occidentalis by smaller, narrower form, suleate pronotum with its 
irregular surface and sparser punctures, and the different elytral sculpture. The 
metallic pronotal suleus and elytral punctures are also characteristic of this species. 

Types in South Australian Museum. 


HETHON LEAI, n-sp. 


Narrowly ovate, head and pronotum bronze, elytra purplish, above sparsely, 
beneath more densely pubescent. Head sharply and deeply intersected between 
*eyes. Prothorax widely transverse, strongly bisinuate at apex and_ base, sides 
arcuately converging to the front, dise subconcentrically striolate, with a few 
seratch-like punctures in middle area, depressed laterally, the depressed and 
medial areas sparsely pubescent. Scutellwm large and triangular. Hlytra seriate- 


BY H. J. CARTER. 27 


punctate, the serial punctures fine and close, interspaces closely covered with a 
minute transverse rugosity; a thin white pubescence extending in two wide lines 
on middle of each elytron from hbase to apex, this vaguely sub-fasciate towards 
apex. Prosternum rather coarsely punctate, rest of underside finely scalose-pune- 
tate with moderate pubescence. Dimensions: do. 5.5-6 x 2-2.3 mm. 2. 7 x 2.5 mm. 


Hab.—South Australia (Meadows. In South Australian Museum), Nariootpa 
(J. G. O. Tepper). Ten examples examined are somewhat like small examples of 
FE. affinis C. and G., but may be distinguished by the rugose elytra, and the sub- 
ecntinuous elytral pubescence, as well as by its small size. #. brevis Cart. is a 
wider species with coarser seriate punctures and bifasciate pubescence. 

Type in South Australian Museum. 


CISSEIS VIRIDI-PURPURBA, n.Sp. 


Oblong oval. Head, pronotum, underside and appendages golden-green or 
ereen, elytra bright purple, the elytra scarcely, the underside not pubescent. Head 
nearly flat, finely channelled, vertex closely, not very finely, punctate. Prothorax: 
apex lightly produced in middle, base strongly bisinuate, sides arcuately narrowed 
from base to apex, lateral carinae subparallel, anterior angles acute, posterior ob- 
tuse, dise transversely depressed near base, with fine transverse striolation. Scwtel- 
lum transversely oval. Hlytra lightly enlarged at shoulder, separately rounded at 
apex, the apical margins finely serrated; a little gibbous behind scutellum, the 
surface finely and regularly covered with seale-like punctures. Prosternum 
coarsely, meso- and meta-sternum moderately, abdomen finely and closely punc- 
tate. Dimensions: 5 x 2 mm. 


Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (J. Clark); Victoria and Australia 
(Coll. Théry). Four examples examined, of the same size and of closely similar 
colour, of which two in my collection had hitherto been withheld from description 
as being possible forms of C. tyrrhena mihi. The two further examples occur in 
a collection sent for determination by Mons. André Théry. The species cannot be 
matched with any that I have seen. While in colour like some examples of tyr- 
rhena, it is without the pubescent spots of that species, besides being smaller and 
more bluntly oblong, among other differences. 

IT am not quite sure whether it should be placed in Sect. uu. or Sect. ui. of my 
tables, since the elytral pubescence is so feeble as to be faintly discoverable, 
with a Zeiss binocular, only in one of the four examples. If placed in Sect. u1., 
it should come between roseo-cuprea Hope and minutissima Thoms.; distinguished 
from both by its bicolorous upper surface. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


CISSEIS CUPRIPENNIS Guér.—By inadvertence this species was omitted from 
the tables in my Revision of the Genus, though mentioned in the introduction 
(p. 161). It is one of the species in which there is sex colouration, the males 
having a green head and pronotum, the females a more or less concolorous sur- 
face. The amount of elytral pubescence, always slight, depends on the freshness 
of the specimen; it 1s often found in collections without pubescence. Its place 
should be in Sect. i1., Group B., p. 165, between acuducta Kirby and scabrosula 
Kerr., which may be tabulated thus :— 


8. Rather widely oval, elytra nitid, underside pubescent (8-10 mm.) ; 
. acuducta Kirby 


| 
| 


| 
\ 


28 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


9a. Narrowly oval, nitid above and below (6-8 mm.), male with head and prono- 
LUM ROTO MN Nar catle Uipuie leita vsvisiieien Neha er RH a MN Mk . cupripennis Guér. 
9b. Elytra with opaque, subcyaneous patch... .......... .. scabrosula Kerr. 


AGRILUS DODDI, n.sp. 


Head a fiery copper, pronotum and elytra subnitid coppery bronze with 
patches of silvery pubescence as follows: the side of pronotum, a cireular patch 
within the humeral foveae, a premedial comma-like patch on each side of suture, 
and a pair of similar but more elongate pre-apical patches close to suture, the 
last merging into the fine, close pubescence of the apical third area; underside 
albo-squamose, showing coppery gleams where abraded: appendages coppery. 

Head not wider than prothorax, feebly excavate between eyes, the latter not 
prominent, densely and finely punctate. Prothorax: apex feebly, base strongly 
bisinuate, sides nearly straight; dise transversely rugose; a large medial triangular, 
and a lateral elongate depression. Scutellum triangular. EHlytra with a large 
sub-cireular fovea at shoulder, lightly concave on each side of suture, the concavity 
limited by a feeble ridge traceable from near the premedial pubescence to near 
apex; apices separately rounded and finely denticulate; surface with a fine scalose 
derm showing pubescence towards sides and apex. Dimensions: 9 x 2.5 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd). A pair long since obtained 
from the famous naturalist to whom it is dedicated is apparently undescribed and 
absent from the British Museum collections. The pale pubescence occupies de- 
pressions and makes a faint pattern, unlike that of other known Australian 
species. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 

AGRILUS BISPINOSUS, n.sp. 


Head and pronotum metallic greenish-copper, the former fiery copper on 
front, the latter with a large reniform patch of golden flocculence filling the 
lateral depressions; elytra, underside and appendages dark blue or blue-black, 
the first with two small medial golden pubescent spots situated on the coneave 
area, one on each side of suture, and two preapical more elongate and nearer the 
suture than the former two; the prosternal episterna and four large patches on 
abdomen also with golden floceulence (two on the exposed dorsal surface at the 
lateral medial expansion, and two on sides of 3rd ventral segment, continued ov 
dorsal area). 

Head sharply excavated and channelled between eyes, the frontal area some- 
what elevated above the eyes with a marked lateral carina; eyes large and pro- 
minent, extending laterally beyond the apex of prothorax, finely rugose punctate. 
Prothorax: apex feebly, base strongly bisinuate, sides nearly straight, slightly 
narrowing from base to apex, sides with a large deep circular, depression not ex- 
tending to base, a large medial depression not quite extending to apex and widen- 
ing near base, surface transversely rugose. Scutellwm triangular, its fore part 
transversely carinate, depressed behind. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax, the 
humeral callus forming the extension of longitudinal ridge traceable to apex and 
produced behind into two sharp spines, base foveate within humeral ridge, sub- 
sutural concavity evident from near middle to apex, the suture itself carinate; 
apices denticulate on each side of spines. Underside lightly punctate. Dimen- 
sions: 11 x 3 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: S. Johnstone River (H. W. Brown). A single specimen 
received from its captor is unlike any described Australian Agrilus, though ap- 


BY H. J. CARTER. 29 


proximating the former species (A. doddi), from which it differs widely in ground 
colour, underside, and form, especially as to apex of elytra. 
Type in Coll. Carter. 
N.B.—Agrilus flavotaeniatus Thoms. is evidently a form of the wide-spread 
A. australasiae C. and G. 
The following list contains the previously described Australian species: 
1. australis Thoms. 4. deauratus Macel. 
2. aurovittatus Hope. _ 5. frenchi Blackb.. 
3. dustralasiae C. and G. masterst Macl. 
hypoleucus C. and G. nitidus Kerr. 
assimilis Hope. terrae-reginae Blackb. 
purpuratus Hope. zonatus Kerr. 
flavo-taeniatus Thoms. 


2 OAS 


AGRILUS SEMIVIRIDIS, n.sp. 


Head, pronotum, basal half of elytra, legs and antennae emerald green, apical 
half of elytra bronze, the bronze continued also narrowly along sides to shoulders; 
suture near apex narrowly bordered with whitish villose clothing; underside bronze, 
sometimes green on sternal areas. Head minutely rugose, furrowed on vertex 
only; antennae extending considerably beyond the head. Prothorax: apex a little 
advanced in middle, base lightly bisinuate, sides sinuously widened at base, thence 
subparallel, or lightly converging to apex, a short lateral carina on basal half; 
posterior angles subacute, medial furrow well-marked throughout, widening to- 
wards base, dise transversely striolate. Hlytra at shoulders slightly wider than 
prothorax, sides compressed behind shoulders, sharply attenuated towards apex, 
each elytron separately, convex and the suture carinate on apical half, each apex 
separately, but rather finely rounded, not serrate, underside minutely punctate. 
Dimensions: 3.5-4.5 x 1-1.5 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (H. Dodd), Johnstone River (H. W. Brown) ; 
New South Wales: Tweed River (W. W. Froggatt). Eleven examples of this 
pretty little species under examination; it is apparently not uncommon. A pair 
examined by Mr. K. G. Blair were labelled as “resembling A. semi-aeneus Deyr.,’ 
a species described from Borneo. The following characters from Deyrolle’s des- 
cription are inconsistent with identity: (1) greater size (63 x 12), (2) Elytra 
“armeés chacune d’une longue épine,” (3) ‘“dessous vert doré brillant.’’ Of these 
(2) seems decisive. - 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


AGRILUS NiGRITuS Kerr.—Specimens from the 8. Johnstone River, Queens- 
land, taken by Mr. H. W. Brown were compared with Kerremans’ type in the 
British Museum and found to be inseparable from it. The type was described 
from Banguey, an island north of Borneo. 


AGRILUS BREVIS, n.sp. 


Concolorous, brownish-bronze, glabrous, pronotum more nitid than elytra; 
rather wide and flat. Head finely rugose, widely furrowed throughout, eyes large 
and prominent, antennae short, scarcely extending beyond head. Prothorax trans- 
verse, lightly advanced in middle at apex, base lightly. bisinuate, sides nearly 
straight, lateral carina very short, extending less than half-way from the posterior 
angle; this rectangular; dise with large foveate depression near middle at base 
and two latero-basal depressions; surface with fine transverse striolations. Elytra 


30 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


of same width as prothorax at base, lightly compressed behind shoulders, moderate- 
ly attenuated behind, each apex separately rounded, without serrations; surface 
with scale-like punctures. Epipleurae coarsely and closely, abdomen very finely 
punctate. Dimensions: 4 x 1.5 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Johnstone River (H. W. Brown). Two examples examined 
are shorter, wider and less convex than other species of Agrilus known to me, but 
I cannot specify any structure that is inconsistent with its generic classification. 

Type in South Australian Museum. 


SynEcHOcERA Deyr.—So far, two Australian species have been described: 
S. elongata Thoms. and S. tasmanica Théry. I think I have determined Thomp- 
son’s insect in specimens from South and Western Australia in the Adelaide 
Museum. Macleay’s Aphanisticus occidentalis is another species and probably my 
A, albo-hirtus is a fourth, but I have no example at hand for examination. The 
genus is characterized by a flat, elongate, subparallel form, elytra rounded behind, 
and by an abnormal structure of the sternum. The antennae are toothed from the 
5th segment. Three new species are described below. 


APHANISTICUS Latr. belongs to another group of the Agrilini (Trachytes) 
characterized by a convex body, attenuated behind, tarsi short, the antennae hav- 
ing the apical three or four joimts forming a club. Four species have been ecata- 
logued: canaliculatus Germ., lilliputanus Thoms., occidentalis Macl., and albo- 
hirtus Cart. Of these, the first is synonymous with Paracephala pistacina Hope, 
the second is a mystery, but will probably prove to be a Germarica, while, as stated 
above, the last two should be, I consider, referred to Synechocera. If I am correct 
in this, the two described below are the only known Australian species. 


SYNECHOCERA CYANEIPENNIS, n.sp. 


EHlongate-oblong, depressed, subnitid; head, pronotum and underside black, 
elytra a rich violet blue, antennae reddish. Head bulbous, divided medially by a 
deep, narrow sulcus, eyes occupying almost whole side of head, but only a narrow 
section visible from above; front pitted with large shallow punctures, antennae 
short, the last four segments serrate. Prothorax transversely oval and flat; apex 
rather strongly advanced in middle; anterior angles unseen from above; base 
strongly bisinuate, the middle lobe widely rounded and deep, posterior angles 
widely obtuse; sides arcuately and strongly widening to near apex, then somewhat 
abruptly narrowed and depressed; a horizontal explanate margin throughout; dise 
with a longitudinal, oval depression occupying a large part of medial area, the 
whole disc minutely and densely striolate. Scutellum transversely triangular, 
punctate. Hlytra rounded and widened at shoulders, sides parallel, apices separate- 
ly rounded, a narrow, black, horizontal margin extending from base to apex, this 
margin narrowed and sub-carinate at base; whole surface pitted with large shallow 
punctures on a minutely rugose or striolate ground; a sub-obsolete ridge faintly 
seen, extending from humeral region along middle of each elytron. Underside 
glabrous and nearly impunctate. Dimensions: 4x1 + mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Atherton (A. M. Lea). Six examples of this pretty little 
insect, taken by Mr. Lea from a shrub (unspecified), are the only specimens I 
have seen. The pronotum at its widest is at least as wide as, or slightly wider 
than, the elytra. 

Type in South Australian Museum. 


BY H. J. CARTER. Sil 


SYNECHOCERA SETOSA, n.sp. . 

Hlongate, cylindric, black, clothed above and below with short white setae. 
Head sub-bilobate, widely exeavated and deeply channelled. Prothorax clearly 
wider than head, lightly bisinuate at apex, strongly so at base, sides moderately 
rounded, widest at middle, all angles bluntly rounded off; dise without fovea, a 
medial line indicated only by absence of setae in one example. Hlytra more than 
three times as long as prothorax and of about the same width as it; very slightly 
compressed in middle, apices separately rounded; surface irregularly and closely 
sealy-punctate throughout, each puncture bearing a short recumbent hair. Abdomen 
clothed with longer hairs. Dimensions: 4-5 x 1-14 mm. 

Hab.—Swan River, W.A. (Mr. J. Clark). Two examples generously given 
me by the captor show a species distinct from occidentalis Macl. by its excavate 
head, its much narrower prothorax and the absence of elytral ridge. A. albo- 
hirtus Cart. is bronze, with a convex forehead, the sides of prothorax subsinuate 
behind, hind angles sub-explanate, the elytral apices forming a single curve, ete. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


SYNECHOCERA (?) CUPRIPES, n.sp. 

Very elongate and narrow; head, antennae, sternum and legs metallic coppery 
(head, antennae and tibiae greenish-coppery) abdomen bluish, pronotum and elytra 
blue-black. Head very wide, eyes large and prominent, forehead moderately ex- 
eavated and finely channelled and punctate. Prothorax of same width as head at 
apex, gradually narrowing to base, sides nearly straight, apex strongly bisinuate, 
base quadrisinuate—the middle lobe itself bismuate to receive the seutellum; dise 
very uneven, a large elongate oval fovea on front half (framed in front by medial 
extension), a transverse depression on basal half, enlarged triangularly in middle, 
the apex of triangle near basal margin of pronotum, and again enlarging on sides, 
thus leaving two oblique raised areas near base; the raised portions of dise nitid 
and impunctate, the rest very finely punctate like the head. Scutellwm transverse, 
oval. Hlytra of ‘same width as prothorax at base, and three and a half times as 
long; compressed in middle, apices widely and separately rounded off showing 
serrations on rounded margins and a short external tooth on each. Surface finely 
sealy-punctate and setose, with fine and close white hairs along medial area, a 
feeble ridge running obliquely from shoulders towards middle, thence parallel to 
suture and obsolete towards apex. Underside minutely punctate and _ setose. 
Dimensions: 7 x 14 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland (Mr. H. W. Brown) and Cairns (A. M. Lea and A. P. 
Dodd). Five examples examined may ultimately be found to need generic distine- 
tion. The narrow, compressed form, especially of the elytra, suggests the genera 
Macrones and Enchoptera of the Cerambycidae. The sub-trapezoidal pronotum 
with its uneven surface, its attenuate form and dentate apices separate it from 
other Australian species, though showing some affinity with S. albo-hirtus Cart. 
in the form of head and prothorax. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 

APHANISTICUS ENDELOIDES, n.sp. 

Elongate, subeylindric, nitid bronze. Head elongate, glabrous and minutely 
punctate with deep triangular cleft; extending on the upper surface for two- 
thirds of its length, eyes rather flat on the outside of the cuneate lobes formed by 
the cleft, a short suleus at the base of each lobe; antennal cavities very closely set 
on each side of the pointed and triangular epistomal process, the antennae at rest 


32 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


lying alongside this and extending but a short distance (4) of the prothorax, the 
last 3 joints of antennae lamellate. Prothorax trapezoidal, apex and base nearly 
equally wide and wider than the head, apex truncate, base strongiy bisinuate, sides 
moderately rounded with greatest width in front of middle, narrowed and slightly 
sinuate behind, margins explanate, especially at base, densely, minutely punctate, 
anterior angles depressed and blunt, posterior obtuse; the dise consisting of 
strongly convex areas, intersected by three wide transverse depressions, the first 
sinuous behind the apex, forming a depressed collar (giving the raised area behind 
it the effect of a bisinuate pseudo-margin), the second straight post-medial, the 
third following the outline of the base. Sewtellwm minute, round. Elytra: base 
widely bilobed, sides sinuate, arcuately enlarged behind shoulder, compressed be- 
fore middle, narrowed behind to a pisciform apex (arcuately excised behind twe 
external teeth); each with about three rounded costiform impressions becoming 
flatter towards apex, the intervals with large punctures, more or less seriate. 
Prosternum with middle area in the form of an elongate trapezium with its apex 
wider than the base, meso- and metasternum with sparse coarse punctures, abdomen 
sparsely punctate, the punctures smaller near apex, last segment truneate; under 
surface of tarsi forming a wide tomentose pad. Dimensions: 34-4 x 1 mm. 

Hab.—North Queensland: Cairns (Coll. Carter, Lea and Macleay Mus., also 
National Museum, Melbourne). Some carded specimens were given me some 
years ago as an Agrilus by the late Mr. Masters. Thinking‘ it likely to be allied 
to Papuan forms, I carefully went through allied species in the British Museum 
collection and find that it is quite close (except in colour)! to A. mitratus Chev., 
a Madagascar species. Its widely cleft head separates it from other known Aus- 
tralian Buprestidae. The following is another of a similar structure. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


APHANISTICUS BROWNI, 1.Sp. 


Differs from preceding as follows:—Shorter and wider; colour black nitid. 
Head more widely cleft (as seen from above, terminating behind in an oval, not 
a triangular excision), the eyes more prominent, antennae longer, the last four 
joints with short lamellae. Prothorax wider, the raised parts less convex, the 
medial transverse depression subobsolete (a mere seratch), the apex more sinuate, 
lateral foliation wider, sides more widely rounded, with greatest width at, or be- 
hind, the middle; antericr angles acute, posterior obtuse. Scutellwm larger and 
triangular. Elytra wider and flatter, sides less sinuate, anterior half subparallel, 
thence obliquely narrowed, with feeble sinuation near apex; apices separated at 
suture, each subtruncate; striate-punctate, punctures foveate and shallow, inter- 
vals flat. The suture is sub-carinate near apex. Anterior and mid-tibiae curved, 
abdomen nitid and apparently impunctate. Dzmensions: 23-3 x 1 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: South Johnstone River (H. W. Brown). Mr. Brown has 
generously given me five of this interesting novelty, which he took in some quan- 
tity. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 

TENEBRIONIDAE. 


Platydema sulcato-punctatwm Cart.—Two examples, evidently the sexes, of 
this species are amongst some Tenebrionidae lately examined from Moa, Banks’ 
Island, Torres Straits. I am thus able to add the following notes to my deserip- 
tion and to make a correction (These Proceedings, 1922, p. 73): (1) The unique 
type is a 2 (not db as stated). The d has two conical horns ‘arising from the base 
of head, each of which is surmounted by two spinose bristles. In the ¢ the horns 
are replaced by longitudinal ridges which are punctured like the rest of the head; 


BY H. J. CARTER. 33 


(2) The ¢ example has some rufous markings, probably variable and inconstant 
near the base of the elytra, somewhat as in P. rufibase Cart., which is, however, 
quite differently sculptured. The 2 example from Moa is identical with the type, 
and J have no doubt as to the two examples from Moa being conspecific. 

Saragus marginellus Hope = 8S. rudis Macl. I have examined the Hope type, 
and at once recognized the Macleay species. 

Amphianax sub-coriaceus Bates = Agasthenes goudiet Cart. = A. euclensis 
Cart. An examination of Bates’ type makes the first synonymy certain, the second 
was recorded previously. This raises the question of the differentiation of the 
genera Amplhianax and Agasthenes. An examination of the genotypes shows, to 
my mind, specific distinctions only, while some of the details of the author’s 
deseriptions are misleading. Thus, under Amphianaxr, he states “sides of sub- 
mentum not dentiform” whereas I find, as stated in my description of A. goudiei, 
“tooth of submentum small and conical.” The same is true of A. frenchi Cart. 
Again, of the tibiae of Agasthenes, the author says “the anterior with a single 
spur,’ whereas there are two, one being very small. Eliminating these distinc- 
tions, there is little to discriminate between the genera, which are, I consider, 
synonyms. The name Agasthenes, appearing two pages later is thus redundant. 
Thus Amphianax Bates = Agasthenes Bates. 

Onosterrhus sculpturatus Blackb. and O. veternosus Blackb. - An examination 
of the unique types of these species shows a very close likeness. Further material 
is necessary before establishing their relationship, but it is worth while to eall the 
attention of other workers on the group to the possible identity of these two. 

The genus Brises Pase. is sufficiently distinct from the Tenebrioninae and the 
Cyphaleinae to warrant the establishment of a separate subfamily, Briseinae, 
for its inclusion, for the distinctive characters of which see my “Revision of the 
Tenebrioninae” (These Proe., 1914, pp. 45, 46). 

Moerodes kershawi Cart.—This species is really out of place under Prophanes, 
where I suggested it should stand (These Proc., 1917, p. 718). Its punctate- 
striate elytra place it more suitably under Platyphanes. 

Adelium.—The vast number and wide range of many species of this family 
is associated with a correspondingly wide variation. JI now consider the follow- 
ing synonymy as established :— 


(a) A. pilosum Pase. = A. scutellare Pase. 

(b) A. reductum Pase. = A. aucilla Pase. = A. convexiusculum Macl. = A. 
nitidum Cart. 

(c) A. similatum Germ. = A. obesuwm Pasc. (var.); while the identity of A. 
aerarium Pase. with A. augurale Pase. is open to suspicion. The type of the 


former, compared with that of the latter, shows brighter colour, and a sculpture 
on the middle area that may be described as a rectangular reticulation, rather 
than linear-costate. 

(a) The range (from specimens before me) is Allyn River, Armidale, Dorrigo, 
Tenterfield, Narrabri, Brisbane. 

(b) Has a similar wide range over Northern New South Wales, and an even 
wider range in Queensland. 

(c) I have seen A. obesum only from Victoria. 

Micretyche ferruginea Bates = M. rye? Bates (Types examined). 


HETEROCHEIRA TROPICA, N.sp. 


Ovate, nitid black or brownish above, under side and appendages dark 
castaneous. Head densely, minutely punctate, antennae not extending beyond half 


34 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


the length of prothorax, joints 8-10 transverse, 11 subspherical. Prothorax: apex 
subtruneate, base lightly bisinuate, widest at base, thence arcuately narrowed to 
apex, front angles obtuse, hind rectangular, disc very minutely punctate, the 
punctures finer than on head.: Scutellum large, equilatero-triangular. Hlytra 
rather wider than prothorax at base, slightly obovate, with greatest convexity and 
width behind middle; striate-punctate, with small punctures half hidden in deep 
striae, intervals wide, nearly flat on basal half, clearly convex behind and sub- 
laevigate (the minutest punctures discernible under a Zeiss binocular); pro- 
sternum nearly smooth on medial area, elsewhere, as also the meso- and meta- 
sternum, finely punctate, abdomen densely punctate. Tibiae spinose on exterior 
margins, apices enlarged. Those of the fore tibiae very wide, especially in the d. 
Dimensions: 5-6 x 24 mm. 

Hab.—North Queensland: Townsville, sea-beach (G. F. Hill and H. J. 
Carter). A species I have long had under notice, and which has been compared 
with possible allies in the British Museum Collection by Mr. K. G. Blair. I 
took a long series under sea-weed in July, 1921, and have also received it from 
Mr. G. F. Hill (late of the Institute of Tropical Medicine). Compared with A. 
australis Boisd. (the only other member of the genus), it is wider and more con- 
vex, with shorter antennae and legs, the tibiae, especially the fore-tibiae, more 
enlarged at apex; the upper surface is considerably more finely punctured, the 
elytral striae are deeper, the intervals less fiat. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 

Note.——In January, 1914, Mr. T. G. Sloane and myself took H. australis 
Boisd. in similar quantity at Cottesloe Beach, near Fremantle, W.A., also under 
sea-weed. I have a specimen labelled by Blackburn, besides others from Bendin 
Is., N.W.A. (taken by Commander J. J. Walker) at roots of sea-grass and noted 
as varieties by Champion (Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 366). For detailed 
diagnosis of this species see Bates (lc., 1872, p. 266). 

Diaclina (Heterocheira) nitida Cart. 1s a flatter insect with a differently 
shaped head, the base of pronotum more strongly bisinuate, hind tibiae curved, 
elytra and pronotum highly polished (See also These Proec., 1921, p. 307). 


SARAGUS PUNCTATUS, n.sp. 


Ovate, moderately convex, subnitid black, margins of pronotum, elytra, as 
well as of abdominal segments, reddish, antennae and tarsi red. Head scareely, 
or microscopically punctate, epistoma truncate in front, oblique and revolute at 
sides, its surface with four raised lines radiating from the forehead, two near 
middle short and sub-pustulose, the other two obliquely directed outwards from 
inner margin of eyes, the latter separated by a space of the width of one eye. 
Prothorax: apex arcuate-emarginate, base bisinuate, sides arcuately narrowed to 
front, rather abruptly and roundly narrowed behind, anterior angles wide and 
rounded, posterior subfaleate but not overlapping elytra, explanate margins wide 
and concave, with smooth surface; dise very finely and not densely punctate, 
nearly smooth at base, middle line indicated by smooth space near base and a 
short linear impression at apex. Scutellwm equilatero-triangular. Hlytra of same 
width as prothorax at base, thence ovately widened and bluntly rounded at apex, 
explanate margins smooth, wide on front half, thence narrowed, but moderately 
wide to apex; dise covered with rows of large, round punctures, the intervals near 
suture very irregular and sub-costate, the lines of punctures in this region also 
irregular, alternate intervals more or less raised, a little crenulate in parts, some- 


BY H. Jj. CARTER. 


(JS) 
Ot 


times with an irregular transverse connection. Prosternum earinate, and pustu- 
lose, mesosternum with sparse fine pustules near sides, abdomen minutely punc- 
tate. Dimensions: 11 x 7 mm. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Shoalhaven River (Taylor Coll. in Australian 
Museum). The specimen examined is nearest to, but very distinct from, S. rugo- 
sipennis Macl. (from the region south-west of Shoalhaven), differing from that 
species chiefly as follows: (1) Form rather shorter and wider, (2) Surface more 
nitid, (3) Explanate margins nowhere with any sign of corrugation, (4) Pronotal 
punctures very fine and rather distant (close and much coarser in rugosipennis), 
(5) Elytral punctures much more and transverse rugosity much less defined than 
in Macleay’s species. Type (No. K. 44721) in Australian Museum. 


NYCTOZOILUS CRASSUS, n.sp. 

Widely ovate, convex body and appendages subnitid black, tarsi and apices 
of tibiae clothed with red tomentum. Head finely and densely punctate, antennae 
stout, apical half opaque and hirsute, jomt 3 as long as 4-5 conjointly, 4-7 ob- 
conic, 8-10 nearly round, 11 ovate, 14 times as long as 10. Prothorax areuate- 
emarginate at apex, anterior angles prominent, bluntly sub-acute, base nearly 
straight for the greater part, a little sinuate before the backwardly-produced 
dentate hind angles, these overlapping elytra, widest a little behind middle, sides 
thence subangulately narrowed, arcuately in front, lightly sinuate behind, raised 
lateral border strongly thickened and round, widely coneave within, this gutter 
smooth; dise closely finely punctate with a faint indication of a smooth medial 
line and a large foveate depression on each side of this. Scutellum transversely 
triangular, punctured like pronotum. Hlytra as wide as prothorax at base and 
less than three times as long, widening rapidly from shoulders to half way; each 
with four wide and slightly flexuous costae, the inner three nitid, the fourth, near 
margin, opaque and less raised than the rest; the first and second costae adjacent 
but scarcely meeting at base, 3rd and 4th meeting at shoulders; transverse ridges 
irregularly branching from the costae, the interstices thus being irregularly ridged 
and foveate-punctate, though without defined reticulation, the sculpture becoming 
vague and sub-obsolete on the steep apical declivity, the sutural ridge less raised 
than costae; the usual lateral: row of large punctures evident on basal half; under 
side finely, not very closely, punctate. Tibiae straight. Dimensions: 16 x 9 mm. 

Hab—New South Wales: Uralla (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). <A single male 
example shows a distinet species which, by the combination of punctate, thickly 
margined pronotum and 8-costate elytra, is nearest to N. marginatus Cart., from 
which it differs in smaller size, shorter and proportionally wider form, the sides 
of pronotum sinuate behind, the lateral gutter not rugose, inter alia.’ 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


NYCTOZOILUS PUSILLUS, n.sp. 


Oblong ovate, opaque brownish-black, apical joints of antennae piceous, of 
palpi red; tarsi and apices of tibiae clothed with golden tomentum. Head: 
epistoma concave in front, labrum very prominent and ciliate, whole surface (in- 
cluding prominent canthus) densely rugose-punctate, antennae moderately enlarg- 
ing outwards, joint 3 as long as 4-5 conjointly, 4-8 oval, 9-10 short and transverse, 
11 ovoid. Prothorax: apex arcuate-emarginate, base nearly straight, a little 
sinuate near angles, widest behind middle, sides thence roundly narrowed to the 
acute front angles, sinuately narrowed behind to meet the lightly produced, but 


36 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


scarcely dentate hind angles, these overlapping elytra; a thin raised lateral border, 
lightly concave within; dise very densely punctate, the punctures smaller than on 
head, without rugosity; a smooth medial line shown near middle and a shallow 
depression on each side of this. Scutellum transversely triangular, punctured like 
pronotum. EHlytra oblong, obovate, with four thin, nitid, sub-undulate costae. be- 
sides the wider but less raised sutural convexity, the interstices showing shallow 
irregularities of surface; the whole densely punctate, the punctures showing dis- 
tinctly along the narrow costae; costae one and two meet en apical declivity but 
not at base, the third and fourth meet at both extremities of their length; a pos- 
terior loop on the declivity, connecting the junctions of 1-2 and 3-4. The lateral 
margin without any sign of the usual row of large punctures. Prosternum rugose- 
punctate, the rest of under side densely punctate (more coarsely so than the upper 
surface) the abdomen also longitudinally strigose. Dimensions: 12 x 6 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Rockhampton. A single example, probably male, has 
long been, in my collection, wrongly determined as N. daemeli Haag. and figured 
in outline under this name (These Proc, 1917, p. 706), when I deseribed N. 
parvus from Townsville. Last year, however, it was compared with a specimen 
of daemeli in the British Museum, and found to be distinet by its narrower 
oblong form, the less acutely produced hind angles of prothorax, and differentiy 
sculptured elytra. (In daemeli Haag., there are obvious transverse rugosities 
while the interstices are as described “vix punctatis”). It is thus possible that 
N. parvus Cart. is identical with N. daemeli. The unique type of parvus is in 
the National Museum, Melbourne. My outline figure of parvus is not unlike that 
of daemeli, as given by its author. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 

MENEPHILUS PULCHER, N.Sp. 


Elongate, parallel, upper surface brilliant peacock blue-green, elytra with 
three latcral intervals on apical half gold; antennae, legs and underside red. Head 
strongly and closely punctate, epistomal suture areuate, antennal joints 1-4 un- 
usually fine, three terminal joints strongly enlarged, joint 8 intermediate in size 
between 7 and 9. Prothorax: apex and base subtruneate, the latter feebly pro- 
duced in middle, sides nearly straight, wider in front than behind, narrowly mar- 
gined at base and sides, anterior angles widely rounded, posterior sharply defined 
but obtuse, dise clearly and rather closely punctate, middle line indicated near 
base by less punctate area. Elytra wider than prothorax at base, shoulders 
rounded, sides parallel; striate-punctate, striae deep, the punctures therein slightly 
crenulating the sides of the convex intervals, the latter finely punctate and sharply 
carinate at apex. Sternwm nearly smooth, abdomen wanting. Dimensions: 10 
x 4 mm. 

Hab.—North Queensland: Deeral ? (Dr. J. F. Illingworth). An example 
generously sent me by its captor, and a second shown me in London by Dr. G. A. 
K. Marshall, who had also received it from Dr. Ilingworth, can only be confused 
with M. laetus Cart. and M. corvinus Erichs. by colour and size. Smaller than 
either, it is easily distinguished by (1) the golden sides of elytra, accentuated (in 
the type) by the purple-blue horizontal margin, (2) straighter sides of prothorax, 
(3) the more strongly punctured surface, (4) more convex elytral intervals, and 
(5) especially by the different antennae, which in laetus and corvinus are more 
gradually enlarged externally. The abdomen is, unfortunately, wanting, but the 
type‘is otherwise in good condition. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


ww 
“N 


BY H. J. CARTER. 


NOTOPRATAEUS (gen. nov. Heterotarsinorum). 

Ovate, winged; eyes large, transverse, coarsely granulated; antennae long 
(about extending to base of prothorax when at rest), joints enlarging outwards, 
the last three considerably larger than the rest; maxillary palpi long, apical joint 
seeuriform, mentum and labial palpi small, mandibles simple, epistoma scarcely 
separated from front by suture; prothorax not concealing eyes, wider than head, 
base and apex of nearly equal width, both bismuate; sides not explanate, with 
narrow entire border. Elvtra coarsely regularly punctate; epipleurae narrow; 
prosternal process received into a deep triangular notch of the mesosternum; 
procoxae globose, middle coxae with trochantins, postecoxae rather widely 
separated by a triangular intercoxal plate; apices of tibiae not enlarged and each 
bearing two short spines; tarsi with silky-pubescence beneath, penultimate joint 
bilobed, claws small; posterior tarsi with first and fourth joints of equal length, 
each as long as the second and third conjointly, the latter two of equal length. 

This is the first record of a genus of the tribe Heterotarsini in the Australian 
fauna. Acccrding to Mr. K. G. Blair, it is near Paratenetes, but following Le- 
conte and Horn (Col. N. Amer.) 1t would appear to be still nearer the American 
genus Prataeus. 

NOTOPRATAEUS LITORALIS, Sp. 

Narrowly oval and rather flat; nitid black, sparsely clothed at sides, more 
densely beneath, with pale, short bristles; antennae, palpi and tarsi red. Head: 
epistoma widely rounded, slightly produced in the middle; mandibles and labrum 
prominent; coarsely, not closely punctate; antennae with joints 1-2 short and 
stout, 3 half as long again as 4, 4-6 longitudinally ovate, 7-8 pear-shaped, as wide 
as long, 9-10 transversely oval, llth largest, sub-globular. Prothorax transverse 
quadrangular, apex more sinuate than base, front angles widely rounded, sides 
rounded, widest at middle, lightly sinuate on basal half, posterior angles sharply 
rectangular, dise coarsely punctate without sign of medial line, basal or other 
toveae. Scutellum triangular, smooth. Hlytra distinctly wider than prothorax at 
base and 23 times as long, humeral angle obtuse, showing a narrow epipleural 
told, a narrow border evident from above for two-thirds of length; coarsely, ir- 
regularly punctate, each puncture, where not abraded, bearing a short hair; under 
side more densely setose-punctate. Dimensions: 4 x 1.6 mm. 

Hab.—N. Queensland: Townsville (H. J. Carter). I took a single example 
of this interesting species in company with Heterocheira tropica on the beach. 


HKUTOREUMA MINOR, n.sp. 

Hlongate, convex, nitid coppery-bronze above, reddish-brown beneath, an- 
tennae, tibiae and tarsi red. Head densely punctate, forehead canaliculate, eyes 
large, half-concealed by prothorax, separated by a distance about equal to the dia- 
meter of one eye; antennae slender, about reaching base of prothorax, apical 
joints lightly enlarged. Prothorax arcuate-emarginate at apex, anterior angles 
acute and prominent (extending in front of eyes); base strongly bisinuate, pos- 
terior angles acute, sides lightly arcuately widened from apex hindwards, the 
arcuation strongest near front; a thin raised lateral border, narrowly sub-concaye 
within; a medial and two larger foveae near base; dise closely and rather strongly 
punctate. Scutellum triangular with rounded sides, punctate. Elytra of same 
width as prothorax at base, sides subparallel for the greater part; apical half 
more tumid and convex than basal half; dise irregularly vermiculate-punctate, 


38 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


with bladder-like swellings irregularly disposed, interspersed with foveate pune- 
tures; of these, some longitudinally arranged near suture on apical third; whole 
surface also with a close minute system of punctures; prosternum finely punctate, 
abdomen longitudinally strigose. Dimensions: 7 (plus) x 3 mm. 

Hab.—S. Queensland: Coomera (Mr. R. Illidge). A specimen was generously 
given me by its captor some years ago and then diagnosed as a Mithippia. It is, 
however, in structure, sculpture and colour extremely like its only congener, E. 
cupreum Cart., from which it differs as follows:—Size much smaller, pronotum 
more closely and coarsely punctate, with the lateral border much finer, the an- 
terior sides more arcuate. The elytra also show a more distinct system of ground 
punctures. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 

CHARIOTHES DODDI, n.sp. 

Rather widely ovate, moderately convex, head, pronotum, underside and legs 
nitid black, elytra bright violet, antennae, palpi and tarsi red, the last clothed be- 
neath with long yellow hair; the penultimate joint with a tassel of the same. 
Head finely, closely punctate, epistoma with rounded depression on each side, an- 
tennae with joint 3 longer than 4, joints 7-11 transverse, 11 largest, ovoid. Pro- 
thorax transversely convex, apex feebly sinuate, the middle very little prominent, 
anterior angles widely obtuse and depressed, base lightly bisinuate, posterior 
angles sub-rectangular; sides rather widely rounded, widest in front of middle and 
without sinuation, lateral border narrow, disc finely, sparsely punctate. Scutellum 
small, triangular. Elytra ovate, slightly wider than prothorax at base, striate- 
punetate, the strrae well-marked and deeply furrowed at apex, the punctures small, 
half-concealed in striae on basal half, obsolete at apex, intervals convex through- 
out, strongly so behind, also impunctate, the suture carinate on apical third. Gular 
area, transversely rugose, prosternum coarsely punctate, its apical process with deep 
longitudinal suleus; abdomen strongly punctate except on two apical segments, 
here sub-obsolete, all tibiae bowed. 


Hab.—N. Queensland: Cairns district (Mr. F. P. Dodd). Another of Mr. 
Dodd’s captures in this region of unlimited entomological supply. It is nearest 
C. subviolacea Cart. in size and colour and differs from it as follows :—General 
surface, especially elytra, more depressed and more widely oval, the pronotum 
more convex, elytra striate-punctate; the colour of elytra much brighter. It is of 
quite different form from the sub-cylindric striato-punctata, Macl., with more even 
striation and smaller punctures. It is not very near any of the 30 species re- 
cently described by Gebien under the preoccupied name Chariotheca (see These 
Proe., 1914, p. 78) from Papua. : 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


APTEROTHECA PUNCTIPENNIS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 9.) 

Robust, ovate; head, pronotum, underside and legs nitid black; antennae and 
tarsi reddish, elytra violaceous with cyaneous tints near base and suture. Head: 
epistoma impunctate, forehead finely, sparsely punctate; antennae gradually 
widening outwards, joint 1 concealed by canthus, 7-11 increasingly transverse, 11 
longer than 10.  Prothoraxz transverse and convex, apex and base subtruncate, 
front angles depressed and widely rounded off; hind angles acute, emphasized by 
the meeting of the basal and lateral margins; widest at middle, sides well rounded, 
subsinuate behind; a narrow, raised lateral border; a transverse depression within 
basal margin; disc microscopically punctate. Scutellum arcuate-triangular. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 39 


Elytra of same width as prothorax at base, convex and oval; striate-punctate, with 
8 rows of large punctures connected by shallow striae, besides a short scutellary 
row of about 3 punctures; seriate punctures not very close, 4 punctures (two in 
adjacent rows) forming a square, intervals flat and impunctate. Gular region 
transversely striolate, sternum and abdomen finely punctate, the metasternum and 
first segment of abdomen with fine longitudinal striolations. All tibiae a little 


curved, hind tibiae of male strongly so. Dimensions: 14 x 6 mm. 


Figs. 8-10. 
8. Nyctozoilus crassus. 9. Apterotheca punctipennis, 6. 
10. Nototrintus hackeri, &. 


Hab.—South Queensland, National Park (Mr. H: Hacker). Two examples 
(3, 2) form another of Mr. Hacker’s discoveries in this prolific region. This is 
the third known species of a genus lately separated from Chariotheca by Gebien 
(Résultats de lexpedition scientifique Néerlandaise 4 la Nouvelle Guinée, 1920, 
p. 348), under its present title. It is readily distinguished by colour and elytral 
sculpture from A. amaroides Pase. and A. besti Blackb. Vide infra), the pune- 
tures in the elytral series being as large as in Encyalesthus punctipennis Pasc. 

Types in Queensland Museum. 


The three species may be thus separated :— 
A. Pronotum, legs and underside black. 

1. Elytra cridescent (purple-eyancous) ; very finely  striate-punctate. 
. amaroides Pase. 


2. Elytra deep violet i dess nitid than 1), strongly  striate-punctate. 
BUM Re NER ces CNT (EI-G) 0058, cl OVC AIM EERE OR aE . punctipennis, n.sp. 
AA. Pronotum, legs and underside blue. 
Hlytra fiery coppery. .. .. .- un OeStiy lacks 
(Blackburn deduced from aee oer S omission nen the vies of amaroides were 
not striate. I have a cotype, however, from Lizard Is., given in exchange at the 
British Museum, which shows a fine striation, containing small punctures). 
I have already noted (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1911. p. 215) the differen- 


tiation of the two groups of Otrintus. I now propose the generic name Noto- 


40) AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


trintus for the reception of O. jacksoni Cart., O. striatus Cart. and O. acaciensts 
Cart., of which the first is the genotype. 


Nororrintus (gen. nov. Adeliinarum). 

Near Otrintus, but separated from it by the flatter, non-cylindrie form, pro- 
thorax trapezoidal or sub-cordate; widest near apex, base truncate or lightly 
arcuate, hind tarsi long. Elytra suleate. In Apasis—another allied genus—the 
apex of pronotum is not emarginate, the front angles depressed and rounded, 
while in Nototrintus they are more or less explanate and emarginate, and quite 
sharply emarginate in Otrintus. The following adds another species to the 
group. 


NOTOTRINTUS HACKERI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 10.) 

Oblong ovate, subnitid black; antennae and tarsi piceous, the latter clothed 
beneath with red tomentum. Head strongly, not closely punctate, eyes rather nar- 
rowly transverse, antennae extending to base of prothorax in the male (not quite 
so far in the female); joint 3 half as long again as 4; 4-10 oval, very slightly 
progressively enlarged, 11 longer than 10, ovate acuminate. Prothorax: apex 
arcuate, anterior angles sub-rectangular with the extreme apex blunt, 
base truncate, posterior angles defined and obtuse; sides arcuately — con- 
verging from near apex, subsinuous near hind angles; all angles a little explanate, 
the explanation extending narrowly along sides, extreme border narrowly raised 
throughout; a fine medial line clearly cut, whole dise closely and finely punctate. 
Scutellum rather widely triangular. Elytra oblong ovate, shoulders widely 
rounded, epipleural fold well raised in this region; suleate, with 10 rather deep 
sulci, including the extreme lateral one, intervals carinate towards base and apex, 
and becoming sharper laterally, everywhere convex. Underside smooth and _ nitid, 
hind tarsi having first and fourth joints subequal in length. Dimensions: 16-17 
x 5.5 mm. 5 

Hab.—Queensland: National Park (Mr. H. Hacker). Five examples sent by 
Mr. Hacker show the largest and most nitid of the four species. The single male 
differs from the female in having greatly enlarged front tarsi, widened tibiae, the 
hind tibiae rather strongly curved and in having longer antennae. I am pleased 
to name this insect after the enthusiastic and capable entomologist who is doing 
such admirable work at the Queensland Museum. 

Types in the Queensland Museum. 

The following table will distinguish the four known members of the genus. 


Nototrintus. 
1-3. Colour opaque brown-black. 
2. Pronotum subcordate, elytral intervals sharp, 12-14 mm. long. striatus Cart. 
3. Pronotum narrower, elytral intervals rounded, 16-17 mm. long. jacksom Cart. 
4-6. Surface nitid. 
5. Colour brown-black, elytral intervals clearly punctate, 13-15 mm. long. 
LTRS WRT NTA Linea tala MAGS MMM iMeMcraty 6  QICTIGIO SOS || Ceber 
6. Colour black, elytral intervals impunctate, 16-17 mm. long. hackerz, n.sp. 
NV.B.—All four species are denizens of the dense brush of the regions limited 
by the Bellinger River and the Queensland National Park, MacPherson Ranges. 


BY H. J. CARTER. AL 


LICINOMA PUNCTICEPS, n.sp. 

Subeylindric, nitid black, labrum, palpi, antennae and tarsi red, apical joints 
of antennae pale red. Head with epistoma unusually elongate, its sides obliquely 
narrowed to front, the whole forehead and epistoma very coarsely punctate, an- 
tennae with joint 3 a little elongate, 4-10 moniliform and slightly enlarging out- 
wards, 11 much larger and pear-shaped. Prothorax: apex and base subtruneate, 
anterior angles feebly emarginate and obtuse; widest before middle, sides lightly 
rounded and narrowly margined, dise strongly and unevenly punctate, the pune- 
tures smaller than on head and becoming’ finer near middle, a foveate impression 
towards each side; without sign of middle line. Scutellum small. Elytra slightly 
wider than prothorax at base; striate punctate, the striae wide and deep, almost 
concealing the punctures; intervals flat, very minutely punctate but not setose, 
the Ist, 3rd, 5th, and 7th wider than the rest. Prosternum and sides of meso- 
sternum coarsely, metasternum and abdomen finely (the apical segment densely) 
punctate. Dimensions: 11 x 4 mm. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Bowral. A single specimen probably taken by the 
late Mr. Helms, is clearly differentiated from its nearest ally monticola Blackb. 
by its elongate head and the unusually coarsely punctate head and pronotum in 
combination with flat, non-setose elytral intervals of unequal width. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


LICINOMA UMBILICATA, n.Sp. 

Oblong oval, pale bronze, subnitid, underside, legs and apical half of an- 
tennae red, basal half of antennae, tarsi and upper part of tibiae testaceous. 
Head finely punctate, epistomal suture arcuate, antennae with basal joints linear- 
ovate, 6-11 gradually enlarged, 11 not much larger than 10. Prothorax arcuate- 
emarginate at apex, base sub-truncate, sides rather widely and evenly rounded; 
anterior angles a little rounded and snbacute; posterior obtuse; dise with fine, 
close, shallow punctures, two foveate depressions near middle, one on each side 
of middle line, the latter lightly impressed at apex, widening into a 
pear-shaped fovea at middle, thence obsolete. Scutellum triangular. Hlytra 
ovate, widest about middle, shoulders obsolete; striate-punctate, the striae well- 
marked, the seriate punctures small and close, intervals quite flat, the 3rd, 5th, 
7th and 9th with umbilicate nodules; in general * each bearing a coarse spinose 
oblique bristle; the 3rd having about five, the 5th about seven, the 7th about 
eleven, more or less evenly spaced, those on the 9th appearing in outline at the 
sides, Underside finely punctate; hind tarsi with basal joint about as long as the 
rest combined. Dimensions: 8 x 3 (+) mm. 

Hab.—Dorrigo (Mr. 8. W. Jackson). A puzzling species that on a strict 
interpretation of Pascoe’s phrase “p»rothoraz apice haud emarginato” would re- 
quire separation from Licinoma. It, however, accords with the genus in other 
respects, while the extent of “emargination” depends somewhat on the point of 
view. The “arcuation” is slightly deeper than that of ZL. aerea mihi as shown in 
figure (These Proc., 1920, p. 242, fig. 8).aq AyTuo ues evajdyo oy} Jo oangdynos oy, 
compared with that of the Tasmanian LZ. nodulosa Champ.; but in this species is 
feeble, chiefly confined to the apical region, and unaccompanied by setae. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


“The unusually coarse spinose bristles are apparently easily abraded, since 
they are irregularly absent from some of the nodules. 


42 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


CHALCOPTERUS LUCIDUS, n.sp. 


Robust, oval, convex; head, pronotum, underside and legs nitid black, an- 
tennae and tarsal clothing black; elytra burnished, pale greenish-copper, very 
brilhant. Head: eyes separated by space nearly equal to the diameter of one 
eye; antennae robust, little enlarged externally, 3rd joint proportionally longer 
than in affinis Bless. Prothorax: apex lightly arcuate, base sub-truncate, front 
angles depressed and very wide, posterior acute, sides gently arcuately narrowing 
from base to apex; dise very finely sparsely punctate, medial line smooth. 
Scutellum black, nitid, equilatero-triangular. Elytra strongly widened at shoulders, 
thence sub-parallel to apical third; minutely striate-punctate, the fine shallow 
striae only seen by close scrutiny, the seriate punctures much smaller than in 
affinis Bless. or sparsus Blackb.; intervals flat and impunctate; metasternum and 
abdomen finely strigose. Dimensions: 14.5-15 x 8-8.5 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Beverley (Mr. Tepper, Junr.), and N. Territory. 
A robust species after the manner of affinis Bless. and sparsus Blackb.; nearer 
the latter, but distinguished by the larger form, the extreme brilliance of its sur- 
face and the absence of any sign of interstitial punctures on the elytra. I have 
had the species long under observation, but, not having clearly identified sparsus 
until my recent visit to the British Museum, had left it undescribed till now. 
The colour of elytra is elusive and apparently uniform, or nearly so, but the 
metallic reflections are decidedly greenish, and there is an entire absence of 
purple. Two examples, including the type in Coll. Carter, one in the British 
Museum, others in the South Australian Museum. 


CHALCOPTERUS PRAETERMISSUS, D.sp. 


Hlliptic, convex; head, underside and appendages black, pronotum and elytra 
green, with metallic purple sheen near hind angles of pronotum, also on humeral 
eallus and sides of elytra. Tarsal clothing yellow. Head closely and rather 
strongly punctate, eyes bordered by sulcus, separated by about the length of 2nd 
joint of antennae; antennae enlarged towards apex, joints 4-11 subequal in 
length. Prothorax: apex arcuate, base bisinuate, sides well rounded and converg- 
ing to apex, all angles obtuse; disc irregularly and rather coarsely punctate, the 
medial line and a few small irregular areas more or less laevigate. Hlytra re- 
gularly elliptic, considerably wider than prothorax, humeral eallus prominent; 
seriate-punctate, punctures in striae near middle very much as in C. smaragdulus 
F. but much less diminishing in size towards apex than in that species; intervals 
flat and strongly punctate (as in C. variabilis Bless.). | Underside striolate. 
Dimensions: 13 x 7 mm. 


Hab—N. Queensland (Kuranda). A species long overlooked in my collec- 
tion, superficially like green examples of smaragdulus F., but an examination 
at once shows the following distinctions: Form more regularly elliptic (in 
smaragdulus the elytra are ovate with the big end at base); eyes less close, ocular 
suleus present, punctures of pronotum and elytral intervals much stronger, seriate 
punctures well-marked to extreme apex; tarsal clothing yellow. The species 
should be placed in my table (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1913, p. 31) after 
rusticus Blackb. (— cupreus F.) from which it differs in smaller size and its 
strong interstitial punctures. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 43 
STRONGYLIUM VERTEBRALE, N.Sp. 

Hlongate, subeylindric, glabrous; head, pronotum, scutellum, the greater part 
of elytra and underside metallic peacock-blue (im one example head and prono- 
tum dark metallic green); elytra with suture, base and margins red, this colour 
varying in extent, but generally covering one elytral interval at suture and sides 
and widening towards base and apex. Underside of head, coxal regions, epi- 
pleurae and margins of abdominal segments more or less red or suffused with 
‘red, antennae and legs blue-black, tarsal claws yellow. Head: labrum prominent, 
forehead coarsely, epistoma more densely and finely punctate, eyes moderately 
prominent, widely separated, in d by the width of an eye, in 2 more widely 
separated. Antennae extending beyond base of prothorax when at rest, joints 
1-2 short and stout, 3-5 sub-lmear, 3 shorter than 4-5 conjoined, 6-10 subconie, 
of equal length but widening outwards, 11 oval, as long as 10. Prothorax trans- 
verse and sub-depressed, apex and base sub-truncate, all angles rounded off, the 
anterior widely so, sides variably widened, in ¢ examples nearly straight or 
feebly subangulately widened near middle, in 2 more widely rounded, a raised 
border throughout, showing more prominently at apex and middle of base, medial 
line sometimes indicated by short depression near middle and absence of the 
coarse, irregular puncturation elsewhere displayed on disc. Scutellum areuate- 
triangular, the apex rounded off, impunctate. Elytra considerably wider than 
prothorax at base, slightly widened behind middle, shoulders rather squarely 
rounded, strongly striate-punctate, with nine deeply cut striae, besides a shorter 
seutellary stria, containing rather large, irregularly-spaced punctures; intervals 
convex and impunctate, underside almost smooth, the abdomen with light shallow 
punctures, the episterna with a few larger punctures. Dimensions: 8-93 x 24-33 
mm. 

Hab.—North Queensland (Cooktown, Kuranda, Mackay, ete.). A common 
species found in most collections (11 examples now before me) that J] have 
hitherto considered as Pseudo-strongylium viridipenne Kraatz. The latter species, 
however (described from a single example) possesses the following characters 
inconsistent with this determination: “apex of antennae reddish,’ “joints small 
and threadlike,” “eyes almost adjacent,” “tibiae at base and thighs red” (trans- 
lated from German). Some examples are almost entirely cyaneous, this colour 
varying from green-blue on head and pronotum to bright violaceous on elytra, in 
old specimens becoming dingy, while the amount of red is variable. The ap- 
pendages, except tarsal claws and scutellum, are in all cases dark. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 


HKBENOLUS BANKSI, n.sp. 

Oblong, subeylindric; head, pronotum, underside and legs nitid black, elytra 
green and purple (the former colour predominating on the middle area), an- 
tennae piceous, tarsi red. Head minutely punctate, strigose on basal ridge, eyes 
almost contiguous, the interspace in apical half of d narrowly lineate, thence 
triangulately widening behind; in 2 the interspace is twice as wide in front and 
much more rapidly widened behind; in both sexes the widened interspace im- 
pressed; antennae long and slender, joints 3-11 successively shorter and slightly 
wider. Prothorax subquadrate, wider than long and rather wider in front than 
behind; apex, base and sides nearly straight, narrowly margined throughout, an- 
terior angles rounded, posterior rectangular; dise with fine, shallow punctures, 
with an area of larger punctures near middle of base, medial channel lightly im- 
pressed (more strongly so in 2) on basal half. Seutellum equilatero-triangular, 


44 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 


punetate. Hlytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, shoulders angulate, 
sides sub-parallel; seriate-punctate, the first two rows of punctures in sub-striate 
depressions, intervals impunctate and slightly convex, the two first more strongly 
so; the punctures round, moderately large and regular. Prosternum suleate, 
abdomen finely punctate, post-tarsi with 1st joint shorter than the rest combined. 
Dimensions: 3. 12-13 x 4-44 mm.; 2. 13 x 5 mm. 

Hab.—Moa, Banks Island, Torres Straits (Mr. W. McLennan). Two ¢ and 
one 2 in the Australian Museum, presented by Mr. H. L. White, show an evident 
ally of EH. vernicatus Fairm. and FE. sub-viridis Geb., both from New Guinea. Be- 
sides differing in colour from both, the former is said to be suleate between the 
eyes, the pronotum “multi-impresso,” and elytral punctures “apice obsoleto”’; 
from the latter it is separated by closer eyes and elytral punctures not at all in 
pairs. H. wollastoni Blair is larger inter alia. 1 have named it after the great 
naturalist whose name is associated with its habitat. 

Type in Australian Museum. 


KBENOLUS MINOR, n.Sp. 


Oblong, subeylindric; head, pronotum, underside and legs black, the two first 
subnitid, the two last nitid; elytra blue, sometimes tending to purple with purple 
and golden metallic gleams near apical declivity; antennae, palpi and tarsi red. 
Head impressed on front, densely and finely punctate, intereye-space in d about 
the length of 1st antennal joint, in 2 rather more distant; antennae slender, extend- 
ing beyond the base of prothorax, joints on basal half sublinear, widening and 
growing shorter outwards. Prothorax: apex and base truncate, sides nearly 
straight, slightly wider in front than behind; the anterior angles obtuse and a 
little blunted at tips, posterior angles sharply rectangular; dise densely and finely 
rugose-punctate, the narrow lateral margins not visible from above; transversely 
impressed near basal margin, medial line not indicated. Scutellwm triangular, 
punctate. Hlytra wider than prothorax at base, shoulders sub-angulate, but 
rounded; sides parallel; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures round, large, rather 
close and regular; intervals impunctate, generally flattish, some intervals towards 
sides and apex lightly convex. Sternal regions densely, the abdomen closely and 
finely punctate; post tarsi with first jomt about as long as the rest combined. 
Dimensions: 7-7.5 x 2-2.5 mm. 

Hab.—Moa, Banks Island, Torres Straits (W. McLennan, in Australian 
Museum, presented by Mr. H. L. White). Several examples recorded as at- 
tracted to light by Mr. McLennan; both sexes evidently present amongst the nine 
specimens closely examined, which show little variation of colour or size. Its 
small size separates it from any described species, while it is further distinguished 
from the species having a black prothorax and coloured elytra by its densely 
rugose-punctate pronotum. 

Type in Australian Museum. 

The genus Hbenolus Fairm., with genotype EH. vernicatus Fairm., segregates 
a special group of the heterogeneous and numerous Strongyliinae that appears to 
have its zoo-centre in Papua. It probably includes some of our Australian 
species, especially S. macleayi Pase., with which Mr. Blair compares his S. wol- 
lastoni, and which Gebien has recently placed under Hbenolus, while describing 
Six new species from New Guinea. The chief characters appear to be: eyes close, 
antennae long and slender, prothorax subquadrate, its sides margined, prosternum 
suleate, body oblong, non-gibbous, the shoulders angulate without tuberosity. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 45 


CISTELIDAE. 


Homotrysis (Allecula) flavicornis Macl.—Since the Australian species of 
Allecula are now merged in Homotrysis the name macleay?, given by Borchmann 
in the Junk catalogue to this species, is superfluous. There is a black variety of 
this, commonly found round Sydney, as well as the typical brown form. Possibly 
the brown colour shows immaturity. 


46 


NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, WITH NOTES ON ENCRINURUS 
AND CORDANIA GARDNERI. 


By Joun MircHeuu, late Principal of the Technical College and School of Mines, 
Neweastle. 


(Plate x.) 
[Read 26th March, 1924.) 


Introduction. 


In 1907 the late General A. W. Vogdes, an eminent authority on trilobites, 
gave a complete history of the genus Hncrinurus (Trans. San Diego Soe. Nat. 
Hist., 1. (2), 1907, pp. 61-83), and proposed its division into the genera Hncrinurus 
and Cryptonymus, claiming that the latter name should be retained for the generic 
name of the group. If the rule of priority is to be followed strictly, the claim 
for Cryptonymus appears unquestionable, but the fact that Hncrinurus has been 
in common use for some eighty years should be taken into consideration. 

The separation into Encrinurus and Cryptonymus depends on the presence or 
absence of spines on the genal angles: those forms with spines are placed in the 
genus Encrinurus, of which the generic type is Hncrinurus punctatus; Cryptony- 
mus is to inelude those forms having rounded genal angles, the generic type sug- 
gested being H. variolaris Brong. As far as the proposed genera and generic 
types are concerned, the present writer agrees with these divisions, but considers 
the features on which the separation of the genera is based are not of generic 
value; he admits that the separation may be useful in practice. If spines on the 
genal angles be accepted as features having generic or subgeneric values, then 
several old-established genera are open for similar generic division. Should 
Vogdes’ proposed classification of Hnerinurus be accepted, all the Australian 
species recorded up to the present time would have to be placed in Cryptonymus, 
for they all have rounded genal angles. 

It has oceurred to the writer that a division of the group might be effected 
on well marked and constant pygidial characteristics, viz:—the continuity or 
discontinuity of the rings of the axis of the pygidium. Under this classification, 
those species of Encrinurus having continuous axial rings on their pygidia would 
be placed in the genus Cryptonymus, and have Cryptonymus (Encrinurus) 
variolaris for the generic type. Such as have the axial rings of their pygidia dis- 
continuous or medially interrupted, wholly or in part, would form the genus 
Encrinurus, the type species being Encrinurus punctatus. 

Adopting this classification, the following Australian species would be in- 
cluded in Cryptonymus:—H. etheridge: E. and M., HE. duntroonensis HE. and M., 
together with Cryptonymus platynotus, C. incertus, CO. robustus, C. perannulatus, 
and (. angustus, described in the present paper. In the genus Enecrinurus would 


BY JOHN MITCHELL. 47 


be placed EL. mitchelli, EH. silverdalensis, E. bowningensis, E. rothwellae, and the 
species H. frontalis here described. The solitary H. (C.) spryi would find its 
resting place in Cryptonymus. 

The writer is aware that to establish a genus on a feature of the pygidium 
of a trilobite is exceptional; but in the present case, the separation of: the genera 
under discussion, on the lines stated by him above, seems sound and reasonable; 
and especially does it appear so, when the classification is applied to the Aus- 
tralian species. Also, seeing that the genus Hncrinuwrus itself is established on a 
feature of the pygidium, it seems reasonable, if further division becomes neces- 
sary, to use some well-marked pygidial character, as is proposed above. 

The general characters for Encrinurus would remain as they have been here- 
tofore recognised. The genus Cryptonymus would have a head-shield and thorax 
of the types common to the Enerinuridae, and its separation from Encrinurus 
would depend on the interrupted or continuous rings of the axis of the pygidium. 

In the following pages eight new species of trilobites from the Bowning 
(Bounyongian) beds of New South Wales are described and figured. Two of 
these (one doubtfully) are placed in the genus Bronteus (Goldius). Six new 
species are placed in the genera Hnerinurus and Cryptonymus. Up to the pre- 
sent, no less than ten species of Hncrinurus have been recorded from New South 
Wales, four (EH. punctatus Brunn., #. barrandei De Kon., H. (Cromus) bohemicus 
and H. murchisoni De Kon.) by De WKoninck (Foss. Pal. Nouv. Galles du Sud, Pt. 
J., 1876, pp. 49-55, Pl. 1., figs. 8, 9, 9a-b.). 

When dealing with the Silurian Encrinuridae of New South Wales, the late 
R. Etheridge, junior and the writer expressed certain opinions with reference to 
the correctness and value of these determinations of De Koninek (Proce. Linn. 
Soc. N.S.W., xl. (4), 1915, pp. 651-654) ; and the present writer is unaware of 
any reason why the opimions then expressed should be altered. By the addition 
of the species of Eincrinurus and Cryptonymus (or Encrinurus alone) dealt with 
in the present paper, the species of these genera have been increased to a greater 
number than has been recorded from New South Wales for any other genus of 
trilobite; and still, to the writer’s knowledge, there are fragments of new species 
of these genera awaiting description. 

In Europe and North America, Encrinurus, sens lat., is practically confined 
to the Ordovician and Upper Silurian systems. In New South Wales, species 
occur from the base to near the top of the Bounyongian beds and, up to the 
present, the whole of this formation has been considered to be of Upper Silurian 
age. Recent study, however, has led the writer to conclude that the uppermost 
beds, at least, are of Lower Devonian age; and in these beds Hnerinurus is not 
known to occur. The Yarralumla beds are the equivalents of the Lower Trilobite 
beds of Bowning, as are also, in part or altogether, the Back Creek beds of the 
Tarlo River. The age of the Duntroon beds has not yet been satisfactorily solved, 
but, in the opinion of the writer, they are older than those of Bowning. It may, 
therefore, be taken as approximately correct that, in New South Wales, and in- 
deed in Australia, Encrinurus (including Cryptonymus) is confined to the Upper 
Silurian and older formations. 


Family ENCRINURIDAE. 


CRYPTONYMUS PLATYNOTUS Mitchell. (Plate x., fig. 1.) 


The specimen available has the anterior portion of the head-shield and a 
small part of the tip of the pygidium missing. The head-shield is subsemi-elliptic, 
its surface being densely tubereulate, with medium to small tubercles; the surface 


48 NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, 


of the glabella is removed, leaving the greater part of the hypostoma exposed; the 
neck-furrow is narrow and ill-defined, its lateral extensions wide and distinct; 
neck-ring and its lateral extensions similar to a thoracic segment; fixed cheeks 
large, the wings unusually wide postero-anteriorly, densely tuberculate, the 
tubereles being arranged in nearly regular rows; eyes placed well forward and 
outward. Thorax much wider than long (25:15 approx.), smooth; axis spindle- 
shaped, widest at the third and fourth rings, mildly convex, each ring subtuber- 
culate at its bases; axial furrows deep; side lobes almost horizontal between their 
origin and their fulera, thence steeply deflected; an indistinet tubercle at the 
fuleral point of each pleura; terminals of the pleurae strongly imbricate and 
eurved forward. Pygidium triangular, moderately convex, about two-thirds as long 
as wide (13:20); axis mildly convex, rings continuous, about twenty-two in num- 
ber (on the specimen there are nineteen, but a part of its end is broken off) ; 
medially there are five inconspicuous tubercles; the junction with the thoracic axis 
is quite gradual. Pleurae of the side lobes are 9 to 10, each, except the first, 
slopes gently from the origin to the margins and ends in ploughshare-like edges, 
having a fairly strong backward curve. 

On a casual inspection this may easily be taken for H. mitchelu; but from 
that species it is separated by (1) the great size of its fixed cheeks and their alae, 
(2) the continuity of the axial rings of its pygidium, (3) the gradual merging 
of the thoracic axis into that of the pygidium, (4) the more forward position 
of the eyes, and (5) less convexity and prominence of the axis. From EH. bowning- 
ensis and H. silverdalensis K. and M., it is easily distinguished. In the size of 
its fixed cheeks and forward position of the eyes it resembles H. rothwellae; but 
differs from that species, widely in other respects. 

The outstanding features of the species are the large fixed cheeks, anterior 
and lateral position of the eyes, general low convexity, continuity of the axial 
rings of the pygidium, and the indistinetness of the medial tubercles of the pygidial 
axis. 

Loce.—Bowning Creek, Lower Trilobite beds. 


CRYPTONYMUS INCERTUS, n.sp. (Plate x., fig. 2.) 

Of this species only the pygidium, with two complete thoracic segments at- 
tached, 1s known. The description of the pygidium is as follows: Triangular, 
about two-thirds as long as wide, fairly well inflated, smooth or nearly so. Axis 
prominent, convex, made up of numerous rings (more than twenty), ending 
bluntly short of the posterior margin, subtended by a pair of pleural segments, 
its greatest spread approximately equals one-fourth of the greatest width of the 
pygidium (5:19); its junction with the thorax is quite gradual, along the medial 
line there are faint traces of two tubercles. Side lobes consist of twelve pairs of 
pleurae, convex, only the posterior three pairs strongly directed backwards, geni- 
culation indistinct. Dimensions: Length 13 mm., width 19; greatest height of 
axis 5; greatest height of side lobes 4 mm. 

The present pygidium resembles, in general contour and pleural characters, 
E. bowningensis more than it does any other Australian species; but from the 
pygidium of this species it differs in having twelve pairs of pleurae instead of 
nine, the axis ending short of the margin, and in its rings being continuous. 
These differences alone are sufficient to separate the two specifically. The pygi- 
dium of C. robustus mihi and the one under discussion agree in several features, 
but the former is densely, finely and evenly granulated, while the latter appears 


BY JOHN MITCHELL. 49 


to be practically smooth; the pleurae of the former are less in number and less 
prominent than those of the latter. The pygidium of the latter does not possess 
the distinct border which is present in the former. 


Loc. and horizon.—Railway cutting near the Bowning railway station. Upper 
Trilobite Beds, Bounyongian Series. 


CRYPTONYMUS ROBUSTUS, n.sp. (Plate x., fig. 3.) 


Complete form oval. Head-shield almost semicircular, densely tuberculate. 
Glabella pyriform, mildly convex, greatest width equal to length, tubercles re- 
latively large and fairly even in size, not prominent, those adjacent to the anterior 
margin arranged subconcentrically, the posterior ones forming one or two trans- 
verse rows, the remainder irregularly placed. There are five pairs of glabellar 
furrows and, if such they may be called, the lobes are conspicuous, subquadrate in 
shape and depressed, the posterior pair being inconspicuous; axial furrows deeply 
incised. The lobe-like tubercles of the fixed cheeks, corresponding to and op- 
posite those of the glabella, are prominent; neck-furrow inconspicuous, its lateral 
extensions across the fixed cheeks narrow and deep, neck-ring narrow, fairly pro- 
minent and granulated, its lateral extensions also narrow. Fixed cheeks well 
developed, wide between the facial sutures and the posterior furrows, its granu- 
lation like that of the glabella, moderately inflated, lower than the glabella. Free 
cheeks large, inflated, lateral furrows and thickened borders conspicuous, the an- 
terior parts between the exits of the facial sutures and the axial furrows flat, 
wide and joining squarely. Eyes subellipsoidal in shape, sunken within their sur- 
rounding furrows, rather widely apart, the anterior tubercles, forming the circlets 
around the eye furrows, large, visual area depressed; posterior branches of the 
facial sutures run from the back of the eye in a slightly oblique curve; genal 
angles rounded; axial furrows conspicuous. Thorax transversely oblong, twice 
as wide as long, sparsely granulated. Pygidium triangular, much wider than long 
(30:18), finely granulated. Axis gently convex, medially subdepressed; rings ap- 
parently twenty-four in number, continuous, segmented portion ending bluntly 
before the margin is reached, the remainder appearing to be joined to the pleurae 
of the side lobes; no tubercles visible along the medial line. Side lobes made up 
of eleven pairs of pleurae, or perhaps twelve, moderately convex, deflect mildly 
from the axial grooves, their backward curve is gentle and regular, anterior pair 
conspicuously faceted, their marginal ends are chisel-like. Dimensions: Total 
leneth, 52; length of head, 16; length of thorax, 18; of tail, 18; width of thorax, 
34; spread of thoracic axis, 10 mm. 

This species shows some resemblance to E. mitchelli Foerste, but differs in 
quite a number of features as follows: The eyes of our species are wider apart 
and are ellipsoidal instead of circular, as well as less prominent; the tubereulation 
of the cephalon generally is coarser, less prominent and orderly arranged; its 
pseudo-glabellar lobes are larger and more quadrate in shape; the spaces between 
the posterior branches of the facial sutures and the posterior furrows of the 
cephalon are wider and these furrows are narrower in C. robustus; the parts of 
the free cheeks between the emergence of the axial grooves, and the facial sutures 
in front of the glabella are flat, not lobed; the axial rings of the pygidium are 
continuous; tubercles appear to be absent along the medial line of the pygidium. 
These differences appear to warrant its separation from EF. mitchelli. It may be 
noted further that the head of this species bears more than a passing resemblance 
to the head of Encrinurus (Cromus) bohemicus Barr., but is easily separated from 


50 NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, 


that species. It is quite possible De Koninck made his determination of the pre- 
sence of C. bohemicus in the rocks of New South Wales( Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S. 
Wales, Pal. No. 6), from a head of the present species, mistaking it for the 
Bohemian species. It is easily separated from all other Enerinurids which have 
come under the writer’s notice. 

Loc. and horizon.—Limestone Creek, near Goodyer’s hut, on the Yass-Burruwa 
Road, Parish of Bowning, County of Harden. Lower Trilobite Beds, Bounyongian 
Series. 


CRYPTONYMUS PERANNULATUS, n.sp. (Plate x., fig. 4.) 


Pygidium triangular, moderately inflated, apparently smooth and wider than 
long (12:10). Axis very slightly convex, and very slightly elevated above the 
side lobes, from which it is separated by faint axial grooves; it possesses about 
forty-four continuous rings, reaches the posterior margin, greatest width 3 mm., 
or one-fourth of the anterior width of the pygidium. Side lobes show thirteen 
pairs of segments; the posterior inclination of the segments is mild and they 
terminate at the margin with straight edges; the deflection of the pleurae from the 
axial grooves is steep throughout and posteriorly almost vertical. 

The other parts of this species have not been determined; but the features of 
this pygidium are so clearly different from all pygidia of the genus which have 
come under my observation, that I have no hesitation in giving it specific rank. 

Associated with this pygidium there occur several cephala and pygidia as 
well as some free cheeks which were referred to by the late R. Etheridge and the 
writer some years since; and it is possible that the cephalon and free cheek 
described and figured by these writers (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xl., 1915, PI. 
lvi., figs. 7, 9) belong to the species now under discussion. The free cheek in 
question was then placed with E. etheridgei, but evidence now available discloses 
that it does not belong there, because the facets of the eyes are very fine and 
numerous, while the facets of the eyes of EH. etheridgei and of the Bounyongian 
Encrinurids generally are relatively few in number, large in size and less conical 
in shape. 

Loc.—Gurnett’s farm, three miles west of Bowning township. 


CRYPTONYMUS ANGUSTUS, n.sp. (Plate x., figs. 5, 6.) 


Pygidium (testless), which is the only part known for certain, acutely tri- 
angular, finely granulated, high anteriorly, and strongly drooping posteriorly, 
longer than wide. Axis made up of some 30 or more continuous rings, narrow, 
its anterior width being one-fifth of the anterior width of the pygidium, reaching 
to the margin, ending bluntly; axial grooves faint. Side lobes made up of twelve 
pairs of pleurae, the first pair only being geniculated, the others deflect strongly 
. from their origin to the margins, and all have an increasingly oblique direction 
posteriorly. The axis is very prominent anteriorly, but gradually becomes less 
so posteriorly, until before the margin is reached it is inconspicuous. Dimensions: 
Length, 13; width, 10 mm. 

The outstanding features of this pygidium are its narrowness; steep, ad- 
pressed sides; narrow, anteriorly elevated axis; few and inconspicuous tubercules 
along the medial line of the axis. It is plain, from the axis of this pygidium, 
that the axis of the thorax of the species would be narrow, and also that the 
glabella would be narrow, at least posteriorly; and such a glabella was obtained 
from Gurnett’s selection, and tentatively placed (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xl, 
1915, pp. 672, 673, Pl. lv., figs. 7, 8) with EH. etheridgei E. and M. because of its 


BY JOHN MITCHELL. 51 


resemblance to the cephalon of that species, and there, for the present it must 
remain. 

It must be noted too that the pygidia previously figured (loc. cit., pp. 673, 
674, Pl. lv., figs. 9, 10) resemble, in several particulars, the one under review, but 
they are approximately as wide as long, with wider and inconspicuous axes, and 
thirteen pairs of pleurae. 

It may be pointed out here, that the pygidia from Gurnett’s selection are of 
different types from those of the trilobites from the adjacent Bounyongian Series. 
This probably indicates some difference in the geological horizon of the two 
places. 

Loc.—Gurnett’s selection, west of Bowning. 


HENCRINURUS FRONTALIS, n.sp. (Plate x., fig. 7.) 


Only a cephalic shield, minus the free cheeks, is known. The specific charac- 
ters are:—Glabella subpyriform, front margin semicircular, width in front greater 
than the length, tuberculate, tubercles varying in size, arranged subconcentrically, 
except for a row in front of the neck furrow which is transverse; on each side are 
four conspicuous tubercles (possibly there were five originally), some of which 
are surmounted by a smaller one and separated from each other by pronounced 
pseudo-glabellar furrows; neck-furrow narrow and deep, its lateral extensions 
also deep; neck-ring strongly arched, bearing a conspicuous tubercle at each point 
of origin and between these are a few inconspicuous ones; lateral extensions 
narrow and prominent, bearing a few faint granules. Fixed cheeks of moderate 
size, inflated, nearly as high as the glabella, tubercles in oblique rows, separated 
from the glabella by deep axial furrows; eyes circular, facets rather large, visual 
surface depressed, distinctly separated from the cheeks by a well defined furrow. 
Facial sutures of the usual character for the genus. Free cheeks unknown. 

This fragmentary head resembles Encrinurus mitchelli more than any other 
Encrinurus known to me; but it differs from that species in having the glabella 
wider than long; the eyes wider apart; an additional row of tubercules between 
the eyes and the axial furrows; the neck furrow and its lateral extensions deeper — 
and the latter at least narrower; fixed cheeks more inflated; glabellar lateral lobes 
and furrows more distinct; glabella more tumid and its tuberculation more crowded, 
irregular and prominent. These differences are ample to separate these two 
species. It also resembles H. punctatus Brunn. more closely than does any other 
Austrahan Enerinurid. 

Loe. and horizon—A quarter of a mile south of the Bowning public school. 
Associated with Dalmanites (Hausmannia) meridianus EK. and M., D. loomesi, ete. 
This is the only Enerinurus which has been obtained from the Middle Trilobite 
Beds of the Bounyongian series. 


CryptoNyMuUS (ENCRINURUS) DUNTROONENSIS H. and M. (Plate x., figs. 10, 11.) 


Encrinurus duntroonensis, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xl., 1915, 670-1, 674, 675 
(b and c), PI. lv., figs. 13, 14, Pl. lvi., figs. 11, 13. The two pygidia, previously 
described (loc. cit.) and thought to be specifically distinct from the cephalon 
described as H. duntroonensis, are now regarded, with an additional two specimens, 
as belonging to the same species. The axes of two of the four pygidia under 
examination appear to have suffered compression. The following is the descrip- 
tion of the normal pygidium: Triangular, slightly wider than long (8:7), granu- 
lation faintly indicated. Axis moderately prominent, rings thirty or more, con- 


52 NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, 


tinuous; posteriorly the axis droops steeply and ends at the margin closely in- 
vested by the terminal pair of pleurae; axial grooves faint. Side lobes strongly 
inflated, fulera close to the axial grooves, from thence the lobes deflect almost 
vertically; each pair of pleurae from the second to the ninth pair posteriorly 
has a decided /-like shape; apparently there are twelve pairs of pleurae, certainly 
eleven, ending at the margin with a. straight edge, and the whole pygidium has 
the form of an equilateral triangle. Dimensions: Length, 7; width, 8; height, 3; 
anterior spread of axis, 2.5 mm. A compressed specimen has length 7, width 5 
spread of axis 2 mm. 

That the pygidia formerly referred to (loc. cit.), and again described above, 
belong to Encrinurus duntroonensis seems a reasonable conclusion because they 
are the only pygidia found associated with the cephalon on which the species was 
established, and the glabella of the type cephalon is narrow, and consequently, the 
axis of its thorax and pygidium must also have been (unusually) narrow as is 
the case with the pygidia under notice; for these reasons I place them with that 
species without hesitation. 

The pygidia of Silurian age from Europe most closely resembling these now 
under notice, are those of Enerinurus seebachi Schmidt, which agree in shape, 
proportionate length to width, and number of rings in the axes; but the local 
ones have a larger number of pleural segments, and these slope much more steeply 
from the axial grooves to the margin than do those of EH. seebachi. 


Loc. and horizon.—A small creek near Duntroon homestead, Parish of Can- 
berra, County of Murray. Upper Silurian or perhaps older. 


b] 


ENNCRINURUS MITCHELLI Foerste. (Plate x., figs. 12, 14.) 


Enerinurus mitchell Foerste, Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., iii., Pt. 2, 1888, 
p. 124, Pl. xiu., figs. 2, 3, 20.—(?) Cromus murchisoni De Koninck, Foss. Pal. 
Nouv. Galles du Sud, 1876, Pt. 1, Pl. 1, fig. 9 (exclude figs. 9a and 9b).—E. 
mitchelli Etheridge and Mitchell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xl., 1915, pp. 657-662, 
TAB line ikes iby Ted Inga vitesh) TS) US) EI Wvaty, ines, 2) IO), JPA Invi, nko, ), 

A careful study of a large number of specimens of this species enables me 
to add an important point or two to former descriptions. In the original des- 
cription by the late R. Etheridge, junior, and Mitchell the axis of the pygidium 
is said to terminate mucronately and to possess twenty-six rings; but instead of 
that some well preserved pygidia show that it ends in a fairly fine, rounded point 
in front of the submucronate terminal formed by the coalescence of the last pair 
of the pleurae; and that it bears thirty-two annulations, or more, in mature 
specimens, also, in the description referred to, doubt was expressed whether there 
were ten or eleven pairs of pygidial pleurae. It may now be stated definitely, 
that in all specimens of the species which do not exceed 1% inches in length, the 
pygidial pleurae consist of ten pairs and for mature specimens which reach a 
length of two inches or a little more, eleven pairs is the normal number. 


ENCRINURUS SILVERDALENSIS Etheridge and Mitchell. (Plate x., fig. 13.) 

Encrinurus silverdalensis E. and M., Proce. Linn. Soé. N.S.W., xl., 1915, pp. 
GSC JAR Wiyayimteny MLS IE tien sales, 25 Ge IRI ihyaig, vote 4b isp (6), dee JET Thyauty, ileys. 
Sy, U0), 

In the original description of this characteristic Encrinurus it was stated that 
the thorax and pygidium were finely granulated. Later evidence proves that these 
parts were coarsely tuberculate in a way which makes it easily distinguishable 


BY JOHN MITCHELL. 53 


from all other Australian species of Encrinurus. Also (loc. cit.) it was stated 
that the axis of the pygidium is made up of thirty or more annulations; but a 
well preserved and approximately mature specimen of the species shows it to have 
only twenty-six rings and that the axis does not quite reach the posterior margin, 
and subtending its termination is a short convex piece between the posterior pair 
of pleurae. Another important feature about this species is, that the posterior 
pleurae of the pygidium are strongly folded under the margin. This feature does 
not occur in any other Encrinurus yet descrtbed from Australia. 


An additional reference to CORDANIA GARDNERI Mitchell. 


Since the publication of the paper in which this trilobite was described 
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii., 1922, pp. 535-540, Pl. liv., figs. 1-7) Mr. 
T. H. Pincombe had the good fortune to find an almost perfect specimen of 
the species which he kindly passed on to me for study. This specimen (Plate x., 
fig. 15) permits the following modifications of the original description: The form 
of the eye is sublunate rather than reniform; the axis of the thorax is practically 
as wide as the combined width of the two side lobes; and the genal spines reach 
to the fifth thoracic segment. 


Family BRONTEIDAE. 
BRONTEUS (GOLDIUS) SINGULARIS, n.sp. (Plate x., fig. 8.) 


In my collection there is a nearly complete thorax of a trilobite which I have 
placed in the genus Bronteus. Its description has been withheld for many years, 
hoping that some better specimens of it might be secured. 

The specimen shows an almost complete axis and the two side lobes of a 
thorax, with, on one side, several appendages attached to the pleurae; these parts 
closely resemble Bronteus, but the thorax seems to have eleven rings, an unusual 
number for the genus. One of these rings may, however, be the neck-ring. There 
are three almost complete appendages of the pleurae on the left side, and three 
others of which proximal parts only remain. The side lobes and the mild con- 
vexity of the axis are characteristic of the Bronteus group. The axis and side 
lobes are approximately of equal width and some of the segments bear on their 
surface, striae such as are found only on Bronteus. The appendages of the pleurae 
are subsickle-shaped. Dimensions: Length of thorax, 20 mm.; width, 18; width 
of axis and of the side lobes, 6 mm. 

The present determination of this fragment is only a tentative one and made 
largely for the purpose of drawing attention to it. 


Loc. and horizon—Lower Trilobite Beds of the Bowning Series, Minahan’s 
selection, Bowning Creek. 


BRONTEUS PLATYNOTUS, n.sp. (Plate x., fig. 9.) 


The only specimen of the species known is a whole individual, but un- 
fortunately the head is turned under the thorax, and most of it is hidden. From 
the portion of it exposed, the following particulars are noticeable: Battle-axe- 
shaped, very mildly convex, adorned anteriorly with concentric striae only visible 
under a lens, and laterally, at least, these are crossed by coarser anastomosing 
lines. Eyes reniform, large, faceted. Neck-furrow narrow; neck-ring stout. 
Thorax evidently consists of ten segments, which are transversely striated, mildly 
convex, oblong and twice as wide as long. Axis mildly convex, relatively wide, 
its spread being equal to the combined width of the side lobes; axial furrows faint. 
Pygidium large, oblong-semicireular, slightly convex, adorned with very fine 


54 NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING. 


concentric striae; its axis is small, trilobed, smooth, shows no signs of segmen- 
tation, and is separated from the ribs by a shallow furrow. The ribs are fifteen 
in number, separated by shallow, but distinct furrows; at the margins they are 
all about of equal width and smooth but for the fine striae already referred to. 
Dimensions: Head, long 7, wide 14 mm. approx.; thorax, long 5.5, wide 11 mm.; 
tail, long 9, wide 11 mm.; spread of axis, 5.5 mm. 

This Bronteus belongs to the group having the midrib of the tail entire. Its 
distinguishing features are: The great relative width of the thoracic axis, the re- 
latively long, spined terminals of the thoracic segments, the shortness of the por- 
tions of these segments between the axial furrows and the fulera, and the very 
fine concentric striation and smoothness of the pygidium. 


Loe. and horizon.—Minahan’s selection, Bowning Creek, 14 miles N.W. of 
Bowning township. Lower Trilobite beds of the Bounyongian beds. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 


Fig. 1—Cryptonymus platynotus Mitchell. (x 1.7). Coll. Mitchell. 

Fig: 2.—Cryptonymus incertus Mitchell. (x 1.7). The left side shows the 
pleural segments in their normal state. Coll. Mitchell. 

Fig. 3—Cryptonymus robustus Mitchell. (x 1.2). An almost complete 
specimen, slightly depressed, shows the varioloid markings and other features dis- 
tinctly. 

Fig. 4—Cryptonymus perannulatus Mitchell. (x 4). 

Figs. 5, 6—Cryptonymus angustus Mitchell. (x 1.7). Owing to the poor- 
ness of the photo the features in fig. 6 have been lined in with ink. 

Fig. 7.—Encrinurus frontalis Mitchell. (x 1.6). 

Fig. 8.—Bronteus (Goldius) singularis Mitchell. (x 1.7). A photo of a 
mould or cover (intaglio). 

Fig. 9.—Bronteus (Goldius) platynotus Mitchell. (x 1.7). Some of the 
features inked in. 

Fig. 10.—Cryptonymus (Encrinurus) duntroonensis EK. and M. (x .85). A 
pygidium showing distinctly the plough-share-like character of the pleurae. 

Fig. 11.—Photo of the wide, and supposed normal form of tail of the above 
species. 

Fig. 12.—Encrinurus mitchelli Foerste. A very well preserved specimen, 
complete but for the displacement of the free cheeks. The pygidium is perfect 
and shows all the normal features clearly. (x 1.7). The photo is from a squeeze 
from a mould. 

Fig. 13.—Encrinurus silverdalensis EK. and M. (x 1.7). Shows the charac- 
ters of a nearly complete, testless tail of the species, and the punctation of the 
thorax. 

Fig. 14.—Enecrinurus mitcheli Foerste. (x 1.7). A large tail which shows 
the axis with twenty-eight to thirty rings and pleural lobes with eleven pairs of 
segments; also, faintly, the granulation of the pleurae. 

Fig. 15.—Cordania gardneri Mitchell. A complete testless specimen of the 
species which was not available when the species was described. (x 1.7). 


All the specimens figured (except fig. 15) are in the writer’s collection. 


5d 


STUDIES IN PARASITISM. 
1, A CONTRIBUTION TO THE PHYSIOLOGY OF THE GENUS CassyTHA. Part i. 


By Joun McLucxin, M.A., D.Sc., Lecturer in Plant Physiology, University of 
Sydney. 


(Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory, University of Sydney.) 
(Plate x1., and thirty-two Text-figures. ) 
[Read 26th March, 1924.] 


Introduction. 


Parasitic Angiosperms have generally proved of considerable interest. They 
were probably originally free-living forms which subsequently took to a de- 
pendent existence. Various forms indicate degrees of parasitism varying from 
the water parasites such as Viscum, Arceuthobium (Pierce, 1905) and Loranthus 
to such pronounced and complete parasites as Cuscuta, Phoradendron, Balano- 
phora, ete. Pierce (1894) has furnished a complete account of the physiology 
of the genus Cuscuta, a climbing parasite which develops haustoria into its host 
in order to obtain food and water. It possesses little chlorophyll and is de- 
pendent absolutely upon its hosts. The fact that the various flowering clusters, 
situated in relation to haustoria, may be severed from one another and yet flourish, 
suggests this view; Cassytha, however, while resembling Cuscuta in its mode of 
twining and coiling, and its development of haustoria, differs radically from it, 
in the possession of chlorophyll, and in the fact that the haustoria mainly with- 
draw water from the hosts. Cassytha, therefore, is intermediate in position be- 
tween an independent, leafy, climbing plant and the complete parasite, Cuscuta. 
This fact suggested the desirability of making a complete study of the New South 
Wales representatives of the genus; and of comparing them with Cuscuta australis 
and with the results which Pierce, Koch (1874) and others have obtained for 
C. glomerata, C. europea, and C. epilinum. 

The material used for my work included four species of Cassytha, C. glabella, 
C. paniculata, C. pubescens, GC. melantha; and one species of Cuscuta, C. australis, 
a small, leafless, thread-like form. These parasites belong to two quite distinct 
orders, the former to the Lauraceae and the latter to the Convolvulaceae. This 
fact adds interest to the investigation of the physiology of Cassytha. Many 
observations and experiments were made upon the plants growing in their native 
habitat under perfectly natural conditions. The field experiments and observations 
were supplemented by laboratory experiments on plants raised from seed in pots. 
The seedlings of each species were grown under two sets of conditions, namely, 
in pots exposed to sun, rain and wind, and under a bell-jar where the warmth 


56 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


and increased humidity produced accelerated growth. Cassytha has an advantage 
for experimental work over Cuscuta, in the fact that it is a perennial form and 
lives generally upon perennial hosts, so that it is possible to continue the ex- 
perimental work almost indefinitely, and make observations upon the seasonal 
variations of the parasite. 

In 1846 Decaisne published a paper on “Structural Anatomy of Cuscuta and 
Cassytha,” while in 1877 the haustorium of Cassytha was studied by Poulsen, 
whose paper unfortunately I have not been able to obtain. In 1904 Bowig studied 
Cassytha filiformis, and Mirandé (1905) published a paper entitled “Cassythacées.” 
Ewart (1919) studied the germination of the seeds of Cassytha melantha. This 
cepresents the extent of the bibliography upon Cassytha. 


General description of Plant. 


Cassytha is a small genus of the Lauraceae and includes a most interesting 
group of parasites. There are five species which occur as long, thread-like, twin- 
ing plants throughout New South Wales from the coastal districts to the table- 
lands and throughout the plains. The various members of the genus climb by a 
twining movement. There are no tendrils produced, but the apex of the plant 
cireumnutates—and by this nutation and the probable assistance of the wind, is 
carried against adjacent plants. The experiments described later will show the 
influence of circumnutation and irritability to contact and gravity upon the 
spreading and development of the plants. 

Some species of the genus have relatively stout stems, others are thin and 
glabrous. The leaves are absent or reduced to scales and the stems function as 
the photosynthetic organs. 

In C. glabella, the smallest species, the stems are delicate, thread-like and 
perfectly glabrous. OC. pubescens, quite a* large species, has a thick covering of 
brownish hairs, especially on the younger shoots. The species are typically red- 
dish tinted. The older stems frequently retain the hairy covering. The hairs are 
also present in large numbers on the surface of the fruit. The stem of this 
species has a peculiar, irregular surface contour. C. paniculata has fairly stout 
stems, but, like C. glabella and C. melantha, is perfectly glabrous. 

C. melantha is the coarsest species of the genus, frequently exceeding 3 mm. 
in diameter. The stems are glabrous. All the species branch considerably, but 
this condition is particularly evident in C. melantha where three branches generally 
develop from a node—the main stem and two large lateral branches. In all forms 
the lateral branches arise from a bud protected by scale-like leaves. In C. glabella 
the leaves are extremely small; they are largest and most conspicuous in C. 
melantha. The great reduction of leaf surface is probably an indication of 
xerophily, as one would naturally anticipate in plants which are water parasites. 
The plants branch profusely and some produce a tangled mass of branches hang- 
ing upon any plants they have been able to reach. 

The spiral coils formed round the branches and leaves of plants are some- 
times loose, sometimes close, and the haustoria which attach the parasite to the 
host are numerous. These penetrate into the wood of the host and the stimulating 
cause (as experiments described later prove) is the continuous contact of the stem 
with the branch or leaf or petiole of the host (Fig. 1). 

The flowers of Cassytha are hermaphrodite and small. The calyx consists of 
six persistent segments. There are 9 functional stamens and three staminodia 
arranged in two whorls of six. The calyx-tube encloses the gynoecium, which 
terminates a small lateral shoot. There is a single oyule. In all the species the 
calyx tube becomes considerably enlarged and succulent, particularly so in C. 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 57 


glabella, the fruit of which is red or yellow. In the 
other species the fruit is green and comparatively 
succulent—e.g., C. pubescens. The flowers terminate 
short lateral branches in C. glabella, but in C. 
pubescens and C. melantha they are crowded in short 
spikes. In C. paniculata and C. phaeolasia the 
flowers are arranged in elongated spikes some dis- 
tance apart. 

In the New South Wales Cassythas a succulent 
fruit is developed, which probably assists in dis- 
semination by attracting bird life, although in nature 
I have found numerous fruits germinating beneath 
the dense tangle formed by the parasitic branches. 
The succulent tissues decay rapidly, and by absorb- 
ing water and retaining it, assist in the germination 
of the seed. The fruit, like other parts of the plant 
body, contains numerous large eells filled with an 
extremely mucilaginous cell sap, which is capable of 
considerable absorption of water. The putrefying 
tissue of the fruit, therefore, furnishes an extremely 
satisfactory matrix into which the young root rapid- 
ly penetrates on germination of the seed. 

In each fruit there is a single globular seed; at 
its apex the remains of the style and stigma per- 
1 sist. The seed of most species is covered by numer- 

ous short hairs which are developed from the hard, 

Fig. 1—Portion of parasite lack, rather stony seed-coat. 
ae eeuwep)showiny the/altema- Within the seed-coat is a whitish-yellow endosperm 

ion of loose and close coils, ane 5 s 

and the distribution of thecontaining starch and oil and mucilage, and em- 
haustoria on the closely coiled bedded in the centre of this nutritive tissue is the 
zones. (Nat. size.) small embryo. 

The seed-coat consists of three distinct layers: an outer hard, brownish-black, 
stony layer, often pubescent; a central zone of clear cells elongated considerably 
at right angles to the surface; on the inner limit of this zone is a narrow layer 
of cells with thick mucilaginous walls. The thickening is laid down on the cell 
wall; when placed in water the cells swell and stretch in a radial direction. This 
property of the mucilaginous layer assists in the germination of the seed. 

Cassytha arises from a seed which germinates in the soil, and the young 
seedling develops normal roots capable of absorption. The apex of the 
seedling cireumnutates, and comes into contact with portion of a plant round 
which it coils, Then haustoria are developed, and penetrate the tissues of the 
host. When a number of these haustoria are developed at intervals along the 
stem, and the water supply is secured, the lower part of the plant dies away; so 
the older plants of Cassytha have no relation to the soil. I have examined 
numerous tangled masses of various Cassythas and in_no ease could I detect con- 
nection with the soil or a normal root system. 

Physiologically there is no necessity for absorption from the soil, directly, 
by the parasite, if it can obtain an adequate supply from the xylem tissues of its 
host, and the absence of this soil relation directly affects the structure and develop- 
ment of the conducting system. 

Furthermore, the spiral coiling of the branches of the parasite round the 


58 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


host twigs (and leaves) and the development of numerous haustoria in these coils 
bring every part of the xylem tissue of the host under contribution. So effectually 
is this done, that the younger twigs and branches of a host-plant often die owing 
to the scarcity of water; when this occurs, the parasitic branches producing this 
effect appear to receive water from other parts of the body, continue to grow, 
and soon attach themselves to other branches. Frequently, however, the parasite 
dies away on dead branches of the host. The dead parts of the parasite soon lose 
all their cell contents, which are removed by the active parts for growth of more 
favoured branches, and shrivel away to a mere shell which is cut off from the 
living parts by a formation of callus. 

In nature the apices of young shoots, being very turgescent and soft, are 
often damaged; when this occurs, the quiescent buds further back develop and 
continue the general growth of the shoot. Although (as I shall. demonstrate 
later) conduction of water sometimes takes place over considerable lengths of the 
parasite, this is not the normal condition in the economy of the parasite; and, if 
certain branches cannot support themselves by drawing upon their living supports 
for their necessities in the way of raw materials, they are severed physiologically 
from the rest of the body. The explanation of the death of numerous branches 
of the parasite upon dead parts of their host is to be found in the inadequacy 
of the conducting tissues of the main stems of the parasite to meet the demands 
of a much-branched and very elongated body. 

All the species of Cassytha are perennials, and, while they may be parasitic 
on annuals, their main hosts are perennials. For some time the young seedling 
plants are parasitic upon grasses, and small herbs such as Sonchus, Stylidium, 
Senecio, ete., but rapid growth and development soon carries the parasite’s shoots 
to larger hosts—which in the Australian bush are evergreens. Along the coastal 
districts, where the difference between summer and winter temperatures is not 
very great, there is a certain amount of growth throughout the year. Indeed, in 
a large number of plants the greatest growth occurs during the cooler, more moist 
days of late winter and spring. Throughout the year, therefore, there is always 
some sap flowing, and the parasite is certain of being able to obtain a supply of 
the necessary water and salts from its host. In all its various hosts, there is a 
sudden burst of great growth-activity in the spring, culminating in flower pro- 
duction, and it seems probable that the parasite obtains an amount of organic 
substance from its host during this period when plastic food materials pass along 
the vessels. At any rate, there is frequently an interesting coincidence in the 
flowering period of the hosts and the parasites. 

The parasites continue flowering for several weeks, and one commonly finds 
flowers and fruits at the same time. The seeds take 4 to 5 weeks to germinate 
and, by the end of 8 weeks, the seedlings are from 10 to 30 inches long. 

All the species of Cassytha grow rapidly upwards. They branch profusely. 
The smaller parasites do not twine around a support of greater girth than 2.5 
em., but C. melantha, the largest species, coils round the stems of hosts fully 4 
em. thick. The coiling, however, is loose, the spirals being from 24 inches to 1 
inch apart, and few haustoria are developed. When the parasite is utilising such 
thick supports, it branches less frequently, and generally strikes out along the 
first branch of smaller diameter. When the supports are thin, the close coiling is 
frequent, and the haustoria numerous. Once the parasite reaches the upper 
branches of its host, it multiplies the number of its shoots, grows rapidly, and 
soon envelops the foliage and twigs of the host in a mass of tangled threads 
which withdraw their contribution of raw materials. The lower parts of the 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 59 


parasite frequently become yellowish and etiolated, owing to the lack of necessary 
light for chlorophyll formation, and since the food synthesised by the upper por- 
tion of the parasite tends to gravitate towards the young apices, the lower 
branches are starved and soon wither. The parasite flourishes on the upper il- 
luminated branches of its host and spreads out in all directions from such a _ 
centre of infection, in search of new sources of food materials. 


Habitat of Cassytha. 

Cassytha seems to develop most successfully in shaded gullies where hosts are 
closely crowded and there is considerable moisture. Light appears to have a 
dominating influence upon its development, as young seedlings, which have found 
hosts in the smaller plants of the undergrowth of the dense formations, grow 
extraordinarily rapidly, and soon spread upwards to the taller plants around. 
The tendency during early growth appears to be upwards to the tops of the small 
bushes and shrubs which form its hosts; once on the top, the parasite spreads out- 
wards to all points of the compass and soon becomes attached to other hosts. The 
flowers are always produced upon the parts of the parasite exposed on the upper 
branches of the various hosts. The fruits of Cassytha drop on to the moist, 
shaded substratum beneath the hosts, the pulpy mass rapidly decays and the seeds 
germinate. This habitat appears to be the most favourable for the development 
of the young seedlings of the parasite, and under such conditions of moisture and 
shade, the growth is extraordinarily rapid. Where, on the contrary, the seeds 
germinate on more exposed, sunny situations, growth is not so rapid. Species of 
the parasite developing on hosts found on the exposed dry tablelands of the Blue 
Mountains are less virile: indiyiduals of the same species occurring in the sheltered, 
moist, marshy spots on the slopes, not scorched by the sun are much more vigorous. 
The slender, less luxuriant forms on the more exposed sunny habitats are probably 
due to the stunted condition of the hosts, the lack of water and the retarding 
effect of the intense insolation. That Cassytha flourishes most successfully under 
shaded moist conditions is supported by my observations in the laboratory. One 
series of seedlings, growing in pots covered over with a large bell-jar, to create 
a humid atmosphere, showed undoubtedly greater rapidity of growth than un- 
protected seedlings of the same age. 

From observation and cultivation in the bush, and from germination of the 
seed in the laboratory, there is evidence that Cassytha, in its early development 
at any rate, requires a moist, sheltered habitat. In such a situation the loss of 
water by transpiration is not great, and the reduced root-system of the seedling 
absorbs sufficient water to maintain the necessary turgidity of the growing apices, 
which is indispensable for rapid growth. Where Cassytha occurs on the sand- 
‘ stone among highly xerophilous hosts, it passes through the early stages of develop- 
ment rapidly when the moisture factor is favourable, and attaches itself securely 
to its hosts. 

Experiment indicates that the most favourable habitat for the development of 
the seedlings of Cassytha is a moist warm soil and atmosphere such as is developed 
under a bell-jar in the sun. 


Hosts of Cassytha. 


From observations in the field and laboratory experiments, it appears that 
this genus lives and flourishes upon any host, and parasitism within the genus has 
not developed to the degree of selective parasitism, or preference for certain 
hosts. 

To mention cases in point, I have observed a mass of C. melantha parasitic 
upon Pittosporum sp., Hakea dactyloides, Persoonia salicina, Acacia discolor, and 


60 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


a species of Casuarina growing together. Near by, another mass of the parasite 
was twining upon Leptospermum stellatum, Lasiopetalum ferrugineum, Xerotes 
longifolia, Xanthorrhoea sp., and numerous small grasses and herbs forming the 
undergrowth. Other hosts on which I have found species of the parasite are 
Ceratopetalum gummiferum, various species of Leptospermum, Persoonia, Casu- 
arina, Acacia, other than those enumerated above, Grevillea sericea, G. robusta, G. 
buxifola, Callitris cupressiformis, Schinus sp., Loranthus longiflorus, Pteridium 
aquilinum, and Cryptomeria japonica. Indeed, from my field observations, I have 
not the slightest doubt but that. the various species of Cassytha, particularly C. 
glabella, C. paniculata, C. melantha, and C. pubescens, are capable of growing 
upon any host which they can reach, and about which they can twine. 

Probably no stronger evidence of the remarkable adaptability of the parasite 
ean be furnished than examples of its parasitism upon other parasites. I have 
found the branches and leaves of Loranthus longiflorus encircled by the threads 
of Cassytha and many close coils were made on each little branch. Each coil had 
numerous haustoria, which were larger generally than those produced upon many 
other hosts. Moreover, owing to the fact that all the species of Cassytha are 
capable of encircling any object, provided it is not too thick and induces contact- 
irritation, one might expect that Cassytha would twine about itself. In its natural 
habitat it is quite a common occurrence to find two or three branches of the 
parasite closely entwined, and with fully developed haustoria just as numerous 
as upon other hosts. Experimental proof may be advanced in support of these: 
observations. Young branches of the parasite were carefully fixed in a pendent 
oblique position. Within six hours the apex had curved into a vertical position, 
and begun to cireumnutate; in from three to six days, the time varying according 
to the length and the degree of sensitivity of the branches used, the apex had 
coiled around the pendent part of the parasite’s branch and haustoria were developed 
in the close coils formed. The fact, that Cassytha will develop haustoria upon 
any host, from the small annual herbs to the large perennial species of Hucalyptus, 
Persoonia, Grevillea, Pittosporum, Acacia, Casuarina, ete. of the Australian bush, 
upon plants with smooth or rough bark, upon leaves with thick or thin cuticles, 
hairy surfaces, upon plants with abundant latex, oxalate of calcium crystals and 
ether substances generally injurious to haustorial development, and even upon 
itself, points irresistibly to the conclusion that the various species of Cassytha 
do not possess any particular chemotropic sensitivity and do not respond to 
particular substances or concentrations of substances in the plants upon which 
they are parasitic. Were the haustoria developed as the result of chemical stimu- 
lus, one would naturally expect the confinement of the parasitism of Cassytha to 
particular hosts, in which certain chemotropic compounds are present. At any 
rate, one would expect the absence of auto-parasitism. Auto-parasitism, however, 
while indicative of a low grade in parasitic specialization, is correlated in this 
genus with the physiological demands made by an extremely attenuated body. If 
the plant is able to draw upon certain portions of its own body by haustorial 
action, it will naturally obviate, to a certain extent, the necessity of conduction 
through considerable distances, and supplies of water and nutritive solutes will 
be more readily accessible to the young, actively growing parts. Indeed the pro- 
blem of conduction throughout a thin climbing organism is a difficult one, but 
seems to be satisfactorily met by this auto-parasitism. Moreover, each section of 
the plant may be considered to be almost independent of the rest, for the haus- 
torial connections are all that are necessary for the supply of water and solutes 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 61 


to the parasite. No connection with the soil is essential when the plant has once 
established an intimate association with some host. 


The apex of the shoot. 

The young shoots and the apices of seedlings are typically yellowish-green: 
some are pubescent, others are perfectly glabrous. They contain little chlorophyll 
and therefore photosynthesis is feeble or non-existent, as indicated by the evolu- 
tion of oxygen. Studies of the young shoots in section show that very few chloro- 
plasts are present in each of the cortical cells, and also that numerous small 
spherical starch grains, mucilage and oil occur in the cells of the cortex, xylem- 
parenchyma and pith, to within a few centimetres of the actual tip of each branch. 
This reserve material may have been translocated from older, photosynthetic re- 
gions of the stem and accumulated for the periods of intense physiological 
activity, namely, growth in length of the shoot, followed later by close coiling, 
and haustorial development. 

All the older parts of the plant growing in shaded situations are typically 
dark green, particularly so in C. glabella, C. melantha, and C. paniculata. In 
C. pubescens, the stems are coated with brownish hairs which somewhat obscure 
the green colour, while exposed plants of all species, in bright sunlight, are fre- 
quently yellowish-green. In sections of all older stems of the various species of 
Cassytha, made in the autumn, there is a great accumulation of reserve foods in 
the parenchyma of the body. This is an indication that consumption, even dur- 
ing the active vegetative period of the summer months, has not been as great as 
the supply, and that the stem is comparatively efficient in photosynthesis. 


The Seedling. 

Ewart (1919) has described the germination of the seed of C. melantha, For 
the sake of completeness I give my observations fully although a re-examination 
confirms the previous work. As Ewart has observed there are no cotyledons on 
the embryo. 

The fruits of C. paniculata, C. glabella, and C. pubescens were placed in 
flowerpots containing loam. In a few days the fleshy part of the fruit became 
brownish in colour, and decayed into a pulpy mass leaving the small black seed 
lying in the putrefying matrix. The latter probably serves the purpose of hold- 
ing moisture around the seed until it germinates. At any rate the seed obtains 
water either from the soil, or from the decayed fleshy covering of the fruit, its 
walls swell, the entire seed becomes quite turgescent, and the minute wrinkles on 
its outer surface are smoothed out. After 4 weeks the root appears as a small, 
conical protuberance which emerges from the micropyle. In numerous eases of 
germination the root grew upwards, slightly above the soil level, and then curved 
downwards towards the soil. The main root of the seedling is strongly positively 
geotropic, as when it is placed in any but the normal position, a positive curvature 
results. It is at first like an ordinary root of any other plant, and is only a few 
millimetres long, but in the course of the next few days, when it has placed itself 
in the proper relation to gravity and the soil, the base of the stem becomes 
swollen, owing to the transfer of food from the endosperm of the seed (Figs. 2 
to 14). This absorption of food is carried on by the stem apex, which is in the 
closest intimacy with the surrounding endosperm, especially at the extreme apex. 

While the foods are being transferred to the root and the base of the stem, 
the latter elongates and becomes swollen to many times its original thickness and, 
with the root, forms a U-shaped bend. The main root continues to elongate very 
slightly and becomes swollen, like the lower stem, with foods withdrawn from the 


62 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


endosperm. No root hairs are developed from this primary root, so that up to 
this stage no water has been supplied to the embryo except that absorbed by the 
seed coats (Figs. 6, 7, 8). The root of Cassytha differs from the seedlings of 
other plants which early develop root-hairs. Several (usually three) lateral roots 
arise 2 or 3 mm. behind the tip of the main root, from the swollen, tuberous part 
and enter the soil obliquely; these develop the short root-hairs characteristic of 
the parasite (Fig. 8). jl 


Figs 2 to 14.—Stages in the development of the seedling, showing the 
development of the swollen primary root and base of the “hypocotyl” and the 
early assumption of the vertical position. (Nat. size.) 


In experimental seedlings which had attained a length of 20 to 32 em., six 
short white rootiets were developed, each from 2 to 5 em. long. The root-hairs. 
upon these are short, stiff, comparatively broad and unicellular. They are re- 
markably like the secretory cells of nectaries (Figs. 15-16). The hairs are not 
limited to any definite zone, but occur from about 1 mm. behind the apex to the 
base of the rootlet. Nearest the apex the hairs appear as short, broad, dome- 
shaped to conical, outgrowths of epidermal cells, rich in protoplasm. The walls 
are thin, the hairs very turgid and swollen. Basipetally the hairs: become more 
mature and even the oldest hairs appear to be quite functional. 

It is unusual to find so many root-hairs in the incipient stage near the grow- 
ing point of a root; but this is readily understood in Cassytha when one considers 
the very slow rate of growth of the root, and also the fact that it attains to only 
a few centimetres in length. 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 63 


Anatomy of Root. 

The main primary root of Cassytha is short and thick, seldom more than a 
few millimetres in length. It is very parenchymatous and fleshy. The cortex is 
broad and composed of thin-walled parenchyma with large quantities of tetrahe- 
dral starch grains, and little protoplasm. Spaces occur between these cells, 
permitting the aeration of the root. The vascular tissue occupies the centre of 
the root, the xylem forms a diarch plate extending across the central region. On 


Fig. 15—A portion of the surface of a lateral root showing the short, thick 
root hairs. (x 167.) 

Fig. 16.—T. S. of lateral root showing diarch stele, and the short, broad root 
hairs. (x 67.) 


either side of this is situated the narrow band of phloem with several layers of 
conjunctive tissue between (Fig. 16). This layer, if secondary thickening oc- 
curred in the root of Cassytha, would give rise to the secondary conducting tissues. 
The thin, but longer, lateral roots, which arise when the hypocotyl begins to 
thicken, have practically a similar structure to that of the primary root, but they 
contain less starch. All the roots of Cassytha have a poorly developed root-cap. 
The root-system only penetrates a very short distance into the soil. The root 
generally grows upwards at first, then curves downwards into the soil. The 
“hypocotyl” forms an arch, while the stem apex remains embedded in the seed. 
The entire root-system of the parasite is considerably reduced, but it seems 
natural that the parasitic habit of the plant should lead to a reduction of the 
root-system. This attaches the young plant fairly securely in the soil, and the 
stem portion, still retained within the seed coats, rapidly elongates and frees 
itself from the seed, curving obliquely upwards. The young seedling is strongly 
negatively geotropic, as one might expect in a climbing plant. The early erowth 
of the seedling is extraordinarily rapid, provided that the humidity and tempera- 
ture are favourable. During the first three weeks the growth attained the maxi- 
mum of four to five inches in a week. At the end of this very active period, 
growth decreased remarkably, so much so that some seedlings only increased by 
two inches in the next four or five weeks. All the seedlings showed clearly this 


64 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


variation in the growth, and there seems some physiological significance attached 
to this phenomenon. During the phase of accelerated growth the functional root 
provides the water necessary to mobilise the food reserves in the seed, and for the 
maintenance of the turgidity of the growing apex. The seedling, therefore, at- 
tains a certain length compatible with the root-system, and the amount of reserve 
food available. The root does not grow beyond a certain size, so, although the 
seedling, by virtue of its chlorophyll corpuscles, which are numerous, as the green 
colour suggests, may be capable of supplying itself with synthetic foods; the 
necessary water and salt solutions from the soil are not provided in quantities 
sufficient to meet the demands of the seedling. This rapid growth, moreover, will 
afford the parasite a stronger chance of reaching some suitable host. 

In experiments with young seedlings which did not secure attachment to a 
host, the root died after from eight to ten weeks period of functional activity. 
In other seedlings which had been allowed to twine around a host, the root- 
system perished sooner. Later the basal portion of the young plant died away, 
the cell contents probably being absorbed by the more active regions of the body 
as occurs in Cuscuta, as these portions later become reduced to mere hollow shells. 
In the case of seedlings which were not allowed to become attached to a host, 
slow growth continued for about 9 or 10 weeks, amounting to a maximum of 1 em. 
per week. Seedlings growing so feebly are generally unable to entwine round a 
host when presented to it. 

The whole development and activity of the seedlings of Cassytha indicate 
that the ancestors of the present forms were a series of climbing and independent 
plants like many of the Convolvulaceae, the parasitic mode of life being developed 
as the result of acquiring great sensitiveness to contact. 

The seed of Cassytha, though small, contains a considerable quantity of re- 
serve foods, which must be mobilised for the nutrition of the developing organs 
of the young plant, and to ensure this end water is essential. The young root 
of the parasite is, therefore, functional at first, and provides the water required 
to dissolve the reserve foods of the endosperm, to translocate them to the growing 
stem, and to maintain the turgidity of the cells of the seedling. Although the root 
of Cassytha, like that of Cuscuta, is a comparatively short-lived organ, yet the 
mere fact, that functional roots do appear in the early development of the parasite, 
suggests that climbing parasitic Angiosperms at any rate are degenerates from 
free-living independent forms, and that the comparative simplicity of their root- 
system is probably the result of their dependent mode of life. 

The genus Cassytha, furthermore, like most twining parasitic Angiosperms, 
was no doubt represented originally by free-living independent autotrophic organ- 
isms, which had developed the climbing habit. The parasitic mode of life, especial- 
ly in Cassytha, as in many other climbing forms, is a derivative condition; its 
efficiency is exemplified in the success of the plants which have adopted it, as 
these gain a considerable advantage over other plants in the struggle for raw 
materials and light, by being freed from their competition. The advantage ac- 
cruing to the parasite is not only biological but also physiological, in as much as 
these climbing water parasites can dispense with a considerable amount of 
mechanical and conducting tissues, which would otherwise be necessary. The 
development of haustoria makes each little part of the plant practically an in- 
dependent entity, so far as the supply of water and solutes is concerned. 

A seedling one inch to three inches high is practically erect, but the elonga- 
tion soon causes the apical region to assume a procumbent position, with the ex- 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 65 


ception of the extreme apex which is raised slightly. Mechanical tissues are 
absent. 

Some plants which | raised in flowerpots attained a length of 30 em. in about 
a month. They were removed from any object which might act as a support, 
and consequently straggled along the ground, the apex meanwhile executing a 
series of wide circular or elliptical sweeps in search of some support. 

Young seedlings a few inches in length were brought into contact with small 
plants of various kinds so that the sensitive surface of the nutating apex was 
stimulated for a time. The whole cireumference of the stem apex is sensitive to 
contact. In 2 days, two complete close coils were made around a young plant of 
Sonchus sp.; in another 40 hours haustoria were developed as very small papillae. 
When the haustoria have penetrated into the xylem of the host, the growth of the 
seedling parasite is accelerated so that its length between the last series of haus- 
toria attaching it to the host plant and the apex, rapidly increases. There is a 
certain periodicity in the growth of the parasite—a period of rapid growth until 
a living support has been found alternating with a period when growth is slow 
and the parasite is developing a series of close coils and haustoria which secure a 
firm attachment to the host. This periodical variation in growth is advantageous 
in as much as it is instrumental in the spreading of the parasite. 

Cassytha branches freely and spreads in all directions over the small her- 
baceous and shrubby plants on which it is parasitic. The last series of haustoria 
supply the water necessary for rapid growth of the apical region and the long 
terminal portion of the parasite, rapidly elongating, executes wide circumnutations 
and may often come into contact with new individuals which act as hosts. 

A simple experiment shows that water may be conducted over considerable 
distances in the stem when necessary. In some of my seedlings, which were not 
attached to a host, the water was conducted through a distance varying from 20 
to 32 em. In experiments in the bush I removed all the lateral branches from a 
main, rapidly growing branch, supported the shoot carefully in the horizontal 
position, and in this way obtained a growth in length of between 40 and 50 em. 
beyond the last series of haustoria. Such a result indicates clearly that close 
coiling and haustorial formation are not necessary for the growth of the plant, 
because water may be transported over quite considerable distances. In this re- 
markable group of parasites which may attain to lengths of upwards of 30 feet, 
conduction through considerable lengths of the stem is not the general rule, and, 
in fact, is quite unnecessary, owing to the very frequent distribution of haustoria 
supplying the necessary raw materials for each unit of the stem; but, in specia! 
cases, conduction through lengths of several feet may take place. This occurs in 
the young apices of the plant. These may attain to a length of several feet be- 
yond the last series of haustoria; during their early development, that is to say, 
when they project a few inches beyond the support, growth is very rapid, and 
circumnutation is readily demonstrated, but when the free apical region attains, 
in the coarser species C. melantha and C. paniculata, a length of about 18 
inches, it begins to droop and growth falls away considerably, although it may 
continue until the apex projects as much as two to three feet beyond the last 
group of haustoria. During this time the apex remains turgid, so that conduction, 
not only of water but also of plastic materials, must take place. 


The Functional Period of thé Root. 


Pierce (1895), in his studies of Cuscuta, observed that the root of the seed- 
ling dies either just before or immediately after the apex has begun to twine 
around a host, that it seldom lives more than seven days, and that thd seedling’s 


66 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


growth is a form of slow locomotion owing to the ability. of the young part to 
draw upon the food of the basal region. Cassytha evidently differs somewhat 
from Cuscuta in this regard, for the root of C. paniculata or C. glabella, after 7 
weeks, although the apex was coiled around a host, was still living. In other 
seedlings which had not found a host, the root persisted for a longer time. After 
attachment to a host, the root and the basal portion of the stem die away and 
their contents are transported to the growing parts. It therefore appears that 
the root of Cassytha functions for a longer period than that of Cuscuta. In 
nature the older plants have no connection with the soil. There is, in Cassytha, 
as Pierce has described in Cuscuta, a “form of slow locomotion,” with the differ- 
ence, however, that the root lives and functions for a longer period than in the 
more complete parasite Cuscuta. It is a noteworthy fact, that the root functions 
for a longer period in: seedlings which fail to encompass a host. The longest 
period of activity I have actually observed for the root of Cassytha is two months; 
and this oceurred in seedlings which attained a length of between 25 and 32 em. 
The development of haustoria into a host and the satisfaction of the needs of the 
plant as regards water, seemed to cause a fairly rapid change in the relation of 
root to stem. The physiological requirements of the parasite are supplied by the 
haustoria and a normal root becomes unnecessary. 

The parasite varies in thickness from the lower portion towards the growing, 
cireumnutating apex; the younger branches are extremely thin and delicate, the 
apex slightly curved or hooked, so that on coming into contact with a suitable 
object, twining begins almost immediately. The twining is counterclockwise. 

The coils may be loose in parts, but at other points the number of coils in a 
short distance may be considerable. This close coiling is correlated with the 
development of haustoria (Fig. 1). 


Structure of Parasite’s Stem. 


The stem of C. glabella is circular in section, except where the coiling may be 
so tight upon the soft-barked host that compression of the bark takes place and 
the cortical tissues swell out over the parasite’s stem; in such circumstances the 
stem is elliptical in outline. The epidermal layer is strongly cutinised, and in- 
terrupted by stomata arranged in longitudinal groups of three to seven. These 
are sunken, and each has a very pronounced cuticular ridge forming a distinctive 
outer cavity. The stomatal groups open into a relatively large air space, which 
communicates with the small intercellular spaces in the cortex. Each layer re- 
sumes its latent meristematic activity when the haustorial disc develops. The 
epidermis is devoid of chlorophyll, but its cells contain abundant protoplasm, and 
a conspicuous nucleus. There are no trichomes present in this species (Fig. 17). 

Passing inwards we next come to the cortex, composed of three or four rows 
of thin-walled cells, with abundant protoplasm and numerous small chloroplasts. 
This tissue constitutes the photosynthetic tissue of the parasite, for the leaves are 
reduced to small seales, with little or no chlorophyll, protecting the buds. Amongst 
the chlorophyllous cells, large isolated cells, without chloroplasts but with con- 
siderable protoplasm and mucilaginous sap, occur. These are probably concerned 
with the conservation of water in the stem. Intercellular spaces occur in this 
tissue, which forms a ring around the central vascular system. There is no de- 
finite endodermis to be distinguished. A group of thick-walled cells is in as- 
sociation with the phloem. The vascular bundles are reduced and separated from 
one another by comparatively broad tracts of parenchyma. The xylem consists 
of a few, large, pitted vessels, very numerous xylem-parenchyma cells, wood fibres 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 67 


and the endareh protoxylem vessels. The phloem is composed of thin-walled ele- 
ments protected on the outer margin by groups of thick-walled cells (Figs. 17, 
18). Sometimes a eavity separates these from the phloem. Between the xylem 
and phloem groups a narrow cambial zone occurs. There is a central small pith 
which, like the medullary rays and xylem parenchyma, frequently contains starch. 
Many of the cells of the pith are pitted. 


aguesc! eg, 

ea vcee lly 

Potente 

Dec aicoeeciainises eo 
ek <4 Se ) 

Seca 


ATS 
(FE 
rae 


Cae 


Fig. 17—T. S. of stem of C. glabella showing its general structure; the xylem 
(x), phloem (ph), and fibres (f) are clearly delineated. (x 100.) 

Fig. 18.—Portion of a T. S. of stem showing the vascular tissue and the cell- 
division (m), initiating the haustorium just outside the phloem (ph). (x 167.) 

Fig. 19.—Part of a L. S. of stem of C. pubescens showing irregular surface 
contour, and the dermal hairs; also young haustorium (H.). (x 100.) 


A radial section of the stem shows that the epidermal cells are oblong in 
outline; the hypodermis also consists of rectangular but wider cells; the chloro- 
phyll-bearing cells have the same form as in the transverse section, while the ele- 
ments of the vascular bundle are comparatively large pitted and smaller reti- 
culated vessels, elongated thin-walled wood parenchyma, long narrow cambium 
cells, and thin-walled sieve tubes and companion cells. The tubes are shorter 
than one generally finds in Angiosperms, while their terminal walls are only 
slightly oblique. There is a thin but distinct callus over these walls. 

The stems of C. pubescens are very similar to those of C. glabella, but hairs 
are very numerous in the former species. These arise from small, narrow, epi- 


68 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


dermal cells, and are unicellular, with a ecutinised tip and a central strand of 
granular protoplasm. The euticle of the surrounding epidermal cells grows over 
the base of the hairs, so that it appears to dip into a narrow funnel. Each hair 
is in contact with a hypodermal cell, and has an aggregation of protoplasm at 
the base (Fig. 19). The older stems are characterised by a series of protuber- 
ances, imparting an irregular contour to the surface. C. paniculata and C. 
glabella are glabrous forms, resembling C. melantha closely in their anatomical 
features. 


The Xerophily of Cassytha. 


The governing factor in the construction of plants growing on physically or 
physiologically dry soils or as epiphytes and climbers is water conservation. 
When the plant is a water parasite and its hosts are xerophytes growing as a 
rule upon sandy soils which do not retain water tenaciously, the conservation of 
the available water is imperative. From the life conditions of the parasite it 
might be assumed that it would show many xerophilous features. Since the 
parasite is a chlorophyll-bearing form, its structure will represent a compromise 
between two fundamental principles of body construction, namely, the maximum 
development of chlorophyll-bearing surface, and minimum transpiratory surface. 
In Cassytha, therefore, the reduction of leaves from the main functional photo- 
synthetic organs to mere scales protecting the young buds, and the relegation of 
the photosynthetic function to the stem is apparent. The photosynthetic tissue 
is very definite and comprises most of the cortical tissue. In addition to the re- 
duction of leaf surface, there is a further xerophilous character indicated by the 
sunken position of the stomata, which are protected by a cuticular ridge developed 
over the guard cells and forming an outer chamber. The occurrence of consider- 
able quantities of mucilage in cell walls and in cell cavities is a further indication 
of xerophily. The hairs of C. pubescens probably serve to reduce transpiratory 
activity as well as functioning as tactile organs. The root-system of xerophytes 
generally shows considerably greater development than that of hydrophytes, but 
in Cassytha it is reduced to very small proportions in the seedlings, and is absent 
entirely from the plant’s economy in the later phases of its development. The 
reduced root-system is probably rather a derivative condition, owing to the as- 
sumption of a semi-parasitic mode of life by an originally xerophilous plant, 
than a primitive feature which has stimulated the adoption of parasitism to 
supplement its activity by securing supplies of water and solutes from plants 
supporting the parasite. All the species show a further xerophilous characteristic, 
namely, a very thick cuticle enveloping the outer layer of the epidermal wall. 


External features and distribution of haustoria. 


Haustoria of the species C. pubescens and C. melantha have the form of an 
elliptical disc, the periphery of which is generally raised and very closely applied 
to the host branch. The central zone of each dise is occupied by the actual sucker 
apparatus which grows into the host tissues. Between the central and peripheral 
parts there is a slight depression. The entire marginal portion of the haustorium 
is composed of parenchyma. Frequently the margin of the haustorium grows 
considerably and becomes firmly and closely applied to the surface of the branch. 
This region, as far as I have been able to find, never develops sucker-tissue, but 
its epidermal cells may be modified owing to contact with the support. It is 
merely a development to obtain, especially on villous stems and leaves or on 
leaves or stems with thick cuticles. a more secure attachment of the haustorial 
disc to the host, so that the pressure developed by the growing haustorium may 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 69 


not push the host away. The haustoria are frequently circular, and sometimes of 
greater diameter than the stem of the parasite itself. No obvious difference in 
size between the parts of the parasite bearing haustoria, and those without, such 
as one might anticipate if much food were withdrawn from the host’s tissues, was 
observed. There is normally a gradual tapering of the body from the base to 
apex, while, generally, long stretches of the parasite may have quite a uniform 
thickness. There are, however, occasional instances of considerable difference in 
size between haustorial and non-haustorial parts of the parasite, but these dis- 
erepancies are not due to the better nourishment of the haustorial regions as com- 
pared with those parts remote from haustoria, but rather to the lateral extension 
of the parasite itself owing to great pressure, to slight torsion of the stem, and 
to callus development on the host stimulated by the coils of the parasite. The 
parasite frequently compresses Lastopetalum and Hovea stems so much that a 
distinct spiral groove is developed on the bark. The parasite, under such con- 
ditions, is generally elliptical in section. The host tissues sometimes develop 
over the region, leaving the climber more or less embedded in the tissues. In 
C. glabella and C. paniculata the haustoria may occasionally be so crowded that 
their margins are in contact. Where haustoria are numerous and have succeeded 
in penetrating the xylem of the host tissues, branches generally form. These do 


23 


Fig. 20—Haustoria of the parasite showing lateral develop- 
ments of the cushion. (Nat. size.) 

Figs. 21, 22, 23.—Haustoria of C. paniculata showing peculiar 
and irregular branching, which is a feature commonly observed 
in haustoria developing upon a yielding surface such as a leaf. 
(Nat. size.) 


not appear until the coiling and haustorial development are complete. I have 
made careful study of this relation between the haustorial groups and the appear- 
ance and distribution of the parasite’s branches, and there appears to be a de- 
finite connection between the penetration of the haustoria into the xylem of the 
host and the branching. Buds which have remained dormant during the coiling 
and formation of the haustoria, soon develop once this phase of the plant’s 
activity is past. 

A lateral growth from the periphery of the dise of some haustoria has been 
observed frequently. This growth may sometimes become lobed and invariably 1s 
closely attached to the surface of the host. This “proliferation” may be due 
to the tightening of the coils of the parasite upon the host and to torsion and 


70 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


the consequent stimulation of the periphery of the haustorial dise by contact 
irritation. _ The result of this extension of the area stimulated would be the 
development of haustoria of greater surface and more firmly attached to the 
support (Fig. 20). 

In Cassytha melantha and C. pubescens, branched haustoria are very com- 
mon. These haustoria develop in the ordinary way, but the central cylinder of 
tissue bifureates and branches several times on coming into close connection with 
the host. These occur almost invariably on coils of the parasite around soft 
leaves. When growing upon Lasiopetalum, the parasite develops numerous coils 
around the leaf, haustoria appear upon both surfaces, penetrating into the meso- 


Fig. 24—Longitudinal section of stem of parasite through a young haustorium 
embedded in the tissues. The rejuvenated epidermal cells of the stem are clearly 
‘ndicated and the origin of the haustorium just outside the phloem fibres (ph/f.). 
(x 94.) 

Fig. 26.—Longitudinal section of an abortive haustorium developing’ in contact 
with a yielding surface. The haustorial tissue has not broken through the over- 
lying cortical and epidermal tissues of the stem which have kept pace with the 
cevelopment of the haustorium. (x 94.) 


phyll cells. The pressure of the parasite causes the crushing and folding of the 
lamina, and in many instances the haustoria develop to an extent quite excep- 
tional for any species of Cassytha. They branch like roots and grow over the 
surface and amongst the stellate hairs of the host, until some convolution of the 
lamina affords sufficient resistance to assist in penetration (Figs. 21-23). 
Haustoria are developed only upon the elose coils of the parasite in contact 
with stems, petioles or laminas of the host. In all the species I have examined, 
the long axis of the haustorium is generally approximately parallel to the axis 
of the host. Where the coils are close the divergence from the parallel position 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 71 


is small; where the coils are long and loose the angle of divergence is greater. 
In this respect Cassytha resembles Cuscuta. Generally, the haustoria are raised. 


The origin of the haustorwwm of C. glabella. 

When the parasite has formed a series of close coils around a host branch, 
the concave surface of its stem is stimulated by contact and certain changes take 
place in the cortical zone. The cells from the pericycle outwards enlarge so as 
to produce a slight swelling upon the surface. A layer of cells just outside the 
phloem (possibly the pericycle) then begins active division, cutting off a series 
of cells by tangential divisions. The cells cut off in this manner at first form a 
flat discoid structure which gradually becomes more and more convex. This con- 
vex structure is clearly defined by the absence of chlorophyll from the cells, and 
by the very distinct, well delimited outer layer abutting upon the cortex. This 


SS, 
Sor 
on 


as: 
— g 


i 
te 


i 
Ur 
y 


Fig. 25——T. S. of stem of parasite through a young haustorium embedded in its 
tissues. The origin of the haustorium just outside the phloem is indicated, and 
the transformation in the epidermis of the stem owing to contact with a support. 
The cortical tissues overlying the young haustorium show slight crushing. (x 83.) 

Fig. 27—-L. S. of haustorium (T. S. through stem of parasite) showing the 
details of structure and the development of the sucker-apparatus into the leaf of 
ae eee sp. The elongated cells at the tip of the haustorium are plainly 
seen. (x 50.) 


body is the young sucker or haustorium. At this stage in its development the 
following parts may be distinguished: a superficial layer of cells with abundant 
protoplasmic contents and large nuclei and a small group of active meristematic 
cells just beneath; between this zone and the pericycle is a mass of elongated cells, 
whose elongation serves to inerease the length of the haustorium (Figs. 18, 24, 
25). These cells are of two types, namely, a central axial strand of narfow cells 
with protoplasmic contents and large nuclei, forming a procambial tissue; and a 
cortical zone of elongated, but wider cells with less protoplasm. The meristematic 
zone of the haustorium is responsible for the increase in its cells. As the haus- 
torium grows, it pushes outwards upon the epidermis and cortical cells overlying 
it, and soon the swelling representing the haustorial, dise increases in size. The 
epidermis of the stem and the tissues divide anticlinally to keep pace with the 


12, STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


growing haustorium, their activity may be maintained, as will be described later, 
for a very long time until haustoria attain a length of 5 to 10 mm. (Fig. 26). 
Generally, however, the haustorial dise is only slightly elevated beyond the general 
level of the stem, and, if contact with a host branch is continuous, the young 
haustorium soon develops through the overlying tissue. Where the contact irri- 
tation is intermittent, the growth of the haustorium is considerably slower, so 
that the outer tissues of the stem can keep pace with it. 

Stimulation of contact then, induces the haustorium to form just outside the 
vascular cylinder, and at the same time the epidermal cells of the stem are re- 
juvenated, for, in addition to showing reawakened meristematic activity, they 
elongate considerably and become partially decutinised and densely protoplasmic. 
In short, they assume the typical form, appearance and structure of secretory 
cells (Figs. 24, 25). By their own elongation, the growth of the haustorial dise, 
and the tightening of the coils of the parasite upon the stem, they are brought 
into contact with, and finally adpressed to, the surface of the host. These elon- 
gated epidermal cells form the “cushion” of the dise and this may attain quite a 
considerable area. The epidermal cells in the centre of the cushion differ slightly 
in structure, in so far as they become papillate. Pierce has observed a similar 
papillate region in the “cushion” of the haustoria of Cuscuta, and has called it 
the “prehaustorium.” The prehaustorium of Cassytha is not nearly so_ highly 
differentiated as appears to be the case in Cuscuta; but there is sufficient differ- 
ence in structure to distinguish it from the ordinary cushion cells which merely 
serve to attain a close cementing of host and parasite together and to facilitate 
the development of pressure by the haustorium (Vig. 25). 

In sections of slightly older haustoria, which have been in contact with a 
branch just long enough for the young haustorium to be ready to penetrate the 
host tissues, it will readily be seen that the sucker has become more conical, and 
that its apex has grown through the overlying tissues, pushing and crushing them 
in the process. Evidence of crushing may be seen along the sides of the haus- 
torium. The overlying tissue is carried against the opposing host tissue and may 
be seen along the sides of the haustorium after penetration. As the epidermal 
cells of the haustorium emerge from the cortex, and are freed from the restraint 
of the overlying tissues, they become slightly papillate, while their thin walls, 
dense cell contents, and large nuclei suggest secretory activity (Fig. 30). In 
many cases, especially in the species C. melantha and C. pubescens, less frequently 
in C. paniculata, the cortical cells of the stem grow and divide by tangential walls 
so that when the growth of the young haustorium is slow, owing to the inter- 
mittent contact-irritation or to contact with a yielding surface, e.g., the lamina 
of a leaf, they may keep pace with its elongation. But this growth-phase of the 
cortex of the parasite stem forming the haustorial dise or cushion is particularly 
evident towards its periphery, so that its margin is slightly raised. The cushion 
accommodates itself to the contour of the support. This feature is not only ap- 
parent when the cushion is applied to cylindrical supports but when a haustorium 
is developed in contact with the leaf margin. In such eases the cushion margin 
grows considerably and curves, in order to grasp both the dorsal and ventral leaf 
surface. This characteristic, no doubt, may occur in Cuscuta in such cireum- 
stances, and seems to confirm the view suggested by Chatin in his description of 
Cuscuta monogyna that “the raised margin of the cushion acts as a prehensile 
organ.” The “cushion” cells secrete a. fluid which binds host and parasite to- 
gether, while the central papillate cells prepare the path for the developing haus- 
torium. There seems no doubt but that the most important factor in securing 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. es 


penetration is the fluid secreted by these cells, as, no matter what torsions may 
take place in the cushion owing to the coiling of the stem, the young haustorium 
grows outwards‘through the overlying tissue towards the point of contact made 
by these papillate cells, so that, in some cases, the haustorium actually penetrates 
the host in an oblique direction. In such circumstances, it seems highly im- 
probable that pressure could exert much influence in securing penetration. When 
the young haustorium penetrates the host, differentiation in the central zone of 
the shaft begins at its base, extending apically as the haustorium progresses into 
the host. Typical reticulate tracheids are formed from the central cells, and these 
are connected directly to the xylem of the mother stem (Fig. 27). 


The Morphology of the Haustorium and its Parts. 


The haustorium of Cassytha glabella has precisely the same origin as that of 
Cuscuta americana: it arises in proximity to the phloem of a bundle. It is there- 
fore endogenous, and, in point of origin, an adventitious root. Its structure, 
however, differs somewhat from that of Cuscuta and from a normal root. In the 
very young state, about the time the apex is ready to penetrate the tissue of the 
host, there are two or three groups of reticulate tracheids which, as the haustor1um 
develops, become confluent forming a central axial core (Fig. 27) directly in- 
serted upon the vessels of one or more bundles of the mother stem. Surrounding 
this central mass of tracheids, two or three layers of active procambial cells, 
which add to the tracheids as the haustorium develops, are formed. At the apex 
of the haustorium there is a well defined epidermis, characterised by its densely 
protoplasmic cell contents and the elongated form of the cells which become 
shghtly papillate. There is no phloem in the haustorium, which never, at any 
stage of its development, shows the typical radial vascular structure of roots 
(Figs. 27, 28). 

Morphologically, the haustorium of Cassytha is an adventitious root; its 
definite epidermis corresponds to the dermatogen of a normal root. There is no 
root-eap, although, physiologically, the overlying cortical and epidermal cells of 
the mother stem perform the function of such a structure until the haustorium 
actually penetrates the host. The cortical tissue of the haustorium appears to 
correspond to the periblem, while the central axial zone of the procambium cells 
and tracheids represents the plerome. The general relations of the epidermis, 
cortex and central cylinder of the haustorium, suggest the corresponding relations 
of dermatogen, periblem, and plerome of true roots. It, therefore, appears that 
the haustorium of Cassytha is a root whose structure is modified to meet a series 
of physiological conditions which are not presented to normal roots. Normal root- 
hairs are absent, but their function is to a certain extent performed by the 
papillate epidermal cells which undoubtedly possess greater solvent powers on 
account of their secretion. Pierce (1894) has given the term “sucker” to these 
cells, and considers them to be physiologically root-hairs which correspond in 
origin and position to the root-cap of ordinary roots. This appears to be the 
correct interpretation, and is equally applicable to the corresponding structures 
of Cassytha glabella and other species. 

In Cassytha glabella, therefore, haustoria arise by contact of the parasite with 
the tissues of a host. Their origin is endogenous, while their structure is more 
simple than that of ordinary roots. They grow by a similar apical meristem. 
They are therefore adventitious roots whose structure is radically simplified, so 
that they may be more physiologically efficient amongst the tissues of the host. 


74 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


Internal Structure of the Mature Haustorium. 


The young haustorium of this species is composed of parenchymatous cells, 
containing conspicuous and relatively large nuclei, abundant granular protoplasm 
and food substances (Figs. 25, 27). This parenchymatous condition is evident in 
haustoria which have penetrated some distance into the cortex of the host. The 
foods which are particularly abundant in all young haustoria, even before they 


ae 
WY } 


Fig. 28—Portion of a L. S. of a haustorium showing the cushion cells (c.s.), 
the crushed cells along the edge of the sucker and the tracheidal cells, bordered on 
each side by cambiform and cortical cells of the haustorium. No sieve tubes are 
present. (x 156)) 

Fig. 29—T. S. of haustorium showing the trachzidal core, and the cambiform 
and cortical cells on each side. (x 156.) 

Fig. 30—Apex of the haustorium embedded in a leaf of Xanthorrhoea showing 
the papillate character of the peripheral cells. The shading in contact with the 
papillate cells indicates discoloration of the host’s cells in advance of the sucker. 
(x 156.) 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 75 


are in organic association with a host, are no doubt accumulated freparatory to 
their active growth. I have observed reserve starch in haustoria which are dis- 
tinguishable by the small hemispherical or conical swelling upon the stem of the 
parasite. While such starch is accumulated by the parasite itself for the growth 
of the haustoria, it seems reasonable to assume that the solution of the walls and 
cell contents of the host by the penetrating haustoria, supplements these reserves. 

In the mature haustorium, tracheids appear in three or four isolated groups 
which connect up to different bundles or to the same bundle at different levels 
of the main stem. There is generally a main group of tracheids in the centre 
and, on either side towards the base, one or more smaller groups. On each side 
of the tracheal groups, there is a zone of undifferentiated active procambium eells 
which add to the tracheal group and the cortex as the development of the haus- 
torium demands. Surrounding this procambium tissue is a complete and com- 
paratively narrow ring of wider cells forming the cortex of the haustorium, which 
abuts directly upon the cortical tissue of the main stem. There is no phloem 
developed, and therefore the vascular system of the haustorium is of the simplest 
type. The differentiation within the haustorium proceeds from the base towards 
the apex, and longitudinal sections of the haustorium show that the vascular tissue 
keeps pace in its development with the growth of the haustorium (Fig. 27). 
During the early growth of the haustorium, up to the time it becomes closely 
applied to the xylem tissues of the host, the water necessary for its rapid elon- 
gation is obtained directly from the parasite. As the haustorium penetrates more 
and more deeply into the host tissues, the tracheids become more numerous at its 
base. The tracheids have thick hgnified and pitted walls. Their end-walls are 
only shghtly oblique. The thickening is of the close reticulate character. Around 
this axial core of tracheids is a ring of procambium cells with long spindle- 
shaped nuclei which retain their meristematic character, and so increase the dia- 
meter of the haustorium (Fig. 29). Phloem tissue is absent; therefore, it ap- 
pears that the haustoria of Cassytha are much more simple in their. organisation 
than the corresponding structures of Cuscuta. Longitudinal sections of the haus- 
toria were kept in an aqueous solution of aniline blue, others were stained with 
eosin and with Schultze’s solution, but no indication of sieve tubes, callus plates, 
or anything resembling phloem tissue could be detected. Cassytha, therefore, is 
not a complete parasite like Cuscuta, but establishes organic connection with the 
xylem tissues only, and withdraws, from its numerous hosts, mainly water. If 
organic connection be established with the phloem of the host, one would antici- 
pate the occurrence of sieve tubes in the haustorium or of sieve plates between 
the haustorial cells and the host phloem. The absence of such structures affords 
anatomical proof of the fact that Cassytha is only a water parasite and does not 
depend upon its host for the food necessary for its growth and flowering. 

As the haustorium grows in length, following generally the radial path pre- 
pared by the solvent activity of its epidermal cells, the tracheids differentiate 
just behind the meristematic zone and keep pace in their development with the 
growth of the whole haustorium. In Cassytha glabella the diameter of the haus- 
torium is small and uniform and the apex is irregularly rounded, owing to the 
different rate of growth of the epidermal papillae due to the variation in the 
resistance of the opposing tissues of the host. The margin of the haustorium 
embedded in the tissues of a host is delimited by a sheath of erushed dead cells 
(Fig. 28). 

The elongated cells forming the papillate epidermis of the haustorium within 
the host tissues are densely protoplasmic and thin-walled. The nucleus is general- 


76 STUDIES IN PARASITISM, 


ly seen, as in most active secretory cells, near the tip of each cell. Where they 
develop through the intervascular or cortical parenchyma or through the phloem, 
their papillate structure is maintained (Fig. 30). They clear away the opposing 
tissue by the solvents. But, wherever they abut upon lignified tissue, their tips 
are almost invariably flattened (Fig. 31), and therefore swollen and almost 
globular in appearance. They only occur at the conical apex of the haustorium. 
The margin of the haustorium consists of ordinary cortical cells, which, how- 
ever, as already mentioned, may retain their powers of meristematic and secretory 
activity. 


The Haustorium of C. melantha. 


The development and main structural features of the haustorium of this 
species are similar to C. glabella. Certain differences, however, are apparent and 
will be discussed. 

The tip of the haustorium of C. melantha is more spreading than that of 
any other species, and the axial zone of tracheids, therefore, assumes a spreading, 
fan-like arrangement. 


Wye 
NY SYLIR 
is SNH? SSR 
¥ é 5 BH TH (IZ ey ie 
eae /y Says | 
yy BYE i) 
Lf 


Ui 
Ves, 


~Ss 
—~ 
x 


\\ 
2 


QQ) 
aH 


NS 


Wire 
LOTS 
Ee, 
al 
f, red 
i 
— 


ee 

HET Te 
OE =; 

eae ae SSHON 


Fig. 31—Portion of the apex of a haustorium embedded in the stem of the 
host, showing contact of the tracheids of the parasite (tr.) with the vessels of 
the host (v.). Many of the thin-walled peripheral cells of the haustorium are 
flattened against the lignified cells of the host. (x 156.) 

Fig. 32—L. S. of a haustorium of C. melantha embedded in a small stem of 
Ficus sp. and in contact with the vascular bundles of the host. In this section 
the marginal branching of the haustorium referred to in the text is) shown. (x 94.) 


In transverse sections of the stem of Ficus sp., passing through a haustorium 
of C. melantha embedded deeply in its tissues, it was observed that the haustorium 
traverses the cork which is dissolved by the solvents secreted by its tip, the 
cortical parenchyma, phloem, and enters the xylem. There is, therefore, a con- 
siderable destruction of host tissues along the path of penetration. The vascular 
bundles of Ficus sp. are of the ordinary endarch, collateral type, separated from 
one another by narrow medullary rays; while laticiferous tissue occurs in the 


BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 17 


cortex and pith, and in association with the phloem. The haustorium penetrates 
deeply into the woody tissues and its apex, as well as its margins, is applied 
directly to the xylem elements. Growth of the meristematic cells behind the epi- 
dermal cells of the margin near the apex of the haustorium ceases, and they 
differentiate into tracheids. Cells of the haustorium immediately behind do like- 
wise and so longitudinal rows of these tracheids are formed which are in direct 
communication with the xylem elements of the host and with the corresponding 
elements of the parasite stem (Fig. 31). The tip of the haustorium may con- 
tinue to develop further into the xylem, generally following the medullary rays 
and occasionally the pith. I have not found the tip of the haustorium traversing 
the pith, although, I think, in Cassytha this may be expected. The reason that 
it does not occur is probably owing to self regulation on the part of the parasite, 
for the bundles on the opposite side of the pith to the haustorium will be tapped 
by haustoria higher up in the series of coils. A very noticeable characteristic of 
Cassytha is the development of haustoria in groups and the general correspondence 
in the number of haustoria to the vascular bundles of the host. This is not with- 
out exception, but, where an excess of haustoria does occur, the adverse effect is 
evident upon the host, and the parasite defeats its own ends. This probably ex- 
plains the death of many young twigs and leaves of hosts attacked by the para- 
site. In the case of a Sonchus seedling forming the host of some of my ex- 
perimental seedlings, there were only three vascular bundles in the petiole around 
which three complete coils of the parasite were formed. In these three coils, 
ten haustoria penetrating the bundles were formed. The leaf soon died, the 
conducting tissues of the petiole being unable to meet its demands and those of 
the parasite simultaneously. 

A rather important feature of the haustoria of C. melantha is the marginal 
branching of the zone some distance behind the apex (Fig. 32). This suggests 
a retention of meristematic activity by cells of the cortex, and that the latter are 
also capable of secretory activity. I have found proliferous developments of the 
haustoria into the cortex of the host, growing obliquely through the cortex and 
phloem of the host and becoming applied to other bundles (ef. Viscwm album and 
Loranthus spp.). The manner of growth of the haustorium on Ficus sp. sug- 
gests the application of its tracheids- directly, not only upon the tangential walls 
of the water-conducting elements of the host, but frequently upon their radial 
walls. In transverse sections of the host. through the haustorium, this method of 
application may be seen plainly where the destruction of a wedge-shaped mass 
of the xylem of the host takes place, e.g., in Ficus, Lasiopetalum, ete. 

The application of the haustorial tracheids is to the radial walls generally, 
where the bundles of the host are isolated and the haustorium develops along the 
medullary rays. If radial longitudinal sections of the host be cut, passing 
through the haustoria, the first tangential application will also be demonstrated. 
In a longitudinal section of the mature haustorium upon Ficus the tracheids will 
be seen to curve towards the margin and to attach themselves to the radial walls. 

The haustorium of C. melantha takes the form of a massive wedge with a 
broad base, and tapering or spreading apex. 


SUMMARY. 
1. The writer deals with the habit, habitat and parasitism of the several species 
of Cassytha found in New South Wales. 
2. The plant is a twining parasite which forms alternating close and loose coils 
upon the stems, branches and leaves of the hosts. 


78 STUDIES IN PARASITISM. 


The -haustoria are confined to the series of close coils. 

The development of the seedling is described, and the writer observed that 

the root-system functions longer than that of Cuscuta. The endosperm re- 

serves are absorbed by the apex of the stem. 

5. Growth is very rapid at first in the seedling, but ultimately is slowed 
down remarkably if contact with a support has not been secured. 

6. The parasite develops considerable chlorophyll tissue in the cortex of the 
stem. In very exposed situations with strong insolation the parasite assumes 
a yellowish-green colour. The leaves are reduced to scales. 

7. The parasite frequently develops upon its own branches, and shows no pre- 
dilection for any particular host, provided its stem can twine round its 
branches. 

8. The root-system of the seedling 1s reduced; the old plants have no direct soil 
relation. 

9. Haustoria developing in contact with a yielding surface may attain consider- 
able length before penetration, or may abort. Branched haustoria are com- 
mon where the parasite is in contact with a yielding or pubescent surface. 

10. The haustorium is a medified root, and has its inception immediately outside 
the phloem of the stem. 

11. The epidermis of the parasitic stem is rejuvenated and divides while its cells 
become slightly papillate and form the haustorial “cushion” securing adhesion 
to the surface of the host branch or leuf. ; 

12. No sieve tubes are present in the haustorium. This is a decided contrast to 
the haustorium of Cuscuta as described by Pierce. 

13. The haustorium of C. melantha frequently develops lateral growths into the 
cortex or phloem of the host. 

14. The parasite is highly xerophilous. 


ee 


_ Botany School, University of Sydney, November, 1923. 


Literature. 


Bowie, 1904.—Cassytha filiformis. Bot. Contrib. Pennsylv. Univ., ui, 3. 

Decaisng, 1846.—Structural anatomy of Cuscuta and Cassytha. Ann. Sci. Nat., 
Ser. 3, t. v. 

Ewart, A. J., 1919.—Contribution to the Flora of Australia. No. 27. Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria, xxxi. (2), 370. 

Kocu, L., 1874.—_Untersuchungen tiber die Entwickelung der Cuscuteen Hausteins 
Botanische Abhandlungen. Bd. u., 1874. 

Mrranpg, 1905.—Cassythacées. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 9, t. 1. 

Pierce, G. J., 1893.—On the structure of the Haustoria of some Phanerogamic 

Parasites. Ann. Bot., vii., No. xxvii. 
, 1894.—A eontribution to the Physiology of the Genus Cuscuta. 

Ann. Bot., viii., No. xxix. 

1905.—The Dissemination and Germination of Arceuthobiwm 

occidentale, Engl. Ann. Bot., xix., 75-98. 

PouLsEen, 1877.—Haustorium von Cassytha, ete. Flora, 1877. 


) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 


General habit of Cassytha—Photograph of C. paniculata growing upon 
several hosts, especially Lasiopetalum ferrugineum and Banksia latifolia. 


79 


THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA. Part v. 
By W. F. BuaKkety, Botanical Assistant, National Herbarium, Sydney. 
(Plates xvi.-xxvii.) 
[Read 30th April, 1924.] 


20. LorantHus Nestor Moore. (Plate xvi.) 
Journ. Bot., xxxv., 1897, 170. 
Supplementary notes to the description. 


The fruits are globose, densely woolly, 10-12 mm. long, but not seen in a 
fully developed state. Epicarp thick. Viscin not plentiful. Embryo very small 
for the size of the fruit, barely 1.5 mm. long.; embryonic cotyledons rather 
broad, spathulate when opened out. Primary leaves not seen. 

Affinities —L. Nestor is a very interesting species with a superficial resem- 
blance to LE. Maideni and L. Quandang Lindl., and would pass for these species 
when not in flower; the leaves are, however, more pubescent, and the young shoots 
rusty tomentose, eventually becoming quite glabrous with age. The flowers are 
large, and, when seen in the bud, are similar in shape to those of L. gibberulus 
Tate and L. ferruginiflorus W. V. Fitz., though more closely resembling L. gib- 
berulus, being densely covered with a soft woolly rufous tomentum, shaded purple 
in the upper part. 

When not in flower it is similar to some of the short, broad-leaved forms of 
L. vitellinus ¥.v.M., especially in the venation of the leaves, which have distinctly 
raised nerves on the under surface. 

Like L. grandibracteus, L. Nestor has outstanding characters which. readily 
distinguish the two from all the other Australian species. 

Range.—Between Kunnunoppin and Mt. Marshall; Comet Vale (on Acacia 
quadrimarginea) ; near type locality (near Bricke’s Soak, between Goongarry and 
Mt. Margaret); Murrin Murrin, Austin district (George, in Herb. Berlin, vide 
Diels and Pritzel, Bot. Jahr., 35, 1905, 176. Dr. A. Morrison records it in 
“Notes Nat. Hist. W.A.,” 1903, 204, and in W.A. Yearbook, 1904, without de- 
finite localities. 


Hosts.—Leguminosae: Acacia quadrimarginea W. V. Fitz., A.sp. 


80 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


21. LorantHus Hiuiiana, n.sp. (Plate xvii.) 


Frutex cinereus; foliis juvenilibus laneto-tomentosis, foliis adultis furfuraceis, 
oppositis, oblongi-lanceolatis, obtusis, crassis, 3—5-costatis, petiolatis, 4-7 om. 
longis, 24 em. latis. Cymis axillaribus, 2-radiatis, radiis, utrisque flores tres 
sessiles gerentibus. Alabastis breviter lanati-tomentosis, clavatis, acutis, 20-23 
mm. longis. Bracteis lateralibus cordatis, concavis, 23 mm. longis; bractea inter- 
media lanceolata, 3 mm. longa, apice recurvato. Calyce subcylindracea truncata, 
3-4 mm. Petalis 5-6, liberis, externe cinereis, interne viridis. Filamentis pur- 
pureis, 4 mm. longis; antheris adnatis, 2 mm. longis. Stylo filiforme quadrangu- 
lata; stigma parva, globosa. Fructo incognito. 

Hoary plants, branchlets and young leaves minutely woolly-tomentose, adult 
leaves scurfy, opposite, narrow lanceolate to oblong, obtuse, obscurely 3-—5- 
nerved, 4-7 em. long, 24 em. broad; petioles about 1 em. long. Inflorescence a 
two-branched axillary cyme; the common peduncle 10-14 mm. long; branches of 
the cyme shorter and thicker than the peduncle, bearing at the apex three almost 
sessile flowers. Buds closely woolly-tomentose, clavate, acute, 20-23 mm. long. 
Bract of the lateral flower cordate, concave, 24 mm. long; bract of the central 
flower lanceolate, the apex abruptly deflexed, 3 mm. long. Calyx cylindrical to 
urceolate, minutely hoary-tomentose at the base, 4 mm. long; the limb entire, 
more or less carnose, 2 mm. long, pubescent on the margin. Petals 5 or 6, spathu- 
late, acute, hoary on the outside, the inside greenish, minutely pubescent at the 
apex and along the commissural line. Filaments purple-brown, about 4 mm. 
long; anthers adnate, linear, pale purple, 2 mm. long, the cells very shallow. 
Style slender, quadrangular, thickened towards the base, bent towards the small 
globose stigma, pale purple throughout. Ripe fruit not seen, immature fruit 
urceolate, somewhat similar to the young fruit of ZL. Maideni. 

Named in honour of the collector, Gerald F. Hill. 

Affinities —L. Hilliana has the two-branched cyme of L. Nestor, but the buds 
and bracts resemble those of L. Maideni, and were it. not for the bifureate eyme 
and longer leaves it would pass for that species. In the cyme and leaves L. 
Hilliana bears some resemblance to L. Quandang; the sessile flowers and different 
vestiture are the points which distinguish it from this species. 

Range.—Northern Territory: 20 miles N.W. by N. of Meyer’s Hill, McDonnell 
Ranges (G. F. Hill, No. 220, 1.6.1911). Recorded as L. Quandang, Ewart and 
Davies, FI.N.T., 88. I have only seen one small specimen. 


22. Lorantuus Lucast, n.sp. (Plate xviii.) 


Syn.—L. Quandang Benth. (in part), mon Lindley. 

Frutex glaucus intomentosus ramis divaricatis crassioribus juvenilibus glabris 
nitentibus maturioribus lenticulatis. Folia opposita oblonga-lanceolata obtusa 
crassa glauca 3-5 costata. Petiolata 3-6 em. longa, 1-5 em. lata. Inflorescentia. 
cymosa cymis axillaribus 2-4 radiata utroque radio 3 flores sessile ferente. Gem- 
mae graciles clavatae 2 cm. Bracteae late-naviculares coneavae acutae marginibus 
cilatis. Calyx eupularis basi dense tomentosa. Corolla 3 petalis liberis viridibus 
necnon rubescentibus fragilibus nonnunquam basi unitis. Filamenta compressa 
straminea. Antherae adnatae angusti-lineares fragiles 2 mm. Fructus urceolatus 
vel ampulliformis 5-9 mm. 

Glaucous shrubs, but not tomentose; branches divaricate, rather stout, slightly 
swollen at the nodes, the young ones smooth and shining, the old ones marked by 
numerous oblong lenticles. Leaves opposite, broad elliptical to oblong-lanceolate, 
obtuse, very rarely acute, thick, glaucous, triplinerved or quinquenerved, and often 
with prominent transverse veins on both surfaces, giving the leaf a wrinkled 


BY W. F. BLAKELY. 81 


appearance, abruptly narrowed into a_ short, distinct, somewhat compressed, 
straight or curved petiole, 3-6 cm. long, 1-5 em. broad. Inflorescence cymose; 
cymes axillary, nearly as long as the leaves, glabrous, except the calyces; the 
common peduncle very slender, dark coloured, 2-3 cm. long, bearing 2-4 rays, 
each with 3 closely sessile flowers. Buds slender, 2 em. long, clavate, somewhat 
inflated at the base. Bracts broadly navicular, concave, acute, with ciliate mar- 
gins. Calyx cupular, densely woolly tomentose at the base, the limb rather large 
or about half the size of the calyx, glabrous, except for the almost entire, trun- 
cate, ciliate margin, 2 mm. long. Petals 5, free, green or reddish, occasionally 
shortly united at the base and falling off in pairs, narrow linear to linear spathu- 
late, very thin and frail, recurved whew fully developed, ciliate on the inner 
margins of the concave apex, somewhat rugose on the back. Filaments com- 
pressed, straw-coloured, adnate to the centre of the petals, 10-12 mm. long. 
Anthers adnate, narrow-linear, very frail, about 2 mm. long. Style slender, 
straw-coloured, suleate; stigma minute. Fruit urceolate to flask-shaped, hoary 
tomentose, the limb dark coloured, contracted, closing over the thick 5-angled 
dise, 5-9 mm. long. Seeds obconic, with a sharp base, indistinctly 5-furrowed. 
Embryonic cotyledons obtuse, oblong-linear, 3 mm. long, but not seen in the ripe 
fruit. 

Range.—So far L. Lucasi is confined to New South Wales and Queensland. 

New South Wales: Near Darling River, E. of Broken Hill (on Flindersia 
maculosa. Leaves broad, green, somewhat like L. miraculosa; flowers yellowish- 
green; fruit small, white with a dark top); Grenfell; Nyngan (Cymes with 3 or 4 
rays, each with 3 sessile yellowish or greenish flowers. Whole plant glabrous except 
the calyx. On Flindersia maculosa F.v.M., W. Bauerlen, No. 2477); West 
Bogan (on Flindersia maculosa, and Grevillea striata); Wittagoona, near Cobar; 
Yarrawin Station, Barwon River; Nulty-Toorale (on Flindersia maculosa, “Union 
ball-like without adventitious roots,’ J. L. Boorman); Narrabri; Walgett (on 
Flindersia maculosa) ; 40 or 50 miles North-west of Collarenebri (S. W. Jackson, 
No. 838, on Atalantia glauca; also No. 839, associated with L. linearifolius, L. 
Mitchelana and parasitic on Flindersia maculosa. Nos. 838-839 constitute the 
type). 

Queensland: Rosewood, 35 miles W.S.W. from Brisbane (“Flowers green or 
yellow; parasitic on a number of different kinds of trees principally Melaleuca 
genistifolia,” C. T. White, September, 1911; also recorded in Q’land Naturalist, 
1911, as L. Quandang). 

Affinities.—L. Lucasi is perhaps more closely allied to L. obliqua than to 
any other species. The leaves are, however, distinctly petiolate, and not sessile 
or oblique as those of its ally. 

In the general colour of the leaves it resembles L. Quandang, but the flowers 
are all sessile, while only the central flowers are sessile in L. Quandang. There 
is a photograph of this plant in the “Forest Flora of New South Wales,” vi., 282, 
as L. Quandang. 

Wath L. Benthami it has a marked similarity in the buds and ecalyces, but the 
fruits are dissimilar, those of L. Lucasi being hoary carnose when ripe, of L. 
Benthami yellowish. 

Named in honour of Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Se., late Headmaster, 
Sydney Grammar School, and honorary specialist for Algae, attached to the 
National Herbarium, Sydney. 

Hosts.—Loranthaceae: Loranthus Mitchelliana Blakely. Proteaceae: Grevillea 


82 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


striata R.Br.  Rutaceae: Flindersia maculosa F.v.M., Eremocitrus (Atalantia) 
glauca Swingle. Myrtaceae: Melaleuca genistifolia Sm. 


23. LORANTHUS QUANDANG (Lindl., MSS.). (Plate. xix.) 


Mitch. Three Exped., ii., 1838, 69; Hook., Mitch. Trop. Aust., 1848; 158, as 
L. nutans A. Cunn. MSS., non Sprengel; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst., ii., 1851-52, 
730, as L. nutans A.C.; Mueller, Trans. Vic. Inst., 228, as L. canus, also in 
Hook. Jour. Bot., viii., 1856, 144; Lindl, Amn. Sci. Nat., xv., 57; Benth., B.FI., 
lii., 1866, 395 (in part). 

The following is the original description :— 

Loranthus Quandang (Lindl. MSS.) ; incanus, foliis oppositis lineari-oblongis 
obsoleté triplinerviis obtusis, pedunculis axillaribus folio multo brevioribus apice 
divaricato-bifidis 6-floris, floribus pentameris aequalibus, petalis linearibus, an- 
theris linearibus basi insertis. Next L. Gaudichaudi. 

The following is a more detailed description :— 

Hoary or glaucous shrubs with more or less divaricate, erect or pence 
branches, 1-3 feet long, the young tips somewhat rusty tomentose, turning hoary 
with age. Leaves opposite or alternate on the same branch, narrow to broad 
lanceolate, or sometimes lanceolate falcate, 3—5-nerved, though usually 3-nerved, 
5-10 em. long, often somewhat rounded at the base, and ending in a well defined, 
usually terete petiole, 1-1.5 em. long. 

Inflorescence an axillary, two-branched, hoary, pubescent cyme, the common 
peduncle 1-2 em. long, each branch bearing the flowers in triads, the central flower 
of each triad sessile, the lateral ones on short pedicels, rarely more than 2-3 mm. 
long. Bracts orbicular, coneave, thick, ciliolate. Calyx hemispherical, with a 
small denticulate or ciliate expanded limb, scarcely exceeding 3 mm. in the newly 
expanded flower. Buds angular, contracted in the middle, swollen near the base, 
blending from purple white to hlac white (Plates 6 and 7 Dauthenay, Rep. de 
Coul.). Petals 5, straw yellow inside (Plate 31, l.c.), free to the base, densely 
clothed with white woolly hairs for about half their length, between the attach- 
ment of the free portion of the filaments and the apex. Filaments old carmine 
red (Plate 107, l.c.), the adnate portion ending in a spur-like eallosity at the 
base. 

Anthers about 3 mm. long, secund, narrow, linear, adnate. Style exceeding 
the anthers, green to creamy white at the base, shading into raspberry red at the 
top. 

Fruit greenish-white, oblong-elliptical to urceolate, 5-7 mm. long, crowned 
with a somewhat conspicuous dise. 

It has been recognised for a long time that the identity of this species was 
unsatisfactory, owing to the many forms attributed to it, and many botanists 
were at a loss to know what to regard as the typical form; this, perhaps, ac- 
counts for it not being figured, as it is as destructive to a certain class of vege- 
tation as other species which have received considerable advertisement because 
of their noxious propensity. Indeed, the type specimen of L. Quandang in 
Lindley’s herbarium at Cambridge is far from being satisfactory. According to 
Dr. Otto Stapf, in a letter to Mr. J. H. Maiden, Director, Botanic Gardens, 
Sydney, March 21st, 1919, “Lindley’s sheet of L. Quandang contains two distinct 
species. One with the original label, “Serub near Darling, 21st July, 1835,” and 
another with a label with the general printed legend Major Mitchell’s Expedition 
(1835). Now as to the two species on Lindley’s sheet, the top one corresponds 


BY W. F. BLAKELY. 83 


to L. pendulus Sieb., var. parviflorus Benth., in “Fl. Aust.” or at least to part 
of it, the bottom one (in fruit) to Z. nutans A. Cunn. and L. canus F.v.M., which 
is in my opinion a synonym of L. nutans. 

“Both are quoted in ‘B.Fl” under L. Quandang, but from an examination 
of our material, and Bentham’s enumeration of specimens it is clear that he in- 
cluded under L. Quandang several, possibly as many as Six, species.” 

As regards the two species on Lindley’s type sheet referred to by Dr. Stapf, 
drawings of both were made by Miss Smith, the artist attached to Kew Her- 
barium, and presented to the National Herbarium, Sydney. The upper figure is 
labelled “Scrub near Darling, 21st July (1835), Flowers of the bush producing 
the round nuts.” This is referable to L. miraculosus Miq. var. Boormani, L. 
pendulus var. parviflorus Bth. (in part). The lower figure is labelled “Interior 
of New Holland, Parasitical upon the Quandang, Major Mitchell’s Expedition, 
1835.” Any 
On looking up Mitchell’s Three Expeditions, Vol. 1, 282, for 21st July, 1835, 
I find that Mitchell was on the Darling River, but no mention is made by him 
of a Loranth or a Quandang in his narrative. Turning to the original description 
' (Vol. ii., p. 69), L. Quandang is connected with an observation recorded on May 
9th, 1836, when Mitchell was on the Lachlan River between Lake Waljeers and 
Oxley, and the following reference to the plant is made by Mitchell. “I observed 
the Quandang bushes, having their branches covered with a parasitical plant, 
whose bright crimson flowers were very ornamental.” 

The discrepancy between the dates on the label and in the book I am not 
able to explain. 

We must, therefore, accept the lower figure as representing the type of L. 
Quandang Lindl., as it agrees with the original description in all essential charac- 
ters; the upper figure on the drawing of the type sheet is a glabrous plant, and 
is entirely different in flowers, fruit and arrangement of the cyme. Dr. Stapf is 
also of the same opinion, as he concludes, “The name Quandang if not dropped 
altogether should be connected with the bottom specimen on Lindley’s type sheet.” 

The type appears from the drawing to have opposite and alternate leaves; 
they are narrow, lanceolate to somewhat broad-spathulate, obscurely 1—3-nerved, 
13-23 inches long, tapering into a well defined petiole up to 4 inch long. Cymes 
short, two-branched, with 3-6 nearly sessile flowers. Fruit oval-oblong or some- 
what urceolate, and usually with the style persistent upon it. 

The term, “foliis oppositis,” applied to the species in the original description, 
has influenced botanists to regard the opposite-leaved species, allied to L. Quan- 
dang, as being the same as it, hence the inclusion of so much variable material 
under this species. In the majority of cases the leaves of L. Quandang are 
alternate; to refer to them as being opposite or alternate would perhaps lead to 
fewer errors in the future. 

It appears to me that Mitchell confused ZL. miraculosus Miq. with ZL. Quan- 
dang, by his reference to “the bright crimson flowers,” as the flowers of the 
former are more highly coloured than those of the latter. He also appears to 
have mistaken the flowers of the Loranthus for those of the Quandang; hence 
his field note, “Flowers of the bush producing the round nuts,” seems to be more 
applicable to the Quandang than to the Loranthus, and therefore does not apply 
to the lower specimen on Lindley’s type sheet which, strangely enough, is in fruit, 
also in bud. The term “nut,” would scarcely apply to the fruit of the Loranthus, 
at least not to the species involved, whereas it is commonly used to describe the 
fruits of the “Quandang,” Fusanus acuminatus R.By. 


84 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


Bentham and Hooker (Genera Plantarum, iii., 208), ascribe the species L. 
Quandang to Mitchell instead of Lindley. 

Synonyms.—L. nutans A. Cunn. et Hook., L. pruimosus A. Cunn., L. canus 
F.v.M., L. pendulus Sieb. var. canus Tate, L. pendulus Sieb. var. canescens 
Mueller and Tate. 

Range—The range of this species is very extensive; I have examined speci- 
mens, from all the States mentioned below, which are remarkable for their uni- 
formity over such a large area. The peculiar two-branched cyme of this species 
impressed me as being a most stable character. Only once have I seen the cyme 
three-branched, and then, not on the typical form, but in the broad leaved form, 
or var. Bancrofti. The short hemispherical calyx is also a most constant char- 
acter. 

The species appears to be less common in Western Australia and the Nor- 
thern Territory; this may be on account of the very imperfect botanical survey of 
those States. 

Victoria: Mount Cole (J. W. Audas), Buffalo Creek (B.FI.), Victorian Alps 
(Vict. Nat., xxvui., 1910, 112), Grampians (B.FI1.). 

New South Wales: Moama; Cowabbies, Wagga District (on Acacia Oswaldi) ; 
Zara, Wanganella (on A. pendula), between Lake Waljeers and Oxley on the 
Lachlan (the type), Yenda (on A. pendula), Barmedman (on Santalum acumina- 
tum), Fields Plains (on Eucalyptus and Acacia), Condobolin to Borambil, Parkes 
(on Acacia pendula), Lake Cargelligo, Eugowra (on A. aneura), Darling R. to 
Barrier Ranges, Broken Hill, between Bengala and Cassilis, Dandaloo (on A. 
aneura), Nevertire to Bourke (on species of Acacia, Eucalyptus bicolor and 
Eremophila Mitchell), White Cliffs (on A. cana), Hunter River District, War- 
rumbungle Ranges, Boggabri (on A. pendula), Narrabri (on A. pendula), Burren 
Junction. 

South Australia: Willochra Valley (Trans. Roy. Soe. §.A., vii, 1901), 
‘Cooper’s Creek (B.FI.), Adminga (Horn Exped. No. 1030 in Adelaide Herb.), 
Cootanoorina Creek, Arkaringa. | 

Queensland: Moreton Bay (B.FI.), Bulloo River district (on Atalaya hemi- 
glauca), Keppel Bay (R. Brown), near Jericho (on Hucalyptus melanophloia, 
Proe. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlx., 1915, 443), Thompson River (B.Fl.), Georgina 
River (EH. W. Bick, in Queensland Herbarium), Sutton Desert (Mueller, B.FI.), 
Cloncurry (Rk. H. Cambage, No. 3948), Boomaria (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix., 
1915, 429), Flinders and Mitchell Rivers (on the “Gidya,” Acacia Cambagei; 
vide also Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., iii., 107). 

Northern Territory: Hermannsburg (Trans. Roy. Soe. S.A., v., (1881-82) ; 
Tate, Rept. Horn Exped., Part iii, 160), Stuart’s Creek (B.FI.), Victoria River 
(B.FI.), Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria (B.FI.). These are probably re- 
ferable to L. conspicuus Bail. or L. congener Sieb. 

Western Australia: North of Kingoonya (Recorded in Trans. Roy. Geog. Soe. 
$.A., 1916-17, as L. pendulus Sieb. var. canescens Mueller and Tate. I take full 
responsibility for this name as I had followed Mueller before I had thoroughly 
investigated the synonyms of L. Quandang Lindl. [W.F.B.]. 

Affinities——TI could not understand why Lindley referred to L. Gaudichaudi 
DC., as having the closest affinity to L. Quandang, as the two are very dissimilar, 
until I saw the drawing of Lindley’s type sheet of L. Quandang which contains 
(as already stated) two species. It at once occurred to me that he probably re- 
garded the upper specimen as L. Gaudichaudi, a species that has been confused 
with L. miraculosus Miq., and the specimen on his type sheet appears to be re- 


BY W. F. BLAKELY. 85 


ferable to L. miraculosus Miq. var. Boormani, probably the closest affinity te 
L. Quandang in general appearance and in the sparsely flowered cyme, which 
character approaches more closely to L. Quandang than any other allied species. 
The leaves are also a good deal alike, but those of L. Quandang are usually 
broader, with more numerous veins, and are closely invested with a hoary pubes- 
cent vestiture, which serves as a sharp line of differentiation between them. 

Perhaps L. congener Sieber is as closely allied to this species as the preced- 
ing, but the cyme is rarely, if ever, two-branched; the leaves are, however, some- 
what similar, but those of L. congener are often broader and more shortly petio- 
late, and the veins are more obscure; as it is a coastal species, it is not likely to 
be mistaken for L. Quandang, which belongs more to the drier interior. Never- 
theless, it was mistaken for the latter by Bentham and others, but this error will 
hardly be repeated, now that attention has been drawn to it. 

It is very different from ZL. pendulus Sieber in foliage and inflorescence. 

Hosts.—Santalaceae: Santalum lanceolatum R.Br. Leguminosae: Acacia 
aneura K.v.M., A. cana Maiden, A. calamifolia Sweet, A. Cambagei R. T. Baker, 
A. homalophylla A. Cunn., A. melanoxylon R.Br., A. Oswaldi F.v.M., A. pendula 
A. Cunn. Sapindaceae: Atalaya hemiglauca F.v.M. Myrtaceae: Eucalyptus 
bicolor A. Cunn., H. ecrebra F.v.M., E. melanophloia F.v.M. Myoporaceae: 
Eremophila Mitchel Bth. 


LORANTHUS QUANDANG, VAR. BancrorrTi Bail. (Plate xix., fig. 10.) 


~Q’land Agric. Journ., xxix., 1912, 180, plate 23; Bail., Comp. Cat. Q’land.. 
Pl., fig. 448, p. 463. 

The whole plant more or less puberulent. Leaves bluntly lanceolate, the 
base truncate, rounded, thin, tapering to a short petiole, 2-34 in. long, 4-14 in. 
broad, coriaceous; longitudinal nerves 5, the three central ones more prominent 
than the others. Inflorescence much resembling other forms. Filaments and 
style of a rich purple. Eidsvold; Dr. T. L. Bancroft. This is probably the 
broad form referred to by Mitchell, Tropical Australia, pp. 158, 256. 

Var. Bancrofti represents the coarse venulose quinque-nerved leaved form of 
the species, which appears to reach its greatest size in Queensland. It is also 
found over a large area in New South Wales. 

Range—New South Wales: 40 miles East of Broken Hill (on “Neclia,” 
Acacia Loderi), Broken Hill (hosts: Acacia aneura, A. Burkitti, and A. calami- 
folia), Lake Cudgellico, Coolabah, Byrock (on Acacia aneura), Warren-Coon- 
amble Road (on Acacia pendula), Gilgandra (on Acacia pendula, “Large masses 
infest the trees.” R. H. Cambage, No. 1136; also recorded in Forest Flora of 
New South Wales, ii, 128, as L. pendulus Sieber, with a photograph by Mr. 
Cambage), Mount Terrible, Currabubula (on Acacia neriifolia, R. H. Cambage, 
No. 3777). 

Queensland: Mt. Maria (in Queensland Herbarium. This locality is near the 
type locality of L. nutans A. Cunn. = L. Quandang Lindl.), near Mt. Mudge 
(Mitchell, August Ist, 1846), Hidsvold (only on ‘Brigalow,’ Acacia harpophylla, 
Dr. T. L. Bancroft), Nogoa River, Gindie, Aramac (The specimen has a seedling 
plant of L. Hxocarpi attached to it [W.F.B.]), Longreach, Diamantina River (on 
Acacia Cambagei), Blackwater (on Acacia harpophylla). 

Hosts.—Leguminosae: Acacia aneura F.v.M., A. Burkitti F.v.M., A. calami- 
folia Sweet, A. Cambagei Baker, A. harpophylla A. Cunn., A. Loderi Maiden, 
A. nervifolia A. Cunn., A. pendula A. Cunn. 


86 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


24, LorRANTHUS BENTHAMI, n.sp. (Plate xx.) 


Frutex parvus confertus fusiformis ramis glabris neenon glaucis lenticulis 
obseuris. Folia glauca opposita cordata vel elliptica obtusa amplexicaulia 4 cm. 
longa 3 em. lata imperfecta 3 vel 5 costata. Inflorescentia plerumque cymus bi-rama- 
tus axillaris vel terminalis utroque ramo umbellano 3 florum quorum centralis sessilis 
ferente. Bracteae angustae ad late naviculares acutae. Calyx ecupularis nec 
longus ad 3 mm. dentatus vel miniatus. Corolla 5 petalis liberis angusto-linearibus 
fragilissimis. Antherae adnatae oblongae 14 mm. longae. Stylus sulcatus stigma 
vix augmenta. Fructus elliptico-oblongus vertice constrictus subtomentus super- 
iore parte glabra, 10-12 mm. longus. 

Small compact shrubs; union fusiform; branches rather stout, smooth, some- 
what glaucous, otherwise glabrous, lenticles obscure or obsolete; leaves stem- 
clasping, rarely above 4 cm. long and 3 em. broad, imperfectly 3—5-nerved. In- 
florescence usually a 2-branched cyme, either axillary or terminal, each branch 
bearing an umbel of 3 flowers, the central one sessile, the lateral’ on very short 
or minute pedicels; common peduncle slender, terete, 10-15 mm. long, with an 
annular-like thickening at the top, and not bracteate as in most species; branches 
of the partial cyme 3-6 mm. long. Bracts narrow to broad, navicular, acute, 
strongly keeled, margins minutely ciliate with rufous hairs or glabrous, 13 mm. 
long. Calyx cupular, under 3 mm. long, obscurely toothed or truncate, some- 
times the limb ciliate, the base usually densely hoary tomentose. Buds slender, 
terete, rarely 2 cm. long, clavate, quite glabrous, pale pink in the lower half, 
greenish towards the top. Petals 5, free, narrow linear, concave and very fragile. 
Filaments free to about the centre of the petals, compressed, greenish; anthers 
adnate, oblong, 14 mm. long, the cells conspicuous. Style minutely suleate, geni- 
culate a little below the scarcely enlarged stigma. Dise annular. Fruit elliptical- 
oblong, somewhat contracted at the top, semitomentose, or the upper half glabrous 
and dark coloured, the lower half yellowish, 10-12 mm. long, epicarp coriaceous. 
Seeds 6-8 mm. long, on a small spongy base; endosperm white, but as soon as 
germination takes place it turns green. Hypocotyl terete, verrucose; dise some- 
what conical, papillose. The growth is exactly like that of L. bifurcatus and L. 
congener, but in appearance it resembles L. grandibracteus. The cotyledons are 
not withdrawn from the endosperm on germination. 

Synonymous with L. pendulus Sieber, var. amplexifolius Benth. (B.FIL., ii. 
394) and L. Quandang Lindl., var. amplexifolius Benth. (B.FI1., m1., p. 395). 

A great deal of uncertainty centres around these varieties. The type of 
the former, according to the Director, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, is neither at 
Kew, nor at the British Museum. The latter was described by Bentham thus, 
“LT. Quandang Lindl. var. ? amplexifolius. Leaves broad, sessile, cordate, Victoria 
River, F. Mueller; the specimen very imperfect and doubtful.” I have seen a 
leaf of this specimen and find no difficulty in matching it with leaves of specimens 
collected by R. Helms, W. M. Cusack and J. T. Jutson. After a careful examin- 
ation of material purporting to be either one or the other variety by different 
botanists, I fail to see any difference between them, and the justification of keep- 
ing them apart as varieties of either L. pendulus or L. Quandang, especially as 
the difference is so marked between those species. On the other hand, the large 
amount of variation admitted by Bentham under either species, afforded a con- 
venient receptacle for quite a number of unknown species as shown in this mono- 
eraph; and very naturally this particular form, which I propose to call L. Ben- 
thami, shows affinity to one of the plants included in Bentham’s wide definition 


BY W. F. BLAKELY. 87 


of L. pendulus Sieb., and L. Quandang Lindl., namely L. Lucasi, which is dealt 
with above. 

Range.—tt is confined to North-west Australia: 40 miles south from Victoria 
Springs (on Brachychiton Gregoru F.v.M. Recorded by Mueller and Tate, 
Trans. Roy. Soe., S.A., x1., 1892, 360, as L. pendulus Sieb. var. amplexifolius. 
Through the kindness of Professor Osborn of the Adelaide Herbarium I was able 
to see this specimen, which is in the early fruiting stage. Leaves stem-clasping, 
cordate, oval-oblong, obtuse, faintly 3—5-nerved. Fruit oval-oblong, densely 
hoary at the base, crowned by a somewhat toothed calyx limb), Coolgardie (on 
B. Gregorit), Boulder, near Roan’s Dam (on B.- Gregorii), Comet Vale (on B. 
Gregori, J. T. Jutson), Roebuck Bay (Leaves sessile, broad cordate, quoted by 
Bentham, as the type of L. pendulus Sieber var. amplexifolius Benth.), Cygnet 
Bay, West Kimberley (Leaves narrow to narrow-obovate 14 inches long. Flowers 
yellow to green, scarcely ? in. long, on Santalum lanceolatum R.Br., W. V. 
Fitzgerald’s MSS.), Sunday Island, between May and Meda Rivers (Leaves 
sessile, narrow oblong, 1-23 inches long), Victoria River (quoted by Bentham as 
the type of L. Quandang Lindl. var. amplexifolius). 

Affinities —L. Benthami is very unlike the typical L. pendulus Sieber, and 
L. Quandang Lindl., and differs greatly from these species, not only in the shape 
and size of the leaves, but also in the structure of the flowers and cyme. Its 
nearest affinity appears to be with ZL. obliqua; they resemble each other a great 
deal in the structure of the common peduncle, and in the arrangement and out- 
line of the closely packed triads of flowers. 

L. Lucasi has more than a passing resemblance to this species, not only in 
the colour of the leaves, but more intimately in the shape of the buds and 
calyces. 

The leaves of LZ. Benthami are somewhat analogous with those of L. homo- 
plasticus and some species of Eucalyptus. 

Hosts.—Santalaceae: Santalum lanceolatum R.Br.  Stereuliaceae: Brachy- 
chiton Gregoru F.v.M., the common host plant. 


(D) Capitellati: Engler. 

Capitellées van Tiegh. l.c. =. 

Inflorescence capitate. Flowers 4-6, sessile on the summit of the peduncle, 
or the outer flowers on very short bracteate pedicels. 


25. LoraANntHUS MAImeENI, n.sp. (Plate xxi.) 


L. Quandang Benth. and others (non Lindley). 

Frutex confertus cinereus ramis divaricatis teretibus tomentosis. Folia op- 
posita oblonga lanceolata vel elliptica obtusa petiolata. Inflorescentia peduneulo 
compresso capitato 3-6 sessilibus floribus. Gemmae cinereae teretes 2-24 cm. 
Calyx sub-cylindraceus truncatus 3 mm. Corolla 5 petalis liberis externe cinereis 
interne rubescentibus. Filamenta flavescentia. Antherae adnatae 1-2 mm. Frue- 
tus urceolatus dense nisi superne cinereus. 

Compact hoary shrubs with rather short, divaricate, terete tomentose branches. 
Leaves opposite, narrow oblong, spathulate to oblong lanceolate, obtuse or ellip- 
tical, gradually tapering into the petiole, almost glabrous when old, the very 
young ones mealy or scurfy, more or less of a dull yellowish or greyish-green 
colour, coriaceous, 3—5-nerved, or in some specimens the veins obscure, 3-5 em. 
long. 

Inflorescence an axillary or terminal compressed capitate peduncle, bearing 


88 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


3-6 closely sessile flowers; the common peduncle erect or recurved, dilated up- 
wards, 1.5-2 em. long. Buds hoary, terete, somewhat clavate, slightly inflated at 
the base, straight or curved, 2-24 cm. long. Outer bracts decurrent and per- 
sistent on the peduncle, narrow oblong, with a conspicuous, recurved, obtuse 
lobe, longer than the inner ones and quite different in shape; inner bracts de- 
ciduous or falling off with the calyces, erect, broadly and obliquely cordate, con- 
cave, hoary, more or less carnose, rarely exceeding the calyx. 

Calyx semi-cylindrical, truncate, the limb rather large and darker or less 
tomentose than the base, 3 mm. long. Petals 5, linear-lanceolate, free, hoary out- 
side, reddish inside, the inner margins minutely puberulent or irregularly barbed 
with erect, minute, deciduous bristles. Filaments free to about the centre of the 
petals, yellowish; anthers adnate, oblong, 1-2 mm. long. 

Style yellowish, angular, somewhat flexuous, geniculate about 3 mm. below 
the small capitate stigma. Dise raised around the base of the style into 4-5 
acute angles, surrounded alternately by a paler and darker zone. 

Fruit urceolate, densely hoary, except the upper portion or neck, 6-8 mm. 
long. Epicarp thick, seeds elliptical, obscurely 5-ribbed, 3 mm. long, but only 
seen in a dried state. KEmbryonic cotyledons oblong, with a broad base, 2 mm. 
long, not withdrawn from the endosperm on germination. Hypocotyl minutely 
tubereulate with reddish tubercules. 

Named in honour of Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.R.S., Government Botanist of New 
- South Wales and Director, Botanic Gardens, Sydney, who for many years has 
taken a keen interest in the Loranthaceae. 

Range.—This species is endemic to the dry interior of Western Australia, 
South Australia, New South Wales and Queensland. Its habit is still imperfect- 
ly known. 

New South Wales: Narrabri, Tarecoon, Cobar, Paroo River, Paldrumatta 
Bore, Tarella, Broken Hill, near Thackaringa. On species of Acacia (A. harpo- 
phylla, A. aneura, A. tetragonophylla). 

Queensland: N.S.W. border north and a little west of Broken Hill, Diaman- 
tina R. 

South Australia: Moolooloo Stn. between Beltana and Blinman (on Myo- 
porum platycarpum), Youralanna Waterhole near Goddard Ranges, Mt. Lynd- 
hurst (on A. aneura or A. tetragonophylla; recorded as L. Quandang, Trans. Roy. 
Soe. S.A., vi., 1883, 103), Tarcoola, Moorilyanna Native Well, Wanberlana (on 
A. aneura). 

Western Australia: Victoria Desert (on A. aneura; recorded as L. Quandang, 
Trans. Roy. Soc. §.A., xvi., 1892, 360). 

Affinities—lIts position is near L. Fitzgeraldi, on the one hand, and L. 
Nestor on the other. From the former it is distinguished by the larger and more 
compact cyme, sessile flowers, and-larger bracts; from L. Nestor by the differently 
shaped leaves and venation, smaller flowers, closer vestiture, and smaller bracts. 

Like its nearest ally, it has been mistaken for L. Quandang Lindl. on many 
occasions, but it is very dissimilar from that species in all essential characters, 
although, ecologically, they have much in common, sharing the same environmental 
conditions. 

Hosts.—Leguminosae: Acacia aneura F.v.M., A. harpophylla A. Cunn., A. 
tetragonophylla F.v.M. Myoporaceae: Myoporum platycarpum R.Br. 

Frutex ramis erectis minute tomentosis lenticularibus obscuris. Folia op- 
posita juvenilia aureo-pubescentia vel paullatim ferruginea elliptica spathulata 
obtusa triplicostata in brevi petiolo constricta 2-3 em. longa 1-3 em. lata. Cymi 


BY W. F. BLAKELY. 89 


axillares singuli vel pares communi pedunculo superne dilatato rugoso 3-5 flores 
externos pedicellatos internos sessiles ferente. Bracteae rugosae cordatae. Gem- 
mae tenues cylindricae cinereo-tomentosae 2 em. longae. Calyx dense tomentosus 
angusti-cupularis 2 mm. longus. Corolla 5 petalis interne rufis externe cinereis.. 
Filamenta compressa longiora antheris. Antherae adnatae lineari-oblongae cras- 
sae 2 mm. longae. Fructus urceolatus vel ellipticus tomentosus 6-7 mm. longus. 

Plants hoary; mode of attachment unknown, branches apparently erect, 
minutely tomentose and lenticulate, dark coloured; leaves opposite, the young ones 
golden pubescent or slightly ferruginous at the tips, the older ones hoary, or lead 
coloured and almost glabrous, elliptical to spathulate, oblong, obtuse, triplinerved, 
narrowed into a distinct petiole, 2-3 em. long, 1-2 em. broad. Cymes axillary, 
single or in pairs, the common peduncle slender, terete, except towards the top, 
suleate or rugose, tomentose, bearing 3-5 closely packed flowers, the outer ones on 
short, stout, articulate-bracteate pedicels, the inner, or central ones sessile, and 
often with a small bract. Bracts rugose, lead-coloured, gibbose, broadly cordate, 


26. LORANTHUS FITZGERALDI, n.sp. (Plate xxii.) 


acute, nearly embracing the calyx and sometimes exceeding it, though usually 
about the same length. Buds slender, cylindrical, acute or slightly rostrate, hoary- 
tomentose, 2 em. long. Calyx densely tomentose, narrow cupular, 2 mm. long. 
Petals 5, free, usually reddish inside, linear lanceolate, the basal portion linear; 
filaments compressed, narrowed upwards, varying in colour from yellowish to 
red, about twice as long as the anthers; anthers adnate, linear oblong, thick, 2 
mm. long, the cells conspicuous. Style very slender, angular, abruptly bent be- 
neath the small conical stigma. Dise angular, distinctly raised around the base 
of the style. Fruit urceolate to elliptic, tomentose, 6-7 mm. long, the calyx limb 
somewhat contracted, red when ripe (according to some collectors). Seeds ellip- 
tical, 4 mm. long, faintly 5-ribbed. Endosperm white; embryo 3 mm. long, 
shghtly compressed, oblong; hypocotyl dark green, minutely verrucose. 

Synonym.—L. Quandang Benth. (in part) (non Lindley). 

Named in honour of Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald, author of the “Botany of the 
Kimberleys, North-west Australia.” < 

Range—Between Kunnunoppin and Mt. Marshall, 12 miles N.E. Kanowna 
(on Acacia aneura), Comet Vale (on Acacia quadrimarginea F.v.M. and Acacia, 
aneura F.v.M., var. ?), Wilson’s Creek between Wilson’s pool and Lake Darlot 
(The host is a Grevillea, probably G. aculeolata S. Moore. Recorded as L. Quan- 
dang, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, xxxiv., 1898-1900, 226, but probably this species), 
Minginew (on Acacia rostellifera Bth.), Greenough (parasitic on “Raspberry Jam,” 
Acacia acuminata), Irwin district (common on Acacia acuminata, sometimes on 
the same branch with L. linophyllus), Northampton, Murchison River. 

Affinities—L. Fitzgeraldi has been confused with L. Quandang Lindl., by 
many authors. Nearly all the Western Australian records of L. Quandang are 
referable to either L. Maideni or L. Fitzgeraldi. The flowers of L. Fitzgeraldt 
are very often in threes, but there never appear to be more than 5 in the cyme. 

L. Fitzgerald: differs from its nearest ally, L. Maideni, in the different struc- 
ture of the cyme, totally different peduncle and bracts, more pointed buds and 
smaller stamens. The leaves are usually smaller with a more deciduous vestiture 
than that of ZL. Maideni. It is apparently a much smaller plant. 

From L. Lucasi it is distinguished by its hoary vestiture and sub-composite 
eyme. : 


90 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


The short elliptic leaves, composite cyme and different shaped calyces are the 
eharacters which separate it from L. Quandang Lindl. 

Hosts.—Proteaceae: Grevillea aculeolata S. Moore. Leguminosae: Acacia 
acuminata Benth., A. anewra F.v.M., A. aneura var., A. quadrimarginea V.v.M., 
A. rostellifera Benth. 


Sect. Dipuatia Engler. 


Engl. et Prantl, Pfizfam. Nachtr., 1897, 129; genus Diplatia van Tiegh., 
Bull. Soe. bot. France, xli., 1894, 501. 

Inflorescence capitate. Flowers 4-6, sessile on the dilated apex of the 
peduncle, between two large foliaceous bracts, with a very small deciduous, scari- 
ous bract at the base of the outer flowers. Petals 5. Calyx entire or toothed, 
usually minutely ciliate. Fruit urceolate, yellow. Viscin scanty. Large pen- 
dulous shrubs with a ball-like union, without adventitious roots. Leaves lanceo- 
late or ligulate, 3—5-nerved. 


27. LORANTHUS GRANDIBRACTEUS F.v.M. (Plates xxiii.) 


Rept. Burdk. Exped., 1860, 14; Benth., B.F1, i1., 1866, 395; Bail., Q’land 
Fl., v., 1381, Plate lxiv.; Van Tiegh., Bull. Soc. Bot. Fy., xli., 1894, 501, as 
Diplatia. 


Additional notes to the description. 


Glaucous plants forming fairly large masses. Union (according to Mr. J. 
L. Boorman) ball-like. Branches in the coastal plants rather short and stout; 
those of the interior long and slender, with numerous linear transverse lenticels, 
especially on the old branches. Pedicels axillary, fused into two foliaceous floral 
leaves, with the flowers between them in two closely sessile rows or clusters. 
Bracts attached to the fused pedicel or torus at the base of the calyx, and in some 
eases to the calyx, narrow-linear acute, slightly curved, about as long as the 
calyx, though sometimes longer; the central flower of each triad without bracts 
in all the flowers examined. Calyx cylindrical or shaped like a flower pot, 3-4 
mm. long, the limb denticulate-ciliate, membranous, and the most deciduous of 
all the Australian species. Buds angular in the lower half, terete and slightly 
clavate, obtuse. Segments 5, cleft to the base; the petals obtuse, deflexed, the 
basal portion much thicker than the free upper portion, caused by the fusion of 
the filaments. Filaments compressed, 23 to 3 times as long as the anthers; the 
latter narrow, 3 mm. long. Style angular or suleate, bent below the small capi- 
tate stigma. Dise pentagonal. Fruits elliptical, yellowish, smooth and shining, 
10 to 12 mm. long, opening semi-apically. Viscin not very copious and not as 
sweet as in most species. Seeds oblong-elliptical, with a small spongy base, 
similar to L. vitellinus F.v.M.; endosperm green; hypocotyl green, terete, verru- 
cose, very short. Cotyledons narrow linear, obtuse, 4 mm. long; suctoral dise 
white, conical and verrucose. 

The plant figured by Bailey (J.c.) shows 3 spent flowers only, with the style 
exceeding the large foliaceous floral leaf, and is without any small floral bracts 
at the base of the calyx; these no doubt are deciduous at an early stage, as I 
have not seen them on any fruiting specimens, but on flowering ones only. The 
length of the foliaceous floral leaves varies; they are usually longer than the 
flowers in broad leaved specimens or those from coastal localities. In the case 
of the narrow-leaved forms, the floral leaves are usually shorter than the flowers. 
The Albert and Flinders River specimens collected by Mueller constitute the type; 


BY W. F. BLAKELY. 91 


these I have not seen. The above Rivers flow into the Gulf of Carpentaria at 
its most southern point in North Queensland. 

Mueller (Report Burdk. Exped., 14) states that, “This eurious plant at- 
tracted already Dr. Leichhardt’s attention when passing on his discovery-journey 
over nearly the same tract of country .where it was noticed by myself. Hence 
it is cursorily mentioned in the diary of that lamented traveller.” 

Affinities—This species is distinct from all other Australian Loranthus in its 
large foliaceous floral leaves, which are confluent with the pedicel, and not articu- 
late upon it; in this particular character it is only approached to a minor extent 
by L. Nestor S. Moore, which has conspicuous bracts, but they are quite distinet 
from those of L. grandibracteus. -In L. Murrayi the pedicel is winged by the 
decurrent bract, which in some specimens is distinctly, though equally, bilobed, 
the longer sometimes exceeding the calyx and assuming a foliaceous appearance. 
If the development of both lobes were equal, we would then have, in a small 
way, a pair of foliaceous bracts as in L. grandibracteus. In the case of L. 
Murrayi the flowers are solitary, and the fact that the bracts are bilobed enables 
us to understand the origin of these bracts, which form an interesting natural 
link between these species. The foliage resembles in some eases that of L. 
Miquelii, and some of the small leaved forms of ZL. sanguineus F.v.M. The calyx 
more closely resembles the latter species than any other, but the buds and stigma 
are not the same. 

At first I was inclined to regard L. grandibracteus as being so distinct from 
all the Australian Loranthus as to merit a different genus, but by the closer study 
of its most distinguishing character, in conjunction with those of L. Nestor, L. 
Murrayt, and to a limited extent, L. linearifolius (ZL. Mitchelliana), I have aban- 
‘doned that view. 

D. Oliver (Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., vii., 101) refers to this species as L. 
bracteatus V.v.M., as does Mueller, ibid., Ix., 1857, 167. 

Range.—This species extends from Thursday Island, N.W. of Cape York, 
the most northern point of the continent, to Cobar in New South Wales, its 
southern limit (vide F. EK. Haviland, These Proceedings, xxxvi., 1911, 523) and 
extends to Western Australia, but I have no definite locality for it in the western 
State; it is included in Dr. Morrison’s list of Extra-Tropical W.A. plants (Wes- 
tern Australian Year Book, 1900-01, 204). It is safe to assume that it will be 
found skirting the Great Victoria and Gibson Deserts in Western Australia,- as 
well as coastal localities in the North. 

This species like many others follows closely the water-courses of the in- 
terior, and its fruits form an important article of food for the few frugivorous 
birds frequenting those parts. 

Hosts Myrtaceae: Melaleuca leucadendron L., Callistemon viminalis Chieel, 
Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn., E. microtheca F.v.M., EL. Normantonensis Maiden 
and Cambage, H. populifolia Hook. Rubiaceae: Canthium vacciniifolium F.v.M. 


Sect. NEOTREUBELLA Enel. (of Elytranthe). 


Engler et Prantl, Pflzfam., Nachtr., 1897, 126; Treubella van Tiegh., Bull. 
Soe. bot. France, xli., 1894, 265, non Pierre. 

Inflorescence glabrous, racemose, racems secund, many flowered. Flowers 
ternate, sessile on the apex of the very short secondary peduneles, each supported 
by a small subcordate sessile bract. Buds cylindrical, acute or nearly so. Petals 
_5 or 6, free or sometimes imperfectly united 1-2 mm. from the base. Filaments 
sshghtly longer than the acute anthers. Style terete or angular; stigma small. 


92 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


Fruit ovoid to urceolate, greenish, or more often guttate with pale streaks. Ovary 
1-celled. Embryo subulate with a rather large disc. Embryonic cotyledons pro- 
bably withdrawn from the endosperm when germination takes place. Pendulous- 
and divaricate shrubs with smooth lenticulate whitish branches. Union fusiform 
with adventitious roots. Leaves usually opposite to broad lanceolate or cordatey. 
penninerved, 

Engler (Nachtr. 126) transfers the species belonging to this section te 
EKlytranthe Blume. Taking E. albidus Blume as Blume’s type of Elytranthe which 
he figured (FI. Javae, iii., tab. xxii.) it appears to me to differ very materially 
from the species belonging to the Section Neotreubella, and is readily separated 
from them by the sheathing or tubular bract which embraces the gamopetalous 
flowers, and also in the ovary being two or more eelled. 

In L. Britteni and its allies, each flower is seated within a single subcordate 
bract; the petals are also free or sometimes imperfectly united 1-2 mm. from the 
base; while the ovary is one-celled. 

It is obvious that the natural position of the species belonging to Section 
Neotreubella, is under subgenus Euloranthus in proximity to Section Amyema,. 
from which they differ in the inflorescence being racemose, instead of being simple 
or cymose. 

The disposition of the individual flowers is similar to those of L. Lucasi, L. 
Betchei, L. conspicuus, and L. obliqua, i.e., in sessile triads, and each flower is 
subtended by a small subcordate sessile bract. 

All the other Australian species of the Euloranthus series, with the exception 
of L. Nestor, have either terete, flat, triplinerved or quinquenerved leaves. While 
all the species belonging to Section Neotreubella have penninerved leaves, some- 
what similar to those of L. Nestor, a species which is rather anomalous in the 
venation of its leaves, while all the other essential characters are obviously those 
of Section Amyema. 


28. LORANTHUS BRITTENI, n.sp. (Plate xxiv.) 


Ill. Bot. Cook’s Voy., iii., 1905, p. 87, fig. 276, as L. pendulus Sieb. var.? Britt 


Additional notes to the description. 


Glabrous branches long and slender, smooth, and pale coloured. Leaves op- 
posite, distantly alternate on some specimens, narrow lanceolate, or falcate 
lanceolate, obtuse, or sometimes gradually tapering into a sharp point, and usual- 
ly contracted at the base into a long curved petiole, 1-nerved with a few fine 
lateral nerves, or, when thick, the median nerve prominent, 5-20 em. long, 5-10 
mm. broad. Inflorescence racemose, the racems secund, and the flowers mostly 
deflexed. 

Bracts broadly cordate, the central one persistent on the pedicel. Calyx 
cylindric, 3 mm. long, the rather prominent limb minutely denticulate. Buds. 
slender cylindrical, acute, slightly inflated towards the base, the raised commen- 
sural lines giving it an angular appearance, 20-25 mm. long. Petals 5-6, free, 
or imperfectly connate at the base, dark reddish-brown in a dry state, the centre 
thickened by the confluent adnate portion of the filament, which causes the in- 
flation of the bud; free portion of the filament about the same length as the 
anthers, which are linear lanceolate, acute, 23 mm. long. Fruits not seen in & 
fully developed state. 

Named in honour of James Britten, late Senior Assistant, Department of 
Botany, British Museum. ; 


BY W. F. BLAKELY. 93 


Range.—North Queensland, N.E. coast (A. Cunningham and R. Brown, quoted 
‘by Bentham, under L. signatus F.v.M.), Endeavour River (Banks and Solander. 
The type, collected along with L. bifurcatus Bth., during Cook’s voyage in the 
Endeavour along the N.K. coast in 1770), Gilbert River (Mueller, 1855). 

The following specimens are identical with the preceding; Georgetown (on 
Melaleuca leucadendron WL. var. saligna = M. saligna Schau., as L. longifolius 
Hook. (?) vide Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix., 1915, 416), Stannary Hills. 

Affinity.—This species bears a somewhat strong resemblance to L. biangulatus 
W. V. Fitz., in the narrow leaves and secund racems, with its brilliant scarlet 
flowers. The leaves, however, are narrower and longer than those of L. biangu- 
Jatus, and also considerably longer and narrower than those of L. signatus. 

Hosts——Myrtaceae: Melaleuca leucadendron L. var. saligna Bail. 


29. LorantTuus signatus F.v.M. (Plate xxv.) 


Rept. Burdk. Exped., 1860, p. 12, as L. insularum (non A. Gray); Benth., 
B.F1., ii., 1866, 392; Bail., Synop. Q’land. PI., 1883, p. 450; Bail., Q’land. F1., v., 
1902, 1379.—Treubella van Tiegh. (non Pierre), Bull. Soe. bot. France, xli., 1894, 
265.—Elytranthe signata Engl., Nachtr., i., 126. 

Mueller’s description includes L. insularum A. Gray and L. celastroides Sieb. 
and Bentham’s description includes L. Britteni and L. amplexans, therefore I pro- 
-ceed to describe its more fully :— 

Mode of attachment and size of the plant unknown. From herbarium speci- 
mens the branches appear to belong to erect divaricately branched shrubs; they 
-are smooth and pale coloured, rather stout, angled or decurrent at the nodes, and 
much enlarged or swollen, lenticels obscure. Leaves glaucous, opposite, from 
ovate to oval-oblong, obtuse, narrowed into a short petiole, 2-4 in. long, thick, 
penninerved, the midvein prominent. Inflorescence racemose, 2-8 em. long, the 
rachis thick, the secondary peduncles 5-10 mm. long, curved, each bearing 3 close- 
Jy sessile glabrous flowers, supported by three rather spreading, cordate, acute 
bracts, with membranous margins, and keeled or thickened at the base, about half 
the length of the calyx. Calyx cylindric, 3 mm. long, the limb membranous and 
usually truncate. Buds slender, 24 cm. long, angular and inflated towards the 
‘base, the tops slightly thickened and more terete, the apex acute. Petals usually 
-6, lanceolate-acute, cleft to within 2 mm. of the base, and much broader in the 
lower portion than at the point of attachment of the short filaments, opening 
from the centre upwards. Anthers adnate, narrow linear, contorted when dry. 
Style curved, angular and enlarged in the lower half. Stigma confluent, very 
small. Fruit elliptical, 10 mm. long, faintly variegated with pale streaks, con- 
tracted at the top, the membranous calyx limb forming a collar-like termination ; 
-dise somewhat raised and thickened. Cotyledons acute, slightly eurved, probably 
-articulate upon the hypocotyl. Primary leaves not seen. 

Synonyms.—Loranthus insularum F.v.M. (non A. Gray); Trewbella signata 
(F.v.M.) van Tiegh.; Elytranthe signata (F. Muell) Engler. 

Range—The species is a tropical one, and is not recorded further south than 
Kimberley district, Western Australia. The type came from the Gilbert River 
(vide Mueller’s Report Burdekin Expedition, under ZL. insularum). One of 
Mueller’s specimens in Melbourne Herb., agreeing with the type, is without 
‘locality, but the date is September, 1855, which coincides with the date of Flood’s 
specimen of Z. amplexans. The loealities recorded by Bentham (B.Fl.) are 
Arnhem’s Bay, and Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria. R. Brown; North Coast, 
“Mueller. These specimens I have not seen, and as they are not commented upon 


94 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


by Bentham, I assume that they belong to the typical form. It has since been 
collected at Castlereagh Bay, Arnhem’s Land (B. Gulliver, 1.2.1867). 

Affinities.—Its nearest affinity is with ZL. biangulatus W. V. Fitz. which it 
very closely resembles in the colour and venation of the leaves, and to some ex- 
tent in the secund inflorescence. 

The characters which separate it from L. Britteni are its shorter and broader 
leaves and paler flowers. 

To L. vitellinus ¥.v.M. it is allied in the shape and venation of the leaves. 
particularly the short broad lanceolate-leaved form so common in the Port Jack- 
son district, and extending northwards along the coast. 

Host.—Leguminosae: Bauhinia sp. 


30. LORANTHUS AMPLEXANS (van Tiegh.). (Plate xxvi.) 


Bull. Soe. bot. France, ,xli., 1894, 265. 

I have not seen van Tieghem’s description. In fact I am doubtful whether 
he described it, as I am informed that he did not describe his species, but used 
the name only. He probably received the specimen from Mueller as L. stgnatus 
F.v.M. var. amplexans. 

Frutex ramis glabris robustis divaricatis; foliis glaucis, oppositis, latis ovato- 
lanceolatis, basi cordatis vel amplexis, corsets, 5-15 em. longis, 3-5 em. latis; 
inflorescentia racemosa, ramis secundis; floribus sessilibus ternatis; gemmis grac- 
ilibus, 20-25 mm.; calyce cupulare, 3 mm. longa; bracteis paris, cordatis; petalis 
5-6, liberis, nonnumquam basi conjunctis; antheris linearibus; fructu ovato, fuseo 
viride lineis inaequalibus vittato. 

Glabrous, branches stout, divaricate, swollen at the nodes and somewhat pro- 
minently lenticulate with small orbicular lenticels. Leaves thin, rather large, op- 
posite, sessile, with a cordate or amplexicaul base, broadly lanceolate and gradu- 
ally tapering into the apex, but not acute, prominently, but distantly penninerved, 
the midvein conspicuous on both surfaces and sometimes showing the confluent 
secondary nerves, which, after following the midvein closely, diverge towards the 
margin, 3-6 inches long, 13-23 in. broad. 

Inflorescence racemose, the flowers ternately arranged on the apex of the 
bracteate peduncles. Braects. cordate or orbicular, about 2 mm. long, the fused 
or persistent bract more acute than the two deciduous ones, not, or searcely en- 
larging under the fruit. Calyx cupular, 3 mm. long, dark brown streaked with 
green stripes, the limb conspicuous, paler than the base of the calyx and usually 
truneate. Buds slender, slightly clavate, striate, or somewhat angular, straight or 
curved, reddish at the base, and shading into green towards the top, 24-27 mm. 
long. Petals usually 6, free, or sometimes partly united at the base into a small 
tube, 2-3 mm. long, narrow at the top, gradually broader towards the base. Fila- 
ments shofter than the anthers, the adnate portion somewhat raised on the inner 
surface of the petals, the very short free portion compressed, terminating a linear 
lanceolate anther, 3 mm. long. Style slender, gradually thickening towards the 
base and resting on a very small slightly raised dise. Fruit ovoid, dark green, 
striped with a lighter green, crowned with the persistent calyx limb, 5-7 mm. 
long, but not seen in a fully developed state. Embryo somewhat subulate, the 
cotyledons apparently articulate on the hypocotyl and probably withdrawn from 
the endosperm on germination. Suctoral dise broad. 

Synonyms.—L. signatus F.v.M. var. amplexans (Herb.) Mueller—Treubella 
amplexans van Tiegh., Bull. Soc. bot. France, xlii., 1895, 87. 


BY W. F, BLAKELY. 95 


Range.—The type is from Quail Island (Flood, 9.1855) quoted by Bentham. 
There are specimens in Herb. Melb. labelled L. signatus F.v.M. var. amplexans 
in Mueller’s handwriting, but it was never published by him. This is probably 
the specimen referred to by Mueller in Hooker’s Journ. Bot., viii., 1855, p. 50 
(“Among the plants obtained (Quail Island) was a beautiful broad leaved 
Loranthus). There are two specimens from Quail Island; one with shorter leaves 
led Mueller to think that it was L. insularum A. Gray, and he suppressed his own 
species on that account. This, no doubt, is the L. imsularum A. Gray, referred 
to in his Catalogue of the Plants of the Gulf of Carpentaria (“Appendix to 
Landsborough’s Exploration of Australia, Carpentaria to Melbourne,” 116). A 
specimen from near Darwin (Gilruth and Spencer, No. 655, July-August, 1911) 
is identical with the large specimen from Quail Island, and I have used it in draw- 
ing up this description. It is recorded as L. signatus F.v.M., by Ewart and 
Davies (Flora Northern Territory, p. 88. Common about Darwin). 

Alice River (K. Sv. Vet. Akad., Handl., 52, 1916, p. 15, as L. longifolius 
var. amplexifolius). 

Affimities—Differing from L. signatus mainly in the stouter branches, larger, 
sessile or stem-clasping leaves, and in the longer raceme. 

In the leaves it is allied to L. dictyophlebus, both in texture and shape, but 
they are strictly stem-clasping, paler, and the veins less reticulate. 

Hosts.—Not mentioned. 


31. LORANTHUS BIANGULATUS W. V. Fitz. (Plate xxvii.) 


Proe. Roy. Soc. W.A., 11., 1916-1917, 35. . 

Pendulous, quite glabrous and somewhat glaucous, the internodes acutely two- 
angled or narrowly winged, widened upwards. Leaves opposite or subopposite, 
narrow to broad lanceolate, obtuse, tapering to the bases, mostly vertical, the 
veins numerous, very oblique and reticulate between; inflorescence an axillary, 
rarely terminal, distinctly pedunculate, raceme of usually five branches, each 
branch with three terminal closely sessile flowers; buds slender; bract as large 
as the adnate portion of the calyx; limb of calyx rather broad, membranous, 
obseurely toothed, and half as long as the tubes; corolla segments usually six, 
very narrow; anthers linear, adnate, much longer than the perianth segments; 
style slender, the stigma not broad; fruit ovoid, brownish. Leaves 4 in. long or 
less. Corolla segments ? in. long, pale yellow to red in the lower half, green in 
the upper portion. Anthers green or greenish-yellow. Fruit about 4 lines long. 
Type locality, base of Mount Broome. Parasitic on Tristania suaveolens, Hugenia 
eucalyptoides, W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 816, 5, 1905. Other localities are Sprigg, 
Isdell and Calder Rivers, W. V. Fitzgerald. 

So far it is only recorded for Western Australia. 

Affinities—Its nearest affinity is with L. Britteni, to which it bears a general 
resemblance, both in the foliage and inflorescence, but the compressed winged 
branches readily separate it from that species. 

To L. vitellinus F.v.M. it bears some resemblance in the shape, colour, and 
venation of the leaves. To LZ. acacioides A. Cunn. it is allied in foliage and 
glaucousness; but in floral characters it is quite different from both, being in 
another section. 

The name was first published by Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald in the “Western 
- Mail,” Perth (9th June, 1906) accompanied by a photographic sketch, with the 
following note: “Is not uncommon from the eastern base of Mount Broome to the 
North, it being parasitic on species of Tristania and Eugenia.” 

Hosts.—Myrtaceae: Eugenia eucalyptoides F.v.M., Tristania suaveolens Sm. 


‘96 


’ Plate 
Plate 
Plate 
Plate 


Plate 
Plate 
Plate 
Plate 
Plate 
Plate 
Plate 
Plate 


4. Anther, back view; 5. Style; 6. Calyx, after anthesis. 


of segment showing the callosity; 


THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, V., 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVI.-XXVII. 


xvi.—Loranthus Nestor Moore. 

xvii.—Loranthus Hilliana, n.sp. 

xviii Loranthus Lucasi, n.sp. 

xix.—1-9. Loranthus Quandang (Lindl. MSS.). 
10. L. Quandang var. Bancrofti Bail. 

xx.—Loranthus Bentham, n.sp. 

xxi.— Loranthus Maideni, n.sp. 

xxii— Loranthus Fitzgeraldi, n.sp. 

xxili—Loranthus grandibracteus F.v.M. 

xxiv.—Loranthus Britteni, n.sp. 

xxv.—Loranthus signatus F.v.M. 

xxvi.—Loranthus amplexans (van Tiegh.). 

xxvii.—Loranthus biangulatus W. V. Fitz. 


Plate xvi—l. A flowering branch, nat. size (Comet Vale, J. T. Jutson, No. . 
247, 8/1917); 2. A bud; 3, 4. Bracts, front and back views; 5. A segment; 6. 
Fruit, nat. size; 7. Embryo. 
Plate xvii—tl. Portion of branch, nat. size; 2. Bud; 3. Anther, front view; 


Plate xviii—l. Flowering branch, nat. size; 2. Bud; 3. Flower; 4. A ‘bracteate 
peduncle with fruits in situ; 5. Fruit; 6. Seed, not. size; 7. Embryo. 

Plate xix—l. Flowering branch, nat. size; 2. A marrow leaf; 3. Flower, en- 
larged; 4. Vestiture of the flowers and young shoots; 5. Bud; 6. Lower portion 


7. Fruit, enlarged; 8. Germinating seed; 9. 


Embryo, enlarged; 10. Leaf of var. Bancrofti from Eidsvold. 

Plate xx—Il. Base of a young plant, showing union, nat. size, A, host, B, 
parasite; 2. Flowering branch, nat. size; 3. Portion iof flowering branch, nat. size, 
Sunday Is.; 4. Flower, enlarged; 5. Fruit, nat. size; 6. Germinating seed, slightly 
enlarged. 


two 


6. Upper portion of segment; 7. Types of anthers; 
minating seed, nat. size; 10. Seed, with two radicles; 


Plate xxi—l. Flowering branch, nat. 


size; 2. Common peduncle showing the 


persistent and two deciduous bracts; 3. A deciduous bract; 4. Bud; 5. Flower; 


8. Fruit, nat. size; 9. A ger- 


11. Embryo showing the 


cotyledons; 12. Germinating seed, much enlarged; 18. Common peduncle with two 
foliaceous bracts; 14. Leaf showing venation and vestiture. 


tion 


Plate xxii—l. Flowering branch, nat. size; 2. Bud; 


3. Flower; 4. Upper por- 


of segment; 5. Anthers; 6. Fruit, nat. size; 7. Cyme with spent flowers; 8. 
Leaf showing the vestiture. 


Plate xxiii—l. Flowering branch, nat. size; 2. Buds and basal bract; 3. Bracts; 


4. Flower; 5. Fruit, nat. size; 6. One of the foliaceous bracts, with young fruit in 
in situ; 7. Calyx and style. 


Plate xxiv—1l. Flowering branch, nat. size; 2. Fruit, after Britten. 

Plate xxv—1l. Flowering branch, nat. size; 2. The bracteate pedicel, enlarged; 
3. Bud; 4. Flower; 5. Style; 6. Fruit, nat. size; 7. Embryo. 

Plate xxvi—1l. Flowering branch, nat. size; 2. Anther; 3. Fruit. 

Plate xxvii—1l. Flowering branch, nat. size; 2. Bud; 3. Flower; 4. Fruit, nat. 


size; 5. The persistent bracteate pedicel; 6. A young plant showing the cotyledons, 
nat. size; 7. A more advanced young plant, showing the ,attachment and the 
adventitious roots. 


97 


A CRITICAL REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND 
SPECIES OF THE GENUS SECOTIUM. 


By G. H. CUNNINGHAM, Government Mycologist, Department of Agriculture, 
Wellington, N.Z. 
(Communicated by Professor J. B. Cleland.) 
(Plates xil.-xv.; and sixteen Text-figures. ) 
[Read 30th April, 1924.] 


There are a greater number of known species of this genus in Australia 
and New Zealand than anywhere else in the World, for of the 16 species dis- 
cussed in this paper, 14 are confined to Australasia, and 2 occur also outside 
Australasia. 


The following table will show the distribution of these species :— 


Table of distribution of the Australasian species of Secotium. 


Species. Type locality. Distribution. 
agaricoides Ukraine W. Aust., N.Z. (?); America, Europe, Asia 
cartilagineus N.Z. N.Z. 
coarctatum W. Aust. W. Aust., S. Aust. 
erythrocephalum N.Z. Tas., N.Z. 

Guinzit S. Africa Tas.; S. Africa 
Gunnii N.Z. Tas., N.Z. 
leucocephalum N.Z. S. Aust., N.Z. 
melanosporum W. Aust. W. Aust., S. Aust., N.S.W. 
novae-zelandiae N.Z. N.Z. 
ochraceum Tas. Tas. 
porphyreum N.Z. N.Z. 

pirtforme N.S.W. N.S.W. 
Rodwayt Tas. Tas. 
scabrosum Vie. Vie. 

superbum N.Z. N.Z. 

virescens N.Z. N.Z. 


All are saprophytes; for the most part they grow upon the ground, but 
certain species (e.g., S. erythrocephalum and S. novae-zelandiae) occur upon de- 
caying wood. 

Considerable confusion exists in mycological literature as to the taxonomic 
position of this genus; for example, De Toni (1888) placed it in the tribe 
Podaxineae of the family lLycoperdaceae, a classification generally followed. 
Fischer (1900) placed it in the Secotiaceae, a family he described to contain this 
and three other genera—Cauloglossum, MacOwanites and Gyrophragmiwm— 
although he himself has admitted it bears little resemblance to these genera, and 
that they bear little or no resemblance to one another. He also included the 


95 * AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


genus Polyplocitum, but this is a synonym of Gyrophragmium. Several claims 

have been put forward as to the position it should occupy; for example, Berkeley 

(1843) believed that Secotiwm and Polyplociwm should be considered as connect- 

ing links between the Hymenomycetes and the Gasteromycetes; Fischer (1900) 

considered that the genus may have been an ancestral form of the Phallales, and 

would therefore consider it to have affinities with this family. Conard (1915), 

as a result of the study of the development of S. agaricoides (Czern.) Hollos, 

considered the genus to be related to Psalliota, as he believed it to be an arrested 
or paedogenie form, and would consequently place it in either the Agaricaceae or 

Marasmieae of Hennings (1897). 

This genus must be retained in the Gasteromycetes for the following 
Yeasons :— 

1. he development of the gleba in its first stages (until the formation of 

the first glebal cavity) agrees with that of Psalliota as deseribed by 

Atkinson (1906, 1914, 1915), but later stages agree with the development 

of certain genera of the Hymenogastraceae, as, for example, Hymeno- 

gaster, 

2. The hymenium is borne on the walls of tramal plates enclosing distinct 
lacunae, and not on or in structures which are wholly or in part exposed 
at maturity. 

3. The hymenium, during the lifetime of the plant, is enclosed and the 
spores are set free only with the decay of the plant. Dehiscence at the 
base is given as one of the generic characters, but this must be interpreted 
in a broad sense, for although the margin of the peridium does in cer- 
tain specimens separate from the base of the stipe, the spores do not 
become liberated, as the lacunae in this region are covered, even at 
maturity, by remnants of the partial veil. This structure serves as an 
effective cover over the exposed lacunae. Furthermore, only a minute 
portion of the gleba becomes exposed when this separation occurs, for 
the majority of the lacunae are remote from the stipe. The plants may 
im reality be considered to be indehiscent. 

4. A distinet columella is always present and is, in part, united to the 
gleba during the lifetime of the plant, forming a definite and characteris- 
tic part of its structure. 

In fact, were these plants devoid of columella and stipe, they would without 
hesitation be included in the Hymenogastraceae. On account of the nature of 
the basidia and spores, the structure of the gleba, and the presence of a definite 
stipe and columella, the genus forms a well defined group. The presence of the 
stipe and columella, together with the similarity of the early developmental 
stages, link it with the Agaricales, whereas the nature of the gleba and peridium 
link it with the Hymenogastraceae. It would, therefore, appear to oceupy an 
intermediate position, and as no known genera connect it closely with either 
family, it should be placed in a distinct family. The family Secotiaceae of 
Fischer (1900a) would suffice, if emended to include those genera possessing a 
stipe, columella, persistent cellular gleba, tetrasporous sterigmate basidia, and to 
exclude any genera possessing a capillitium. 


Structure of the mature plant. 

S. erythrocephalum vepresents the genus as now defined fairly well; it is 
probably the most abundant species known, and has been well described and 
figured by the brothers Tulasne. 

A mature plant consist of (a) peridium, (b) gleba, (c) stipe. 


BY G. H. CUNNINGELAML. 99 


(a) Peridium (PI. xiv., fig. 1, p) may be depressed-globose or ovate, and at- 
tain a diameter of 5 em. In structure it is thick, coriaceous and in this species 
coloured bright scarlet. Externally it is covered with a gelatinous layer, formed of 
hyphae which have become gelatinised. The first few external layers of the peridium 
contain the colouring matter. This is in the form of fine granules, embedded in 
the protoplasm lining the hyphal walls. At the apex the peridium is about 3 mm. 
thick; it tapers to the base, where the margin is usually incurved and closely 
pressed to the stipe, being held in position in adult plants by the few remaining 
hyphae of the partial veil. Frequently the margin is lacerate, and sometimes it 
may be decurrent. 

(b) Gleba (Pl. xiv., fig. 1, gl)—This constitutes the body of the peridium. 
It consists of very numerous tramal plates, which ramify through the interior, 
anastomosine at frequent intervals to enclose irregular lacunae. The walls en- 
closing the lacunae are lined with the hymenium, which consists of basidia closely 
compacted together in the form of a palisade layer. The tramal plate is com- 
posed of three classes of tissue: (1) an inner layer of parallel hyphae, the trama 
(Text-fig. 1, tr.), (2) a layer on either side of this composed of small irregularly 
polygonal cells, comprising the sttb-hymenium (Text-fig. 1, sub.), and (3) the 
palisade layer of basidia (Text-fig. 1, hym.). When mature, each basidium bears 
on its distal end four slender sterigmata, to the apices of which the spores are 
attached. The spores are smooth, coloured and continuous. The structure of the 
eleba varies with the species; for example, in the species under discussion it 1s 
cellular, but in others it may be lamellar (S. agaricoides), or labyrinthiform (S. 
por phyreum). 

(c) Stipe (PI. xiv., fig. 1, st)—The stipe is well developed in most species, 
is central, and extends from the substratum to the apex of the plant, where it 
merges with the peridium. The portion which passes through the gleba is termed 
the columella (Pl. xiv., fig. 1, col.), the anterior half of which, during the lite- 
time of the plant, is united with the gleba, and is not separable from it. The 
lower portion of the columella is surrounded by a conieal cavity which extends 
from the base of the peridium to about half-way into the gleba. The portion of 
the columella which merges with the gleba is solid, but the portion below this, 
together with the stipe, is in this species always hollow. In two species the 
stipe is solid throughout, whilst in others the cavity may be filled with loosely 
woven hyphae. Frequently the apex of the columella is thickened somewhat, 
especially in those species which are umbilicate. The stipe is attached to .the 
substratum by coarse, coloured or white rhizoids; in certain species, as the one 
under discussion, these may extend for several centimetres from the point of at- 
tachment, and it is from these rhizoids that the various developmental stages may 
be obtained. 

Dehiscence is supposed to be effected by the separation of the base of the 
peridium from the stipe. Although this separation often occurs, it does not re- 
sult in the liberation of the spores, since most are enclosed within cavities re- 
mote from the base of the peridium and those cavities adjacent to or adjoining 
the base of the peridium are not always exposed, being commonly eovered by the 
remains of the partial veil (PI. xv., fig. 2). Therefore, as the plants are de- 
pendent on decay for the release of the spores, they are in reality indehiscent. 

Decay of the plants, in New Zealand at any rate, is readily and rapidly 
effected by the larvae of an insect which, in the course of a few days, convert 
the whole of the gleba into a viscid mass. In fact, so rapid is the destruction 
wrought by these larvae, that they will completely destroy a collection within 48 


100 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


hours. It is probable that they serve in some measure to disseminate the spores. 
Slugs, too, probably are instrumental in the dissemination of the spores, for 
many plants, especially of S. novae-zelandiae, are frequently found to be much 
damaged by these animals. 


Development and Cytology. 


The writer has recently carried out an investigation into the development of 
S. erythrocephalum and S. novae-zelandiae, the detailed results of which will be 
published elsewhere. An abbreviated description of the developmental stages of 
the latter species will be given here since it embraces a more complete series and 
since the development of the two species differs only in minor details. 

Numerous specimens in all stages of development were obtained from rhizoids 
springing from mature plants. These were fixed in picro-formol, sectioned, and 

stained in iron-alum haematoxylin, followed by 1% iodine green in clove oil. 

g Young plants are first noticeable as small white swellings on the rhizoids. 
Sections show these swellings to consists of intricately woven, undifferentiated 
hyphae. They continue to grow slowly until they ‘are about 2 x 1 mm., when 
sections show that differentiation has commenced. The stipe is the first to be- 
come differentiated, and is at this stage recognisable on account of the parallel 
arrangement of its component hyphae. In the undifferentiated apical region 
(the primordium of the peridium and gleba) appears a small compact area of 
deeply staining hyphae. In this area a small radial cavity appears (Pl. xi, 
fig. 1), followed by differentiation of the lower portion of the columella. In the 
glebal cavity a palisade of closely compacted hyphae appears, and simultaneously, 
extending downwards from the floor of the cavity to the upper and outer margin 
of the stipe, appears a wedge-shaped radial area (PI. xi1., fig. 2), noticeable on 
account of the hyphae of which it is composed being less closely compacted. This 
is the partial veil. No further growth occurs in this region, so that as the stipe 
and columella increase in size, the hyphae composing the partial veil become more 
and more drawn apart, until at maturity a few only persist, holding the base 
of the peridium in contact with the stipe. Fragments of the veil persist on the 
periphery of the stipe, giving to it a somewhat fibrillose appearance. 

Following the appearance of the first glebal cavity, the stipe makes little 
growth until the plant is about one-quarter the normal size. Then it commences 
to thicken, and after a time to elongate. The cavity of the stipe appears shortly 
after the first glebal cavity (Pl. xu., fig. 3). The columella gradually grows, 
becoming slowly differentiated from the primordial tissues of the gleba until the 
plant is about one-quarter grown, when it merges with the peridium, which is 
not differentiated until about this time. 

The palisade layer of the glebal cavity extends around the walls of the 
cavity until it almost surrounds it; then outgrowths grow downward from the 
roof and merge with the side walls, dividing the original cavity into several 
smaller ones (PI. xii, figs. 3-4). At the same time small lacunae begin to ap- 
pear in the undifferentiated portion of the gleba above the original cavity (PI. 
xil., fig. 4). These become lined with the hymenium and spores begin to appear 
on the first formed palisade (Pl. xi, fig. 2). Further differentiation of the 
gleba consists in the continuous appearance of these lacunae (PI. xi, fig. 5; Pl. 
xil., fig. 1), until the whole of the area enclosed within the peridium is per- 
forated with them. These lacunae also appear in the tramal plates, which be- 
come thinner in consequence. Colour now appears in the exterior cells of the 
peridium, it enlarges rapidly, and at the same time is carried upwards by the 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. 101 


CHL. an 2 


Text-fig. 1. Section through the tramal plate of S. erythrocephalum Tul. 
hym., hymenium; sub., subhymenium; fr., trama. (x 1000). 

Text-fig. 2. Basidia of S. novae-zelandiae G. H. Cunn. (x 1500). 

Text-fig. 3. Clamp connections from partial veil of S. novae-zelandiae G. 
H. Cunn. (x 1000). 

Text-fig. 4. Nuclear phenomena of S. erythrocephalum Tul. (x 1000). a. 
Nucleus of basidium before (left) and after division (right) preceding nuclear 
fusion; b. fusion nucleus; c. 4 nuclei in distal end of basidium prior to migration 
into spores; d. 2-spored basidium from which 2 nuclei have migrated; they are 
shown in the spores, in mitosis; e. nearly mature spores showing binucleate con- 
dition. 


Text-fig. 5. Two binucleate spores of S. erythrocephalum Tul. (x 1000). 


102 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


rapid elongation of the stipe. So that at maturity, the plant stands well above 
the substratum, and the gleba consists of plates surrounding very minute lacunae. 

It is thus seen that the early stages, until the appearance of the first glebal 
cavity, resemble the development of Psalliota (= Agaricus), but from this stage 
onwards further differentiation of the gleba is similar to that of certain genera 
of the Hymenogastraceae, notably Hymenogaster. 


Cytology (Text-figs. 2-5). 

The hyphae of the columella, stipe and peridium are invariably bi-nucleate. 
The basidia at first are binucleate, these nuclei fuse, and a slightly larger fusion- 
nucleus is formed. This takes up a position in the distal end of the basidium; 
there it divides twice. The first division precedes the formation of the sterig- 
mata, the second succeeds their appearance. When the sterigmata are about’ half 
their normal length, spores begin to appear on them, and when they are full 
length, the spores are about half size. When the spores are about one-quarter 
their normal size, a nucleus migrates into each, divides mitotically, and the spore 
becomes binucleate, a character constant in each of the numerous species examined. 
The spore attains its full size before it changes colour; at maturity the epispore 
becomes coloured some shade of brown, the depth of colour depending on the 
species. 

Clamp connections are abundant in the tissues of the stipe and partial veil 
(Text-fig. 3). 

On germination a germ tube protrudes, usually from the end of the spore 
opposite to that by which it was attached to the sterigma; this branches repeated- 
ly to form a mycelium, the cells of which are septate and binucleate. 


Determination of Species. 

Species of this genus have proved most difficult to determine since the 
earlier writers, who based species on the external characters of the peridium and 
stipe alone, confined their descriptions to the shape, size and colour of the peri- 
dium, and the length and colour of the stipe. This was sufficient when but two 
or three were known, but, as the number of species increased, it became obvious 
that these characters were often of insufficient value in themselves, since they are 
decidedly variable, even in the same collection. Certain later workers have gone 
to the other extreme, and based species on spore characters alone, other characters 
being presumably considered of minor importance. This again makes determina- 
tion difficult as several species, widely different in macroscopic, agree very closely 
or are identical in microscopic characters. For the determination of species in 
the field, a knowledge of macroscopic characters is essential; on the other hand, 
the shape, size and colour of the peridium and stipe are of little value to anyone 
working with herbarium material, for these characters may become wholly altered 
in drying. Therefore, with herbarium material, a knowledge of those characters 
which are not changed during drying is essential; and, as the spores and gleba 
undergo little alteration, their structure, colour, and other characters are invalu- 
able aids to the systematist. Unfortunately the artificial keys in taxonomic 
papers are generally based on a combination of macroscopic and microscopic 
characters and consequently are valuéless for use either in the field or in the 
herbarium. The difficulty of preparing an artificial key becomes apparent when 
the factors upon which species are based are considered, for rarely is a species 
deseribed on any one character alone, but usually on the sum of two or three 
minor characters. 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. 103 


Tt is not claimed that the following key will enable anyone to determine 4 
species with certitude; but it is used in this paper mamly for the purpose of 
dividing the genus into groups, for in a key of this nature all closely related 
species are brought together, when their characteristics become more apparent. 


Acknowledgments. 
The writer wishes to thank the following:—Professor J. B. Cleland, Ade- 


laide, Mr. L. Rodway, Government Botanist, Hobart, and Mr. E. Cheel, Botanic 
Gardens, Sydney, for the loan of specimens in their possession; Professor Cleland, 
Mr. Rodway, Dr. J. R. Weir, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, and 
Messrs. J. C. Neill, E. H. Atkinson, J. G. Myers, for donations of specimens; 
and especially Mr. Neill for the preparation of all microscopic material used in 
this work. 

All the descriptions given below are original, unless otherwise stated, and 
have been drawn up from material examined by.the writer. It is believed that 
all species of this genus known to occur in Australasia have been examined. 


Secotium Kunze. 

Flora, xxiu., 1840, p. 321.—Hndoptychum Czern., Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. 
Moseou, xvui., 1845, p. 146. 

Peridium stipitate, variously shaped, consisting of a single thick layer often 
externally brightly coloured; margin at first entire, appressed to the stipe, be- 
coming somewhat lacerate, and in some species separate from the stipe. 

Stipe central, long or almost obsolete, inserted in a depression in the base 
of the peridium, hollow, stuffed or solid; continuing as a columella to the apex 
of the peridium. ? 

Gleba cellular, labyrinthiform or lamellar, permanent, indehiscent, consisting 
of numerous anastomosing plates enclosing irregular lacunae; hymenium lining 
free surfaces of plates; eystidia or other aberrant cells absent. Basidia common- 
ly tetrasporous, spores borne on slender sterigmata, variously shaped, continuous, 
hyaline or coloured, rough or smooth, binucleate. 

Habitat.—Saprophytie upon decaying humus in the ground, or upon rotting 
wood buried in the substratum; commonly in shady and damp places. 

Distribution—North and South America, Africa, Europe (excluding Britain), 
Asia, Australia and New Zealand. 

About 22 species have been recorded, 11 of which have been collected in 
Australia and New Zealand. Sixteen species (including 5 described as new) are 
discussed in this paper, all but 2 of them being confined to Australasia. 

Species of the genus are characterised by the structure and permanent nature 
of the peridium, and the presence of a definite stipe and columella. The peridium 
consists of a single coriaceous cortex. The gleba is cellular, and consists of 
tramal plates anastomosing at various points, enclosing irregular cavities or 
lacunae, the inner walls of which are lined with the hymenium. The stipe is 
usually well defined and traverses the gleba as a columella. Plants are commonly 
epigean, but one or two species are known which are at first subterranean, and 
approach the surface only when they near maturity; a New Zealand example is 
S. porphyreum. One Tasmanian species, S. Rodwayi, is said to be truly hypo- 
geal and is exposed only (?) by burrowing marsupials. Another peculiarity 
worthy of note is that whereas most of the New Zealand species are brightly 
coloured, the Australian species, with the exception of S. piriforme, are some 
shade of grey or brown. ; 


104 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


Fischer (1900) has ineluded the genus EHlasmomyces Cay. as a synonym of 
Secotium, but the presence of cystidia in the hymenium would serve as a character 
sufficiently important to warrant its separation, for of the 15 Australasian species 
examined by the writer, not one possesses cystidia. 


Artificial Key to the Species. 


Spores smooth. 
Peridium smooth, usually viscid. 
Gleba ochraceous or ferruginous. 
Peridium some shade of blue or green. 


Stipe long, 8 cm. or more 1. S. superbum. 
Stipe short, 2 cm. or less .. 2. SS. virescens. 
Rerigiumscarletha seme 3. WS. erythrocephalum. 
Gleba chocolate or sepia- “alowed. . aie 4. §. novae-zelandiae. 
Peridium rough; scabrid, hispid or OTe SAFOS. 
Gleba tan, ochraceous or ferruginous. 
Spores) over 10yn a ieee 5. S. ochraceum. 
Spores under 10, . 6. S. coarctatum. 
Gleba bronze or almost black. 
Stipe long, 3 cm. or more . 7. S. melanosporum. 
Stipe short, 2 cm. or less 8. S. agaricoides. 
Spores rough. 
Peridium smooth, usually viscid. 
Stipe solid. 
Stipe long, 3 cm. or more .. .. .. .. 9. §. leucocephalum. 
Stipe short, 2cmjor less)... Wud Os ua San GaLaiuit: 
Stipe hollow. 
Stipe long, 3 cm. or more. 
Spores) over 10) asewa- i) eee oll Onan Oonpieymeune 
Spores) under 10; sea) oo eee enn SenGurinzer 
Stipe short, 2 cm: or less .. 2.) . -- eld. S. piriforme. 
Peridium rough; scabrid, hispid or tomentoce: 
Gleba cellular. 
Spores over Oyen. uo Sy cantibaguneus. 
Spores under ne SGiromi a biog) 60 (on jooldlby VSG Vaxaeonnnns 
(Ghrslozy ikvontallbie 555065 Go dodo 6a de od oa oo IR, Gh) Sadooguip. 


All drawings and Serra are oni the drawings of spores have been 
made with the aid of a camera lucida, and are all x 1,000 diameters. I have not 
presented photographs of dried plants, as they are worthless for illustrative 
purposes. 


1. SECOTIUM SUPERBUM, n.sp. (PI. xiv., fig. 2; Text-fig. 6a.) 


Peridio caeruleo, griseo-viride vel viride, conico, apice acuto, ad 8 em. alto, 
4 em. lato, primum pruinoso demum gilabro, leve. Stipite aurantio, ad 5 cm. 
longo, 12 mm. erasso, leve, glabro, excavato. Gleba brunnea, cellulosa. Sporis 
levibus, pallido-brunneis, ovatis vel ellipticis, 14-18 x 6-8 p. 

Hab.: Solitarii ad terram in locis gramineis. 

Otaki Forks, Upper Otaki River, Wellington, N.Z. 300 m. J. G. Myers, 
K. H. Atkinson. 

Peridium azure, sage-green or sea-green, sometimes mottled with pallid spots, 
conical, apex sharply acuminate, base strongly excavated, truncate, or more fre- 
quently margin decurrent, up to 8 em. high, and 4 em. wide, at first pruinose, be- 
coming glabrous, polished and slightly viscid; drying dull green or olivaceous. 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. 105 


Stipe bright yellow, stout, up to 5 em. long, and 12 mm. wide, tapering from 
base to apex, smooth, shining, hollow; columella slightly thickened at the apex. 

Gleba ferruginous, cellular, cells 2-4 mm. long, laterally compressed, dissepi 
ments thin. 

Spores smooth, pallid ferruginous, ovate or elliptical, one end rounded, the 
other pointed, frequently shortly pedicellate, 14-18 x 6-8 yw, epispore thin. 

Habitat——Solitary on the ground in grassy places in the forest. 

Distribution.—Otaki Forks, Upper Otaki River, Wellington, N.Z. (300 m., 
J. G. Myers, K. H. Atkinson, 8/7/22. Type), Forest-Reserve, Whakatikei, Packa- 
kaviki, Wellington, N.Z. (45 m., J. G. Myers, J. C. Neill, 16/6/23). Collections 
in the herbarium of the writer, Nos. 922, 1094. 


Text-fig. 6. a. Spores of S. superbum. (x 1000). b. Spores of S. erythro- 
cephalum Tul. (x 1000). 


Text-fig. 7. iS. virescens Mass. Plant (nat. size); spores (x 1000). 


The large conical peridium, stout yellow stipe and large smooth spores 
characterise this species. It closely resembles the following species, but is 
separated on account of the shape and large size of the peridium. It is a 
magnificent species, the azure peridium and yellow stipe being very conspicuous. 
The base of the peridium does not as a rule separate from the stipe, but remains 


106 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM 
3, 


closely pressed to it. This is one of the largest species known, and should be 
readily determined on this account. 


2. SECOTIUM VIRESCENS Massee. (Text-fig. 7.) 

Mass., Grevillea, xix., 1890, p. 47; Sace., Syll. Fung., 1x., 1891, p. 266. 

Peridium pallid sage-green, ovate or broadly conical, apex obtusely acuminate, 
base abruptly rounded, slightly or not excavated, 2-3 em. high, 2-2.5 em. broad, 
coriaceous, glabrous, shining, with occasional longitudinal furrows, margin lacerate, 
somewhat decurrent; drying dull green. 

Stipe greyish-white, short (almost obsolete in the specimen examined), about 
5 mm. long, hollow, smooth, glabrous, tapering from base to apex; columella 
-shehtly expanded at the apex. 

Gleba ferruginous, cellular, cells regular, laterally compressed, 2-3 mm. long, 
dissepiments thin, enclosed within a dense purplish-brown layer within the wall 
of the peridium. 

Spores smooth, pallid ferruginous, elliptical, ends bluntly pointed, 15-18 x 
7-8 » (Massee 18-20 x 7-8»; Cleland 14.5-16 x 8), epispore thin. 

Habitat—Solitary on the ground in rain forest. 

Distribution.—Dannevirke, N.Z. (W. Colenso. Type, in Herb. Kew). 
Locality unknown (T. Kirk. Specimen in Herb. Kew), Bluff, Southland, N.Z. 
(J. B. Cleland, 10/6/22. Specimen in Herb. Cleland). 

This species is characterised by the colour of the peridium and gleba, short; 
almost obsolete stipe and the large size of the spores. The plant somewhat re- 
sembles the preceding. 

I am indebted to Dr. Cleland for the loan of the specimen from which the 
above deseription has been drawn up. In a note accompanying the specimen he 
has given details as to the colour, shape and size of the peridium when collected, 
and these have been incorporated in the above deseription. 

This species was originally described from material forwarded to Kew by 
Colenso. It is apparently rare, for, with the exception of one collection made 
by the late Mr. T. Kirk, Dr. Cleland’s plant is the only collection made since the 
species was described. 


3. SECOTIUM ERYTHROCEPHALUM Tulasne. (PI. xiui., fig. 2; Text-fic. 6b.) 


Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 1, vol. 3, 1844, p. 115.—Sace., Syll. Fung., vi., 1888, p. 
54; x1., 1895, 158; Mass., Grev., xix., 1890, p. 96; Cke., Hdbk. Aus. Fung., 1892, 
p22) Mod, liye: Ams. 905, 9.16, iacxivaeyene mle G: 

Peridium scarlet, globose, depressed-globose or ovate, apex obtuse or rounded, 
base excavated, truncate or decurrent, 2-4 em. high, up to 6 em. wide, smooth, 
frequently somewhat lobed, glabrous, shining, often slightly viscid; retaining its 
colour when dried. 

Stipe bright yellow, slender, up to 10 em. long, 3-10 mm. thick, equal, 
smooth or fibrillose, often polished, hollow; columella slightly expanded at the 
apex. 
Gleba ferruginous, cellular, cells polygonal or slightly elongate, up to 3 mm. ° 
long, numerous, dissepiments thin. 

Spores smooth, pallid ferruginous, elliptical or elliptic-ovate, bluntly pointed 
at one or both ends, 12-25 x 7-11 p, (Tulasne, 12 x 5y; Massee 10-11 x 5y; 
Lloyd, about 12 x 6,). 


Habitat—Gregarious or solitary on decaying wood on the forest floor. 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. 107 


Distribution—Tasmania; N.Z. (Herb. Nos. 120, 610, 938, 1097). Common 
throughout the lowland forests of New Zealand. 

J have collected this species at Auckland, Hamilton, Cambridge, Rotorua, Te 
Ayoha (Auckland Province); Weraroa, Mt. Waiopehu, York Bay and Botanical 
Gardens (Wellington Province); and have received collections from Peel Forest 
(from Dr. H. H. Allan), and Governors Bay (from Mr. J. F. Tapley), Canter- 
bury Province; and Dun Mt., Nelson Provinee (from Mr. J. C. Neill). It is 
not confined to the forest, for several collections have been obtained from flower 
gardens, especially where these have been at one time in forest. It is commonly 
stated that this species grows on the ground; but although I have collected 
hundreds of these plants, | have always found them to be attached to decaying 
wood. 

The scarlet colour of the peridium separates this from any other species, 
but in glebal and spore characters it is closely allied to S. virescens and S. 
superbum. 

The spore measurements I have given are much greater than those given by 
other writers. But with certain large forms found here, spores of a length of 
25 » are not uncommon. I believe that it would be inadvisable to separate these 
forms, for they are identical in all other respects. Furthermore, intermediate 
stages, in which the spores vary in size between the large and small spore forms, 
are not uncommon. 

This species was named by Tulasne from material collected at Akaroa, Banks 
Peninsula, Canterbury, by Raoul, now preserved in the museum herbarium at 
Paris. 


4. SECOTIUM NOVAE-ZELANDIA‘E, n.sp. (PI. xii., fig. 3; Text-fig. 8a.) 


Peridio pallido-griseo vel pallido-viride, ovato vel elliptico-oblongo, apice 
acuto vel obtuso, 3-5 em. alto, 1.5-3 em. lato, primum fibrilloso demum leve, 


glabro. Stipite pallido-griseo vel pallido-viride, 4 em. longo, 6 mm. erasso, 
xlabro, excavato. Gleba brunneo-nigra, cellulosa vel lamelliforma. Sporis 


brunneo-nigris, elliptico-ovatis, vel ellipticis, levibus, 11-15 x 5-8 yu. 

Hab.: Solitari vel gregarii ad_lignis im silvis. ’ 

Weraroa, Wellington, N.Z. 100 m. G.H.C. 

Peridium commonly french-grey, changing in old specimens to pallid-green, 
ovate or elliptic-oblong, apex bluntly acuminate or obtuse, base bluntly rounded, 
or deeurrent, 3-5 em. high, 1.5-3 em. wide, at first finely fibrillose, fibrils longi- 
tudinally arranged, so that the surface appears striate, becoming smooth, glabrous, 
polished and slightly viscid, coriaceous; margin folded and frequently lacerate, 
drying dingy brown. 

Stipe pallid french-grey or tinted bluish-green, yellowish at the base, slender, 
up to 4 em. long, and 6 mm. thick, equal, at first fibrillose, becoming glabrous 
and polished, save at the base, hollow; columella thickened at the apex. 

Gleba chocolate- or sepia-brown, coarsely cellular, sometimes lamellar, cells 
elongated, up to 10 mm., sparse, laterally compressed, dissepiments thin. 

Spores smooth, sepia-coloured, elliptic-ovate or elliptical, rounded at one 
end, 11-15 x 5-8, epispore thin. 

Habitat—Solitary or crowded on decaying wood buried in the substratum. 
Yn Jowland rain forest. 

Distribution—Weraroa, Wellington, N.Z. (100 m., G.H.C. 1/8/19. Type), 
Weraroa (HE. H. Atkinson, 20/8/19; J. C. Neill, G.H.C., 2/5/23), Forest, Bo- 


108 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


tanical Gardens, Wellington (80 m., G.H.C., May, Aug., 1922). Specimens in 
the herbarium of the writer, Nos. 872, 874, 1098. 

The sepia colour of the gleba serves to separate this from any other species 
in this section. It is fairly abundant in the early winter and spring months in 
lowland mixed rain-forest near Wellington. It occurs only on decaying wood, 
principally on rotting branches of Melicytus ramiflorus Forst. I have recently 
obtained a very complete suite of developmental stages, from which the ab- 
breviated account of its development has been drawn up. The plant is usually 
covered with dried leaves, and so difficult to find unless these be first removed. 
It is readily eaten by slugs, and it is in consequence often difficult to find mature 
specimens that have not been injured by these animals. 

The shape of the peridium varies considerably in different specimens, for 
one may obtain ovate, elliptical or even depressed-globose plants. When the plant 
is ovate, the columella is usually considerably thickened at the apex. Another 
variable feature is the gleba, which may in certain specimens be cellular, whilst 
in others it may be lamellar, approaching in extreme cases the gleba of S. agari- 
coides. As all intermediate stages may be collected it is impossible to segregate 
these forms, save at the extremes. 


5. SECOTIUM OCHRACEUM Rodway. (Text-fig. 8b.) 


Proc. Roy. Soe. Tas., 1919 (1920), p. 112. 

Peridium pale ochre-brown, subglobose, base slightly excavated, 1-2 em. diam., 
tomentose, very thin, hardly apparent; drying dingy brown, becoming rugulose. 

Stipe short, 3-5 mm. long, 2 mm. thick, pallid brown, equal, tomentose, hol- 
low; columella not expanded at the apex. 

Gleba ochraceous, labyrinthiform, cells minute, 1-2 mm. long, dissepiments 
thick. 

Spores smooth, pallid ferruginous, elliptical, bluntly pointed at both ends, 
12-17 x 6-9» (Rodway 16 x 8p). 

Habitat.—Subterranean, solitary. 

Distribution.—Caseades, Hobart (L. Rodway. Type). Specimens in Herb. 
Rodway, No. 933. 

The ochraceous gleba with its labyrinthiform lacunae, and the large elliptical 
spores, characterise the species. The subterranean habit is a character worthy 
of note. 

I am indebted to Mr. Rodway for the loan of his type specimens from. 
which the above description has been drawn up. 


6. Srcotium coarctatum Berkeley. (Text-fig. 9.) 


Berk., Hook. Jour. Bot., iv., 1845, p. 63, t.i., £. 3—Cda., Icon. Fung., vol. 
6, 1854, t. vi. f. 25-30; Sace., Syll. Fung., vii., 1888, p. 150; Cke., Hdbk. Aust. 
Fung., 1892, p. 220; Lloyd, Lye. Aus., 1905, p. 7; Cleland, Trs. Roy. Soe. 8. 
Aust., xlvii., 1923, p. 74. 

Peridium pallid greyish-brown, obovate or depressed-globose, umbilicate, base 
strongly excavated and truncate, up to 12 mm. high, 12-20 mm. wide, rugulose, 
minutely and densely tomentose, coriaceous, thick; pallid brown and rugulose 
when dried. 

Stipe greyish, up to 2 em. high, usually shorter, 2-3 mm. thick, glabrous or 
tomentose, tapering from base to apex, hollow or stuffed; columella thickened at 
the apex. 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. 109 


Gleba pallid grey or tinted tan colour, labyrinthiform, cells very minute, up 
to 0.5 mm. long, very numerous, dissepiments very thin, whole gleba crumbling 
readily when cut. 

Spores smooth, tinted yellow, almost hyaline, subglobose to ovate, shortly 
pedicellate, 5-8 » diam. (Berkeley, 5-7»; Cleland, 5-7»; Lloyd, 6 x 5,4), epi- 
spore thick. 

Habitat——Solitary on the ground. 

Distribution—Swan River, W. Aust. (Drummond. Type, in Kew Herb.), 
Narrabri, N.S.W. (J. B. Cleland, 2/6/19), Adelaide, S. Aust. (Miss Joan Cle- 
land, 20/5/23). Material in Herb. Cleland. 


4 ee, 


Text-fig. 8. a. Spores of S. novae-zelandiae. (x 1000); b. Spores of S. 
ochraceum Rodw. (x 1000). 


Text-fig. 9. S. coarctatum Berk. Plant (nat. size); spores (x 1000). 


Characterised by the pallid colour and minute cells of the gleba, pallid colour 
and tomentose surface of the peridium, and small, smooth, subhyaline spores. 

I am indebted to Dr. Cleland for the loan of the material from which the 
above description has been drawn up. In a note accompanying the specimens 
he stated that the plant possesses a strong and pleasant odour, especially notice- 
able when freshly collected. This odour apparently disappears from old material, 
however, for I have been unable to detect it in the material at hand. 

The peculiar nature of the gleba is worthy of note, for this structure is 
present in no other species. Apart from its light colour and minute cells, it is 


110 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


extremely friable, crumbling so readily before the razor as to make it a difficult 
matter to obtain a section. 

Lloyd (1905) believes S. Gunnii to be a synonym, but this is not the case, 
for the glebal characters are quite different; the rough spores of S. Gunnii alone 
are sufficient to separate it. 


7. SECOTIUM MELANOSPORUM Berkeley. (Pl. xv., fig. 1; Text-fig. 14a.) 

Berk., Hook. Jour. Bot., iv., 1845, p. 62, t.1., £. 2—Cda., Icon. Fung., vol. 
6, 1854, t. vi., f. 19-24; Sace., Syll. Fung., vu., 1888, p. 54; Cke., Hdbk. Aust. 
Fung., 1892, p. 220; Lloyd, Lye. Aust., 1905, p. 7, t. xxvi., f. 9-12; Mye. Notes, 
1922) p. 1116,/f. 2111; Cleland; Irs. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xlvi., 1923) p. 73: 

Peridium dingy-grey, darker above, strongly depressed-globose, deeply um- 
bilicate, base deeply excavated, truncate, 3-4 cm. high, up to 3 em. wide, finely 
seabrid and longitudinally striate; dingy-grey and minutely rugulose when dried. 

Stipe dingy-grey, up to 4 em. long, 8-12 mm. thick, stout, woody, equal, 
seabrid, central portion coarsely cellular; columella strongly thickened at the 
apex. 

Gleba dark sepia-brown, almost black, cellular, cells minute, up to 0.5 mm. 
long, laterally compressed, dissepiments thin, whole context tough and resistant. 

Spores smooth, sepia-coloured, ovate or less commonly elliptical, bluntly . 
pointed at one end, rounded at the other, variable in size, 5-11 x 4-6, (Berkeley, 
6-10 x 4-7 1; Cleland, 8-9.5 x 6.5-7.5 w), epispore thin. 

Habitat.—Solitary on the ground. 

Distribution—Swan River, W. Aust. (Drummond. Type, in Herb. Kew), 
Monarto South, S.A. (J. B. Cleland, 27/5/21. Specimen in Herb. Cleland), 
Broken Hill, N.S.W. (A. Morris, Herb. Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 

Characterised by the dark coloured spores, firm nature, almost black colour 
and very minute cells of the gleba. The peculiar woody stipe is also worthy of 
note. In the description given by Berkeley it is stated to be solid, but in the 
specimens I have examined there is a distinct central portion, extending from the 
base of the peridium to the base of the stipe, which is coarsely cellular. The 
cells of the gleba are extremely small and closely compacted together, and in 
certain parts numerous hyaline hyphae traverse them, giving the gleba a peculiar 
appearance under the low power. 

The plant was first found by Drummond in 1844 in Western Australia on 
the bank of the Swan River. Until Dr. Cleland’s specimens were obtained in 
1921 no other collection had been made. J am indebted to Dr. Cleland for the 
loan of his speeimens and for his donation of a specimen which is now in my 
herbarium, No. 1202. Also to Mr. Edwin Cheel for the loan of the specimen in 
his possession. 


8. SEcotruM aGARIcoIpEs (Czernajen) Hollos. .(Text-fig. 10.) 


Hollos, Gasteromycetes Hungariae, 1903.—Endoptychum  agaricoides 
Czern., Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. Moseou, xvi., 1845, p. 146, t. ii.-iv.—Secotium 
acuminatum Mont., Fl. Alg., vol. 1, 1845, p. 371, t. xxii. bis, f. 4.—S. Thun 
Sehulz, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, vol., 15, 1865, p. 792.—S. Szabolcsense Haz- 
linsky, Mathem. et termes Zettudom Koslemenyek, vol. 13, 1875, p. 11.—S. 
Warnei Peck, Bull. Torr. Club, vol. 9, 1882, p. 2.—S. pedunculatum Lloyd, Mye- 
Notes, 1918, p. 788, f. 1183. 

Sace., Syll. Fung., vol. 7, 1888, p. 53; Cke, Hdbk. Aus. Fune., 1892, p. 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. istal 
220; Lloyd, Myce. Notes, 1903, p. 138, t. xui., f. 1-11; 1916, f. 874; Conard, 
Mycologia, vol. 7, 1915, p. 104, t. clvu., f. 1-6. 

Peridium dingy-grey, ovate, obtusely conical or subglobose, apex obtuse, base 
abruptly rounded or truneate, excavated, up to 8 em. igh and 5 cm. broad, 
minutely scabrid, and finely longitudinally striate, margin lacerate, often lobed. 

Stipe very short, almost obsolete, dingy grey, scabrid, stuffed, up to 2 em. 
long and 18 mm. wide at the base, where it is sometimes much inflated; columella 
thickened at the apex, free throughout. 

Gleba dark bronze-brown, lamellate, lamellae sinuate, margins finely serrate, 
sparsely anastomosing, vertically arranged around the inner wall of the peridium. 


Text-fig. 10. 8. agaricoides (Czern:) Hollos. a. Plant (nat. size); b. spores 
(x 1000); c. lamellar eleba (x 2). 


Spores smooth, ferruginous, globose or subglobose, 5-8), diam., sometimes 
shortly pedicellate; epispore thick. 

Habitat—Solitary on the ground in open grassy areas. 

Distribution —North America, Hastern Europe, Hungary, Russia, North 
Africa, Western Australia, New Zealand. 

Western Australia: F. W. Stoward (cf. Lloyd, Mye. Notes, 1916, p. 617). 

The illustrations and deseription are based on American specimens kindly 
donated by Dr. J. R. Weir, now in my herbarium, No. 1201. 

The globose spores, bronze coloured, lamellate gleba and short, stout stipe 
characterise this species. It is an aberrant species, for the characters of the 
gleba and stipe are not typical of the genus as it is now understood. 

The plant was first deseribed in 1845 as Hndoptychum agaricoides by Czerna- 
jen, from a plant collected in Ukraine; later, Montagne obtained a specimen from 
Algiers, which he named S. acwminatum (under which it is generally known) ; 
then in North America Peck obtained specimens which he named Lycoperdon 


112 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


Warnei; later he changed the name to Secotium Warner. S. pedunculatum was 
a name applied by Lloyd to a peduneulate form. I doubt whether such a minor 
character is sufficient to separate a species, especially in such a variable plant 
as this. 

It has been recorded by Hollos from Australia (Banks Peninsula) [sic] and 
New Zealand; as I have not seen his paper I am unable to state where the plant 
was supposed to have been collected, or by whom. 


9. SECOTIUM LEUCOCEPHALUM Massee. (Text-fig. 11.) 


Mass., Grevillea, vol. 19, 1890, p. 95; Sacc., Syll. Fung., vol. 11, 1895, p. 
157. ; 

Peridium dingy-grey, depressed-globose, somewhat umbilicate, base truncate, 
excavated, 9-12 mm. high, 20-26 mm. wide, smooth, minutely longitudinally striate, 
glabrous, margin tardily separating from the stipe; drying pallid brown, surface 
becoming rugulose. 

Stipe whitish, slender, 12-25 mm. long, 3-4 mm. thick, attenuate downwards, 
solid, striate, smooth, polished; columella expanded at the apex. 

Gleba ferruginous, cellular, cells laterally compressed, up to 3 mm. long, dis- 
sepiments thin. 

Spores verruculose, pallid ferruginous, ovate or ovate-elliptical, commonly 
lachrymiform, rounded at one end, pointed at the other, 9-11 x 5-7 (Massee, 
8 x 5p), epispore thin. 

Habitat.—Solitary on sandy soil. 

Distribution.—Auckland, N.Z. (Berggren. Type, in Herb. Kew), Mt. Lofty, 
S. Aus. (J. B. Cleland, 4/8/22. Specimens in Herb. Cleland). 

This species is characterised by the small, smooth, depressed-globose peri- 
dium and long, slender, solid stipe. The lachrymiform spores are also characteristic. 

The Mt. Lofty collection is undoubtedly the same as the species described 
by Massee, as it agrees in all characters, save in the size of the spores. The 
difference in spore measurement is too slight to allow of the separation of these 
specimens. The solid stipe is a character present only in this and the following 
species. In shape the plant shows a general resemblance to S. erythrocephalum, 
but the pallid colour of the peridium, and the verruculose spores separate it. 

I am indebted to Dr. Cleland for the loan of the material from which the 
above description has been drawn up. 


10. Secorium Gunnir Berkeley. (Text-fig. 12.) 


Berk., in Herb.; Massee, Grevillea, vol. 19, 1890, p. 96; Sace., Syll. Fung., 
vol. 11, 1895, p. 157; Cke., Hdbk. Aust. Mung., 1892, p. 221. 

Peridium pallid brown, depressed-globose, base deeply excavated, truncate, 
1.5 em. diam., smooth; drying dingy-brown, rugulose. 

Stipe short, 1-1.5 em. long, 2-4 mm. thick, slender, equal, or slightly thickened 
downwards, solid, pallid-brown; columella expanded at the apex. 

Gleba ferruginous, cellular, cells minutely polygonal, 1 mm. long, dissepi- 
ments thin. 

Spores minutely verruculose, broadly elliptical, pallid ferruginous, one end 
bluntly rounded, the other apiculate, 6-8 x 4-5» (Massee, 7 x 4), epispore thin. 

Habitat—Solitary on the ground. 

Distribution—Sulphur Springs, Rotorua, N.Z. (Gunn. Type in Herb. Kew), 
Hobart (L. Rodway, Jan. 1884. Specimens in Herb. Rodway). 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. 113} 


The smooth peridium, short, solid stipe and small, rough spores characterise 
this species. It 1s separated from the preceding principally on account of the 
short stipe and the small size of the spores. 

In the original description the spores are stated to be smooth, but I find 
them to be minutely but distinetly verruculose. This character varies somewhat 
in individual plants, for, of the two plants in my possession, one exhibits more 
pronounced markings than does the other. 


Text-fig. 11. 8. leucocephalum Mass. Plant (nat. size); spores (x 1000). 
Text-fig. 12. S. Gunnii Berk. Plant (nat. size); spores (x 1000). 
Text-fig. 13. 8. Guinzii Kunze. Plant (nat. size); spores (x 1000). 


Lloyd (1905) states that he believes this to be a synonym of 8. coarctatum ; 


~ but examination will show that both in glebal and spore characters it is decidedly 
different. 


I am indebted to Mr. Rodway for the donation of two specimens of this 
species, now in my herbarium, No. 1203. The question may be raised as to 
whether the material I have examined is that of §. Gunnii, but I am assured by 


Mr. Rodway that these specimens are from a collection determined by Massee 
himself. 


114 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


11. SEcoTIUM PORPHYREUM, n.sp. (Pl. xv., fig. 2; Text-fig. 140.) 


Peridio violaceo, depresso-globoso, 7 cm. alto, 7 em. lato, leve, glabro. 
Stipite pallido-violaceo, 3-9 em. longo, 10-20 mm. erasso, fibrilloso, striato, ex- 
cayato. Gleba pallido-brunnea, cellulosa vel labyrinthiforma. Sporis grosse 
verruculosis, castaneo-brunneis, ovatis, 12-17 x 8-11 p. 

Hab.: Solitarii ad terram in silvis. 


York Bay, Wellington, N.Z. 30 m., E. H. Atkinson. 

Peridium violet, depressed-globose, base truncate, deeply excavated, up to 7 
em. high, and 7 em. broad, smooth, glabrous, polished, viscid; drying pallid- 
brown, becoming rugulose. 

Stipe pallid-violet, tinted yellow at the base, stout, 3-9 em. long, 10-20 mm. 
wide at the base, tapering to the apex, fibrillose, minutely striate, hollow; columella 
slightly expanded at the apex. 

Gleba pallid ferruginous, labyrinthiform or cellular, cells 1-2 mm. long, 
numerous, dissepiments thick. 

Spores coarsely verruculose, chestnut-brown, ovate, one end rounded, the 
other pointed, 12-17 x 8-11 p, epispore thin. 

Habitat—Solitary on the ground in beech forest. (Nothofagus sp.). 

Distribution.—Beech Forest, York Bay, Wellington, N.Z. (E. H. Atkinson, 
30 m., 5/10/10. Type, May, Aug., 1922; E. J. Butler, G.H.C., 29/7/23), Dun 
Mt., Nelson (J. C. Neill, 30/5/23). Collections in the herbarium of the writer. 
Nos. 873, 923, 1208. 

This species is characterised by the large size and violet colour of the peri- 
dium. It is not uncommon in a certain beech forest near Wellington, appearing 
there during the winter months, usually after heavy rain. At first it is buried in 
the ground, often in clayey soil, but as it approaches maturity it appears on the 
surface. When submerged it is a pallid white, but as soon as it is exposed to 
the light it changes colour; that this change is effected by light is obvious when a 
specimen that has partially emerged is examined, for it is then seen that the 
portion above the ground is violet, but that the remainder is white. The peridium 
is decidedly viscid when fresh. 

In its younger stages the plant is readily confused with Gallacea scleroderma 
(Cke.) Lloyd, as in colour and hypogeal habit it resembles this species; but when 
the peridium is sectioned the plants may be readily separated. 


12. Srcotium Gurnzi Kunze. (Text-fig. 13.) 


Kunze, Flora, p. 322, 1840; Berk., Hook. Jour. Bot., vol. 2, 1843, p. 200; 
Sace., Syll. Fung., vol. 7, 1888, p. 52; Cda., Icon. Fung., vol. 6, 1854, t. vi., f. 
10-18. 

Peridium depressed-globose or ovate, base excavated, up to 5 em. diam., 
ochraceous, glabrous; drying ochraceous, becoming rugulose. 

Stipe 3-5 em. long, 8-12 mm. wide, equal, ochraceous, dull, pruinose. 

Gleba ferruginous, lamellate, of closely compacted vertical plates, held to- 
gether by interwoven hyphae. 

Spores verruculose, subglobose, tinted yellow, 5-7 », diam. 

Habitat——Solitary on the ground. 

Distribution—Cape of Good Hope, Tasmania (lL. Rodway, Feb., 1923. 
Specimens in Herb. Rodway). 

The above deseription is drawn up from a specimen kindly forwarded by 
Mr. Rodway, now in my herbarium, No. 1204. The species was determined for 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. 115 


Mr. Rodway by Mr. Lloyd. The above description does not agree well with that 
given by Saceardo, differing in the size and colour of the peridium, absence of 
“Volva” from the base of the stipe, and colour and shape of the spores. 

The peculiar nature of the gleba should characterise the Tasmanian plant; 
this consists of closely compacted plates arranged in a vertical manner around 
the columella, the whole apparently held compactly together by hyphae which 
pass from one plate to the other. Spores are not numerous—an unusual feature 
for a Secotium. I believe that the specimen at hand is parasitised by some 
Hyphomyeete, for hyphae differing from the normal are abundant throughout 
the glebal tissues. 


13. SEcoTIUM PIRIFORME Cleland and Cunningham, nsp. (Pl. xv., fig. 3; 
Text-fig. 15a.) 


Peridio pallido-lilacino, depresso-globoso, vel piriformo, 12-16 mm. alto, 8-10 
mm. lato, leve, glabro. Stipite griseo-albo, 5 mm. longo, 2-3 mm. erasso, leve, 
excavato. Gleba castaneo-brunnea, labyrinthiforma. Sporis grosse verruculosis, 
castaneo-brunneis, ellipticis vel liminiformis, apicibus acutis, 11-17 x 6-8 pn. 

Hab.: Solitari ad terram. 

Somersby Falls, Gosford, N.S.W., G. P. Darnell-Smith. 

Peridium pallid-llac, depressed-globose, or commonly pyriform, 12-16 mm. 
high, 8-10 mm. wide, smooth, glabrous, polished, slightly viscid, attenuate down- 
wards, margin continuous with the stipe; drying bay-brown, becoming rugulose. 

Stipe pallid dingy-white, short, stout, 5 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, smooth, 
glabrous, hollow (or solid?), attenuate downwards, base somewhat inflated. 

Gleba chestnut-brown, labyrinthiform, cells minute, irregular, up to 1 mm. 
long, numerous, dissepiments thin. 

Spores coarsely verruculose, chestnut-brown, elliptical or commonly lemon- 
shaped, pointed at both ends, frequently pedicellate, 11-17 x 6-8 y, epispore thin. 

Habitat—Solitary on sandy soil in damp places. 

Distribution—Somersby Falls, Gosford, N.S.W. (G. P. Darnell-Smith, 
4/7/15, 27/6/16. Specimens in Herb. Cleland). 

A further collection, obviously of the same species, but preserved in formalin, 
was forwarded by Dr. Cleland. This agrees with the above description, save 
that the spores are slightly larger. 

When dried this species is about the size of a garden pea; it differs from all 
other Australasian species in that it possesses a “sterile base.” This is in reality 
the base of the stipe to which the margin and base of the peridium are adherent, 
for in one specimen partial rupture may be observed (under the microscope) 
especially between the gleba and the stipe. I believe the specimens to be im- 
mature. 

This species is characterised by the colour and small size of the peridium, 
together with its shape, and the glebal characters. 

I am indebted to Dr. Cleland for the loan of the type material. 


14. SECOTIUM CARTILAGINEUS, nsp. (PI. xviil., fig. 4; Text-fic. 15d.) 


Peridio pallido-brunneo, depresso-globoso, base exeavato, 7-12 mm. alto, 18- 
22 mm. lato, seabrido. Stipite 10 mm. longo, 4 mm. erasso, brunneo, excavato. 
Gleba aurantio-brunnea, cellulosa, lenta. Sporis verruculosis, flavo-brunneis, » 
ovatis, 12-15 x 8-11 p. ior 

Hab.: Solitarii ad terram in silvis. 


116 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


Dun Mt., Nelson, N.Z., 650 m., J. C. Neill. 

Peridium pallid-tan, paler below, depressed-globose, base excavated, incurved, 
margin distinct from stipe, 7-12 mm. high, 18-22 mm. wide, densely and closely 
seabrid; drying dingy-brown. 

Stipe short, stout, up to 10 mm. long, 4 mm. thick, tan-coloured, hollow, 
scabrous, base slightly inflated. 


Text-fig. 14. a. Spores of S. melanosporum Berk. (x 1000); b. Spores of 
S. porphyreum G. H. Cunn. (x 1000). 
Text-fig. 15. a. Spores of S. piriforme Clel. et Cunn. (x 1000); b. spores 
of S. cartilagineus G. H. Cunn. (x 1000). 
Text-fig. 16. S. Rodwayi Mass. Plant (nat. size); spores (x 1000). 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. aal7 


Gleba dark ferruginous, cellular, tough, compact, cells minute, 2-3 mm long, 
polygonal, dissepiments thin. 

Spores verruculose, ferruginous, ovate, rounded at one end, pointed at the 
other, 12-15 x 8-11 », epispore thin. 

Habitat.—Solitary on the ground in beech forest. 

Distribution—Beech Forest, Dun Mt., Nelson, N.Z., 650 m. (J. C. Neill), 
27/5/23. Type in herbarium of the writer, No. 1099). 

The seabrid surface of the peridium would place this close to S. scabrosum, 
but the glebal characters are different from those given for the latter species. 

In appearance and to the touch the peridium exactly resembles chamois 
leather. The tough, almost cartilaginous nature of the gleba is also characteristic, 
and would serve to separate it from any other Australasian species. 


15. Srcorrum Ropwayt Massee. (Text-fig. 16.) 

Mass., Kew Bulletin, 1901, p. 158; Sace., Syll. Fung., vol. 17, 1901, p. 218. 

Peridium ochraceous-white, depressed-globose, umbilicate, base deeply ex- 
eavated, 2-3 em. diam., tomentose; drying dingy-brown, becoming rugulose. 

Stipe hardly apparent, 3 x 2 mm., subequal, hollow, tomentose. 

Gleba pallid-ochraceous, labyrinthiform, cells minute, 1 mm. long, dissepi- 
ments thin. 

Spores verruculose, hyaline, globose or subglobose, apiculate, 6-9 » (Massee, 
7-8 »), epispore thin. 
- Habitat—Hypogean, solitary in sandy soil. 

Distribution—Tasmania. (lL. Rodway, June, 1898. Type, in Herb. Kew). 

The small size, shape and colour of the spores separate this from any other 
species possessing a rough peridium. Massee states that the species is sub- 
terranean, and specimens are exposed only when washed out by rain or dug out 
by small marsupials. 

I am indebted to Mr. Rodway for co-type material from which the above 
deseription has been drawn up. These are now in my herbarium, No. 1205. 


16. SEcOTIUM scABROSUM Cooke and Massee. 


Cke. et Mass., Grev., vol. 20, 1891, p. 35; Cke., Hdbk. Aust. Fungi, 1892, 
p. 221; Sace., Syll. Fung., vol. 11, 1895, p. 57. . 

Peridium dingy-olive, or greyish, depressed-globose, 2 em. diam., minutely 
seabrid. 

Stipe short, almost obsolete. 

Gleba dark reddish-brown, lacunose, septa gill-like, marie and folded. 

Spores rather coarsely warted, lemon-shaped, Gait olive-yellow, 16-18 x 10 n. 

Habitat—Solitary on the srouoadl 

Distribution—Domain, Melbourne (Mueller. Type in Herb. Kew). 

I have not seen specimens; the above description is that of the original. 

The species should be readily determined on account of the lamellar gleba. 
Strangely enough, this is the only record of the occurrence of this genus in the 
State of Victoria. 


TEEXCLUDED SPECIES. 
a. Secotiwm Drummondii Berkeley, in Herb. 


This has by Massee been used as the type of his genus Chainoderma Mass. 
(Grev., vol. 19, 1890, p. 46). 


118 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF SECOTIUM, 


b. Secotium excavatum Kalchbrenner. 

Hennings has placed this in the genus Strobilomyces (Boletinae) as S. ex- 
cavatum P. Henn. (Hedw., vol. 43, 1904, p. 187). 

e. Secotium lilacense Berkeley, Hdbk. N.Z. Flora, 1867, p. 617. 

As the description of this species was drawn up from a water colour draw- 
ing, and not from a specimen, it has no place in botanical literature. The deserip- 
tion given by Berkeley is such that if the plant should be encountered the finder 
would have some difficulty in determining it! 

“Azure, brief, pallid, fibrose, pruinose; pileus subglobose, lilac, spotted, 
12 mm. high. 

Hab.: On wood, Central N.Z., Haast. 

d. Secotium sessile Mass. et Rodw. Nomen nudum. 

Dr. Butler, Bureau of Mycology, Kew, informs the writer * that Mr. Mason 
of the Bureau has searched for but has been unable to find any published descrip- 
tion of this plant. He states that there is a collection at Kew Herb., labelled 
“Tasmania, Rodway, 647, Type.” 


Interature cited. 


ATKINSON, G. F., 1906.—The Development of Agaricus campestris. Bot. Gaz., 
vol. 42, pp. 215-221. 
, 1914.—The Development of Agaricus arvensis and A. comtulus. 
Amer. Journ. Bot., vol. 1, pp. 3-22. 
, 1915.—Morphology and Development of Agaricus Rodmani. Proc. 
Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. 54, pp. 309-342. 
BERKELEY, J. B., 1843—On Two Hymenomycetous Fungi belonging to the Lyco- 
perdaceous Group. Hook. Journ. Bot., vol. 2, p. 200. 
Conarp, H. §., 1915.—The Structure and Development of Secotium agaricoides. 
Mycologia, vol. 7, pp. 51-60. 
Dr Ton, J. B., 1888.—Hymenogastraceae and Lycoperdaceae in Saceardo’s 
Sylloge I'ungorum, vol. 7, pp. 51-60. 
FiscHer, Ed., 1900.—Untersuchungen zur Vergleichenden Entwickelungsgeschichte 
und Systematik der Phalloideen. Denkschr. d. Schweiz. naturf. 
Ges., vol. 36, pp. 73-74. 
, 1900a.—Hymenogastrineae. Engler & Prantl Naturlichen Pflan- 
zenfamilien, I., pp. 296-313. 
HENNINGS, P., 1900.—Hymenomyeetineae. Engler & Prantl Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 
I., pp. 105-276. 
Luoyp, C. G., 1905.—Lycoperdaceae of Australia, New Zealand and Neighbouring 
; Islands, pp. 1-44. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XII.-XV. 


Plate xu. 


1. Developmental stage of S. novae-zelandiae G. H. Cunn. (x 45). First 
appearance of radial cavity in primordium of the gleba. Note parallel arrange- 
ment of the hyphae of the stipe. The striae across the surface are caused by 
gaps in the microtome knife. 

2. Later stage; the wedge-shaped area of the partial veil has become well 
defined. (x 35). 


*Letter to writer, 25/10/23. 


BY G. H. CUNNINGHAM. 119 


3. Stage showing first appearance of the cavity of the stipe, and down- 
erowth of tramal plates from the roof of the first glebal cavity. Note the 
abundant spores, well-marked partial veil and parallel arrangement of the hyphae 
of the stipe. (x 25). 

4. Appearance of lacunae in the undifferentiated portion of the gleba (top, 
IeuB)) o> (&e IBS) 

5. Further differentiation of the gleba. (x 8). 

Plate xii. 

1. Stage showing the appearance of lacunae in the tramal plates in S. 
novae-zelandiae. (x 8). 

2. SS. erythrocephalum Tul. (nat. size). 

3. SS. novae-zelandiae G. H. Cunn( nat. size). Section on left. Photograph 
from water colour painting by EH. H. Atkinson. 


Plate xiv. 

1. Section through nearly mature plant of S. erythrocephalum Tul. (not 
quite median). (x 4). p., peridium; gl., gleba; col., columella; st., stipe. The 
perforations in the columella are due to insects. 

2. S. superbum G. H. Cunn. (x $4). 


Plate xv. 

1. S. melanosporum Berk. (nat. size). Note coarsely cellular stipe. 

2. S. porphyreum G. H. Cunn. (Nat. size). Note that although the gleba 
is removed from the stipe it is nevertheless covered with remnants of the partial 
veil. 

3. SS. pirdforme Clel. et Cunn. (nat. size). (Formalin specimens photo- 
graphed in solution of formalin). 

4. §. cartilagineus G. H. Cunn. (nat size). 


Corrigenda. 


Page 104, line 7 from bottom for locis gramineis read sylvis 

Page 105, line 7 delete in grassy places; lines 9, 10 read Forest Reserve, Packa- 
kariki, Whakatikei 

Page 108, line 8 from bottorn, and page 110, line 10, for Cleland read Cleland 
and Cheel 


120 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF NEW 
SOUTH WALES. Part tv. PHYLLOPODA. 


By Marauerire Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. 


(Plates xxvill.-xxxii. ) 
[Read 30th April, 1924.] 


Introduction. 

The first Phyllopod to be recorded in Australia was Lepidurus viridis, which 
Baird described in 1850 from a specimen collected in Tasmania. The next re- 
cords are those of the Rev. R. L. King published in 1855; King, very briefly, 
described four species from New South Wales, some of which were not even 
figured. This lack of figures hampered later writers in their identification of the 
species and some synonymy resulted; in King’s original manuscript, all of which 
was not published, there are detailed figures of all the species and from these 
the author has been able to decide some doubtful points of synonymy. 

In 1860 and 1866 Baird described two species collected in South Australia, 
one of which was synonymous with his Lepidurus viridis. 

Claus redescribed one of King’s species in 1872 from immature specimens. 

In 1876 Richters described a new species which he called Branchipus austra- 
hensis from Peak Downs, Queensland. 

In 1877 Tate deseribed a Lepidurus collected in South Australia which was 
also synonymous with L. viridis. 

Four new species of Conchostraca from South Australia were described by 
Brady in 1886, one of which was synonymous with one of King’s species. 

In 1887 Sars deseribed Cyclestheria hislopi (Baird) as the type of a new 
genus; the specimens had been hatched from dried mud collected at Rockhampton, 
Queensland. 

Hight species of Phyllopoda were recorded in Whitelegge’s list of the In- 
vertebrate Fauna of Port Jackson and the neighbourhood, which was published 
in 1889. 

In 1895 Spencer and Hall gave a preliminary description of Apus austra- 
liensis from Central Australia, and Sars published a paper describing five of the 
previously described species. This was a valuable contribution to the literature 
of Australian Phyllopoda, since it contained very detailed descriptions, biological 
observations and five plates. 

In 1896 the Report of the Horn Expedition to Central Australia was pub- 
lished, in which Spencer and Hall described four new species and proposed the 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 121 


new genus Limnadopsis. The same year Sars published three papers, one dealing 
with two Phyllopoda from Western Australia, the second describing two new 
species from Queensland and the third tracing the development of Estheria 
packard. 

In 1902 Sayce gave a complete catalogue of the Australian Phyllopoda that 
had been previously recorded; he described some of the older species in more 
detail and six new species; he also proposed two new genera, Parartemia and 
Branchinella. 

The Phyllopoda collected by the South Australian Museum Expedition to 
Strzelecki and Cooper Creeks were dealt with by Chilton in 1917. 

At the present time eighteen species have been recorded from South Aus- 
tralia, including Central Australia and the Northern Territory; eight species 
from Victoria; six from Queensland; four from Western Australia and one from 
Tasmania. The present paper deals with nineteen species collected in New 
South Wales; six of these are described as new and three others are recorded for 
the first time in the State, and one for the first time in Australia. 

The author’s thanks are due to Dr. C. Anderson for permission to examine 
the collection of Phyllopoda in the Australian Museum and to Mr. EF. MeNeill 
for his ever ready help in facilitating their study. The whereabouts of King’s 
original manuscript was traced by Mr. G. M. Goldfinch and Professor Mackie 
kindly lent it to the author from the library of the Teachers’ Training College. 

The author is especially indebted to Sir Baldwin Spencer and Dr. C. Chilton 
for specimens collected in Central Australia; to Professor T. Harvey Johnston 
for a collection from the Burnett River, Queensland; to Professor L. Harrison 
for specimens collected in various parts of New South Wales and to Sir T. W. 
Edgeworth David for a sample of dried mad from which a specimen of Ariemia 
salina was obtained. : 

The drawings for this paper were all prepared by Miss D. Harrison. 

Type specimens of the new species have been deposited in the Australian 
Museum, Sydney. 

The following lists give the species of Phyllopoda recorded from the different 
States. 


New South Wales. 
NOTOSTRACA. 

Family Apopipan.—tLepidurus viridis Baird, Apus australiensis Spencer and 
Hall. 

ANOSTRACA. 

Family BRANCHINECTIDAE. 

Subfamily <Artemiinae—Artemia salina (Linn.) var. arietina Fischer. 

Subfamily Branchinectinae——Branchinecta tenuis, nsp., B. parooensis, n.sp. 

Family CHIROCEPHALIDAE. 

Subfamily Branchinellinae—Branchinella australiensis (Richters), B. fron- 
dosa, n.sp., B. proboscida, n.sp., Branchinella eyrensis Sayee, Branchinella ornata 
(Wolf). 

CONCHOSTRACA. 

Family Liwnapimar.—Limnadopsis birchti (Baird), ZL. parvispinus, n.sp., 
Paralimnadia stanleyana (King), Hulimnadia sordida (King), Estheria packardi 
Brady, F#. lutraria Brady, E. rubra, n.sp. 

Family Limnetipar.—Limnetis macleayana King, L. tatei Brady. 


122 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W., IV., PHYLLOPODA, 


Victoria. 

NovTostRAca. 

Family Apopipak.—Lepidurus viridis Baird, Apus australiensis Spencer and 
Hall. 
ANOSTRACA. 

Family CHIROCEPHALIDAE. 

Subfamily Branchinellinae—Branchinella australiensis (Richters). 
CONCHOSTRACA. 

Family Limnapiupar.—Eulimnadia sordida (King), E. victoriensis Sayce, 
Esiheria packardi Brady. 

Family LimnetipAE.—Limnetis macleayana King, L. tatei Brady. 


South Australia. 

NOTOSTRACA. 

Family Apopipan.—Lepidurus viridis Baird, Apus australiensis Spencer and 
Hall. 
ANOSTRACA. 

Family BRANCHINECTIDAE. 

Subfamily Artemiinae.—Artemia salina (Linn.) var. arietina Fischer. 

Family CHIROCEPHALIDAE. 

Subfamily Branchinellinae-—Branchinella australiensis (Richters), B. eyrensis 
Sayee. 

Family BRANCHIPODIDAE. 

Subfamily Parartemiinae.—Parartemia zieziana Sayce. 

Family STREPTOCEPHALIDAE.—Streptocephalus archeri Sars. 


CONCHOSTRACA. 

Family Limnapimar.—LHulimnadia dahli Sars, E. sordida King, Limnadopsis 
birchii (Baird), L. tatei Spencer and Hall, ZL. brunneus Spencer and Hall, 
Estheria packardi Brady, E. lutraria Brady, E. dictyon Spencer and Hall. 

Family Limnetipar.—Limnetis macleayana King, Limnetis tate: Brady, 
Limnetis eremia Spencer and Hall. 


Queensland. 

NOTOSTRACA. 

Family ApopIpAE.—Apus australiensis Spencer and Hall. 
ANOSTRACA, 

Family STREPTOCEPHALIDAE.—Streptocephalus archeri Sars. 

Family CHIROCEPHALIDAE. 

Subfamily Branchinellinae—Branchinella australiensis (Richters). 
CONCHOSTRACA. 

Family Lrmnapupar.—Fulimnadia dahli Sars, Cyclestheria hislopi Sars. 


Western Australia. 

NOTOSTRACA. 

Family Apopipan.—A pus australiensis Spencer and Hall. 
ANOSTRACA. 

Family BRANCHINECTIDAE. 

Subfamily Artemiinae.—Artemia salina (Linn.) var. arietina Fischer. 
CONCHOSTRACA. 

Family Linwnapipan.—Estheria elliptica Sars, E. sarsti Sayee. 


Tasmania. 
NOTOSTRACA. 
Family ApopipAn.—Lepidurus viridis Baird. 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 123 


Classification. 


The Phyllopoda are divided into three suborders, the Anostraca, Notostraca. 
and Conchostraca, and this classification has been followed in the present paper. 
Some writers reject the term Phyllopoda and divide the subclass Branchiopoda 
into four orders; Anostraca, Notostraca, Conchostraca and Cladocera. 


Key to the suborders of Phyllopoda. 
A. Body elongated, devoid of a carapace .. .... .. ........ .. Anostraca. 
AA. Body with a well developed carapace. 
B. Carapace in the form of a shield covering the dorsal part of the body. 
Notostraca. 
BB. Carapace composed of two two lateral valves which enclose the body. 
Conchostraca. 
Suborder Notostraca, 
Carapace shield-shaped, covering the dorsal part of the body. Second an- 
tennae reduced or absent. Eyes sessile. Caudal filaments jointed. 
This suborder comprises a single family, the Apodidae, which has a world- 
wide distribution. 


Family APODIDAE. 


Carapace broad, with a cervical furrow defining the head. A variable num- 
ber of segments projecting beyond the carapace. Caudal filaments elongated. 
Males without special clasping organs. 

This family comprises two genera, both of which are represented in New 
South Wales. 

Key to the genera of the Apodidae. 
A. Last caudal segment produced into a flattened outgrowth between the caudal 
SB RED Y ENON 10 a dyh el uN A CN RL ped Lepidurus. 
NAS Vast) caudal segment mot produced .2 052.210. 3.052.205. 2. 8. Apus. 


Genus Leprpurus Leach, 1816. 


Carapace large, usually covering all the body except one or two segments. 
Last caudal segment produced into a flat paddle-shaped outgrowth, extending 
between the caudal filaments. About sixty-three pairs of legs, the first pair with 
comparatively short endites which scarcely project beyond the edge of the cara- 
pace. Species very variable; fifteen have been deseribed, one of which occurs in 
New South Wales. 


LePIpURUS virIDIS Baird. 


Baird, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1850. 

Syn.—L. angasii Baird, L. viridulus Tate, L. kirkii Thomson, L. compressus 
Thomson. 

A detailed description and numerous figures are given by Sars (Archiv. for 
Math. og Nat., 1895, p. 4, Pl. 1, figs. 1-19). This is a very variable species, 
especially in the comparative length of the carapace. Specimens from _ five 
different localities were examined at the Australian Museum and the following 
measurements obtained: 1. Specimens from Deniliquin had an average length 
of 38 mm. and the carapace left four segments uncovered. 2. A single specimen 
from Hay was 32 mm. long and had 10 segments exposed. 3. Two specimens 
from Tamworth, one 20 mm. long and the other 25 mm., the former had 6 ex- 
posed segments and the latter 4. 4. A specimen labelled N.S.W. was 15 mm. 


& 


124 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W., IV., PHYLLOPODA, 


long and had 10 segments exposed. 5. A specimen from Molong was 25 mm. 
long and only the caudal segment was exposed. 

Two specimens collected at Holbrook measured only 6 mm. in length and 
were possibly immature, so that the species could not be identified with certainty. 
The specimens were remarkable: carapace very long, covering all the body and 
also the caudal prolongation; dorsal keel distinct, extending more than three- 
quarters the length of the body, produced backwards into a long spine; carapace 
also produced back into spines at each side, the margins between the spines 
bearing a series of strong denticles; caudal prolongation broad at the base, 
somewhat triangular in form, bearing well-marked spines. 


Distribution.—_N.S.W.: Sydney, Hay, Tamworth, Molong, Deniliquin, Hol- 
brook (?), Hunter River. Victoria; South Australia; Tasmania; New Zealand. 


Genus Apus Schaeffer, 1756. 

Carapace usually comparatively shorter than in Lepidurus. Telson short, 
eylindrical, without any paddle-shaped outgrowth. Endites of the first pair of 
legs usually much longer than in Lepidurus. 

Thirty different species have been described; one occurs in New South 
Wales. 

The genera Apus and Lepidurus are very closely allied and it may be ques- 
tioned whether they are distinet; the main difference is the presence or absence 
of a caudal outgrowth, but this in itself seems insufficient for the separation 
into two genera. The comparative length of the endites of the first pair of legs 
and the relative amount of body covered by the carapace are not good generic 
characters and vary greatly even in members of the one species. 


APUS AUSTRALIENSIS Spencer and Hall. 


Victorian Naturalist, xi, 1895, p. 161; Horn Expedition to Central Aus- 
tralia, Part 1., Zoology, 1896, p. 231, figs. 1-3. 

This is a very variable species; specimens from the same locality often vary- 
ing greatly in their relative dimensions. In 1896 Sars (p. 5, Plate 1, figs. 1-6) 
described a specimen from Western Australia with the following measurements : 
Total length 13 mm., length of carapace 8.5 mm., median length of carapace 6.5 
mm., width of carapace 5.8 mm., length of caudal filaments 7.4 mm., length of 
exposed portion of the body 6.4 mm., length of terminal caudal segment 0.7 mm. 
The most striking differences between these measurements and those of Spencer 
and Hall are: 1. the carapace is longer in proportion to the exposed part of the 
body instead of being of equal length; 2. the width of the carapace does not 
attain its median length instead of exceeding it. Measurements were made of 
nine mature specimens, collected at Broken Hill, for comparison with these two 
sets of figures and the following table shows the variations in comparative pro- 
portions. In eight specimens the width of the carapace was greater than its 
median length and in all nine specimens the length of the carapace was greater 
than the length of the exposed portion of the body. 

This species also varies in the number of exposed segments, the armature 
of the posterior sinus of the carapace and of the caudal segment, and the pre- 
sence or absence of serrations on the lateral margins of the carapace. These 
variations are well marked in specimens in the Australian Museum which have 
been collected from different localities: 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 125 


Measurements of Specimens from Broken Hili. 


SPECIMEN 3c) tela 1 2 3 4 5 6 a 8 9 
Rotaltlensthy Waemen ee pets 50 42 45 50 38 27 42 40 43 
Length carapace .. .. .. 30 23 27 28 25 20: 25 24 25 
Median length carapace .. 22 20 22 24 21 16 20 20.5 21 
Width carapace .. .. 26 25 25 25 21 20 26 24 26 
Length exposed portion ol 

the body .. . Ba Ns 20 19 18 22 13 7 17 16 18 
Length terminal caudal 

SESMEM EMR aioe Wereiii 2): 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1.5 
Width of same .. .. de 4 BoD, Bob Ba Bs 2 3 3 3.5 
Length caudal filament — 8 21 11 15 12 21 10 26 


1. Specimen from the Namoi River at Narrabri. Total length 30 mm., 
carapace 4 mm. shorter than the exposed portion of the body; median length 
equalling the width; 32 exposed segments, of which 14 are limbless. Posterior 
sinus with over 30 small denticles. No serrations present on the lateral margin 
of the carapace. 


2. Locality Ivanhoe. Total length 45 mm., carapace 5 mm. longer than the 
exposed portion; median length equal to the width; 28 exposed segments, 12 
being limbless. Posterior sinus bearing 30 spines. Lateral margins of the ecara- 
pace minutely serrated for half their length. 


3. Locality Bourke. Total length 38 mm.; carapace 6 mm. shorter than the 
exposed portion; width exceeding the median length by 2 mm.; 28 exposed seg- 
ments. Posterior sinus with 33 spines. Lateral margins of the carapace minutely 
serrated in the lower part. In one specimen, caudal segment devoid of spines; 
in a Second, the segment with two central spines, one above the other; in a third 
specimen, the segment without central spines but with a small group on each 
side. 

4. Loeality Mossgiel. Total length 55 mm.; carapace and exposed portion 
of the body of equal length; width exceeding the median length by 7 mm.; 28 

exposed segments, 12 being limbless. Posterior sinus with 37 spines; a few 
- minute spines on each side of the carapace. Caudal segment with a group of 
three spines and a sensory bristle on each side, a row of three spines down the 
centre and a row on the posterior edge. 


In the living animal the colours are very striking. The carapace is yellowish- 
brown with deeper brown markings and changing opalescent tints; the exposed 
portion is yellowish-green, the spines usually being dark brown; the legs are 
reddish-brown. 

Distribution—N.S.W.: Hunter River, Macquarie River, Mossgiel, Narrabri, 
Ivanhoe, Bourke, Nyngan, Broken Hill, Budda and Marra Stations (Darling 
River), Goorimpa (Paroo River). Queensland; Victoria; Central Australia; 
South Australia; Western Australia. 


Suborder Anostraca. 

Body elongated, without a carapace, more or less vermiform, composed of 
11-19 limb-bearing segments and 8 or 9 limbless segments. Eyes stalked and 
movable. Antennules small, filiform. Antennae in the male modified for clasp- 
ing. Daday de Dees in his excellent monograph of the Anostraca (1910) has 
divided the suborder into five families, two of which are represented in New 
South Wales. Daday de Dees’ scheme of classification has been followed through- 


126 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W., IV., PHYLLOPODA, 


out. For convenience the pedigerous portion of the body has been termed the 
“trunk” and the limbless portion the “abdomen.” 


Key to the Families of the Anostraca. 


A..17 or 19 trunk segments, antenna of the ¢ one-segmented .. .. Polyartemiidae. 
AA. 11 trunk segments, antenna of the d 2- or 3-segmented 
BB. antennanon the! ay a-Seemented isi intl veel Streptocephalidae. 


BB. Antenna of the ¢ 2-segmented. 
C. Basal segments of the male antennae joined, forming with the head a 


frontal clypeus .. . - .- , Branchipodidae. 
CC. Basal segments of the nel Antennae aOR Gomed ‘or very slightly 
joined at the base. 
D: Head, male, with forehead unarmed .. .. --  Branchinectidae. 
DD. Head, male, with one or more frontal ie pendaees Sc eee Digiea RIDA ath 
Chirocephalidae. 
Family BRANCHINECTIDAE. 

Body of variable dimensions; trunk either equal to the length of the abdomen 
without the cereopods, slightly longer or much shorter. Trunk composed of 11 
segments, abdomen of 8 or 9. Cercopods of varying length, either mobile, arti- 
culating with the last segment of the abdomen or immobile. Head of both male 
and female unarmed. Antennae of the male composed of two segments, apical 
segment flattened or falciform. Apical segment of the penis usually denticulate, 
rarely smooth. 
Key to sub-families of the Branchinectidae. 

A. Abdomen composed of 8 segments, apical segment of antennae in the male 


Hatteneds ie) apes. HiWas Arteminae. 
AA. Abdomen emiposed tai ‘9 segments, eae oment oi Bennee in the male 
oftén triangular,*falciform .. ...... .. ............ -. Branchinectinae. 


Subfamily ARTEMIINAE Daday de Dees. 


Body slender. Abdomen composed of 8 segments, the last of which is longer 
than the preceding segments. Cereopods short, of diverse form and structure. 
Head in both sexes simply rounded. All legs a similar structure, with one leaf- 
like branch. Apical segment of the penis usually with a spinulose surface, un- 
armed at the apex. This subfamily includes two genera which are inhabitants 
of fresh, brackish and salt water. One genus is represented in New South Wales. 


Genus Arremia Leach, 1819. 


Male antennae with the basal segments slightly joined at the base; apical 
segments flattened, elongated, with the apex pointed. Hgg-sac short, heart- 
shaped. Species very variable. One species occurs in New South Wales. 


ARTEMIA SALINA (Linnaeus) var. ARIETINA Fischer. 

Syn.—Branchipus arietinus Grube, Branchipus oudneyi Liévin, Artemia 
proxima King, Artemia australis Sayce, Artemia westraliensis Sayee. 

Artemia salina is a very variable species and its synonymy is accordingly 
somewhat confused. There are, however, ‘four distinct varieties, and the three 
forms described from Australia are all comprised in the variety arietina Fischer. 
The first of these was described by King in 1855 (p. 70) as Artemia proxima; 
the description was very brief and the only figure published was that of the 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 127 


fifth leg, so that its identification was uncertain. In King’s original manuscript, 
however, there is a page of drawings which include figures of the whole animal 
and separate studies of its parts; these show that it is decidedly synonymous 
with A. salina. In 1902 (p. 229) Sayece described two forms under the names of 
A. australis and A. westraliensis which are also synonymous. 

The variety is characterised by its immobile cercopods which are united with 
the last segment of the abdomen, their form is variable, they are usually flattened 
and leaf-lke, they may be poorly supplied with apical setae or both apical and 
lateral setae may be numerous. The body is of variable dimensions, the length 
of the trunk may be greater or less than that of the abdomen; the last segment 
of the abdomen may be longer than the preceding segments or of equal, length. 
Egg-sac variable. 

Distribution.—King’s specimens were collected in salt-pans at Newington, 
N.S.W. A single female specimen was bred from dried mud collected at Macumba, 
Central Australia. Sayce’s specimens were obtained from Glenelg, South Aus- 
tralia and Murchison, Western Australia. 

Europe; Asia; Africa; North America. 


Subfamily BRANCHINECTINAE. 


Body of varying dimensions, the trunk often not attaining the length of the 
abdomen without the cercopods. Abdomen composed of 9 segments, last seg- 
ment much shorter than the preceding segments. Cercopods usually mobile, 
rarely immobile and joined to the last segment of the abdomen. Antennae of 
the male two-segmented, apical segment either falciform or branched. Head of 
both male and female, rounded, unarmed. 

This subfamily includes three genera which live in fresh and salt water. 


Key to genera of Branchinectinae. 
A. Cercopods mobile, articulating with the last segment of the abdomen. 


B. Apical segments of the male antennae falciform, simple .. .. Branchinecta. 
BB. Apical segments of the male antennae branched ., .. .. .. Artemiopsis. 
AA. Cercopods immobile, united with the last segment of the abdomen ...... .. 
Branchinectella. 


Genus BrANcHInEcTA Verrill, 1869. 


Body of varying dimensions, either slender or very robust. Trunk usually 
not as long as the abdomen without the cercopods. Abdomen composed of 9 
‘seements, the last of which is often tapering, rarely of uniform breadth, always 
much shorter than the preceding segments. Cereopods mobile. Integument of 
the body smooth. Head rounded, unarmed. Antennules filiform, varying im 
length. Antennae in the male with the basal segments either unarmed or with 
tubercles and setae, apical segments usually falciform. Antennae in the female 
flattened. Egeg-sac variable. 

Key to species of Branchinecta. 

A. Antennules reaching the end of the first segment of the antenna .. .. . tenuis. 
AA. Antennules far exceeding the length of the whole antenna .. .. .. parooensvs. 


BRANCHINECTA TENUIS, n.sp. (Plate xxx., figs. 4-7.) 


Male (Fig. 4). Body long and slender. Trunk slightly longer than the 
abdomen without the cercopods. All segments of the body with a smooth surface, 
unarmed, last segment of the abdomen very short, less than half the length of 


128 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W., IV., PHYLLOPODA, 


the preceding segments. Cercopods (Fig. 6) very long, equalling the last five 
_ segments of the abdomen combined, broad at the base, tapering to the apex, 
both margins bearing long setae. Head rounded, unarmed. Antennules narrow, 
slender, reaching the end of the first segment of the antenna. Basal segment of 
the antenna (Fig. 5) broad, inner margin bearing three leaf-like projections, 
middle projection serrated; second segment curved back over the first, tapering 
towards the apex, imner margin bearing a double row of denticles. Eyes of 
moderate size. Legs (Fig. 7) all of similar structure. Length 12 mm. 

Female. Similar to the male in general structure of the body. Antennules 
slender, not quite as long as the antennae. Antennae flattened, leaf-like, pointed 
at the apex, surface bearing scattered hairs. Hgg-sac very long and slender. 
Colour of spirit specimens milky white. 

Distribution —N.S.W.: Dubbo. 


BRANCHINECTA PAROOENSIS, n.sp. (Plate xxxi.) 


Male. Body very robust, trunk not quite as long as the abdomen without 
the cercopods. Segments smooth and polished, in places bearing very minute 
hairs. Last segment of the abdomen much shorter than the preceding segments, 
tapering slightly posteriorly. Cereopods equal in length to the last four seg- 
ments combined, strongly built and densely fringed with setae on both margins. 
Head comparatively small, forehead rounded, no trace of any frontal process. 
Hye small. Antennules unusually long, extending to about the ninth trunk seg- 
ment, strongly built, tapering gradually to the apex. Antennae composed of two 
segments, basal segment broad and bearing an outwardly directed process which 
is minutely spinulate; second segment curved, strongly built, margins bearing 
tiny spines. Legs of similar structure. Length 36 mm. 

Female. Similar to the male in general build, shghtly smaller. Antennae 
flattened, pointed at the apex. 

Colour in living specimens, transparent, cerecopods faintly tinged with pink. 
Spirit specimens opaque white. 

Distribution.Clay pans on Goorimpa Station, Paroo River. 


Family CHIROCEPHALIDAE. 


Body of varying dimensions, trunk either attaining the length of the abdo- 
men without the cercopods or longer than it. Trunk composed of 11 segments, 
abdomen of nine, last segment of the abdomen shorter than the preceding ones. 
Cereopods mobile, articulating with the last segment of the abdomen, rarely 
joined. Head of the female rounded, unarmed, that of the male either unarmed 
or with frontal appendages of varying structure. Basal segments of male an- 
tennae variously armed or unarmed. Eleven pairs of legs, rarely dissimilar. 
Apical segment of the penis either spinulose or with a smooth surface and 
pointed apex. Daday de Dees divides this family into three subfamilies, one of 
which is represented in New South Wales. 


Key to subfamilies of Chirocephaldae. 


A. Apical segment of the penis smooth, pointed terminally. 
B. Antennae of the male with serrated appendages .. .. .. Chirocephalinae. 
BB. Antennae of the male lacking serrated appendaecs .. .. Hubranchpodinae. 
AA. Apical segment of the penis spinulose .. .. .. -....... -- Branchinellinae. 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 129 


Subfamily BRANCHINELLINAE. 


Body of varying dimensions. Trunk usually longer than the abdomen with- 
out the cercopods; abdomen of 9 segments, the last of which is always the 
shortest, segments usually cylindrical, sometimes flattened. Head of the male 
bearing an appendage of varying structure; head of the female usually unarmed. 
Antennae of the male with or without serriform appendages. Endopodites of 
all feet usually similar, structure of endopodites of the anterior pairs sometimes 
dissimilar. Last segment of the penis with a spinulose surface. 

The members of this subfamily are inhabitants of both fresh and salt water. 
It includes five genera. 


Key to genera of the subfamily Branchinellinae. 


A. Antennae of the male provided with serriform appendages .. . Branchinellites. 
AA. Antennae of the male devoid of serriform appendages. 
B. Frontal appendage of the male stalked, simple, projecting from the middle 
of the forehead .. .. .- , Hubranchinella. 
BB. Frontal encase Of tite ate cece dt ined fats two, projecting from 
the middle of the forehead or from the vertex. 
C. All segments of the abdomen flattened, cercopods joined forming a 
Founded: keel Wh... . +. Thamnocephalus. 
CC. All segments of the pbdormen bagel ecanods always distinct. 
D. Endopodites of all the legs of similar structure .. .. Branchinella. 
DD. Endopodites of the two anterior pairs of legs of different structure 
from the succeeding pairs ..\.. .. .. .. -- .- . Dendrocephalus. 


Genus BRANCHINELLA Sayee, 1902. 


Body of varying size; segments of the trunk with a smooth surface; seg- 
ments of the abdomen in the male sometimes pointed at the posterior angles. 
Cercopods mobile, their margins setose. Head of the male with a stalked frontal 
appendage of varying structure and length. Antenna of the male with the basal 
segments distinct, apical segments usually falciform and unarmed. Apical seg- 
ment of the penis elongated, armed with denticles. 

This genus appears closely related to both Branchinellites and Dendro- 
cephalus. Five species occur in New South Wales. 


Key to species of Branchinella. 
A. Frontal appendage in the male not exceeding the length of the basal segment 


of the antenna .. .. .. -- » qustraliensis. 
AA. Frontal appendage far axccsdhine. aie ‘toaenih 3 ‘ahi pitonnee! 
B. Frontal appendage with numerous branches. S666 Ba 8b oO OLCOSG 


BB. Frontal appendage biramous. 
C. Second segment of the male antenna falciform. 
D. Rami of the frontal appendage armed with spines .. .. .. eyrensis. 
DD. Rami of the frontal appendage bearing rounded processes ornata. 
CC. Second segment of the male antenna shaped like a foot .. proboscida. 


BRANCHINELLA AUSTRALIENSIS (Richters). 


Branchipus austrakiensis Richters, Journal de Mus. Godeffroy, xii., p. 43.— 
Branchinella australiensis Sayce, 1902, p. 234, Plate xxx. 


This species has not hitherto been recorded in New South Wales. A number ~ | 
of fine specimens of both males and females were obtained by Dr. W. Hull at~ 


SE a 


130 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W., IV., PHYLLOPODA, 


Wagga. It has also been collected in the Paroo River and on Tiltagoona Station 
in the Cobar district.. 

The species has been recorded from Queensland, Victoria, South Australia 
and Central Australia. 


BRANCHINELLA EYRENSIS Sayee. 


Proe. Roy. Soc. Vict., xv:; 1902, p. 239, Plate xxxi: 

A few specimens of this species were collected in water holes on Goorimpa 
Station on the Paroo River. It has not been recorded previously from New 
South Wales. The species was described from specimens collected in Central 
Australia. 


BRANCHINELLA ORNATA (Wolf), 


Branchinema ornata Wolf; Branchinella ornata Daday de Dees, 1910, p. 266, 
Fig. 40. , 

Male. Body graceful, trunk equal to the length of the abdomen without the 
cercopods or a little longer. Last segment of the abdomen very much shorter 
than the preceding segments, produced between the cercopods. Cercopods taper- 
ing at the apex, comparatively short, about equal to the combined length of the 
last two abdominal segments, margins with long setae. Vertical appendage of 
the head with a flattened stalk, dividing into two at about half its length; 
branches of the appendage bearing several rounded processes on both inner and 
outer margins, otherwise unarmed. Antennules comparatively long; considerably 
exceeding the length of the basal segment of the antennae. ‘Antennae unarmed 
except for two small tubercles on the basal segment; apical segment falciform, 
inwardly curved, pointed at the apex. Feet all of similar structure. Length, 12 
mm. 

Female. Body very similar to the male. Antennules very much longer than 
the antennae. Antennae flattened, leaf-like, pointed at the apex, setose. Ege- 
sac fusiform, extending the length of the first three segments of the abdomen. 

_ - Distribution—This species has not hitherto been recorded in Australia. 
Specimens were collected on Tiltagoona Station in the Cobar district. It has 
only previously been recorded from Africa. 


BRANOHINELLA FRONDOSA, n.sp. (Plate xxvili.; Pl. xxix., figs. 1-4.) 


Male (Fig. 1). Body robust, length of the trunk far surpassing that of the 
abdomen without the cereopods. Surface of the segments of both trunk and 
abdomen smooth and polished. Last segment of the abdomen about half the 
length of the preceding segment, slightly produced between the cercopods. Cerco- 
pods (Fig. 4) tapering towards the apex, directed towards each other; length 
almost attaining the combined length of the last four abdominal segments, setae 
long. Head (Fig. 3) comparatively large, rounded, a strong complicated ap- 
pendage proceeding from the vertex; processes near the base very small and in- 
conspicuous. Vertical appendage (Fig. 2) stalked and flattened basally; the 
basal portion narrowing at each end and broad in the middle; two main branches 
spring from this basal portion and these at once divide again into (1) one 
strong branch on the inside which remains undivided, (2) a strong branch which 
divides into three and these again bear smaller lateral branches, (3) a branch 
which bears lateral branches towards the apex. The whole structure has a tree- 
like appearance and extends as far as the fifth segment of the trunk, the surface 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 131 


of the basal portion and the branches has a4 wrinkled appearance; the branches 
are provided with straight and curved spines. Antennules small, filiform, not 
attaining the length of the first segment of the antennae. sorleanerts (Fig. 3) 
composed of two segments, apical segment strongly curved and provided with a 
row of strong denticles. Exopodites of all the legs of similar structure (Fig. 5). 
Penis (Fig. 6) composed of two segments, the first very short, the second elon- 
gated, provided with a series of strong eurved denticles along the sides. Length, 
18 mm. Colour when alive transparent; cercopods a vivid orange-colour, of spirit 
Specimens milky white. 

Female (Plate xxix., fig. 1). Similar to the male in general structure. An- 
tennae (Fig. 2) foie and leaf-like, produced apically into a narrow point. 
Kgg-sae (Figs. 3 and 4) strongly built, seen laterally, triangular, tapering at the 
apex, with a protruding lip. Length, 20 mm. 

This species greatly resembles the genus Dendrocephalus in the form of its 
frontal appendage, but in every other respect it appears to be a true Branchinella, 
the exopodites of the legs all being of similar structure and the male antennae 
devoid of appendages. It is this species that is referred to in Whitelegge’s 
hist (1889, p. 318) as Chirocephalus sp. 

Distribution—N.S.W.: Yass. 


BRANCHINELLA PROBOSCIDA, n.sp. (Plate xxix., figs. 5-9; Pl. xxx., figs. 1-3.) 


Male (Fig. 5). Body moderately robust; trunk almost equal to the length 
of the abdomen without the cereopods; all the segments with a smooth polished 
surface; last segment of the abdomen shorter than the preceding segments, not 
produced between the cercopods. Cereopods (Fig. 6) long, tapering towards the 
produced apex; equal in length to the four preceding segments combined, setae 
on the margins very long and delicate. Head of moderate size; bearing an elon- 
gated, segmented appendage which branches terminally and which almost reaches 
the end of the abdomen; this appendage cari be coiled up and, when in this 
position, does not reach the end of the antenna; it is composed of about twenty 
seements before the bifureation, the two branches of the latter broaden in the 
centre and taper apically; they .are covered with small hairs and bear several 
rows of spines along the inner edges. Antennules filiform, slightly exceeding 
the length of the first segment of the artéennae. Antennaé (Fig. 9) of very 
unusual structure for the genus, first segment brodd and without appendages, 
apical segment shaped somewhat like a foot, the margins of the apical portion 
finely serrated. Penis (Fig. 7) with an elon es apical segment, rounded at 
the apex and bearing rows of strong spines. Length, 14 mm. Colour similar to 
that of the preceding species. 

Female (Fig. 1). Similar in size and general structure to the male. An- 
tennae (Fig. 2) flattened, leaf-lke, produced to a narrow projection apically. 
Egg-sae (Fig. 3) aormaanattinclly long and narrow, extending the length of four 
Seements, deeply lobed at the apex. 

Distribution—N.S.W.: Dubbo, Marra and Budda Stations (Darling River). 
a 

Suborder Conchostraca. 

Body enclosed by a bivalved carapace. Hyes sessile, either coalescent or 
closely contiguous. Antennules small. Antennae large, used as organs of loco- 
motion. One or two pairs of legs in the male modified as clasping organs. Tail 
piece compressed, usually armed with spines. 


132 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W., IV., PHYLLOPODA, 


Key to families of Conchostraca. 
A. Carapace with concentric lines of growth round a more or less prominent 


umbo .. SPASM USB Limnadiidae. 
AA. Carapace sient hort ime of Eroa til dol odio ob) oo co ou) JOOORIECIG 


Family LIMNADIIDAE. 


Carapace compressed, with a varying number of lines of growth. Head of 
medium size, showing little difference in the two sexes. Tail-piece well developed, 
forming two lamellae with varying armature. Legs numerous, endites short; 
first and second pairs in the male usually prehensile. 

Five genera occur in New South Wales. 


Key to genera of Limnadiidae. 
A. Dorsal organ present. 
B. 26-32 pairs of legs; dorsal margin of the carapace with spiny processes. 


Lamnadopsis. 

BB. About 18 pairs of legs, no spiny processes on the dorsal margin of the 
carapace. 

C. Umbones inconspicuous or absent, few lines of growth .. . Hulimnadia. 


CC. Umbones large and prominent, numerous lines of growth Paralimnadia. 
AA. Dorsal organ absent. 


B. First pair of legs only prehensile in the male; antennules simple .. 


C aiolloainan. 
BB. First two pairs of legs prehensile in the male; antennules lobed . Estheria. 


Genus Limnapopsis Spencer and Hall, 1896. 


Carapace ovate, compressed, narrower in the male than in the female; valves 
thin and like parchment. Lines of growth distinct, prolonged dorsally to form a 
series of spines on the dorsal margin of the carapace. Dorsal organ present. 
26-32 pairs of legs, first two pairs prehensile in the male. 


Key to species of Lamnadopsis. 
A. 30 or more pairs of legs present. 


B. Tail-piece armed with about fifty spines .. .. /. .. .. .. .. .. .. squoret. 

BB. Tail-piece with not more than eighteen spines .... .. .. .. parvispinus. 
AA. 26 pairs of legs. 

B. Tail-piece with few spines of various sizes, carapace pitted .. .. .. .. tatet. 


BB. Tail-piece with small spines of uniform size, carapace pustulate . brunneus. 


LIMNADOPSIS BIRCHII (Baird). 


Estheria birchit Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1860, P. 392.—Limnado psis 
squirei Spencer and Hall, 1896, p. 239, figs. 15-19. 

Distribution —N.S.W.: Namoi River, Broken Hill. South Australia; Central 
Australia. 


LIMNADOPSIS PARVISPINUS, n.sp. (Plate xxxii., figs. 1-7.) 


Male (Fig. 1). Carapace irregularly oval in outline, moderately compressed ; 
dorsal margin forming almost a night angle with the anterior margin and an 
obtuse angle with the posterior margin; anterior margin straight, ventral margin 
evenly curved; dorsal margin depressed before the umbo, curving convexly im- 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 133 


mediately after the umbo. 12-14 well marked lines of growth; the carapace valves 
between the lines of growth smooth and polished. Processes on the dorsal margin 
of the carapace (Fig. 7) small and inconspicuons, 5 or 6 present in the posterior 
portion. Head of moderate size (Fig. 3), rostrum long and triangular. An- 
tennules equal in length to the basal segment of the antennae. About thirty 
pairs of legs; first two pairs (Fig. 4) very much modified to form clasping 
organs. Tail-piece (Fig. 2) strongly built, end-claws longer than the lamellae, 
provided with a series of spines along three-quarters of their length, the remain- 
ing portion being provided with hairs; free margins of the lamellae curved, 
bearing about eighteen spines of uniform size and a larger spine at each end. 
Length, 16 mm. Colour yellowish-green, transparent. 

Female (Fig. 5) slightly different from the male in the general shape of the 
carapace, the height being greater in proportion to the length; dorsal margin 
more evenly curved from the convexity behind the umbo to the posterior angle. 
Head larger than the male, but possessing a shorter and less conspicuous rostrum. 
Antennule shorter than in the male, not reaching the end of the basal segment 
of the antennae. Legs as in the male except that the first two pairs are not 
modified for clasping. Tail-piece (Fig. 6) with the free margins less curved 
than in the male and the end-claws not so strongly armed. 

Distribution—N.S.W.: Lake Cowal (Bland district), Mossgiel. 


Genus PARALIMNADIA Sars, 1896. 


Shell compressed, valves thin; lines of growth inconspicuous, very numerous; 
umbones large and prominent. Propagation sexual. 

This genus was suggested by Sars in 1896 for the species known as Hulim- 
nadia stanleyana (King). It is closely allied to both Limnadia and Eulimnadia. 


PARALIMNADIA STANLEYANA (King). 


Limnadia stanleyana King, Proce. Roy. Soc. Van Diemen’s Land, 1855, p. 
70.—Eulimnadia stanleyana Sars, 1895, p. 16, Plate 2, figs. 1-12, Plate 3, figs. 
1-10. 

Distribution—N.S.W.: Coogee, Maroubra, Bondi. 


Genus Hunimnapia Packard, 1873. 


Carapace narrowly oval in lateral view, usually only 4 or 5 lines of growth. 
Flagella of the second antennae 9—10-segmented. 18-20 pairs of legs. 


HULIMNADIA SORDIDA (King). 


Limnadia sordida King, Proce. Roy. Soe. Van Diemen’s Land, 1855, p. 70.— 
Eulimnadia rivolensis Brady, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1886, p. 87, fig. D. 

This species was very briefly described by King and since he did not publish 
any figures, it was difficult to identify. Sars (1895, p. 17) suggested it might 
be synonymous with Paralimnadia stanleyana, while Sayce (1902, p. 245) con- 
sidered that it was probably the same form as that described by Brady (1886, 
p. 87) as Eulimnadia rivolensis. The original specimen described is figured in 
King’s manuscript and the drawings show without doubt that Sayce’s opinion 
was correct. A detailed description of this species is given by Sayce (1902, p. 
245, Plate xxxii.) under the name of Eulimnadia rivolensis Brady. 


134 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W., IV., PHYLLOPODA, 


Distribution._N.8.W.: Botany Bay, Moure Park, Nelson’s Bay, Myall Lakes, 
Lismore. Victoria; South Australia; Central Neeeoue 


Genus Historia Riippell, 1857. 


Carapace oval, 10-22 lines of growth usually very distinct. Dorsal organ 
absent. 24-28 pairs of legs. Six Species are described from Australia, three 
of which occur in New South Wales. 


Key to species of Estheria. 
A. Tail-piece bearing numerous anal denticles. 
BaiMore than) 20) Mineswob wehowalay ieee yee es nAls d i iad eA nen ae packardi. 
BB. Less than 20 lines of growth. 
C. Marginal area of the carapace with crowded concentric striae . elluptica. 


CC: Marginal area without any striae .. .. STM NM lors bien k Cadena tt 
AA. Tail-piece with few (less than ten) anal denticles, 
B. Dorsal margin forming a distinct angle with the posterior margin .. . sarsii. 
BB. Dorsal margin joining the posterior without any angle. 
CPE YeSLCOMAUeM Ey Ms uaa late eee oie clive asl enh SiC es ul o Er ena 
OC Byesisepanaiel) cy ick may Asi a Mec Ale ans als slcbney oe 


EXSTHERIA PACKARDI Brady. 


Brady, Proe. Zool. Soc. London, 1886, p. 85, fig. C. 
This appears to be the commonest species of Hstheria in Australia, and 
usually occurs in large numbers. An account of its development was given by 
' Sars in 1896 and a detailed deseription of the adult form in 1895 (p. 28, Plate 4. 
figs. 1-9, Plate 5, figs. 1-9). 
Distribution —N.8.W.: Botany, Hay, Dubbo, Trangie. South Australia; 
Central Australia; Victoria; Queensland. 


HISTHERIA LUTRARIA Brady. 


Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1886, p. 85, fig. B. 

Estheria lutraria is the largest species of the genus that occurs in Australia; 
it has not hitherto been recorded in New South Wales. 

Specific characters. Carapace, seen laterally, with a very straight dorsal 
margin which meets the curved posterior margin without any definite angle. 
Umbo small and pointed, situated very close to the anterior end, dorsal margin 
sloping very obliquely from the umbo to the posterior end. Anterior margin 
much broader than the posterior. Surface of the carapace with an average of 
fourteen lines of growth, distinctly marked and bearing small hairs ; surface be- 
tween the lines marked with an irregular reticulation. Tail-piece comparatively 
short, dorsal margins of the lamellae deeply concave, about five small denticles; 
end-claws bearing feathered setae along half their length. Length of fully grown 
specimens attaining 14 mm. 

Distribution—N.S.W.: Dubbo, Broken Hill. South Australia; Central Aus- 
tralia. 


HWSTHERIA RUBRA, n.sp. (Plate xxxu., Figs. 8-9.) 


Carapace (Fig. 8), seen laterally, irregularly oval in outline; dorsal margin 
ferming a distinet obtuse angle with the posterior margin; anterior margin 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 135 
broadly rounded; posterior margin curved, narrower than the anterior. Umbones 
very prominent, situated fairly far forward. Seen from above not very tumid, 
greatest width oceurring considerably in front of the middle, anterior end broader 
than the posterior. Surface of the carapace marked by about 12 distinct lines of 
erowth which are provided with short bristles; between the lines the surface is 
marked by an irregular reticulation, no concentric striae on the outer margin. 
Dorsal margin bearing two or three small spines. Valves of firm consistency 
and moderately thick. Head comparatively large, eyes confluent, situated behind 
a somewhat round projection of the head. Last segments of the trunk with well 
marked spines, situated on small projections. Tail-piece (Fig. 9) well developed. 
a strong pair of denticles and two smaller pairs occurring in front of the caudal 
setae; dorsal margin curved, bearing a total number of 18-20 pairs of denticles, 
last pair very large; end-claws strong, bearing feathered setae along half their 
length and very small hairs or bristles along the remaining half. Colour of Eving 
specimens bright red to reddish-brown. Length, 6 mm. 

Distribution —N.S.W.: Marra and Budda Stations on the Darling River and 
Goorimpa Station on the Paroo. 


Family LIMNETIDAE. 

Carapace spheroidal, without lines of growth. Head large, not included in 
the carapace. First pair of legs prehensile in the male. Tail-piece undeveloped. 
Only one genus, Limnetis. 

Genus Limnetis Loven. 

Carapace without umbones; surface smooth. Head produced into a large 
rostrum. Tail-piece unarmed. . 

Two species occur in New South Wales. 


Key to species of Limnetis. 
A. Rostrum in the female broadly rounded .. .. ........ .. - macleayana- 
AA. Rostrum in the female narrow, long, notched at each side... .. .. .. .. tate. 


LIMNETIS MACLEAYANA King. 


Proe. Roy. Soe. Van Diemen’s Land, 1855, p. 70. 

Female. Carapace, seen laterally, of irregularly rounded shape, the greatest 
height not as long as the length and occurring in front of the middle. Seen 
from above, oval with the greatest width in the middle; anterior and posterior 
ends pointed, and of equal width. Rostrum very broad and obtusely rounded at 
the end. Eyes of moderate size, ocellus almost as large as the eyes. Twelve 
pairs of legs diminishing in size posteriorly. Tail-piece very small, ending in 
two rounded lobes, each of which bears a tiny spinule. Colour in the living 
animal, jade green. Length up to 7.5 mm. 

Male. Very like the female in general form, except that the posterior end 
is narrower. Rostrum shorter than that of the female and transversely truncated 
at the tip. Ten pairs of legs, the first of which are modified as grasping organs. 

Distribution—N.S.W.: Botany, Liverpool, Denham Court, Hay, Myall Lakes, 
Paroo River. It has also been recorded from Victoria. 


LIMNETIS TATEI Brady. 


Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1886, p. 84. 
Female. Carapace, seen laterally, rounded, greatest height occurring con- 
siderably in front of the middle. Seen from above oval, the greatest width be- 


136 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W., IV., PHYLLOPODA, 


ing in the middle. Head comparatively larger than in the preceding species, 
rostrum produced, seen laterally, pointed at the apex; seen from in front, obtuse 
at the apex and with a well defined notch at each side. Legs similar to those 
of the preceding species. Colour in living specimens yellowish-green. Length 
up to 3 mm. 

Male. Rostrum elongated, transversely truncated at the apex, the terminal 
edge bearing a fringe of cilia. 

This species is more rarely found than the preceding one but is usually in 
large numbers when it occurs. 


Distribution —N.S.W.: Sydney, Botany, Maroubra. Victoria; South Aus- 
traha. 


List of Works referred to. 


Bairp, W., 1850.—Description of several new species of Entomostraca. Proc. 
Zool, Soc. London, Part xvii, p. 254. 
————, 1860.—Deseription of a new Entomostracous Crustacean belong- 
ing to the order Phyllopoda from South Australia. Proc. Zool. 
Soc. London, Part xxviu., p. 392. 
—__— —_._-, 1866.—Description of two new species of Phyllopodous Crusta- 
ceans. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 122. 
Brapy, G. 8., 1886.—Notes on Freshwater Hntomostraca from South Australia. 
Proce. Zool. Soe. London, p. 82. 
Cuitton, C., 1917.—Results of the Soath Australian Museum Expedition to 
Strzelecki and Cooper Creeks. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xli. 
p. 475. 
Cuaus, €., 1872.—Ueber den Korperbau ciner australischen Limnadia und iiber 
das Minchen derselben. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zoologie, Bd. 
22,°p. 305. 
Dapay pe Dees, E., 1910.—Monographie systématique des Phyllopedes anostracés. 
Ann. Sci. Nat., Zoologie, Series 9, Tome xi., p. 91. 
—————, 1910.—Quelques Phyllopodes anostracés nouveaux, appendice a 
la Monographie systematique des Phyllopodes anostracés. Ann- 
So. Nat., Zoologie, Series 9, Tome xu., p. 241. 
Kine, R. L., 1855.—On Australian Entomostracans. Proc. Roy. Soc. Van Die- 
men’s Land, i1., part 1, p. 56. 
Ricuters, F., 1876.—Branchipus australiensis nov. spec. Journal de Muséum 
Godeffroy, xu., p. 43. 
Sars, G. O., 1887.—On Cyclestheria hislopi (Baird). Christ. Videns-Sels. For., 
IM@, dl 
—, 1895.—Deseription of some Australian Phyllopoda. Arch. f. 
Math. og Nat., Bd. xvui., No. 2, p. 1. 

-, 1896.—On some West-Australian Entomostraca raised from 
dried sand. Arch. f. Math. og Nat., xix., No. 1, p. 5. 

-, 1896.—Deseription of two new Phyllopoda from North Austra- 
lia. Archiv. f. Math. og Nat., xviii., No. 8, p. 4. 

, 1896.—Development of Estheria packardi Brady, as shown by 
artifical hatching from dried mud. Arch. f. Math. og Nat., 
xvill., No. 2, p. 1. 

Sayce, O. A., 1902.—The Phyllopoda of Australia, including descriptions of some 

new genera and species. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xv., p. 224. 


2 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 137 


SPENCER and Hau, 1895.—Preliminary Description of a new species of Apus. 

Victorian Naturalist, xi., p. 161. 
, 1896—Report of the Horn Expedition to Central Australia, 

Part 2, Zoology. 

Tats, R., 1877.—Deseription of a new species of a Phyllopodous Crustacean. 
Trans. Proc. Philosophical Soc. S.A., p. 136. 

WuiteLecce, T., 1889.—List of the Marine and Freshwater Invertebrate Fauna 
of Port Jackson and the neighbourhood. Proc. Roy. Soe. 
N.S.W. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXVIII.-XXXII. 


Plate xxviii. 
Branchinella frondosa &. 

Fig. 1—Lateral view (x 15); Fig. 2.—Frontal appendage (x 28); Fig. 3—Head 
(x 20); Fig. 4.—Cercopods (x 20); Fig. 5—First leg (x 100); Fig. 6— 
Penis (x 100). 

Plate xxix. 
Figs. 1-4 Branchinella frondosa @. 

Fig. 1—Head (x 30); Fig. 2—Antenna (x 35); Fig. 3.—Hgg-sac (x 30); 
Fig. 4.—Hge-sae, lateral view (x 30). 

Figs. 5-9 Branchinella proboscida 6. 

Fig. 5—Lateral view (x 15); Fig. 6—Cereopods (x 30); Fig. 7—Penis (x 60) ; 
Fig. 8—First leg (x 150); Fig. 9.—Antenna (x 60). . 

Plate xxx. 
Figs. 1-3 Branchinella proboscida °. 
Fig. 1.—Head (x 15); Fig. 2—Antenna (x 30); Fig. 3—Hgg-sac (x 30). 
Figs. 4-7 Branchinecta tenuis d. 

Fig. 4.—Lateral view (x 10); Fig. 5—Antenna (x 15); Fig. 6.—_Cercopods 
(x 15); Fig. 7.—First leg (x 150). 

Plate xxxi. 
Branchinecta parooensis 6. 

Fig. 1—Lateral view (x 5); Fig. 2—-Antenna (x 7); Fig. 3—Cercopods (x 10) ; 

Fig. 4.—First leg (x 20). 
Plate xxxi. 
Figs. 1-7 Limnadopsis parvispinus. 

Fig. 1—lLateral view ¢ (x 3); Fig. 2.—Tail-piece O(c 9) ; Fig. 3.—Head ¢ 
(x 9); Fig. 4—Modified leg d (x 12); Fig. 5.—hLateral view Oy (is) eb 
6.—Tail-piece 2 (x 9); Fig. 7—Dorsal margin (x 7). 

Figs. 8-9 Hstheria rubra. 
Fig. 8—Lateral view (x 10); Fig. 9.—Tail-piece (x 25). 


138 


NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA. No. ii. 
By J. R. Mauiocu. 
[Read 28th May, 1924.] 


Family MUSCARIDAE. 
Subfamily ANTHOMYIINAE. 


Genus Hyuemyra Robineau-Desvoidy. 


This genus is most abundantly represented in the northern hemisphere and 
especially in Europe and the northern and mountainous sections of North 
America. Africa and South America have so far produced very few represen- 
tatives of the genus and only 3 are known to me as occurring in Australia, one 
of these, cilicrwra Rondani, ‘being of world-wide distribution. 

It is possible that collecting in forested mountainous sections may yet pro- 
duce more Australian species, though those already known will probably be found 
to be associated with cultivated crops, which is certainly the case with cilicrura. 

I present herein a key for the identification of the three species known to 
me. TF ailure to associate one of the species with any already described has com- 
pelled me to describe it as new. The type and allotype specimens will be re- 
turned to Dr. E. W. Ferguson. 

The complete sixth wing-vein, presence of a bristle at base of hind meta- 
tarsus on its ventral surface, and of fine sparse soft hairs on the ventral surface 
of scutellum will serve to distinguish the genus from its allies in Australia. The 
thorax has 2 + 3 dorsocentral bristles, the first posterior cell of wings is very 
slightly narrowed at apex, and the lower ecalyptra is smaller than the upper. 


Key to Australian species of Hylemyia.- 


1. Wing with conspicuous black spots as follows: at apex of first vein, junction of 
second and third veins, on fourth vein at base of discal cell, and on both 
extremities of both cross-veins; thorax with three broad brown vittae, the 
median one extending over scutellum .. .. . . .- deceptiva Malloch. 

Wing without black spots; thorax not, or stidbyte eae Gintate Be nye Pee 

2. Hind tibiae of male with a series of erect setulose hairs) on posteroventral 
surface from base to apex, which are as long as diameter of tibia; hind 
femur in same sex with some strong bristles on apical half of anteroventral 
surface, the posteroventral surface unarmed, fore tibia with a stout curved 
blunt-tipped spur at apex on posterior side; hind tibia in both sexes with 
about six anterodorsal bristles of irregular lengths; prealar bristle dis- 
PINCH ieee 5 .. .. .. . cilierura Rondani. 

Hind tibia in ee nee erect Be coed hairs, femur with long fine 
bristles on entire length of anteroventral surface, the tips of which are 


BY J. BR. MALLOCH. 139 


very fine, and a series of similar but weaker bristles on posteroventral 
surface, which do not extend to apex, fore tibia with a short sharp-tipped 
straight bristle at apex on posterior side; both sexes with two or three 
anterodorsal and two posterodorsal bristles; prealar bristle absent . 

. urbana, n.Sp. 


HiYLEMYIA DECEPTIVA Malloch. 

I have seen a large series of specimens of this species from Hlawarra and 
Botany Bay, N.S.W., sent to me by Dr. C. F. Baker, Philippine Islands. Origin- 
ally described from New Zealand, Sydney, N.S.W., and Adelaide, S.A. 

Readily distinguished from its allies by the spotted wings. Length, 4-5 mm. 


HYLEMYIA CILIcRURA Rondani. 


I have but two females of this species before me from Australia. It has 
been recorded also by Stein. The species is very widely distributed, the larvae 
feeding in the sprouting seeds of maize, beans, ete. Same size as last species. 


HYLEMYIA URBANA, D.Sp. 


Male and female.—Black, densely covered with brownish-grey pruinescence. 
Thorax faintly or not at all vittate with brown. Abdomen with a series of dark 
spots in middle of dorsum, which are rather indistinct in male and sometimes 
absent in female. Interfrontalia on female rufous in front, darker above. Legs 
black. Wings hyaline. Calyptrae whitish. Halteres yellow. 

Male——F rons linear above; arista pubescent; parafacial about as wide as 
third antennal segment, and narrower than height of cheek. Thorax with a 
sparse double row of presutural hairs and no prealar bristle. Abdomen de- 
pressed, as in ciltcrura, none of the segments with abnormal armature. [ore 
tibia with one or two posterior and one anterodorsal setula beyond middle; mid 
tibia with one anteroventral, one anterodorsal, one or two posterodorsal, and 
two posteroventral bristles; hind femur as described in key; hind tibia with two 
or three anterodorsal, two posterodorsal, and from two to four anteroventral 
bristles, the last very short. First posterior cell of wings slightly narrowed 
apically; costal thorns both distinct. 

Female.—Frons fully one-third of the head width, with a pair of cruciate 
interfrontal bristles. Tibiae as in male, but the hind femur with sparse antero- 
ventral bristles which do not extend to base, and the posteroventral surface bare. 

Length, 4 mm. 

Type, male, allotype, eight male, and one female paratypes, Sydney. 

One female from Sydney has three posterodorsal and two anterodorsal 
bristles and may represent another species, but more material is necessary te 
warrant a decision. 

Subfamily PHAONIINAE. 

It is becoming more and more difficult to separate the so-called families 
Muscidae and Anthomyiidae of authors, and it is evident to me that, while 
within any one of the larger faunal regions of the world it is not impossible to 
designate characters which will serve for that purpose, it is impossible to make 
these or any other set of characters apply to the whole complex when the whole 
world’s fauna is considered. I have in fact dropped the family Anthomyiidae 
in preference to Muscaridae or Muscidae in all of my recent papers, using sub- 
family groups of which Muscinae or Musearinae will form one, 

The separation of Phaoniinae and Musearinae is difficult, and it may be 
necessary yet to consider these groups as forming one subfamily as the limits 


140 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, 11, 


are very difficult to arrive at. There are, however, in the former, no species 
which have the fourth vem of the wings angularly bent forward at or before 
the middle of its last section as in typical Musca, the bend when present oe- 
curring beyond the middle, and the lower calyptra in Muscarinae is almost in- 
variably noticeably truncate at apex, while in the other group it is narrower 
and more distinctly rounded, with its inner posterior angle well separated from 
the anterior lateral angle of scutellum, which is not the case in Musearinae. 


DICHAETOMYIA ARMATA Stein. 


Male and female—Fulvous yellow, distinctly shining. Frons black, with 
white pruinescence, interfrontalia paler, brownish in female; antennae and palpi 
yellow, third segment of former whitish pruinescent in male, a little darkened 
in female. Thorax with three whitish pruinescent vittae on dorsum, giving it 
the appearance of being quadrivittate with rufous yellow. Apex of abdomen in 
male more or less infuscated. Legs entirely tawny yellow. Wings, calyptrae 
and halteres yellowish. 

Male.—Eyes bare; frons over twice as wide as third antennal segment, 
orbits distinct, each with six or seven bristles, the upper three or four curved 
backward; parafacial eliminated below when head is seen from the side; cheek 
narrow; longest hairs on arista about twice as long as width of third antennal 
segment. Thorax with 2+ 4 dorsocentral bristles; prealar short; hypopleura 
hairy below spiracle. Fore tibia with one long fine posterior bristle at middle; 
mid femur normal; mid tibia with rather dense black hairs on ventral surface 
that are longer than diameter of tibia, and two long fine posterior bristles; hind 
femora swollen from near base, at base of swollen part, about one-fourth from 
base of femur, on ventral surface with a dense clump of short black downwardly 
directed bristles, the apices of which are flexed towards apex of femur, a very 
long strong thorn at one-third from apex on same surface, which is as long as 
from its base to apex of femur, sloped towards base of femur, and curved at 
tip, some of the anterior bristles also strong; hind tibia slightly curved, with one 
anterodorsal median bristle and some fine black anteroventral and posterodorsal 
hairs or setulae. Wings normal. 

Female——Frons nearly one-third of the head width, upper two orbitals on 
each side backwardly directed. Fore tibia with one anterodorsal and one pos- 
terior median bristle; mid tibia with or without a short anterodorsal bristle, with 
two bristles and some short setulae on posterior side; hind femur with one or 
two strong preapical anteroventral bristles; hind tibia with two anterodorsal, 
two or three anteroventral bristles and a few posterodorsal setulae. Otherwise 
as male. 

Length, 7 mm. 

Originally described from an unrecorded locality in a key which does not 
give sufficient data to make the identification of the species absolutely certain, 
but, owing to the fact that I have what is evidently the same species from ‘the 
Philippines, I accept the name for this species even should Stein’s name be 
considered a nomen nudum. I suspect that Mydaea rigidiseta Stein, described 
from New Guinea, is merely this species, the type having but three pairs of 
postsutural dorsocentrals and the abdomen with black-spots. I have one such 
specimen from Queensland before me now. 

Localities—Glenreagh, N.S.W., February 1, 1923, Coramba-Dorrigo Rd., 
1,000 feet, January 31, 1923; Hidsvold, Queensland. 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 141 


PHAONIA UMBRINERVIS Stein. 

Male and female.——Black, slightly shining, with drab-coloured dusting. 
Mesonotum, when seen from behind, with four narrow black vittae. Abdomen, 
when viewed from behind, with, an elongate black spot on each tergite, forming 
an interrupted central vitta, less noticeable in female. Legs black. Wings 
slightly smoky, both eross-veins broadly black. Calyptrae greyish. Knobs of 
halteres fuscous. 

Male.—Eyes almost bare; narrowest part of frons about one-eighth of the 
head width, orbits linear, with long setulae on anterior half; parafacials silvery, 
nearly as wide as third antennal segment; cheek one-third as high as eye; arista 
sparsely plumose, the longest hairs as long as width of third antennal segment; 
palpi normal, slender. Thorax with dorsocentrals 2 +3; prealar absent; both 
intra-alars long; acrostichals in two series, three pairs in front of suture, one 
pair conspicuous; sternopleurals 1:2; hypopleura bare. Abdomen elongate ovate; 
basal sternite bare, fifth with a deep rounded posterior emargination. Fore tibia 
without a median posterior bristle; mid tibia with two posterior bristles; hind 
femur with a complete anteroventral and posteroventral series of bristles, the 
latter the weaker; hind tibia with two anterodorsal and three or four antero- 
ventral bristles, the calear of moderate length. Both costal thorns distinct; 
venation normal. 

Female.—Differs from the male in having the frons about one-third of the 
head width, one upper orbital directed backward, hind femur without postero- 
ventral bristles. 

Length, 3.5-5 mm. 

Originally described from one immature male from Botany Bay. I have 
before me a male from Sydney, July 15, 1923, and a female also from there, 
October 8, 1922. 

PHAONIA FERGUSONI, n.Sp. 

Male.—Black, slightly shining. Thorax and abdomen rather densely grey 
pruinescent, the former with four broad black vittae, the latter with a dorso- 
central black stripe which tapers apically. Legs black. Wings hyaline. Calyp- 
trae gray, margins and fringes black. Halteres black. 

Eyes densely haired; frons about one-ninth of the head width, orbits linear, 
setulose on their entire length, strongly so anteriorly; antennae missing in type; 
parafacial broad, over half as wide as height of cheek, the latter about one-fourth 
as high as eye. Thorax with 2+ 3 dorsocentrals, two pairs of closely placed 
fine presutural acrostichals, the prealar short, scutellum normal, hypopleura bare, 
sternopleurals 1:2. Abdomen elongate-ovate, basal sternite bare or almost so. 
Fore tibia unarmed at middle; fore tarsus without erect sensory hairs; mid 
tibia with two posterior bristles; hind femur with a series of fine closely placed 
bristles on entire length of anteroventral surface, longer apically; hind tibia 
with four or five irregular anterodorsal bristles, the anteroventral surface with 
a series of long setulae, and the posterodorsal bristle rather short. Wing normal, 
outer cross-vein much curved. 

Length, 11 mm. 

Type, Mill, Allyn River, December 18, 1922 (Goldfinch). 

The foregoing are the only two species which are definitely known as belong- 
ing to this genus from Australia. Stein has doubtfully referred stwpida Walker 
here, but it may readily be separated from either, if it really is a Phaonia, by 
the reddish femora and tibiae, bluish abdomen, and the presence of four pairs 
of postsutural dorsocentrals. 


142 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iL., 


As in the case of Hylemyza, this genus is most abundantly represented in 
Europe and North America, there being comparatively few species in South 
America, about half a dozen in Africa and none so far as I know in New 
Zealand. There are about 50 in North Ameriea, some of which oceur also in 
Europe, where there are about the same number. 

Some of the larvae occur under bark of fallen trees, and one is parasitic. 


Genus Hetina Robineau-Desvoidy. 


The species which I have referred to Helina from Australia fall into several 
more or less well marked groups, but in most cases these groups are slightly 
different from those found in Europe and North America. The species related 
to addita Walker are in many respects similar to the duplicata group found in 
these regions, but there are rather dense hairs on the eyes, which are not found 
as a rule in the European species which possess four sternopleural bristles. I 
note that there is a very decided tendency in the Australian and New Zealand 
Bpecies of some genera in this family to have the eyes hairy, whereas in other 
regions the allies of these species do not have the hairs or they are very in- 
distinct. 

Hurope does not furnish any blue or green species of this genus, while 
there are many such species in Australia. The presence of fine hairs upon the 
hypopleura is a character which has been considered of sufficient importance to 
use as a differentiating character for the families Muscidae and Anthomyiidae 
by recent authors, but in many species of Anthomyiidae there are quite evident 
hairs on the hypopleura and, in some cases, I have concluded that they may be 
absent or present even in the same species. It is pertinent to note that some 
of the blue species referred to have these hairs and others do not, a condition 
which is found also in the other groups to some extent. 

Possibly future workers on the family will arrive at a means of classification 
which will take into consideration the immature stages and biology while linking 
these up with characters which are not as yet evident to us and so arrive at a 
better understanding of the relationships of the groups. However, in the mean- 
time, we must perforce rely upon characters which appear to associate rather 
diverse forms together and, under existing circumstances, there appears to be no 
recourse other than to adopt for the Australian species the generic name above 
used. 

As limited here we have species which possess the following characters: 
Sixth wing-vein incomplete, not extending to margin of wing; hind tibia without 
a strong bristle beyond middle on posterodorsal surface; lower calyptra much 
larger than upper; wing veins bare, fourth not appreciably bent forward apically; 
fore femur not thorned at apex below in male; cruciate frontal bristles absent 
in female. 


HELINA CALYPTRATA, 0.Sp. 


Male.—Head black, parafacials silvery. Thorax black, with distinct white 
pruinescence and quadrivittate. Abdomen greenish-blue, with conspicuous whitish 
pruinescence, the sides of dorsum slightly checkered. Legs black. Wings rather 
noticeably brownish along costa, especially in subcostal cell and at inner cross- 
vein. Calyptrae white, margin of lower one yellowish. Knob of halteres fuscous. 

Hyes distinctly hairy; narrowest part of frons narrower than third antennal 
seement; arista plumose; cheek twice as high as width of third antennal segment. 
Thorax with 2+ 3 dorsocentrals; prealar very short; strong presutural acro- 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 143 


stichals absent; some fine hairs below metathoracic spiracle. Basal abdominal 
sternite bare. Fore tibia without a median posterior bristle; mid tibia with two 
posterior bristles; hind femur with rather short bristles on apical half of antero- 
ventral surface and a series of short setulose hairs on posteroventral; hind tibia 
with two anterodorsal and one very short anteroventral bristle. Outer cross- 
vein curved, at about its own length from inner. Lower calyptra narrower than 
usual. 

Female.—Similar to male, the eyes with very short hairs and the wing-veins 
rather noticeably yellowish margined, the outer cross-vein as distinctly so as the 
inner. 

Length, 6-6.5 mm. 

Type, male, Austinmer, N.S.W., December 19, 1921. Allotype, Sydney, 
October 29, 1922. 


HELINA FLAVOFUSCA, n.sp. 


Female—Head black, with grayish pruinescence. Thorax reddish-yellow, 
with a poorly defined dorsocentral fuscous vitta. Abdomen brownish fuscous, 
with grayish pruinescence, the anterior lateral angles of tergites more or less 
flavous. Legs reddish-yellow, tarsi black. Wings, calyptrae, and_halteres 
yellowish. 

Kyes bare; frons a little less than one-third of the head width, orbits narrow, 
two upper bristles on each side curved backward; arista plumose. Dorsocentrals 
2+ 3; one or two pairs of short widely separated presutural acrostichals present 
besides the short hairs; hypopleura bare; prealar very short. Fore tibia without 
a median posterior bristle; mid tibia with two posterior bristles; hind femur with 
about three anteroventral bristles on apical third; hind tibia with one antero- 
dorsal and one anteroventral bristle. Venation normal, last section of fourth 
vein about 1.5 as long as preceding section. 

Length, 5-6 mm. 

Type, Sydney, July 21, 1923. Paratype, Sydney; May 19, 1923. 


HELINA_IMITATRIX, n.sp. 


Female.—Head black, face, cheeks, and orbits whitish pruinescent, inter- 
frontalia black, when seen from in front white pruinescent; basal two antennal 
segments tawny, third black; palpi tawny, infuscated apically. Thorax tawny, 
centre of dise with a broad poorly defined fuscous vitta, the usual 4 vittae reddish- 
brown but not very distinct; seutellum darker at base; a fuscous spot on upper 
anterior part of pteropleura; postnotum dark in centre. Abdomen fuscous, 
densely pruinescent, the dorsum checkered. Legs tawny, tarsi black. | Wings 
grayish hyaline, both ecross-veins rather broadly clouded. Calyptrae and halteres 
yellowish. 

Hyes sparsely hairy; frons normal; arista with very short hairs; cheek 
about twice as high as width of third ‘antennal segment; palpi normal; pro- 
boseis much stouter than usual. Thorax with 2+ 4 dorsocentrals and at least 
one pair of strong closely placed presutural acrostichals; prealar short but dis- 
tinet; both intra-alars strong; sternopleurals 1:2. Abdomen normal. Fore tibia 
with a posterior median, bristle; mid femur with about three ventral bristles at 
base; mid tibia with three posterior bristles; hind femur with two or three pre- 
apical anteroventral bristles; hind tibia with two anterodorsal and two to four 
anteroventral bristles. Outer cross-vein straight; first posterior cell slightly 
widened apically; both costal thorns distinct. 


144 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, il., 


Length, 7 mm. 
Type, Lorne, Victoria, October 23, 1918 (I. E. Wilson). 


LIMNOPHORA OPACIFRONS, n.sp. 


Female.—Head black, opaque, with dense white pruinescence on face, cheeks, 
and orbits, occiput lavender-gray pruinescent except in centre where it is brown; 
interfrontalia when seen from in front whitish, from the side brown in middle 
and black on sides. Mesonotum and pleura lavender-gray pruinescent, the 
former with five dark brown vittae, the pleura dark brown on upper margin; 
seutellum dark brown. Visible tergites 1 to 3 each with a pair of very large 
transverse fuscous brown spots which are narrowly separated in middle and ex- 
tend entirely across dorsum at posterior margin leaving only a transverse gray 
pruinescent area on each side anteriorly; fourth tergite with a large irregular 
central mark of same colour. Legs black, with grayish pruinescence. Wings 
clear. Calyptrae white. Halteres yellow. 

Kyes almost bare; frons one-fourth of the head width; each orbit with two 
recurved upper bristles; face concave; cheek higher than width of third antennal 
segment; arista very shortly pubescent; palpi slightly broadened. Thorax with 
2+ 4 dorsocentrals; both intra-alars distinct; sternopleurals 1:1 or 0:1. Abdo- 
men without genital thorns. Fore tibia without a median posterior bristle; mid 
tibia with one posterior bristle; hind femur with one preapical anteroventral 
bristle; hind tibia with one anterodorsal bristle. First posterior cell of wing 
hardly narrowed apically; last section of fourth vein about 2.5 as long as pre- 
ceding section; outer cross-vein curved, slightly deflected towards base of wing 
at upper margin, and at its own length from inner. 

Length, 5 mm. 

Type, Coramba-Dorrigo Rd., 1,000 feet, N.S.W., January 31, 1923. 


LIMNOPHORA NIGRIORBITALIS, D.Sp. 


Female——Similar to opacifrons. Differs in having the entire frons includ- 
ing orbits opaque black when seen from the side; the face silvery; mesonotum 
with the vittae fused so that only the lateral margins are pale gray pruinescent; 
and the black abdominal spots are not separated in middle. 

The species is more slender and even less strongly bristled than is opaci- 
frons. Thoracic dorsocentrals 2+ 3. Bristles of legs as in last species, but the 
hind femur in type has no preapical anteroventral bristle. Wings narrower than 
in opacifrons, but in other respects similar, except that the outer cross-vein is 
directed slightly towards apex instead of base of wing at its upper extremity. 
In both species the setulae at base of third wing-vein are very fine and short. 

Length, 4 mm. 

Type, same as last species. 


LIMNOPHORA ORTHONEURA, 1.Sp. 


Male.—Head black, with silvery pruinescence, that on interfrontalia visible 
only when seen from in front. Thorax shining black, densely whitish pruimescent 
on dorsum except on two large subquadrate marks in front of suture and a 
broad transverse mark behind suture which shows traces of divided vittae along 
its posterior margin when seen from behind; scutellum gray pruinescent at apex. 
Abdomen with basal tergite entirely black, a pair of large subtriangular fuscous 
spots on second and another on third visible tergites, fourth with a less distinct 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 145 


central brownish mark. Legs black. Wings hyaline. Calyptrae white. Halteres 
yellow. 

Eyes bare; frons one-third of the head width; face coneave in profile, vi- 
brissal angle not projecting beyond level of base of antennae; cheek not as wide 
as third antennal segment; parafacial linear in middle; arista pubescent, thick- 
ened on basal half, hardly longer than antenna. Thorax with 2 + 3 dorsocentrals; 
mesonotal hairs rather strong. Abdomen elongate ovate; hypopygium small. 
Fore tibia unarmed at middle; mid femur with two or three posteroventral 
bristles near base; mid tibia with two posterior bristles; hind femur with two 
strong preapical anteroventral bristles; hind tibia with one anterodorsal and one 
anteroventral bristle. First posterior cell not narrowed at apex; inner cross- 
vein but little beyond middle of discal cell; outer cross-vein straight, at not more 
than half its own length from apex of fifth; last section of fourth vein not 
over 1.5 as long as preceding section. 

Female.—Similar to male, arista longer, abdomen pointed at apex. 

Length, 3 mm. 

Type, Belaringar, N.S.W., May 31, 1923. Allotype, Fish River, N.S.W., 
March 25, 1923. 

This species belongs to the triangula group, in which the eyes are widely 
separated in the male. There are some closely related species in Formosa and 
elsewhere in the Orient, some of which have yet to be described, though they were 
included in a key to oriental species published by Stein some years ago. 


Genus ATHERIGONA Rondani. 


This genus has usually been placed in the subfamily Coenosiinae but it be- 
longs without doubt in the Phaoniinae, though an aberrant group. 


ATHERIGONA TIBISETA, D.Sp. 


Male.—Testaceous yellow, subopaque. Third antennal segment and arista 
fuscous brown; palpi yellow; interfrontalia orange; frontal orbits whitish pruin- 
escent; occiput dark gray on upper half, with yellowish pruinescence. Dise of 
mesonotum, scutellum and metanotum fuscous, densely gray pruinescent; humeral 
angles broadly yellowish, mesonotum with a faint brown central vitta. Abdomen 
with a brownish mark in centre of first visible tergite and a pair of large elon- 
gate black spots on second and third. Legs yellow, bases of fore tarsi darker. 
Wings hyaline. Calyptrae and halteres yellow. 

Arista almost bare, moderately thickened on more than the basal half; palpi 
short and stout, with three or four short black bristles at base of each on their 
outer sides, the apical hairs pale. Thorax normal. Abdomen normal, first and 
second visible tergites equal, third about half as long as second; hypopygial pro- 
minence short, with a slender process on each side directed backward and tapered 
a little at tips, and below the level of these, which are separated by a distance 
about equal to their length, there is an almost indistinguishable wart or short 
process in centre. Fore tarsus with a few short erect fine hairs along the an- 
terior side of basal segment and one or more similar hairs at apices of the other 
segments, which are about as long as the diameter of the segments; fore tibia 
with about eight long black hairs on apical half of ventral surfaces, the longest 
of which are as long as basal segment of fore tarsus; fore femur normal for the 
typical group; mid and hind legs as in genotype. Inner cross-vein at about two- 
fifths from base of discal cell; first posterior cell not noticeably narrowed at 
apex; outer eross-vein erect. 


146 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, ii. 


Length, 3 mm. 

Type, Sydney, April 2, 1923 (Mackerras). 

There is no other species of the genus so far described which has the fore 
tibia as in this one. Several Indian and African species have fine hairs on the 
fore tarsi in the males. These hairs are not present in the females. 


Subfamily FANNIINAE. 


Genus Huryomma Stein. 

This genus may be distinguished from Fannia by the widely separated eyes 
of the male, the frons being one-third of the head width. There is but one 
strong presutural dorsocentral bristle instead of two and the prealar bristle 1s 
not duplicated. 

The presence of one or two setulose hairs on hind coxa-above base of femur, 
the abbreviated sixth and seventh wing-veins with the seventh longest and curved 
round the apex of sixth, and the fact that the two upper orbital bristles on each 
side of frons are directed outward over eyes, will separate the genus from others 
occurring in Australia. 


KURYOMMA PEREGRINUM Meigen. 


Black, densely yellowish-gray pruinescent. Basal two antennal segments, 
palpi, legs except tarsi, and the abdomen tawny yellow; third antennal segment 
and tarsi black. 

Arista almost bare. Postsutural dorsocentrals 3 pairs, the anterior one short. 
Fore tibia with a very short anterodorsal setula beyond middle; mid tibia with 
one anterodorsal and one posterodorsal bristle; hind femur with two strong pre- 
apical anteroventral bristles; hind tibia with one anteroventral, one anterodorsal 
and. one posterodorsal bristle close to middle. Lower calyptra hardly protruded. 

Length, 2.5-3.5 mm. 

One female, Sydney, July 26, 1923. 

A cosmopolitan species. Probably the larva lives in decaying vegetable 
matter. 


HUCALYPTS OF THE BLUE MOUNTAINS AND THEIR DEFINED 
AREAS. 


By E. C. CuisHoum, M.B., Cu.M. 


[Read 28th May, 1924.] - 


In travelling on foot across the Blue Mountains from Lapstone Hill to 
Clarence, and by car to Mount Wilson, where I spent the best part of two days 
on two separate occasions, and taking a day at different places, I have en- 
deavoured to locate different species of Eucalypts and define their boundaries. 
In doing this I must acknowledge great help from the paper of J. H. Maiden 
and R. H. Cambage, “Eucalypts of the Blue Mountains,’ (These Proc., 1905, p. 
190), which enabled me to locate most of the species with comparative ease. 
Two species they mention, viz., H. macrorrhyncha and E. melliodora, I have now 
been able to find, probably because our routes differed after Mount Victoria, 
they going by way of Hartley and Bowenfels, whereas I went by way of the 
main western line to Clarence. With Mr. W. F. Blakely’s assistance I was able 
to add three (Nos. 10, 20, 30 below) near Blaxland, new records for the mountains, 
though he deserves the credit for the discovery. I have extended the range of 
several others. Both Mr. Blakely and I failed to find H. notabilis about Blax- 
land, although Glenbrook is its type locality (February, 1923). H. Dalrympleana 
is recorded for the first time from the Blue Mountains. 


A 
1 


Eucalypts found on the Blue Mountains. 


1. E. Moorei Maiden and Cambage.—Found from half a mile south of 
Nellie’s Glen, Katoomba, and near Minne-ha-ha Falls cn the north of the rail- 
way to between Hartley Vale railway station and Bell. 

2. H. coriacea A. Cunn.—A few trees, between Newnes Junction and 
Clarence. ire 

3. EH. coriacea variety——A Mallee type of tree with narrow leaves found in 
quantity between Newnes Junction and Clarence, being seen right up to Newnes 
Junction platform. This is an interesting form. 

4. E. radiata Sieb—From Lawson, on the north side of the railway in 
gully near Frederica Falls, right through to Mount Wilson and Clarence. 

5. HE. fastigata Deane and Maiden.—From bottom of Wentworth Falls in 
the Jamieson Valley and along the Federal Pass from “The Tables” at Leura, 
some distance towards Katoomba, at any rate to under “The Three Sisters” and 
again at Clarence. This becomes a very fine tree in the Jamieson Valley, in 
great contrast to those found at Clarence, which were of poor growth. 

6. EH. dives Schau.—I first came across this at Mount Victoria, on the 
south-west side of the railway in the catchment area of the reservoir, and again 
at Clarence, also at Katoomba. 

7. EH. Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage—From Katoomba right through to 
Clarence, always on top of the range or just below. 

8. EH. eugenioides Sieb—F rom Lapstone right through to Clarence, though 
I have not recorded it for Blackheath. This is the commonest Stringybark on 
the Mountains. 

9. EF. ligustrina DC.—This dwarf form found at Wentworth Falls on top 


148 EUCALYPTS OF THE BLUE MOUNTAINS, 


e 


of the range, but it seems to have a limited area here. Common on King’s 
Tableland. 

10. HE. agglomerata Maiden.—Found by Mr. W. F. Blakely and myself 
near Warrimoo, about 3 miles west of Blaxland, and apparently not very 
numerous. 

ll. #. piperita Sm.—Found right through from Lapstone to Clarence. One 
of the commonest Euealypts. 

12. E. stricta Sieb—From Wentworth Falls to Clarence and on the road 
to Mount Wilson from Bell. Found mostly on the edge of the escarpment or 
in other exposed places. 

13. HE. alttor Deane and Maiden (= oreades Baker and Smith).—From 
Lawson to Bell. 

14. EF. micrantha DC.—From Lapstone in patches right through to Clar- 
ence, though I did not find it at Springwood. 

15. EH. Sieberiana F.v.M.—First seen in the een uoueNeoa of Lawson and 
right on to Clarence. 

16. H. Consideniana Maiden.—First seen near 40-mile stone on main wes- 
tern road, about a mile west of Blaxland, and also at Springwood, where it is 
fairly numerous. 

17. E. paniculata Sm.—F ound on Lapstone side of Blaxland, about half a 
mile east of the latter. 

18. HE. crebra F.v.M.—On Lapstone Hill and about Glenbrook. 

19. E. siderophloia Benth—On Lapstone side of Blaxland. There is a 
narrow belt of these three Ironbarks (Nos. 17-19) just here, and this is the 
furthest limit west on the Mountains. 

20. EH. squamosa Deane and Maiden.—In company with Mr. W. F. Blakely, 
a few trees were noticed about the 41-mile stone on main western road, about 
2 miles west of Blaxland. 

21. E. rubida Deane and Maiden.—Only seen at Mount Victoria in reservoir 
gully, and Katoomba, north of railway. 

22. EH. maculosa Baker and Smith.—First seen at Wentworth Falls, 2 miles 
east of the station, and all the way to Clarence. 

23. EH. Dalrympleana Maiden.—At Mount Victoria in reservoir gully, where 
they were fairly numerous, and at Clarence. This species seems to prefer the 
valleys to the higher ground. The affinity of this with EH. rubida seems to be 
close. Found at Katoomba also, and at Blackheath. 

24. E. goniocalyx F.v.M.—Seen at Lawson, Wentworth Falls, Katoomba 
and Mount Wilson; mostly seen a little way down the valleys. Also found at 
Blackheath. 

25. EH. elaeophora F.v.M.—From Wentworth Falls to Mount Victoria, 
though I did not find it at Blackheath, and nowhere in any number. 

26. E. viminalis Labill—I only came across this at Mount Wilson, where 
it forms splendid trees, very upright and tall, branching high, and large in 
diameter at the butt. 

27. E. Bauerleni F.v.M.—Only found at Wentworth Falls on the National 
Pass, in the valley and under “Inspiration Point” on Lindeman’s Pass. It is 
very restricted in distribution. 

28. EH. Deanei Maiden.—Found at Springwood at the heads of the gullies. 
Tsolated trees on the top at Lawson. One medium-sized tree close to the railway 
line on the north side about 14 miles east of Wentworth Falls railway station. 
They were plentiful from Wentworth Falls to under the “Three Sisters,” 
Katoomba, in the Jamieson Valley. These latter were very fine trees. 

29. E. punctata DC.—From Lapstone to Springwood on the top of the 


BY E. C. CHISHOLM. 149 


range and in valley. At Wentworth Falls and the “Valley of the Waters’ below 
the escarpment in the valley. These latter were poor specimens in growth com- 
pared with those seen at Springwood. 

30. HE. Shiressii Maiden and Blakely—A narrow-leaved suckered form, 
closely allied to EL. punctata, found by Mr. W. F. Blakely in my company half a 
mile east of Blaxland on disused part of old western road. 

31. E. resinifera Sm—F ound from Lapstone to 14 miles or so west of 
Springwood, and fairly numerous. This form seems to me to differ a little 
from that found at a lower elevation, in the fruit having more exserted valves 
and more pronounced rim. The whole fruit coarser. 

32. EH. corymbosa Sm—FTK rom Lapstone to Wentworth Falls, on top of the 
range, thence in the Jamieson Valley to under Inspiration Point, some way be- 
tween the Valley of the Waters and Leura Falls. Found again in the Megalong 
Valley west of the Narrow Neck towards Nellie’s Glen. 

33. EH. eximia F.v.M.—From Lapstone Hill to just east of Valley Heights. 

34. E. apiculata Baker and Smith.—Found in Jamieson Valley along Linde- 
man’s Pass between Valley of the Waters and Leura Falls under Inspiration 
Point. This is of a Mallee type, about 4 to 8 feet high, very narrow leaf, the 
fruit resembling that of EH. radiata. Only found in very restricted area. Neither 
EH. stricta nor EH. Moorei in the neighbourhood, or I should have suggested a 
possible hybrid. The diameter of trunk at 3 inches from the ground of the 
tallest is 2 inches. The wood white and bark smooth or slightly rough and 
greyish in colour at butt, becoming smooth and dirty white on branches. ‘Sucker 
leaves narrow. This species, unlike H. stricta and H. Moorei, which grow mostly 
on top of the range, is found below the cliffs in the valley. I found a few 
plants on King’s Tableland, Wentworth Falls. A form with truncate fruit 
found at reservoir, Blackheath. 


Eucalypts found at different localities on the Mountains. 
(c.) == common everywhere; (f.c.) = fairly common; (n.c.) = not: common. 


Blaxland and vicinity. 

EH. eugenioides (c.), HE. agglomerata (Warrimoo, n.c.), H. piperita {¢.), E. 
micrantha (Lapstone Hill), H. Consideniana (common along Western Road from 
40-mile stone), H. paniculata (a narrow belt on Lapstone Hill), E. crebra (a 
narrow belt on Lapstone Hill), H. siderophloia (a narrow belt on Lapstone Hill), 
E. squamosa (a few trees about 41-mile stone), EH. punctata (f.c. in valleys), 
E. Shiressii (Lapstone Hill, 3 mile from Blaxland), E. resinifera (c.), E. corym- 
bosa (¢.), H. eximia (c.). 


Springwood and vicinity. 

E. eugenioides (c.), E. piperita (c.), E. Consideniana (f.c.), HE. Deanei (com- 
mon round the village at heads of gullies), H. punctata (f.c.), H. resinifera 
(common to half a mile west of village), H. corymbosa (c.). 


Lawson and vicinity. 

E. radiata (a few isolated trees in valley north of railway), H. eugenioides 
(c.), E. piperita (e.), EH. altior (common in gullies), EH. micrantha (few trees 
met with), H. Sieberiana (¢.), E. goniocalyx (f.c. in gullies), H. Deanei (un- 
common, only isolated trees), H. corymbosa (f.c.). 


Wentworth Falls and vicinity. 

E. radiata (f.c.), E. fastigata (seen only in Jamieson Valley), H. eugenioides 
(c.), H. ligustrina (only seen on top of range), E. piperita (c.), EH. stricta (com- 
mon on edge of escarpment), EH. altior (¢.), H. micrantha (n.c., and only on top), 


150 EUCALYPTS OF THE BLUE MOUNTAINS. 


E. Sieberiana (c.), EH. maculosa (f.c. in patches on top), EH. goniocalyx (common 
on and near top of range), E. Bawerleni (uncommon, only in one or two patches), 
E. Deanei (very rare on top; common in valley), HE. punctata (a few isolated 
trees under escarpment), H. corymbosa (common on top and in valley towards 
Leura), H. apiculata (rare; few clumps below escarpment and on King’s Table- 
land). 


Katoomba and vicinity. 

E. Mooret (about half a mile south of Nellie’s Glen and near Minne-ha-ha 
Falls), H#. radiata (common), H. fastigata (only seen in Jamieson Valley on 
Leura side), H. dives (rare; only found one tree, on north side of railway), E. 
Blaxlandi (f.c.), E, eugenioides (e.), E. piperita (c., mostly on top), H. stricta 
(in patches on top), #. altior (common on top and for a short distance down), 
E.. micrantha (in isolated patches on top), H. Sieberiana (ec. on top), EH. rubida 
(n.c., found on north side of railway), EH. maculosa (f.c. on top of range), LH. 
Dalrympleana (f.c. on north side of railway), EH. goniocalyx (most common a 
little way down valley), H. elaeophora (un.c., and mostly about edge on top), H. 
Deanei (only seen in valley extending as far west as the “Three Sisters’), H. 
corymbosa (only found in Megalong Valley). 

Medlow and vicinity on top of range. 

K. radiata (f.c.), H. Blaxlandi (n.c.), EH. eugenioides (c.), EH. piperita (e.), 
H. stricta (common in patches), H. altior (common), H. Sieberiana (c.), L£. 
maculosa (f.c.), H. elaeophora (only a few isolated trees). 

Blackheath and weinity, on top of range. 

E. Moorei (common in patches), H. radiata (f.c.), EH. Blaxlandi (common; 
seems to take place of H. eugenioides, which I have no record of having seen), 
EK. piperita (c.), H. stricta (common in patches), E. altior (c.), EH. micrantha 
(f.c.), EH. Sieberiana (c.), H. maculosa (f.c.), EH. apiculata (a form with truncate 
fruit at Reservoir), #. Dalrympleana (along course of creek, Govett’s Walk), 
E. goniocalyx (Govett’s Leap). 

Mount Victoria and vicimty, on top of range. 

E. Moorei (common in patches, especially towards Hartley Vale), EH. radiata 
(c.), H. dives (uncommon; found a few trees in reservoir gully), H. Blaxlandi 
(common), H. eugenioides (f.c.), H. piperita (e.), HE. stricta (common in patches), 
E. altior (c.), E. micrantha (f.c.), HE. Steberiana (c.), H. rubida (f.c.), E. 
maculosa (f.c.), EH. Dalrympleana (common in reservoir gully), H. elaeophora 
{not common on top). 

Mount Wilson and road from Bell. 

E. Moorei (between Hartley Vale and Bell), H. radiata (c.), E. Blaxlandi 
(f.c.), EB. piperita (¢.), H. stricta (between Bell and Mount Wilson), #. altior 
(between Bell and Mount Wilson), H. micrantha (between Bell and Mount 
Wilson), H. Sieberiana (c.), EH. goniocalyx (fine trees, common at Mount Wilson), 
E. viminalis (tall straight trees at Mount Wilson). 

Clarence and vicinity. 

E. coriacea (n.c.), E. coriacea variety (Mallee type, narrow leaf, common), 
E. radiata (common), EH. dives (common), H. Blazlandi (common about Newnes 
Junction), EH. eugenioides (common from Newnes Junction east), HE. piperita 
(common, especially about Newnes Junction), H. stricta (common), EH. micrantha 
(f.c.), E. Sieberiana (¢.), E. maculosa (f.c.), BE. Dalrympleana (f.c. at Clarence), 
E. fastigata (f.c. at Clarence, but not the fine trees that are in the Jamieson 
Valley). 


151 


OBSERVATIONS ON HELIX ASPERA IN AUSTRALIA. 
By TxHos. STEEL. 
(Three Text-figures. ) 
[Read 28th May, 1924.] 


In Europe monstrosities such as sinistrai and cornute forms of Hehx aspera 
L. are occasionally met with and quite a number of other local forms have been 
described as varieties and sub-varicties. In Australia, variations are rare and 
the sinistral form has not so far been found. This was pointed out by Mr. 
John Brazier, then conchologist to the Australian Museum, in a letter published 
in the “Sydney Morning Herald,’ May 2, 1887. I can confirm Mr. Brazier’s 
statement, for in the course of many years’ observation, during which J have 
handled thousands of specimens in New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia 
and about Auckland, New Zealand, I have never met with a sinistral shell. As 
I have previously poimted out (These Proc., 1922, 443), in my experience in 
Australia and New Zealand, the shells are notably thinner, smaller and more 
fragile than is usually the case in Europe and may properly be identified with 
H. aspera var. tenmor Shuttl. Mr. C. T. Musson, of Hawkesbury Agricultural 
College, N. 8. Wales, is quoted in J. W. Taylor’s Monograph of the Land and 
Fresh Water Shells of the British Isles, as expressing this opinion. 

Of the varieties described in the above monograph, volume on Helicidae, I 
have met with a few examples at Pennant Hills, near Sydney, which agree closely 
with those figured on Plate xxii. as H. aspera var. depressa Paul, and also the 
sub-variety puncilulata Bandon. Mr. C. Hedley agrees with me in these identi- 


oo Ae 
’ a” 
iL, 


fications. A specimen of var. depressa is shown in text-figure 1 and its dimen- 
sions are given in the table. The nearest approach to the cornute form which 
I have met with, is a specimen found at Pennant Hills (fig. 2) in which the 
Spire is distinctly drawn out. Fig. 3 illustrates an associated normal example. 

The largest examples of the var. tenwior which I have found in Australia 
occurred in my garden at Pennant Hills; the dimensions of these, Nos. 1 and 2 
in table, agree in all but weight with Taylor’s measurements for normal H. aspera 
in Europe, Nos. 9 and 10. 


152 HELIX ASPERA IN AUSTRALIA. 


In Australia the shells are extremely variable in their markings, the bands 
varying from broad to quite narrow stripes and are frequently almost completely 
suppressed. The depth of coloration also varies greatly. 

Following the long drought and hot spell of 1922-3, I noticed a marked 
diminution in the dimensions and thickness of the shells about Pennant Hills. 
I have taken specimens in cop. in March, 1923, of dimensions stated, Nos. 5 and 
6 in table, one of which is remarkable for its extreme thinness and fragility as 
evidenced by the weight of the shell being only 0.10 gram. There was not the 
shghtest trace of thickening of the lip. While the dimensions of the shells at 
this time varied somewhat, No. 6 may be taken as fairly representing the 
average. 

I have observed a similar result from dry conditions on the development of 
Peripatus (These Proe., 1896, 96), and Professor Spencer (Horn Exped. to 
Cent. Aust., Part 2, 1896) relates his experience of reduction in size of mammals 
in Central Australia following on similar arid conditions. The before-mentioned 
drought of 1922-3' resulted in large numbers of individuals of Helix perishing, so 
that now, after several months showery weather, few are to be met with where 
formerly they were abundant. Doubtless with a continuance of favourable con- 
Gitions they will soon return to their usual abundance and dimensions. 

I have described the nature of the curious intermittent mucus tracks left 
by this shell when crawling on rough surfaces (Aust. Naturalist, iv., 1919, 97). 
This molluse possesses considerable power of repairing its shell when damaged. 
So long as the animal is not injured and is protected from enemies, it can re- 
place a very considerable proportion of the shell which has been removed. 
Snails may frequently be seen clustered about old mortar for the sake of the 
lime. They appear to have considerable sense of locality, for I have seen 
marked shells return morning after morning to the same lurking place after quite 
extensive feeding journeys. 


Dimensions of Helix aspera and vars. 


1 2 3 4, 5 6 a 8 9 10 
Max. diam., mm. 36 35 28 27 20 25 24, 28 28 35 
Min. diam. ,, 27 27 24 24 16 22 22 23 25 = 
Height He 31 29 27 26 18 25 19 27 27 35 
Weight, grams MS Da OLS OLGGM MOSS OOM Ors Oh Onova Ose es OS 


and 2. Largest specimens found in N. 8. Wales—Pennani Hills. 
and 4. Average dimensions of normal full-grown shells—Pennant Hills. 
and 6. Specimens found in cop. After dry spell—Pennant Hills. 
’ H. aspera var. depressa—Pennant Hills. 
H. aspera approaching cornute form—Pennant Hulls. 
and 10. H. aspera, normal dimensions, after Taylor’s monograph. 


© CN ow tt 


153 


THE FOOD PLANTS OR HOSTS OF SOME FIJIAN INSECTS. Part ii. 
By Ropert VEITCH, B.Se. and WituiAm GreEeNwoop, H.D.A. 
[Read 28th May, 1924.] 


Since the original article dealing with the food plants or hosts of Fijian 
insects was published (These Proceedings, xlvi., p. 505) a considerable number 
of additional records have been obtained and it is now thought desirable to 
publish these. Credit for the various records is made by initials as follows :— 


INE, IS Gown Revenue vierteh: 

KJ. EF. Jepson. W.G. W. Greenwood. 
ie peaisaln: H.S. H. Simmonds. 
J.I. J. Illingworth. C.P. C. Pemberton. 


As in the previous article practically all the insect identifications have been 
made through the Imperial Bureau of Entomology, and credit is also due to the 
Sydney Botanic Gardens, Kew Gardens and the Government Botanist, Queens- 
land, for naming numbers of the plants. 

A single mark (i.) opposite an insect record indicates that that insect is 
of great economic importance, two marks (1.) similarly placed classify the insect 
as being of some considerable importance, while three marks (iii.) indicate that, 
although the insect attacks economic plants, insects or animals, yet its presence 
in Fiji is of very little consequence: where no mark occurs it is understood that 
the insect in question has either not yet been recorded as attacking anything of 
importance in the economic life of the community or, if it has done so, the 
object of attack has been in a rotting or decayed condition. The economic 
status of each insect has been determined from Fijian records only and, if the 
insect in question happens to be widely distributed or cosmopolitan, has no re- 
ference to its status in other parts of the world. 


LEPIDOPTERA. 


The records for Lepidoptera refer to the feeding habits of the larvae. 
Nymphalidae. 
Deragena proserpina Butl. Feeds on the leaves of Hoya australis R.Br. 
(Asclepiadeae). W.G. 
Hypolimnas bolina L. Feeds on the leaves of Sida retusa i (Malvaceae). 
SH ; and on the leaves of Synedrella nodiflora Gaertn. (Compositae). 
HS. 
Lycaenidae. 
Catochrysops cnejus F. Feeds on the inflorescence of Crotalaria striata 
DC. (Leguminosae). R.V. 


154 FOOD PLANTS OR HOSTS OF SOME FIJIAN INSECTS, il., 


(ii.) Jamides woodfordi Butl. Feeds on the flowers of the following Legu- 
minosae:—Crotalaria striata DC., Phaseolus Mungo L. and Vigna lutea 
A. Gray. All W.G. 

Zizera labradus Godt. Feeds on the flowers of Phaseolus adenanthus Mey. 
(Leguminosae). W.G. 

Papilionidae. 

(ii1.) Papilio schmelizi H.S. Feeds on the leaves of the following Rutaceae :— 
Citrus Aurantium L. (R.V.), Citrus Medica L. var. limonum (H.S.) 
and Micromelum pubescens Bl. (H.8.). 


Sphingidae. 
(iu.) Hippotion celerio L. Feeds on the leaves of Colocasia antiquorum 
Schott. (Aroideae). R.V. 
Zygaenidae. 


(i.) Levuana iridescens B.B. Feeds on the leaves of Musa sapientum UL. 
(Scitamineae). HS. 
Cosstdae. © 
(ii.) Acritocera negligens Butl. Bores in the spathe of Cocos nucifera LL. 
(Palmae). H.S. 
Thyrididae. 
(iu.) Striglina superior Butl. Feeds on the leaves of Inocarpus edulis Forst. 
(Leguminosae). R.V. 
Hypsidae. 
Argyna astrea Drury. Feeds on the flowers and young pods of Crotalaria 
retusa L. (Leguminosae). W.G. 


Geometridae. 

(iii.) Thalassodes -pilaria Gn. Feeds on the leaves of the following :— 
Inocarpus edulis Forst. (Leguminosae), R.V.; Mangifera indica lL. 
(Anacardiaceae), W.G. and Hugenia rivularis Seem. (Myrtaceae), W.G. 

Noctuidae. 

(iii.) Achaea janata L. Feeds on the leaves of Ricinus communis Ix 
(Euphorbiaceae). R.V. 

(iii.) Anomis flava F. Feeds on the leaves of Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. 
(Malvaceae), R.V. and on the leaves of Gossypiwm barbadense UL. 
(Malvaceae), H.S. 

A. involuta Wik. Feeds on the leaves of Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. 
(Tiliaceae). W.G. 

A. vitiensis Butl. . Feeds on the leaves of Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. 
(Tiliaceae). W.G. 

(ii.) Harias fabia Stoll. Feeds in the flower buds of the following Mal- 
vaceae:—Hrbiscus diversifolius Jacq. (W.G.) and H. tiliaceus L. (R.V.)- 

Hyblaea sanguinea Gaede. Feeds on the leaves of Vitex trifolia L. (Ver- 
benaceae). W.G. 

(ii.) Laphygma exigua Hiibn. Feeds on the leaves of Sorghwm halepense 
Pers. (Gramineae). R.V. 

(ii.) Prodenia litura F. Feeds on the leaves of the following :—Colocasia 
antiquorum Schott. (Aroideae), R.V., Geniostoma ruprestre Forst. 
(Loganiaceae), W.G., Solanum Forsteri L. (Solanaceae), W.G. and 
Synedrella nodiflora Gaertn. (Compositae), W.G. It also feeds on the 
flowers of Acacia farnesiana Willd. (Leguminosae). W.G. 


BY R. VEITCH AND W. GREENWOOD. 155 


Pyralidae. 

Hymenia fascialis Cram. Feeds on the leaves of the following Amaran- 
taceae:—Amaranthus paniculatus L., A. viridis L. and Gomphrena globosa 
L. All W.G. 

(iu.) Maruca testulalis Hbst. Feeds on the leaves of Inocarpus edulis 
Forst. (Leguminosae), W.G. and on the pods of Piswm sativum L. 
(Leguminosae), R.Y. 

Psara rudis Warr. Feeds on the leaves of Gomphrena globosa L. (Amaran- 
taceae). W.G. 

(iil.) Tirathaba trichogramma Meyr. Feeds on the young nuts of Cocos 
nucifera L. (Palmae). HLS. 

Pterophoridae. 

Orneodes pygmaea Meyr. Feeds on the green fruits of Vitex trifolia L. 

(Verbenaceae). R.V. 
Tortricidae. 

(iu.) Adoxophyes fasciculana W1k. Feeds on the leaves of the following 
Leguminosae :-—Dalbergia monosperma Dalz., Inocarpus edulis Forst. 
and Mucuna aterrima Holl.; also eats the stems of the last-named 
species. All W.G. It also feeds on the leaves of Citrus Medica L., var. 
limonum (Rutaceae) and Clerodendron inerme R.Br. (Verbenaceae). Both 
W.G. 

Tineidae. 

Autosticha solita Meyr. Feeds on the leaves and flowers of Nelitris vitiensis 
A. Gray (Myrtaceae). W.G. 

Cyathaula maculata Meyr. Keeds under the bark of dead timber. W.G. 

Exelastis pumilio Zell. Feeds on the leaves and flower buds of Alysicarpus 
vaginalis DC. (Leguminosae). W.G. 

(iii.) Gracilaria soyella Dev. Mines in the leaves of Phaseolus calcaratus 
Roxb. (Leguminosae). W.G. 

Hellula undalis F. Feeds on flowers of Gynandropsis pentaphylla DC. 
(Capparideae). W.G. 

Hieroxestis awrisquamosa Butl._ Probably rubbish feeder + in the ripe bolls of 
Gossypium barbadense L. (Malvaceae). HLS. 

H. citrinodes Meyr. Feeds in rotten seeds of Vigna Catiang Walp. (Legu- 
minosae). W.G. ; 

(iii.) Idiophantis chiridota Meyr. Breeds in ripe fruits of Hugenia malac- 
censis Li. (Myrtaceae). W.G. 

(iu.) Trichophaga abruptella Meyr. Feeds on the wool of socks. W.G. 

Lyonetidae. 

Catalectis pharetropa Meyr. Feeds in the fungus Lezites repanda Fr. W.G. 

Decadarchis heterogramma Meyr. Probably rubbish feeders in ripe bolls of 
Gossypium barbadense Li. (Malvaceae). HLS. 

(iui.) Hrechthias zebrina Burl. Feeds in pith helmets. R.V. 

Gelechudae. 

Dichomeris transecta Meyr. Feeds on the leaves of Pongamia glabra Vent. 

(Leguminosae). W.G. 


+ All records commencing “Probably rubbish feeder” refer to insects actually 
pred from bolls of Gossypium barbadense L., in which they were believed to be 
rubbish feeders and were not the cause of any unhealthy condition of the bolls. 


156 FOOD PLANTS OR HOSTS OF SOME FIJIAN INSECTS, ll., 


(ii.) Gelechia gossypiella Saund. Feeds on the bolls of Gossypiwm barba- 
dense L., on the seed pods of Hibiscus tiliacews L. ‘and on the flower 
buds of Thespesia populnea Soland. All Malvaceae and credited to 
ES: 

(au.) Pachnistis solita Meyr. Feeds in the stored seed of Zea Mays L. 
(Gramineae). R.V. 

(ii.) Phthorimaea heliopa Lower. Tunnels in the stems of Nicotiana Taba- 
cum L. (Solanaceae). H.S. 

Rhadinophylla siderosema Turn. Attacks leaves of Pongamia glabra Vent. 
(Leguminosae). W.G. 

(u.) Sttotroga cerealella Ol. Feeds in the seeds of Zea Mays L. (Gramineae). 
R.V. 

Eucosmidae. 

(iii.) Argyroploce aprobola Meyr. Feeds on the young leaves of Mangif era 
mdica L. (Anacardiaceae). W.G. 

Eucosma defensa Meyr. Feeds on the leaves of the following Leguminosae :— 
Dalbergia monosperma Dalz. and Pongamia glabra Vent. Both W.G. 


E. eumarodes Meyr. Feeds on the leaves of Nelitris vitiensis A. Gray 
(Myrtaceae). W.G. 
Phyllorycteridae. 


Acrocercops habroscia Meyr. Feeds in galls on the leaves of Calophyllum 
Inophyllum L. and C. vitiense Turrill. (Guttiferae). Both W.G. 

A. macroclina Meyr. Tunnels in the leaflets of Caesalpinia bonducella Flem. 
(Leguminosae). W.G. 

(iii.) Cyphosticha caerulea Meyr. Tunnels in the leaves of the following: 
Leguminosae :—Phaseolus adenanthus Mey., P. vulgaris L. and Vigna 
lutea A. Gray. All W.G. 

Liocrobyla paraschista Meyr. Tunnels in the leaflets of Caesalpinia bon- 
ducella Flem. (Leguminosae). W.G. 

Cosmopterygidae. 

Labdia allotriopa Meyr. Probably rubbish feeders in the bolls of Gossypium 
barbadense L. (Malvaceae). H.S. 

L. calida Meyr. Probably rubbish feeder in the bolls of Gossypiwm barba- 
dense L. (Malvaceae). H.S. - 

L. clytemnestra Meyr. Feeds in dead twigs of Mangifera indica lL. (Ana- 
cardiaceae). W.G. 

L. epizona Meyr. Probably rubbish feeder in the bolls of Gossypium barba- 
dense Li. (Malvaceae). W.G. 

Limnoecia inconcinna Meyr. Probably rubbish feeder in the bolls of Gossy- 
pium barbadense L. (Malvaceae). H.S. 

Pyroderces euryspora Meyr. Probably rubbish feeder in bolls of Gossypium 
barbadense I. (Malvaceae). HLS. 


Heliodinidae. 
Stathmopoda synchrysa Meyr. _ Probably rubbish feeder in the bolls of 
Gossypium barbadense L. (Malvaceae). HS. 
Coleophoridae. 
(ii.) Agonoxena argaula Meyr. Feeds on the leaves of Cocos nucifera L. 
(Palmae). HLS. 
Coleophora immortalis Meyr. Feeds on flowers of Amaranthus paniculatus 
L. (Amarantaceae). W.G. 


BY R. VEITCH AND W. GREENWOOD. 157 


Olethreutidae. 
(iu.) Crocidosema plebeiana Zell. Feeds in ripe fruits of Eugenia malac- 
censis L. (Myrtaceae). W.G. 
Spilonota cryptogramma Meyr. Feeds on the flowers of Nelitris vitiensis 
A. Gray (Myrtaceae). W.G. ‘ 
S. holotephras Meyr. Feeds on the young leaves of Psidium Guayava UL. 
(Myrtaceae). R.V. 
Galleridae. 
(iii.) Coreyra cephalonica Stn. Feeds in the seed of Zea Mays L. (Grami- 
neae). R.V. 
Sparganothidae. 
Acrochta physalodes Meyr. Feeds in flowers of Barringtonia speciosa L.f. 
(Lecythidaceae). W.G. 


COLEOPTERA. 


The stage in which the damage is done is noted in all the records for 
Coleoptera because in some cases the attack is the work of the larva, in other 
cases of the imago and in two instances of both larva and imago. 

Dytiscidae. 

(ii.) Cybister tripunctatus Ol. Larva and imago are predaceous on the 

larvae and pupae of Culicidae. R.V. 
Rutelidae. 

(u.) Adoretus versutus Har. Imago feeds on the leaves of Bougainvillea 
spectabilis Willd. (Nyctaginaceae), R.V. and Poinciana regia Boj. 
(Leguminosae), R.V. 

Cetomidae. 

(i1.) Protaetia fusca Herbst. Imago feeds on the green pods of Crotalaria 

striata DC. (Leguminosae). R.V. 
Nitidulidae. 

Haptoncus tetragonus Murr. Larvae feed on the rotten fruits of the follow- 
ing plants:—Citrus decwmana Murr., C. Medica L. var. limonum (Ruta- 
ceae), and Spondias dulcis Willd. (Anacardiaceae). All W.G. 

Trogositidae. 

(11.) Lophocateres pusillus Klug. Larvae feed in stored seeds of Zea Mays 

L. (Gramineae). R.V. 
Coccinellidae. 

(ii.) Scymnus fijuensis Sic. Larva and imago feed on Coccidae generally. 

lat WA 
Dermestidae. 

(ii.) Anthrenus pimpinellae F. Larvae feed on felt in pianos. R.V. 
Bostrychidae. 

(iii.) Xylothrips religiosus Boisd. Larvae feed in the branches of Inocarpus 

edulis Forst. (Leguminosae). R.V. 
Riapiceridae. 

Callirrhipis vitiensis Fairm. Larvae breed in rotten timber. R.V. 
Tenebrionidae. ° 

(ii.) Triboium confusum Jacq.-Duv. Larvae feed on dried moths in insect 
collections. R.V. 

Galerucidae. 

(ii.) Aulacophora quadrimaculata F. . Larvae eat the flowers of Luffa 

aegyptiaca Mill. (Cucurbitaceae). W.G. 


158 FOOD PLANTS OR HOSTS OF SOME FIJIAN INSECTS, il., 


Anthribidae. 
(u.) Araecerus fasciculatus de G. Larvae feed in the ripe pods of Acacia 
farnesiana Willd. (Leguminosae), R.V. and in the dry fruits of Jatropha 
Curcas L. (Kuphorbiaceae), W.G. 
Curculionidae. 
(i.) Rhabdocnemis obscura Boisd. Larvae tunnel in the base of the leaves 
of Cocos nucifera L. (Palmae). F.J. 
Scolytidae. 
Cryphalus jatrophae Samp. Larvae feed in dry fruits of Jatropha Curcas 
L. (Euphorbiaceae). W.G. 
Hypothenemus gossypu Samp. Probably rubbish feeder in bolls of Gossy- 
pium barbadense L. (Malvaceae). H.S. 
H. plumeriae Nord. larvae feed in the ripe pods of Acacia farnesiana 
Willd. (Leguminosae). R.V. 
(iu1.) Xyleborus torquatus Eichh. Larvae feed in stalks of Saccharum 
officinarum L. (Gramineae). R.V. 


HYMENOPTERA. 


The records for Hymenoptera refer to the feeding habits of the larva. 
Dryinidae. 
(11.) Haplogonotopus vwitiensis Perk. Attacks the nymph of Perkinsiella 
vitiensis Kirk. (Asiracidae). F.M. 
Mymaridae. 
(i1.) Paranagrus optabilis Perk. Attacks the eggs of Perkinsiella vitiensis 
Kark. (Asiracidae). F.M. 
Pteromalidae. 
(11.) Aplastomorpha calandrae How. Attacks the immature stages of Cal- 
andra oryzae L. (Curculionidae). R.V. 
(ii.) A. vandinei Tuck. Attacks the immature stages of Calandra oryzae 
L. (Curculionidae). R.V. 


(1.) Bruchobius laticeps Ashm. Attacks immature stages !of Bruchus 
chinensis L. (Bruchidae). R.V. 
Eulophidae. 


_(i.) Aphelinus chrysomphali Mercet. Attacks Aspidiotus destructor Sign. 
var. transparens Green (Coccidae). H.S. 
(1.) Aspidiotiphagus citrinus Craw. Attacks Aspidiotus destructor Sign. 
var. transparens Green (Coceidae). H.S. 
Trichogrammatidae. 


(i.) Chaetostricha cratitea Waterst. Attacks the eggs of Promecotheca 
reichei Baly. (Hispidae). H.S. 
Bracomdae. 


(iii.) Apanteles expulsus Turn. Attacks the larvae of Cirphis unipuncta 
Haw. (Noctuidae). R.V. 
Eumenidae. 
Eumenes ovalauensis Sauss. Feeds in mud cells on larvae of Thalassodes 
pilaria Gn. (Geometridae). W.G. 
Sphegidae. 
Pison ignavum Turn. Feeds in mud nests on paralysed Attid spiders. R.V. 
Scoludae. 
(ii.) Scolia manilae Ashm. Feeds on the larvae of Adoretus versutus Har. 
(Rutelidae). R.V. 


BY R. VEITCH AND W. GREENWOOD. 159 


HEMIPTERA. 


Practically all the records for the Hemiptera refer to the feeding habits of 
the nymph and imago, but in the Coccidae the male imago has aborted mouth 
parts and so cannot suck plant juices. 

Pentatomidae. 

(u.) Alciphron glaucus F. Feeds on flower buds and fruits of Passiflora 
quadrangularis L. (Passifloreae). R.V. 

(u.) Brachyplatys pacificus Dall. Feeds on the leaves and stems of the 
following Leguminosae:—Cajanus indicus Spreng. (W.G.), Phaseolus 
semierectus L. (R.V.) and Pongamia glabra Vent. (W.G.). Also simi- 
larily attacks Hibiscus tiliaceus L. (Malvaceae). W.G. 

(i1i.) Tectocoris lineola F. Feeds on the leaves, young shoots and buds of 
the following Malvaceae:—Gossypiwm barbadense L. and Thespesia 
populnea Soland. Both H.S. 

Coreidae. 

(iu1.) Mictts profana F. Feeds on young shoots of Citrus Aurantium UL. 

(Rutaceae). H.S. 
Miridae. 

(i.) Cyrtorhinus mundulus Bred. Sucks the contents of the éggs of Perkin- 

siella vitiensis Kirk. (Asiracidae). C.P. 
Pyrrhocoridae. 

(ii.) Dysdercus impictiventris Stal. Feeds on the leaves, young shoots and 
flower buds of the following Malvaceae:—Sida acuta Burm., S. retusa 
L. and Thespesia populnea Soland. All H.S. 

(i1.) D. insularis Stal. Feeds on the leaves, young shoots and flower buds 
of the following Malvaceae :—Sida acuta Burm., S. retusa L. and Thes- 
pesia populnea Soland. All HLS. 

Capsidae. 

(i1.) Dieyphus mimmus Uhler. Feeds on the leaves of Nicotiana Tabacum 

' LL. (Solanaceae). F.J. 

Gallobelicus crassicornis Dist. Feeds on leaves of Gynandropsis pentaphylla 
DC. (Capparideae). W.G. - 

Tetigonidae. 

Nesosteles glauca Kirk. Feeds on the inflorescence of the following Grami- 
neae:—Panicum barbinode Trin. and Paspalum dilatatum Poir. W.G. 

N. hebe Kirk. Feeds on the inflorescence of the following Gramineae :— 
Amphilophis glabra Stapf, Paspalum dilatatwm Poir. and Tricholaena 
rosea Nees. All R.V. 

Fulgoridae. 

Urvillea melanesica Kirk. Feeds on the leaves and stems of Vitex trifolia 

L. (Verbenaceae). R.V. 
Psyllidae. 

Leptynoptera didactyla Laing. Feeds on the leaves of Calophyllum Inophyl- 
lum L. (Guttiferae). W.G. 

Nesiope ornata Kirk. Feeds on the leaves of Heritiera littoralis Dryand. 
(Stereuliaceae). W.G. 

Aphidae. 

(ii.) Aphis gossypii Glover. Feeds on the young shoots, leaves and flower 
buds of the following:—Gossypiuwm barbadense L. (Malvaceae), H.S., 
Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Ll. (Malvaceae), R.V., Phaseolus calcaratus Roxb 
(Leguminosae), W.G. and Psidium Guayava lL. (Myrtaceae), R.V. 


160 FOOD PLANTS OR HOSTS OF SOME FIJIAN INSECTS, il., 


Aleurodidae. 

(iu.) Aleurodes comata Mask. Feeds on the leaves of the following Grami- 
neae:—WMiscanthus japonicus Anderss. (R.V.) and Thuarea involuta 
R.Br. (W.G:).. 

(i.) Bernisia inconspicua Quaint. Feeds on the leaves of Colocasia anti- 

- quorum Schott. (Aroideae). R.V. 
Coccidae. — 

(11.) Aspidiotus cocotis Newst. Feeds on Cocos nucifera L. (Palmae). H.S. 

(1.) A. destructor Sign. var. transparens Green. Feeds on the leaves of 
Anona reticulata L. (Anonaceae). W.G. 

(ii.) A. palmae Ckll. Feeds on Cocos nucifera L. (Palmae).. H.S. 

Ceroplastes rubens Mask. Attacks Barringtonia speciosa L.f. ‘(Lecythi- 
daceae). R.V. 

(ii.) Chrysomphalus (Aspidiotus) awrantii Mask. Feeds on Cocos nucifera 
iy) (Palmae).  EHUS: 

C. dictyospermi Morg. Attacks the leaves of Alpinia nutans Rose. (Scita- 
mineae). W.G. 

(u.) Coccus hesperidum L. Attacks the following Rutaceae:—Citrus Auran- 
tium L., C. Aurantium L. var. nobilis and Citrus Medica L. var. limonum. 
Also attacks Cocos nucifera L. (Palmae). All H.S. 

(11.) Hemichionaspis minor Mask. Feeds on the following:—Cocos nucifera 
L. (Palmae), H.S., Dodonaea viscosa Jacq. (Sapindaceae), W.G., 
Gossypium barbadense L. (Malvaceae), H.S. and Inocarpus edulis Forst. 
(Leguminosae), R.V. 

(iu.) Icerya purchasi Mask. Attacks the following:—Cassia fistula L. 
(Leguminosae), W.G., Casuarina equisetifolia Forst. (Casuarinaceae), 
W.G., Inocarpus edulis Forst. (Leguminosae), R.V. and Premna taiiensis 
Schauer. (Verbenaceae), W.G. 


(iu.) Z. seychellarum Westw. Feeds on the following:—Hibiscus rosa- 
sinensis L. (Malvaceae), R.V. and Psidium Guayava L. (Myrtaceae), 
W.G. 


Lecanium hemisphaericum T.T. Attacks Graptophyllum pictum L. (Acan- 
thaceae). W-:G. 

L. viride Green. Attacks Dodonaea viscosa L. (Sapindaceae), W.G. and 
Psidium Guayava L. (Myrtaceae), R.V. 

(iii.) Paleococcus rosae Ril. and How. Attacks Rosa sp., Garden variety 
(Rosaceae). R.V. 

(iii.) Psewdococcus citri Risso. Attacks the young pods of Acacia farne- 
siana Willd. (Leguminosae), W.G., the leaves of Olerodendron fallax 
Lindl. (Verbenaceae), R.V., the leaves and stem of Ficus Barclayi Seem. 
(Urticaceae), W.G. and the leaves of Inocarpus edulis Forst. (Legu- 
minosae), R.V. 

(ii.) P. vitiensis Green and Laing. Attacks Cocos nucifera L. (Palmae). 
AVE 

(iii.) Saissetia nigra Nietn. Attacks the following:—Gossypiwm barbadense 
L. (Malvaceae), H.S., Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. (Malvaceae), R.V., 
Pandanus odoratissimus L. (Pandanaceae), W.G., Panicum distachyum 
L. (Gramineae), W.G. and Psidium Guayava L. (Myrtaceae), R.V.” 

(iii.) Vinsonia stellifera Westw. Attacks Mangifera indica L. (Anacardia- 
ceae). R.V. 


BY R. VEITCH AND W. GREENWOOD. 161 


ORTHOPTERA. 


The records for the Orthoptera refer to the feeding habits of both nymph 
and imago. 
Forficulidae. 

(u.) Chelisoches morio F. Feeds on insects generally. R.V. 
Blattidae. 

(u.) Leucophaea surinamensis L. Omnivorous on dead animal and vegetable 


matter. R.V. 
(1.) Pertplanata australasiae F. Omnivorous on dead animal and vegetable 
matter. R.V. 
(u1.) Phyllodromia notulata Stal. Omnivorous on dead animal and vegetable 
matter. R.V. 
Aeridudae. 


(i1.) Aeolopus tamulus F. Feeds on Gramineae generally. R.V. 


NEUROPTERA. 
Chrysopidae. 
(ii.) Chrysopa sanvitoresi Nav. The larvae feed on Aphids generally, W.G., 
and on the eggs of Prodenia litura F. (Noctuidae). R.V. 
Lnbellulidae. 
(.) Pantala flavescens ¥. Larva and imago predaceous on insects, more 
especially Dipterous larvae, pupae and imagines. R.Y. 


DIPTERA. 
Culicidae. ; 
(il.) Rachionotomyia purpurata Kdw. Attacks human beings in the female 
imaginal stage. P.B. 
Tipulidae. 
Libnotes greenwoodi Alex. Larvae feed in the fruits of Eugenia malaccensis 
L. (Myrtaceae). W.G. 


Syrphidae. 
(ii.) Xanthogramma grandicorne Meq. Larvae feed on Aphis gossypii 
Glover (Aphidae). R.V. 
Piophilidae. 
(ii.) Piophila casei L. Larvae feed in cheese. R.V. 
Trypetidae. 


Dacus xanthodes Broun. Larvae feed in fruits of Citrus decumana Murr. 
(Rutaceae). J.I. 


Agromyzidae. 
(ii.) Agromyza lantanae Frogg. Larvae feed in the berries of Lantana 
Camara L. (Verbenaceae). F.J. 
Muscidae. 


(i.) Musca domestica L. Larvae feed in the rotten seeds of Vigna Catiang 
Walp. (Leguminosae). W.G. 


STUDIES IN THE EPACRIDACEAE. 
1, THe Lirs-HisTory or STYPHELIA LONGIFOLIA (R.Br.). 


By P. Broucu, M.A., B.Se., B.Se. (Ag.), Lecturer in Botany, The University of 
Sydney. 


(From the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Sydney). 
(Thirty-one Text-figures. ) 
[Read 30th April, 1924.] 


In a preliminary note (1923) the writer gave a brief account of certain 
striking features regarding megasporogenesis and the embryo-sac of Styphelia 
longifolia (R.Br.). A general account of the classification and distribution of 
the Epacridaceae was also given, together with a description of the external 
morphology of the genus Styphelia. A detailed study of the more important 
phases in the life-history of S. longifolia is now presented. 


Habitat. 

A careful study of Styphelia longifolia in the field has revealed the fact, 
that this species only flourishes when surrounded and sheltered by dense bush 
consisting of plants which attain a relatively greater height such as species of 
Banksia, Grevillea, Petrophila, Xylomelum, Isopogon, and Eucalyptus. The 
species in question does not thrive in open exposed situations. It may be found 
in such sites, but is then a remnant consequent on clearing operations. The 
soil in which it grows is of a light sandy nature such as typically overlies the 
Hawkesbury sandstone. It would seem then, that although the plant is adapted 
to live in a dry porous soil, it none the less is unable to withstand the dry winds 
of an isolated exposed position. 

Another noteworthy fact is, that while a considerable number of plants may 
be found per acre of bush, still they are almost always separated from one an- 
other by other plants of the genera already referred to. This isolation of the 
individual plant, considered in conjunction with the succulence and size of the 
drupe, has suggested to the writer that animals, chiefly birds, are the final agents 
in dissemination. 


The Flower. 

The essentials of the floral morphology of Styphelia longifolia have already 
been described (1923). In Text-fig. 1 the relative positions of the floral elements 
on the thalamus in the young flower bud are represented. In the gynoecium two 
of the five loculi are depicted, and in each the nucellus is represented by a knob- 
like mass of tissue. Surmounting the ovary is the style, terminated in turn by a 
slightly lobed stigma. 


BY P. BROUGH. 163 


Inserted below the gynoecium are the stamens, two of which are represented. 
These do not yet show the clear differentiation into anther and filament which is 
so evident in the more mature stamen (Text-fig. 3). Even at this early stage. 
however, sporogenous cells are present within the young microsporangium. Be- 


Ut: 


Text-fig. 1—A median longitudinal section of a young flower bud, showing 
Fthe stage of development and relative size of the parts. (sep.) sepal, (p.) petal, 
st.) stamens, (sg.) stigma, (nuc.) nucellus. (x 110). 

Text-fig. 2—-A median longitudinal section of a bud slightly older than that 
of Text-fig. 1. (br.) bract, (sep.) sepal, (p.) petal, (st.) stamen, (spor.) sporo- 
genous tissue, (w.) wall of microsporangium, (sg.) lobed stigma, (nuc.) naked 
nucellus. (x 110). 

Text-fig. 3—A median longitudinal section of a still older bud. Thick-walled 
microspores (sp.) are shown within the microsporangium (mgn.). The young ana- 
tropous ovule (ov.), shows the nucellus (nuc.) and single integument (int.). (ov.c.) 
ovary cavity, (sy.) style, (p) petal. (x 110). 

Text-fig. 4—T.S. of flower bud about the same age as that in Text-fig. 2. 
(sep.) sepal, (p.) petal, (mgn.) microsporangium, (con.) connective, (sy.) style. 
The anther is seen to consist of two microsporangia, and the stamens alternate 
with the petals. 


164 THE LIFE-HISTORY OF STYPHELIA LONGIFOLIA (R.Br.), 


low the androecium the petals are inserted and these in turn are ensheathed by 
sepals and numerous bracts. 

A slightly older stage is represented in Text-fig. 2. The nucellus is now 
assuming the curved form which anticipates the anatropous condition of the 
mature ovule. No integument has yet made its appearance. The microsporangium 
shows a differentiation into wall, tapetum, and sporogenous tissue, while the style 
has elongated and the stigma become more distinctly lobed. The non-essential 
organs have grown in proportion. 

A still older bud is presented in Text-fig. 3. The anatropous nature of the 
ovule, which is at the spore mother cell stage, is clearly evinced. The ovary 
cavity is relatively large, and remains so until maturity is almost attained. Thus 
the young ovule has plenty of room in which to increase in size. In one of the 
ovules, the single massive integument and the nucellus are clearly differentiated. 
The integument, however, is still far from completely enclosing the nucellus. 
Numerous microspores with very thick walls are present in each of the micro- 
sporangia. 

A transverse section of a bud of the same age as that figured in Text- 
fig. 2 is delineated in Text-fig. 4. On the outside are seen three of the sepals 
which ensheath the five lobes of the young corolla. In front of the petals, and 
alternating with them, are the five stamens. Each anther is composed of only 
two microsporangia and the supporting connective. The centre of the bud is 
occupied by the style. 

This then gives an idea of the gross morphology of the flower in the young 
bud stage. 


Microsporangium. 

The stamen of the Epacridaceae is remarkable in that the anther consists of 
only two microsporangia, in place of the four usually found in Angiosperms. 

In addition it displays a longitudinal dehiscence in striking contrast to the 
poricidal or apical fissure method characteristic of the Ericaceae. The two micro- 
sporangia and connective are represented in Text-fig. 5, which shows a trans- 
verse section of an immature anther taken when the flower bud is at the stage 
indicated in Text-fig. 3. 

One of these microsporangia at a higher magnification is presented in Text- 
fig. 6. The uninucleate microspores are provided with enormously thick stratified 
walls. The tapetum (t) is still quite visible, although somewhat depleted. The 
wall of the sporangium is several cells thick, and the cells adjacent to the tapetum 
are appreciably compressed in a radial direction. The epidermis of the anther 
is composed for the most part of relatively larger square-shaped cells containing 
numerous tannin granules. It is to be noted that these epidermal cells steadily 
decrease in size as the region of dehiscence (d), on the anterior side of the 
anther, is approached, and that separating the two sporangia is an area of thi 
walled sterile cells. 

When the petals begin to open, the filament quickly elongates. while the 
anther speedily reaches its mature proportions. Examination of a transverse 
section of an exserted anther shows the mature pollen grains in the bi-nucleate 
condition (Text-fig. 7). 

The microspore has now reached its full size, and its cell walls are much 
thinner than those depicted in Text-fig. 6. At this stage numerous globules of a 
yellow oily substance make their appearance on the outer surface of the exine, 
thus imparting a stickiness to the pollen grains, which facilitates their con- 
vevanee from one fiower to another. 


higher magnification. 


BY P. BROUGH. 165 


No doubt the thick stratified walls of the younger microspores represent a 
reserve store of cellulose which is drawn upon during the rapid development 
which precedes the production of the mature spores. The tapetum has become 
disorganised and some of the wall cells have also suffered. While this is going 


Text-fig. 5—A transverse section of a young anther taken from a flower bud 

at the same stage of development as that illustrated in Text-fig. 3. The two 
microsporangia of the anther are shown. (x 225). 

Text-fig. 6—A transverse section of one of the above microsporangia under a 

The thick striated walls of the uni-nucleate microspores 

(mic.), the tapetum (t.) and the compressed cells of the sporangial walls (w.) 

are indicated. The cells of the epidermis decrease in size as the region (d.) is 


approached. 


Numerous grains of tannin are seen within the epidermal cells. 
(x 270). 


166 THE LIFE-HISTORY OF STYPHELIA LONGIFOLIA (R.Br.), 


on, the walls of the epidermis undergo a remarkable change owing to excessive 
thickening of the radial walls. The periclinal walls also share in this, but to a 
-much less extent. 

It is noteworthy that this thickening of the epidermal walls is interrupted 
at the region (d) adjoining the vascular bundle. This feature is important be- 
cause on that modification in structure the method of dehiscence largely depends. 


Text-fig. 7—A transverse section of a microsporangium at a later stage. The 
walls of the enlarged microspores (mic.) are now much thinner, and the tapetum 
is no longer visible. Thickening of the radial walis (r.) of the epidermal cells is 
pronounced while the tangential walls have also increased somewhat in thickness. 
The width of each epidermal cell is greatest at the periphery. The thickening of 
the cell walls of the epidermis becomes less pronounced as the region (d.) is ap- 
proached. Oil globules (og.) are present on the surface of the microspores. (x 110). 

Text-fig. 8—A transverse section of a microsporangium showing the initiation 
of the slit of dehiscence. The thickened cells of the cpidermis are compressed 
tangentially, and the thin-walled tissue at (d.) has been ruptured. The microspores 
(mic.), with one exception, are fully developed and in the bi-nucleate condition. 
(x 110). 

Text-fiz. 9.—A transverse section of a mature microsporangium showing the final 
stage in dehiscence. The slit of dehiscence is fully distended, and nearly all the pollen 
grains have been shed. The thickening of the radial walls of the epidermal cells 
is very pronounced. (x 110). ; 


Dehiscence. Q 
After the stamen has reached maturity, the ensuing desiccation leads to a 
contraction throughout the cells of the sporangial walls. The epidermal cells 


BY P. BROUGH. 167 


“naturally share in the resultant tension, which steadily increases until rupture 
oceurs, aS indicated in Text-fig. 8. Examination shows that this occurs ait the 
-only region at which the cells are unthickened, and, as is to be expected, the 
tissue gives way along the line of least resistance (Text-fig. 8). Not only that, 
“but the extent and direction of the rupture are controlled by the ring of cells 
with specially thickened walls surrounding the vascular bundle of the connective 
(Text-fig. 6). The aperture thus initiated steadily increases in size until the 
condition represented in Text-fig. 9 is reached. The dispersal of the microspores 
then follows as a matter of course. 

An examination of the microsporangia at different stages (Text-figs. 5-9) 
demonstrates how the various specialised structures eombine to effect a common 
purpose, namely, the rupture of the sporangium, to set free the spores. 

The epidermal layer, which to begin with has cell walls of normal thickness, 
gradually acquires a thickening of the radial walls, and to a much less extent 
of the periclinal walls (Text-fig. 7). This inereases until the extremely thick 
radial walls shown in Text-fig. 8 are produced. The outer walls of the epidermal 
cells are slightly thicker than the inner walls. Accordingly, when contraction 
due to desiccation occurs, the specialised structure of the epidermal cells permits 
of tangential compression, but resists radial pressure. This naturally produces 
a tangential strain, resulting in the rupture of the thin walled cells at (d), and 
the gradual pulling apart of the arms of the sporangia. The opening outwards 
of these arms brings the outer ends of the radial walls closer together, and so 
produces the wrinkled appearance seen in profile in Text-fig. 9. The change in 
shape of the epidermal cells is manifest on comparing Text-fig. 7-at (e) with 
Text-fig. 9 at (e). The inner tangential walls are thin, and therefore well 
adapted to permit of the change in shape which the individual cells of .the epi- 
dermis undergo, when dehiscence is complete. 

Microsporogenesis in Styphelia longifolia is at present under investigation 
and will be described in a subsequent paper. 


The Ovutle. 


The young ovule consists of a slender nucellus surrounded by a single thick 
integument. In Text-fig. 10 the relative positions and sizes of these parts are 
illustrated. The megasporangium proper consists of a single axial row of eells 
enclosed by an epidermis one cell thick. 


Megas porogenesis. 

The apical cell of this axial row enlarges and functions as a megaspore 
mother cell. The enlarged nucleus is very apparent, and the balled condition of 
the chromatin threads indicates the imminence of reduction division. No parietal 
cell formation occurs, and so the megaspore mother cell is only separated from 
the micropyle by a single layer of cells. A subsequent stage is seen in Text-fig. 
1, where the four-nucleate condition, resulting from division of the mother 
cell, is depicted. These nuclei are very large, and are not separated from one 
another by walls. It seems clear then that the nucleus of the spore mother cell 
divides into two, and then into four, in the normal way. Later, each of the three 
inner nuclei becomes surrounded by cytoplasm and a thin membraneous wall, so 
that four complete megaspores are evolved. All four megaspores are thus en- 
closed within the original cell wall of the spore mother cell (Text-fig. 11). 

So far then the history of megasporogenesis approximates to that charac- 
teristic of the more advanced Angiosperms. From this point, however, certain 


168 THE LIFE-HISTORY OF STYPHELIA LONGIFOLIA (R.Br.), 


phases of the development are evinced, which give to this life-history an interest 
peculiarly its own. All the megaspores continue to enlarge, but the functional 
megaspore is the distal or micropylar one, and not the chalazal one, as is usually 
the ease. This rare feature is illustrated in Text-fig. 15. The occasional func- 
tioning of the micropylar megaspore in the Sympetalae was reported as far 
back as 1888 by Oliver. Later, other investigators, Fry (1902), Vesque (1878, 
1879), Lloyd (1902), and Guignard (1882) described examples in which mega- 
spores other than the chalazal one may occasionally function, but it should be 
noted that the case reported by Oliver is the only one in the Sympetalae in 
which it has been clearly established that the micropylar megaspore normally 


Oo) ole-= 
O/OL@Tel Ol A} 
fo Tar sora rer ol 
Text-fig. 10—A median longitudinal section through a young ovule. The 
massive integument (int.), partially enclosing the nucellus (nuc.), is seen. The 
large cell terminating the axial row of the nucellus is the megaspore mother-cell 
(meg.m.c.). The nucleus is in synapsis; (mi.) micropyle. (x 600). 


functions in the production of the female gametophyte. Even in this genus, 
Trapella, the cell adjacent to the distal one may on occasion be the one to 
function. 

In the Monocotyledons and the Archichlamydeae the functioning of the 
micropylar megaspore has only been found in a few cases. Thus Treub and 
Mellink (1880) have observed that the outer of the two megaspores normally 
produces the embryo-sac in Agraphis, but that the inner of the two megaspores 
develops to the four-nucleate stage. Again Campbell (1900) reports that the 
outer micropylar megaspore in Dieffenbachia is the one to produce the female 
gametophyte. Turning to the Archichlamydeae it is found that Loranthus, as 


described by Treub (1882), is the only case in which the micropylar megaspore 
is the functional one. 


BY P. BROUGH. 169 


A survey of these facts is sufficient to emphasise the rarity of the pheno- 
menon described above for Styphelia longifolia. a 

Contrary to expectation, the three remaining megaspores do not disintegrate, 
but continue to increase in size, each being limited by a thin membraneous wall. 
The nucleus is large and contains a single nucleolus. The cytoplasm is dis- 
tinctly vacuolate and takes the form of thick strands (Text-figs. 13 and 14). 
The nucleus of the micropylar megaspore divides, and the typical eight-nucleate 
stage of the Angiosperm female gametophyte is evolved. In Text-fig. 12 the 
two elongated cells Si, S2, adjoining the micropyle are obviously the young 


Text-figs. 16, 17, and 18 show the polar nuclei (p.n.) in various stages of 
fe) Fusion occurs in the region where the embryo-sac begins to. narrow. 
x 270 ° ¥ 1 
Text-fig. 19—A median longitudinal section through an ovule showing the 
passage of the pollen tube (p.t.) through the micropyle (mi.) and into the embryo- 


sac. The lower end of the tube is secn at the apex of one of the synergids (S;). 
{x 200). 


synergids. The other six nuclei vary somewhat in size. At this stage it is to 
be noted that the eight cells of the gametophyte occupy the upper region of the 
sac (Text-figs. 12 and 15). Nevertheless, their positions, relative to one another 
in the sac, are quite normal, and in no way suggestive of the extreme lack of 
polarity characteristic of Peperomia pellucida, as described by Campbell (1899) 
-and: Johnstone (1900) respectively. 

As the embryo-sac grows, however, four nuclei are aggregated at the micro- 
_pylar end, while the other four are located towards the chalazal end of the sac. 
These latter nuclei, however, do not always congregate at the extremity, as is 
usual in Angiosperms. The distribution of the nuclei after separation is’: shown 
in Text-fig. 10 of my preliminary note (1923). The polarity characteristic of the 


170 


eae Ec ehay.! 


“Sur 


> 


ee 
Ate ae Seas 


Text-fig. 11 shows the 4-nucleate condition consequent on division of the spore 
mother cell. Each nucleus (n.) is the nucleus of a young megaspore. (x 920). 
Text-fig. 12—A median longitudinal section of the embryo-sac. The eight nuclei 
of the female gametophyte are shown, the two large pyriform cells are the synergids 
(Sz, S2); (n. Sz) nucleus of synergid. (x 400). 
Text-fig. 13—Two of the non-functional megaspores (imeg.) as seen in the 
microtome section immediately following that of Text-fig. 12. The large nucleus, 
«cytoplasmic strands, and wall of megaspore are clearly seen. (x 400). 


BY P. BROUGH. ae 171 


cells of the Angiosperm sac is thus attained somewhat late. Very soon a nucleus 
from either end separates from its associates, and passes towards the middle of 
the sac, where fusion oceurs (Text-fig. 18). 


Female Gametophyte. 
_Egg-Apparatus. 

~The outstanding feature of the female gametophyte is the egg apparatus 
in which the synergids are extraordinarily enlarged (Text-figs. 21 and 22). The 
synergids are precisely pyriform and at maturity the beak of each protrudes 
shghtly into the micropyle. The narrow end has a distinctly striated appear- 
ance, and stains lightly with Haidenhain’s iron-alum haematoxylin, and Flem- 
ing’s triple stain (Text-fig. 21). This behaviour is in striking contrast to the 
deep staining characteristic of the body of the synergid. Each synergid has one 
“or several vacuoles, and a large nucleus (Text-fig. 22). The egg is the lower- 
most cell of the egg apparatus, and its lower extremity, in which the nucleus is 
situated, extends below the synergids. 


Polar Nuclei. 

The polar nuclei are large, and distinct. Their gradual approach and sub- 
sequent fusion are demonstrated in Text-figs. 16, 17 and 18. This fusion occurs 
prior to fertilization. At this stage the embryo-sac is somewhat elub-shaped, 
with the head, which contains the egg-apparatus, adjacent to the micropyle. The 
polar nuclei fuse in the region where the sae is heginning to narrow (Text- 
fig. 16). © 


Antipodal cells. 

The most outstanding feature of the antipodal cells is the insignificant part 
they play in the life-history of the gametophyte. They disintegrate before fer- 
tilization and only occasional traces of them ean be found by the time the polar 
nuclei have fused. Dense staining of the contents in the lower portion of the 
sac no doubt indicates the locus of their disintegration. Thus it is evident that 
the antipodals represent the most insignificant feature of the female game- 
tophyte, and play no part in the nutrition of the sae. 


Fertilzation. 

When the flower opens the microspores are in the binucleate condition (Text- 
fig. 8). Pollination occurs soon after the exposure of the stigma, as the pollen 
tube is found traversing the micropyle in the material fixed within a few days 
-of the expanding of the petals (Text-fig. 19).. The micropyle is narrow, and so 
the pollen tube remains thin until entrance to the sac has been efiected. In many 
“eases the synergids protrude slightly into the micropyle before the pollen tube 
_actually reaches the vicinity of the sae. Atecess to the egg apparatus is thus 
facilitated. At this stage of development starch grains begin to appear in the 
. 6ytoplasm in the region of the egg and fusion nucleus respectively, and by the 
‘time the pollen tube reaches the egg apparatus a dense aggregation of grains is 
seen, especially around the egg. This is illustrated in Text-figs. 20-23. In some 
cases the grains are packed so closely that. the egg is more or less hidden. 


Text-fiz. 14-+The third non-functional megaspore as seen in the microtome sec- 
. tion succeeding that of Text-fig. 13. 

Text-fig. 15—Composite drawing composed from the three sections of Text- 
figs. 12, 18, and 14. The cells of the’ female gametophyte and the three non- 
‘functional megaspores (i.meg.) are seen to be enclosed in a common chamber. (x 400). 


172 THE LIFE-HISTORY OF STYPHELIA LONGIFOLIA (R.Br.), 


EN ORNS Or rane 
ws Pace E 


“22 


_ Text-fig. 20—Another view of the micropylar region of the sac. A pollen tube 
(pt.) is seen alongside one of the synergids (Si). Near the extremity of the tube 
a mal»: nucleus (mng) is depicted, while in front a structure strongly suggestive 
of a second male nucleus (mn ,) fusing with the nucleus of the egg (o.) is ap- 
parent. Numerous starch grains (al.) are seen in the cytoplasm around the egg 
nucleus. (x 270). 

Text-fig. 21—Another view of the pollen tube (p.t.) within the sac. In this 
case the tube seems to have penetrated, and to be making its way through, one 
of the synergids (S;). Here again, the starch grains are aggregated around the 
egg (o.). (x 270). 

Text-fig. 22—This section immediately succeeds, in the microtome series, the 
one shown in Text-fig. 21. The lower extremity of the tube (p.t.) which contains 
the male nucleus (mnj) is seen emerging from, synergid $1. (x 270). 

Text-fig. 23—The close packing of the starch grains around the egg nucleus is 
iustrated. (x 270). : i 

Text-fig. 24—A longitudinal section through an embryo-sac after fertilization. 
The two synergids, Si, Se, are still visible, although somewhat distorted. A few 


BY P. BROUGH. 173 


The pollen tube was often seen in the narrow passage of the micropyle 
(Text-fig. 19). The large synergids, however, with their rapid absorption and 
tenacious retention of stain, tend to conceal the course of the pollen tube within 
the sac. Consequently the tracing of its progress towards the egg is a matter 
of unusual difficulty. However, by the careful destaining of overstained sections, 
demonstration of the course of the pollen tube within the sae was effected in 
several cases. Text-fig. 20 shows a typical example. There the pollen tube is 
seen alongside one of the synergids, and its extremity is turned towards the egg. 
One nucleus—the male—is seen near the end of the tube, while the appearance 
of the structure adjoining strongly suggests the fusion of the egg nucleus with 
the other male nucleus. Again, in Text-fig. 21, the pollen tube is seen emerging 
from the micropyle and making its way down between the wall of the sac and 
a synergid. It evidently pierces the synergid, because the next section of the 
series, Text-fig. 22, shows the extremity of the same pollen tube emerging from 
the same synergid. A male nucleus is seen in each portion of the pollen tube. 
Division of the zygote does not at once follow fertilization. 

The endosperm nucleus, on the other hand, shows immediate activity, and 
very soon free nuclei are seen scattered throughout the sac (Text-fig. 24). It is 
distinctly noticeable that relatively few though large nuclei are formed within 
the enlarged micropylar region, while on the other hand very numerous nuclei 
are formed within the lower and narrower region. 

Growth of the sac proceeds apace, and its form undergoes a complete trans- 
formation. This is due to the fact that the middle region of the sac enlarges 
enormously, while the micropylar end shows no very appreciable inerease in size. 
The endosperm nuclei continue to divide, wall formation supervenes, and finally 
2 massive endosperm is developed, as indicated in Text-figs. 25 and 28-30 (also 
1923, Text-figs. 11 and 12). 

Tt will be noted that in the mature seed the endosperm does not extend 
quite to the chalazal extremity of the sae. This leaves a small chalazal chamber 
between the endosperm proper and the three non-functional megaspores. 


The Embryo. 

The actual division of the zygote has not been demonstrated, but a very 
young embryo is delineated in Text-fig. 26. At this stage all traces of the 
starch grains, formerly so abundant, have disappeared (Text-fig. 24). The pro- 
embryo is provided with an extremely long suspensor, the evident function of 
which is to transfer the embryo from the micropylar chamber, and push it deep 
down into the region where endosperm formation is going on. 

A slightly older embryo amid the endosperm is shown in Text-fig. 28. The 
embryo continues to develop, and assumes the rounded form indieated in Text- 
figs. 29-31. The digestive action of the embryo is indicated by the corroded 
appearance of the adjacent endosperm cells. This feature is also apparent at 
the earlier stage of development indicated in Text-fig. 28. Cell division con- 
tinues until the stage shown in Text-fig. 31 is reached. The dermatogen is well 
defined, and the differentiation into periblem and plerome is suggested. The 
development of the embryo has not yet been followed beyond this stage. 


large free endosperm nuclei (f.e.n.) are seen in the upper sac, while in the lower 
and narrower region, abundant cytoplasm with numerous free endosperm nuclei 
(f.e.n.) is found. (x 270). 

Text-fig. 25—A longitudinal section through the endosperm (end.). _ An 
embryo (emb.) and suspensor (sp.) are seen embedded in the endosperm tissue. 
(x 150). 


174 THE LIFE-HISTORY OF STYPHELIA LONGIFOLIA (R.Br.), 


At this point the writer would again eall attention to the shape of the 
mature embryo sae (1923, Text-fig. 11). At one end a large micropylar cavity 
is developed in a manner similar to that so often figured by M. Peltrisot (1904) 
in his extensive investigations in the Ericaceae. This cavity is separated by a 
constriction from the distended region below, which forms the main body of the 


Text-fig. 26—This view shows a very young embryo with the extremely long 
suspensor (sp.) pushing the embryo into the lower region of the sac where endo- 
sperm formation is going on. (x 180). 

Text-fig. 27—Another view of the same highly magnified. (x 600). 


sac. The function of this chamber is not apparent, because, as already pointed 
out, it contains at maturity only a few free endosperm nuclei. 

It may, however, have a haustorial function, as in the Hricaceae (Peltrisot,. 
1904). The embryo develops amid the endosperm in the central region of the 
sac, but the greatly elongated suspensor traverses the micropylar chamber, and 


BY P. BROUGH. 175 


passes through the constriction separating these two regions (Text-figs. 26 and 
27). 

The persistent megaspores remain in full activity until long after fertil- 
ization, for they are seen to be intact when the embryo is at the stage indicated 
in Text-fig. 28. Their disintegration commences when the endosperm approaches 
maturity, for at the stage indicated in Text-fig. 31 only tha positions previously 
occupied by them are apparent. Accordingly it is evident, that the megaspores 
retain their vitality until nutrition for endosperm formation has been supplied. 
This is what might be expected, seeing that the food supply of the embryo is 
now assured by the presence of a copious endosperm. _ 

The various phases of the life-history of Styphelia longifolia having been 
presented, it remains to probe into the significance of the several peculiar features 
which stand revealed. 

The functioning of the micropylar megaspore has already been discussed, 
but the phenomenon of far more fundamental importance—and one which the 
writer believes has never previously been demonstrated—is the long-continued 
active persistence of the three inner megaspores. It must be borne in mind, of 
course, that Oliver (1888), in the case of Trapella, describes an example in 
which megaspore persistence is demonstrated, but at the same time it will be 
realised that in Trapella only one of the non-functional megaspores—the inner- 
most—persists for any length of time, and in this particular case it develops 
into a bi-cellular haustorium. Moreover, the megaspores in T'rapella are par- 
titioned off from each other and from the embryo-sac by definite cell walls. 

Now the Hpacridaceae are generally conceded to be fairly primitive repre- 
sentatives of the Sympetalae, which in turn are derivatives from the Archi- 
chlamydeae. The persistence of the megaspores in Styphelia immediately sug- 
gests that this phenomenon represents the survival of a primitive condition when 
all of the four megaspores were functional. But, if this interpretation be 
correct, then why has a similar state of things never been reported in the more 
primitive and presumably ancestral forms in the Archichlamydeae? 

A possible reply to this is that the Epacridaceae—which are confined to the 
Southern Hemisphere in general, and to Australia in particular—may represent 
a type which has emerged and diverged in very early times from extremely 
primitive Angiosperms, and has ever since preserved its identity and, in a special 
degree, one of its ancestral features. 

Another aspect of this discussion relates to the present day function of the 
three megaspores in question. They are highly nourished, vigorous organs up 
to the time of endosperm formation, and it has occurred to the writer that they 
may be instrumental in the nourishing of the embryo-sac. The innermost mega- 
spore is in close juxtaposition to the conducting tissue of the chalaza, and any 
nutritive supplies therefrom would clearly meet with little resistance in passing 
upwards by way of the megaspores to the developing functioning megaspore, 
female gametophyte and endosperm, especially when it is remembered that the 
megaspores are not separated from each other by walls. Furthermore, in the 
ease of Styphelia, the common chamber enclosing the female gametophyte and 
the three megaspores clearly provides an increased surface for the absorption of 
nutritive supplies from the surrounding tissue. It is suggested then that the 
megaspores have assumed a haustorial function, and form a via media for the 
transfer of nutritive supplies from the conducting tissue of the chalaza to the 
embryo-sae. 

Finally, it has been pointed out by Coulter and Chamberlain (1915) that 


THE LIFE-HISTORY OF STYPHELIA LONGIFOLIA (R.BY.), 


176 


The nature of the encasing 


endosperm cells is illustrated and the digestive action of the embryo is apparent. 


Ire 


(x 270 
Text-fig. 29—-A further stage in the development of the embryo is illustrated 


Text-fig. 28—A slightly older stage of the embryo. 


Also Text-figs. 29-31. 


(x 270). 
Differentiation of the derma- 


Periclinal walls ‘have initiated the dermatogen (d.). 


Text-fig. 30—A still older stage of the embryo. 


here. 


BY P. BROUGH. 177 


the known cases of the functioning of the micropylar megaspore- are so few 
that the phenomenon may indicate some peculiar condition, and it has occurred 
to the writer that this peculiarity is bound up, in some cases at least, with the 
haustorial activity of the non-functioning megaspores. Certainly this is so in 
the case of Styphelia longifolia and Trapella sinensis. In any ease it is evident 
that if the non-functional megaspores are to be instrumental in the nutrition of 
the embryo-sac, then their most advantageous position is adjacent to the chalaza, 
and, that being so, the selection of the micropylar megaspore as the future em- 
bryo sae is accounted for. 


Summary. 


The anther consists of two microsporangia instead of the four usual in 
Angiosperms. No fibrous layer is formed by the sub-epidermal cells of the wall 
of the microsporangium. The epidermis assumes the role of the usual fibrous 
layer, and by differential thickening and variation in shape of the constituent 
cells effects and controls the specialised method of longitudinal dehiscence. In 
the younger stages the thick stratified walls of the microspore provide a reserve 
food supply for the further development of the microspores which are shed in 
the bi-nucleate condition. 

A single anatropous ovule is contained in each of the five loeuli of the 
gynoecium. The nucellus consists of a single axial row of cells, surrounded 
by an epidermal layer one cell thick, enclosed by a single massive integument. 
The distal cell of the axial row functions as the megaspore mother cell. No 
parietal cell formation occurs. 

The spore mother cell undergoes reduction division, and produces a row 
of four megaspores which are not separated by cell walls. The micropylar 
megaspore functions and produces the normal eight-celled. gametophyte, a some- 
what rare occurrence in Angiosperm life-history. 

The female gametophyte is characterised by the extraordinarily large pyri- 
form synergids, each with a pronounced striated apical region. The polar nuclei 
fuse prior to fertilization. The antipodal cells are insignificant and evanescent. 
The polarity of the cells characteristic of the Angiosperm gametophyte is as- 
sumed somewhat late. 

The three innermost megaspores-do- not disintegrate but enlarge very con- 
siderably, and persist in an active state until endosperm formation is almost 
completed. This long-continued persistence and activity of the three non-fune- 
tional megaspores has not previously been recorded in the life-history of the 
Angiosperm. 

The pollen tube makes its way down through the micropyle, enters the 
embryo-sac, sometimes piercing a synergid en route to the egg, and brings about 
fertilization in the normal manner. 

Immediately after fertilization the endosperm nucleus divides rapidly, pro- 
ducing numerous free nuclei, but wall formation speedily supervenes, and a 
copious endosperm is developed. A micropylar chamber, similar to that des- 
erihed by M. Peltrisot in his researches on the Ericaceae, is formed at the apical 
region of the sac. A chalazal chamber is also present in the mature seed. 

The embryo is transferred from the micropylar chamber into the central 


togen (d.) is complete except in the region where the radicle is to appear. (x 270). 

Text-fig. 31—This section represents the final stage found in this investigation. 
The dermatogen (d.) is very evident, while the regions of the periblem and the 
plerome respectively are suggested. (x 270). 


178 THE LIFE-HISTORY OF STYPHELIA LONGIFOLIA (R.BI.). 


region of the endosperm by a very long narrow suspensor. Various stages in 
the development of the embryo are delineated, but no abnormal features have 
been recorded. 

It is suggested that the persistence of the three non-functional megaspores 
represents the retention of an ancestral condition of the Angiosperm, and that 
in consequence the Hpacridaceae have diverged in early times from very primi- 
tive types, and have since preserved their identity in an extraordinary degree. 
The restricted distribution of the family supports this view. The writer is of 
the opinion that the present day function of these persistent megaspores is 
purely haustorial. 

For helpful advice and kindly criticism given during the course of this re- 
search, I desire to place on record my sincere thanks to Professor Lawson, in 
whose laboratory these investigations were carried out. My thanks are also 
due to Dr. McLuckie for similar good offices. 


list of references. 


BroueH, P., 1923.—Preliminary note on the Embryo Sac of Istjenene longifolia 
(R.Br.). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlvui., 674-680. 

CAMPBELL, D. H., 1899.—A Peculiar Embryo Sac Ba Peperomia pellucida. Ann. 
Bot., 13, 626. 

, 1899a.—Die entwicklung des Embryosackes von Peperomia pel- 
lucida (Kunth). Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell., 17, 452-456. 
, 1900.—Studies in Araceae. Ann. Bot., 14, 1-25. 

Couuter, J. M., and CHAMBERLAIN, C. T., 1915—Morphology of Angiosperms. 
p. 84. 

Fry, T. C., 1902—A Morphological Study of certain Asclepiadaceae. Bot. 
Gazette, 34, 389-413. 

GuienarD, L., 1882.—Recherches sur le sac embryonnaire des Phanerogames 
Angiospermes. Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot. (vi.), 13, 136-199. 

Jounstone, D. S., 1900.—On the Endosperm and Embryo of Peperomia pellu- 
cida. Bot. Gazette, 30, 1-11. 

Luoyp, F. E., 1902.—The comparative Embryology of the Rubiaceae. Mem. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 8, 27-112. 

Outver, F. W., 1888.—On the Structure, Development and Affinities of Trapella, 
a new genus of Pedalineae. Ann. Bot., 2, 75-115. 

Peutrisot, C. H., 1904—Développement et Sianaamas ae la Grain chez les 
Biriencces, Journ. de Botanique, 18° Année, Nos. 10-11 (Oct.- 
Nov.), No. 12 (Dec.). 

TrevuB, M., 1882.—Observations sur lesLoranthacées. Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot. (vi.), 


13, 250-282. 
: and Metuink, J. F. A., 1880.—Notice sur la Développement du 
sac embryonnaire dane quelques Angiospermes. Archives 


Néerlandaises, 15 (Oct.). 
VESQUE, J., 1878.—Développement du sae embryonnaire des Phanerogames Angio- 
spermes. Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot. (vi.), 6, 237-285. 
, 1879.— Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot. (vi.), 8, 261- 390. 
, ’ 1879.—Compt. ane 88, 1359-1361. 
, 1879.— Bot. Zeig., 37, 505-509. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE I. 


Cowrie Island, Shellharbour, N.'S.W. Easter, 1923. 


Shellharbour, N’S.W. Easter, 1928. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE II. 


Moffat Head, Caloundra, O. Northern end of beach. 


Point Cartwright, Q. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE TIL. 


Port Macquarie, N.S.W. 


Magnetic Island, near Townsville, Q. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


1. Western fringe of Grey Range at Yandama, N.S.\W. 
2. Low hills of Grey Range from Mt. Poole. 
3 


. Vertical slate outcrop at Sturt’s Depot Glen, Mt. Poole. 


PLATE 


] 


IV. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. IPLAC Wh 


4. Gibber and rubble slope colonised by community of Sarcostemma 
australe. 
5. Gibber slope with community of Atriplex vesicarium, Yandama. 


6. Gibber slope near Yandama Creek, with Acacia Cambagei. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE VI- 


PHeSS SRR eae 


ig 


Tips ee ; 3 
be tee Fi aie 
Pr eld is en 


i 


OT ROS Barat af ae Fb SoS = 
pee yi RRR REE Be ah 


7. Open scrub near Mt. Arrowsmith. Groundflora, Myriocephalus Stuarti; 
Eremophila Sturtii at side; Acacia aneura in distance. 

8. Grevillea striata on sandy plain west of Yandama. 

9. Hremophila polyclada (?) on clayey flat, Grey Range. 

10. Acacia Murrayana on sand ridge, north-west of Grey Range. 


Proc. 


1924. PLATE 


Linn. Soc. N.S 


o) 


11. Open sandy plain with community of Atriplex vesicarium. 

12. Sand ridge west of Grey Range. ‘Monospecifie’ community, 
Heterodendron oleaefolium. 

13. Heterodendron oleaefolium, near Yandama, showing exposure of 
roots by wind erosion. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE VIII. 


14. Mulga scrub (Acacia aneura) on sand ridge west of Grey Range. 

15. Part of claypan bordered by open saltbush plain. Colonisation 
of pan by Glyceria ramigera has commenced. 

16. Clavpan reclaimed by Glyceria ramigera. 


xy 


~ “A : : -_ 
n F pees te ee ce nes 7s seh ere = 
x ‘ n , we 2 
P ; rake 2% 

% , ‘ ta2 

£ 4 

Ks c ; ey 

; i i ; ; 

, 2 ; 
5 ul ; 
4 
+ 
: < 
‘ ; ; ; 
r = 
1 He 
* r 
: 
7 ‘ 
i 2 


heres 


= 4 


er tes eed 


rome) 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE EX. 


a 


17. <leacia Cambagei in creck bed, Mt. Poole. 


18. Hucalyptus rosiraétu in Yandama Creek. 


tN 


“ 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE xX. 


New Trilobites from Bowning, N.S.W. 


Proc. Livy. Soc.'N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XI. 


General habit of Cassytha. 


Photograph of C. paniculata growing upon several hosts, especially 
Lasiopetalum ferrugineum and Banksia latifolia. 


} j Fae: y 
I 
' 
‘ 
x 
' 
bh 
Seal ie Pre sein we 
+ i 
v Cae 
t ‘ ; 
eis Cage aan 
~ 4 4 
: : un 
‘ ve 3 . 
3 ee i 
i ‘ ‘ 3 
‘ ‘ a * ‘ 
; , a! os, - é s 
mea 
rene) i q 
ive 5 
‘ I 
at 4 . 
yak rs cy 
ean) d : 1 
5 Ee Petre. 
i 2 ‘a cr : r, 
eee J j 
% \ 
C OR Ree : y 
x 
H ee 
( 3 , 
aM 
7 i r kites: S > eh 
s y ; ‘ 
e y i 
* i t 


! er, v 7 j os 
sF Oe SR) Le es Lee Ree = 
J ¥ a - ee A 
x Suma tt nee Ned yr 
’ ; ! } my : ‘Val 
c - ‘ on) : 
ieoac “3 ‘ ne’ ¢ y 
o Wi s o ry ' re 
- : ee : 5 
‘ ‘ : A 
er : uu ' ees , fins YT, ay 
‘ a 5 } see F} 
oy ‘ft 
~ , ) : hs ¥ LS or 
Lala ar, he te : 6. a 
ue “4 % . 
at KG ms rf + 
bi * A | . y ef - VAS 1 Ad 
ats be far goo ? % f : 
i ota ; F 
i 
f . 
j F 3 » 
ts 4 Fi h + ee - 
f r vi i 4 ves 
ee is! G ) K < 
) ' ‘ iene 
1 j 
y 
. 7 
, A 
. - 
, 1 
\ I ; i i i 
u Gig : ¥ La 
f A ‘ , ; 


t 
e z 
cca } 
I 
2 , 
A me / 3 
ge ee : } 
1 oy SA, 
'g Pas 


Sen Wire fis r 
De Aes ROL Pe 


Proc. Liny. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


IRDATE  3e7 


a 


Vs 


re 


th 


» 


Proce: Livy. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


PLATE XIII. 


w 


1, 3. Secotium novae-celandiae. Ze Se 


erythrocephalum. 


Proc. Lin». Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XIV. 


1. Secotium _erythrocephalum. 


2. Secotium superbum. 


iA 
US & ¥ 
vo 
‘5 


Proc) Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE xv. 


I. Secotium melanosporum. as 1S 
3. S. piriforme. a Ss 


porphyreum. 
cartilagineus. 


Rey 
Lee 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XVI. 


; 


RAN oo fA) 
oh, AY : fy, 5 

f Ay \N SS FIAT OLE ks 
(AWA 7 ph \\) 
eee Vi fo fe bf 


WL tH 


Loranthus Nestor S. Moore. 


W.E.B. del. 


PLATE XVII. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


Loranthus Hilliana, n.sp. 


W.F-.B. del. 


1 NG 
LAr ee 


id gee 
i | 


4 : 
1 
i 
nie 
1 \ 
: Vig i 
e 
i} “ Ke us 
a 3 
Pe 1 
bs 
} 4 
4 . r a wa 
. ; \ Chet 
‘i } 
Wig ri y . ‘i 
f oe nee ; 
Vapi i : 
i f 

; a ; 
i ¢ f is re 
I tr eptt ‘ / 

aN a> 
f i es Ne 
at ih 
a 
KY 
fee 


PLATE XVIII. 


Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


Proc. Linn. 


Loranthus Lucasi, n.sp. 


W.F-.B. del. 


PLATE xIx. 


Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


LINN. 


Proc. 


Loranthus Quandang Windl. 


W.F-B. del. 


Proc. Lixn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


Loranthus Benthami, 


W.FE-.B. del. 


n.sp. 


PLatTE 


XX, 


A te 
i 


es 
SHAT 


PLATE XXtI. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


en pest OE a 


re Raa 


Loranthus Maideni, nsp. 


W.F-.B. del. 


PLATE XXII. 


Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


Proc. 


Loranthus Fitzgeraldi, n.sp. 


W.F-.B. del. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


W.F-.B. del. 


Loranthus grandibracteus Fiv.M. 


PLATE XXIII, 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE Xxv. 


Ma 


Sah \ he 
3, SON < se 
ys 


\ 


\ 
AAAS 


Loranthus signatus F.v.M. 


W.E.B. del. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PrAntn xcxvite 


Loranthus amplexans (Van Tiegh.). 


W.E-.B. del. 


ve 
ts ae 
os} ON 
a 


oe 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XXVII. 


Loranthus biangulatus W. V. Fitz. 


W.E.B. del. 


? Le 
v7 Hy] 


ie 


avi 


i o : 


sf 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XXVIII. 


Branchinella frondosa ¢. 


hens raat 
: tee ene 
ae 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. whan, ssae%. 


l-4, Branchinella frondosa 8. 5-9. B. proboseida 3. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE Xxx. 


Se so / } \ 


ey HN 


1-3. Branchinella proboscida 9. 4-7. Branchinecta tenuis C. 


Walitte 
a 


‘ 


at ‘ 
WOO Ly. 
i 


ee pe: 
tee a 
LU BNeR ae 

vas re 


Bi 
Vi 


j en 5 
MME 
ye 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XXXI. 


Branchinecta parooensis 3. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XxxII. 


8-9. Estheria rubra. 


179 


6 aa re 
oat 


RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS. 
By Tom IreEDALE. 
(Plates xxxll1.-xxxvi.) 
[Read 25th June, 1924.] 


Roy Bell has made several collections of molluses which I hope to report 
upon more fully in the near future, especially in connection with zoogeographical 
problems relating to Australasia. Roy Bell was born on Raoul Island, in the 
Kermadec Group, and was of the greatest assistance to all the members of the 
Expedition of 1908, but more especially to myself, as I found he had an ex- 
cellent knowledge of the larger shells and was keenly interested in this group. 
After I left the island, he made stil] larger collections, which were partly re- 
ported upon by Mr. W. R. B. Oliver, now at the Dominion Museum, Wellington, 
one of our party. Owing to an unexpected disaster which compelled all the 
settlers (the Bell family) to leave the island, I was able to obtain his services 
for Mr. G. M. Mathews, to investigate the bird life of Norfolk and Lord Howe 
Islands. While upon these islands he made large collections of molluses for me. 
until the Great War suspended all scientific work and publication. Bell volun- 
teered, though not sound, and served four years, and upon his demobilisation 
made more collections in Australia. He landed at Melbourne and went to Port 
Fairy, Victoria, where he studied the Adelaidean fauna; he then travelled to 
Mallacoota, Victoria, where he found almost a pure Peronian Molluse Fauna. 
This was all I had desired for comparison, but the influenza outbreak prohibiting 
his return to New Zealand, he travelled to Eden in Twofold Bay and stopped 
there until the epidemic was over. He employed himself in making a thorough 
survey of the molluscan fauna, shore collecting in every available place, dredging 
throughout the Bay in from five to twenty-five fathoms, and outside, as far 
north as Merimbula, in water to the same depth, and in deeper water, from 
fifty to seventy fathoms, off Green Cape. In this essay I deal with the Twofold 
Bay collections, but use the other material for comparison. As all the material 
has been collected by one man, employing the same methods, the results are 
especially valuable in this respect, the personal equation, no small factor, being 
eliminated. Angas recorded shells, received from Brazier, from Twofold Bay, 
while apparently Cox and Hedley also collected there, but I have seen no note 
of Disaster Bay, the southernmost limit of New South Wales, which Bell visited. 
The littoral fauna was found to be stationary, little trace being found at a depth 
of only five fathoms, while from five to twenty fathoms, the mollusean life was 
uniform; but beyond twenty fathoms a new fauna was developing, and from 
the deeper water, 50-70 fathoms, still more different forms were secured, but, 
as usual, much of the deeper water material was dead. Again, the shells washed 
mp on the beach yary according to the seasons, many being found during winter 


180 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


gales which are not met with in summer; and these also are rarely dredged. 
Thus, to investigate completely a faunal area, the seasons must be also considered 
as well as much dredging and shore collecting. Probably a year’s collecting by 
a company of workers would show three-quarters of the fauna in a restricted 
area. 

Hedley proposed a subdivision of the Australian coastline, as regards the 
marine fauna, into four regions; these have been generally accepted by scientific 
investigators, but seem to have been misunderstood by some who were ignorant 
of the facts. The present collections were made for the purpose of enlarging 
our knowledge of the regions, especially by means of the Loricate fauna, as I 
had found these indicated the general results very fairly. I had made collections 
at Port Curtis and at Caloundra, Queensland, and have recently collected con- 
tinuously on the Sydney beaches, while I have paid a visit to Port Fairy, Victoria. 

Hedley’s Regions are as follows: the Solanderian covered the coastline of 
Eastern Australia from Cape York to Moreton Bay; the Dampierian Region 
ran westward from Cape York to Shark’s Bay, Western Australia; the Adelaidean 
Region extended along the south and south-west coasts of Australia from Wilson’s 
Promontory, in Victoria, to Shark’s Bay, and included the north and west coasts 
of Tasmania; the Peronian Region took in the rest of the east coast of Australia 
and Tasmania, and the east coast of Victoria. The only emendations yet pro- 
posed have been the separation of the eastern coast of Tasmania under the 
name Maugean, and the acceptance of the Solanderian as inclusive of the Dam- 
pierian. J have continually compared Peronian shells with the (same) species 
from southern Tasmania, and commonly find them to differ to a greater or less 
degree. At the point of inosculation of Regions, species of the two Regions 
will commonly be met with, but the further away from this point the purer the 
collection. Thus, to emphasise this point, Sydney should show almost a pure 
Peronian fauna, while Adelaide would show just as pure an Adelaidean fauna, 
but collections made at Twofold Bay or Western Port might show an appreciable 
Adelaidean or Peronian element respectively. At Twofold Bay no Solanderian 
forms would be expected, and these hypotheses have been absolutely confirmed 
by facts. We can now with certitude generally designate the littoral marine 
mollusea with their Regional names. It must be remembered that we are dealing 
with the littoral fauna, and that the deepwater fauna does not obey these laws 
so exactly, but curiously enough, even this fauna shows distinction in the same 
manner. With regard to the exact relationship of these deepwater forms and 
also the fossils, I have published a note (Proc. Malac. Soe., xv., 1922, pp. 37-8) 
indicating a solution of the nomination of these related forms. A paper by 
Chapman and Gabriel (Proce. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxxvi., n.s., 1923) has just been 
received, in which they record their belief that the recent and fossil forms must 
be compared and contrasted, and then describe some new species, and record 
other fossils under living names. They do not appear to have considered my 
note as simplifying their troubles. They have described a new species Cellana 
cudmorei as differing from C. variegata in a few details. C. variegata is the 
common Sydney limpet, which varies according to station and locality, and their 
species could be matched in any series procured at any place. I regard their 
form with exactly the same views as they have expressed, but my method of 
nomination obviates any criticism. I will give details of my scheme under the 
first species that lends itself to such treatment, rather than in this introduction. 
These notes are critical of the nomination and status of New South Wales marine 
molluses, and are revisional of the names utilised by Hedley in his Check List 


BY TOM IREDALE. 181 


published in 1918. The whole of this work is based upon Hedley’s foundation, 
and should be regarded as ornamental rather than as destructive. In the same 
way as the stonemason improves the face of the laid stone, I have amended 
Hedley’s List: the stone itself is not altered, only beautified, and without the 
stone to work upon the stonemason could not work. I have made much use of 
Pritchard and Gatlifi’s Victorian List, with its continuation by Gatliff and 
Gabriel, Tate and May’s List of Tasmanian molluscs with May’s additions, and 
more recently May’s Check List and Illustrated Index of Tasmanian shells, and 
Sir Joseph Verco’s numerous and invaluable papers on South Australian Mol- 
lusea. As all these essays have appeared in circumscribed and well known 
Australian scientific journals, I am not giving complete references save in neces- 
sary cases. This will save very much space and will not cause much inconvenience 
to the interested worker. It should be stated here that the collection reported 
upon was studied at the British Museum (Natural History) in conjunction with 
the use of Sherborn’s MSS., and has been reviewed by means of the collection 
in the Australian Museum, so that both sides of each matter at variance have 
been viewed. The collection will be placed in the Australian Museum for future 
reference, and it should be emphasised that the thanks of the scientific world 
are due to Mr. Charles Hedley, who has assisted me in every possible way in 
this revision of his own life-work. We are agreed that it will be many years 
before such drastic treatment can be again served out to the marine molluscs of 
this State. 

To save space the following notes have been condensed to a minimum, only 
the bare facts being recorded, so that it may not be realised that many of these 
notes represent months of research and have not been hastily produced. Twice 
as many notes have been withheld for further consideration in connection with 
fieldwork, and the multitude of new generic names here introduced is through 
comparison, with the assistance of the leading British malacologists, of these 
Austral forms with the Palaearctic types. 

I have proposed as new :— 

Nucula praetenta, nom. nov., for Nucula umbonata Smith. 
Nuculana (dohrni) tragulata nov. 

Comitileda, gen. nov., for Leda miliacea Hedley. 

Poroleda pertubata, nom. nov., for Poroleda lanceolata Hedley. 
Propeleda, gen. nov., for Leda ensicula Angas. 

Glycymeris striatularis suspectus, subsp. nov. 

Neotrigonia gemma, sp. nov. 

Notolimea, gen. nov., for Lima australis Smith. 

Tima nimbifer, sp. nov. 

Trichomusculus, gen. nov., for Lithodomus barbatus Reeve. 
Fluviolanatus, gen. nov., for Modiolarca subtorta Dunker. 
Modiolus delinificus, nom. nov., for M. albicostus auct. 
Amygdalum beddomei, nom. nov., for Modiolus arborescens auct. 
Solamen rex, gen. et sp. nov. 

Eximiothracia, gen. nov., for Thracia speciosa Angas. 
Thraciopsis peroniana, nom. nov., for T. elegantula auct. 
Thracidora, gen. nov., for Thraciopsis arenosa Hedley. 

Myadora royana, sp. nov. 

Myadora complexa, sp. nov. 

Eucrassatella, gen. nov., for Crassatella kingicola Lamarck. 
Talabrica, gen. Nov., fon Crassatella aurora A. Adams and Angas. 


182 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’?S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Salaputium, gen. nov., for Crassatella fulvida Angas. 

Bathycardita, gen. nov., for Cardita raouli Angas. 

Mendicula memorata, gen. and nom. nov., for Lucina induta Iledley. 

Notomyrtea, gen. noy., for Myrtaea botanica Hedley. 

Numella, gen. nov., for Diplodonta adamsi Angas. 

Melliteryx, gen. nov., for Erycina acupuncta Hedley. 

Borniola, gen. nov., for Bornia lepida Hedley. 

Pratulum, gen. nov., for Cardium thetidis Hedley. 

Gouldiopa, gen. nov., for Gouldia australis Angas. 

Fluctiger royanus, gen. et sp. nov. 

Notocallista, gen. nov., for Cytherea kingtt Gray. 

Chioneryx, gen. nov., for Venus striatissima Sowerby. 

Eumareia, gen. nov., for Venus fumigata Sowerby. 

Tellina beryllina, nom. noy., for Tellina inaequivalvis Sowerby. 

Semelangulus, gen. nev., for Tellina tenuilirata Sowerby. 

Abranda, gen. nov., for A. rex, nom. nov., for Tellina elliptica Sow. 

Solen correctus, nom. nov., for Solen sloaniw auct. 

Scissurona, gen. nov., for Scissurella rosea Hedley. 

Scissurona rosea remota, subsp. nov. 

Subzeidora, gen. nov., for Hmarginula connectens Thiele. 

Rimulanax, gen. nov., for Puncturella corolla Verco. 

Cosmetalepas, gen. nov., for Fissurella concatenata Crosse and I*ischer. 

Sophismalepas, gen. nov., for Fissurella nigrita Sowerby. 

Elegidion audax, gen. et sp. nov. 

Riza, gen. nov., for Glyphis watsoni Brazier. 

Vacerra, gen. nov., for Puncturella demissa Hedley. 

Vacerra demissa menda, subsp. nov. 

Haliotis naevosum improbulum, subsp. nov. 

Mesoclanculus, gen. nov., for Trochus plebejus Philippi. 

Notogibbula, gen. nov., for Gibbula cori Angas == Stomatella bicarinata A. 
Adams. 

Minopa, gen. nov., tor Fossarina legrandi Petterd. 

Leiopyrga octona problematica, subsp. nov. 

Spectamen, gen. nov., for Trochus philippensis Watson. 

Ethminolia probabilis, gen. et sp. nov. 

Minoha pulcherrima emendata, subsp. nov. 

Salsipotens, gen. nov., for Trochus armillatus Wood. 

Fautor, gen. nov., for Zizyphinus comptus A. Adams. 

Astelena, gen. nov., for Trochus scitulus A. Adams. 

Mimelenchus, subgen. nov., for Phasianella ventricosa Quoy and Caimard. 

Bellastraea, gen. nov., for Astraea fimbriata auct. 

Bellastraea kesteveni, nom. nov., for Astraea fimbriata auct. 

Stipator, gen. nov., for Teinostoma starkeyae Hedley. 

Lodderena, gen. nov., for Liotia minima Ten.-Woods. 

Patelloida alticostata antelia, subsp. nov. 

Patelloida alticostata complanata, subsp. nov. 

Notoacmea mixta mimula, subsp. nov. 

Radiacmea insignis cavilla, subsp. nov. 

Notoacmea flammea diminuta, subsp. nov. 

Naccula, gen. nov., for Nacella parva Angas == Patelloida punctata Quoy 
and Gaimard. 


BY TOM IREvALDE. 183 


Patellanax, gen. nov., for Patella squamifera Reeve. 

Parvacmea illibrata mellila, subsp. nov. 

Cellana variegata ariel, subsp. nov. 

Botellus, gen. nov., for Onoba bassiana Hedley. — 

Coenaculum, gen. nov.. for Scala minutula Tate and May. 

Stiva royana, sp. nov. 

Cacozelia, gen. nov., for Cerithium lacertinum Gould. 

Seilarex, gen. nov., for Seila attenuata Hedley. 

Gazameda, gen. nov., for Turritella gunnii Reeve. 

Glyptozaria, gen. noy., for Turritella opulenta Hedley. 

Colpospira guillaumei, sp. nov. 

Crosseola, gen. nov., for Crossea concinna Angas. 

Dolicrossea, gen. nov., for Crossea labiata Ten.-Woods. 

Icuncula, gen. nov., for Cingulina torcularis Ten.-Woods. 

Austrotriton (parkinsonius) basilicus, nov. 

Cymatiella, gen. nov., for Triton quoyi Reeve. 

Propesinum, gen. nov., for Natica umbilicata Quoy and Gaimard. 

Propesinum umbilicatum minusculum, subsp. nov. 

Propesinum (umbilicatum) mimicum, nov. 

Triviella merces, sp. nov. 

Baryspira fusiformis gaza, subsp. nov. 

Scaphella caroli, nom. nov., for Voluta maculata Swainson. 

Cymbiola complexa, nom. novy., for Voluta punctata Swainson. 

Gemmoliva, subgen., nov. for Oliva triticea Duclos. 

Cupidoliva, gen. nov., for Olivella nympha Adams and Angas. 

Pervicacia, gen. nov., for Terebra ustulata Deshayes. 

Pervicacia assecla, sp. nov. 

Teleochilus royanus, sp. nov. 

Colus novae-hollandiae grandiculus, subsp. nov. 

Berylsma, gen. nov., for Fusus waitei Hedley. 

Propefusus, gen. nov., for Fusus pyrulatus Reeve. 

Microvoluta royana, sp. nov. 

Peculator verconis, gen. et sp. nov. 

Radulphus royanus, gen. et sp. nov. 

Zella, gen. nov., for Terebra beddomei Petterd. 

Galfridus, gen. nov., for Triton speciosus Angas. 

Typhis philippensis interpres, subsp. nov. 

Bedeva, gen. nov., for Trophon hanleyi Angas. 

Pugillaria gen. nov., for Siphonaria stowae Verco. 

Pugillaria stowae comita, subsp. nov. 

Additions to the New South Wales fauna are: Solemya australis Lamarck, 
Glycymeris holosericus Reeve, G. crebreliratus Sowerby, G. flabellatus Ten.- 
Woods, Osirea mordar Gould, Chlamys undulatus Sowerby, Modiolus victoriae 
Pritchard and Gatliff, Gaimardia tasmanica Beddome, Myadora elongata May, 
M. subalbida Gatliff and Gabriel, Phragmorisma watsoni Smith, Lucina mayi 
Gathiff and Gabriel, Talabrica aurora A. Ad. and Angas, Dosinia victoriae Gat- 
hff and Gabriel, D. caerulea Reeve, Solen vaginoides Lamarck, Saxicava subalata 
Gathff and Gabriel. Ischnochiton tateanus Bednall, I. purus Sykes, Notoplax 
speciosa H. Adams, Scissurella ornata May, 8S. rosea Hedley, Macroschisma_ tas- 
maniae Sowerby, Leiopyrga octona Tate, Minopa legrandi Petterd, Calliostoma 


184 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


legrandi Ten.-Woods, C. allporti Ten.-Woods, Phasianella rubens Lamarck, 
Radiacmea insignis Menke, Notoacmea flammea Quoy and Gaimard, Radiacmea 
calamus Crosse and Fischer, Patelloida submarmorata Pilsbry, Lironoba australis 
Ten.-Woods, Botellus bassianus Hedley, Rissoina lintea Hedley and May, Hetero- 
rissoa wilfridi Gatliff and Gabriel, Capulus australis Lamarck, Plesiotrochus 
monachus Crosse and Fischer, Colpospira quadrata Donald, C. runcinata Watson, 
Naricava vincentiana Angas, Phaliwm pyrum Lam., Natica shorehami Pritchard 
and Gatliff, Sinum zonale Quoy and Gaimard, Cymatiella quoyi-Reeve, Baryspira 
tasmanica Ten.-Woods, B. fusiformis Petterd, Marginella tasmanica Ten.-Woods, 
M. dentiens May, M. gabrieli May, M. gatliffi May, M. caducocincta May, Terebra 
ustulata Deshayes, Propefusus pyrulatus Reeve, Nassarius tasmanicus Ten.- 
Woods, Philine columnaria Hedley and May. 

I have included some additions to the Victorian List of Peronian molluses 
sent by Roy Bell from the Mallacoota district, such as Ostrea glomerata Gould, 
Heterozona fruticosa Gould, Haploplax lentiginosa Sowerby, Haliotis coccoradiata 
Reeve, Clanculus floridus Philippi, Clanculus brunneus A. Adams, Cantharidella 
picturata A. Adams, Eurytrochus strangei A. Adams, Astelena scitula A. Adams, 
Notoacmea petterdi Ten.-Woods, Tectarius tuberculatus Menke, Baryspira fusi- 
formis Petterd, and Xymene hanleyi Angas; many of the Peronian species now 
distinguished, also occur at Mallacoota, as Rhyssoplax jugosa Gould, Ischnochiton 
crispus Reeve, Callistochiton antiquus Reeve, Emarginula hedleyi Thiele, Haliotis 
naevosum Martyn, Gena impertusa Burrows. It may be noted that Roy Bell 
collected over two hundred species of marine mollusea in the Mallacoota district, 
which I hope to report upon soon, as previously there is searcely a record at all. 


SOLEMYA AUSTRALIS Lamarck, 1818. 


Solemya australis Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Verteb., v., 1818, p. 489, King 
George’s Sound, Western Australia—Mya marginipecta, ib., ex Peron MS., in 
synonymy. 

Three young specimens of a Solemya were picked out of dredgings made in 
6-12 fathoms in Twofold Bay, and these are provisionally referred to the above- 
named species, until series are collected and the locality given by Lamarck con- 
firmed, I find similar young specimens in the Australian Museum, collected by 
Hedley and Brazier in Middle Harbour, Sydney, and these do not exactly agree 
with juveniles collected in King George Sound by Prof. Dakin also in the Aus- 
trahan Museum. é 

The genus Solemya was introduced by Lamarck with this species and S. 
mediterranea, and Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1847, p. 192), named the latter 
as type. Dall, reviewing the group (Nautilus, xxii., 1908, p. 2) cited the former, 
and this error has been copied by Suter. According to Dall’s classification this 
adds a superfamily Solenomyacea as well as a family Solemyacidae to the New 
South Wales List. 


* (5), Nucuna PusILuA Angas, 1877. 


From the description and figure, this species appeared to be a Pronucula, 
and comparison of specimens I have collected on the Sydney beaches confirms 
this, necessitating its transference to that genus. 


(6) NucuLa UmMBOoNATA Smith, 1891. 


When Smith named this species, he overlooked the fact that J. Hall (Nat. 
Hist. New York, Palaeont. v., 1885, pt. 1, p. 321) had appropriated the name. 


* These numbers refer to Hedley’s Check List. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 185 


Smith did not describe the hinge, but it is a true Nucula so I rename it Nucula 
praetenta, nom. nov. 
(7) Nucunana crassa (Hinds, 1843.) 

Described from “Australia” only; the type is a large shell agreeing with 
Tasmanian shells named chuva by Gray, collected by Jukes at Hobart. I there- 
fore select Hobart, Tasmania, as the type locality of crassa Hinds. Twofold Bay 
shells are smaller and less coarsely sculptured, and this small form reaches north 
to Caloundra, Q’ld. If a name be desired, hanleyi is available. 


(8) NucuLANA DOHRNI (Hanley, 1861). (Plate xxxv., figs. 14-15.) 

Leda hanleyi Angas, 1873, is not a synonym of this species as given by 
Hedley, but is referable to the preceding (N. crassa Hinds) as will be seen from 
the description and figure, and which I have verified from examination of the 
type tablet preserved in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), which is, moreover, 
labelled “N. crassa,” 

Sowerby (Conch. Icon. (Reeve), xvi., Nov., 1871, Laeda, Pl. ix., sp. 54), 
figured “Laeda dorhnii (sic) A. Adams. Hab ?” “Mus. Cum. in Brit. Mus.,” 
probably from the same specimen, but the figure is very poor as it does not show 
the elegant elongate shape of this species commonly occurring in shallow water, 
15-25 fathoms, in Twofold Bay (Pl. xxxv., fig. 14). From deeper water, 50-70 
fathoms, off Green Cape, specimens were secured which differed from the pre- 
ceding in shape, agreeing better with Sowerby’s figure, and which may be shortly 
described as having the shape of N. crassa, with the sculpture of N. dohrnii. 
These I name Nuculana (dohrnii) tragulata, nov. (Pl. xxxv., fig. 15). 

By this nomination, which I have referred to in my introductory remarks, 
I indicate the relationship of the species without dogmatising as to the absolute 
value of the observed difference. I note that the form described appears to be 
the deepwater relative of the shallow water N. dohrnii. Leda woodsi Tate 
(Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vili., 1885 (May, 1886), p. 133, Pl. ix., f. 8), from the 
Muddy Creek, is almost inseparable from WN. dohrnii according to Tate himself, 
and its status would be shown by using the combination Nuculana [dohrnit] 
woodsu, while Leda crebrecostata Ten.-Woods (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1886 (1887), 
p. 112), as figured and described by Tate (loc. cit., p. 133, Pl. v., figs. 5a-b), ap- 
pears to approximate very closely to the deepwater form here described, and this 
might be recorded as Nuculana [crebrecostata] tragulata, or Nuculana [dohrnit] 
erebrecostata might be used for the fossil form. 


(11) Wocunana MILIACEA (Hedley, 1902.) 


This peculiar little smooth species is very different in appearance from the 
normal forms, so I provide the new genus Comitileda and name it as type. 


(14) PoroLepa ENsIcuLA (Angas, 1877). 


The elimination of all errors from a trebly-confused subject is a matter of 
great difficulty. In the present case, the specific identities have been correctly 
recognised with regard to the Australian species, but I propose to separate these 
generically and thus, perhaps, obviate further error. Hedley, dealing with bi- 
valves dredged in 110 fathoms in New Zealand waters (Trans. N. Z. Inst., xxxviil., 
1905 (June, 1906), p. 71, Pl. ii., fig. 7), gave the correct quotation for the intro- 
duction of the genus name Poroleda, Hutton, Macleay Mem. Vol., Linn. Soe. 
N.S.W., p. 86, Sept., 1893 (ex Tate MS.), figuring a recent shell doubtfully 
identified as agreeing with the fossil type, Scaphula ? lanceolata Hutton, Trans. 


186 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


N.Z. Inst., xvu., 1884 (1885), p. 332. Suter (Man. N.Z. Moll., 1913, p. 840) 
has remarked upon the different size and proportions of the recent shell, so it 
seems as well to name the species figured and described by Hedley as above; so 
I here rename the 110 fathom shell Poroleda pertubata. . Poroleda spathula Hed- 
ley generally agrees with this species in the nature of the teeth, but Angas’s Leda 
ensicula shows teeth of a different formation, though the shell is similarly elon- 
gated. I propose the new genus Propeleda, naming Leda ensicula Angas as type. 
Thiele’s Antaretic Leda longicaudata (Deutsch. Sudpol. Exped., xiii., 1912, p. 229, 
Pl. xvii, fig. 22), as determined by Hedley from the Shackleton Iceshelf, An- 
taretica, is actually congeneric with this, and not a Poroleda as here restricted. 
The two species, ensicula and spathula, occurred together in Twofold Bay in 
20-25 fathoms, but the majority belonged to the former species. In a deeper 
dredging off Green Cape, in 50-70 fathoms, many specimens turned up, but at 
this depth spathula predominated. This suggests that the latter is a deeper- 
water shell and this is confirmed by the series in the Australian Museum. P. 
spathula varied a little in shape, the larger ones, some exceeding the type in size, 
agreeing with Hedley’s first figures, the smaller ones being more like the later 
painting made by Miss Clarke. 


(23) Lissarca prora (Hedley, 1899). 

The generic name Austrosarepta, proposed by Hedley for this species, 
should be revived, as more material and study of Antarctic material shows this 
genus to differ materially from, though superficially resembling, the Antarctic 
and Subantaretie Lissarca. 

Another item of interest is that No. 31, Bathyarca perversidens Hedley, 
should be placed after No. 17, Cucullaea concamera Bruguiere, as it appears to 
be the southern degenerate deepwater relation of the tropical Cucullaea, agree- 
ing in most essential features. Johnston described a Cucullaea minuta (Proe. 
Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1879 (1880), p. 40: Table Cape, Tas.) which name attracted 
me, but from the description it seems more like a Limopsis, such as L. erectus 
Hedley and Petterd (Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1906, 224, Pl. xxxvii., figs. 14 and 15, 
from 300 fathoms, off Sydney). 


(26) Arca FasciaTa Reeve, 1844. 


Some years ago Hedley suggested that Arca pistachia Lamarck reterred to 
the shell deseribed by Smith as Arca (Barbatia) radula (Adams MS.) in the 
Challenger Reports (Lamell., 1885, p. 260, Pl. xvii., figs. 3, 3b). Smith’s specimens 
came from Station 162; off Hast Moncoeur Island, Bass Straits, 38 fathoms, 
which he identified with Adams’s shell localised as “Hudson’s (i.e., Hobson’s) 
Bay, Port Philip (sic), South Australia (recte Victoria) on seaweed 43 fathoms.” 
Smith had overlooked the fact that Lamarck had described his species from 
almost the same locality, Ile King, but protested (Journ. Malac., xii., pt. 2, p. 
27, June 29, 1905) that Lamarck’s description was just as applicable to Arca 
fusca Bruguiére or A. fasciata Reeve. Hedley searched, when in HKurope, for 
Lamarck’s shells without success and then acquiesced in Smith’s rejection. Still 
more recently Lamy, studying Arca as a group, determined Smith’s radula as 
simply a variety of Reeve’s fasciata. This conclusion was accepted by Hedley 
who, therefore, used Reeve’s name. This proves untenable, as Reeve had been 
anticipated by Schroeter (Archiv. Zool. (Wiedemann), iii., pt. 1, 1802, p. 129), 
so the matter must be reopened. 

The description given by Lamarck agrees very exactly with the shells I 


BY TOM IREDALE. 187 
have received from Twofold Bay, the “extus grisea, intus fusco-nigricante,”’ “ses 
valves sont striées 4 l’intérieur” being descriptive, and I accept Lamarck’s name 
without hesitation, especially as he also included in his list of Arca, fusca Bruguiere. 
Lamarck’s specimens were in the Paris Museum, so it may be that the specimen 
noted by Lamy, labelled “barbata Lamarck,’ as fasciata Reeve is one of the 
original lot. As Lamy has pointed out (Journ. de Conch., lv., 1907, p. 51, foot- 
note) Barbatia adolphi Dunker (Novit. Conch. (Pfeiffer), 2nd ser., pt. xiii., 1868, 
Pl. 37, figs. 1, 2, 3, p. 107) collected in Australia by Preiss seems related to, if 
not identical with, this species, and this name has priority over Smith’s radula, 
the type locality apparently being south-west Australia, whence Preiss’s specimens 
' were sent. 

Australian Areas still require revision, as Lamy’s treatment does not com- 
pletely cover the points at issue. Thus the acceptance of a worldwide range 
for many species has already been disputed successfully by E. A. Smith and 
Hedley and consequently for No. 24, Gmelin’s afra, given to a Senegal shell, 
should be eliminated from an Australian catalogue. Lamy states that Lamarck’s 
Arca pisolina (Anim. s. Verteb., vi., p. 41, July, 1819: mers de la Nouvelle 
Hollande) is based upon small specimens he regarded as equivalent to A. sculp- 
ttlis Reeve, and Lamarck’s name would be preferable to Gmelin’s. 

For No. 30 an earlier reference is to Arca trapezia Deshayes (Rev. Zool. 
Soe. Cuv., ii., p. 358, Dec. 1839: “Sem Blas, Mexico” error ?). Hedley has dis- 
cussed this name and has agreed to the decision, but Lamy, in confirming this, 
has noted that he has seen specimens from Panama which again suggest doubt; 
but Deshayes’ figure is very like our shell. 


(32) GLYCYMERIS AUSTRALIS (Quoy and Gaimard, 1834). (Plate xxxv., 
figs. 3, 18-20). 

Pectunculus australis Quoy and Gaimard, 1834, clashes with P. australis 
Morton (Synops. Org. Remains Cret. Group, U.S., 1834, p. 64). The preface 
to the latter work is dated Jan. 1, and it is believed to have appeared early in 
that year, while there is no definite record of the publication of Quoy and 
Gaimard’s essay in 1834. I, therefore, reject Quoy and Gaimard’s name, as 
there are numerous other names for the Australian shell. Hedley has included 
as 32 A, G. australis flammeus Reeve, a colour variety he had collected at Two- 
fold Bay some twenty years ago. May has recently added this variety to the 
Tasmanian fauna as occurring on the Furneaux Group, noting it also from Lakes 
Entrance, Gippsland, Victoria. Roy Bell sent me scores of washed-up valves 
and a few complete specimens in good condition from the Victorian locality. 
These showed a little variation in shape and sculpture, and, upon comparison at 
the British Museum, I noted several synonyms. A series dredged by Bell in 
shallow water at Port Fairy, Victoria, were mostly small and covered with a 
dark brown periostracum, those from Lakes Entrance being practically naked. 
These appeared separable and were regarded as striatularis. Lam. Then, from 
Twofold Bay, Roy Bell sent many magnificent examples dredged at various 
depths, some naked, some fully clothed. The larger, thicker shells were generally 
unclothed, the thinner shells fully covered: they showed obliquity in shape, but 
some of the young ones were regular. The fully clothed ones frequented the 
deeper water and never appeared to become so obese as the naked heavier shells, 
of which larger specimens still were sent from Disaster Bay in shallow water. 
From the shallow-water dredgings in Twofold Bay small shells, fully clothed, of 
varying shape and sculpture, were picked out. Then a series of small, almost 


188 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


trigonal, shells were sent from a dredging made in 5-12 fathoms off Gabo Island, 
Victoria. Close criticism of the British Museum material showed that, while all 
these generally agreed in the hinge teeth (Pl. xxxv., figs. 18 and 20), a striking 
difference was seen in specimens from Sydney northwards in New South Wales, 
when the hinge was examined, the teeth being more numerous and more closely 
set together (Plate xxxv., f. 19). These agreed with Pectunculus holosericus 
Reeve (Conch. Icon., Vol 1., Pectunculus Vol. iv., sp. and f. 18, March, 1843) 
from Australia: type in Brit. Mus. ex Mus. Cuming. Specimens dredged by the 
Challenger in Sydney Harbour, and by the Rattlesnake in Broken Bay, agreed 
with the type, and the velvety epidermis is a striking feature. Pritchard and 
Gatliff (Proe. Roy. Soe. Vict., xvii., Sept. 1904, p. 244) had cited P. holosericus 
as a synonym of striatularis, but it is very different in many ways. None of my 
Specimens agreed with P. holosericus, but I collected shells at Caloundra that 
came close but did not agree exactly, and these were differentiated by Lamy 
(from specimens sent by Hedley) as P. hedleyi (Journ. de Conch., lix., 1911 (5 
Feb. 1912), p. 123, Pl. u., figs. 6, 7) from Bundaberg. 

Mr. A. E. J. Thackway collected a series of valves at Port Stephens, New 
South Wales, which showed three distinct species, and then found the same three 
at Narrabeen. I collected some hundreds of valves on the latter beach, and found 
they could be easily separated and that the characters of each could then be 
gauged. This series illumined the Twofold Bay eollection and I think 1 ean re- 
present the facts correctly as follows :— 

Bundaberg to Caloundra, Queensland. 

G. hedleyi Lamy. 

Port Stephens to Sydney. 

G. holosericus Reeve. 

These appear to be closely allied and I have no record further south yet. 
Mast Head Reef, Queensland. 

G. queenslandicus Hedley. 
~ Moreton Bay to Sydney. 

G. crebreliratus Sowerby. 

Twofold Bay to Port Phillip, Vie. 

G. tenuicostatus Reeve. 

These appear to be related very closely. 

G. flammeus Reeve seems to range from Port Stephens to Lakes Entrance, 
Victoria, and the Furneaux Group, Tasmania, the synonyms being P. grayanus 
Dunker (Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1856 (8 May, 1857), p. 357): New Zealand 
(error) and Axinaea kenyoniana Brazier (These Proe., xxi., 1897, p. 781 from 
Lakes Entrance, Victoria. 

G. flammeus is the largest and heaviest; broadly oblique, practically denuded 
of periostracum, hinge-teeth few and distant. G. holosericus never grows quite 
so big, but is still heavy, almost regularly orbicular, but when senile higher than 
broad, a velvety periostracum which is persistent, and the hinge-teeth numerous, 
set close together and in a roundly arched line. G. crebreliratus is much smaller, 
thinner, circular but semi-beaked posteriorly, sculpture stronger, with periostracum 
semi-persistent and not so velvety. G. tenwicostatus is similar, more trigonal in 
shape, more obese and thicker, sculpture still stronger and periostracum persistent 
and less velvety: teeth closer than those of flammeus, but not so close as those 
of holosericus. 

The Tasmanian shells referred to striatularis Lamarck by local workers were 
not determined exactly by E. A. Smith in the British Museum, as they did not 


BY TOM IREDALE. 189 


agree with typical shells from King George Sound (Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., vi., 

July, 1819, p. 52). Specimens, above referred to, as being thinner and fully 

_ covered and more oblique, from Twofold Bay, agree very closely with southern 

Tasmanian shells, and Lamy (Journ. de Conch., lx., 1912, p. 112, Pl. in, figs. 

1-2) has figured a Tasmanian specimen for comparison with Lamarck’s type 

(also figured). The series I secured on the beach at Port Fairy, Victoria, are 

heavier shells, more obese, with the teeth in the hinge more closely set, and 

approximate more closely to the type. I regard these as the eastern limit of 
the typical form, and propose to name the Twofold Bay and eastern Tasmanian 

series, figured since also by May (Illustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. i, f. 8) 

subspecifically as Glycymeris striatularis suspectus nov. (Plate xxxv., fig. 3). 

Study of Muddy Creek and Table Cape fossils, in conjunction with long 
series of recent shells as above determined, would prove very interesting, as the 
shells in the British Museum labelled G. cainozoicus Ten.-Woods are of different 
shape, size, and teething and appear to include ancestral forms of more than one 
of the species above determined. 

The corrections and additions to the New South Wales list would read :— 

32 and 32 A Glycymeris flammeus Reeve, 1843 = australis Quoy and Gaimard, 
1834 not Morton, 1834 — grayanus Dunker, 1856 — kenyoniana 
Brazier, 1898. 

32 B Glycymeris holosericus Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. i., Pectuneulus, Pl. iv., sp. 
and fig. 18, March, 1843: Austraha: Brit. Mus. ex Coll. Cum., type 
probably from Sydney District. 

33 Glycymeris gealei Angas, 1873. ! 

33 A Glycymeris flabellatus Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 1877 (11 
July, 1878), p. 61: Victoria = P. orbicularis Angas, 1879: Bass 
Straits = P. beddome: E. A. Smith, 1885, as dealt with in the 
succeeding note. 

33 bis error = 34 Glycymeris tenwcostatus Reeve, 1843. 

34 A Glycymeris crebreliratus Sowerby, Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. Vol. xx., 
1889, p. 399, Pl. xxv., f. 20: Moreton Bay, Q. 

34B Glycymeris striatularis suspectus here named. Lamy, Journ. de Conch., 
hix., 1912, p. 112, Pl. un, figs. 1-2; May, Illustr. Index Tasm. 
Shells, 1923, Pl. u., f. 8. 


(33) GLYCYMERIS GEALEI (Angas, 1873). 

This species was described from Port Macquarie, New South Wales, and 
the type is in the British Museum (Natural History). It is a very obese, tri- 
gonal shell and does not appear to have been met with since: it agreed fairly 
elosely in shape and sculpture with specimens sent to the British Museum by 
Sir J. Verco as sordidus Tate from South Australia. The hinge-teeth are also 
similar, so it was suggested that the N.S.W. locality might be erroneous, but I 
have collected a valve on the beach at Narrabeen proving its distinction and 
correct locality. Roy Bell sent me a specimen of a ribbed Glycymeris from 
Lakes Entrance, Victoria, and then dredged a few nice specimens alive in 10-20 
fathoms in Disaster Bay, and a valve was picked out of 20-25 fathoms dredging 
in Twofold Bay. These agreed very exactly with the types of P. orbicularis 
Angas (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 420, Pl. xxxv., fig. 9) from Bass Straits, 
and P. beddomei KH. A. Smith (Voy. Challenger, Zool. Vol. xiii., 1885, p. 252, Pl. 
xvil., figs. 1-1b), also from Bass Straits, 38 F.; and these are regarded as 
synonyms of P. flabellatus Ten.-Woods (Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict., xiv., 1877 (11 


190 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


July, 1878), p. 61), from Victoria. This was unfigured until recently when 
May (Illustr. Index) figured, under Tenison-Woods’s name, the same shell. The 
matter is more complicated than here appears as Vereo used, for the South 
Australian shell, G. pectinoides Deshayes, remarking upon the great variation. 
Lamy rejected pectinoides, to my view correctly, but records Verco’s pectinoides 
as referable to flabellatus, not to sordidus, which he included as distinct. As a 
synonym of the latter, he suggests, following Hedley, G. insignis Pilsbry (Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1906 (24 July, 1916), p. 213, fig. in text) from Geographe 
Bay, Western Australia. On account of the more numerous hinge-teeth I should 
allow Pilsbry’s species distinction, as the Western representative, until more 
specimens have been collected. There appear to be two species, one trigonal 
with few teeth, one orbicular with more numerous teeth, and these are commonly 
represented among fossil collections, the former under the name subtrigonalis 
Tate, the latter under the name laticostatus Q. and G. from New Zealand, but 
which differs at sight from the N.Z. species by the closer crenulations of the 
edges of the valves and which should bear the name maccoyi Johnston. 


(44) IsocGNomMon cumiInGit (Reeve, 1858). 


This, of course, did not occur in the Twofold Bay collection, but I wish to 
make a note regarding the generic name /sognomon, for whose recent acceptance 
I was responsible (Proc. Malac. Soc. (Lond.), xi., 1915, p. 303). I there 
observed “I have not yet noticed Solander’s usage of Pedalion, and it may be 
that Gray’s was the first introduction of it. It is obviously equivalent to 
Solander’s Isogonum as here discussed..” | have since noted that Dillwyn 
(Deser. Cat. Recent Shells, 1817, p. 281-282) wrote in synonymy ‘“Pedalion 
perna,’ “Pedalion isognomon,” “Pedalion ephippium” as of Solander’s MSS., in. 
connection with the first-named citing “Portland Cat. p. 52, lot 1242” and adding 
“was arranged by Dr. Solander in the Portland Cabinet under the name of 
Pedalion torta.”’ None of these names is found in the Portland Sale Catalogue, 
and Pedalion only dates thus from 1817. In the Linnean Index to Huddesford’s 
edition of Lister, published in 1770, I find the entry (p. 23): “Ostrea epphippium. 
Pedalion. Rudder. Solander.’’ If this be acceptable Pedalion Huddesford will 
replace Isognomon. 

(48) PrerIA PULCHELLA (Reeve, 1857). 

This name, used by Angas, was accepted by Hedley without criticism, and, 
unfortunately, May has used the name in his [llnstr. Index, though figuring a 
Tasmanian shell. The latter had, however, an earlier name, having been named 
Avicula hyalina Dunker (Zeitschr. fur Malak. (Menke), Jr. 9, No. 5, June, 1852, 
p. 75) and figured in the Conch. Cab. (Kuster), Bd. 7, Abth. 3, 1872, p. 32, Pl. 
10, figs. 3-4, where A. scalpta Reeve was synonymised. A. pulchella Reeve was 
published in the Conch. Icon., Vol. x., Avicula sp. and f. 22, Pl. viii., March, 
1857, from the Philippine Islands, while A. scalpta was sp. and f. 38, Pl. xi, 
from Australia. The type of the former in the British Museum did not exactly 
agree, while the latter was identical with shells from shallow water, Twofold 
Bay, and from Lakes Entrance, Victoria. Previous to Dunker, however, Quoy 
and Gaimard had named Avicula georgiana (Voy. de l’Astrol., Vol. iti., 1835, p. 
457, Pl. 77, fic. 10-11) from King George’s Sound and this appears the name to 
be used, unless the shell from the eastern coast can be differentiated, which ap- 
pears a difficult matter in a variable featureless shell. 

Lamarck had described Avicula papilionacea (Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., Vol. 
vi., July, 1819, p. 149) from “les mers de la Nouvelle Hollande. Péron Mus no” 


BY TOM IREDALE. 191 


citing as illustrations “Chemn. Conch., 8, t. 81, f. 726” and “Eneylop., Pl. 177, f. 
5,” the latter being a copy of Chemnitz’s figure. This name has been used for 
the species here discussed, but Deshayes, in the 2nd edition of Lamarck (Vol. 
vul., 1836, p. 100) noted that the shell in the Museum was a distinct species from 
that figured by Chemnitz, which Lamarck had quoted, and that he could not quote 
any good figure like Lamarck’s shell. Apparently he had one prepared simul- 
taneously, as in his Elem. Traité de Conchyl. (plate dated 1835, but not pub- 
lished until 1850) Pl. 40, figs. 7-8, a good figure named Avicula papilionacea 
Lamarck is included. This proves that the name has nothing to do with the 
Species now under review. 

The generic name Electroma Stoliczka (Pal. Indica, iii., 1871, p. 391), pro- 
yided for A. smaragdina Reeve, should be used for this group as in the Coll. 
Brit. Mus. 

(52) VULSELLA VULSELLA (Linné, 1758). 


Smith’s revision at the place quoted by Hedley allowed Vulsella spongiarum 
Lamarck as a distinct species from Southern Australia. As Smith, throughout 
that revision, used genetic features as specific characters, there should be little 
hesitation in allowing this form specific rank. 

The name Vulsella was used, previously to Lamarck in 1799, by Humphrey 
in the Museum Calonnianum in a different sense, so must be here rejected. 

Swainson proposed Reniella (Treat. Malac., 1840, p. 386) for a new species, 
Reniella dilatata, fig. 127, which is only an abnormality of the species V. vul- 
sella Linné, so that Swainson’s generic name will come into use. 


(53 and 55) Ostrna ANGASI Sow., 1871 and OSTREA VIRESCENS Angas, 1867. 


Mr. Hedley has suggested to me that these two names refer to the same 
species, and upon his proposal May had used the latter name; however, Mr. 
Hedley has indicated a still earlier name and allowed me to publish this account. 

When Peron’s account of his travels appeared (after his death), in Vol. 
i, 1816, p. 80, is written “Annoncer que Vile Deerés a pu fournir 4 mes collec- 
tions trois cent trente-six espéces de Mollusques, de Crustaces &c., c’est dire 
assez qu'il me seroit impossible d’entrer dans de longs details sur cette mul- 
titude d’animaux; je me bornerai done & présenter quelques-uns des principaux 
résultats de mes observations en ce genre. J. A. Ventrée du petit port Daché, on 
trouve une grande espéce d’Huitre, qui forme sur ce point des banes trés-étendus: 
la chair de cet animal est tendre et délicate.” 

Lamarck deseribed several species of Ostrea from the seas of New Holland 
without naming the collector, so that it is even doubtful if the exact locality be 
given. Some small species are named, such as QO. numisma, of which Hanley 
wrote “having been founded on a single wretched specimen in the (Paris) 
Museum which is destitute of any decided characters, should be expunged from 
our catalogues.” - 

However, Lamarck’s Ostrea sinuata (Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., Vol. vi., July, 
1819, p. 208) is well described and compared to the European O. edulis, a con- 
vincine factor, inasmuch as to within very recent years the Australian and New 
Zealand oysters were regarded as only varietally distinet from that species. 

Of this species Hanley wrote (Illus. and deser. Cat. Ree. Bivalve Shells, 
1856, p. 300) “An examination of the type at the French Museum proves that 
the characters upon which this species has been founded are purely accidental : 
the name ought, consequently, no longer to be retained in our catalogues, the 
shell being practically undefined.” As Hanley’s translation of Lamarck’s diag- 


192 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


nosis was incorrect, and as he did not say what else Lamarck’s species was (pro- 
bably thinking of edulis), we need not obey his dictum. 

From this conclusion, Ostrea sinuata Lamarck is the name for the shell re- 
cently known as O. angasii from Australia. The Neozelanic species known by 
the latter name seems to be a distinct species. The status of O. virescens Angas 
I have not yet decided. 

(54) Ostrea cucuLLATA Born, 1778. 

This species was described from the Mus. Caes. Vindob. without locality, 
but, when figured in the later work, the locality was given as West Indies and 
the Isle of Ascension and is still included in lists of these faunas. As there 
appear to be two forms in New South Wales, the name may be totally rejected. 
On the sheltered shores and with the mangrove associations is a form named by 
Gould glomerata: this appears to range further south, and Roy Bell sent it from 
Tellaburga Island, off the Victorian corner, which seems to be. an addition to the 
Victorian fauna. The other form, which lives on the ocean reefs extending as 
far south as Long Reef, near Sydney, and which Bell collected at Lord Howe 
Island, may bear the name of mordax Gould. These names were proposed by 
Gould (Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 11., Dec., 1850, p. 346) for shells from New 
Zealand and the Feejee Islands respectively, and may later have to give way to 
some earlier name, as Solander appears to have collected specimens when here 
with Captain Cook, probably at Cooktown. Thus, in the Sale Catalogue of the 
Portland Museum, ODS the entry on p. 139, ete., “Ostrea purpurea S. from 
New Holland, very rare.’ 

The name O. purpurea falls as an absolute synonym of Born’s O. Cucullaee 
as Born’s figures (Tab. 6, f. 11-12) were cited as illustrative of Solander’s 
species. 

(56) NEOTRIGONIA MARGARITACEA (Lamarck, 1804). 

A large series dredged in 15-25 fathoms showed that little variation occurs 
in this genus, and that, in view of the lineage of the group, the observed 
differences may be regarded as of specific value. Thus, although Lamarck named 
King Island as one of the localities, Peron mentioned that he picked up the first 
specimens at Adventure Bay, South Tasmania. This may, therefore, be fixed 
as the type locality of Lamarck’s species, and a series from Port Arthur, South 
Tasmania, are like the Twofold Bay shells, averaging a little larger, sculpture 
more spinose, beak still a little longer proportionately, and generally more com- 
pressed, but, to me, certainly conspecific. A long series in the Australian 
Museum, from Port Jackson, show these to be more solid though smaller, and 
to have a more acute beak with much less spinose sculpture, and these I regard 
as specifically distinct. Verco’s T. beddomei is not easily confused, and I also 
separate this specifically without any hesitation. The deepwater forms are also 
separable and, so far, I have seen no large shells. | Tenison-Woods proposed 
Trigonia lamarckii var. reticulata for specimens dredged in 45 fathoms off Port 
Jackson Heads, and notes “the shell is small and thin.” For this, recently, the 
name given by McCoy to a fossil, acuticostata, has been used, but my criticism 
of fossils leads me to conclude that these show more variation than the recent 
shells, and in the British Museum collection two entirely different species, one 
from Muddy Creek, the other from Bairnsdale, are both named acwuticostata. Of 
two specimens from Muddy Creek labelled howitti McCoy, one is very like the 
Twofold Bay margaritacea, the other is much more elongated and quite distinet 
in appearance. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 193 


The juvenile sculpture has been investigated by Hedley and T. 8S. Hall, and 
I note that it persists longer in the southern shells than in the northern, and is 
followed by a flattened scale sculpture, which is soon lost in the normal eastern 
forms, is practically retained in the South Australian beddomei, and is ex- 
aggerated in the bizarre stranget. 


(56a) NEOTRIGONIA GEMMA, n.sp. (Plates xxxul., figs. 1-2; xxxv., f. 1). 


Shell small, for the genus, triangularly ovate, scarcely inaequilateral, obese, 
rather solid, easily separable by iis small size and shape. The radials number 
about twenty-two, each with about twelve triangular projections, easily counted 
from the edge, diminishing rapidly in size after that, and becoming less pointed: 
the interstices are finely lined. The ribs are finer on the posterior side, which 
is little produced and simply indicated by an angle, but medially a little de- 
pressed. The juvenile discrepant sculpture is well marked and the hinge is strong 
for the size. Length 14 mm.; breadth 14 mm. 

Dredged as dead valves commonly in 50-70 fathoms, off Green Cape, N.S.W., 
a few young live ones among them. 

Trigona reticulata Agassiz (Etudes foss., 1840, Pl. 11, f. 10) anticipates 
Tenison-Woods’s name, as I find topotypical specimens of the latter form come 
very close to my shell, though the description did not agree. Plate xxxiii., figs. 
1-2 show N. gemma contrasted as to shape with young of NV. margaritacea Lan. 
of same size. 

(58) PecTteN mepius Lamarck, 1819. tae 

Inasmuch as this name must be abandoned it may be of interest to record 
my results. I find that there is geographical variation, and that probably the 
variation is of specific value. The Peronian shells are more orbicular, the right 
valve deeper and the ribs rounded and unsculptured between: the Tasmanian and 
Neozelanic shells are larger, more oval, the right valve shallower, the ribs of the 
former square and with thread lines between. This is practically in agreement 
with Tate’s results, who also separated the South Australian shell as a variety 
only of the New South Wales form. 

Tate (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1886 (1887), pp. 113-116) reviewed the species 
and distinguished :— en 

Pecten fumatus Reeve for the New South Wales shell; var. albus or P. albus, 
South Australian; meridionalis, Tasmanian; and laticostatus for the New Zealand 
shell. 

As the last name proves to be preoccupied, Reeve’s novaezelandiae will come 
into use, but Tate’s other names will remain. 

Thus, Pecten medius is anticipated by Bose (Hist. Nat. Coquille, Vol. ii.; 
Mist. Nat. Buffon, ed. Deterville, Vol. 59, 1802, p. 275) who also introduced 
Pecten fuscus (p. 263) and Pecten modestus (p. 277). This leaves, as the oldest 
name, Pecten fumatus Reeve (Conch. Icon., Vol. viii., Nov., 1852, sp. and f. 32) 
from Sydney, so that this name is unquestionable, whether the other forms be 
regarded as varieties or species. 

The series dredged in Twofold and Disaster Bays, 10-20 fathoms, show some 
interesting variation, as some have the interstices between the ribs on the convex 
valve smooth, while others have the interstices strongly striated: one specimen is 
smooth until two-thirds grown, then striate. However, I believe that all the 
southern shells tend to show striation, while the northern ones are smooth. Many 
specimens have recently been studied, strongly supporting the view that the 


194 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


observed differences are of specific value, while deepwater shells from off Twofold 
Bay are near the Tasmanian species. With regard to the generic name Pecten, 
it may be noted that Sherborn has included in the Index Animalium, 1901, p. 
1156, the entry “Pecten P. Osbeck, Reise Ost. Ind. China, 1765, p. 391,” and, 
that this is a nomen nudum, has been recorded by Dall. Using Forster’s trans- 
lation published in 1771, Osbeck wrote (Vol. i1., p. 100) “With the cable we 
pulled up a piece of coral, on which a red shell (Pecten adscensionis) was grow- 
ing, which on its valves represented many branches. We took it with us, and 
at present it is preserved in one of the greatest cabinets of natural curiosities in 
Sweden.” If this be regarded as descriptive it is suggested that the shell named 
by Osbeck was a Spondylus. 
(6) CHLAMYS HEDLEYI Dautzenberg, 1901. 


This species was dredged in 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, and from recent 
dredgings by the Australian Museum Officials it appears to be a constant deeper 
water species. The name given by Dautzenberg must be rejected and Hedley’s 
name fenestrata be resumed, as Forbes’s name does not clash in any sense to-day. 


(65 A) CHLAMYS UNDULATUS Sowerby, 1842. 

Pecten undulatus Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1., 1842, Pecten, p. 60, PI. 
xix., tf. 206, 207; Mediterranean ? — Australia. 

A valve of this species was picked out of the shallow water dredgings from 
Twofold Bay, and on critical comparison was found in agreement with the 
(supposed) type of this species, and quite different from type of Angas’s 
tasmanicus, with which it has sometimes been confused. 


(74) Lima ANGULATA Sowerby, 1843. 


This species was described from Panama, and it is fortunate that the name 
is mvalid, being used previously by Minster (Beitr. Petref. Kunde, Vol. iv., 1841, 
p. 73, Pl. 6, f. 30). Angas used Lima orientalis Adams and Reeve for this 
species, and this name is also included by Hedley (No. 78), though only one 
species is intended, and may be retained. 


(75) Lima austrauis Smith, 1891. 

This would have been placed under Limea, but as it represents a distinet 
development from the fossil Kuropean type of Limea, and many species of deep- 
water relations are known, | propose the new genus Notolimea, naming L. 
australis Smith as type. 

The species, L. murrayi Smith, inadvertently placed under Limea by Hedley 
(No. 81), should be transferred back to Lima, sensu lato, placed next to L. 
orientalis Ad. and Reeve, being referable to the section Mantellum, as Thiele 
has already pointed out. 


(77) Lima MULTICOSTATA Sowerby, 1843. 

The species bearing this name has been often regarded as a form of Lima 
lima (Linné), the latest authority to do so being Thiele (Conch. Cab. (Kuster), 
Vol. vii., 1920, p. 20). 

I had, however, recorded it from the Monte Bello Islands (Proe. Zool. Soe. 
Lond., 1914, p. 666) living alongside a form of Lima lima (Linné), and_ being 
a quite distinct species. , 

Roy Bell sent many specimens, and I find it to be a very common shell 
here, dead shells abounding on all the beaches, and live ones, generally young, 


BY TOM IREDALE. 195 


attached by a byssus to the under sides of stones in rock-pools. Though very 
variable in shape, nothing like L. lima has been met with, and no intergradation 
is known. 

The original locality of Sowerby’s species was unknown, probably the 
Mediterranean Sea, and it has been recorded from other localities. As the name 
proposed by Sowerby had been previously used by Geinitz (Charak-Schichten 
Petref-sachs Kriede, Vol. i., 1839, p. 24, Pl. 8, f. 3) I am describing Roy Bell’s 
specimens as a new species. 


(77) Lima NIMBIFER, n.sp. (Plate xxxiv., figs. 1-4). 

Well known under the name of Lima multicostata Sowerby, and sometimes 
regarded as a variety of Lima lima (Linné). 

Shell somewhat variable in shape, obliquely subovate, sometimes more 
rounded, sometimes irregularly elongated, rather compressed, fairly solid, white. 
Anterior side straight, with an excavate lunule, rayed longitudinally, a few faint 
eross lines sometimes showing; posterior side short, produced into an auricle 
similar to the anterior auricle and then, after a sinuaticn, sweeping boldly into a 
rounded margin. Hinge-line oblique, ligamental area long, lateral margins 
straight, showing no teeth. Sculpture consisting of about thirty-two ribs, narrow 
and with narrower interspaces; interspaces in adult smooth, in juvenile trans- 
versely striated; ribs in juvenile smooth, in adult bearing more or less regular 
lamellate projections. 

Length of type 32 mm.; breadth 24 mm.; narrow form, length 36 mm.; 
breadth 20 mm. Common on the littoral of New South Wales. 

The deepwater shell known as L. bassi Ten.-Woods (given to a fossil) ap- 
pears to be the benthal representative of this species. 


(84) Myvinus puaAnuLtatus Lamarck, 1819. 

In Victoria and Tasmania two species occur, living together, which differ in 
the character of the hinge teeth. May has recently regarded the larger narrower 
form as conspecific with the New Zealand M. canaliculus Martyn, and suggested 
that it might have been introduced. I have examined large numbers, and_ find 
that the second species commonly occurs also in Victoria, and is naturally endemic. 
The teeth do not agree exactly in growth stages with those of the New Zealand 
shell, and there is a name for the Tasmanian shell, Mytilus tasmanicus Tenison- 
Woods (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875, p. 161). 

Mytilus planulatus was described by Lamarck from King George’s Sound, 
Western Australia, and before using this name the type should be re-examined. 
There is a name given to the Sydney shell, Mytilus obscwrus Dunker (Proc. Zool. 
Soe. Lond., 1856 (8 May, 1857), p. 360) and figured by Reeve (Conch. Icon., Vol. 
x., Jan., 1858, Mytilus, Pl. viil., sp. and f. 30). 

Oliver recently (Proc. Malae. Soe. Lond., xv., 1923, p. 181) rejected J/. 
edulis Linn. from the New Zealand List. This was an obvious conclusion, but 
he has replaced it by M. planulatus Lamarck, giving the range from King 
George’s Sound to New South Wales and Tasmania, in New Zealand from Cook 
Strait southward, and at Great Barrier Island. He explained that the true 
M. edulis has an expanded lip, or hinge-plate, bearing a row of small teeth, 
usually four or six in number, while the New Zealand shell (which he alls 
planulatus) has only two or three teeth, placed inside the apex, not on an ex- 
panded lip. Reconsideration now appears necessary. 

A name given in his synonymy by Hedley, and copied by May, Mytilus 


196 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


dunkert Reeve (Conch. Icon., Vol. x., Aug., 1857, Mytilus, Pl. v., sp. and f. 17), 
from the Philippine Islands, should be omitted, as it probably refers to a form 
of Stavelia subdistorta Recluz. 


(85) BRrAcHYoponTES HIrsUTUS (Lamarck, 1819). 


The acceptance of the generic name appears to be due to Jukes-Browne’s 
Review of the genera of the Family Mytilidae (Proc. Malac. Soe. Lond., Vol. 
vi., 1905, pp. 211-224), but it is obvious that correction must be made. Jukes- 
Browne’s definition of Brachyodontes reads “Anterior margin with several close- 
set teeth” and under the subgenus Hormomya, differentiated by form alone, he 
placed hirsutus Lamk., rostratus Dkr. im Reeve, while under Brachyodontes s. str. 
he allowed menkeanus Reeve. He then wrote under the genus Modiolaria Beck, 
“T have not paid any special attention to the genus Modiolaria.” 

I find that hirsutus Lamarck is apparently a close relation conchologically of 
the species barbatus Reeve and splendidus Dunker, which Hedley has placed in 
Musculus (1.e., Modiolaria olim) Nos. 92 and 97: that rostratus has prominent 
hinge-teeth, two and one, the muscle sears of Mytilus and a peculiar boss arising 
from the anterior muscle-sear; I do not see the “several close-set teeth on the 
anterior margin,’ but in erosus Lamarck (= menkeanus Reeve olim), above the 
ligaments, along the anterior side is a long row of small teeth only developed 
with age, very pronounced in senile shells, missing in juvenile ones. These are 
clearly seen in the figure of Mytilus polyodontes Quoy and Gaimard (Voy. de 
V’Astrol., Zool., Vol. ui., 1834-1835, p. 462, Pl. 78, f. 15-16), described from 
New Zealand, but incorrectly, the true locality apparently being King George 
Sound, Western Australia. For hirsutus, Ihering proposed Trichomya, adding 
thereto Stavelia torta Dunker, but Stavelia should have been used, if these were 
considered congeneric. As Ihering named hirsutus as type of Trichomya, that 
name can be retained as well as Stavelia. 

Verco has recently described Modinla penetecta (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 
Xxx., p. 225), pointing out that the “hairlets’” were branched like a stag’s horn, 
whereas the “‘hairlets” in M. australis were simple. It is of interest to note 
that the hairlets are branched in hirsutus, also in Stavelia subtorta Recluz (= 
forta olim) and in the species of Musculus, barbatus Reeve and splendidus 
Dunker, for which I propose the new genus Trichomusculus, with barbatus as 
type. 

Dall has recently proposed to reject Musculus Bolten on account of the 
prior “Musc.” of Martyn, but this is stretching a little too far. While there is 
suggestion that the abbreviation “Muse.” would have developed into Musculus, 
there is no proof. 

The species included by Hedley (No. 98) as Musculus subtortus Dunker, I 
have collected in the Curl Curl Lagoon, near Manly, and this is a very aberrant 
form, if any close relation at all. The shell lacks the discrepant sculpture so 
characteristic of the “Musculus” group, is twisted, one valve partially clasping 
the other, and has very distinct and peculiar musele-sears. I, therefore, propose 
for it the new generic name Fluviolanatus. 


(86) Mopronus auprcostus Lamarck, 1819. 


As there is serious doubt as to the validity of this name, and it is a long 
story, I propose to name the Australian shell so-called, and figured by May 
(Ilustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. iv., f. 6), Modiolus delinificus, nom. nov. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 197 


(87) Mopioutus ARBoRESCENS (Dillwyn, 1817). 

As usual with a Chemnitzian name, many complications occur. <A species 
was described by Chemnitz (Conch. Cab., Vol. x1., 1795, p. 251, Pl. 198, figs. 
2016, 2017) under the name Mytilus arborescens, said to have come from the 
island of St. Domingo. This was made the type of a new genus Amygdalum 
by Muhlfeldt (Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin Mag., v., 1811, p. 69) who ealled the species 
Amygdalum dendriticum. A world-wide range was developed, but Dunker and 
Reeve named many species which are still shown, without prejudice, in the 
British Museum. Shells from the Moluccas differ appreciably from the speci- 
mens dredged in Twofold Bay, while Western Australian shells are again dif- 
ferent, a series from China looking most like mine. Tasmanian shells marked 
“beddomei Pett.” agree closely, and I propose to use for the eastern Australian 
species the name Amygdalum beddomei (Plate xxxv., f. 21), which has recently 
been figured by May (Illustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. iv., f. 8) under the 
name Modiolus arborescens Dillwyn. 


(88) MopioLus AUSTRALIS Gray, 1826. 

Hedley (These Proe., xlviii, 1923, p. 302) has recently rejected Gray’s 
name as applicable to the southern Australian shell and suggested the usage of 
Modiolus areolatus Gould, given to a New Zealand specimen, regarding the 
Neozelanic and Australian forms as inseparable. When Lamarck described his 
Modiola albicosta he observed “On en a une variété élargie en spatule” and Tate 
wrote (Trans. Roy. Soc. South Austr., xx., 1897, p. 49), “Modiola australis Gray. 
This is also M. albicosta var. spatula Lamarck!” 


(88 A) Mopiouus victortaE Pritchard and Gatlff, 1903. 


Modiola victoriae Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xvi. (n.s.), 
Sept., 1903, p. 93, Pl. xv., figs. 1-2: Rhyll, Western Port, 6 Fath., Victoria. 

This is an addition to the N.S.W. List, being dredged in shallow water in 
Twofold Bay. 

(93) MuscuLus CUMINGIANUS (Reeve, 1857). 

Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., ix., 1885-6 (Mch., 1887), p. 106) used this 
name for a South Australian shell, recording that Lanistina nana Dunker (Proe. 
Zool. Soe. Lond., 1856, p. 365), from Port Lincoln, was evidently the fry, but 
did not use the latter name though it was published on May 8, and Reeve’s did 
not appear until December, 1857. 

The common South Australian Musculus of this style 1s paulucciae Crosse 
(Journ. de Conch., 1863, p. 89, Pl. 1, f. 8; Crenella), Gulf St. Vincent, and this 
name appears in May’s Check List Moll. Tasm., published in 1921, but in the 
Australian Museum Collection Hedley has crossed out paulucciae, and substituted 
nana which is correct. 


(95) MusctLus RECENS (Tate, 1897). 


This species, described as a recent member of the fossil genus Arcoperna, 
and Arcoperna scapha Vereo, a second species, have been transferred to the 
genus Musculus. Investigation of this matter was induced by the receipt of two 
examples dredged by Roy Bell in from 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, both live 
Shells, but one badly smashed. They agreed in character with Tate’s species, but 
differed in shape: they recalled Crenella in some ways, but did not suggest 
Musculus, the type of which is the N.Z. impactus. I think fossil relations have 
been described under the generic name Crenella, but I cannot reconcile their 


198 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


features with those of Arcoperna which is described as 4.5 mm. in height and 
solid whereas A. recens was described as 19 mm. in height, thin, translucent and 
vitreous. 

Crenella globularis Tate (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., vili., 1885 (May, 1886), 
p. 126, Pl. x. figs. 3a-b), judging from the figure and description, suggests a 
relationship with Arcoperna scapha Verco. 


SoLAMEN REX, n. gen. et sp. (Plates xxxii., f. 15; xxxv., f. 2). 

A genus of the Mytilidae (?) pérhaps not distantly related to Crenella, 
but of no close relationship to Musculus. 

The shell is globose, very thin, translucent, equivalve, inaequilateral, umbos 
a little anterior, obtusely incurved and approximate, white. The anterior margin 
is sinuate, then forwardly projecting, lower than the posterior which is more 
curved, the ventral border ovately rounded. Hinge-line very narrow and show- 
ing no teeth, but with a semi-internal ligamental groove. The sculpture consists 
of very fine radials, very closely packed, towards the ventral edge tending to bear 
sealy projections; growth-lines, which appear at intervals, become more crowded 
as the shell grows older. Muscular impressions two, the anterior small and 
ovate, the posterior large and rounded. 

Length of type 11 mm.; breadth 8.5; depth of conjoined valves 8 mm.,; 
larger broken shell 18 x 13 mm. Very closely agreeing with Arcoperna recens 
Tate (Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., ii., 1896, p. 182), but differing in the shape and a 
hittle in sculpture. 


(101 A) GaArMARDIA TASMANICA (Beddome, 1883). 


Beddome describes Modiolarca tasmanica (Proce. Roy. Soc. Tasm. for 1882, 
(1883), p. 168) from Tasmania, and this was figured by Tate and May (These 
Proe., 1901, Pt. 3 (19 Dee.) p. 439, f. 12) and more recently by May (Illustr. 
Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. iv., f. 16). A few valves picked out of the 
shallow water dredgings in Twofold Bay enable me to add a family to the New 
South Wales List. As supplementary to my account (Proce. Malac. Soe. Lond., 
1914, xi., p. 173) of the confusion between Modiolarca and Modiolaria, 1 can add 
the following information: In the Amth. Bericht, 24 Versamml. Deutsch Naturf. 
Kiel, Sept., 1846, p. 217, published in 1847, an account of the molluscs named 
by Beck and Kroyer is given, the new names being recorded. Among these was 
“Modiolarca Gray fiir die mit Mytilus discors L. verwandten Arten.” This had 
been printed in the Tagelblatt, No. 7, for Sept., 23, 1846, on p. 38, where 
Modiolarca Beck is quoted as a new genus for Mytilus discors L. In his List 
Brit. Anim. in Brit. Mus., pt. vii., 1851, p. 119, Gray used Crenella for a genus, 
citing as synonyms, “Modiolaria Beck, Loven, I.M., 1846” and “Modiolarca Gray, 
Syn. B.M., 1842, 92, Proc. Z.8., 1847, 199.” In the Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1854, 
p- 108, Gray explained (under the name Modiolarca, which he stated was founded 
on the Modiola trapezina, the characters of the family Crenellidae, given in the 
Synopsis B.M., pp. 144, 155, being based on that species). “Two genera have 
been made out of this word. Dr. Beck, when in this country, made a note that 
IT had called the genus Modiolarca; but he appeared to have read it Modiolaria, 
and that name has been used for it. The latter name is now chiefly used for 
the more oblong Crenellae.” It is interesting to note also that in the Proc. 
Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., 1841 (1843), p. 26, at the meeting of June 2 is the in- 
formation. ‘“Couthouy presented ‘A shell of a new genus, found only on the 
Fucus giganteus, which he has named Gaimardia fucicola.’ ” 


BY TOM IREDALE. 199 


(106-123) Families THRACIIDAE and MYOCHAMIDAE, 


The Australian sheils referred to these two families are so confused and 
their characters so commingled, that it may be best to drop the former for the 
present, and refer all the species to the latter, with some emendations. The 
fact, that there are two series of shells of very similar appearance, has never 
been fully appreciated hitherto, and has made the recognition of named species 
very difficult. Firstly, there appears to be no typical Thracia in Australia, and, 
moreover, as in many cases of the early named genera, the exact application of 
the name (Thracia) is not even settled as regards European shells. Then (No. 
106) Thracia anatinoides Reeve, described from Sydney, has not since been re- 
cognised, and it is here suggested, on Mr. Hedley’s advice, that it may be based 
on the Sydney representative of the shell later named Periploma angasi Crosse 
and Fischer, the preceding species in Hedley’s List (No. 105). Nos. 107 and 
109 appear to refer to the same species, both being deseribed by Smith at the 
same time, and the ditferences cited being seen in a series to be individual only, 
the name angasiana having place priority, the name jacksoniana falling as a 
‘synonym. No. 108 must resume its earlier name jacksonensis, as this name 1S 
not invalidated by the still earlier jacksoniana. No. 110 has not yet been de- 
finitely determined, but may be based on a juvenile specimen of 108; no series 
of either has been collected, while a different species has borne the name modesta 
in most Australian collections: this species I identify as No. 121. 

All these show an external ligament, as does No. 114, placed under Thraciopsis 
in the List. I propose for this series the new name Hwximiothracia, citing 
Thracia speciosa Angas as type, and the new names would read 
No. 106 Omit. 


107 and 109 Eximiothracia angasiana Smith = jacksoniana Smith. 
108 jacksonensis Sow. = brazieri Sow. 

110 modesta Angas, may = jacksonensis Sow. 
114 speciosa Angas. 


To this genus belongs Thracia myodoroides Smith (Chall. Rep., Zool. Vol. 
xiu., 1885, p. 70, Pl. 6, f. 6) from Bass Straits, which may even be only the 
southern representative of angasiana Smith. Tate’s Thracia perscabrosa (Trans. 
Roy. Soc. 8S. Aust., 1886 (1887) ,-p.-173, Pl. xv., f. 5), from the Muddy Creek, 
is very close in all its features. Some of my specimens I even determined as 
myodoroides, while others have the form of perscabrosa, so that perhaps we have 
here another series of zoological, geological and geographical relations. With re- 
gard to the succeeding numbers, 111, 112, 113, there is still more confusion, but 
the results read 
No. 111 Thraciopsis angustata Angas. 

112 Omit. : 

113 Thraciopsis elegantula Angas, not elegantula auct. 

114 Transferred to EHaimiothracia (ante). 

113a Thraciopsis elongata Stutehbury. 

113b Thraciopsis peroniana, nom. nov. for 7. elegantula auct., figured by 

May (lllustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. v., f. 7). 

The genus Thraciopsis was provided by Tate and May for Angas’s Alicia, 
preoccupied, and they named angustata as type. Valves of the two species 
simultaneously described by Angas appear to be common on the Sydney beaches, 
but on closer investigation the species locally named as elegantula proved to 
differ appreciably from Angas’s deseription and figure. Moreover, Stutehbury 


200 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


had, many years previously, named from Port Jackson, Anatina elongata (Zool. 
Journ., Vol. v., p. 100, Suppl., Pl. xlii., f. 9-10), which has been neglected. The 
description and figure are poor, but show a shell not unlike Angas’s elegantula 
in shape, but with a long pallial sinus whereas Angas’s shell had a very short 
sinus; the shell wrongly identified as Angas’s species has a very long sinus. By 
means of live specimens dredged at Twofold Bay, I have been able to identify 
Stutchbury’s species, which may be placed in Thraciopsis. It may be recalled 
that Smith rejected the genus Alicia, placing the species in Myodora, and Tate 
described some fossils under this genus, comparing them to the species of Alicia, 
as Myodora praelonga (Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., ix., 1886 (Mch., 1887), p. 174, 
Pl. xix., figs. 12a-d) from Muddy Creek, very like angustata, and M. angustior 
(ibid., p. 175, Pl. xvi., f. 16) from Muddy Creek, a rather different elongate 
species. May recently deseribed Myodora elongata (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915, 
p- 98, Pl. 8, f. 40-40a), which I propose to add to the N.S.W. List (post), which 
he has transferred to Thraciopsis in his Check List (p. 18, No. 73) and which 
would clash with Stutchbury’s species if left here, but it seems a Myadora. Gould’s 
Thracia cultrata is certainly unrecognisable from the description, but has nothing 
to do with angustata, suggesting a shell more like Periploma micans Hedley, the 
dimensions being 8 mm. x 6 mm. x 4 mm., the words “alba, tenuissima, ventricosa 
intus argentata, apophysa cardinali triangulari” indicating a genus unlike Thracia. 
Hedley’s Thraciopsis arenosa (No. 112), sometime referred to Pholadomya, can- 
not be included with angustata, and it will be best to provide a new generic 
name for it alone, viz., Thracidora, rather than bandy it about still further in 
unsuitable genera. 

The species.arranged under Myodora require subdivision, and the smooth 
species may be separated at once, but it is suggested that later the corrugated 
species will be investigated and re-defined. To take them in Hedley’s order, I 
find confusion in No. 117. Vereo’s Myodora corrugata has been made a synonym 
of albida Ten.-Woods, and Gatliff and Gabriel have described as a new species, 
subalbida. Ten.-Woods’s species had not been figured when I examined the 
species In England, but since May has given a figure of albida which does not 
agree with specimens from Verco of his corrugata, nor with specimens from 100 
fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania, named albida by May. Then, as from the 
last-named locality, May has figured one valve as subalbida, which is quite dif- 
ferent from Gatliff and Gabriel’s figure of the type. Unfortunately, Verco’s 
name had been used by Tate (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., ix., 1886, p. 175, PI. 
Xvil., figs. lla-b), for a very different Muddy Creek fossil. On Plate xxxiii., figs. 
3-4, 13-14, I have given photographs of the two species, albida and subalbida, as 
I have determined them. 

No. 122, Myodora ovata Reeve must be rejected. It was described from the 
Island of Zebu in the Philippine Islands, and Reeve wrote “This species exhibits 
a greater disparity in the sculpture of the valves than any other, the striae of 
the right valve being very fine and close set, whilst those on the left are almost 
keel-like and comparatively distant,” and the figures agree. The shell known in 
Australia by Reeve’s name disagrees entirely, having strong sculpture on both 
valves, the southern shells very bold, especially those from Victoria and South 
Australia, which recall the deseription of Myodora corrugata Tate (Trans. Roy. 
Soe. S. Aust., ix., 1886 (Mch., 1887), p. 176, Pl. xvu., figs. lla-b) from Muddy 
Creek, but disagree in shape. 

I am describing the so-called “ovata” as a new species, and am continuing 
the usage of the original spelling Myadora, as I see no reason for alteration. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 201 


The type of Myadora is the large species, brevis Sowerby, which has superficially 
a different appearance from the commoner species, but I have not yet found any 
separable structural character. 


(122) Myapora COMPLEXA, n.sp. (Plate xxxiil., figs. 9-10). 

Shell of medium size for the genus, oblong-ovate, inaequilateral, fairly solid, 
anterior side rounded, longer than the posterior, which is straightly sloping and 
abruptly truncate. Right valve convex, left valve flat, clasped all round by the 
right valve. 

The sculpture consists of bold concentric ridges, as well marked on the left 
as on the right valve where, however, they are more deeply incised; a microscopic 
radial sculpture overrides all the ribs, but is more easily seen on the flat valve; 
umbos acute, that of the right projecting over the left, a posterior area marked 
by a raised rib noticeable in the right, little elevated in the left, the sculpture 
being less pronounced towards the posterior truncation. 

Type: length 26 mm.; depth 19 mm.; more rounded form, length 24 mm.; 
depth 19 mm. Well known under the incorrect name of M. ovata Reeve, com- 
mon in the shallow water dredgings at Twofold Bay and very numerous in 10-15 
fathoms in Disaster Bay. 


(123 A) Myapora royANaé, n.sp. (Plate xxxiil., figs. 5-6). 

Probably a deepwater relative of M. pandoriformis (Stutchbury) but of 
different shape and finer sculpture, while M. australis Johnston (Proc. Roy. Soe. 
Tasm., 1879 (1880), p. 40) from Table Cape, Tas., should be compared. 

Shell inequivalve, almost equilateral but eccentric, thin, semi-ovate in shape. 
Right valve convex, left valve flat, clasped by right valve. In the right valve 
the apex is incurved, the posterior dorsal margin somewhat deeply concave, with 
a large truncation, the ventral margin convex, meeting the straight anterior dorsal 
margin at a rather acute rounded angle: the posterior area is marked by an 
obsolete ridge with the concentric sculpture, common to this genus, more marked 
than on the anterior area where they fade away towards the anterior end. This 
concentric sculpture consists of closely spaced ill-defined ridges, merging ventral- 
ly. The left valve corresponds in shape, but the sculpture is indefinite on the 
posterior area, which is faintly indicated and the ridges are more widely spaced 
and more noticeable towards the anterior end: a fine granular decussation (micro- 
scopic) overrides the sculpture on this valve. Length of type 17 mm.; depth 9 
mm. In 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, N.S.W. 


(123 B) PHracmorismMa waTsonr (EH. A. Smith, 1885). 


Thracie watsoni KH. A. Smith, Chall. Rep., Zool., Vol. xiii, 1885 (pref. 
1 Oct.), p. 69, Pl. vi., figs. 5-5b: Station 162, East Moncoeur Island, Bass Straits, 
38-40 fathoms. 

When Smith deseribed this shell, he wrote “This fine large species is re- 
markable on account of its flattened compressed character, and being almost 
equilateral. The ligament pit is very strong, and the outer epidermal shell layer 
is peculiar.’ This was intended in comparison with European Thraciae as_ the 
epidermal shell layer is very like that of the so-called Australian Thracia. A 
few years later Tate introduced the genus Phragmorisma (Journ. Roy. Soe. 
N.S.W., xxvii., 1893 (Mch., 1894), p. 189), giving as examples Thracia watsoni 


202 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Smith and Phragmorisma anatinaeformis noy., Pl. xii., fig. 1, an “Kocene” fossil 
from Spring Creek, near Geelong, and Table Cape, Tasmania, apparently naming 
the latter purely because it was the fossil representative of the recent shell. Three 
dead and broken valves, dredged in 15-25 fathoms, in Twofold Bay, add this 
interesting genus to the New South Wales List. 


(145) CRASSATELLITES KINGICOLA (Lamarck, 1805). 


The generic name Crassatella having, in its first introduction, simply a figure 
cited, which proves to be that of a Mactra, the name has been abandoned. The 
substitute utilised, Crassatellites, seems a bad one for our purpose, and’ | have 
already advised its rejection. In any ease, the name can only apply to a fossil 
series which differ from the recent ones. I, therefore, propose Eucrassatella as 
a new generic name with Crassatella kingicola Lamarck (Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. 
Paris, vi. (not v., as given by Hedley), Dec., 1905, p. 408) from King: Island. 

A fine series showing growth stages was forwarded by Roy Bell from the 
following places: about forty living specimens from 15-25 fathoms in Twofold 
Bay from sandy mud and soft mud; from 20 fathoms off Lennard’s Island, 7 
miles north of Eden from a fine sand bottom; and half a dozen from 15-20 
fathoms in Disaster Bay from coarse sandy bottom. These show a little varia- 
tion in shape, but constancy in coloration and sculpture: all the immature speci- 
mens are rounded, with short beaks, comparatively compressed, and with a pale 
brown epidermis. As they grow older, the beaks lengthen and the shell becomes 
more swollen, with the coloration becoming more blackish and wearing off at the 
umbos: they are, nevertheless, always a little compressed and the excavate lunule 
and escutcheon never deepen to any great extent. The sulcations at the umbos 
are always present, and number from twelve to sixteen before they fade away. 
The measurements of a growth series read: Altitude 27: longitude 33: depth of 
conjoined valves 15 mm.; then 38 x 46 x 22, 48 x 58 x 25, 55 x 62 x 30 and 
57 x 65 x 30 respectively. Adults show variation m shape, as two dredged 
together give 65 x 75 x 30 against 60 x 82 x 35, while the largest of my series 
measures 72 x 90 x 42 mm. Verco has reviewed a series he dredged in South 
Australian waters, and those appear to range larger and be more swollen with 
slightly longer beaks and fewer suleations umbonally. | Although Vereo stated 
“Tt is, therefore, least like C. kingicola Lam.,” I think he intended “most like,” 
and that his shells fairly represented the true form. Hastern Tasmanian shells 
are similar as regards sculpture, a little longer beaked than the Twofold Bay 
shells, smaller, more swollen and a little more solid. 

Lamy (Journ. de Coneh., Ixii., No. 4, 15 Feb., 1917, p. 197, et seq.) has 
given a “Revision des Crassatellidae vivants du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de 
Paris,” and has figured the type of Crassatella kingicola from King Island on PI. 
vi, fig. 1, and I can exactly match the figure with some of my specimens. As 
Reeve, eighty years ago, had named many “species” which were not understood, 
in view of my own results I carefully criticised the British Museum collection. 
T found that all the shells coming from any given locality were comparatively 
eonstant and that errors of incorrect localisation could be at once detected. The 
attachment of the names required careful study, as some of the specimens deseribed 
by Reeve were in the “Mus. Stainforth” which was dispersed, and nothing is at 
present known regarding the figured shells. Specimens named in the British 
Museum from the Cuming Collection may even be the missing shells, but, in any 
case, they are as authentic as can be got. Reeve’s castanea, decipiens, and pulchra 
were simultaneously described (Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., Nov., 1842, pp. 42, 43), 


BY TOM IREDALL. 203 


from the “Coasts of New Holland,’ the two former, being now localised as Swan 
River, the latter as coming from Port Essington and Kangaroo Island, the latter 
locality undoubtedly false. C. errones Reeve, a name sometimes met with, ap- 
pears to be a clerical error for decipiens, the shell so labelled in the British 
Museum also being shown from Swan River. Ten years later A. Adams (Proce. 
Zool. Soe. Lond., 1852 (23 May, 1854), p. 90) published two more species, Crassa- 
telia obesa, Pl. 16, fig. 2 from “New Zealand, deep water, Mr. Strange,” and 
C. cumingu, Pi. 16, fig. 1 from ‘Moreton Bay, deepwater, Mr. Strange.” The 
former has not since been found in Neozelanic waters, and it may be an obese 
juvenile aberration of the Moreton Bay shell, and not have come from New 
Zealand. 

The South-west Australian shells are smooth with suleate umbos like the 
typical form, but are constantly more elongate with deeply excavate lunule and 
escutcheon. These should bear the name castanea Reeve. The North-west Aus- 
tralian specimens are paler in coloration, and deeply suleate throughout, as well 
as elongate in form: these should be called pulchra Reeve. Lamarck proposed 
the name C. sulcata for a Paris fossil, with a living species collected by Peron in 
New Holland as a variety (Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., vi., Dec., 1805, p. 408), but 
later (in the Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., Vol. v., July, 1818, p. 481) practically trans- 
ferred the name to the living species, citing the fossil as the variety. This has 
misled many writers into using the Lamareckian name for the recent shell. Nyst 
(Bull. Acad. Roy. Soc. Belg., 1847) and Deshayes (Traité élem. Conch., Vol. ii, 
1851, p. 113) indicated the incorrect usage, and renamed the recent form lamarckii. 
Lamy (Journ. de Conch., Ix.) has figured the type of C. donacina Lamarck 
(Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, vi., Dec., 1805, p. 408), and finds it is labelled as 
from “Shark’s Bay, West Australia’: as specimens from “Shark’s Bay, West 
Australia,” also collected by Peron, prove to be the recent sulcata, it is 
obvious that some error has crept in, and that the type of donacina came from 
King Island, and that the Shark’s Bay shells are suleate, belonging to pulchra, 
though at the extremity of the range it may show some variation. A different 
shell lives at Torres Straits, ranging down to Port Curtis, these shells having 
short beaks and semi-sulcation and apparently a form of this runs down into 
northern New South Wales, while a close ally is shown in the Australian Museum 
from Lord Howe Island. The Moreton Bay shell was named (. cumingii, and 
this can be used until a long series is collected from the southern localities and 
contrasted with the Torres Straits ones. Hedley has used for this, Reeve’s name 
of corbuloides, but the specimen in the British Museum accepted as the type, and 
agreeing with Reeve’s figure (Pl. ii, f. 9) is an abnormality from unknown 
locality, and compared by Reeve himself with a South American species. As the 
species was described from the “Mus. Stainforth,” the real type may be lost, and 
therefore unrecognisable exactly. The following is given as the nomination sug- 
gested as a basis for further work :— 

Eucrassatella kingicola Lamarck, 1805. From Southern New South Wales, = 
donacina Lamarck, 1805. Tasmania, Victoria and South Australia. 

Eucrassatella castanea Reeve, 1842 (South-west Australia) == decipiens 
Reeve, 1842, = errones, lapsus only. 

Eucrassatella pulchra Reeve, 1842 (North-west Australia from Shark’s Bay 
to Port Essington) = sulcata Lamk., 1818, not sulcata Lamk., 1805, = lamarckii 
Nyst, 1847 = lamarckii Deshayes, 1851. 

Eucrassatella cumingui A. Adams, 1854 (Queensland and Northern New South 
Wales). 


204 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Eucrassatella obesa A. Adams, 1854, said to be from New Zealand but locality 
yet unconfirmed. 


(145 A) Tauaprica AuRORA (A. Adams and Angas, 1864). 


Crassatella aurora A. Adams and Angas, Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1863 (1 
Apl., 1864), p. 426, Pl. xxxvu., f. 15: Banks Straits, Tasmania; C. banksi id., 
loc. cit., p. 427, Pl. xxxvii., f. 16: same locality. 

Roy Bell dredged six specimens in 12-18 fathoms off Lennard’s Isle, near 
Merimbula, seven miles north of Eden, Twofold Bay. Each-is a different size, 
.and they vary in shape, slightly in coloration and in coarseness of sculpture. 
From study of this series and the types in the British Museum, I conelude that 
Adams and Angas’s two species are simply individual variants, but agree with 
Sir J. Verco that C. carnea Tate may be recognised as the distinct Adelaidean 
representative. : 

After much study of the large kingicola, it is difficult to accept this form as 
congeneric, notwithstanding the great authority of Dr. Dall (Trans. Wagner 
Free Inst. Science Phila., i1i., pt. vi., Oct., 1903, p. 1464) who concluded “Crassi- 
tina Weinkauff 1881 was proposed for the smaller recent species, which resemble 
Pachythaerus except in the greater development of the resiliary pit. The type 
of the genus (Crassatellites) (C. gibbosulus Lamarck, according to Bronn) be- 
longs to the type named by Conrad Pachythaerus, which is, therefore, an absolute 
synonym of Crassatellites. Crassitina (sic) Weinkauff is only the modern re- 
presentative of Pachythaerus, and therefore falls into the same synonymy.” It 
may just be observed that Pachythaeras Conrad was proposed for an American 
Cretaceous fossil, and the recent Austral forms differ too much to be considered 
congeneric, especially as Muddy Creek fossils vary appreciably from present-day 
shells. 

With regard to the name Crassatina, above quoted, the details are of interest. 
In Kuster’s continuation of the Conchylien Cabinet of Martini and Chemnitz, the 
monograph of Crassatella bears on the title page by “Lobbecke and Kobelt,” 1886, 
without any indication that it had been begun by Weinkauff and that pp. 1-16, 
Pls. 1-6, had been published in Lief. 307 in 1881, and is recorded in the Zoological 
Record, and the name Crassatina there credited to Weinkauff. No species were 
named by Weinkauff and the group-name was later ignored by Loébbecke and 
Kobelt, but Dall (loc. cit., p. 1468) has named as type C. contraria (Gmelin) 
from Senegal, so we can leave it to that style of shell which is unlike ours. 

Consequently, I propose Talabrica with C. awrora A. Adams and Angas as 
type. When Hedley discussed the “Thetis” mollusca, he noted the small species 
referred to Crassatella and queried Crassatina Weinkauff as being applicable. 
As above shown, it cannot refer at all, so I propose the new generic name 
Salaputium and name Crassatella fulvida Angas as type. This group is well 
developed in southern and eastern Australian seas, many species being already 
named, and new species being in collections, such as from the Kermadec Islands, 
Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. No Australian collector, nor in all probability, 
any other student, would class these minutiae with the huge Hucrassatella, save 
by traditional assistance. 


(156) Carprta CaLycuLATA (Linné, 1758). 


Linné deseribed his Chama calyculata from the Mediterranean Sea, and the 
local species is easily distinguishable. Fortunately, there are several names avail- 
able. Lamarck described Cardita aviculina (Hist. Anim. sans Verteb., Vol. vi.. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 205 


July, 1819, p. 26) from Shark’s Bay, Western Australia, and King Island. Nam- 
ing the first as the type locality, the name may be used for the tropical form 
which resembles more closely the Mediterranean shell, so that Lamy regarded 
Lamarck’s name as a synonym. Deshayes monographed the group, and he 
described Cardita excavata (Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1852 (23 May, 1854), p. 100, 
Pl. xvii., figs. 1-3) from Sydney. Verco added as a synonym Mytilicardia tas- 
manica Ten.-Woods (Proce. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875 (1876), p. 161) from Black- 
man’s Bay, south Tasmania, when he recorded the present species from South 
Australia as “Taken on the beach at Venus Bay, west coast of South Australia: 
very rarely dredged.”. 
(157) VENERICARDIA AMABILIS (Deshayes, 1854). 


In the Check List are included V. amabilis Deshayes and V. beddomei Smith 
as ditferent species. Tate and May (and more recently May) allowed two species, 
amabilis Deshayes and bimaculata Deshayes, citing as synonyms of the latter 
gunni Deshayes and atkinsoni Ten.-Woods. Pritchard and Gathft followed Tate 
and May, but Verco discussed the species, noting the variation, and recognising 
the same two, recorded as synonyms of the former, beddomei Smith and gem- 
mulifera Tate. No one observed that gunni had place priority over bimaculata, 
peing described from Tasmania, while the other was localised as New Zealand, 
as was amabilis, all being published at the same time. Suter doubtfully admitted 
amabilis to the New Zealand list, but did not mention bimaculata. 

Study of the British Museum collection in conjunction with a fine lot of 
specimens sent by Roy Bell, dredged at various depths in Twofold Bay and 
Disaster Bay, the latter bemg very large and typical beddomei, proves that 
beddomei is absolutely a synonym of amabilis; that probably the Neozelanic 
locality was false, and that it ranges from northern New South Wales down the 
east coast to southern Tasmania, and to South Australia as gemmulifera, but 
which does not seem separable even as Vereo coneluded. The species bimaculata 
apparently does not occur in New Zealand, but is common in Tasmania and Vic- 
toria, and atkinsoni Ten.-Woods is accepted as synonymous. Examination of the 
type of gunnii in the British Museum showed that this species had nothing what- 
ever to do with bimaculata, as it is a very small obese shell, most like elegantula 
Deshayes described from the China Seas. When Hedley described his Cardita 
cavatica, he observed “By its remarkable sculpture it is allied to a small group 
of Tertiary Cardita, typified by C. gracilicostata, Ten.-Woods, from which it 
differs by smaller size and greater length in proportion to height.” I find this 
sculpture in the juvenile of amabilis, indicating the descent of amabilis from 
species not unlike gracilicostata, and that cavatica is related to amabilis, by 
Keeping the ancestral style of sculpture in the deeper water. 


(161) VENERICARDIA RAOULI (Angas, 1872). (Plate xxxiii., figs. 11-12). 

This recently re-discovered species appears to be a regular constituent of 
the deeper water fauna, a large number being secured in from 50-70 fathoms off 
Green Cape, N.S.W. It is quite an abnormal species, recalling the shore- 
frequenting Cardita in form, so I propose the new genus Bathycardita and name 
C. raouli Angas as type. Dall, when he studied this group, concluded that form 
was of more significance than the variations of the hinge-teeth. 

Young shells show hollow spines on the ribs while senile specimens tend to 
smoothness, in which state they somewhat resemble Cardita astartoides von Mar- 
tens (Sitz. Gesellsch. Nat. Freunde Berlin, 1878, p. 25) from Antarctic Seas. 


206 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Hedley drew attention to Clessin’s Cardita racuti Angas (Conch. Cab. 
(Kiister), Bd. x., 1887, p. 11, Pl. 2, figs. 7-8) suggesting it was meant for raouli. 
This is certain, but the shell figured by Clessin was in the “Coll. Paetel” from 
“Neuseeland,” and is not the present species. Bathycardita raouli (Angas) is 
a characteristic molluse of the deeper water of southern New South Wales, being 
represented in nearly every haul over 50 fathoms. With it was associated the 
solitary coral, Flabellum australe Moseley (Chall. Rep., Zool., Vol. ii., 1881, p. 
173, Pl. vi, figs. 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 5b), which was described from Station 163, off 
Twofold Bay, 120 fathoms. 


(173) Luctna inpuTA Hedley, 1907. 


This deep-water form was not dredged by Bell, and is here noted simply for 
the purpose of amending the name. Lucina has lost its traditional usage, and is 
now restricted to an American type, nothing like the present quaint little species. 
Hedley’s good figures and description are sufficient for every purpose, so I simply 
propose the new generic name Mendicula, and rename the sole species, Mendicula 
memorata, as Lucina induta had been previously used by Stoliczka (Martens, 
Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. xxi., 1887, p. 174). 


(177) Myrrara sotanica Hedley, 1918. 


Valves were dredged in 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, N.S.W., and these 
agreed with the figures and descriptions of Lucina mayi Gatlift and Gabriel (Proc. 
Roy. Soe. Vict., xxiv., n.s., Sept., 1911, p. 189, Pl. xlvii., f£. 8-12), who described 
their species from Port Phillip, Victoria, 5F., noting that it differed from 
Lucina brazieri in the possession of radial sculpture and much sharper sculpture. 
Hedley, accepting this difference, when he transferred Sowerby’s twice-named 
Tellina brazieri to Myrtaea, renamed the Sydney shell Myrtaea botanica. The 
Sydney species, however, possesses radial sculpture and differs only in its larger 
size. Consequently, Hedley’s name would become subspecific only. Hedley has 
also named Myrtaea bractea (Zool. Res. Endeavour, pt. i., 22 Dec., 1911, p. 99, 
Pl. xvii., figs. 5, 6, 7, 8) from 100 fathoms south of Cape Wiles, S. Aust., which 
does lack radial sculpture, and is quite distinct. For this group I propose Noto- 
myrtea, naming M. botanica Hedley as type, the excellent figures and descriptions 
already published enabling easy recognition. 


(180) Dietopenta apamst (Angas, 1868). 


For this species, described by Angas under the genus Mysia, subgenus 
Felania, 1 propose the new generic name Numella. This genus appears to be 
close to Felaniella Dall (Journ. Coneh., ix., 1899, pp. 244-245), proposed for a 
Japanese species Felania usta Gould. 

The two Australian species, adamsi and jacksoniensis, both of Angas, pub- 
lished at the same time, differ a little from each other in their hinge-teeth, but 
they may, for the present, be classed together. I could not understand how this 
species had been placed under Diplodonta, and left there so many years, until 
I found that it was one of the commonest shells of the Sydney beaches, being 
even used to make ornaments by the aborigines of Botany Bay, and thus, on 
account of its very commonness, had escaped serious study. 

When Tate met with a fossil, he named it Sacchia (sic) swborbicuaris 
(Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1886, p. 147, Pl. xviii., fig. 10a-c) comparing it with 
these shells, but noting the hinge so unlike that of Diplodonta, and evidently 
not examining the hinges of these two species. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 207 


(187) Erycina acupuncta Hedley, 1902. 


When Lamarck introduced the genus Erycina (Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 
vi., Dee., 1805, p. 413) he stated “On ne connoit encore que des espéces fossiles,” 
and described six fossils as E. laevis, pellucida, trigona, inaequilatera, fragilis, 
and elliptica. In the next volume (p. 53) he continued with EH. undulata, pellu- 
cide (again), obscura, miliaria and radiolata. 

In Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., Vol. v., 1819, p. 485, he added, as a recent species, 
EH. cardioides from King George Sound, Australia, and this species has been eited 
as the type by some writers, e.g, Chenu. By technical manipulation, the generic 
name has recently been revived in connection with a fossil group, but its nomen- 
clatorial status is very uncertain, and certainly the name Erycina should not be 
used in connection with Australian recent mollusea. I, therefore, propose the 
new genus Melliteryx, naming Hedley’s species, acupuncta, as type. 


(190) Bornita Lepipa Hedley, 1906. 


The reference to Bornia is obviously due to Dall’s conclusions, as admitted 
by Hedley in connection with the species he next dealt with (Rochefortia donaci- 
formis Angas). The name Bornia is of such uncertain status, even in connection 
with Huropean bivalves, that it would be unwise to continue its usage here. The 
species Hedley has named from New South Wales are very interesting, and 
Born’s name may be retained in connection with Austral molluses by proposing 
the new genus Borniola, and citing the commonest species, B. lepida Hedley, as 
type. 

(198) RochEFortrA aNoMALA (Angas, 1877). 


This is a case where a name change can be weleomed. When Dall dis- 
missed the generic name Tellimya, he selected Mysella Angas as the best sub- 
stitute: a little later he recognised Rochefortia as congeneric, and on the score 
of priority gave it precedence. This usage was accepted by Hedley, but Dall 
had erred, and Mysella has priority. We are, therefore, at liberty to use an 
Australian name for Australian shells, without discussing the relationship of the 
foreigner. 

Mysella Angas, Proc. Zool. ‘Soc. Lond., 1877 (1 Aug.), p. 176; Type by 
monotypy M. anomala, id., Pl. xxvi., f. 22. P.J. 

Rochefortia Velain, Compt. Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, Ixxxiii., 1876, p. 285, 
nom. nud.; Archiv Zool. Exper., vi., 1877 (1878), p. 132. 

Velain’s paper was read on 11 April, 1877, and passed for printing by the 
examiners on 12 Nov., 1877, only, and the title page reads 1878. 


(217) CARDIUM PULCHELLUM Gray, 1843. 


Hedley, dealing with the “Thetis” collection, proposed Cardium striatulum 
Sowerby var. thetidis, nov. (Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., part 5, 29 July, 1902, p. 322), 
writing “A considerable series taken by the “Thetis” appears specifically in- 
separable from C. striatulum,’ but gave differential features to justify a varietal 
name. I have compared the whole of the material in the British Museum with 
a large number of specimens and valves secured by Roy Bell in various depths, 
and find Hedley’s characters are quite constant, and J accept their value as 
specific. The difference between this style of shell and typical Cardiwm is very 
great, and I, therefore, propose the new genus Pratulum, naming Cardium the- 
tidis Hedley as type. 


208 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


(221) Dosryta crocea Deshayes, 1853. 


When Hedley examined in the British Museum collection of shells, the 
specimens, named as different species, in this genus, he observed that his con- 
vlusions must be revised. I received a large number of specimens and care- 
fully criticised the British Museum series in connection with them, and arrived at 
certain results. More recently Mr. J. R. Le B. Tomlin, arranging some bivalves 
in the British Museum, studied this genus and, after he had completed his work, 
we both went over the whole lot and agreed upon every point. As our results 
were quite independently achieved, they may be regarded as fairly representing 
the truth. 

Thus, we concluded that Deshayes crocea and circinaria were synonymous, 
and that the former name should be maintained on account of place priority. 


(224 A) Dosry1a victorran Gatliff and Gabriel, 1914. 


Dosinia victoriae Gathff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soe. Viet., xxvii., Sept., 
1914, p. 96, Pl. xvi., figs. 17-19: Western Port, 5-10 F. 

Before this species was described, Mr. Gabriel sent it to me for comparison 
with the British Museum series; a shell sent by Bell from Twofold Bay, was 
found to differ from all the others, and regarded as new, until I remembered 
Gabriel’s inquiry, when I found this shell was their new species, an addition to 
the N.S.W. List. 

(224 B) Dosinria CAERULEA Reeve, 1850. 


Artemis caerulea Reeve, Conch. Icon., vi., Artemis, Feb., 1850, Pl. iv., sp. 
and fig. 25: Raine Island, Torres Straits, Captain Ince: Mus. Brit., 1.¢., error 
for Tasmania. 

This species was found commonly washed up at Twofold Bay, N.S.W., but 
was not dredged, except as young, whereas, in Disaster Bay, it was dredged in 
10-20 fathoms. This is a fine addition to the N.S.W. List. 


(225) Sunerra TRUNCATA (Reeve, 1864). 


When Reeve figured this species he gave a reference to Deshayes, and I find 
that Deshayes had described a Cuneus truncatus (Cat. Conch. Biv. B.M., 1853, p. 
43), from the Philippine Islands in Mus. Cuming. In his selection, Deshayes had 
been anticipated by Costa (Brit. Conech., 1778, p. 205), so that we are relieved of 
the consideration of Deshayes’s specific name. 

For the Port Jackson species, Angas had proposed the name Swnetta ade- 
linae (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1867 (Apr., 1868), p. 909, Pl. 54, f. 5) and there- 
fore no new name is required. 

From Lakes’ Entrance, Victoria, Roy Bell sent a number of valves of the 
species listed by Pritchard and Gatliff as Sunetta excavata, citing as basis, 
Cytherea excavata Hanley (Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1842 (Jan., 1843), p. 123), 
described from unknown locality in the Museum Stainforth. The name has been 
commonly used for a Japanese species, but again, fortunately, discussion is un- 
necessary as there is a prior Cytherea excavata Morton (Synops. Org. Rem. Cret. 
Group U.S., 1834, p. 67). Two names are available for the southern Australian 
species, viz., Cytherea vaginalis Menke (Moll. Noy. Holl. Spec., 1843, p. 42) given 
to a Western Australian species, and Swnetta aliciae Adams and Angas (Proce. 
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1863, p. 425, Pl. 37, fig. 18) from Encounter Bay, S. Aust. 
According to the sperimens in the British Museum these differed, and I propose 


BY TOM IREDALE. 209 


the use of Adams and Angas’s name for the Victorian shell, and revive Menke’s 
name for the Western Australian species listed by Hedley as S. excavata (Han- 
ley). I find these are also separated as distinct in the Australian Museum. 

Dall (Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Philad., iii., pt. v., Oct., 1903, p. 1245), ad- 
mitted three groups of Sunetia, Sunetta s. str., type Donax scripta Linné; 
Solanderina Dall, 1902, type (0.d.) S. solandri Gray; and Sunettina Jousseaume 
(Le Naturaliste, Yr. 13, No. 108, 2 Ser., 1 Sept., 1891, p. 208), type, by tautonymy 
S. sunetiina Jouss. The Australian species here noted fall into the last group, 
which should be used generically. S. gibberula Tate is a Muddy Creek fossil, 
ancestrally very closely related to the living S. aliciae Ad. and Ang. 


(226) LioconcHa ANGASI (Smith, 1885). 


Smith proposed Circe angasi as a new name for the shell named Gouldia 
australis by Angas (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 459), when he transferred 
it to Circe, as the combination Circe australis was invalidated by the earlier 
C. australis Sowerby (Thes. Conch., Vol. ii., 1851, p. 651). When Hedley re- 
transferred Angas’s species to Lioconcha, he should have revived Angas’s specific 
name. I cannot class it even in Lioconcha, so propose the new genus Gouwldiopa, 
naming Gouwldia australis Angas as type. When Smith named the species (Zool. 
Res. Challenger, Vol. xii., 1885, p. 148, Pl. it, figs. 44e), he gave a detailed 
description of the hinge-characters, and also figures, so that these are well known. 
T might point out, however, that the description is more accurate than the 
figures. 

(227) GarraRiuM quoyi (Hanley, 1844). 


When Dall reinstated Gafrariwm, ex Bolten, he made two attempts to fix a 
type by elimination, and as it is doubtful whether either result. is valid, the 
name may be dismissed from the Australian List. This is easier, since at the 
latter conclusion and place (Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Science Philad., iii., pt. 
vi., 1903, p. 1246), which Hedley has followed, he allowed Circe Schumacher 
(Essai Nouv. Syst. Test., 1817, p. 152), with type Venus scripta L., subgeneric 
rank. As Dall’s subgenera are all available under present views as of full 
generic rank, and as the shell above named was previously called scripta, it will 
be admitted that Circe seems a very excellent alternative. 


(227 A) FLUCTIGER ROYANUS, n. gen. et sp. (Plate xxxii., figs. 7-8). 


This is apparently the species recorded from Victoria by Gatliff and Gabriel 
as Gafrarium navigatum Hedley. The latter was described from the Capricorn 
Group, Queensland (These Proc., xxxi., 19 Nov., 1906, p. 476, Pl. xxxviii., fig. 
33), and my shells were immediately recognised as congeneric from the figure. 
Comparison, in the British Museum, with valves sent by Hedley, proved them to 
differ in shape much more than the drawing would suggest. The general des- 
eription given by Hedley applies to the sculpture and form, but the ventral 
margin in the southern form is less cireular, and the altitude a shade less, and 
consequently the “waves” fewer in number, becoming obsolete towards the margin. 
It may be that the southern form is also larger, as Hedley’s measurements are: 
6 x 5.4 mm., whereas mine are 9 x 8 and 11 x 9 mm. Both are dead valves, 
a right and a left, and are worn; they show the muscle impressions, but not the 
hinge-characters completely. As Hedley’s species should be absolutely con- 
generic, and he dredged it alive, these may be recorded from that. When Smith 
(the only English writer (save Jukes Browne) who has studied bivalves) wrote 


210 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


up the Challenger Report, he lumped in a most aggravating manner and ranged 
all these under Circe (Gafrariwm of to-day), and his conclusions have not been 
since reviewed. On Pl. u., figs. 4, 4e, he gave figures of the hinge, ete., of Circe 
angasi, and this does not agree with what I can make out of the hinge of the 
present form, which agrees better with that of Circe. 


(228) MACROCALLISTA DISRUPTA (Sowerby, 1853). 

This species, with the next, M. kingii (Gray, 1826), was dredged in numbers 
in 10-20 fathoms, in and outside Twofold Bay, and variation in size and shape 
was noted. Further Tasmanian shells named disrwpta varied a little further, 
while Sydney shells referred to this species should have a distinctive name. Dall 
proposed to use the above generic name, given to an American fossil, to replace 
Callista, a Polian name previously in use. The southern species vary inter se, 
and I propose to eliminate Macrocallista from the Austral list, proposing Noto- 
callista, naming C. kingii Gray as type. 

Tate (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., ix., 1886 (Mar., 1887), p. 161, Pl. xvi, 
figs. 6-8) named Cytherea submultistriata from the Upper beds at Muddy Creek, 
comparing it with C. disrupta, and it certainly seems a closely allied ancestral 
form, only, in my views, trinomially separable. 

As synonyms of M. kingii Gray, I noted in the British Museum, inflata 
Sow. and rutila Sow., but remarked that lamarckii appeared more elongate, and 
I had a very large series for comparison. 


(230) Pirarta SOPHTAE (Angas, 1877). 

Hedley has used the emendation Pitaria, but the name was proposed as 
Pitar, and I am advised that this is of classical form, although Dall did not re- 
cognise this. 

From his (Dall’s) discussion (Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Science Philad., 
il., pt. vi., 1903, p. 1264), it is obvious that the recognition of the genus Pitar 
is a difficult task, especially as he has regarded Venus dione Linné as subordinate, 
with subgereric value. In the British Museum this species was placed alongside 
the two previous species, while Pitar was also recognised. For the present then 
Pitaria may be dismissed from the Austral List, and this species ranged under 
Notocallista. 


(238) ANTIGONA STRIATISSIMA Sowerby, 1853. 


Venus striatissima Sowerby was apparently proposed as a new name for Erycina 
cardiotdes Lamarck (Hist. Anim. s. Vert., Vol. v., July, 1818, p. 486) from 
King George Sound, W. Aust., on account of another Venus cardioides. When 
the species was removed from Venus, the earlier name should have been reverted 
to. It is quite unlike the typical Antigona, and I, therefore, propose for it the 
new generic name Chioneryx. As Angas noted, the species recalls superficially 
the British Venus ovata Pennant, which is the type of Timoclea Brown, but the 
hinge-characters differ. 

Erycina, as already shown, was introduced for a series of fossils, and after- 
wards the present species was added as a recent representative, being then cited 
by some writers, e.g., Chenu, as type of Erycina. 


(247) Marcia NITIDA (Quoy and Gaimard, 1835). 


Quoy and Gaimard described Venus nitida from Hobart, Tasmania, and the 
name proves to be preoccupied by Defranee (Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), Vol. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 211 


Ivii., 1828, p. 290. As synonyms may be noted: Venus fumigata Sowerby, Thes. 
Conch. Vol. ii, 1853, p. 737, Pl. clix., figs. 152-5: Australia (Strange).—V. 
laevigata Sow., ibid., p. 738, Pl. clix., figs. 156-8: Australia (Strange).—V. polita 
Sow., ibid., p. 738, Pl. elviii., figs. 139-40: given to Quoy and Gaimard’s figure 
alone, therefore refers to Hobart, Tasmania.—Tapes faba Reeve, Conch. Icon., 
Vol. xiv., Feb., 1864, Tapes sp. 39, f. 39, Pl. viii.: Hab — ? Mus. Cuming. 

The specimens collected by Strange probably came from Sydney Harbour, 
and the figures agree very well with local shells. If southern Tasmanian shells 
differ, as they appear to do, they may bear Sowerby’s third name. 

The genus name Marcia was used by Hedley for this species and scalarina 
Lamarck, an association that seems strained, in view of the differential characters 
used in this family. Marcia proves to have been used previously by Warlow 
(Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 11., 1833, p. 100), and there is a generic name Kate- 
lysia Romer (Krit. Unters., May, 1857, p. 17), available for scalarina Lamk., 
that species having been definitely named as type by Dall, which should be used. 

Dall proposed (Trans. Free Inst. Science Philad., iii., pt. vi., 1903, p. 1289), 
Macridiscus, naming Venus aequilatera Sowerby from Japan as type, observing 
“Venus faba Reeve and V. fumigata Sowerby seem to belong to this section” (of 
the subgenus Gomphina, genus Chione). Our shell does not seem to have a close 
relationship, disagreeing even with Dall’s definition. I, therefore, propose the 
new name Eumarcia, naming Venus fumigata Sowerby as type. 


(243) BAssINA PAUCILAMELLATA (Dunker, 1858). 


Hedley has recently shown that the specific name must be pachyphylla 
Jonas, 1839, and a note on its station may be here intercalated, as, though Bell 
did not get this at Twofold Bay, he found a few valves at Port Fairy, Vic. I 
found it commonly on the beach at Port Fairy, Vic., and Hedley found it com- 
monly at Twofold Bay, in each ease in the early spring. Roy Bell never dredged 
it, which proves that it lives just below low water, not going even into 5 tathoms. 
Consequently, it is variable in shape, and the two fossils Tate described (Trans. 
Roy. Soc. S. Aust., ix., 1886 (Mar., 1887), p. 159, Pl. xiv.,f. 14 and p. 160, PI. 
xiv., f. 18) under the names Cytherea paucirugata and C. murrayana respectively, 
are obviously aneestral and searcely separable save by the nomination I have 
suggested, a trinomial one indicating the ancestral form without prejudice to 
the specific status. Thus Cytherea [victoriae| paucirugata would: have explained 
everything in one phrase at the time of description. 


(262) TELLIna INAEQUIVALVIS Sowerby, 1867. 


In selecting a Linnean name, Sowerby lost his specific right, and I here pro- 
pose the new name Tellina beryllina for Sowerby’s shell, the type of which is in 
the British Museum. 

The grouping of Tellinid species must be undertaken at the first opportunity, 
as in the British Museum they are arranged in the most haphazard fashion, the 
same species occurring under two different groups, even of family rank. Error 
has accumulated upon error, until it is difficult to determine any definite data. 

Thus No. 272 is named Arcopagia striatula Lamarck, 1818, but Lamarck’s 
Tellina striatula was based on “List Coneh., t. 267, f. 103,” with the locality 
“T’?Ocean d’Europe,”’ and Lister had no Australian shells. It is fortunate that 
Olivi (Zool. Adriat., 1792, p. 101) had previously used the name, and so settled 
the discussion. 


212 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


(263) TELLINA SEMITORTA Sowerby, 1867. 


An interesting abnormal little Tellinoid was un-named from the British 
Museum Collection. In the Australian Museum Collection it was found under 
the above name, and specimens had been identified by comparison with British 
Museum specimens. Some error has crept in as, though Sowerby described and 
figured his species from the Mus. Angas from Port Jackson, and while one figure 
suggests the shell here dealt with, the description was probably drawn up from 
a variant of T. tenwilirata, named and handled at the same time. The words 
“half twisted,’ “flexuous posteriorly,’ “end rather acuminated” do not apply to 
the specimens under review, which I determine as Tellina subdiluta Tate (Trans. 
Rey. Soe. S. Aust., ix., 1885-4 (Mar.. 1887), p. 65, Pl. iv., f. 9): Encounter Bay, 
S. Aust., 22 F. 


(264) TELLINA TENUILIRATA Sowerby, 1867. 


This beautiful little species was common in the shallow water dredgings in 
Twofold Bay and district, and it was obvious that it was not a normal Tellina. 
Upon investigation I found that E. A. Smith, in the Challenger Reports, had 
given details of the hinge-teeth, and suggested the differentiation of the species, 
but did not name it, generically. In the British Museum, so that there should 
be no difficulty in finding this peculiar species, the specimens were separated, 
some being placed under the section Angulus, of the genus Tellina, while others 
were found under the genus Semele, in a different family. I, therefore, propose 
the new genus Semelangulus, with this species as type, so that it may be as 
easily traced in literature. 

Tellina masoni Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., ix., 1886 (1887), p. 166, PI. 
xvi., fig. 6a-b) from Muddy Creek is very like this, from description and figure, 
and should be compared with it as Tate does not mention the present species. 


(277) ABRA ELLIPTICA (Sowerby, 1867). 


Sowerby named his species Tellina elliptica, but this name had been pre- 
viously used by Brocchi (Conch. foss. Subapp., 1814, p. 513), and Lamarck 
(Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., Vol. v., 1818, p. 524). The species was described from 
Sydney in Angas’s collection, and Abra is another of the Palaearctic bivalve 
generic names that is under discussion, and, therefore, not available for an Aus- 
tral group. The only way to deal scientifically with the matter is the proposition 
of a new generic name for this species, Abranda, and renaming the species 
Abranda rec. 

Superficially, this species appears to have fossil representatives, but the hinge- 
characters need careful study before associating species of complex history like 
this one. 

(281) Garr tivipa (Lamarck, 1818). 


Lamarck’s Psammobia livida was localised as from Shark’s Bay, W. Aust., 
and Dautzenberg et Fischer (Journ. de Conch., Ixi., pt. 2, 1914, p. 224) have 
figured the types (PI. vii., figs. 4, 5, 6). These figures suggest that two different 
species were confused, the figures 4, 5, referring to the species known as P. 
modesta Deshayes (post), while fig. 6 is in agreement with Lamarck’s description, 
and represents the species previously known as zonalis. Smith (Chall. Rep., 
Zool. Vol. xili., 1885, p. 95) separated zonalis and modesta, and gave a synonymy, 
drawn up from the British Museum specimens, which requires revision. From 
Dautzenberg and Fischer’s notes, it is evident that they used Tasmanian speci- 


BY TOM IREDALE. 213 


mens for their recognition of liwida, and it is here suggested that the Shark’s 
Bay locality may be erroneous, and that the specimens came from southern Tas- 
mania, where May states it is very common. Twofold Bay shells agree with such 
Tasmanian shells, but the northern shells, such as commonly occur on the Sydney 
beaches, differ in shape, tenuity, and size. 

Deshayes described Psammobia menkeana (Proe. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1854 
(8 May, 1855), p. 319) from Moreton Bay, and this was figured by Reeve 
(Coneh. Ieon., Vol. x., (Jan., 1857), sp. and f. 43, Pl. vi.) under the same name, 
from the type specimen, but without reference to Deshayes. This shell is more 
elongate with less height, and smaller and thinner than the Tasmanian livida, 
and is certainly not synonymous with modesta as given by Smith, but refers to 
the Sydney shell hitherto called zonalis = livida. 

This would mean the acceptance of Gari livida (Lamarck, 1818) for the 
southern New South Wales species, and the recognitior of Gari menkeana 
Deshayes for the northern and central New South Wales form, the exact value 
of the differences being at present unknown. 


(291 A) SoLEN vacrnorpEs Lamarck, 1818. 


Solen vaginoides Lamarek, Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., Vol. v., 1818, p. 451: 
D’Entrecasteaux Channel, S. Tasmania. 

Many small specimens received from Twofold Bay and Disaster Bay are 
referable to this species, which is an addition to the N.S.W. List. Hedley has 
recorded Solen aspersus Dunker as a synonym, and Solen philippianus Dunker 
(Proe. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1861 (7 Apr., 1862), p. 420) may also be added, though 
K. A. Smith (Proe. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1906, p. 857) regarded it as a MS name, 
citing it from Sowerby (Thes. Conch., 1874). While the facts in connection with 
this species seem fairly clear, it is otherwise with regard to the species already 
on the N.S.W. List, No. 291, Solen sloanii Hanley. This was described and 
figured (Illus. and Deser. Cat. Rec. Bivalve Shells, 1842, p. 12, Pl. xi, f. 18) 
from a British Museum specimen, so named in MS. by Gray. The tablet bears 
upon it the information “Mus. Sloane,’ hence the specific title, but no locality 
was known, and it obviously did not come from New South Wales, as the Sloane 
Collection was completed before any shells were collected in New South Wales. 
Other specimens I noted as marked Mus. Sloane are Tuwurritella exoleta and 
Monodonta labio. Yet, when the History of the Collections in the British 
Museum (Natural History) was published in 1906, it was stated (Vol. u., p. 
704) “1759. Probably a number of shells were received with the collections be- 
queathed by Sir Hans Sloane (1759) and these would in all probability form the 
nucleus of the Museum Collection. It must be stated, however, that no record 
of any such specimens has been traced.” The truth was, that no attempt was 
made to trace such specimens, as the shells themselves are, and have been, openly 
on view for the past forty years. Moreover, the year of the bequest is wrongly 
stated, being 1753, and there is on record the number of Shells, Echini, ete., this 
being 5845. To return to Solen sloanii, E. A. Smith recorded it (Proe. Zool. 
Soc. Lond., 1906, p. 857) from Zanzibar, and this is a more likely locality. I 
name the Sydney species, figured by Hedley (These Proc., xxiv., 1899, p. 432, fig. 
3 in text), where the animal was described, Solen correctus, the shell being very 
like that of S. vaginoides, but straight. Tate has described a fossil from Muddy 
Creek as Solen sordidus (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., ix., 1886 (Mar., 1887), p- 
SNP Mer xaxe fie 2) 


214 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


(311 B) Saxicava supauata Gatliff and Gabriel, 1910. 
Saxicava subalata Gatliff and Gabriel, Proe. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxiii. (n.s.), 
Aug., 1910, p. 85, Pl. xix., f. 10-12: Port Phillip, Victoria, 8 fathoms. 
Valves of this species were found in the shallow water dredgings from Two- 
fold Bay, N.S.W., but it has no close relationship with Sazicava, the sculpture 
suggesting the Eximiothracia-Phragmorisma series. 


(319) Nausrroria sauLir Wright, 1866. 


Calman, working on Marine Wood-Boring Animals (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 
1920, p. 397) named Xylotrya australis, n.sp., text-figs. 6, 7, 8, from Brisbane, 
Q’land, and Auckland, N.Z., figuring only the syntype from Auckland. This 
was the species known under the above name, apparently incorrectly, as, though 
Wright stated that the type specimens in the British Museum came from Port 
Phillip, Australia, they are labelled “Callao, Peru,’ and do not agree with the 
Australian species. 

Xylotrya proves to be a synonym of Xylophaga, and the generic name to be 
used is Bankia. This name was first introduced by Gray (Synopsis Contents 
Brit. Mus., 1840, p. 150) as a nomen nudum; and then in 1842 (p. 76) in the 
same publication, Gray defined it: “In Bankia they (the pallets of Teredo) are 
elongated, and formed of small cones one within the other, looking somewhat 
like a quill.” 

(342-372) Class AMPHINEURA. 

As this class was Roy Bell’s objective, though dealt with fully elsewhere, a 
few notes must here be included, as the collection provided unexpected data in 
connection with the zoogeographical regions. May and I had separated the 
eastern Tasmanian Coast as showing a distinct Loricate faunula from that of the 
mainland eastern coast, with which it had been previously united. To test this, 
the present collections were made, and the separation has been emphasised. Thus 
the most characteristic Peronian Loricates, Sypharochiton pellis-serpentis Q. and 
G., Liolophura gaimardi Blainville, and Onithochiton quercinus Gould, disappear 
before they reach Twofold Bay. Rhyssoplax jugosa Gould continues down to 
Mallacoota, Victoria, but is replaced in Western Victoria (Port Fairy) by the 
Tasmanian species, Rhyssoplax diaphora Ire. and May. The Tasmanian Sypharo- 
chivon (maugeanus Ire. and May) does not cross the Straits while two other 
Tasmanian species described at the same time, Heterozona subviridis Ire. and May, 
and Ischnochiton atkinsoni Ire. and May, proved to be the commonest species at 
Port Fairy, Vic., but not at Mallacoota, Vic. May and Hull found these at 
King Island, but May did not find them on the Flinders Group. This line of 
inquiry is being followed up. No Adelaidean form has reached Mallacoota or 
Twofold Bay, but the Peronian Haploplax lentiginosa Sow. was found commonly 
as far as Lakes Entrance, Victoria. The dredgings show some interesting items 
as from 18-25 fathoms in Disaster Bay and, later, in the same depths in Twofold 
Bay, a form of Ischnochiton tateanus Bednall was dredged, in the former case 
accompanied by a single Js. purus Sykes. Odd valves representing Callochiton 
mayi Torr. and Callistochiton mawlei Ire. and May were found in dredgings from 
5-20 fathoms at Port Fairy, Vic., and out of the shallow water Twofold Bay 
dvedgings valves apparently referable to Rhyssoplax coxi Pils., R. carnosa Angas, 
Loricella angasi H. Adams, and Notoplax speciosa H. Ad. were sorted. Hetero- 
zona fruticosa Pilsbry was also found at Mallacoota, as expected, with the 
Peronian Callistochiton antiquus Reeve, Ischnochiton crispus Reeve and inter- 
mediate forms of Ischnoradsia and Ischnochiton proteus Reeve. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 215. 


(373-375) Family PLEUROTOMARIIDAE. 

This should be replaced by the family name Scissurellidae, as there is little 
real relationship between the present minute species and the huge recent des- 
eendants of the fossil Pleurotomaria. Moreover, there are two different genetic 
series present in these small shells, the true Schizotrochus (e.g., Scissurella 
australis Hedley) being quite irreconcilable with the Scissurella-Schismope series. 
Thus the type of Scissurella is exactly comparable with the immature stages of 
such a shell as Schismope beddomei Petterd, and absolutely represents an arrested 
stage in the development of Schismope. The carinate Schismope, as S. atkinson 
Ten.-Woods, are closely allied to the typieal series, whereas such a form as 
Secissurella rosea Hedley is distinctly separable. The Schizotrochus series seems 
to have no close relationship with the true Scissurella, and is apparently a world- 
wide form in deeper water. 


(373 A) ScISSURELLA ORNATA May, 1908. 

Scissurella ornata May, Papers Proce. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1908, p. 57, PL. vi., 
figs. 4-5: Frederick Henry Bay, Tasmania. 

The recognition of a single specimen of a true Scissurella suggested this 
species, and it generally agreed, allowing for the variation commonly noted in 
this group. 

By this means Scisswrella remains a constituent of the N.S.W. fauna, as 
S. australis Hedley belongs to the Schizotrochus series, a very different group. 

I was going to omit this record for the present, when I found, in shell sand 
from Coogee, and also from Watson’s Bay (Green Point), specimens of a true 
Scissurella along with specimens of an undescribed Schismope, allied to brevis 
Hedley, and many other minutiae, so that probably these things are well distri- 
buted, but have been merely overlooked owing to their minute size. 


(375 A) ScISSURELLA ROSEA Hedley. 


This species was described from New Zealand, and was afterward recorded 
from Tasmania by Hedley, who rejected the name obliqua used for it by Pritchard 
and Gatliff and Vereo, as that had been given to a different species from Ker- 
guelen Island. I first recognised this form in shell-sand from South Australia 
sent me by Dr. Torr: I then sorted it out of some splendid shell-sand Roy Bell 
secured at Port Fairy, Vic., and, later, I found it in the shallow water dredgings 
from Twofold Bay, N.S.W. All the specimens differ from typical Neozelanic 
shells in shape, the Australian shells being more ear-shaped, the last whorl 
longer, the earlier whorls larger, the mouth not so patulate, and, consequently, 
the slit apparently higher up. As a matter of fact, the Australian shell is more 
like the shape of Incisura lytteltonensis Smith, from which Hedley easily dis- 
tinguished the Neozelanie shell. There is no close relationship between this 
species and the true Scissurella, and when Thiele monographed the family, he 
placed it in Incisura, with which it is certainly not congeneric. I, therefore, 
propose the new generic name Scissurona and name Scissurella rosea Hedley as 
type, and propose Scissurona rosea remota, n.subsp., for the Australian form, 
selecting a Twofold Bay specimen as type. I do this, as more critical examina- 
tion, with longer series and better material, may also prove the necessity of 
separating the Adelaidean form. 

The extreme localisation of Hedley’s Incisura is worthy of remark, as, though 
I have examined much shell-sand and dredgings, I have not met with that genus 
outside Neozelanie waters, while it appears in nearly every Neozelanie sample 


216 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


examined. In the case of Scisswrona, I think obliqua from Kerguelen Island 
will be found to belong here, although decidedly not conspecific with the Aus- 
tralian or Neozelanic species. 


(376) Scurus antrpopEs Montfort, 1810. 


Hedley has recently developed this genus and separated the well-known 
Western Australian species under the new name Scutus astrolabeus. The Two- 
fold Bay shells were typically Peronian, but the Port Fairy (Victoria) series 
were somewhat intermediate, being notably broader than the Peronian shells, but 
just as obviously narrower than the typical King George Sound species. KX fine 
series was sent from Port Fairy, and the measurements of adult shells, fen large 
ones being selected, varied from 99 mm. x 47 mm. to 84 mm. x 40 mm., the 
average being 91 mm. x 43 mm.; the height varied from 14 mm. to 18 saint. 
while the apex was from 22 to "oA mm. from the edge. Juvenile shells, well 
grown, varied from 45 mm. x 21 mm. to 74 mm. x 32 mm., the height of the last- 
named being 8 mm., and the apex situated at 17 mm. Sain the edge. I showed 
Mr. Hedley ie Funes of Patella anatina Donovan (Rees Eneyclop. Conch., 1 Oct., 
1813, Pl. xvi.), and he at once suggested it might be the Western Tegienhen 
species. The figure, which appears life size, measures 79 mm. x 38 mm., with 
the apex 16 mm. from the edge. 


(378) Hemitoma AspERA (Gould, 1846). 


When Hedley rejected rugosa Quoy and Gaimard for the New South Wales 
shell on the ground that a Western Australian littoral species was unlikely to 
occur unchanged at Sydney, he selected Gould’s name as above given, influenced 
by the known locality of Gould’s species. There was on record an earlier name, 
Emarginula conoidea Reeve, figured in Conch. Syst., Vol. i., 1842, Pl. exl., fig. 
7, where a view of the interior is given. Reference is made to the P.Z.S8., 1842, 
where (on p. 50) the species was described from unknown locality, in the collec- 
tion of W. Walton, Esq. A. Adams (Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1851 (1852), p 
87) quotes Reeve’s name in the synonymy of rugosa Quoy and Gaimard, giving 
locality “Australia M.C.” The specimens regarded by A. Adams as belonging 
to rugosa Q. and G. were eastern Australian shells, and the interior view of 
-‘Reeve’s species shows a peculiar coloration of the spatula, as far as I can judge, 
characteristic of the Peronian form. I have compared long series of this with 
shells from Port Fairy, Vic., Port Lincoln, 8. Aust., and Busselton, W. Aust., 
and I conclude the two forms are separable. At any rate, the shells from 
Caloundra, Q’land., Sydney Harbour and Twofold Bay, N.S.W., Mallacoota and 
‘Lakes Entrance, Vic., all in the Peronian Region, are similar and separable at 
sight from the Port Fairy (Vic.) shells, which are comparatively taller, the apex 
less central, the anterior slope more arched, the posterior steeper not spreading 
basally, sculpture finer and more regular. These differences are specially well 
seen in immature specimens, as aged ones are dirty, worn, and ill-shapen. 

I introduced for this group the name Montfortula, and suggested its nearer 
relationship with the Australian Hmarginula (such as candida A. Adams) than 
with Hemitoma s. str., and my more complete knowledge of the groups amply 
confirms my judgment, and I am now making a study of the radulae, so that 
in my next communication the facts will be so conclusive that no further argu- 
ment will be necessary. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 217 


(381 A) EmarGinuLa pDEvoTa Thiele. 

Emarginula devota Thiele, Conch. Cab. (Kiister), Bd. 11, Abth. 4a, heft 
xxxvi., 1915, p. 81, Tab. 9, figs. 27, 28, 29: Port Jackson, N.S.W.; Hedley, 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlvili., 1923, p. 307. 

At the Kermadee Group I dredged a shell which, though Emarginuloid, pre- 
sented a slight internal shelf, and ] named it in MS. E. connectens, proposing 
to deal with the interest attached to such a shelf. Oliver, when later recording 
the Kermadec mollusca, did not include this new species. Thiele, at the quotation 
above given, has legitimatised the name, and, at the same time, proposed the 
present species, closely allied, from the mainland. I have seen the group re- 
presented, in the collection made at Lord Howe Island by Roy Bell, and also 
sorted out a couple of specimens from the deeper dredgings from the Twofold 
Bay district, and I have found it in shell-sand collected at Coogee, near Sydney. 
The characters of the group for which I propose the generic name Subzeidora 
(type H. connectens Thiele) are clearly marked: the small size, very long anterior 
sht, arched back with incurved posterior apex, being diagnostic without reference 
to the important internal shelf. 

Thiele has recorded some of the interesting items I had written up some 
years ago, but, as Thiele’s work will not be in the hands of the majority of the 
readers of this note, I may briefly indicate some of the peculiarities of Fissurelloid 
molluses. In this family the same shell condition appears to have been achieved 
by means of different evolutionary processes, and consequently coincidence or 
rather agreement in shell features is not conclusive evidence of animal relation- 
ships. Further, the complexity of the radula necessitates prolonged study of 
much material, and this is not yet available. Clues to the alliances of some 
species may be seen in the juvenile stage growths, but here again all is. not 
clear. 

Thus in Fissurella the “keyhole” formation in the apical foramen is obvious 
in some specimens and just as certainly absent in others. At first a high value 
was placed on this feature, but, when the same species was seen to show both 
styles, the character was rejected as absolutely valueless. More careful con- 
sideration might have shown that the facts could be reconciled in this way: 
some species begin with a keyhole and this persists in the adult; other species 
begin with a keyhole and at a later stage deposition, internally, of callus destroys 
the keyhole appearance; thirdly, no keyhole shape is seen either in the young or 
adult. Consequently, it is suggested that no juvenile without a keyhole form 
can produce an adult with a keyhole, while the reverse does occur. Thus, the 
keyhole Juvenile shells show a different group from une ones that HEN no key- 
hole form in the young’ shells. 

The internal shelf, persistent in the genus Zeidora, appears to be an ances- 
tral feature, as it is seen in connection with most other groups. Thus, the 
evolution of the European Fissurella, from study of the growth stages, was 
demonstrated by Boutan (Arch. Zool. Exper., ii., 1885, p. 102, Pl. xlii:, f. 5) 
and most of the stages are represented commonly as different groups, but, since 
then, other groups have been observed, showing different combinations. Granted 
that Rimula constitutes an arrested stage in the development of Fissuridea, 
there is a peculiar species of Hmarginula, Semperia paivana Crosse (Journ. de 
Conch., 1867, p. 76, Pl. i1., fig. 2) from the Madeiran seas, which is an Emarginula 
until senile, when it closes the slit entrance. There is no shelf in these, but, in 
the group known as Cranopsis, a typically Rimuloid form, there is a large in- 
ternal shelf, so that it has been generally called Puncturella. The species classed 


218 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


as Puncturella are of different shapes, simply agreeing in being conical, and in 
the possession. of an internal shelf. The deep-sea forms known as Cranopsis, 
such as Rimula asturiana Fischer (Journ. de Conch., 1882, p. 51) are represented 
in Austral seas by the magnificent Puncturella corolla Vereo (Trans. Roy. Soe. 
S. Aust., xxxii., 1908, p. 193, Pl. xi., figs. 1-5). .This group I name Rimulanaz, 
with P. corolla as type. 

The South African species classed at present in Iissuridea (Glyphis olim) - 
show the remains of an internal shelf, a feature never seen in any Australasian 
species yet examined. We can arrange a series, from non-slit to apical-perforate 
shells without an internal shelf, and we can nearly parallel it, at present, with 
groups showing the shelf persistent, as, Scutus and Tugaka, Montfortula, Emar- 
ginula, Rimula and Fissuridea, with no internal shelf, then the first two groups 
unrepresented, Zeidora, Subzeidora, Cranopsis, Puncturella of many kinds and 
the South African Fissuridea with internal shelf, probably with offshoots in many 
directions as Emarginella and Scutus with huge animals, Subemarginula, Fis- 
surelidea and then the Amblychilepas series ranging to Macroschisma, all of 
which have lost the shelf while developing the animals, mostly with perforate 
semi-patelloid shells. Moreover, it is suggested that these groups have evolved 
independently in their various geographic homes. 


(382) MEGATEBENNUS CONCATENATUS. (Crosse and Fischer, 1864). 


This peculiar form appears almost unchanged in South Africa, the shell 
found there being still called by Crosse and Fischer’s name, given to a South 
Australian species. Tenison-Woods has also recorded it as fossil, noting a slight 
difference between the fossil and recent shells, and also between the New South 
Wales and South Australian shells. It is, therefore, obvious that its peculiarities 
are of genetic importance, and I propose the new generic name Cosmetalepas 
with Crosse and Fischer’s species as type. The shells I have received from the 
Twofold Bay district were dredged dead in the 50-70 fathom hauls off Green Cape, 
though a young dead shell was found in the shallow water dredgings, 10-15 
fathoms, near Gabo Island, Victoria. I find it not uncommon as dead shells 
on the Sydney beaches, and there appears to be definite variation from the 
South Australian shells. Chapman and Gabriel have recently been unable to 
separate the fossils from the recent shells, probably on account of insufficient 
material. 


(383) MEGATEBENNUS JAVANICENSIS (Lamarck, 1822). 


In the Man. Conch. (Tryon), Vol. xu., pt. 47, 16 Dee., 1890, Pilsbry mono- 
graphed the Fissurellids, and (on p. 182) introduced the new genus Megatebennus, 
the American species, Fissurellidea bimaculata Dall being named as type. Two 
pages later, he proposed Amblychilepas, as a section, naming as type, fF’. trape- 
zina Sow., the Australian shell here recognised as javanicensis Lam. The animal 
characters of the Australian forms have proved different in all the cases yet 
investigated, so there is no need to continue the usage of Megatebennus, but 
Amblychilepas should be regarded as the generic designation of this species. The 
series in the British Museum suggests that easily recognisable forms are separable, 
but I have no long series of my own to confirm this. When Dr. Pilsbry was 
here last year (1923), he regarded the animal as differing at sight from the 
American forms, so that there should be no hesitation in rejecting Megatebennus: 
moreover, he suggested the next species was certainly not a Lucapinella, neither 
was it a Megatebennus. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 219 


(384) LucaPINELLA NiGRITA (Sowerby, 1835). 


The species under note was included by Pilsbry in his ‘new genus Megate- 
bennus, when he proposed the new genus Lucapinella (Man. Conch., Vol. xiL., 
pt. 47, 16 Dec., 1890, pp. 179, 195) with type, by original designation, Clypidella 
callomarginata Carpenter, from California. Hedley transferred the Australian 
species from Megatebennus to Lucapinella, from study of the animal, but, with 
our present knowledge of this group, the observed differences were quite sufficient 
to separate the Australian shell generically. Hedley gave a figure of the radula 
of his new species L. pritchardi (Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict., vii. (n.s.), 1894 (Jan., 
1895), p. 197, Pl. xi., fig. 7), and the radula in the Gwatkin Collection, labelled 
L. nigrita, confirms this: i.e., the central tooth is degenerate and pear-shaped, 
the inner laterals with short somewhat blunt eutting edges, the large outer lateral 
strongly tricuspid; the marginals being comparatively few and simple, showing 
no cusps. 

Although the radulae of the Fissurellidae are somewhat generalised, com- 
parison with that of callomarginata Carpenter, the type of Lucapinella, shows 
striking differences. In the latter, the central is large and rhomboidal, the inner 
laterals are similar to those of the preceding, but the cutting edges are more 
pronounced, while the outer lateral is bicuspid, the third eusp, if present, beg 
very minute and not recognisable, while the marginals are many and _ notably 
cuspidate. This radula is more like that of concatenatus Crosse and Fischer, but 
the outer lateral is differently shaped and the marginals are smaller, ete. 

I have just remembered Claude Torr’s paper, Radulae of some South Aus- 
tralian Gasteropoda (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxxvili., 1914, p. 362), and good 
figures of the radulae of M. concatenatus and L. oblonga are given: in the latter 
it is stated that the marginals are “serrated” and that each row has nine teeth, 
while in the former each row has twenty-one teeth. 

From Port Fairy, Vic., Roy Bell sent a lot of shells of nigrita, a few oblonga, 
easily separated by longer shape, narrower, and of coarser sculpture. A few 
nigrita from Melbourne Heads agreed, but specimens from Twofold Bay, N.S.W., 
were narrower and with more lateral compression, though of -same length and 
with similar fine sculpture. Shells I collected in Sydney Harbour showed the 
same differences. 

The locality given when Sowerby introdueed his Fissurella nigrita was Cape 
of Good Hope, but the shells in the Mus. Cuming (two sets), either of which 
might be regarded as types, are somewhat like the Tasmanian specimens in the 
British Museum. Consequently, an arbitrary determination of a type locality is 
necessary, and I here select Tasmania (southern) as such, and now introduce the 
new generic name Sophismalepas with F’. nigrita as type. I think that Menke’s 
F. oblonga, as recognised in Hedley’s pritchardi, is undoubtedly eongeneric. Hed- 
ley has recently given a figure of the animal (from Sydney) of this genus. 


(384 A) MAcROSCHISMA TASMANIAE (Sowerby, 1862). 


This is a curious addition, if such it be, to the New South Wales list, as 
one of the first localities cited for the genus is New South Wales. Thus Sowerby 
(Conch. Illus. Fissurella, p. 5, No. 45, 1839) wrote “Fissurella. macroschisma. 
Humphrey, Conchology. Conch. Ilust., f. 39, New South Wales, var. f. 39*, 
Swan River. Obs. This forms the genus Macroschisma of Gray.” 

The species I have to record was dredged as a dead shell, in 50-70 fathoms, 
off Green Cape, New South Wales, and the reference reads: Macrochisma tas- 


220 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


maniae Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. ii. (pt. 21), 1862, p. 206, Pl. 244, f. 223, 
from Tasmania. The next species is Macrochisma novaecaledoniae Sow., ibid., p. 
206, Pl. 244, f. 222, from New Caledonia, and this is regarded as a synonym in 
the British Museum Collection, shells sent from Tasmania by R. Gunn being so 
labelled, the New Caledonia locality false, as in some other cases. A few com- 
plications may be here noted,—thus, the shell figured by Humphrey in his Con- 
chology was named Patella macroschisma by Solander, and the name published 
in the Catalogue of the Portland Museum, p. 71, 1786. In the Museum Calon- 
mianum, 1797, Humphrey proposed the genus Larva, and this is the only recog- 
nisable eonstituent. In the Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells, pt. 21, Pl. 147, 
fig. 5 (two views), 1823, Sowerby figured a Fissurella macroschisma, in the text 
referring as a synonym to F’. hiantula Lam., which has no close relationship at 
all. Recognising this, Swainson (Treat. Malac., 1840, p. 356), introducing in- 
dependently a genus Machrochisma, gave the name M. hiatula to Sowerby’s figure. 
This does not look like the Japanese shell figured and named by Humphrey, nor 
does it well agree with any Australian species yet known. 

A hitherto overlooked name is Patella lobata Donovan (Rees’ Bnevelop. 
Conchology, 1 Mar., 1881, Plate i.), which apparently refers to the Red Sea 
species named M. compressa by A. Adams (Proe. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1850, p. 202). 


(385) Diopora LINEATA (Sowerby, 1835). 


Traditional determination is peculiar in its usage. Reference to Sowerby’s 
figure did not suggest the New South Wales shell, and as it was described from 
unknown locality, I read the description without hopes of achieving anything 
tangible, but was surprised to find “Dorsal aperture small, much nearer to the 
anterior than to the posterior end, its margin internally truncated posteriorly” : 
the italics are mine, as these prove Sowerby’s species to have belonged to a 
different group from the Australian shell which does not show this feature. Such 
a shell as F. listeri D’Orbigny, from the West, Indies, shows a posteriorly trun- 
cated aperture, and is very similar in shape to the Australian so-called lineata. 

The transference of lineata to the Australian species seems to be due to 
Sowerby (Thes. Conch., Vol. ui., Mon. Fissurella, pt. 21, 1861, p. 195, sp. 80, 
Pl. 6, f. 134, 185) who synonymised inci Reeve, writing “Although first figured 
from a smaller specimen, there can be no doubt of the identity of this shell, to 
which the name subsequently given by Mr. Reeve was therefore unnecessary.” 
Fissurella incii Reeve (Conch. Icon., Vol. vi., June, 1850, Pl. 10, f. 69a-b) had 
been described from Raine Island, Torres Straits, collected by Ince.  Pilsbry 
(Man. Conch (Tryon), Vol. xi., (pref. Apl.), 1890, p. 219) called the species 
Glyphis lineata, giving as distribution: “North Australian Coast,’: gave figures 
(on Pl. 63, f. 29, 30) from specimens, and copied Reeve’s figures (on Pl. 38, 
f. 63-64). Consequently, it would seem that, if lineata were available (which I 
deny), it would rather be applicable to the Torres Straits species. In every 
case I conclude the shell from Twofold Bay is nameless, and I. propose to describe 
it as a new species, and also a new genus. In shell features it approximates 
fairly closely to the European type, but the apical fissure is different. Hxamina- 
tion of the radulae in the Gwatkin Collection in the British Museum shows that 
similar shells cover different animals, as the radulae vary according to locality. 


(385) ELEGIDION AUDAX, n. gen. et sp. (Plate xxxv., figs. 5-6). 


A genus of the Fissurellidae with apical perforation of “keyhole” style, and 
radula somewhat like that of the European Diodora. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 221 


The sculpture consists of bold radiating ribs, with bold concentric rings 
latticing the ribs; the shape is oval, not quite twice as long as broad, and more 
than half as tall as broad, the apex at two-thirds the length. These Senn ertiond 
vary with age: the largest specimen I have in this series measures 55 mm. in 
length and 35 mm. at the broadest part but narrowed anteriorly to 27 mm.: it 
is 22 mm. in height just behind the apical fissure. A fairly small typical shell 
measures 13 mm. long, 9 mm. broad, seareely any anterior lessening, and 5 mm. 
high at apex: in the young shells the “keyhole” shape of the perforation is seen 
with an internal callus surrounding it, and in the senile forms, the fissure, though 
_having lost the keyhole shape, is still regularly oval and does not show a posterior 
truncation. In the immature the anterior slope is straight and the posterior slope 
is, similar, but in the senile the posterior is convex and the anterior one slightly 
concave, the fissure being on this slope pointing forwards, not directly upwards 
as in the young stages. In the earlier stages about forty primary radials can be 
counted, but, as intercalating secondary ones appear almost at once, and then 
subsidiary, on the largest clean specimen I have examined I find, between two 
primary ribs, three secondary and three smaller. In the young shells the 
concentric rings are about a dozen and form strong nodules at their junctures 
_with the radials, but with age these decrease so that the senile shells show simple 
latticing, the nodules having disappeared. The muscle scars are scarcely dis- 
_tinguishable. 

The animal has been figured and deseribed by Hedley under the name Fis- 
suridea lineata (These Proe., 1900, p. 95, Pl. i., fig. 11) but the coloration must 
_vary, as I have seen many with the mantle pinkish-white dotted with pinkish-red. 


©) 


(386) DioporA waTsonr (Brazier, 1894). 


When Brazier described this species, he commented upon its strange facies 
as probably deserving a new generic name. I separated four shells from the 50- 
70 fathom dredging off Green Cape, and they differed from any type of Fissurel- 
‘hd I had previously studied. They were solid for their size, and showed a type 
of Fissurellid with an internal shelf and persistent apex, recalling some Punc- 
-turella forms, but very distinct. from any Australasian form Bese to Eee, 
-of which I have half a dozen. 
I hope to discuss these most interesting states later, but’: 1, here propose 
Riza for this species alone, and by this means its later recognition will be as- 
sured. I might note, with the eccentricity oft-times apparent in the British 
Museum collection, this species is placed in Fissurella s. str., a position so absurd 
“as searcely to call for comment. Judging from shell features, it would not even 
belong to the subfamily containing Fissurella, I find it not uncommon as dead 
‘shells on the Sydney beaches, but have not ee met with it alive: - 


(388) PUNCTURELLA DEMISSA . Hedley, 1904. 


This species was described by Hedley from New. Zealand, and later shen he 
found the form in Australian waters he gave a good ilinsination of this, though 
accepting the Neozelanic name. Compentiaan of ane two figures will show that 
differences of form exist, and I propose to name the Australian shell Vacexra de- 
missa menda, citing Hedley’s figured specimen (Ree. Aust. Mus., vi., 1907, p. 289, 
‘Pl. 54, f. 3-5) as type, the generic name Vacerra. being -cpayaidled! for the small 
Wictral forms ascribed to Puncturella, but which do Gh closely. agree, even in 
‘superficial features, with the type of that genus. The present species I name as 


222 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


type of Vacerra, but do not conclude that all the species, even in the N.S.W. 
List, will prove later to be congeneric.- This species was found in the Green Cape 
50-70 fathom dredgings, but the other two species listed by Hedley as Punetwrella 
were found in shallow water dredgings. I have a new species Roy Bell found 
alive, under stones, at low tide at Lord Howe Island, which appears to be the 
first met with in such a situation in Austral waters. I hope to report fully upon 
it later. 


(391-394) Family HALIOTIDAE. 


This family provides an excellent illustration of the difference between the 
Peronian and Adelaidean faunas. Hedley admits, in the former, four species 
brazieri, coccoradiatum, hargravesi, and naevosum, while in the Victorian List ap- 
pear albicans, conicopora, cyclobates, emmae, and naevosa, Verco adding, in South 
Australia, roei and tricostalis, noting that the correct name of the latter may be 
sealaris (which it is) and that emmae may only be a variant thereof. Roy Bell 
secured all the four N.S.W. species at Twofold Bay, naevoswm alive and the other 
three dead, the rare ones in dredgings, while he also sent from Tellaburga I., Vie., 
specimens of coccoradiatum, an addition to the Victorian List. From Port Fairy, 
Vie., he sent a fine series of the so-called naevosum, emmae and albicans, all liv- 
ing: the naevosum are easily separated from typical Sydney shells by their more 
elongate shape, less tightly coiled and higher spire, showing the whorling inside, 
and probably larger size and stronger sculpture. I propose to differentiate these 
as Halotis naevosum improbulum, n. subsp. Another correction may be here 
made: Haliotis laevigata was given to a beautiful figure published in Rees’ En- 
eyclopaedia. The plate was published on 1 Nov., 1808, on Pl. vi. of the 
Conchological series, and the author was Donovan. This has never been recorded 
previously, but the shell figured is undoubtedly H. albicante of Quoy and Gaimard, 
whose name is a quarter of a century later. It may be noted that Peron men- 
tioned a Haliotis gigantea from D’Entrecasteaux Channel, Tasmania; no deserip- 
tion was offered, but apparently this was given to the southern Tasmanian form 
of H. naevosum Martyn, which is, in shape, like the Sydney form and differs from 
the Port Fairy series, while in seulpture it can be separated from typical H. 
naevosum in lacking the pronounced radial striation and in its larger size. It 
will bear the name Haliotis naevosum tubiferum Lamarck (Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., 
Vol. vi., pt. 2, 1822, p. 214), described from New Holland, probably from one of 
Peron’s shells. Lamarck cited “Chemnitz 10, t. 167, f. 1610-11 and Martyn 2, f. 
63.” In the first place Chemnitz figured a Japanese shell from Spengler’s col- 
lection confusing it with the species found in New Holland and figured by Martyn 
from New Seuth Wales as naevosum. When Hedley revived Peron’s name of 
Haliotis cyclobates for excavata Lam., he observed “At. Kangaroo Island, a Halio- 
tis whose perforations project so as to form open truncated cones, Peron named 
H. conicopora. This answers to the H. tubifera of Lamarck, which has been re- 
ferred to H. naevosa Martyn, but which may perhaps be H. granti Pritchard and 
Gatliff.” In makine this identification, Hedley overlooked the data given by 
Lamarck for his H. tubifera, viz., “maxima five inches 10 lines long by 4 inches 
broad.” This does not agree with conicopora, which is probably emmae, a form 
of tricostalis = scalaris, over which names Peron’s name has priority. The size 
of Lamarck’s tubifera agrees with the southern Tasmanian shell, the name re- 
corded by Peron being the same as that of Chemnitz, and the figure of Martyn 
agreeing generally. J. EK. Gray (Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1856 (11 Nov.), p. 148). 
introduced a new generic and specific name, Schismotis exrcisa, for a specimen 


BY TOM IREDALE. 223 


figured on Moll., Pl. xxxiv., which he afterwards concluded was a monstrosity of 
Haliotis albicans. This name seems to have been overlooked, and is available for 
this peculiar species when separation is desired. 


(395) STOMATELLA IMBRICATA Lamarck, 1816. 


. The introduction of the specific name is correctly given, but a later one is 
cited for the generic, a quotation which needs correction, as both were first pro- 
posed at the same entry. I have been unable to detect any constant differences 
in the shells referred to this species from different. localities, mainly on account 
of their variability. f 

As the generic name Tliboconus Peron is sometimes quoted as a synonym, I 
give here the extract and quotation which should read, “Tliboconus Blainville, 

Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), Vol. liv., p. 467, 1829. “Tibocone. Tliboconus 
(Conchyl). This name I have found on a shell in the Coll. Mus. Paris, naming 
a genus made by Peron. This shell has passed, I believe, into the genus Stoma- 
tella of Lamarck.” Lamarck’s description and figure were probably based on 
Peron’s examples, and the locality given, “Java,” false, the shells being collected 
in southern Australia, probably south-western Australia. 


(396) Gena stricosa A. Adams, 1851. 


Recently Hedley has given some detail of the animal of the Sydney Gena, 
and .has accepted A. Adams’s name, as I had compared for him Sydney speci- 
mens with A. Adams’s types in the British Museum. He did not discuss the 
Victorian form, for which Pritchard and Gatliff had used the name Gena nigra ex 
Quoy and Gaimard, and quoted A. Adams’s name as synonymous. Specimens 
from Port Fairy, Vic., sent by Roy Bell, differed a little from the Twofold Bay 
shells, which agreed with Sydney shells I had collected some years before. The 
Victorian shells are absolutely larger, a little differently shaped and with general- 
ly coarser sculpture. Inasmuch as the two forms have been continually regarded 
as distinct, these differences may be emphasised, but the nomination is a matter 
of difficulty. Lamarck named and figured Stomatella auricula (Tabl. HEncy. 
Method, 1816, Liste, p. 10, Pl. 450, figs. la-b). In the Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., 
Vol. vi., pt. 2, Apl., 1822, p. 210, Patella lutea Lin. Gmel., p. 3710, No. 94, was 
synonymised and three references to Rumph., Favanne and Martini added, the 
locality being given as “Habite Ocean des Moluques et de la Nouvelle Hol- 
lande.” Although Hedley admitted nigra Quoy and Gaimard in his Western 
Australian List, he has since received specimens from the Pacific Islands, now 
in the Australian Museum, exactly agreeing with the description, by Quoy and 
Gaimard, of a Tonga Tabu shell, and now eliminates the name from Australian 
usage, a conclusion I had arrived at from study of the British Museum collection. 
Further, he had determined specimens from Kangaroo Island as Lamarck’s 
auricula, and in this determination I was inclined to agree when I met with Quoy 
and Gaimard’s statement in the Voy. de |’Astrol., Vol. iii., p. 309, which absolutely 
clinched the matter, viz., “Stomatella auricula Lam. Nous avons constaté que nos 
individus provenaient du meme lieu que celui qui est au Muséum, et qui Peron 
avait rapporté du port du Roi Georges, 4 la Nouvelle Hollande.” On this evi- 
dence we can accept Lamarck’s name for the Western Australian shell which 
ranges along the Adelaidean Region as far as Port Fairy, Vie. 

The earliest recognisable name for the eastern Australian shell seems to have 
been overlooked, viz., Haliotis impertusa Burrows (Elements of Conchology, 1815, 


224 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


p. 162, Pl. xxi., fig. 2): no locality given, but probably Port Jackson, as Burrows 
had shells ain that locality. The figure and description are good and are easily: 
matched by a shell from any day’s collecting in this locality. 


(398-436) Family TROCHIDAKE. 


Probably only second in interest to the family Fissurellidae, Trochoids, on 
account of the simplicity of their shell formation, present more difficulty, but 
still are delightful on account of their littoral habit and their rapid alteration 
as they descend into deeper water. In the two Regions here contrasted, the 
Peronian and Adelaidean, the species continually represent each other, and only: 
in a few instances does the same species oceur in both regions unchanged, and 
then usually only in the territory adjacent. Consequently, it is comparatively 
easy to indicate errors such as the admission of Clanculus maugeri Wood into the 
Victorian and Tasmanian Lists, this being a northern Peronian species which ap- 
parently does not travel so far south. 


(403) CuancuLUS omMALOMPHALUS (A. Adams, 1853). 


In the Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1851, not published until 1853, A. Adams. 
named numerous species of Trochoids, generally without definite, or else in- 
accurate, locality. The name C. omalomphalus has been used because it was 
noted that it had been collected at Sydney by Strange. On the previous page, 
he had described Clanculus brunneus from. an unknown locality, and Mr. J. R. 
Le B. Tomlin finds, from examination of the types in the British Museum, that. 
these are the same species. 

This species, along with C. floridus Philippi (No. 401), was sent from Tella- 
burga Island, Vic., and they are additions to the Victorian List. From the series: 
sent from Port Fairy, Vic., C. flagellatus Philippi appears to be the Adelaidean 
representative of C. floridus Philippi, while C. limbatus Quoy and Gaimard re- 
places C. brunneus A. Adams as above. These Adelaidean shells, according to 
May’s Illustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl: xviii., occur on the eastern coast of 
Tasmania, a record which is suggestive that the Peronian Trochoids do not occur 
in the Maugean Region. 


(404) CLANCULUS PLEBEJUS (Philippi, 1851). 


This species is very puzzling, specifically and generically. To deal with the 
latter item first, the species has been classed in Clanculus and also in Gibbula,. 
two very distinct groups, and now Hedley has transferred it to Hurytrochus. 
The false umbilicus, with the columella joining on the outside, differentiates it 
from all the above, but, as it seems to approach the first-named genus, I propose 
to separate it with the new generic name Mesoclanculus. Hedley recently added 
it to the N.S.W. List from Montagu Island, a little north of Twofold Bay, but 
Angas had included it from Port Jackson as Clanculus nodoliratus A. Adams. 
The latter name was proposed in the same year as Philippi’s, but not published: 
until two years afterward. 

Philippi’s description and figure do not fit the New South Wales shells 
(which I have found on the Sydney beaches), but are quite good for the Western: 
Australian form, which appears common. From Port Fairy, Vie., Roy Bell sent- 
it as a very common species, very variable in size. There appears to be a series: 
of names for the eastern shell, as Tenison-Woods is credited with two, Clanculus- 
angeli and Gibbula multicarinata, described in the same paper (Proc. Roy. Soe.. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 225. 


Tasm., 1876, pp. 144 and 142), the last-named having priority. Then A. Adams’s 
name would need consideration, but the selected epithet is not well applicable to 
the eastern shell. Fischer (Coquilles Vivants, 1880, Trochus, p. 243. Hab ?) 
‘separated a small form as Trochus muscarius, and the description agrees with 
the smaller shells found at Port Fairy, Vic. and the Peronian: shells so far 
examined. 

Pilsbry (Man. Conch., Vol. xi., 1889, pp. 80-81) writes, “To this (typical) 
form Dr. Fischer gave the mss. name 7. muscarius, which he considers as var. B. 
of plebejus. . . . . In the Academy collection (shells) are marked C. rubicundus 
Mighels: but I have seen no description of such a species by that author.” I do 
not consider Fischer’s muscarius typical of plebejus, but would note C. rubicundus 
(Mighels) Pilsbry in the synonymy of plebejus. Later, in the same volume, 
Pilsbry suggested (p. 467) that C. rubicundus Dunker was perhaps intended. 


(409) CANTHARIDUS FascIaTUS (Menke, 1830). 


Three very different species have been included by Hedley in the genus. 
Cantharidus, each of which has been long allotted a separate name. The first, 
No. 408, Cantharidus eximius (Perry, 1811) may be allowed to represent that 
genus, very little difference being seen between it (the type of Phasianotrochus) 
and the Neozelanie type of Cantharidus (opalus Martyn). The present species, 
the type of Bankivia, a MS. name by Beck, apparently first published by Krauss 
(Die Sudafr. Mollusk., Jan., 1848, p. 105, Pl. vi. f. 7) by monotypy, should be 
absolutely separated, although at present a monotypic genus. The radula is. 
guite peculiar and recognisable at sight among these Trochoid forms. 


(410) CANTHARIDUS LINEOLARIS Gould, 1861. (Plate xxxvi., figs. 1-2, 17). 


This is the monotype of Leiopyrga H. and A. Adams (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,. 
3 Ser., Vol. xii., 1863, p. 19), a genus which should be recognised. The extreme 
variability of the species is seen in the hundreds of specimens now before me. 
All were dredged alive on grass beds (Zostera) in the Bay, in from 5 to 10 
fathoms of water. This species commonly shows a peripheral keel and specimens: 
(immature) are found agreeing exactly with the type, figured by Hedley, of A. 
Adams’s cingulata. I had intended to suppress that species as synonymie, but, 
fortunately, found two tablets in the British Museum, one from Sandy Cape, N. 
Queensland, and the other from Port Essington, Northern Territory, which 
showed that the northern species was permanently smaller and constantly keeled. 
Among the hundreds from Twofold Bay shallow water dredgings I found half a 
dozen specimens showing: the whole of the whorls strongly spirally lirate, suggest- 
ing Tate’s octona, and it seems doubtful whether these are stragglers from the 
Adelaidean Region or merely aberrations. Though only a few specimens were 
found in a dredging made off Gabo Island in Victorian waters, yet one was of the 
octona type. Under these circumstances, it seems wise to accept three species, 
quite representative, but probably entering each other’s regions at the point of 
junction. Vereo, from a study of South Australian shells, was fain to conclude 
that octona was no more than a validly spirally lirate variety of the Sydney 
species. As the variation seen in the Twofold Bay series is very great, it is 
possible that the fossils described by Tate (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xiv., Dec.,. 
1891, p. 261), as Leiopyrga quadricingulata and L. sayceana may prove synony- 
mous with each other or else inhabit different horizons. 

The reference to Leiopyrga octona Tate is as above (p. 260, Pl. 11, f. 5), two 


226 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’?S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


examples, one from Royston Head, S. Yorke Peninsula, the other from King 
George Sound: this species should be added to the New South Wales fauna, pre. 
tem., as I also find specimens from Sydney Harbour in the Australian Museum, 
separated from the smooth shells, which also occur there. I, therefore, name the 
Peronian form Leiopyrga octona problematica, n. subsp., type from Twofold 
Bay. 


(415) CaLLIoTROCHUS coxI (Angas, 1867). 


The shell named Gibbula coxi Angas bears a superficial resemblance to the 
European Gibbula, but has little real relationship, and I propose the new generic 
name Notogibbula, with this species as type. J. R. Le B. Tomlin, while arrang- 
ing the Trochoid shells in the British Museum, noted that this species had been 
_ previously described by A. Adams as Stomatella bicarinata A. Adams (Thes. 
Conch., Vol. ii. (pt. 15), 1854, p. 839, Pl. 175, figs. 39-40), from Moreton Bay, 
Australia, the types being preserved in the Mus. Cuming. An alternative refer- 
ence is to the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1853 (25 July, 1854), p. 74. The Western 
Australian G. preissianus Philippi, recently placed in Gibbula, e.g., by Pritchard 
and Gatliff, and classed under Monilea, subgen. Minolia by Pilsbry, appears con- 
generic. Hedley has recently proposed to transfer lehmanni Menke (= preissianus 
Phil.) and bicarinata Adams (= coxi Angas) from Gibbula to Minolia, but, as 
I show later, they would not be settled in that genus. 


(416) CALLIOTROCHUS TASMANICUS (Petterd, 1879). 


When Hedley and May described Gibbula galbina (Ree. Aust. Mus. vii., 11 
Sept., 1908, p. 114, Pl. xxi, f. 2) from 100 fathoms off Cape Pilar, Tasmania, 
they observed that this was the species recorded as G. tasmanica from the Thetis 
results, in 63-75 fathoms off Port Kembla, N.S.W. 

Apparently C. galbina must be added to the N.S.W. List, as G. tasmanica 
Petterd, according to the British Museum, oceurs as far north as Port Jackson. 
In any case, similar shells occur in the shallow water dredgings from Twofold Bay. 
Calliotrochus was proposed for Turbo phasianellus Deshayes, a formquite peculiar. 
of which the Mauritius form is almost indistinguishable from the New Caledonian 
one conchologically, but my Lord Howe series are easily separable from the 
Norfolk Island one, and the genus also occurs at the Sandwich Islands. The 
radular features of this genus are very peculiar and distinct, so that members 
of the genus can be easily exactly determined. 


(416 A) Mrvopa teGranpi (Petterd, 1879). 


Petterd (Journ. Conch. (Leeds), u., 1879, p. 104), deseribed Fossarina 
legrandi from northern Tasmania, and Pritchard and Gatliff recorded it as “a 
rather common little species widely distributed along our coast,” transferring it 
to the genus Gibbula, and simultaneously, Tate and Mav figured it, also placing 
it in the genus Gibbula. From Tate and May’s good illustration it was easily 
recognised as common in the shell-sand sent from Port Fairy, Vic., by Rov Bell. 
Later a few were picked ou‘ of shell-grit sent from Twofold Bay. N.S.W., s0 
that it seems a new record for the latter State. Owing to the generic svlitting 
now necessary, this form requires a new location, and I therefore propose Minopa, 
citing this species as type. 

T have noted about Calliotrochus, and hope that the radula of this species will 


| 


BY TOM IREDALE. 226 


soon be examined, as well as that of the preceding. Until this is done the species 
tasmanicus may be classed in Minopa, but I do not think it will stay there. 


(418-426) Montura and Mrnouia. (Plate xxxv., figs. 7-12). 


Hedley refers to the former genus, angulata, lentiginosa, oleacea, and vitih- 
ginea, and to the latter arata, bellula, philippensis, pulcherrima and rosulenta. 
In Proc. Malac. Soe. Lond., xiii, Aug. 1918, p. 36, I drew attention to the in- 
validity of Monilea, and concluded that Talopia Gray, which first appeared in the 
Synops. Contents Brit. Mus. (of which I have given full details in the Proce. 
Malac. Soc. Lond., x., Mar., 1913, pp. 294-309), 42nd ed., p. 147, 1840, as a 
nomen nudum, and in the 44th ed., 1842, p. 57, with the following definition, 
“The Talopia are like the Rotella; the shell is striated and umbilicated, the um- 
bilicus being edged with a striated callus edge,” could be used from the next 
entry. Only the species lentiginosa of the above list would fall into Talopia, 
while Minolia was proposed for a species from Japanese seas having the con- 
chological features seen in pulcherrima, and for the present pulcherrima, arata 
and rosulenta may be classed here. I had, from conchological features, separated 
the group like philippensis, when Lt.-Col. Peile, to whom I had given speci- 
mens to extract the radulae, informed me that the radula in this species was very 
peculiar. I therefore propose the new generic name Spectamen, and name 
Watson’s Trochus philippensis as type (Plate xxxv., f. 11). The species béllula 
is so close to this, that it seems a geographical representative, but Hedley has re- 
corded both from localities not very far apart. 

From the description, oleacea represents still another distinct group, which fF 
did not receive in these collections, but which Roy Bell dredged at Lord Howe 
Island, and which strongly recalls Umbonium. Since the preceding was written, 
consideration of radulae in the Gwatkin collection shows the radula of Talopia 
(callifera) to be distinctive, and that, of two slides labelled vitiligenea from 
South Australia, one shows a Trochoid radula unlike that of philippensis (Spee- 
tamen), but the other radula is different and is of the style peculiar to Umbonium, 
about which I hope to write more later. This latter radula appears to belong to 
the true vitiligenea, which from shell features is an Hthminolia. Machaeroplax 
was instituted by Friele for a northern shallow water Trochoid of simple character 
on account of the peculiar radular features. Later it was suppressed in favour 
of the earlier Solariella, proposed for a fossil species, not exactly agreeable even 
in shell characters. Minolia was named for a Japanese shallow water form, not 
much unlike in shell features, and has also been suppressed. In the northern 
“Solariella,” two forms of radula are seen, the Machaeroplax style and a regular 
Trochoid form. The radula of Spectamen proves to be comparable with that of 
Machaeroplax, but I can see differences which decide me in favour of not using 
the northern name, especially as the shells differ. It is probable that the radula 
of Minolia (which is as yet unknown) will agree fairly closely in style with that 
of Spectamen, but the fact that the species known as angulata, very similar in 
shell character to the type of Spectamen, shows a very different radula, demands 
the use of analogy with extreme caution. The continuous distribution of the 
Minolioid shells decided me in my tentative use of that generic name. 


(418) Monimra anauuaTa (A. Adams, 1853). 


This species was described from the Sandwich Islands and the name should 
not be used for a Sydney shell: 7. prodictus Fischer is simply a new name for 


228 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Adams’s angulata, and must be referred to that species, although Fischer used 
it for the Australian one. Monilea apicina Gould has nothing to do with the 
present form, although Hedley, at the quotation given, recognised a photo of 
the type sent by Dr. Bartsch, as of this species. It should be recorded that 
Gould brought his shells to London for comparison with the Cuming’ collection, 
and that he gave to Cuming typical specimens of his species, and that, upon his 
return, his shells were lost and mislaid, and probably the most authentic represen- 
tatives of his species are the shells in the Cuming collection, now in the British 
Museum. In the present imstance, there is a specimen labelled “Monilea apicina 
Gould,” with reference and locality, and this is obviously not even congeneric in 
a broad sense with the shells referred to Adams’s species. Reference to the 
original description shows this shell to be typical, and I only quote the follow- 
ing items “Testa ovato-conica . . . . basi convexo, lineis incrementi nonnihil 
granulatis: umbilico minuto, costa ecallosa marginali et altera interiori cincto,’ 
as showing the attachment of the species to Adams’s angulata to be quite in- 
accurate. J was fortunate in being able to recognise, in Gould’s species, the 
Lifu shell described as Minolia agapeta by Melvill and Standen, and probably 
the loeality, “Port Jackson, W.S.,” is wrong. 

The use of Adams’s name seems to depend upon a_ tradition now lost. 
Fischer figured a Sydney sheii as prodictus, his unnecessary substitute for angu- 
leta, but I have been unable to trace Adams’s type shells and here give the 
latter’s description: ‘“M. testa orbiculato-conica, late umbilicata, albida, fusco 
variegata; anfractibus supra angulatis, transversim omnino striatis; basi con- 
vexa, concentrice striato, umbilico magno perspectivo.” 

This description is very vague and may easily apply to a Sandwich Islands’ 
species. In the Museum Godeffroy Cat., iv., 1869 (p. 102), there were offered 
for sale specimens of Margarita angulata A. Adams from the Sandwich Islands, 
and as I have been unable to trace any authentie specimens to throw light upon 
the subject, either to discredit tiie named locality or to legitimatise the adopted 
one, I here deseribe the shell from Twofold Bay, N.S.W., as a new species. 
This is the more necessary, as I have also to provide for it a new generic name, 
as examination of the radula proves it to differ essentially from that of philip- 
pensis, with which I had tentatively classed it from shell features, and is of the 
style termed Umbonioid. [| here propose to describe the species (known as 


angulata, A. Adams) as 


ETHMINOLIA PROBABILIS, n. gen. et sp. (Plate xxxv., figs. 7-9). 


Shell depressedly trochoid in shape, widely umbilicate, texture thin, whorls 
medially angulate, and with strong square shoulder. 

Colour variable, of shades of brown with white spots and blotches irregularly 
placed, but sometimes whitish with regular brown rays of various widths. The 
apical whorls are minute, white and smooth; the adult whorls are sculptured with 
dense fine transverse lines, rarely, on the shoulder, one or two stronger than the 
rest. Umbilicus perspective exposing all the whorls, the edges neither crenulate 
nor angulate, though growth lines can be noted on the base. Mouth sub- 
quadrate, outer lip thin, columella simple, a little convex, but bearing no tooth, 
nor is the mouth complete or detached. Opereulum cireular, horny, multispiral. 
Radula, resembling that of EHthalia, with degenerate rhachidian and laterals, and 
with marginals of a rather normal rhipidoglossate form. Breadth 73; height 4 


mm. 
Common in shallow water dredgings at Twofold Bay, N.S.W. 


ay 
in 


BY TOM IREDALE. 229 


(425) MinoLIA PULCHERRIMA Angas, 1869. 

Roy Bell dredged many beautiful specimens in Twofold Bay in 10-25 fathoms, 
and these agreed with shells so named in the British Museum, but not so clearly 
with the description and figure. The radula was extracted from such shells by 
Lieut.-Col. Pelle. and reported upon (Proc. Malac. Soe.-Lond., xv., 1922, p. 17), 
under Angas’s name. The radula agrees fairly closely with that of M. philip- 
pensis Watson, whose shell differs. As discussed above, I propose to retain the 
name Minolia for shells hike pulcherrima for the present. However, in the Aus- 
tralian Museum Collection I found shells from Middle Harbour, Sydney, which 
agreed exactly with Angas’s description and figure. The deeper water Twofold 
3ay shell, which 1 propose to name Minolia pulcherrima emendata, n. subsp. 
(Plate xxxv., f. 12), differs in being smaller, with the encircling lirae more re- 
eular and closer together, so that the whorls show no shouldering, and the two 
prominent keels of the type are missing. In view of the complexity of the re- 
lationship of the species, this may hereafter prove of specific value. 


(429) CaLuiostomA pEcORATUM (Philippi, 1846). 

This species was introduced as Trochus decoratus, and previously Trochus 
decoratus had been used by Hehl (C. H. v. Zieten, Petref. Wurtt. (6), 1832, p- 
46). 
When Hedley seleeteé the above name (These Proe., xxvi., 1901, p. 19) he 
ranged as synonyms, T'rochus fragum Philippi, 7. pyrgos Philippi and Thalotia 
zebrides A. Adams. In his more recent W.A. List, he has admitted as a distinct 
species Cantharidus pyrgos Plulippi, citing as svnonym, CU. moniliger A. Adams. 
This appears to leave Philippi’s fragwm as the species name (the reference be- 
ing Zeitschr. fur Malak., 1848 (Feb., 1849), p. 106. Loc. unk.) while Thalotia 
zebrides A. Adams, from study of the types, has nothing to do with this species. 
Nevertheless, I cannot see why this species should not be classed in Thalotia, 
as it is not a Calliostoma commonly so-called. The radula of Thalotia is quite 
different from that of Calhostoma. 


(430 A) CALLIOSTOMA LEGRANDI (Ten.-Woods, 1876). 

Zizyphinus legrandi Tenison-Woods, Papers and Proce. Roy. Soe. Tasm., 
1875 (1876), p. 154: Chappell Island, Bass Straits. 

Specimens of this species from Twofold Bay appear to be a new record 
for New South Wales. With it, among the deep water dredgings, was an odd 
specimen of another species, also lacking nodules, but of the shape of C. comptus 
A. Adams, which was also sent from Twofold Bay. In the Victorian List, Prit- 
chard and Gatliff used poupineli Montrouzier for comptus A. Adams, and when 
Hedley recently acknowledged that A. Adams’s species was his Sydney purpwreo- 
cinctum, he stated he had not seen Montrouzier’s species. In the British Museum 
there are now shelis from New Caledonia, identified as poupineli, and these agree 
with Montrouzier’s description, and also with Fischer’s figure, and are easily 
separated from the Australian form, even as Brazier determined years ago from 
examination of New Caledonian shells. 


(430 B) Canuiostoma ALuPortTr (Ten.-Woods, 1876). 
Zizyphinus allporti Ten.-Woods, Proe. Roy. Soe. Tasm., 1875 (1876), p. 155: 
Bass Straits, Tasmania. 
This species is also an addition to the N.S.W. List, and Lt.-Col. Peile, who 


230 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


has examined the radulae of the Austral species in the Gwatkin Collection, now 
in the British Museum, informs me, as I suspected, that these show notable 
differences from those of the Northern forms, the true Calliostoma, and also, as 
in the Palaearctic, the small forms are separable from the large similarly-named 
species. 

I, therefore, propose the new genus Salsipotens, naming Trochus armillatus 
Wood as type, and autor for the small species, naming Z. comptus A. Ad. (= 
C. purpureocinctum Hedley) as type. 

A lovely species, oceurring in Victoria and Tasmania, but not found by 
Bell in N.S.W., is Trochus nobilis (Philippi, Conch. Cab., 11., pp. 86 and 255, 
Pl. 15, f. 6, and Pl. 38, f. 1, from Western Australia) figured by May in his 
Tilustr. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, Pl. xix., f. 19, from King Island. The specifie 
name had been previously chosen by Muenster (N. Jahrb. fur Min., 1835, p. 443) 
but there is a substitute, 7. rubiginosus Valenciennes. 


(431) ASTELE sciruLUS (A. Adams, 1855). 


This common Sydney shell was sent from Twofold Bay, N.S.W., and also 
from Mallacoota and Tellaburga Island, Vic. With it from Mallacoota came a 
specimen of Astele subcarinata Swainson, the type of the genus, and this showed 
that the present species could not be regarded as congeneric, the formation of 
the umbilicus, the only common character, being of a different nature. From 
the apical features, it suggests somewhat a loosely coiled form of the “Calliostoma”’ 
series, and I propose the new generic name Astelena for this species. 

It is not uncommon at Mallacoota, Vic., and appears to be an addition to 
the Victorian List, while, on the other hand, true Astele will later be found in- 
side the New South Wales limits, as I received it from Mallacoota. The radula 
of scitulus is separable from that of subcarinatus, the type of Astele. 


(434) EucHeLus Baccatus (Menke, 1843). 


This species, introduced as a Monodonta, does not agree with the type of 
Euchelus, which is the tropical atratus Gmel. (a shell I collected at Port Curtis, 
Queensland), in umbilical, columellar and opereular features. It would be better 
placed in Herpetopoma proposed by Pilsbry (Man. Conch., Vol. xi. (pt. 44), 
-Mar., 1890, p. 430), for Angas’s scabriusculus, which was deseribed as “am- 
bilicated,” but the type series show that feature to be very indistinct. 

Menke called the present species Monodonta baccata, and that combination 
had been previously introduced by Defrance (Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), Vol. 
xxxil., 1824, p. 475), for a Paris fossil. 

The next synonym is Trochus aspersus Philippi (Zeitschr. fur Malak., iii., 
July, 1846, p. 103), as of Koch, from unknown locality. The radula of scabrius- 
culus is separable from that of atratus, but both belong to the same group, and 
are distinguishable from Clanculus. 


(437) PHASIANELLA PERDIX Wood, 1828. 

In the Vict. Nat., xxxi., 10 Sept., 1914, p. 82, Gatliff and Gabriel super- 
seded the well-known Phasianella ventricosa Quoy and Gaimard, 1834, by P. 
perdix Wood, 1828, which was chronologically correct, and has been accepted by 
Hedley in his Check List. 

It has been overlooked, that, in the Appendix to the Cat. Coll. Shells Bligh, 
Swainson had described this species twice, first under the name P. ventricosa, 


BY TOM IREDALE. 231 


which can be therefore preserved, and then as P. inflata. As usual with Swain- 
son’s work, there is confusion at every stage, and we see on the first page of 
the Catalogue, Errata, and therein occur: “Lot 140 for Ventricosa read inflata” 
and “Lot 285 for obtusa read ventricosa.’ On p. 12 is written, “Lot 140, 
Phasianella ventricosa Swainson, a beautiful variety of this new species, see Ap- 
pendix” and p. 19, “Lot 285, Phasianella obtusa Sw., (see Appendix) from N.S. 
Wales, large’ and on p. 55, “Lot 967, scarce variety of Phasianella ventricosa 
Sw. (see Appendix). New Holland.” The Appendix is separately paged, and 
on p. 15 Phasianella ventricosa, Lots 285 and 967, is described, and on p. 16 
Phasianella inflata, Lot 140, is also characterised. Both these descriptions apply, 
and the locality New South Wales may mean Victoria, as at that time the latter 
was not separated and all eastern Australia was known as New South Wales. 
As the Sale of Bligh’s Collection took place on May 20 to 26 inclusive in the 
year 1822, the Catalogue was published prior to May 20, 1822. 

In connection with the Phasianellids sent by Roy Bell from Port Fairy and 
Mallacoota, Viec., and Twofold Bay, N.S.W., I had to refer to the Man. Conch. 
(Tryon), and here give some notes taken in this connection. The Phasianellids 
were monographed by Pusbry in Vol. x., pt. 2 (reed. B.M., 18 July, 1888), and 
he gave details of the radulae: on p. 163 he described the peculiar radula of the 
type species (of Tricolia) P. speciosa and then introduced Orthomesus, noting 
that the typical species was P. variegata, and adding “In P. virgo Angas (PI. 60, 
fig. 70) I have found an extremely peculiar and, interesting modification of the 
Orthomesus type of dentition.” On p. 179, he formally named “Subgenus Ortho- 
mesus. Shell and operculum similar to Phasianella: radula with the central tooth 
reduced to a minute rudiment or absent. Type, P. variegata Lam.” 

However, as the range of P. variegata he gave “Zanzibar, Red Sea, New 
Caledonia, Mauritius, ete.,” and cited numerous synonyms, concluding with “and 
P. rubens Lam. The latter I cannot identify; but, judging from Philippi’s 
description and figure (Pl. 39a, figs. 6-7), of what he supposes to be Lamarck’s 
species, and from Kiener’s (Pl. 38, figs. 47, 48) I would place it in the synonymy 
of P. variegata. Philippi gives Australia as the locality of P. rubens.’ Such 
treatment is difficult to understand in view of the facts. Phasianella rubens was 
described by Lamarck in the Hist. Anim. s. Vert., Vol. vi., pt. 1., 1822, p. 53, 
from “Nouvelle Hollande; coll. by Peron,’ and a figure cited “Eneylop., Pl. 119, 
f. 2a, b.”” The description is succeeded by that of P. variegata, where no figure 
is cited, and agrees with the shell known by the latter name. A List explanatory 
_ to the Enecylop. plates was published in 1816, but no specific name was given 
to the figure cited. While the Twofold Bay shells seem to be a form of ventri- 
cosa, I collected at Caloundra, Queensland, commonly, a form which agrees more 
closely with rubens, and this should occur in Northern New South Wales, pro- 
bably as far south as Sydney. I have noted that there appears to be geo- 
graphical variation when these shells are examined in numbers. <A form, like 
variegata, occurred at Port Fairy, Vie., which agreed with Crosse’s P. angasi 
from South Australia, and this reached as far east as Mallacoota, but I did not 
get any from New South Wales, though it may occur there. 

Hedley has placed this genus in the Family Turbinidae, but from the radular 
characters it deserves family rank, and perhaps later many genera may be re- 
cognised. 

The shells found on the Sydney beaches, I find to differ a little from the 
Caloundra ones, and to agree closely with the typical rubens, while true Lam- 
arckian variegata, judging from the figures given by Delessert (Recueil Coquilles 


‘ 


232, RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Lamarck, 1841, Pl. 37, figs. 10a-b) is a slenderer form hke Crosse’s angasi (Journ. 
- de Conch., 1864, p. 344, Pl. xi, fig. 5) and Lamarck’s name is used in this 
sense in May’s Illus. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. xx., f. 5, and Check List Moll. 
Tasm.,° 1922, p. 41. 

Shells from Twofold Bay are ventricosa, and the species reaches as far north 
as the Sydney beaches. As an item of interest this species (ventricosa) was 
irregularly named by Perry, as when he figured Bulimus phasianus (Conchology, 
1811, Pl. xxx.), he observed “There is also a smaller species of the Bulimus 
phasianus, the pattern or marks of which are exactly similar to the one here re- 
presented, though its shell is rather thicker: it may therefore be denominated the 
Bulimus phasianus minimus of the before-mentioned genus.” This name is not 
acceptable, but the solidity of the shell indicates the species here discussed. 

When Pilsbry introduced Orthomesus, he figured, as the radula of P. australis, 
that given by Eberhard, noting it required confirmation. Claude Torr (Trans. 
Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxvill., 1914, p. 364, Pl. xix., figs. 5a-b) has since figured a 
radula from P. australis, noting the formula as «, 5, 1, 5, o« x 38, explaming 
‘that the central tooth was narrow and inconspicuous. This was annoying, as 
suggesting that Pilsbry’s Orthomesus must be regarded as an absolute synonym 
ot Phasianella, but did not explain Eberhard’s figure of a large broad rhachidian 
tooth. This indicates that P. ventricosa of this note is the aberrant form, which 
conchologically it is, and in order to renew interest, I propose for it the new 
sub-generic name Mimelenchus, noting Quoy and Gaimard’s expression as typical. 

The fact that the radula of Tricolia differs so much from true Phasianella 
has been overlooked, and the recognition of. a radula like that of Orthomesus 
ie. Phasianelia (sensu stricto), in P. virgo Angas shows that the small Aus- 
tralian Phasianellae have no direct relationship with the European Tricolia, 
of which the correct name would be Hutropia Humphrey, the only recognisable 
species included by Humphrey being the European Turbo pullus Linné. 


(444) ASTRAEA FIMBRIATA Lamarck, 1822. 

The two species distinguished by Kesteven (These Proe., xxvu., 1902, p. 2) 
occurred, and both the names used by Kesteven and listed by Hedley must be 
amended. Their nomination is somewhat complex and the conelusions must be 
carefully considered. Both species occur in Victoria and northern Tasmania, and 
are represented in Western Australia, these representatives being named many 
times, but apparently few names being given to the eastern shells. Gatliff and 
Gabriel, and May both use the above name, but unfortunately Lamarck’s specific 
name, while it also probably is Western Australian, was used before by Borson. 

The generally-accepted synonym, Trochus squamiferus Koch, published by 
Philippi, was given to a Western Australian shell, and of three others sometimes 
cited in this connection, Trochus pileolum Reeve, Trochus limbiferus Kiener, and 
Trochus cucullatus Kiener, none is applicable to the common Sydney shell. , [ 
propose to name this Bellastraeca kesteveni, citing it as type of Bellastraea, as the 
species is not typical Astraea, and has no generic name. 

For the other species Kesteven used the name tentoriiformis Jonas, but 
Hedley has recently rejected this on account of its Western Australian origin, 
and has preferred Gould’s name Turbo (Stella) sirius, given to a Sydney speci- 
men, collected by W. Stimpson. I would at present include it in the genus 
Bellastraea, the early development showing discrepancy which may necessitate a 
readjustment. 

Quoy and Gaimard differentiated the two species as varieties only, figuring 
both under Lamarck’s name of fimbriatus, and Philippi (Coneh. Cab. (Kuster) 


BY TOM IREDALB. 233 


Vol. u., Trochus, p. 215, 1852, Pl. 32, fig. 4) reproduced Quoy’s figure of his 
variety and distinguished it as 7’. urvillei. Quoy and Gaimard figured an animal 
from Port Jackson, and others, including shells from King George Sound, W.A. 
Kiener (Coquilles Vivants, Trochus, Pl. 31, f. 2) reproduced Quoy’s figure of the 
above-mentioned variety under Quoy’s MSS. name of Trochus georgianus, thereby 
indicating the locality. Consequently Trochus urvillei Philippi, and T. georgianus 
(Quoy) Kiener, must be classed as synonymous of 7. tentoruformis Jonas, even 
as Fischer in the text of the Coquilles Vivants (p. 41, 1875) placed georgianus. 


(448) TEINOSTOMA STARKEYAE Hedley, 1899. 


This species seems no close relation to the genus Teinostoma, which was first 
published by H. and A. Adams in the Genera of Recent Mollusca, Vol. i., Aug., 
1853, p. 122, and the example given 7. politwm. This has commonly been re- 
garded as type, and is here definitely so designated, since it was the monotype 
at the later publication at the quotation given by Hedley. I propose to introduce 
the new name Stipator and name the species T. starkeyae as type. It does not 
seem at all wise to attach these Austral species to a name provided by Dall for 
American fossils, which, moreover, do not recall, to my eyes, the Australian 
shells. 

Moreover, peculiar Teinostomoid shells do oceur in this region, and Chapman 
and Gabriel have described a fossil as Teinostoma depressulum, which, while not 
typical, has many of the peculiar features of the true Teinostoma, while Tate’s 
Ethalia cancellata is also of a peculiar style, and specimens of this, or a very 
closely allied, species are not uncommon in shell-sand round Sydney. 


(463) Lopperra MINIMA (Ten.-Woods, 1878). 


This species, proposed under Liotia, has been transferred to Lodderia, but 
it should be separated as a distinet genus with the name Lodderena, with this 
species as type. I propose this, as I have recognised the form, specifically dis- 
tinct, from distant localities and it seems quite peculiar. I also believe that 
under this specific name more than one species in Australia is already referred 
to, as until actual comparison was made, my discoveries were regarded as con- 
specific, and the same remark applies to Lodderia lodderae and Liotia micans. In 
the Jatter case I have proved by actual comparison that the Port Curtis shell is 
quite different from the Mallacoota one, though both had been lumped by Tate, 
after examination; another ease of generic relationship being’ mistaken for 
specific identity. 
(480-484) Family ACMAEIDAE. 

Roy Bell sent me a magnificent series of these things, well collected and with 
full data, from every locality. I worked these out very carefully in connection 
with the British Museum types and literature, and made many notes for future 
research in the field. I am now taking my own advice, so here only deal with 
the facts I collated. I have incorporated some of my results, and may here note 
that the distribution of species in this family needs careful consideration, and 
that my results have been checked at different localities within and without the 
Harbour, and with attention paid to the station of life these forms adopt. When 
hundreds are critically examined the individual variation ean be grasped and the 
geographical variation can be determined. Local variation also oceurs, as well 
as environmental, and all these factors have been considered in the notes here 
following. 


234 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


(480) PATELLOIDA ALTICOSTATA (Angas, 1865). 

The type locality of Angas’s species is Port Lincoln, S. Aust. Accepting the 
Port Fairy series as being nearly typical shells, the New South Wales form 
seems separable, the former agreeing very closely with the type shell still pre- 
served in the British Museum. A very large specimen taken at Port Fairy is 
very tall and with the ribs flattened so that the edge is smoothish, and measures 
57 mm. long by 47 mm. broad and 25 mm. high. Verco has given full details of 
this South Australian shell, which begins as a somewhat flattened, nine-pointed, 
acutely ribbed shell, and intercalating ribs begin behind the apex. All the 
Peronian shells I have examined from Sydney Harbour and Twofold Bay, N.S.W., 
Mallacoota, Lakes Entrance and Melbourne Heads, Vic., are much smaller, the 
ribs more regular and less prominent and for the same size more elevated. In 
order to draw attention to this item, I propose to name the Peronian form 
Patelloida alticostata anteha nov. 

Maplestone (Monthly Micros. Journal, 1 Aug., 1872) has given (on Pl. 
Xxvil.) under “Patella, No. 25,” a good figure of the peculiar radula form of this 
species. 

Since the preceding was written, I have carefully studied this species on the 
Sydney beaches, and find that the variation is much greater than anticipated 
from museum study, but that the factors above indicated exist in an intensified 
state; moreover, that the species is developing two forms, at times very different 
and even apparently specifically distinct. This smooth form lives below low 
water, and is flattened, the ribs obsolescent, and it is now breeding true to the 
specialised characters, series being collected from young to old, quite constant. 
1 have as yet seen nothing like this form from any southern locality so I name it 
Patelloida alticostata complanata n. subsp. This smooth form is not uncommon 
as a déad shell, but has been dismissed as a worn form, whereas it is naturally 
smooth. 


(481) PareLLorpa mixta (Reeve, 1855). 


When Hedley recommended the use of this name he did not discuss the 
forms, but apparently admitted the distinction of mixta and crucis, though not 
including the latter in the N.S.W. List. 

The name was preferred, as Hedley suggested the rejection of Quoy and 
Gaimard’s Patelloida flammea on the ground that it was a mixture. Unfortunate- 
ly, I cannot agree as, though Quoy and Gaimard figured two species, their 
statement, “I] habite en abondance sur le bord de la mer, dans la rade de Hobart- 
Town, & Van-Diémen. Nous le trouvames aussi sur Ville (sic) de Guam, dans 
VArchipel des Mariannes,” indicates the selection of the Tasmanian shell as_be- 
ing the correct course. The sentence “tenuissime longitrorsum striata” seems to 
distinguish the Tasmanian shell, which I conclude has little, if any, affinity with 
mizta Reeve, and I note Verco’s most recent conelusion, “A form like the type 
{of flammea) which I have from the Derwent estuary, the type locality, has not 
been found by me in South Australia. It is questionable whether this is really 
conspecific with A. jacksoniensis Reeve and A. crucis Tenison-Woods.” I have 
regarded Quoy and Gaimard’s flammea (from the description and figures and ex- 
eellent series given me by Mr. W. L. May, who has retained the name in his 
Check List and Ill. Index Tasm. Shells) as the eastern representative of Quoy’s 
own septiformis and it occurs as far north as Sydney Harbour. Reeve’s mizta 
was described from Port Phillip, Vic., and Bell sent me a fine series from Port 
Fairy, but none from Twofold Bay, N.S.W. I collected, in Port Phillip, a good 


BY TOM IREDALE. 235 


lot of these, as I found they lived almost at high tide (where petterd: does at 
Sydney). Mr. W. L. May stated that the Tasmanian shell he called mixta had 
the same habit. Reeve’s jacksoniensis is a different form of the same shell, and 
several sets were in the British Museum from Sydney Harbour, but I could not 
find it on the Sydney beaches. This perplexed me, until I found it commonly, 
well inside the Harbour on the dead shells and stones in the Mangrove zone. 
Although often confused with the crucis form, it has a distinct habit and be- 
longs to a different group, and I propose to distinguish the Sydney form (Reeve’s 
jacksoniensis, preoccupied) as Notoacmea mixta mimula, n. subsp. 


(482) PateLttoma muFRIA (Hedley, 1915). 


This peculiar little species was recognised as dead shells from shell-sand 
from Twofold Bay. I have since collected it commonly on the Sydney beaches, 
and regard it as a specialised derivative of the crucis series, and therefore re- 
ferable to Radiacmea. 


(482 A) RapracMEa INSIGNIS (Menke, 1843). 

In These Proc. (xxxix., 1914 (26 Feb., 1915), p. 712), Hedley. suggested 
the usage of Acmaea inradiata (Reeve, 1855, Patella) in place of Acmaea crucis 
Ten.-Woods, quoting my letter as to their identity. Unfortunately, closer exami- 
nation of the (reputed) type tablet failed to recognise any of the three shells 
thereon, which proved to have been added at various times, as the specimen 
figured by Reeve, though two were typical crucis, and the third aberrant. Con- 
sequently inradiata must be rejected from this fauna. Menke’s Patella insignis 
(Moll. Nov. Holl. Spee., 1843, p. 34) from Western Australia is undoubtedly the 
Western Australian representative of crucis, shells from Busselton and Albany 
agreeing with Menke’s description, as amplified in-the Zeitschr. fiir Malak., 10 
Apr., 1844, p. 62. This species lives in Victoria, Tasmania and New South 
Wales, under different forms, at extreme low water on the rocks and in pools, 
and at Long Reef, near Manly, N.S.W., commonly on Turbo stamineus Martyn, 
living below low water. The southern Tasmanian form is very large and conical, 
while the N.S.W. form is small and less elevated. When adult, the sculpture is 
not easily seen, but dead shells and young living ones show it to be a Radiacmea, 
and I name the Sydney form Radiacmea insignis cavilla, n. subsp. 


(483) PATELLOIDA PETTERDI (Ten.-Woods, 1877). 


I find this to be the universal rock-living species on the Sydney beaches, 
living high up above high water, and thus representing the Neozelanie P. pileopsis 
Quoy and Gaimard, which it closely resembles. I collected it at Caloundra, Q’land, 
and Roy Bell found it at Mallacoota and Lakes Entrance, Vic., and it must there- 
fore be added to the Victorian List, as it is not conspecific with P. septiformis 
Quoy and Gaim. Roy Bell found at Port Fairy, Vie., a fine lot of the shell 
May has published (Illus. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Appendix to Pl. xxii., No- 
3) with my name mayi. These species are Notoacmea, not Patelloida, 


(483 A) NoToAcMEA FLAMMEA (Quoy and Gaimard, 1835). 

As noted above, I regard this name as undoubtedly applicable to the species 
May has figured (Illustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. xxii., f. 6) under this 
name. A very fine series was sent from Port Fairy, Vic., and these were deter- 
mined from comparison with the types as scabrilirata Angas (Proe. Zool. Soe. 


236 , RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Lond., 1865, p. 154: Port Lincoln, South Australia), and this name may be later 
varietally used. Mr. W. L. May has given me specimens very similar that he 
collected at King Island. The juvenile of P. septiformis Quoy and Gaimard 
from King George Sound, W. Aust., is very similar, but the adult is very dif- 
ferent Hedley has suggested (These Proe., xlvii., 1923, p. 309) that Menke’s 
P. onychitis (Moll. Nov. Holl. Spec., 1843, p. 34) may be a synonym of septi- 
formis, both being from Western Australia. N. flammea lives under stones near 
high water mark, and I have collected it at Port Fairy, Port Phillip, Western 
Port, Vic., and on the Sydney beaches; the Sydney form being smaller and more 
oval, may be called Notoacmea flammea diminuta, n. subsp. 


(484) PATELLOIDA sUBUNDULATA (Angas, 1865). 

This species was not recognised in the collection, but as Hedley included 
it in the N.S.W. List, though described from South Australia, I re-examined the 
types in the British Museum. I found two different sets, both labelled types, 
but noted they were all presented as one lot. In the description Angas referred 
to a “var.” One shell has been separated as the specimen described and label- 
Jed type, and the others representing the “var,” unfortunately also labelled 
type, thus misleading investigators. Two shells are in this second box, and one 
may be a conoidea, the other a calomus. My. Hedley tells me he left this 
species on the N.S.W. List on Angas’s inclusion, but has not been able to verify 
it. 

May (lllustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. xxu., f. 11) has figured conoidea 
under the name subundulata, and his P. conoidea (Pl. xxii., f. +) seems to be 
an unnamed species. . 


(484 A) RADIACMEA CALAMUS (Crosse and Fischer, 1864). 
Patella calamus Crosse and Viseher, Journ. de Coneh., xii., 1864, p. 348: St. 
Vineent’s Gulf, S. Aust. 
Dead shells were sorted out of shallow water dredgings from Twofold Bay, 
N.S.W., which were referable to this species, though varying a httle from the 
type and may later show a recognisable variant. 


(484 B) PATELLOIDA SUBMARMORATA (Pilsbry, 1891). 

Acmaea marmorata var. submarmorata Pilsbry, Manual Coneh., Ser. 11, 
Vol. xi., 1891, p. 52, Pl. 42, figs. 69-70: Port Jackson. 

This species was accidentally omitted by Hedley from his N.S.W. List, as 
it is a common and well-known Sydney shell, living about high water mark just 
below P. petterdi. It is well differentiated from the southern forms and ranges 
into Victoria at Mallacoota. Bell’s series from Port Fairy were so instructive 
that I investigated the nomination of the species with his shells in hand. These 
showed two forms from the same locality, one living at medium tide, the other 
below low water, the former higher and more irregular, the latter flattened and 
regularly starlike. May states of marmorata, “common near highwater mark, 
much eroded,” but does not show altitude, only internal view, in his Illustr. 
Index Tasm. Shells, Pl. xxu., f. 9. Pritchard and Gatliff used the specific name 
gealei Angas, citing latistrigata Angas and marmorata Ten.-Woods as synonyms. 
Verco, from examination of the British Museum types, rejeeted gealei as refer- 
able to a distinet species, but admitted latistrigata Angas was apparently only a 
smoothish form of marmorata Ten.-Woods, but used the latter name. Pritchard 


BY TOM IREDALE, 237 


and Gatliff accepted this correction, but pointed out that latistrigata had priority. 
_ 1 searched for the types in the British Museum, and found those of latistrigata 
and gealei. Of the latter, Verco had concluded “The two type shells are 24 mm. 
x 21. I think they are large albino variants of A. crucis Ten.-Woods.” I had 
great difficulty in tracing these types in the British Museum, but at last found 
them among the Patellidae, as one was a Patella, the other specimen an Acmaea 
Though these were in the same box, they had been presented at different times, 
the larger one, the Patella being registered 70.10.26.155. This means the 155th 
set registered on the 26th of October, 1870, and the register showed that here 
was included all Angas’s type shells presented by him, but none stated to be 
types. Reference to the original description of P. gealei (Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 
1865, p. 57) gave details “sed pagina interna metallice splendente, aureo paruin 
tineta, margine minimo; spathula lurida, plumbeo et fusco nebulosa. Long .1 
(error for 1): lat. .86: alt. .4 poll.” The Patella agreed in these items, but not 
the Acmaea, which is smaller, narrower and taller. The latter was registered 
77.5.12.63, when Angas presented another series, including new species described 
since the previous gift. The Acmaea was marked “type” some years later in 
error, and then placed in the box with the real type. It was intended by Angas 
as an additional specimen of the rare species previously deseribed. The Patella 
is very much corroded externally, but the edges show the regular ribbing of the 
Patella rather well: the inside is “splendidly shining” as it is a diseased specimen, 
and the shining effect is due to the deposition of extra enamel internally to pre- 
vent the external corrosion eating through. The Acmaea was regarded as con- 
specific (probably from memory only) by Angas trom a similar cause, a fracture 
causing the animal to enamel internally in the same manner. The Acmaea is un- 
doubtedly a crucis shell, but the Patella, which is the sole type of P. gealei, is a 
small diseased specimen of the South Australian variegata or limbata, it is im- 
possible to determine which, if there be two species, as Verco concludes. The 
New South Wales members of the Acmaeidae would now be 
°480  Patelloida alticostata antelia Tredale 

A Patelloida alticostata complanata Iredale 
481 Notoaemea mixta mimula Iredale 
~482 Radiaemea mufria (Hedley) 

A Radiacmea insignis cavilla Iredale 
483 Notoacmea petterdi (Ten.-Woods) 

A Notoacmea flammea diminuta Iredale 
484 Patelloida subundulata (Angas) 

A Radiacmea calamus (Crosse and Fischer) 

B Patelloida submarmorata (Pilsbry) 

Two corrections to be made in connection with Neozelaniec species may be 
here added. Searching for these Australian types I came across (in the British 
Museum) a tablet bearing a small shell bearing the name “Patella inconspicua 
Gray. New Zealand, Dr. Stanger” in Dr. J. KE. Gray’s handwriting, and the 
register number 42.11.16.92; added by E. A. Smith was “Dieffenbach n. 123.” 
Reference to Dieffenbach (p. 244) gave the deseription of n. 123. “Shell com- 
seal, oblong, with about 20 radiating ribs, the apex erect, disk white, rather green- 
ish under the tip, length 13 inch.” Sueh as it is, this description agreed with. 
the shell on the tablet save in size, the length being 4 inch, not 13, as written: 
such an error is common in connection with Gray’s work. The species described 
-is the one later called Pissurella rubiginosa by Hutton, and the type probably 
came from the Bay of Islands, a locality mentioned by Suter for this species, 


238 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


which must now be catalogued as Radiacmea inconspicua (Gray). The shell 
described by Suter (Manual New Zeal. Moll., 19138, p. 81) under the name 
Helcioniscus ornatus Dillwyn subsp. inconspicuus Gray scarcely seems worth 
distinguishing, but this matter must be determined by Neozelanie conchologists 
on the spot. 

The second item is the more pleasing reinstatement of the name fragilis for 
the peculiar little species so named by Chemnitz, whose name | was compelled to 
reject, since Chemnitz was not a binomial writer. At the time I wrote my 
Commentary on Suter’s Manual, I could not trace, even with the help of Sher- 
born’s MSS. for the second part of his Index Animalium, now happily in pro- 
gress of publication, a use by a binomial worker of Chemnitz’s name prior to 
the proposal by Lesson of his species P. unguis-almae. 1 now record that Patella 
fragilis was legitimately used by Sowerby in the Genera Recent and Fossil Shells, 
Part 21, Pl. 140, f. 6 and text in 1823, so that we can revert to the specific name 
so well known, the species being now referred to as Atalacmea fragilis (Sowerby). 


(485-488) Family PATELLIDAE. 

The most remarkable distinction between the Adelaidean and Peronian Re- 
gions is. seen in the presence of the genus Stenochiton, of the Order Loricata, 
and of the genus Nacella, of the present family, in the former Region, in each 
case more than one species having evolved, while no trace of either has been 
found in the latter. In order to attract more attention to this item, I here 
introduce the new generic name Naccula, naming Nacella parva Angas = Patei- 
loida punctata Quoy and Gaimard as type. This species has so little resemblance 
to Nacella, that, when it was first received in Britain some eighty years ago, it 
so puzzled the industrious shell-namers of that period that they did not name 
it at all, the specimens being still unnamed in the British Museum. The earliest 
name, as above given, was bestowed by Quoy and Gaimard (Voy. de 1’Astrol., 
Zool. Vol. iii., 1835, p. 365, Pl. 71, f. 40-42) from King George Sound, W.A., @ 
determination hitherto neglected. 


(485) PATELLA PERPLEXA (Pilsbry, 1891). 

Dealing with Neozelanic shells, | was able to rectify the specific designation 
of the shell previously known as Acmaea octoradiata Hutton, and from shell 
characters referred it to Patelloida. Hedley, in his N.S.W. List, differed, con- 
cluding it to belong to Patella, and, as the subdivisions of that family are im- 
perfectly known, merely classed it under Patella. Roy Bell sent me a number 
of dead shells, but also a few live ones procured at a very low tide, and one of 
these showed the dried up animal, which proved to be of Patelloid facies. From 
this the radula was extracted for me by my friend Lt.-Col. Peile, and upon 
examination it was seen to be very near those of P. aculeata and P. ustulata, as 
ficured by Claude Torr (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxvi., 1914, p. 365, Pl. 
xx., figs. 3 and 2). C. Torr notes that the latter has only one marginal, and 
that P. vulgata L. has no central tooth, while P. cretacea, as figured by Cooke, 
has a central tooth but only two marginals. Upon this evidence I much doubt the 
occurrence of this species in New Zealand, and suggest reconsideration. I have 
since examined specimens from N.Z., which proved to be immature Patelloida 
stella Lesson. Some small dead shells from Mallacoota, Vic., and some from shallow 
water dredgings in Twofold Bay, N.S.W., were attributed by me to Patella chap- 
mani, but later I recognised that they were the young of the present species. 
The deseription of Patella chapmani Ten.-Woods (Papers Proce. Roy. Soe. Tasm., 


BY TOM IREDALE. 239 


1875 (1876), p. 157) applies very well to this species and suggests reconsidera- 
tion of the specific name. Certainly my shells agree closely with the description 
of P. chapmani, as they are as certainly Pilsbry’s P. perplexa, in which case 
Tenison-Woods’s name claims usage. 

The radular formula is 3.1.2.1.2.1.3: the central tooth is small while the 
huge lateral appears to have four cusps, the three marginals rather delicate. In 
examining these radulae, | was impressed by the futility of the radular formula 
in indicating relationship, as another radula giving exactly the same formula was 
absolutely different owing to the different setting of the teeth: in some eases, 
almost .a straight line was seen, in others almost a semicirele, and consequently 
the number of rows in the same length was very different, though the total 
number of rows might be the same (since figured by Peile, Proc. Malac. Soe. 
Lond., xv., 1922, p. 17, Pl. fig. 4). The preceding was written in England, and 
I have since carefully studied the species with interesting results. Dead shells, 
mainly very regular octoradiata, abound on the Sydney beaches, so that they 
must be very plentiful below low water mark; consequently I made special 
search and collected alive a fair number with the result that those on the surf- 
beaten rocks were very flat, eight-ridged octoradiata, while those at all sheltered 
by an intervening boulder were taller, still eight-ribbed, but ribs not so pre- 
-minent. This at once confirmed the suggestion that chapmani was the same shell, 
with the additional information received from Mr. W. L. May that chapmani 
was the common form in southern and eastern Tasmania and octoradiata was 
very rare, even if typically found there. He pointed out that Acmaea alba 
Tenison-Woods was also a synonym. This was described (Proe. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 
1876 (1877), p. 155) from northern Tasmania, and I found in the Australian 
Museum a specimen marked “Author’s type.” At first sight, this seemed very 
different, being a high rounded, regularly ribbed shell with about fourteen sharp 
ribs intercalated with smaller ribs and riblets; it has been cleaned up so that 
the juvenile shell appears to show nine or ten primary ribs or bunches. The 
loeality is confirmed by a set of three with data in Miss Lodder’s handwriting 
“Acmaea saccharina L. (Plentiful on) N. Coast Tas.” One shell agrees very 
closely with type, the second is a little less cireular and a little taller but other- 
wise similar, while the third is a-small shell of the chapmani style, showing 
eight primary ribs with four a little weaker. 

_- My eonclusions are that the specific name must be chapmani, but that the 
Adelaidean form may bear the varietal (subspecific) name of alba, and the 
Peronian form may be called P. chapmani perplexa. 

Pilsbry (Man. Conch., Vol. xi., 1889, p. 54, Pl.. 42, figs. 76, 77, 78) has 
given excellent figures of a specimen of Acmaea alba Ten.-Woods, noting that 
the description given by Tenison-Woods did not seem applicable to the shell 
figured. Chapman and Gabriel (Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict., xxxvi. (n.s.), Dec., 1923, 
p- 24) have described Patellotda hamiltonensis, while recording P. perplexa in a 
fossil state: these should be compared with a series. 


(486) PATELLA SQUAMIFERA Reeve, 1855. 

The type of Patella is undoubtedly vulgata L., and, when the common Hel- 
cioniscus of New South Wales was first described, it was independently compared 
by two workers with the common European species, as already recorded by Hed- 
ley. Consequently the reference of a very different shell to Patella does not 
seem a logical conclusion. In view of this, it will be useful to have a name 
for these aberrant forms, so I propose the new generic name Patellanax, with 


240 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


P. squamifera Reeve as type. Some years ago Mr. Hedley, in correspondence, 
suggested a relationship with the large Patella, i.e., “Ancistromesus”’ kermadec- 
ensis, trom the WKermadee Group. Previous to that communication, I had at- 
tempted to account for the presence of that large species on that isolated group, 
and eoncluded that it was an outlier of the cretacea group. The series in the 
British Museum shows Patella cretacea Reeve (Conch. Icon., Dec., 1854, Pl. xx1., 
f. 53: Tahiti) which seems to be equivalent to P. gigantea Lesson (Voy. Coquille, 
Vol. ii., 1830, p. 423) from Borabora, Society Group; Patella pentagona (Born ?) 
Reeve (Conch. Icon., Dee., 1854, Pl. xx., sp. 48): Elizabeth I., South Seas;° 
Palmerston I.: Patella stellaeformis (ibid.) which was described first in the Conch.’ 
Syst., Vol. u., 1842, p. 15, Pl. exxxvi. f. 3, from unknown locality: P. pica 
Reeve (Coneh. Icon., Dec., 1854, Pl. 19, sp. 45): South Seas. All these are 
closely related to the Kermadee shell, and small specimens of the latter collected - 
by J. Maegillivray were labelled pica fifty years ago. The series of pentagona 
from, Palmerston Island shows the growth from a small regular eight-pointed 
shell like Patella perplexa into a semi-oval comparatively smooth-edged adult. | 
secured similar shells showing growth stages of the Kermadee species, and it 1s 
peculiarly interesting to find Patella perplexa (see preceding note) showing this 
evolution in the shell in an arrested stage, yet with a similar radula, while, if’ 
Claude Torr’s observations on the radula of ustulata be’ confirmed, we have also 
a very peculiar modification in this feature with the shell characters little altered. 
In Proe. Roy. Soe. Vict., xv., ns., pt. i, Feb., 1903, Pritchard and Gatliff al- 
lowed Patella ustulata (p. 193), Patella aculeata (p. 193), P. chapmani (p. 193), 
and then proposed (p. 194) Patella hepatica P. and G. nom. mut. for Acmaea 
striata Pilsbry (non Quoy and Gaimard) Man. Conch., Vol. xii., 1891, p. 47, 
Pl. 35, f. 27, 28, 29.” As no description was given, Pritchard and Gatliff’s name | 
can only be construed as alternative for Pilsbry’s identification, which is of a 
Celebes shell, and, consequently, has no place in South Australian literature. 
Verco recorded hepatica from South Australia, but surmised that it might only 
be a variant of ustulata, which he was also inclined to associate as conspecific 
with aculeata. Claude Torr has published accounts of the radulae of ustulata and 
aculeata, which proclaim these as very distinct species. My series, sent from 
Port Fairy, Vie., showed them as quite distinet forms, the aculeata living higher 
up, and the wstulata practically below low tide. I did not receive any shells 
which I could refer to hepatica and from Lakes Entrance and Mallacoota all the 
shells sent were aculeata, as were all the Twofold Bay specimens. From Tella- 
burga Island, live aculeata of large size, quite abnormal, were also sent, but dead 
shells were either ustulata or hepatica, and the latter looked very distinct. Since 
the preceding was written, Gatliff and Gabriel have renamed (Proce. Roy. Soe. 
Vict., xxxiv., n.s., May, 1922, p. 152) hepatica, which they have called vwictoriae, 
as they noted the name was preoccupied by Gmelin, but still their name has no 
standing. Verco has suggested that this un-named, yet multi-named, form may 
be an extreme variant, but in view of Claude Torr’s differentiation of the 
radulae of ustulata and aculeata, no certainty can be considered until the radula 
of hepatica is determined. 

Again, local collecting has furnished interesting results, as at Port Fairy I 
found a couple of worn dead shells of the hepatica form, while continued search 
on the Sydney beaches has failed to reveal anything save aculeata. In southern 
Tasmania the predominant species appears to be ustulata, though aculeata also 
occurs. This form was named P. tasmanica by Tenison-Woods (Proce. Roy. Soe. 
Tasm., 1875 (1876), p. 157) who, the succeeding year, withdrew his name in 


BY TOM IRSDALE. 241 


favour of Reeve’s ustulata (id., 1876 (1877), p. 49), giving an exeellent account 
of shell, animal, habits and radular characters, citing two laterals. Philippi’s 
Patella diemensis (Zeitschr. fiir Malak. (Menke), 1848 (Mar., 1849), p. 162) 
from Hobart, Tas., which Pritchard and Gatliff once proposed to use instead of 
the ineorrect name. tramoserica, appears to be referable here, as the words, “albida, 
sulcis frequentibus cirea 54, fuscis exarata, intus alba; margine crenulato, intus 
ad erenas puncto fusco notato,” apply to some variations of the present species, 
but are never applicable to tramoserica. An earlier name given to the Western 
Australian shell appears to be Patella peronti Blainville (Dict. Sei. Nat. (Lev- 
rault), Vol. xxxviii., 1825, p. 111) from King George Sound, but which may be 
the southern Tasmanian shell. At this place Blainville definitely described six 
species from Australia, one of which, Patella variegata (p. 101, from Botany 
Bay), has been accepted for the Sydney Helcioniscus. The other names are P. 
conica (p. 107) from Maria I., Tas., P. solida (p. 110), P. rubraurantiaca (p. 
110), and P. laticostata (p. 111) from New Holland without definite locality. — 
The description of P. conica does not agree well with any shell from Maria Island, 
and it is here suggested that it may be the Patella gigantea named, but not des- 
cribed, by Peron (Voy. decouv. Terres Australes, Vol. i., 1807, p. 120) from 
Bernier’s Island, but no specimens are available from that locality for com- 
parison. Patella solida appears to have been collected in southern Tasmania, 
as the description agrees with the species commonly called limbata. Mr. Hedley 
had independently arrived at tlus conelusion, and there are specimens in the 
Australian Museum agreeing exactly with Blainville’s account. Patella rubrau- 
rantiaca was given to the South Australian shell known as P. limbata, the deserip- 
tion applying accurately to specimens in the Australian Museum collected at St. 
Francis Island, Nuyts’ Archipelago, by Sir J. Verco, an island on which Peron 
himself collected. Patella laticostata was given to shells, collected by Peron and 
Lesueur at King George Sound, and these would undoubtedly belong to the 
species, later named Patella neglecta by Gray, which name should be superseded. 
This accounts for the species localised by Blainville from New Holland, and also 
covers all the larger limpet-like shells, save P. alticostata, which may be among 
the large number described from unknown locality. Another curious factor is 
then explained as, when Quoy and Gaimard named all their new species of limpet- 
like shells, they confined themselves to the smaller species, the reason being that 
all the large ones already bore Blainville’s names in the Paris Museum where © 
they also worked. 
To summarise: 
Patella peronii Blainville, 1825 =: Patella diemensis Philippi, 1849 — Patella 
ustulata Reeve, 1855 = P. tasmanica Ten.-Woods, 1875. 


Patella variegata Blainville, 1825 = P. tramosericus auct. 

Patella conica Blainville, 1825 may equal P. gigantea Peron, n.n., Bernier I., 
W.A. 

Patella solida Blainville, 1825 — P. limbuta, Philippi, 1849: East Tasmania. 

Patella rubraurantiaca Blainville, 1825 = P. limbata so-called from South Aus- 
tralia. 


Patella laticostata Blainville, 1825 = P. neglecta Gray. 1826. 


(487) CreLuaAna ILLIBRATA (Verco, 1906). 
I have been quite unable to understand why Verco described this species as a 
Helcioniscus, as both the shell and radular characters differ appreciably. From 
the shallow water dredgings from Twofold Bay, I sorted out dead shells which I 


242 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


regard as similar to those accepted by Hedley as Verco’s species, but they do 
not exactly agree in being of less altitude and the apex less directly central. I 
have not been able to see the muscle scars in my specimens yet, so my identi- 
fication may even be wrong. 

I have sorted many specimens out of shell-sand from the Sydney beaches, 
and find that the muscle scars are Patelloid, and consequently the species might 
be better placed in Parvacmea, while the series is separable from Verco’s species 
by their shape. Many are rose-rayed and recall May’s figure of N. suteri (Ilustr. 
Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. xxii, f. 12). May’s shells may be the southern 
variant of the species here discussed, and for which I propose the name Par- 
vacmea illibrata mellila, n. subsp. 


(488) CELLANA VARIEGATA (Blainville, 1825). 


This species has long interested me and I desired good series to study the 
variation. I collected a few in Sydney Harbour and a fine lot at Caloundra, 
Q’land, and these showed little variability under normal conditions. Roy Bell 
sent me a magnificent lot of limpets from Lord Howe Island, as these had been 
regarded as the same as the Sydney species. They were obviously distinct and, 
moreover, two separable forms were received, living in different localities. From 
the British Museum Collection the form limbata seemed easily separable from my 
normal variegatus, so I wanted to study series, as there had been more than one 
view upon the subject. Tate and May called the Tasmanian shells tramosericus, 
citing limbata Phil. as an absolute synonym without any remarks, while in 
Pritchard and Gatliff’s List, Patella limbata is also included as a distinct species 
from Cape Otway (G.B.P.) alone. Verco at first only included one form, but 
afterward added P. limbata stating “It has been taken at the Neptune’s and 
Thistle Island, and in Spencer Gulf by Dr. Torr: on Yorke Peninsula by Mat- 
thews; at Eneounter Bay by myself. I did not find it at Kingston, Robe, Beach- 
port, or MacDonnell Bay,” and later “It is very common, large and beautiful in 
St. Francis Island. I did not take it anywhere in Western Australia.” Geo- 
graphically, limpets from Port Fairy, Viec., might be limbata. A series sent by 
Roy Bell are very instructive; all are tall and at first sight two distinct sets 
ean be separated, which are demonstrably conspecific. The first set are normal. 
of yellowish ground with black stripes, regular flattened ribs and the apex 
eroded; inside yellowish, the spatula varying from brown to pale cream, the 
edges marked with black: these came from sandstone rocks and some specimens 
approximated in their uniform orange colour inside and out to the flava variety 
of the Neozelanie C. radians, about which I have commented (Trans. N.Z. Inst., 
xlvii., 1914 (1915), p. 482-3). The second set are also tall, bluish-black above, 
‘with few or no lighter stripes, ribs pronounced and somewhat sharply eut, and 
very little erosion present: inside bluish, the spatula milky white from pale brown, 
edges scarcely marked with black: these came from black basalt rocks and 
correspond to the perana variety of the Neozelanic C. radians. I have compared 
these with the Peronian representative and conclude they are specifically identical, 
but, after allowing for individual variation, I find they are constant in their fewer 
ribs, comparatively taller and narrower, and the beaded ribs so noticeable in the 
typical juvenile are almost entirely missing. I propose to name the Port Fairy 
series Cellana variegata ariel, n. subsp., as I find Patella limbata was proposed 
by Bolten (Mus. Bolten, 1798, p. 1) years before Philippi used it. There are 
probably many synonyms of the typical variegatus, but, as far as I can trace, 
none from an Adelaidean locality. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 243 


A series of shells was sent from Mallaecoota, which were ali small and of the 
yellowish type, and from Tellaburga Island, a fine lot of very large shells, also of 
- this type, much eroded; a few small shells from Melbourne Heads were similar. 
Very many smallish shells were received from Twofold Bay, which generally 
agreed in coloration. The Mallacoota, Tellaburga Island, Melbourne Heads and 
Twofold Bay shells, though varying slightly in each case, showed the features 
ascribed to the Peronian form as already given from Sydney and Caloundra 
specimens. Eastern Tasmanian shells all appear to differ, even reaching the 
Furneaux Group, whence May recorded (Vict. Nat., xxx., 10 July, 1913, p. 57) 
Patella limbata of huge size. The investigation of that Group has proved of 
great interest to the student of geographic zoology, as the Adelaidean forms com- 
monly met there by May are generally missing from the Mallacoota collection, 
and, moreover, the Peronian species now traced down to Mallacoota do not ap- 
pear to have yet reached the Furneaux Group. May, however, records C. varie- 
gata Bl. as “rare and small in Tasmania, East Coast,’ so that reconsideration is 
necessary, while I do not knew what species occurs on the North Coast. Cellana 
wariegata, does not occur in Neozelanic waters, some form of radians having been 
mistaken for it, as I have previously suggested. 

The subject requires study from the following viewpoints: Cellana variegata 
Bl. lives on the Peronian coast from Point Arkwright, a little north of Caloundra, 
Q’land down the east coast and round the corner to Melbourne Heads. Accord- 
ing to locality and station, it shows a little variation in size, shape, form and 
colouring. Does it occur normally on the eastern Tasmanian Coast? What: 
species occurs on the northern coast of Tasmania? The western Victorian shells 
are notably different in shape and a little in sculpture, and appear to constitute 
a recognisable race, which I have named Cellana variegata ariel. Does a form of 
this race occur in South Austrahan waters? 

Cellana solida Blainville is the name for the eastern Tasmanian shell known 
as limbata, which appears to be a distinet species. Cellana rubraurantiaca Blain- 
ville is the name of the South Australian shell, known as kimbata, and this may 
be a different species from the eastern Tasmanian solida. What species occurs in 
Victoria, that has been recorded as limbata, and what relation (if any) of this 
species lives in Western Australia? 


(494) TECTARIUS PYRAMIDALIS (Quoy and Gaimard, 1833). 


The figure given by Quoy and Gaimard is very poor, but the locality Jervis 
Bay, N.S.W., has allowed acceptance without argument. i 

‘Fifty years previously Chemnitz (Conch. Cab., Vol. v., 1781, p. 42, tab. 162, 
fig. 1545-46) had described “Der Kleinknotige Krausel,” “ex Museo Spengleriano 
et nostro,” received from Cook’s trip to the South Seas which he figured, and 
mentioned a smaller form from the West Indies. For this species (a compound, 
but mainly Australian) Gmelin proposed the name Trochus nodulosus (Syst. Nat., 
Vol. i., 1791, pt. vi., p. 3582), giving as habitat “In Oceano australi et (minor) 
mari Americano meridionalem alluente,” thus absolutely fixing his name to the 
Australian shell. Unfortunately, the name he selected had been previously used 
by Solander (Fossil Hanton, 1760, p. 10), and the same result befell Dillwyn’s 
name Turbo trochiformis (Deser. Catal., pt. ii., 1817, p. 826), given to Chemnitz’s 
figure with the locality restricted to South Seas, as Born (Index Mus. Caes. 
Vindob., 1778, p. 355) had anticipated the name selection. This would leave. 
Quoy and Gaimard’s name, but there is another complication. Menke (Verz. 


244 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Coneh. Samml. Malsburg (pref. Mai 18) 1829, p. 10), introduced Litorina tuber- 
culata for Trochus nodulosus Gmelin, and Menke’s name seems acceptable. In 
his Synopsis, 2nd ed., published the succeeding year, Menke gave (p. 44) the 
same name to Gmelin’s Trochus nodulosus minor, and the latter usage has been 
aecepted, but is not correct. 

Chemnitz’s figures are excellent, and are probably painted from specimens 
collected by Captain Cook’s companions at Botany Bay, N.S.W., where the species 
is easily procured at Cook’s landing place even at the present time. In volume 
ix. of the Manual of Conchelogy, published in 1887, Tryon used (p. 258) Tec- 
tarius nodulosus ex Gmelin, to include the West Indian, Ceylon, Australian and 
New Zealand (where the genus does not occur) forms. 

The name would then appear to be Tectarius tuberculatus (Menke, 1829) 
and. the species ranges down to Mallacoota, Vic., and appears to be an addition to 
the Victorian List. 

(508 A) LiroNoBA AUSTRALIS (Ten.-Woods, 1875). 


The common Tasmanian shell known as Rissoa tenisoni Tate is here added 
to the New South Wales fauna. It was described as Cingulina australis by 
Tenison-Woods (Papers Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875 (1876), p. 146) and the 
specific name was altered on account of its transference to Rissoa, in this case 
practically an unwarranted change, as it is less like the type of Rissoa, than it 
is hike Cingulina. Upon its distinction as Lironoba, the original specific name 
must be reverted to. 


(508 B) Borenttus BAsstanus (Hedley, 1911). 


Onoba bassiana Hedley, Zool. Results Endeavour, 1909-10, Part i., 22 Dee., 
1911, p. 108, Pl. xix., fig. 25: Off Devonport, N. Tasmania. 

When I introduced Subonoba (Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvi., 1914 (12 July, 1915), 
p. 450), I wrote “Probably the shells classed by Hedley in Onoba viz. Onoba 
bassiana . . . . could be here placed, as, though it does not fairly agree in 
general shape and mouth characters, disagrees much more with typical Onoba.” 

A few specimens were received from the 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, and 
from 25 fathoms in Twofold Bay, and I have no hesitation in introducing the 
new generic name Botellus, citing O. bassiana Hedley as type. The circular 
mouth separates this group widely from any other of the Austral Rissoid series. 
Onoba glomerosa Hedley from Queensland belongs here, but Watson’s mercurialis, 
also from Queensland, appears to be a Subonoba. 


(510) ATTENUATA MINUTULA (Tate and May, 1900). 

This species is certainly not referable to this family. It is a very peculiar 
little form without any known close relations, and I do not. consider Hedley’s 
Rissoa integella congeneric. I first found it as dead shells in shell-sand from 
northern Tasmania, but I have found it alive in some dead-coral washings from 
20-25 fathoms in Twofold Bay, and I now propose for it alone the new generic 
name Coenaculum. It is not rare in shell-sand on the Sydney beaches. 


(521) ANABATHRON EMBLEMATICUM (Hedley, 1906). 

This species, easily recognisable, was not uncommon, but was. always small, 
so that I concluded the measurements given by Hedley might be incorrect, and’ 
this I find to be so, a mistransliteration having taken place. The correct size of 
the species is 2 mm. x 1 mm., not 4 x 2 mm. as given. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 245, 


(536 A) Rissoina Lintea Hedley and May, 1908. 


Rissoina lintea Hedley and May, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 11 Sep., 1908, p. 117, 
Pl. xxiii., fig. 11: 100 F., off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. 

Specimens were sorted out of the 50-70 fathom dredgings off Green Cape, 
another addition to the N.S.W. List. 


(539 A) HETERORISSOA WILFRIDI (Gatliff and Gabriel, 1911). 


Jeffreysia wilfridi Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet., xxiv. (ns.), 
1911, p. 188, Pl. xlvi., fig. 3. ° 

This adds a species and genus and probably a family to the N.S.W. List. 
The genus Heterorissoa was proposed by me (Proc. Malac. Soe. Lond., x., Oct., 
1912, p. 221), with a Kermadec species, H. secunda (op. cit., fig. in text) as 
type, to include the (apparent) southern representatives conchologically of the 
northern Jeffreysia, which show a distinct difference in the opereular characters. 
Found in shallow water dredgings sent by Roy Bell from Twofold Bay. I find 
shells not uncommon in the shell-sand of the Sydney beaches. 


(540 A) Sriva RoyANA, n.sp. (Plate xxxiv., f. 11.) 


A second member of the genus Stiva, of smaller size and more delicate 
sculpture, and with a typical operculum. 

Shell awl-shaped, apex blunt, mouth ovate, slightly channelled anteriorly. 
Colour white marbled with- orange, forming a subsutural band in many eases, the 
apical whorls uniform orange. The first two whorls are smooth, the succeeding one 
faintly longitudinally ribbed, the ribs growing stronger, the adult whorls number- 
ing ten. The ribs number about thirty-two on the penultimate whorl, flexuous 
and narrow, the interstices being wider and latticed with very fine scratched lines: 
on the last whorl the ribs cease at the periphery and the basal sculpture consists 
of transverse scratches and obsolescent growth lines. The outer lip sharp but 
not thin, the inner lip continuous and appressed to the basal whorl, a minute 
umbilical chink sometimes appearing. Length 15.5 mm., breadth 6 mm. 

Dredged in 10-25 fathoms, Twofold Bay; also in 10-15 fathoms, Disaster 
Bay; and also in 10-15 fathoms off Gabo Island, Victoria. 


(561 A) Capunus AustTrALIS (Lamarck, 1819). 


Hedley has recently accepted Capulus calyptra Martyn for the Bass Straits 
Capulus, but this I think is erroneous, and I would recommend the name he 
previously determined for use, and add the species to:the N.S.W. Fauna, as it 
has pushed round the corner and lives in Twofold Bay. Numerous specimens 
were sent from Port Fairy, where it is abundant on Haliotis, and then quite a 
few were received from Mallacoota and Tellaburga Island, and among these very 
many showed the apical whorls which were, as expected, always dextral. Some 
time ago, I examined all the Capulus and Hipponyx in the British Museum Col- 
lection and in my notes I find “Capulus danieli Crosse. Type from New Caledonia 
is not South Australian shell, but is calyptra Martyn.’’ Specimens from Lord 
Howe Island are quite unlike southern Australian shells. As I have now plenty 
of good material I will reinvestigate the matter, and note the radular characters 
of these animals. Maplestone (Monthly Micros. Journal, 1 Aug., 1872, PI. 
xxvi.) has figured the radula of a Victorian specimen. 


246 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


(563 A) PLesiotrocHUS MONACHUS (Crosse -& Fisher, 1864). 


It seems very doubtful that this is the correct generic location for this shell, 
which was described (Journ. de Conch., xii., 1864, p. 347) from Port Adelaide, 
S. Aust., and which I recovered from a dredging made in 10-20 fathoms off 
Merimbula, N.S.W., and odd broken dead shells from Twofold Bay. It appears to 
be an addition to the recorded N.S.W. fauna. While the radula and operculum 
of this species are known, those of the type of Plesiotrochus, a rather different- 
looking shell, are not, and as the latter is a tropical genus, whereas the present 
shell appears to be confined to the Adelaidean Region, outside the tropics, its 
transference is soon anticipated. 


(566) Brrrium GRANARIUM (Kiener, 1842). 


Bittium has maintained its generic position because the animal showed a 
multispiral operculum with a central nucleus, in place of the normal Cerithioid 
paucispiral operculum. The Australian shells appeared exactly comparable with 
the European forms, but the operculum is paucispiral, and, consequently, once 
again an alien name must be dismissed, and the Australian shells that agree 
most closely with European ones prove to cover different animals. 

More than one generic form has been lumped in the Austral Bittium, but 
I here propose only the new generic name Cacozelia, with the species Cerithiwm 
lacertinum Gould as type. 

Hedley has, since this note was written, published the differentia] features 
that separate the Western Australian granarium from the eastern Australian 
lacertinum Gould. 


(577) SEILA TURRITELLIFORMIS (Angas, 1877). 


Though Hedley synonymised with Angas’s species, his own Seila attenuata, 
I have never been sure of this identity. Hedley’s species was well known and 
represented a generic type for which I propose the new generic name Seilarez. 
Species closely agreeing in generic characters from South Africa, differ at sight 
from the Seila in shape, sculpture, form of mouth and texture of shell. Angas’s 
picture did not show these particulars, and I have found, among some shells 
belonging to Mr. Hedley, specimens collected years ago by Brazier which are 
near Angas’s figure, and seem to represent the latter’s species. Therefore, I 
would add No. 577a Seilarer attenuatus Hedley 1900 (Seila). 

Live shells have not yet been found, but their study will be interesting, as, 
in the Check List. Seila and Cerithiopsis are placed in Cerithiidae, and followed 
by the Triphoridae, whereas in connection with Palaearectie species these genera, 
from study of the animals, are widely separated, and it is possible that the 
Austral species entirely differ. 


(591-600) Family TURRITELLIDAE. 


Ten species are recorded, all under the genus name Turritella, though when 
Miss Donald wrote her essay she had provided two special names for some Aus- 
tral forms, thus: Colpospira Donald (Proc. Malac. Soe. Lond., iv., pt. 2, Aug. 
1900, p. 51: Type, by original designation, Twrritella runcinata Watson, and 
(p. 53) Platycolpus, type, by original designation, Turritella (Colpospira 7) 
quadrata, nsp. (Pl. v., fig. 8-8b), from Bass Straits, 45 F. In that essay 
only a few specimens were studied, but the results were good. I have received 


BY TOM IREDALE. 247 


thousands of specimens of many species from various depths. From these I 
would urge the recognition of the above names, as Turritella is widespread and 
of great antiquity, and none of the Australian species is closely related to the 
typical species. Moreover, I find that the Austral forms can be separated into 
distinct series so that more than one generic name is necessary. 

Probably these things are rare, but otherwise they have been badly treated. 
Watson’s determinations are particularly wretched, as he was really not a good 
conchologist, and his painstaking results are peculiarly unreliable. Hedley has 
pointed out that he named wretched fragments of juvenile specimens as novelties, 
and in the present group his results are amazing. I have just examined the 
whole of the Challenger material named by him, and find a dead shapeless item 
soberly named and allotted a number and registered as a mojluscan specimen in 
the British Museum. This has often occurred, and little reliance can be placed 
upon any of his records, and many of his ‘new species” are scarcely recognis- 
able. It would serve little good purpose to controvert all his identifications, 
one will suffice. Hedley noted two species were on the tablet named Turritella 
carlottae, and concluded they represented the two localities cited by Watson for 
this species, Bass Straits and New Zealand. Smith (Brit. Mus. (Terra Nova) 
Exped., 1910, Zool. Vol. u., No. 4, 27 Mar., 1915, p. 80) pointed out that Hedley 
was mistaken, though two distinct species were on the tablet, and wrote: “The 
shell from East Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait, quoted by Watson, is preserved 
in a box by itself, and is distinct. It evidently was not seen by Mr. Hedley.” 
However, Smith did not determine it: the “shell” is a broken tip of tasmanica 
Ten.-Woods, a species quite unlike Hutton’s vittata, so that in this ease alone 
Watson confused three species. More interesting to the student is the extreme 
localisation of the species and the geographical variation. After collecting many 
species in Twofold Bay and Disaster Bay, in depths from 5-25 fathoms, a singie 
dredging in 12 fathoms off Gabo Island, only a few miles further south, showed 
a very distinct species. 

When Miss Donald wrote, twenty years ago, she noted the difficulty of identi- 
fying two Australian species Turritella sophiae Brazier and Turritella higginst 
Petterd, neither of which had been figured. I have not found figures of these 
yet, and Tate and May cite the latter as a synonym of TJ. accisa Watson, and 
the former as not known to them. 


(593) TURRITELLA GUNNII Reeve, 1849. (Plate xxxvi., figs. 3, 12, 13.) 


Hundreds of specimens were dredged by Roy Bell in Twofold Bay in from 
15-25 fathoms. Variation in sculpture and form could be well studied and 
radular characters easily investigated. The opercular features showed this to 
be quite distinct from that of Colpospira, while, similarly, the quadrata series 
were proved to belong to that genus, only subgeneric status being permissibie 
for Platycolpus. The recognition of the gunnii group as a distinct genus is thus 
necessary, aS in the characters of the protoeconch, due to their viviparous habit, 
it also differs, 

I propose for the species T. gunnii Reeve the new generic name Gazameda, 
and conclude this name should be used for the Australian Turritellids with long 
spires, sinuate mouth, peculiar protoconch, viviparous habits, simple opereulum, 
as distinct from Colpospira, of ‘shorter growth, more sinuate mouth, different 
protoconch, non-viviparous habits and complex operculum. 

Watson’s T. philippensis, described trom one young dead shell from 33 


248 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


fathoms in Bass Straits, has been rightly regarded as synonymous with the pre- 
sent species. It may be, however, that it represents a geographic or bathymetric 
form. The specimens from 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape all tend to emphasize 
“the ante-sutural roll (Plate xxxvi., f. 13) seen in the picture of philippensis, and 
generally absent or obsolete in the shallow water shells (Plate xxxvi., f. 12). 
Again, the shells dredged in 18-25 fathoms in Disaster Bay appear a little 
broader on the average and more strongly sculptured (Plate xxxvi., f. 3), though 
I have thousands from Twofold Bay shallow water for comparison, and, further, 
_the deepwater shells above noted are narrower. Moreover, I observe that the 
females containing young are broader shells than others which have no young, 
and which I take to be males. It may be, however, that the ones without young 
are simply immature and that they do not produce young until a certain age. 
Against this may be noted the fact that very large shells were found to possess 
no young, but such cases should be dissected on the spot and sex noted. 


(594) TURRITELLA OPULENTA Hedley, 1907. 


It was obvious from the figure and description that this was not referable to 
Turritella, as commonly understood, and study of these had suggested the genus 
Argyropeza Melvill, which I had recognised from dredgings elsewhere. 

Specimens turned up in the 50-70 fathom dredging off Green Cape, N.S.W., 
and these were seen to differ in features of the shell not easily determined from 
a description. I propose the new generic name Glyptozaria for this species alone, 
‘and this will distinguish it and draw attention to it. All the Australian mem- 
bers of the family Turritellidae have a sinus in the outer lip, more or less deeply 
marked, and in this species there is no sign of such a sinus. 

I note that a fossil relative of this form exists among the Muddy Creek 
‘fossils in the British Museum, confused with Tate’s gemmulata, and this adds 
to the very close alliance of the recent deepwater shells of southern New South 
Wales and the Muddy Creek series. 


(595) TURRITELLA PARVA (Angas, 1877). 


This species, described as a Torcula, has been recognised by Hedley, and, as 
in other cases, a reconsideration seems necessary, as the type in the British 
Museum does not seem to belong to the family Turritellidae at all. The mouth 
is broken, but the columella shows a basal point which suggests a canal, and thus 
Seila, but the whorls are a little pagodoid, and definite identity with any species 
known to me could not be established. 

I have again re-examined this shell, and note that, as well as the outer lip 
being broken, the apical whorls are missing and the columella is slightly twisted, 
but the presence of a canal seems definite, and certainly the shell is not a Turri- 
tellid. 

(596 A) COLPOSPIRA GUILLAUMEI, n.sp. (Plate xxxvi., figs. 4, 15). 


Small for the genus, attenuately subulate, periphery keeled on later whorls, 
mouth nearly circular, outer lp deeply broadly sinuate (fig. 15). Colour 
pinkish-white suffused with fulvous and irregularly blotched with darker patches 
of the same colour. Apical whorls smooth and whitish, sutures deeply impressed, 
whorls flattened, periphery keeled, base rounded. The adult sculpture consists of 
a few transverse ridges, but mainly of growth lines, sinuate longitudinals following 
the mouth, more marked anteriorly. Columella nearly straight, faintly twisted 
anteriorly. Operculum typical. Length of type 15 mm.; breadth 5 mm. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 249 


Abundant in 5-15 fathoms in Twofold Bay, N.S.W. 

This well-marked little species differs from C. quadrata (Donald), its ap- 
parent nearest relative, in its lack of transverse sculpture, and the quadrate 
whorling, as well as size. 


(596 B) Coupospira QuapRATA (Donald, 1900). (Plate xxxvi., f. 5.) 

Turritella (Colpospira ?) quadrata Donald, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1iv., 
Aug. 1900, p. 53, Pl. v., figs. 8-8b: Bass Strait. 

This occurs in most of the deeper water dredgings from 25-70 fathoms, and, 
upon reference to the Muddy Creek fossils, I was surprised to find so much 
distinction, that, with the few specimens here, little could be definitely ascertained 
as to the ancestry of the recent species. A large species, Turritella cons picabilis 
Tate, was seen to have “quadrate’ whorls when juvenile, but with different 
sculpture from the present species, and to grow to a much larger size than any 
recent shells I have seen. It might, however, bear the same kind of relationship 
to the recent shell as the huge C. runcinata recorded by Vereo from South Aus- 
tralian seas does to the small C. sinuata from the Port Jackson area. 


(597 A) COLPOSPIRA RUNCINATA (Watson, 1881). 


When Watson wrote his preliminary descriptions (Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. 
xv., 1881, p. 218) he described Turritella runcinata from the 38/40 fathom dredg- 
ing off East Moncoeur Island, Bass Straits.. Two pages later (p. 220), from 
the same locality, he added Twrritella accisa, and on p. 224 he introduced Turri- 
tella cordismei, also from the same dredging. The series in the first two cases 
consists of three shells each, while in the last, four specimens were included. 
Miss Donald drew attention to the great similarity between the first two, and 
noted that the last named were juvenile. The three runcinata are larger and 
broader than the three accisa, but I conclude they are absolutely identical. The 
sculpture varies, and each set contains finer and coarsely sculptured shells. The 
four cordismeit are really only two, as two unrecognisable dead tips are included: 
the other two are young, rather narrower shells, but almost certainly the same 
species: the larger is more smoothly, but the smaller is more coarsely, sculptured. 

Then what is the shell recorded by Verco from South Australia under the 
name T. accisa? 

A few specimens of C. sinwata (Reeve) were picked out of the shallow water 
dredgings, but mostly in the deeper series, about 20 fathoms, in Twofold Bay, 
and sometimes were accompanied by C. runcinata (Watson), and the variation 
in each makes it difficult'to determine their validity without long series. My first 
conclusion was that runcinata was the southern form of sinuata, and this may 
be the correct one, but their occurrence together suggests their specific distinction, 
in which case Watson’s T. cordismei might be referred to sinuata, and would 
represent the southern stage of the species. 

Examination of the few Muddy Creek fossils available here, suggested that 
platyspira Ten.-Woods was the fossil relative of sinwata, and that the latter 
may be preserved as a distinct species, but I hope that this species or group of 
Species will be studied with a view to the variation existent, as Vereo has pro- 
claimed himself puzzled with his large series from deepwater, and I think they 
are very variable. 

Miss Donald noted (p. 50) “Murchisonia sutoris as a manuscript name given 
by Dunker to specimens in the Godeffroy Museum, collected by Captains Schultze, 


250 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Pohl and Witt in Bass Strait, the best being probably obtained by the last 
named.” As this indicates uncertainty and error, some facts may be here re- 
corded. In the Museum Godeffroy Catalogue (iv., May, 1869), a preface dated 
18 May, 1869, by J. Schmeltz, Jr., states that the shells have been determined 
by Dunker. A “Topographische und Zoologische Notizen” gives excellent details 
of the collectors for that once famous Museum with an account of their collecting 
grounds. On p. xix. it is noted that Captain Wendt (not Witt as Miss Donald 
quoted from Pfeffer’s letter), in the Gulf of St. Vincent near Adelaide and on 
the south coast of Australia, dredged new species of shells, as well as known 
but rare species as Myadora pandoriformis Stutchb. Captaim Wendt also dredged 
in Bass Strait, but later Captain Schultze dredged also in Bass Strait and in his 
collection there were specimens of the genus Murchisonia, hitherto only known 
in the fossil state, but the specimens were poor. Captain Schultze also eol- 
lected, at the same time, Crassatella castanea Reeve, Myochama keppelliana Reeve 
and Pectunculus laticostatus Quoy and Gaimard.  Digressing, it may be noted 
that the Crassatella were typical kingicola Lamarck, and that the Pectunculus 
referred to the New Zealand laticostatus Q. and G. was the one I have written 
about under the name Glycymeris flabellatus Ten.-Woods, and is the earliest re- 
cord of this species. In the Catalogue iv., no Murchisonia is included, but on. 
p. 77 “No. 3483 Torcula tenuilirata Dkr., n.sp. B(ass) S(tr.)” appears without 
any description. In Catalogue v., published Feb. 1874, there is “p. 148, No. 3433 
Murchisonia sutoris Dkr. = Torcula tenuilirata Dkr. i. 1. Mus. Godeffroy Cat. iv. 
Bassstrasse,”’” and in the Corrigenda, p. 212, a note “ist eine Turritellide zum 
Genus Zaria gehbrend (O. Semper).” 


(600) TuRRITELLA SUBSQUAMOSA Dunker, 1871. (Plate xxxvi., figs. 11, 14.) 


A remarkable shell was found in the 15-25 fathom dredgings, in that 1t was 
only about halfgrown, with the mouth always broken; in no specimen did I find 
a perfect mouth, the outer edge being extraordinarily thin, and fractures could 
be traced along the shell. Three magnificent shells were dredged in a single 
haul at 25 fathoms, and upon comparison these proved to be the long-lost Turri- 
tella tasmanica Reeve (Conch. Iceon., Vol. V., June, 1849, Pl. ix., sp. 42), deseribed 
from Van Diemen’s Land, from Dr. Sinelair’s collecting, the type in the British 
Museum. Tate and May recorded the name and wrote “= 7. lamellosa (?).” 
Hedley tegarded the latter as a synonym of Dunker’s species and the description 
given by Dunker agrees very well with that of Reeve. Specimens from Bass 
Strait, the types of Watson’s lamellosa, differed from Reeve’s type only in the 
suppression of the spirals and the greater prominence of the longitudinal threads. 
South Australian shells, labelled oxyacris Tate, a name also regarded as synonym- 
ous, showed a still further advance, the longitudinals overriding the almost ob- 
solete spirals. Im the most northern shells the latticing between the spirals is 
scarcely noticeable, and the form then looks quite distinct, and, moreover, looks 
hike a form of gunnii with coarse spirals, but it is always a narrower shell. 

Contrariwise, a fossil from the Muddy Creek beds, labelled Turritella murrayana 
Tate, showed a complete lamellose sculpture with very subjunctive spirals, re- 
calling the South Australan oxyacris above noted, but was very much broader 
and was ranked as a variant of other shells showing no lamellose striations but 
simply very close spiral sculpture, much closer than any form of gunnii, though 
that species varies in breadth as well as sculpture. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 251 


(605) CrossEA CONCINNA Angas, 1868. 


This species was commonly found as dead shells in shell grit from a few 
feet of water at low tide, but a living specimen revealed a multi-spiral operculum 
of rather thick horny texture. This necessitates the transference of the species 
to the family Liotiidae and the proposition of a new genus, a view previously 
held from a criticism of the shell features alone. I propose Crosseola, with 
this species as type, and would temporarily range along with this the other 
globular Australian species classed as Crossea, e.g. carinata Hedley, naticoides 
Hedley, cancellata Ten.-Woods and consobrina May, and the fossils Crossea 
princeps Tate and C. semiornata Tate. The species (606) Crossea labiata 
Ten.-Woods, which Bell sent also, is a different group altogether, and its family 
location must remain doubtful until live specimens are examined. It has, how- 
ever, still less apparent relationship with typical Crossea, and cannot be included 
with the above, so | introduce the new generic name Dolicrossea, naming C. 
labiata Ten.-Woods as type. The fossil Crossea sublabiata Tate seems only tri- 
nomially separable, while the fossil C. lauta Tate has no living representative 
yet on record (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xi., 1890, pp. 220-2, figs. on plate 
Vi. ). 


(608) Lippistes ToRcULARIS (Ten.-Woods, 1878). 


Only one well acquainted with the literature of Australian marine molluses 
would have recognized the shell under this name, as nothing much more unlike 
the type of Lippustes could be found to bear that generic name. 

I herewith propose /cuncula, with Cingulina torcularis Ten.-Woods as type, 
and question the matter of variability. Hedley allows two species, torcularis 
Ten.-Woods and zodiacus Hedley, and May has since deseribed another, L. con- 
sobrina, comparing it with Brazier’s gracilenta. Probably some ot these will be 
lumped when series are available, as, allowing the same standard, Lironoba australis 
might be split into half a dozen. 

Only one specimen was found in a dredging from 15 fathoms in Twofold 
Bay, and this I refer to the present species. 

Referring to Lippistes, this generic name is older than T'richotropis and the 
family name would be Lippistidae. As to the name of the Victorian and South 
Australian species, the more writers, apparently, the more confusion. Hedley 
gave a note, based upon British information, and his nomination is incorrect. 
Pritchard and Gatlhff (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xvili., n.s., pt. 2, 1906, p. 55) ac- 
_ cepting blainvilleanus Petit in place of their own gabrieli stated that Hedley then 
accepted the distinction between ZL. separatista Dillwyn and L. blainvilleanus Petit. 
At the same time, Verco reported upon these forms and accepted L. séparatista 
upon E. A. Smith’s assistance and recommendation. Since then, Smith altered 
his opinion and recorded Lippistes helicoides Gmelin, which is the correct name 
for Dillwyn’s separatista, from Cape Colony, South Africa. This leaves the 
South Australian shell to bear Pritchard and Gatliff’s name gabrieki as the only 
certain one, until actual comparison is made with the type of blainvilleanus. 
There appears to be little variation individually, and the named forms appear 
to be geographic representatives of full specific rank. In any ease, the South 
African shell is clearly and constantly distinct from the South Australian species, 
and also from the Philippine shell studied by Verco, and now separated by Smith. 


252 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


(623) STRUTHIOLARIA SCUTULATA (Martyn, 1784). 

The recognition of the genus Tylospira seems necessary, inasmuch as fossil 
representatives of this form are known living alongside fossil forms of Struthio- 
laria s.str., thus proving the antiquity of the separation and, consequently, its 
generic value. 

Under No. 30 Arca trapezia, | have quoted Dall’s views, and here add his 
further conclusion “The estimation of values in such eases is liable to a large 
personal equation.” I absolutely agree, and point out that as in this case, an 
ancient difference should have more value allotted to it than a recent one. 

Tylospira was proposed by Harris (Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus., part i., 25 
Mar. 1897, p. 222) with the present species named as type. The radula of 
Tylos pira differs appreciably from that of Struthiolaria, and I hope to figure it 
later in conjunction with other comparisons of the fossil and recent OEMS of 
this group. 


(624) ZEMIRA AUSTRALIS (Sowerby, 1841). 


One of the greatest puzzles of Australian systematic malacology has not 
been solved by study of the radula. Dr. A. H. Cooke has published an account 
(Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., xui., Aug., 1918, p. 12), wherein he states that 
the radular characters of this strange molluse are only comparable with those 
of Oliva and Murex, and suggests placing the species near the latter with generic 
(not subgeneric) rank. Of course he should have said Family rank, as ob- 
viously that was the correct value, on account of the abnormal shell and opercular 
characters. 

Specimens from Disaster Bay, 10-20 fathoms, were a little larger with a 
lower spire than the ones from Twofold Bay in the same depths. I note this, 
as the Muddy Creek fossil Z. praecursior Tate is differentiated by that feature, 
and there is no series of the fossil available. A family Zemiridae, next to the 
family Olividae, would best express our present knowledge of this form. 


(628 A) NARICAVA VINCENTIANA (Angas, 1880). 


Adeorbis vincentiana Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 417, Pl. xl, £. 9: 
Aldinga Bay, Gulf St. Vincent, S.A.—Vanikoro Caneel Wena, Teel Roy. 
Soe. S. Aust., xxxiii., 1909, p. 334, Pl. xxix., figs. 1-3: Gulf St. Vincent, S.A— 
V. vineentiana, Verco, ibid., xxxiv., 1910, p. 118 (full account and SAMI) - 

This is an aden to the N.S.W. List, specimens having been sorted out of the 
Twofold Bay shallow-water dredgings. 


(645) EprronruM GRANOSUM (Quoy and Gaimard, 1834). 

Hedley (These Proc., 1901, 20 May 1902, p. 701) recognised Scalaria ballin- 
ensis Smith (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol vii., 1891, p. 139) from Ballina, 
N.S.W., as a synonym of Scala granosa (Q. and G.) which he considered ‘“‘com- 
mon, widespread and variable.” He gave a figure of Smith’s species (Pl. xxxiv., 
ity PAL 

I have received shells from Port Fairy, Vic., which are all broader than a 
series from Cape Naturaliste, W. Aus., which may be regarded as typical of 
granosa, described from King George Sound. Roy Bell’s collections frora Two- 
fold Bay included specimens which were determined as ballinensis from Smith's 
types, and these are constantly separable from either of the other sets. I 


BY TOM IREDALE. 253 


advise, therefore, the reinstatement of ballinensis in the N.S.W. List in place of 
granosum. 

As “granulosa Q. and G.,’ this species is the type of Granuliscala Boury, 
1909, which will come into use, when work is undertaken on this group again. 


(660) AUSTROTRITON PARKINSONIUS (Perry, 1811). (Plate xxxv., f. 4.) 


When Kesteven wrote upon Lotorium (These Proe., 1902, p. 443 et seq.) he 
grouped with parkinsonianum, radiale Tate, abbotti Ten.-Wds., textile Tate, 
woodsi Tate and tortirostris Tate, Australian Tertiary fossils. He later gave 
figures (These Proc., xxxvui., 1912, p. 49 et seq. Pl. 1) of tortirostris, abbotti 
‘and parkinsonianum, dwelling upon their close relationship, concluding C. par- 
kinsonianum is apparently the recent form of C. tortirostris. This is indisput- 
able, but the examination of specimens from 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape provided 
an interesting complication. Obviously related to parkinsonianum, they differed 
a little in shape, narrower, longer spire, longer canal (Pl. xxxv., f. 4), and ap- 
_proximated more in sculpture to the fossil form. The series could be well named 
im the manner I am suggesting for such cases thus: 

Austrotriton parkinsonius Perry. The shallow water coastal species. A. [par- 
kinsonius| basilicus n. subsp. Deeper water relation. A. [parkinsonius| tortirostris 
“Tate. The fossil form. 


(667) CYMATIUM SPENGLERI (Perry, 1811). 


As a synonym must be added Triton (Cabestana) boltenianus A. Adams 
(Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1854 (8 May 1855), p. 311): Australia. This species 
was named from a specimen in the Mus. Cuming, now in the British Museum, 
and Angas recorded it in 1867 from Long Bay, Port Jackson, and presented 
specimens to the British Museum. When Hedley studied the British Museum 
Collection, he concluded that these were all extra-lmital, as the species was 
unknown to Australian malacologists, and that some confusion of localities had 
‘taken place. From Port Fairy, Vic., Roy Bell sent a small dead shell and then 
from Mallacoota, Vic., another one came, but from Twofold Bay he sent a fine 
large shell, alive, which agreed exactly with the type of boltenianum, and I in- 
tended to reinstate it, when I found I could not easily distinguish the smal] ones 
from the admitted juveniles of spengleri. Hedley at once recognised the large 
‘shell as an aberration of spengleri, and I agree. The type of barthelemyi Ber- 
nard is in the British Museum and is another variation of this species. 


(667 A) CYMATIELLA QuOYI (Reeve, 1844). 


Triton quoyi Reeve, Conch. Icon., June 1844, Triton Pl. xix., f. 93: New 
Holland, Mus. Cuming.— T. verrucosus Reeve, ib., xvil., f. 71: Hab? Mus Cum- 
“ing.—T. eburneus Reeve, ib., xvil., f. 69: I. Ticao, Mus. Cuming. 

These three appear as distinct species in Tate & May’s Census for Tasmania, 
while Pritchard and Gatliff lump the first two under the name verrucosus, and 
also accept eburneus as Victorian. The type of eburneus seems to me to be 
Philippine, as given by Reeve, and the other two represent two forms of one 
species, in which case verrucosus is the name for the species. As the slender 
‘form has been recognised as distinct, and I cannot determine the point, | am 
’ using the name quoyi for the form I now add to the N.S.W. List from Twofold 
Bay, dredged in shallow water, as my specimen is especially slender, but not as 


254 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


slender as the deep water form. J am introducing the new generic name Cyma- 
tiella, with quoyi as type, for these peculiar little Australian forms. 


(682 A) PHauium pyrum (Lamarck, 1822). 


Cassis pyrum Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Vert., Vol. vii., 1822, p. 226: New 
Holland, i.e., East Tasmania; Kiener, Coquilles Vivants Casque, 1835, p. 39, Pl. 13, 
f. 25.—Semicassis paucirugis Angas (not Menke), Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. 183. 
Twofold Bay. 

The species of Phalium inhabiting extra-tropical Australia are of great in- 
terest, and I hope to monograph them shortly, as so many diverse views have 
been held as to the species and nomination. Roy Bell sent from Mallacoota 
many specimens of the present species and C. semigranosum Lamarck (named 
at the same time by Lamarck and probably collected by Peron in the same place 
simultaneously). From Twofold Bay he sent the present species and P. labiatwm 
Perry (typically coloured, but a little more globose, apparently its southern 
limit) as shore and shallow water shells; from 25 F. a specimen of P. stadiale 
Hedley not quite typical, and from 50-70 F., off Green Cape, a young typical 
specimen of P. stadiale Hedley. The recent trawling expeditions have brought 
up many C. thomsoni Brazier, C. sophiae Braz., and C. stadiale Hedley, showing 
all these to be constant geographically and bathymetrically. I have collected a 
number of shore specimens, on the Sydney beaches, of P. labiatum Perry, all 
agreeing in coloration and form. 

The present species was recorded as S. paucirugis by Angas from Twofold 
Bay; Hedley also collected it there, and now Bell has got it, and all the specimens. 
are alike, showing little variation from the Mallacoota and eastern Tasmanian 
shells. From Kiener’s figure of C. pyrum Lamarck, I should conclade the species 
was collected by Peron in eastern or southern Tasmania. 


(691 A) Narica SHOREHAMI Pritchard and Gatliff, 1900. 

Natica shorehami Pritchard and Gatliff, Proce. Roy. Soc. Vict., xi. (n.s.), 
Aug. 1900, p. 131, Pl. xx., f. 4: Port Phillip, Victoria. A few small shells were 
sorted out of shallow water dredgings in Twofold Bay, N.S.W., along with WV. 
subcostata Ten.-Woods (which ranged in size to 13 x 11 mm.), each with the 
operculum, that of the former being as yet undescribed, and is here stated to be 
solid, shelly, smooth, showing a slight prominence following the initial whorling, 
while there is a very obscure suleus near the edge. This would place the species 
in the genus Cochlis Bolten, Museum Bolten, 1798, p. 146, accepting C. albule 
Bolten as type, the typical Natica having the suleate operculum like that of W 
subcostata Ten.-Woods. 


(702) SinumM PLANULATUM (Recluz, 1843). 

This is referable to Sinum, but the specific name is not acceptable. Sigaretus 
planulatus was published by Recluz in Illustr. Conchyl. (Chenu), in his Mon. 
Sigaret (p. 21) and figured (Pl. 3, fig. 4). His specimen came from “Hes 
Séchelles, au port Mahé,’ and he attached to it “Gualt., Index test., 1742, Pl. 69, 
fig.. F. inferior,” as depicting his species. On p. 1 of his Monograph, he had 
introduced Sigaretus planatus for the Gualtierian species. Chenu’s Illustrations 
appeared piecemeal, and a collation has been prepared by Sherborn and Smith, 
and published in the Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., ix., Mar., 1911, p. 264 et seq. - 
From this we get the information 


BY TOM IREDALE. 255 


Sigaretus, pp. 1-4 Pls. 1-2 in part 5 ~~ reed. British Museum 11. 5.1843 


5-8 8-10 10. 8.1843 
9-12 16 77.12.1843 
13-20 22 7. 3.1844 
21-24 25 apparently 5. 6.1844 


From this it would be concluded that the name must be planatus, and if the 
Seychelles shell is different from Gualtier’s species, another name must be used 
for it. 

Later in his “Catalogue” of the species of Sigaretus (Journ. de Conceh., 
u., 1851, .p. 163, et seq.) Recluz records his planulatus from the Philippines, and 
adds his gualterianus olim as a synonym. 

For the species named zonalis by Quoy and Gaimard, Tryon used Lamarck’s 

Sigaretus laevigatus (Hist. Anim. s. Verteb. Vol. vi. pt. 2, Apr., 1822, p. 208) 
from the seas of Java, and adds as synonym Sicaretus (sic) australis Hanley 
(Conchologist’s Book of Species, 1840, p. 57, frontispiece plate, f. 3). In the 
2nd revised edition, Hanley added an Index with names of authorities and 
loealities, and there (p. 153) this name is credited to Gray and South Seas is 
given. Shells in the British Museum labelled “australis Hanley” from the I. of 
Luzon, which may be the types, are easily separable from zonalis Q. and G., 
but belong to that group, which differs from the planulatus series, also shown 
from the I. of Luzon. It is interesting to note that Recluz, the monographer of 
this group, always separated the shells into two series, and at first sight this 
seemed splitting, but upon fuller knowledge it shows great insight, and a de- 
tailed investigation of the anatomy of these two groups would be interesting. 
The radula of the whole series is peculiar, but there are too few specimens in 
the Gwatkin Collection to make any comparison of value. I have, however, a 
few shells sent by Roy Bell with their animals, and [ will later report upon their 
radulae. 
Since this was written, Robson has given a short account of the external 
characters of Sinum planulatum (Recluz) (Proc. Malae. Soc. Lond., xv., 1923, 
p. 268-269), but appears to be ignorant of Quoy and Gaimard’s figures of their 
C. zonalis (see post), nor does he quote Recluz’ excellent figures (loc. cit.). 


(702 A) Sinum ZONALE (Quoy and Gaimard, 1833). 


Crysptotoma (sic) zonalis Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol., Zool. Vol. 
i., 1833, p. 221, Pl. 66 bis, figs. 1-3: Garden Island, King George Sound, W. 
Aust. 

This Adelaidean species has drifted round the corner, occurring in shallow 
water dredgings from Twofold Bay, and being an addition to the N.S.W. List. 


(703) Sinust umpBimnicarum (Quoy and Gaimard, 1833). 


The more common shells give the most trouble and the present species is @ 
good instance. Recently a lumping policy has been adopted, but a revision seems 
necessary. WVereo has described a deepwater representative of this species from 
South Australia, and the shells from 60-70 fathoms off Green Cape, N.S.W., are 
distinguishable from the shore and shallow water specimens by being depressed 
and flatter. However, shallow water South Australian shells seem more conical, 
with a smaller mouth and smaller umbilicus than Tasmanian shells, while these 
are much larger than any of the N.S.W. specimens. There are four names at 
present available, umbilicata, globosa, picta and albosutura, the last named being 


256 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


regarded as very distinct. The type locality of wmbilicata has not yet been 
fixed, but I here designate Tasmania, where Quoy and Gaimard collected, and 
where it is a common shell. 

The name pictus can then be used for the South Australian form, and { pro- 
pose to differentiate the Peronian forms. However, the generic name must be 
first fixed. In the Check List, Hedley has placed the species under Sinwm, which 
is obviously undesirable, as the animal is retractile, while that of Sinwm, is not; 
moreover, this species is “umbilicata,’ whereas Sinum shows the very opposite. 
Pritchard and Gatliff and Vereo have used Hunaticina, which is conchologically 
preferable, but the shell features still do not agree. I therefore concluded that a 
new generic name was necessary, but thought examination of the radulae in the 
Gwatkin Collection might prove interesting. The species of Polinices I examined, 
such as conica, plumbea, melastoma, all showed a rhachidian tooth, with three 
large practically even cusps. The radula of Sinwm, as shown by zonalis, has a 
tricuspid rhachidian, but, while the two side cusps are long, the central cusp is 
short, only about half the length: this is characteristic of Sinum. The radula 
of picta sent by Vereo from St. Vincent’s Gulf, 8S. Aust., at once showed a 
notable distinction as, though the rhachidian might still be termed tricuspid, only 
the central tooth was strongly developed, the side cusps only showing as minor 
projections near the base. The radula of papilla, the type of Hunaticina, is 
nearest this, but is recognisable and well differentiated by means of its unicuspid 
rhachidian. I have just indicated the above differences, but they are supported 
by the shape of the base of the rhachidian tooth, the size and shape of the 
laterals and marginals. 

Consequently, the necessity of distinguishing the present species generically 
is proven, and I propose the new generic name Propesinum, and would name the 
New South Wales sub-littoral form Propesinum umbilicatum minusculum, n. subsp., 
as being smaller, with less elevated spire, columella more reflected, umbilical cavity 
narrower, and the deepwater form, from 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, P. (wu) 
mimicum, n. subsp., as being still less, more flattened, umbilical cavity wider, ete. 
This might be contrasted with albosutura, thus P. (albosuturwm) mimicum. 


(706) CYPRAEA ANGUSTATA COMPTONI (Gray, 1847). 
(706 A) CYPRAEA ANGUSTATA PIPERATA (Gray, 1825). 

Specimens were received in numbers, as dead shells, from Tellaburga Island, 
Vic., and a few from Twofold Bay, N.S.W. Confirmation of the data given for 
the name necessitates the absolute rejection of angustata in any sense. Verco 
(Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xlii., 1918, pp. 140-144) has given an excellent review 
of the forms of the species, but he did not discuss the determination of Gmelin’s 
name. I find that Gmelin’s sole basis of his Cypraea angustata (Syst. Nat., Vol. 
1., pt. vi., 1791, p. 3421) was “Gualt. test. t. 13 f. QQ” from unknown habitat. 
Gualtier’s figure does not represent our shell, and it was published in 1742, long 
before any South Australian shells reached Europe. Its acceptance is apparently 
due to J. KE. Gray, who added the locality “New Holland,” and noted it had been 
ignored by the French writers, at the same time as he correctly described Cypraea . 
piperita (Zool. Journ., 1., Jan., 1825, p. 498), also from New Holland. Sowerby - 
(Conch. Illus., 1832, sp. 100, p. 10, f. 24) when he figured piperita gave New - 
South Wales, and at the same time referred angustata Gmelin to South Africa. 

The specific name will then be Cypraea piperita Gray, 1825. Hidalgo 
(Monog. Gen. Cypraea, Mem. Real Acad. Cien. Madrid, 1907, pt. 2): used (p-. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 257 


254) Gmelin’s Cypraeca angustata for the Australian shell, citing Cypraea macu- 
lata Perry (Conchology, 1811, Pl. xx., f. 5) as a synonym. Perry’s shell was 
sunply localised as Eastern seas, the coloration is poor, the size is too big, and 
there is apparently a prior C. maculata (Encyel. Metrop., Pl. 14) published in 
1810. Gray’s C. comptoni was described from Port Essington and, if that locality 
‘be incorrect, it came from southern Tasmania, and would be applicable to the 
form living there, which has several varietal names, correctly recorded by Verco. 


(709) CYpRAkA ARMENIACA Verco, 1912. 


Verco fully discussed the species wmbilicata, with its western representative,. 
when he varietally proposed the above name. Since then the eastern species has 
been trawled in numbers, so that a better idea of its variation can be gauged. 
After examining a large series, I would allow C. armeniaca Verco specific rank, 
as it appears more distinct from the eastern hesitata (1.e., wmbilicata olim) than 
some of the fossil relations from the Muddy Creek beds. The variation used for 
the separation of such fossils as C. eximia Sowerby, C. toxorhyncha Tate and 
C. sphaerodoma Tate may be due to their receipt from different horizons, or 
even simply individual variation. The recent hesitata varies in size and shape, 
but I have not seen one which showed so much altitude as Verco’s measurements, 
or with so obscure a “snout” for the size. Tate regarded the fossils as scarcely 
referable to Jousseaume’s Umbilia, founded on the recent wmbilicata, but I would 
regard the series as closely related, and, further, that they would come into a 
larger group centring in scotti, which Jousseaume named Zoila, and I would use 
Zotla generically and Umbilia subgenerically for these strange coldwater umbili- 
eate “living’’ and “dead” fossils. In their latest Alterations, Gatliff and Gabriel 
(Proe. Roy. Soe. Vict., xxxiv. (n.s.), May, 1922, p. 141) have correctly separated 
armeniaca specifically, but have used, for the eastern form, Cypraea alba ex Cox 
with a var. hesitata. Cox’s name was only proposed varietally, and in this sense 
was preoccupied in the earliest illustrated Monograph of Cypraea three times, 
viz., Cypraea spurca var. alba Sowerby, Conch. Illus., 1832 and 1837, p. 6, p. 
ii.; C. turdus var. alba Sow., ibid.; C. lamarckii var. alba Sow., ib., p. iv. 


(735) Trivia AUSTRALIS (Lamarck, 1822). 

Introduced as Cypraea australis, I find Lamarck had been anticipated by 
Sehroeter (Archiv. Zool. (Wiedeman), iv., pt. 1., 1804, p. 10), and I also note no 
synonyms. Cypraea rosea is sometimes noted as of Duclos, cited by Potrez and 
Michaud (Galerie des Mollusques Douai Vol. i., Oct., 1838, p. 477), where it ap- 
pears as a synonym of (. australis Lam., but it is antedated by Cypraea rosea 
Wood (Index Test., Suppl., 1828, p. 9). I am describing as a new species: 


TRIVIELLA MERCES. (Plate xxxv., f. 16-17). 


Well known under the name Trivia australis (Lamarck). 

Shell of medium size for the genus, mouth fairly wide, aperture longer than 
the spire and body whorl; spire noticeable as an obsolete bump overlaid by the 
spiral body sculpture which consists of narrow ridges about one-third the width 
of the interspaces, which are smooth or only slightly transversely scratched; a 
smooth patch exists on the back until senile. Twenty-four ribs denticulate the 
outer lip and about sixteen the inner lip. Length 14 mm.; breadth 9.5 mm.;. 
height 8 mm. 

Common on the littoral of New South Wales. 


258 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


(754-765) Family VOLUTIDAE. 


Roy Bell sent me specimens of the species No. 755 and 761 only, but, as I 
have a few notes on the nomination of the group, I take this opportunity of re- 
cording them. Lamarck wrote in error Voluta ondulata when describing his 
species from Bass Straits and Ile Marie, Eastern Tasmania. Bell’s specimens 
from Twofold Bay are consequently typical and V. angasi Brazier is an absolute 
synonym, the wrong form being named, that from Port Lincoln and the Great 
Australian Bight requiring a varietal designation. It may be of interest to note 
that Peron called this species Voluta undulosa, and, peculiarly, the same change 
in the ending of the name given by Solander appears in literature, his name be- 
ing given sometimes as fluctuata, and at others as fluctuosa, but in each case no 
description was offered. 

Voluta maculata Swainson (Appendix to Bligh Cat. Shells, 1822, p. 11), re- 
garded as the type of Scapkella by Hedley, must be renamed, as there is a prior 
Voluta maculata Menschen (Zoophyl. Gronov., fase. iv., aden 1781). I propose 
to rename it Scaphella carol. 


No. 757.—An earlier reference for Voluta magnifica is Shaw (Nat. Miscell., 
xix., 1808, Pl. 812). 

No. 759.—Voluta punctata Swainson, 1823, was anticipated by Allan (Trans. 
Roy. Soe. Edinb., viii., 1818, p. 461, ex T. Brown MSS.) for a Nice fossil. This 
recent shell I rename Cymbiola compleza. 


An extralimital form must also have a name-change, viz., Lyria mitracformis 
ex Voluta mitraeformis Lamarck, a northern Tasmanian and Victorian shell, as 
Lamarck in his choice had been anticipated by Brocchi in 1814, but Porta ately 
there is an excellent alternative in Voluta multicostata Broderip (Zool. Journ., 
i., 1827, p. 82) from unknown locality, the excellent figure (Pl. 3, f. 2) being 
unmistakable. 


(768) OLIVELLA LEUCOZoNA A. Adams and Angas, 1864. 


Many specimens were collected in the shallow water dredgings in Twofold Bay, 
and, though showing variation in size and shape, agreed with the types of brazteri 
Angas, which Hedley regarded as a variety. The type locality of leucozona was 
Port Jackson, while brazieri was named from Neweastle, and, if these were geo- 
graphical variants, my shells should have been nearer the type series. While 
puzzled, I secured Brazier’s copy of his reprints of Angas’s papers and found 
therein the information “Jervis Bay, 10 Fathoms, Angas wrong with locality’? in 
Brazier’s handwriting, the name Neweastle being crossed out. Brazier apparently 
also told Whitelegge this, as the latter simply wrote Jervis Bay in his List, but 
without any remark. The species exquisita Angas was not found by Bell, but 
described from Coogee Bay, I find it in shell sand from this place, and it ap- 
pears strictly congeneric with the present species. 

-As regards the generic name, Olivella cannot be maintained. This was pro- 
posed for American shells, and Dall has discussed the groups (U.S. Geol. Survey, 
Prof. Paper, No. 59) without mentioning the Austral forms. At sight these 
differ from American shells, the name of the type, biplicata, referring to the 
columella, recording an obvious difference. Unfortunately, the Australian species, 
though so few in number, do not constitute a homogeneous assembly, the small, 
thin, unicoloured shells, conchologically, being generically separable from larger 
solid coloured ones. To determine this matter definitely, I handed specimens to 
my friend, Lieut.-Col. Peile, who found such great differences that he recorded - 
them (Proc. Malac. Soc, Lond., xv., 1922, p. 18), making a few remarks, while 


BY TOM IREDALE. 259 


proposing the new genus Belloliva for Angas’s brazieri. Thus the conclusions 
formed by study of geographical factors and shell features are confirmed by this 
radular examination, and the latter in its turn furnishes a clue to the affinities of 
one form, while inviting further research as to the relationship and reason of the 
other. The teeth of brazieri may be compared with those of Oliva, whereas the 
general features of the radula of nympha are those observed in Olivella. There 
are minor differences, but the obvious distinction is in the form of the central 
tooth or rhachidian. In brazieri this is tricuspid like that of Oliva, while that of 
nympha is multicuspid, recalling that of the American Olivella. Oliva has, how- 
ever, no operculum, whereas Olivella possesses a well-formed operculum, which is 
seen in both brazieri and nympha. It is here suggested that Oliva has evolved 
from an Olivelloid ancestor, the tricuspid rhachidian being of later origin than 
the multicuspid form, while the loss of the operculum is also due to specialization. 
Then we may regard the present Olivellas as remnants of a large family, per- 
sisting only on the outskirts of the range, and retaining the more primitive 
radula and operculum. We then see in Belloliva an Olivella, which, retaining its 
operculum, has developed an Oliva radula. As noted above, exquisita, from shell 
characters, may be placed in Belloliva, but pardalis A. Ad. and Ang. = triticea 
Duclos, differs a little in shell characters, as also in radular features, though 
generally agreeing with Belloliva, and the differences may be indicated by a sub- 
generic name Gemmoliva. Uowever, nympha, which Peile showed to have the 
general radular features of the American Olivella, is conchologically very different 
from the type of Olivella, and must be named generically, the genus Cupidoliva 
being proposed for it as type. This species apparently shows great variation in 
size and shape, and my series suggests that Vereo’s Olivella solidula may be the 
Adelaidean representative of nympha, though it was not compared with that 
species. 


(771) ANCILLA CINGULATA (Sowerby, 1830). (Plate xxxvi.). 


This species apparently is included in Hedley’s Cheek List from a northern 
locality, as I collected it at Caloundra, Queensland, and it is not included in Roy 
Bell’s collections. I have been puzzled in the determination of the series sent by 
him, as no fewer than six different forms appear, and Hedley had only ad- 
mitted three. After much trouble I have arrived at somewhat different con- 
clusions from those generally accepted, but I am not satisfied that the truth is 
known regarding these molluses. Some years ago, I considered the generic name 
to be used for these Austral species and here give my results. In the British 
Museum eases the species are arranged under four genera as follows, Ancilla 
Lamarck, Sandella Gray, Hburna Lamarck and Sparella Gray. To the former 
were allotted all the southern Australian species such as cingulata Sow., oblonga 
Sow. and australis Sow. I found that the type of Ancilla was a species placed 
under Sparella, and consequently a transference of names was necessary. I also 
noted that Amalda had been proposed prior to Sandella and must be used. I 
have already recorded this point in connection with tropical Australian molluscs. 
I then consulted Fischer’s Manuel, and noted that he had provided Baryspira 
as a sectional name for A. australis Sowerby and A. glandiformis Lamarck, 
Miocene. In order to avoid confusion, I here designate A. australis Sowerby 
as the type of Baryspira. The Neozelanic series certainly show slight con- 
chological differences from the Australian groups now under discussion, but at 
present I would advise the use of Baryspira generically for the Austral species 
commonly ascribed to Ancilla. The shells are quite easily separable by con- 


260 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


chological characters, and I have examined the Gwatkin Collection of Kadulae, 
now in the British Museum, and find that the observed differences are confirmed 
by separative features in that item. I was able to class the radulae in groups 
which agreed with the shell groupings. The complete quotation of the generic 
name Baryspira is Fischer, Manuel de Conchyl., fase. vi., 20 Dec., 1883, p. 600. 
Type (by subs. desig., Ive., 1924) A. australis Sow. I now pass on to the con- 
sideration of the determination of the specific names. From New South Wales 
Hedley has recorded only A. cingulata Sow., A. edithae Prit. and Gat., and A. 
oblonga Sow. The Victorian List reads A. lineata Kiener, A. marginata Lam., 
A. oblonga Sow., A. petterdi Tate, and A. edithae P. and G. Tate and May in- 
cluded from Tasmania, A. marginata Lam., A. oblonga Sow., and A. petterdi 
Tate. What each has meant by these names I cannot exactly determine from 
the British Museum collection and literature. A. edithae seems plain, as there 
are specimens in the British Museum so named, presented by the authors, but I 
did not get this species in the collections sent by Roy Bell, though Hedley has 
recently recorded it from very near this place. <A. petterdi Tate, I have identified 
from Tate and May’s figure as a species sent from Port Fairy, Vic. A shell 
found washed up on the shore at Port Fairy, Lakes Entrance, and Mallacoota, 
Vic., and dredged in shallow water in Twofold and Disaster Bays, N.S.W., was 
identical with a series which has been named by Hedley A. marginata var. tas- 
manica Ten.-Woods. These came from Port Phillip, Vic., and I accept this name 
upon this identification. 

The next point was the recognition of Ancillaria oblonga Sowerby (Spee. 
Conch., Vol. i., pt. i., Nov., 1830, p. 7, figs. 38, 39, on Pl. 3) from New Holland, 
received from Port Jackson. The very good description and figure quickly deter- 
mined this species as the one of which I had a very narrow form from 15-20 
fathoms, Twofold Bay, but probably as quite different from current acceptance in 
Tasmania and southern Victoria. Pritchard and Gatliff included it on Watson’s 
identification of Challenger shells (which I have examined) which are from 
Sydney Harbour, as given at the place quoted, and not Victoria. Tate and May 
cited it as equivalent and prior to A. fusiformis Petterd (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 
1885 (1886), p. 342), which, according to the description, has little affinity. Sowerby 
definitely stated “no carinations on the spire,” while Petterd wrote “spire spirally 
striated above and below the suture.” Vereo recorded oblonga from 100 fathoms 
90 miles west of Eucla, W.A., adding “Mr. Gabriel has sent me two examples 
dredged in Western Port.” As he gives, fide Tate and May, A. fusiformis Pet- 
terd in his synonymy, no certainty can be arrived at in this case even. Upon 
this record Hedley included A. oblonga Sow. in his W.A. List, but also included 
A. lineata Kiener, citing A. monilifera Reeve as a synonym.  Kiener’s shell 
closely resembles Sowerby’s oblonga, and apparently came from Western Aus- 
tralia, whence many specimens are in the Australian Museum. In the British 
Museum, I accepted Reeve’s types of his A. monilifera from Swan River as a dis- 
tinct species from Sowerby’s A. oblonga, and, as Kiener’s name A. lineata had 
been used previously by Perry (Conchology, 1811, Pl. xxxi.), Reeve’s name may 
be used. Sowerby’s species A. oblonga should be crossed off the W. A. List, as 
I regard it as the eastern representative of Reeve’s species only. Verco’s beach- 
portensis appears to be a deepwater form of petterdi, while Hedley’s A. coccinea 
is a deepwater shell from Western Australian waters very different from any 
other species. These resolve themselves thus: A. tasmanica Ten.-Woods, a form 
which seems constantly separable from A. marginata Lamarck and apparently 
frequents very shallow water, as dead shells appear on the beaches and were sent 


BY TOM IREDALE. 261 


from the Victorian localities as picked up on shore, as well as from Twofold Bay, 
where specimens were also found in the shallowest dredgings, 5-10 fathoms, and 
Disaster Bay in 10-20 fathoms. <Ancilla fusiformis Petterd (Plate xxxvyi., f. 10) 
appears to be the name of the commonest form in the dredgings, occurring in 10- 
20 fathoms off Gabo Island, and in Disaster and Twofold Bays in the same 
depths, while one live and some dead ones occurred in the deepwater dredgings 
50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, N.S.W., together with a fragment of a more 
heavily seulptured spire. A peculiarly elongate form (Plate xxxvi., f. 9) was 
dredged in 18 fathoms off Merimbula, and this agrees with the Challenger shell 
from Station 163B (Port Jackson 30-35 F.), recorded by Watson as A. oblonga 
Sow. This I am not describing as a new species, though I find the Muddy Creek 
fossils in the British Museum named Ancilla papillata Tate are very like the shell 
I have determined as fustformis, but differ a little in shape. The difference be- 
tween the two recent forms above recognised is much more marked than between 
the recent and fossil forms from practically the same locality, as this species 
(fusiformis) apparently occurs also in Bass Straits; I have received it in a 
single dredging of 12 fathoms depth off Gabo Island, Vic. I here name the 
Merimbula shell figured (Plate xxxvi., fig. 9) Baryspira fusiformis gaza, n. subsp. 
In looking up these species in the Monographs I noted Reeve’s remark: ‘Mr. 
Cuming never met with the genus in all his dredgings, except in the form of a 
single small species at the Philippine Islands.” In the present instance these 
animals occur in very many dredgings, but never numerously, and often dead. 
Apparently they are generally buried in the sand as this is their custom when the 
dredge passes over, and they may feed at stated intervals. Upon recomparison, 
the deepwater shells above mentioned approximate more nearly to the fossils than 
the shallow water ones do. 

More study of more material has suggested the separation of the Australian 
Species subgenerically as Alocospira Cossmann (Hssais de Paleoconch. comp., 
3rd livr., 1899, p. 92) which has the fossil A. papillata Tate, as type, including 
therein the smooth species, such as marginata Lam. ‘These appear to inter- 
erade, though both are represented in the Muddy Creek and Table Cape fossil 
series, with many so-called species, which must be studied in conjunction with 
- these recent forms. 


(774-800) Family MARGINELLIDAE. 


As usual, many species of this family turned up, about twenty-five species 
having been already separated. These were submitted to my friend Mr. J. R. 
fe B. Tomlin, and I had hoped to have included here a rearrangement of the 
Austral species into groups, so that someone, save a Marginella specialist, might 
attempt to determine the species without considering every Marginellid name. In 
the meanwhile, I can add to the N.S.W. List five species: 

Marginella tasmanica Ten.-Woods, Papers Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875 (21 
Mar., 1876), p. 28: Long Bay, Tasmania. This was found below dead low-water 
mark at Twofold Bay, N.S.W., associated with M. muscaria Lam., while from 50-70 
fathoms off Green Cape were sorted: 

Marginella dentiens May, Papers Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1910, p. 384, PL 
xi., ft. 6: 100 F. off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. 

Marginella gabrieli May, ib., p. 386, Pl. xiii., f. 9: Same loc. 

Marginella gatliffi May, ib., p. 385, Pl. xiii., f. 8: 40 F. off Schouten L., Tas. 

Marginella caducocincta May, ib., 1915 (24 Feb., 1916), p. 88, Pl. i, f. 11: 

40 F. off Thouin Bay. 


~ 


262 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


(802) CANCELLARIA AUSTRALIS Sowerby, 1832. 

The name given in the synonymy, Cancellaria wndulata Sowerby, must be 
used, as May has already pointed out’ (Illustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Ap- 
pendix, Ref. to Pl. xxxiv., No. 1). Sowerby’s name was given to a Tasmanian 
shell, but the Sydney form: does not appear to differ muchi from the specimens so 
far studied. 

I hope to review the species of this family admitted in the southern Aus- 
tralian fauna, but in the meanwhile No. 805 must be removed from Admete back 
to Cancellaria sensu lato, and it must be given specific rank, as quite distinct 
from the fossil micra; the small specimens, compared by Hedley with the type of 
micra, may not be conspecific with the type of scobina, and I do not regard them 
as conspecific with the fossil micra, but very close to exigua Smith, which would 
be placed next to stricta Hedley, and arranged alongside some of the small fossils 
such as micra. 


(813 A) TEREBRA UsTULATA Deshayes, 1857. 


Terebra ustulata Deshayes, Journ. de Conch., 1857 (July), p. 97, Pl. ii. 
f. 12: Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Cuming. 

From Twofold Bay four species of Terebra were dredged in varying depths, 
but a single dredging in 10-20 fathoms in Disaster Bay brought up a hundred 
specimens of a different species, which has been determined as above and which 
is an addition to the New South Wales fauna. Later, an odd dead shell was 
found in Twofold Bay dredgings, so that it does reach that bay. 

The species has been placed by May, following Hedley, under the genus Dupli- 
caria. Dall (Nautilus, 21, Mar., 1908, pp. 124, 125), provided for Terebra duplicata 
Lam. Dall later noted that Rafinesque had long previously proposed Duplicaria 
(Atlantic Journal, No. 5, 1833, p. 165) for a different object, so amended his - 
name to Diplomeriza (Nautilus, 33, July, 1919, p. 32). Bartsch has recently 
shown (Nautilus, 37, 1923, pp. 60-64) that some of the so-called Diplomeriza 
have two folds on the columella, and has proposed to separate these under Hind’s 
name Mywurella, introducing Myurellisca for the species confused with Lamarck’s 
duplicata, which he distinguished as Myurella (Myurellisca) duplicatoides (p. 64) 
from Ceylon. 

Bartsch has written “Considerable time was required running down references 
to names and verifying type designations. To save future students of this task 
a chronologically arranged list of names supplying this information is here ap- 
pended.” Such a statement would suggest accuracy which is belied by the pub- 
lished conclusions. Thus Dall wrote Acuminia and Oxymeris, but Bartsch quotes 
Acuminea and Oxomeris, and on p. 63 he named, as type of his new subgenus 
Myurellisca, “Terebra (Myurellisca) duplicatoides Bartsch described below” but 
on the next page “Myurella (Myurellisca) duplicatoides” is described. Probably 
also this new (?) species has been named previously, as there are several synonyms. 
Again, Bartsch cites names as of Lamarck which had been described before 
Lamarck’s time: this is confusing, but when he writes that the type of Mazatlania 
Dall is “Terebra aciculata Lamarck” and there is no such species, it seems un- 
necessary to continue this note, and simply to ignore Bartsch’s Key, and make 
an independent review. This is not my purpose, but, in order to stabilise some 
Australian forms, I propose to separate the species grouped round wustulata 
Deshayes as a new genus Pervicacia, using that well-known species as type. There 
is only the basal twist of the columella to represent a fold. 

The species 7. brazieri Angas was represented at Twofold Bay by a longer 


BY TOM IREDALE. 263 


narrower form which varied from almost smooth to well ribbed (Plate xxxvi., f. 
6-7), and would fall, according to Bartsch’s Key, under Hastula, whereas the 
species has been suggested to be a variety only of T. lanceota Linné, the type of 
Acuminia Dall (Nautilus, 21, Mar., 1908, pp. 124-125), which name may be used 
generically for the Austral species. I note Terebra leptospira Tate (Trans. Roy. 
Soe. S. Aust., 1888, p. 163, Pl. viil., f. 15a, b) from Muddy Creek appears very 
close to A. brazieri Angas, while Terebra subspectabilis Tate (loc. cit., p. 162, 
Pl. ix., f. 11) seems closely related to P. ustulata Deshayes. Comparisons should 
be made. 


(813 B) PERVICACIA ASSECLA, n.sp. (Plate xxxvi., f. 16). 


Shell elongately subulate, rather thin, glossy, last whorl about one-third the 
length of the shell, mouth oval, canal short and open. Colour pinkish-white with 
fulvous spots below suture and darker fulvous on basal part of last whorl: some- 
times suffused with fulvous throughout. Apical whorls two, smooth; adult whorls 
ten, sutures impressed, longitudinally ribbed, the ribs being interrupted by a 
smooth coneave depression, sinuous and eighteen in number on the penultimate 
whorl: on the last whorl the ribs are prominent on the periphery, continuing, but 
fading, on the base which is rounded. The mouth has the outer lip thin, sinuate 
through the lack of sculpture below the sutuce, the columella straight, anteriorly 
a little bent but showing no folds. Length of type 28 mm., breadth 9 mm. 

Dredged in Twofold Bay, N.S.W., in from 10-25 fathoms. 

Superficially resembles P. ustulata (Deshayes), but I have seen no other 
Australian Terebrid that. can be compared. 


(823) Conus macuLosus Sowerby, 1859. 


A perplexing complex is here exposed, as Roy Bell sent a fine lot of so-called 
anemone from Port Fairy, Vic., where I have since collected it. Previously he 
had sent a similar species from Lord Howe Island and later sent a few specimens 
from Twofold Bay, N.S.W. I have collected specimens at Long Reef, near Manly, 
but these all differed notably and suggest to me a distinet species, though Hedley 
has only allowed them varietal rank. In any case the name to be used must be 
revised, and I find that Conus maculosus Sowerby dates from the Conchological 
Illustration, Pl. 3 and 3*, published 29 Mar., 1833, where it is said to have come 
from the Island of Capul in the Philippines, and the figures are not like. either 
the Port Fairy or Sydney shells. It is needless to pursue this item further, as 
the name is preoccupied by Bolten (Mus. Bolten, pt. 11., 1798). The next name 
cited by. Hedley, viz., C. gukesui Reeve (Conch. Icon., Vol. i., Apr., 1848, Conus 
suppl. Pl. 2, f. 278) though localised as from North Australia is undoubtedly the 
Sydney shell, and would be available were it not that Sowerby had figured (Con- 
chological Illustrations, pt. 56, 30 Apr., 1834, fig. 79) a shell (the figure num- 
bered 70 in error) which is easily recognizable as the same species. In the Lists 
issued with the plates, Sowerby named this Conus papilliferus, and the name 
would have been lost, save that in the Catalogue issued when the Monograph was 
completed, he had noted that this name had been given, as he there concluded the 
figured shell was “C. maculosus, test. jun.?” In 1859, at the place cited by 
Hedley, Sowerby used the name maculatus for his previously named maculosus, 
whether intentionally or not is unknown. The majority of the specimens from 
Botany Bay to Port Stephens in the Australian Museum are typically C. papilli- 
ferus, but there is one set presented by Miss L. Parkes from Middle Harbour, 


264 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


which are lke the Twofold Bay shells. These agree with the Port Fairy series 
in general appearance and have lower spires and are smoother than the typical 
anemone Lamarck. Since Hedley wrote his account of this species, the Aus- 
tralian Museum has received specimens from Kangaroo Island, which agree most 
exactly with Kiener’s figure (Coquilles Vivants, Conus Pl. 46, fig. 3) of Lamarck’s 
shell. This leaves the name Conus novaehollandiae A. Adams for the Western 
Australian shell, as Monte Bello Island specimens agree very closely in shape 
and sculpture with the figures in Thes. Conch., sp. 268, f. 298-299. 

May has figured (Illus. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. xxxiv., f. 16), under the 
name Conus anemone as “common all round the coast,’ a shell which does not 
agree exactly with typical anemone and which may bear Tenison-Woods’s name of 
carmeli (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1876 (1877), p. 134: North Coast Tasm.) given 
to a coronate variety. 

Brazier named Conus remo (These Proc., xxii., 1898, p. 271) from San 
Remo, Vic., and Conus flindersi (loc. cit., xxii, 1897, p. 780) from Flinders, 
Vie., which Pritchard and Gatliff declare to be synonyms of this species, the latter 
being described as coronate and therefore like carmeli, the former being a deeply 
suleated variation approaching typical anemone. 


(885 B) TELEOCHILUS ROYANUS, n.sp. (Plate xxxiv., figs. 6-7). 


This genus was proposed by Harris (Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus., Part I. 
(Austral Tert. Moll.), (publd. ante 25 Mar.) 1897, p. 64) for the fossil species, 
named by Tenison-Woods, Daphnella gracillima (Papers Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 
1876 (27 Feb., 1877), p. 106) from Table Cape, Tasmania. This was figured by 
Ten.-Woods (These Proe., u1., pt. 3, 1878 (1879), p. 226, Pl. xx., f. 10) and also 
by Harris (loe. cit., Pl. iii., figs. 12c, d). I picked out two dead shells inhabited 
by hermit-crabs, which attracted by their strange facies, ‘“Conomitroid without 
any plaits.” These are smaller than the fossil shells, but are obviously the re- 
cent representatives, in which the longitudinal ribbing is more pronounced and 
the spirals are more depressed, while they are less regular. 

The apical whorls are minutely punctate (f. 7) as shown in Harris’s figure, 
and the succeeding whorls are obsoletely longitudinally ribbed and transversely 
scratched, a couple of transverse ridges being more prominent below the suture, 
which is slightly canaliculate; the aperture is longer than the spire. Length 16 
mm.; breadth 6.5 mm. 

Dredged in 10-25 fathoms in Twofold Bay, N.S.W. 

This is the most interesting species found by Roy Bell, and, until the animal 
is examined, its classification must remain obscure. As noted above, the only 
specimens I have seen were dead, but this may be the same thing as recorded 
by Gatliff and Gabriel from Bass Straits as Daphnobela sp., in which ease live 
Specimens may soon turn up. 

The genus Teleochilus was subordinated by Cossmann, who was followed by 
Tate, to Daphnobela, a genus proposed for a Bartonian Eocene fossil, which 
seems to have no relationship. Hedley recently proposed to use Teleochilus for 
a different series of shells, about which I will write later. Teleochilus is here 
placed at the end of the family Turridae. 


(886) FASCIOLARIA AUSTRALASIA (Perry, 1811). 


This is a difficult species. Hedley has allowed three varieties, typical, bakeri 
and coronata. A series from Port Fairy, Vic., is of the smooth typical form, 


BY TOM IREDALE. 265 


and shows no variation, while a lot from Twofold and Disaster Bays, N.S.W., 
are all larger and coronata, but with these from Disaster Bay came a specimen 
quite different, and which I thought might be bakeri, but it does not agree 
exactly with shells sent to the British Museum by the authors as that form. I 
have since more carefully examined these series and give my conclusions as a 
basis for future work. 

All the shells from Twofold and Disaster Bays were dredged in from 10-20 
fathoms of water. No shore shells were sent, and the previous records of this 
species from New South Wales also refer to dredged specimens. All these are 
coronata save the bakeri specimen. From Lakes Entrance, Vic., a few dead shells 
were sent which prove to be also coronata. From Port Fairy many shells were 
sent, all secured living about low water mark and these are all obviously different, 
being non-coronate. In the British Museum, Tasmanian shells are shown as 
coronate, South Australian shells as non-coronate. Verco has stated that both 
coronate and non-coronate forms occur in South Australian waters, but as he 
did not discriminate between shore shells and dredged specimens, it may be that 
the former were like the Port Fairy shore shells, non-coronate, while all the 
eoronate forms were dredged. Investigation of the subject from the point of 
view here presented is suggested. It should be noted that Lamarck’s coronata, 
from Kiener’s figure, is like the dredged New South Wales specimens, but is 
more like the Tasmanian shells, and while Perry’s figure of australasia agrees 
fairly with the Port Fairy shore shells. Perry’s localities read “A native of New 
Holland and Van Diemen’s Land” while Lamarck recorded “prés des iles King et 
des Kanguroos.” I suggest a reconsideration of the forms should be undertaken 
in connection with the radular characters. Typical Fasciolaria is the North 
American tulipa, conchologically dissimilar from the present species. More like 
the Australian coronata is the tropical trapezium, for which Fischer proposed 
the sectional name Plewroploca. 

Over twenty years ago, Verco gave figures of the radulae of South Australian 
Fusoid shells, and recently Claude Torr figured the radulae of Fasciolaria austra- 
lasia and fusiformis from South Australian material. These figures do not agree 
exactly with radulae in the Gwatkin Collection from Victoria and Tasmania, nor 
with specimens from the present collection. There is no series of such prepara- 
tions to determine the variation and decide whether it be individual or geo- 
graphic. All the Australian radulae agree in showing fewer cusps on the laterals 
than the typical Fasciolaria or Pleuroploca. As there is so little difference in the 
radulae seen in this group, that cf true Fusinus being almost as little differen- 
tiated from typical Fasciolaria as the Australian species are, I am collecting in- 
formation as to other species and hope to report in my next essay. I have also 
noted that there is a fossil Fasciolaria decipiens, a form not unlke bakeri, show- 
ing the plications very obscurely, so much so that the specimens here have been 
more than once variously determined. 

My friend, Mr. J. R. Le B. Tomlin, has drawn my attention to a monograph 
of the genus Fasciolaria by Strebel in Jahrb. Hamburg Wissensch. Anstalten, 
xxvill., 1910, 2 Beiheft, (1911), pp. 1-58, Pls. i.-xv. Although Strebel apparently 
collected all the specimens he could find, there is nothing like the so-called bakert 
in his series, nor does he figure a shell like the Port Fairy australasia. 

Mr. Hedley has told me that apparently many of Perry’s Australian shells 
came from Patterson (hence Voluta pattersonia), and that Patterson once lived 
at Dalrymple in northern Tasmania. This locality would agree with Perry’s 
australasia and also his Pyrula undulata (see post, 891 A), as I find that the 


266 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Port Fairy shore shells are practically inseparable from King Island and northern 
Tasmanian shore shells. 

South Australian shore shells of coronata are not exactly like the Tasmanian 
forms, and are unlike the smooth Port Fairy australasia. 


(888) VERCONELLA MAXIMA (Tryon, 1881). 


A fine series of this lovely shell from Twofold Bay and off Green Cape, 
N.S.W., showed it to be the Australian representative of the Neozelanic dilatata, 
and consequently suggested the invalidity of the record of maxima from New 
Zealand. I investigated this matter as far as the material here available per- 
mitted, and then Hedley recorded results from recognition of the same facts in 
New Zealand. In the N.Z. Journ. Sei. and Techn., i1., Feb., 1920, p. 54, he 
stated that Suter’s maxima was the true dilatata, and that the species Suter had 
described under the name dilatata should be called adusta Philippi (Abbil. 
Besehr., 11., 1845, p. 21, Pl. i1., fig. 7). On p. 170 (Sept., 1920), he gave photo- 
graphs of the species, but, unfortunately, the names in connection were trans- 
posed, but the correction was made on p. 222. The series here had previously 
enabled me to recognise the true dilatata, but I had concluded that the false 
dilatata was merely a shallower water form of the same species, being not so 
acutely angled, with a shorter spire and shorter canal. Vereo has synonymised 
with dilatata, tasmaniensis Adams and Angas, maxima Tryon, and oligostira Tate. 
Hedley, in the. note quoted, stated that dilatata did not extend to South Aus- 
tralia, the species there being oligostira Tate. 

Two entirely different molluscs appear to be here confused as Tate’s 
oligostira is not angled like dilatata and maxima, yet Verco has recorded, under 
the name dilatata, from the Great Australian Bight, specimens “with marked 
angulation, valid sharp transverse coronating tubercles” which suggests to me a 
form of maxima. The series of maxima I have studied vary in size from 20 mm. 
to 250 mm., and came from depths varying from 15 to 70 fathoms, yet all are 
quite constant. 

Hedley inadvertently placed Verconella in the family Fasciolariidae, as the 
radula and animal characters separate it quite widely from the Fusinoid series. 


(889) FusINUS NOVAPHOLLANDIAB (Reeve, 1848). (Plate xxxiv., f. 9.) 


Two very large specimens trawled in about 50 fathoms off Green Cape were 
typical, save that the inner lip was enamelled into a distinet ridge separated 
from the body-whorl and showing a small but distinct. posterior canal. Both 
measured 225 mm. in length (one was broader, and the apex and canal were 
both slightly broken), and dead, so that alive it must have been larger. On the 
last three whorls of both the longitudinals were very weak, almost missing, and - 
the whorls were all regularly rounded. 

Many specimens were found with the animal in, on the shore at Disaster 
Bay, recently washed up, and many were dredged up to 20 fathoms in both this 
and Twofold Bay. The largest of these shallow water shells measured 180 mm. 
in length and none had the inner lip thickened, but the larger ones showed the 
thickening beginning anteriorly. This series showed variation in the _ longi- 
tudinals, some having these well marked almost throughout, others practically 
showing none throughout, but every one had regularly rounded whorls. 

This suggests the reconsideration of Verco’s record of this species from the 


BY TOM IREDALE. 267 


Great Australian Bight, as he states of his example: “67 mm. long . 
shoulder is median and sharply angled with nine pliciform axial ribs.” 

Mr. Hedley has suggested that the large deepwater shells deserve a varietal 
name, and from examination of the series in the Australian Museum, which all 
agree with my specimens, I propose to name this Colus novaehollandiae grandi- 
culus, n. subsp. 

The generic name Colus was published by Humphrey (Museum Calonnianum, 
1797, p. 34), the Linnean Murex colus being the type by tautonymy. 

The legitimacy of Humphrey’s names cannot be denied, by whatever rules 
we abide, as they are published as genera by a binomial author with a biblio- 
graphical reference. Anonymity is no bar to usage, and Humphrey’s names were 
used for many years until quite recently. 


(891) Fustnus waiter (Hedley, 1903). 


A single specimen was forwarded from 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, 
N.S.W., but it was obviously not a Fusinus, as it was accompanied by typical 
Fusinoid shells, determined as F’. novaehollandiae Reeve, and showed more re- 
lationship with Verconella maxima (Tryon), but still representing quite a dis- 
tinct group. As, at the same time as he proposed this as a species of Fusus, 
Hedley discussed Verconella under a different generic name, ! ean see little 
objection to my introducing the new generic name Berylsma, with Hedley’s 
species Fusus waitet as type. My specimen contained a hermit crab, but Mr. J. 
R. Le B. Tomlin has showed me a smaller specimen from Bass Straits (off Vic- 
toria), named /’. waitei. It shows the operculum, which agrees with that of 
Verconella, and differs from that of Fusinus, and apparently was dredged in 
fairly deep water, as it is rather thin and pure white, covered with a thin silky 
periostracum, and bolder sculpture than my shell. I have concluded, from pro- 
longed study, that this is merely a deeper water representative of the shell 
described by Adams and Angas as Fusus tasmaniensis (Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 
1863 (1864), p. 424, Pl. xxxvii., fig. 1) from Tasmania. The type is in the 
British Museum and agrees very closely with Hedley’s species, save that it is 
shorter in the spire and has a shorter canal. Alongside were placed specimens 
which seemed conspecific, but which were labelled “grandis Gray” and ‘“Tas- 
mania.” This meant they were from unknown locality, but had been determined 
by Smith from comparison as grandis Gray, and that he had seen specimens 
from Tasmania. I was fortunate in tracing the Tasmanian shell sent by Roland 
Gunn, and still more so in finding, in a drawer of duplicates, a shell with a 
paper inside stating “This is the type of Fusus grandis Gray” in Smith’s hand- 
writing. Inside the mouth of the shell in Gray’s handwriting is the identification. 
“EF. grandis Gray Coll.” The photograph, natural size, I had at once taken 
shows«that this species is certainly tasmaniensis and differs from waitei only in 
the shorter spire and canal. Otherwise the photo of grandis (Plate xxxv., f. 10) 
agrees in detail with my specimen of waitei as to breadth and ornamentation. 
Fusus grandis was described by Gray (Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, (after June), 1839, 
p. 116) from unknown locality, and does not seem to have been used since, save 
in the cases in the British Museum. 

I find that Mr. Hedley has recognised the affinity of his species with the 
Verconellids, beautiful specimens recently acquired being labelled in the Aus- 
tralian Museum, Verconella waitei. The specimens from deeper water, say 70 
fathoms, agree with the type, which was secured at a depth of 79-80 fathoms, 


268 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


while shells from less depths, say 40-50 fathoms, agree better with my shell, that 
is, they are broader, with a slightly shorter spire and canal, more solid, sculpture 
less pronounced and are tinged with colour of a yellowish tone. These are quite 
comparable with both grandis and waitei, and strongly support my conclusions 
recorded above. 


(891 A) PROPEFUSUS PYRULATUS (Reeve, 1847). 


When Hedley reviewed Perry’s Conchology (These Proc., 1902, p. 24 et seq.) 
he recorded (p. 27) “Pyrula undulatus, Perry (Pl. liv., f. 1), is Fusus pyrulatus, 
Reeve, 1847.” 

Pritchard and Gatliff, under the latter name, had lumped Fusus ustulatus 
Reeve, writing “Making the same variation allowances as have been found neces- 
sary in the case of many of our other species, we find that we cannot do other- 
wise than regard F’. ustulatus, Reeve, as but a variation of F'. pyrulatus, Reeve, 
and F. legrandi, T. Woods, must also be included in the synonymy.” 

Verco had previously recorded F. pyrulatus Reeve as dredged in about 15 
fathoms in South Australian waters, and F’. ustulatus Reeve as from three beaches 
and also dredged, small, in 19-24 fathoms. Tate and May later recorded F. 
pyrulatus Reeve from Cireular Head, common, and I’. ustulatus Reeve, of which 
they regarded F. legrandi Ten.-Woods as a synonym, from N. Coast and E. 
Coast of Tasmania. Pritchard and Gatliff admitted Hedley’s recognition of 
Perry’s name. Hedley does not quote either from Western Australia, nor have 
I seen it recorded from New South Wales. 

Shore shells sent by Roy Bell from Port Fairy, Vic., were determined as 
F. ustulatus Reeve from the type specimens, but these appeared distinct from 
F. pyrulatus Reeve, as shown by the types. Later, Bell dredged specimens from 
10-20 fathoms in Disaster Bay, N.S.W., and later some young ones in Twofold 
Bay, about the latter depth. These obviously differed from the Port Fairy ones, 
and agreed with the types of pyrulatus Reeve. I then referred to Perry’s Con- 
chology, and found that his Pyrula undulata (Pl. liv., No. 1) was exactly like the 
Port Fairy shells, and was not the New South Wales form. The differences in 
the types and in my shells are clear, the dredged shell being larger and thinner 
and having a longer bent canal. The radula has been recorded as Fusoid, so I 
propose for the species Fusus pyrulatus Reeve, the new generic name Prope- 
fusus, as the shell-characters are unlike those of the true Fusus, 1.e., Fusinus = 
Colus. 


(904) Microvotuta AusTRALIS Angas, 1877. 


A common shell in shallow water dredgings appeared in two colour varia- 
tions, one dark red-brown monochrome, the other pale fawn with brown zig- 
zag streaks. A third distinct form had a longer spire and stronger sculpture, 
though similarly coloured to the latter. This was dredged in the deeper shallow 
water of Twofold Bay, say from 15-25 fathoms, and dead shells in the 50-70 
fathoms, off Green Cape. 

Hedley and May (Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 11 Sep., 1908, p. 120, Pl. xxiu., 
figs. 20, 21) named as a new species, from 100 fathoms, 7 miles east of Cape 
Pillar, Tasmania, Microvoluta purpureostoma, “Distinguished by lack of colour, 
feebler plaits, smaller size and less breadth. Two specimens, one 6 x 3 mm., 
the other 8 x 3.5 mm.” They added “The characters seem to us to incline to the 
Mitridae rather than to the Volutidae.’ The majority of the monochrome 
specimens would answer to this as regards shape and size, ete., and probably the 


BY TOM IREDALE. 269 


Tasmanian specimens were dead and were pallid deeper water shells. From 
shell-characters, I agreed with Hedley’s reference to the Mitridae, and could not 
understand the reference to the Volutidae. The only fear I had in connection 
with the new species I am describing, is, that it might have been described as a 
species of Mitra. As all the specimens of the common form were live shells, I 
handed some to my friend, Lt.-Col. Peile, for radular examination. There is no 
operculum, but the radula turns out to be typically Volutoid, practically a minia- 
ture of that of Scaphella undulata, which was examined at the same time. 

Smith deseribed a Mitra miranda (Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1891) from 
Challenger Station 164 B, which, from the description and figure, is a Microvo- 
luta, but is not my new species. I have examined the figures and descriptions 
of the Muddy Creek Mitra, but cannot recognise anything like this species, but 
some of these figures suggest Microvoluta, and actual comparison is necessary. 


(904 A) MicrovoLtuTA ROYANA, n.sp. (Plate xxxv., f. 13.) 


A deeper water relation of M. australis, differing in the longer spire and 
complex sculpture. 

Shell small, solid, shining, fusiform, spire a little attenuate, longer than 
aperture, outer lip sinuate, contracted anteriorly. Colour pale fawn with un- 
dulating zigzag streaks of pale red, and scattered darker red spots arranged 
linearly, and a paler zone marking the periphery. The apical whorls are un- 
sculptured, one and a half in number, but can searcely be said to be papillary, as 
in the type. The sculpture consists of curved, longitudinal, ill-defined ribs with 
shallow grooves between, about twenty-four on the penultimate whorl, and more 
on the last whorl, becoming obsolete and crowded towards the outer lip: they are 
less clearly differentiated on the earlier whorls, only showing as impressed lines 
on first whorl succeeding apical one and a half. All the whorls are completely 
crossed by thin incising lines almost as irregularly spaced as the longitudinals, 
about seven on penultimate whorl, those succeeding suture closer together, more 
separated towards base, about twenty-four lines on last whorl. There are about 
six and a half sculptured whorls, convex, with sutures distinct. Outer lip thin 
and sinuous, but solid, a shallow depression posteriorly, succeeded by a forward 
curve below the middle and sharply retracting anteriorly into a shallow spout. 
There are four well marked plications, regularly transverse, the first and third 
prominent, the second more so, and the fourth least and anteriorly sloping. 
Length of type 9.5 mm.; breadth 4 mm.; length of aperture 4.5 mm. 

Dredged in the deeper water in Twofold Bay, N.S.W., 20-25 fathoms, and 
also in 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape, N.S.W. 

Compared with numerous specimens of M. australis Angas from 5-15 fathoms 
in Twofold Bay, the coloration is similar, but the aperture in the type species 
is equal to the spire, which is a little compressed, the whorls less convex, sutures 
only impressed; the plications in the shallow water form are less marked, fourth 
obsolete, the outer lip almost straight, no posterior depression, and the anterior 
contraction not so pronounced. The genotype shows no sculpture, but really there 
is a couple of incised lines just below the suture, and in the earlier whorls faint 
indications of the lines longitudinally can be traced. 


(904 B) PECULATOR VERCONIS, n. gen. et sp. (Plate xxxiv., f. 5.) 


A close ally of Imbricaria porphyria Vereo, and probably the Peronian re- 
presentative of that species, differing in the higher spire and stronger sculpture. 


270 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


May (lllustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, Pl. xxxvu., fig. 23), under Verco’s name, 
has figured a species very similar to, if not the same as mine. Verco’s detailed 
description agrees generally as regards shape and form. Shell ovate, spire short, 
aperture long and linear, more than twice the length of the spire. First two 
whorls smooth and rounded; rest sculptured with longitudinal ribs, of which 
twenty-three can be counted on the penultimate whorl, a transverse sculpture of 
closely-packed incised lines being observed between the ribs; the same sculpture 
is seen on the last whorl, but the transverse sculpture becomes obsolete below 
the periphery, while the ribs also become weaker as they approach the anterior 
canal, where the transverse sculpture becomes more prominent again. Coloration 
pinkish-white with orange spots below the suture and below the periphery, the 
intervening space being marked with yellow arrow-head markings. Length 11 
mm.; breadth 6 mm. : 

Dredged in Twofold Bay, 15-25 fathoms; and also in Disaster Bay, N.S.W., 
10-20 F. 


(910 A) RADULPHUS ROYANUS, n. gen. et sp. (Plate xxxiv., f. 8.) 


Nearest Cyllene lactea Angas, but different at sight in sculpture and colour. 

Shell small, buccinoid in shape, aperture about as long as spire, aperture 
oval, open, canal shallow, spire narrowly triangular. Coloration pinkish-fulvous, 
rather regularly spotted with white, the spots most noticeable on the last whorl. 
Apical whorls two, mamillate, smooth; adult whorls six, sculptured on the earlier 
whorls with longitudinal ribs, faintly at first, then strengthening to the ante- 
penultimate whorl, where they decrease at the suture and develop into nodules 
peripherally; on the last whorl the seulpture appears to consist of a peripheral 
row of nodules extending a little anteriorly, succeeded by eight transverse lines; 
a shoulder shows only growth lines, but on the earlier whorls a few transverse 
lines may be observed. The inner lip is coneave, appressed on the columella 
anteriorly and showing about eight transverse wrinkles; the outer lip is white, 
sharp edged but thickened interiorly, a few wrinkles anteriorly only, sinuate a 
little past the middle and advancing posteriorly. Operculum leaf-shaped. Length 
15 mm.; breadth 7 mm. 

Dredged in 15-25 fathoms in Twofold Bay, N.S.W., also in Disaster Bay, 
10-20 fathoms. 


(929) NAssARIUS SEMIGRANOSUS (Dunker, 1846). 


Dunker deseribed this under the genus Buccinwm, and previously Wood (In- 
dex Testac., 1828, Suppl. p. 11) had proposed the same name, so that Dunker’s 
name must be rejected. The next name seems to be nigella Reeve (accepted by 
Hedley for a variety). This species was common in the shallow water dredgings, 
varying appreciably, and the form named mumnieriana Crosse and Fischer was 
plentiful. This was ranked as a monstrosity by Hedley in his review of this 
species, but it seems to be a normal state, produced by growth after a long 
rest period. 

The species does not seem distantly related to the Victorian shell I named 
victorianus, and I was inclined to refer some specimens to that species at first 
sight. Among the Muddy Creek fossils in the British Museum, I saw a series 
labelled Nassa crassigranosa Tate, which suggested themselves as ancestral re- 
latives of both these recent species. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 271 


(929 B) NAssarius TAsMANIcUS (Ten.-Woods, 1876). 

According to Hedley’s figure, and more recent autoptic examination of 
typical specimens, Tenison-Woods’s Nassa tasmanica occurs. This was described 
(Proe. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875 (1876), p. 150) from the northern and eastern 
coasts of Tasmania, and was figured by Hedley (These Proc., xxxix., pt. 4, 1914 
(26 Feb., 1915), p. 737, Pl. Ixxxiv., f. 91). In the very shallow rock scoopings, 
many specimens were found from Twofold Bay, mixed with the preceding, but 
the latter was only dredged very commonly in depths from five fathoms down 
to the 50-70 fathom dredgings. In the latter a number of specimens was found, 
and as some were alive, nigella apparently lives down to that depth. The series 
showed that it was rapidly decreasing in size, the largest specimens being only 
equal to the average of the smaller of the shallow water series, being about half 
the size of the larger ones. 


(935) PYRENE BEDDOMEI (Petterd, 1884). 

This species was described as a Terebra, while it had been otherwise named 
Columbella attenuata. The attenuate form amply distinguishes the species from 
Pyrene, while the shape of the mouth is very different, the inner lip being crenu- 
late and the outer lip sinuate; operculum irregularly oval, apex terminal, con- 
centric striae fairly well marked. I propose the new generic name Zella for this 
species. 

(971) CRASPEDOTRITON spPECcIOsUS (Angas, 1871). 

It seems correct to propose a new generic name, Galfridus, for this species, 
as it 1s obviously not congeneric with the type of Craspedotriton, Triton con- 
volutus Broderip, when a careful examination of the shelis is made. The latter 
has a long spire, which is commonly decollate, and a closed canal, and the re- 
semblance is quite superficial. Moreover, we have knowledge of the radula and 
opereular features of the Australian shell, while we do not yet know details of 
Craspedotriton. The operculum and radula of speciosus Angas were figured by 
Kesteven (These Proe., 1902, p. 479, fig. 3 in text). Further, prior to Dall’s 
proposal of Craspedotriton, Canefri had introduced (Ann. Soc. Malac. Belg., 
xv., 1880 (1881), p. 44) the name Phyllocoma for convolutus alone. This is 
antedated by Phyllocomus, proposed by Grube in 1877, and, according to our 
usage, invalid, but Bartsch, e.g., might not at present accept our views. 


(974) LaraxIENA IMBRICATA (Smith, 1876). 
Smith called this species Fusus imbricatus, and an earlier Smith had used 
the same name (Geol. Trans., vi., 1841, p. 156) for a different fossil. Ap- 
parently the unlovely name, Lataxiena lataxiena Jousseaume, 1883, must be used. 


(975) Typuis PHILIPPENSIS Watson, 1886. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 10.) 


This species was dredged as a very fine form in all depths from 15-25 
fathoms in Twofold Bay, Disaster Bay and off Merimbula, N.S.W. It was 
described from Port Phillip, Vie., and Pritchard and Gatliff record, from that 
locality also, yatesi Crosse. From specimens in the British Museum sent by 
Verco, I conclude that the latter is the Adelaidean representative of the Peronian 
philippensis, and, if both should occur, it would be most interesting, but I think 
it will be found that only one species lives there. The opereulum and radula 


are normal. 
In the Rev. Mag. Zool., 1879, Jousseaume published a division of the Muri- 


272 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


cidae, and I recorded the names (Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvi., 1914 (12 July, 1915), 
p- 469), but only those of Murex sensu latissimo, and not those of Typhis. I 
here give the latter, and make correction as follows: The number of the Rev. 
Mag. Zool., 1879, did not appear until 1882, so Jousseaume published a digest 
in Le Naturaliste, 2nd Yr., No. 42, 15 Dec., 1880, simply giving the names of the 
divisions and designating a type. As a coincidence leading to confusion, the 
pagination in Le Naturaliste is 335-6, while in the Rev. Mag. Zool., 1879, the 
pages number from 322 to 339. The Muricoid names in Le Naturaliste all 
appear on p. 335, as they are given in my paper quoted, with the same types, 
but two names are mis-spelled, Gracilipurpura and Pterochilus. 

The names relating to the subdivision of Typhis read in Le Naturaliste as 
follows: 


p. 335 Typhis Montfort. Type Murex tubifer Brug. 
Typhinellus nov. Typlis sowerbyi Brod, 
Typhina nov. belchert Brod. 
Siphonochelus nov. avenatus Hinds. 
Typlisopsis nov. coronatus Brod. 
Haustellotyphis nov. cumingi Brod. 

336 Perotyphis nov. pinnatus Brod. 
Lyrotyphis (ex Bayle MS.) nov. Typhis cuniculosus Diichstel (fossil). 
Hirtotyphis (ex Bayle MS.) noy. horridus Broechi (fossil). 

In the Rev. Mag. Zool., 1879, which appeared in 1882, I find 

p- 337 Cyphonochelus nov. Type Typhis arcuatus Hinds. 

338 Pterotyphis nov. pinnatus Brod, 


as corrections for Siphonochelus and Perotyphis. 
Then are added 


p. 338 Talityphis Type Typhis expansus Sow. 
339 Trigonotyphis fimbriatus A. Ad. 
Typhisala grandis A. Ad. 


Examination of the series in the British Museum shows that the Australian 
philippensis is so like belcheri, i.e., cleryi, that the specific name has been used 
for it and is therefore referable to Typhina, but these are very close to the fossil, 
which is the type of Typhis. In the same way sowerbyi, grandis, fimbriatus, 
probably with pinnatus and coronatus (shown only by imperfect specimens) 
group together, though their distribution is eccentric. However, the generic dis- 
tinction of the arcuatus group cannot be denied, and apparently Cyphonochelus 
must be used; the name Siphonochelus can only be construed as a nomen nudum 
as the type name was mis-spelled avenatus, and could not be recognised. The 
Muddy Creek fossil Typhis mecoyi Ten.-Woods seems to differ only by being 
larger than my series, while these are larger than the type. Verco has also re- 
corded large specimens of yatesi, so that we have here an interesting series. A 
deepwater dead shell from 50-70 fathoms, off Green Cape, N.S.W. (it may have 
washed down) proved very close to the fossil form, as shown here by a smaller 
specimen than the type. Typhis hebetatus Hutton, a Neo-zelanie fossil, has even 
been regarded as synonymous with T. mccoyi, but this determination should be 
re-investigated. 

I here name the large form I have figured (Plate xxxiv., f. 10) Typhis 
philippensis interpres, n. subsp., though it might as well be named Typhis 
[mecoyi| interpres, either nomination suggesting its relationship. 


BY TOM IREDALE. 273 


(976) TypHis syrinaiaANus Hedley, 1903. 


The generic name Cyphonochelus should be used for this species, as cited in 
the preceding note. This beautiful little shell was dredged alive in small num- 
bers in the shallower waters of Twofold Bay, from 6 to 12 fathoms, and achieved 
a length of 11 mm., and is of a red-brown colour when alive, sometimes with a 
paler zone circling the body-whorl. The opereulum and radula are normal. 
Dead specimens from 50-70 fathoms off Green Cape are smaller. 


(978) XYMENE HANLEYI (Angas, 1867). 

This species ranges into Victoria, having been sent from Mallacoota by Roy 
Bell. It is not uncommon in the shallow water dredgings from Twofold Bay, 
and is always easily separable from paivae, with which it was confused until 
Hedley separated them comparatively recently. The Mallacoota shells are some- 
times broader, but from Port Fairy, Vic., paivae was sent as a shore shell, and 
with it an elate similar-looking shell which was quite distinct, and may be one 
of the named forms commonly ranked as synonyms, such as assisi Ten.-Woods. 

The genus Xymene cannot include these Muricoid forms, so I again propose 
a new genus, Bedeva, and name Angas’s Trophon hanleyi as type. 

I note that the dredged Twofold Bay shells have a longer, more recurved 
canal than the more littoral ones from Mallacoota, and this suggests that paivae 
is only the Adelaidean shore representative of the shallow water Peronian hanleyi, 
while assisi is the shallow water Adelaidean form. A pretty problem is here 
revealed. 


(980) THats succincta (Martyn, 1784). 


Some of the commonest species of marine molluscs give the most trouble. 
For a century the question of the variability of the present species has been dis- 
cussed, and the matter to-day cannot be regarded as definitely settled. Recently, 
Australian malacologrsts have accepted the specific identity of the two forms 
commonly known as succincta and textihosa. I have collated the following ex- 
pressions of published opinion in the known range of southern extra-tropical 
Australia and New Zealand. Tate and May included P. succincta and var. 
textiliosa without comment: years later, when May recorded Thais succincta Mart. 
from the Furneaux Group he noted “A smoothish form was seen.” Pritchard and 
Gatliff wrote “There seems to be no doubt whatever, that P. succincta and P. 
textiliosa are but variations of the one species. The nature of their habitat pro- 
bably controlling their variations to a great extent. The finer ornamented form 
is the commoner with us.” Years ago, Vereo wrote “the form... . having 
strong revolving ribs with excavated sides, is very rare on the South Australian 
COAST Uetits P. textiliosa Lam. is only a variety of P. succincta, and this is a 
very common shell here. From a large number of specimens we have been able 
to obtain complete series of gradations between P. succincta and P. textiliosa, 
and between P. textiliosa and P. aegrota, proving them all to be but variations 
of a common species.” 

At Sunday Island in the Kermadee Group, this form was probably living, 
but was only met with as a huge dead shell, which has since been considered 
as a distinct species. In New Zealand, both forms appear to live in the North 
Island and Suter states that the smoother form is the more common, with the 
suggestion that the differences are due to habitat. At Caloundra, Queensland, I 
collected a series which showed both forms, under the same conditions, and the 
succincta form was constantly a thinner shell with the outer lip thin, the texti- 


274 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


liosa form being much heavier and thicker and having a thickened lip, lirate 
within. Roy Bell sent me, from Norfolk Island, a long series from the same 
reef showing similar differences, and, moreover, very constantly so. Dr. A. H. 
Cooke got together a large series of shells from Australia, confirming Verco’s 
suggestion, but emphasized the fact that the succincta form was the preponderating 
eastern Australian shell, the textiliosa the South Australian and the aegrota form 
Western Australian. He showed these at a meeting of the Malacological Society 
of London, when IJ confronted them with the above-mentioned facts and speci- 
mens, and he allowed that these created a difficulty. I suggested that only two 
solutions seemed possible, sexual dimorphism, or that there were two distinct 
species. He then studied the radulae of the whole of the species referred to 
Thais and published his results (Proce. Malac. Soc. Lond., xiu., Apr., 1919, pp. 
91-109) wherein he showed that two types of radula were seen in the Gwatkin 
collection under the name of textiliosa and succincta, and that these suggested 
two species. ( 

Roy Bell sent a nice series from Port Fairy, Vic., which were at once re- 
cognised as distinct from the Caloundra shells, as they were all smoothish tezti- 
liosa, but with lower spires and indistinct noduling at the shoulders, recalling 
aégrota. I have noted such a specimen in the British Museum, labelled ventricosa 
Tate. From Mallacoota, a good lot was sent, but these were nearly all typical 
succincta, a couple of odd shells like the Port Fairy series standing out at once. 
From Twofold Bay, a long selection was forwarded, every one of which was 
typical succoncta. I then examined the radulae in the Gwatkin collection, and 
found that all those referred to as textiliosa were from Western Australia and 
Victoria, while the succincta specimens were from New South Wales. From this 
it is seen that the exact status of the New South Wales textiliosa is still un- 
determined, but that aegrota and its var. ventricosa are readily separable, either 
by shell characters or by radular features. I have studied this species on the 
Sydney beaches, with the result that, so far, all the specimens are easily referable 
to succincta alone, no textiosa occurring, any apparently smoothish shell being 
traceable to fracture. From southern Tasmania, a series has been examined, all 
being textiliosa, and suggesting that the type of Lamarck’s textiliosa may have 
been collected in that locality. The Port Fairy shells, which should geographically 
agree with Kangaroo Island ones, are not so well in agreement with the 
Lamarckian figure. 

The New Zealand shells, regarded as suecincta, are easily separable, and 
should bear the name scalaris Menke (Verz. Conch. Samml. Mals., 1829, p. 33), 
unless that name be preoccupied, which I have not yet determined. Since I re- 
cognised this fact and name, I find that Mr. Hedley had named the specimens 
in the Study Collection in the Australian Museum, selecting Menke’s choice, as 
of varietal rank, so that the radula should be examined comparatively. 


(981) AGNEWIA PSEUDAMYGDALA (Hedley, 1903). 


The reference of this species to Agnewia is a pure error, as Cronia had 
been introduced earlier by H. and A. Adams (Gen. Recent Moll., Vol. i, Aug., 
1853, p. 128) for amygdala Kiener alone. The shell from the eastern coast of 
Australia was separated as a distinct species from amygdala Wiener, from 
Western Australia, under the name pseudamygdala by Hedley. When I collected 
the shell known as Drupa chaidea Duclos at the Kermadec Islands, its close re- 
semblance to the Australian shell impressed me, and I worked out the affinities 
of these shells from conchological characters, and accepted Morula for the chaidea 


BY TOM IREDALE. 275 


series. Cooke investigated the radula of these groups and published his con- 
clusions (Proc. Malac. Soe. Lond., xiii., Apl., 1919, p. 91 et seq). Some of his 
statements are not exactly well-written, as in this ease, dealing with the radula 
of the present species, he writes under the name “Cronia amygdalus, WKien.: 
Torres Str., Port Jackson. . . . . Mr. Hedley, I am told by Mr. Iredale, names 
Cronia from these localities pseudamygdalus, restricting amygdalus to Sydney and 
the east coast.” This last sentence is ridiculous. 

However, Cooke pointed out that the radula was “markedly that of 
Morula. Ctroma is a searcely modified Morula,’ thus absolutely confirming my 
conclusions achieved from conechological studies. In the same place, Cooke figured 
the radula of Agnewia tritonzformis (Blainville), which is of an entirely different 
pattern, being very close to that of the swecincta series, for which I proposed the 
genus Neothais. Cooke further showed that the peculiar radular characters of 
Lepsiella were to be seen in the Australian species I ranged therein from shell 
features. 

As noted above, I studied this group so may here note that the shell named 
by Hedley Thais ambustulata was collected by myself at Caloundra, Queensland, 
and seems to be closely allied to margariticola Broderip, a widespread tropical 
Morula of Muricoid facies. 

In this family I suggest a renomination thus: 


No. 979 Thais ambustulata to be Morula ambustulata 
980 succincta Neothais succincta 
981 Agnewia pseudamygdala Cronia pseudamygdala 
988 Drupa chaidea Morula nodulifera 
989 marginalba Morula marginalba 


In the Proc. Malae. Soe. Lond., xii., 1918, pp. 38-39, I noted that Duclos’ 
P. ehaidea was regarded by Martens, from study of the type, as identical with 
P. nodulifera Menke. This was briefly described (Verz. Conch. Samml. Malsburg, 
p- 33 (pref. May 18) 1829) without definite locality, but as the species is un- 
mistakable, Menke’s name may be accepted. At the same time, I recorded that 
Purpura granulata Duclos (Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, xxvi., May, 1832) was equi- 
valent to and earlier than P. twberculata Blainville (after June, 1832), and this 
chronological item was overlooked by Hedley (These Proe., xlviil., 3 Oct., 1923, 
p- 314) when he gave a definite Australian locality for Drupa tuberculata, recte 
Morula granulata Duclos, a common shel] at Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, 
whence Bell sent it. 


(1000) SrpHonarta vircuLATA Hedley, 1915. 

Hedley described this species from Terrigal, Sydney, and Twofold Bay, 
citing as equivalent Siphonaria funiculata Angas, not Reeve. His type measure- 
ments read: Length 21; breadth 19; height 9 mm. His comparison with funi- 
culata reads “the Tasmanian species differs in being more solid, narrower, taller, 
with sharper contrast between light and dark stripes, and fewer coarser radials.” 
He regarded blainvilley Hanley as an elevated form of S. virgulata. I have re- 
peatedly criticised the British Museum types named, and agree in the above 
differential features, and have concluded that virgulata is simply the Peronian 
form of funiculata Reeve. Shells from Long Reef, Sydney, sent by Hedley as 
“Co-types” are seaworn and apparently smoother than shells from Victoria 


. labelled “inculta Gould,” which, of course, they are not. A very fine lot from 


Twofold Bay, sent by Roy Bell, are all very clean beautiful shells and agree 
generally with the description given by Hedley, and are undoubtedly his species. 
From Mallacoota and Lakes Entrance, Vie., Bell had previously sent the 


276 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


same species in the same clean condition, but a slightly rougher form. From the 
latter place, three large beautiful shells were sent, narrower and taller, and 
proving the exact relationship of virgulata and fumiculata, as they agreed exactly 
with the types of the latter species save in solidity and less coarse radials. 

Hedley, however, also wrote “Nearer to our novelty than funiculata is 8. 
sonata Ten.-Woods (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877 (1879), pp. 47, 99), which is 
taller, narrower, darker in colour, more coarsely and evenly sculptured, and 
ranging from Tasmania to Victoria, and South Australia, being the Adelaidean 
correspondent of the Peronian wirgulata.” This statement has continually 
puzzled me, as from Port Fairy, Vic., Roy Bell had sent a beautiful series of 
probably the most pleasing Siphonaria I have seen. This was named in the 
British Museum Collection “zonata Ten.-Woods,” and I found, at the reference 
above cited, that Tenison-Woods had previously described the shell as Siphonaria 
denticula var. tasmanica. This was pointed out by Hardy (Papers and Proe. 
Roy. Soe. Tasm., 1915, p. 62) in a paper I did not see until after I had traced 
this myself. Tenison-Woods described his species as “with 40 to 50 fine flattened 
and diminishing ribs,” which agrees with Hedley’s “seulpture,’ but the Port 
Fairy shells do not show “coarse” sculpture, being comparatively the “smoothest” 
form of Siphonaria, while the Lakes Entrance she!l is even smoother. The name 
of the species known as Siphonaria zonata must become Siphonaria tasmanica, 
both of Tenison-Woods, an item overlooked by May (Check List; and also Iustr. 
Index Tasmanian Shells). 


(1001) SrpHonarta zErra Reeve, 1856. 


Hedley has admitted this name, apparently on account of the recognition 
of shells, apparently types, so named in the British Museum. These were 
localised as from “Port Jackson” and placed next to a set of “bifurcata Reeve,” 
also apparently types, and also with locality “Port Jackson.” As Reeve’s species 
zebra was described from the Philippine Islands, I examined these in connection 
with the description and figure. Only a figure of the inside was given, and the 
description of zebra states “depressly conical . . . . white with one or two 
blotches,” whilst of bifurcata was written “very depressly conical . . . yellowish 
white, interstices between the ribs rayed with black.” The latter account agrees 
with the shells labelled zebra, while the set labelled bifurcata disagree entirely, as 
their outer surface is nearly unicoloured white, and they are comparatively very 
tall. I did not recognise them as the types of zebra, which I did not absolutely 
find. It will be noted that the figures have the numbers transposed, or it may 
even be that it was the deserip‘ions which were mixed up. However, though it 
is certain that the two shells have been confused, I cannoti recognise in anything 
I have seen, such a shell as Hedley might have determined as bifurcata. The 
real bifurcata (i.e., zebra Hedley), I conelude, is the Peronian representative of 
the Western Australian baconi. 


(1002) KERGUELENIA STOWAE (Verco, 1906). 


Many dead shells occurred in shell-sand sent me by Dr. Torr from South 
Australia, and the shells I sorted out of the shell-sand and shallow water dredgings 
from Twofold Bay, N.S.W., showed appreciable differences. The latter were 
more regularly elongate and smooth, and with the apex more anterior. I find 
these to be common and constant on the Sydney beaches, and I separate them 
subspecifically, but the genus Kerguelenia should first be rejected. The radula is 
very different, consisting of 120 rows with a formula of 44.1.44 in the ease of 


BY TOM IR#DALE. BHT 


Kerguelenia lateralis from New Zealand, i.e., K. innominata Iredale; in S. stowae 
Verco, the rows are given as 94 with a formula of 22.1.22, a very different 
style. I introduce the new generic name Pugillaria for S. stowae Vereo, and 
name the Peronian form Pugiliaria stowae comita, n. subsp. 


(1003) Gapinia conica Angas, 1867. 


Some years ago, discussing the occurrence of a Gadinia at the Kermadecs, 
from a study of shell characters, | was compelled to lump all the Neozelanic 
and Austral forms into one species. Lumping is notoriously a bad policy, and 
in the few instances { have hitherto adopted such I have later been forced to 
alter my conclusions and this case points a special moral. Dr. Torr sent me 
some shell-sand from Port Lincoin, 8. Aust., and from it I sorted some young 
dead shells of a Gadinia: these attracted me by their regular elongate shell, the 
shells I had previously studied being more or less cireuiar with only slight 
eccentricity. 1, therefore, reviewed the matter and concluded that the only way 
to eriticise these molluscs was geographically, and, therefore, | contrasted my 
own series collected at Sydney, with the South Australian shells, and found them 
abundantly distinct, the former always being more rounded and flatter. Knowing 
the individual variation well, I was still certain that these were separable. Con- 
trasting the former with Neozelanic specimens, the differences were not so 
striking, but still there were some. fecourse to the radular features showed 
great distinction: thus, Claude Torr counted thirty laterals in connection with 
that of the South Australian form, while Hutton found sixty in the New Zealand 
form. The radula in the Gwatkin Collection from Port Jackson shows about 
forty, but as I collected the Sydney shell alive myself,.I am having some more 
preparations made, and will refer again. The anatomy of the Neozelanic species 
was dealt with by Hutton (Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv., 1882 (1883), 144). 

Stphonaria albida Angas (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 314, Pl. xviii., 
figs. 14, 15), described from St. Vincent’s Gulf, S. Aust., is undoubtedly only a 
fine clean regular Gadinia; no such shape would be found in New South Wales. 


(1123 A) PHiINE copumMNaARIA Hedley and May, 1908. 


Philine columnaria Hedley and May, Ree. Austr. Mus. vu., No. 2, 11 Sep., 
1908, p. 123, Pl. xxiv., figs. 25, 26: 100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. 

Specimens agreeing well with the description and figure of this species were 
found in the 50-70 fathom dredgings off Green Cape, N.S.W., and this species 
may be added to the N.S.W. List. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIII-XXXVLI. 
Plate xxxiii. 

1. Neotrigonia gemma Iredale, Type. 
2. N. margaritacea (Lamarck), juv. 
3, 4. Myadora subalbida Gatliff and Gabriel. 3. left valve; 4. right valve. 
5, 6. M. royana Iredale, Type. 5. left valve; 6. right valve. 
7, 8. Fluctiger royanus Iredale, Type. 7. right valve; 8. left valve. 
9, 10. Myadora complexa Iredale, Type. 9. right valve; 10. left valve. 
11, 12. Bathycardita raowk Angas. 11. adult; 12. interior view. 
13, 14. Myadora albida Ten.-Woods. 13. left valve; 14. right valve. 
15. Solamen rex Iredale, Type. 


~~ 


278 RESULTS FROM ROY BELL’S MOLLUSCAN COLLECTIONS, 


Plate xxxiv. 
1-4. Lima nimbifer Iredale. 1. narrowed right valve, inside; 2. Type, side view; 
3. full left valve, interior; 4. Type, outside of left dale, 
5. Peculator verconis Iredale, Type. 
6, 7. Teleochilus royanus Iredale, Type. 7. protoconch. 
8. Radulphus royanus Iredale, Type. 
9. Colus novaehollandiae grandiculus Iredale, protoconeh. 
10. Typhis philippensis interpres Iredale, Type. 
11. Stiva royana Iredale, Type. 


Plate xxxv. 
1. Neotrigonia gemma Iredale. 
2. Solamen rex Iredale. 
3. Glycymeris striatularis suspectus Iredale, Type. 
4. Austrotriton parkinsonius basilicus Iredale, Type. 
5, 6. Hligidion audax Iredale, Type. 5. side view; 6. from above. 
7-9. Ethminolia probabilis Iredale, Type. 7. from above; 8. from side; 9. trom 
below. 
10. Fusus grandis Gray, Type. 
11. Spectamen philippensis Watson. 
12. Minolia pulcherrima emendata Iredale, Type. 
13. Microvoluta royana Iredale, Type. 
14. Nuculana dohrnii (Hanley). 
15. Nuculana (dohrnu) tragulata Iredale. 
16, 17. Triviella merces Iredale, Type. 16. from above; 17. from below. 
18, 19. Glycymeris flammeus Reeve. 18. hinge; 19. hinge of young. 
20. G. hedleyi Lamy. 
21. Amygdalum beddomei Iredale, Type. 


Plate xxxvi. 
1, 17. Letopyrga lineolaris Gould. 1. variation; 17. normal. 
2. L. octona problematica Iredale, Type. 
3, 12, 13. Gazameda gunnii Reeve. 3. Disaster Bay form; 12. normal; 13. trom 
deepwater. 
4, 15. Colpospira guilleaumet Iredale, Type. 15. side view of mouth showing sinus. 
5. C. quadrata Donald. 
6, 7. Terebra braziert Angas. 6. sculptured form; 7. smooth form. 
8. Baryspira oblonga Sowerby. 
9. B. fusiformis gaza Iredale. Type from off Merimbula. 
10. B. fusiformis Petterd. 
11. Gazameda tasmanica Reeve, adult. 
14. G. tasmanica Reeve, young. 
16. Pervicacia assecla Iredale, Type. 


Note added 16 Sept., 1924.—I find that some years ago Cossman designated 
Ancilla australis Sowerby as the type of Baryspira. This should be noted in 5th 
line from bottom of page 259 and also line 6 on page 260. 


bo 
sl 
io) 


TWO NEW THRIPS-GALLS AND THEIR INHABITANTS, FROM 
NEW SOUTH WALES. 


By W. Docters van LEEUWEN and H. H. Karny, Botanic Gardens, Buitenzorg. 
(Communicated by J. H. Maiden, I.R.S.) 
(Three Text-figyres.) 
[Read 25th June, 1924.] 


On one of the excursions which followed the second Pan-Pacific Science 
Congress (Australia, 1923) one of us (the former) had an opportunity of 
collecting galls in an almost tropical vegetation. In the territory of the Northern 
Rivers, especially round Lismore, almost the whole of the old vegetation has been 
cut or burned down in order to make pasture land. Only a very small spot was 
still left untouched at the time of this visit, and they were just beginning to cut 
also the trees of this last sma!l reservation. 

This forest gave the same impression as a forest on dry ridges in Java: 
some old tall trees and a dense underbrush. A thrips-gall was collected there, on 
Randia chartacea ¥.v.M., which is not mentioned in the recently published valu- 
able work on galls from the Old World by Houard*, and which, therefore, 
appears to be new. Another thrips-gall was found on Smilax australis R.Br. in 
the remnant of a forest near Murwillumbah. Now, a thrips-gall on Smilax 
zeylanica L. is known to us from Java, Celebes and the islands of the Saleier- 
group {, and on Smilax leucophylla Bl. from Java and Sumatra. The new gall 
on Smilax australis R.Br. is identical with the one from the Malayan Regions 
and the gall-former is the same. 

It is a remarkable fact that the same gall, or almost the same gall, is found . 
in places so far from each other, and it proves that a more thorough study of 
the galls occurring in forests in the tropical parts of Australia should be of high 
value from a zoogeographical point of view. In this connection it may be of 


* C. Houard. Les Zoocécidies des Plantes d’Afrique, d’Asie et d’Océanie. Tome 
1. et nu. Paris, chez Hermann, 1922-1923. 
tT J. und W. Docters van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan. EHinige Gallen aus Java. Vierter 
Beitrag. Marcellia. Tome ix., 1910, p. 191, No. 196, fig. 80. 
H. Karny und J. und W. Docters van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan. Ueber die Javan- 
ischen Thysanoptero-Cecidien und deren Bewohner. Bulletin du 
Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. Série i, No. x., 1913, p. 19, fig. 
UG edall 
J. und W. Docters van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan. Beschreibungen von Gallen aus 
Celebes und aus den Inseln siidlich von Celebes. Bulletin du Jardin 
botanique de Buitenzorg. Série ii., No. xxi., 1916, p. 43, N: 62. 


280 TWO NEW THRIPS-GALLS AND THEIR INHABITANTS FROM N.S.W., 


interest that one of us (W.D.v.L.) collected a psyllid-gall on Mallotus philip- 
pinensis Muell. Arg. on Susan Island, Clarence River, which is the same as the 
one occurring in Sumatra, Java and Celebes +t, and which has not yet been re- 
corded from Australia. 

Here follow the descriptions of the galls and of the gall-formers. Mr. 
Cheel, of the Herbarium of the Botanic Gardens in Sydney, has been so kind 
as to determine the material, for which kindness we are very much indebted to 
him. 


1. Randia chartacea F.v.M. 


Inhabitant: Euoplothrips bagnalli Hood. 
The borders of the leaf are folded upwards so as to form a narrow roll 


Fig. 1—Thrips gall on Randia chartacea F.v.M. (Nat. size). 


(figure 1). Moreover, strong and young infected leaves are totally changed 
into the gall, and often spirally contorted round their longitudinal axis. The 
surface of the gall is more or less rough and, when old, of a yellow-green colour. 
In this gall were found only two macromerous (2) specimens of Huoplothrips 
bagnalli Hood. It is, therefore, impossible to state whether this species is the 
true gall-former or merely an inquiline, as seems to be the case in the following 
gall. 


¢ J. und W. Docters van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan. Einige gallen aus Java. Sechster 
Beitrag. Bulletin du Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg, Série i, No. 
i., 1912, p. 33, N: 307. 


BY W. D. VAN LEEUWEN AND H. H. KIARNY. 281 


Type gall: 20922. Lismore. Part of a virgin forest. 11 Sept., 1923. 
Field N: 7344. 


2. Smilax australis R.Br. 


Inhabitants: Cryptothrips (?) intorquens Karny; Euoplothrips bagnall 
Hood. 

The thrips attack those parts of the leafblade that adjoin the midrib of the 
leaf and the two strong longitudinal veins that traverse the leaf from the base 
to the apex. The infected parts curl upwards so as to form three narrow cases 
in which the creatures live.. In case of strong infection, the whole leaf is formed 
into a roll (fignre 2). The infected parts of the lamina are, moreover, rough, 


Fig. 2.—Thrips gall on Smilax australis R.Br. (Nat. size). 


and dotted with irregular pustules. Besides, the leaf often twists i'self once or 
twice round its longitudinal axis. 

When, as sometimes happens, only one of the side-veins is affected, ‘he other 
half of the leaf remains flat. The anatomy of the Javanese galls was investi- 
gated and described by us. It is a striking fact thet a great number of tracheids 


282: TWO NEW THRIPS-GALLS AND THEIR INHABITANTS FROM N.S.wW. 


develop from the mesophyll-cells. These often form thick clubs or bunches’ in 
the vicinity of the larval-cavity. 
In these galls were found two species of Tubuliferous Thysanoptera, both 
about equal in number of individuals, viz., Cryptothrips intorquens Karny and 
Euoplothrips bagnalli Hood. As to the former species, the Australian specimens 
which are in our possession agree very well with the Javanese types. Only the 
tooth of the fore-tarsal of the d (always absent in the @) is less developed here, 
in general, than in the specimens from Java; in some of the Australian material 
even entirely wanting. According to this character, the species could perhaps be 
rather placed in the genus Hothrips Hood (1915), especially as the length of 
head is also somewhat shorter than in the true Cryptothrips and the fore-femora 
of the ¢ are scarcely larger than in the ¢. It is a matter of fact that the generic 
position of many Tubulifera is somewhat, doubtful, and a matter of subjective 
decision, in consequence of the very unsatisfactory generie characters used by 
Uzel, such as relative length of head, armature of the fore-tarsi, ete. It is much 
to be hoped that more useful differences may be detected in future. Perhaps 
they may be found in some larval characters, the study of which has recently 
been inaugurated by Priesner and promises important results systematically. 
Euoplothrips bagnalli was described by Hood (Mem. Q’land Mus., vi., 1918, 
121-150) from one female “Taken by sweeping in a jungle at Nelson, N.Q., 


x 

SS 
Fig. 3.—Fore-legs of a macromerous (left) and a micromerous (right) ¢ of 
Euoplothrips bagnalli Hood. 


May 30th, 1912, by Mr. A. A. Girault.”’ As this author stated, this species is, in 
fact, very closely related to the genus Androthrips. Though nothing was known 
as to the life-history of the type specimen, Mr. Hood supposed, from its syste- 
matic position, that it was “without doubt a gall-making genus.” It is, however, 
not yet certain whether it is a true gall-former. At all events Mr. Hood was 
really right in expecting it to be a gall-inhabitant. 

From the material in our possession we ean complete Hood’s description by 
the following additions: the 6th antennal segment is in seme specimens paler at 
base as described by Hood, being in others entirely dark. The number of ac- 
cessory fringe hairs on fore-wings is, in our material 12-18, being in Hood’s 
type specimen “about ten.” The 3d (hitherto unknown) differs from the 2 by 
no means except the genitalia. As to the shape of the fore-legs, there is a 
considerable variation (fig. 3) in the d, some being macromerous, others micro- 
merous, as in Thaumatothrips froggatti Karny, described some time ago (These 
Proce., xlii., 1922, 266-274). The micromerous ¢ has also the armature of the 
fore-legs less developed than the macromerous specimens, as may be seen from 
the figures. All the females in our possession are macromerous. 

Type gall: 20921. Murwillumbah. Remnant of a forest. Shrubbery. 12 
Sept., 1923. Field N: 7369. 


ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE (COLEOPTERA). 
By Artuur M. Lea, F.E.S. 
(Nineteen Text-figures. ) 
[Read 30th July, 1924.] 


When Masters’ Catalogue of Australian Coleoptera was compiled, slightly 
more than 600 species of Scarabaeidae were recorded; at the present time nearly 
2,000 are known; and these include many of our showiest beetles and others of 
great economic importance. It is probable, however, that our Melolonthides 
alone exceed 2,000 in number, as hundreds of unnamed species of the immense 
genus Heteronyx alone are known to me, and of many other genera of small 
species many remain to be named. The Rutelides and Cetonides are better known 
than the other subfamilies, but even to these many species have still to be added. 


COPRIDES. 
ONTHOPHAGUS QUADRINODIOOLLIS, n.sp. 


3. Black, shining; antennae, palpi, and tarsi reddish, club paler. Under 
surface and legs with rusty-red hairs; the wide lateral interstice of elytra, and 
pygidium with rather short setae. 

Head wide, sides strongly dilated in front of eyes, a flat space between eyes 
quadrilobed in front, the two median lobes smaller than the others and feebly 
upturned; space between lobes and eclypeal suture with very feeble, but not very 
small, punctures, becoming subvermiculate on sides. Clypeus with outlines con- 
tinuous with those before them, and almost equally elevated, but truneated and 
slightly higher in front, surface closely transversely vermiculate; suture rather 
acutely carinated, in three parts, the median part almost straight (as seen from 
directly above) and about three-fifths of the whole. Eyes large, facets indistinct. 
Prothorax slightly wider than elytra, sides strongly rounded, front angles pro- 
duced but rounded, a distinct gutter near each side, sides rather strongly mar- 
gined, apex moderately margined, base depressed and scarcely margined, front 
fifth retuse in middle, the retuse portion shining and surmounted by four obtuse 
tubereles, of which the median ones are rather distant; between each of these 
and the one nearer the side a shallow depression to apex, a rather shallow median 
line from near summit of retuse portion to base; with minute and rather sparse 
punctures in middle, becoming larger, but somewhat obsolete, towards and on 
sides; sublateral foveae rather large. Elytra with geminate striae, containing 
distant punctures; interstices separately convex, very finely shagreened, with dis- 
tinct punetures only on sides. Metasternum with dense asperate punctures on 


284 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


sides, becoming larger, sparser, and more sharply defined elsewhere. Apical seg- 
ment of abdomen moderately narrowed in middle; pygidium with large pune- 
tures. Length, 10 mm. 

Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin (N. Davies). 

The flat quadrilobed interocular space distinguishes this species from all 
others before me. 


ONTHOPHAGUS GRANICOLLIS, n.sp. 


3. Black, opaque; under surface and legs with rather long whitish-grey 
hairs, almost as long on head but somewhat darker; prothorax with rather dense, 
rusty-brown, upright setae; elytra with shorter and darker setae, confined to two 
rows on each interstice. 

Head with a short, erect horn near each eye, the space between these and 
elypeal suture with numerous granules. Clypeus wide, deeply notched, each 
side of apex conspicuously produced, margins conspicuously elevated; surface 
densely granulate-punctate, suture trisimuate, median portion feebly arched, and 
about three-fifths of. the total. Eyes narrow, facets very distinct. Prothorax 
large, sides strongly rounded, front angles obtuscly produced, hind ones very 
wide, margins conspicuous on sides, less so at apex and feeble at base; middle 
near apex with a small curved ridge, forming, with the two cephalic horns, the 
corners of an equilateral triangle; with small, dense, round, setiferous granules, 
absent from base of median line (which otherwise is but feebly defined), and, 
from parts near sublateral foveae, these rather deep. Elytra with very narrow 
striae, interstices moderately convex, very finely shagreened, and mostly with two 
rows of small, setiferous punctures. Under surface opaque and punctures not 
sharply defined, four apical segments of abdomen narrowed to middle. Length, 
7 mm. 

Hab.—Wes‘ern Australia: Mount Barker (S. Macsorley). 

An isolated species, a‘ first glance somewhat resembling the female of O. 
haagi, but the head, prothorax and elytra are all very differently sculptured; the 
elytra are somewhat as on O. jubatus, but the head and prothorax are very dif- 
ferent; O. granulatus has the head and elytra verv different and the prothorax 
with much sparser granules. The antennas are black. except that the second and 
third joints are obscurely reddish. The elytral setae are indistinct from some 
directions, but abundantly distinct from the sides. 


GEOTRUPIDES. 


The Australian genera of this subfamily may be thus tabulated :— 
Klytra with more than five striae between suture and each shoulder. Bolboceras 


(in part). 
HKilytra with five striae between suture and each shoulder. 
Scutellum much longer than wide .. .. -. .. ..':. .. .. Stenaspidvus. 
Scutellum about as long as wide. 
Middle coxae almost touching .. .. .. .. . .. Hucanthus. 


Middle coxae widely separated .. .. .. Bolboceras, subg. Bolbapium. 


BOLBOCERAS TRICAVICOLLE, n.sp. 


3. Castaneous; some margining and projecting parts darker. Under sur- 
face and legs with rusty-red hair. 

Head with a somewhat pyramidal mass between apex to near base, its sum- 
mit with an elongate projection on each side, its front with two subconical 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 285 


tubercles projecting forward. Mandibles large, notched before and at apex. 
Prothorax almost vertical and with three large excavations in front, the larger 
one separated from the summit by an obtuse ridge, the others frontal and each 
scarcely half the size of the large one, and shallowly connected with it; basal 
portion in middle about one-fourth the length of the segment, and with a median 
line; with a few large punctures and fairly numerous minute ones; with minute 
granules irregularly distributed, but becoming dense about sublateral foveae. 
Seutellum with sub-obsolete granules. Elytra with seven striae, containing dis- 
tinct but not very large punctures, between suture and each shoulder. Front 
tibiae with six teeth, hind tibiae bicarinate. Length, 20 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (J. Clark). 

Belongs to Subgroup 1, of Group 2, of Blackburn’s revision of the genus, 
and would be there associated with B. frontale, which has the prothorax armed 
in the male, and is otherwise very different. The almost vertical front of pro- 
thorax, with three large cavities, and the curiously armed head are very different 
from any other species before me. On the type the projection on each side of 
the raised mass is about as long as the distance from its base to the front of the 
clypeus, the smaller frontal projections are about one-fourth more distant from 
each other than from the front of the clypeus. 


BOLBOCERAS CORRUGATUM, n.sp. 


Black; parts of legs obscurely diluted with red. Under surface and legs 
with rather dense, greyish hair. 

Head with frontal elevation in the form of a narrow curved ridge, extending 
half-way between the eyes, outer corner of each frontal wing slightly elevated; 
elypeus small, its middle subconical, behind it a transverse space divided into 
two irregularly four-sided areolets by carinae, the hind outer corner of each 
areolet elevated; with irregularly distributed punctures of various sizes. Pro- 
thorax large, evenly convex, sides strongly rounded and widest near base, base 
strongly rounded in middle; with fairly numerous, large, irregularly distributed 
punctures, and some small ones; sublateral foveae represented by clusters of 
punctures. Scutellum triangular, distinctly longer than wide, and with large and 
rather dense punctures. Elytra with large approximate punctures in wide 
striae, of which there are seven between suture and each shoulder; interstices, 
except at base and on apical slope, narrower than striae. Front tibiae with ten 
teeth, middle coxae widely separated. Length, 8 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). 

At first glance somewhat like Stenaspidius nigricornis, but with seven striae 
between suture and each shoulder. The scutellum is decidedly longer than is 
usual in Bolboceras; possibly a new genus may be considered necessary for it, 
but failing this it could, by Boucomont’s table (Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr., 1910, p. 
337), only be referred to Bolboceras. The first elytral stria is narrowed and de- 
flected by the scutellum, but it attains the base. Regarding the species as be- 
longing to Group 3, of Blackburn’s revision, it is distinet from all of them by 
the wide and deep elytral striae, with comparatively narrow interstices, and by 
the rather long scutellum; to the naked eye the elytra appear finely corrugated. 
A. second specimen, from Cairns (H. Hacker), differs from the type in being 
smaller (6 mm.), the sides, suture and shoulders of elytra, and sides of prothorax 
obseurely reddish, and the legs paler; its prothorax has no small punctures, and 


286 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAB, 


much sparser large ones (about thirty altogether, excluding the submarginal 
ones) and its front tibiae have but six teeth. 

Var. FLAVOCASTANEUM, n. var. Three specimens from southern Queensland 
(Buderim Mountain, Mapleton and Brisbane, H. Hacker) are flavo-castaneous, 
with basal two-thirds of head and most of under surface black or blackish, and 
the seutellum infuscated; the antennae, palpi and legs (except some projecting 
parts of the latter) are also decidedly pale; the prothoracic punctures are as 
on the type, the teeth of the front tibiae vary in number from, six to nine (on 
one specimen there are eight on one, and nine on the other). 


HUCANTHUS TRICARINATICEPS, N.Sp. 


Dark castaneous; some marginal and projecting parts darker, antennae, 
palpi and parts of legs paler. Under surface and legs with rusty-red hair. 

Head with irregularly distributed and rather large punctures, fairly numer- 
ous, but not dense, at base, becoming crowded in front; with three transverse 
carinae: one connecting the eyes, one connecting the front edges of the ocular 
canthi, and one at base of clypeus. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median 
length, front angles acute, hind ones rounded off; with large punctures, mostly 
confined to the depressed parts, and with minute ones more evenly distributed. 
Seutellum about as long as wide, with sparse and small punctures. Elytra with 
large punctures in deep striae, of which there are five between suture and each 
shoulder; interstices with minute punctures, separately convex, the even ones 
wider than -the others, the second and the sixth (at shoulders) widest of all. 
Hront tibiae with four teeth; middle coxae slightly separated. Length, 7-9 mm. 

Hab.—South Australia: Ooldea, Barton (A. M. Lea); Western Australia: 
Geraldton (J. Clark). 

The seutellum is much shorter than in Stenaspidius, and the middle coxae 
are almost touching, so it seems desirable to refer this species to Hucanthus ; 
from the description of EH. felschei it differs in having the head tricarinated, 
prothorax with coarse punctures, and scutellum with sparse ones. At first glance 
it appears to belong to Blackburn’s Group 3, of Bolboceras, but the elytra have 
only five striae between the suture and each shoulder, and the cephalic structure 
is different. The prothorax has an obtuse ridge, scarcely a carina, across the 
median fourth at the apical third, and around it numerous large punctures, be- 
tween it and the base there is a conspicuous median line containing two rows 
(conjoined at the base) of punctures, towards each side there are two irregular 
transverse impressions containing large punctures, and all the gutters contain 
large punctures. 

MELOLONTHIDES. 
LIPARETRUS CRIBRICEPS, n.sp. 


Black, shining, some parts with a slight opalescent gloss; elytra obscurely 
flavous, suture, sides, base and apex more or less infuseated, four joints of an- 
tennae, tibial teeth and claws more or less reddish. Clothed with whitish hair, 
dense on under surface and hind parts, elytra glabrous. 

Head obliquely flattened and with crowded and sharply defined punctures 
between eyes. Clypeus concave, with larger punctures than on rest of head, 
becoming larger and sparser in front, sides evenly decreasing in width to apex, 
which is gently ineurved to middle. Antennae nine-jointed. Prothorax with 
front angles acutely produced, hind ones almost rounded off, median line well 
defined; punctures about as large as on head, with some larger ones scattered 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 287 


about: Elytra each with three pairs of striae, containing fairly large punctures, 
elsewhere with smaller but well defined punctures, a few oblique _ strigosities 
towards sides. Pygidium and propygidium with punctures of two sizes as on 
prothorax. Front tibiae with three teeth, the second acute and nearer the third 
(which is very feeble) than the first; basal joint of hind tarsi shghtly shorter 
than second. Length, 8.5-9 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Kellerberrin. 

Belongs to Group 2; as the clypeus, however, is somewhat ineurved at the 
apex it is distinct from all the species referred to that Group by Blackburn; 
regarding the two basal joints of the hind tarsi as of equal length, it would be 

referred to Group 5, and there associated with L. glabripennis, from the descrip- 

tion of which it differs in being considerably larger, and in the elypeus not 
rounded in front. To a certain extent it resembles L. luridipennis (of Group 
12) on an enlarged scale. The hair on the prothorax is fairly dense on the 
apical third, and fringes the base and sides, the intervening part (as viewed 
from the sides) being glabrous; the upper surface of the head on the two 
specimens examined fg, almost glabrous, but may have been abraded. The clypeus 
is slightly more upturned in front (and consequently more largely coneave) on 
one than on the other, but they are probably both males. 


LIPARETRUS TARSALIS, 1.sp. 

36. Black, somewhat shining; antennae (club infuseated), palpi, front tibiae 
and tarsi, and middle tarsi more or less reddish. Under surface with rather 
dense, greyish-white hair, becoming sparser on hind parts. 

Head with crowded and rather small but sharply defined punctures, an 
obtuse elevation on each side of middle, with a gentle depression to eclypeal 
suture. Clypeus with somewhat larger, less crowded, and better defined pune- 
tures, suture gently arched forward, sides strongly diminishing to near apex, 
“with the front angles oblique and very acute, front evenly and rather strongly 
aineurved. Antennae nine-jointed. Prothorax with surface somewhat uneven, 
front angles acute, hind ones rounded off, median line seareely traceable; punc- 
tures dense but not crowded, somewhat as on elypeus, but less regular. Elytra 
‘with fairly large and dense punctures, and some slightly larger ones in geminate 
‘striae. Hind parts with punctures slightly smaller and denser than on elytra. 
‘Front tibiae strongly tridentate; front tarsi with a longitudinal impression on 
‘the outer side of each joint, basal joint acutely ridged on its lower edge; front 
claws rather stout, and with an obtuse basal process; basal jomt of hind tarsi 
slightly shorter than second. Length, 10 mm. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Grenfell (Dr. EK. W. Ferguson). 


There are some long hairs on the apex of prothorax, and the sides and base 
are distinctly fringed; there appear also to be stumps of hairs near the apex, 
so the type has probably been partly abraded; if non-abraded, it belongs to 
Group 4, in which it certainly seems out of place; if abraded, it might be as- 
‘sociated with L. kreuslerae, from which it differs in the acutely angled clypeus 
and ridged basal joint of front tarsi; its tarsi associate it with L. ater and L. 
phoenicopterus; from the description of the former it should be distinct by its 
head and size, from the latter it differs in its colour of elytra and in the clypeus; 
from L. niger and L. insignis, it is distinct by the elypeus more strongly narrowed, 
with the front angles more acutely projecting, and by the feeble tubercles of 
head. In Macleay’s grouping it would belong to Subseetion 1 of Section 1, and 


288 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


it is the first large black species with acutely angular clypeus to be recorded 
from New South Wales. 


LIPARETRUS BILOBUS, n.sp. 


Flavous; head, prothorax and parts of legs somewhat darker than other 
parts. Under surface and hind parts with short clothing, upper surface glabrous, 
except for marginal fringes, and a few submarginal hairs on elytra. 

Head moderately convex, with small and ill-defined punctures. Clypeus 
rather short and concave, with somewhat larger punctures than on rest of head, 
front distinctly bilobed, suture gently bisinuate. Antennae nine-jointed. Pro- 
thorax strongly convex, with a wide apical membrane, front angles acutely pro- 
duced, hind ones almost rounded off, median line absent; punctures fairly dense, 
but small and ill-defined. Elytra each with four slightly convex ridges bounded 
by geminate rows of small punctures, the interstices wide and also with small 
punctures. ‘Hind parts with rather dense and small punctures. Front tibiae 
obtusely tridentate; hind tarsi with basal joint slightly shorter than second. 
Length, 7.5 mm. 

Hab.—Northern Territory: Daly River (H. Wesselman). 


The first and second joints of the hind tarsi are almost equal, the first 
being a trifle the shorter; regarding it as such it would belong to Blackburn’s 
Group 4, and there associated with L. aridus, which in general it strikingly re- 
sembles, but from which it is at once distinguished by tke bilobed clypeus; it 
also closely resembles L. flavus (of Group 14), but the elypeus and front tibiae 
are different. If referred to Group 7 it would be associated with species with 
which it has few details in common. 


LIPARETRUS LONGIPILIS, n.Sp. 


Black, in parts with a faint opalescent gloss; parts of elytra obscurely 
diluted with red, antennae (except club), palpi, and tarsi reddish. Under sur- 
face and legs with rather dense, whitish hair, becoming sparser, but still fairly 
dense, on hind parts; prothorax and head (except clypeus) with fairly dense, 
erect, black or blackish hair. 

Head obliquely flattened and with densely crowded punctures. Clypeus 
rather short, moderately concave; with shghtly larger and less crowded punctures 
than on rest of head, front angles strongly rounded off. Antennae nine-jointed. 
Prothorax with a fairly long apical membrane, front angles acutely produced, 
hind ones rounded off, median line feeble; punctures fairly dense and of several 
sizes. Elytra with geminate rows of fairly large punctures, those on the inter- 
stices almost as large, but not as close together; each side with a partial fringe 
of setiferous granules, the setae short and stiff. Hind parts with punctures 
much as on clypeus. Front tibiae acutely tridentate. Length, 7 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Busselton (Kdgar R. Waite). 

From some directions the first joint of the hind tarsi appears to be slightly 
shorter than the second, but when examined so that its extreme base is visible, 
it appears to be the length of the second, or even a trifle longer; it is certainly 
not “distinctly longer’ (as in Group 8), hence it might be referred to either 
Group 2 or 5. If to Group 2, it would be associated with L. dispar, which is 
a much larger species, with coarser prothoracic punctures and less of elytra 
dark; if to Group 5, it would go with L. erythropterus and L. amabilis; from 
the description of the former it differs in its darker and pilose hind parts, and 


BY ARTHUR M. LBA. 289 


from that of the latter in being larger, and hind half of body darker. The en- 
tirely black club and simple clothing of hind parts distinguish it from the 
darker specimens of L. vestitus and L. nigroumbratus; it has the general appear- 
ance of some of the darker specimens referred by Blackburn to L. vestitus; it 
also resembles some of the darker specimens of L. picipennis, and of L. incertus 
(of Group 4). 

LIPARETRUS ORTHODOXUS, n.sp. 


Black; elytra (base infuscated), hind parts (base of propygidium in- 
fuscated), and most of legs red or reddish, antennae and palpi flavous. Under 
surface moderately clothed with whitish hair, becoming sparser on abdomen and 
absent from hind parts, prothorax with erect discal hairs and apical and lateral 
fringes, elytra glabrous. 

Head with crowded and rather coarse punctures, the interspaces with minute 
ones. Clypeus rather short, slightly concave, suture distinctly bisinuate, sides 
oblique to apex, which is truncated, with the angles but slightly rounded off. 
Antennae nine-jointed. Prothorax with front angles acutely produced, hind 
enes rounded off, median line conspicuous near base, but scarcely traceable else- 
where; with large scattered punctures and fairly numerous smaller ones. Elytra 
rather short, with fairly large punctures in geminate series, the interstices with 
almost equally large ones. Hind parts with fairly large, dense punctures, on the 
pygidium mixed with some larger ones. Front tibiae tridentate, the third tooth 
rather obtuse; basal joint of hind tarsi conspicuously longer than second. Length, 
8 mm. 

Hab Queensland: Bowen (Aug. Simson). 

In Blackburn’s table would be referred to FF, of Group 8, from all the 
previously described species of which if is distinguished by the clypeus not be- 
ing tridentate. It is quite an ordinary-looking species, resembling more or less 
closely bicoloured specimens of other groups, from which it is at once dis- 
tinguished by the long basal joint of the hind tarsi. The upper surface of the 
head of the type is glabrous, but may have been abraded; the geminate rows of 
punctures on the elytra are sharply defined, but are contained in very feeble 
striae. I 

LIPARETRUS PILICEPS, n.Sp. 


Black, subopaque; elytra of a dingy flavous-brown; base, suture, sides, and 
apex more or less infuscated, antennae, palpi, and most of legs reddish or flavous. 
Sterna with moderately dense, whitish hair, sparser on abdomen, still sparser 
and shorter on hind parts, head with flavous hairs between eyes, prothorax with 
side fringes only, elytra glabrous. 

Head with crowded and rather small punctures, with some larger ones (each 
containing a hair) scattered about. Clypeus moderately concave, sides rather 
strongly narrowed from base to apex, apex slightly incurved to middle, suture 
strongly bisinuate; punctures slightly larger and less crowded than on rest of 
head. Antennae nine-jointed. Prothorax with front angles subacutely pro- 
duced, hind ones completely rounded off, median line distinct near base and 
traceable almost to apex; punctures rather small and numerous, but not crowded. 
Elytra short, with distinct geminate striae containing fairly large punctures, 
interstices with somewhat similar, but more distant, punctures. Hind parts with 
punctures much as on clypeus. Front tibiae acutely tridentate; hind tarsi with 
first joint distinctly longer than second. Length, 5.5 mm. 

Hab—South Australia: Murray River (F. R. Zietz). 


290 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAK, 


A rather small, dingy species, in general appearance fairly close to L. bi- 
tuberculatus, but apex of clypeus gently curved instead of tridentate; in Black- 
burn’s table of its Group (10), it would be associated with Z. convexior and L. 
laeticulus; the latter is a much smaller species with sharply defined punctures on. 
prothorax and elytra, etc.; from the description of the former (which is hardly 
more than a comparison with L. rotwndipennis), it differs in having the prothorax 
opaque, and elytra of two colours; L. rotundipennis has the clypeus rounded in 
front and, with L. converior, was placed in Macleay’s Subsection 3, having the 
“Clypeus more or less rounded in both sexes; it also resembles some of the 
moderately dark specimens of L. rubefactus (Group 4). Parts of the under sur- 
face and legs have a slight pruinose gloss.” 


LIPARETRUS CRIBRIPENNIS, n.Sp. 


Black, shining; prothorax subopaque, antennae (parts of club infuseated) 
and palpi reddish. Sterna and parts of abdomen with fairly dense, whitish hair; 
upper surface glabrous. 

Head moderately convex, with rather small and numerous, but not gehen 
punctures. Clypeus almost semi-circular, sides almost evenly elevated, suture 
fairly deep; punctures Sparse and minute. Antennae nine-jointed. Prothorax 
with apical membrane rather wide, front angles moderately produced, hind ones 
completely rounded off, median line absent; with fairly large and dense, but 
shallow, obsolete punctures. Elytra short, sides and tips strongly rounded; with . 
large and fairly dense punctures, the geminate rows very ill-defined. Hind parts 
with dense, sharply defined punctures, obtusely ridged along middle. Front 
tibiae unidentate, apical process long and acute, basal joint of hind tarsi longer 
than second. Length, 8 mm. 

Hab.—South Australia: Ooldea (A. M. Lea). 

In Blackburn’s table belongs to EE, of Group 13, and from all the species 
there noted it differs in the black elytra; L. caviceps and L. rotundipennis have 
the front tibiae bidentate, and differ in other details; there are many black 
species of other Groups, but the characters noted in the table are ample to dis- 
tinguish the present from all of them. The base of the clypeus, as seen from 
behind, appears to be traversed by a conspicuous ridge, with distinct punctures 
(the only distinet ones on the clypeus) on its posterior end; from direcily above, 
it appears to slope evenly downwards to the base of the elevated margin. On 
the type, the base of the propygidium is exposed, has a bluish-white gloss, and 
is densely clothed with white pubescence, but it would probably be concealed on 
most specimens. 


LAIPARETRUS GEMINATUS, 1.Sp. 


Castaneo-flavous; head (including clypeus, or not), sterna, and base of 
abdomen black, club infuseated. Sterna with moderately dense white hair, 
abdomen more sparingly clothed, hind parts and upper surface glabrous. 

Head with dense and sharply defined punctures, but base impunctate; a 
vague depression in middle at celypeal suture. Clypeus with sides feebly elevated 
and oblique to apex, which is evenly rounded, two distinct sub-conjoined eleva- 
tions in middle of base,.suture deep and bisinuate; punctures slightly sparser’ 
and larger than between eyes. Antennae nine-jointed. Prothorax very short, 
front angles almost rectangular, hind ones rounded off; punctures rather shallow 
and ill defined, but not very small. Elytra with geminate rows of punctures of 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA, 291 


moderate size, the interstices with somewhat smaller ones. Hind parts with 
crowded punctures of moderate size, and with an obtuse interrupted ridge. Front 
tibiae unidentate, apical process long and very acute, hind tarsi with basal joint 
distinctly longer than second. Length, 4.5-5 mm. 

Hab.—South Australia: Barton (A. M. Lea). 


A small species, very distinct from all others known to me by the two pro- 
Jjections at base of clypeus; of seven specimens obtained, three have the clypeus 
as pale as the prothorax; on the others it is black. In Blackburn’s table of 
Group 13, it would be associated with L. modestus, from the type of which it 
differs in the deep black head, with clypeal projections, and in the even sweep 
of the front tibiae (on the type of L. modestus there is a feeble projection near 
the outer base of the left front tibia—the right one is missing); L. minor, which 
is about the same size, has the hind parts darker, and is without clypeal pro- 
jections. 


LIPARETRUS TIBIALIS, n.Sp. 


Castanco-fiavous; elytra flavous, head and sterna black or blackish, club and 
scutellum infuscated. Sterna moderately clothed with white hair, becoming 
sparser on abdomen; hind parts with white pubescence, except on tip of 
pygidium, where there are a few hairs, head with a few short erect hairs, sides 
ef prothorax with long fringes, rest of upper surface glabrous. 

Head with crowded and somewhat coarse punctures, slightly larger on clypeus 
than elsewhere. Clypeus almost semi-circular, margins moderately elevated, 
suture deep. Antennae eight-jointed. Prothorax with front angles moderately 
produced, hind ones rounded off, median line very distinct at base and traceable 
throughout; punctures about as large as on head, but less crowded. Elytra with 
moderately large and dense punctures, geminate rows ill defined. Hind parts 
with dense, but partially concealed, punctures. Front tibiae unidentate, apical 
process long and acute; basal joint of hind tibiae decidedly longer than second. 
Length, 4-4.25 mm. 

Hab.—South Australia: Ooldea (A. M. Lea). 

Of the two species referred by Blackburn to Group 18 (to which this species 
belongs) it differs from L. laevatus (from Queensland) in having the elypeus 
evenly rounded in front, and the hind parts pale and moderately clothed; and 
from the deseription of L. laetus in its much smaller size, and by the front 
tibiae; these at first appear to be unidentate, but the even sweep of the outer 
edge is feebly interrupted near the middle on two specimens, although the inter- 
ruption is certainly not a distinet tooth, and from one specimen it is altogether 
absent. If Blackburn’s surmise that L. gagaticeps (from [King’s Sound) be- 
longed to Group 18, is correct, that species should be distinct from the present 
one by very different punctures on the head and prothorax. The antennae were 
examined under the microscope to make sure that they were but eight-jointed. 


LIPARETRUS CLYPEALIS, n-sp. 


Castaneous; elytra (which are shining) paler than prothorax (which is 
opaque), head, edges of prothorax, seutellum, and sterna black, antennae flavous, 
parts of club infuscated. Sterna with moderately dense white hair, becoming 
sparser, shorter, and mostly depressed on abdomen (including the hind parts). 
Head with dense and sharply defined. but rather small, punctures, a feeble 
transverse median elevation in middle. Clypeus with sides strongly narrowed to 


292 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


apex, front moderately elevated, truncated across middle, but with angles strongly 
rounded, suture distinct towards sides, but interrupted in middle; punctures 
somewhat larger and less crowded than on the rest of head. Antennae seven- 
jointed. Prothorax with several vague transverse impressions, front angles 
acutely produced, hind ones very obtuse, median line feeble near base, and 
searcely traceable elsewhere; punctures rather small and fairly dense, but not 
crowded.  Elytra with geminate rows of fairly large and mostly transverse 
punctures; interstices with punctures of about the same size, but not transverse. 
Hind parts shagreened and with dense punctures, about as large as on clypeus, 
but less sharply defined. Front tibiae strongly tridentate, basal joint of hind 
tarsi conspicuously longer than second. Length, 8-8.5 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May), Kellerberrin, 
Northam. 

The antennae with but seven joints, and prothorax entirely glabrous, except 
for lateral fringes, can only associate this species in Blackburn’s table with L. 
opacicollis, from the description of which it differs in having but one small 
tuberosity in the middle of the clypeal suture, an obtuse swelling on the fore- 
head, head with rather coarse punctures, thorax only partly infuscated, and hind 
parts not black; the colour differences, however, are probably immaterial; struc- 
turally it is fairly close to L. laevis (a variable species in colour), but the pro- 
thorax is not fringed across the apex. A second specimen is coloured as_ the 
type; on a third, the apical third of the prothorax, the shoulders, and base of 
elytra are blackish; on a fourth, the prothorax is black, except for an obscurely 
reddish transverse space near the base, but the elytra are blackish only at the 
extreme base. The clothing of the hind parts appears to be easily abraded, 
but is almost perfect on two of the specimens; on most of the abdominal seg- 
ments there is a transverse row of long yellowish hairs, but they are easily lost. 
The clypeal suture is not very deeply impressed, but is very distinct by a narrow, 
polished, impunetate space on each side behind it; the interruption in its middle, 
on three specimens, appears as a short longitudinal ridge. 


MAECHIDIUS PUNCTICOLLIS, n.sp. 

Black or blackish-brown, and shining; legs and parts of under surface 
obscurely reddish, antennae and palpi paler. 

Head with coarse punctures, many semi-double; front with a deep and 
almost U-shaped notch, sides obliquely and almost evenly increasing in width to 
base, where they are suddenly narrowed to touch the eyes at about their middle. 
Club three-jointed. Prothorax with front angles acutely produced, sides obtusely 
erenulated, regularly inereasing in width to near base, and then strongly in- 
curved (or notched) to base; with rather large, round punctures, each containing 
a flattened granule, but no setae, becoming crowded and irregular near sides; 
base with a fringe of short setae. Elytra slightly dilated to beyond the middle, 
striae very narrow, interstices wide, each with an inner and an outer row of 
shallow punctures with elliptic outlines, and each with a thin depressed pale seta. 
Front tibiae with three teeth, the second tooth much nearer the first than the 
third; each claw with a basal quill. Length, 9-10 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). 

In Blackburn’s table would be associated with M. excisicollis, from which it 
differs in being shining, in the very different sculpture of elytra, and absence of 
setae from the discal punctures of prothorax; the sides of the head are some- 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA. i 293 
what as on WM. sordidus, but the prothorax is notched at the sides, and with 
sharply defined punctures, each with a granule which does not rise above the 
general level. 


MAECHIDIUS EUTERMIPHILUS, n.sp. 


Dark reddish-brown or piceous-brown, some parts almest black; antennae and 
palpi paler. Upper surface with short, pale setae on the elytra in regular rows, 
except on the sides, where there are some long’ ones. 

Head with rough, crowded punctures; in front with a large semi-double 
excavation; front widely and rather deeply emarginate, with a triangular pre- 
jection on each side of the emargination, sides then slightly increasing in width 
to middle, and then triangularly dilated. Prothorax not twiee as wide as long, 
rather strongly convex, sides strongly and almost evenly rounded and strongly 
erenulated, considerably wider at base than at apex; with large punctures, nearly 
all of which have a shining granule on the anterior edge. Elytra with rows of 
long punctures, many of which are separated by transverse shining granules. 
Front tibiae with two obtuse conjoined teeth in front, and a larger sub-obtuse 
one in middle; claws without basal quills. Length, 7-8 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Townsville, from nests of Eutermes sp. (G. F. Hill). 

In Blackburn’s table would be associated with M. major and M. gibbicollis ; 
frem the former it differs in being much smaller, prothorax more convex, with 
its sides conspicuously crenulated and more rounded; from the description of 
the latter in the front tibiae and sides of head; M. tibialis, also from nests of 
white ants, has the head and prothorax very differently sculptured, and abnormal 
hind tibiae. On one specimen, the space between the lateral notch and the apex 
on each side of the head is evenly oblique, but on three others there is a feeble 
rounded projection on each side there. The outlines of the head are very different 
from all those given in the Transactions of the Royal Society of South Austraha 
for 1917 (Pl. xxxvii., figs. 88-107). From some directions the prothorax appears 
to be covered with large, flattened granules. 


DIPHUCEPHALA PARVICEPS, N.Sp. 


3. Metallic coppery-green, elytra reddish, with a greenish gloss; antennae 
(club infuseated), palpi, and legs (knees greenish, parts of tarsi purplish) red- 
dish. Moderately densely clothed with depressed, whitish pubescence. 

Head with crowded, round, and rather shallow punctures. Clypeus with 
front angles elevated and filled with hair, the notch widely U-shaped. Prothorax 
with median line conspicuous throughout, but not very wide, each transverse 
suleus rather deep, not traceable to middle, the side adjacent to it angularly 
dilated; punctures much as on head, but sparser adjacent to the median line. 
Seutellum highly polished and impunctate. Elytra with dense, asperate punc- 
tures, rather large, but not sharply defined, several interstices feebly elevated. 
Pygidium with dense and rather small punctures, an almost impunctate median 
line, the tip with a coppery gloss. Front tibiae bidentate, three basal joints of 
front tarsi much wider than long, and densely padded on under surface. Length, 
8-8.5 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: National Park in December (H. Hacker and R. Illidge). 


The median line of the pronotum is neither narrow nor shallow, being much as 
on the species identified by Blackburn as D. ignota, which, however, he referred 
to A.B, in his table of the genus; from that species it differs in having the head 
smaller, clothing slightly longer and paler, hind tarsi darker, and elytra reddish; 


294 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


the head is smaller than in D. richmondia, and is without the deep sub-basal de- 
pression of that species; the head is also smaller than in D. nitidicollis, and the 
median line of the prothorax is narrower. The elytra, from some directions, ap- 
pear to be densely and finely granulate-punctate or rather coarsely shagreened, 
so that the seriate punctures are not sharply defined. Of eight specimens under 
examination, seven have the elytra distinctly reddish (as they occasionally are in 
D. richmondia), but on the eighth they appear at most to be obscurely diluted 
with red. : 
DIPHUCEPHALA CRIBRIPENNIS, n.sp. 


6. Bright metallic coppery-green; antennae (club blackish), palpi, and legs 
(knees slightly greenish, most of tarsi infuscated) reddish. Moderately densely 
clothed with pubescence, stramineous on upper surface, white on lower surface. 

Head with crowded punctures. Clypeus with front angles strongly produced 
and filled with hair. Prothorax with median line shallow and rather feeble in 
front, almost disappearing posteriorly, transverse groove on each side fairly 
deep, not traceable to middle, side near each subangularly dilated; punctures 
large, shallow and mostly well defined near median line, crowded elsewhere. 
Seutellum with a few distinct punctures near apex. Elytra with deep and large, 
subquadrate punctures, close together; with several feeble longitudinal elevations. 
Pygidium with dense and small punctures, mostly concealed, except at apex. 
Front tibiae bidentate, tarsi long, second and third joint of front pair strongly 
transverse. Length, 5-5.5 mm. 

?. Differs in having the head smaller, with an obtuse swelling in middle, 
near clypeal suture, front angles of clypeus scarcely produced, abdomen larger 
and more convex, and legs much shorter, with no joint of front tarsi transverse. 

Hab Queensland: Crow’s Nest (R. [hdge). 

In Blackburn’s table would be associated with D. rufipes, but on that species 
the clothing of the upper surface is considerably stouter (nearer scales than 
pubescence), the clypeus is less dilated in front, and the legs of the male are 
longer, with wider front tarsi; it 1s also close to D. tarsalis, but the median 
line of the prothorax almost vanishes posteriorly, instead of being deep and 
wide near base, the tarsi are also darker; D. puberula is slightly larger, with very 
different clothing; D. nitens is highly polished; all the other red-legged species 
are considerably larger. 


DIPHUCEPHALA MACROPS, n.Sp. 


Purple; median line of prothorax, seutellum, pygidinm, parts of under sur- 
face, hind femora, and most of middle ones green or coppery-green; elytra, an- 
tennae (except club), palpi (except apical joint), and most of legs reddish, 
parts of tarsi somewhat purplish. Upper surface with rather sparse hairs or 
long pubescence, becoming longer on sides, clothing of under surface shorter and 
paler. 

Head rather small, with large irregular punctures. Clypeus almost thrice 
as wide as long, sides evenly rounded, front almost truncated; punctures much 
as on inter-ocular space. Wyes very large, extending from clypeal suture almost 
to prothorax, less than half on upper surface. Antennae eight, club three-jointed 
and small. Prothorax about two-thirds as long as wide, strongly convex, each 
side angularly dilated near a large and almost round sub-lateral fovea, from 
dilated part incurved to base and rounded to apex, median line deep and narrow; 
punctures large, irregularly distributed and rather sparse. Seutellum polished 
and almost impunctate. Elytra with large and irregular punctures, in places in 


BY ARTHUR M. LBA. 295 


irregular striae. Pygidium with dense punctures. Hind femora muebh stouter 
than the others; front tibiae strongly bidentate, basal joint of front tarsi as long 
as three following combined, each of these longer than wide, claws each with a 
large, acute appendix. Length, 7 mm. 

Hab.—New South Wales (W. Du Boulay). 

The very large eyes and short and wide clypeus, truncated in front, are 
very different from all previously described species of Diphucephala; but as the 
type (judging by its front tarsi) is presumably a female, it seems undesirable 
to propose a new genus for it; in the allied genus, Cunderdinia, the antennae are 
nine-jointed. 

NEOHETERONYX. 

The monotypic species of Neoheteronyx (N. lividus) was characterised as 
distinct from Heteronyx by the mentum being strongly convex and narrower, 
maxillary palpi long and thin, and front and middle tarsi of the male rather 
strongly dilated. It was also noted as having the antennae composed of eight 
joints (three forming the club); labrum altogether below the clypeus; eyes large 
and entire, hind coxae on sides shorter than second ventral segment, front tibiae 
of male bidentate and of female simple, and claws appendiculate. Also “The 
general facies is very similar to Heteronyx though the head looks disproportion- 
ately large.” In the table given (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1898, p. 34) it 
was distinguished from Heteronyx by “Anterior four tarsi of male strongly 
dilated,” and it was stated (ib., 1908, p. 367) that “The four anterior tarsi of 
the male in the unique known species of this genus are most remarkable, re- 
sembling those of a Harpalus.” It will be seen, therefore, that the main feature 
relied upon for its generic distinction was a sexual one, and that this was so, 
is proved by the fact that when first revising Heteronyx (Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S. 
Wales, 1888, p. 1338) he [Blackburn] referred a closely allied species (H. brevi- 
collis) to it, without expressed doubts as to its generic position; still later (Trans. 
Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 1910, p. 221) he described H. coralis (which, as will be 
noted, I consider a synonym of brevicollis) as a Heteronyx and said “I was 
disposed to consider it generically distinct from Heteronyx, but on further con- 
sideration its peculiar characters appear to me to be only exaggerations of what 
is to be found in species that certainly must not be separated trom Heteronyzx.” 
I think that NV. lividus should be regarded as belonging to a section of Group 2 
ot Heteronyx to which brevicollis and coxalis were referred. There are before 
me ten other species, with the same large eyes and curious appearance of head 
as in WN. lividus, with the front tibiae uni-, bi-, or tridentate, with the front and 
middle tarsi strongly or moderately inflated (or at least longer than usual) and 
densely clothed in the male, and quite clearly leading up to Group 2. Moreover, 
some of the characters mentioned by Blackburn are not quite in accordance with 
the facts: on the type female of N. lividus the front tibiae are not simple, but 
are bidentate (see figure 2) although the teeth are evidently worn; on two other 
females, the second tooth is sharp and quite well defined, although rather small, 
the part in front of it, the first tooth, is slightly longer than the basal joint of 
tarsi. The eyes also are not entire, as the sides of the clypeus are produced 
backwards over about one-fourth of their length (see figure 3), the produced 
parts being so directed that if continued they would meet the front angles of 
the prothorax. The species of the group have a distinct resemblance, usually on 
a smaller scale, to those of Ocnodus, some species of which also have dilated 
tarsi; but their middle and hind claws, although not always the front ones, are 


296 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


sunple; their tibial teeth also vary in number. Although, as noted by Black- 
burn, the front tibiae of Heteronyx are nearly always tridentate, the third tooth 
is frequently very small, in some it is quite absent, and in a few they are dis- 
tinctly unidentate. In H. unidentatus, from Groote Eylandt, in which the sexual 
differences of the front and middle tarsi are strongly pronounced, the front 
tibiae are unidentate in both sexes. Some species of Heteronyx have the mentum 
quite as convex, and the palpi as long and as thin. Unfortunately, in the same 
publication, and in the same year, he had previously given a Heteronya the same 
specific name (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1889, p. 437 and p. 1255) so that 
on referring N. lividus to Hetéronyx it becomes necessary to alter its name. 


HETERONYX HARPALINUS, n. nom, 
H. (Neoheteronyx) lividus Blackb., n.pr. 


This new name is proposed for Neoheteronyx lividus, for. which a change is 
necessary; see note (above) on Neoheteronyx. 


HETERONYX BREVICOLLIS Blackb. 
H. coxalis Blackb. 


Closely allied to the preceding species, but with sides of clypeus differently 
curved about eyes, its median projection (viewed from behind) slightly more 
prominent, prothorax and elytra with somewhat coarser punctures, and elytral 
interstices feebly but moderately distinctly elevated. The type was from New 
South Wales, and other specimens from the same State agree closely with it; 
two specimens in the National Museum from the Howitt collection (without 
locality labels) differ from the type in being smaller, and with the median pro- 
jection of the clypeus searcely visible; a specimen Jabelled as from Tasmania (in 
the Macleay Museum) has the ridged appearance of the elytral interstices more 
conspicuous than usual; one from Bowen is slightly wider than the others, and 
has the elytral interstices without a ridged appearance, owing to the greater 
irregularity of their punctures; other Queensland specimens are from Mackay 
and Gayndah, the latter one was found amongst the duplicates in the Macleay 
Museum, but the species was certainly not described by Macleay when dealing 
with the Gayndah beetles. 

I believe, that H. coxalis was founded upon the same species (the type of 
H. brevicollis was in the Macleay Museum when coxalis was described), the 
strongly transverse prothorax, short hind coxae and long basal joint of hind tarsi 
are features common to N. lividus (now H. harpalinus) and all its close allies, 
and (in combination) found in no others of Group 2, or, in fact, elsewhere in 
the genus. In examining the type of H. coxalis, prior to its despatch to the 
British Museum, it was noted as being a small, short, coarsely punctured species, 
but at the time no specimen of H. brevicollis was available for comparison. The 
type of H. brevicollis is now before me (on loan), the basal angles of its pro- 
thorax, seen perpendicularly to themselves, are certainly slightly more than right 
angles, and are very feebly rounded off, but from the same point of view “superne 
visis,” as noted for coxalis, they appear to be “sharply right angles.” In the 
original description they were noted as “obtuse (somewhat roundly)” but the type 
now (as it probably was when described) has the basal angles pressed closely 
against the elytra so as to be partially concealed. The type is a female; the 
male has the front and middle tarsi shghtly longer, wider, and more densely 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA, 297 
clothed, and the hind femora subangularly dilated and with a few setae on the 
middle of its under surface (somewhat as on H. noctivagus). 

_. H. setifer, with which H. coralis was compared on account of the long basal 
joint of its hind tarsi, belongs to Group 4; on the type of H. brevicollis the 
basal joint is certainly not as long and as thin as in H. setifer, but it is at least 
half as long again as the second; and in all the allied species it is decidedly 
longer than the second. 


Text-figures 1-19. Parts of Heteronyx. 


1. H. harpalinus Lea (H. lividus Blackb.), front tibia; 2. front. tibia of 
type female, worn; 3. eye. 4,5. H. brevicollis Blackb., clypeus from two points 
of view; 6. front tibia. 7. H. cribifrons Lea, front tibia and basal joint of 
tarsus. 8. H. tridentatus Lea, elypeus with portion of labrum and of mentum 
showing; 9. clypeus with suture invisible from behind; 10. front tibia. 11, 12. 
H. clypealis Lea, clypeus from two points of view; 13. front tibia. 14, 15. A. 
inconstans Lea, clypeus from two points of view; 16. hind claw. 17. H. nocti- 
vagus Lea, clypeus; 18. clypeus with suture invisible from behind. 19. H. uni- 
dentatus Lea, front tibia. 


The following table deals only with H. harpalinus, H. brevicollis and other 
closely allied species, all having a characteristic appearance of the head and pro- 
thorax; in them the inflation of the front tarsi of the males varies from very 
pronounced to but little more than in the females, but, as with other sexual 
characters, has not been used in the table. 


298 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


A. Front tibiae tridentate 

AA. Front tibiae unidentate. 
a. A polished strip immediately behind a suture .. .. .. unidentatus. 
aa. Without such a strip. 


AAAI tridentatus. 


cribrifrons. 
AAA. Front tibiae bidentate. 
B. Without a polished strip behind elypeal suture. 
b. Clypeal margin strongly elevated in front. clypealis. 


bb. Clypeal margin slightly elevated throughout. .. .. .. phanophilus. 
BB. A polished strip immediately behind clypeal suture. 
C. Seutellum with fairly numerous punctures. 
c. Pale castaneous, approaching flavous. .. .. .. .. .. harpalinus. 
ec. Dark castaneous or blackish... .. ... .. .. nconstans. 
CC. Seutellum at most with sparse marginal punetures, 
D. Prothoracic punctures smaller fae on all others of AAA. 
transverso politus. 
DD. Prothoracie punctures of at least moderate size. 
K. Front of clypeus (viewed from ey feebly and evenly 
trilobed. ais -. .. noctivagus. 
EE. Front (so viewed) ‘slightly advanced in ‘middle. 
IF. Median length of LG ey greater than that 


of sides. .. .. .. .- brevicollis. 
FF. Median length notably loreater | oe ee oe ~6DbKeVicoxis. 


HETERONYX CRIBRIFRONS, n.sp. 

Reddish-castaneous; parts of under surface and of legs somewhat paler, an- 
tennae flavous. 

Head large, with rather dense punctures of moderate size on frons, be- 
coming denser and slightly larger on clypeus; eclypeus with margins gently 
rounded and feebly upturned. Antennae eight-jointed. Prothorax about thrice 
as wide as the median length, front angles moderately produced, the hind ones 
shghtly more than right angles, and not rounded off; punctures intermediate in 
density and size between those of frons and clypeus. Seutellum impunctate. 
Klytra with rather closely placed and mostly uneven rows of large punctures 
(about twenty rows on each elytron), the interspaces with a few minute punc- 
tures. Metasternum with crowded and coarse punctures on sides, almost im- 
punctate in middle, sides more than twice the length of sides of hind coxae.* 
Pygidium with coarse, crowded punctures. Front tibiae unidentate, basal joint 
of front tarsi thin, and about as long as three following combined, basal joint 
of hind tarsi almost as long as two following combined. Length, 7.25 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Bowen (Aug. Simson). 


Belongs to Blackburn’s Group 2, and to the section represented by H. brevi- 
collis; of the other closely allied species only H. unidentatus has unidentate front 
tibiae, and from that species it is distinet by its larger size, more parallel out- 
lines, much denser punctures on pronotum and frons, larger elytral punctures, 
ete. The upper surface of the type (except for the lateral fringes) is now quite 
glabrous, and was probably never distinctly clothed, the pygidium has numerous 
hairs. The frons, immediately behind the clypeal suture, is without a shining 
impunctate strip, as on many of the closely allied species; the elypeus, from no 
direction appears to have a frontal elevation; the elytral punctures are decidedly 
large, so that the rows, of which there are about twenty on each elytron, are 
rather close together, but on the apical slope they are smaller, sparser, and ir- 
regular; the under surface of the front femora is finely serrated near the base; 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 299 


the front tibiae are possibly somewhat worn, but they are now certainly uniden- 
tate. 
HETERONYX TRIDENTATUS, D.Sp- 

Pale reddish-castaneous; elytra, abdomen, antennag, and parts of legs still 
paler. 

Head rather large, frons and clypeus not on separate planes; frons with 
fairly large punctures near the base, becoming crowded at clypeal suture; clypeus 
itself with densely crowded punctures, its margin gently elevated, the middle 
lightly incurved. Antennae eight-jointed. Prothorax about thrice as wide as the 
median length, front angles moderately produced, hind ones rounded and obtuse 
(from above appearing sharply rectangular), punctures fairly large and numer- 
ous, although not dense, becoming smaller and sparser on sides. Scutellum 
densely punctate. Elytra with rather large and asperate (or squamose) punc- 
tures towards base, becoming smaller and sparser, but still fairly large posteriorly, 
sub-sutural and lateral striae distinct, the others feeble or absent. Metasternum 
with dense and moderately large punctures, becoming sparser and smaller in 
middle, sides about twice as long as sides of hind coxae. Pygidium with pune- 
tures much as on hind coxae, becoming smaller about apex; with a rather large 
shallow depression on each side of base, middle ridged posteriorly. Front tibiae 
strongly tridentate, hind tooth rather small but acute, the others long and sharp, 
the apical rather short and thin; front tarsi long and thin, especially the claw 
joint, claws each with a large basal appendix. Length, 7 mm. 

Hab.—Central Australia: Macdonnell Ranges (Capt. S. A. White). 

In Blackburn’s table of Group 2 would be placed with H. torvus and H. 
hispidulus, to neither of which is it at all close, being allied to H. brevicollis, 
despite its tridentate front tibiae. The pubescence of the upper surface is very 
short, sparse and inconspicuous, but even so is more distinct than on others of 
the close allies of H. brevicollis, the fringes are rather feeble; the metasternum 
has some long pale hairs in front, the pygidium, except for the marginal fringe, 
is glabrous. The front of the clypeus, from a right angle, is seen to be slightly 
incurved, from behind the middle appears to be obtusely projecting; its front 
face is densely punctate, as is also the labrum; the mentum is strongly convex, 
but its front face is conspicuously concave. The apical membrane of the pro- 
thorax is extremely short behind the eyes and scarcely visible elsewhere, the one 
at the apex of the elytra is well defined, although rather short. The hind tarsi 
are missing but are probably similar to the middle ones, in which the basal joint 
is decidedly longer than the seeond. 


HETERONYX CLYPEALIS, 0.sp. 


Reddish-castaneous; antennae and parts of under surface and of legs paler. 

Head large, with fairly large and dense punctures, becoming crowded on 
clypeus; clypeus rather long, front truncated and strongly upturned, sides 
moderately upturned and deflected at eyes. Antennae eight-jointed. Prothorax 
about twice and one half as wide as the median length, sides sub-angularly 
dilated in middle, front angles acutely produced, hind ones not at all rounded 
off and slightly more than right angles (from above appearing sharply rectangular), 
base and apex bisinuate; with large and dense, but not crowded, punctures. 
Seutellum with a few punctures. Elytra with large punctures, mostly in irregular 
series (about twenty on each elytron), but somewhat smaller and crowded about 
suture and apex. Metasternum with dense and large punctures, becoming’ sparse 


300 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


in middle, sides fully thrice the length of sides of hind coxae.. Pygidium with 
coarse crowded punctures. Front tibiae bidentate, front tarsi dilated and rather 
densely padded on under surtace; hind femora subangularly dilated in middle of 
under surface, basal joit of hind tarsi almost twice the length of second claws, 
appendiculate. Length, 7 mm. 

Hab-=—Tasmania. Type in Macleay Museum. 

Belongs to Blackburn’s Group 2, and has the large globular eyes, short hind 
eoxae and long basal joint of hind tarsi of H. brevicollis and its close allies; 
the clypeus is more strongly upturned in front than on the closely allied species; 
from the usual point of view it appears to have the apex truncated; changing 
the point of view to a more forward one it appears feebly incurved to the middle 
and in consequence feebly bilobed (fig. 11); passing backwards, the view alters, 
so that the middle appears slightly projecting (fig. 12), somewhat as on brewi- 
collis, or with the apex trilobed; on the present species the second tooth of the 
front tibia, seen at right angles, appears to be due mostly to the sudden notching 
of the tibia near the apex; on H. brevicollis it appears as a conspicuous pro- 
jection. The hind femora could scarcely be regarded as dentate, although the 
subangulate appearance of its middle is quite distinct, and is somewhat enhanced 
by a few setae; the middle tarsi are rather strongly inflated, but less so than 
the front ones, the hind claws are missing, but each of the others has a large, 
obtuse, basal appendix; on this, as on others of the close allies of H. brevicollis, 
the clothing of the onychium on each claw joint is rather dense, so that it is not 
always easy to see the shape of the claws, but they are always appendiculate, © 
the appendix large and mempraneous. The upper surface of the type (except 
for the lateral fringes) is now entirely glabrous; it is evidently a male, probably 
the female has simple hind femora and less strongly dilated tarsi. 


HETERONYX PHANOPHILUS, n.sp. 


Castaneous; elytra, under surface, and legs slightly paler than prothorax, 
antennae flavous. Upper surface glabrous, except for marginal fringes, lower 
surface sparsely clothed. 

Head rather large, with dense punctures of moderate size and individually 
distinct, slightly larger and denser, but otherwise much the same, on clypeus; 
elypeus on an even convexity with frons, margin slightly upturned and gently 
rounded. Antennae eight-jointed. Prothorax almost thrice as wide as_ the 
median length, front angles produced, hind ones obtuse, but not rounded (from 
above appearing sharply rectangular); punctures as large and almost as dense 
as on frons. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra with large punctures,, mostly ir- 
regular, but in places with a distinctly lineate arrangement, about twenty-five 
irregular rows on each elytron. Metasternum with dense punctures, becoming 
sparse in middle; sides more than twice the length of sides of hind coxae. Pygi- 
dium with crowded punctures, about as large as on pronotum. Front femora 
finely serrated on part of under surface; front tibiae bidentate; basal joint of 
hind and middle tarsi about once and one half the length of the second, of the 
front tarsi thin and more than twice the length of the second; claws appendiculate. 
Length, 5.5-7 mm. . 

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, abundant at lights (H. Hacker, Dr. J. 
F. Illingworth and A. M. Lea), Kuranda (R. W. Armitage, in National Museum). 

Allied to H. brevicollis, of Group 2, and at first glance looking like small 
specimens of Ocnodus, but the claws not simple. The front and middle tarsi are 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 301 


not conspicuously inflated and padded as on several of the® close allies of H. 
brevicollis, but they are slightly larger and rather more densely clothed than on 
the female; the club of the antennae is also shghtly the larger on the male. The 
serrations of the front femora average about six, with a seta between each pair, 
but some manipulation is necessary for them to be seen clearly. The clypeus, 
perpendicularly to itself, appears to have the front truneated and the sides 
oblique, but from the usual point of view its margin appears to be gently rounded; 
immediately behind its suture the frons is without a narrow polished impunctate 
strip; although the punctures on the bead are very dense they are scarcely 
erowded, as each is individually distinct and not confluent with any of the ad- 
jacent ones; there is a feeble transverse impression on each side of the pro- 
thorax of most of the specimens, but it could be easily overlooked. The pro- 
thoracic membrane is very sbort behind the eyes, and not traceable elsewhere; 
the elytra are without an apical one. The general colour is of a rather bright 
reddish-castaneous; some specimens are of a rather dark brown, on one of the 
larger specimens the head and prothorax are almost black, a few small ones are 
pale castaneous, but the elytra are always paler than the prothorax. 


HETERONYX BREVICOXIS, n.sp. 


Almost black; elytra blackish-brown, parts of under surface and of legs 
obseurely paler, antennae and palpi pale castaneous, club flavous. Upper surface 
glabrous, except for straggling lateral fringes. 

Head rather large and convex, with sharply defined and moderately dense 
punctures, becoming larger and crowded on clypeus, a narrow shining and almost 
impunctate strip immediately behind clypeal suture. Clypeus with outer margin 
founded and slightly upturned. Antennae eight-jointed. Prothorax about thrice 
as wide as the median length, front angles moderately produced, hind ones 
shehtly obtuse, but not rounded off (from above appearing sharply rectangular) ; 
punctures about as large as on back part of head, and moderately dense, but 
not crowded, becoming sparser on sides. Seutellum impunctate. Elytra with 
Jarge punctures in more or less regular rows (about twenty on each elytron), but 
becoming irregular about apex. Metasternum with dense punctures, becoming 
Sparse in middle, sides thrice the length of sides of hind coxae. Pygidium with 
larger and somewhat denser punctures than on pronotum. Front femora finely 
serrated on under surface; front tibiae bidentate; basal joint of hind tarsi about 
twice as long as second; claws appendiculate. Length, 7-8 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns and Kuranda (H. Hacker), Mossman (Dr. J. F. 
Illingworth). 

Allied to H. brevicollis, of Group 2, and in general appearance quite close 
to Ocnodus unidentatus, but claws not simple; from the larger and darker speci- 
mens of the preceding species it is distinguished by the shining strip behind the 
clypeal suture; the punctures on the pronotum and frons are denser than usual, 
but not as dense as on that species. The base of the prothorax is but feebly 
bisinuate, but the median lobe projects backwards more than is usual in the 
close allies of H. brevicollis. Viewed perpendicularly, the clypeus appears to be 
truncated across the apex, with oblique sides, but from behind its slightly raised 
margin appears almost semi-circular, with the middle feebly produced; although 
the lineate arrangement of the elytral punctures is quite distinct, and some- 
times two rows seem almost regularly geminate, no row.is even throughout. The 
elytra are without an apical membrane; on the pronotum the membrane is very 


302 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


short behind the eyes, and not traceable elsewhere. Two specimens, from Kur- 
anda, are rather smaller and paler (dark reddish-castaneous) than the type, and 
have a few small punctures on the sides of the seutellum, but otherwise they 
agree well with it. 

UETERONYX INCONSTANS, n.sp. 

Black or blackish; parts of under surface paler, legs pale castaneous, an- 
tennae flavous. Upper surface glabrous, except for feeble lateral fringes, meta 
sternum glabrous, except for a few median setae. 

Head rather large and convex, with sharply defined punctures of moderate 
size and fairly dense, but evenly spaced, a polished impunctate strip behing 
clypeal suture; clypeus with outer margin slightly upturned and semi-circular, 
punctures larger and closer together than on frons, although not confluent. 
Antennae eight-jointed. Prothorax fully thrice as wide as the median length, 
front angles acute, hind ones shghtly more than right angles, but appearing 
acutely rectangular from above, punctures slightly larger, sparser and less evenly 
spaced than on frons. Scutellum with fairly numerous and small sharply defined 
punctures. Elytra with more or less regular rows (less than twenty on each 
elytron) of fairly large punctures, smaller close to suture than elsewhere, and 
irregular on apical slope. Metasternum with dense punctures, becoming sparse 
‘in middle; sides almost thrice the length of sides of hind coxae. Pygidium with 
crowded punctures. Front femora feebly serrated on part of lower surface; front 
tibiae bidentate; hind tarsi with basal joint about once and one half the length 
of second; claws each with a large basal appendix. Length, 6-7 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd and H. Hacker), Stewart 
River (Dodd). 

A black or blackish species, allied to H. brevicollis, of Group 2; from the 
preceding species it differs in being smaller, with sparser punctures, and elytra 
less parallel-sided. The male has more numerous setae on the under surface of 
the front tarsi, but otherwise there appear to be no external distinctions of sex 
on the eight specimens under examination. Seen from behind, the front of the 
clypeus appears to be very feebly trilobed, the median lobe sometimes slightly 
advanced. One specimen has the upper surface entirely black, on one only the 
scutellum is obscurely reddish, on another the seutellum and a spot on each side 
of pronotum are obscurely reddish, on one the upper surface is dark piceous- 
brown, but the prothoracic margins, shoulders, and seutellum are reddish; one 
has the upper surface entirely bright castaneous; the metasternum and_ elytral 
epipleurae are usually paler than the abdomen. 


HETERONYX NOCTIVAGUS, n.sp. 

Bright castaneous, under surface and legs somewhat paler than upper sur- 
face, antennae flavous. Upper surtace glabrous, except for loose marginal 
fringes. 

Head rather large and convex, with fairly large, evenly spaced, and moder: 
ately dense punctures, but absent from a narrow shining’ strip immediately be- 
hind clypeal suture; elypeus with margins feebly elevated, truncated across apex; 
punctures denser and somewhat larger than on frons, but not confluent. An- 
tennae eight-jointed. Prothorax thrice as wide as long, front angles acute, hind 
ones somewhat obtuse (appearing sharply rectangular from above); punctures 
about as large as on frons, but less numerous, an impunctate median line on 
basal half. Seutellum impunctate or almost so. Elytra with larger punctures 
than on pronotum, and mostly in rows (about twenty on each elytron), which 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 303 


in places are quite regular, but very irregular about sides, apex and_ suture. 
Metasternum with crowded sub-asperate punctures, becoming sparse in middle; 
sides more than twice as long as sides of hind coxae. Pygidium with rather 
large and dense punctures. Front femora slightly serrated on middle of under 
surface, front tibiae bidentate; hind femora sub-angulate at middle of under 
surface and with a loose fascicle there; basal joint of each tarsus distinctly 
longer than second, each claw with a large basal appendix. Length, 5.5-6 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland: Cairns, to lights (Dr. J. F. Hlmgworth). 

Allied to H. brevicollis, of Group 2; that species is a consistently paler 
one, with the median projection of the clypeus (viewed from behind) more con- 
spicuous and in advance of the lateral ones, the punctures coarser and more 
irregular, and the second tooth of the front tibiae larger and more projecting; 
H. harpalinus has also the median projection (viewed from behind) more ad- 
vanced, and with coarser punctures on the pronotum and elytra. The clypeus, 
as viewed frem behind, appears feebly trilobed, but the lateral lobes not posterior 
to the median one, as on H. inconstans when so viewed, its base (ocular canthus) 
on each side also projects distinctly outwards on a separate curve. The feeble 
angulation of the hind femora (a masculine feature) is rendered quite con- 
spicuous by the loose fascicle and is somewhat suggestive of H. clypeéalis, but 
the clypeus is very different; on the present species its marginal elevation 1s 
nowhere very high, but is distinctly higher at the front angles than in the middle; 
on that species the elevation is greatest at the middle, and the elevated part 
averages almost thrice that of the present species; there are numerous other 
differences in the outlines, punctures, etc. Three specimens, all males, are under 
examination; thei front and middle tarsi are slightly dilated and are rather 
densely padded, but much Jess so than on the males of H. wunidentatus. 


HETERONYX TRANSVERSOPOLITUS, n. Sp. 


Dark castaneous-brown; under surface and legs somewhat paler, antennae 
flavous. Upper surface glabrous, except for straggling lateral fringes. 

Head rather large and convex; frons with rather sparse and not very large, 
but sharply defined, punctures, a narrow polished impunetate strip immediately 
behind elypeal suture; clypeus with larger and crowded punctures, margin slightly 
elevated. Antennae eight-jomted. Prothorax thrice as wide as the median 
length, front angles produced and acute, hind ones obtuse (from above, appear- 
ing sharply rectangular); punctures sparser and smaller than on frons. Seutel- 
lum with marginal punctures. Elytra somewhat dilated posteriorly, with large 
punctures in places in fairly regular rows (about twenty on each elytron}. 
Metasternum with crowded punctures, becoming sparse in middle, sides thrice as 
long as sides of hind coxae. Pygidium with dense and rather large punctures. 
Front femora with a serrated, sub-dentiform projection in middle of under sur- 
face; front tibiae bidentate, the second tooth close to the first; front tarsi longer 
and thinner than the others; basal joint of each tarsus much longer than the 
second; each claw with a large, obtuse appendix. Length, 7-8 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Innisfail (Dr. J. F. Illingworth), Cairns (H. Hacker). 
Allied to H. brevicollis, of Group 2, and, of the closely allied species with 
_bidentate front tibiae, it is distinguished by the comparatively sparse and small, 
although sharply defined, punctures on the frons, and the still smaller and sparser 
ones on the pronotum; it is rather more dilated posteriorly than the others, ex- 
cept H. inconstans, which is a smaller species, with larger punctures on the dise 


304 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN .SCARABAEIDAE, 


of pronotum. Perpendieularly to itself the margin of the ¢lypeus appears trun- 
cated across the middle, and rounded on thé sides; from behind it appears almost 
semi-circular, with the middle feebly produced; the polished space behind its 
suture is very conspicuous. To the naked eye the upper surface appears almost 
black. 


HETERONYX UNIDENTATUS, n.sp. 


3. Of a more or less bright castaneous; antennae and parts of legs paler 
(sometimes flavous). 

Head large; frons with fairly large and sharply defined, but not very dense, 
punctures, immediately behind clypeal suture a narrow shining impunctate space; 
elypeus with margins slightly upturned and gently rounded, punetures coarser 
than on frons and crowded. Antennae eight-jointed. Prothorax almost thrice 
as wide as the median length, front angles slightly produced, hind ones slightly 
more than right angles and not rounded off; punctures numerous, but not crowded, 
and about as large as on clypeus; apical membrane very short, even behind eyes. 
Seutellum with a few punctures. Elytra with more or less irregular, but fairly 
well defined, rows of large punctures. Metasternum with fairly numerous coarse 
punctures on sides, sparse in middle; sides about twice the length of sides of 
hind coxae. Pygidium with coarse crowded punctures, and a short median carina. 
Front tibiae unidentate, the apical projection long and acute, the inner spur with 
a hoeked tip; front tarsi with four basal joints conspicuously inflated, and (as 
also the fifth) densely padded on the under surface; middle tarsi slightly smaller, 
but otherwise much the same; basal joint of hind tarsi distinctly longer than 
second. Claws each with a large appendix. Length, 5-6.25 mm. 

2. Differs in having front and middle tarsi not dilated, and but sparsety 
clothed on the under surface. 


Hab.—Northern Territory: Groote Eylandt (N. B. Tindale). 


A remarkable species, belonging to Blackburn’s Group 2, where it could be 
placed with H. brevicollis, but which has the front tibiae bidentate; the inflated 
tarsi of the male associate the species with H. harpalinus, whose front tibiae are 
bidentate %n both sexes, although described (in error) as unidentate in the 
female. The front of the clypeus, from above, appears to be truncated across 
the middle or gently rounded, but, from behind, its middle is seen to be slightly 
projecting (somewhat as on H. inconstans). At first glance the elytra, except 
for the lateral fringes, appear to be glabrous, but on close examination very 
minute sparse depressed pubescence may be seen. Nearly fifty specimens were 
obtained. 


HapitonycHa FACETA Blackb. 


Three specimens from the Swan River probably belong to this species. In 
Blackburn’s table of Group 7 the type, now in the British Museum, is noted as 
having “Pronotum strongly and considerably less closely punctulate” than in H. 
testaceipennis; the three specimens have the prothoracic punctures larger and 
sparser than on that species, but they are certainly not coarse; the species is 
wider, the inter-ocular punctures are considerably larger and the apical slope of 
elytra is different; on, H. testaceipennis the subsutural stria on each elytron is 
sharply defined to the apex, with the space between it and the suture distinctly 
convex; on the present species each subsutural stria practically vanishes on the 
apical slope, and the space between its position there and the suture is concave. 


BY ARTHUR AM. LEA. 305: 


HAPLONYCHA FIMBRICOLLIS, n.sp. 


3. Reddish-eastaneous; elytra (suture and margins excepted) paler and 
moderately iridescent. Sterna and base of abdomen with ‘dense, pale hair, pro- 
thorax fringed all round with long erect pale hairs; pygidium with rather sparse 
and short hairs on disc, the tip with a long reddish fringe, propygidium with 
dense short setae or pubescence, and a few stiff hairs. es 

Head somewhat flattened between eyes; with rather dense and moderately 
large punctures. Clypeus somewhat swollen immediately in front of its suture; 
punctures there dense and rather large, rapidly becoming sparser and smaller in 
front. Antennae nine-, club three-jointed, joints of the club extending to abeut 
the middle of basal joint. Palpi with apical joint somewhat depressed and punc- 
tate in middle, penultimate joint distinctly shorter than ante-penultimate. Pro- 
thorax about four times as wide as long, sides strongly rounded posteriorly, front 
angles sub-acute, hind ones rounded off; with small, sparsely distributed pune- 
tures, gutters wide and filled with small piliferous granules; apical membrane 
long. Elytra widest at about the middle, with rather sparse punctures, small and 
rather sharp ones, and larger and shallower ones; with feeble longitudinal ele- 
vations marking the positions of geminate rows of punctures, but these feeble 
and in places absent. Pygidium with small scattered punctures; propygidium 
opaque and densely punctate. Basal joint of hind tibiae slightly shorter than 
second. Length, 24-25 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Busselton, Kellerberrin (J. Clark). 

In Blackburn’s table would be associated with H. trichopyga, of Group 2, 
but is at once distinguished by the apical joint of the maxillary palpi; on that 
species it is long, thin, subcylindrical in section, and no part is opaque; on the 
present species it is shorter, with a sub-opaque punctate depression representing” 
a remnant of the conspicuous groove of species of Group 3. The erect hairs on 
the margins of the prothorax are unusually long, and the basal fringe is some- 
what obscured by long hairs protruding from the base of the. mesonotum; the 
elytra have a downward projecting fringe of very short golden setae, distinct 
across apex, and traceable to base; in addition, each side has a fringe of out- 
wardly projecting stiff, reddish setae, fairly long at the base, becoming shorter 
posteriorly, and not traceable across apex. The third and fourth joints of an- 
tennae are of equal length, the sixth is very short; the sublateral foveae of the 
pronotum are wide but shallow, and on each specimen have the appearance as of 
being irregularly impressed. The specimen from Kellerberrin has the palpi 
broken off, and most of the hairs missing from the apex of prothorax, but evi- 
dently belongs to the same species. 


HAPLONYCHA FIMBRIPENNIS, n.sp. 


Reddish-castaneous; elytra (suture and margins excepted) and most of 
abdomen flavous. Sterna densely pilose, a fringe of rather distantly placed hairs 
on each side of prothorax, pygidium with fairly numerous short hairs. 

Head with punctures of moderate size, somewhat crowded near eyes and 
elypeal suture, sparser elsewhere. Antennae nine-, club four-jointed, fifth joimt 
triangularly produced on one side, first joint of club three-fourths the length of 
second, and almost as long as four preceding joints combined. Apical joint of 
palpi rather thin, with an oblique punctate depression, extending for about two- 
thirds the length on its upper surface, penultimate joint distinctly shorter than 
ante-penultimate. Prothorax about thrice as wide as the median length, sides 


306 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABABIDAE, 


evenly rounded, front angles produced and acute, hind ones rounded off, punc- 
tures rather sparse and small. Elytra widest at about basal two-fifths, each with 
four feebly elevated but distinct longitudinal ridges, marking geminate striae; 
punctures not very closely placed (even in striae), with numerous feeble oblique 
impressions. Pygidium large, with a feeble but almost continuous median ridge, 
surface somewhat rugose, especially about base, where the punctures are some- 
what crowded. Basal joint of hind tarsi slightly shorter than second. Length, 
30 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Northam. 

Each side gutter of the pronotum with but a single row of rather distant, 
piliferous punctures, excludes this species from Blackburn’s Group 2, so by its 
palpi it must be referred to Group 3; it is much larger than any other species 
of the latter group, and in general appearance is strikingly close to H. latebricola, 
and H. longipalpis (Group 2), H. colossa (Group 4), and H. gigantea (Group 
5). In addition to the very short downward projecting fringe, each margin of 
the elytra has a fringe of outwardly projecting setae, becoming irregular and 
more numerous (not in a single row) about base. The type is probably a male. 


HAPLONYCHA TARSALIS, n.Sp. 


3d. Flavous; head reddish-castaneous, its base, base and apex of prothorax 
very narrowly, scutellum, elytra (wholly or in part), most of abdomen and parts 
of legs black, or deeply infuscated. Sterna moderately pilose, parts of upper 
surface with a few hairs. 

Head with sharply defined punctures of moderate size, denser about clypeal 
suture than elsewhere; clypeus with sides less narrowed to apex than usual. 
Antennae nine-, club four-jointed. Palpi with apical joint moderately long, with 
a conspicuous elliptic depression on its upper surface; two preceding joints 
shorter than usual. Prothorax between three and four times as wide as its 
median length, strongly convex, base rather strongly sloped, sides strongly rounded, 
front angles slightly produced and almost rectangular, hind ones rounded off; 
with fairly numerous punctures of moderate size. Hlytra widest at about basal 
third; punctures denser and larger than on prothorax, with feeble remnants only 
of longitudinal elevations and geminate striae. Pygidium moderately large; with 
numerous. shallow, rugose punctures of moderate sizes or small. Front tarsi with 
elaw joint large, and each claw suddenly bent backwards at the middle, and with 
a large sub-basal appendix; basal jomt of hind tarsi slightly longer than second. 
Length, 12-13 mm. 

Hab.—North-western Australia: Wyndham, Forrest River. 

The smallest known species of Group 3; in Blackburn’s table it would be 
associated with H. setosa, which has denser punctures and is very ditferently 
coloured; in its abnormal front claws it approaches H. marginata, of the same 
group, in which they are still more abnormal in the male; they somewhat resemble 
those of Macropocopris, the species of which live in the fur about the anus of 
wallabies. The dark parts of the elytra vary considerably in extent; on one 
specimen most of its elytra is pale, on the type the elytra are entirely dark, al- 
though the median parts show a faint decrease of colour, the third specimen 1s 
intermediate; the hind tibiae also vary in colour. Probably on fresh specimens 
the base, apex and sides of pronotum are all sparsely fringed with hairs, as 
remnants of fringes are to be seen on all three specimens; there are a few long 
hairs on the elytra near the scutellum, and some shorter ones posteriorly; tbere 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 307 


are also a few hairs on the pygidium. The outward projecting fringe of elytral 
setae is distinct on each side almost to the apex; but the downward projecting 
fringe is composed of such extremely short setae that it appears as a scarcely 
visible whitish rim. 

HAPLONYCHA PALLIDA, n.sp. 


Pale flavous; part of head, elytral suture and parts of appendages faintly 
tinged with red. Sterna and base of abdomen moderately pilose; prothorax with 
feeble fringes of hair on sides, base, and apex; elytra with a few short scattered 
hairs, each side with a fringe of hairs or reddish setae from near apex to base. 
where they are longest; pygidium fringed with hairs, four segments of abdomen 
each with an interrupted row of hairs. 

Head with dense and well defined punctures, rapidly becoming ewllee on 
elypeus. Antennae nine-, club four-jointed. Apical joint of palpi moderately 
long and subeylindrical, an elongate, narrower, slightly depressed, opaque space 
on upper surface. Prothorax between three and four times as wide as head, 
sides evenly rounded, front angles feebly produced and almost rectangular, hind 
ones rounded off, punctures fairly numerous but not dense (more numerous close 
behind sub-apical furrow than elsewhere) and sharply defined although rather 
small; apical membrane moderately long close to sides, but very short elsewhere. 
Elytra almost parallel-sided to near apex, surface in places slightly rugose; and 
hence causing the punctures to appear irregular, ridges marking the geminate 
rows of punctures feeble, the rows also feeble; suture briefly mucronate. Pygi- 
dium subtriangular, with sparse and small punctures, but becoming crowded at 
base; propygidium opaque and densely punctate, but apex shining. Basal] joint 
of hind tarsi longer than second. Length, 13-14 mm. 

Hab.—South Australia: Ooldea. 

The depression on the apical joint of palpi is too feeble (although from 
certain points of view it is quite distinct) to be regarded as associating the 
species with the members of Group 3; the penultimate joint on two specimens 
appears to be slightly longer than the ante-penultimate, but on the type and an- 
other specimen the palpi are clearly visible, and the penultimate one is seen to 
be the longer, the species, therefore, belongs to Blackburn’s Group 5, the sides 
and base of pronotum are very feebly fringed, so it could hardly be associated 
with H. mauricei (on one specimen the basal fringe cannot be traced), which is 
a larger and darker species, with much coarser punctures on clypeus, with well 
defined geminate rows of punctures on elytral and conspicuous prothoracic 
fringes; passing that species, it would be associated with H. arvicola, from the 
description of which it differs in its much smaller size, pale colour, ete. Had 
but one specimen been taken, it would probably have been considered immature. 
but the four specimens agree perfectly in colour. 


HAPLONYCHA PULCHRIPENNIS, n.sp. 


Bright reddish-castaneous, elytra somewhat paler and with a slight pruinose 
iridescence. Sterna with dense pale hair, prothorax with a thin fringe of hairs 
on each side, continued for a short distance only around base and apex; pygidium 
with a thin fringe of setae, and a few shorter ones on disc. 

Head with sharply defined punctures of moderate size, becoming denser and 
larger about clypeal suture, the intervening spaces with minute punctures; front 
face of elypeus with an irregular row of piliferous punctures close to labrum. 


208 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


and some irregular ones elsewhere. Antennae nine-, club three-jointed, joints of 
club about as long as three basal joints combined. Apical joint of palpi slightly 
curved, its upper surface with an oblique, flat (scarcely depressed), opaque, 
punctate space; penultimate joint slightly shorter than ante-penultimate. - Pro- 
thorax about three and one half times as wide as the median length, sides 
strongly rounded, front angles produced and rectangular, hind ones strongly 
rounded off, apical furrow strong throughout, but especially near sides; punctures 
rather sparse and small, but sharply defined; apical membrane long behind eyes, 
short elsewhere. Elytra rather strongly dilated posteriorly; punctures rather 
numerous and of moderate size, becoming smaller and denser about tips, geminate 
rows well defined, the ridge between each pair feebly elevated and distinct, and 
with few or no punctures; suture unarmed. Pygidium strongly convex, base with 
dense and small punctures, sparse elsewhere. Basal joint of hind tarsi slightly 
longer than second. Length, 24 mm. 

Hab.—Victoria: Wangaratta (Aug. Simson). 

It is somewhat dubious whether this beautiful species should be referred to 
Blackburn’s Group 6 or Group 7; if to the former, it could scarcely be placed 
with H. clara (which is a considerably smaller and paler species), as the fringe 
of long hairs on each side of the prothorax stops abruptly a short distance 
within the base, so it would probably be associated with H. thoracica, from the 
description of which it differs in being much larger, with small prothoracic 
punctures, ete.; if referred to Group 7, it would be associated with H. testa- 
ceipennits (although I cannot regard the pronotum of that species as “closely 
punctulate”), from which it differs in being much larger, more ecastaneous, head 
with coarser punctures, etc.; in size and general appearance it is more or less 
close to H. dubia, H. campestris, H. pilosa (Group 2) and H. gouldi (Group 4). 
The sixth joint of the antennae is unusually thin and, from certain directions, 
can searcely be seen. Each front angle of the prothorax, from above, appears 
to be decidedly acute, but, from a point perpendicular to itself, is seen to be 
rectangular. Hach elytron has a fringe of very short, downward projecting, 
golden setae, from the suture (where the tip of an internal fringe of longer 
setae is visible) around the side to the hind coxa; it then changes to longer and 
soft hairs, and shortly after passing the coxa abruptly ends; the outward pro- 
jecting fringe of reddish bristles is fairly long at the base, becomes short pos- 
teriorly and terminates level with the pygidium. Judged by its long elub the 
type appears to be a male. 


HAPLONYCHA FIMBRIATA, n.Sp. 


Castaneous-red; elytra (suture and margins excepted) flavous, prothorax and 
seutellum opaque, rest of upper surface slightly shining. Sterna with dense pale 
hair; prothorax completely fringed with short upright hair, each side, in addition, 
with a thin fringe of longer hairs; elytra with very short hairs or sparse pubes- 
cence about the sides and tips; abdomen with dense and rather long reddish setae 
on sides, sparse and short in middle; pygidium with numerous short setae on 
dise, and fringed with longer ones; propygidium with a rather dense, but nor- 
mally concealed, fringe. 

Head with dense and comparatively small, but sharply defined, punctures, 
becoming larger about clypeal suture; clypeus rather longer than usual, its suture 
bisinuate. Antennae nine-, club three-jointed, jomts of club about as long as 
two basal joints of antennae combined. Apical joint of palpi moderately long 
and rather thin, penultimate joint shorter than ante-penultimate. Prothorax fully 


BY ARTHUR M. LBA. 309 


four times as wide as long, sides strongly rounded (almost sub-angularly dilated), 
front angles produced and sub-acute, hind ones not rounded off; punctures small 
and rather sparse; apical membrane rather long behind eyes, short elsewhere. 
Elytra moderately dilated posteriorly; suture very feebly mucronate. Basal joint 
of hind tarsi longer than second. Length, 17-18 mm. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (J. Clark). 

The large piliferous punctures across the front face of the clypeus, im- 
mediately above the labrum, are very distinct, but they are not quite regular, and, 
seen from the sides, there are other setae or hairs as well, so it is somewhat 
doubtful whether the species should be referred to Group 6 or Group 7; if to the 
latter, in Blackburn’s table, it would be associated with H. testaceipennis, from 
which it is distinct by its opaque prothorax (much as on H. opaca), much denser 
punctures on head and less sharply defined elytral punctures; if referred to 
Group 6, it might be placed with H. clara, although the hairs in the basal gutter 
are short; that species has somewhat similar outlines, but its elytra are darker 
than on the present species, its prothorax is not opaque, and it has crowded 
punctures. On the type the elytral fringes are in perfect condition; on each 
side the outward projecting one at the base consists of rather long, sparse, red- 
dish bristles; these soon change to shorter and denser ones, and are so continued 
to about the abdomen, when they begin to turn downwards, till on the apex they 
are vertical, but for a short distance after and before the sub-apical segment, 
they also change in thickness, so as to resemble rather elongate scales; the down- 
ward projecting fringe of very short setae is concealed by the longer fringe at 
and near the apex, but elsewhere appears as a very short whitish margin. On 
a second specimen, the fringes have been partly disarranged and abraded, dis- 
closing the fact that the true edge of each elytron is minutely serrated almost 
throughout. On the type the elytral punctures (including the geminate rows) 
and longitudinal elevations appear to be very feeble; but on parts of the other 
specimen, the punctures appear to be fairly large and quite sharply defined; 
but it is slightly greasy, the grease causing the disappearance of the natural 
“hloom” that more or less conceals the punctures and causes the opaque appear- 
ance of parts of the upper surface. 


LEPIDIOTA TRICHOSTERNA, N.sp. 

Bright castaneous; some marginal and projecting parts (especially on the 
legs) darker, tibial teeth black. Rather sparsely clothed with thin, depressed, 
elongate, white scales or stout setae, denser on head and seutellum than else- 
where, thinner on pygidium and still thinner on propygidium; sterna and hind 
coxae with long and dense pale hair; longer, stouter and sparse on legs, but 
mixed there with stout setae-like seales, as on prothorax. 

Head with coarse punctures, an obtuse longitudinal ridge in middle. Clypeus 
well elevated in front and searcely bilobed, punctures evenly distributed. An- 
tennae with club rather small. Apical joint of palpi elongate, sub-elliptic, on 
outer side with a narrow, flat or feebly concave, sub-opaque space. Prothorax 
with all angles somewhat acute, sides widest near middle; with wide, but obtuse, 
erenulations, front and hind margins not beaded; punctures about as large as 
on head, but somewhat unevenly distributed. Elytra moderately dilated to be- 
yond the middle, each with five feeble, longitudinal elevations, of which the 
fourth (counting from the suture) is very feeble; punctures smaller than on 
prothorax, but quite as deep, larger about tips than elsewhere. Propygidium with 
erowded and small punetures about base, becoming sparser and larger posteriorly, 


310 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAE, 


and somewhat larger on pygidium. Front tibiae strongly tridentate, median tooth 
- slightly nearer first than third. Length, 23 mm. 

Hab.— Queensland: Gin Gin (Easterby). 

In general appearance nearer the species of Paralepidiota and Pararhopaea, 
than Lepidiota, but club three-jointed. In Blackburn’s table, it would be placed 
in A, BB, from all the species of which it is very distinct. There are no round 
seales on any part of the body. 


LEPIDIOTA PLATYURA, D.Sp. 


Blackish-brown and sub-opaque; elytra pale castaneous-brown, becoming 
much darker on basal third; antennae, palpi, and tarsi castaneous. Upper sur- 
face with cireular or briefly elliptic, snowy scales, closely applied to derm, be- 
coming less rounded, but quite as flat, on abdomen and hind parts; sterna and 
hind coxae with dense, pale hair. ; 

Head from half-way between eyes to apex with dense round punctures, but 
not encroaching upon each other, near eclypeal suture not as dense ag elsewhere. 
Clypeus strongly bilobed, margins moderately upturned. Antennae with joints 
of club almost the length of funicle. Apical joint of palpi elongate, sub-elliptic, 
with a fairly deep narrow impression. Prothorax widest at about basal third, 
sides obtusely crenulated, front gently incurved and with a narrowly raised margin, 
front angles almost rectangular; hind angles very obtuse, angles with round 
crowded punctures, becoming sparser and smaller towards middle, but even there 
fairly numerous. Elytra slightly dilated about middle; with punctures much as 
on dise of pronotum, without distinct longitudinal lines. Abdomen and _ pro- 
pygidium with small, crowded punctures, becoming somewhat sparser, but still 
dense, on pygidium, the latter unusually large and wide (9 x 6 mm.). Front 
tibiae strongly tridentate, the median tooth equidistant from the others. Length, 
25 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Cape York (C. French). 

In Blackburn’s table, this species would be associated with L. negatoria, from 
the description of which it is distinguished by the obtuse hind angles of prono- 
tum; the pygidium is much wider than in L. frenchi and L. perkinsi, and decided- 
ly wider than is usual in the genus. The upper surface, to the naked eye, has 
a curious mealy appearance. On the head, from between the middle of the eyes 
to the front, the scales are quite cireular, and each is contained in a puncture; 
on the type, the base of the head is exposed and highly polished, but would 
normally be concealed; at the place where the apparent base would normally be 
exposed the seales are smaller and denser than elsewhere, so that the surface, 
especially close to the eyes, is completely plated; they almost. completely fill the 
angles of the pronotum and become sparser and smaller in the middle, but still 
quite circular; on the elytra they are almost evenly distributed, but vary some- 
what in size and slightly in outlines; they almost completely cover the abdomen 
and propygidium, and are dense on the pygidium. The hair on the under parts 
is depressed on the type, but this may be due to improper. treatment; there are 
long pale hairs and stout white scales on the legs. 


LEPIDIOTA RUGOSIPENNIS, n.sp. 


Dark castaneous-brown; parts of head, extreme base of prothorax, elytral 
suture very narrowly, and tibial teeth black or blackish. Moderately clothed with 
small snow-white seales, cireular or almost so on head and prothorax, pointed on 


BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 311 


elytra and scutellum; under surface and hind parts densely clothed with elliptie 
or pointed scales, front portion only of metasternum with yellowish hair; legs 
with straggling hairs and white scales. 

Head with dense, round punctures, smaller and denser close to eyes than 
elsewhere. Clypeus strongly bilobed, margins moderately upturned; punctures 
dense and evenly distributed. Antennae with basal joint of club extending to 
apex of first joint of funicle. Apical joint of palpi moderately stout, tip in- 
curved; on upper surface with an elongate, depressed or flattened opaque space. 
Prothorax moderately long, widest at about basal two-fifths, sides obtusely crenu- 
lated, front angles slightly produced and almost rectangular, hind ones rounded 
and obtuse, front and hind margins not elevated; with fairly large, but somewhat 
unevenly distributed, punctures; median line shining and distinct throughout. 
Elytra very feebly dilated about middle; punctures mostly larger than on pro- 
thorax, and many of them connected by transverse or oblique wrinklings of the 
derm. Hind parts with smaller and denser punctures than on upper surface. 
Front tibiae strongly tridentate, median tooth slightly nearer first than third. 
Length, 25 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen). 

Structurally fairly close to L. frenchi, but scales of hind parts not circular, 
pygidium somewhat smaller and less transverse, hind coxae with true scales only, 
and punctures and palpi different. On parts of the under surface and of the 
pronotum of the type, many of the scales are slaty or yellowish, but such scales 
have probably been stained. 


PACHYTRICHA MINOR Sharp. 
Miss J. F. May took several specimens of this species washed up on the 
beach at Cottesloe (near the Swan River). 


SYSTELLOPUS ATER Lea. 

Mr. J. Clark writes that the locality given for the type (Chillagoe) was wrong, 
and that it was obtained at the Chapman River, near Geraldton (Western Aus- 
tralia). 

ENAMILLUS MAURICEI Blackb. 

A male, from Ooldea, agrees so perfectly in structure with normal males of 
this species that I cannot regard it as other than a variety; it differs, however, 
in having the elypeus, labrum, prothorax (an obscure spot on each side infus- 
cated), secutellum (tip obscurely infuscated) elytra and most of under surface 
and of legs reddish. 


' DYNASTIDES. 
PSEUDORYCTES VALIDUS Lea. 


Four males from Broome (N. W. Australia) belong to this species; they have 
the prothoracic cavity glabrous and the medio-apical process of the prothorax 
notched at the tip, thus differing from the description of P. dispar, and from a 
specimen that agrees well with that description. 


CETONIDES. 
CACOCHROA GYMNOPLEURA Fisch., var. FUSCOSUTURALIS, N.var. 


Mr. R. Ulidge has, from Gympie (Queensland), a male that agrees so per- 
teetly in structure with the typical form of this species that I cannot regard it 


312 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SCARABAEIDAB, 


as more than a variety; it differs, however, in having the head and prothorax 
black, with a faint coppery or bluish gloss, and the elytra flavous, with the suture 
widely infuscated from the base to the summit of the apical slope and narrowly 
on this to the apex itself, the shoulders are distinctly and the sides very faintly 
infuscated. 


KUPOECILA AUSTRALASIAE Don., var. InTRICATA Lea. 

This variety was named from a female, now in the National Museum, Mel- 
bourne. Mr. R. Illidge has recently taken, in the Queensland National Park, a 
male that agrees well with the figure (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1914, Pl. vii., fig. 
22) except that the medio-basal markings on the pronotum are slightly larger. 


DILOCHROSIS BROWNI Kirby. 

A female from Darnley Island, received from Dr. E. W. Ferguson, evidently 
represents a variety of this species. Its prothorax is black, with the thickened 
margin pale from apex to near base, then the pale part on each side is turned 
inwards as a narrow line for about one-third of the width, the sides of the apex 
are also narrowly and irregularly pale; on the elytra an irregular basal space 
about equal to the length of the scutellum is black, and the sterna and abdomen 
are black. 

METALLESTHES METALLESCENS Westw. 


Messrs. R. J. Burton and A. H. Elston saw this species in abundance, on 


the flowering stems of a species of Xanthorrhoea, at Barossa (South Australia) 
in December. era 


313 


ENTOMOSTRACA COLLECTED IN THE VICINITY OF AUCKLAND, 
NEW ZEALAND. 


By Marcurrite Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. 
(Five Text-figures. ) 
[Read 380th July, 1924.] 


Introduction. 


This collection of Crustacea was obtained by Mr. T. Steel in May, 1917; 
he has very kindly allowed the writer to examine the specimens and has also 
provided some notes on the four localities from which they were obtained, Lake 
Takapuna, Onehunga Springs, a tarn on Mt. St. John and Duck Creek. Mr. 
Steel’s notes are as follows :— 


“Lake Takapuna is a freshwater lake about two miles north of Auck- 
land, it is half a mile in diameter and of considerable depth, since tt 
occupies the crater of an extinct voleano of recent geological age. The 
material was obtained by the use of a fine hand-net round the margins 
where there is a plentiful growth of freshwater sponge. 

“Onehunga Springs are the outcome of seepage water from rain falling 
on the extensive lava plains between Auckland and Onehunga. The water 
bubbles up in a powerful stream at different points in an area of a quarter 
of a square mile; it is exceedingly clear and cool and water cress grows 
abundantly. 

“Mt. St. John is close to Auckland. It is an extinct volcano of reeent 
geological age; in the centre of the crater is a permanent freshwater tarn 
about thirty feet in diameter. Bulrushes grow round the margin and the 
water contains immense numbers of Volvox. 

“Dam at the Duck Creek sugar works, Auckland Harbour, is formed 
in a gully and is about ten feet deep.” 

Various fixatives were employed by Mr. Steel; formalin, corrosive sublimate, 
Carl’s fixative and chrome acetic, but the results did not differ to any appreciable 
extent. None of these fixatives are as satisfactory for the smaller Crustacea as 
glycerine alcohol. 

In addition to Crustacea, the collection contained the larvae of numerous 
insects, pond snails, mites and Protozoa, a species of Ceratiwm predominating. 

The Entomostraca were well represented, but, though the number of in- 
dividuals was large, they only comprised ten species. Brady noted the same fact 
in 1906, “such a small number of species were found in so extensive a series of 
nettings from so many different lakes.” 

The literature on the New Zealand freshwater Entomostraca is not very ex- 


314 ENTOMOSTRACA COLLECTED IN THE VICINITY OF AUCKLAND, N.Z., 


tensive, the most important papers on the subject are those of Thomson, Sars 
and Brady. In 1878 and 1882, Thomson published two papers in the Proceed- 
ings of the New Zealand Institute, in which he described thirteen Entomostraca, 
several of which were new, collected in the vicinity of Dunedin and in the Canter- 
bury district. In 1894, Sars described several species that had been raised from 
dried mud collected from the same localities, and also from Kaitaia in the North 
Island. In 1903, the same writer described a number of species from Lake 
Wakatipu and D’Urville Island. Brady’s paper “On the Entomostracan fauna 
of the New Zealand Lakes’ was published in 1906; his specimens were from 
more widely distributed localities, Lakes Waikare, Taupo, Rotoiti and Waikare 
Moana in the North Island, and Wakatipu and Manapouri in the South Island. 


In 1914, Archey recorded the presence of Daphnia carinata King at Christchurch . 


and Oamaru. 

The writer wishes to thank Mr. Steel for the opportunity of examining the 
collection, and also for his help and advice. 

One species is described as new and the type specimen has been deposited 
in the Australian Museum, Sydney. The text-figures were drawn with the aid 
of a camera lucida; the finished drawings were prepared by Miss D. Harrison. 

The following species were represented in the collection :— 


CLADOCERA. 
Family Daphnidae.—Simocephalus obtusatus (Thomson), Ceriodaphnia sublaevis 
Sars. 
Family Bosminidae——Bosmina meridicnalis Sars. 
Family Chydoridae.—Chydorus barroisi Richard, Pleuroxus hastirostris Sars. 


COPEPODA. 


Family Centropagidae.—Boeckella triarticulata (Thomson), Brunella steeli, n.sp. 
Family Cyclopidae.—Mesocyclops obsoleius (Koch). 


OSTRACODA. 
Family Cyprididae. 
Subfamily Cypridinae.—Cypretta globulus Sars. 
Subfamily Herpetocypridinae——Candonocypris candonoides King. 


CLADOCERA. 
Genus SIMOCEPHALUS Schoedler, 1858. 


SIMOCEPHALUS OBTUSATUS (Thomson). 

Daphnia obtusata Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1878, p. 261.—Simocephalus 
obtusatus Sars, 1894. 

Both males and females were present in the collection from Lake Takapuna. 
This species has not been recorded outside New Zealand; both Thomson’s and 
Sars’ specimens came from Dunedin in the South Island. Brady records it from 
Lakes Waikare and Rotoiti. 


Genus CERIODAPHNIA Dana, 1853. 
CERIODAPHNIA SUBLAEVIS Sars. 


Sars, Contributions to the knowledge of the Freshwater Entomostraca of 
New Zealand, 1894. 

A few specimens of this species were present in the collection taken from 
the dam at Duck Creek; they were below the average in size, but otherwise 


ad 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 315 


corresponded with Sars’ description. This is another species unrecorded outside 
New Zealand. 

Distribuiion.—New Zealand: North Island, Duck Creek near Auckland; 
South Island, Dunedin. 

Genus Bosmina Baird, 1845. 
BOSMINA MERIDIONALIS Sars. 

Sars, Pacifische Plankton—Crustaceen, 1903, p. 631. 

This species was present in great abundance in the collections from Lake 
Takapuna and the dam at Duck Creek. Its distribution is widespread through- 
out New Zealand. Sars’ specimens were from Lake Wakatipu and Brady has 
recorded it from Lakes Waikare, Taupo, Rotoiti and Waikare Moana in the North 
Island, and Wakatipu and Manapouri in the South. It has not been recorded 
outside New Zealand. 


Genus PiEuRoxus Baird, 1843. 
PLEUROXUS HASTIROSTRIS Sars. 


Sars, Pacifische Plankton—Crustaceen, 1903, p. 635. 

The collections from Onebunga Springs, Lake Takapuna and Duck Creek 
contained many specimens of this species. Hitherto it has only been recorded 
from D’Urville Island, New Zealand. 


Genus Cuyporus Leach, 1843. 
CHYDORUS BARROISI (Richard) var. LAEVIS Sars. 


Pleuroxus barroisi Richard, “Cladocére recueilles en Syrie et en Egypt,” 
1894, p. 16.—Var. laevis Sars, Pacifische Planktui—Crustaceen, 1903, p. 636. 

A single specimen of this species was present in the collection from One 
hunga Springs. 

Distribution—New Zealand: D’Urville Island, Onehunga Springs. North 
and South America, Africa, Palestine. 


COPEPODA. 
Genus BorcKELLA De Guerne and Richard, 1889. 
BOECKELLA TRIARTICULATA (Thomson). 


Boeckia triarticulata Thomson, “On the New Zealand Copepoda,” 1882, p. 94. 

This species was abundant in the collections from Lake Takapuna, One- 
hunga Springs, Duck Creek and the tarn on Mt. St. John. It oceurs throughout 
the North and South Islands of New Zealand and also in Australia. 


Genus BruNELLA Smith, 1909. 
BRUNELLA STEELI, n.sp. (Text-Figs. 1-5.) 

Female (Fig. 1): Body slender, cephalothorax narrowly oval, the greatest 
width occurring immediately in front of the middle, tapering anteriorly and pos- 
teriorly. Head narrowly rounded in front, with a small rostral prominence. 
Lateral expansions of the last pedigerous segment of moderate size, tips blunt, 
tight expansion broader than the left. Urosome (Fig. 3) comparatively short, 
not attaining half the length of the cephalothorax; genital segment asymmetrical, 
bearing a large protuberance on the ventral surface; second segment larger than 
the third, but not as long as the genital segment. Caudal rami long and slender, 


316 ENTOMOSTRACA COLLECTED IN THE VICINITY OF AUCKLAND, N.Z., 


not quite attaining the length of the two preceding segments combined; each 
ramus bearing five feathered setae at its slightly dilated extremity, setae of al- 
most equal length. Antennules composed of twenty-five segments, elongated and 
slender, extending, when reflexed, beyond the tips of the caudal setae. Antennae 
with the inner ramus equal in length to the outer, the latter composed of six 


\\\\ 
‘) / 


Text-figs. 1-5—Brunella steeli. 
1. Female (x 85). 2. Right antennule of male (x 70). 3. Urosome, female 
(x 70). 4. Right leg of 5th pair, male (x 200). 5. Left leg of 5th pair, male 
(x 200). 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 317 


segments, the last being very long. Oral parts of normal structure for the 
genus. First pair of legs smaller than the succeeding ones; outer ramus con- 
sisting of three segments; inner ramus small, one-segmented. Next four pairs 
with an outer ramus of three and an inner ramus of two segments; fifth pair 
with a stout curved process on the middle segment of the outer ramus. Length, 
0.81 mm. , 

Male slightly smaller than the female and differmg from it in having a 
hinged right antennule (Fig. 2) with a slightly swollen middle portion; a slender 
urosome composed of five segments and in the structure of the last pair of legs. 
Fifth pair of legs with the left leg (Fig. 5) shorter than the right, its outer 
ramus composed of three segments, the last being rounded and armed with a 
shorf spine; inner ramus longer, composed of two segments, the terminal one 
bearing long feathered setae. Right leg (Fig. 4) with an outer ramus composed 
of two broad segments, the second segment bemg twice as long as the first, and 
bearing a long curved spine, its end pointing towards the base of the leg; imner 
ramus composed of three segments, the terminal one bearmg setae of unequal 
length. 

Distribution—New Zealand: North Island, Dueck Creek and Lake Takapuna. 

The species is a comparatively small one and is the first member of the genus 
Brunella to be recorded from New Zealand. The writer has much pleasure in 
naming it after its collector, Mr. Steel. . 


Genus Mesocyciors Sars, 1914. 
MESOCYCLOPS OBSOLETUS (Koeh). 
Koeh, “Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden,” 1835. 
This species was abundant in the collections from Lake Takapuna, Mt. St. 
John and Duck Creek. It is of world wide distribution and is a common form 
in Australia. 


OSTRACODA. 


Genus CypreTra Vavra 1895. 
CYPRETTA GLOBULUS (Sars). 
Cypridopsis globulus Sars, “On some Freshwater Ostracoda and Copepoda 
raised from Dried Australian mud,” 1889. 
Many specimens of this species were present in the collections from the 
tarn on Mt. St. John, but none were found in those from the other localities. 
Distribution.New Zealand, Australia. 


Genus CanpoNnocypris Sars, 1894. 
CANDONOCYPRIS CANDONOWES (King). 
Cypris candonoides King, “On Australian Entomostracans,” 1855, p. 66.— 
Herpetocypris stanleyana Sars, 1889.—Candonocypris candonoides Sars, 1894. 
A few specimens were present in the collections from Mt. St. John; these 
agreed with Sars’ description, except that their valve margins were fringed with 
hairs throughout their length, instead of having them confined to the extremities. 
Distribution—New Zealand: Dunedin and Eyreton in the South Island, Mt. 
St. John in the North. Australia; South Africa. 


318 ENTOMOSTRACA COLLEOTED IN THE VICINITY OF AUCKLAND, N.zZ. 


Inst of Works referred to. 


ARCHEY, G., 1914.—A species of Daphnia new to New Zealand. Trans. N.Z. 
Inst., xlvi., p. 124. 
Brapy, G. 8., 1906.—On the Entomostracan Fauna of the New Zealand Lakes. 
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, ii., p. 692. 
Kine, R. L., 1855.—On Australian Hntomostracans. Proc. Roy. Soe. Van Dre- 
men’s Land, u1., Part 1., p. 56. 
Kocu, C. L., 1835.—Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden. 
RicHaArD, J., 1893.—Cladocéres recueillis en Syrie et en Egypte. Rev. Biol. du 
Nord de Fr., vi., p. 16. 
Sars, G. O., 1889.—On some Freshwater Ostracoda and Copepoda raised from 
Dried Australian mud. Christ. Videns.-Sels. Forhand., No. 8. 
, 1894.—Contributions to the knowledge of the Freshwater Hn- 
tomostraca of New Zealand. Videns.-Sels. Skrifter I. Maihem. 
Naturv. Klasse, No. 5. 
, 1903.—Pacifische Plankton—Crustaceen. Zool. Jahrb., Band 
19, Heft 5. 
Tomson, G. M., 1878.—On New Zealand Entomostraca. Trans. and Proc. N.Z. 
Inst., x1., p. 251. 
, 1882.—On New Zealand Copepoda. Trans. and Proc. N.Z. Inst., 
XV., p. 93. 


318 


NOTES ON BREEDING ENTOMOSTRACA FROM DRIED MUD AND 
THEIR HABITS IN AQUARIA. 


By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. 
[Read 30th July, 1924.] 


Introduction. 


This series of experiments was commenced, partly as a means of studying 
the habits of various Entomostraca, but principally to obtain specimens from 
localities whence it was impossible to collect them except in the form of eggs. 
It is well known that the eggs of most Entomostraca ean resist prolonged desic- 
cation, the longest case on record being that of eggs sent from Jerusalem to 
England and hatched after twenty-four to thirty years had elpased since the 
mud containing them had been dried. Many of our Australian Entomostraca 
were first described from specimens raised from dried mud that had been col- 
lected in Australia and sent to Professor Sars in Norway. 

The experiments were carried on from June, 1921, until the end of March, 
1924, and the following notes give the dates of appearance of the various species, 
the length of time they remained in the aquaria, and their relative prevalence. 

The author wishes to thank many friends for samples of dried mud with 
which aquaria weve prepared, and especially Sir Baldwin Spencer for much in- 
teresting material from Central Australia. 


Preparation of Aquaria. 


The aquaria were all prepared in the same way, the largest used were nine 
imches high and six inches across, but the majority were slightly smaller. The 
dried mud was placed at the bottom and the aquarium was then filled to within 
an inch from the top wifh tap water. A small piece of some water plant was 
then thoroughly washed and examined under the microscope, to prevent the eggs 
of local Entomostraca being introduced into the aquarium; the plant, Hlodea, 
Chara or Nitella, was then placed in the mud or, if Lemna was used, on the 
surface of the water, and in most cases grew quickly; sometimes, however, the 
mud contained a large proportion of salt, which in time rendered the water so 
highly saline that the plants died. The presence of plants is necessary to aerate 
the water and prevent putrefaction, but they are apt to grow too vigorously and 
fill the aquarium; to regulate their growth, two or three pond snails were placed 
in each aquarium. In order to accelerate the hatching process, the aquaria were 
placed where they could receive the maximum amount. of sunlight. They were 
always kept covered and, as a rule, only required additional water two or three 
times a year. 


320 ON BREEDING ENTOMOSTRACA FROM DRIED MUD, 


Résumé of the results obtained. 


Only one specimen of Phyilopoda was bred out during these experiments. 
This scarcity is the more remarkable, since many of the samples of mud were 
taken from dried claypans and water holes where Phyllopoda had been abundant 
and in one ease the mud contained numerous E'stheria shells. 

The Cladocera were well represented, especially the family Daphnidae; the 
species of this family showed a tendency to increase suddenly, with great rapidity, 
until the aquarium would be swarming with males and ephippial females. Shortly 
atter this stage, a heavy mortality would occur, and sometimes the species would 
not again appear in the aquarium. Some Cladocera may apparently continue 
reproducing parthenogenetically for an unlimited period, so long as the con- 
ditions of their environment are favourable, but the Daphnidae in the aquaria 
invariably produced the sexual forms comparatively soon after their first ap- 
pearance. 

This may have been due to the large numbers, since Grosvenor and Smith 
have shown that crowding leads to the production of sexual forms, while, by 
isolating the parthenogenetic females at birth, at a temperature of 25°-30° C., 
the production of sexual forms may be entirely suppressed (Quart. Journ. Mie. 
Soec., 58, Part 3, 1913). There were never large numbers of Copepoda present, 
although several different species were represented. In some cases, numerous 
Calanoids appeared, but they were never the dominant feature and were not 
persistent. 

One of the most noteworthy features of these experiments was the pre- 
dominance of the Ostracod group. In nearly every case the first specimens to 
appear were Ostracods, in the exceptional cases a few Copepods appeared slightly 
earlier. The Ostracods also persisted after the other groups had disappeared 
from the aquaria, and could apparently be kept, under artificial conditions, for 
an unlimited period. The aquarium life may more closely resemble their natural 
environment than it does that of the other groups, and this is especially true im 
the case of the Copepoda. 


Details of the experiments. 


Aquarium No. £. 

Mud collected at Drummond, Scuth Island, New Zealand, by Dr. C. Chilton in 

1914. 

Species bred out: Cypretia viridis (Thomson). 
Aquarium started 15th June, 1921. 

The first Ostracods appeared early in August, and rapidly increased in 
number until the end of September, when they were literally swarming; the 
number then gradually decreased until March, 1922, when only four or five were 
present; another rapid inerease followed, and the maximum number was reached 
by the end of May, 1922; in June the number decreased to about twenty speci- 
mens, and this has been an average number ever since. During the two and a 
half years, only females have appeared, and this supports the theory that the 
genus Cypretta is exclusively parthenogenetic. It is noteworthy that this sample 
of mud, which had (been in a dry condition for seven years, only produced 
Ostracods. 


Aquarium No. 11. 
Mud collected on Corona station, north of Broken Hill. 
Species bred out: Macrothrix spinosa King, Ceriodaphmia spinata Henry, Daph- 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 321, 


wia carinata King, Cypris lateraria King, Cypris bennelong King, Pachycyclops 

annulicornis (Koch), Boeckella coronaria Henry. 
Aquarium started November, 1921. 

The first life to appear was three specimens of Cypris lateraria, which were 
mature by the end of January, 1922. On the 15th February, the first Cladoceran, 
Macrothriz spinosa, was noted, and on the 21st, two female Boeckella coronaria. 
By 30th March another species of Ostracod was identified as Cypris bennelong; 
at this date Macrothriz spinosa was the dominant species, and both male and 
female Boeckella were numerous. A single Cyclops was identified, on 3rd April, 
as Pachycyclops annulicornis, and this was the only Cyclops hatched in the 
aquarium. On 20ih April, a specimen of Ceriodaphnia spinata was noted, and 
this species increased in numbers until it predominated; towards the end of the 
month several specimens of Daphnia carinata appeared. The numbers of Cerio- 
daphnia increased enormously, and on 14th June, the majority were bearing 
ephippia, and the other species were only represented by a few specimens; to- 
wards the end of the month there was a heavy mortality among the Ceriodaphnia, 
and by Ist September almost equal numbers of Daphnia, Boeckella, Macrothrix,° 
and Cypiris were present, and one or two Ceriodaphnia, Daphnia then rapidly 
increased in numbers and, by 21st September, they were very abundant, the 
females bearing ephippia, they also suffered a heavy mortality and, during October 
and November, Ostracods were the dominant feature. From December, 1922, to 
June, 1923, all forms were present, but none exceptionally numerous; then the 
Ostracods again increased and very few Cladocera and no Copepoda appeared 
until November, when all forms were again abundant. In February, 1924, Ostra- 
cods were alone present, but early in March Boeckella, Macrothriz and Certo- 
daphnia had again appeared and the two latter were increasing in numbers. 


Aquarium No. III. 


Mud from Macumba, 35 miles north of Oodnadatta. 

Species bred out: Artemia salina Linn. 

Mud very fine, reddish in colour, containing smooth white pebbles. 
Aquarium started 3rd April, 1922. 

No life was seen until 24th September, when an immature Anostracan was 
noted. The specimen was identified on 5th October, when it appeared mature; 
on 9th October, it was seen to be bearing eggs; it died on 25th October, and no 
further life appeared. 


Aquarium No. IV. 

Mud collected at Bringagee. 
Species bred out: Macrothriz spinosa King, Moinodaphnia macleayii (King), 

Alona laevissima Sars, Cypris lateraria King, Boeckella manuta Sars. 
Aquarium started 19th April, 1922. 

First appearance of life on 12th May, when several Ostracods were noted, 
and, from that date, Ostracods were always present in varymg numbers. A 
single Moinodaphnia and two females of Boeckella minuta appeared on 15th 
May; Macrothrix and Alona were not present until September. For some months 
Ostracods largely predominated but in March, 1923, they were displaced by an 
immense number of Macrothrix spinosa which formed ephippia and, shortly after- 
wards, entirely disappeared. Ostracods have remained alone in the aquarium for 
the past year. 


322 ON BREEDING ENTOMOSTRACA FROM DRIED MUD, 


Aquarium No. V. 

Mud from Meryula Station near Cobar. 

Species bred out: Leptocyclops agilis (Koch), Cypretta minna (King), Cypri- 
dopsis australis Henry. 

Aquarium started 14th June, 1922. 

Within five days two minute Leptocyclops appeared; the first Ostracod was 
not noted until Ist September, but by November, the aquarium was swarming 
with both species of Ostracods. Shortly after this, the mud had an offensive 
smell and the aquarium was turned out. 


Aquarium No. VI. 

Mud from the same loeality as V. 

Species bred out: Cypretta minna (King), Ceriodaphnia spinata Henry, Moina 
tenuicornis Sars, Cypridopsis australis Henry. 

Aquarium started 30th June, 1922. 

The first Ostracod, Cypretta minna, appeared on 16th August, and by the 
end of the month there were many Ostracods of both species and a few specimens 
of Ceriodaphnia. The Ostracods rapidly increased in numbers and were very 
abundant early in October. In November, Moina predominated for a short time, 
the females became heavily laden with eggs, there was a heavy mortality, and by 
the end of the month not one remained. In March, 1923, there was a sudden 
inerease of Ceriodaphnia. From April to June all forms were well represented, 
but after that date the Ostracods steadily increased and soon were the sole 
occupants of the aquarium. 


Aquarium No. VII, 


Mud from Buckanbe Station in the Darling River district. 
Species bred out: Cypretta minna (King), Candonocypris candonoides (King), 
Boeckella fluvialis Henry. 
Aquarium started 11th July, 1922. 
Boeckella appeared first on 16th August, and then both Ostracod species 
towards the end of the month. 
Boeckella fluvialis was moderately abundant at first, but none were seen after 
November. The Ostracods increased and were swarming in 1923, when the ex- 
periment had to be discontinued. 


Aquarium No. VIII. 
Mud from Kosciusko. 
Species bred out: Cypris reticulata Zaddach, Cypretta hirsuta Henry. 
Aquarium started 15th February, 1923. 

Both species of Ostracods appeared early in March, but the mud, which 
contained a large amount of vegetable matter, smelt offensive and the aquarium 
was turned out. 


Aquarium No. IX. 


Mud collected near Brisbane, Queensland. 
Species bred out: Leptocyclops agilis (Koch), Ilyodromus viridulus (Brady). 
Aquarium started 2nd May, 1923. 

A few specimens of Leptocyclops appeared early in June and were present 
in varying numbers until the end of August. No life was present from then 
until December, when the Ostracods appeared, and they have remained the sole 
occupants of the aquarium. 


BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 323 


Aquarium No. X. 
Mud from Central Australia, water hole on Boggy flat. 
Species bred out: Daphnia carinata King var. intermedia Sars, Cypris bennelong 

King, Cypretta globulus Sars, Cypridopsis australis Henry. 

Aquarium started 11th June, 1923. 

Two species of Ostracod, Cypris bennelong and Cypretta giobulus, appeared 
early in August, and were abundant by November. In December a few Daphnia 
appeared, and, in February, 1924, they were the predominant species; towards 
the end of February all the females carried ephippia and early in March they 
entirely disappeared. The Ostracods then rapidly increased, and all three species 
were present in great numbers. 


Aquarium No. XI. 
Mud from Federal water hole, Central Australia. 
Species bred out: Cypretta globulus Sars. 
Aquarium started 11th June, 1923. 
First Cypretta appeared on 19th September, and this species beeame very 
numerous by the end of December, since then no life has appeared. 


Aquarium No. XII. 
Mud from Palm Creek, James Range, Central Australia. 
Species bred out: Cypris lateraria King. 
The mud consisted of loose scrapings containing leaves and dried Estheréa shells. 
Aquarium started 21st August, 1923. 

Ostracods appeared early in September and rapidly increased, but the ex- 
periment had to be discontinued towards the end of October. 


Aquarium No. XIII. 
Mund eollected at Nyngan. 
Species bred out: Dunhevedia crassa King, Cypris laterarta King, Cypris benne- 
long King. 
Aquarium started 27th September, 1923. 
Both species of Ostracod appeared early in November, and quickly increased 
in numbers. Dunhevedia crassa was noted in February, 1924. Towards the end 
of March, all three species were plentiful, Cypris bennelong predominating. 


Material from which Entomostraca were not obtained. 


ie Dried scum from a pond near the sea, Chatham Island, New Zealand. 
IJ. Surface material from Lake Hyre. 

Tit. Mud from the Frome River entrance to Lake Eyre. 

IV. Mud from Garah, near Mungindi, N.S.W. 

V. Mud from clay pans on Boggy flat, Central Australia. 

VI. Clay pans near Alice Well, Hugh River, Central Australia. 

VII. Mud from a clay pan on Budda Station, near the Darling River. 


324 


THE NECTAR OF FLOWERS. 
By Tuos. STHKEx. 
[Read 27th August, 1924.] 


The first precise information regarding the amount of sugar contained in 
the nectaries of flowers with which I am acquainted, occurs in a paper by Alex. 
S. Wilson (Chem. News, 38, 1878, 93; Rep. Brit. Assn. Adv. Sc., 1878, Trans., 
504, 564, 567; Jour. Chem. Soc., 34, 1878, 997; Pharm. Jour. Trans. [3], ix., 
225). The weights of cane and fruit sugars found in individual blossoms or in 
heads of composite plants are stated, together with some very interesting specu- 
lations on the number of visits which a bee must make in order to collect a given 
weight of honey. From time to time references occur in literature to the abund- 
ance or otherwise of floral nectar. Roscoe and Schorlemmer (Treatise on 
Chemistry, ui., part u., 498), after remarking that nectar contains cane sugar 
usually accompanied by fruit sugar, state that the cane sugar had even been found 
in erystals in Rhododendron ponticum. This latter statement I am unable to 
verify, as I have never met with such a case in the course of observations on 
numerous flowers, extending over many years. The above authors also state that 
Braconnot found 0.1 gram (100 mg.) sugar in a single flower of Cactus Acker- 
manni. 

Maiden (Forest Flora, viu., part 4, 1920, 177) gives numerous references to 
nectar secretion in Hucalyptus, but no chemical data. 

A. von Planta (Chem. News, 54, 1886, 237, quoted from Comp. rendus) re- 
ports the finding of 70.08 per cent. glucose and 1.31 cane sugar in the nectar of 
Protea mellifera, also 35.65 of cane sugar and 4.99 of glucose (stated glycerine 
in error) in that of Hoya carnosa and 14.84 glucose and 0.437 cane sugar in 
that of Bignonia radicans. The term glucose is now usually reserved for dex- 
trose, particularly that prepared by the acid hydrolysis of starch. 

Roth (Proce. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xvii., 1903, 49) mentions the sucking of 
nectar from Banksia flower cones by aborigines of Western Australia, and the 
preparation of a fermented drink “mangaitch’” from water impregnated with the 
cones. 

Carne (Aust. Naturalist, ii, 1913, 198) describes observations on the secretion 
of nectar by extra-floral nectaries in Acacia, and remarks on the uselessness of 
these glands for fertilization purposes by insects, when, as is frequently the ease, 
they are situated at a distance from the flowers. He suggests that the attrac- 
‘ion of insects by the nectar and consequent cross fertilization of the plant is a 
secondary, and not the original cause of nectar secretion. 

As is to be expected there is extreme variation in the quantity of nectar 
contained in different flowers. Apart from the difference in size of blossoms and 


BY T. STEEL. 325 


their consequent capacity, some large flowers contain but little, while other com 
paratively small blossoms contain a relatively large amount. My general obser- 
vation is that plants visited by nectar-feeding birds have large supplies, whilst 
those frequented by insects find a smaller supply adequate. 

Again, the amount of nectar found in flowers will depend to an uncertain 
extent on how far they have been rifled by birds or insects. 

There is another factor controlling the amount of nectar, the use by the 
plant itself of the secreted material. Prolonged observation has convinced me 
that unless removed by insects or birds, the nectar is soon absorbed by the plant, 
probably going to nourish the growing ovary. This may be the use of the secre- 
tion produced by the extra-floral nectaries noted by Carne (loc. cit.), and perhaps 
was the original purpose of nectar secretion in general. In such case profound 
changes in the structure of the floral organs and of their insect visitors, would 
be gradually brought about through mutual adaptation. The sweet secretion 
would thus form a convenient food supply for the use of the plant, analagous to 
that laid up by many plants in the form of sugar, starch, inulin, ete. The 
method of observation followed by me was. to protect the blossom by tying a 
paper bag over it, using a collar of cotton wool to exclude ants. The disappear- 
ance of the nectar in the course of a day or two, could thus be readily demon- 
strated. 

From time to time | have examined flowers for the sugar contents of the 
nectar and the results may conveniently. be stated here along with those obtained 
by Wilson (loc. cit.) for comparison. 

The method of examination followed was to wash out with water a definite 
number of blossoms to a known volume and determine the copper reducing power 
before and after inversion with hydrochloric acid, the surplus reducing power after 
inversion being calculated to cane sugar. The absence of starch, which would 
yield reducing sugar on treatment with hydrochloric acid, was demonstrated. 


Sugar in flowers. A. S. Wilson. (Chem. News, 38, 1878, 93). 


Milhgrammes. 

Cane sugar. Fruit sugar. Total. 
eenehsia. | per, Tower! .. 357 & lise oe 5.61 1.69 7.30 
2. Claytonia alsinoides.. per flower .. 0.23 0.18 0.41 
3. Everlasting pea. per flower .... .. 1.52 8.33 9.85 
4, Vetch. Vicia cracca. per raceme .. .. 0.01 8} 15) 3.16 
5. Vetch. Vicia cracca. per single flower 0.16 0.16 
Gumpried) clover.) per ead 70.) 1.89 5.95 7.84 
ffeevedvelover perimiloret, 42 3/5 hei. . i 0.03 0.10 0.13 
8. Monkshood. per flower .. .. 1.69 4.63 6.32 


Wilson shows cane sugar in its Veuit sugar equivalence. I have calculated it 
back to cane sugar, so as to permit of comparison with other results. 


Sugar in flowers. T. Steel. 
Mg. per flower. 


———— 
Cane Fruit Total 
Sugar. Sugar. Total. 9% on 
flower 
I. Leonotis leonurus .. .. .. . 23.1.85 4.00 3.90 7.90 5.4 
PA a 5 ASAT, GHG A285 2.90 4.50 7.40 4.8 
3, 53 i ANAS te tee 19.2.85 3.10 3.00 6.10 ALT 
AAMC LUCOGGLUS) sae) eee 9.2.85 120) 7.30 8.50 2.4 
5. Metrosideros tomentosa .. .. 26.1.85 1.60 = — -- 


326 THE NECTAR OF FLOWERS, 


6. Lamberiia formosa .. .. .. MOO 2.10 7.50 9.60 ThE 
% (Grevillea robusta 2... .: . — 0.50 Dally 0.67 0.1 

The last column shows % total sugar on weight of flower. JL. leonurus, a 
South African shrub, cultivated in gardens, Auckland, New Zealand. V. litoralis, 
the N.Z. Puriri, Auckland. M. tomentosa, N.Z. Christmas tree, Auckland. L. 
formosa and G. robusta, Australian plants, near Sydney. The corolla tubes of 
Lambertia are commonly found to be split, evidently by birds. 

It will be seen that my figures are of the same order as those of Wilson. 


It has long been obvious to me that there is a great difference in the con- 
centration of nectar as it occurs in flowers and of honey as stored in the comb 
by bees. The nectar can readily be shaken out of most flowers, which could not 
be done were it as dense as honey. It thus becomes evident that the bee con- 
centrates the nectar by abstraction of water, probably while it is in the honey 
sac. At this time also the bee secretes an enzyme which causes gradual inversion 
of most of the cane sugar present. In order to investigate this matter of inerease 
in density, I have examined a number of nectars. Through the courtesy of the 
Government Botanist and with the assistance of Mr. W. F. Blakely and Mr. E. 
N. Ward, I was enabled to secure flowers from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and 
by the kindness of Dr. Tom Guthrie was able to examine these in the laboratory 
of the Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd. The examination was carried out by 
means of the very fine Abbé refractometers belonging to the laboratory and with 
the help of Dr. Guthrie’s skilled assistants. To all these gentlemen I record my 
gratitude. , 

For an accurate determination of density a few drops of nectar are all that 
is required, and from the refractive index so obtained, the sugar and water can 
be ascertained with a high degree of refinement. Using a slender glass pipette 
it was easy to withdraw sufficient nectar from most blossoms, to permit of 
examination, while with others the nectar could be squeezed or dropped direct 
onto the glass observation wedge of the instrument. The results obtained are de- 
_ tailed below. I have added a column showing the percentage weight of water 
to be removed in order to bring the nectar to the same degree of concentration 
“as honey of 21.54% water. This shows the amount of removal of water effected 
by the bee, and it is seen to be a very considerable proportion of the weight of 
the nectar, ranging from 88.5% in the weakest to 47.8% in the most concen- 
trated nectar examined. 


% Water 
Refractive % % to be 

Date. index. Sugar. Water. removed. 

1. Barringtonia alba .. .. .. 21.12.23 1.3455 oO) QOcOD. | Cad 

2. Quisqualis indica ...... . A AN ASAT (3 MORASS 9h bo mS Old 
3. Eucalyptus alophylla .. .. 21.12.23 1.3505 12.30 87.70 84.3 
FA ms D5 bo) Lee eey Meso) IS). SOLO) 2 
eS i BAN ne Ave 24 1.3484 00) 89200) 8650 
4. Crinum latifoium .. -. .  V3.l:23 1.355ll 15.30 84.70 80-5 
5. Bouvardia triphylla .. .. . 21.12.23 1.3559 15.75 84.25 79.9 
6. Dfetrosideros tomentosa... 21.12.23 1.3568 16.35 83.65) 79-2 
7. Erythrina Christi-galli .. . 21.12.23 1.3636 20.50 79.50 73.9 
5 - fs 44 8 PSUR BORY ae SL W900 © lOO, Woks 
8. Pterospermum acerifolium . 17.11.23 1.3654 21.65 78.35 72.4 
9. Jacobina magnifica .. .. . ae RAE OUMB eG). PAL) Telly | 122 
% ih ee een 28e02. 23) ae 5 1 ZO On aio nOU my mOOR 
VO iGéerbera Langhin) 22) se ee) ale 2223/0 le 366i 22200 ese OO maian0) 


BY T. STEEL. 327 


en Campis grandiflora) 54) 0) tod 23) 13676.) 2259095 77.10) 70.5 

a i ee ee ele 2 HAS aeons ec OUR mir a0n un dele O 

of ef a A OA eles O92 EZ ono U mm wo. 20) KOO il 
12. Stenolobium stans .. a Ae 24 3695) 24500 76.00) 69.4 
GRC VULeEG BAaNKsiG, save.) sere L223) ae 369%. 624.10) 875.90 69.3 
14, Castanospermum australe Avs 24° 13708 24575 75.25 68.5 
15: Juanulloa aurantica .. ..- 11.12.23 1.3862 33.45 66.55 57.4 
MOseAL DONG NULANS 6. 95... |e Ale 24 le AO Ogee 20 D8 80n 4028 


The following are the countries of origin of the plants enumerated :— 

N.S. Wales 14, Queensland 138, W. Australia 3, New Zealand 6, N. America 
11, 12, Brazil 7, 9, Mexico, 5, 15, HE. India 2, 4, 8, 16, Madagascar 10, Molucea 1. 

The figures for samples of nectar from the same plant, taken on different 
vecasions, disclose a very fair uniformity in density, and it seems probable that 
each plant has its critical density, which is maintained by osmotic action between 
the nectary and the surrounding tissues, and any evaporation thus compensated. 

The small amounts of ash, and organie matter other than sugar, present in 
the nectar are insufficient to make any notable difference in the figures. 

In no ease does the concentration of the nectar remotely approach a point 
at which it would be possible for sugar to erystallize out. 

Acting on a suggestion of Mr. Blakely, I have arranged the plants examined, 
in families, in the order of concentration of nectar, with the following results. 


Average 
per cent. sugar 

Family ~ in nectar. 
POA META COAG TERM etal) Mera Se ela erees Nit nt, eles ete be Gl legs Zl )) 
Sallarmnargenel agian ae ae ACIS GED ie phatase WE en TO eae Oa 33.4 5 Very sweet 
ENG ATG MACE D Cem ei mares Mart Menu c nutes Tail semmianse LN i My We ee ina 24.1 
Proteaceae Merrett cewek earn re MIAME ICE Vb; 24.1 
Sioa ome Cece me mmmirs em uh ask tel mnt ikasjuay Aiken ate en AAG LS 23.6 
eo pMMMOSAC a eet Erne tee mile lasek valsia a be 22.2 See: 
PAN OGM CEA Clann Near nay tits een aA) Sys era aCe Meee ure, EUAN Ae 0) 1 22.0 
PORCH CO ACE Rie nba wre tuiekranin lela coe ila a ssinsautan mere aN Catia tales ci) 21.7 
TERTE SH VEGANS LOLS ie VASE ne os ec aeet Og TE LA A 15.8 . 
ANTTMG WE DIG ey GEE entre alee Un PU VE a 15.3 + Medium 
i ACC CMC MR TE Mite iota mer en mada, dace Suan meU ml tl et Ld WIL 6G 1) 2 
Wome iAacerenvemeGn mca met eco a dt aKa Maman a na 5 foe 


Classified in this way the families arrange themselves into four groups which 
I have termed as above. A considerably greater number of observations, embrac- 
ing other families, would be required in order to arrive at a generalization. 

Little has been published regarding the composition of separated nectar, it 
being in most eases difficult or impracticable to get sufficient material for a de- 
tailed analysis. On two occasions Mr. A. G. Hamilton supplied me with flower 
spikes of Doryanthes excelsa collected in the South Coast district of N.S. Wales. 
D. excelsa is a large amaryllid plant, bearing a tall spear-like flower-stem crowned 
with a bulky panicle of red flowers in which abundance of nectar is secreted. 
From these I was able to extract sufficient for analysis. For comparison I have 
inserted an analysis of a sample of pure honey, given to me by the late Mr. 
Albert Gale, apiarist to the N.S. Wales Department of Agriculture, and have 


3528 THE NECTAR OF FLOWERS. 


caleulated the Doryanthes nectars to the same degree of concentration as the 


honey. The granulation of ordinary honey is due to the separation of dextrose in 
crystals. 


Nectar of Doryanthes. 


Natural State Calculated. 
a. b. a. b. Pure Honey 
Date. TO Oe 2 AO Oly sO 2. O Ol ommer segs: 
Caney Suvari eins) os) Nil. Nil. Nil. Nil. Pe 
Dextrose ven Mniennniil: Ana, CS HOS 39.80 41.78 37.80 
Tgevmlose 0 oe i cd 4.10 2.97 36.11 33.74 37.00 
Other Organic Matter . 0.15 0.13 1.32 1.47 0.89 
PASSA Pe eat nb 0.14 0.13 523) 1.47 0.07 
IV icibemee aman escent 91.09 93.09 21.54 21.54 21.54 


100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 ~ 100.00 


Dextrose and levulose together, constitute fruit sugar. The Doryanthes nec- 
tar contained no cane sugar. At equal densities there is a remarkably close re- 
semblance in composition between it and honey. In degree of concentration the 
nectar is a thin one, in this respect being much like that of Barringtonia alba. 
In examining the nectar of Doryanthes it was noticed that the admixed pollen 
grains had sent out extremely long pollen tubes, very interesting under the 
microscope. 


329 


NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA. No. iii. 
By J. R. Manuocu. 
(Communicated by Dr. E. W. Ferguson). 
(Four Text-figures) . 


[Read 30th July, 1924.] 


Because of the paucity of material available at this time, the notes presented 
in this paper are printed merely as a guide to the forms before me, and in the 
hope that they may prove an incentive to the collector and student of Diptera to 
take more interest in this much neglected group. Should the publication of this 
paper result in accessions of sania sufficient to justify such a course, it is my 
intention to present later generic and specific keys for the identification of the 
known Australian forms whenever a fairly representative series has been studied. 

The great majority of the specimens have been sent to me by Dr. Eustace 
W. Ferguson, but a few have been obtained from Dr. C. F. Baker, Los Banos, 
Philippine Islands. 


Family CHLOROPIDAE. 

I have, in another paper, listed the characters for the recognition of this 
family, and described three species of the genus Parahippelates Becker. Since 
the completion of that paper, I have obtained from Dr. Ferguson a series of 
specimens of this genus, amongst which are several that are new. Some of these 
are described herein, and some records are presented of other species, but it is 
highly probable that an intensive effort to obtain material will result in con- 
siderable accessions to the list, as the genus is essentially Australasian, being 
known only from Australia and New Guinea. 


PARAHIPPELATES COSTOMACULATA, I.Sp. 

Male—Head yellow, upper occiput and frontal triangle fuscous, the latter 
shining, face and cheeks almost white, the latter browned below middle of eye; 
third antennal segment brown at. insertiori of arista; arista and its hairs fuscous, 
palpi and proboscis yellow. Thorax and abdomen black, slightly shining, and with 
thin greyish pruinescence. Legs entirely yellow. Wings hyaline, with a large 
black spot on costa from a little beyond apex of first vein to just beyond apex 
of second and extending on dise to third vein. Halteres whitish. 

Frons as in the other species of the genus; face almost flat; cheek about as 
high as width of third antennal segment, and one-fourth as high as eye; vibrissal 
angle with two bristles; aristal hairs about as long as basal diameter of arista. 


330 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, lii., 


Thoracic chaetotaxy as in brunneicosta Malloch. Hind tibial spur about as long 
as tibial diameter. Section of costa in front of apex of second vein as com- 
pared with the one beyond it as 7:5; veins 3 and 4 parallel, last section of 
latter about three times as long as preceding section; outer cross-vein at fully 
twice its own length from apex of fifth. Length, 2 mm. 

Type and paratype, Sydney, N.S.W., 31 Dec., 1922. 


PARAHIPPELATES ALBISETA, N.Sp. 


Male and female—Head pale yellow, darker on occiput and upper half of 
trons; ocellar spot, second antennal segment, and entire proboscis black; third 
antennal segment brownish above; arista brown at base, the remainder and its 
hairs white. Thorax tawny yellow, brownish in places, with whitish pruinescence, 
most distinct on middle of dorsum when seen from behind, the lateral margins 
of mesonotum and some patches on pleurae blackish, a central vitta of brownish 
colour on mesonotum more or less distinct. Abdomen fuscous, apices of the ter- 
gites yellowish; male hypopygium tawny yellow. Legs pitchy brown, trochanters 
and basal three segments of all tarsi yellowish. Wings greyish hyaline, veins 
blackish. Halteres fuscous or dark brown. 

Head much as in brunneicosta Malloch, but the arista differently coloured, 
and the hairs more dense, the longest distinctly longer than its basal diameter; 
the vibrissal angle is slightly produced and the cheek at middle is fully one- 
third of the eye-height. Thorax as in brunneicosta; scutellum flattened on disc, 
with two discal hairs, the basal pair of bristles noticeably shorter than the apical 
pair. Hypopygium of male knob-like. Legs normal. apical spur of hind tibia 
curved, as long as tibial diameter. Last section of fourth vein fully as long as 
preceding section; outer cross-vein at about 1.75 its own length from apex of 
fifth. Length, 3-3.5 mm. 

Type, male, allotype, 4 male and 1 female paratypes, Hidsvold, Queensland. 


PARAHIPPELATES FUSCIPES, n.sp. 


Maie and female—Head yellow, frons brownish, paler in front, triangle 
brown, grey pruinescent; cheeks and face whitish pruinescent, upper occiput 
fuseous, yellowish in middle behind ocelli; antennae yellow, brownish on upper 
side of third segment; arista brown at base, yellowish beyond; palpi yellow; pro- 
boseis black. Thorax black, dorsum shining, brownish-grey pruinescent, with a 
shght olive tinge and more or less distinetly trivittate with fuseous; propleura 
yellowish, the spiracle noticeably so; apex of scutellum slightly darkened. Abdo- 
men rufous-brown, usually with the bases of the tergites darker; hypopygium 
of male tawny yellow. Legs tawny, all femora and usually the hind tibiae broad- 
ly fuscous; apical two tarsal segments fuscous. Wings greyish hyaline, veins 
very conspicuous. Halteres pale yellow. 

Head as in nudiseta Becker, the arista with its longest hairs not as long as 
its basal diameter; cheek nearly two-thirds of the eye-height. Thorax as in 
nudiseta, but the seutellum more convex on dise. Outer cross-vein at about its 
own length, from apex of fifth vein; wing broader than in nudiseta. Length, 4-5 
mm. 

Type, male, allotype, two male and two female paratypes, Sydney; two para- 
types, Milson Is., Hawkesbury River. One female from Sydney has the femora, 
except a small part of the fore pair, yellow. 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 331 


PARAHIPPELATES NUDISETA Becker. 

I quoted the description of this species in the paper already referred to on 
this genus. It agrees very closely with fuscipes, but the legs are entirely yellow, 
with the exception of the apical two tarsal segments, the scutellum is not dark 
at apex, the wings are yellowish hyaline, the outer ecross-vein is at much more 
than its own length from apex of fifth, and the size is less. Length, 3-4 mm. 

Two specimens, National Park, Sydney, 28 October, 1922. Originally des- 
cribed from Botany Bay; type in Hungarian National Museum, Budapest. 


PARAHIPPELATES AEQUALIS Becker. 

Very similar to nudiseta in colour, but the wings are greyish hyaline, the 
cheek is about half as high as the eye, the arista has its longest hairs distinetly 
longer than its basal diameter, and the outer cross-vein is distinctly more than 
its own length from apex of fifth. Length, 3-4 mm. 

One specimen, Sydney, and one Coramba-Dorrigo Rd., N.S.W. 

Originally described from New Guinea; type in same collection as that of 
nudiseta. 


Genus EPHYDROSCINIS novum. 


Generic characters Belongs to the subfamily Oscininae, the costa extending 
to apex of fourth vein, and the hind tibia having a long narrow sensory area at 
middle on its postero-dorsal surface which is covered with microscopic hairs. 
The male may be distinguished from that of any other genus by the peculiar 
geniculated arista (Fig. 1), but in the female the arista is of the usual type in 
this family. In both sexes there are two long bristles on each humeral angle, as 
in Parahippelates, one incurved, the other outwardly directed or sloping back- 
wards; the sternopleura has a weak upper setula and fine pale discal hairs; 
scutellum normal; thorax with about three pairs of dorsocentrals; head as in 
Parahippelates. Legs normal, hind tibia without an apical spur; wings as in 
Parahippelates. 

Genotype, the following species. 


EXPHYDROSCINIS AUSTRALIS, n.sp. 


Male and female——Black, opaque, with dense pale grey pruinescence. Frons 
dark brown, yellow on anterior margin, grey on sides of triangle; face and 
cheeks yellowish, densely whitish pruinescent; antennae fuscous, third segment 
orange-yellow, except on upper margin; arista pale brown; palpi yellow, proboscis 
and inner mouth-margin black. Thorax with the dise largely fuscous, showing 
traces of darker vittae, with the lateral margins yellow-grey pruinescent, and the 
bases of the bristles set in grey pruinose spots; pleura grey; scutellum black on 
dise, grey on margins. Abdomen with the dorsum blackish-brown, hind margins 
of the tergites pale grey, a pair of grey spots on hind margin of first visible ter- 
gite. Legs fuscous, trochanters, apices of femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and 
basal two or three tarsal segments tawny yellow. Wings hyaline, veins black. 
Halteres whitish. 

Vertical, post-ocellar, and ocellar bristles distinet, each orbit with about 
three distinct setulae; interfrontalia setulose; triangle extending almost three- 
fourths of the way to anterior margin; face slightly coneave, vertical; cheek at 
middle about half as high as eye; two bristles on each anterior angle in male, 
one above the other, only one in female; arista of male and female as in Figure 


322 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iil, 


1; eyes bare. Acrostichals very short; scutellum with four bristles. Apical three 
segments of mid tarsi broadened. Second division of costa about 1.25 as long as 
third; first posterior cell very slightly narrowed apically; outer cross-vein at a 
little over its own length from apex of fifth; last section of fourth vein fully 
twice as long as preceding section. Length, 3 mm. 

Type, male, and allotype, Woy Woy, 2 September, 1923 (Mackerras). 


$ 


Fig. 1—Antennae of Hphydroscinis australis. 


Genus CHLOROMERIS Becker. 


This genus belongs to the subfamily Chloropinae, the costa extending only 
to the apex of third vein, and the hind tibiae being simple, without a sensory 
area above. From other genera in the subfamily, it may be readily distinguished 
by the very thick hind femora which are furnished with minute black spines on 
apical half below. 

There are two known species, both from Australia, which may be distinguished 
as below. 

Pleura with five black spots, one on each of the following parts: mesopleura, 
propleura, pteropleura, sternopleura, and hypopleura; upper inner’ 
mouth-margin — black; mesonotum with five shining black  vittae 

. purus Becker. 

Pleura with three blacks spots, those | on | pter opie and propleara: absent; mouth- 
opening entirely yellow; mesonotum with three shining black vittae, the 
lateral joanntmsed janie saci. ..... .. pallidior Becker. 

I have seen only pallidior. One specimen nee North ae March 30, 
1923. This species was originally described from Queensland, the other from 
New South Wales. I now designate purus as the genotype. Types are in the 
Hungarian National Museum. 


Genus CHLOROPSINA Becker. 


Becker erected this genus for the reception of two small species from New 
Guinea. He distinguished it from Chlorops by the unicoloured black thorax and 
scutellum, the head being wider than the thorax, and the short second costal 
division of the wing. The eyes are stated to be very large, covering almost the 
entire side of the head, and the scutellum is convex. In other respects as 
Chlorops. 

I have before me a specimen which runs to this genus in Becker’s key, but 
the eyes do not cover more of the side of the head than is usual in Chlorops, 
the scutellum is flattened above, and the second costal division is a little longer 
than the third. I was inclined to consider the species as referable to Chlorops, 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 333 


but it differs from typical members of that genus in having the vertical and 
ocellar setulae almost indistinguishable, the frontal triangle long and glossy, and 
the prescutellar bristles indistinct. 


CHLOROPSINA NIGROHALTERATA, 1.Sp. 


Female.—Glossy black. Frons anteriorly, face, cheeks, and antennae rufous, 
third antennal segment dark above, arista brown; palpi and upper mouth-margin 
brown. Humeri and pleura anteriorly brownish-red. Legs black, bases of fore 
tibiae and basal two or three segments of all tarsi rufous-yellow. Wings clear. 
Halteres blackish. 

Head very little wider than anterior margin of thorax, frons fully half the 
head width, triangle glossy, not entirely filling vertex, its sides almost straight, 
the apex almost filling width of space between bases of antennae; the latter of 
- average size, third segment round; arista sub-nude; frons protruded beyond eye 

about one-third of the length of latter; face concave in profile; cheek about 
as high as width of third antennal segment. Thoracic dorsum not punctate, with 
rather dense, short, decumbent, fuscous hairs; scutellum flattened on dise and 
haired as dise of thorax, with two short apical bristles. Abdomen broad, rather 
abruptly pointed at apex. Legs normal. First and second sections of costa sub- 
equal, either a little longer than third; fourth vein curved upward beyond outer 
cross-vein, then deflected at apex; third vein ending a little in front of apex 
of wing; inner cross-vein well in front of apex of first vem. Length, 3.25 mm. 
| Type, Milson Id., 20 November, 1914. Distinguished by the black halteres. 


Family EPHYDRIDAE. 
Subfamily CANACEINAE. 

The usual definitions of this family contain a statement, to the effect that 
the costal vein is twice broken, once just beyond the humeral vein, where the 
break is not very obvious, consisting of a weakened part of the vein instead 
of a distinct break, and again in front of the apex of first vein. The anal cell 
is normally absent. In Canaceinae, however, there is no appreciable break or 
weakening of the vein just beyond the humeral vein and the break at apex of 
the first vein is small, while the anal cell is quite distinet.. In some respects, e.g., 
the bristling of the frons, there is a resemblance to the genus Hphydra, and this 
is strengthened by the shape of the head, though in Canaceinae the labrum is 
exposed in an emargination of the lower margin of the mouth, which is not the 
case in EHphydra. In the latter there are distinct spiracles in the tergites some 
distance from their inner margins, while in Canaceinae there are none. 

There are some characters in Canaceinae which are found in Tethinae, but 
probably the group is more appropriately placed in Hphydridae than in Agromy- 
zidae. A definite decision on its true affinities must await a knowledge of the 
immature stages. 

Hendel is responsible for breaking the old genus Canace Haliday into four 
genera which may be identified by means of the following key. 


Key to genera. 


1. Frontal triangle extending to about middle of frons, its apex prolonged 
shghtly; pleura bare; dorsocentral bristles in four pairs. Procanace Hendel. 

Frontal triangle extending to anterior margin of frons .. .. paras 

2. Cheeks and pleura bare; scutellum with two pear Jomsoug ele in four 
POGUES sy Legamiciey Fela) ciate sie) fobamete ees wea pratele ts hae spe ye Oaetocamace tendel. 


334 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iil., 


Cheeks and pleura with setulae or bristles; scutellum with more than two 

bristles . Se Nea META Ca sao Marin eae (Ma [TU UCR Caer Ra cD eR aS 

3. Mesonotum with four pairs of dorsocentral bristles, the anterior pair in front 

Ol) Sumube Neel ie icy.) Ve) ene ene ei en ere nC arace malalidays 
Mesonotum with two pairs of dorsocentrals, both behind suture. 

. Xanthocanace Hendel. 


Genus XANTHOCANACE Hendel. 


In this genus there are, so far as I can discover from the literature, only 
three species, ranula Loew, orientalis Hendel, and magna Hendel, the first being 
the genotype. 

I have before me a male specimen which does not agree very well in wing 
characters with the generic diagnosis given by Hendel, but I consider it better to 
stress a point in relegating it to this genus, rather than to add another genus 
to a group already more than sufficiently subdivided. The difference in wing 
venation lies in the almost straight fourth vein on its apical two sections, whereas 
Hendel states that in his three included species, the “Vierte Langsader jenseits 
der hintern Querader mehr oder weniger stark aufgebogen.”’ 


XANTHOCANACE NIGRIFRONS, n.Sp. 


Male.—Black, densely pale grey pruinescent, more white on the head, the 
frontal triangle almost glossy black; dorsum of thorax brown on dise; scutellum 


2. 3. 
Figs. 2, 3.—Xanthocanace nigrtfrons. 2. Head from side; 3. Head from above. 


faintly so; abdomen with a faint brownish tinge basally on dorsum. Antennae 
and arista black, apex of proboscis and the entire palpi yellow. All hairs and 
bristles yellowish. Wings hyaline, veins brown, yellow at bases. Legs yellow, 
coxae and femora, except apices, greyish fuscous. Halteres lemon-yellow. 

Head in profile as in Figure 2, dorsum as in Figure 3; arista bare. Dorsum 
of thorax with four series of intradorsocentral hairs; propleural bristle absent; no 
strong bristles, only hairs, on meso- and sternopleura; dise of scutellum with 
numerous long hairs which are about as long as the four fine marginal bristles. 
Abdomen tapered apically, genital segment rufous below. Legs slender, fore 
femur without strong ventral bristles; tarsi slightly widened apically. Inner 
eross-vein a little before middle of discal cell; last section of fourth vein parallel 

with third, slightly arcuate; outer cross-vein at nearly its own length from apex 
of fifth vei. Length, 2.5 mm. 
Type, Woy Woy, 2 September, 1923 (Mackerras). 
Subfamily EPHYDRINAE. 
Genus BracHypruTRA Loew. 


This genus is distinguished from its allies by the short second wing-vein which 
connects with the costa about as far from apex of first vein as the latter is from 


BY J. R. MALLOOH. 335 


the humeral vein, the third costal section nearly three times as long as second; 
fourth vein evanescent beyond the outer cross-vein; costa ending at apex of third 
vein and almost exactly in wing tip. Frons with a pair of bristles in front of 
ocelli that are as long as the ocellar pair; arista long’ haired above; genal bristle 
absent; sides of face with a few setulae or hairs, centre with a blunt carina; 
mesopleura and sternopleura with some fine hairs or setulae; mid tibia without 
median bristles. The abdominal spiracles are situated on the tergites some dis- 
tance from their lateral margins. 

There are two species already known, one, argentata Walker, occurring in 
North America and Northern Africa, and the other, longipes Hendel, in Formosa. 
BRACHYDEUTRA SYDNEYENSIS, n.Sp. 

Male and female.—Black, densely silvery grey pruinescent below and on sides, 
largely opaque brown above. Antennae black; facial keel brown; palpi yellow; 
hairs on sides of face white. Thoracic dorsum with five dark-brown vittae an- 
teriorly, the median one replaced by a paler stripe behind suture; dise of seutellum 
brown, greyish at base in middle; upper margin of pleura brownish. Anterior 
and posterior margins of abdominal tergites and a central line dark brown on a 
greyish ground. Legs tawny yellow, femora usually darker in middle, apices of 
tibiae and of tarsi dark brown. Wings hyaline. Halteres yellow. 

Facial keel not sharper than in argentata; arista with about 12 rays. Last 
section of fourth vein very little longer than preceding section. Length, 3.5 
mm. 

Type, male, and one male paratype, Collaroy; allotype and 4 paratypes, 
Belaringar. 

In addition to the foregoing, I have before me species belonging to the 
genera Paralimna Loew and Notiphila Fallen, but await the accession of more 
material before writing up the species. 


Family AGROMYZIDAE. 


The members of this family are distinguished by the presence of the anal 
eell of the wing, the rudimentary mediastinal vein, which is either fused with 
first some distance from its apex or indistinct on apieal third. The great 
majority of the genera have distinct vibrissae, the post-vertical bristles divergent 
‘er parallel, no distinct pre-apical tibial bristle, either the mesopleura or sterno- 
pleura or both with distinct bristles, and the thorax with at least one distinct 
pair of pre-scutellar dorsocentral bristles. Many species in the genus Agromyza 
have a pair of posterior setulae on mid tibia. 

I have representatives of four subfamilies of this group from Australia. 


Subfamily MILICHIINAE. 
All the genera of this subfamily have the frons with two series of fine hairs 
~ or setulae on the interfrontalia, and the postvertical bristles not divergent. 
I give below a key to the three genera which I have from Australia. 


Key to genera. 
1. An angular incision at middle of hind margin of eye; wing with a very deep 
Incision at apex of first vein .. ........ .. .. Milichiella Giglio-Tos. 
Eye entire on hind margin, not incised; costa broken but not deeply incised 
at apex of first vein .. at Tueleepheen) eee a Sy area 


336 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iil., 


2. Pteropleura bare; interfrontalia with the series of hairs on differentiated 
stripes which are usually more or less pruinescent .. Desmometopa Loew. 
Pteropleura with some setulose hairs; interfrontalia with the setulose stripes 
not differentiated from rest of surface .. .. .. Hypaspistomyia Hendel. 


(Prodesmometopa Hendel) 


Genus MiLicHiELLA Giglio-Tos. 
MILICHIELLA LACTEIPENNIS Loew. 

A glossy-black species with whitish wings and entirely black legs. Very 
widely distributed, occurring in Java, North, Central, and South America, Hawaii, 
Canary Islands, New Guinea and Australia. 

Four specimens, Hidsvold, Queensland. 


Genus Desmomertora Loew. 
DESMOMETOPA CILIATA Hendel. 


This species was described from Sydney by Hendel. I have one specimen 
that agrees with his description very closely, and three that. appear to be in- 
separable from m-nigrum Meigen. I suspect that the Australian specimens may 
really be the latter, as the only structural character separating ciliata from that 
species consists of the longer hairs proximad of the apex of first vein in ciliata, 
and in only one of my specimens is this noticeable, the others having the hairs 
short as in North American specimens of m-nigrum. 

Locality, Sydney. I have another species of the genus from South Australia, 
but defer naming it. 

Genus Hypaspistomy1a Hendel. 

This genus is represented in the material before me by one species, which 
J believe is undescribed. The genotype occurs in Arabia, one species occurs in 
EKurope and North America, one in North America, and one in the East Indies. 


HYPASPISTOMYIA ALBIPENNIS, D.sp. 

Male.—Black. Frons opaque, triangle and upper half of orbits glossy, an- 
terior half of orbits silvery white; cheeks silvery; palpi and proboscis. fuscous. 
Mesonotum with thin white pruinescence on sides, shining over all, dorsum of 
seuteilum slightly bronzy. Abdomen subopaque fuscous, apical two segments and 
sides glossy black. Legs black, mid and hind metatarsi yellowish at bases. 
Wings and knobs of halteres white. 

Post-vertical bristles convergent; upper two pairs of orbitals outwardly 
directed, anterior two pairs incurved; orbits linear; ocellar bristles short; an- 
tennae small, arista not longer than anterior width of frons; cheek at highest 
point over one-third of eye-height; proboscis slender, geniculated; palpi dilated. 
Thorax with one long and one very short pair of pre-scutellar dorsocentrals; 
basal seutellar bristles short. Hind tibia very much broadened. Wings as in 
latipes Meigen. Length, 1.5 mm. 

Type and one paratype, Belaringar, 9 September, 1923. 


Subfamily TETHINAE. 
Thoracic chaetotaxy and wing venation similar to Agromyzinae. The frons, 
however, has the orbital bristles directed outward over eye, and though there is a 
small pair of divergent bristles behind the ocelli, what appear to be the true 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 337 


postvertical bristles are convergent or subparallel and rather widely placed, either 
on the extreme hind margin of frons or slightly below it. 

The other subfamilies have the anterior orbital bristles, when present, in- 
curved or erect, never curved over eye. 

There are several genera of the subfamily, but so far I have seen only 
one specimen from Australia. It does not agree with the description of any 
species known to me so I describe it as new. 


TETHINA NIGRISETA, n.Sp. 


_ Male.—Head yellow, cheeks whitish pruinescent, occiput grey except on lower 
margin. Thorax black, densely grey pruinescent. Abdomen lIuteous, first tergite 
greyish in middle, the other broadly grey basally. Legs yellow, apical tarsal seg- 
ment fuscous. Wings hyaline. Halteres whitish yellow. 

Hach orbit with four bristles; interfrontalia with two or three cruciate pairs; 
post-ocellar bristles pronounced; cheek at highest point about one-fourth of the 
eye height; arista yellow, microscopically pubescent, not much longer than an- 
tennae; eye a little higher than long; frontal bristles black, those on cheeks 


Fig. 4.—Fergusonina merocera. Head from the side and in front. 


yellow. Thorax with four series of setulae between the four pairs of strong 
dorsocentrals; basal pair of scutellar bristles about half as long as apical pair; 
all thoracic hairs and bris‘les black. Abdominal hairs black. Strong bristles and 
hairs on legs black, the fine hairs yellow. Inner cross-vein very little proximad 
of middle of discal cell, the section of fourth vein between the cross-veins sub- 
equal in length to apical section of fifth, and a little less than half as long as 
apical section of fourth. Length, 1.75 mm. 
Type, Woolgoolga, N.S.W., 27 January, 1923. 


Subfamily AGROMYZINAE. 
I have a number of representatives of the Agromyzinae from Australia, but 
it is very probable that many more will be forthcoming, so I defer dealing with 
those belonging to Agromyza and Phytomyza until later. 


Genus FERGUSONINA, novum. 

Generic characters—Antennae inserted close to lower margin of eye in pro- 
file; head as in Figure 4, the antennae small and in distinct pits. Thorax as in 
Agromyza, the mesopleura and sternopleura bristled. Female with a chitinous 
tube-like ovipositor. Fore femur with rather long postero-ventral bristles. Cos- 
tal vein ending a little beyond apex of second vein, third vein distinct, ending in 


358 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, Ii. 


apex of wing, fourth and fifth veins less distinet on apical portions than third, 
outer cross-vein evanescent or absent. 
Genotype, the following species. 


FERGUSONINA MICROCERA, n.sp. 


Female—Yellow, narrow rings surrounding ocelli, and the arista black. 
Dorsum of basal four visible abdominal tergites fuscous, ovipositor glossy black. 
Wines hyaline. 

Ocellar and post-vertical bristles equal; each orbit with one bristle; arista 
subnude; mouth-parts small. Mesonotum with two pairs of dorsocentrals and 
one pair of acrostichals on hind margin; scutellum with four bristles, basal pair 
short. Legs strong, tarsi stout. Inner cross-vein below apex of first vein and 
nearly two-thirds from base of discal cell, last section of fourth vein over four 
times as long as preceding section. Length, 1.5 mm. 

Type, North Harbour, 30 March, 1923. 

Named in honour of Dr. EK. W. Ferguson. 


Family ASTEIIDAE. 


Related to Drosophilidae, as a subfamily of which it is sometimes placed. 
Frons without forwardly-directed orbital bristles, the vibrissae short or almost 
invisible, costal vein weakened, but not broken, at apex of first vein, first pos- 
terior cell of wing distinctly narrowed at apex. 

There is one specimen before me which appears to be undescribed. 


Genus Le1iomyza Macquart. 

This genus differs from its allies in having the outer ecross-vein of wing pre- 
sent, the second vein not abnormally shortened, the second costal division being 
two or three times as long as first, and the arista bare or pubescent. There are 
the following bristles on the thorax: dorsocentrals, 1 pair; scutellars, 1 strong 
pair; notopleurals, 1. I can detect no sternopleural bristle on this species, 
though other species have one. 


LEIOMYZA NITIDULA, n.sp. 


Female.—Frons glossy brown, ocellar triangle black; face, cheeks, and an- 
tennae brown, upper half of third antennal segment and the lower margin of 
cheek blackish; oceiput black; palpi yellow. Thorax and abdomen glossy black. 
Legs yellow, basal half of all femora black, apical segment of all tarsi brown. 
Wings hyaline, veins brown. UHalteres pale yellow. 

Frontal triangle extending three-fourths of the way to anterior margin; 
orbits with two or three short hairs, but no distinct bristle; ocellar and post- 
vertical bristles microscopic; face coneave in profile, the parafacial invisible 
from side. Thoracic dorsum with short sparse black hairs, the dorsocentral 
bristles well in front of posterior margin; a fine hair in front of each scutellar 
bristle. Abdominal hairs very sparse and short. Legs slender. Second costal 
division fully three times as long as first and about 1.5 as long as third; imner 
eross-vein a little before middle of discal cell and below apex of first vein. 
Length, 2 mm. 

Type, Sydney 15 July, 1923. 


339 


AN AUSTRALIAN CARYOPHYLLAEID CESTODE. 
By Prorsssor T. Harvey Jounsron, University of Adelaide. 
(Seventeen Text-figures). 

[Read 27th August, 1924] 


On several occasions Dr. T. L. and Dr. M. J. Bancroft collected a number 
of smali cestodes from the duodenum of a widely distributed Australian Siluroid, 
the common freshwater jewfish or catfish, Tandanus tandanus Mitchell, caugut 
in the Burnett River near Hidsvold, Queensland. These parasites have provid to 
be the first Caryophyllaeid cestodes recorded as occurring beyond Europe, Asia 
and North America, and the first members of the family collected from fish other 
than Cyprinoids. If the genus Caryophyllaeus be used in a wide sense, then 
the name, C. bancrofti, n.sp., may be used to designate the new species, but as 
will be shown below, the worm possesses marked charac-ers which, in the writer’s 
opinion, justify the erection of a new genus to receive it. 

The length of preserved specimens measured in formalin, varied from 1.1 
to 4.7 mm.; breadth .4 to1.1 mm. The largest were 4.7 by .8 mm.; 4.6 x 1.0; 
4.7 by .9 mm.; and the smallest 1.1 by .4 mm. Worms which were immature, 
but which possessed complete though small genital organs and vitellaria, measured 
1.15 by .45 mm. A few eggs were detected in specimens as small as 2.5 mm. 
in length, so that considerable growth mus? occur after sexual maturity has been 
reached. The dimensions of the parasites depend to some extent on the degree 
of contraction of the highly muscular body and scolex. The worms are elliptical 
in eross-section, the transverse diameter being about twice the dorsoventral, 
though in the posterior region, in the vicinity of the ovary and cirrus sac, the 
body is rather more rounded in section, the dorsoventral diameter then being 
about two-thirds of the transverse. 

The body surface of preserved material is traversed by many more or less 
transverse folds or grooves owing to the contraction of the longi udinal muscu- 
lature. There may also be a more or less prominent lengitudinal groove exten d- 
ing backwardly from the scolex-for a varying distance, bu! it is not a constant 
feature. 

. The seolex is generally markedly broader than the succeeding neck region, 
and is usually a little wider than the broadest part of the body, which is in ‘he 
posterior half. No definite sucking grooves, like those of Archigetes or Glaridacris, 
occur, nor is the organ leaf-like as in Caryophyllacus. The an’erior part is 2 
short rounded cone and is succeeded (in preserved specimens) by a prominent 
“fill,” constituting the widest region of the scolex. The latter at the “frill” 


340 AN AUSTRALIAN CARYOPHYLLAEID CESTODE, 


Figs. 1-8. Balanotaenia banerofti, n.gen. et. sp. 
1. Lateral view of adult with extruded cirrus. 2. Ventral view of adult. 3. 


Smallest specimen observed, 1.1mm. by .4mm. (in formalin). 4, 5. End views of 
scolices (in formalin). 6. General view (dorsal); stained preparation, somewhat 
compressed. 7. Transverse section of anterior part of scolex in region of brain. 
8. Transverse section in region of “frill”; note deeply folded surface. 

Figs. 1 to 5 have been drawn to the scale indicated beside Fig. 1. 

Figs. 7 and 8 drawn to scale beside Vig. 8. 

All figures have been drawn with the aid of a camera lucida. 


References to Lettering:—vr., brain; c.s., cirrus sac; cu., cuticle; e., egg; 
e.v., excretory vessel; ex.v., excretory vesicle; f., “frill”; g.a., genital atrium; 
g.u., glandular uterus; U.m-., longitudinal muscles; m., muscles; »., nerve; od., 
oviduct; o.7., ovarian isthmus; ov., ovary; r.s., receptaculum seminis; s.c., sub- 
cuticula; s.g., shell gland; t., testis; t.m., transverse muscle fibres; w., uterus; w.a., 
uterine opening into genital atrium; w.c., uterine cavity; u.d., uterine duct; v., 
vagina; v.d., vas deferens or vesicula seminalis; vit., vitelline follicle; vwif.d.. 


vitelline duct. 


BY T, HARVEY JOHNSTON. 341 


may vary in size as the following measurements of large parasites show :—.7 mm. 
across by .5 mm. in thickness; 1.1 by .75; .85 by .85 mm. .In life this part 
is probably highly mobile, but in the material examined it appeared as a thick 
muscular projecting fold exhibiting an undulating edge, the depressions or grooves 
between the rounded. edges being sometimes comparatively deep and extending 
anteriorly as well as posteriorly into the neck. These ridges are variable in 
number, though in most specimens examined about ten were present. This ex- 
panded portion is abundantly supplied with muscle fibres inserted into it. The 
scolex narrows somewhat posteriorly, but a distinct neck region is hardly recog- 
nisable since the most anterior vitelline follicles lie very close behind the “frill.” 

The position of the sex openings seems to vary with the degree of con- 
traction of the parasite, but is always near the posterior end. The genital atrium, 
into which the vagina and uterus open, is a more or less narrow transversely 
elongate slit, commonly crescentic, situated ventrally in the vicinity of the ovarian 
isthmus. The male aperture is included within the atrium when the cirrus is at 
rest. In a worm 4.5 mm. long the atrium was situated at .5 mm. from the 
posterior end, i.e., at one-ninth the body length; in another (4 mm. long) at 
one-seventh; in another (2.7 mm. long) at one-eighth; in another (2.4 mm. long) 
at one-seventh; and in another (3 mm. long) at one-twelfth the total body length 
from the posterior extremity. 

The smooth cuticle, 4 to 7 » thick, is sueceeded by a definite basement mem- 
brane. The subcuticula occupies a wide zone and consists of rather closely ar- 
ranged narrow elongate cells with prominent muclei situated at different levels. 
There is a ring of delicate longitudinal muscle fibres just below the basement 
membrane. Caleareous corpuscles are absent. 

The main longitudinal series of muscle fibres is almost central, forming a 
well-defined zone inwardly from the testes and vitellaria, but in the posterior 
recion of the worm the system is feebly developed. ‘The central portion of the 
zone is occupied hy parenchyma traversed by comparatively few transverse fibres 
and by very few :.orsc.entral fibres. There is no tendency for the longitudinal 
fibres to become «¢gregated into bundles, except in the anterior part of the 
scolex, where such are very small and numerous. Passing outwardly from the 
main musculature, there are seen in sections abundant fibres. traversing the re- 
gion between the testes and between the vitellaria to reach the subcuticula. In 
the posterior part of the scolex, the longitudinal muscles occupy a very consider- 
able region of the parenchyma, forming a wide elliptieal zone within which are 
transverse fibres. The arrangement of the longitudinal musculature is thus 
characteristic in that it occupies a well-defined region between the dorsal and 
ventral testes, instead of the position usually met with, outwardly from the | 
vitelline region. 

The nervous system is generally ill-defined. The main longitudinal nerve 
lies in the parenchyma near the inner ends of the laterally placed vitellaria. In 
the region of the ovary it is dorsolateral to the corresponding ovarian lobe. In 
the anterior part of the scolex there is a bilobed (perhaps ring-like) mass of 
nervous tissue, from which fibres radiate into the cortex. The second ring com- 
missure in the scolex and the commissure in the vieinity of the exeretory vesicle, 
deseribed as occurring in some Caryophyllaeids, were not observed. 

The exeretory system comprises about eight chef longitudinal canals lying 
within the testicular and vitelline zones, but outwardly from the ovary, uterus 
and cirrus sac. Two laterals on each side are the largest. Numerous connecting 


342 AN AUSTRALIAN CARYOPHYLLAEID CESTODE, 


vessels having a sinuous course are to be seen exteriorly from the longitudinal 
musculature. The canals apparently form four trunks which terminate in the 
rather large excretory vesicle lined by cuticle and extending inwards from the 
extremity of the worm for from .07 to .1 mm. The outer portion is more or 
less tubular, while the part into which the canals empty, is expanded, measuring 
from .05 to .075 mm. in diameter. The vesicle may extend anteriorly to lie be- 
low the most posteriorly directed loop of the uterus. 

The testes are very numerous, .10 to .07 mm. by .04 to .07 mm. in size, 
lying in the parenchyma at a deeper level than the vitellaria. Five or six are 
commonly seen both dorsally and ventrally in each trans-section of the body, but 
they do not extend laterally beyond the main longitudinal nerves, though vitelline 
follicles are abundant in ‘that zone, as well as above and below the testes. The 
present species thus differs from most of the described Caryophyllaeids in that 
the median zone 1s not free, or comparatively free, from vitellaria. They do not 
extend as far posteriorly as the latter, though they may reach the vicinity of the 
cirrus sac, where they may be seen laterally to it as well as to the uterus; nor 
do they extend quite so far anteriorly, though both testes and vitellaria occur 
very close behind the broadened portion of the scolex. The testes stain less deep- 
ly than the vitelline follicles, and each appears as an elliptical organ with a 
narrow lining of sperm mother e¢ells, while in the cavity there may be seen litle 
rounded masses of developing sperms. 

In mature specimens a large coiled vesicula seminalis is to be seen lying 
in the middle of the medulla and bounded by the longitudinal musculature im- 
mediately anteriorly to the cirrus sac. Its diameter may reach .04 mm. The 
cirrus sac, which measures about .3 by .23 mm. in a fully retracted condition, 
occupies a large part of the medulla and is surrounded by the vitellaria, while 
laterally to its proximal part there may be testes. The organ is overlain dis- 
tally by the uterus. The wall of the sae contains a comparatively small amount 
of muscle fibres, as also does the wall of the contained male duct. Fibres 
traverse the loose parenchyma of the organ. Within the sac, the duct is thrown 
into a number of coils which are very wide in the middle and proximal thirds 
of the organ, narrowing in the distal third, this portion being the eversible cirrus. 
The latter was quite smooth. The male opening, as already stated, may open 
into the anterior part of the genital atrium, but when the cirrus is more or less 
everted, the female portion of the atrium comes to open immediately behind its 
base. 

In several specimens the cirrus was seen more or less extended and directed 
ventro-posteriorly. An everted organ projected .55 mm. from the ventral surface 
of a worm measuring 4.75 mm. in length, the width in its basal half being .2 
mm., at the tip .05 mm. The organ was obviously not completely protruded, its 
full length being probably .67 mm., about one-seventh as long as the parasite. 
The basal portion enclosed the cirrus sae with its contained swollen and coiled 
vesicula, while in the narrower tapering distal half (evidently the true cirrus) 
the duct was smaller and merely sinuous. 

In another instance where the cirrus was partly protruded posteroventrally 
(.44 mm. long) the barrel-shaped base measured .35 mm. in width, and con- 
tained the wide coiled male duct. The genital atrium was displaced posteriorly 
so as to lie well behind the ovarian isthmus, while the cirrus sac occupied prac- 
tically all the region ventrally between the ovarian lobes. 

The most anterior vitelline follicles lie almost immediately behind the widest 


BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON. 


Figs. 9-12. Balanotaenia bancrofti, n.gen. et sp. 
9. Posterior end, showing anatomy, viewed ventrally and slightly obliquely: 
shell gland, vitelline duct, oviduct and also the testes and vitellaria in the vicinity 


of uterus and cirrus sac are omitted. 10. Lateral views of posterior region, ex- 
amined in clove oil; showing partly extruded c’rrus; outline of ovary and position 
of commencement of oviduct indicated by broken lines: position of shell gland 
marked by dots surround’ng a shaded area: the thick walls and sinuous lumen 
of the uterus are indicated. Most of the vitellaria have been omitted. 11. Pos- 
terior end of a specimen examined in clove oil: cirrus and sac almost fully ex- 
tended. Lateral view. 12. Extruded c’rrus and sac of specimen figured in Fig. 


11—drawn to same scale as Fig. 10. 
(For lettering see page 340). 


344 AN AUSTRALIAN CARYOPHYLLAEID CESTODE, 


part of the scolex, whereas in other described species of Caryophyllaeus, as well 
as Glaridaeris, there is a considerable interval behind the scolex free from them. 
They are very numerous, measure .02 to .035 by .035 to .09 by .04 to .08 mm., 
and are not restricted to the lateral parts of the parasite, but are also distributed 
along the median regions ventrally and dorsally. They extend as far back as the 
anterior part of the ovary, which they may overlie and underlie. They are found 
above and below, as well as laterally to, parts of the retracted cirrus sac, and 
also above the preovarian portion of the uterus. The species is characterised by 
the entire absence of follicles in the postovarian region of the body, thus differ- 
ing in this respect from every other described species belonging to the Caryo- 
phyllaeidae. 

Vitellaria at first sight resemble the testes, but usually become more deeply 
stained. They are, however, readily distinguishable from them, since the con- 
stituent cells lying in the middle of the mature follicle are large and contain 
abundant small deeply-staining rounded granules, more or less peripherally 
situated, while surrounding the nucleus is a comparatively wide clear zone. The 
peripheral cells are smaller, and the contents less obviously granular, though the 
cytoplasm stains more deeply than in the large cells which represent subsequent 
stages in the development of these yolk cells. 

The vitelline ducts were not traceable in front of the ovary, but immediately 
behind the isthmus they form a fairly wide tubular common yolk duct or re- 
servoir, lying somewhat transversely between the isthmus and the vagina, and 
immediately below and in front of the shell gland which it penetrates somewhat 
ventrally and on the left side. In one instance the reservoir measured .1 by 
.04 mm., but is generally much shorter. It joins the ootype within the shell 
gland. 

The ovary lies in the vicinity of the genital openings, whereas in all other 
described members of the family it is situated at varying distances between the 
atrium and the posterior end of the worm. The opening of the atrium in C. ban- 
crofti generally lies immediately in front of the isthmus and between the anterior 
ovarian lobes, while the atrium itself (the vaginal portion of it) passes below the 
ovary and at times the openings of the uterus and vagina into the atrium may 
be below the isthmus. The ovary is compact, each lobe being rounded or slightly 
lobulate and rather narrow, measuring .14 to .4 mm. in length. The general ap- 
pearance is like that in C. tuba. The isthmus is approximately tubular, arched 
slightly, with the concavity directed dorsally and somewhat anteriorly, and lying 
in the middle of the worm between the atrium or vagina and the uterus. Above 
it, or just in front of it, is the receptaculum seminis, while the shell gland is 
dorsoposterior. An extremely short oviduct arises from it posteriorly and travels - 
slightly dorsally towards the right to become joined by the vagina. This ootype 
still proceeds posterodorsally, becoming narrow, thin-walled, and surrounded by the 
cells of the shell gland, and is then joined by the vitelline duct. The ootype is 
now a narrow uterine duct which travels to the right and posteriorly, becoming 
thrown into a series of loops lying between the shell gland and the larger suc- 
ceeding part of the uterus. The shell gland is rounded and comparatively large, 
measuring about .1 by .1 mm. with a dorsoventral diameter of .07 mm. 

The greater part of the uterus hes behind the isthmus, and most of-this por- 
tion, together with part of the preovarian region, is characterised by the presence 
of very thick walls composed chiefly of large cells with readily staining cytoplasm. 
It has been suggested that these are probably glandular. The thickness of the 


BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON. 345 


Figs. 13-17. Balanotaenia bancrofti, n.gen. et sp. 
13. Transverse section of mid-region—ventral surface towards right. 


15. Part of section, behind Fig. 14, showing 
16. 


17. Section behind 16, drawn to larger scale, showing open- 


ing of genital atrium, also shell gland complex. 
Figs. 14, 15 and 16 drawn to scale indicated beside Fig. 15. 


14. Sec- 


tion across uterus and cirrus sac. 
relation of sex ducts, also junction of vagina and uterus with genital atrium. 


Section behind 15. 


346 AN AUSTRALIAN CARYOPHYLLAEID CESTODE, 


wall is often equal to that of the lumen in this region of the organ. Within this 
thickened tissue the caviity may be thrown into a series of gentle undulations. The 
uterine duct proceeds posteroventrally to become the “glandular uterus,” which, 
in the vicinity of the excreiory vesicle, forms a large loop and then traveis for- 
ward as a spacious tube dorsally to the shell gland, vagina, ovary and recepta- 
culum seminis. Sometimes this portion lies rather to one side, especially when it 
contains a few eggs. The tube now becomes thin-walled and widened, assuming 
@ sinuous course and extending forward above the distal portions of the cirrus 
sac. When the cirrus is extruded the u-erus may extend considerably in front of 
and above the entire sac and above portion of the swollen vas deferens or vesicula. 
It eventualiy narrows, bends downwardly and posteriorly between its own ascend- 
ing limb and the cirrus sac. Is terminal portion is a narrow thin-walled duct, 
little wider than the breadth of a ripe egg, and ending in the genital atrium 
which it enters to the left of the vaginal aperture. The uterus thus has a position 
in the animal quite different from that described as cecurring in any other 
member of the family, and this is correlated with the posterior location of the 
genital apertures, so that the whole organ has become pushed posteriorly, ap- 
parently at the expense of the pos‘ovarian vitelline follicles which, as already 
mentioned, are not represented in this species. The course of the vagina has also 
become greatiy modified for the same reason. The openings of the uterus and 
vagina into the atrium are both on the left of the median line, the junction oc- 
curring in the medulla below the level of the isthmus but above the levels of the 
distal portions of the cirrus sac, and, as already mentioned, the junction may 
occur in front of or even behind the isthmus. 

The walls of the atrium are thick and lined by cuticle, there being no marked 
change as it becomes the vagina, while the same kind of tissue surrounds the male 
aperture as well. The atrium resembles thai described for C. laticeps. 

The vagina travels backwardly, more or less in line with the genital atrium, 
and lies on the left of the midline, below the level of the ovarian isthmus, turning 
upwards just in front of the latter, and curving over it near the left lobe. It 
then becomes thrown into wide loops between the shell gland and the uterus, 
crossing to the right and then travelling forwards above the isthmus, in the 
vieini'y of which it is sharply bent to enter the rather large receptaculum seminis. 
The duct is a well-defined tube with relatively thick walls and chitinous lning. 
The receptaculum is a more or less elliptical organ lying adjacent to the right 
ovarian lobe and partly or wholly in front of the isthmus and above its level, but 
below the uterus. It measures .17 by .07 mm., with a maximum diameter of 
about .08 mm. From its outer end, i.e., on the right side, there passes inwards 
the narrowed short vagina which joins with the oviduct and soon enters the shell 
gland. Practically the whele of the course of the vagina is thus behind the 
ovarian isthmus. In other known Caryophyllaeidae most of its course lies in 
front of that organ and the tube is not thrown into a pronounced transverse 
course, but has a longitudinal sinuous one. The presence of a receptaculum has 
been reported as oceurring in only one species of Caryophyllaeus, C. laticeps. 

Kees are oval to elliptical, measuring .03 to .042 by .025 to .03 mm. The 
operculate shell is moderately ‘hick and abundantly stippled, probably owing to the 
presence of a great number of minute processes on its surface. The larval stages 
are prohably passed theouch in *reshwat 

The family Caryophyllaeidae at present contains three genera, Caryophyllaeus, 
Archigetes and Glaridacris. Four valid species of the first are recognised, all of 


LAW oleaehantas 


BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON. 347 


them occurring as parasites of Cyprinidae; C. laticeps Pall. (syn. mutabilis Rud.) 
from many genera of Cyprinoid fish in Central Europe; C. tuba Wag. from a 
Huropean Tinca; C. fennicus Schn. from Leuciscus from Northern Europe; and 
C. syrdarjensis Skrjabin from a carp, Schizothorax intermedius Gnthr. from 
Central Asia. 

The two species of Archigetes, A. appendiculatus Ratzel and A. brachyurus 
Mrazek, are both from Central Huropean freshwater oligochaetes. In America 
the only known member of the family is Glaridacris catostomi Cooper of which 
Caryophyllaeus larvei Lamont from the same host species, Catostomus commersoni 
Lep. (also a Cyprinoid) is evidently a synonym. Its locality is Michigan, U.S.A. 

The Australian representative which occurs in a Siluroid belonging to the 
Plotosidae, differs in its anatomy more widely from Caryophyllaeus than does 
Glaridacris, so that it seems advisable to separate C. bancrofti generically as the 
type of a fourth genus within the family. The characters of the latter as defined 
by Luhe and by Cooper require amendment in order to receive the new species, 
since the presence of a postovarian group of vitelline follicles is not universal in 
the group. 


BALANOTAENIA, n.g. (Text-figs. 1-17). 


The new genus, for which the name Balanotaenia is proposed, may be charac- 
terised as follows:—Caryophyllaeidae; small parasites with anterior end modified 
to form a scolex devoid of suckers but surrounded by a powerful muscular frill- 
like expansion thrown into a series of short folds when at rest; genital openings 
in the vicinity of the ovarian isthmus; vagina largely transverse and mainly post- 
ovarian in position; uterus largely postovarian; postovarian vitelline follicles ab- 
sent. Type B. bancrofti, n.sp. from Tandanus tandanus Mitchell, Burnett River, 
Queensland. The type has been deposited in the Australian Museum, Sydney, 
and paratypes have been donated to the Adelaide Museum. 


References. 
Cooprr, A. R.—Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., 39 (1.), 1920, 5-24. 
Lamont, M. K.—Occas. Papers Zool. Univ. Michigan, No. 93, Jan., 1921, 4 pp. 
LuHE, M.—Parasitische Plattwurmer, IJ, Cestodes. Die Susswasserfauna Deut- 
schlands. Heft 15, 1910. 
Monticenui, F. §.—Atti R. Accad. Set. fis. mat. Napoli (2), 5 (6), 1892. 
WiLL, T.—Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., 56, 1893, 1-39. 


Addendum (1/9/1924). The writer has just had access to an excellent paper 
by Woodland (Q.J.M.S., 67, 1923, 435-472) deseribing new Caryophyllaeids from 
the Nile (Sudan) and containing a revision of the families of Cestodaria. He 
has redefined the genus Caryophyllaeus, using it in a very broad sense, including 
Glaridacris within it. As defined by him, it would also include Balanotaenia as 
a synonym. It is considered advisable, however, to retain the latter generic name 
for such species as are devoid of postovarian vitellaria and have a transverse 
disposition of the vagina. Into this genus would probably fall the immature 
Caryophyllaeid briefly described (but not named) from a Siluroid, Auchenoglanis. 
His C. filiformis from Mormyrus also lacks the posterior group of vitellaria and 
may perhaps also be included. He has erected a new genus Wenyonia to receive 
three new species occurring in the Nile Siluroids, Synodontis and Chrysichthys. 


348 


NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA. No. iv. 


By J. R. Mauwocu. 
(Communicated by Dr. E. W. Ferguson.) 


(Five Text-figures). 
[Read 27th August, 1924.] 


Family DROSOPHILIDAE. 


Since the completion of the manuscript of my paper in which I dealt with 
this family (These Proe., xlvii., 1923, 611) and before its appearance in print 
there appeared another paper, by Dr. O. Duda (Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar., 20, 
1923, 24), * dealing with Oriental and Australian Drosophilidae represented in the 
collection of the Hungarian National Museum. In this paper there are three 
species described from Australia, Paradrosophila interrupta, Drosophila biradiata, 
and D. australica. The first-named genus is not known to me, the second species 
appears to be a Scaptomyza, and the third is close to inornata Malloch, but has 
darker antennae and palpi. 

In connection with the above-mentioned paper, it may be pertinent to indicate 
that, in the opinion of many students, there is too great a tendency on the part of 
some continental European specialists to split into a multitude of poorly differen- 
tiated genera larger groups which have very close structural and biological af- 
finities. This rapid erection of new nomenclatorial units based upon minor struc- 
tural characters that are appreciable only by the ultra-specialist tends to bring the 
whole systematic fabric into disrepute. I believe that it is only by the use of 
characters that one can swear by that the study of entomology, or any other 
branch of zoology, can enlist the number and the class of students that are essen- 
tial to the development of a classification that will stand the test of time and 
biological co-ordination. The splitting and resplitting of generic concepts, unless 
on outstanding structural or fundamentally distinct biological characteristics, shows 
frequently neither good science nor good sense, and appears to me to warrant the 
statement, so often made, that a genus is merely a matter of opinion, whereas it 
ought to be just as much a matter susceptible to proof as the specific concept. 

Most frequently the worker who indulges in these nomenclatorial calisthenics 
is one who confines his systematic work to one order, suborder, or even to one 
family, and the narrower the scope of the work, the more indulgence in generic 
and subgeneric differentiations there is, as a rule. It appears probable that the 
worker who confines his efforts to a certain group, or to a few small groups, in 
his enthusiasm for differentiation, forgets the relations of that zoological unit to 


* This paper is in the Society’s library —Ed. 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. : 349 


] 


the whole. If all the others were judged by the same criteria, and the system 
carried to its logical conclusion, it would ultimately result in the erection of a 
genus for each species and the consequent elimination of relationship indices, 
which the present generic concepts really are. 

In presenting the descriptions of new species in this paper, I do not give an 
extended key to the genera already so treated by me but in all cases I append 
‘data which may be used by anyone to locate the species in their proper places in 
the keys. Later on it may be possible to present a complete key to the species. 

Types will in every case be returned to Dr. Ferguson, so that future students 
may have them available for reference when such is essential. 


Genus GITONIDES Knab. 


This genus is distinguished from all of those in my previously published key 
to genera of Australian Drosophilidae by the almost bare arista, all the others 
having long hairs both above and below. There is a vein separating the discal 
and second basal cells as in Amiota, the face has a low central ridge, there are 
rather long orbitals on each side which are about equally spaced, the anterior one 
proclinate, the other two reclinate, there are two sternopleurals, both near upper 
margin, and the prescutellar pair of acrostichals is well developed. 


GITONIDES PERSPICAX Knab. 


This is the only species, and it superficially resembles Drosophila repleta 
Wollaston, being marked on dorsum of head and thorax in similar manner. There 
is a distinct longitudinal band across middle of eye even in dead specimens, the 
pleura have two or three dark linear vittae, the apex of first vein is not blackened, 
and the legs are entirely yellow. Length, 3-4 mm. 

One female, Sydney. Known from Hawaii and India. Larvae feed amongst 
mealy aphids, but there is no definite record of their feeding upon them. 


Genus LEUCcOPHENGA Mik. 


Dr. E. W. Ferguson has drawn my attention to the omission of Drosophila 
albofasciata Macquart from my previous paper on this family. This species is 
evidently a Leucophenga and, though described from New South Wales, it is still 
unknown to me except from Macquart’s brief description, a copy of which I give 
below to facilitate its identification, if possible. 


LEUCOPHENGA ALBOFASCIATA (Macquart). 


Drosophila albo fasciata Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. iv., Part 2, 1851, 277. 

“Thorace testaceo. Abdomine fusco fascia alba. Capite rufis. | Pedibus 
flavis.” 

“Long. 11. b?. Palpes jaunes. Face fauve, & duvet blanc. Front fauve. 
Antennes jaunes: style 4 longs poils. Thorax testacé. Abdomen d’un brun 
noiratre; base testacée; troisiéme segment & bande de duvet blane au bord pos- 
térieur. Pieds jaunes. Ailes claires, 4 base un peu jaunatre.” 

New South Wales. 

The description does not fit any of the species in my previous key, nor does 
it agree with one now before me, which I received from Dr. Ferguson after my 
paper had gone to press. This last species I describe herein. Leucophenga leuco- 
zona Duda is closely related to Macquart’s species, if not the same as it. 


350 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iv., 


LEUCOPHENGA CONJUNCTA, n.sp. 


Male.—Tawny yellow, pleura, apex of scutellum, and the legs paler. Scutellum 
with a large black spot on each side at base. First sbdominal tergite yellow; 
second blackish-brown, the anterior margin narrowly yellow, the posterior margin 
with a silvery white line; third tergite blackish-brown, with a yellow mark in centre 
of anterior margin and the same margin in type narrowly silvery white; fourth 
tergite blackish-brown, with four large yellowish spots, two on dise and the other 
two between these and the lateral margins; fifth tergite coloured as fourth, but 
with a large central yellow spot only. Wings hyaline. Halteres yellow, with a 
large blackish spot on outer side. 

Frons about one-fifth of the head width; ocellar bristles long, the anterior 
_ two close together; palpi slightly dilated; cheek linear. Thorax normal; pre- 
seutellar acrostichals large. Legs normal. Veins 3 and 4 subparallel apically; 
second vein approaching costa gradually to apex. Length, 3 mm. 

Type and one paratype, reared from mushroom, 3.4.1912, no locality given on 
label. 

This species belongs to the same group as scutellata and poeciliventris des- 
cribed in my previous paper, but the second (first visible) tergite is bipunctate 
in the former and tripunctate in the latter, instead of having a broad complete 
blackish band. There are also some other differences in the markings-of the 
abdomen which distinguish them. 


Genus DrosopHita Meigen. 


The key to the species of this genus, which I previously published, may be 
elaborated as noted below to include the additional species. Preliminary captions 
may be added before Caption 1 as follows: 


A. Wings with conspicuous fuscous markings in addition to that over the 
CHOSSAVEMIS ele renal aereu Meu beri Mau col mee nce aneyn icy Nulaa nie dar cine Hic a anne ome at AAW 

Wings without distinct dark markings, at most slightly suffused with dark 
colour and rarely with the outer cross-vein clouded .. .. .. .. .. IL. 

AA. Wing with a large brownish or fuscous spot at apex of second vein, the 
dark cloud at tip consisting of a brownish suffusion along the apices of 

third and fourth veins, more or less coalescent in first posterior cell; 
mesonotum dark brown, with three linear yellow vittae, the median one 

not reaching anterior margin; scutellum yellow in centre, dark brown on 

sides of dise; pleura whitish-yellow, contrasting sharply with the dark 

brown mesonotum .. .. .. .. .. ..).. .. «+ «+ .. mycetophaga, usp. 

Wing without a dark spot at apex of second vein, the dark cloud at tip 
consisting of a broad curved brown patch which extends from middle of 

third section of costa to just over third vein, and over dise of wing to 

beyond fourth vein, but leaves a hyaline spot in apex of first posterior 

cell; mesonotum brown, with two poorly defined paler vittae which are 

carried over the lateral margins of scutellum, the centre of latter brown; 

pleura not noticeably paler than mesonotum .. .. .. .. polypori, nsp. 


Except in the matter of possessing two pairs of dorsocentral bristles, these 
two species might well be referred to the genus Mycodrosophila. In fact, there 
is a reduction in the size of the anterior pair of bristles in some specimens 
which rather suggests to me that the discovery of more species may yet obliterate 
this line of distinction and cause a fusion of the two genera under Drosophila. 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 351 


DROSOPHILA MYCETOPHAGA, n.sp. 


Male and female.—F rons and face brown, paler on sides and in centre, mouth 
margin and clypeus blackish, cheeks whitish-yellow; antennae yellow, third seg- 
ment brown; palpi yellow. Thorax as described in diagnosis, upper anterior 
angle of propleura, and metanotum brown. Abdomen dark brown on dorsum, a 
yellow spot in centre of anterior margin of second tergite, one on each side of 
dise of fifth, and the lateral margins of all yellow. Legs pale yellow. In addi- 
tion to the wing markings mentioned in the diagnosis both the cross-veins and 
the apex of first vein are clouded. 

Eyes haired; proclinate and upper reclinate bristle long, the anterior reclinate 
one minute. Whgnen: with at least six series of intradorsocentral setulae; pre- 
seutellar acrostichals absent; scutellum slightly flattened on disc, as long as wide, 
with four equal marginal bristles. Second vein curved forward to costa apically; 
last section of fourth vein about 1.5 as long as preceding section; second section 
of costa about twice as long as third. Length, 2.5-3 mm. 


Type, male, and allotype, Ourimbah, N.S.W., November, 1911, on Polyporus 
fungus. 


DROSOPHILA POLYPORI, n.sp. 


Female.—In addition to the distinctions between the two species listed in 
the diagnosis the following are noted: Margin of mouth and clypeus yellow like 
the remainder of face; scutellum shorter and more convex; dorsum of abdomen 
with two pairs of large yellow spots, one on the fourth and one on the fifth 
tergite, the lateral margins of tergites not yellow; second vein of wing ap- 
proaching costa much more gradually. Halteres yellow in both species. Length, 
2.5-3 mm. 

Type and two paratypes, same data as preceding species. 


DROSOPHILA SETIFEMUR, N.sp. 


Female.—Shining yellowish-brown. Frons brownish-orange, orbits and ocellar 
triangle darker and slightly shining; third antennal segment brownish. Thorax 
not vittate. Abdomen glossy, brownish, paler basally, becoming black apically. 
Legs obscure yellow. Wings slightly greyish. Halteres yellow. 

Lower reclinate bristle small; facial carina sharp and high, not broadened 
nor flattened below, extending nearly to lower margin of face; cheek linear; eyes 
hairy; vibrissae duplicated. About eight series of intradorsocentral setulae pre- 
sent; one long and two short sternopleurals. Fore femur with rather closely 
placed fine setulae beginning a little before middle and extending to apex on 
posteroventral surface, only the apical setula bristle-like, but not as long as 
diameter of femur, the anteroventral surface with a similar series of more closely 
placed and more regular setulae. Inner eross-vein at not less than two-fifths 
from base of discal cell; third section of costa fully one-third as long as second; 
outer eross-vein fully 1.5 its own length from apex of fifth vem. Length, 2.5 
mm. 

Type and three female paratypes, Sydney. 


This species runs to Caption 1 in my key already published, but differs from 
immigrans, the only other species with fore femoral setulae, as follows: 


352 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iv., 


Fore femur with short closely placed fine setulae on more than the apical half 
of posteroventral surface, the longest one, at apex, not longer than the 
femoral diameter; third section ae costa not less than one-third as long 
as second ; facial carina narrow .. . . .. setifemur, n.sp. 


Fore femur with four or five widely spaced bristles < on the entire length of 
posteroventral surface, the longest one, at middle, as long as or “longer 
than femoral diameter; third section of costa about Goeitannth as long 
as second; facial carina much broadened below .. immigrans Sturtevant. 


The new species averages smaller in size and is paler in colour than 
ammigrans. 


DROSOPHILA NIGROVITTATA, n.Sp. 


Male.—F rons, when seen from behind, with a broad deep black stripe he- 
tween the triangle and the narrow pale orbit on each side, the central portion, 
ineluding ocellar region, grey pruinescent; face tawny yellow, with the antennal 
foveae darker, and a blackish mark in middle below earina, the vibrissal angles 
and lower part of cheeks greyish; antennae black, apex of second segment 
yellowish. Thoracic dorsum black, with four pale grey vittae, with the appear- 
ance of having five black vittae; scutellum in type too much damaged to make 
cut clearly how it is marked, but apparently black, with the tip and lateral 
areas greyish. Abdomen black, markings not evident in type. Legs black, each 
tibia with a yellow ring at base and another beyond middle; tarsi brownish- 
yellow. Wings hyaline, with a rather distinct black mark on costa at apex of 
auxiliary vein. Halteres brownish-yellow. 

Upper reclinate bristle long, lower one minute, in line with reclinate one; 
facial carina high, broadly rounded, extending to lower third of face, ceasing 
abruptly; eyes short-haired; cheek over one-third of the eye height; vibrissa 
single. ‘Acrostichal setulae in about four series, confined to the black central 
vitta; anterior pair of dorsocentral bristles very close to suture. Bristles on 
posteroventral surface of fore femur confined to apical half, long. Incision at 
apex of auxiliary vein quite deep, the costa at this point with two long fine 
setulae; second costal division but little longer than third; second vein running 
obliquely into costa; last section of fourth vein about 2.5 as long as preceding 
section, the latter subequal to last section of fifth vein. Length, 1.5 mm. 

Type, Sydney, 28 August, 1921. 

This species is apparently referable to the genus Spuriostyloptera Duda, 
but I do not consider that genus is entitled to separation from Drosophila. The 
deep incision at apex of the auxiliary vein and the attendant black spot are 
tc some extent present in Drosophila repleta and its allies, and this species Duda 
still retains in Drosophila. 

In my key to the Australian species, nigrovittata will run to buscki, having 
five vittae, but these are broad and black instead of slender and brown. The 
annulate tibiae and differently coloured frons will readily separate the species 
so far as colour is concerned. Structurally they differ in buscki having no facial 
carina, and, though the latter also has a very evident notch at apex of the 
auxiliary vein, there is no black mark present, and the venation is different. 


DROSOPHILA ALBOSTRIATA, n.Sp. 


Female.—Black, slightly shining. Sides of face and frontal orbits white, 
second antennal segment yellowish, third missing. Thorax with two narrow 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 353 


white pruinescent dorsal vittae which extend from anterior margin over entire 
length and on to lateral basal angles of seutellum; humeri yellowish; lateral 
margins of the mesonotum greyish; pleura brown; tip of scutellum whitish 
pruinescent. Abdomen more shining than the thorax, basal tergite yellowish, 
second usually yellow in middle anteriorly, the others with a narrow pale hind 
margin and a yellow spot on each side anteriorly, the latter visible only when 
abdomen is distended. Legs pitchy, knees, apices of tibiae, and the tarsi paler. 
Wings hyaline. Halteres yellow. 

Lower reclinate bristle and the postvertical bristles minute; eyes hairy; facial 
carina broad, rounded, quite prominent; third antennal segment and arista miss- 
ing in all specimens before me; cheeks narrow. Humerals two; sternopleurals 

‘two; six series of intradorsocentrals present, only four of them between the 
vittae, the other two almost in line with the dorsocentrals, the median two series 
longer than usual; prescutellar acrostichals small; basal pair of scutellars dis- 
tinetly shorter than apical pair. Legs normal. Inner eross-vein a little beyond 
middle of discal cell and apex of first vein; outer cross-vein about 1.5 its own 
length from apex of fifth; last section of fourth vein about three times as long 
as preceding section; section of costa beyond apex of second vein nearly half as 
long as the one in front of it; second vein approaching costa gradually. Length, 
2 mm. 

Type and eight paratypes, apparently all females, Eidsvold, Queensland. 
Type and two paratypes mounted on same pin. 

It is possible, but improbable, that the antennae will furnish characters that 
will justify the removal of this species from Drosophila, but there are no other 
characters evident to me which suggest that the species is not properly placed 
in this genus. 

The conspicuous white dorsal lines extending from mouth margin over dorsum 
of head and thorax to base of scutellum readily distinguish this species from any 
in my previously published key. Paradrosophila interrupta Duda has the thorax 
marked as in this species, allowing for the oily condition of his type specimen, 
but is otherwise different. 


DROSOPHILA FUSCITHORAX, N.sp. 


Female.—Fuscous, thorax subopaque, with very slight greyish pruinescence; 
abdomen more shining, also slightly grey pruinescent. Frons brown, darker 
posteriorly, orbits, ocellar region, face, and cheeks greyish pruinescent; antennae 
_ brown, third segment black; palpi yellow. Thorax not vittate. Abdomen in 
type without obvious markings. Legs dirty yellow, bases of coxae darker. Wings 
slightly greyish. Halteres brownish-yellow. 

Eyes with extremely short hairs, only visible against reflected light with a 
high power lens; facial carina obsolete even between bases of antennae; para- 
facial invisible from side; cheek linear; no outstanding bristle below vibrissa; 
lower reclinate orbital bristle minute, in line with proclinate one; arista with 
3+ 2 rays. Thorax with two humerals, eight series of intradorsocentral setulae, 
a short but distinct pair of prescutellar acrostichals, and three sternopleurals, 
the lower one longest; basal pair of scutellar bristles a little shorter than apical 
pair. Legs normal. Last section of fifth vein distinctly longer than penultimate 
section of fourth, and about three times as long as outer cross-vein; last section 
of fourth vein fully three times as long as penultimate; section of costa before 


304 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iv., 


apex of second vein a little less than three times as long as the one beyond it. 
Length, 2.75 mm. 

Type, Sydney, 13 September, 1923. 

This species will run in my key to the first section of Caption 5, but is 
readily distinguished from imornata by its much darker colour, and different 
venation. 


DROSOPHILA FLAVOHIRTA, n.sp. 


Female-——Tawny yellow. Orbits and ocellar region slightly shining; face 
paler than frons. Thorax shining, rarely with traces of four darker, reddish 
vittae. Abdomen unicoloured. Legs concolorous with body. Wings hyaline. 
Halteres yellow. All hairs and bristles luteous. 

Hiyes hairy; lower reclinate bristle small; facial carina sharp only at upper 
extremity, becoming gradually broader below and very much. flattened, sloping 
off imperceptibly into mouth margin; cheek narrow; one short bristle below 
viorissa; palpi rather broad. Thorax with eight series of intradorsocentral setu- 
lae; the prescutellar pair of acrostichals not differentiated; scutellars subequal; 
sternopleurals two; humerals two. Inner cross-vein at middle of discal cell and 
distinctly beyond apex of first vein; second section of costa about 2.5 as long 
as third; outer cross-vein about twice its own length from apex of fifth vein, 
the last section of latter a little shorter than penultimate section of fourth; veins 
3 and 4 a little convergent at apices. Legs normal. Length 1.5-2 mm. 

Type and ten paratypes, December, 1923, collected on flowers, Como, N.S.W. 
(H. Petersen). 

This species will run to Caption 5 in my key, but may be distinguished 
from any subsequent species by the entirely yellowish hairs, the hairs and bristles 
on all the others being largely or entirely black or fuscous. 

Its most closely related allies are to be found in the ampelophila group. 
In my last paper I recorded this last species as melanogaster Meigen. Duda, 
who has apparently examined Meigen’s type, states that the species are distinct, 
so that the name ampelophila will stand for the Australian species. 


Family CHLOROPIDAE. 


Since the completion of my last paper dealing with some genera of this 
family, I have received some additional material from Dr. E. W. Ferguson, 
and from Dr. C. F. Baker. This material contains some undescribed species, 
some of which are dealt with herein. 


Genus GAauRAx Loew. 


Becker considers that Batrachomyia Skuse is a synonym of this genus. I 
have not seen the genotype of the former, but I believe Becker has stretched the 
definition of the genus beyond reasonable limits to accommodate this view. 
Gaurax is a very poorly differentiated genus, being distinguished from Oscinis 
Auct., and Siphonella only by the distinctly short-haired arista. To this character 
Becker has added, in his paper on the Australian Chloropidae, another, the shape 
of the third antennal segment, which is not borne out by the genotype. This 
variation in the definition of a genus in different faunal regions is not per- 
missible, the only criteria being the characters possessed by the genotype. Based 
upon the latter dictum, we have a genus which is, as already s‘ated, distinguished 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 355 


from Oscinis only by the more distinctly haired arista, that of the latter being 
at most pubescent, while in Gauraz it is short haired. That this character is 
not a reliable one is clearly shown by the fact, that Loew placed one or more 
species in Oscinis, which later Becker removed to Gauraz. 

The genus Siphonella is yet more closely related to Oscinis, though the geno- 
type appears to be abundantly distinguished by its long geniculated proboscis 
and angulated vibrissal angle. The degree of elongation and geniculation, as 
well as the chitinization of the proboscis, is quite variable within this particular 
group and it is extremely difficult to place some of the species, or individuals 
of some species, in one or the other genus. This will be evident when it is ex- 
plained that Becker described one North American species in Siphonella and 
Oscinella (Oscinis), under different specific names. 

Possibly the three genera ought to be associated under one generic name. 
This paper is, however, not the proper place to consider this matter so I leave 
it for future consideration, possibly by another worker. 


GAURAX ATRISETA, D.SD. 


Female.—Head ferruginous, upper half of occiput and frontal triangle shin- 
ing black; antennae yellow; arista black and black haired. Thorax ferruginous, 
dorsum with three slender blackish lines which are connected at anterior and 
posterior extremities, the lateral lines less distinct than the central one in type; 
base of scutellum blackened; centre of postnotum broadly black, shining. Abdo- 
men shining black, basal segment yellowish. Legs tawny yellow. Wings slightly 
brownish, veins black. Halteres yellow. Cephalic and thoracic hairs black, 
those on legs paler. 

Frons distinctly wider than either eye, and about as long as its greatest 
width, the hairs quite long, almost bristle-like and not very numerous; triangle 
extending four-fifths of the distance to anterior margin of frons, the ocellar and 
postvertical bristles cruciate; longest hairs on arista about twice as long as its 
basal diameter; eyes hairy; cheek almost linear. Mesonotum with the hairs sub- 
erect and moderately long; scutellum subtriangular, with four marginal bristles 
and some erect discal hairs. Legs normal, rather longer haired than usual. Last 
section of fifth vein over three times as long as outer cross-vein and a little 
longer than penultimate section of fourth. Length, 3 mm. 

Type, Sydney, 31 December, 1923. 

Of the yellow species from Australasia, which Becker puts in this genus, 
the new one comes closest to quadrilineatus Skuse and mnigritarsis Skuse. The 
former has the arista bare, and the latter has the antennae and some paris of 
the legs black. He lists no other species from Australia though there are some 
from New Guinea. 


Genus CAVICEPS, nov. 


Generic characters.—Frons without a differentiated triangle extending be- 
yond ocellar region; postvertical bristles distinct, slightly incurved; face deeply 
concave, with two rounded antennal pits separated by a slight ridge, most con- 
spicuous above; mouth margin slightly produced (Fig. 1); palpi long, slender, 
slightly curved; one short vibrissal setula present. Thorax with four bristles on 


hind margin in front of scutellum, the latter slightly longer than usual, flattened A _ 


356 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iV., 


above and with numerous short stiff setulae, except on median line. In other 
respects similar to Oscinis. 
Genotype, the following species. 


CAVICEPS FLAVIPES, 0.Sp. (dived aly) 


Female——Head whitish-yellow, upper occiput and ocellar region grey; an- 
tennae and palpi yellow; clypeus blackish. Thorax opaque black, densely pale 
grey pruinescent, with three poorly defined dark dorsal vittae; scutellum yellow- 
ish apically. Abdomen pale tawny yellow, with a darker dorsocentral vitta which 
tapers apically, the apices of tergites whitish, and their bases darkened laterally. 
Legs yellow, mid tibia with a faint brown spot at middle. Wings hyaline. Calyp- 
trae yellow. All hairs and bristles yellowish. 

Frons a little wider than one eye, about one-third longer than wide, covered 
with short hairs, except on a median line posteriorly; eyes densely haired, dis- 
tinetly higher than long; parafacial almost linear; cheek about as high as third 
antennal segment, the latter rounded; arista sub-nude. Dorsum of thorax rather 
densely covered with short stiff sub-decumbent hairs; scutellum with two apical 
bristles. Legs rather stout, normal, hind tibial sensory area pale. Inner cross- 
vein about middle of discal cell and well proximad of apex of first vein; outer 
eross-vein nearly twice its own length from inner; last section of fifth vein about 
twice as long as penultimate section of fourth ma two-thirds as long as last 
section of that vein; section of costa beyond apex of second vein about one-third 
as long as preceding section. Length, 2.25 mm. 

Type, Sydney 19 February, 1924. 

This species appears to find its closest ally in Oscinella (Oscimis auct.) 
defecta Becker, described from Java, but that species has the face shining black 
in the antennal foveae, and the hind femora and tibiae indistinetly browned in 
middle. I consider defecta belongs io this genus. 


Genus TricimBa Lioy. 


This genus is similar to Caviceps in some respects, but differs in having 
the frontal triangle distinct, the thorax with three deeply impressed lines of 
punctures, the prescutellar acrostichals lacking, and the postseutellum minute in- 
stead of well developed. Notonaulax Becker is a synonym. 


TRICIMBA CARINATA, n.sp. 


Female.—Head blackish-grey, anterior margin of frons, face, antennae, 
cheeks, and palpi yellowish. Thorax black, densely grey pruinescent, shining 
only where it is rubbed. Abdomen black, shining, lightly grey pruinescent. Legs 
yellow, all femora and the hind tibiae broadly fuscous at middle. Wings hyaline. 
Halteres yellow. 

Frons nearly one-half of head width, slightly protuberant in profile; face 
concave, with a short blunt carina in middle, which does not extend to mouth; 
vibrissal angle slight; cheek about two-thirds as high as third antennal segment; 
arista pubescent; eyes hairy. Thorax with pale microscopic hairs, the central 
furrow single, the lateral pair broadened posteriorly; scutellum flat above, with 
numerous depressed pale setulae on dise, and four short apical setulae. Third 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 357 


section of costa nearly one-half as long as second; inner cross-vein almost below 
apex of first. Length, 1.5 mm. 

Type, Como, N.S.W., December, 1923, on flowers (H. Petersen). 

Tricimba marina Becker, from Formosa, has the frons not wider than either 
eye and the halteres black-brown; 7. fascipes Becker, also from Formosa, has the 
thoracic dorsum and lower part of pleura shining black, with the dise of the 
former opaque brown. The face in the new species is more distinctly carinate 
than in the genotype, cincta Meigen, from Europe and North America; and 


i 1 Ape 

if if { 
iit H 
A if 


(4) 
‘Kh 


Fig. 1. Head of Caviceps flavipes from the side. 

Fig. 2. Head of Thyridula atroapicata from the side. 
Fig. 3. Scutellum of Thyridula atroapicata from above. 

Fig. 4. Head of Deltastoma unipunctata from the side. 

Fig. 5. Outline of anterior margin of head of Deltastoma unipunctata from below. 


spinigera Malloch, from North America, has the seutellum armed with setigerous 
tubercles and the face almost without a carina. The South American species, 
palpalis Becker, has the legs entirely yellow, and similis Enderlein, from the 
same region, has the abdomen brown with the basal two segments yellow. 


358 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, iV., 


Genus THyriputa Becker. 


This genus was erected for the reception of a species from-New Guinea. It 
is close to Rhodesiella Adams (Meroscinis de Meijere), described from Africa, 
and well distributed over the Orient. It is distinguished from it by the hairy 
eyes, very small, poorly defined frontal triangle, and produced vibrissal angles 
(Fig. 2). The elongated scutellum with its setigerous tubercles distinguishes 
these genera from others already dealt with by me in this series of papers. 
They belong to the subfamily Oscininae. 


THYRIDULA ATROAPICATA, n.sp. (Figs. 2, 3). 


Male ?.—Head tawny yellow, frons a little brownish, ocellar region and upper 
half of occiput, except a postvertical triangle, black; antennae and palpi yellow. 
Thorax yellow, with three broad black vittae and a lateral postsutural spot on 
dorsum; sternopleura, mesopleura, pteropleura, and hypopleura each with a large 
shining black mark; scutellum paler than mesonotum, black at apex. Abdomen 
tawny yellow, infuscated on sides of each tergite. Legs tawny yellow, hind tibia 
browned at middle anteriorly. Wings clear. Halteres yellow. 

Frons subquadrate, a little wider than either eye, with rather abundant 
short pale hairs, ocellar and postvertical bristles erect, minute, convergent; profile 
as in Figure 2; arista nearly bare. Mesonotum granulose, depressed on pale 
areas, the hairs short, numerous, decumbent and pale; scutellum as in Figure 3, 
the setulae along sides black, the hairs pale; mesopleura with microscopic pale 
pile. Abdomen short and broad. Legs stout, hind tibia stouter than mid. Inner 
cross-vein much proximad of apex of first vein; outer cross-vein oblique; veins 
3 and 4 not convergent apically. Length, 3 mm. 

Type, Bowral, February, 23. 

The only other species, breviventris Becker, has the thorax black instead of 
yellow in ground colour, and differs in some other respects. 


Genus SIPHUNCULINA Rondani. 


This genus is distinguished from its allies by the very short second vein 
of the wing, the second costal division being about as long as first and not over 
half as long as third. In other respects the genus is similar to Oscinis auct. 


SIPHUNCULINA BREVISETA, n.sp. 


Female——Shining black, without grey pruinescence. Antennae brownish- 
yellow, third segment darker on upper and apical margins; palpi and legs 
brownish-yellow, coxae, femora, except extreme apices, and a median annulus on 
hind tibiae black, fore and mid tibiae sometimes faintly darker at middle. Wings 
hyaline. Knobs of halteres brownish-yellow, darker apically. 

Frons microscopically longitudinally strigose laterad of the triangle, and with 
some very short stiff setulae inserted in punctures, most distinct along sides of 
the triangle, a pair of short stout bristles on vertex behind oeelli and another at 
anterior ocellus; antennae normal in size, but sunk in cavities on each side of a 
broad median elevation which occupies at upper margin fully one-third of the 
space between eyes, becomes narrower at middle of face, where the upper half 
is differentiated from the lower by a shght depression of the latter; arista bare; 
labrum elevated in middle; cheek narrow. Disc of mesonotum and of scutellum 


BY J. R. MALLOCH. 359 


microscopically shagreened and with rather closely placed slight elevations which 
are surmounted by short decumbent hairs; notopleural bristles very short and 
stout, 1:1; margin of scutellum with about 8 very short stout setulae or thorns, 
which are situated on slightly elevated bases; mesopleura rugose posteriorly and 
with a few short hairs on hind margin. Abdomen microscopically shagreened. 
Legs normal. First and second sections of costa subequal in length. Length, 2 
mom. 

Type and 8 paratypes, Como, N.S.W., on flowers (H. Petersen). 

The facial carina is more distinct than in the genotype, and the very short 
marginal setulae on the scutellum distinguish it from almost all species of the 
genus, only one having these similar, but it has the frons largely opaque. 


Genus DELTASTOMA, nov. 


Generic characters.—Similar to Siphonella, but the face with a conspicuous 
carina on lower half and a groove on either side in which the antennae lie, the 
anterior mouth margin not transverse, but produced V-shaped (Figs. 4 and 5). 
Eyes hairy; arista pubescent; vibrissae undeveloped; orbital hairs weak; noto- 
pleurals 1+ 3; dorsocentrals confined to one prescutellar pair, with a number of 
setulae between them transversely; scutellum normal. Legs and wing venation 
normal. 

Genotype, the following species. 


DELTASTOMA UNIPUNOTATA, n.sp. (Figs. 4, 5). 


Female——Tawny yellow, ocellar spot, arista, and a spot between apices of 
second and third wing-veins black; abdomen browned on dorsum apieally. 

Head as in Figures 4 and 5. Dorsum of thorax with rather dense short 
black setulose hairs; scutellum with two long and some shorter bristles, the dise 
with some short hairs. Legs stout. Third vein of wing a little concave below 
the black spot, fourth ending almost in wing tip, a little deflected apically; inner 
eross-vein almost below middle of first costal division and distinctly before middle 
of discal cell; outer cross-vein over three times its own length from apex of 
fifth vein; second section of costa about 2.5 as long as third. Length, 3 mm. 

Type, Sydney, N.S.W., 2.11.23. 

The peculiar shape of the mouth opening when viewed from below dis- 
tinguishes this genus from any in either the Oscininae, to which it belongs, or the 
Chloropinae. 


360 


A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHIROMYZINI 
(STRATIOMYIIDAR. DIPTERA). 


By G. H. Harpy. 
(Seventeen Text-figures). 
[Read 30th July, 1924.] 


Introductory Note. (Written January, 1924) —When this paper was nearly 
completed, Dr. E. W. Ferguson received for publication from Professor M. 
Bezzi, a criticism of Enderlein’s genera and species. In view of the early 
publication of my larger paper dealing with the same subject, Professor Bezzi 
has since decided to withdraw his contribution. Nevertheless he had expressed 
views and made eritical remarks which forestall some opinions and synonymy 
here recorded, and, as I have been guided in more than one point by opinions 
expressed in the manuscript, I publish the following extracts :— 

Referring to Enderlein’s system of using wing venation, a variable character, 
in dividing the group into subfamilies and tribes, Professor Bezzi rightly points 
out that different specimens of “the same species may be enclosed in different 
subfamilies and tribes.” 

In view of the possibility of separating the Australian from the South 
American species of Chiromyza, he suggests “the generic name Archimyza may 
thus be used for the Australian species of Chiromyza if they are not congeneric 
with the American ones.’ 

Dealing with Enderlein’s tribe Xylophagini he says, “But in this same tribe 
Dr. Enderlein has erected a new genus Psegmoptera for some subapterous females 
from Australia distinguished in two species, aurifrons the type species and 
machiliformis. From the description it is evident that this genus is the same as 
Boreoides Hardy, the type species aurifrons being equal to the type species 
subulatus.” 

“Tt is not clear why Dr. Enderlein has placed his genus Psegmoptera with 
the Xylophagini, in as much as the winged males, unknown to him, have a two 
branched media and thus belong to his tribe Metoponiini.” 


My first paper revising the Tribe Chiromyzini (These Proc., 1920) dealt 
chiefly with the synonymy of the genera of the world. At that ‘time, unknown 
to me, Dr. Gunther Enderlein and Professor M. Bezzi were also engaged upon 
revisional studies in this tribe. Dr. Bezzi received my paper before the publica- 
tion of his and he has disagreed with some of my suggestions regarding the 
synonymy of certain genera. The most important matter which Dr. Bezzi would 
amend regarding the Australian material is the utilisation of the name Chiromyza 


BY G. H. HARDY. 361 


for Australian species, and he considered all the Australian forms other than 
those of Metoponia might have to be placed under the genus Boreoides (see intro- 
ductory note above for a modification of this view). 

Enderlein, on the other hand, has placed every species known to him, in- 
cluding Metoponia, numbering five in all, in different genera, and, moreover, he 
does not recognise their position in the tribe Chiromyzini, but distributes the five 
species among three other tribes. The material studied by Enderlein, consisting 
of one or two specimens in each ease, was too small for him to have realised 
the great variation in venation that is found in a series of most species,—a 
variation that is maintained in those he described as new, according to the more 
abundant material before me. The structures he used in forming his elaborate 
system of classification prove to be very unstable and unsuitable, for it is possible 
to find, within a series of one species, characters that would make the different 
individue!s fit, not only Enderlein’s different genera, but also his different 
tribes. 

Unfortunately, neither Bezzi nor Enderlein has given a character or a com- 
bination of characters that would be adequate to separate completely the Aus- 
tralian from the South American forms of the genus Chiromyza, nor have I been 
able to detect any, so, until they are available, it seems advisable to retain the 
better-known generic names and to await further evidence before introducing new 
ones. 

It is impossible to determine definitely, from examination of pinned speci- 
mens, the exact number of annulations in the antennae. Even when they are 
examined under the microscope the number may appear different from that 
shown by prepared micro-slides. For instance, Macquart and Enderlein both give 
eight annulations to the third segment of the antennae in Metoponia, and this is 
apparently correct; nevertheless, all micro-preparations which I have examined 
indicate seven at the most. 

Amongst the new features of this paper, which must be regarded as an ap- 
pendix to the former one, I have introduced the proportional length of the first 
segment of the posterior tarsi in relation to the second segment and the tibia of. 
the same limb; this affords a reliable clue to the identification of specimens. 
Many specimens were measured for the purpose, but only one of each sex (the 
types when available) are given in the accompanying table (p. 362). Other speci- 
mens vary widely in actual measurements but the proportions remain constant. 

The references and synonymy given here are limited to additional ones re- 
lating to Australian material only, and with regard to the synonymy given in my 
original revision the following may be adjusted :— 

Inopus despectus Walker may have to be removed from the synonymy of 
Metoponia. Bezzi gives this species (originally described without a locality) as 
from South America, but I do not know his reasons for so doing. 

Hylorus Philippi may be removed from the synonymy of Chiromyza, as this 
South American genus is considered by both Enderlein and Bezzi to be distinct. 

Enderlein gives characters for the genus Nonacris that would prohibit its in- 
clusion under Chiromyza (sensu stricto), but Bezzi considers the typical species 
to be identical with a recognised Chiromyza. 

By the courtesy of Dr. Bezzi, and Dr. C. P. Alexander, both of whom have 
supplied specimens, I have found that the typical species of Allognosta belongs 
to the tribe Beridini, despite the absence of scutellar spines. The normal mouth 
parts are situated on a normal unsunken face and are without the tubercle; alse 


362 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHIROMYZINI, 


the female has the typical Beridini abdomen and not that of the characteristic 


Chiromyzini. 


The following table shows the lengths of the tibiae and first two joints of the 
tarsi on the posterior legs of Australian Chiromyzini:— 


Metopoma 
rubriceps Macq. 


gemina Hardy .. .. 


Boreoides 
subulata Hardy 


tasmaniensis Bezzi .. . 


Chiromyza 


grandicorms Hardy .. 
longicornis Hardy .. . 


australis Macq. .. 


stemmaticalis Enderl. 


matruelis Enderl. .. 


ava Enderl. 


prisca Walk. .. 


Tibia Tars1 
——~ 
1st jomt 2nd joint 

io) 3 Q 3 2 ef Specimens measured. 

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. 

Qe EAS dle 2emilenlic .Olcne\Oull pals wane wAnTS tralian 
Museum 

220. e2a) ale Ove 2 Sie 0) nolonypecands allobypeiun 

BS hacer PA Seeman hal WA pant be holotype and a para- 
type male in Na- 
tional Mus.  (allo- 
type damaged) - 

2560254) MES 2 someon ls. female and _ allotype 
male in National 
Museum 

a i) OW an holotype 

See i eo) | holotye 

on ae OS On apain in) Australian 
Museum 

2A 2a Gls Wo. 8). (| temalel in) @ueensland 
Museum and _allo- 
type 

3. 2.2) 2 1.2). 9.6) | female!) ‘and! ( allotyme 
male 

BABY AGS) PATE Vey 174 9) allotype and female in 
Queensland Musem 

OE eaantoee Neato} i luarey ea Le -6 | allotype female and 
male in Australian 
Museum 


Since the publication of my earlier paper, and greatly owing to the interest 
taken in Miss V. Irwin Smith’s studies in the biology and anatomy of Metoponia 
rubriceps, the tribe has become well known to Australian entomologists. In con- 
sequence, there is scarcely a collection of Diptera from a mountain area that does 
not bring to light an undescribed species of this group, but, unfortunately, in 


these collections only one sex is represented. 


On this account, only one new 


species is described and it is selected for the purpose because it forms a con- 
necting link between the typical Chiromyza and that form originally described as 
Xenomorpha grandicornis, which is also only known from the male. 


1. Abdomen with seven visible segments 


Abdomen with five or six visible segments .. 


Key to the tribes of the Beridinae. 


Subfam. Beridinae .. .. .. 2 
Other subfamilies. 


2. Mouth parts very small, but nevertheless developed; mouth situated on a 
tubercle placed on a much sunken face.  Seutellum without spines. 
Apical segments of the abdomen exserted and usually rather ovipositor- 


like in the female .. 


Tribe Chiromyzini .. 


ba | 
e 


10. 


12, 


BY G. H. HARDY. 363 


Mouth parts normal. not situated on a tubercle nor is the face sunken. 
Scutellum always with spines in Australian forms, but absent in 
Allognosta and perhaps other non-Australian forms. 

Tribe Beridini. 


Key to genera and species of the Chiromyzini. 


Sexes dimorphic with regard to colour, the head of the female red, thorax 
and abdomen black; the male brown, eyes contiguous. First tarsal 
segment of posterior legs twice the length of the second and three-fifths 
tiatinomathentibiayeiny.) seis ween Metoponia aes tet 4 

Sexes similar in colour, head never red. One species with a " metallic 
EHO AK re es this 5 aS SD 

First antennal ceoment Nant Hoan fee an ens of the peconds. si 

rubriceps Maca. 
First antennal segment only a little longer than the second .. 
gemina Hardy. 
Female apterous or with vestigial wings. Eyes in the male separate . 


LEN ONCOTAES Irs a MEAN ee noun O 
Female never apterous, wings fully developed Ae 
gen. Chiromyza .. . Gi 


Female with vestigial wings. Discal cell of male open. In male ‘the first 
segment of the posterior tarsi about as long as the tibia .. .. 
tasmamiensis Bezzi. 
Female entirely apterous. Discal cell of male closed. In male the, first seg- 
ment of the posterior tarsi two-thirds the length of the tibia .. .. .. 
subulatus Hardy. 
Kyes very widely separated in the male and more hairy than usual. Thorax 
metallic. Third segment of the antennae very swollen .. 
grandicornis Hardy. 
Eyes of male approximate, contiguous, or. if separated, never with a swollen 
Piurdeanhennalmseomental Never metallicity esr seni Glen inn eaten eS 
Antennae with the third segment swollen, rather lene! Kyes in the male 
approximate for a short distance .. ai 
Noregiisior it. n. US. 
Antennae with the third poet more or less conical, with or without traces 
of annulations .. .. see 9 
Kyes in the male separated. First tarsal seement of post terior legs in female 
two-thirds, in male about half the length of the tibia .. 
australis Maeq. 
Eyes in the male contiguous or approximating for a long distance .. .. . 10 
Hind tarsi of male considerably swollen. First tarsal segment in male about 
three-fifths, in female two-thirds the length of the tibia .. .. 
prisca. Walk. 
Hind tarsi of male ordinary, Slender, -= 2): eed 


. Third antennal segment in female containine nee. conspicuous "Shamans Mane 


First seoment of ee tarsi in both sexes two-thirds the length of 
therabiaiee: eee .. .- s+ Stemmaticalis Ender. 

Third antennal segment more or less obscurely marked with more than two 
annulations .. .. salts 

Hind tarsi with first Seemed Gude finde ‘ihe ileaeth oe ine ‘fi, in “pomalle and 
about half in me i. «. «- ..matruelis Wnderl. 

Hind tarsi with first seginent f our- fifths the length of the tibia in female, and 
less than two- Pele in male .. ava vatalerik 


364 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHIROMYZINI, 


Genus Meroponta Macquart. 
Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 2, 1847, 28; Hardy, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
xlv., 1920, 54; Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 181. 
Character.—Both sexes of both species have the proportions of the posterior 
legs identical, namely the first tarsal joint is twice the length of the second and 
three-fifths that of the tibia. 


METOPONIA RUBRICEPS Macquart. 


Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 2, 1847, Pl. 1, fig. 4; Hardy, Proc. Linn. Soe. 
N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 534, Pl. xxix., figs. 5 and 6; Irwin-Smith, Proc. Linn. 
Soe. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 505-530, Pl. xxvii. and xxviii., 23  text-figs.; xlvi., 
1921, 252-255, 8 text-figs.; xlviil., 1923, 49-81, 50 text-figs.; Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. 
Mus. Berl., x., 1921,. 181. : 

Hab.—Enderlein adds Adelaide to the distribution of this species, therefore 
it is now known to range from Queensland to South Australia. 


METOPONIA GEMINA Hardy. 

Hardy, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 535, Pl. xxix., figs. 1-4. 

Hab.—South Australia must be added to the distribution. A female in Dr. 
Ferguson’s collection, from Adelaide, collected by A. H. Elston, agrees fairly 
well with this species. 

Genus Boreorpes Hardy. 

Hardy, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 539.—Psegmoptera Ender- 
lem, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 177. 

There can be little doubt concerning the above synonymy, as Enderlein’s 
characters agree with those of Boreoides, and the typical species in each case is 
undoubtedly identical. 

The families in which various Australian entomologists have placed the 
-species of Boreoides in collections are very wide. Bezzi records that specimens 
were sent to Dr. C. P. Alexander as Tipulidae. Another position was that of a 
female of a species of Apioceridae, and it was so placed under the conviction 
that it was captured in cop. with one of that family. The MS. name Boreomyia 
was responsible for its position as an Empid: Coquillet published the name 
Boreomyia for Boreodromyia, and the misprint was copied into Aldrich’s catalogue, 
in which was found a generic name the same as that of Walker’s MS. 


BOREOIDES SUBULATUS Hardy. 

Hardy, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 540, Pl. xxx., f. 17-22.— 
Psegmoptera aurifrons Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 178. 

There can be little doubt regarding the above synonymy. Enderlein’s des- 
eription comes well within the variations of the species as at present recognised. 

The first segment of the posterior tarsi is one and two-fifths the length of 
the second and two-thirds that of the tibia on the holotype female. The allotype 
male is damaged, but a paratype shows the proportions to be twice and about 
two-thirds respectively. 

BOREOIDES MACHILIFORMIS Enderlein. 


Psegmoptera machiliformis Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 178. 
The determination of the specific identity of this, the second of Enderlein’s 
species, is left till more material from Adelaide, the type locality, becomes avail- 


BY G. H. HARDY. 365 


able for study. It will be observed that Enderlein had only two specimens of 
the genus under consideration, and the species is very variable in size, coloration 
and other characters. Moreover, all Australian specimens examined by me show 
that the proportional lengths of the segments on the posterior legs are similar, 
and some of these specimens show greater differences in other respects than has 
been indicated in KEnderlein’s descriptions. Despite these differences, I have 
been unable to establish a second species, owing to gradations between the various 
forms. The amount of pubescence and its colour on the front, and also the 
distinctness of the median longitudinal furrow on the thorax (two of Enderlein’s 
chief differences) are most certainly variable characters that cannot be used for 
specific determination. 


BOREOIDES TASMANIENSIS Bezzi. 

Bezzi, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), ix., 1922, 323-328, fig. 

Male.—Cubital vein forked, the vein that should close the discal cell not 
indicated, first and second postical veins branched, third postical absent. First 
tarsal segment of the posterior legs two and one-third times the length of the 
second and about as long as the tibia; the proportions on the female are two 
and one-fourth, and two-thirds respectively. 

Bezzi divided the Tasmanian female specimens from those of the mainland, 
chiefly on account of their possession of vestigial wings, a character borne out 
by a re-examination of that specimen collected by C. E. Cole near Hobart and 
referred to in my previous paper. A male from Mt. Wellington undoubtedly be- 
longs to this genus and species. 

Hab.—Tasmania. One male allotype, Mt. Wellington, 5.1.18 and a female, 
Hobart, both taken by C. E. Cole, are in the National Museum, Melbourne. 


Genus CHIroMyzA Wiedemann. 

Wiedemann, Nova Dipt. Gen., 1820, 19; Hardy, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, 
xlv., 1920, 536.—Archimyza Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 157.— 
Stenimas Enderlein, ibid., 175.—Hylorops Enderlein, ibid., p. 179. 

Despite the fact that Enderlein would place the species known to him in 
different subfamilies and tribes, all his genera contain species very closely allied 
and undoubtedly congeneric. 

All the species described below, except the first two, conform to the de- 
finition given in my previous paper. Of those two, the second is described as 
being a form intermediate between the first and the more typical species of 
Chiromyza. Into this now complex group come all species of the Chiromyzini 
in which the females are provided with fully developed wings and the head is 
not red. 

(C. grandicornis and C. longicornis are appended here, as it is assumed that 
the unknown female of each species has the wings developed. That both could 
be separated from all other species of Chiromyza on account of the nature of the 
antennae is recognised, but the following objections render such treatment in- 
.advisable:—(1) The females are unknown; (2) The two species are probably 
not congeneric, as they differ from each other in every respect but the nature of 
the third antennal segment; (3) Many allied genera have been proposed during 
recent years and there is nothing to indicate that, when these are defined on a 
more satisfactory system than at present, one or more of them will not become 
available for one or both species under discussion). 


366 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA, lV., 


CHIROMYZA GRANDICORNIS Hardy. (Figs. 1, 2). 

Xenomorpha grandicornis Hardy, Proe. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1920, 39, f. 3; 
Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 539. 

Male.—Agreeing with the genus Barbiellinia Bezzi, in respect to the broadly 
separated eyes, which are more hairy than in the typical Chiromyza, this species 
disagrees with characters given for that genus in every other respect. 

In the original description it is stated that the face ‘does not recede as” in 
C. australis, which should have read “recedes to a less extent than’; this character 
makes the tubercle on which the mouth is situated also less marked, though de- 
finitely present. 


Figs. 1, 2. Chiromyza grandicornis Hardy, male. 
1. Head seen dorsally; 2. Head, anterior view. 
Figs. 3-5. Chiromyza longicornis, n.sp., male. 
3. Head seen dorsally; 4. Head, anterior view; 5. Antenna. 


The first segment of the posterior tarsi is about three times the length of 
the second and over one-third that of the tibiae. 

Unfortunately since the unique type was originally described, both of the 
antennae have been lost; a diagram was given when the description was made 
and here further figures of the head are added. 


CHIROMYZA LONGICORNIS, n.sp. (Figs. 3-5). 
Male.—Eyes very sparsely pubescent, contiguous for a short distance near 
ocelli, then separating abruptly well above the antennae. Antennae rather long, 
second segment half the length of the first, and the third, like that of C. grandi- 


BY G. H. HARDY. 367 


cornis, swollen, without annulations and more than twice the length of the two 
basal ones united. The colour agrees with that of the typical form of the genus 
and the markings of the thorax are indicated. In all three specimens examined 
the upper branch of the cubital fork is present and the third postical vein is 
absent. First segment sf the posterior tarsi twice the length of the second and 
three-fifths that of the tibiae. Length: 3. 6 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland, National Park, March, 1921. Holotype and two para- 
type males. Although searched for, the females were not discovered; two other 
species, both males, were found, one being C. stemmaticals, the other a new form 
referred to under C’. australis. 


CHIROMYZA AUSTRALIS Macquart. 

Xenomorpha australis Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 4, 1850, 54, Pl. iii, f. 
7.—Chiromyza australis Hardy, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 538, PI. 
xxx., f. 12-16.—Hylorops australis Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 
180. 


7 


Figs. 6-9. Chiromyza stemmaticalis Enderlein. 
6. Head of male; 7. Antenna of male; 8. Head of female; 9. 
Antenna of female. 

Macquart described both sexes under the name Xenomorpha australis, and, 
although I believe the females identified by me are identical with Macquart’s, 
the males do not conform to the original description. The thick posterior tarsi 
referred to by Macquart occur on a male found in the National Park, Queensland, 
and also on another from Biackheath, N.S.W., but in neither of these are the 
eyes separate as recorded by Macquart. 

Bigot’s description of the female of C@. vicina also seems to apply to the 
females referred here, as at least one of the specimens described agrees in the 
main colour markings given for that species, and is the only species so far 
examined having the central stripe of the thorax divided, making two central 
stripes with two large trapezoidal spots on each side. The remainder of the 
insect also agrees fairly well with Bigot’s description. 


368 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHIROMYZINI, 


The first segment of the posterior tarsi is twice the length of the second 
and more than one-half that of the tibiae in the male, whilst the proportions in 
the female are two and a half times, and two-thirds respectively. 


CHIROMYZA STEMMATICALIS Emderlein. (Figs. 6-9). 


Stenimas stemmaticalis Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 175. 

Male.—Kyes approximate for a long distance. Upper branch of the cubital 
vein absent in all the males, but present in the female; third postical vein strongly 
indicated; antennae very short, third segment very little longer than the two basal 
ones united. First segment of the posterior tarsi slightly more than two and a 
half times the length of the second and two-thirds that of the tibiae; in the 
female these proportions are slightly less than two, and two-thirds respectively. 

Hab.—Queensland. In the Queensland Museum there are three paratype 
males and one female taken in the National Park, Dec., 1921, by H. Hacker. A 
male from the same locality, Mar., 1921, taken by myself, is chosen for the allo- 
type of this species. 


CHIROMYZA MATRUELIS Enderlein. (Figs. 10-13). 


Hylorops matruelis Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 180. 
Enderlein does not give a locality for this species other than “Australia,” 


” 13 


Figs. 10-13. Chiromyza matruelis Knderlein. 
10. Head of male; 11. Antenna of male; 12. Head of female; 
13. Antenna of female. 


but his description refers to a dark brown median line on the central stripe of 
the thorax. This character appears to be unique in the female of the species 
here described under Enderlein’s name. 

Male.—Kyes contiguous near ocelli, approximate near antennae; very sparse- 
ly pubescent. Antennae rather long, first segment short, the second about the 
same length but much broader, the third tapering to a black apex and with at 
least six obscure annulations. Thorax with one median and two lateral stripes 
discernible. Posterior tarsi with very slight indications of the swollen character 
found in the males of C. prisca; the first segment twice the length of the second 
and about half the length of the tibiae. The wings have the upper branch of the 


BY G. H. HARDY. 369 


cubital vein present, the third postical vein absent. The colour is the typical 
yellowish-brown. : 

Female.—Eyes widely separated, posterior tarsi with the first. segment two 
‘and one-third times the length of the second and two-thirds that of the tibiae. 
The upper branch of the cubital vein is absent. Other characters as in the male. 
Length: Male 8 mm., female 15 mm. 

Hab.—South Australia: Mt. Lofty, Mylor, April and May, 1921, collected by 
Mr. John Formby. 

Types.—Male allotype and one female in my collection; three paratype males 
and four females in that of Dr. Ferguson; these specimens were originally sent 
to Dr. Ferguson by Mr. G. H. Dutton. One female in the Australian Museum. 


‘CHIROMYZA AVA Enderlein. (Figs. 14-17). 


Archimyza ava Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., x., 1921, 157. 
Eyes in the male contiguous for a long distance. Third segment of the an- 


15 17 


Figs. 14-17. Chiromyza ava Enderlein. 
14. Head of male; 15. Antenna of male; 16. Head of female; 
17. Antenna of female. 


tennae longer than the two basal ones united and conspicuously annulated; six 
annulations are definitely present. Upper branch of the cubital vein present in 
all specimens examined, the third postical vein absent or indicated by a stump. 
The first segment of the posterior tarsi in the male is one and two-thirds the 
length of the second and less than two-thirds that of the tibiae; in the female 
these proportions are two and a quarter, and more than four-fifths respectively. 
There is a slight tendency towards the formation of the male tarsi referred to 
as swollen, found on C. prisca. 

Hab.—Queensland. Tambourine Mt., April, 1911. (H. Hacker). 

Types.—Allotype male and six male paratypes, together with two females, 
in the Queensland Museum. 


370 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHIROMYZINI, 


CHIROMYZA PRISCA Walker. 
Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt., 1852, 162; Hardy, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. ‘Wales, 
xlv., 1920, 539, Pl. xxix., f. 7-11. 
The first segment of the posterior tarsi in the male is twice the length of the 
second and three-fifths that of the tibiae; in the female these proportions are 
one and four-fifths, and two-thirds respectively. 


Literature dealing with Australian Chiromyzini. 
Bezzi.— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), ix., 1922, 321-328. (The first Eremochoetous 
Dipteron with Vestigial wings). 
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., xv., 1922, 117-124. (On the South American 
species of the Dipterous genus Chiromyza Wied.). 
Bicot.—Ann. Soc, Ent. France (5), ix., 1879, 200. 
ENDERLEIN.—Mitt. Zool. Mus, Berlin, x., 1921, 153-214. (Ueber die phyletisch 
alteren Stratiomyiiden-subfamilien). 
Harpy.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1920, 33-64. (Australian Stratiomyiidae). 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 532-542. (A revision of 
the Chiromyzini). 
Irwin-SmituH.—Proc, Linn. Soc, N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, 505-530; xlvi., 1921, 
252-5 and 425-452; xlviii., 1923, 49-81. (Dealing with the bio- 
logy and anatomy of Metoponia rubriceps Macq.). 


Macquart.—Diptéres exotiques nouveau ou peu connus. Supplements 2 and 4, 
1847, 1850. 

OstEN-SACKEN.—Entomologischer Verein. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., xxvi., 1882; xxvu., 
1883. 

WaLKER.—List Dipt. Brit. Mus., Suppl. 1, 1854. 


———-. Insecta Saundersiana. i., Diptera. 1850-6. 
Wuitr.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1914 and 1916. 
-. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xli., 1916, 71-100. (A revision of the 
Stratiomylidae of tere 
WIEDEMANN.—Nova Dipterorum Genera, 1820. 
——— ——. Aussereuropaische zweiflugelige Insekten, ii., 1830. 
Wiuuston.—Trans, Ent. Soc. Philad., xv., 1888, 244. 


371 


THE MOTOR NERVE-ENDINGS OF THE LIMB MUSCLES OF THE FROG 
(RANA TEMPORARIA) AND OF THE MUSCLES OF THE PECTORAL 
FIN OF THE DOG-FISH (SQUALUS ACANTHIAS). 


By P. D. F. Murray, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. 
(Plates xxxvil.-xlii. ) 
[Read 27th August, 1924.] 


The material investigated in this paper consisted of two muscles of the limb 
of the common frog (Rana temporaria) and of the muscles of the pectoral fin 
of Squalus acanthias. 

The technique was based on the silver impregnation method of Bielschowsky. 
In the case of the frog, I followed more closely the modification of Agduhr 
(1917) and in the ease of the fish that of Boeke (1913,\1917). 

As a counterstain to show up the nuclei, which are usually only very feebly 
stained: in a successful preparation, I have used chiefly Mayer’s alum carmine. 

In the case of the material from Squalus the process was essentially similar, 
but differed in a few respects. 

The material was fixed by Professor Goodrich, to whom I am indebted for 
permission to use the material, at Plymouth. 


The Merits of the Bielschowsky Technique. 

The main merit of the Bielschowsky technique is the clarity of the neuro- 
fibrils. A sharp black colouring of the nerve-fibres and loops is obtained, which 
is very much clearer than the less sharp appearance obtained by means of methods 
using methylene-blue or gold chloride. The knob-like endings to fibres and the 
varicosities on the course of fibres seen by these methods are seen in Bielschowsky 
preparations as loops or networks of black stained neurofibrils, while the vari- 
cosities of the fibres are seen to be loosenings of the neurofibrils composing the 
nerve-strand. These advantages are to some extent shared by the Cajal and 
Golgi methods, but the Bielsechowsky method has an advantage over them, in 
that it is the only technique which has so far revealed the periterminal network 
of Boeke. The question, whether this is to be regarded as a virtue or a vice, 
depends on our decision as to the nature of this network, which will be discussed 
ata later stage. 

The most serious defect of the Bielschowsky method is perhaps the difficulty 
of seeing the medullary sheath and other membranes of the nerve fibre. It cer- 
tainly seems that the medullary sheath is more clearly seen in gold-chloride 
preparations than in Bielschowsky preparations. The bearing of this on reeent 


32 MOTOR NERVE-ENDINGS IN THE FROG AND THE DOG-FISH, 


work by Boeke and Agdukr on the alleged sympathetic innervation of striated 
muscle is clear. A large part of their work is dependent on the possibility of 
seeing whether or not a very fine fibre has a medullary sheath. It has always 
been my experience that the medullary sheath is harder to see the smaller the 
fibre, and it seems quite possible that the very fine fibres considered by them 
to be non-medullate may really have a very fine medullary sheath which is not 
visible in Bielschowsky preparations. On the other hand, the experimental work 
advanced in support of the sympathetic innervation seems to be conclusive. 

It should also be pointed out that the heavy treatment with formalin must 
have serious shrinkage effects (notice the shrinkage of the nuclei or of the 
muscle substance, as revealed by their lying in clear spaces, Pl. xli., fig. 16) and 
this may well be supposed to lead to artefacts. This point will be referred to 
again in dealing with the periterminal network. 

A very serious impediment associated with the use of the Bielschowsky 
methods is the empirical nature of the process and its very capricious character. 
Two pieces of the same tissue, or even different regions of the same piece, which 
have been treated throughout the process in exactly the same way, and which 
have lain side by side in the same solutions, may show very different results, 
one being a success, the other a failure. 

We shall now proceed to diseuss the motor endorgans in the limb muscles 
of the frog. 


The Motor Nerve Endings in the Frog (Rana temporaria). 


Owing to the great amount of work that has been done on the motor end- 
ings in the frog, it seems unnecessary to describe them in great detail here. 

The principal workers in this field have been, among others, Kuhne, Dogiel 
(1890), Sihler, Cuceati (1888, 1889), Cecherelli (1904), Bremer (1882, 1883), 
Retzius (1892), ete. 

In general, the endings are described as coming from large, coarse, medul- 
Jated fibres, which branch several times, so forming a brush-like arrangement, 
the branches themselves branching again several times. After losing the medul- 
lary sheath, the axon penetrates under the sarcolemma. The naked axon then 
runs along as a more or less winding, varicose fibre, which often ends in a large 
or small expansion. The axon may branch several times, and these branches 
may branch again, often forming a very complicated end-brush. There is usual- 
ly no end-plate with a large accumulation of sarcoplasm, forming a definite and 
restricted locus for the ending, such as occurs in reptiles, birds, and mammals, 
and which, as we shall see, is approached in Squalus acanthias. The ending as 
a whole is large and diffuse, the spreading terminal and subterminal fibres cover- 
ing a large area of the muscle fibre. Four endings of this typical form are 
shown (Pl. xxxvii.; Pl. xxxviil, fig. 4). With this general description I am en- 
tirely in accord, and the description is confirmed by my preparations. 

Usually these fibres spreading about under the sarcolemma are all that has 
been seen of the ending, end-loops not having been generally observed. Fre- 
quently, however, as may be seen by reference to the figures of earlier authors 
(e.g., Retzius), these fibres have been seen to end in expansions, and to have 
given off as branches other very fine, usually short fibres, which likewise end in 
expansions or knobs. Now, in my preparations, where the fibres can be traced 
far enough, they become finer and finer, but ultimately one can sometimes see 


fd 


BY P. D. F. MURRAY. 373 


a very small, hardly visible, loop at the end, and at the ends of very fine 
branches. 

Plate xxxviii., fig. 5, for example, shows the end of a terminal fibre, which 
breaks up into two exceedingly fine branches, of which one ends in a loop and 
the other in what appears to be a loop with its end cut off. Plate xxxviil., fig. 
6 shows a fibre which ends in an extremely small loop, and two branches, of which 
one has its ending in some other section, and the other, after bifurcating, goes 
beyond the sphere of the figure. Plate xxxviii., fig. 7 shows what looks like the 
ending of a fibre in a polygonal loop. As this loop has somewhat the appear- 
ance of the loops which are sometimes met with in the course of a fibre, | am 
not sure that it really is an ending. 

On Pl. xxxviii., fig. 8 is shown a short branch given off laterally from a 
fairly thick fibre. It forms a rather complicated loop ending, with four little 
subsidiary loops associated with it. This is rather unusual, other end-loops I 
have seen being quite simple. : 

Plate xxxviii., fig. 9 is a simple loop ending of a lateral branch of a rather 
thick fibre. 

The question now arises, are these loops which I see identical with the knobs 
and expansions of those writers who have used the gold chloride or methylene- 
blue techniques, or are we to suppose that these authors, by reason of their 
technique, failed to see the true endings? I think the former is the truth, for, 
if one examines their figures, those, for instance of Retzius, one is much struck 
with the resemblance in position and size of their terminal knobs and expansions 
to my loops. 

This raises another question, which of the two pictures is the correct one? 
It is a question which is at present impossible to settle for certain, but one must 
bear in mind the fact that the Bielschowsky technique is one which may very well 
be expected to form artefacts. Formalin is the necessary fixative and is never a 
very good fixative. Further, the long and complicated treatment with silver 
nitrate and the ammoniacal solution cannot but tend in the same direction. In 
view of this, one must admit the considerable possibility of the loops and nets 
seen in Bielschowsky preparations being artefacts. On the other hand, one must 
remember the great accuracy and precision of outline, and the constancy of 
form of these structures. This is not what one would expect in an artefact. 
Rather one would expect something less precise and less constant in form. It 
also seems possible that the loops may really be present in methylene-blue and 
other preparations but may be masked by the stain colouring some other con- 
stituent of the ending as well. Thus, while the question must remain open, there 
is no good reason for definitely regarding the loops and nets seen in Bielschow- 
sky preparations as artefacts. At the same time, one must remember the possi- 
bility. 

As in other endings, there is a very marked accumulation of nuclei in the 
region of the muscle fibre involved in the ending (Plate xxxvii; xxxvill.. fig. 4). 
The accumulation of nuclei is very much greater than in other parts of the same 
muscle fibre. Most of the nuclei are of an oblong form and have their axis of . 
greatest length parallel to the length of the muscle fibre. 

Besides this type of ending which has just been described, I have also 
found in this material another type. The general characteristics of this kind of 
ending as compared with the previous type, are as follows:—The parent fibre 
or fibres approaching the muscle fibre are very fine, finer than all but the finest 


374 MOTOR NERVE-ENDINGS IN THE FROG AND THE DOG-FISH, 

of the terminal fibres of the coarse type of ending, and nothing can be dis- 
tinguished of a neurofibrillar structure, except at endings or varicosities. The 
parent fibres frequently appear to run in groups, four or five fibres together, 
and all of them may have endings on the same muscle fibre. The parent fibres 
in the fine type of ending do not undergo the extensive branching into sub- 
terminal and terminal branches which we have seen in the endings of the coarse 
fibres, but may end by simple loops or nets without any branching, or may have 
little side branches bearing small loops or nets. The fibres forming the endings 
do not show any particular orientation as regards the length of the muscle fibre, 
such as we have seen in the terminal branches of the coarse fibres. There is no 
medullary sheath distinguishable. As we lave seen, this is not by any means a 
proof that it does not exist. 

This type of ending is very rare, far rarer than the endings of the coarse 
fibres. I have only been able to find four eases sufficiently perfect to figure, 
but I have seen a number of others which cannot be figured on account of im- 
perfect impregnation or some other fault. The. fine fibres from which these end- 
ings come are common enough sometimes, but it is very difficult to trace them 
to their terminations, because the smaller the fibre the greater the difficulty ex- 
perienced in getting it impregnated, and in following it through a series of 
sections. 

I shall now proceed to describe these four endings in turn. 

(1). Plate xxxix., fig. 10—There are four very fine fibres, two slightly 
thicker than the others. At least three of these figures show clearly points at 
which they are in connection with the muscle substance. 

The points of distinction between this type of ending and the type from the 
coarse fibres, as indicated above, will all be noticed here. The fibres are very fine, 
there is no branching, except in one place to form a net-like ending, fibres are 
not parallel to the length of the muscle fibre, and there is no medullary sheath 
distinguishable. (This also apples to the very last branches of the other type 
of ending). 

Fibre (a) appears to have some sort of end-apparatus at the point (1), 
but I have not been able to determine the nature of this. Possibly the fibre 
merely takes a rather sudden twist. From (1), the fibre passes between the two 
nuclei marked (2) and (3). This can be determined by careful focussing 
when, on focussing downward, the one nucleus comes into focus, then the nerve 
fibre, and then the other nucleus. This point is important, as a fibre passing 
between two nuclei cannot be anything but hypolemmal. The fibre then takes a 
turn to the left, where it undergoes an expansion (4), in which the neurofibrillar 
structure becomes visible, but which may or may not be an actual point of 
functional connection with the muscle fibre. It is noticeable, in this respect, 
that this expansion occurs in close proximity to a loop of another fibre around 
which “periterminal network” (see below) and an accumulation of sarecoplasm 
is visible. Just in the neighbourhood of this expansion the precise relation of 
this fibre to others is difficult to determine precisely. It appears, however, that 
this fibre (a) continues from the expansion just mentioned, crosses two nuclei, 
and then, becoming rather thicker, takes a loop turn (5) and ends in a small 
loop (6). The loop (5) is almost a network as its angle is crossed by several 
very fine neurofibrillar strands. The final loop (6) is not quite a plain loop, | 
but presents rather the appearance of a loop within a loop. This end apparatus 


BY P. D. F. MURRAY. 375 


is situated in an accumulation of granular sarcoplasm, through which the stria- 
tions of the muscle cannot be traced. This fibre (a) 1s somewhat thicker than 
fibres (¢) or (d), but is of about the same thickness as (b). 

Fibre (0), as just stated, is of about the same thickness as fibre (a). 

At the point marked (7) it gives off a side branch which expands into a 
kind of network in which the neurofibrillar structure becomes visible. This net- 
work lies very close to a nucleus and one end of the network actually lies in an 
indentation of the nucleus. This certainly can be taken as an indication that 
the position of the network is hypolemmal. Careful focussing reveals that there 
is, as shown in the figure, a very delicate network in the sarcoplasm, partially 
surrounding the nerve-net and suggesting that it is some sort of connecting 
structure between the nerve-net and the sarcoplasm of the muscle fibre. It is 
very small, and it is difficult to be sure that one is looking at a net work, 
as it also looks something like a collection of little vesicles. This structure is 
the periterminal network of Boeke, which will be discussed more in detail 
later. 

From the point (7), where it gives off the side branch to the nerve-network, 
the fibre proceeds to the point (8), up against the nucleus marked (2). Here it 
appears to end in a little expansion, which one sees in profile, either quite or 
very nearly in contact with the nucleus. It is impossible to make out more 
of this than is shown in the figure. I have not been able to trace the fibre be- 
yond this point. 

Fibre (¢) is thinner than either (a) or (b), but of about the same thick- 
ness as (d). This fibre runs across the muscle-fibre to the point (9), where it 
has a loop. This is not, however, the ending of the fibre, which goes on some 
distance beyond. The loop is surrounded by an accumulation of sarcoplasm, 
but is situated eccentrically at the edge of this accumulation. There is some 
periterminal network on one side of the loop. Beyond this point, the fibre con- 
tinues for some distance and then disappears. 


Fibre (d) is of much the same thickness as (c). At the point (10) there 
is a loop, whose connection with the fibre has been cut. Since, however, it has 
a stalk curving in the direction of the fibre and very nearly reaching it, it seems 
reasonable to suppose that it is a branch of the fibre. On the side of the loop 
remote from its stalk there is a small branch coming off from the fibre in the 
direction of the loop, which suggests that the loop may perhaps have been 
developed on a collateral branch of the fibre, which, having formed the loop, 
immediately joined the fibre again. The loop is not quite a simple loop, as it 
has a fine neurofibrillar strand crossing’ it. 

From this point the fibre continues to the point marked (11), where it 
appears to be in connection with the small somewhat thick-walled loop at this 
point. Its fate subsequently to this is hard to determine; it appears to join 
fibre (c), but of this I am very doubtful indeed. The relation of this fibre to 
the net-hke expansion on fibre (a) is also difficult to determine, but I do not 
think it is in any way connected with it. 

The general orientation of the nuclei is for them to have their long axes 
parallel to the long axis of the muscle fibre. 

An idea of the size of the fibre forming this ending, as compared with 
those forming the larger type of ending, can be attained by comparing the 


376 MOTOR NERVE-ENDINGS IN THE FROG AND THE DOG-FISH, 


fibres concerned in the ending with the large thick fibres running in the nerve 
bundle between the muscle fibres, from which these thin fibres are derived. 

(2). Plate xxxix., fig. 11—This figure shows five very fine fibres, of which 
two have end-loops, while at one point there is a periterminal network. Fibre 
(a) leads to the tiny loop at the point (1). Fibre (b) leads to the larger loop 
at the point (2). The fibre (c) leads to a position very close to the loop at 
(1), and is here in some way concerned with some periterminal network. The 
remaining two fibres have no ending in the preparation. 

There is an accumulation of some seven nuclei round the actual positions 
of the ending and several others at the edge of the muscle fibre. The orien- 
tation is, as usual, roughly parallel to the length of the muscle fibre. 

(3). Plate xl., fig. 12—In this figure we see a doubtful number of very 
fine fibres, doubtful because unfortunately the ending is not a complete one and 
some cf the strands of fibre seen are possibly pieces of one fibre which has been 
eut more than once. There are some six very small loop endings, of which at 
least two are not final end-loops as the fibre continues on beyond them. One 
of these two is broken, and so we cannot be certain that it is really a loop at 
all, it may have been a branch. The three terminal loops are simple loops, not 
having any cross fibrils or other complications. One of them (1) seems to have 
at one side of it a very slight development of periterminal network. The broken 
loop is not so simple, having two cross bars. 

At (2), (3), and (4), there are three rather peculiar net formations con- 
sisting apparently of neurofibrillar expansions of fibres which, beyond the net- 
works, continue on again as ordinary fibres. There is periterminal network on 
both sides of (3), but especially on one side, as shown in the figure. 

As usual, there is an accumulation of nuclei whose orientation is only very 
roughly parallel to the length of the muscle fibre, and there are a number of 
small nuclei at the edge of the muscle fibre. 

' Plate xl., fig. 13.—In this figure we see what appears to be a single fibre 
which, leaving a small nerve group at the base of the picture, goes to the 
neighbourhood of a small group of nuclei at the top. Here it turns through 
90 degrees, forms three loops, turns through 90 degrees again, and returns to 
the nerve bundle. At the top left hand corner there is a very complicated 
series of fibrils, which twist and turn so as to make it impossible to determine 
with precision the nature of their relations to the main fibre. 

There is a certain amount of periterminal network just beneath this area 
and rather more above the right hand angle of the main fibre (point X). It 
is very clear in this area and fades away-into the substance of the muscle 
fibre. 

At the base of the figure there is a nerve bundle containing some fibres of 
the coarse type. A comparison of the relative size of the two fibres will show 
the striking difference between them. 


Discussion of the nature of these fine fibres. 


The question now arises, what is the nature of these fine fibres which form 
endorgans of the type just described? 

There are two possibilities which must first be settled. They may be motor 
or they may be sensory. 

It may be said at once, that it is impossible to say whether any nerye- 


BY P. D. F. MURRAY. 377 


ending is motor or sensory until experiments have been made. In the absence 
of experiments, however, one can, by a study of certain histological points, 
reach a conclusion with a considerable degree of probability in favour of its 
correctness. 

The most helpful point here is a determination of the position of the 
endorgan with regard to the sarcolemma. It seems to be generally accepted, 
though J am not aware that it has been experimentally proved, that motor end- 
organs are hypolemmal and sensory epilemmal. Since it is known that both 
epilemmal and hypolemmal end-organs exist, one would certainly expect the 
former to be sensory and the latter motor. There seems to be every reason 
why a motor nerve should be in close and intimate contact with the substance 
of the muscle fibre, while a sensory nerve, if it required to be informed of 
nothing but the degree of contraction of the muscle fibre, might well be efficient 
if merely in close contact with the surface of the muscle fibre. It must be ad- 
mitted, however, that this line of reasoning is not sufficiently trustworthy to 
give any certainty. It will remain impossible without experimental proof to 
say, with certainty, whether any given nerve-ending is sensory or motor, until 
it has been established without doubt that motor nerve-endings are always 
hypolemmal and sensory nerve-endings always epilemmal. It is therefore neces- 
sary, before we can form any opinion as to whether these endings are sensory 
or motor, to decide whether they are epilemmal or hypolemmal. 

In the first one described, (Pl. xxxix., fig. 10) we have seen that it is un- 
doubtedly hypolemmal. As regards the other three (Pl. xxxix., fig. 11; xl., figs. 
12, 13) we have seen that all have periterminal network in very close relation 
to some part of the ending. Now, whether the periterminal network be artefact 
or not, there is no doubt that it hes in the sarcoplasm. There is also no doubt 
that if is in the closest connection with the ending. The presence of peri- 
terminal network may, therefore, be taken as showing that the ending having it 


is hypolemmal. 
We, therefore, come to the provisional conclusion that these endings are of 


a motor nature. 

Having settled that they are probably motor, we have to decide a further 
question :—Are they fibres of the same morphological and physiological series as 
the coarse fibres described first, or do they belong to the accessory (sympathetic) 
innervation demonstrated, experimentally, to exist in mammals by Boeke (1910; 
1911, 1912, 1913, 1917) and Agduhr (1919, 1920)? 

Here again we are faced with a question which we cannot settle, for certain, 
without experiments. It may be that these fibres do belong to this accessory in- 
nervation, but it is quite impossible to get any more purely histological evidence 
bearing in favour of this conclusion in the frog (and the same applies to rep- 
tiles and birds) because of the known existence of non-medullate, very fine, 
branches of ordinary medullate coarse motor fibres (Bremer, 1882, 1883; Retzius, 
1892; Ceccherelli, 1904). It is at least equally as probable that the fibres we 
are discussing belong to this series of branches of ordinary motor fibres, as 
that they belong to the accessory series known to exist in the mammal. In 
favour of the latter conclusion is the fact, that I have occasionally noticed 
fibres and endings which appeared to be more or less intermediate between the 
coarse type and the fine type. Provisionally, then, these fine fibres must be re- 


378 MOTOR NERVE-ENDINGS IN THE FROG AND THE DOG-FISH, 


garded as motor, and as perhaps being branches of the ordinary motor fibres, 
while remembering that they may possibly belong to the sympathetic supply. 


The Motor Nerve-endings in the Pectoral Fin of Squalus acanthias. 


Previous work.—Very little work has been done on nerve-endings in fish. 
Of the papers which I have been able to discover, the most important is perhaps 
that of Retzius (1892), who has described the motor nerve-endings of Raja 
clavata and Acanthias vulgaris (Squalus acanthias), using the methylene-blue 
method. In both he found that the motor fibres were very coarse. In R. clavata 
the nerve fibres gave off branches which formed a brush-like ending of varying 
complexity on the muscle fibre, and these endings usually had a more or less 
definite and restricted locus, somewhat lke that of a mammalian ending, but 
some were more elongate and straggling like those in the frog. The fibres 
forming the ending usually had terminal dises at their ends, but in some eases 
the endings of the fibres were in the form of bands. Acanthias vulgaris was 
similar to this, but the endings were simpler, i.e., the branching was less com- 
pleated. 

Poloumordwinoft (1899) described sensory endings, which, he says, consist 
of a great number of fine varicose fibrils lying on the sarcolemma (epilemmal). 
Hach fibril ended in a little swelling. He described the sheath of Henle as 
enveloping the ending and, beyond it, joing the sarcolemma. He agrees that 
the endings have a definite locus, not being spread about the muscle fibre like 
those of a frog. 

Cavalié (1902), using Torpedo marmorata, gave a method for distinguishing 
between motor and sensory fibres. According to him, in a sensory ending, the 
striations of the muscle are visible beneath the ending itself, while in a motor 
ending, they are not. Unless I have never seen a sensory ending in Squalus 
(which is quite possible), this criterion is not effective in Bielschowsky pre- 
parations. Since the material is in section, one is not looking at the surface 
of the muscle fibre, but at a section of it, and the slightest change of focus will 
show striations. On the other hand, I have frequently found it difficult or im- 
possible to see striation at all, either beneath the ending or anywhere else. In 
the figures, I have usually omitted the striations over the greater part of the 
fieure for the sake of clearness, while including it over a small area for the 
sake of comparison of its size with that of the ending. 

As regards the form of the motor ending, Cavalié is in agreement with 
Retzius and Poloumordwinoff. He describes the fibre as losing its myelin, and 
then making a “pseudo-plate” rich in nuclei, having formed five, six, seven or 
more branches. The fibrils end in little swellings which he describes as having 
frilled extremities, suggesting that perhaps he just missed seeing the periterminal 
network. He ealled this type of ending “Terminaison en ombelle.” 

There is also a paper by Belousov (1909), in Russian. It concerns Teleosts. 


Comparison of the Endings of Squalus with those in the Frog. 


With the description quoted above, I find myself in agreement in most re- 
spects, except that the endings I have observed seem generally to have a smaller 
number of terminal branches than those of the earlier authors. This may very 
possibly be due to the fact that my preparations are in section, and so one 


BY P. D. F. MURRAY. . 379 


does not always get a whole ending on one section. One ending I have seen 
extended over at least three sections. 

The main distinction between the endings I have found in the pectoral fin 
muscles of Squalus and those above described in the frog is that the endings 
in the case of the fish are confined to a very much smaller area of the muscle 
fibre than is the case with the frog. In the frog, as we have seen, the endings 
do not lie in small and definitely outlined end-plates, as they do in the mammal, 
in a heap of accumulated sarcoplasm, but are scattered over the muscle fibre 
as a series of fibres having very small terminal loops, ete., with only a very 
small sarcoplasm accumulation, or perhaps none. In the fish, on the other hand, 
the form of the ending is very much more like that in a mammal. The end 
ramification is restricted to a small area, and, if the impossibility of seemg 
striations is any criterion, there is a fairly large accumulation of sarcoplasm. 
But this point must remain uncertain as the sarcoplasm accumulation is nothing 
like as clear as it is in the mammal. There is, however, a definite restricted 
end-plate, absent in the frog, but present in the mammal. 

Another distinction from the endings I have studied in the frog is the 
much coarser character of the end-loops and end-nets, and of the terminal fibres. 
A comparison of the figures will show this. 

The form of these nerve-endings will be best understood by a description 
of a particular case, e.g., Pl. xl., fig. 14—The nerve fibre, as it approaches the 
muscle, is very coarse and its neurofibrillar structure is clearly visible. It is 
contained in a colourless sheath (X), which is only visible in its outline. The 
nature of this sheath is very difficult to determine, as remarked in the dis- 
eussion of the merits of this technique. At the point marked (Y) the fibre be- 
comes more compact, the stain is jet-black, and it is impossible to see the neuro- 
fibrils. Here the fibre branches into two and each fibre branches again, and 
then these branches give off several fine side branches. The main branches also 
divide again several times. 

At the ends of the fine side branches are a number of examples of the 
actual method of termination of these fibres. These terminations are difficult 
to deseribe in words, and a reference to the figures is the best description. The 
general plan is that of the loop, but the form varies from the simple, uncom- 
plicated loop (PI. xl, fig. 14 at Z) to the complicated networks seen on PI. 
xli., fig. 18. The form is often bizarre in the extreme. The various forms will 
be best understood by references to figures 14 to 23 (PI. xl-xliii.). These end- 
plates are not necessarily at the terminations of fibres, as is shown in figures 16 
(Pl. xli.) and 20 (PI. xlii.), both of which are from short branches of fibres 
which appear to continue on elsewhere. 


The Periterminal Structure. 

The most interesting outcome of the investigation of these endings has 
been the discovery of a complicated structure or series of structures, more or 
less corresponding to the periterminal network of Boeke. 

Plate xli., fig. 16 shows a nerve-ending (unfortunately not complete) in 
which there are several terminal loops or nets, and in which there is a very 
prominent network, apparently consisting of fine fibrils, surrounding the ter- 
minal nervous loops, especially in the area designated (X). This network has 
meshes of much larger and coarser dimensions than those, described above, in 


380 MOTOR NERVE-ENDINGS IN THE FROG AND THE DOG-FISH, 


the frog. I have not been able to detect any particular relation between this 
network and the striations of the muscle fibres, although it seemed to me that 
the network and the striation were in continuity. This was clearer on PI. xli., 
fig. 15 at (X). It is, however, very doubtful. 

As regards the relation between this network and the end-loops, there ap- 
pears to be a definite and perhaps important divergence from the condition 
described by Boeke, Agduhr, and others for the periterminal network in the 
mammal. In the mammal, according to these workers, the meshes of the net- 
work start from the end-loops and nets of the nerve. In the fish, on the other 
hand, I seem generally to find that the end-loop lies within the meshes, merely 
surrounded by them, as shown on Pl. xl, fig. 16. Sometimes, on the other 
hand, as at the point (Y) on Pl. xli., fig. 15, a fine branch of the nerve seems 
to be actually continued into the mesh of the network, so that in this ease, 
and in a few others where it shows less clearly, the network and the nerve itself 
seem to be quite continuous with one another. 

This structure has been described above as a network. In some cases the 
appearance is really more that of a collection of vesicles, of a spherical shape, 
which, being in section, look like a network. This is especially so at the two 
points A and B (Pl. xh., fig. 15). I have been quite unable to decide which 
it really is. 

The appearance of a sphere is somewhat heightened by such appearances 
as that at Z (Pl. xli., fig. 15), where a fibre seems to break up into a brush of 
fibrils which run out over the sphere. 

There is another type of “network,” shown in figures 17 and 18 (Pl. xli.). 
In figure 17 (PI. xlii.) there is to be seen around the endings, especially around 
certain very fine fibrils which seem merely to fade away into invisibility, with- 
out loops or nets, a network of much smaller mesh than that last described in 
figures 15 and 16 (Pl. xli.), but much more resembling that described in figures 
10, 11 and 13 (PI. xxxix. and xl.), of the finer type of ending in the frog. 
In this case, the appearance of an accumulation of little spheres is still greater 
than in figures 15 and 16 (Pl. xli.). Once again, however, it is quite im- 
possible to be sure which is the true interpretation. Somewhat against the 
theory of spheres is the appearance in figure 15 at (C), where three strands of 
network seem to pass off into the sarecoplasm, without completion of the mesh, 
one side remaining open. It will be remembered that the network in the frog 
(Pl. xxxix.; xl., figs. 12, 13) also suggests an accumulation of spheres. 

There is another appearance frequently seen, as in figures 16 (Y), 17 (X), 
18 (X), 19 (X), 22 (everywhere). Here, in the absence of any periterminal 
network or other similar structure, the end-loop or net appears to be contained 
in a little sac, which seems to arise at the base of the individual end-loop or 
net and completely to enclose it. This sac is very like a single mesh of the 
coarse type of periterminal network. It will be remembered that the end-loop 
is usually enclosed within a mesh of this network, just as the end-loop is en- 
closed in the sac-like structure under discussion. This suggests that the latter 
is perhaps the same thing as that mesh of the coarse type of periterminal net- 
work which encloses the end-loop, but that the remainder of the network is 
either undeveloped or unstained. This is a point on which light would be thrown 
by the discovery of conditions intermediate between the two. I have not seen 
any very satisfactory intermediate condition, but figures 19 and 20 seem to 


BY P. D. F. MURRAY, 381 


show something of the kind. In figure 19 at (X) are seen small aggregations 
of several loops resembling the meshes of the coarse type of periterminal net- 
work, but not involving a sufficient number of loops to warrant their inclusion 
under that title. Individual loops of this character enclose the end-organs just 
like the sac structures described above (figures 16, 17, 18, 19, 22), and these 
loops are associated with two or three others forming a small aggregation. At 
(Y) there are a number of these loops or meshes in a row along one side of a 
fibre. In figure 20 at (X) somewhat similar conditions are to be seen. Whether 
one is justified in regarding these structures as intermediate between the coarse 
type of periterminal network and the sac-like structure is hard to say, but it 
certainly looks very like it. 

There remains to be mentioned what appears to be something quite new in 
this or any other nerve-ending known to me. I have not seen anything like it 
mentioned in the literature; and I have only seen it in preparations in the two 
endings to be described. 

This structure is to be seen in figures 20, 21 and 23. Beneath some of the 
-end-loops of figure 20 (at Y) and of figure 23 (at X) are to be seen distinct 
reddish masses with well defined edges, and over this mass can be distinguished 
very fine fibrils running off from the end-loops, and, further, the surface of this 
peculiar body can be seen to be reticulate. 

In figure 21 the terminal part of the branch (Z) of figure 20 is shown 
under a higher power. At the point (X) are two end-loops close together, and 
beneath the two of them is an oblong oval dark body. This body has well de- 
fined edges. Radiating out from the end-loops are a number of fine fibrils, 
and these fibrils run over the surface of this peculiar body. At the point (Y) 
there is a loop, and beneath it a similar body to that at (X). In this case a 
distinct reticulum ean be seen on the surface of this peculiar body and the 
reticulum seems to be connected with, and to centre round, the end-loop of the 
nerve. Similarly, at (Z) there is a small side branch which seems to end in 
two or three small branches, but without loops, and beneath these branchlets is 
another example of this same body, and here again there is very delicate net- 
work over its surface, arising from the branchlets of the nerve. 

The general characteristics of this structure are that it is found apparently 
-beneath the terminal loops or other terminal organs, that it usually has a fairly 
definite outline, that it appears generally to have a reticulate surface, and that 
this reticulum seems to be in definite relation to the end-organ. Its form varies 
fairly considerably and sometimes it lacks the definite outline seen in figure 21. 
In figure 23 it can be seen at (X). The outlines in this figure are not so sharp 
as in figure 20 or 21. 

Beyond describing the general position and appearance of these structures, 
nothing can be said beyond pointing out that they somewhat resemble small 
nuclei, having a somewhat similar colour and granulate-vacuolate texture. If 
they prove to be nuclei they are certainly a distinct kind from the ordinary 
nuclei of the ending, being very much smaller, and their close association with 
the end-organs would strongly suggest some special function eonnected with the 
transmission of the stimulus. Somewhat against the hypothesis that they are 
nuclei is the appearance seen in 20 at (Z’), where the organ extends as a long, 
more or less oblong mass, along the greater part of the fibril. This would not 
be a usual shape for a nucleus. 


382 MOTOR NERVE-ENDINGS IN THE FROG AND THE DOG-FISH, 


If these organs are not nuclei, it is impossible to suggest what they may 
be, beyond the obvious conclusion that they are either of nervous or muscular 
origin,—unless, indeed, they have a quite different origin! 

If they are not nuclei, even, perhaps, if they are, one is reminded of the 
hypothetical substance of Langley and others. Before, however, any trust- 
worthy conclusions can be drawn, a great deal of further investigation will be 
necessary. 


Discussion of these periterminal structures. 

The periterminal network was first seen by Boeke (1910, 1911, 1912, 
1913, 1916-17), and it is, therefore, generally associated with his name. His 
descriptions have been confirmed by Ehrlacher, Stefannelli, and Agduhr (1919, 
1920). 

According to Boeke, who has observed it especially in mammals, but also 
in reptiles, the periterminal network appears as a very fine network, extending 
from the end-rings and end-nets out into the sarcoplasm. It is always less 
strongly coloured than the nerve ending itself, and the transition from one to 
the other is sometimes sudden, sometimes gradual. This also I can confirm as 
regards Squalus (if the structure I see is identical with the network described 
by him) for, while in the great number of cases it is easy to say where true 
nerve tissue ends and periterminal network begins, it is frequently not so easy, 
and sometimes I have been in doubt as to whether to draw some object as the 
one or the other. Jn figure 15 (Pl. xl.) (Y), further, the fibril indicated seems 
to turn downwards, and its prolongation becomes one of the strands of the net- 
work. 

Boeke’s descriptions and figures clearly indicate a structure having an 
obvious net formation, with polygonal meshes. As stated above, however, the 
appearance in my preparations is somewhat like that of a number of spheres 
or droplets pressed together, while also resembling a network. Of course, drop- 
lets or spheres under pressure would assume the appearance of a network, and 
would be more like a network the closer together they were pressed. It remains, 
therefore, impossible to say, at least as regards my preparations, which of these 
two is nearer to the truth. 

Boeke finds the network above all in relation to the end nets and loops, 
but also in relation to the fibrils along their course as they approach their end- 
ing. This statement is quite in accord with my experience as regards the coarse 
type in Squalus, but I am not able to confirm it as regards the fine type of end- 
ing in the frog. This fact, however, carries no weight in view of the small 
number of specimens of this type that I have observed. As regards the fine 
type of network in the fish, I seem to find the network associated rather with 
fine fibrils, which fade into invisibility, than with the clear end-loops, ete. 

An important point of difference between my observations and those of 
Boeke, as regards at least the coarse type of network in Squalus, is that, while 
he finds a definite connection between the strands of the network and the fibrils 
of the nerve ending, I find that the end- loops seem rather to be enclosed plea 
the meshes than actually joined to them. 

The question as to whether the networks observed by me in the fish and 
frog are identical with those observed by Boeke is difficult to settle for certain. 
As regards the frog, however, the resemblance seems sufficiently close to justify 
a conclusion that they are the same thing, while, as regards Squalus, there are 


BY P. D. F. MURRAY. 383 


points of difference which cause one to hesitate before arriving at the same con- 
clusion. | Nevertheless, when one remembers the striking general resemblances 
between them, together with the fact that absolute identity is hardly to be ex- 
pected in such very different animals as fish and mammals, or even fish and 
reptiles, one seems justified in coming to the same conclusion here too. 

The other terminal structure observed in my preparations has already been 
discussed. 

In all discussions of the structures seen after the Bielschowsky treatment 
there is one important point to remember, the considerable probability of the 
ereation of artefacts. But even if these structures are to some extent artefacts, 
and although one be forced to admit that the network is not such in life, still 
the conclusion cannot be avoided, that there is something present in this position 
which is absent in other parts of the muscle fibre, and that this something is 
intimately associated with the nerve-ending. 

This is not the place for a discussion of the possible physiological signi- 
ficance or embryonic origin of the periterminal network. This has already been 
discussed by Boeke (see esp. 1911, 1916-17). There are, however, two points 
brought forward by Boeke which throw some light on the latter problem and 
which may be mentioned. In the first place, he finds, in preparations of de- 
generating endings, that the periterminal networks degenerate with the degenera- 
tion of the ending and then regenerate when the nerve-endings regenerate. In 
the second place, when the network is regenerating, it develops first in connec- 
tion with the nerve-loops, etc., and then spreads out from here through the 
sarcoplasm. Apparently, then, the network is dependent on the nerve-ending 
for its continued existence, and develops, at least in regeneration, in close re- 
lation with the nerve-ending. Beyond these facts, it is impossible as yet to go. 

In conclusion, I have to thank Professor E. 8. Goodrich, F.R.S., for sug- 
gesting this work to me, and for much helpful advice and eriticism while it 
was in progress. I have also to thank Mr. H. M. Carleton, of Oxford, Professor 
Da Fano, of Kings College, London, but above all Professor J. Boeke, of 
Utrecht. During three weeks when I was working in his laboratory at Utrecht, 
Professor Boeke showed the greatest kindness, allowing me all the facilities in 
his power, and was most helpful in every way. 


SUMMARY. 


(1). The ordinary motor nerve-endings of the limb museles of the frog 
are described. 

(2). Another and very much finer type of nerve-ending of the limb muscles 
of the frog is described. This may possibly be the accessory (sympathetic) in- 
nervation. The periterminal network in connection with these nerve-endings is 
described, thus showing the existence of this structure in the frog. 

(3). The nerve-endings of the pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias are des- 
eribed, with two types of periterminal network and another hitherto undescribed 
structure. The latter is a small mass of some substance found in two) cases be- 
neath the terminal loops, ete. The terminal loops appear to give off very fine 
branches which run over this structure forming a network. 

(4). The nature of these periterminal structures is discussed. 

4 (5). Nothing resembling a sympathetic innervation was found in the 
sh. 


384 MOTOR NERVE-ENDINGS IN THE FROG AND THE DOG-FISH, 


Interature. 

Acpuur, E., 1917.—Uber Stiickfarbung mit Bielschowskys Silberimpragnations- 
methode. Einige Modificationen. Zeitschr. f. Mikroskopie und 
f. mikroskopische Technik, 34, 1917, 1-99. 

, 1919.—Are the cross striated Muscle Fibres of the Extremities 

also innervated sympathetically? Verslag van de Gewone Ver- 

gadering der Wis en Natuurkundige, Afdeeling van 25 Januari 

1919, Deel] 27. 

1920.—Sympathetic Innervation of the Muscles of the Extre- 

mities, a histo-experimental study. Verh. K. Akad. van Wetens- 

chappen te Amsterdam, Tweedie Sectie, Deel 20, No. 6, Sep- 

tember, 1920. 

Betousoy, N., 1909.—La Structure intime de la Membrane operculaire et des 

Terminaisons nerveuses dans les muscles striés des Poissons. 
(in russian). Charikov Trav. Soc. nat., 42, 1907-08 (1909). 

Boeke, J., 1910.—Die motorische Endplatte bei den hoheren Vertebraten, ihre 

Entwicklung, Form und Zusammenhang mit der Muskelfaser. 

Anat. Anz., 35, 193. 

1911.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der motorischen Nervenendi- 

eungen. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., 28, 1911. 

1912.—Ueber De- und Regeneration der motorischen Endplatten 

und die doppelte Innervation der quergestreiften Muskelfasern 
bei den Saugetieren. -Verh. d. Anat. Gesellsch. Munchen, April, 

1912. 

— , 1913.—Die doppelte (motorische und sympathische) efferente 

Innervation der quergestreiften Muskelfasern. Anat. Anz., 44, 
1913. 

- , 1916-17.—Studien zur Nervenregeneration, 1 und 2. Verh. K. 
Akad. van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Tweedie Sectie, Deel 
18, No. 6, April, 1916, and Deel 19, No. 5, July, 1917. 

Bremer, L., 1882-83.—Ueber die Endigungen der markhaltigen und marklosen 
Nerven im quergestreiften Muskeln. Arch. f. mekr. Anat., 21, 
1882, 165, and 22, 1883. 

-CAVALIE, M., 1902.—Sur les Terminaisons nerveuses motrices et sensitives dans 
jes muscles striés, chez la Torpille (Lorpedo marmorata). C.R. 
Soc, Biol., 54, 1902, 1279. 

CECCHERELLI, 1904.—Sulla terminazioni nervose e panieri del Giacomini nei mus- 
eoli degli Anfibi anuri adulti. Anat. Anz., 24, 1904, 428. 

Cuccatt, G., 1888-89.—Delle terminazioni nervosi nei muscoli addominali delle 
Rana temporaria e delle R. esculenta. Internat. Monatschr. f. 
Anat. u. Physiol., 1888, Bd. 5, and 1889, Bd. 6. 

DoatEL, A. S., 1890.—Methylenblau Tinction der motorischen Nervenendigungen in 
den Muskeln der Amphibien und Reptilien. Arch. f. mikr. 
Anat., 35, 1890. we 

Frist, B., 1890.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der vitalen Methylenblaufirbung des 
Nervengewebes. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abth., 1890. 

POLOUMORDWINOFF, 1899.—Recherches sur les terminaisons sensitives dans _ les 
muscles striés volontaires. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 1899, 845. 

Retzius, G., 1892.—Zur Kenntniss der motorischen Nervenendigungen. Biol. 
Untersuch., Neue Folge, 3, 1892, 41-53. 


bd 


b) 


7, 


BY P. D. F. MURRAY. 385 


EXPLANATION. OF PLATES XXXVII.-XLILI. 
Plate xxxvil. 
Motor nerve-ending in limb muscle of frog. Coarse type. 1. (x 500); 2. 


(x 400); 3. (x 500). 


Plate xxxviil. 
4. Motor nerve-ending in limb muscle of frog. Coarse type. (x 500). 
5-7. Termination of nerve fibre. Coarse type of motor nerve-ending in 


limb muscle of frog. (x 2,300). 


8-9. Termination of small branch nerve fibre. Coarse type of motor nerve- 


ending in lim) muscle of frog. (x 2,300). 


(O02) 


De 


20. 


Plate xxxix. 
Motor nerve-ending in limb muscle of frog. Fine type. 10. (x 1,400); 11. 
300). 
Plate xl. 
12, 13. Motor nerve-ending in limb muscle of frog. Fine type. 
14. Motor nerve-ending in muscles of pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias. 


Plate xh. 

15, 16. Motor nerve-ending in museles of pectoral fin of Squalus acanthéas.’ 
(x 1,500). 

Plate xl. 
17-19. Motor nerve-ending in muscles of pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias. 
(300) 192) (1300). 

Plate xliii. 
20-23. Motor nerve-ending in muscles of pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias. 
(x 1,450); 21. higher power figure of part of Fig. 20. (x 2,300); 22. 


(= 16300) :=) 235 (1,300). 


STUDIES IN PLANT PIGMENTS. 


Parr u.—THE RED PIGMENT INDUCED By INSECT INJURY IN HKUCALYPTUS 
STRICTA. 


By James M. Perri, D.Se., F.1-C., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in 
Biochemistry. 


(From the Physiological Laboratory of the University of Sydney.) 
(Plate xliv.) 
[Read 27th August, 1924. | 


It is a generally accepted view that among the many brilliant colours of 
the plant-world there are recognised, chemically, a very few fundamental struc- 
tures on which the pigments are built up. In the three groups of anthocyanin 
pigments the compounds forming their chemical basis are predominantly red 
in colour, and one is naturally led to associate all bright red colours of flowers 
with the anthocyanin group. 

Yet are there to be found at times examples of fine red pigments not as- 
sociated with flowers at all, nor belonging to the anthocyanins. Such an ex- 
ample was found on the Blue Mountains, near Mt. Victoria, where Hucalyptus 
stricta grows in dense societies in the Hucalyptus eugenioides forest of the 
sandstone plateau. The small trees of Hucalyptus stricta varied the uniform 
green of their foliage by large areas of red coloured leaves. The red coloration 
presented quite a different appearance from the purple red of the young foliage 
of the Eucalyptus in general, and was accompanied by extensive fasciation. 

A closer examination revealed the fact that these phenomena were due to 
an injury caused by some insect, whose wide-spread depredations had resulted in 
the modification of the form of both leaf and twig. In many places the leaves 
were consumed and the malformation of twigs gave evidence that the cells of 
the growing tips had been attacked in the meristematic condition. Fusion of 
parts and also prolifie branching of the twigs were observed; all the fasciated 
organs were coloured bright red; the whole indicated a general interference in 
the metabolism, and a profound disturbance of the normal growth of the plant. 

The insect causing this malformation has been identified by Mr. W. B. 
Gurney, Government Entomologist, as a new species of microscopic mite, and 
2 note describing it is appended to this paper. The author is greatly indebted 
to Mr. Gurney for this valuable addition, and for the photograph of the affected 
foliage (Plate xliv.). ‘ 

This paper contains (1) an account of the isolation of the pigment from 


BY J. M. PETRIE, 387 


-the red fasciated leaves, and the chemical examination of its properties, (2) a 
description of some recorded cases of similar phenomena, and (3) a discussion 
of the physiology and biochemistry of the mechanism of red pigment formation. 


EXPERIMENTAL. 


The material, consisting of greatly fasciated masses of red leaves, stalks, 
and short red twigs, weighed 1,300 grams in the air-dried state. This was 
macerated in alcohol for some weeks, after which it was drained and pressed, 
and the operations repeated a number of times. The extract consisted of about 
7 litres of a very dark red-coloured fluid, which was concentrated under dimin- 
ished pressure to 1 litre, and allowed to stand for some time to settle. In this 
way were obtained :— 

A. A deep red fluid. 

B. A light coloured deposit, which settled quickly, on cooling, as a semi- 

erystalline mass. 

Cc. <A brick-red deposit of phlobaphene, after standing for some days. 


Examination of the red liquid A. 

(1). A portion of the alcoholic solution was precipitated by the addition 
of 4 volumes of ether. The bright yellow ethereal solution was distilled and 
the residue carefully examined for flavones which may have been present in the 
non-glucosidal state. No flavones were obtained, but the yellow substance, when 
redissolved and purified with charcoal, was obtained in white crystals. These 
exhibited the properties and reactions of gallic acid, which was therefore pro- 
bably present in the tissues of the injured plant. 

(2). The whole of the red solution was treated with lead acetate, which 
deposited a yellowish-brown solid, but left the filtrate still red in colour (7). 
This red filtrate was not create by the subsequent addition of basic ieee 
acetate. 
The brown precipitate, after removing the lead, was submitted to fearoleeie! 
by boiling for a few hours each day with sulphurie acid until no further deposit 
formed on standing. This was complete on the fifth day, and the fluid was still 
of a deep red colour (8). 

Since anthocyanins are rendered insoluble under these conditions the deposits 
were next examined. 

These deposits, after separation from the red fluid, weighed 46 grams, and 
appeared to consist of two different substances—a heavy flaky deposit of an 
Indian-red colour (3), weighing 33 grams, and a fine amorphous yellowish powder 
(4), weighing 13 grams. The separation of these was readily accomplished by 
washing with water and decanting the light yellow powder. 


Examination of the indian-red deposit obtained by hydrolysing the red fluid. 


(3). Just 50% of this substance was soluble in alcohol, the insoluble por- 
tion being reserved (5). 

The concentrated alcoholic solution was very bright red in colour; on stand- 
ing a few days a light grey substance separated, which possessed properties 
similar to deposit- B obtained at the beginning. The red fluid was poured into 
a large volume of ether, from which there soon separated a bulky precipitate 
of a purple-brown colour. This substance was repeatedly purified and dried; 


388 STUDIES IN PLANT PIGMENT, il., 


after which its properties were studied in detail. The ethereal fluids were re- 
served (6). 
Properties of the red pigment. 


The substance was in the form of dark red flakes, and even after slow 
evaporation was entirely devoid of crystalline form. When warmed with water, 
or dilute hydrochloric acid, the substance was quite insoluble, but dissolved rapid- 
ly and completely in water with a drop of ammonia, forming a red liquid. It 
was also soluble in alcohol to a red solution. When poured into a large volume 
of water this alcoholic solution was not precipitated, but on the addition of a 
drop of acid instant precipitation occurred, as a buff coloured flocculent deposit, 
and the fluid lost its red colour. 

When the solution in aleohol was made extremely dilute so that the colour 
was the faintest yellow, and to this a drop of ammonia or potash was added, 
a deep red colour instantly appeared, whereas sodium carbonate precipitated the 
red pigment. 

When shaken with amyl alcohol, the colour was distributed evenly between 
the aqueous solution and the alcohol. 

Ferric alum gave a bluish-black colour and precipitate. 

The pigment was precipitated by lead acetate, bromine, formaldehyde and 
hydrochloric acid, and potassium bichromate. 

The red pigment was decomposed by fusion with potassium hydroxide at 
200° C. The products of decomposition were isolated and identified as phloro- 
glucinol, protocatechuic acid, and gallic acid. 


Examination of the amorphous yellow deposit. 


(4). This very fine yellowish-brown powder, formed during hydrolysis, was 
quite insoluble in water, alcohol, ether, or dilute acids. It was soluble, however, 
in water containing a few drops of ammonia, and formed a greenish-yellow fluid 
from which a heavy sulphur-yellow precipitate gradually separated. This yellow 
substance was carefully washed, dried, and examined :— 

When shaken up with dilute hydrochloric acid, ferric alum produced in it, 
after 5 minutes, a navy-blue coloration and then a blue-black precipitate. 

Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolved it to a bright yellow solution. 

Concentrated nitric acid formed a very brilliant red liquid. 

Glacial acetic acid did not dissolve the substance, but removed the yellow 
colour, and deposited a light grey precipitate. 

Potassium hydroxide gave a bright yellow solution. The yellow powder 
heated to 200° C. darkened, but did not melt below 250°. 

Some of these reactions recall the properties of Mr. H. G. Smith’s aroma- 
dendron, obtained from eucalyptus exudations (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxx., 
1896): the colours obtained above with the strong acids and alkali are the same, 
but all the other properties are different. 


Examination of the insoluble portion of the indian-red deposit. 


(5). This substance was an amorphous dark red powder, insoluble in water, 
dilute acids, alcohol, and the ordinary organic solvents. It was, however, rapidly 
acted on by water containing a few drops of ammonia, in which it partially dis- 
solved, but the fluid soon became milky and a light yellowish-green precipitate 
settled. When this coloured substance was warmed with hydrochloric acid, it was 


BY J. M. PETRIE. 389 


changed to a white insoluble compound. In concentrated sulphuric acid, it formed 
a yellow solution and, when this was poured into water, the white compound 
was again obtained. The latter was rapidly dissolved by alkalies to a deep 
yellow solution. When suspended in dilute acid and treated with ferric alum, 
it yielded a blue-black solution and precipitate. The yellowish-green powder 
was fused with alkali at 200° C. and its decomposition products separated. 
Phloroglucinol was identified, and also catechol, protocatechuic acid, and gallic 
acid. 
Examination olf the ethereal extracts. 

(6). The ether from the precipitation of the red pigment (3) was com- 
bined with that obtained by shaking out the red fluid (2). The ether was re- 
moved by distillation and the residue was tested for flavones. 

Although the ethereal solution was bright yellow in colour, the residue 
was red and granular. The greater portion of this residue dissolved in cold 
water to a red solution, and left a small amount of a yellowish-brown flaky 
substance. Both portions, when treated with ferric alum, gave a_ blue-black 
colour, and the flaky substance, after purifying, produced long white crystals 
with a melting-point of 220° C. This was subsequently proved by its reactions 
to be gallic acid. No flavones were present. 


Examination of the residual red fluids. 


(7). The red filtrate from the lead acetate precipitation—This solution 
possessed the same brilliant red colour as the original. When boiled it de- 
posited a brown precipitate. After removing the lead with sulphuric acid, the 
superfluid was colourless, and the latter when further heated with hydrochloric 
acid still remained colourless. The belief was thus confirmed, that the colour- 
less solution did not contain the pseudo base of an anthocyanin, since under 
these conditions the original colour of the solution would have been restored. 
(8). The red solution after hydrolysis—When the insoluble deposits were 
removed from the acid fluid after hydrolysis the remaining liquid was still red 
in colour. This red solution differed from the previous one (7) in that pro- 
longed boiling caused no precipitation or change in colour. The red pigment, 
however, was completely precipitated by formaldehyde and hydrochloric acid, 
and after some hours the colour of the fluid was but a pale brown. Complete 
precipitation and disappearance of the red colour was brought about also by 
potassium bichromate, and by bromine. Ferric alum produced a_ blue-black 
coloration and precipitate, which in certain concentrations exhibited a purple 
tinge. 

The white deposit B. 


This substance presented some remarkable characters, and was reserved for 
a later investigation. It appeared to be a very inert compound, and burned on 
platinum foil with a strong odour of burning rubber. It was a derivative of 
caoutchoue. 


The phlobaphene deposit C. 

The red extract, which was obtained in the beginning by steeping the red 
plant material in alcohol, when allowed to stand for some days, deposited in- 
soluble phlobaphenes or anhydrides of the tannins. These were found to possess 
all the general properties of the catechol tannin anhydrides. 


390 STUDIES IN PLANT PIGMENT, iL, 


Tannin Estimations. 


The British official method with chromated hide-powder was used in the 
determination of the amount of tannin in the powdered leaves. 

Equal weights of normal green leaves and of red fasciated leaves of 
Eucalyptus stricta, air-dried and treated under exactly similar conditions, yielded 
the following results :— 

Greenileavests 3) 4s cihs aise een meen tans 18.8 % tannin. 
Red a SPE SAE Bier ei Nea ess Nee 24.5 us 


RECORDS OF THE REDDENING OF PLANTS AFTER INJURY. 


Historical—Parkin (1903), who studied the red pigments in a large number 
of different plants, has classified those occurring in leaves in the following four 
groups :— 

(1). The transitory red of young foliage leaves. 

(2). The autumnal tints. 

(3). The permanent red of mature leaves. 

(4). The accidental colouring due to exceptional conditions. 

In the last group we find the red pigments that are developed by such con- 
ditions as excessive insolation in high mountain regions, lightning, raised tem- 
peratures, and again always as a result of injury. 

Mer (1877) was one of the earliest observers of the formation, in plants, of 
pigment resulting from the injury caused by animal and vegetable parasites. 
He also made the important statement that oxygen was necessary for the pro- 
duction of red pigment. i 

An important study of the stimulation of cells was made by Hauptfleisch 
(1892), when he observed that the movement of protoplasm was greatly ac- 
celerated by injury to the adjoining cells, and in some plants, where no motion 
was observed under ordinary conditions, marked streaming of the protoplasm 
occurred. 

In the red disease of vines, Zacharewicz (1905) observed that the leaves 
turned red when attacked by the red spider, Tetranychus telarius. 

Parkin (1905) deseribed a brilliant red pigment which could be produced 
on a species of Jacobinia by injuring the plant; and oxygen was found to be 
essential to its formation. 

Mirande (1906) studied the ravages of a caterpillar on the leaves of Gale- 
opsis, and the resulting formation of red pigment. The production of antho- 
eyanin in this case was thought to be due to the formation of excess of tannin 
and glucose in the presence of oxidases. 

It was shown by Gautier (1906) that wounds in the vine produced antho- 
cyanin, and imitated the autumnal colouring in the leaves. He stated that the 
pigments were produced from coloured phenolic acids of the nature of tannins. 

Mirande (1907) examined larval shelters built on sixty different plants. 
The conclusions that he drew were that the conditions necessary for the for- 
mation of red pigment are, firstly, the local interruption of the free current 
which brings about the accumulation of certain compounds in the tissues, such 
as phloroglucinol, tannin, glucose, etce.; and the presence of an oxidase enzyme. 
When one of these factors is wanting, no red pigment is formed. 

From a great many observations of the flora of Japan, Miyoshi (1909) has 
recorded the formation of red pigment as a result of injury. He stated that 


BY J. M. PETRIE. 391 


the colour first appears in the parts bitten by insects or in other ways injured, 
and from this position the pigment spreads till the whole of the leaf surfaces 
are coloured red. 

In Pfeffer’s “Physiology of Plants” (p. 495) it is stated that the red and 
blue anthocyanin pigments of cell-sap seem to be tannins or compounds allied 
to phenols. These old authors believed in the origin of anthocyanins from 
tannins. More recently this view has appeared again; for we have Politis (1911, 
1923) who, from his microchemical investigations, concludes that anthocyanins 
are produced by special bodies, called cyanoplasts, which contain tannin; and 
Chodat (1912) who conducted certain experiments which suggested to him also 
their origin in the tannins. 

The Role of the Oxidising Enzymes——One notes that most of these in- 
vestigators, whose work has been referred to above, have recognised the essential 
role of oxygen in the formation of leaf-pigment. The special study of this fac- 
tor in plant-diseases has been carried out in the U.S. Bureau of Plant In- 
dustry. The mosaic disease of tobacco was explained by Woods (1902) on the 
basis of disturbance in the oxidase mechanism; there was invariably a greater 
quantity of oxidase in the pigmented than in the normal leaves. 

In “leaf curl” of the potato, Sorauer found that the colour changes ac- 
companying the disease were due to disturbance in the enzymatic equilibrium, 
and observed great intensity of the peroxidase reaction. 

Bunzel (1913), studying the “curly top” of sugar-beets, found in the in- 
jured leaves an oxidase content two or three times as great as in normal plants. 

It may be stated that, in general, most abnormal plants which have been 
examined, suffermg from injury of any kind or whose growth has been stunted 
by adverse conditions, show this great increase in oxidase activity. 


THe PuHysi0oLocgicaL MECHANISM oF RED PIGMENT FoRMATION IN INJURED 
PLANTS. 


Biophysical.—tlIt is well recognised that plants in their own way, as well 
as animals, can respond to various injuries received, by increasing their vital 
activities. They react in a definite manner towards regaining their normal con- 
dition. We have instances of this in the formation of callus and cork after 
injury, and the irritation caused by parasites is often attended by abnormal 
growth. One gathers with interest, from recently recorded experimental work, 
that the plant, in rallying from the shock of injury, exhibits symptoms resem- 
bling those of injured animal tissues, such as increased respiration, rise of tem- 
perature, and local reddening. The stimulation of plant or animal tissues is 
followed by an accelerated respiration, and particularly after the stimulus of 
wounding. 

Richards (1897) made the assumption that the extra work performed under 
the stimulus would necessitate a rise in temperature of the parts affected, and 
in his experimental work used a very efficient thermo-electric element and mirror 
galvanometer. By this means he measured the potential difference of temper- 
ature between injured and uninjured plants and obtained differences of three to 
four degrees centigrade. This rise of temperature after injury of the plant, 
and corresponding to the fever following the wounding of animal tissues, is the 
extra work due to the exertion of the vital forces of the organism in its at- 
tempt to recover; the vitality of the plant being, of course, on a much lower 


392 STUDIES IN PLANT PIGMENT, ii., 


level. The intensity of respiration is thus found to be the best measure of the 
increased activity of the injured plant. 

Biochemical.—In normal respiration, or gaseous exchange in the plant tissue, 
the carbon dioxide evolved is of complex origin. Between the processes of 
absorption of oxygen and evolution of carbon dioxide, there is a close relationship 
under normal conditions, in which enzymes are known to take a large part. 
Much experimental work in this field has been carried out in the Cambridge 
School of Botany, and also by the French investigators. Their results have 
established the facts that the stimulus of respiration after injury produces rise 
of temperature of the adjacent tissues, an increased intake of oxygen, and an 
inereased production of carbon dioxide; but that if the stimulus is great and 
the injury extensive, the evolution of carbon dioxide goes down, and the absorp- 
tion of oxygen is no longer correlated with it. In non-tannin leaves the oxygen 
absorbed was very much lower than the carbon dioxide evolved, while in tannin- 
rich plants the oxygen intake was rapid, and remained at a high level, much 
greater than the carbon dioxide produced. The absorption of oxygen is in some 
way connected with the cell contents, and especially the tannins (Thoday). 

The hypothesis of the role of oxygen in the formation of red pigments re- 
ceived the first evidence from the experiments of Molliard (1907). Certain 
plants growing in nutritive solutions of different composition showed that the 
parts below the water surface were unpigmented. All the conditions being the 
same, he concluded that lack of oxygen was the factor inhibiting the red pigment 
formation. 

The work of Mirande, Laborde, Palladin, and Wheldale has confirmed that 
the formation of red pigment in leaves is always accompanied by increased oxi- 
dation, and occurs in a medium more oxidising than the normal medium; and 
that red leaves take in and fix more oxygen than green leaves. 

Coombes (1910) showed experimentally that respiration of red leaves was 
much more active than of green leaves. The intake and fixation of oxygen 1s 
closely associated in some way with the action of oxidase enzymes. These are 
responsible for the discoloration of tissues, and the formation of red pigments 
after injury. 

Onslow (1919) observed that the oxidase of potato is able to oxidise catechol 
and protocatechuic acid. This suggests that the red-brown pigments are due to 
the action of oxidase enzymes upon some such substances contained in the in- 
jured tissue. The catechol group present in the substrate is activated by the 
enzyme, and gives rise to the formation of red pigments. 

Recapitulation—The general effect of injury to a plant is told increase the 
intensity of its respiration. This comprehends rise of temperature above the 
normal, and great increase in the amount of oxygen fixed, especially in plants 
containing tannins. This increase is maintained after the injury, and the eell- 
contents are acted upon by oxidase enzymes which cause the formation of 
coloured compounds. 

The balanced reactions are destroyed by mechanical injury, and then pro- 
ceed always in the direction of hydrolysis, or the breaking up into simpler sub- 
stances. The protoplasm of the injured cells loses its semi-permeability, and 
the pigments diffuse outwards, permeating the whole tissue and staining the 
protoplasm and the cell walls. 


BY J. M. PETRIE. 393 


Conclusions drawn from the experimental work, 


The plant extract, exhibiting a brilliant red colour, was examined in the 
special way to detect anthocyanins. Now much controversy has taken place, 
especially among French investigators, as to the real nature of the red pig- 
ments: the anthocyanin researches of certain authors were suspected by others 
of being concerned with tannins. There is no doubt that many of the con- 
Spicuous properties are held in common by these two groups, which are both 
sources of red pigment; and one must have had considerable experience to de- 
cide with certainty the group to which a pigment belongs. For this reason it 
was necessary to isolate the pigment, and identify its decomposition products. 

The following characteristic reactions show decisively that the red pigment is 
formed from a catechol tannin, which has undergone decomposition as a result 
of injury to the plant. 

The pigment was obtained in red flakes, and was non-crystalline, insoluble 
in dilute acids, but soluble in alkalies. It was precipitated by water from its 
alcoholic solution when made slightly acid, completely precipitated by bromine, 
formaldehyde, etc., and contained phloroglucinol, and gallic and protocatechuie 
acids. Anthocyanins were thus shown to be absent. 

By simple extraction and shaking with ether, gallic acid was obtained. It 
was probably present as free acid in the tissues of the injured plant. It was 
likewise obtained after boiling with acid, in which case, however, the acid was 
liberated from combination as a constituent of some tannin glucoside. 

In conclusion, the writer expresses his indebtedness to Professor Chapman 
for laboratory facilities. 


SUMMARY. 


Leaves of Eucalyptus stricta were found to be injured by a microscopic 
mite, Eriophyes eucalypti, and, as a result, great fasciation had taken place, and 
a bright red colour had been produced. 

The colouring matter of these red fasciated leaves was isolated and ex- 
amined. chemically. No trace of authoeyanin could be identified, but instead, the 
pigment was proved to be a catechol tannin red. It was obtained in red non- 
erystalline flakes, and soluble in alcohol and alkalies. The reactions are given 
whereby it is distinguished from anthocyanins, many of the properties of which 
are held in common. 

The red pigment is probably one of the first anhydrides, or soluble phloba- 
phenes, of a catechol tannin. 


Bibliography. 

Bunzeu, 1913.—Bur. of Plant Industry, U.S.A., No. 277. 
Comps, 1910.—Compt. nend., 150, 1532. 
GAUTIER, 1906.—Compt. rend., 143, 490. 
Mer, 1877.—Bull. Soc. bot. Paris, 24, 105. 
Miranve, 1906.—Compt. rend., 143, 413. 

, 1907.—Compt. rend., 145, 1300. 
MiyosuHt, 1909.—Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokio, 27. 
MoutiarD, 1907.—Rev. gen. bot. Paris, 19, 241. 
OnsLow, 1919.—Biochem. Journ., 13, 1. 


394 STUDIES IN PLANT PIGMENT, il. 


PARKIN, 1903.—Brit. Assoc, Rept., 862. 
, 1905.—Annals Bot., 19, 167. 
Potitis, 1911.—Rend. accad. Lincei, Roma, 20, 828. 
, 1923.—Rend. accad. Lincet, Roma. 
Ricuarps, 1897.—Annals Bot., 11, 29. 
THopay, 1913.—Annals Bot., 27, 697. 
Woops, 1902.—Bur. of Plant Ind. U.S.A., No. 18. 
ZACHAREWICZ, 1905.—thro. Wheldale—“Anthocyanin pigments.” 


395 


MITE OF GENUS ERIOPHYES ASSOCIATED WITH MALFORMATION 
OF LEAVES OF HUCALYPTUS STRICTA. 


By W. B. Gurney, F.E.S. 
(One Text-figure). 
[Read 27th August, 1924.] 


This note contains the description of the mite which caused a red coloration 
in leaves and twigs of Eucalyptus stricta; the chemistry of the pigment produced 
has been investigated by Dr. J. M. Petrie (see pp. 386-394). 

On the terminals of branches of Eucalyptus stricta at Mount Wilson on the 
Blue Mountains, distortion of the twigs and young leaves occurs frequently. 
This consists of thickening of the young terminal leaves and general reddening 
of the tissue, especially of the aborted leaves. The whole effect seems to be to 
stultify the growth and cause dense clusters or tufts of small, narrow, deep red- 
dish leaves, giving a ‘“Witch’s Broom” appearance to the terminals. These mal- 
formations are at once noticeable at a distance on the saplings of this species 
of Eucalyptus (see Plate xliv.). 

I gather from Mr. W. F. Blakely, of the Botanic Gardens, that other species 
of Hucalyptus, both on the Blue Mountains and near Sydney, have been noticed 
with somewhat similar reddish tufts of discoloured and distorted tips. 

Examination of these reddish tufts collected for me from JL. stricta in 
December, 1923, and in March, 1924, at Mount Wilson revealed the presence, in 
great numbers, of extremely small mites of the Family Eriophyidae, apparently 
of a new species of the genus Hriophyes. The immature stages were much 
smaller and exhibited fewer annular rings on the abdomen. The normal shape 
is elongate, cylindrical, and gradually tapering to both extremities. 

The mouth parts include a pair of minute bristle-like mandibles and there 
is a pair of 3-jointed palpi. The species of this family of mites are minute, 
varying, according to Dr. Nalepa, from 80 to 280, and they characteristically 
cause déformities on the plants they infest. Their attacks often cause furry- 
looking spots called an erineum, and sometimes definite dimple, blister-like, or 
even elongate galls are found. This particular species frequents the bases and 
the surface of the leaves, especially the inner faces of the young leaves, affect- 
ing their growth and causing unnatural thickening and reddening of those 
leaves. 

Eriophyes pyri, the Pear Leaf Blister mite, and ZL. vitis, causing “Hrinose’’ 
of the grape vine, are well known pests of these hosts. I can find no reference 
to a species of this genus infesting Eucalyptus. Dr. Nalepa records one species 


396 NEW MITE OF THE GENUS ERIOPHYES. 


only of the Myrtaceae, viz., Prunica granatuwm, as being affected by an Hriophyes 
out of 144 species of this genus described by him. 

I have to acknowledge gratefully the excellent figure of this minute form 
which Mr. E. H. Zeck has drawn to illustrate this description. 


ToMereu eatin aG 

OG VeiGi mic 

We Wek v4 

Wa og 1 Wiay 
NENE) 


SOOO 


POOR Gin oe F 
RU nln a omapo nn Bn 
Hie H HDs oO On EL Ar 
MURR ARAN DRO ARS) 0 Fi: 
* ~ eee 1 
SI iene CO 
, p , 
ye; Ae Mg td 
, ‘ 
wat wa ’ 


EHriophyes eucalypti, n.sp. (x 590) 
Drawn by H. H. Zeck. 


HRIOPHYES EUCALYPTI, n.Sp. 


The body elongate, cylindrical, tapering. Thoracie shield inconspicuous. 
Striae punctate, 42 to 52. Setae all present (except accessory setae, not noticed). 
Ventral seta 1 twice length of ventral seta 2. Legs medium size, basal segments 
relatively thick, segments 3 to 5 relatively thin. Claw longer than feathered 
hair which is 4-rayed. Length about 170 p. 


References. 
Banks, Nathan.—The Acarina or Mites. Report U.S. Dept. Agric., No. 108, 
1915. 
Hopexiss, H. E.—New Species of Maple Mites. Journ. Econ. Ent., vi., 1913, 
420-424. 


Nanepa, A.—Eriophyidae (Phytoptidae). Das Tierreich, 4 Lief., 1898. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XXXIII. 


Mollusca from Roy Bell’s Collections. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XXXIV. 


Mollusca from Roy Bell’s Collections. 


ua ae 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XXXV. 


17 
Mollusca from Roy Bell’s Collections. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE xXxXxVI. 


Mollusca from Roy Bell’s Collections. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


PLATE XxXxXVII. 


48 BENS ; 


Motor nerve-endings in limb muscle of frog. Coarse Type. 


he & 


XXXVIII- 


Pouare 


Soo. N.S.W., 1924. 


Proc. Linn, 


Motor nerve-endings in limb muscle of frog. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


PLATE XXXIx. 


Motor nerve-ending in limb muscle of frog. 


Fine type. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XL. 


Sorta erp aime A oa 


12, 13. Motor nerve-ending in limb muscle of frog, 
14. Motor nerve-ending in muscles of pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias. 


Vp 
\ nie 
nit 


ae 
on 


Phe 
peat 


yc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE xUt. 


16 


Motor nerve-endings in museles of pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XLII. 


Motor nerve-endings in muscles of pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias. 


a 
rut 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XLII. 


Motor nerve-endings in muscles of pectoral fin of Squalus acanthias. 


el aS B : 


ahve , 


TAY Lng 
ROP RS 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XLIV. 


eat 


Eucalyptus stricta injured by species of Hriophyes. 


— 
“i 
ht 

— 


397 SRT, 


REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE. 
By A. Jerreris Turner, M.D., F.E.S. 
{Read 24th September, 1924.] 


In the preparation of this revision, together with some corrections and ad- 
ditions to the families previously treated, I have been much assisted by the 
loan of specimens from the South Australian Museum, The National Museum, 
Melbourne, the Australian Museum, Sydney, and from Mr. G. Lyell, Mr. G. M. 
Goldfinch and other entomologists. Specially helpful has been the loan of some 
types from the Lucas Collection recently acquired by the South Australian 
Museum. Unfortunately some of the Lucasian types have not yet been dis- 
covered in this Collection. 


Family LYMANTRIADAE. 


Dr. Starr Jordan of California informs me that the generic name Liparis 
was used for a fish by Scopoli in 1777, antedating its use in the Lepidoptera. 
It seems, therefore, that we must use the name Lymantriadae for the family, 
Liparidae being inadmissible. 


PORTHESIA XUTHOSTERNA, 0.Sp. 
£ov0éaTepvos tawny-breasted. 

3. 28-30 mm. Head and thorax white, more or less suffused with orange- 
ochreous; pectus orange-ochreous. Palpi white. Antennae whitish; pectinations 
grey. Abdomen white, with two, three, or four blackish median dorsal spots. 
Legs white; anterior pair, except tarsi, suffused in front with orange-ochreous. 
Forewings oval-triangular, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen 
bowed, moderately oblique; white; cilia white. Hindwings with termen rounded; 
white; cilia white. 

Not unlike P. euthysana Turn., but there are no long spathulate ochreous 
seales on dorsal margin of forewings. 

Queensland: National Park (2,000-4,000 ft.) in February and March. 

New South Wales: Mt. Wilson (3,500 ft.) in November. Eight specimens. 


PORTHESIA SEMIFUSCA. 


Orgyia semifusca Wlk., Char. Undeser. Lep. Het., 1869, 65; Porthesia ? 
irrorata Luc., Proce. Roy. Soc. Q’ld., 1892, 77; Ocybola semifusca Turn., Mem. 
Nat. Mus., Melb., iv., 1912, 5; Porthesia melambaphes Turn., Proe. Linn. Soe. 
N.S.W., 1920, 480. 


398 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


According to Mr. J. A. Kershaw the ? has narrow rudimentary wings, but 
this character by itself scarcely justifies generic separation. 
Victoria: Sale, Melbourne. 


HABROPHYLLA EURYZONA. 


Mr. J. D. Wilson has kindly sent me two females reared from larvae. They 
are completely apterous and the legs and antennae are much reduced. Although 
apterous females are not uncommon in this family, this is the first instance that 
I know of in the Euproctis group. 


AXIOLOGA PURA. 

There are two @ examples in the Lucas Collection labelled as this species 

in Mr. R. Illidge’s handwriting. Neither of them corresponds with Lucas’s 

description; his type, which cannot be found, was smaller, and had two dentate 

black lines. I think it may have been the d of this species, though stated to be 
2. Until the ¢ has been rediscovered this must remain a conjecture. 


DURA MARGINEPUNCTATA. 


Previously known only from New Guinea and North Queensland, the range 
of this species has been recently discovered to extend much further south. 

Queensland: Bunya Mountains (W. B. Barnard); New South Wales: Lis- 
more (V. J. Robinson), Tuneurry (G. M. Goldfinch). 


Genus OLENE. 

A character of this genus which I have not previously noted is that, while 
the ¢ has two pairs of spurs on the posterior tibiae, in the ? the median spurs 
are absent. 

OLENE OSTRACINA Turn. 

The receipt, from Mr. W. B. Barnard, of an example of this species in 
much better condition than the type enables me to refer it to its right. genus 
and to give a more accurate description. 

9. 45 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs whitish. A 
small ochreous posterior thoracic crest, and a larger ochreous crest on dorsum 
of second abdominal segment. Posterior tibiae with terminal spurs only. Fore- 
wings with costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, moderate- 
ly oblique; whitish; markings fuscous mixed with brown; a basal dot followed 
by a fine incomplete outwardly oblique line; a median, large, longitudinally 
oval, sub-basal spot; a finely dentate transverse line at one-third; a dentate and 
sinuate transverse line at two-thirds, preceded by a short transverse streak 
beneath costa; immediately followed by a large post-median blotch with a large 
truncate posterior process beneath costa, and another in middle, narrowing 
rapidly below middle, and not reaching dorsum; an interrupted crenulate sub- 
marginal line; cilia whitish. Hindwings and cilia whitish. 

North Queensland: Cooktown in April. 


Species wrongly referred. 
Artaxa usta Luec., Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’ld., 1894, 106, belongs to the Drepanidae. 


BY A. J, TURNER. ~ / 399 


Family ANTHELIDAE. Pk eae 
Genus ANTHELA. 


An examination of the types in the Lucas Collection has shown me that 
the species I have previously described as A. magnifica is really A. asciscens 
Lue. It is a larger species than the true A. magnifica Luc. which I have hitherto 
called asciscens. The latter has two white discal spots on the forewings, and the 
hindwings are fuscous without ochreous tinge. 


ANTHELA CALLICESTA, 0.Sp. 
xahAlkeorés , beautifully figured. 


g. 58mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dark-fuscous; pectus ochreous. 
Abdomen dark-fuscous; under surface ochreous. Legs dark-fuscous with a few 
whitish scales; coxae ochreous. J orewings triangular, costa straight to near 
apex, apex pointed, termen bowed, only slightly oblique; dark-fuscous with 
slight grey-whitish irroration; two very obscure, suffused, darker transverse lines; 
first from one-third costa to dorsum before middle, outwardly-curved; second 
from two-thirds costa to dorsum beyond middle, approximated to dorsal end of 
first line; a whitish discal dot at one-third before and touching first line; a 
targer, transversely-elongate, whitish discal spot before two-thirds, touching second 
line; a more slender, obscure, dark, subterminal line; a grey-whitish, rather 
narrow, terminal band, anteriorly sharply defined by a strongly crenated border; 
cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; as forewings, but without 
discal spots. Underside similar but ochreous-tinged, basal half of dise mostly 
dark-fuscous; terminal half mostly greyish-ochreous; without discal spots, or 
with second spot on forewings just indicated. Very distinct by the scalloped 
grey border of wings. 

New South Wales: Sydney in October; one specimen, which forms part of 
@ general collection made entirely from within the boundaries of his own home 


by Dr. G. A. Waterhouse, who proposes to donate the type to the Australian 
Museum. 


Species wrongly referred. 


Darala rosea Luc., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, 291, belongs to the Lima- 
codidae. 


Darala consuta Luc., Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’ld., 1899, 139, is a synonym of Cotana 
serranotata Lue. (Eupterotidae). 


Family SATURNIADAE. 


Dr. R. J. Tillyard has kindly sent me particulars of the pupal tracheation 
of Antheraea eucalypti. The areole is absent (as I expected), but previous con- 
jectures as to the missing veins of the forewings are disproved. In the pupa 
Ri separates from Rs near the base, Rs is three-branched, and M is two- 
branched, instead of four and three-branched respectively as in normal Hetero- 
cera. 

Translating this into the usual notation, the definition should be amended 
thus—veins 5 and 6 coincident, 10 absent (rarely present and separating just 
before apex). 

Genus ANTHERAEA. 


: Vein 11 of forewings, which usually separates towards apex, may be absent. 
It is so sometimes in A. astrophela, so also in the species here described. 


400 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


ANTHERAEA SACCOPOEA, 0.Sp. 
cakkorroos, making bags or sacks. 


3. 84-94 mm. Head purple-reddish. Palpi very short; purple-reddish; 
upper surface and apex ochreous. Antennae ochreous. Thorax and abdomen 
purple-reddish. Legs purple-reddish tinged with ochreous. Forewings _ tri- 
angular, costa straight to beyond middle, thence strongly arched, apex rounded- 
rectangular, termen straight, slightly oblique; purple-reddish; suffused with grey 
on costa; ocellus post-median, small, circular, faintly outlined with purplish, a 
narrow white curved line on inner aspect followed by a crimson meniscus, re- 
mainder ochreous with a narrow, transverse, slit-like hyaline centre; a whitish 
subterminal line edged on both fidles with purplish, nearly straight, from costa 
shortly before apex to two-thirds dorsum; an obscure purple-crimson apical 
patch; cilia concolorous, apices whitish. i: andra with termen very slightly 
rounded, tornus prominent; colour as forewings; ocellus as forewings, but out- 
lined with fuscous and without hyaline centre; subterminal line similar but 
curved and wavy; a darker suffused antemedian transverse line. Underside 
similar but duller; ocelli encircled with whitish. 

2. 104 mm. Similar but wings grey; hindwings with termen more rounded 
and tornus less prominent. 

North Queensland: Cooktown; two specimens received from Mr. W. B. 
Barnard. The larvae pupate in large irregularly shaped bags of loose brown 
silk, in which each spins a separate loose cocoon. These bags are spun among 
the twigs and leaves of a shrub locally known as “wild guava” or “wild pear” 
in the bush within thirty miles of Cooktown. Twenty or thirty may emerge 
from a single bag; they emerged in Toowoomba in March, but unfortunately 
nearly all failed to expand their wings, and were badly crippled. This may 
have been due to the drier atmosphere of that place. 


Family BOMBYCIDAE. 


On reconsideration, I have come to the conclusion that the Eupterotidae 
cannot be separated from this family. It may be noted that my definitions of 
these two families previously given are practically identical, and it is unneces- 
sary to repeat them. Even after this amalgamation the family is only of 
moderate size. The few Australian genera may be separated by the following 


key :-— 

1. Both wings Waa Gr iwroren hope eave Gi Gall os co 05 06.66 50 06 4 Pep 
Both wings with 5 from beneath upper angle .. .. .. 4, 

2. Forewings with 9, 10 closely approximated to 11 in aastenion neal of wing, 
and usually connected with it by a crossbar .. .. .. .. .. .. -.. Cotana 
Forewings not so .. Se OA ere EN as Ai eon e 3. 

3. Both wings with 3 sad) 4 ‘Siilked Reholi l aun fevcontdlanelan. 6 tay pea alereme este is cules mE ONACELO 
Both wings with 8 and 4 separate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ., «=. -» Mallodeta 

4 Bewley wares smh Wei Il Alo Go ao od 65 Gh 60 o5 60 00 66 col be Eupterote 
Bothy wines = with wenplusonesent) eminent ae eee east Ta TOhG 


GASTRIDIOTA ADOXIMA. 

3. 26-31 mm. Head, thorax, and antennae dark chocolate-brown; face 
sometimes paler. Abdomen dark chocolate-brown; tuft with spreading hairs, 
which have fuscous apices. Forewings triangular, costa straight to near apex, 
apex pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; dark chocolate-brown; a 
triangular costal area with whitish or ochreous-whitish irroration, from one- 


BY A. J. TURNER. 401 


fourth gradually increasing in breadth to middle, where it ends abruptly; in this 
is a small darker discal spot with pale centre; a short transverse mark of 
similar colour on costa before three-fourths; an ochreous mark on dorsum be- 
yond middle, followed by a dark line, and this by some ochreous irroration; 
cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded, tornus prominent; dark 
chocolate-brown; a slight ochreous irroration on termen above middle; a paler 
irroration on dorsum from one-fourth to three-fourths, followed by a dark line, 
and this by a pale mark; cilia ochreous, on dorsum chocolate-brown mixed with 
ochreous-whitish on dorsal markings. 

I have received two males from Mr. V. J. Robinson, who has bred the species 
from larvae feeding on Ficus at Rous, near Lismore, N.S.W. 


Family NOTODONTIDAE. 
Subfamily CNETHOCAMPINAE. 
Genus MESODREPTA nov. 
feco-dperros, picked out from the middle. 


Palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. Forewings with 5 
from about middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, areole present but rather small, 
7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connate with them. Huindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from 
middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell to beyond middle, not 
connected. 

An interesting discovery intermediate between Cynosarga, with which it 
agrees in neuration, and Hpicoma, with which it agrees in the absence of palpi 
and middle spurs. It clearly indicates the ancestry of the latter genus. 


MESODREPTA HARPOTOMA, n.sp. 
amérouos, divided by a sickle. 

62. 38-45 mm. Head grey-whitish; face ochreous. Antennae whitish; 
pectinations in d 10, in 2 5, ochreous-tinged. Thorax white, anteriorly greyish- 
tinged. Abdomen ochreous; in 2 annulated with dark-fuscous; tuft and under- 
side white. Legs white; anterior pair ochreous mixed with blackish on dorsum. 
Forewings triangular, costa straight, in 2 slightly arched, apex round-pointed, 
termen bowed, slightly oblique; a narrow, outwardly curved, sickle-shaped fascia 
from mid-dorsum to costa shortly before apex, broadest on dorsum, thence 
gradually narrowing, blackish, crossed by short ochreous streaks on veins; cilia 
white. Hindwings with termen rounded, white, cilia white. Underside wholly 
white. The sexes are similar. 

Queensland: Toowoomba in December. I have received two examples of this 
very distinct species from Mr. W. B. Barnard, who has generously given me 
the type. 

Subfamily NOTODONTINAE. 
OMICHLIS HADROMENES. 

In Mr. W. B. Barnard’s Collection is a striking ¢ aberration in which a 
fuscous median streak extends from base to termen. It is from Kuranda (F. 
ee Wodd)): 

Family LASIOCAMPIDAE. 


Tongue absent. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Labial palpi moderate or long, 
porrect. Eyes often small, usually hairy. Thorax and abdomen stout, densely 
hairy. Legs densely hairy; posterior tibiae without middle spurs, all terminal 
Spurs very short. Forewings with cell small, areole never present; anal vein 


402 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


not fureate at base; 1 absent, or rarely weakly developed towards termen; 2 
from near base, 3 usually from about middle of cell, 4 and 5 approximated 
from angle, 6 from upper angle, 9 and 10 always stalked. Hindwings with two 
anal veins, 1 absent, 7 from well before angle of cell, usually from near base 
(except in Perna and Neurochyta), 11 running into 12, or replaced by an 
anastomosis of 12, with 7 near its base, or more rarely with cell; from the 
subcostal cell so formed arise usually one or more pseudoneuria, which are often 
branched in an irregular and sometimes arborescent fashion. Frenulum and 
retinaculum absent in both sexes; hindwings with a strong basal costal ex- 
pansion. 

The Lasiocampidae are found in all continental areas, and are no doubt an 
ancient group which specialised early (1) by the loss of the interradial cross- 
vein or anastomosis between 8 and 9 and consequently of the areole, (2) by the 
loss of frenulum and strong costal expansion of hindwing leading in these 
heavy-bodied moths to connections of the subcostal and radial veins in that re- 
gion, with the development of pseudoneuria. They are an isolated group and 
whether there are any exotic families which should be grouped with them in the 
same superfamily is doubtful. 

The subcostal cell of the hindwing appears to have been formed originally 
by vein 11 (the first radial) running into 12 (the subcostal). This is a struc- 
ture that occurs in many families, but the Lasiocampidae were peculiar in having 
11 arising from near the upper angle of the cell, sometimes even stalked with 7. 
Two lines of development followed, firstly, the loss of 11 and its replacement by 
an anastomosis and, secondly, a displacement of the origin of 7 along the costal 
edge of the cell, until it arose from near the base. Accordingly the genera ap- 
pear to fall into three natural groups: (1) those in which 11 is retained, such 
as Perna, in which the subcostal cell is unusually large, and the Kuropean 
Odonestis, in which it is more moderate; to this section I refer also the African 
genus Anadiasa; (2) those in which 7 still arises from near the angle of cell, 
but the subcostal cell is much smaller and 12 anastomoses with the cell before 
the origin to 7; of these Newrochyta, the European Clisiocampa, and the African 
Bombycomorpha are examples; (3) those in which 12 anastomoses with 7 close 
to its origin from near the base of the cell; these comprise the bulk of the 
family, and all the Australian genera except the two already mentioned. 

This revision contains 54 species referred to 1p genera. In number of 
species this exceeds Europe (31 species) and North America (24 species), and 
equals India (54 species). The family is most numerous in Africa, and the 
South African list comprises 88 species. The species of Lasiocampidae, at least 
the females, are mostly sluggish in their habits and do not appear to range 
very widely. So far as known, all our genera are confined to the Australian 
region; but until those of other regions have been critically examined, this 
cannot be affirmed with certainty. In any ease the proportion of endemic genera 
is probably large. 

Key to genera. 
1. Hindwings with 11 absent, 12 anastomosing with cell, or with 7 near its 


baseyeeee RD cnr Oaila TNvatts MLAS Oca Dea ce as aaa 2. 
Hindwings with 1 resent ST Ace 3 a0 00 oedZ Orn 

2. Hindwings with 12 anastomosing =n) cn near » ats ese PRs re 3. 
Hindwings with 12 anastomosing with cell before origin of 7 .. .Newrochyta 


3. Palpi shert or moderate, not exceeding frontal tuft .. i : 
Paipr long mache xceediinoencomtal et ities ern eener een enema (0 


BY A, J. TURNER. 403 


Ameriindwinesiwith® celleexceeding: sis 125 ae se) GN aes wel ae. te 5. 
Eaaclhynimese withe celle sOneleSSmen- ea ecuis ak veh totbela. «obits ale 6. 

PELOLe Wile Sm Withie Oude omstalixe dsm. pean ns ciel Me cleniee Ween hoOand 
Forewings with 8 separate .. . Ste ricten tate eRe ite tha cate OO NEDO 

6. Forewings with 7, 8 stalked, 6 ee Basie Set sacra Bee ne DNA LOKAT 
Forewings with 6, 7 stalked or rarely Roe. TOONS Mh teeter te 

7. Hindwings with subcostal cell minute or obsolete .. .. .. .. ..Hremonoma 
- Hindwings with subcostal cell well developed .. .. .. ...... 8. 

&  lEtinéhimes smn <4) exool B swllleecl 55 66,50 66 65 oo es oo 60 co 9, 
Hindwings with 4 and 5 ey URE et ee aA tuactemennelerkins tts MOTEL 

J, JBSVeS GaN@Ot [ode oe debe oo co co Gb 64 co seco colbo oo oo CUMMING IE 
Enyesienainys sere. See ona ts eaten ss SOY EG 

10. Hindwings when 4 ema. 5 staked Oa Ths Eee peepee coie oul 
Hindwings with 4 and 5 separate. Pe eee tea dere at 2 O,0SUER ING 

ILL, TSA7VES Soawwowatage Go no oo coc OG) cen bo. coen ko sncd Ge 0 Cio AG Aa ei UN THON OCARE| 
IVES WANA? “Goiba c6 Tee. oo go 660 Db seesbn ope die lon wominsice! Ue fl sK03 


1. Genus PINARA. 


Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., iii, 761. Type, P. cana Wk. 

Eyes small, hairy. Palpi short, not exceeding frontal tuft. Forewings 
elongate; 6, 7, 8 stalked, 8 separating before or opposite 6. Hindwings in d 
more or less produced at tornus; cell exceeding 4, 11 absent, 12 anastomosing 
with 7 near its base, subcostal cell moderate, giving origin to a single pseu- 
doneurium near its base. 

This genus, like the two following, has very dissimilar sexes. The males 
are considerably smaller than the females, with narrower forewings, hindwings 
more prominent at tornus, coloration much darker and more pronounced. The 
species require careful discrimination, the females especially being closely similar. 


Key to males. 


1. Forewings very narrow, termen strongly sinuate .. .. .. .. .. .. sesioides 

' Forewings broader, termen not or only slightly sinuate .. .. . 2. 

2. Forewings with large pale tornal blotch extending along dorsi te base .. 

cana 
OREM Vyihlooen wool Joleen 36-3 65 ceo no ob 4d 60 bo co Ge 3. 

2, POTS RNES WUOSCOUS II Bol loci og do Jar) co oe! be Gol ons Holoe o0 seen OLACT: 
Horewinesexeddish- brown fe ocr eel pete a fae i siolilnlias) se) ce Metaphace 

Key to females. 

Neeemiclirachwarleskawiaitishytai ce! asians 2 uel ee wehbe se oe Thee eee eee obliqua 
NCW OSHC etn tn cimaetiee SS Vee sce Mic GUI ead cere nam lee eta CONG 
ELUTACH WAC SER RUS COUSH Mey Maurier tere sees = Shag Ne Aaya e Cee Cea er 2. 

2. Hindwings wholly Feemens Ruths ai Rire \ eeei e Ne aNeES Aa EC NISC SLO THES 

i Hindwings with whitish semmmaaall bend ba) 60 BOL Bs Go dd ium oa big WDAMHOOUIAL 


1. PINARA SESIOIDES. 

Eumeta sesioides, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxv., 1924. 

3. 38-40 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi grey. Antennae grey; 
pectinations dark-fuscous. Abdomen grey, tuft tipped with dark-erimson. Legs 
grey. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, 
termen very long, strongly oblique, strongly sinuate; grey, towards base and 
costa suffused with dark-crimson, extreme base ochreous-tinged; a whitish trans- 
verse line near base; a whitish transverse median discal mark; a whitish line 
from four-fifths costa to four-fifths dorsum, slightly outwardly curved or sinuate; 


404 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


posterior to this a wavy series of subterminal dots, their inner halves ochreous, 
outer halves blackish; cilia grey. Hindwings small, costa short, tornus rounded, 
projecting; dorsal area grey; a dark-fuscous costal blotch; a triangular ochreous- 
brown terminal blotch; cilia dark-grey, apices whitish. 

Described from two examples, including the type, in the British Museum. 
The locality labels are “Moreton Bay.” There is a pair in the Queensland 
Museum obtained from Brisbane pupae by Mr. H. Hacker. The ¢ is 35 mm, 
the 2 50 mm. Head, thorax, and forewings pale-grey; the latter without mark- 
ings except the usual dichroic subterminal spots. Abdomen and hindwings pale- 
fuscous. 

This species is near P. metaphaea, but the forewings of 3 are narrower, 
termen strongly sinuate, and ochreous blotch on hindwing triangular; while in 
2 the hindwings have no pale margin. 


2. PINARA CANA. 


9. Wik. Cat. Brit. Mus., ii, 761—d. Entometa divisa Whk., ibid., iv., 
973.—O psirhina punctilinea Wlk., Char. Undese. Lep., p. 67. 

3. 36-38 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen dark-grey. Antennae 
fuscous, stalk grey. Legs grey; tarsi fuscous annulated with whitish. Fore- 
wings elongate-triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, ter- 
men slightly bowed, very oblique; fuscous; a large tornal grey blotch, curved 
upwards to reach discal spot, and prolonged to base between dorsum and vein 
1, sharply defined from fuscous area, from which it is sometimes separated by a 
fine whitish line towards base; sometimes a pale transverse line traverses fuscous 
area near base, but this is usually absent; a transversely constricted, whitish, 
discal spot on end of cell; a fine whitish line from three-fourths costa very seldom 
traceable to dorsum before tornus, followed in dorsal half by a series of spots, 
anteriorly orange, posteriorly blackish; cilia fuscous. Hindwings produced at 
tornus, termen rounded; grey or fuscous; sometimes a large orange blotch in 
centre extending from termen nearly to base, but this may be wholly absent. 
An aberrant 5 from Mt. Lofty lacks the pale dorsal blotch on forewings. 

2. 43-68 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey.  Palpi fuscous, grey 
above and beneath. Antennae blackish. Legs grey; tarsi fuscous with whitish 
annulations. Forewings oval-triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, 
termen bowed, oblique; grey; sometimes paler ante-median and post-median 
transverse lines; the latter followed by a doubly sinuous line of dots, anteriorly 
orange, posteriorly blackish; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; 
sometimes a suffused fuscous subtornal spot; cilia grey. 

North Queensland: Prince of Wales Island, Herberton; Queensland: Rock- 
hampton, Duaringa, Brisbane, Stanthorpe; New South Wales: Glen Innes; Vic- 
toria: Melbourne, Gisborne, Bamawm; Tasmania: Launceston; South Australia: 
Adelaide, Mt. Lofty; Western Australia: Perth. 


3. PINARA OBLIQUA. 


3. Entometa obliqua Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., 973; Rhinogyne calliigama 
Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 84, f. 9, 10. 

3. 43-44 mm. Head, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs fuscous. Palpi 
fuscous, beneath grey-whitish. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa nearly 
straight, apex rounded, termen sinuate, strongly oblique; fuscous with general 
sparse whitish irroration, rather more pronounced in median area; a darker 
basal patch; sometimes a curved transverse fuscous line at one-fourth; some- 


BY A. J. TURNER. 405 


times a minute whitish transverse discal mark at end of cell; a doubly sinuate, 
subterminal line of spots, dark-fuscous edged anteriorly with orange; cilia fus- 
cous. Hindwings with termen rounded, flattened er sinuate in middle; dark- 
fuscous; a large orange terminal blotch extending from apex to tornus; cilia 
orange, on costa and dorsum fuscous. 

2. 58-68 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish. Palpi grey-whitish, external 
surface narrowly dark-fuscous. Antennae dark-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous 
(rarely grey); tuft whitish. Legs grey-whitish; tarsi_dark-fuscous with whitish 
annulations. Forewings elongate, but broader than in 6, termen slightly bowed; 
grey-whitish; an outwardly curved grey line from one-third costa to three- 
fourths dorsum, rarely obsolete; a second similar line precedes subterminal series 
of spots, which are as in @; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; 
whitish; a suffused grey spot above tornus. 

A dwarf ¢ from Launceston expands only 34 mm. 

New South Wales: Neweastle, Mt. Kosciusko; Victoria: Melbourne, Lilydale, - 
Gisborne; Tasmania: Launceston; South Australia: Adelaide, Mt. Lofty. 


4, PINARA METAPHARA. 


2. Opsirrhina metaphaea Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., 556.—d. Entometa 
adusta Wlk., Char. Undese. Lep., p. 16—d. Pinara rufescens Butl., Trans. Ent. 
Soe., 1886, 387. 

3. 34-42 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen reddish-brown. Antennae 
fuscous, stalk paler. Legs reddish-brown; tarsi fuscous with whitish annulations. 
Forewings narrowly triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, ter- 
men slightly bowed, very oblique; reddish-brown; a dark-red basal suffusion 
more or less prolonged beneath costa; a curved, whitish, sub-basal transverse 
line; a whitish, constricted, discal spot om end of cell; a fine, sinuate, whitish 
line from four-fifths costa to dorsum before tornus, followed by a doubly sinuate 
line of spots, anteriorly orange, posteriorly blackish; cilia reddish-brown. Hind- 
wings strongly produced at tornus, termen rounded; dark-reddish-fuscous; a 
rather narrow, orange, terminal band, partly interrupted on veins; scarcely 
reaching apex and tornus; cilia pale-ochreous, on tornus and dorsum brownish. 

$. 56-64 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi grey; fuscous towards apex. 
Antennae blackish. Abdomen fuscous; the two terminal segments and tuft pale- 
grey. Legs grey; tarsi fuscous with whitish annulations. Forewings elongate- 
oval; costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed oblique; grey, paler 
towards termen; a darker grey, outwardly-curved line from one-third costa to 
one-third dorsum; a similar sinuate line from two-thirds costa to two-thirds 
dorsum, followed by a doubly sinuate line of spots, anteriorly orange, posteriorly 
blackish; cilia pale grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; a grey- 
whitish, terminal band; cilia grey-whitish, on dorsum fuscous. 

P. rufescens Butl. is an aberrant ¢ with the hindwings uniform pale brownish- 
grey without orange, terminal band. 

Queensland: Rockhampton, Nambour, Brisbane; Victoria: Warburton; New 
South Wales. 


2. Genus CREXA. 


Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxv., 1927. Type, C. punctigera Wk. 
Eyes rather small, hairy. Palpi short or very short. Forewings elongate; 
6 and 7 stalked, 8 separate. Hindwings in ¢ produced at tornus; cell exceeding 


406 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


4, 11 absent, 12 anastomosing with 7 near its base, subcostal cell moderate, giv- 
ing origin to a single pseudoneurium near its base. 

Closely corresponding in structure to Pinara, but 8 of forewings not stalked; 
though this character varies in some genera, in this instance it appears reliable, 
and separates two natural genera. Like Pimara it has usually dissimilar sexes, 
the males much smaller and with the forewings partly hyaline; the females, 
however, differ more from each other than the males of the several species. But 
in acedesta and fola the sexes are similar. 


; Key to males. 
deulorewines camostlyMhyaline) pyseeiieoy mice tek oe cine shice hier na ae er 2. 


Forewings not mostly hyaline .. .. 4, 

2. Forewings with pretornal blotch and ene qasenestion: ae aie - 5B 06 
Prada 
Forewings without these markings .. .. .. .. .. .. ss es ss ee ee 3. 

3. Forewings with double fuscous discal spots 59 60 9,50 60 06°00 00 JOVINOMGONT 
Horewings) with singlet discal? spot iq sass .s ee ee ee ee -isabnotata 

ep Elind wingse tulvous brows ied) cies che eae ene enaerOptila 
Hindwings grey .. .. Bh ab iesese haze: Uehel be neensnement es 5. 

5. Forewings with broad anesbann ‘Gpoumigin ined Be Cha Bicos Ne Ollie, oe = ION 
Porewingsywithout) median bard 224i.)0s see Weenie ee ae ektaee deste 
Key to ae 

1. Hindwings without whitish lines .. .. ree ey WENA tats es GARE CHG D 
Hindwings with whitish lines .. .. 3. 

2. Forewings with discal spot large, Greuian ‘triangularly edged won plackion both 
anteriorly and posteriorly .. .. se oe se ee ee ee punctigera 
Forewings with discal Saou rach or Gapsolctes 56 08 00 95° 40 05 06 jon 

3. Forewings with defined white postmedian fascia .. .. .. .. .. .. dianipha 
Forewings without defined white fascia .. Ne Sacha ei 

4. Forewings with large postmedian whitish suftusion: SoMoomoa Bese POOGGs 
Forewings without large whitish suffusion .. .. ae 5. 

5. Forewings with discal spot ochreous-brown cafittn “oginntish icone edged with 
blackishWanteriorly, and@posteniorlyaa aera.) acute ene mRaCeCe st 
Forewings with discal spot not so ,, .. .. «.. .. «- «2 «2 es «s ++ SUbnOtata 


5. CREXA PUNCTIGERA. 


3. Entometa punctigera Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., 974.—2. Mecytha tri- 
macula Wk., ibid., v., 1122.—d. Crexa anthraxoides W1k., ibid., xxxv., p. 1926.— 
2. Dichromosoma majus Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 83, f. 26—d. Bombyx picta 
Luc., Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Q’ld., 1894, 105. 

6. 32-34 mm. Head whitish. Palpi, antennae, and thorax dark-fuscous. 
Abdomen fuscous-brown. Legs fuscous; hairs on middle tibiae whitish; tarsi 
sometimes with fine whitish annulations. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa 
straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; pale- 
fuscous but very thinly scaled, nearly hyaline; markings dark-fuscous; a broad 
dorsal suffusion from base to termen; two discal dots, one before, and one be- 
yond end of cell; an apical suffusion; a subterminal series of spots; cilia fuscous. 
Hindwings produced at tornus, termen rounded; fuscous, rather thinly sealed; 
cilia fuscous. 

?. 40-52 mm. Head white. Palpi dark-fuscous with a white spot on middle 
of under surface of second joint. Antennae dark-fuscous. Thorax white with 
three fuscous spots, one anterior, two median. Abdomen fuscous; tuft white. 
Legs fuscous; hairs on middle tibiae white; tibiae and tarsi annulated with white. 


BY A. J. TURNER. 407 


Forewings triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, 
oblique; fuscous; some transverse white strigulae towards base, and slight whitish 
irroration towards termen; a fine white dentate transverse line at one-fifth; two 
triangular blackish discal marks enclosing between them a circular fuscous area 
with a central white dot; a blackish mark above mid-dorsum; a white spot on # 
costa giving rise to a finely dentate, sinuate, white line to two-thirds dorsum; a 
submarginal series of dark-fuscous spots, margined with white; cilia fuscous. 
Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; cilia fuscous. 

North Queensland: Cape York, Cairns; Queensland: Brisbane; New South 
Wales: Sydney; Victoria: Melbourne, Gisborne; Tasmania: Launceston, Ulver- 
stone, Hobart, Geeveston; South Australia: Mt. Lofty. 


6. CREXA SUBNOTATA. 


?. Tolype subnotata Wlk., Char. Undeser. Lep. Het., 1869, 67.—2. Sitina 
albicans Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus., i., 1892, 268, Pl. vi. f. 10—%. Bombyzx pinnalis 
Lue., Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Q’ld., 1894, 103—d. Crexa hyaloessa Turn., Trans. 
Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1902, 184. 

6. 25-30 mm. Head whitish. Palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs 
fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa sinuate, apex rounded, termen 
slightly bowed, strongly oblique; mostly hyaline and very sparingly scaled; dorsal 
area beneath cell and vein 2 fuscous, with an oval blackish spot above mid- 
dorsum, and crossed before and beyond this by slender whitish lines, some whitish 
irroration between lines; a suffused fuscous streak along costa from middle to 
and around apex, interrupted by a white dot at three-fourths; three or four sub- 
apical blackish dots edged posteriorly by a slender whitish line; cilia fuscous. 
Hindwings strongly produced at tornus; hyaline with large dorsal and smaller 
costal fuscous areas. 

2. 35-55 mm. Head white. Palpi and antennae fuscous. Thorax white; 
a large postmedian fuscous blotch, crossed near its anterior extremity by a fine 
transverse white line. Abdomen fuscous, sometimes partly mixed with white; 
three apical segments white, but apex of tuft fuscous. Legs whitish; tibiae and 
tarsi fuscous with whitish annulations. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa very 
slightly arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; white suffused, except near 
base, with pale-grey; several grey spots near base; a wavy transverse white line, 
edged with grey, from one-third costa to one-third dorsum; a minute, white, 
median, discal mark; a white line from two-thirds costa, at first transverse then 
bent inwards and dentate to two-thirds dorsum; a fuscous blotch on dorsum be- 
tween lines, rounded above; a submarginal series of dark-grey spots, edged 
posteriorly by a white line; terminal edge and cilia dark-grey. Hindwings with 
termen rounded; whitish; a transverse median grey line, broader on costa; a 
subterminal grey fascia interrupted on veins; cilia whitish. 

Queensland: Clermont, Brisbane, Charleville; Victoria: Melbourne, Gisborne, 
Leopold; South Australia: Quorn; Western Australia: Perth, Geraldton. 


7. CREXA RHODA. 


Sitina rhoda, Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), ix., 1902, 82. 

3. 26-27 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi 14; whitish. Antennae and 
thorax fuscous. Abdomen brown, towards apex fuscous, tuft whitish. Legs 
whitish-ochreous; tibiae with fuscous sub-basal and subapical spots on external 
surface. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa sinuate, apex rounded, termen 


408 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


very long, very slightly bowed, oblique; the greater part of dise very thinly 
scaled and translucent; a fuscous basal patch prolonged along costa to apex, 
and from thence narrowly along termen, where it becomes ochreous-brown; a 
slender wavy transverse line from one-third costa to mid-dorsum; an ochreous- 
whitish discal spot beneath midcosta; a similar spot on costa at three-fourths 
giving’ rise to a fine dentate line to tornus; a pretornal whitish blotch not reach- 
ing dorsum; a fine whitish dentate subterminal line; veins in posterior part of 
dise ochreous-brown; cilia ochreous-brown. Hindwings elongate, dorsum very 
long, tornus prominent, termen slightly rounded; pale-ochreous with a large 
fuscous-brown terminal blotch; cilia brown. 

2. 36-40 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Palpi 24; terminal joint 
longer than second, with appressed hairs; whitish. Antennae whitish, pectina- 
tions brownish. Abdomen pale ochreous-brown, towards apex ochreous-whitish. 
Legs whitish; tibiae and tarsi spotted with fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa 
straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; pale-ochreous- 
brown; near base suffused or spotted with whitish; a slender whitish dentate 
transverse line from one-third costa to one-third dorsum; a slight whitish irroration 
posterior to this; a whitish discal spot beneath midcosta; a whitish mark on 
four-fifths costa running into a large post-median whitish suffusion extending to 
dorsum and nearly to termen; a dentate whitish subterminal line; cilia pale 
ochreous-brown. Hindwings with termen rounded; pale-ochreous-brown; a broad 
median whitish transverse line; an interrupted whitish subterminal line; cilia 
pale ochreous-brown. 

There is a series including the type in the British Museum. The ? palpi are 
unusually long for this genus, those of the 6 are normal. 

N.W. A.: Sherlock River. 


8. CREXA MACROPTILA. 


Go Wpwn, uns OMiGh Were. s<, Teil op 
North Queensland: Chillagoe. 


9. (CREXA DIANIPHA. 


2°. Turn., Ann. Q’ld. Mus., x., 1911, 92. 
North Queensland: Cape York. 


10. CREXA ACEDESTA. 


Turn., Ann. Q’ld. Mus., x., 1911, 94.—Sitina cinyra Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
liste. (8) xaxs, LOI, 333: 
Victoria: Melbourne, Birchip; South Australia: Adelaide; Western Aus- 
tralia: Perth. 
11. CREXA FOLA. 


Clathe fola, Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), ix., 1902, 82. 

3. 21-22 mm. 9. 26-27 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale-grey. An- 
tennae pale-grey; pectinations in 5 10, in 2 23. Abdomen grey. Legs grey. 
Forewings triangular, costa straight nearly to apex, apex rounded, termen slightly 
bowed, scarcely oblique; pale-grey; a broad median brownish band occupies 
nearly half of wing, and is edged by slender whitish lines; in 2 this may be 
obsolete, its edges being represented by slender grey lines; sometimes a faintly 
darker discal spot; a subterminal series of fuscous dots, sometimes indistinct; 
cilia grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey. 

There is a series including the type in the British Museum. In the fore- 


BY A. J. TURNER. 409 


wings vein 8 usually arises separately from the cell, but in the d may be con- 
nate or short-stalked with 9, 10. 
N.W.A.: Roeburne, Sherlock River. 


3. Genus HREMAEBA. 


Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1915, 803. (€pymuatos living in the desert) 
Type, E. zonospila Low. 

Eyes moderate, smooth. Palpi short. Thorax and abdomen very densely 
hairy. Forewings with 6 separate, 7 and 8 stalked. Hindwings with disco- 
cellular not developed leaving cell open, occasionally a slight indication of dorsal 
end of discocellular is present, and 4 and 5 are seen to be stalked, 11 absent, 
12 anastomosing with 7 near base, subcostal cell small, pseudoneuria scarcely or 
not developed. 

An isolated genus. 


12. HREMAEA ZONOSPILA. 


Bombyx zonospila Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. §. Aust., 1893, 150. 

6. 34-40 mm. Head and thorax whitish. Palpi fuscous. Antennae 
ochreous-brown, stalk grey. Abdomen ochreous or ochreous-fuscous; beneath 
whitish. Legs whitish. Forewings triangular, costa ‘straight, apex rounded, ter- 
men strongly bowed, slightly oblique; whitish or grey-whitish; two finely dentate, 
dark-fuscous, oblique lines, first from one-fourth dorsum to beneath one-third 
costa, edged posteriorly with ochreous, second from mid-dorsum to beneath two- 
thirds costa, edged anteriorly with ochreous; cilia whitish. Hindwings with ter- 
men rounded; densely hairy towards base; fuscous; cilia whitish. 

2. 42-62 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs whitish- 
ochreous or fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, 
termen bowed, oblique; whitish-ochreous or fuscous with some whitish irroration ; 
sometimes indistinct oblique antemedian and postmedian darker lines; cilia con- 
colorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and cilia as forewings. 

The sexes are so dissimilar that I should not have suspected them to be the 
same species, if Mrs. Williams of Cairns Station near Charleville had not for- 
warded me four males and six females. The peculiar neuration is the same in 
both, so that there is little room for doubt. 

Queensland: Charleville; South Australia: Ooldea, Eucla, Musgrave Ranges; 
Western Australia: Kalgoorlie. 

This is an inhabitant of the arid interior. 


Genus EREMONOMA nov. 
épnud-vouos, an inhabitant of the desert. 


Hyes moderate or rather large, smooth or hairy. Palpi short, not reaching 
beyond frontal tuft. Forewings with 2 from one-third, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 con- 
nate or short-stalked with them; 11 from two-thirds. Hindwings with 4 and 5 
separate or short-stalked, 7 from about middle of cell, 11 absent, 12 anastomosing 
with cell from near base to origin of 7, and with basal part of 7, subcostal cell 
minute or absent, a large and usually branching pseudoneurium from base; cell 
one-fourth or one-third. 

Type, EH. apasta. This genus affects dry country. It is specialised by the 
loss or extreme reduction of the subcostal cell by coalescence. In the first two 
species the eyes are smooth, in the last two hairy. Possibly when more material 
is available it may be advisable to divide the genus. 


2 


410 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


Key to species. 


1. Forewings reddish .. .. oe apasta 
INO MUN WMI Gi odo OG gal od 06100 64 G0 60 09°06 00 55 bo 60 BOMSHD 
OMehON. Ah So. oo om ea oo be 0600 BG oo Go 00 BO.5000 06 Go 2. 

2. Forewings with fuscous transverse lines .. .. .. .. ., .. .. -- -- nephelodes 
OREN ONES ypleaUOTKY OVEN) G4 146 55 6a 60 be 60 a5 50 bo G0 oo oo MMollonaosa) 


13. HREMONOMA APASTA, 2.Sp. 
dmacros, unsprinkled. 


3S. 25 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs dull-reddish. Antennae 
reddish; pectinations whitish-ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa straight to 
near apex, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; dull- 
reddish; cilia dull-reddish. Hindwings with termen rounded; dull-reddish, or 
ochreous-whitish with slight reddish suffusion towards margins; cilia reddish, on 
dorsum sometimes ochreous-whitish. 

Queensland: Charleville in November; North-west Australia: Sherlock River 
(type in British Museum). Two specimens. 


14. EREMONOMA ZORISTIS, n.sp. 


6. 30 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs whitish. Antennae 
whitish; pectinations fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight to near apex, 
apex round-pointed, termen scarcely bowed, scarcely oblique; uniformly whitish; 
cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish; cilia whitish. 

Type in Coll. Goldfinch. 

South Australia: Port Augusta in October; one specimen. 


15. HREMONOMA NEPHELODES, n.sp. 
vepedwdys, cloudy. 

3. 24 mm. Head and thorax grey mixed with whitish. Palpi 23; grey. 
Antennae whitish; pectinations in d 6, grey. Abdomen pale-grey. Legs grey. 
Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, slightly 
oblique; whitish-grey, median area grey; an oblique fuscous line from one-sixth 
costa to one-third dorsum; a dark-fuscous discal spot just beyond middle; a 
fuscous line from three-fourths costa to two-thirds termen, ill-defined anteriorly; 
a fine, fuscous, dentate, wavy line from costa near apex, bent inward in dise 
and continued close to postmedian line to dorsum; cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings 
with termen rounded; whitish; cilia whitish obscurely barred with grey. 

Mr. W. H. T. Tams, who has kindly examined, at my request, the type in 
the British Museum, informs me that the eyes are densely hairy. 

Western Australia: Yallingup; one specimen taken by Mr. R. E. Turner. 


16. HREMONOMA HOLOPOLIA, n.sp. 
édorodos , wholly grey. 


2. 42 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs grey. Fore- 
wings triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen scarcely 
bowed, oblique; uniformly grey; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen rounded, 
grey; cilia grey. 

Queensland: Clermont in November; one specimen received from Mr. E. J. 
Dumigan. 


BY A. J. TURNER. 411 


5. Genus PoRELA. 


Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., ii., 772. Type, P. vetusta Wk. 

Eyes hairy. Palpi short or moderate, not exceeding frontal tuft. Fore- 
wings with 2 from before middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked (rarely connate), 8 
separate, connate, or short-stalked, 11 from about middle of cell. Hindwings 
with cell less than 3; 4 and 5 separate or connate (very rarely short-stalked), 
7 from about middle, 11 absent; 12 anastomosing with 7 near its base, sub- 
costal cell moderate, with usually two pseudoneuria, one from near its base, one 
from beyond middle, but the second may be absent, and rarely there are more 
than two. 

This is a genus of some size with some range of variation in structure, 
pattern, and coloration. 

Key to species. 


1. Forewings with veins more or less ochreous-tinged . Hamone 2. 
Forewings with veins not ochreous-tinged ., .. .. .. .2 «2 oo oe 5. 

R. JabinGh AES ESCONS ao 456 55 bo 45 oo Oo od 66 0d a6) 65 Ho 60 Uo du  OaWar 
Hindwings not fuscous . ct DUE a het Tin cee Bia nie lar eter aR ar s 

8. Forewings without discal See - Sea edt aR re eee asaya 2 OA OD TUS 
Forewings with discal spot .. .. .. MT AA) decree te 4, 

4. Head and thorax white; antennal aeeiiiatone Maan .. .. +s - delineata 
Head and thorax ochreous-whitish or  grey-whitish; ancrenmnel pectinations 
OCIRSOUS OF OCMMBGUESIEEOUS 56 56 00 do 60.06 50 66 Go 00 60 60 oo bITRIOG 

Depcacdeancd thorax wilitel vse si aie tae) el ele GIN clei aus ttetat satel cere tadae 6. 
Head and thorax not white .. .. .. Sine ve haba Bevatee RAL Ly ae 8. 

6. Forewings white with suffused fuscous eninge Sac Us Pebeatees os trene ets QIUELbLOTOG 
Forewings brown with white markings .. .. ., .. .. «2 ss es wes Ue 

7. Forew:ngs with blackish subterminal spots .. .. . . .. .subfasciata 
Forewings with brown subterminal spots edged aantiesteniey ‘with white .. . 

contermina 

Ge nchwines eiiscOus at) ASE =e.) secs) sel 1 se sie eee oe -Galactodes 
Hindwings not fuscous at base .. .. .. a its as iedonel oat Neko vo are cose ats 9. 

9. Forewings with postmedian line Gea Grecores Tel MMeveneosieh Meret emits hee es MOLBOLLES 
Forewings with postmedian line not dark-fuscous .. ,., .. ...... 

10. Forewings without antemedian line... .. .. .. .. .. .. «2 os «+ »» - amathodes 
HoTrewinesm with amtemedianmlines sey seinem cen Sou oer eiiein sere ee tes - albifinis 


17. PORELA VETUSTA. 


Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., ii., 772.—Perna varia Whlk., ibid., v., 1128.—Clathe 
anthracica Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1902, 186. 

3. 34-36 mm. 9. 45-54 mm. Head white; face more or less mixed with 
ochreous and fuscous. Palpi ochreous mixed with fuscous. Antennae dark- 
fuscous, stalk ochreous. Thorax dark-fuscous; in @ tegulae and patagia white. 
Abdomen dark-fuscous; tuft white. Legs dark-fuscous; anterior pair barred 
with ochreous above, clothed with white hair beneath. Forewings elongate- 
triangular, costa straight in d, gently arched in 2, apex round-pointed, termen 
slightly bowed, slightly oblique in 3, more so in 2; dark-fuscous; in ¢ a small 
variable white blotch below middle, sometimes nearly obsolete; in @ this is much 
larger and extends from base to postmedian line, where it is acutely angled; a 
transverse dentate sub-basal line, fuscous edged anteriorly with white; a white 
median discal dot, sometimes obsolete in d; postmedian veins partly outlined 
with ochreous; a finely dentate, curved line from 2 costa to mid-dorsum, usually 
not very distinct; cilia white barred with fuscous, bases sometimes ochreous. 


412 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAEg, 


Hindwings with termen rounded; in ¢ dark-fuscous, in $ fuscous; cilia as fore- 
wings. 

Queensland: Rosewood; New South Wales: Ebor, Barrington Tops, Sydney, 
Katoomba, Jervis Bay, Mt. Kosciusko; Victoria: Healesville, Dandenong, Moe, 
Wandin, Gembrook; South Australia: Mt. Lofty, Port Lincoln. 


18. PORELA OBTUSA. 

Pinara obtusa Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxi., 315.—Opsirhina metastigma WIk., 
ibid., xxxii., 556.—Mecytha antiqua Wlk., Char. Undese. Lep., p. 20. 

6. 34mm. §. 37-40 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi grey mixed with 
fuscous. Antennae fuscous, stalk grey. Abdomen grey; in 6 suffused with 
fuscous towards base of dorsum. Legs grey; tarsi fuscous with whitish an- 
nulations. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa in d straight, in 2 arched, apex 
rounded, termen slightly bowed, in gd slightly oblique, in 2 more strongly so; 
grey-whitish mixed with grey; a subterminal series of blackish dots, preceded 
on dorsum by an irregular patch chequered with blackish, and traversed by two 
short ochreous streaks on veins; cilia pale-grey. Hindwings with termen 
rounded; grey; cilia grey-whitish. 

New South Wales: Sydney. 

19. PORELA DELINEATA. 

Tacillia delineata Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi., 1490. 

6. 3438 mm. §. 40-46 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi dark-fuscous 
mixed with pale-ochreous. Antennal stalk whitish with some fuscous scales, or 
wholly fuscous; pectinations blackish. Abdomen whitish; on dorsum mostly 
fuscous, less so in &. Legs usually whitish; tarsi dark-fuscous annulated with 
pale-ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa straight to near apex in d, gently 
arched in %, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; whitish 
irrorated and suffused with fuscous, darker towards costa and base; veins more 
or less outlined with ochreous; a transverse dentate line from one-third costa to 
two-fifths dorsum, fuscous edged anteriorly with whitish; a finely denticulate 
line from two-thirds costa, at first outwardly oblique, then bent strongly in- 
wards ending on mid-dorsum, fuscous, edged posteriorly with whitish; a white 
discal spot before middle; space between lines suffusedly white towards dorsum; 
a subterminal series of blackish dots near and parallel to second line; cilia 
whitish barred with fuscous opposite veins. Hindwings with termen rounded; 
pale-fuscous, usually with a transverse whitish median band, sometimes almost 
wholly waitish; cilia as forewings. 

Very similar to P. arida, but without reddish coloration in hindwings and 
abdomen, markings of forewings more distinct, head and thorax white, antennal 
pectinations blackish. 

Victoria: Melbourne; South Australia: Port Lincoln. 


20. PORELA ARIDA. 


Clathe arida Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., 994.—Listoca lignaria Wlk., ibid., 
v., 1021.—Sorema nubila Wlk., ibid., v., 1065——Perna metastigma Wlk., ibid., 
Xxx, 477. 

3. 36-42 mm. 9. 46-60 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish or grey- 
whitish. Palpi fuscous. Antennal stalk whitish irrorated with fuscous; pectin- 
ations ochreous or ochreous-fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish; in ¢ basal 
three-fourths of dorsum fuscous-red. Legs ochreous-whitish; tarsi whitish or 
pale-ochreous barred with blackish. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, 


BY A. J. TURNER. 413 


apex rounded, termen bowed, slightly oblique in d, more so in 9, ochreous- 
whitish, more or less suffused with brownish-ochreous and grey; veins in ter- 
minal area more or less ochreous-tinged; a strongly dentate tuscous transverse 
line from one-third costa to one-third dorsum, sometimes obsolete; a white, 
median, discal dot; a tuscous line from three-fourths costa, at first very acutely 
dentate and transverse, then bent sharply inwards and shortly dentate to mid- 
dorsum, usually distinct, sometimes faint; a fuscous suffused patch on dorsum 
posterior to this line; a subterminal series of fuscous dots suffusedly edged 
with whitish, sometimes elongate, sometimes nearly obsolete; cilia ochreous- 
whitish with fuscous bars, but these are sometimes obsolete in &. Hindwings 
with termen rounded; in d fuscous-reddish, in 2 ochreous-whitish with slight 
brownish or- grey suffusion; cilia as forewings. 

Northern Territory: Stapleton; North Queensland: Prince of Wales Is., 
Cairns, Ingham, Townsville; Queensland: Duaringa, Brisbane; New South Wales: 
Lismore, Sydney, Jervis Bay. 


21. PORELA VITULINA. 


Bombyx vitulina Don., Ins. New Holl., Pl. 35. 

3. 48-50 mm. §. 64mm. Head white; face ochreous-tinged with a median 
transverse fuscous line. Palpi dark-fuscous, apical third ochreous. Antennae 
ochreous-fuscous, stalk whitish irrorated with fuscous. Thorax white; a central 
fuscous longitudinal line diverging into a broad V at each extremity. Legs 
fuscous annulated with ochreous; anterior tibiae with ventral hairs white. Fore- 
wines triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen slightly 
bowed, in ¢ slightly oblique, in 2 more strongly so; white with some patchy 
fuscous suffusion and fuscous markings; a basal patch; a broad, outwardly- 
eurved, transverse line at +; a median, white-centred, discal spot; a broad line 
from beyond mid-costa, at first transverse, then oblique to mid-dorsum, with a 
posterior tooth above and another below middle; a twice-sinuate, dentate, sub- 
terminal line; a terminal suffusion; cilia white with fuscous bars. Hindwings 
with termen rounded; fuscous with suffused, transverse, median and subterminal, 
paler fasciae; cilia as forewings. 

Queensland: Brisbane, Southport, Coolangatta; New South Wales: New- 
castle; Victoria: Melbourne. 


22. PORELA SUBFASCIATA. 


Sinaga subfasciata Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., 855.—Bombyx barnardi Luc., 
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe. Q’ld., i., 104. 

3. 34 mm. %. 44-50 mm. Head and thorax white, more or less suffused 
with brown. Palpi white with dark-fusecous hairs from base. Antennae dark- 
fuscous. Abdomen fuscous-brown; tuft paler. Legs brown-whitish; tarsi dark- 
fuscous annulated with white. Forewings triangular, costa straight to near apex, 
apex rounded, termen straight, in d not oblique, in 2 slightly so; fuscous-brown; 
an outwardly-curved, broad, white, sub-basal, transverse line to near dorsum, 
where it curves inwards towards base; a white median discal spot; a sinuate line 
from ? costa to mid-dorsum; a suffused white subterminal fascia preceded below 
costa and on dorsum, interrupted in middle, and partly edged posteriorly, by 


blackish spots; cilia fuscous brown. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous:—-~~~ 


brown, in @ paler; cilia white. C 
New South Wales: Bathurst; Tasmania: Ulverstone, Georgetown. 


L Jot 
\é 
Xi 


414 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


23. PORELA GALACTODES. 


Bombyx galactodes Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1893, 151. 

3d. 4446 mm. 9%. 68 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen in ¢ dark- 
fuscous, in 2 fuseous. Antennae brownish, stalk fuscous. Legs fuscous; tarsi 
annulated with white. Forewings triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex 
rounded, termen bowed, oblique; white generally suffused or irrorated with 
fuscous, more densely so towards base and between first and second lines, whiter 
in costal area between second and third lines; an outwardly-curved, dark-fuscous 
sub-basal line curved inwards towards base of dorsum; an antemedian, pale- 
centred discal spot; a dark-fuscous line irregularly dentate with a posterior 
tooth above middle, from or from beyond mid-eosta to mid-dorsum; a finely 
dentate subterminal line indented beneath costa; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with 
termen rounded; in ¢ dark-fuscous with a white terminal band, interrupted on 
veins, and not quite reaching tornus; in 2 whitish, basal area and a postmedian ° 
line fuseous; cilia fusecous. 

Queensland: Duaringa, Clermont; Victoria: Kewell, Birchip. In a ¢ 
example from the last locality the terminal white band of hindwings is broader 
and more suffused, and the apices of palpi are whitish. In the 2 from Kewell 
the hindwings are almost wholly grey-whitish. This form is a local race of 
galactodes; it has been known as homospila Meyr., but I do not think that 
name has been published. : 


24. PORELA NOTAPILIS. 


Teara notabilis Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., 852.—Cosmotricha notodontina 
Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 84, f. 11—Bombyx mioleuca Meyr., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. 
Aust., 1891, 190. 

3. 43 mm. &. 56 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous or grey. An- 
tennae fuscous or grey; pectinations ochreous-tinged, in d 12, in 2 23. Abdomen 
grey. Legs fuscous or grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight 
nearly to apex in d, straight to two-thirds in @, apex rounded, termen slightly 
bowed, oblique; grey; a basal fuscous patch in d; a dark-fuscous, straight, sub- 
basal, transverse line, edged anteriorly with whitish; a whitish discal spot before 
middle, edged with fuscous, slightly reniform; a thick dark fuseous line from 
three-fifths costa obtusely angled outwards in disc, then eurved inwards, bent 
outwards again to end on three-fifths dorsum, edged posteriorly with whitish; a 
subterminal series of whitish spots, or in 2 a subterminal whitish suffusion con- 
taining a suffused wavy dark line; cilia grey, apices whitish, with fuscous bars 
opposite veins. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded; whitish; cilia whitish. 

Described from two examples including the type in the British Museum. 
Three examples in my own collection have the discoidal spot almost cireular. 

New South Wales: Bourke; Victoria: Birchip, Kewell; South Australia: 
Adelaide; Western Australia: Northam, Kalgoorlie. 


25. PoRELA AMATHODES, n.sp. 
apadwons, sandy. 

3. 32 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale brownish. Antennae 
brown-whitish; pectinations in d 12. Legs pale brownish. Forewings elongate- 
triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, scarcely 
oblique; pale brownish with slight fuseous irroration in eell and on veins; a 
pale discal spot before middle in darker area; a double fuscous line with a 
contained pale line from ? costa to mid-dorsum, rcunded in dise, sinuate above 


RY A. J. TURNER. 415. 


dorsum; cilia brownish mixed with fuscous. Hindwings with termen strongly 
rounded; ochreous-whitish; cilia ochreous-whitish. 

Differs from other species of Porela in having 6 and 7 of the forewings 
connate not stalked. 

N.W.A.: Sherlock River; one specimen in the British Museum. 


26. PORELA ALBIIINIS. 


Caliia albifinis Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi., 1483. 

S. 3242 mm. 2. 48 mm. Head, palpi, brown. Antennae brown mixed 
with whitish; pectinations pale-ochreous, in ¢ 12, in 2 2. Thorax brown, tips 
of hairs whitish; posteriorly fuscous. Abdomen white; basal segments fuscous 
on dorsum. Legs brown. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight nearly 
to apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, slightly oblique; brown, somewhat reddish 
tinged or fuscous-brown; a whitish transverse line near base with a sharp pos- 
terior tooth beneath costa; a white median discal spot, outlined with blackish, 
more or less reniform; a wavy whitish line from two-thirds costa to two-thirds 
dorsum; a whitish subterminal shade containing a dentate dark line; cilia brown 
or fuscous-brown. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded; whitish; cilia 
whitish. 

Described from three examples including the type in the British Museum. 

New South Wales: Sydney; Victoria: Melbourne; Tasmania: Hobart, 
Launceston. 

27. PORELA CONTERMINA. 

Callia albifinis 2. Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi., 1483.—Callia contermina Wlk., 
Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., 572. 

2. 39 mm. Head whitish; sides of face dark-fuscous. Palpi 3; dark- 
fuseous. Antennae dark-fuscous; pectinations in 2 1. Thorax whitish. Abdo- 
men brown, tuft whitish. Legs fuscous with long whitish hairs; tarsi fuscous: 
annulated with whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight to two- 
thirds, thence gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; brown; 
markings white; a median basal spot; a fine, wavy, slightly outwardly-curved 
line from one-sixth costa to one-sixth dorsum; a median discal spot; a finely 
dentate, outwardly-curved line from two-thirds costa to dorsum beyond middle; 
a series of rather large dark-brown spots from apex to tornus, finely edged 
posteriorly with white; cilia white, apices and bars opposite veins brown. Hind- 
wings with termen strongly rounded; brown, paler near base; cilia brown, bases 
partly whitish. 

Allied to P. albifinis, but structurally peculiar in having four pseudoneuria 
from subcostal cell, two before and two after middle. The description is taken 
from the British Museum type, which is from Tasmania. 


6. Genus SympHymTas. 


Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1902, 187. Type, S. psaropis Turn. 

Kyes hairy. Palpi short, not extending beyond frontal tuft. | Forewings 
with 2 from one-third, 3 from two-thirds, 6, 7, 8 stalked. Hindwings with cell 
z to one-third; 2 from shortly before angle, 4 and 5 stalked from angle, 3 
Separate, connate, or short-stalked, 7 from near base, 11 absent, 12 anastomosing 
with 7 near its base; subcostal cell small, with two strong sometimes branching 
pseudoneuria, one from base, the other from middle. 


416 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


Key to species. 
1. Forewings with an oblique postmedian line .. .. .. .. .. .. «. «. orygramma 


Forewings without postmedian line .. .. ert Re Co Me aioe rey IRE Zp 
2 Forewings with termen strongly sinuate in ey G40 5D oo, 00. 26 GOlFIOMES 
Forewings with termen not SI WATE orton) Oh ah seo tay I es Een ce es 3. 
By AWATNES TENS co 45 04 0 0060, 9605 a6 do oF a0 39 09 96 50 wo WMCIOIUS 
\iyatayas: wylovisisinicotN oe Sol on 55. 65 60 56. 45 05 95 59 do 46 on RMIMOIDUS 


28. SYMPHYTA OXYGRAMMA, 


Bombyx oxygramma Low., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1902, 213. 

3S. 34-36 mm. 2. 42 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen fuscous or 
grey. Antennae dark-fuscous. Legs fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, 
costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, oblique; whitish 
with general dense fuscous irroration, appearing grey; a fuscous discal dot be- 
fore middle on end of cell; a finely dentate fuscous line from beneath apex to 
two-thirds dorsum, more or less edged with whitish anteriorly; cilia grey-whitish 
barred with fusecous. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey-whitish; cilia as 
forewings. 

An inland species. 

Queensland: Jandowae; New South Wales: Bourke, Broken Hill; South 
Australia: MeDouall Peak; Western Australia: Quairading, Merredin. 


29. SYMPHYTA COLPODES, n.Sp. 
KoATwOons, Sinuate. 

6. 36 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen and legs fuscous. 
Forewings elongate- ‘aicvasllans costa straight to near apex, there strongly arched, 
apex pointed, termen strongly sinuate, oblique; fuscous with general whitish 
irroration, appearing dark-grey; a whitish median discal spot; most veins out- 
lined with fuscous; cilia fuscous, apices white except opposite veins. Hindwings 
with termen rounded; fuscous; cilia as forewings. 

Western Australia: Cunderdin in November; one specimen received from Mr. 
R. Llidge. 

30. SYMPHYTA NYCTOPIS. 

urn. “branss wove SOc.) Ss Aste. 902. Sie 

North Queensland: Townsville; Queensland: Emerald, Jandowae; Victoria: 
Sea Lake. Apparently confined to dry districts. 


31. SYMPHYTA PSAROPIS. 


Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1902, 187. 
North Queensland: Cairns, Townsville; Queensland: Gayndah. 


7. Genus CYCLOPHRAGMA. 


Turn., Ann. Q’ld. Mus., x., 1911, 94. Type, C. cyclomela Low. 

Eyes smooth. Palpi short, not reaching beyond frontal tuft. | Forewings 
with 2 from one-third, 3 from two-thirds, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 separate, 11 from 
two-thirds. Hindwings in 6 elongate; cell about 4; 2 from shortly before angle, 
4 and 5 stalked, 7 from about middle, 11 absent, 12 anastomosing very shortly 
with 7 after its origin; subcostal cell moderately large, a strong pseudoneurium 
from its base, and some very weak indications of additional pseudoneuria. 


BY A. J. TURNER. AUT 


32. CYCLOPHRAGMA CYCLOMELA. 

Opsirhina cyclomela Low., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1903, 183. 

3. 60-66 mm. Head and thorax pale-ochreous-grey. Palpi fuscous irro- 
rated with grey. Antennae greyish ochreous with some fuscous scales. Abdomen 
ochreous with lateral series of large blackish marks on each segment, approxi- 
mated but not meeting dorsally; tuft and underside grey. Legs grey; anterior 
pair fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings suboval, costa strongly 
arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, oblique; pale-ochreous-grey with 
some fuscous irroration; a small ochreous tuft of hairs on base of dorsum; five, 
wavy, or crenulate, fuscous, transverse lines; first slender, sub-basal; second at 
one-sixth; third at one-third, stronger towards costa; fourth beyond middle 
stronger towards costa; fifth at two-thirds, faintly marked; a minute white 
discal dot posterior to third line; a subterminal series of blackish dots; cilia 
erey. Hindwings strongly elongate, termen rounded; grey, almost wholly suf- 
fused with fuscous, but apical area free from suffusion and crossed by two 
fuscous lines; extreme base with ochreous hairs; cilia fuscous-grey, apices 
whitish. 

2. 90-110 mm. Forewings similar, but transverse lines very faintly in- 
dicated; no basal tuft on dorsum. Hindwings not elongate; uniformly grey, 
except for a slight ochreous tinge at base. Abdomen uniformly grey. 

North Queensland: Cooktown, Townsville, Mackay. 


8. Genus ENTOMETA. 


Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., 972. Type, H. marginata W1k. 

Hyes smooth, large, rather smaller in &. Palpi very long, porrect, much 
exceeding frontal tuft. Forewings elongate; 2 from one-third; 3 from two- 
thirds, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 connate or separate, 11 from middle. Hindwings 
with cell less than 4; 2 from before angle, 4 and 5 stalked, 3 connate or short- 
stalked, 7 from one-third, 11 absent, 12 anastomosing very shortly with 7 near 
its origin; subcostal cell moderate, with basal and median pseudoneuria, the 
former often obsolete. 

Distinguished from the following genus by its large smooth eyes. The 
species are closely allied and require careful discrimination. 


Key to males. 


1. Hindwings blackish with orange term'nal band .. .. .. .. .. .. .. marginata 
' Hindwings not so .. .. ALVA S Wate teaties Sch Uh ahah Ute Sen ROTEL A cy ed De 
2. Hindwings fuscous or dark reddish er rie cas SR Mea ONTOS 
Hindwings orange .. .. 3 oc oe 
3. Hindwings with more or less. fuscous siaitiasiom in basal fe: thirds apicalis 
Hindwings without basal fuscous suffusion .. .. 4. 

4. Forewings with transverse lines and dark Saonertlon more or » ieee develonad ee 
oF 
Forewings pale, without lI'nes and irroration .. .. .. .. .... .. albida 

5. Forewings with conspicuous, broad, suffused lines .. .. .. .. .. .. guttularis 
Forewings with lines very slender, inconspicuous, not suffused .. . 6. 
6. Forewings narrowly triangular, apex po’nted .: .. .. .. .. .. -- sobria 

Borewings sbroad) sapex amore; rounded,|). 4. 4. +. )..).. 2. 446 ehlorosacce 


It does not seem possible to construct a satisfactory key for the females, 
but the following characters will be found helpful. The female albida is very 


418 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


similar to the d, and has no irroration nor markings except a discal dot on the 
forewings. The female marginata I have not seen. E. fervens has sometimes a 
dusky suffusion, which is never present in other species, and very often a dark 
suffusion across hindwings, which is absent in sobria and chiorosacca. It is 
smaller than sobria, the forewings have the ground colour more whitish, and the 
transverse lines are more distinct; a@picalis is very lke sobria; but often larger, 
the hindwings more deeply orange, and with a suffused median transverse darker 
shade; guttularis is readily distinguished by the broad dark transverse lines on 
forewings; chlorosacca has the lines on forewings very slightly, if at all, deve- 
loped, contrasting with the well-marked discal spot. 

E. sobria and probably other species spin an oval whitish cocoon, as found 
in other genera; chlorosacca is conspicuously distinct by its oval cocoon of a 
bright green colour, which is unique, so far as I know, in the Lepidoptera. The 
cocoon of apicalis is brown, and quadrangular from the longitudinally arranged 
narrow leaves, which are incorporated with it. |More knowledge of the early 
stages of these and other species is needed. The possibility cannot at present be 
excluded, that guttularis may be a varietal] form of sobria, and that both may be 
a local race of fervens; I think, however, they are good species. 


33. ENTOMETA MARGINATA. 

Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., 972. 

3. 55-60 mm. Head and thorax brown with fine orange irroration. Palpi 
24; brown. Antennae fuscous-brown. Abdomen blackish. Legs brown.  Fore- 
wings narrowly triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen 
sinuate, strongly excavated in middle, strongly oblique; brown densely irrorated 
with orange; three transverse fuscous lines; first from one-fifth costa to one- 
fifth dorsum, outwardly curved and dentate; an obseure fuscous dot on end of 
cell at +4; second line from two-thirds costa to dorsum before middle, finely 
waved; third from ? dorsum, parallel to termen, wavy, becoming obsolete towards 
eosta; cilia brown. Hindwings with termen rounded; 4 and 5 short-stalked; 
blackish; an orange terminal band not quite reaching apex and tornus, sharply 
defined, its anterior border dentate; cilia orange, on apex and dorsum blackish. 

I do not know the 2 of this species. 

Victoria: Melbourne, Gisborne; Tasmania: — ——. 


34. ENTOMETA FERVENS. 


2. Opsirhina fervens Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi. 1419.—d. Lebeda obscura 
WIk., ibid., vi., 1464—¢. Lebeda saturata Whk., ibid., xxxii., 569.—d. Entometa 
despecta Wlk., Char. Undese. Lep., p. 66. 

3. 44-64 mm. Head and thorax pale-ochreous usually finely irrorated with 
reddish or fuscous. Palpi 23 to 3; fuscous with more or less pale-ochreous 
irroration. Antennae fuscous; pectinations ochreous-tinged. Abdomen fuscous 
or fuscous-reddish; paler beneath. Legs brownish. Forewings narrowly tri- 
angular, costa straight to near apex, apex pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; pale- 
ochreous with more or less fine reddish or fuscous irroration, sometimes dense; 
lines slender, fuscous; first from + costa, slightly angled posteriorly beneath 
costa, not reaching dorsum; a fuscous diseal mark on end of cell before middle; 
second line from # costa to mid-dorsum, nearly straight, obscurely denticulate; 
third from beneath costa near apex to about 2? dorsum, interrupted to form a 
series of inter-neural dots; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; 


BY A. J. TURNER. 419 


3 connate or shori-stalked; dark-fusecus, usually reddish-tinged towards dorsum 
and base, or wholly madi: cilia concolorous. Underside of forewings reddish- 
ochreous; towards apex and termen ochreous-grey; first and third lines obsolete, 
second developed; of hindwings ochreous-grey with a large dorsal fuscous or 
reddish suffusion, from which two fusecus lines proceed to costa beyond middle. 

2 66-75 mm.  Palpi 5. Forewings broader, costa arched, apex more 
rounded, termen bowed; whitish-ochreous, occasionally with fuscous irroration 
towards termen; lines as in 6, but more distinet and sometimes reddish. Hind- 
wings orange; often with a fuscous or reddish, transverse, median suffusion. 

Walker’s type is a @ from Sydney, with an indistinct darker band across 
forewings. One 2 from Melbourne has the hindwings fuscous-brown. 

New South Wales: Neweastle, Sydney, Broken Hull; Victoria: Melbourne; 
Tasmania: Launceston; South Australia: Adelaide, Mt. Lofty. 


35. ENTOMETA APICALIS. 


3. Lebeda apicalis Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi., 1464. 

6. 66-75 mm. Head and thorax ochreous or reddish-ochreous. Palpi 23; 
brown. Abdomen fuscous or brown; paler beneath. Legs fuscous or brown. 
Forewings triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen slightly 
sinuate oblique; pale-ochreous with more or less fine reddish-brown irroration ; 
markings fuscous-brown; first line from one-fifth costa, angled outwards above 
and below middle, obsolete towards dorsum; a discal dot at one-third; second 
line from two-thirds costa to mid-dorsum, denticulate; third line from beneath 
costa near apex to ? dorsum, interrupted on veins to form a series of anteriorly 
eurved lunules; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded; 3 
connate with 4, 5; orange, basal two-thirds more or less suffused with fuscous- 
brown; cilia ochreous or orange. Underside of forewings with second and 
third lines developed; of hindwings ochreous-grey with a transverse fusecous ante- 
median line. 

?. 80-122 mm. Palpi 5. Coloration as in d, but abdomen pale-ochreous; 
hindwings with 3 separate or connate; orange with usually a faint, darker, 
median, transverse shade. Forewings with costa arched, termen slightly bowed; 
markings similar but less distinct. 

The ¢ is easily recognised by its larger size, broader, pale forewings with 
distinct but slender lines and dichroic hindwings. The @ is very similar to 
E. fervens. 

Queensland: Mt. Tambourine; New South Wales: Sydney; Victoria: Mel- 
bourne, Gisborne, Birehip; Tasmania: Launceston; South Australia: Murray 
Bridge. 

36. ENTOMETA GUTTULARIS. 

¢. Amydona guttularis Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi., 1413.—9. O psirhina 
decorata Whk., ibid., xxxil., 555. 

3S. 55 mm. Head and thorax brownish-ochreous. Palpi 3; fuscous-brown. 
Antennae dark-fuscous; pectinations ochreous. Abdomen brownish-ochreous. 
Legs brown. Forewings narrow, triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex 
roundpointed, termen slightly sinuate, oblique; pale-ochreous with brown irro- 
ration and markings; a basal costal spot; three stout transverse lines very dis- 
tinetly geygloned; suffused and more or less confluent towards dorsum; first from 
4 costa to } dorsum, acutely angled posteriorly beneath costa; a ime oee mark 
on end of cell at two-fifths; second line from two-thirds costa to before mid- 


420 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


dorsum, nearly straight, wavy; third line from beneath costa near apex to two- 
thirds dorsum, broadly suffused and confluent with second line in dorsal half, 
posterior edge sinuate and subdentate; a narrow terminal suffusion; cilia brown. 
Hindwings with termen strongly rounded; 3 stalked with 4, 5 or separate; 
orange; a small brown costal suffusion; cilia brown. Underside paler; forewings 
with second and third lines only; hindwings with two short lines from costa be- 
yond middle. 

?. 170-172 mm. Coloration similar but paler. Palpi 4. Forewings broader, 
termen slightly bowed; markings strongly developed, but first line does not reach 
dorsum, discal mark at one-third; second and third lines much less suffused. 
Hindwings with 3 separate or connate. 

This species is easily recognised, but, until the early stages are known, its 
distinctness from EH. fervens will not be established. Walker erroneously gave 
the locality of his type of guttularis as South Afriea. 

Queensland: Brisbane. 


37. ENTOMETA SOBRIA. 

2. Opsirhina sobria Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., 556—d. O. flexicosta 
Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 84, f. 4, 5. 

3. 52-58 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-reddish, usually finely irrorated 
with pale-ochreous. Palpi 3 to 34; fuscous, irrorated with pale-ochreous. An- 
tennae fuscous; pectinations ochreous-tinged. | Abdomen pale-ochreous more or 
less suffused with fuscous-brown. Legs brown. Forewings rather narrow, tri- 
angular, costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; 
pale-ochreous, more or less irrorated with reddish-fuscous, or rarely reddish with 
sight pale-ochreous irroration; transverse lines fuscous, very slender, often 
obscure or partly obsolete; first line from + costa, angled posteriorly beneath 
costa, not reaching dorsum, sometimes obsolete; sometimes a slight discal mark 
at two-fifths; second line from ~ costa to mid-dorsum, sometimes denticulate; third 
line obsolete, or represented by a few spots only; cilia concolorous. Hindwings 
with termen strongly rounded; 3 connate or short-stalked; orange; a reddish-grey 
costal blotch; at base, dorsum, and sometimes termen narrowly pale-ochreous; 
cilia ochreous, sometimes mixed with brown. Underside of forewings grey, more 
or less orange-tinged in centre, second line well-developed, but not reaching dorsum; 
of hindwings grey, with a large whitish-ochreous dorsal bloteh connected with 
mid-costa by a short fuscous line. 

2 CBOs wit ~  Iellol 3 to Be Forewings broader, costa arched, apex 
rounded, termen bowed; whitish-ochreous with very slight brownish irroration; 
lines very slender, but better marked than in d; third line represented by a series: 
of spots. Hindwings pale-orange. 

Walker’s type is a 2 from Brisbane. 

North Queensland: Cardwell; Queensland: Brisbane, Toowoomba; New 
South Wales: Lismore; Victoria: Melbourne, Brentwood, Kewell; Western Aus- 
tralia: Albany, Perth. 


38. ENTOMETA CHLOROSACCA, n.sp. 
XAwposaxkos, with green sack. 


3. 60-75 mm. Head and thorax pale-ochreous, sometimes reddish-tinged. 
Palpi 23 to 3; fuseous with some pale-ochreous irroration. Antennae fuscous; 
pectinations sometimes ochreous-tinged. Abdomen ochreous-grey or ochreous- 
whitish. Legs brownish or grey. Forewings moderately broad, triangular, costa 


BY A. J. TURNER. 421. 


straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen slightly sinuate, oblique; whitish, 
more or less densely irrorated with reddish-brown; lines fuscous or reddish, 
sometimes distinct, sometimes very slender, partly obsolete; first line from 4 
costa, slightly angled posteriorly beneath costa, not reaching dorsum; a small 
discal dot or mark; second line from ? costa to mid-dorsum, sometimes denti- 
culate; third line obsolete; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; 
3 connate; orange; sometimes grey on costa and part of termen, and pale- 
ochreous on base and dorsum; cilia orange or brownish, apices whitish. Under- 
side grey; of forewings orange-tinged; second line of forewings developed; 
hindwings with a short transverse fuscous line from mid-costa. 

2. 66-98 mm. Forewings rather paler, costa arched, termen bowed; all 
lines obsolete, or with second line faintly indicated, sometimes also an interrupted 
third line and very rarely any first line, but a well-marked reddish discal spot. 
Hindwings pale-orange. 

Northern Territory: Darwin; New South Wales: Neweastle; Victoria: Mel- 
bourne, Kewell, Inglewood; South Australia: Adelaide; Western Australia: 
Cunderdin; North West Australia: Derby. 

The type is a 2 in the South Australian Museum. I have seen only three 
examples certainly bred from green cocoons, and all of this sex. 


39. ENTOMETA ALBIDA. 

Opsirhina albida Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., 557.—Pinara erubescens Low., 
Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1894, 77. 

3. 54 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale-ochreous. Palpi 24; fuscous, 
inner surface pale-ochreous. Antennae fuscous. Legs purple-fuscous; coxae 
pale-ochreous. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa straight, slightly arched 
beyond middle, apex round-pointed, termen doubly sinuate, concave in middle, 
strongly oblique; pale-ochreous becoming paler towards termen; a fuscous-brown 
diseal dot on end of cell; cilia concolorous. Hindwings rather elongate, termen 
strongly rounded; pale-ochreous, paler near termen; cilia concolorous. 

2. 80 mm. Similar to d, but considerably paler. Forewings broader, costa 
moderately arched, termen slightly bowed. Palpi 23. 

Queensland: Duaringa, two specimens from the Miskin Collection in the 
Queensland Museum; New South Wales: Warangesda. 


9. Genus DIGGLESIA. 

Turn., Ann. Q’ld. Mus., x., 1911, 86. Type, D. crocota Turn. 

Eyes hairy. Palpi long or very long, porrect, exceeding frontal tuft. Fore- 
wings with 2 from or from before middle, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 separate, connate, 
or rarely stalked, 11 from middle; cell one-third to 3. Hindwings with cell 
about one-third; 2 from before angle, 4 and 5 stalked, 3 separate, connate, or 
stalked with them, 7 from before middle, 11 absent, 12 anastomosing shortly 
with 7 near its origin, subcostal cell moderate, with one or two pseudoneuria 
from near its middle. 

A natural genus with some variability in its neuration. 


Key to species. 


1. Forewings white with fuscous markings .. .. .. .. .. .. .... ..ecnoma 


Forewings not white .... .. BE, Sich MERA ee ions Coane ee D) 


2. Cilia of forewings with whitish apices .. SATA Ate NG eR RS at 


422 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


Cilia of forewings with apices not whitish .. .. sa Hoar NYE ee 4. 
3. Forewings with discal spot; hindwings wholly « or oan © ochreous dasymalla 
Forewings without discal spot; hindwings reddish or fuscous .. .. rufescens 


AVON NV GINES RO TOV MMII E Tate [ris ga o-crer cue han Leeres MAG master D alete fmt REN Ey apetstys Reamtcr eA rege 5. 
Navas eelChisls 6540 8a 6 ites Sader Abie baer ies 3k eis teu La Lk 6. 
5. Wings ochreous- crest ene beet 50) bo O08 go, 00 Ob 06) nasyDOCLOV IG 
Wings darker grey without Gonncons nee PEER A 3 . .. -- tephropsis 
6. Forewings with first and second lines confluent on 1 Corsa ese) CrOCota 
Forewings with first and second lines separate or obsolete .. .. .. his 
7. Size small; colour dark-reddish .. .. .. .. 2. WANA 
Size moderately large; colour pale- redciene or Roe Sitone i 8. 
8. do with palpi 4, hindwings elongate; 2 with apex of forewings rounded .. 
cycloloma 
6 with palpi 6, hindwings not elongate; 2 with apex of forewings pointed .. 
australasiae 


40. DIGGLESIA ECNOMA, n.sp. 
éxvowos. unusual. 


2. 55 mm. Head whitish. Palpi and antennae blackish. Thorax dark- 
fuscous mixed with reddish-ochreous and crossed by a transverse line of whitish 
hairs. Abdomen on dorsum ochreous, sides and under surface fusecous with 
apices of segments whitish. Legs fuscous; dorsal hairs whitish. | Forewings 
elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, 
oblique; cell one-third, 8 connate; white with well-defined dark-fuscous markings; 
a narrow basal fascia; a second fascia at one-fifth, connected with preceding on 
dorsum; a large discal spot at one-third; a narrow fascia from three-fifths costa 
to mid-dorsum sinuate, anteriorly crenated, connected with preceding by a sub- 
median bar, a broader fascia also sinuate, but interrupted by veins, at four-fifths; 
a terminal series of large spots; cilia dark-fuscous, interrupted by whitish op- 
posite veins. Hindwings with termen rounded; 3 connate; colour as forewings; 
broadly suffused, transverse, fuscous fasciae at + and middle; a terminal series 
of fuseous spots; cilia whitish. 

Very different from any other known species. 

Western Australia: Cunderdin, one specimen reared from the larva in March, 
received from Mr. W. B. Alexander. 


41. DIGGLESIA DASYMALLA, n.sp. 
dacv-waddos, thick-fleeced. 


3. 4448 mm. Head,. palpi, and thorax ochreous-brown. Antennae fuscous- 
brown, stalk ochreous brown. Abdomen and legs brownish-ochreous. Forewings 
broadly triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded-rectangular, termen 
straight, scarcely oblique; cell one-third, 8 separate; rather dark ochreous-brown; . 
a small fuscous diseal spot at one-third on end of cell; cilia ochreous-brown, 
apices except opposite veins whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; 3 separate; 
brownish-ochreous; cilia brownish-ochreous, apices partly whitish. 

2. 64 mm. Neuration as in 6. Colour uniformly fuscous, slightly ochreous- 
suffused only on bases of hindwings. Abdomen with terminal and lateral tufts 
extremely dense. Forewings broadly triangular, costa arched, termen slightly 
bowed, slightly oblique; discal spot very obscure. Hindwings with veins narrowly 
ochreous. 

Type in Coll. Goldfinch. This and the following have the abdomen very 
hairy laterally as well as posteriorly. 


BY A. J. TURNER, 423 


New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5000 ft.) in December; three specimens 
received from Mr. G. M. Goldfinch. The males were taken flying swiftly in bright 
sunshine, the female at light at the hotel. The sexual dichroism, exceptional in 
this genus, is probably correlated with the day flying habit. 


42. DIGGLESIA RUFESCENS. 


Gastropacha rufescens Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi. 1395.—Megasoma rubida 
Wik., ibid., xxxii., 566—Bombyxz crenuiata Lue., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, 
137. 

¢. 38-46 mm. ¢. 55-66 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, usually 
more cr less reddish-tinged. Palpi 4 to 5; grey or reddish-grey. Antennae grey; 
pectinations in d ochreous-tinged. Legs grey. Forewmgs triangular, costa 
slightly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly sinuate, slightly waved, 
in ¢ scarcely oblique, in 2 more distinctly so; cell one-third, 8 separate (1 ¢), 
connate (4 6d, 5 2) or short-stalked (1 2); grey, usually more or less reddish- 
tinged; sometimes a fuscous dot on end of cell at one-third; cilia concolorous, 
apices whitish between veins. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded; 3 
separate, 4 and 5 stalked; colour and cilia as forewings. 

Queensland: Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Mt. Tambourine; New South 
Wales: Sydney, Jervis Bay, Mt. Kosciusko; Victoria: Melbourne, Beaconsfield, 
Gisborne, Mt. St. Bernard; Tasmania: Hobart; South Austraha: Mt. Lofty. 


43. DIGGLESIA SPODOPA. 


Entometa spodopa Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 1904, 239. 

Forewings with cell nearly 4, 8 connate or stalked. Hindwings with 3 
eonnate or stalked. 

Queensland: Brisbane. 


44, DIGGLESIA TEPHROPSIS, 1.Sp. 
TEPPOXES , ash-coloured. 


2. 50mm. Head and thorax pale-grey. Palpi 8; expanded at apices; pale- 
grey. Antennae, abdomen, and legs pale-grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, 
eosta arched, apex rectangular, termen bowed, strongly oblique; cell nearly 4, 8 
connate; pale-grey; a fuscous discal dot at two-fifths; a faintly-marked sub- 
terminal series of interneural fuscous dots; cilia grey. Hindwings with 
termen rounded; cell one-third, 3 connate; dark-grey becoming paler towards 
base; cilia grey. : 

Allied to D. spodopa, but darker grey without ochreous tinge, and without 
first and second lines on forewings. 

Queensland: Emerald in September; one specimen received from Mr. W. B. 
Barnard. 

45. DIGGLESIA CROCOTA. 


Turn., Ann. Q’ld. Mus., x., 1911, 86. 

9. 5456 mm. Head and thorax orange-brown. Palpi 6; somewhat ex- 
panded at apex; grey. Antennae pale-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-brown; 
underside darker. Legs brown. Forewings suboval, costa strongly arched, apex 
rectangular, termen nearly straight, moderately oblique; cell two-fifths,.6, 7, 8 
stalked (2 2); reddish-ochreous; markings fuscous; a nearly straight, wavy line 
from one-third costa to one-third dorsum; a diseal dot at one-third between lines; 
second line wavy, from mid-costa, curved inwards to join first line on dorsum; 


424 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


an interrupted line, or chain of dots, from costa near apex to two-thirds dorsum, 
angled obtusely outwards below middle; cilia orange-brown. Hindwings with 
termen strongly rounded; 3, 4, 5 stalked; pale-reddish; cilia rather paler. Under- 
side of hindwings with a very large dark blotch bisected by a darker line. 

North Queensland: Kuranda near Cairns, Cardwell. 


46. DIGGLESIA NANA. 


Opsirhina nana Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi., 1421. 

3. 25-28 mm. Head and thorax reddish. Palpi 6; reddish. Antennae 
pale-grey, reddish-tinged; pectinations fuscous. Abdomen fuscous; underside 
ochreous-reddish. Legs reddish. Forewings triangular, costa straight nearly to 
apex, apex pointed, termen straight, oblique; cell 4, 8 connate; uniformly red- 
dish; a fuscous discal dot at 4; a slender, oblique, dark line from two-thirds 
costa to dorsum beyond middle; traces of a similar subterminal line; cilia red- 
dish. Hindwings with termen rounded; cell 4 to one-third, 3 connate or stalked; 
dark-reddish with a fuscous subdorsal suffusion; cilia dark-reddish. 

2. Unknown. 

Much smaller than any other species. 

Tasmania: Launceston, Lefroy. 


47. DIGGLESIA CYCLOLOMA. 


Entometa cycloloma Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1902, 186.—H. plin- 
thopa Turn., ibid., 1904, 239. 

Forewings with cell nearly 3, 8 connate or stalked. Hindwings with 3 con- 
nate or stalked. : 

Northern Territory: Darwin; North Queensland: Cooktown, Cairns, Towns- 
ville; Queensland: Nambour, Mt. Tambourine, National Park (4000 ft.); New 
South Wales: Lismore; Victoria: Moe. 


. 48. DIGGLESIA AUSTRALASIAE. 


Bombyx australasiae Fab., Syst. Ent., i. (1), 422—Opsirhina nasuta Wks; 
Cat. Brit. Mus., vi, £420.—O. intemerata W1k., ibid., xxxil., 557.—O. cinereata 
WIk., ibid., xxxii., 558.—O,. pudorina WIk., ibid., xxxii., 558.—Bombyzx frugalis 
Lue., Proce. Roy. Soe. Q’ld., 1901, 74—Pinara pervicax Lue., ibid., 1901, 76. 

3. 32-36 mm. Byes small. Palpi very long, more than twice length of 
frontal tuft. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs ochreous-reddish. 
Forewings oval-triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen 
bowed, oblique; cell 4, 8 connate or stalked; reddish-ochreous; two faintly marked 
transverse lines, darker than ground colour, but edged with paler ochreous; first 
from one-third costa, strongly outwardly curved to near base of dorsum, pale 
anteriorly; second from two-thirds costa, curved outwardly beneath costa, thence 
straight to about mid-dorsum, pale posteriorly; a minute dark discal dot before 
middle; a subterminal series of dark dots forming a nearly straight line; cilia 
concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; 3 connate or stalked; reddish, 
rather darker than forewings; cilia concolorous. 

9. 42-52 mm. Wings much more elongate; forewings narrow, apex toler- 
ably pointed; markings sometimes distinct, but often obsolete. 

Queensland: Clermont, Brisbane, Rosewood, Toowoomba; New South Wales: 
Lismore, Sydney, Jervis Bay, Mt. Kosciusko; Victoria: Melbourne, Beaconsfield, 


BY A. J. TURNER. A425 


Gisborne, Castlemaine; Tasmania: Launceston, Ulverstone, Hobart, Bothwell; 
South Australia: Adelaide, Mt. Lofty, Mt. Gambier; Western Australia: Perth. 


10. Genus OPpsIRHINA. 


Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi., 1418; Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1904, 
240. Type, O. albigutta W1k. 

Hyes hairy. Palpi long, porrect, exceeding frontal tuft. Forewings with 
cell 4 or less; 2 from one-third, 3 from two-thirds, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 sometimes 
stalked with them, 11 from middle. Hindwings with eell less than 4; 2 from 
middle, 3 from 3, 4 and 5 separate, 7 from one-third or from before one-third, 
11 absent, 12 anastomosing shortly with 7 soon after its origin; subcostal cell 
moderate or rather small, with a basal and sometimes also a median pseudo- 
neurium. 


Key to species. 


1. Forewings with first and second lines whitish .. .. -. .. .albigutta 
Forewings with first and second lines fuscous, very sle des denticulate ., 
pyrsocoma 


49. OPSIRHINA ALBIGUTTA. 
$2. Opsirhina albigutta Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vi., 1419.—@. Rhathymodes 
Jechriodes Turn., Ann. Q’ld. Mus., x., 89. 
6. 22-26 mm. Head and thorax brown; face ochreous-whitish. Palpi 23 


to 3; fuscous-brown; upper edge ochreous-whitish. Antennae fuscous-brown ; 
stalk partly whitish. Abdomen brown; tuft large, with some whitish hairs. 
Legs fuscous-brown; tarsi fuscous with whitish annulations. Forewings tri- 


angular, costa straight to middle, then gently arched, apex rounded, termen 
slightly bowed, scarcely oblique; 8 connate or short-stalked; dark-chestnut-brown, 
broadly suffused with whitish-grey towards termen and dorsum; a conspicuous 
white, obliquely transverse, discal mark at two-fifths; two very slender whitish 
transverse lines; first from 4} costa to one-third dorsum; second from two-thirds 
costa to mid-dorsum, sinuate; a series of fuscous subterminal dots nearly 
parallel to second line, obsolete in middle of dise; cilia brown, apices whitish. 
‘Hindwings with termen rounded; subcostal cell with one or two pseudoneuria, 4 
and 5 connate or separate; brown; cilia brown. Underside brown without 
markings. 

?. 58-60 mm. Palpi 6. Forewings broader than in 6, costa more arched, 
apex more pointed, termen more oblique; coloration similar, but much paler and 
grey suffusion more variable; markings similar, but diseal monk obsolete or very 
faintly indicated. Etindhataee as in S, but paler. 

One or two pseudoneuria arise from the subcostal cell, one from base, the 
second, which is often absent, from about middle. 

Queensland: Southport; New South Wales: -Mt. Kosciusko; Victoria: 
Beaconsfield, Gisborne, Inverloch; Tasmania: Launceston, Hobart. 


50. OPSIRHINA PYRSOCOMA, 

Clathe pyrsocoma Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1902, 185. 

Palpi in 3 4, in 2 5. Forewings with 8 separate, connate, or short-stalked. 
Hindwings with a single pseudoneurium, sometimes branched, from ase of sub- 
costal cell; 4 and 5 separate. 

Narhern Territory: Darwin; North Queensland: Thursday Island, Cook- 
town, Herberton, Townsville; Queensland: Gayndah, Brisbane. 


426 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 


11. Genus NeurocuytTa. 


Turn., Trans. Ent. Soe., 1918, 181. Type, N. edna Swin. 

Palpi moderately long, porrect, reaching beyond frontal tuft, densely hairy. 
Forewings with 2 from one-third, 3 from two-thirds, 4 and 5 approximated at 
origin from angle of cell, 6 from upper angle of cell, connate or stalked with 7 
and 8, which are puke, 11 from two-thirds, free, Et running close under 12. 
Hindwines with 2 from middle of cell, 3 from shortly before angle, 4 and 5 
stalked from anale, 6 from upper angle, 7 from shortly before angle, 12 
anastomosing with cell from near base to one-third; subcostal cell small, two 
pseudoneuria arising together near base and diverging. 

Differs from all other Australian genera in 7 of hindwings arising from 
near end of cell, and 12 anastomosing with cell near base. Mr. W. H. T. Tams. 
of the British Museum informs me that the eyes are smooth. 


51. NEUROCHYTA EDNA. 


Clathe edna Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), ix., 1902, 166. 

3. 21-22 mm. ?. 36 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous; in 2 grey- 
whitish. Palpi whitish-ochreous; pectinations in d 9, in 2 3. Abdomen whitish- 
ochreous tinged with reddish. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair reddish- 
tinged. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen scarcely 
bowed, slightly oblique; ochreous-whitish irrorated with reddish-brown, more 
densely in 6; cilia ochreous-whitish, in d tinged with reddish-brown. Hindwings 
with termen rounded; ochreous-whitish, in d reddish-tinged; cilia concolorous. 

Described from four examples, including the type, in the British Museum. 

North West Austraha: Sherlock River. 


12. Genus Perna. 


Wik., Cat. Brit.. Mus., v., 1127. Type, P. exposita Lewin. 

Kiyes hairy; sometimes snl Palpi short, not extending beyond frontal 
tuft. Forewings with 2 from about one-third, 3 from about two-thirds, 6 and 7 
stalked, 11 from middle. Hindwings with cell 4 or less; 2 from middle, 7 from 
before or beyond middle, stalked with 11, which runs into 12; subcostal cell 
large, with a strong pseudoneurium from its base. 


Key to species. 


1EHrindwings swihhrtes sete, Pde 7) oe ele et A oe Awe rk RC Freeh 2, 
Hindwings fuscous or ane DPE . eee. eaposita 

2. Forewings with discal spot pearecentcdl ee a ituccoue ipa -- .. -chlorophragma 
Borewings awithidiscaluspote winter a met cain cece neces brevipennis 


52. PsRNA CHLOROPHRAGMA. 

Bombyx chlorophragma Meyr. (ined?). 

3. 35-37 mm. Head white; sides of face sometimes ochreous. Palpi dark- 
fuscous; towards apex ochreous. Antennae ochreous-fuscous, stalk white. Thorax 
and abdomen white. Legs white; tarsi grey. Forewings triangular, costa 
straight, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, oblique; white; markings grey, 
clearly defined; a spot on base of costa; a sub-basal spot; a broad line from 
one-third eo to one-third dorsum, sharply angled posteriorly beneath costa; 
from this angle a longitudinal bar connects it with a similarly angled line from 
two-thirds costa to two-thirds dorsum; and this longitudinal bar is sometimes. 


BY A. J. TURNER. 427 


prolonged to connect with a submarginal line, angled first anteriorly then pos- 
teriorly beneath costa, thence wavy to before tornus; cilia white. Hindwings 
with termen rounded; white; cilia white. 

Victoria: Kewell, Birchip; Western Australia: Beverley, Dowerin. 


53. PERNA BREVIPENNIS. 


Teara brevipennis Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxil., 353—Bombyx figurata Lue., 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’ld., 1901, 74. 
3S. 34-36 mm. 2. 46 mm. Head brownish; lower part of face ochreous. 


Palpi dark-fuseous, towards apex ochreous. Antennae brownish, stalk grey. 
Thorax fuscous-brown; patagia of 3 white except in centre. Abdomen whitish, 
in 2 grey. Legs whitish-ochreous; in 2 grey; tarsi fuscous. Forewings oval- 


triangular, costa arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous-brown, in 
2 grey; markings partly darker, partly white; a white basal patch containing a 
dark spot on costa; a transverse sub-basal dark line, followed by a whitish line, 
and this again by a dark line from one-third costa to one-third dorsum; similar 
three lines from two-thirds costa to two-thirds dorsum; median area between 
lines crossed by a dark-fusecous patch above middle, containing a central white 
spot, area between patch and dorsum white; in ¢ these markings are less dis- 
tinct; a broad white subterminal line, not reaching costa, interrupted above 
middle; a subapical dark costal blotch giving rise to a broad dark submarginal 
line, posteriorly edged with whitish; a terminal series of white spots; cilia 
fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded; white, in 2 grey; cilia concolorous. 

North Queensland: Cairns; Queensland: Brisbane; New South Wales: New- 
castle. 


54. PERNA EXPOSITA. 


Bombyx exposita Lewin, Prodr. Ent., 8, 1805, Pl. vii—B. pusilla Don., 
Ins. New Holl. Lep., 1805, Pl. xxxv.—d. Perna combinata Wlk., Cat. Brit. 
Mus., vii., 1757.—9. LEriogaster lignosa Wlk., ibid., vii., 1767—d. E. hebes 
Wilk., ibid., xxxii., 571.—@. Cosmotriche indistincta Butl., Trans. Ent. Soce., 
1886, 387.—2. Poecilocampa brevis Wik., ibid., xxxii., 571.—%. Tacillia rufo- 
cinerea Wlk., ibid., xxx, 573. 

3. 28-32 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brown or grey, tips of hairs whitish. 
Antennae brownish. Abdomen and legs brown or grey. Forewings triangular, 
costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, slightly 
oblique; brown or grey with some whitish irroration, median band rather darker; 
an irregularly dentate dark-fuscous line from one-third costa to one-third dorsum; 
a similar line from two-thirds costa to two-thirds dorsum, bent first inwards. 
beneath costa, then strongly outwards, inwards again above dorsum, posteriorly 
edged with whitish; a white median discal dot; a dentate fuscous subterminal 
line, edged anteriorly with whitish; cilia congolorous. Hindwings with termen 
rounded; brownish-fuscous or grey; cilia concolorous. 

2. 3440 mm. Forewings more elongate, termen more oblique; markings 
usually as in d but much fainter, sometimes obsolete; coloration brownish-grey. 

North Queensland: Cairns, Herberton; Queensland: Clermont, Brisbane, 
Stradbreke Is., Coolangatta, Toowoomba; New South Wales: Sydney, Jervis 
Bay; Victoria: Melbourne, Lilydale, Gisborne, Kewell; Tasmania: Hobart; South 
Australia: Adelaide. 


a 


428 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. LASIOCAMPIDAE, 
Species unrecognised or wrongly referred to ths family. 

55. Nadiasa parvigutta Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., 1015 is a 2 Pinara, which 
I have not identified. 

56. Perna ? flavescens Wlk., ibid., v., 1128 belongs to the Anthelidae. 

57. Eriogaster ? simplex Wh1k., ibid., vi., 1473. 

58. Poecilocampa leucopyga WIk., ibid., vi., 1477 1s a synonym of Ochrogaster 
contraria (Notodontidae). 

59. Entometa ignobilis Wlk., Char. Undese. Lep., p. 67 belongs to the Psychidae. 

60. Poecilocampa simplex Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus., 1., 1892, 267 is not Australian. 
It is probably Metanastria psidi Salle from Mexico. 

61. Bombyx fumosa Luc., Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Q’ld., 1894, 104. 

62. Bombyx ocularis Lue., ibid., 1894, 104 belongs to the Limacodidae. ~ 

63. Bombyx muris-olens Luc., ibid., 1894, 105 belongs to the Psychidae. 

64. Bombyx effusa Luc., Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’ld., 1901, 75 is a synonym of Cyno- 
sarga ornata (Notodontidae). 


Index to Genera. 


Orexamer et erro tM ncomera 8 Neurochyta .. .. 11 Pimara .. 
Cyclophragma . 7 Eremaea . 3 Opsirhina LO} Borelageer 
Digglesia 9 Kremonoma . 4 Perna -. . 12 Symphyta 


Synonyms and wrongly referred or unrecognised species 


acedesta .. . 10 ‘cycloloma :-.. . 47%  lechriodes 49 psaropis . 
adusta 4 cyclomela .. ... 32 leucopyga 58 pudorina .. 
albicans .. . 6 dasymalla .. 41 liguaria . 20 punctigera .. 
albida .. » Om deconatae. .. 36 lignosa . 54 punctilinea . 
albifinis . . 26 delineata .. - 19 macroptila 8 pusilla 
albigutta .. . 49 despecta - 34 majus . 5 pyrsocoma 
amathodes 25 dianipha .. 9 marginata . 33 rhoda 
anthracica 17 divisa 2 metaphaea .. 4 rubida .. 
anthraxoides .. . 5 ecnoma .. . 40 metastigma. 18, 20 rufescens .. 
antiqua , 13 edna, .. . 51 mioleuca .. .. . 24 Yufescens . 
apasta .. 13 effusa . 64 muris-olens . 63° rufocinerea 
apicalis 35 erubescens ¢ GY) nema 54) . 46 saturata .. 
arida . . . 20 exposita - 54 nasuta .. .. 48 sesioides .. 
australasiae .. . 48 fervens . 34 nephelodes oye 15 simplex 
barnardi . . 22 figurata - 53 notabilis .. .. . 24 simpler 
brevipennis 53 flavescens -- 56 notodontina .. . 24 sobria , 
brevis 54 fleaicosta -. 37 nubila 20 spodopa .. 
calligama 8 fola .. ea lal nyetopis . 30 subfasciata . 
eana .. S.  2h fnugalis . 48 obliqua 3 subnotata 
chlorophragma . 52 fumosa .. . 61 obscura .. 34 tephropsis .. 
chlorosacca . 38 galactodes . 23 obtusa 18 trimacula 
cinereata . 48 guttularis . . 36 ocularis 62 varia .. 
cinyra 10 hebes .. . 54 oxygramma .. . 28 vetusta .. 
colpodes . 29 holopolia . 16 parvigutta .. 55 vitulina .. 
combinata 54 hyaloessa .. ... 6 xervicax .. . 48 Zonospila 
contermina 27 ignobilis...... 59 picta .. 5 zoristis .. 
erenulata . 42 indistincta .. .. 54 pinnalis 6 

erocota .. . 45 intemerata . 48 plinthopa Aq 


Index to Species. 


in italics. 


> Orr 


429 


UPPER PERMIAN COLEOPTERA AND A NEW ORDER FROM THE 
BELMONT BEDS, NEW SOUTH WALES. 


By R. J. Tinuyarp, M.A., Sc.D. (Cantab.), D.Se. (Sydney), F.N.Z. Inst., F.L.8., 
F.E.S., Entomologist and Chief of the Biological Department, 
Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z. 


(Plates xlv.-xlvi. and three Text-figures). 
[Read 24th September, 1924.] 


Up to the present, the earliest known fossil beetle elytra have been those 
of the Trias. In the Upper Trias of Ipswich, the Order Coleoptera is dominant, 
nearly half the total number of insect fossils so far discovered there belonging 
to this Order. 

M. D. Zalessky recently described (Mém. Com. Geol., exxxix., New Series) 
an alleged fossil beetle (not an elytron) of Permian age, naming it Microcan- 
tharis minutus, and assigning it to the family Ptiliidae (Trichopterygidae). The 
total length of this peculiar impression is only 20, 1e., about one-twentieth 
that of the smallest beetles known to exist! Neither in the excellent photo- 
micrographs (x 900) nor in the deseription of this specimen can I find any- 
thing which proves it to be even an insect, much less a beetle, and I do not 
think further notice need be taken of it. 

The assemblage of Upper Permian insect wings discovered at Belmont by 
Mr. John Mitchell some years back consists of the most highly specialized 
Palaeozoic types yet discovered anywhere in the world. The Orders so far 
brought to light there are the Hemiptera-Homoptera, Mecoptera, Paramecoptera 
and Neuroptera-Planipennia. Such an assemblage is one amongst which there 
would be a high probability of the occurrence of Coleoptera, since these latter 
are morphologically more archaic in most respects than any of the Orders just 
mentioned, except the Homoptera. This being so, both Mr. Mitchell and _ his 
more recent co-workers, Mr. and Mrs. T. H. Pincombe, have kept a careful 
watch for the possible occurrence of beetle elytra during their explorations of 
the Belmont Beds, and both have been well rewarded. Of a total of thirty 
Specimens discovered (excluding numerous fragments not complete enough to 
name), no less than six are Coleopterous elytra, and four of them are ex- 
cellently preserved, so that almost every detail of structure can be made out. 
Four of these are small elytra which appear to be ancestral to the Upper 
Triassic genus Ademosyne and allies; another (a large elytron with only faint 
traces of sculpturing, but with a well preserved alula exactly like that of the 
recent genus Hydrophilus itself) may be considered, without any reasonable 
doubt, to be one of the direct ancestors of the existing Hydrophilidae. 


430 UPPER PERMIAN COLEOPTERA, 


In addition to these, it has fallen to Mr. Mitchell himself to make the 
finest discovery of all, viz, an almost complete elytron, of large size and 
beautiful preservation, which differs from all known Coleopterous elytra in be- 
ing exceedingly flat, with a straight sutural margin, and in having a complete 
system of venation clearly marked upon it. As this fossil exists side by side 
with true beetle elytra, it cannot itself be one of the ancestors of the Order 
Coleoptera. Nevertheless it is clear that it belongs to the Order from which the 
Coleoptera themselves arose, just as the Protodonata belong to the Order an- 
cestral to the true Odonata, though now known to have existed for a consider- 
able period side by side with them. For this fossil, then, the new Order Pro- 
tocoleoptera is proposed, and its position will be intermediate between the Car- 
boniferous Protoblattoidea (with whose venation it is in rather close agree- 
ment) and the true Coleoptera. 


Order COLEOPTERA. 
PERMOPHILIDAH, fam. nov. 


Elytra resembling those of recent Hydrophilidae in general form and pos- 
sessing a well developed alula (text-fig. 1, al), but without the angulation of the 
sutural and lateral margins near base, found in recent Hydrophilidae; sutural 
and lateral margins both very narrow; convexity slight; sculpture slight or 
absent. 


PERMOPHILUS, n.g. (Text-fig. 1). 


Medium to large elytra, about one-third as broad as long, with pointed 
apex; alula well rounded, attached close to base on posterior side, as in Hydro- 
philidae. 

Genotype, Permophilus pincombei, n.sp. (Upper Permian of Belmont, 


N.S.W.). 


PERMOPHILUS PINCOMBEI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1, a). 


Total length of elytron, 21.5 mm., being the full length except for the ex- 
treme tip, which is missing; greatest breadth, 7 mm. Alula almost circular, 
diameter 1.8 mm. Sutural margin exceedingly narrow, strongly curved for 
about 4 mm. from base (this portion forms the scutellar margin), then running 
fairly straight to half-way, finally inclining inwards very slightly. Lateral 
margin (costa) with basal portion missing for 4 mm., thence running nearly 
straight and subparallel to sutural margin to half-way, thence curving markedly 
inwards and finally converging strongly towards sutural margin; although the 
actual apex is missing, it was evidently strongly pointed, as in Hydrophilus 
(Text-fig. 1, b). 

No definite longitudinal striae are present, but here and there are to be seen 
very faint traces of a delicate, branching venation; in several places the area 
between two more or less parallel veins appears to be furnished with very 
weakly formed, flattened tubercles of considerable size (diameter 0.2 to 0.3 
mm.), either more or less cireular or slightly hexagonal. Along the internal 
edge of the thickened sutural margin near base, running out from the hinge of 
the alula, is a series of four more strongly marked tubercles of much smaller 
diameter; probably these are the impressions left by a row of four deeply 
marked punetae in the original elytron, while the weak, flattened tubercles above 
mentioned may have been shallow depressions between the obsolescent veins. 

Type, Specimen No. 23 T. in Mr. Pincombe’s Collection. 


BY R. J. TILLYARD. 431 


Horizon: Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. 
This species is dedicated to its discoverer, Mr. T. H. Pincombe of New 


Lambton, near Newcastle. 


PERMOPHILUS (?) MINOR, n.Sp. 

A poorly preserved but complete elytron; total length, 10 mm., greatest 
breadth, 3.6 mm. Alula not preserved. Shape somewhat similar to the pre- 
vious species, but the apex not quite so sharp. No signs of sculpture or vena- 
tion except, here and there, slight indications of faint longitudinal striae. 

Type, Unnumbered specimen in Mr. J. Mitchell’s Collection. 

Horizon: Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. 


PERMOSYNIDAH, fam. nov. 


Small elytra without any definite humeral or scutellar angle; more or less 
strongly convex, about one-third as wide as long, or a little over, with apex 
moderately pointed. Sculpture consisting of nine longitudinal striae, of which 
the first * (counting from lateral margin or costa) is continued nearly to apex, 
receiving two or more of the succeeding striae upon itself distally. 


PERMOSYNE, n.g. (Text-fig. 2). 


Elytra about 3 mm. in length, with lateral margin not thickened, sutural 
margin well-formed but narrow, and both margins considerably curved. Striae 
either plain or punctate, the second, third and fourth striae ending on the 
first, the eighth ending on the ninth; ninth stria (next to sutural margin) arising 
basally considerably further from margin than from eighth stria; usually a 
vestige of a short tenth stria in basal part of interval between ninth stria and 
margin. 

Genotype, Permosyne belmontensis, n.sp. (Upper Permian of Belmont). 

This genus contains elytra very similar in general appearance to those of 
the Upper Triassic genus Ademosyne Handl., found at Ipswich, Q., and Narellan, 
N.S.W., but distinguished from them by the very typical arrangement of the 
striae. 


Key to the Species of Permosyne. 


Pee blyira withe simple! longitudinal: striae .4)s) i. 22 .. kee ae te es ee 
EKlytra punctate-striate .. .. 3 
2. Longitudinal striae very soul “placed, none of them “sinuate “except the 
second, which is only slightly so; lateral and sutural margins distinctly 
curved when approaching apex .. .. P. belmontensis, n.sp. 
Longitudinal striae not so evenly placed, “the second, third, eighth and ninth 
slightly sinuate; lateral and sutural margins nearly ‘straight when approach- 
ing apex, SO that the elytron is narrower and more rey distally than 


im previous species .. .. . P. affinis, n.sp. 
3. Breadth distinctly greater her one- third ‘of length; punctate striae very 


strongly marked .. .. the P. mitchelli, n.sp. 
Breadth ee one-third of f length; punctate striae only weakly markede meyer 
; . P. pincombeae, rsp. 


* Most Coleopterists appear to number the striae from the sutural margin 
outwards; but this is proceeding from the posterior border of the wing towards 
the anterior border, and appears to me to be illogical: I therefore number them 
from the anterior border backwards or inwards. 


A432 UPPER PERMIAN COLEOPTERA, 


ALOE 
(| 
NAAN 


1. a, Permophilus pincombei, nu.g. et sp., elytron (x 2.7), with missing 
portions restored by dotted lines; sutural margin to right, lateral margin (costa) 
to left; al, alula. b, Hydrophilus latipalpus Cast., Recent, fam. Hydrophilidae, 
elytron for comparison with a, (x 2.7). 

2. Permosyne belmontensis, n.g. et sp., elytron (x 20); drawn from type- 

counterpart, sutural margin to right, lateral margin (costa) to left, and slightly 
broken basal portion restored. 
3. Protocoleus mitchelli, n.g. et sp., elytron (x 6), sutural margin (sm) to 
right, lateral margin (C) to left, missing apical portion restored by dotted lines. 
Venational notation (Comstock-Needham) :—1A, 2A, 3A, the three anal veins; 
C, costa; Cui, first cubitus, with branches Cui,, Cuin; Cuz, second eubitus; M, 
media, with branches M1-2, Ms, M4; Ria, main stem of radius; Ra-3, Ra-s, the 
two principal branches of the radial sector; Se, subecosta. 


BY R. J. TILLYARD. 433 


PERMOSYNE BELMONTENSIS, n.sp. (Plate xlv., fig. 1; text-fig. 2.) 

Total length of elytron, 3.1 mm.; greatest breadth, 1.3 mm. Sutural margin 
narrow but strongly marked, well curved. Basal third of lateral (costal) margin 
apparently with a marked thickening, from the inner edge of which the first 
three striae appear to arise; second stria ending on first a short distance from 
its end, third stria ending on first almost at its end; fourth to seventh striae 
ending on lateral margin not far from apex, eighth almost at apex, ninth on 
sutural margin at one-fourth from apex. Slght indications of the beginning of 
a short stria at base of elytron, in the rather wide space between ninth stria and 
sutural margin. 

Type, Specimen 13a T., and type-counterpart Specimen 13b T., in Mr. T. 
H. Pinecombe’s Collection. 

Horizon: Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. 


PERMOSYNE AFFINIS, n.sp. (Plate xlv., fig. 2). 


Total length of elytron, 2.9 mm.; greatest breadth, 1.1 mm. Differs from 
the previous species in its more pointed shape apically, in the more evenly 
rounded humeral margin, and in having the lateral margin apparently strongly 
thickened at its extreme base. Third and fourth striae apparently arising from 
a common stalk at about one-fifth from base; seventh to ninth striae more 
sinuate basally; space between ninth stria and sutural margin wider basally than 
in previous species, with indications of a short tenth stria on it; eighth stria 
as well as ninth ending on sutural margin. 

Type, Specimen No. 92 in Mr. J. Mitchell’s Collection. 

Horizon: Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. 


PERMOSYNE MITCHELLI, n.sp. (Plate xlv., fig. 3). 


Total length of elytron, 3.0 mm.; greatest breadth, 1.2 mm. The elytron 
is perfect except for the extreme apex and base, which are jaggedly broken off, 
and the sutural margin, of which only the middle third is preserved. Punctae 
strongly marked throughout, the distances between successive punctae being de- 
finitely less than the distances between successive striae in the middle of the 
elytron. Second stria very sinuate basally, arising close to third; the other 
striae very regularly arranged, not sinuate. 

Type, Specimen No. 79 in Mr. J. Mitchell’s Collection. 

Horizon: Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. 

This species is dedicated to its discoverer, Mr. John Mitchell. 


PERMOSYNE PINCOMBEAR, n.sp. (Plate xlv., fig. 4). 


Total length of elytron, 3.3 mm.; greatest breadth, 1.1 mm. Differs from 
the previous species in being longer and narrower, much more pointed apically, 
and having the punctate striae more weakly marked, the distances between suc- 
cessive punctae being about the same as those between successive striae in the 
middle of the elytron. The elytron is completely preserved, but, unlike the 
previous three species, it is strongly carbonized, and the impression is not as 
clear as in the others. 

Type, Specimen No. 14 T. in Mr. Pincombe’s Collection. 

Horizon: Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. 

This specimen is dedicated to Mrs. T. H. Pincombe, who has done valuable 
work with her husband in exploring the Belmont Beds. 


434 UPPER PERMIAN COLEOPTERA, 


PROTOCOLEOPTERA, ordo nova. 

Primitive insects resembling Coleoptera but having flattened, tegminous 
elytra with straight sutural margin and a complete system of wing-veins deve- 
loped. Costal margin greatly curved. Membrane strongly punctate between the 
veins. 

PROTOCOLEIDAH, fam. nov. (Plate xlvi.). 

Large, broad elytra having all the veins from Rs to Cuz strongly branched, 
one branch of the radius curving round subparallel to costa and junctioning with 
the successive branches of Rs and M in turn. Cuz a long vein marking off a 
definite anal area, ending more than half-way from base; on this area, 1A lies 
just below Cuz while 2A and 3A arise in a group by themselves from the curved 
basal portion of the sutural margin. 

PROTOCOLEUS, n.g. (Plate xlvi., fig. 5; text-fig. 3). 

Elytron broad, flat and fairly strongly chitinized, with strongly curved 
costal margin. Se arising as a deep furrow vein, close to costal margin at base, 
then diverging slightly from it, but approaching it again distally. Ri a strong, 
slightly curved vein ending distally on Re; Rs arising close to base and branch- 
ing at about one-fifth of the wing-length from base; Re-3 branches again at 
about half-way along the wing, Re running into Ri but Rs continuing to run 
sub-parallel with the margin and receiving the ends of Ra4-5 and the branches 
of M upon itself, finally ending up close to the apex. M developed basally as 
a weakly chitinized and rather broad, flat vein, with its first anterior branch at 
about one-fourth of wing-length; from this point onwards it becomes a strongly 
marked but narrow vein, with its main stem approximately along the mid- 
longitudinal axis of the elytron, though slightly arching between successive 
branches; four anterior branches are given off in succession, the first three of 
which end up on Ri (extreme apex missing). Cu a broad, flattish, rather weakly 
chitinized vein, branching into Cui and Cuz very close to base; each of these 
veins is again branched more or less dichotomically, the upper part of Cui 
running below and subparallel to the main stem of M. 1A arises as a broad, 
flat vein just below Cuz, and runs with a slight curve below it to end, without 
branching, at about two-thirds of the wing-length. The other two anal veins 
arise far from 1A on the curved basal portion of the sutural margin, 2A being 
simple, 3A branched; the anterior branch of 3A junctions with 2A to form a 
Y-vein. Sutural margin broad and nearly straight except at base, where it is 
stouter, narrower and much curved. 

Genotype, Protocoleus mitchelli, n.sp. (Upper Permian of Belmont, 
N.S.W.). 

PROTOCOLEUS MITCHELLI, n.sp. (Plate xlvi., fig. 5; text-fig. 3). 

Total length of preserved portion of elytron, 21.5 mm., indicating a com- 
plete elytron of total length about 24 mm.; greatest breadth, 7 mm. The elytron 
is ochreous in colour on the usual pale-greyish, cherty shale of the Belmont 
Beds, and is impressed with the underside uppermost, so that the veins are all 
grooves of varying depths, with the exception of the deeply concave base of Se, 
which stands up as a strong ridge; the strongly formed base of R appears as a 
deeply impressed groove below the raised Se. Apart from these inequalities, 
the rest of the elytron is very flat. The extreme base of the elytron is of 
peculiar form, the attachment to the thorax having been apparently effected 
by means of a single large callus at the base of the subcosta and radius; this 


BY R. J. TILLYARD. 435 


swelling perhaps represents a fusion of originally separate anterior and posterior 
calli. From below this callus the posterior margin arches strongly away in a 
direction almost exactly opposite to that of the costa, and then curves strongly 
round into the sutural margin; hence the extreme basal posterior part of the 
tegmen lies actually at a level anterior to the origins of the veins Se, R, M 
and Cu. This is in strong contrast with the condition seen in Blattoidea, where 
the base of the costal margin projects more or less anteriorly to the rest. 

Venation as given in the generic definition. Sculpture consisting of very 
numerous, minute pits or punctae, scattered for the most part irregularly over 
the whole of the membrane between the veins, but showing a marked tendency 
to become arranged in lines along each side of the veins. The spaces between 
successive veins contain these pits from two to four deep, according to their 
width. 

By turning the photograph in Plate xlvi., fig. 5, upside down, so as to re- 
verse the lighting, the elytron will appear with raised veins and sunken pits; 
this is the appearance which it would have had in life if viewed from above. 
In the actual impression, the pits show as tiny raised tubercles, the veins as 
grooves or channels. 

Type, Specimen No. 81 in Mr. J. Mitchell’s Collection (date on label, 
1922). 

Horizon: Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. 

This species is dedicated to its discoverer, Mr. John Mitehell, to whom also 
the first discovery of true Coleoptera in these beds is due. 


In conclusion, I desire to express my thanks to Mr. W. C. Davies, Curator 
of the Cawthron Institute, for the excellent photographs from which the Plates 
have been made. 

Explanation of Plates xlv.-xlvi. 


Plate xlv. 


Fig. 1. Permosyne belmontensis n.g. et sp. (x 18.5). 
Fig. 2. Permosyne affinis n.g. et sp. (x 21). 

Fig. 3. Permosyne mitchelli n.g. et sp. (x 21.5). 
Fig. 4. Permosyne pincombeae n.g. et sp. (x 17). 


Plate xlvi. 
Fig. 5. Protocoleus mitchelli n.g. et sp. (x 8). 


436 


THE INFLUENCE OF CERTAIN COLLOIDS UPON FEI3MENTATION. 
5 Parr i, ; 
By R. Greic-Smiru, D.Se., Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. 
(Six Text-figures.) 
[Read 29th October, 1924.] 


While testing the fermentative activities of the high temperature organism, 
an experiment was made with powdered charcoal suspended in a fluid containing 
ammonium sulphate, potassium citrate, sodium phosphate and magnesium sul- 
phate. A quantity of carbon dioxide was given off and it was thought that 
the charcoal had been fermented. Soot prepared by allcwing the smoky flame 
of a bunsen burner to play against a vessel containing water also seemed to be 
fermented. The same appled to soot purified by ignition followed by treatment 
with alcohol and ether. 

Following up the matter, it was discovered that it was neither the soot nor 
the charcoal, but the citrate of potash in the medium that had been attacked. 
In the absence of carbon, the citrate was not fermented, a fact which was 
ultimately traced to the conditions that obtained in the experiments. The 
bacteria had been chilled and in this state were powerless either to increase in 
numbers or to utilise citrate. 

Not only did charcoal and soot overcome this inertness of the microbes, but 
kieseleuhr and fuller’s earth had the same effect. These substances are colloids 
and it would appear that this group of bodies is capable of overcoming certain 
conditions inimicable to fermentation. 

The action of colloidal bodies is of considerable importance and little has 
been done with regard to their influence upon fermentation. 

As this organism seemed to be very well adapted for the elucidation of 
questions of this nature, chiefly on account of the fact that it grows at 60° and 
the fluids are automatically purified, it was decided to investigate the action of 
some of the ordinary mineral and other colloids. 

Among the latest works upon the action of colloids in hastening bacterial 
fermentation is that of Sohngen (Centr. f. Bakt. 2te Abt., 38, 1913, 621). The 
paper bears upon the kind of phenomena that are likely to be met with in work 
upon the fermentative activity of the high temperature organism, and some of 
the points may be noted. He found that bacteria such as B. fluorescens lique- 
faciens and B. phosphorescens agglomerated around the colloid particles. In the 
case of Azotobacter, he found that certain colloids, such as filter paper, increased 
the fixation of nitrogen, fivefold. Incidentally it was shown that suspensions of 


BY R. GREIG-SMITH. 437 


colloidal silica and hydrated ferric oxide absorbed twice as much oxygen from 
the air as plain water. Fluids containing these colloids will therefore be more 
oxygenated than colloid-free liquids. 

B. ochraceus has the power ot dissolving starch and this is increased in the 
presence of electro-negative humus and colloidal silica and decreased by electro- 
positive colloidal ferric and aluminium oxides. The colloids scarcely increased 
the numbers of bacteria but considerably enhanced or diminished the enzymic 
action. 

The fermentation of urea by M. wreae was increased by about 30% in the 
presence of electro-negative colloids and especially by animal charcoal. 

The alcoholic fermentation was peculiar. Alkaline humates depressed the 
fermentation, while colloidal ferric oxide, aluminium oxide, silica and humic acid 
were indifferent. The bio-colloids, such as peat, filter-paper, blood charcoal and 
garden soil, accelerated the fermentation by about 50% and this seemed to be 
due to the facility afforded to the escape of the carbon dioxide from the fibres 
and angles of the colloids. 

The general impression gathered from the paper is that the colloids play a 
mechanical and a bio-chemical part. The mechanical was shown in the influence 
of cotton and paper projecting from the fermenting liquids in the case of strong 
aerobes such as Azotobacter and B. phosphorescens and of the bio-colloids in the 
alcoholic fermentation. The bio-chemical part was demonstrated by the in- 
creased enzymic action in the case of B. ochraceus. 

The nutritive solution employed in most of the subsequent tests consisted 
of a mixture of salts* adjusted to give a good buffer effect in order that a 
minute droplet of fluid could be abstracted for the determination of the active 
acidity that is the pH value. 

Thirty e.c. of the ammonium phosphate fluid were generally put into a 100 
c.c. distillation flask, together with 0.1 gram of lactose, a sugar which fermented 
more slowly than the other commonly occurring carbohydrates (These Proceed- 
ings, 1923, 478). Before the addition of the lactose the fluid was brought to 
pH 6.8 or 7.0 with drops of dilute ammonia and the colloid was afterwards 
added. The flasks were inserted into the fermentation apparatus and when 
their temperature rose to 60°, the fluids were seeded with two or three drops of 
a warm suspension of bacterial cells made by taking half of a 20 hours agar 
slope and distributing it in 5 e.c. of warm water with the aid of a pipette 
having a capillary nozzle. In each set of tests, the same number of drops of 
suspension was added to each flask. 

The first tests that are being recorded were made with kieselguhr, silica and 
kaolin. Along with them are tabulated the results obtained from the fermentation 
of lactose with powdered willow-charcoal and with hydrocellulose prepared by 
the action of alkaline permanganate upon cotton wool. 

The numbers in the tables that follow represent the milligrams of carbon 
dioxide caught by the baryta solution through which the air coming from the 
fermentation flask had to pass. The fermentation apparatus has been described 
in a former paper (These Proceedings, 1921, 84). 


* Ammonium phosphate 38, potassium dihydrogen phosphate 1, magnesium 
sulphate anhyd. 0.5, sodium chloride 0.25, calcium chloride 0.25 grams, brom- 
thymol blue 20 c.c. and water to 1000 c.c. 


438 THE INFLUENCE OF CERTAIN COLLOIDS UPON FERMENTATION, i., 


Table i——The Influence of various Colloids upon Fermentation. 
Carbon dioxide in mg.; aggregate amounts. 


Days. 1 2 3 4 

30 «.c. of nutritive fluid 

containing 
Set 1 lactose and kieselguhr 0.1 gm. .. .. 13 33 64 

ie 3 te oO i, bo 10 49 38 

5 and silica 0.1 gm 16 58 85 

oe 4 a 1.0 gm 21 79 90 

90 and kaolin 0.1 gm 11 29 57 

res a ns Wo Osis “oia Gi 17 51 91 : 

i only (control) cena uate 4 19 46 70 
Set 2 lactose and charcoal 0.2 gm. .. .. .. 13 42 94 99 
: lactose only Bane Rene Foch uae 17 42 69 


charcoal only .. i Sn Weae tan ene Bees 1 : x 
lactose and hydrocellulose 0.2 gm. .. 2 22 54 76 
hydrocellulose only es al 


100 
CHARCOAL 


/ 


SILICA 


MILLIGRAMS 


KIESELGUHR 


KAOLIN 


Q 
5 CONTROL 


10 


1 2 3 DAYS 


The most active of the colloids was silica. The sample came from the stock 
bottle bearing the label “Silica, pure precipitated”: it had been bought many 
years ago and probably had not been purposely “activated.” All the colloids 
accelerated the fermentation, the larger quantities more than the smaller but the 
increases were not proportional to colloid present. . 

Fuller’s earth had in the preliminary experiments acted as an accelerating 
colloid and a test was made with increasing quantities of it. 


Table ii—Fuller’s Earth; carbon dioxide in mg.; aggregate amounts. 


Days 1 2 3 4 

30 ¢.c. of nutritive fluid with 0.1 grm. lactose and 
nothing: (controll) py wan ees mee ee seh ceed ep omaene ae Roe 5 19 41 67 
fulller7:sise ar thie Oca Rrowrmiaty sin ete Ue Rec Am lata o/s ime Oran live dle emamtt oie 8 43 87 97 
” a O.A2 eM Aeeecte yy aye ete mele: [ee ee asad he ers eer trata: 57 89 100 
50 A Off DHE TI aul cacti stoi Use litals Tose oce stemeerc nes econ Gren awe 9 74 90 98 
” ro A ROAME EIAs beter Tee) aise cee orem ect ae ace 2 92 100 


BY R. GREIG-SMITH. i 439 


MILLIGRAMS 


50 


1 2 3 DAYS 4 


The lactose which was used in all these tests was the ordinary commercial 
powder and 0.1 gram was capable of yielding from 100 to 105 mg. of carbon 
dioxide. For this reason the curves of the numbers from 80 to 100 generally 
become depressed as they near the limit. 

The experiment with the fuller’s earth showed a considerable increase in 
the speed of the fermentation with the smallest quantity and the speed increased 
with the colloid. The amounts obtained on the second day gave an idea of the 
relative activity. 

A preliminary test with 0.5 gram of asbestos fibre had shown that it was 
an accelerating agent. Further tests corroborated the fact. When varying 
quantities were added to the flasks it was found that the first decigram of 
colloid had the most influence; with more the acceleration was relatively slower. 
Many tests were made and the results have been grouped together and the 
averages taken.* 


Table iiii—The Influence of Asbestos. Carbon dioxide in mg. 


Days 1 2 3 
30 c¢.c. of nutritive fluid containing Number 
0.1 gram of lactose and of tests. 
ASINXS, Opoitachel 6 Souls yo lac es 27 88 99 4 
5 OVS 2 Gacy sears Reeataire arise ecomiewad sore 25 78 92 2 
3 Oecd Sa tale eM ete eee 18 76 90 2 
3 0.01 MERA emetset ayer delee ou cE 8 34 62 il 
control (no colloid) oe MERC Leos 8 34 58 5 
French chalk, 0.2 gram. .. .. .. .. «. 12 44. 59 2 


*The probable error of the mean was calculated in each case and when taken 
to the nearest whole number, it varied from two to three. 


440) THE INFLUENCE OF CERTAIN COLLOIDS UPON FERMENTATION, 1, 


The accelerating influence is clearly seen and a perusal of the graph in- 
dicates the efficiency of quantities of asbestos greater than 0.1 gram per portion. 

Two tests with French chalk are included. These show that the substance 
accelerated the fermentation at the beginning but fell away by the third day. 

The influence of agar was tested on several occasions. It was used both in 
the powdered form and the ordinary commercial fibre. 

In some eases the agar, at the temperature of fermentation, slowly softened 
and it was noted that in these the short lengths of the fibre had, at the end of 
the experiment, a rectangular section with rounded corners in strong contrast to 
the H-shaped section of the raw wetted fibre. In other cases the section was like 
a podgy H, as if the centre of the H had swollen and the ends of the uprights 
had. dissolved. 

Agar was tested by itself but there was no fermentation. It was also com- 
pletely dissolved in the autoclave and maintained in the fluid condition. On the 
whole the agar in the solid state was more effective than that in the liquid state. 
One test with varying quantities of the fibre showed that 0.1 gram was as active 
as a larger quantity. 


Table iv—The Influence of Agar. Carbon dioxide in mg. Mean results. 


Days 1 2 3 i 
80 ¢.c. of nutritive fluid with 0.1 gram. of lactose Number 
and of tests. 
0.1 to 0.3 gram, agar in powder or fibre form .. .. 16 63 95 8 
0.2 gram. of fibre dissolved .. .. .. .. ., Baie sede 13 47 82 4 
iYt) PERIP Yo oo 00 00.0 FATE GAS wacOs Se ORO 9 30 52 9 
100 . 
SOLID 
0) 
2 
< FLUID 
cc) 
a 
2 
2 
60 
CONTROL 


1 2 DAYS 3 


BY R. GREIG-SMITH. 441 


It is obvious that agar acts as a stimulant, accelerating the activity of the 
organism. The relative effects are clearly brought out in the graph where it is 
seen that the solid colloid is more effective than the liquid. ; 

Working with a very dilute saline solution (0.06%), Sdhngen noted that 
the cells of B. fluorescens liquefactens agglomerated around the particles of col- 
loid. He considered that this occurred because the potassium, sodium and am- 
monium ions were condensed on the surfaces of the colloid particles and that 
therefore more nutriment was offered there than at places in the body of the 
fluid. In the experiments with agar which have been described an agglomeration 
of bacteria on the solid particles did not occur; they were distributed uniformly 
throughout the fluid. With the other colloids, particles of precipitated calcium 
phosphate were seen adhering to the fragments, but an excess of bacterial rods 
was not seen on or near the surfaces of the fragments. It should be remem- 
bered that the fluids were comparatively rich in saline matter (0.6%) and there 
would not be the same inducement for the bacteria to seek the colloid particles as 
in Sohngen’s experiments. 

The colloids that had so far been tested were electro-negative. The particles 
of most colloids carry a negative charge* but a few, such as the hydroxides of 
iron and alumina, carry a positive charge. It was considered advisable to test 
these hydroxides to see how far the charge carried by the particles might be 
responsible for the acceleration produced by the presence of the colloids in the 
fermenting fluids. 

Aluminium hydrate chanced to be in stock and was tested. It depressed the 
fermentation. Then ferric hydrate was prepared and its addition to the nutritive 
fluid accelerated the fermentation. Thus these two electro-positive colloids were 
at variance. While the work was in progress, the stock of ferric hydroxide ran 
out and a fresh lot was prepared. This gave a faster fermentation than the 
older lot and suggested that the hydroxides might be more effective when freshly 
prepared than when they had been kept for some time. 

A new lot of aluminium hydrate was prepared and compared with the 
stock. 

It seemed possible that in the presence of the phosphates of ammonia and 
potash of the nutritive fluid, the hydroxides might be converted to phosphates 
and the subsequent action would be that of the phosphate rather than the 
hydroxide. Accordingly suspensions of the phosphates of iron and alumina were 
prepared and tested when recently made and when about a month old. 

In the table it is shown that aluminium hydroxide caused a retardation in 
the evolution of the carbon dioxide as compared with control fluids. It acted 


* Colloid particles such as most powders, silica, charcoal, kaolin, starch, quartz, 
felspar, cotton, paper, clay, and asbestos are electro-negative when suspended in 
water. The hydroxides of iron and aluminium are electro-positive. (See Bayliss, 
Principles of Physiology, 1921, 92, and Burton, Fourth Report on Colloidal 
Chemistry, Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci.). Young actively growing bacteria and vege- 
table cells in general are positively electrified and move to the negative pole, 
i.e. they are electro-negative, when suspended in neutral solutions. Protozoa and 
animal cells in general carry a negative charge and move towards the positive 
pole. But old or poorly growing bacteria are electro-positive. Dale found that 
the protozoa of the frog were negatively charged when in slightly alkaline fluids 
as in the frog’s blood but, when in acid fluids, the charge was reversed. (Thornton, 
Proc. Roy. Soc., 82B, 1910, 638.) 


442 THE INFLUENCE OF OERTAIN COLLOIDS UPON FERMENTATION, 1., 


Table vy.—The Influence of the Hydroxides and Phosphates of Iron and Aluminium. 
Carbon dioxide in mg.; aggregate amounts. 


Days iL 2 3 
80 ¢.c. of nutritive saline fluid with 0.1 gram Number 
of lactose and 100 mg. of of tests. 
AMiuirnphookoion, TACbOPACle) Go go 40°50 09 gon DO O8 6 28 48 13 
Alumina .. BIR eee OO. AIG NG OF NG ts EHO 6 25 55 4 
Ferric hydroxide 36 100 DO. 00 6.0 91000 66 24 | 63 84 6 
Aluminium phosphate .. .. «- .. «+ ++ =: 11 AT 71 4 
INET TNGONMEES 5G 6 po 60 bo oo oH a0 | 33 82 92 4 
Control (no colloid) . RAE ae ayes) zen aus " 29 55 13 
Aluminium hydroxide (old). Seah aT CAPRI ee 4 20 44 6 
Ferric hydroxide (old) .. Bi ler TAS Ros waeee LEE RSI, 11 35 69 3 
Aluminium phosphate (old) Leaw ys 2058 ie tee te tre 11 41 70 7 
Herric) phosphate Cold)) i.) yay coeeien ely eo 10 30 53 4 


'00 100 


o 

=: $ 

< q 

bs ied 

g G 

a 3 

= AL PO, Fs 

v4 CONTROL 7 
60 50 
CONTROL 
10 


10 


\ 2 DAYS 3 ; A Oona 9 


as a depressant.t The old hydroxide which had been prepared for some years 
and had been stored as alumina cream was more active in this negative way 
than the freshly prepared material. Ignited alumina was practically indifferent. 


* Four weeks later the ferric phosphate was sterilised previous to being used 
in some experiments with yeast. It curdled during the heating but this did not 
affect its efficiency, for two tests with lactose had an average of 38—77—86 and 
four controls had an average of 9—29—49 for 1, 2 and 3 days. The phosphate 
had originally been prepared by adding an excess of sodium phosphate to a 
solution of acidified ferric chloride, neutralising with dilute ammonia and wash- 
ing by suspension and filtration. There was a considerable loss as the phosphate 
began to “milk” and much passed through the filter. 


+ The use of artificial colloidal precipitates (e.g. alumina cream) as a surface 


on which B. aceti can develop is not advantageous—Fowler and Subramaniam 
(through Chem. and Ind., 42, 1923, 1146). 


BY R. GREIG-SMITH. 443, 


Since the actions of aluminium hydroxide and ferric hydroxide are at 
variance, the one depressing and the other accelerating the fermentation of 
lactose, it is clear that the nature of the electric charge on the colloidal particles 
has no influence upon their activities during fermentation. 

The phosphates of these metals acted as accelerating colloids. The old and 
freshly prepared phosphates of alumina were quite active. The old phosphate 
of iron was indifferent but the recently prepared specimen was very active in- 
deed. It was the most active colloid that had been examined. 

The acids formed during the fermentation may have dissolved some of the 
metallic hydrates but it would appear that even if this did occur, the metallic 
salt had no influence upon the course of the fermentation. In some cases the 
acidity rose from pH 7.0 to pH 6.4 but when some of the tests were neutra- 
lised, the curves did not differ in character from those which were not neu- 
tralised. 

It is probable that the metallic hydroxides were not converted to phosphate, 
at least to any considerable extent, for the fluids made neutral (pH, 7.0) at 
the start before the addition of the hydroxide, never. became alkaline. Nor was 
the quantity of ammonia caught in the baryta water in excess of that found in 
the control flasks. Although there was enough aluminium hydroxide added to 
absorb all the phosphate as aluminium phosphate, the evidence did not justify 
the assumption that the reaction had occurred.* 

The main object of the experiment was to see if the electric charge on the 
colloidal particle influenced its activity, and the answer to the question seems 
to be in the negative. 

Kaserer found that the silicates and phosphates of iron and alumina 
favoured the growth of Azotobacter. These tests confirm this so far as the 
phosphates are concerned, for they certainly have a distinctly favourable in- 
fluence upon fermentation (and upon growth, for the fluids which showed a 
slow fermentation were not so turbid as those which showed a rapid fermen- 
tation). Alumina has a slightly depressing action and it is shown elsewhere 
that silicate of aluminium (kaolin) accelerates the fermentation. It is therefore 
probable that gelatinous aluminium silicate is also an accelerating agent. 

Remy and Rosing found that colloidal ferric hydroxide increased the growth 
of Azotobacter and Granulobacter and this is in keeping with these experiments. 
Séhngen, on the other hand, found that the enzymic activity of B. ochraceus was 
checked by colloidal ferric hydroxide as well as by aluminium hydroxide. 

So far in this research the colloids were used in the insoluble condition, 
while the other investigators used the silicic acid and the ferric and aluminium 
hydrates in the dissolved or sol condition. Sometimes the sol became converted 
to the gel by the other constituents of the medium or solution as in Sdhngen’s 
experiment (pp. 625-6) with B. fluorescens liquefaciens. He notes that colloidal 
ferric hydrate and silicic acid were flocculated upon their addition to the culture 
fluid which contained 0.06% of saline matter including 0.02% of sodium- 


* Judging from the experiments of Lichtenwalner, Flenner and Gordon upon 
the adsorption of phosphate by alumina gels (Soil Science, xv., 1923, 157), it 
would seem that the 0.1 gram of aluminium hydrate in these experiments would 
adsorb approximately 7 mg. of PO, in three days from the culture fluid contain- 
ing 0.006 N phosphate. This represents an adsorption of 8 % of the phosphate 
added. 


d44 THE INFLUENCE OF CERTAIN COLLOIDS UPON FERMENTATION, i., 


potassium tartrate. With the larger proportion of buffer salts used in the 
experiments in this paper, it was expected that a soluble colloid would become 
precipitated and accordingly only the precipitated colloids were employed. It 
was subsequently found that colloidal ferric hydrate was coagulated, but that 
colloidal silicic acid was not. 

Gelatin is a colloid and, as we have seen, it is fermented by the bacterium. 
Judging by the effect of liquefied as against non-liquefied agar, the solubility 
of the gelatin in the fermenting fluid at 60° should diminish any accelerating 
action it might have, but it should not bring it down to the vanishing point. 
Acting as a colloid, and all the colloids, with the exception of aluminium hydrate 
and French chalk, that have been tested in this research have been accelerating 
agents, it should accelerate its own fermentation, especially in the beginning, 
before it has had time to become destroyed. 

How far this oceurs was the object of a few tests. In these 0.2 gram of 
gelatin was added to 30 ee. portions of ammonium phosphate nutritive fluid 
together with 0.1 gram of lactose or of agar or of asbestos fibre. The idea 
of adding these colloids was to see the effect of superimposing substances with 
a known accelerating action upon the unknown gelatin. 


Table vii—The Action of Gelatin. Carbon dioxide in mg.; aggregate amounts. 


Days . 1 2 3 4 
Number 
30 c¢.c. of nutritive fluid containing . of tests. 
te Celbinha Omlbylsis) 5's “Go G0 G00 66 Oo) O80 3 25 56 80 6 
DE TGA CLOSC TOMY: cree ocean eae oan eens 9 34 62 91 4 
8}, > Ee@leinhn aynl IeewOSO bi 66 oo pd oo 46 16 68 119 161 4 
Ue Cleleyaby gael Leee bo 56° Go ye clo 66) oe 6 41 72 94 4 
5. Gelatin and asbestos .. .... .... .. 9 57 106 126 3 
AO above ps aurae: eva tae mien mee mao 12 59 118 171 


150 


GELATIN & ASBESTOS 


JID GELATIN & AGAR 


F 


7 


7 GELATIN ONLY 


MILLIGRAMS 


BY R. GREIG-SMITH. 445 


As before, the average of the tests are alone recorded. 

The addition of the results of Nos. 1 and 2 is so near the result of the 
combined lactose and gelatin (No. 3) that it may safely be said that, under the 
conditions, gelatin did not accelerate the fermentation. When the known ac- 
-eelerating colloids, agar and especially asbestos (Nos. 4 and 5), were added to 
the gelatin, the fermentation was considerably increased. Their behaviour seems 
to confirm the finding that gelatin does not function as an accelerating colloid. 

The nutrient medium used throughout these experiments contained a small 
quantity of calcium chloride (0.025%) and, as it had been noted in some sub- 
sidiary tests that the absence of this small quantity seemed to give a speedier 
fermentation, the matter was definitely tested in the following. A nutrient 
medium was prepared containing (NH4)2eHPO«4 0.4%, KH2POs« 0.15%, and 
MgSO4 0.05%. One half of a set of flasks received this medium while another - 
half received the same plus 0.025% of calcium chloride. All received 0.2 gram 
of. lactose. On neutralising the fluids, which had previously been coloured with 
brom-thymol blue, a precipitate of calcium phosphate was thrown down in those 
flasks containing the calcium salt but there seemed to be enough calcium left in 
solution to influence the results. 


Table vii—The Influence of Calcium in the Medium. Carbon dioxide in mg.; 
aggregate amounts. 


Days 1 2 3 4 

30 ¢. ee of nutrient fluid with lactose 
Fee ctoa. 0.1 eu. a8 Bk Sa in 8 aot | YOUR GLO Rin DNRC tacos 12 39 80 99 
Fuller’s earth, 0.1 gm. CMR G St OM C RU SRN ERIC RCN ana 16 48 89 109 
Activated silica, 0.1 om SPR ieee ok a oie Suche ene iwer a ener ese 14 60 92 103 
No colloid .. . din Sol oon OM ouene! moron noO ji2 34 55 79 
\ 10 32 53 75 
Calcium chloride and Asbestos 0.lgm. .. .. ., .. .. «. 14 42 68 88 
5 29 »  fuller’s earth, 0. iL SAI) oe aoe Mo 11 32 71 103 
i rs » ‘activated silica, @pal wey Ga chieoecersoee Ap ce 12 41 93 106 
of ; » no colloid ., Rides eucie Pasa cne cecil ces j 9 23 43 64 
\1e 24 46 66 


As in the previous experiments, the colloids accelerated the fermentation of 
the lactose in the presence of calcium chloride and they also accelerated the 
fermentation in its absence. It is evident from the results that calcium chloride 
unfavourably influences the speed of fermentation.* 

One point that may be mentioned is that at the end of the third day the 
fluids in the flasks were quite acid. They were neutralised, but this did not 
seem to have any effect. To make quite sure, a test was made with the medium 
containing the calcium chloride and a small quantity of silica was added to each 
fiask. Two flasks were not neutralised after the start while two were neutralised 
at the end of the second day and one of these again at the end of the third 
day. The pH values at the end of each day are recorded. 

It is clear that the neutralisation of the fermenting fluids made no difference 
in the production of the carbon dioxide. This is in contrast with the fermen- 
tation of dextrose and saccharose, the acids developed from which had a marked 
influence in retarding the fermentation (These Proceedings, 1923, 476). 


*Calcium acetate exerts an inhibitory action on acetification by PB. acett. 
which is ascribed to the calcium ion. Fowler and Subramaniam (through Chem. 
and Ind., 42, 1923, 1146). 


446 THE INFLUENCE OF CERTAIN COLLOIDS UPON FERMENTATION, 1. 


Table viii.The Influence of Neutralisation cn the Fermentation of Lactose. 

Days 1 2 i 4 1 2 3 4 

30 ¢.c. of nutritive fluid 

with 0.2 gram lactose and pH value. 

Silica, 0.1 gram; not neutralised .. .. .. 13 60 87 100 6.8 6.4 6.2 6.2 
n 5 2: * PLD Aree tl 64 91 97 6.9 Gs Gon. Call 
2: 2 neutralised* .. ., .. 16 67 91 100 6.8 6.2* 6.8 6.8 
ie % a WTS i Bore Beats 54° 89 102 6.8 6.4% 6.6* 6.8 
Control (no silica); not neutralised .. .. 14 42 71 99 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.2 


It is difficult to understand why the new sample of commercial lactose should, 
when using double the quantity, give approximately the same amount of carbon 
dioxide as the old sample. A test with increasing amounts of lactose showed 
that the fermentation proceeded very steadily during the first three days, 
irrespective of the variation in the amount of sugar present. 


Days 1 2 3 4 5 

ILACHOSS, O©.7 Gem oo ca oo oo on 20 46 73 » 104 120 

5 Opes ppeeyils Gig. Ga Hautala. 21 50 75 123 165 

x ORG RAMs ot aie auemden ponte 20 52 77 118 158 
Conclusions. 


The mineral colloids such as kieselguhr, fuller’s earth, asbestos, precipitated 
silica, kaolin, the organic colloid agar-agar and charcoal all acted as accelerating 
agents in hastening the fermentation of the slowly fermenting sugar, lactose, by 
the high-temperature organism. 

These belong to the class of electro-negative colloids, but the electric charge 
does not appear to be responsible for the accelerating effect. The electro-positive 
colloid, precipitated ferric hydrate, accelerated the fermentation, while aluminium 
hydrate retarded it. 

The acceleration was greater with a larger amount of colloid but it was not 
proportional; 0.2% of colloid was not twice as effective as 0.1%. 

Judging by the behaviour of agar-agar, the colloids in the insoluble or gel 
state are more effective than when in the dissolved or sol condition. Gelatine, 
a typical colloid, neither hastened the fermentation of lactose nor of itself. 

The precipitated phosphates of iron and aluminium acted as accelerating 
colloids; one lot of ferric phosphate was exceedingly active. 

The presence of soluble salts of calcium in the fermenting fiuid retarded 
the fermentation. 


I am indebted to Mr. W. W. L’Estrange for much kindly assistance. 


447 


AUSTRALIAN NEMESTRINIDAE. (DIPTERA). 
By G. H. Harpy. 


(Thirteen text-figures. ) 
[Read 29th October, 1924.] 


The key to the species of the genus Trichophthalma given below, was found 
amongst the manuscript papers of the late Arthur White,* now in the pos- 
session of Dr. E. W. Ferguson. The information derived from this source has 
afforded considerable assistance in identifying species of the family, as the 
identity of some may not have been readily discovered from the descriptions 
alone. In White’s original manuscript the order of the various lines is not in 
accordance with the more simplified form given here, but the wording is the 
same. 


White’s key to the species of the genus Trichophthalma, based upon types and 
other specimens in the British Museum Collection. 


1. Abdomen spotted .. ... Re ae Ae ek 
Abdomen with two longitudinal stripes SP Meee uss Reem 
Abdomen with one longitudinal alas downers 
Abdomen with cross bands . , sat call 
Abdomen with both dorsal lines and cross bands are 
Abdomen without either bands or stripes .. . : 

2. Abdomen with from two to six white spots; little species Si ‘albimacula Walk. 


ID) OUP Go bo 


Abdomen with a row of dark central spots .. .. .. .. novae-hollandiae Macq. 

3. Abdomen brown, thorax and abdomen each with two yellow stripes; rather 
small species .. . . .. leucophaea Walk. 

4. Abdomen pale yellow < or “grey with a “broad black central stripe and black 
side margins .. . - .. Omitia Walk. 
Abdomen yellow with ¢ a very broad black stripe; thorax black, fringed with 
yellow hairs; a very small slender species .. .. .. .. Danan Westw. 
Abdomen bright OSES with black dorsal stripe; thorax with a median 
Sime) sc) a) . fulva Walk. 
Abdomen red- brown, with ; an “indistinct black dorsal ‘stripe; wings with the 
costal half brownish .. .. .. . .. .. costalis Westw. 

5. Abdomen covered with pale grey pubescence, “crossed by two narrow black 
bands; wings hyaline .. .. -. primitiva Walk. 
Abdomen Tle with two narrow salar bands: “Thome with two distinct 
yellow stripes 50,00 09 66 66 66 of bu oe Boo0 oo oa Unaionan \WWallite: 


*For particulars of this MS., see Notes on Australian Bombyhidae, Hardy, 
Proc. Roy Soc. Tasmania, 1923, p. 72. 


448 AUSTRALIAN NEMESTRINIDAE, 


Resembles laetilinea, but much smaller, markings distinct and wings much 
paler; in one specimen the abdominal bands are replaced by yellow 


SPOts ren .. .. richardoae Licht. 
6. Wings remarkably short. “Abdomen yellow with ‘four black cross-bands and 
Dlack dorsal stripe .. .. . .- variolosa Licht. 


7. Uniformly red-brown; wings hyaline with costa suffused red-brown .. . 
funesta Walk. 
Uniform ‘dark black; thorax “with pale yellow ‘hairs « on sides; wings hyaline 


with base dark brown; large species .. .. . .. nmgripes Macq. 
Uniform dull black; sides of thorax, seutellum ‘and apex of abdomen with 
fulvous hairs; large species (unknown to me) .. .. .. scapularis Big. 
Entirely dull brownish; wae ee with costa narrowly brown; median- 
sized species .. .. Sheeertise obscura Westw. 
Small dark species with wings “suffused dark brown (the identification of 
this species is queried in the B. M. collection) .. .. fuscipennis Thoms. 


The types of the following species are not to be — i the British Museum 
Collection: albitarsis, aurora and degener Walker. 

Acknowledgements. The material studied for the purpose of this paper in- 
cludes the specimens in the collections of Dr. E. W. Ferguson, Miss V. Irwin 
Smith, Mr. A. J. Nicholson, and the Macleay, Australian, National and Queens- 
land Museums. Specimens in my own collection have been kindly supplied by 
Dr. R. J. Tillyard, Dr. A. J. Turner, Mr. R. Illidge, and Mr. G. Lyell; from 
the last-named the only species described here as new was received. Specimens 
of my own collecting come from Western Australia, Tasmania and New South 
Wales. 


Family NEMESTRINIDAE. 


The characters that most readily distinguish this family are to be found in 
the venation, a detailed account of which is given under each genus, where it 
will be noted the one outstanding feature in common to all genera, and unique 
to the family, consists of a secondary diagonal vein composed of portions of 
various veins. The anal vein is free. The epodium is pulvilliform. 


Key to the genera of Australian Nemestrinidae. 


1. Proboscis well developed, long. Cubital vein forked and independent of the 

madialevenae. eae : .. .. Trichophthalma 

Proboscis small or <oasal ie ihe feabiEale vein is forked, then ion 
directly to, or by a cross-vein with the radial . 


2. Cubital vein forked; the upper branch may be obsolete, ‘but if s SO “his can 
be recognised by the Dee of the cross-vein between the cubital and 
radial veins .. . Beal We aS bine) 

Cubital vein never forked or joined iby a cross-vein “with the maddie Bey oer 

3. Upper branch of the cubital vein complete and joined at nearly half its 

length with the radial vein by a Cross-vein .. .. . .. Exeretoneura 
Upper ‘branch of the cubital vein vestigial and fotnall iby a eross-vein with 
the radial at its base .. .. . .. Trichopsidea 

4. Cubital vein united with the first “postical, aml also ie fourth and fifth 
posticals united before reaching the wing margin .. .. .. Nycterimorpha 


Cubital and fourth postical veins free, or at most the latter meets the third 
Posticallaty ithe: wwaneymarconny is. See ua eRe OOS 


BY G. H. HARDY. 449 


Genus TRICHOPHTHALMA Westwood. (Figs. 1, 6 and 7.) 


Westwood, Lond. Edin. Phil. Mag., vi., 1835, 448; Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. 
Zeit., 1910, 371; White, Proc. Roy. Soe. Tasmania, 1914, 65. 


Characters.—Proboscis long, well developed. Antennae with three segments 


An. Pars: 


Figs. 1-5. Diagram of the wing venation. 
af _ Prichophthalma; 2.  Atriatops; 3. Trichopsidea; 4. Exeretoneura; 5. 
Nyeterimorpha. h. humeral vein; m. mediastinal vein; Sc. subcostal; R. radial; 
Cu. cubital; P1 first postical vein (second and subsequent postical veins are de- 
noted by suitable figures, P2, ete. and when two of these run together they are 
denoted as Ps+s, ete.); An. anal vein; d.c. discal cell. 


450 AUSTRALIAN NEMESTRINIDAE, 


and a conspicuously jointed arista. Wings with long mediastinal and subcostal 
veins; radial vein free; the cubital forked; the first and second postical veins 
reaching the wing margin anterior to the apex; third postical branching from 
the second and anastomosing with the fourth. The complex diagonal vein is 
composed of the extreme base of the radial, the basal half of the cubital, the 


/ 
| 


| 


7 


6 Cr 8 9 4O 
ee 4, 


Figs. 6-11. Diagram of the antennae. 
6, 7. The two forms of the antennae found in genus Trichophthalma; 8. 
Atriatops; 9. Trichopsidea; 10. Exeretoneura; 11. Nycterimorpha. 


vein at the apex of the discal cell, the base of the second postical, the whole of 
the third and the tip of the fourth posticals. The fourth and fifth posticals 
rise close together at the apex of the second basal cell. 

Type, 7. costalis Westwood. Australia. 


Key to the species of the genus Trichophthalma. 


{. Third segment of the antennae short and conical, simple .. 2 
Third segment of the antennae longer, with a Gonstricted base that appears 
like another segment in the antennae .. .. reat) 


2. Abdomen without stripes, at most with a median line ‘of ‘spots ieee eee 
Abdomen with distinctly one median and a pair of lateral stripes which are 
usually not interrupted .. .. . Eeablet 


3. <A brown were ner ate with a median ine Of abdominal ‘spots 2s 
: punctata Macq. 
A brown species “with very conspicuous: Jong “white “pubescence at base of 


the abdomen .. .. .. .. costalis Westw. 

A large uniformly brown species, without fonpeccence of a contrasting 
Colour Rise eee .. .. novae-hollandiae Maeq. 

A large slate-grey species “with ‘yellow Pubescence at sides of the thorax and 
fringing the scutellum .. .- . 54 66 oo oo oo TUOUOGS WikeC, 

4. A species with brown or brownish ‘abdomen Beier: : fulva Walk. 
A grey species with three broad black or brown stripes on " thorax as well as 

on the abdomen .. .. . .. degener Walk. 

5. Abdomen grey with three black longitudinal ‘stripes and at least a little red 
pubescence .. .. . .. rosea Macq. 


Abdomen grey with three black longitudinal stripes and ‘also with narrow 
black bands at eas thus dividing the grey area into spots. 

.. .. albimacula Walk. 

Abdomen with two or three narrow bands ‘of ‘golden pubescence situated at 


the apex of the segments .. .. .. .. laetilinea Walk. 
Abdomen grey, with at ‘least two narrow Nags bands on abdomen and with- 
out longitudinal stripes .. .. . .. .. primitiva Walk. 


Note.——As far as yet ascertained, those ispecies ‘that have a superficial re- 
semblance to each other (i., not one of affinity), can be separated by means of 


BY G. H. HARDY. 451 


the third antennal segment. In one this is short and conical (see fig. 6), in 
the other it is not only much longer than broad, but is also constricted near the 
base, which character gives the antennae the appearance of containing four joints 
and an arista (see fig. 7). There are no known structural characters, other than 
those of the antennae, suitable for the determination of the species and on this 
account the means of identification still depends chiefly upon the outstanding 
characters of colour and colour-markings. The described forms readily fall into 
six groups, each of which contains species of allied characters. 


Group 1.—costalis, punctata and fulvus. 

Group 2.—novae-hollandiae and nigripes. 

Group 3.—degener, heydenii and probably leucophaea. 

Group 4.—rosea, bivittata, variosa, eques and albimacula. 

Group 5.—laetilinea and probably richardoae. 

Group 6.—primitiva. 

The first three groups have a conical third antennal segment; the last three 
have this segment more elongate and constricted at the base. The third and 
fourth groups have very similar colour pattern but they differ in shape as well 
as in the antennae; moreover, the proboscis is often much longer in the former. 

Lichtwardt refers to two species for which short descriptions are given but 
no names. Several further and apparently new species are represented in 
various collections, but it is not considered expedient to describe these at the 
present time. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA COSTALIS Westwood. 


Westwood, Lond. Edin. Phil. Mag., vi., 1835, 448, and Isis, ii., 1838, 86; 
Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 372.—Rhyncocephalus costalis Newman, Entom., 
i., 1841, 220.—? T. obscura Westwood, l.c., 1835, 448, and 1838, 86.—T7. albitarsis 
Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., iv., 1857, 134; Schiner, Reise Novara Dipt., 
1868, 112; Lichtwardt, l.c., 1910, 381—T. fusctpennis Thomson, Eugenies Resa 
Dipt., 1869, 447; Lichtwardt, l.c., 1910, 385. 

Synonymy.—T. obscura Westwood was described without a locality, but a 
specimen in Dr. Ferguson’s collection was identified as such by White; un- 
fortunately, this specimen is now in very bad repair (the head and abdomen are 
missing), but it appears to be identical with some specimens independently 
identified by me from the description as TJ. albitarsis Walker. I believe T. 
costalis and T. fuscipennis also belong here. 

Note.—Readily recognised by the soft, white and long pubescence at the 
base of the abdomen. The indistinct black dorsal stripe of the abdomen, re- 
ferred to by White in his key, is perceptible on specimens which are inferior in 
condition; one specimen in Dr. Ferguson’s collection has a median line of ab- 
dominal spots. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Kendall, Leura and Blackheath. From the last- 
named locality there are five males and one female in my collection taken on the 
23rd and 24th November, 1919, all hovering under the same tree. The specimen 
identified by White as T. obscura is from Long Bay, near Sydney, taken on the 
17th November, 1913. Como and Wentworth Falls (A. J. Nicholson). Victoria: 
Oakley, March, 1919 (C. E. Cole), in the National Museum. Queensland: Large 
specimens from Stradbroke and Bribie Islands, Tambourine Mt. and Brisbane 
are in the Queensland Museum. Western Australia: A specimen from Hamel in 
the Queensland Museum. 


452 AUSTRALIAN NEMESTRINIDAE, 


TRICHOPHTHALMA ALES Newman. 
Rhyncocephalus ales Newman, Entom., 1., 1841, 220—Trichophthalma ales 
Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 375. 
From the description it is not possible to determine the identity of this 
species; nevertheless, the name is placed here as it may belong to either T. costals 
or a closely allied form. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA PUNOTATA Macquart. 


Hirmoneura punctata Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 1, 1846, 101—Tricho- 
phthalma punctata Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 376.—Hirmoneura nigri- 
ventris Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 4, 1850, 98, Pl. ix., fig. 9.—Trichophthalma 
quadricolor Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., ii., 1849, 234; Lichtwardt, l.c., 380.— 
Hirmoneura novae-hollandiae Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 4, 1850, 99 (nec 
Macquart, 1840).—Trichophthalma novae-hollandiae White, Proce. Roy. Soe. 
Tasm., 1914, 65 (nec Macquart, 1840). 

Synonymy.—Under Trichophthalma novae-hollandiae, there will be found 
some remarks indicating a confusion caused by Macquart, who referred two 
species under one name. One, a male from Tasmania, is undoubtedly the same 
as a species described under the same specific name by White. As all the above 
species are attributed to specimens from Tasmania, where only one species be- 
longing to the genus is known, doubtless the synonymy is correct. 

Note.—As already pointed out by White, this species is somewhat variable 
and the colour markings differ in the two sexes; the brownish colour on the 
male is rather obscure.  _ 

Hab.—Apparently restricted to Tasmania, T. punctata has a wide distri- 
bution over the island and is abundant during the summer months. Twenty-one 
males and twelve females, also a pair taken in copula are in my collection; they 
are from South Bruni Island, Garden Island, Hobart, Wedge Bay, Dunalley, Mt. 
Maria and Wynyard; the dates range from December to March. At Strahan, in 
the west, a specimen was seen by me on two occasions during February, 1924. 
White referred to the species as occurring on the mainland of Australia, but he 
was evidently misled by the resemblance to the species now known as T. fulva. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA FULVA Walker. 


Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., i1., 1849, 235; Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 
1910, 380.—T. ochropa Thompson, Eugenies Resa Dipt., 1869, 477; Lichtwardt, 
Le., 384. 

Synonymy.—White, who has evidently examined Walker’s type, has identified 
a specimen in Dr. Ferguson’s collection as being this species. I believe Thomp- 
son’s name refers to the same. A dark greyish-brown female in the National 
Museum is identified by Miss Ricardo as “probably Tr. quadricola Walker.” 

Note.—The male is readily distinguishable from the Tasmanian 7. punctata 
by the decidedly red-brown abdomen. The black median abdominal stripe is 
about half the width of the brown stripes on each side of it. In both sexes the 
narrow black lateral stripes as well as the median stripe may be interrupted to 
form spots. 

Hab.—Western Australia (Walker), New South Wales, Victoria and 
Queensland. 


BY G. H. HARDY. 453 


TRICHOPHTHALMA NOVAE-HOLLANDIAE Macquart. 

Hirmoneura novae-hollandiae Macquart, Dipt. Exot., 1., 1840, 19, Pl. in, 
fig. 7; also ? suppl. i., 1846, 101 (nec suppl. 4, 1850) —Trichophthalma novae- 
hollandiae Schiner, Reise Novara Dipt., 1868, 110; Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 
1910, 373 (nec White, 1917).—T. funesta Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., ii, 
1849, 231; Lichtwardt, ibid., 377—Rhyncophalus gigas Newman, Entom., 1, 
1841, 220.—Trichophthalma gigas Lichtwardt, ibid, 375. 

Synonymy.—tThere is a considerable amount of confusion with regard to 
this species, which appears to have been described by Macquart from the same 
form, named later T. funesta by Walker. In 1846 Macquart described a smaller 
specimen, without locality, recording it as a male, the original being a female, 
and in 1850 he duplicated this action, describing the male from Tasmania. It 
is certain that neither of the males belong to the same species as the female, 
and the Tasmanian male is referable to T. punctata. From the description I be- 
lheve Rhyncophalus gigas Newman is this species. 

Note.—This is a large species of uniform reddish-brown colour. 

Hab.—Victoria, New South Wales, Queensland, Stradbroke Island, Torres 
Straits and Western Australia; December and January. ‘This species is re- 
presented in most collections, and a female in mine is from Barrington Tops, 
December, 1921. 

TRICHOPHTHALMA NIGRIPES Macquart. 


Hirmoneura nigripes Macquart, Dipt. Exot., ii., 1840, 20.—Trichophthalma 
nigripes Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 374.—T. scapularis Bigot, Ann. Soe. 
Ent. France (6), i., 1881, 18. 

Synonymy.—Macquart’s species was described without a locality, but Licht- 
wardt records it from» Australia and adds Bigot’s name as a synonym. 

Note.—A species resembling T. novae-hollandiae but of a slate-like colour 
and containing yellow hair at the sides of the thorax and base of the abdomen. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Hecleston, Kendall, 1 gd, 3 2 in Dr. Ferguson’s 
collection. Queensland: Bribie Island, November, 1918, Stradbroke Island, De- 
cember, 1913, 1 5 and 2 2 with colour intermediate between the typical form of 
this species and 7. novae-hollandiae. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA DEGENER Walker. 

Trichophthalma degener Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., ii., 1849, 233; Licht- 
wardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 379. 

Note—tThis species belongs to a group that has a superficial resemblance to 
the T. rosea series, but it can be readily distinguished by the conical third an- 
tennal joint, and usually the proboscis is longer. On the thorax there are three 
very broad brown or black stripes that occupy nearly the whole surface; the 
intermediate grey stripes are very narrow and not interrupted. The scutellum 
and abdomen are brown or black, the latter has a pair of very narrow grey 
Stripes. The eyes are separated in both sexes. 

Hab.—Western Australia: Perth, 9th November, 1912, a pair taken in 
copula; also a male in Dr. Ferguson’s collection. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA HEYDENII Jaennicke. 


_ Hirmoneura heydenii Jaennicke, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges., vi., 1867, 336, Pl. 
xlii., fig. 7. 


454 AUSTRALIAN NEMESTRINIDAE, 


Note—Very similar to 7. degener, but the outer thoracic stripes are inter- 
rupted. 

Hab.—Western Australia; two specimens in the Australian Museum appar- 
ently belong to this species and are labelled “K.G.S.” (King George Sound). 


TRICHOPHTHALMA LEUCOPHAEA Walker. 


Trichophthalma leucophaea Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 11, 1849, 233; 
Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 379. 

Note.—Distinguished from the two previous species by having the brown 
thoracic stripes considerably narrower. 

Hab.—Western Australia; three faded specimens in the National Museum. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA ROSEA Macquart. 


Hirmoneura rosea Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 1, 1846, 100.—Trichoph- 
thalma rosea Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 376—TZ. aurora Walker, List 
Dipt. Brit. Mus., ii., 1849, 232; Lichtwardt, ibid, 381.—7. montanea Schiner, 
Reise Novara Dipt., 1868, 110.—? 7. bivitta Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 
1857, 135; Lichtwardt, ibid, 381. 

Synonymy.—H. rosea Macquart, T. aurora Walker and T. montanea Schiner 
undoubtedly refer to one species, which is readily distinguished from its allies by 
red or rosy pubescence that is invariably abundant on the male and occurs to a 
limited extent on the female. A male specimen was identified by White as 7. 
bivitta Walker, but it is uncertain whether this identification can be correct, as 
the occurrence of red pubescence is omitted from the description of that species. 
The figure in Froggatt’s “Australian Insects” named 7. outs appears to re- 
present this species. 

Note.—This is one of a series of closely allied aa that are apparently 
quite distinet species; it occurs abundantly at La Perouse, Botany Bay, and is 
the commonest Nemestrinid around Sydney; it has not been seen from elsewhere. 
Moreover, none of the other species of the series has been seen from this 
locality. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, La Perouse; a series of eighteen males 
and four females were taken by me during the months of August and September 
in 1919 and 1920; the species occurs on the wing for four or five weeks only. 
Specimens are in various collections. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA BIVITTATA Westwood. 

Westwood, Phil. Mag. Lond. and Edinb., vi., 1835, 448; Isis, ii., 1838, 86; 
Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 371. 

Note.—From the description this species appears to belong to the T. rosea 
series, but I am not able to place it with certainty. According to Lichtwardt 
the type is in inferior condition and he suggests that it is the same as 7. bivittata 
Thomson; I do not think this suggestion can be correct as Westwood states the 
thorax is cinereous and on Thompson’s species the grey is restricted to two lines. 
Possibly it was described from a specimen very close to 7. rosea Macquart but 
differing in little more than the absence of red pubescence. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA VARIOLOSA Lichtwardt. 
Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 386. 


BY G. H. HARDY. 455 


Note.—A specimen in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, has been 
tentatively identified by me as this species, but it is not available for study at 
the time of writing this paper. This species is closely allied to T. rosea Mac- 
quart. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA EQUES Schiner. 


Schiner, Reise Novara Dipt., 1868, 110. 

Note.—A species closely allied to T. rosea Macquart, from which it differs 
apparently only in the markings of the thorax and the absence of red pubescence. 
A single female specimen in Dr. Ferguson’s collection conforms most closely to 
Schiner’s description, and a series of eight specimens in the Queensland Museum 
from Brisbane (November) probably belongs to the same form. These contain 
on the thorax a median black stripe, a pair of lateral stripes interrupted by the 
transverse suture and extending to only half the length of the thorax, and on the 
extreme lateral border, lying along the post-alar callus, there is another pair of 
black stripes. Dr. Ferguson’s specimen is from North Queensland, but Schiner’s 
was described from Sydney. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA ALBIMACULA Walker. 


Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., u1., 1894, 234; Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 
1910, 380—T. bivittata Thomson (nec Westwood), Eugenies Resa Dipt., 1869, 
476; Lichtwardt, ibid, 382. 

Synonymy.—Judging from the original description and White’s notes on the 
type, it seems probable that Walker and Thompson described the same species, 
Walker’s specimen being of an unusually small size. 

Note.—A male in my collection and a female in Dr. Ferguson’s, apparently 
belong to this species which differs from T. rosea by having the light portions 
of the thorax limited to two narrow stripes which converge slightly towards the 
scutellum; the abdomen has narrow bands at the segmentations thus dividing the 
lighter portions into large, more or less rectangular spots; there is no red 
pubescence. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Murrumbidgee, August, 1921, female; Waterfall, 
September, 1914, a male taken by Dr. R. J. Tillyard. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA LAETILINEA Walker. 

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., iv., 1857, 134; Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 
1910, 381. 

Note.—A handsome black species with a pair of median grey stripes which 
converge and are confluent towards the scutellum; also with a converging pair of 
light lateral fringes composed of long pubescence. The abdomen has a narrow 
transverse band of yellow pubescence at the apex of three segments. In Dr. 
Ferguson’s collection there is a pair of very small specimens that differ in minor 
details from the larger ones. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Waterfall, a female taken by Dr. R. J. Tillyard, 
15th September, 1914. Further specimens are from Blue Mountains and Sydney. 
Victoria: Mallee Serub, Western District, 1884, and Narracan, November, 1896 
(W. Kershaw), 1 d, 2 &. 


TRICHOPHTHALMA RICHARDOAE Lichtwardt. 


Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 385. 
Note.—This species, described from Adelaide, is unknown to me. 


456 AUSTRALIAN NEMESTRINIDAE, 


TRICHOPHTHALMA PRIMITIVA Walker. 


Walker, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., iv., 1857, 134; Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 
1910, 381.—Z. tabanina Thomson, Eugenies Resa Dipt., 1869, 476; Lichtwardt, 
ibid, 384. 

Synonymy.—This synonymy is probably correct; Walker’s description is 
traceable to a species well known to me and Thomson’s description conforms 
rather well to the same. 

Note——A small grey species with rather obscure brownish elongate spots on 
the thorax arranged like interrupted stripes; there are, however, more spots than 
would be indicated by Thompson’s description. The abdomen has two definite 
transverse bands of black pubescence and a third more or less obscure one. 

Hab.—New South Wales: La Perouse, two males taken respectively on the 
17th August, 1919, and 21st August, 1920, in association with TF. rosea, visiting 
the early spring flowering shrubs; Woy Woy, 8 3, 3 ¢ (Nicholson collection). 


Genus Arriatops Wandolleck. (Figs. 2, 8.) 


Colax Wiedeman, Analecta Entom., 1824, 18, Pl. 1., fig. 8; also Auss, Zweifl. 
Ins., ii., 1830, 260, Pl. ix., fig. 11 (Name preoccupied by Hubner, 1816, and 
Curtis, 1827).—Atriatops Wandolleck, Entom. Nachrichten, xxiii., 1897, 245; 
Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1910, 649. 

Characters—The mouth parts are vestigial, or at least very.small. Antennae 
very small, three-jointed and with a long arista. Wings with long mediastinal 
and subcostal veins, radial vein free, the cubital not forked, the two first postical 
veins terminate at the apex of the wing, the third and fourth posticals terminate 
together at the wing margin. The complex diagonal vein is composed of the 
base of the radial, a considerable length of the cubital which is fused for a short 
distance with the vein bordering the discal cell, the vein at the apex of the discal 
cell, the base of the second, the whole of the third and the extreme apex of the 
fourth postical veins. The fourth and fifth postical veins rise from the second 
basal cell. This venation differs from that of the genus Trichophthalma chiefly 
in the cubital vein not being forked. 

Type, C. javana Wiedemann. Java. 


ATRIATOPS JAVANA Wiedemann. 


Colax javana Wiedemann, Anal. Entom., 1824, 18, Pl. i., fig. 8; also Auss. 
Zweifl. Ins., 11., 1830, 26, Pl. ix., fig. 11.—Atriatops javana Wandolleck, Entom. 
Nachrichten, xxiil., 1897, 246, fig. 1; Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1909, 649. 

Note.—Lichtwardt records this species from Cape York, Townsville and 
Palmerston; there are specimens undoubtedly belonging to this genus from various 
parts of Queensland in several collections and these are attributed to this species. 
They agree better with the illustration by Westwood (Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt., 
Pl. v., fig. 4) for which the name A. westwoodi was proposed by Lichtwardt who, 
however, based his description upon a New Guinea specimen. Until further 
material and information are available it cannot be ascertained if the specimens 
referred here are A. javana, A. westwoodi or yet a third species; they are dated 
November. 

Genus TRICHOPSIDEA Westwood. (Figs. 3, 9.) 


Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ii., 1839, 151, Pl. xiv., fig. 9; Wandolleck, 
Entom. Nachrichten, xxiii., 1879, 250, fig. 6. 


BY G. H. HARDY. 457 


Characters—The mouth parts contain a very short proboscis which scarcely 
protrudes beyond the abundant long hair of the face. The antennae are minute 
and terminate in a short, apparently jointed style. The wings have long media- 
stinal and subcostal veins; the radial vein is joined to or near the base of the 
vestigial (sometimes obsolete) upper branch of the cubital fork by a cross-vein; 
the first and second postical veins anastomose apically for a considerable dis- 
tance and terminate at about the apex of the wing; the third postical vein joins 
the apex of the fourth; the complex diagonal vein is composed of the base of 
the radial and cubital veins (the latter is partly coincident with a portion of the 
vein bordering the discal cell), the base of the first and second, the whole of the 
third and apex of the fourth postical veins; the fourth postical vein rises from 
the discal cell; the fifth postical and anal veins are approximate at the margin 
of the wing. The four outstanding features of this venation consist of the cross- 
vein between the radial and cubital veins, the closed second posterior cell, the 
fourth postical vein rising from the discal cell, and the almost closed anal cell. 

Type, T. oestracea Westwood. Australia. 


TRICHOPSIDEA OESTRACEA Westwood. 


Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., 11., 1835, 152, Pl. xiv., fig. 9; Macquart, 
Dipt. Exot. suppl. 1, 1846, 107; Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., ii., 1849, 235; 
Wandolleck, Ent. Nachrichten, xxili., 1897, 250, fig. 6; Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. 
Zeit., 1909, 647; and 1910, 387; White, Proc. Roy. Soe. Tas., 1916, 260; Licht- 
wardt, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., xvu., 1919, 277. 

Hab.— Queensland: Toowoomba; 15.3.21, 2 females (collected by Barnard), 
and another without a label, in the Queensland Museum; Victoria: Bunyip, 2 
females; Western Australia, 3 females in the National Museum. Macquart, 
Walker and White give Tasmania as a locality, from which State White says 
there are specimens in the British Museum. 


Genus ExXERETONEURA Macquart. (Figs. 4, 10.) 


Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 1, 1846, 105; White, Proce. Roy. Soc. Tas., 
1914, 63, text-fig. 8. 

Characters——Mouth parts short and with a thickened extremity, in which 
they differ from all other genera of the family. Antennae with the third joint 
composed of several compact segments and without the differentiated style or 
arista that is in other genera. Wings with a venation consisting of the media- 
stinal and subcostal veins, which do not reach so far towards the apex as in the 
other genera; the radial vein joined to about the middle of the upper branch of 
the cubital by a cross-vein; the first postical vein runs to about the apex of the 
wing; the second postical forms the apex of the complex diagonal vein which 
also consists of the base of the radial and cubital veins (the latter being coin- 
cident with a portion of the vein bordering the discal cell) and the vein at 
the apex of the discal cell. The third and fourth postical veins anastomose be- 
fore reaching the wing-border. The third postical vein rises from the discal 
cell and the fourth from the second basal cell. The fifth postical is free. 

Many of the above characters are considered to be of a primitive nature; 
the most conspicuous being the composition of the diagonal vein which ends in 
the second postical vein. The veins that reach the wing-border anterior to the 
apex are more widely distributed than in the preceding genera. Moreover, the 


458 AUSTRALIAN NEMESTRINIDAE, 


antennae and proboscis are generalized in structure, a statement that may also 
be applied to the abdomen, which is longer than that in the other genera, and 


is more or less parallel-sided. 
Type, EH. maculipennis Macquart. Tasmania. 


EXERETONEURA MACULIPENNIS Macquart. (Fig. 12.) 


Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 1, 1846, 106, Pl. ix., fig. 6; Lichtwardt, Deut. 
Ent. Zeit., 1909, 651; White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1914, 63, fig. 8. 

Note—Distinguishable from E. angustifrons, n.sp., by the width of the head 
between the eyes; the front near the antennae is about as wide as long. 

Hab.—Tasmania: Bellerive, 3 ¢ taken by sweeping in long grass on the 
sand-dunes at Bellerive beach on the 14th March, 1917; 1 4d, 1 ¢ from the same 
locality in the National Museum (C. H. Cole) ; Cradle Mt., Pencil Pine Creek, 
1 3g, 17th January, 1917. New South Wales: Mt. Kosciusko, February and 
March, 1920, 1 6 and 3 @ in Dr. Ferguson's collection; other specimens have also 
been taken on this Mountain; Barrington Tops, 1 d, 12 (A. J. Nicholson). 


Figs. 12-13. Diagram of the heads in the genus Eaeretoneura. 12. HE. 
maculipennis Macquart; 13. E. angustifrons, n.sp. 


EXERETONEURA ANGUSTIFRONS, n.sp. (Fig. 13.) 


Differs from EH. maculipennis Macquart by having a very narrow front, 
which, near the antennae, does not exceed half its length. Head black, two 
tufts of yellow hairs above the antennae and the hair on the face also yellowish. 
Thorax blackish-brown and with three black median stripes; the majority of the 
hairs are yellowish. Scutellum brownish-black. Abdomen black, which colour 
merges into yellowish-brown at the apex on the female only; pubescence yellow- 
ish and white; venter yellow-brown. Legs and veins of the wing yellowish. Male 
considerably more pubescent than the female, and its front narrower. Length: 
6. 15 mm.; ¢. 19 mm. 

Hab.—Victoria: Gisborne, holotype 3 and allotype 2, a pair taken in copula, 
by Mr. G. Lyell, 11.3.1917; Gippsland, 1 ¢, 1 @, paratypes in the National 
Museum. New South Wales: 1 ¢ paratype from Ebor, taken by Dr. A. J. 
Turner, 8.1.1914, in the Queensland Museum. 


BY G. H. HARDY. 459 


NyctertmmorpHa Lichtwardt. (Figs. 5, 11.) 


Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1909, 648, fig. 6. 

Characters.—Proboscis not apparent, palpi conspicuous. Antennae with two 
equally short basal segments and a slender long third segment which is apparently 
but very obscurely segmented. Wings with the mediastinal vein reaching to 
about the middle of the costa; subcostal vein not quite reaching the wing margin; 
radial vein free, but branching from the subcostal near the humeral cross-vein; 
cubital vein not forked and apically anastomosing with the first postical vein 
thus closing the first posterior cell. The second postical vein reaches the margin 
just before the apex of the wing and the third postical branches from the second. 
The complex diagonal vein is composed of the base of the cubital vein, the 
median transverse vein, part of the vein bordering the discal cell, the base of 
the second and the whole of the third postical veins. The fourth postical rising 
from the discal cell runs into the fifth. 

Type, NV. speiseri Lichtwardt. Queensland. 


NYCTERIMORPHA SPEISERI Lichtwardt. 


Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1909, 648, fig. 6. 

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Lichtwardt); Tambourine Mt. (W. H. David- 
son) in the Queensland Museum. This is a single specimen that was originally 
preserved in spirit. 


Genus Nyctrertmyi1a Lichtwardt. 


Lichtwardt, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1909, 648. 

Nycterimyia has been recorded from Queensland and is apparently not re- 
presented in any Australian collection; it should be readily recognised by the 
presence of a cross-vein between the subcostal and radial, in addition to the one 
between the radial and cubital veins. The cubital vein is simple, not branched, 
the first postical apparently is absent and the fourth joins the third to form the 
apex of the complex diagonal vein. These characters are deduced from Licht- 
wardt’s figure. 

Type, Trichopsidea dohrni Wandolleck. Sumatra. 


NYCTERIMYIA HORNI Lichtwardt. 


Lichtwardt, Ent. Mitt., i., 1912, 27, fig. 1. 
Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda (Lichtwardt). 


List of Works. 
Bigot, 1881.—Ann. Soc. ent. France, series 6, Vol. i. 
JAENNICKE, 1867.—Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vi. 
Licurwarpt, 1909-10—Deut. entom. Zeitsch., 1909-1910. 
, 1912.—Entom. Mitt., i. 
, 1919.—Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarict, xvii. 
MAcquart, 1838-54.—Diptera Exotique nouveau ou peu connus. (Republished 
from Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. de VAgric. et Arts, Lille.). 
Newman, 1841.—The Entomologist, i. 
ScuHiner, 1868.—Reise der Oesterreichischen Fregatte Novara un die Erde, ete., 
Zoologischer Theil, ii., Diptera. 
THomson, 1869.—K. Sven. Fregattem Hugenies Resa omkring jorden. Diptera. 


460 AUSTRALIAN NEMESTRINIDAE. 


WALKER, 1849.—List of the Dipterous insects in the British Museum. Diptera, 
il. 
, 1857.—Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., iv. 
WANDOLLECK, 1897.—Entomologische Nachrichten, xxiii. 
Westwoop, 1835.—London and Edin. Phil. Mag., vi. 
—_—___—_—_——., 1838.—sis, u. 
, 1839.—Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ii. 
Waits, 1914, 1916—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania. 
WIEDEMANN, 1824.—Analecta entomologica ex museo regio Havniensi maximo 
congesta, etc. 
, 1828-30.—Aussereuropaische zweiflugelige Inseckten. 


461 


Br TWO NEW HEMIPTERA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. 
By Hersert M. Hate. 
(Communicated by A. J. Nicholson, I1.Sc.) 
(Plates xlvii.-xlviil.) 
[Read 26th November. 1924.] 


A Notonectid for which it is necessary to erect a new genus, and a Saldid 
from the Blue Mountains, are herein dealt with. These two species were 1n- 
cluded in a series of aquatic and semi-aquatic Hemiptera taken in New South 
Wales by Mr. A. J. Nicholson, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of 
examining these bugs. 


Family NOTONECTIDAKE. 
Subfamily NOTONECTINAE. 


The backswimmer is of special interest for, although only a few specimens. 
were taken, two distinct forms are represented. The one is a melanochroic form 
with completely developed hemelytra and metathoracic wings, and a large scutel- 
lum. The other variety is degenerate; the dorsum is largely luteous, the heme- 
lytra are for the most part devoid of pigment, show no trace of claval or mem- 
branal suture, and have a greatly reduced “membrane,” while metathoracie 
wings are entirely wanting and the scutellum is very small. 

The absence, or partial abortion, of the metawings, accompanied by an im- 
perfect development of the hemelytra, occurs in several other Cryptocerate 
genera. For instance, all specimens of a large series of Sphaerodema rusticum 
collected at Murray Bridge, South Australia, have a stunted hemelytral mem- 
brane, and non-functional alae; these were taken from permanent water. Some 
individuals of the semi-aquatic Matinus have well-developed alae and hemelytra; 
others have a small hemelytral membrane and no metawings. A backswimmer 
recently described by me (Mjdberg’s Swed. Sci. Exped. Aust.) belongs to the 
genus Nychia, but the wings and hemelytra are normal and well developed, un- 
like the condition described for the genus. Dr. Hungerford (1919, 178) men- 
tions that the American Plea striola usually has aborted alae, but that appar- 
ently they are occasionally developed; the Neotropical Corixid genus Palmacorixa 
is said to have aborted metawings, but the same author (1919, p. 212 and 224) 
adds that they are sometimes present. Therefore, it seems that, in the case 
of the Cryptocerate bugs, the more or less constant degeneration of the wings. 
in certain species cannot in itself be regarded as a character of much taxonomic 
value. Nevertheless, it is of interest in that it indicates a tendeney to further 
specialization of insects already much modified for an aquatie habit. 


462 TWO NEW HEMIPTERA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES, 


According to our present knowledge of the Notonectinae, the species of 
four genera—Martarega, Signoretiella, Nychia and Paramsops, ng. may ee 
degenerate hemelytra and no metathoracic wings, but it has been shown tha 
normal individuals occur in at least the two last-named genera. 

An observation by Kirkaldy (1897, 398) indicates that, in some species of 
Notonecta, leucochroism may be associated with some slight abnormality of the 
hemelytra. This author writes “Melanochroism and leucochroism are more 
marked in this genus than in any other of the Rhynchota _with which I am 
acquainted. . . . . A noteworthy fact is that, with the exception of NV. undulata, 
N. americana, one or two N. shooterii and the luteous form of N. maculata (which, 
strictly speaking, is not leucochroic), all the luteous specimens, some forty or 
fifty, that I have seen, have unequal-lobed membranes. — Dr. Bergroth kindly 
pointed out this peculiarity in N. lutea. I was at first inclined to regard it as 
a specific character, but found this view to be premature on meeting with 
luteous examples of N. shooteru . . . . some with ordinary, some with semi- 
developed lobes.” Many, if not all, Notonectids are dorsally pale immediately 
after passing the final ecdysis, although pronounced pigmentation may be deve- 
loped later. Immature coloration is not to be confused with permanent leuco- 
chroism. 

Stal, Walker, Distant, Kirkaldy and other writers state that the antennae 
are four-segmentate in members of this subfamily. In Anisops and Paranisops 
there are but three true joints and, as noted by Champion (1901), this is also 
the case with Buenoa. Scott (1872) describes the antennae of Nychia as “four- 
jointed . . . . third minute.” Kirkaldy (1897, 396) questions the presence 
of a tiny jointlet which Berg (1883) states is situated at the base of the third 
segment in Notonecta and Signoretiella; if this were regarded as a true segment, 
the antennae of these two genera would be five-jointed, consisting of scape, 
pedicel and three-joited flagellum. In some genera this minute jointlet is 
moderately distinct, but in others it seems to be coalesced with the-third segment ; 
in either case it is of little importance, and has not been recognised in the 
following key. The antennae are irregular, and in general the scape is short, 
subglobular and somewhat bent, while the pedicel is conically-oval or irregular in 
outline, and is the stoutest of the antennal segments. (PI. diate, site, IL). 


Key to Genera. 
A. Antennae three-jointed. 
B. Anterior and intermediate legs short: posterior femora, tibiae and _ tarsi 
subequal in length. Eyes basally contiguous. .. .. .. .. wee te 
BB. Anterior and intermediate legs long; posterior femora, tibiae a 
not subequal in length. Eyes rarely basally contiguous. 
C. Ventral keel extending to tip of abdomen. Anterior tibiae of male with 
a stridulatory comb on a basal spur. Ovipositor of female with a pair 
of elongate, sub-spatulate and strongly chitinized gonapophyses, 
D. Anterior tarsi of male single-jointed. ,_, 
DD. Anterior tarsi of male two-jointed. Sioiuc atin lane rages 
CC. Ventral keel not extending on to last abdominal segment. Anterior 
tibiae of male without stridulatory comb or basal spur. Ovipositor of 
femalemnotssopmnociitie chmenmnen yan rain ial oe ss +e ee oe «. Paranisops. 
4\A. Antennae four-jointed. 


E. Intermediate tarsi single-jointed. 


Nychia. 
nd tarsi 


-. Anisops. 
Buenoa. 


- Martarega. 


BY H. M. HALE. 463 


EE. Intermediate tarsi two-jointed. 
F. Anterior angles of pronotum excavate. .. .. .. -- «+ «+ .. Emithares. 
FF. Anterior angles of pronotum not excavate. 
GL ld\was lonely Comeau, 4. 56 65 so co oc . Signoretiella. 
GG. Eyes basaliy widely separated. .. .. .. .. .. -.- -- Notonecta. 

In the genera under section A the antennal flagellum consists of a single, 
more or less lunate segment, which is a little longer than the pedicel. In those 
under section AA the flagellum is bi-segmentate, with the proximal segment 
shorter than the pedicel in Notonecta and Enithares. The second segment of the 
flagellum is almost as long as the first in Martarega, slightly longer in Emthares, 
and much shorter than the first in Notonecta and Signoretiella; the aforemen- 
tioned basal jointlet is included in the length of the first segment of the flagellum. 

A basal contiguity of the eyes is not confined to Nychia and Signoretiella, 
for in Anisops (?) breddini Kirk., this character is conspicuous. 

Five of the known genera, viz., Notonecta, Anisops, Enithares, Nychia and 
Paranisops must now be listed as occurring in Australia. Of the others, Buenoa 
is confined to North and South America, and Hawaii, Martarega and Signore- 
tiella to South America. 

PARANISOPS, n.gen. ej 

Form slender. Eyes large and prominent. Notocephalon narrow, with the 
sides sub-parallel, slightly divergent. Rostrum four-jointed, the first and second 
segments subequal in length, the second shorter on sides; fourth a little longer 
than third, which is seareely longer than the first. Labrum triangular, the sides 
concave, the subacute apex not reaching quite to middle of second rostral seg- 
ment. Antennae three-segmentate, the single-jointed, lunate flagellum one-fourth 
longer than the pedicel. Scutellum large in melanochroic form, almost as long 
as the metathorax; very small in leucochroic form. Metathoracic wings present 
or absent. Hemelytra with or without claval and membranal sutures. Ventral 
keel of abdomen not extending on to last visible segment (anal plate) ; ovipositor 
of female short and weak. ‘Tarsi of all legs two-jointed in both sexes; hind 
femora not extending to apex of hemelytra; inner edges of anterior and inter- 
mediate tibiae and tarsi closely set with short hairs, the outer edges with long 
spines. 

Type, P. inconstans, n.sp. 

The armature of the legs resembles that of Anisops and not of Notonecta 
and Enithares. In both Ansops and its near ally Buenoa the labrum is con- 
vexly-triangulate and extends to or beyond the end of the second rostral seg- 
ment, the rostral joints are of different proportions and the ventral keel ex- 
tends to the termination of the abdomen. Furthermore, pronounced pigmen- 
tation of the hemelytra is not developed in either of these genera. These 
characters, together with those given in the key, serve readily to distinguish 
Paranisops. 


PARANISOPS INCONSTANS, n.sp. (PI. xlvit., fig. 2). 


3. Head, including eyes, distinctly narrower than greatest width of pro- 
notum. Notocephalon testaceous; basal third with an obsolete, median carina; 
beyond this is a median groove, not extending to vertex and having on each side 
a swelling; some long and silky, white hairs emanate from the posterior ends of 
these tumidities and from the inner margins of the eyes; vertex one and three- 
fourths times wider than the synthlipsis, which is three and one-half times in 


464 TWO NEW HEMIPTERA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES, 


the width of an eye. Pronotum shining, ochraceous anteriorly, merging into. 
black posteriorly; width at humeral angles almost one and two-third times medial 
length; surface with some seattered punctures and a few silky hairs; a distinct, 
longitudinal median carina, not reaching to apex of anterior margin, which 1s 
well produced forwards between inner-posterior angles of eyes; lateral margins 
very oblique; posterior margin evenly convex, a little incrassate. Seutellum 
dull, black, two-thirds as long as pronotum; medial length one-half the basal 
width, which is five-sixths the greatest width of the pronotum, and equal to 
width of head including eyes. Metanotum and dorsum of abdomen black, 
polished. Hemelytra sub-nitid, closely and shallowly punctate and clothed with 
short pubescence; clavus: blackish-brown; corium blackish-brown with an inter- 
rupted sub-hyaline stripe on anterior half; embolium ochraceous, almost as long 
as the corium; membrane brownish-black. Metawings largely sooty. | Clypeus 
greenish-ochraceous suffused with blackish near apex; labrum _ brownish-black; 
third segment of rostrum suffused with brown, fourth segment black. Underside 
dull, brownish-black, paler on middle of sternum and near apex of abdomen. 
Anal plate brown, convex, not keeled. Anterior and intermediate femora 
ochraceous, marked with brown; tibiae and tarsi ochraceous, their outer surfaces 
with a broad, brown stripe. Posterior legs ochraceous, the femora with two 
longitudinal brown stripes, and tibiae and tarsi brown on outer edges. Anterior 
tibiae about one-fourth longer than tarsi and intermediate tibiae one-third longer 
than tarsi. Anterior and intermediate tarsi each with the first joint two-thirds 
longer than second; claws subequal in length, curved, acute and tipped with black, 
the longer of each pair more than half as long as the last segment of its tarsus. 
Posterior femora a little longer than tibiae, which are more than one-third 
longer than tarsi; first tarsal segment about twice as long as second. Length, 7 
mm.; width, 2.1 mm. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Berowra Creek (type loc., Nicholson), Epping 
(Gallard). Type male in South Australian Museum. 


The sub-hyaline stripe of the corium is more extensive in the example figured 
than in the holotype. 


PARANISOPS INCONSTANS var. LUTEA, n. var. (Pl. xlviii., fig. 3). 


Differs from the perfect variety in the following characters:—Form of 
slightly different shape, narrowed anteriorly and widest across metathorax. Head, 
including eyes, not much narrower than pronotum. Notocephalon testaceous. 
Pronotum sub-hyaline, suffused with testaceous anteriorly; lateral margins not 
very oblique. Scutellum luteous, very small, about one-fifth as long as prono- 
tum. Hemelytra sub-hyaline excepting for an apical pateh of brown pigment 
and a faint brownish marking near embolium; without claval or membranal 
suture, and scarcely overlapping posteriorly; embolium long. Abdomen dorsally 
luteous, marked with brownish along sutures. Hairs of underside black. Sternum 
ochraceous, and abdomen ochraceous, in parts blackish. Length, ¢ 6.9 mm.; 
width, 2mm. @ length, 7 mm.; width, 2.25 mm. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Epping (type loc.) and Berowra Creek (Nichol- 
son). Type male in South Australian Museum. 

The above descriptions are made from specimens preserved in alcohol; a 
hemelytron of beth forms is figured as flattened on a plane surface. 

There is no marked dimorphism of the sexes. The anterior femora of the 


BY H. M. HALE. 465 


male are slightly stouter, the eyes a little more prominent, the anal plate nar- 
rower and the form rather more slender than in the female. 

It has been shown that in some other Cryptocerates the same species may, 
more or less constantly, produce a form with incompletely developed wings, as 
well as a form with perfect wings, and also that, in the Notonectinae, such 
deterioration may be assoeiated with leucochroism. Admittedly, modification is 
extreme in the Iuteous examples described above, and involves the scutellum and, 
to some extent, the pronotum also. Nevertheless, the two varieties are specifically 
connected by the structure of the legs, shape of the notoeephalon, ete.,—in fact, 
the pale form, which is obviously degenerate, can only be separated by struc- 
tural differences which may be ascribed to degeneration. In some of the semi- 
aquatic Gymnocerata the differences between the apterous and macropterous 
forms of the species are very marked. 

It will be noted that the two forms were taken in the same localities. An 
investigation of the life-cycle of this species may show that both varieties occur 
in the same brood. Mr. Nicholson supplies the following note concerning the 
situation in which the bugs were taken: “The backswimmer was taken in typical 
ereeks of the Hawkesbury Sandstone country which surrounds Sydney. These 
ereeks often cease to run for considerable periods during the summer, but water 
always remains in deep, scattered ‘potholes’ in the sandstone bed of the creeks. 
These ‘potholes’ usually contain a considerable number of insects and crustacea 
of various kinds.” : 

Some characters mentioned by Kirkaldy (1904, 114) in his description of 
Amsops endymion suggest that this species possibly belongs to Paranisops. The 
pronotum is described as being much more distorted between the eyes than in 
other species, while the hemelytra are apparently pigmented, a condition, as 
previously mentioned, unusual for Anisops. In P. inconstans, however, the 
tarsal segments are of different proportions, the syfthlipsis is much narrower, 
the size smaller and the form more slender than in Kirkaldy’s species. A. endy- 
mion was described from a single female from the Swan River, and the type 
reposes in the Perth Museum, Scotland. 


Family SALDIDAKE. 
Satpa Fabricius, 1803. 
Type, Acanthia littoralis Linnaeus. 
SALDA NICHOLSONI, n.sp. (PI. xlviti., fig. 4.) 


3. Form somewhat narrowly sub-oval. Notocephalon black, shining, with 
a yellow spot near middle of length of inner margin of each eye and another 
on each side near apex of head; very finely punctate, and clothed with short, 
forwardly-directed yellow pubescence and a few long, stiff, black hairs; as long 
as medial length of pronotum and with a distinct neck. Ocelli yellow, almost 
€ontiguous. Hyes very prominent, their inner margins markedly converging 
apically. Face and labrum ochraceous, in parts suffused with brown. Rostrum 
testaceous on proximal half, the remainder dark brown; reaching almost to middle 
of posterior coxae. Throat black. Antennae black, with proximal half of basal 
segment brown; long and slender, rather thickly clothed with short, stiff 
pubescence intermixed with a few longer hairs; second segment two and one- 
fifth times as long as the first and one and three-fifths times as long as third; 
fourth segment slightly thickened, its length (including a minute basal jointlet) 
one and one-tenth times that of third. Pronotum black, with a yellow dash near 


466 TWO NEW HEMIPTERA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES, 


each humeral angle; surface shinmg, very finely punctate, and clothed with 
golden pubescence a little longer than that of head; on callus intermixed with a 
few longer, black hairs; width at anterior margin much less, and width at 
humeral angles much greater, than width of head including eyes; hinder margin 
broadly emarginate and lateral margins distinctly sinuate; callus large, convex, 
occupying three-fourths of the medial length of pronotum, extending almost to 
lateral margins and with a small fovea, placed slightly in advance of the centre 
of the disc. Seutellum black, finely punctate and clothed with backwardly- 
directed golden pubescence, excepting near anterior angles; one-fifth wider than 
long, with a distinct impression, situated at about middle of disc; apex tumid. 
Hemelytra reaching well beyond termination of abdomen; in parts sub-nitid, the 
remainder of a velvety appearance; clothed with golden pubescence, sparse on 
sub-nitid areas. Clavus black, with a median dull, yellow streak opposite apex 
of scutellum. Corium black, with an obscure whitish streak near anterior angle, 
a spot of the same colour near outer margin at the first third of the length, a 
dull, yellow line parallel to posterior end of outer margin and a yellow spot 
near middle of posterior margin. EHmbolium black, with a greyish spot near 
middle of inner edge and another larger marking near apex; outer margin yellow,. 
incrassate. Membrane with four distinct areoles; veins black; each areole with 
two large, pale yellowish, sub-hyaline areas, delineated with sooty-brown. Under- 
side black, shining, clothed with golden pubescence, which is longest and thickest 
laterally. Legs and ambulacra largely ochraceous; femora and tibiae marked 
with brown, the latter almost black at apex; spines and tarsi brownish-black. 
Anterior and intermediate femora longer than tibiae. Posterior tibiae very 
long, a little curved, one-half as long again as femora and three times as long 
as tarsi; third and fourth segments of tarsi equal in length. Length, 4.3 mm.; 
width, 1.9 mm. to 2 mm. 

2. Form stouter, distinctly wider across middle of hemelytra. Hemelytra 
extending well beyond termination of abdomen. Underside of abdomen sordid 
ochraceous, infuseated with black; terminal ventral segment produced, angularly- 
rounded at apex; ovipositor prominent (cf. Pl. xlvii., fig. 4, ¢ and d). Length, 
&mm.; width, 2.2 mm. 

Hab.—New South Wales: Wentworth Falls, 2844 ft. (Nicholson). Type 
male and allotype female, in South Australian Museum. 

A yellow spot is sometimes present at postero-lateral angles of underside of 
head; the hemelytral membrane in some specimens is mostly black, with the 
pale areas reduced or absent. In certain respects this graceful species appears 
to be intermediate between Teloleuca Reuter, and Salda as diagnosed by Reuter 
(1912). 

The insects were found “at the base of a waterfall, on a small rock which 
was constantly subjected to fairly heavy spray. They moved freely and rapidly 
over the surface of the rock in spite of the spray.” 

Three other species of the family—S. reuteriella Kirk., S. cygni Kirk., and 
S. salina Bergroth—have been previously recorded from Australia; the first two 
are from Western Australia, the last from salt-water pools, Admiralty Gulf, 
N.W. Australia. Of these, S. reuteriella most nearly approaches S. nicholsoni, 
which may be separated by the different proportions of the antennal and tarsal 
segments, and by the longer rostrum. 


BY H. M. HALE. 467 


References. 


- BerG, 1883.—Anales Soe. cient. Argentina, xvi., p. 122. 


, 1904.—Wien ent. Zeit. 20-4, jd_ TUE 
CmunEEo, 1901 ——Biol. Cent. Amer., 11., p. 371. 
HALE, 1923. —Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., ii, pp. 399-419. 
——_—_——. Res. Dr. Mjoberg’s Swedish Sci. Exped. to Aust. (in press). 
Huncerrorp, 1919.—Bull. Univ. Kansas, xxi. 
KirKatpy, 1897.—Trans. Ent. Soe., 1897, pp. 396, 398. 
Reuter, 1912.—Ofyv. af Finska Vet.-Soce. Forh., liv., pp. 7-8. 
Scorr, 1872.—Ent. Month. Mag., vii., p. 244. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLVII.-XLVIII. 


Plate xlvii. 
1. Antennae of Notonectinae. a, Nychia (scape not shown); b, Parani- 
sops; c, Anisops; d, Enithares; e, Notonecta. (All enlarged 50 diams.). 
2. Paranisops inconstans, male. a, head and thorax; b, hemelytron; ¢ and 
d, anterior and intermediate legs. 
Plate xlvii. 
3. Paranisops inconstans var. lutea, male and female. a, head and thorax 
of male; b, hemelytron. 
4. Salda nicholsoni. a and b, antenna and posterior leg of male; ¢ and d, 
ventral view of abdomen of male and female. 


468 


ELEVEN NEW SPECIES OF AVICULOPECTEN FROM CARBONIFEROUS 
ROCKS, MYALL LAKES, N.S.W. 


By Joun MircuHe tt, late Principal of the Neweastle Technical College and 
School of Mines, N.S.W. 


(Plates xlix.-li.) 
[Read 24th September, 1924.] 


The eleven new species of Aviculopecten described and figured below are 
divisible into three or more distinct specific groups, which appear in recently 
discovered fossiliferous beds on the shores of one of the Myall lakes for the first 
time in New South Wales. Two of the most characteristic of these groups in- 
clude: (1) Aviculopecten leggei, A. andrewsi, A. sparteus and A. perobliquatus ; 
(2) A. argutus, A. fleaicostatus and A. articulosus. From Carboniferous rocks 
of the Burindi and Kuttung Series, no Aviculopecten closely allied to the species 
included in either of these two groups has been recorded. This, together with 
the advanced structural features displayed by the fossils in question, affords 
reasonable grounds for assuming that the geologic horizon of the Myall lake 
beds, from which the fossils now being dealt with were secured, is more recent 
than either of these two series. The Myall beds, therefore, may belong to the 
upper part of the Lower Carboniferous, or to the lower portion of the Middle 
Carboniferous system. On the evidence presented by the fossils these beds have 
yielded, it seems safe to place them as above. The following are some of the 
genera obtained: Brachiopoda: Productus, Chonetes, Spirifer (many new species) ; . 
Lamellibranchiata: Edmondia, Streblopteria (2), Aviculopecten (described! in this 
paper); Trilobita: Cordania gardneri. 

All the Aviculopectens described in the present paper are from the beds 
referred to above outcropping on Brambles farm, Parish of EKurenderee, County 
of Gloucester, New South Wales. These beds have been tilted 2 an intrusion 
of igneous roel of diabasiec appearance. 

The species included in group (2) referred to above, have a closer general 
resemblance to the Viséan Aviculopectens described by the late Prof. de evita 
(Ann. Mus. Roy. d’Hist. Nat. Belg., t. xi.) than to any others it has been found 
possible to compare them with. 


AVICULOPECTEN LEGGEI, n.sp. (PI. xlix., fig. 1; Pl. 1, fig. 12.) 


Whole shell plano-convex, inequilateral, triangular, or fan-like. Left valve 
strongly convex near the umbo, and from there slopes steeply to the ventral 
margin. Radials consist of about twelve primaries, an equal number of secondary 
interpolations which begin near the umbo; towards the ventral margin a pair of 


BY JOHN MITCHELL. 469 


tertiaries is introduced, one on each side of a secondary; all are triangular in 
section and separated by concave spaces; umbonal ridges prominent and ‘meet 
the cardinal margin at angles of 30°; beak prominent, pointed and _ slightly 
ineurved. Anterior auricle slightly convex, triangular, bears about six or seven 
radials; byssal sinus distinct. Hinge plate straight and shows three or more 
ligamental furrows. Posterior auricle missing. Neither on the body or auricle 
of this valve are concentric striae visible. A fragment of the right valve is 
present in apposition with the left, partly joined by the hinge; it is practically 
flat, smaller than the left one; radials dichotomous and not prominent. Dimen- 
sions of the left valve: length, 32.0; width, 25.0; depth, 4.0 mm. 

This species, with A. sparteus, A. perobliquatus and A. andrewsi, forms a 
distinct and closely allied group, which as far as the present evidence shows, 
appears in these Myall lake beds for the first time in New South Wales, and 
seems not to have persisted through any great length of geologic time. 

Dedicated to Mr. H. Legge of Legge’s Camp, Myall lakes, N.S.W., who gave 
valuable help to the writer when collecting the fossils described in this paper. 


AVICULOPECTEN FUSIFORMIS, n.sp. (Pl. xlix., fig. 2.) 

Left valve fusiform, convex, medially ridged. Radials increased chiefly by 
interpolation, prominent, straight with a shght and gradually increasing curve 
towards the lateral margins from the medial longitudinal line; concentric striae 
very fine and numerous, but indistinct on testless valves; umbo prominent, pointed 
and reaches the cardinal margin. Anterior umbonal ridge prominent, falls 
steeply to the auricle and is short; posterior ridge long and ill-defined; with the 
cardinal line they form angles of 45° and 60° respectively. Both auricles are 
nearly perfect, the posterior one being much the larger; they are flat, triangular 
and crowded with almost microscopic transverse striae; the anterior one meets 
the cardinal line at an angle greater than a right angle, and its lateral margin 
is oblique; the latero-cardinal angle of the posterior one is about a right angle 
and its lateral margin mildly sinuate. Dimensions of a small left valve: length, 
21.0; width, 31.0 mm. 

Right valve unknown. 

The species forms quite a singular type of the genus Aviculopecten as far 
as known Australian species are concerned. The distinguishing features of the 
species are (1) fusiform outline, (2) shoulder-like aspect of the anterior um- 
bonal ridge, (3) almost microscopic fineness of the striae on the auricles, (4) 
pronounced dorso-ventral ridge, (5) disparity of the auricles in size. 


AVICULOPECTEN. PYRIFORMIS, n.sp. (Pl. xlix., fig. 3.) 


Left valve pyriform, strongly convex, subequilateral, dorso-laterally sub- 
ridged, slopes more rapidly to the anterior lateral margin than to the posterior 
one. Radials numerous, slender, slightly interrupted in their course at one or 
more of the lati-concentrie growth lines, consist of three orders. Lateral and 
ventral margins together form about two-thirds of an ellipse. Beak prominent, 
pointed and reaches the cardinal margin; umbonal ridges prominent and make 
with the cardinal margin angles of about 45°. Anterior auricle missing from the 
type specimen, but in another appears to be triangular with an oblique outer 
margin; posterior auricle larger than the anterior one, triangular, radials not 
visible, but traces of fine cross striae are plainly discernible, flat, lateral margin 
mildly sinuous. Hinge plate bears several ligamental furrows. Right valve un- 


470 NEW SPECIES OF AVICULOPECTEN FROM CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS, N.S.W., 


known. Cardinal margin about half as long as the length of the valve. On the 
body of the valve concentric striae are numerous. Dimensions of the type valve: 
Length, 50.0; width, 63.0 mm. 

This species has some resemblance to the species just described (.4. fusiformis), 
to which it is without doubt closely related; in dimensions the two forms differ 
widely and on this account they have been separated; but it may be pointed out 
also that on the hinge plate of A. pyriformis several ligamental furrows are dis- 
tinetly visible; none such have yet been noticed on the hinge plate of A. fusi- 


formis. 
AVICULOPECTEN ANDREWSI, n.sp. (PI. xlix., figs. 4-6.) 


Shell of moderate size, valves very unequal. 

Left valve very transverse, both posteriorly and anteriorly, strongly convex. 
Radials about twenty-eight in number, moderately prominent, ridged, apparently 
simple, and separated by concave spaces about twice as wide as themselves; con- 
centric striae numerous, and on crossing the radials form distinct nodes. Beak 
prominent, pointed, and reaches the cardinal margin.  Auricles over moderate 
size, wing-like, the anterior one smaller than the posterior and traversed by four 
or more indistinct oblique radials and numerous concentric striae, convex, clearly 
separated from the body, its outer border sinuate; posterior one depressed, of 
similar shape to the other, definitely separated from the body. Anterior um- 
bonal ridge prominent, strongly curved or bow-shaped; posterior one long and 
less definite. Cardinal margin and hinge much shorter than the greatest length 
of the valve. 

Right valve much shorter than the left one, very mildly convex; ribs numer- 
ous, indistinct, of two orders at least; concentric striae numerous but indistinct, 
ventral margin evenly rounded; auricles similar in shape to those of the other 
valve, but less definite, their radials and concentric striae similar in number and 
character to those of the opposing. valve, but only faintly defined; anterior ear 
mildly convex, definitely separated from the body of the valve; latera] margin 
sinuous; posterior ear depressed, larger than the anterior one, radials and striae 
faintly defined; umbonal ridges low; beak not prominent. Dimensions of left 
valve: Length, 55.0; width, 45.0; hinge, 35.0 mm. Dimensions of right valve: 
Length, 30.0; width, 30.0 mm. 

This is a well-marked species. Dedicated to E. C. Andrews, Esq., B.A., 
Government Geologist of New South Wales. 


AVICULOPECTEN SPARTEUS, n-sp. (PI. 1, fig. 7; Pl. lii, fig. 23.) 


Left valve obliquely transverse, inequilateral, strongly convex, outline like 
that of a yard broom which has been in use for some time, laterally produced 
anteriorly and posteriorly; ribs prominent, increased by several interpolations, 
strongly directed towards the lateral margins, bear traces of nodes; concentrically 
sub-wrinkled. Anterior umbonal ridge prominent and subcurved, posterior one 
indefinite; umbo absent, but was evidently prominent; auricles absent? What is 
taken to be the right valve of the species is sub-equilateral, very mildly convex, 
much smaller than the left valve; ribs faint, apparently of two orders, sub- 
concentrically wrinkled. Umbonal ridges moderately prominent, enclosing an 
angle of about 105°, anterior one slightly curved; ventral margin evenly moundeds 
Auricles triangular, of about equal size, posterior one flat, shows faint traces of 
very fine cross striae, but no radials visible, meets the cardinal line at nearly 


BY. JOHN MITCHELL, ; 471 


-a right angle; anterior ear damaged, very mildly convex, clearly separated by a 
suleus from the body. Cardinal margin approximately half as long as the length 
of the valve. Hinge plate narrow, exhibits one ligamental furrow and a small 
resiliifer. Beak prominent and barely reaches the cardinal margin. Dimensions: 
Right valve, length, 30.0; width, 20.0 mm.; left valve, length, 40.0; width, 28 
mm. 

If the right valve here assumed to belong to this species, proves really to 
be so, it will become a question whether it should be placed in the genus Delto- 
pecten Etheridge and Dun; but when determining this question it must not be 
overlooked that some American palaeontologists have so amended MeCoy’s 
original description of the genus Aviculopecten as to include the presence of a 
resiliifer (Grabau and Shimer, North Am. Ind. Foss., 1909, Vol. I). 

This species and perobliquatus bear some resemblance to each other, but are 
easily distinguished one from the other. 


AVICULOPECTEN PEROBLIQUATUS, n.Sp. (Rl ties8. 95) 


Whole shell very oblique, subplanoconvex, very inequilateral. Left valve 
larger than the right, strongly convex, obliquely subtrapezoidal ; ribs numerous, 
‘apparently of three orders, separated by narrow interspaces; concentric striae 
numerous, but indistinct on the testless specimens, which alone are available, but 
show an imbricate pattern. Anterior auricle absent; posterior one imperfect, 
large, triangular, radials. and concentric striae indistinct; beak absent, but ap- 
pears to have been prominent. A medial umbonal ridge obliquely traverses the 
medial part of the valve. Right valve only mildly convex, oblique, much smaller 
than the left, bears several ill-defined concentric folds, ribs and concentric striae 
faint, the former seem to be simple. Anterior auricle imperfect, small, clearly 
separated from the body by the byssal sinus; outer margin rounded; posterior 
ear large, depressed, and faintly radiated. Umbonal ridges prominent; beak 
prominent, reaches the cardinal margin, which is much shorter than the length 
of the shell. Some ribs of the right valve as they approach the latero-ventral 
margin, assume a zig-zag course. This feature is present in several of the 
species of Aviculopecten from the Myall Lakes, and is one that has not been 
observed by me in any species of the genus from elsewhere. The valves, des- 
eribed above, are conjoined by the hinges, but are widely agape ventrally. Dimen- 
sions: Left valve, length, 47.0; ae 30.0 mm.; right valve, length, 35.0; 
width, 25.0 mm. Length of hinge, 22 0 mm. The mined ridges of the men 
valve diverge from the beak at angles of about. 30° and 45° and include an angle 
105° approximately. 

This is one of the most oblique of Avieulopectens and in that respect sur- 
passes all others which have come under my notice. 


AVICULOPECTEN ARGUTUS, n.sp. (PI. 1. figs. 10 and 11.) 


Outline of the shell suborbicular, mildly biconvex and of moderate size. 
Left valve mildly and evenly convex. Radials numerous, consist of primaries and 
an interpolation of a secondary between each pair of primaries, except in one 
case where two secondaries are interpolated between a pair of primaries, con- 
centric striae numerous and form nodules on the radials; beak and auricles 
absent. Right valve mildly convex, smaller than the left, almost smooth for the 
radials are only faintiy visible on testless valves. Beak slightly defective, but 


472 NEW SPECIES OF AVICULOPECTEN FROM CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS, N.S.W., 


prominent and pointed. Auricles only partly preserved; the anterior one clearly 
separated from the body by the byssal groove; umbonal ridges moderately dis- 
tinct. Dimensions of the right valve: Length, 37.0; width, 35.0 mm. approx. 

The distinetive features of the species are (1) the single interpolation be- 
tween each pair of primaries; (2) stoutness of the primaries; (3) slight con- 
vexity of the right valve and its relative smoothness; (4) flexuring of the radials 
from their normal course at one or more of the laticoncentric striae, in this re- 
spect resembling A. flexicostatus, also described in the present paper. 

The two valves described above are in apposition. 


AVICULOPECTEN FLEXICOSTATUS, n.sp. (PI. 1., figs. 13-16; Pl. lin, figs. 21 and 22.) 


Left valve orbicular, mildly and evenly convex, slightly inequilateral. Radials 
very numerous, of three orders, distinct, but not prominent; concentric striae very 
numerous, fine, regularly spaced, and produce with the radials a neat cancellate 
pattern. Umbo depressed, pointed, barely reaching the cardinal margin. An- 
terior umbonal ridge short, falls vertically to the ear, and makes with the ecar- 
dinal line an angle of about 45°. Posterior ridge less prominent and longer than 
the other; makes with the cardinal line an angle of about 30°. Ears of nearly 
equal size, triangular, bear six radials, and crowded concentric striae. Cardinal 
margin and hinge plate straight, less than half as long as the greatest length of 
the shell. Right valve, or what is assumed to be such, less convex than the 
other, nearly flat towards the ventral margin, but in other respects resembles the 
left valve. Dimensions of left valves: Length, 50.0, 40.0, 37.0; width, 46.0, 
36.0, 34.0 mm. The measurements are approximate in each ease. 

This Aviculopecten bears a general resemblance to A. caelatus McCoy, and 
also to A. plagiostomus de Koninck, both of which are found in the Carboni- 
ferous Limestone of Visé (étage III.) of Belgium. 


AVICULOPECTEN PINCOMBEI, n.sp. (PI. li, fig. 18; Pl. ln., figs. 19, 20.) 


Shell moderately large. Left valve convex, tumid near the umbo, sub- 
depressed adjacent to the postero-lateral margin; ribs thirty to thirty-three, ac- 
cording to size, simple except for an odd interpolation in some specimens, mildly 
ridged, and separated from each other by wide slightly concave spaces. Concen- 
tric striae very numerous, distinct, produce mild echination or imbrication of the 
ribs as these are crossed by them. The anterior and ventral margins are neatly 
rounded, the latter one forming a semicircle; posterior margin from the ear to 
the ventral one straight and oblique; umbo prominent, blunt, and just reaches to 
the cardinal border. Anterior auricle triangular, very mildly convex, emar- 
ginate at its junction with the body, rounded at the cardinal angle, bears some 
four or five gently oblique indistinct radials; and numerous fine concentric striae ; 
byssal sinus distinct. Posterior auricle much larger than the anterior one, sub- 
wing-shaped, openly emarginate, ornamentation similar to that of the anterior 
one, rounded at the cardinal angle, outer margin mildly sinuate, indefinitely 
separated from the body. Anterior umbonal ridge prominent and makes an 
angle of 45° with the cardinal border; posterior umbonal ridge indefinite. 

Cardinal border and hinge plate straight, more than half as long as the 
length of the valve. A specimen with the valves in apposition shows the hinge 
plates slightly agape, indicating the presence of a strong ligament. 

An indifferently preserved cast of the two valves of this shell in apposition 


BY JOHN MITCHELL, 473 


shows the right valve to be very mildly convex in the vicinity of the large 
muscular area, and towards the lateral and ventral margins to be slightly con- 
cave; ribs indistinct, apparently simple and secondary, and on the muscular area 
they are not visible. Outline of the two valves conjoined. is that of a segment 
about equal to five-sixths of a complete circle. Dimensions of left valves: Length, 
80.0, 60.0, 60.0; width, 65.0, 55.0, 55.0 mm; depth, 15.0 mm. 

The description above was made from testless specimens, except in the case 
of one left valve. This Aviculopecten is quite a conspicuous one. In some 
features it resembles A. granosus J. de C. Sowerby, from the Middle Carboni- 
ferous Limestone of Ireland and Belgium, but is specifically far removed from 
it. 

Dedicated to T. H. Pincombe, Esq., B.A., who, with Mrs. Pincombe, was 
associated with the writer when the specimens here described were collected. 


AVICULOPECTEN PLICATILIS, n.sp. (PI. li, fig. 25.) 


Right valve mildly convex, sides subparallel, ventral. margin rounded; radials 
indistinct, dichotomous, almost invisible towards the posterior margin; beak sub- 
prominent; anterior auricle triangular, clearly separated from the body of the 
shell by the byssal sinus; posterior auricle aliform, pointed, very indefinitely 
separated from the body; both auricles bear fine curved eoncentric striae, but 
are otherwise smooth; cardinal margin long and straight; hinge plate long, nar- 
row and bears one distinct ligamental furrow; the cardinal margin and hinge 
plate are much longer than the shell. Left valve unknown. Dimensions of the 
right valve: Length, 15; width, 16 mm. 

This Aviculopecten resembles in outline and ornamentation, some Pterineas 
(P. brisa for instance). Among Australian Aviculopectens, as far as I am 
aware, it is singular. 

It may be noted further that this form is very near to Aviculopecten (Pecten) 
-megalotis McCoy. The ornamentation of the two is alike as far as their radials 
and concentric striae are concerned; but the local form has a more pointed and 
aliform posterior auricle and a larger anterior auricle than are possessed by the 
Trish form, and is also mueh larger. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLIX.-LII. 


Plate xlix. 

1. Aviculopecten leggei Mitchell. A left valve minus the posterior auricle 
and hinge plate. Portion of the right valve is attached to it by the hinge. On 
the anterior part of the hinge plate of the latter, two or three ligamental furrows 
are visible (x 2 nearly). 

2. Aviculopecten fusiformis Mitehell. A nearly perfect left valve (x 2). 
3. Aviculopecten pyriformis Mitchell. A large left valve, minus the anterior 
ear, and having the postero-lateral margin slightly defective (slightly enlarged). 

4. Aviculopecten andrewsi Mitchell, showing the two valves conjoined, but 
widely gaping ventrally ( x 14). 

5. Left valve of the above (x 14). An almost perfect specimen exhibiting 
the ornamentation clearly. 

6. A photo of a right valve, taken under a strong oblique light to show 


up the faint radials (slightly enlarged). 


474 NEW SPECIES OF AVICULOPECTEN FROM CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS, N.S.W. 


Plate 1. 


7. Aviculopecten sparteus Mitchell. <A left valve of which the figure is a 
good one; the auricles and beak, are absent; the nodes on the radials are clearly 
‘visible (x 2 approx.). — 

8. Aviculopecten perobliquatus Mitchell. An almost perfect right valve 
(x 1.4). 

9. The left valve of the above, with which it is in apposition. The whole 
of the anterior auricle, part OL the posterior auricle and part of the ventral 
margin are missing (x 1.6). 

10. Aviculopecten BY res Mitchell. A good. photo of a defective left 
valve (slightly enlarged). 

11. The right valve of. the above with which it is in apposition; both 
auricles and the anterior lateral margin are defective (x 1.6). 

12. The right valve of A. leggei. It is joined by the hinge to the left 
valve (Pl. xlix., fig. Os (x 2 nearly). 


Plate li. 


-13, 14. Aviculopecten flexicostatus Mitchell. Two photos from an intaglio 
(cover) of a left valve, and wrongly represent the radials, in part at least, to 
he dichotomous. This happens because in such a specimen the interspaces of 
the radials, are in relief instead of the radials themselves. The photos other- 
wise show the external SERENE OO of an immature valve very distinctly ce 
2.3 and 1 respectively). 

15, 16. Left valves of the same species, showing the radials correctly; 15 
represents a mature specimen (x 1.6 and 2 respectively). 

17. Aviculopecten articulosus Mitchell. A view of the valves in apposition, 
from the left side; about half of the left is broken away and exposes the right 
one in part. The ‘peculiar jointing of the radials of the left valve at the lati- 
coneentric growth lines is ¢learly visible. 

18. Apne eagheD pincombet Mitchell. Side view of a cover of a left valve 
(nat.size). 

Plate: 1 


19. A very fine left -valve of the same, partly testiferous (x 8/7). 

20. A east of a right valve in apposition with its left valve; the hinge 
plates are shown agape, and the muscular area subcentral. The cireular object 
towards the posterior margin is a foreign body which pierces both yalves (x 1.3). 

21. What is assumed to be the right valve of A. flexicostatus. The margins 
are defective (x 2). 

22. A fragment of the cover of a left valve of A. flexicostatus, clearly 
showing the ornamentation and the flexuring of the radials (x 2 approx.). 

23. The right valve of A,.sparteus. 

24. <A small left valve of A. perobliquatus (enlarged). a 

25. A right valve of Aviculopecten ee Mitchell showing the features 
of a testless specimen fairly well (x 12). 


AN ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON. 
Part i. THE VEGETATION OF THE BASALT. 


By Parrick Broueu, M.A., B.Se., B.Se. Agr., Lecturer in Botany, 
JoHN McLucxiz, M.A., D.Se., Lecturer in Plant Physiology, and 
Artuur H. K. Perri, Demonstrator in Botany, The University of Sydney. 


(Plates lviu.-lx.; and five Text-figures.) 
[Read 26th November, 1924.] 


Contents. 


. Introduction. 

. General Features of the Australian Flora. 
. Origin of the Flora of the Mt. Wilson region. 
. Geology and Physiography. 

. The Vegetation of Mt. Wilson as a whole. 
. The Associations of the Basalt Caps. 

. The Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Association. 
. The Eucalyptus-Doryphora Association. 

. The Eucalyptus-Alsophila Association. 

10. The Eucalyptus-Pteridium Association. 

11. The Flora of the Roadside. 

12. The Stability of the Associations. 

13. Summary. 


co CON OD Ore Co Ne 


Introduction. 

During the last decade the study of Plant Ecology has developed with 
great rapidity in Britain, on the Continent, and in America; and from time to 
time the record has been enriched by a contribution from some far-off field. 
But little Ecology, however, has been carried out so far in New South Wales, 
despite the fact that innumerable fascinating and important problems await 
solution. 

It was, therefore, with the view of stimulating the advance of ecological 
work in this country that the Sydney University Botanical Society in 1923 
initiated a study of the vegetation of Mount Wilson. The Society has organised 
expeditions for field observations from time to time, and the present paper 
embodies some of the results obtained. These results are largely of the nature 
of primary survey, which has been earried out for the purpose of studying 
the relationships and distribution of the various plant communities, and also 
to lay a foundation for future intensive investigation. 

The authors desire to express their indebtedness to Professor Lawson for 
Suggestions in regard to the institution of the work, and to those members of 
the Botanical Society who gave valuable assistance in collecting and charting 
‘in the field. 


476 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


Hamilton (1899) has already published a list of the plants occurring in 
the Mt. Wilson area, but the present paper will deal with the structure and 
physiognomy of the associations on the basalt rather than with the enumeration 
of the species. 


GENERAL FEATURES OF THE AUSTRALIAN FLORA. 


The flora of Australia possesses many interesting and peculiar features,. 
and early systematists considered that it belonged to a different geological period 
of the earth’s history from that in which existing plants of other lands have 
been produced, or that it represents a separate creative effort, or that the in- 
fluence exerted by the Australian climate in the past differed from that of the 
climate on the floras of other lands. 

Hooker (1860) in his essay on the Australian Flora, points out that it 
does not differ fundamentally from other floras and, “whether viewed under the 
aspect of its morphology and structure, as exhibited by its natural classification, 
or its numerical proportions, or geographical distribution, it presents essentially 
the same primary features as do those of the other great continents.” 

The outstanding peculiarities of the Australian flora are: 

(1) Its high percentage of endemism, as “it contains more genera and 
species peculiar to its own area and fewer plants belonging to other parts of 
the world, than any other country of equal extent. About two-fifths of the 
genera and upwards of seven-eighths of its species are entirely confined to 
Australia.” But this high endemism is also a feature of other world floras, 
for isolation from neighbouring land masses tends to induce endemism in plastie 
forms. Long isolation from the surrounding lands probably explains the high 
percentage of endemism in Australia. 

(2) The peculiar habit and physiognomy of many of its constituents, e.g., 
the species of Hucalyptus with pendulous leaves, the Casuarinas with switeh- 
like branches, the Xanthorrhoeas or Grass-trees, the phyllodineous Acacias, the 
Banksias with their cone-like inflorescences, Telopea, Doryanthes excelsa, the 
conspicuous and characteristic Gymnosperms (species of Callitris and Macro- 
zamia), the large variety of flowering trees, the dull greyish-green of the 
Hucalyptus Forest, the scraggy foliage of the Proteaceae, and many of the 
Leguminosae and Goodeniaceae of the xerophytic habitats. 

(3) The many interesting structural peculiarities, e.g., the calyptra of the 
flowers of Hucalyptus, the irritable gynostemium of Stylidiwm, the hard woody 
seeds and fruits of many Proteaceae and Leguminosae, the irritable labellum 
of species of Pterostylis, the deciduous character and large chlorophyll-content 
of the bark of species of Hucalyptus and Angophora, the stomata of the Pro- 
teaceae, the phyllodes of Acacia, the fleshy peduncle of Hxocarpus and the 
pitchers of Cephalotus, ete. 

But features of this nature are not important enough to stamp the Aus- 
tralian Flora as belonging to a different geological epoch from that of other 
floras, or as being fundamentally different. This is clearly borne out by Hooker’s 
observations, viz. (1) that the relative proportions of Dicotyledons to Mono- 
cotyledons, of genera to orders, of species to genera, are the same as in other 
floras of equal extent; (2) that the Thalamiflorae, Calyciflorae, Corolliflorae, 
ete., are in the same relative proportions as in other floras; (3) that the pro- 
portion of Gymnosperms to other Dicotyledons is about the same; (4) that 
only two orders (with three genera and few species) are peculiarly Australian, 


BY P. BROUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K. PETRIE. 477 


viz., the Brunoniaceae and the Tremandraceae; (5) that the remaining Aus- 
tralian orders are found in other countries, and some are amongst the most 
widely distributed over the globe (e.g., Compositae, Leguminosae, Ranunculaceae) ; 
(6) that the families Goodeniaceae, Candolleaceae, Casuarinaceae, which are 
abundant in Australia and rare elsewhere, have a close affinity with the Cam- 
panulaceae, Lobeliaceae, and Myricaceae, which are widely distributed over the 
globe; (7) that most of the Australian orders and genera which are also found 
in other countries around Australia have their maximum development in points 
approximating in geographical position towards these neighbouring countries, 
e.g., the Malayan element in north-eastern, the South African in south-western 
Australia; (8) that the peculiarities of the Australian Flora do not disturb the 
natural system derived from the study of the flora of the earth, apart from that 
of Australia; (9) that the changes in vegetation in passing from tropics to 
colder latitudes, from dry to moist regions, from lowlands to mountains, are 
in every respect analogous to those which occur in other parts of the earth; 
and (10) that the Australian families and genera fall into their places in the 
natural system well enough, though that system was developed before Australia 
was known botanically. 


ORIGIN OF THE FLORA OF Mt. WItson. 


The Flora of New South Wales is probably the most interesting of the 
whole continent on account of the complexity of its composition. It not only 
contains a dominant endemic element, represented principally by highly xero- 
philous forms, but also a strong representation of the Polynesian-Malayan Flora, 
and of the Fuegian or Antarctic types. Probably also in the western parts of 
the State an African element is present. The distribution and constitution of 
these exotic floras wiil be described in later papers, but for the present the 
writers are concerned mainly with the structure and inter-relationship of the 
Malayan and autochthonous floras as they occur in the Mount Wilson region. 

The Polynesian-Malayan or the Indo-Malayan element is represented in 
Eastern Australia by a typical Rain-Forest, which is best developed in eastern 
Queensland and New South Wales. Representatives of this flora occur at the 
present time in Victoria and Tasmania, but there is a distinct decrease in the 
richness of this Malayan Rain-Forest on passing from north to south, which 
fact may be attributed to the increasing severity of the climate as the southern 
parts of the continent are approached, and also to the greater distance from the 
original centre of distribution to the northward. The Malayan element pro- 
bably reached the Australian continent while it was still connected to the New 
Guinea region, as its types (if we except the purely shore vegetation such as 
Seaweeds, mangroves, and dune vegetation) produce seeds and spores which are 
not specially adapted for dissemination through the ageney of water. The 
seeds and fruits are not even particularly efficient for wind dissemination, al- 
though many of the Pteridophytic and Bryophytie forms characteristic of the 
Rain-Forest may have reached Australia through the ageney of wind, over an 
intervening belt of sea; but it is more probable that much of this fern flora 
migrated along with the larger elements of the Rain-Forest over a land bridge. 

Angiosperm remains have not been found in the Cretaceous strata of New 
South Wales, but groves of Coniferous tree stumps have been found in section 
in the Desert Sandstone Formation (Cretaceous) of the De Grey Ranges (Siiss- 
mileh, 1922, 184), thus showing that preservation was possible. These facts 


478 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


might indicate that Angiosperms did not occur in New South Wales during 
Cretaceous times. J ossil leaves of a considerable number of genera ot UDico- 
tyledons have been found in freshwater beds in Queensland; but there is some 
doubt whether these beds are Cretaceous (Siissmilch, 1922, 184); with one pos- 
sible exception (Walkom, 1919) they are probably of Tertiary age. If this view 
be correct, then it is probable that Australia was connected with the land to the 
northward (New Guinea Region) into the Tertiary period, and that the Indo- 
Malayan Angiosperm Flora reached this continent in the early Tertiary. 

ossil prints and leaves have been found in Tertiary strata, especially im 
the upper beds; and silicified wood has been obtained from the lower beds. The 
fossil prints most commonly found are Plesiocapparis, Spondylostrobus, and 
Penteune, while fossil Dicotyledonous leaves have been obtained from Gulgong 
and Forest Reefs beds (Siissmilch, 1922, 202). These leaves are stated to be- 
long to such genera as Quercus, Fagus, Cinnamomum, Laurus, Magnolia, Bombax, 
Pittosporum, Banksia, Eucalyptus and Grevillea, which are practically all con- 
stituents of the present day sub-tropical Rain-Forest of Eastern Australia, and 
which is chiefly Malayan in origin. The autochthonous types, Hucalyptus, 
Banksia and Grevillea, which are typical representatives of the xerophilous flora 
of the sandstone, are here found in association with the Malayan forms. If 
the identification be correct—and it must be conceded that the evidence of leaf 
impressions is not too reliable—we have endemic and Malayan forms occurring 
contemporaneously as the oldest known Angiosperm flora of New South Wales, 
very much as they exist in close proximity in the richer soil regions of the 
State at the present day. 

In the upper Tertiary period this Rain-Forest apparently had a mueh 
more extensive distribution, as Tertiary fossil plants very similar to the living — 
Rain-Forest types have been found at Orange, in the far western districts of 
New South Wales and Queensland (Horn Expedition, Tate and Watt, 1896), 
and on the high tablelands which have now a cold dry climate. The present 
range, especially from east to west, is comparatively restricted, but from the 
fossil evidence it is highly probable that the physiography of the country and 
the climate were such as to support a more luxuriant, almost tropical flora. 
Moreover, the animal life of the Tertiary period throws interesting light upon 
the plant life (Siissmilch, 1922, 213). The Tertiary vertebrates, as indicated by 
the fossils, were larger than any living to-day, and great numbers inhabited 
what are at present the more arid regions of the State. They were not adapted 
for travelling long distances in search of food, and it is extremely probable 
that a luxuriant flora existed in the extreme western districts of the State, and 
this implies abundant rainfall and high temperature, in short, a_ tiopical 
climate. 

The present tablelands or plateau regions of Eastern Australia were 
preceded by an extensive peneplain of low elevation with isolated hills and 
ridges about 1,000 ft. high (Siissmilch, 1922, 203). In the upper Tertiary, this 
peneplain was apparently covered by a Rain-Forest similar to that which oceurs 
in isolated parts of New South Wales and Queensland to-day. The climate was 
probably uniformly moist and warm throughout the region, and eapable of 
supporting a luxuriant tropical vegetation. 


BY P. BROUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K, PETRIE, 479. 


During the “Kosciusko Epoch,” at the close of the Tertiary period, a great 
epeirogenic uplift produced the existing tablelands, accompanied by faulting and 
tolding, and formation of rift valleys; subsequent erosion partly dissected the 
tablelands and the present topography of HKastern Australia was developed, with 
its high north-south mountain chain, and generally east-west river valleys. The 
development of these highlands near the coast divided the State roughly into 
three regions with different climates, viz., a coastal zone with high temperature 
and high rainfall; a mountain zone with a dry cold climate; and a western zone 
with a dry, hot climate. This differentiation probably appeared at the close of 
the Tertiary period, and undcubtedly caused a restriction in the range of the 
Rain-Forest vegetation, which disappeared from the drier and cooler regions of 
the State and became entrenched in the sheltered valleys—especially those with 
an easterly aspect and warm moist eclimate—or on isolated sheltered areas of 
the tablelands, where rich basaltic soils and adequate rainfall and shelter pro- 
vided a favourable habitat. 

These basaltic outcrops, on weathering, produce a soil not only chemically 
rich, but also with a high water capacity. It is not surprising, therefore, that: 
the tropical Rain-Forest types of Polynesian-Malayan origin colonized these 
lava flows, and became firmly entrenched upon them, for their primary necessities 
appear to be abundant soil-moisture and a sheltered habitat. 

The retreat of the Rain-Forest from the hot or cold and drier habitats 
provided the opportunity for colonization by the endemic forms, which evolved 
elsewhere on the continent, probably in Western Australia, and migrated to the 
eastern region subsequent to the disappearance of the inland sea. 

In New South Wales the Tertiary representatives of the endemic flora ap- 
parently flourished under more mesophytic conditions; at any rate the climate 
was probably more uniform and tropical throughout the State than it is~ to-day, 
and would favour the development of a richer mesophytie flora provided the 
edaphie conditions were favourable. In the lower Tertiary the surface soils 
were sandy, siliceous and porous on the one hand, and on the other, heavy and 
derived from the weathering of the Wianamatta Shale. The endemic types, 
perhaps, established themselves on the sandy soil, while the Malayan vegetation 
occupied the shales. The two habitats would be exposed to the same climatic 
factors, but the edaphic differences might have led to the development of different 
degrees of mesophytism. The Tertiary lava flows, on weathering, produced very 
rich soils in different parts of the State, and these formed an ideal and 
optimum environment for the Malayan Flora, which even in upper Tertiary 
times, must have been subjected to vigorous competition from the endemic 
forms. The primitive endemic flora of New South Wales appears, then, to 
have been mesophytic, and the xerophily of the present types is an induced 
character which has developed along with the climatie changes over the State, 
attendant upon the formation of the mountain blocks. At any rate, the uplift 
at the close of the Tertiary period provided a variety of climate which would 
stimulate xerophily. The denudation of the shales and Tertiary basalts from 
parts of the plateaux exposed the Hawkesbury Sandstone Series which, edaphi- 
cally, provided a xerophytie habitat. Thus it appears from Tertiary times on- 
wards, the edaphic and climatic factors have stimulated the progress of the 
endemie types from mesophytism to xerophytism, and have caused a great re-* 
striction in the range of the Malayan elements in New South Wales. 


480 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


GEOLOGY AND PHYSIOGRAPHY. 


The Mount Wilson area is one of the basaltic residuals on which the 
Tertiary Rain-Forest has been preserved; it belongs to a series of basalt-capped 
peaks raised above the general level of the Blue Mountain Plateau. The basalt 
flow probably covered a considerable portion of the plateau in the immediate 
neighbourhood, but most of it has disappeared. The age of the basalt of Mount 
Wilson is not quite certain, but it probably belongs to the Older Basalts which 
survive aS cappings on the residuals which rise in the form of isolated hills 
or long narrow ridges above the surface of the East-Australian Tertiary pene- 
plain (Siissmileh, 1922, 199). The sandstone of the plateau, during Triassic 
times, was overlaid with Wianamatta Shales which were subsequently denuded 
from the plateau with the exception of restricted areas as far as Fauleonbridge, 
and the cappings under the basalt of the isolated peaks. The basaltic coverings 
on these peaks—Mt. Toinah, Mt. King George, Mt. Tootie—appear to have pro- 
tected the shales from complete denudation. Thus the isolated peaks are pro- 
bably survivals of an original higher tract protected from denudation by the 
more resistant portions of the basalt sheet which flowed over the undenuded 
surface of the plateau (Carne, 1908). The isolated basaltic peaks are probably 
survivals of an original continuous sheet (David, 1896). 


Mt. Wilson is a long ridge between the Bowen and Wollongambe Creeks, 
trending north-easterly. These creeks flow in deep gorges, about 1,200 feet be- 
low the summit of the ridge. Four parts of this ridge are capped with the 
olivine-basalt sheet, which probably was continuous originally, but is now divided 
by denudation into four isolated masses. The most important of these are 
Mann’s Hill, 3,475 ft.; Wynne’s Hill, 3,425 ft.; and Yengo, 3,345 ft. The 
basaltic cap varies in ficitess from 135-{t. (Memeo) to 300 ft. (Wynne's Hill), 
while the estimated area of basalt aggregates 575 acres. 


Weathering.—The larger crystalline masses of the basalt weather first and 
form vesicles or hollows, but frequently surface, boulders weather more or less 
concentrically, and the fragments come away in conchoidal flakes. The soil 
produced by the weathering is of a rich chocolate colour. The rock has been 
studied petrologically by Card (1908), and the following features are taken 
from that description: The rock is an olivine basalt; the minerals present are 
augite, olivine, plagioclase felspar (labradorite ?) and magnetite, and are em- 
bedded in a light brown glassy matrix. The felspar microlites give rise by their 
disposition to a good fluidal structure floating round the porphyritic constituent. 
Olivine is abundant, and remarkably fresh. It occurs as porphyritic individuals, 
presumably from an earlier stage of crystallization, and numerous granules 
through the rocks. The augite has a tendency to assume a purplish tint and is 
slightly pleochroie. ‘ 

The following analysis of the olivine basalt of Mt. Tomah, near Mt. Wilson, 
and probably part of the same original sheet, probably approximates to the Mt. 
Wilson rock. The analysis was made by J. C. H. Mingaye, and is quoted in the 
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, Geology, No. 6, p. 129. 


BY P. BROUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K, PETRIE. 481 


Olivine-Basalt of Mt. Tomah. 


Analysis. Molecular Constitution. 
Sn O Se 46.42% Orthoclase 10.5 
ING OR ere wet 17.42 Allpitemmece. .-.- 24.1 
Fe203 .. 70 Anorthite .. 25.9 
INOS ae 45 Nepheline 3.4 
MgO . 61 Diopside .. 9.5 
CAOm A bee! os 56 Olivine 14.2 
Nap O ied eee 61 Magnetite 5.3 
IS Ope ei Ss 80 Tlmenite .. 3.6 
HeO (100°C) 34 Apatite .. 1.9 


Soooodc oc oS Hole oS co 6 Go NI Go) AS) 
S 
se 


HeO (100°C+) 52 
CO2 .. ANY Eee Nepheline not detected micro- 
M@svs cc 2, 88 seopically but must be present. 
TAdO a ee Mn total exceptionally low for 
PeOs5 .. 87 igneous rocks. 
SO3 
Cll ae 05 
mi@HeS2) > 3 >. 
(Cire Os Sameccnie eae .006 
INTO COO! s.n'5. 32's 02 
MnO .. .02 
Bae. 03 
SEOee: trace 
LizO .. 0 
WeOn 0.01 
100.35 
DOeGilerce natasha ay 90D 


It will be seen from this analysis that the potash, phosphoric acid, ferrous 
and ferric oxides, magnesia, and lime content is very high. The basalt is thus 
exceedingly rich in the essential elements for plant nutrition, and on weathering 
produces a soil which supports a luxuriant vegetation, in striking contrast to 
that on the siliceous sandstone strata in close proximity. 


THE VEGETATION OF Mt. Wiuson As A WHOLE. 


A consideration of the topographical features of Mount Wilson, as pre- 
viously outlined, has led us to recognise for convenience three physiographic 
unit-areas, namely, (1) the basalt-capped hills with a rich moisture-retaining 
soil; (2) the sandstone tracts of the plateau with a dry and impoverished soil; 
and (3) the gullies which occur between some of the basalt hills and the valleys 
of the Wollangambe and the Bowen into which they lead. 

This division has more especially commended itself since the vegetation 
tends to fall into three groups corresponding with these unit-areas. The flora 
of Mount Wilson is divisible into two main types; the Malayan and the En- 
demic, with a small and scattered representation of the Antarctic. The luxuriant 
Malayan vegetation, as has been mentioned earlier in the paper, finds a suitable 
habitat on the basalt caps, except where in certain areas exposure, or thinness 
of the basalt covering, has resulted in an invasion of endemic types. This 
vegetation also occupies the valleys, where it has a richer composition. The 
Endemic Flora, essentially xerophilous and adapted to a poor siliceous soil, 


482 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


élothes practically the whole of the sandstone plateau and finds its chief ex- 
pression in open sclerophyllous Eucalyptus Forest. Antarctic types oceur both 
among the Malayan and Endemic Floras. 

It is proposed to, confine this paper to a description of the associations 
occupying the basalt caps, postponing the study of the remaining parts of the 
district for subsequent communications. 


Tur ASSOCIATIONS OF THE BASALT CAPS. 


The vegetation of the basalt comprises several interrelated associations, the 
distribution of which is determined largely by exposure. A dense and luxuriant 
Rain-Forest clothes the eastern slopes of the basaltic caps, and occurs also on 
level basalt tracts which are sheltered from the west by neighbouring hills; this 
can be regarded as the typical association of the volcanic soil. Near the edge 
of the basalt tract, as the rich soil begins to grow thin, the Rain-Forest loses its 
tropical character and becomes more open and increasingly permeated by an 
invasion of the endemic Eucalyptus from the sandstone; until eventually the 
Rain-Forest trees practically disappear, and give place to a Eucalyptus Forest 
with a tree-fern stratum. Thus a gradual transition from the one extreme to 
the other takes place, but none the less the extremes must be regarded as 
different communities. It has been found best to divide this vegetation into the 
following three associations :— 

1. Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. 

2. HKuealyptus-Doryphora Forest. 

3. Kuealyptus-Alsophila Forest. 


The first and second of these are sub-tropical Rain-Forests, while the third 
represents the sclerophyllous Eucalyptus Forest with the tree-fern stratum. 

In less favourable habitats the last two often occur without the first, while 
large exposed areas of the basalt caps are frequently. occupied by the Eucalyptus- 
Alsophila association alone. 

The Euealyptus-Alsophila Forest usually ceases in a most abrupt and strik- 
ing manner near the edge of the basalt and the region of the boundary between 
the two soils is occupied by a peculiar junction flora, composed of a Hucalyptus- 
Pteridium association. 

Thus we recognise four associations in the basalt formation, but, as will 
be seen later, all are varying mixtures of the two main associations, namely, the 
Kucalyptus Forest of the sandstone and the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest 
of the basalt. 


THE CERATOPETALUM-DoRYPHORA ASSOCIATION. 


Habitat. 


This luxuriant Rain-Forest oceurs on the sheltered eastern slopes of the 
basaltic hills, and to this habitat it is confined. It cannot survive in any spot 
that is not completely sheltered from the desiccating west and south-west. winds 
which sweep the opposite slopes with their full force. But exposure is not the 
only factor limiting the range of this largely mesophytie community, for it is 
only in the central portions of the basalt areas that the rich soil is deep enough, 
and the water content high enough, for the normal development of the Rain- 
Forest. Thus this association, although frequent, is not very extensive, except 
where it is continuous with the Rain-Forest in the gullies. 


BY P. BRQUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K. PETRIE, 483 


Structure and Physiognomy. 

The association is dominated by Ceratopetalum apetalum and Doryphora 
sassafras, other trees being only occasionally present. These average about one 
hundred feet in height but are compact and narrow (Plate lx., fig. 10). This 
feature, combined with their proximity, dense distal mosaic of foliage and 
shining leaf surface, protects them largely from the extreme insolation to which 
the plateau is exposed, since all but the topmost branches are sheltered from the 
full force of the sun. 

A second stratum is formed by the tree-fern Dicksonia antarctica, with an 
oceasional tall shrub or small tree. The tree-ferns which are often so numerous 
that their fronds overlap, as is illustrated in Text-fig. 1, average about twelve 
feet in height, and lend a distinctive aspect of tropical luxuriance to the interior 
cf the Forest (Plate lvi., fig. 1). 

The canopy of foliage above and the screen of tree-fern fronds result in 
the lower regions of the forest being shrouded in gloom, especially when the 
sun has passed the meridian (Plate lvii., figs. 1 and 2). In these dark regions 
the forest floor is oceupied by a fern-stratum, averaging two feet in height. 
This is frequently sparse, owing to lack of sufficient illumination, and a con- 
siderable amount of the ground is bare or carpeted with dead and decaying 
leaves; but wherever a chance opening in the canopy occurs, and a beam of 
sunshine penetrates the forest, the ferns form a closed society. Corresponding 
to these two conditions of illumination are two communities, namely, pure closed 
societies of Blechnum discolor under openings in the canopy (Plate lvii., fig. 1). 
and in the darker regions an open society of the remaining components of the 
fern stratum (see subsequent list). Text-figure 1 illustrates the distribution and 
composition of the lower strata, and shows how the vegetation of the forest floor 
tends to be massed in the areas between the shade of the tree ferns. 

The frequent lianes and climbers constitute another feature of the Rain- 
Forest (Plate lviii., fig. 1). Vitis attains a great development and is often 4 
foot in thickness. The other,climbers are much more slender, but attain a con- 
siderable height. Polypodium diversifolium, in particular, may be seen on tree 
trunks a hundred feet above the forest floor, the lower parts having died away 
as upward growth proceeded. 

Epiphytes are common, the greater proportion being mosses and lichens 
which clothe the trunks of Dicksonia and the slim boles of the forest trees. 
There are also several orchids and Pteridophytes, amongst which are Dendrobium 
pugioniforme, the rare Tmesipteris tannensis (Plate lviii., fig. 3) and the delicate 
Trichomanes venosum growing in societies on Dicksonia trunks. A noteworthy 
feature, however, is the complete absence of Asplenium nidus and Platyceriwm 
grande, which occur in this association at Mt. Irvine, some six miles distant; this 
fact seems to be correlated with the lower altitude of the latter peak and _ its 
consequent milder winter, as in similar forests in other parts of the State with 
a mild climate these epiphytes are abundant. 

One phenomenon of special interest is the occurrence of young plants of 
Quintinia Siebert growing epiphytically on tree-fern trunks, among the tangled 
adventitious roots of which the seeds germinate. Subsequently, no doubt, the 
roots of the epiphyte reach and establish themselves in the ground. This is 
ue only case of hemi-epiphytism encountered in the Rain-Forests at Mount 

ilson. 


Parasitism is not common, but mention must be made of Viscum articulatum 


ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


‘soyoyed oymgm Aq poyeorptt eotteutmop-qns pue sotiTMog “eI 4feseq ey} Fo soteds. 
yuej10dut arom oy} Fo eulos Fo Aouenbery puv socuea oyeurxordde oy} sutMoys wWeiselg—Z ‘sY-}XoJ, 
“SNOISINVS 


Asay 04 
SALAATVVINA 


“WNIidlI¥satd 
SNIdATVING 


<=> 


“WAVHdDOSTY 
SNLAAIVINS 


“WuoHd \¥O0G 
SNIdATWINA 


les 


- 


*W4OHd AYOd 
WIV L3ad01V83D} . 


Wan HI9UTLaYD| “YOT0DSIG |*WaLWaINdY| ~SIAS3NINNAd WLVAYINIB vivi3 , 
WMAIY 31d] WONHD3IB | WANHDA|Ng | WAHDIISMIod] VIDWOW | “SAWIA|'WINOSMOIG ly TIHdOSTY “VIDVOV | YIOVOY | VINILNIN®) WASY IAG 3H] WHOHdAYOR |WIWadoLYY: 


2 a | ee | ee 


SNO\LYLOOSS¥ 


SNhid ATWONI 


‘OU-JX0 [, 


‘| 
‘| 


wrjojady wnppjadojn.0aQ Q 


yore Adouvy) 


\ . 


wmnyvalnap wryoush)ogd 


o& 


Suypoos sypijsny vwoovat ~ 
BUI[poas snsopfuynuw snqoqgompeo i 


pusodumosap siagdokigy 


DIVYIMDIUMD DWOsSyaT @ 


wnsouqun wnehiyyy IX 


BY P. BROUGH, J. MGLUOKIE AND A. H. K. PEDRIE, 485 


en Doryphora sassafras; Loranthus, so common on species of Eucalyptus on the 
Sandstone plateau, was not observed on the basalt vegetation. 


Floristic Composition. 


Tree Stratum 

Ceratopetalum apeialum Don. . d* 
Doryphora sassafras Endl. .. . d 
Hedycarya angustifolia Cunn. o-vr 


Quintima Sieberi D.C. .. .. o-vr 
Atherosperma moschatum Labill. r 
Acacia elata Cumn. .. .. .. .. r 


Eugenia Smith Poir. .. .. .. 7 


Tree-Fern Stratum 

Dicksonia antarctica Labill. .. sd 
Drimys dipetala F.v.M. .. () 
Citriobatus multijlorus Cunn. .. o 
Hymenanthera Banksu V.v.M. O 
Alsophila australis R.Br. r 


Fern Stratum 

Polystichum aculeatum Schott. . ¢ 
Dryopteris decomposita Kuntze. tf 
Athyrium umbrosum Ait. .. .. f 
Pellaea faleata Fée .. .. .. fr 
Blechnum discolor Keys .. .. . © 
Dryopteris tenera Chr. .. .. .. T 
Polystichum aristatum Presl. .. r 
Dennstaedtia davallioides Moor. r 
Blechnum Patersoni Mett. .. .. vr 


Asplemum flabellifolium Cay. . xr 
Numerous fungi. 


Climbers 
Polypodium diversifokum Willd. f 
Vitis hypoglauca F.v.M. .. .. f 


Tylophora barbata R.Br. .. .. f-o 
Polypodium pustulatum Forst. . 0 
Iieldia australis Cunn. (on 
IDIGESORAE (HEVINE)) Tho ne no ko O 
MCCOMG GUSSET GL se tissue ee £-0 


Epiphytes 
Trichomanes venosum R.Br. (in 
dense societies on Dicksonia 
Crus ery seca es eb O 
Cyclophorus serpens Chr. .. .. 0 
Dendrobium pugioniforme Cunn. o 
Dendrobium teretifolium R.Br. . o 
Tmesipteris tannensis Bernk. . r-o 
Asplenium bulbiferum Forst. 
So 66 Goes G5 2 Ti Wee lalate 
Quintinia Siebert D.C. (seedlings 
onmtnee!termstrunks) 44,20 9T-0 
Polyporinae and other epiphytic 
Fungi. 


Parasite 


Viscum arficulatum Burm. 
r on Doryphora 


Ground Stratum 


Dawsonia sp. .. .. © in societies 


THr Hucatyprus-DoryepHorRA ASSOCIATION. 


Habitat. 


The voleanic soil of the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora habitat is comparatively 
deep, but, as the periphery of the outcrop is approached, the layer of basalt 
superimposed on the sandstone becomes thinner, and finally disappears. This 
area, surrounding the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest just described, does not 
seem to be so favourable a habitat for that association: the trees have a more 
open structure and some of the components become much less frequent or even 
disappear. The less vigorous hold of the Malayan vegetation on this habitat, 
resulting from the decrease in environmental favourableness, with its consequent 
more open structure and greater illumination of the forest floor, has given rise 
to certain changes in the vegetation, chief of which is the invasion of Hucalyptus 
trees from the sandstone. 

The new association so formed often occurs as a thin fringe round the 
Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest, and on the borders of the road running 
through it. It also replaces the Rain-Forest on some of the basalt outcrops 
which are either not sheltered enough or too shallow to enable the Rain-Forest 


*TIn these lists, a — abundant, c —=common, d — dominant, f — frequent, 
= locally, o = occasional, r= rare, sd — subdominant, vr = very rare. 


3 
h-> 


486 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


to attain its optimum development and thus exclude invaders from the surround- 
ing terrain. It may be that the unfavourable nature of the habitat is due to 
lower water content of the soil, smee the rain would readily percolate through 
the sandstone lying beneath. 


Structure and Phystognomy. 

Although this Forest is largely a mixture of the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora 
and the Hucalyptus associations, taxonomically it must be regarded as a separate 
association. Its distinctiveness is shown by the fact that Ceratopetalum, not 
faring so well in the competition with the invaders as Doryphora, falls from the 
rank of a dominant to that of an occasional type. Moreover, on account of the 
admixture of Eucalyptus, with its spreading branches and pendulous iso-bilateral 
leaves, less light is obstructed, and the lower strata undergo consequent changes: 
the association is less tropical in physiognomy, but it nevertheless has a greater 
floristic richness; for the less specialised habitat allows a greater number of 
types, especially Angiosperms, to colonise it. 

The trees fall into two strata. The Hucalyptus species, perhaps on account 
of the favourable edaphic factors, reach a height of about two hundred feet 
(Plate lix., figs. 5, 7), which is considerably more than that attained on the 
sandstone, and so dominate the association. A second layer, about one hundred 
feet high, is composed of Doryphora, which must now be regarded as sub- 
dominant, and several other trees. The latter, such as Hedycarya and Athero- 
sperma, seem to be given a greater chance in the struggle for existence in this 
open forest: in the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest the dominants give other 
types but little opportunity of spreading. These facts are shown strikingly in 
Text-fig. 2. 

The increased light intensity in the lower strata, as has been said, causes 
profound modifications in structure. In the tree-fern stratum, not only is the 
extreme sciophyte Drimys absent, but a radical change takes place in the com- 
position of the tree-ferns themselves. For, as the Forest becomes more open, 
the shade-loving Dicksonia becomes largely replaced by the more xerophilous 
Alsophila australis (Plate lix., fig. 7); and consequently the tree-fern stratum 
extends over a considerable vertical range, since many of the latter attain from 
forty to fifty feet in height. One magnificent specimen, indeed, growing on the 
edge of a clearing in the Rain-Forest was.seventy feet high (Plate lix., fig. 5). 

There is no sharp transition between the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora and 
Eucalyptus-Doryphora Forests: the one merges into the other gradually, and there 
are homogeneous associations lying midway between the two conditions we have 
chosen to describe here as types. It is in some of these midway associations that 
Citriobatus becomes abundant, perhaps because it is given a greater chance by 
increased insolation. It is accompanied in the same stratum by a number of 
other shrubs. This is a new stratum in the Forest which we may interpret as a 
response to the stronger light intensity. For the same reason, the representation 
of Angiosperms as a whole inereases considerably in the Eucalyptus-Doryphora 
Forest. 

There are also modifications in the fern-stratum. This now approaches 
more to a closed community with the exception of disturbed tracts, such as 
paths and roadsides, where the ground stratum takes its place. The more 
ombrophilous Pteridophytes, such as Athyrium umbrosum, Dryopteris decom- 
posita and Dennstaedtia are absent; while Blechnum discolor here finds its most 


BY P. BROUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K, PETRIE. 487 


favourable environment. Polystichum aculeatum is abundant because it is ap- 
parently a type somewhat indifferent to light intensity. In the more iliuminated 
situations there is sometimes an abundance of Blechnum cartilagineum, a type 
which appears to be more xerophytic than B. discolor. These facts are clearly 
illustrated in Text-fig. 2. 

The modifications in the lower strata of this part of the basalt vegetation 
are evidently due to the difference in the structure of the tree layer, which al- 
lows more light to reach the lower strata, thus affecting the humidity of the 
forest atmosphere, the moisture content of the soil and the transpiration of the 
plants themselves. The increase in the Angiospermic flora of all layers is strik- 
ang. The vegetation is richer floristically, but it lacks the tropical luxuriance of 
the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. Thus lianes are absent, and in their stead 
are smaller creepers such as Smilax and Clematis; epiphytes, too, are less 
numerous. 


Floristic Composition. 


‘Tall-Tree Stratum Pteridium aquilinum Kuhn. 

Eucalyptus viminalis Labill. .. . d sis Gel we ae @ IM More open parts 

Fucalyoius sp) os) «2.2 +... > a Blechnum cartilaginewm Swartz f 
iRellacanpalcatamiee. ss ie) a yee 


Tree Stam co ae 

Doryphora sassafras Endl. .. . sd Busgnanie ficlnia EAB 0+ oo © 

Hedycarya angustifolia Cunn. f-r Helichrysum sp. ars 

Acacia elata Cunn. .. .. .. .. OF 

Acacia melanoxylon R.Br. .. . o-r GroundaStratnr 

Quintinia Siebert D.C. .. .. 0-7 iia eave : 

Ceratopetalum apetalum Don. . o-r GONCLOD {ONOSTEEE Sol. .. ame 

a, Hydrocotyle asiatica L. .. Heat 

Acaena sanguisorba Vahl. a-0 

Tree-Fern Stratum Stellaria pungens Brongn. .. .. f 

Alsophila australis K.Br. f Dawsonia sp... +. ++ ++ ++ +. @ 

Dicksonia antarctica Labill .. f Stellarta flaccida Hook. .. . 0 

Hymenanthera Banksti F.v.M. . 0 Galium umbrosum Sol... .. .. 0 

Solanum aviculare Forst. ... .1 Aspleniwm flabelufolium Cav. . o 
Prunella vulgaris l. .. .. «- ft) 
Doodi 123 eenec 

Reh Gitatiim oodia aspera R.Br 0) 

Citriobatus multiflorus Cunn. o-la @lhanhers 

Panax sambucifolius Sieb. .. .. 0 SE a RoBi. 


Prostanthera lasianthos Labill. . lf Ciena ER Bee 


Senecio dryadens Sieb. .. .. «- T Tylophora barbata R.Br. .. 
Geitonoplesium cymosum Cunn. r 


£ 

o 5 ° ° a -O ? ee 
Acacia penninervis Sieb. zs Tecoma australis R.Br. .. .. .. 0 
Oo 
10) 


Fern Stratum ; 
Polystichum aculeatum Schott. . a Epiphytes 
Blechnum discolor Keys. .. . ¢-a Cyclophorus serpens Chr. .. .. 0 


Tur BucaLyprus-ALSOPHILA ASSOCIATION. 
Habitat. 
Still nearer the edge of the basalt than the habitat of the mixed forest is 
‘the third association, which has been called the Eucalyptus-Alsophila Forest. The 
-game association is found on the summit and gentle western slope of a basalt 
hill which is more or less sheltered by a higher hill on the western side (see 


488 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


CD joins AB below 


ps p25: a }DS Se 
ak eal ee 
Aber, Deby +T ‘eae 
i Ds: ‘Cor 
Recs ee ete Ie 
Cai nee AV cal 
Cain” 
ree oi T ie 
ers} f “Ds 
“iCa! Cea 
j@r ~Y Tea t a 
| Ve, + j ely ay Ds Doryphora sassafras 
Cap joe Ze “Ss C# Ceratopetalum apetalum 
ea, aoe, eS &~ Eucalyptus sp. 

Wai 3 Yy . 7. Ev Eucalyptus viminalis 
iw i 2 Ta - £.  Fucalyptus sp. stump. 
ex rae qT oT Ab Acacia melanoxylon 
an “lng Bay aT T Alsophila australis 

tT Ev - >. Y Dicksonia antarctica 
aS ‘att rN oe ~ Fallen Alsophila trunk 
ANSE (AeA eee pee T Lt Lomatia longifolia 
ae TS Ae <a x Acacia elata saplings 
sp ean | ae At Acacia longifolia 
2 ay ay ag , > 4 a - Fucalyptus sapling 
Aap Tr , fie espa P  Persoonia mollis 
<li Eut Ew oe s ie 
a AS ee . C8. Hymenanthera Banksit 
¥ 
een mn! She As igi iis : 
\- an ie ms an ain “. Canopy area of tree. 
4 Ba): 4 aX 
% ‘ =) yale © 
acti TIrtt Seale 
Le me 
2 nh ae : 
Fea, \ Th vi * ; % , © ° 
3 *, 5 Y x? a 
‘ Ea } fae oN ba Kise * 
“wn AL AL AG? aC lc ea 
; Nea ay a 
ibs -—eods a aac 
o: ee Sak TCA Te He L 


AB joins to CD above 


Text-fic. 4.—Belt-Transect from Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest througl 
the Eucalyptus-Alsophila Forest to the Hucalyptus-Pteridium association. (Seale, 
1 in. = 50 ft.). The incidence of Eucalyptus with the Rain-Forest trees, and 
Alsophila with Dicksonia is illustrated clearly. It will be observed how the 
abundance of tree ferns varies with the intensity of light, being most abundant 
in open parts of the Eucalyptus-Alsophila Forest. 


489 


Text-fig. 3), but which, on account of its westerly aspect, cannot support the 
more luxurious associations. It also extends from the Rain-Forest over on to 
the western slopes of the basalt hills wherever the topography is such as to 
protect the habitat from the full brunt of the winds. 


N.w eee SE. 


mr Basalt Soil. ; j 
— Sandstone Soil. f 


a) Kuealyptus Forest. 
®t? Eucalyptus-Alsophila Forest. 


y Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. 


Text-fig. 3—Diagrammatiec section of the Mount Wilson ridge showing dis- : 


tribution of associations on the basalt. The Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest is 
seen on the sheltered south-east slopes of the hills. 


Structure and Physiognomy. 


This forest is another complex formed by the overlapping of the Rain-Forest 
types and the sandstone types (Text-fig. 2) but exhibits a much greater adap- 
tation to a xerophytic environment. 


In the tree stratum the Rain-Forest types are now absent, and the two 
species of Eucalyptus form an open well-illuminated forest. (See Text-fig. 4). 

The tree-fern stratum is composed now chiefly of Alsophila australis, which 
is apparently the type best adapted to a heliophytic habitat, and flourishes abun- 
dantly, often forming a closed stratum. The association owes its physiognomy 
chiefly to this feature; for, on account of the open structure of the tree stratum, 
an unobstructed view is obtained of thousands of tree-ferns growing often in 
dense array (PI. lix., fig. 8; Pl. Ix., fig. 9). Many of these attain fifty feet in 
height; and it has been calculated, on the assumption that two cirelets of fronds 
are produced each season, that such must average two hundred years in age. 


Occasional saplings of Doryphora occur among the tree-ferns; but it seems 
unlikely that any succession in the direction of more luxurious structure will 
take place, since these communities have had ample time to attain the maximum 
degree of mesophytism which the habitats will allow. These saplings are 
particularly common over the face of the hill indicated on the right of the 
diagrammatic section (Text-fig. 3), at which junction a certain amount of 
oscillation appears to take place. 


The remaining strata resemble those of the Eucalyptus-Doryphora Forest, 
except that some of the more sciophilous types such as Citriobatus are absent, 
and others, such as Polystichum aculeatum and Blechnum discolor, are over- 
shadowed by the ascendancy of Pteridiwm (see Text-fig. 2). 


490, ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


Floristic Composition. 
Tall-Tree Stratum Blechnum discolor Weys. .. .. o-a 
Pteridium aquilinum Kuhn. .. f-e¢ 
Gleichenia dichosoma Hook. .. o-f 
Polystichum aculeatum Schott. o-f 
Rellacakalcata ieee ara nko 
Xerotes longupolia abr)... 9.80 
DawalliondebtG ae: O 


Eucalyptus viminalis Labill. .. d-¢ 
JO OMNFTUS SOs oo oe de ao oo © 
Acacia melanoxylen R.Br. .. .. 0 
Acaciwpelata A. ©unn. -. ..) ..- 0 


Tree-Fern Stratum 
Alsophila australis R.Br. .. .. sd 
Dicksonia antarctica Labill. .. o 


near Doryphora-Ceratopetalum Ground Stratum 

Association. Geranium pilosum Sol. .. .. .. a 
Doryphora sassafras Endl. Sap- Hydrocotyle asiatica L. .. .. .. a 

Ibbavediin aacs ce Gaol art te . r-0 Stellaria pungens Brongn. .. .. f 
Banksia integrifolia lL... .. .. v¥ Stellaria flaccida Hook. .. .. . 0 

Galium umbrosum Sol... .. .. 0 

Shrub Stratum Doodia aspera RABt ec) eer 
Hymenanthera Banksii F.v.M. . 0 Acaena.sanguisorba Vahl. .. .. r 
Senecio dryadens Sieb. .. .. .. © 
Fern Stratum Climbers 
Blechnum cartilagineum Swartz. f-a Clematismanistata kh bir eunet eis 


THe HUCALYPTUS-PTERIDIUM ASSOCIATION. 
(a) THE TYPICAL ASSOCIATION. 


At a varying distance from the edge of the basalt, depending on how 
abruptly the rich soil diminishes in thickness, the forest of tree-ferns of the 
Eucalyptus-Alsophila association ceases abruptly, forming a barrier which, when 
viewed from a distance, is one of the salient features of the vegetation of Mount 
Wilson. The Hucalyptus species, however, continue uninterruptedly, and form a 
uniform stratum ranging from the Euealyptus-Doryphora Forest on to the sand- 
stone, where, owing to the incidence of other species, they become less frequent 
(Plate Ix., fig. 9). 

From the tree-fern boundary to some little distance on to the sandstone 
oceurs a peculiar association which forms a junction between the typical plant 
covering of the sandstone and that of the basalt. One would expect to find 
a continuation of the overlap of the sandstone and basalt floras with a still 
increasing preponderance of the former; instead there are few of either, and the 
association is poor floristically. 

The tree stratum is unchanged, while the shrub stratum is absent, except 
where there are societies, often dense, of Daviesia ulicina or Acacia penninervis. 

The fern stratum, continuous with that of the Euealyptus-Alsophila as- 
sociation, undergoes a complete change in structure. The Blechnum community 
extends beyond the tree-fern line to a certain extent, and, frequently, outlying 
patches of this community occur; but it becomes increasingly mixed with Pteri- 
dium aquilinum, which shortly becomes the dominant of the fern stratum of the 
Junction Flora. 

The junction between the Blechnum community or the outlying societies, and 
the adjacent Pteridium community, is usually a sharp one, so far as the Blechnum 
is concerned, although the Pteridiwm is continuous throughout. Text-fig. 5 illus- 
trates this point at the boundary of one of these outlying societies. In this chart 


BY P. BROUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K. PETRIE. 491 


Alsophila australis trunk 
Pteridium aquilinum 


Blechnum cartilagineum 
Gleichenia dichotoma 
Xerotes longifolia 


Doodia aspera - 
Dianella longifolia 
Acacia elata seedling 


Clematis aristata seedling 
Stellaria pungens 


Geranium pilosum 
Tylophora barbata 


Text-fig. 5—Belt Transect across 
junction of Blechnum cartilagineum and 
Pteridium agquilinum societies in the 
Euealyptus-Pteridium association. The 
structure of the fern and ground strata 
is clearly brought out; the greater con- 
centration of the-latter in the Blechnum 
society is interesting, suggesting that the 
occurrence of+ this society depends on 
more favourable habitat factors. (Seale, 
dint == tt) 


492 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


Blechnum discolor is absent: this fern seems to require more favourable con- 
ditions than exist on these outskirts, and does not often advance far beyond the 
tree-fern line. Thus in many places one passes from Pteridium to Blechnum 
cartilagineum which, further away, is replaced entirely by B. discolor. 

Pteridium is associated with several sandstone types and also two other 
Pteridophytes, Gleichenia dichotoma and Davallia dubia, which were not observed 
further in towards the Rain-Forest. But perhaps its most conspicuous associate 
is Lomatia silaifolia, which, although not so conspicuous near the tree-ferns, be- 
comes abundant nearer the opposite edge of the association. 

Although comparatively poor in these strata, the Eucalyptus-Pteridium as- 
sociation has a rich ground stratum, which resembles essentially that of the as- 
sociations previously described, although embracing a number of additional com- 
ponents. 

Some hundred yards beyond the edge of the basalt, the Eucalyptus-Pteridium 
association slowly merges into the typical vegetation of the sandstone, charac- 
terised, in contrast to the former, by a profuse shrub stratum. 


Floristie Composition. 


Tree Stratum Xerotes longifoha R.Br. .. .. . 0 
Eucalyptus viminalis Labill. .. . d Mirbehia grandiflora Ait. .. .. vr 
Eucalyptus sp. a ceo ca. 


Eucalyptus OREO Sm. 


Ground Stratum 
. 1 on sandstone 


Agee HE A. "CREATE ae ONL Geranium pilosum Sel... .. 2 
Galium umbrosum Sol. .. a 

Hydrocotyle asiatica Ll. .. 5G 

Tall Shrub Stratum Tylophora barbata R.Br. f 
Eucalyptus sp. ee Viola betonicifola Sm. O90 5 if 
f (pyrie succession ) Stellaria pungens Brongn. Oo 

ihomnette longifolia lived BY ene an eR Stellaria flaccida Hook. .. - 0 
Acacia penninervis Sieb. .. . o-a Doodia aspera R.Br. .. .. 0 
Daviesia ulicina Sm... .. .. o-la Oxzalis corniculata L. .. .- 0 
Acaena sanguisorba Vahl. .. .. 0 


Poranthera microphylla Brongn. o 
Fern Stratum EE) g 


Brachycome sp. .. nse Sree tO. 

Pteridium aquilinum Kuhn. .. sd Cardamine hirsuta ie. Oe Macatee 2D) 
Davalia dubia R-BYr. .. 4.55. 28 Clematis aristata R.Br. seedlings 

Lomatia silafolia R.Br. .. .. f-a at eee. 

Blechnum cartilagineum Swartz. Solanum zanthocarpum ‘Schrad. r-0 

.. @ near tree-ferns Sonchus sp. r 

Blechnum iiseaton Keys. Trifolium sp. é 55 18 

a in places Wahlenbergia aneenlis D. C. Be 

Polystichum ‘poullewtane Schott. Dipodium punctatum Re r 

: . @ near tree-ferns only Stackhousia viminea Smo... .. 7 

Glacnea dichotoma Hook. Lycopodium densum Wabill. .. vr 

BG wich co. eR . f in places Chiloglottis formicifera Fitzg. vr 

DTA ESO eo a de Go bo. oO Unidentified grasses .. : 


(b) THE ASSOCIATION OF THE WESTERN SLOPES. 


On the western side of the basalt capped hills exposure to the prevalent 
strong and parching winds usually prevents the Euealyptus-Alsophila Forest 
from coming muéh over the hill from the eastern side, except in depressione or 


BY P. BROUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K. PETRIE. 493 


in a bay protected by an adjoining headland. The Euecalyptus-Pteridium as- 
sociation thus extends further onto the basalt here than elsewhere, and, as was 
pointed out earlier, on account of the exposure, is much modified. As a matter 
of fact, however, it is a difference of physiognomy rather than eomposition. The 
structure is a more open one; for the ground is strewn with igneous boulders, 
suggesting that weathering here is slow, and the vegetation, except for the well 
adapted Eucalyptus, is scanty and stunted. The less xerophytic plants of the 
typical association, such as Gleichenia, are absent; and there is a greater abund- 
ance of grass, of which, however, a close examination has not yet been made. 

This association, like the normal junction flora, has frequent dense shrub 
societies. These, however, are composed of Pultenaea flexilis and Lomatia longi- 
fola. This is a remarkable habitat for the latter which, in Sydney districts, is 
a component of the mesophilous vegetation of creek banks. The association 
differs widely here in the composition of the ground flora; that of the typical 
examples of the association was also found in the Eucalyptus-Doryphora Forest 
and is, therefore, a mesophytic community which could not exist in so exposed 
a habitat as that under consideration. 

This junction association, from what could be seen, extends, with little 
change, a long way down the sandstone slope towards the Wollangambe River. 
It is probable that the basalt soil washed down from above would inhibit the 
development of the ordinary sandstone flora. 


In more sheltered parts of the slope the tree-ferns, as has been said, are 
able to come over the hill; and in such parts shallow water courses draining 
down into the Wollangambe bed are clothed with long tongues of the Euealyptus- 
Alsophila Forest. In some cases no termination of these could be seen, and it 
is possible that they continue to the river at the bottom of the valley. This 
point will be investigated later when the valley formation is studied. |The 
drainage channels, however, have probably carried basalt. a long distance down 
the slope, which would enable the tree-ferns to exist in these places. 


Floristic Composition. 


Tree Stratum Ground Stratum 
Hucalyptus sp. .. ond Hydrocotyle asiatica L. .. .. 0-a 
Eucalyptus iminalis, abil 5 Gl Stellaria pungens Brongn. .. o-a 
Panax sambucifolius Sieb. .. .. 0 
Shrub Stratum Doodia aspera R.Br... .. .. . 0 
Citriobatus multiflorus Cunn. . 0 Schelhammera undulata R.Br. Cy) 
Pultenaea flexiis Sm. .. .. .. f Dianella sp. ... .: Cy) 
Daviesia ulicina Sm... .. .. 0 Clematis aristata R.Br. seedlings 0 
Lomatia longifolia R.Br. .. f Viola hederacea Labill. 0 
Adiantum aethiopicum L. .. .. o-¥ 
Fern Stratum 
Pteridium aquilinum Kuhn. .. sd Climbers 
Xerotes longifolia R.Br. .. .. . 0 | Smilax australis R.Br. “0 
Lomatia silaifolia R.Br. .. .. . 0 Eustrephus Brownii F.v.M. 0 
wavaiha dubia R.Br. .. .. ....°0 9 °* Geitonoplesium cymosum ‘Cunn. ie 
Ampera spartioides Brongn. .. 0-F Hardenbergia monophylla Benth. r 
Trachymene linearis Spreng. .: r Billardiera longiflora Labill. .. r 


494 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


(c) THE STATUS OF THE ASSOCIATION. 


A study of the structure of the junction flora leads one to speculate on the 
abnormal nature of the vegetation on the sandstone side of the borderline. That 
overlapping and invasion should take place on either side one naturally expects; 
but the problem of the absence of the characteristic sfrubs of the sandstone 
flora is presented. The typical Kucalyptus Forest owes its facies largely to the 
remarkable shrub-stratum; but here between the tree tops and the ground, ex- 
cept for the somewhat restricted societies of Daviesia and Acacia, is little but a 
closed community about two feet high dominated by Pteridiwm and Lomatia 
silaifolia. 

One of the most potent factors controlling the structure and development. 
of the Eucalyptus Forests in Australia is the frequent occurrence of bush-fires. 
Round every junction the vegetation bears all the indications of having been 
recently burnt. The fire has crept up to the edge of the basalt, has in places 
passed through the Eucalyptus-Alsophila association, but has never transgressed. 
the humid Rain-Forest. 

We cannot escape the fact that the effect of bush-fires on the succession 
of vegetation is of considerable importance. In most countries and in most 
formations, the forest is entirely destroyed; a secondary succession then com- 
mences, beginning with a ground flora and gradually advancing once more to 
the climax association—sometimes even to a climax association dominated by 
different types from the original. The Australian Kucalyptus Forest, however, 
possesses the faculty of rapidly recovering from a bush-fire. Many of the de- 
foliated and blackened trunks send forth new shoots, and by next season have 
entirely renewed their foliage. Alsophila can recover in a similar manner. 


The bush-fire seldom destroys the climax association and so its effect is- 
perhaps less striking than in other countries; but nevertheless profound altera- 
tions usually occur in the lower layers. Many of the shrubs are killed; and 
although it often happens that the same species grow up again to form the 
normal shrub stratum, frequently the first stage of succession is a community 
of Pteridium aquilinum. This occurs on the sandstone at Mount Wilson at some 
distance from the junction. No doubt some plants of this cosmopolitan and 
virile species were previously present in such localities; and when the fire des- 
troys every living aerial shoot, the rhizomes of this plant are unharmed, and 
then, freed from the competition of its neighbours, it spreads apace and forms a 
closed community before the shrubs have time to recolonize the area. The same: 
phenomenon has been observed in other countries. 

These facts, then, offer an explanation for the structure of the Junction 
Flora which should not be overlooked. 

It might, however, be urged that the richness of the soil at the junction: 
inhibits the presence of the usual sandstone shrubs, and that only the limited 
number of types which occur there are adapted to these edaphic conditions; this 
is indeed what one would be led to expect from the highly specialised structure 
and metabolism which the sandstone shrubs have developed to fit themselves for 
their severe environment. Few species or individuals from the Eucalyptus Forest 
of the sandstone habitat have invaded the basalt. 

In criticising this hypothesis we have searched for evidence of any further 
succession taking place. The societies of Acacia penninervis do not appear to 


BY P, BROUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K. PETRIE. 495, 


be a development from the normal Hucalyptus-Pteridium association, but have 
more the aspect of pyrie societies contemporaneous with the Pteridium stratum. 
It is possible that the societies of Daviesia wlicina are a further development, 
but if so, it is not a development tending towards the typical Eucalyptus forest 
of the sandstone, since Daviesia is not a component of that.association. It may 
be, however, that Lomatia, along with the few other sandstone types present, 
represents a development in the direction of the typical Eucalyptus Forest of 
that habitat. 

Beyond this there is only one instance where the Junction Flora is richer 
and has the following composition :— 


(x) Leptospermum stellatum Cav. (x) Cassinia denticulata R.Br. . f 
fy Acacia .elata Cunn. .. 0) 

(x) Leptospermum flavescens Sm. Humea elegans Sm. .. .. 310.88 
Stellaria pungens Brongn. .. f-a 

(x) Acacia longifolia Willd. .. a Goodenia ovata Sm. .. .. .. .. 1 
Pteridium aquilinum Kuhn. . a-sd Hydrocotyle asiatica L. .. .. ¢c 


Blechnum discolor Keys. 
. £ in patches richer in basalt 


Polystichum aculeatum Schott. . f 


Eucalyptus saplings .. ...... a 
Smilax australis R.Br. .. .. .. O 


Blechnum cartilagineum Swartz. 

. f in patches richer in basalt 
Clematis aristata R.Br. seedlings r 
Davalian dubia W-BEae es 24 feel t 
Billardiera longiflora Labill. .. . r 


Although a number of additional types are mentioned here, they do not 
approach within fifty feet of the tree-fern boundary, where the normal Hucalyptus- 
Pteridium association is unaltered. We may suppose that the sandstone types 
are always endeavouring to cvlonize the junction and this may be one place 
where they have partially, and perhaps only temporarily, succeeded. Even so, 
these remarks apply only to the four types marked with an x. The remaining 
additional types, Humea and Goodenia, are normal occupants of rich, moist soil, 
and one wonders only why they do not occur more frequently. Billardiera 
longiflora has already been mentioned as occurring at the junction on the north- 
west slope. 

On the whole then, the Kucalyptus-Pteridium association may be regarded 
as a sub-climax; and further succession does not normally take place, a fact 
much favouring our second hypothesis. 

The second source of evidence appears to lie in comparison with other 
basaltic plateaux. Shirley (1912) has recorded that, on Mount Tambourine in 
Queensland, a fringe of Davallia dubia marks the junction of the “serub” and 
the forest. This type has not been recorded as a first colonist in secondary 
succession, but, being a heliophyte, might well be occupying a soil too rich for 
normal sandstone shrubs, which would explain its occurrence in the Junction 
Flora at Mount Wilson also. 

In the absence of further data it is impossible to decide definitely which 
of the two hypotheses we have considered is correct; but we cannot avoid 
suggesting that although the bush-fires may have given Pteridium a greater 
ascendancy than usual, the absence of any further development in the constitu- 
tion of the flora seems to indicate that the richness of the soil precludes the 
invasion of other types from the sandstone. Lomatia appears to be an excep- 
tion, which is adapted to the prevailing edaphic condition. 


495 EOOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, 


THE FLorRA oF THE ROADSIDE. 


The road leading through Mount Wilson on to Mount Irvine in many places 
cuts through the heart of the Rain-Forest, forming a narrow opening in the 
tree canopy, which allows the sun to illuminate the ground on the roadside. The 
result is the establishment of a more heliophilous plant community, consisting 
largely of low herbs and shrubs. The composition of the roadside flora is ex- 
tensively modified by the anthropogenic factor; for the transport to and from 
the few orchards at Mount Irvine, along with the sowing of grass seed, has 
resulted in the introduction of many exotic genera. The same flora occurs also 
where the road passes through the more open forest of the basalt, and does not 
vary much in composition. 


Floristic Composition. 
Acaena sanguisorba Vahl. .. 


Solanum nigrum L. .. area) 
WONCHUSUSD ile eine ere ake Rubus moluccanus L. .. .. .. .. 0 
Geranium pilosum Sol. .. .. .. Anagallis arvensis L. .. .. .. . 0 
Taraxacum dens-leonis Desf... . Asplenium flabellifolium Cav. .. 0 
Pteridium aquilinum Kuhn. .. Helichrysum elatum Cunn. .. (0) 
Hydrocotyle asiatica L. . Solanum cinereum R.Br. r 
Rubus fruticosus L. .. Convolvulus marginatus Poir. r 


Billardiera scandens Sm. .. .. r 
Solanum xanthocarpum Sehrad. r 
Goodenia ovata Sm. .. .. r 
Acacia penninervis Sieb. .. if 
Persoonia mollis R.Br. .. .. : vr 

] 

1 


OGausicOnniGulata lina eae 
Euphorbia peplus lL... .. =... 
Solanum aviculare Forst. .. 
Davallia dubia, R.Br. 
Urtica incisa Poir. .. 
Trifolium repens L. .. 
Trifolium pratense lL. .. 
ZLieria Smithi Andy. .. 


Lomatia longifolia R.Br. 
Banksia integrifolia L. . 


©) ©) OE © © tAilan ba@ @ © @& Imai 


THE STABILITY OF THE ASSOCIATIONS. 


It is difficult, from the data so far accumulated, to make any definite state- 
ment upon the stability of the cssociations dealt with, or to gain any clue as 
to possible succession, apart from the Junction Flora already discussed. The 
Doryphora-Ceratopetalum association is undoubtedly a climax; the dominance 
of the prevailing life-form is such as to maintain the association in its present 
state indefinitely under the existing conditions. The occurrence of the sub- 
ordinates and the establishment of its own seedlings are definitely secured. A 
likely factor which would disturb the stabilizing control exerted by the dominating 
life-form would be the invasion of a superior life-form, which in the flora under 
review may prove to be Eucalyptus; and a Kucalyptus-Doryphora association 
exists around the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. The invasion of Hucalyptus 
produces a marked change in the structure of the community as is seen in the 
Euealyptus-Doryphora Forest. Whether this invasion will involve the Cerato- 
petalum-Doryphora Forest cannot be decided at present; but one fact does 
appear striking, namely, the absence of seedlings of the species of Eucalyptus 
which have colonized the basaltic habitat from the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora 
association. This absence may be due to the extreme difficulty of the seedlings 
becoming established in this habitat owing to the unfavourable light factor; 
which makes it probable that under the prevailing climatic and physiographic 
conditions, Eucalyptus and other endemic genera will not seriously reduce the 
area of, or displace the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. 


| 


By P, BROUGH, J. MCLUCKIE AND A. H. K. PETRIE. 497 


In the Euealyptus-Doryphora association the structure and physiognomy 
changes and the luxuriance passes from the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. 
There is little doubt but that, if all the basalt be denuded from the residuals, 
leaving only the barren sandstone, the Rain-Forest Flora will entirely dis- 
appear from the higher parts of the plateau at Mount Wilson and be confined 
to the valleys where it exists at present. 

Around the fringe of the dense Ceratopetalum-Doryphora association, a 
considerable amount of oscillation is evident. Here the basaltic covering on the 
sandstone appears to thin out considerably, and is occupied by the Eucalyptus- 
Doryphora association, whose structure and physiognomy have been deseribed. 
Undoubtedly Eucalyptus is the dominant, but Doryphora is able to establish its 
seedlings in this area and so reaches the status of a sub-dominant. 


SUMMARY. 


1. The vegetation of New South Wales is composed of three elements, viz., 


(1) an Endemic Flora consisting largely of Eucalyptus Forests and occupying 


the greater part of the State; (2) a Malayan Flora finding its chief expression 
in Rain-Forest; and (3) an Antarctic Flora which occurs as scattered individuals 
in certain regions. 

2. The fossil evidence seems to indicate that the Malayan Flora emanated 
from the north in the early Tertiary, and spread through the greater part of 


eastern Australia. The Endemic Flora arose later, elsewhere on the continent, 
‘and gradually invaded the Malayan vegetation. 


3. The differentiation of climate resulting from the uplift which occurred 
in Eastern Australia at the close of the Tertiary caused the Malayan Flora to 
recede to sheltered habitats with a high edaphic favourableness, while the endemic 
flora took its place by adapting itself to a xerophytic habitat. 

4. Mount Wilson is one of a series of residuals of an ancient Tertiary 
basalt outflow and consists of a sandstone ridge with frequent caps of igneous 
rock. 

5. The Malayan Flora is well represented on the sheltered slopes of the 
basalt caps and in the sandstone gullies; the endemic flora oceupies the whole 
of the sandstone plateau. 


6. The present paper includes an account of the plant communities occupy- 


ing the basalt caps. The associations described are as follows:— 


(a) The Ceratopetalum-Doryphora association which is the optimum ex- 
pression of Malayan Rain-Forest. 

(b) The Euealyptus-Doryphora association, which resembles the above as- 
sociation modified to a certain extent by the invasion of the endemic Eucalyptus. 

(c) The Eucalyptus-Alsophila association, a transitional association occurring 
in the neighbourhood of the edge of the basalt and containing only the hardiest 
Malayan types mixed with a limited number of endemic invaders. 

(d) The Eucalyptus-Pteridium association which occurs at the fringe of the 
basalt and extends onto the sandstone. This association is not a normal transi- 
tion since the development of such is prevented by certain factors discussed. 


7. Possible cases of succession, and the factors which might give rise thereto 
are briefly discussed. 


498 ECOLOGICAL STUDY OF ‘THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON. 


References. 

Carp, G., 1908—In Memoirs of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, 
Geology, No. 6, p. 134. 

Carne, J. E., 1908—Memoirs of the Geological Survey of New South widlies, 
Geology, No. 6, p. 15. 

Davi, T. W. E., 1896.—Summary of our present knowledge of the structure and 
origin of the Blue Mountains of New South Wales. Jowrn. 
Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxx., 63. 

Hamitton, A. G., 1899.—Flora of Mt. Wilson. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv. 

Hooker, J. D., 1860.—Essay on the Australian Flora, in Flora of Tasmania. 

Mincays, J. C. H., 1908.—In Memoirs of the Geological Survey of New South 
Wales, Geology, No. 6, p. 129. 

Surrtey, J., 1912.—The Flora of the Basaltic Tablelands of South Hast Queens- 
land. A.A.A.S., xiii. 2 

Sussmincu, C. A., 1922.—An Tnerodncrion to the Geology of New South Wales. 

Tare and WATT, 1896. —Report of Horn Expedition to Central Australia. Part 

f iii, Geology and Botany. 

WaALKoM, A. B., 1919.—Q’land Geol. Surv., Pub. 263. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES LVII.-LX. 
Plate lvii. 

Map of the Mount Wilson region showing the residuals, Mounts Wilson, 
Irvine (north-east of Mount Wilson), Haycock, Tomah, and Bell. The diagonal- 
hatching indicates the basalt caps. 

(From the 16- mile map issued by the Geological Survey of New South 
Wales). 

Plate Iviii. 

1.—Interior of Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest, showing the subdominant 
Dicksonia, lianes, an Alsophila and a society of Blechnum discolor under an 
opening in the canopy on the right. 

2.—Interior of Geratopetalum- Doryphora Forest, showing bare ground under 
canopy of a large Ceratopetalum on the left. 

3.—Tmesipteris tannensis growing from a sloping Dicksonia trunk in the 
Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. 

4.—Dicksonia in the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. 


_ Plate lix. 

5.—Hdge .of a clearing in the Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest, showing 
closed canopy of foliage and an Alsophila australis 70 feet high in the middle 
distance. In the background are.seen the tops of three gigantic Hucalyptus 
trees belonging to a EHucalyptus-Doryphora association beyond.  Péeridium oc- 
cupies the clearing in the foreground. 

6.—Interior of Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest, showing Dicksonia. 

7.—Huealyptus-Doryphora Forest, showing tall Eucal YBED trees in the back- 
ee and Alsophila australis in the foreground. 

8.—Eucalyptus-Alsophila ‘Forest. Note the tall fren of lee tet in the 
middle distance, and Blechnum discolor cloeninin ag the ground stratum. 


~ Plate Ix. 
9-—Junetion of Eucalyptus-Alsophila association (background) and 
Kucalyptus-Pteridium association (foreground). Note the abrupt cessation of 


Alsophila, and Pteridium dominating the ground stratum. 
10.—Interior of Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest; note densely serried trunks 
of the dominants in the background, and Dicksonia on the right. 


499 


’A FURTHER REFERENCE TO THE OCCURRENCE OF MERISTA 
PLEBEIA SOWERBY IN NEW SOUTH WALKES. 


By Joun MITCHELL, late Principal of the Newcastle Technical College and 
School of Mines, N.S.W. 


(Plate li.) 
[Read 24th September, 1924.] 


The present reference to my record of the presence of Merista plebera 
Sowerby in Australian rocks (These Proceedings, xlv., 1920) has been brought 
about by the attitude assumed towards that record by Professor W. N. Benson, 
of the University of Otago, N.Z. Professor Benson (Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 
x., Pt. 2, 1922) omitted my record of Merista plebeia from his, extensive list of 
Australian Devonian fossils. Thereupon I wrote and drew his attention to the 
omission of this important Middle Devonian fossil, thinking at the time that the 
omission had been an accidental one. Professor Benson, in a courteous reply, 
informed me that the omission referred to had been intentional; because he 
considered that my determination was incorrect. Subsequently when a verbal 
discussion on the subject took place between us, he suggested that I had mis- 
taken some Carboniferous brachiopod for a Merista. I therefore decided to sub- 
mit duplicates of the brachiopods which had been determined by me as Merista 
plebeia Sowerby to an authority whose qualifications were beyond question and, 
in January last, I wrote to Dr. John M. Clarke, Director of New York State 
Museum, explaining to him the points in dispute between Professor Benson and 
myself, and asking him to act as arbiter between us. In his reply, Dr. Clarke 
‘makes the following remarks :— 

“(1) Merista plebeia from the Eifel and elsewhere in the middle Devonian 
Shales is, as a rule, a longer shell and a typical Merista; that is to say, its 
‘shoe-lifter’ process is a single plate unsupported by a median septum. 

“(2) The genus Dicamara, introduced by myself (Hall and Clarke, Palae- 
ontology of New York, Vol. 8, Part i, p. 73, Pl. 42, figs. 13-16), has a median 
septum supporting this central plate so that the umbonal chamber of the ventral 
valve is divided into two compartments. 4 

“(3) Dicamara scalprum (EF. Roemer) from the Middle Devonian of the 
Rhine, often in association with Merista plebeia, has this peculiar structure, and 
is the type of the genus. In it I can see no distinction from your species in 
structure or in form, I am disposed to believe that your species is identical 
with it. : pil Site 
“Tn a miscellaneous collection of specimens commonly referred to Merista 
plebeia, one would be quite likely to find specimens of Dicamara scalprum. In 


500 THE OCCURRENCE OF MERISTA PLEBEIA IN N.S.W., 


tact this is the way in which the latter came to my attention as a distinct generic 
form and there is, therefore, good ground for your having identified your own 
species with M. plebeia.” 

The above opinion and explanations by Dr. Clarke aye not likely to be 
challenged and leave little to be added by me. 

However, it may be pointed out that before the establishment of the genus 
Dicamara J. M. Clarke, Dicamara scalprum was known as Merista scalprum F. 
Roemer and generally accepted to be identical with Merista plebeia Sowerby. 
Further, I was quite aware, that ultimately the fossil under discussion would 
be placed in the genus Dicamara, as the following remarks, in my rough copy 
of the original description of it, go to show: “It may happen later that ad- 
ditional evidence will prove the present form to belong to the genus Dicamara 
J. M. Clarke, for as stated above, there is a median septum in the brachial 
valve.” The classification of our Meristoid fossil will now be as follows :—- 


Family MERISTELLIDAE Hall and Clarke. 
Genus DicamMara J. M. Clarke, 1894. 


DicaMARA SCALPRUM F. Roemer. 


Syn. Merista plebeia mihi (non Sowerby), These Proceedings, xlv., 1920, 544- 
by Jel xo-oel., ies, dleey 


To Dr.. John M. Clarke my very sincere thanks are tendered for his kind- 
ness in undertaking the office of arbiter to settle the points of divergence placed 
before him; and for his examination and classification of the fossils submitted 
to him. 

It has oceurred to me that further proof of the Devonian age of the rocks 
from which Dicamara (Merista) scalprum was obtained might, appropriately, 
be added here, and consequently I add descriptions of three small Spirifers and 
an Athyris which in my opinion possess a true Devonie facies and which were 
found associated with Dicamara (Merista) scalprum Roemer. 


SPIRIFER TULCUMBAHENSIS, n.sp. (Pl. lin., figs. 1-3.) 


Shell of medium size, subrhomboidal or subpentagonal. Pedicle valve 
strongly convex, suleus wide, shallow; ribs fourteen or more in number on each 
side of the medial fold, smooth, mildly convex, their obliquity laterally increases 
very gradually; interspaces shallow concave and equal in width to the ribs; beak 
prominent, incurved; umbonal ridges curved and reach the cardinal angles; 
cardinal area large, elevated and concave; cardinal angles rounded (?), dental 
plates conspicuous; delthyrium large and seems to be closed by the deltidium. 
Brachial valve subsemicireular, less convex than the other one, beak fairly pro- 
minent; medial fold low, indefinitely separated from the adjoining radials; in 
ornamentation it agrees with the ventral valve. When the outer lamellate layer 
of the shell is removed the valves are seen to be covered with fine radial striae, 
similar to those under similar conditions observed on the valves of Martiniopsis 
subradiata from Lower and Upper Marine beds (Permo-Carboniferous) ; but no 
concentric striae are visible on either valve. Dimensions: Length, 18.0; width, 
20.0; depth, 12.0 mm. 

The characteristic features of this Spirifer are (1) the thin flaky outer 
layer of the test, (2) longitudinal striae visible after removal of the surface 
lamellae, (3) indistinctness of the radials at and near their origin, (4) absence 


BY JOHN MITCHELL. 501 


of concentric striae, (5) faintness of the radials. The species has a decided 
Devonie aspect. 

As far as I have been able to ascertain the Spirifer most closely related to 
the present species is S. tullius Hall from the Hamilton group (Devonic) of 
U.S.A. They agree in the following: (1) High cardinal area; (2) Plications 
rather flattened and low; (3) Whole surface covered with radial striae; (4) 
Sinus and fold extending quite to the beak, and smooth but for the fine radial 
striae. The local species differs from the other in (1) Having a weakly defined 
fold and sinus, (2) rounded cardinal angles (?), (3) curved umbonal ridges on 
the ventral valve, (4) terminal of the medial fold and sinus protrusive instead 
of emarginate, (5) lacking concentric striae, (6) greatest width some distance 
ventrally from the cardinal angles (?), (7) much smaller size. 

On the foregoing differences the local form is separated from the American 
one. 

Loc.—One of the foothills of the Bulga (an old voleanic vent) near. the 
Bulga homestead, Parish of Gunnenbene, County Nandewar, N.S. Wales, as- 
sociated with Dicamara scalprum F. Roemer (= Merista plebeia, Mitchell, non 
Sowerby), and Orthis (Schizophoria) striatula. 

Horizon.—Middle Devonian. 


SPIRIFER GUNNENBENENSIS, n.sp. (PI. li, figs. 4-6.) 


Pedicle valve subrhomboidal, strongly convex or arched, slopes steeply from 
the beak to the lateral margins; ribs on each side of the sulcus are nine or ten, 
the pair bounding the suleus being much stouter and more prominent than any 
of the others, all are convex and moderately prominent; concentric striae numer- 
ous, equally spaced and imbricate the radials; suleus moderately deep, begins at 
the tip of the beak, concave, rounded in front; umbo prominent, high, and mildly 
ineurved; cardinal area triangular, high, concave and reaches the cardinal angles; 
delthyrium narrow, partially closed by the deltidial plates. Brachial valve strongly 
convex, but less so than the pedicle, semicircular; radials similar to those of the 
pedicle valve; fold prominent, narrow, very definitely separated from the radials 
by pronounced furrows; beak inconspicuous. It may be added that the radials 
‘of both valves have a decided curve towards the lateral margins. Dimensions 
of two of the largest pedicle valves known: Length, 16.0, 15.0; width, 16.0, 
15.0; depth, 8, 7.5 mm. A brachial valve measured 12.0 mm. long, 16.0 wide 
and 4.0 deep approx., and a small specimen with valves in apposition 11.0 long, 
11.0 wide and 8.0 mm. deep. 

The chief features of this species are (1) approximate equality of length 
and width, (2) proportionate great depth, (3) prominent radials abutting upon 
the suleus, (4) high and prominent umbo, (5) prominent and curved umbonal 
ridges of the ventral valve, (6) radials rather strongly curving towards the 
lateral margins and (7) distinct separation of the fold of the brachial valve from 
the radials by pronounced furrows. 

Locality and horizon the same as for the preceding species. 


SPIRIFER WOODHOUSEI, n.sp. (PI. lii., figs. 9-11.) 


Whole shell small. Pedicle valve subrhomboidal, very strongly convex, 
especially towards the umbo, pyramidal. Radials five on each side of the suleus, 
the fifth being faint; the suleus pronounced and triangular; beak prominent, 
mildly ineurved, pointed and suberect; umbonal ridges bow-shaped and just 


502 THE OCCURRENCE OF MERISTA PLEBEIA IN N.S.W., 


reach the rounded cardinal angles; area relatively large and concave; delthyrium 
narrow and open. Brachial valve semicircular; radials similar in number and 
other respects to those of the pedicle valve; medial fold prominent, triangular 
in section; beak prominent. This valve is much less convex than the other one; 
traces of concentric striae are visible on both valves. Dimensions: Length, 9.0; 
width, 11.0; depth, 7.0 mm. 

The striking features of this Spirifer are (1) its relatively large area, (2) 
prominent beaks, (3) bow-shaped umbonal ridges of the pedicle valve, (4) 
prominent and triangular sectioned medial fold and its definite separation from 
the radials, (5) the great depth, compared with the length and width of the 
whole shell. The shell here described is testless, and shghtly damaged on one 
side; but for these imperfections it is a good specimen and unfortunately is 
singular. 

The present species will fall into Hall and Clarke’s division Radiati and 
group Paueiplicati of that division. The Spirifers belonging to this group, for 
the greater part, oceur in Upper Silurian and Devonian rocks. It is therefore 
reasonable to assume that the present species is of Devonian age. This assump- 
tion is practically confirmed by its occurrence in association with Dicamara 
scalprum Roemer. 

The species is dedicated to Mr. Woodhouse, at one time teacher of the 
public school at Gunnenbene and who, while on a visit to the Bulga with the 
writer, collected the specimen which forms the type of the species. . 


ATHYRIS BULGAENSIS, nsp. (Pl. lui, figs. 12-14.) 


Outline of complete shell pentagonal or subdiscoidal, each valve about equally 
convex; pedicle valve shorter than wide (11:12); radials absent; concentric 
striae distinct, evenly spaced and imbricated; a shallow sulcus developes towards 
the ventral margin; umbo subtumid; foramen distinct. Brachial valve slightly 
shorter than the pedicle one, but in other respects the two are similar except 
that on the brachial valve, owing to the removal of the outer layer of the test, 
the concentric striae are invisible; no median fold present. Dimensions: Length, 
11.0; width, 12.0; depth, 8.0 mm. 

This species is a neat one. In dimensional proportions and in some other 
respects it resembles A. cora Hall from the Hamilton group, Delphi, N.Y., but 
is only half the size of that species, and in some other respects differs from it. 

Loc. and horizon: The same as for the preceding species, and is named 
after the homestead on which it was collected. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII. 


Spirifer tuleumbahensis Mitchell. 
1, 2, 3. Views of the pedicle, brachial and front aspects (x 1.5, 1.5 and 2 
respectively ) . 
Spirifer gunnenbenensis Mitchell. 
4, 5, 6. Views of a brachial valve and two pedicle valves, each more or less 
incomplete (x 2). 
Spirifer sp. indet. 
7, 8. Pedicle and brachial aspects (x 2 approx.). 


BY JOHN MITCHELL. 503 


Spirifer woodhousei Mitchell. 


9,10, 11. All showing the brachial aspect. Fig. 11 is a rough drawing of 
the shell restored. It shows the radials too distinetly (x 2). 


Athyris bulgaensis Mitchell. 
12, 13, 14. Pedicle, brachial and front aspects. The brachial valve, owing 
to the removal of the outer layer of the test, appears to be smooth (x 2). 


All the specimens here figured are in the writer’s collection. 


A PRELIMINARY REFERENCE TO A NEW SPECIES OF ELONICHTHYS 
FROM THE LOWER BEDS OF THE NEWCASTLE COAL MEASURES. 


' By JouNn MirTcHELL, late Principal of the Neweastle Technical College and 
School of Mines, N.S. Wales. 


(Plate iii.) 
[Read 24th September, 1924.] 


ELONICHTHYS DAVIDI, n.sp. (Pl. lin., fig. A.) 

The present remarks merely form a preliminary introduction to the descrip- 
tion of the above species by Dr. A. Smith Woodward, to whom the original 
specimen of the fossil fish is being sent for that purpose. Already a good 
photograph of the fossil has been submitted to Dr. Woodward, who, at the 
writer’s request, very generously determined its generic position as given above. 
In his letter conveying this information, Dr. Woodward further remarked that 
the species was new, and that it could be dedicated to Professor Sir Edgeworth 
David with safety, as this was the expressed wish of the writer. Dr. Wood- 
ward adds: “It must be one of the finest specimens of Elonichthys known.” 

_ As far as the writer is aware the above species is more ancient than any 
fossil fish yet recovered from rocks.of Permian age in New South Wales. 

Loc.—Near the junction of the Neweastle Coal Mining Company’s railway 
with the Great Northern Railway of N.S. Wales, Parish of Tarro, County Nor- 
thumberland. 

Horizon.—About two hundred feet below the Borehole seam of the Neweastle 
Coal Measures. This horizon may be considered as belonging either to the lower 
beds of the Newcastle measures, or to the upper beds of the Dempsey Island 
division (David) of our upper Permian rocks. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII. A. 
Elonichthys davidi, n.sp.. (x 4). 


504 


NOTE UPON DETERMINING THE HYDROGEN-ION CONCENTRATION 
COLORIMETRICALLY, IN SMALL QUANTITIES OF FLUIDS. 


By R. Greie-Smitu, D.Se., Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. 
[Read 29th October, 1924. ] 


The acidity of a fluid depends upon the presence of free atoms or ions of 
hydrogen. In recent years, the concentration or strength of the fluid in these 
ions has been determined electrometrically and colorimetrically. Electrically, 
they are measured by their power to carry an electric charge and colorimetrically 
by the fact that certain colouring dyes alter in colour according to the number 
of active hydrogen ions in the fluid. The colorimetric method is the easier to 
perform and, as the colour changes have been standardised by the electrical 
method, there is reason to adopt the easier method for general work. As the 
acidity depends upon the free hydrogen ions, so the alkalinity depends upon the 
free hydroxyl ions and these in their turn h&ve an influence in altering the 
colour of the dyes which thus act as standardised indicators. 

Each dye alters in colour or dissociates over a certain range of acidity or 
concentration of the hydrogen ions but by employing a chain of dyes and noting 
the colour changes, we are able to determine the acidity over a wide field. 

The general method of testing the active acidity is by adding a small 
quantity of a suitable dye to 5 or 10 ce. of the fluid under examination, noting 
the nature and depth of the colour and comparing it with a solution of a known 
acidity, treated in a similar manner. 4 

The values assigned to the strengths of acid are the logarithms of the 
hydrogen-ion concentration. For example, hundredth normal hydrochloric acid, 
(N/100), is 1/100 or 10-2, the logarithm of which is -2 and for sake of con- 
venience the negative sign is understood. Tkus the pH value of N/100 hydro- 
chlorie acid is 2, N/1000 is 3 and so on. Neutrality is obtained at 10-7 or as it 
is written the pH value of neutral water is 7. As the numbers shorten, an in- 
creasing acidity is indicated and as they lengthen, the alkalinity increases. Nor- 
mal sodium hydrate (N/1) has the pH value, 14. 

With a large quantity of fluid at one’s disposal, it is usual to employ test- 
tubes and a special holder or comparator. That is the usual method and it 
necessitates a considerable quantity of fiuid. When, however, one has but @ 
small quantity of liquid and that is precious, the use of test-tubes is out of the 
question. For example a fluid measuring 30 ¢.c. was undergoing fermentation 
and it was desired to test the reaction daily for from 20 to 30 days. Obviously 
a method had to be devised which would necessitate the withdrawal of only a 
minute quantity of the fermenting liquid. 


BY R. GREIG-SMITH. 505 


The method adopted was to take a porcelain plate with six or twelve 
shallow depressions and trom a burette to drop into each depression 0.45 c¢.c- 
of water, then to add a drop of a suitable dye. By means of a platinum spiral, 
a minute droplet of the fermenting liquid was abstracted and mixed with the 
diluted dye. With certain precautions the method was successful and the test- 
ing was expeditiously done. 

The water was ordinary distilled water that had been boiled to two-thirds 
of its volume to expel carbon dioxide and ammonia. It was contained in an 
ordinary 200 ¢.c. burette furnished with a soda-lime trap at the top. This dis- 
charged 0.45 ce. in six drops. The water below the stopcock was naturally 
run away before the drops were taken. The platinum spiral was made by tak- 
ing the ordinary platinum-iridium wire such as is used in making infection 
needles and coiling it five times around a No. 18 B.W.G. wire. The coils were 
slightly separated. The helix when dipped into water abstracts and holds a 
minute drop the size of which can be determined. Those in use by the writer 
hold eight milligrams of water. After use they are dipped into clean water and 
ignited, as it is obvious that the presence of a trace of an ash constituent such 
~ as an alkaline salt would destroy their utility. 

One spiral of fluid is mixed with the diluted indicator and then another is 
mixed and any change of colour is noted. If the colour is altered, another 
spiral of fluid is added. As a rule, one spiral is enough, but there are cases 
where two are necessary and sometimes more; much depends upon the buffering* 
of the solution. With a well buffered fluid such as is used in the standard 
solutions of tenth molecular citrate and phosphate, one loop is ample, but in | 
solutions not so well buffered more than one may be necessary. 

Clark + says that a dilution of 1:8 or 1:16 is permissible, but I find that: 
one can go further, down to 1:32 and even 1:64 in a well buffered liquid. In 
a Peete red fluid, dilution may not be justifiable. For example, a tempered 
tan-bark was digested with hydrochloric acid and washed with water; the second 
washing had a pH value of 3.2 by the tube method when undiluted. By the 
plate method the undiluted fluid was also 3.2 but in dilutions of 1:1, 1:2, 1:4, 
1:8 and 1:16 the pH values were 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, 4.2 and 4.4 respectively. 
Obviously one has to be careful in using the method. 

The colour shows up well on the porcelain tile and the pH value is deter- 
mined by using a neighbouring depression for holding the same quantity of 
water, coloured with a drop of the same dye and treated with a droplet of a 
standard buffered solution. The determination should be quickly done as the 
colours soon fade.t 

Many of the formulae for preparing standard buffered solutions give odd 


* Buffer substances include peptone, proteins, amino-acids and the salts of 
weak acids such as phosphates, citrates, borates, bicarbonates. They “soak up” 
the excess of ions much as a sponge soaks up water. They regulate the acidity 
by taking up “hydrogen ions so that the addition of moderate quantities of acids 
make a comparatively small change in the reaction of the fluid.’ (The Reaction 
of Media. Special Report Series No. 35. H.M. Stationery Office.) 


+ The Determination of the Hydrogen-Ion Concentration. 


+ Haas (see Clark, op.cit.) devised a spotting method in which a drop of the 
fluid is mixed with a drop of indicator dye on a sheet of white opal glass. Drops - 
of standard solution are spotted around this drop and these are coloured with 
the dye and compared with the test drop. 


506 DETERMINING HYDROGEN-ION CONCENTRATION, 


fractions of the pH values. In such cases one may prepare graphs and from 
them use the quantities of salts which will give whole numbers and rises of 0.2. 
In making these solutions, one is advised to reerystallise the saline components 
such as citric acid, and the phosphates of potassium and sodium. It is much 
easier and perhaps more satisfactory to use the ordinary pure crystals and to 
test the ionic strength of the solutions by the double tube method elaborated by 
Gillespie (Soil Science, ix. (No. 2), 1920, 115). For example, mixtures of M/10 
citrate of soda, M/15 sodium phosphate, M/15 potassium phosphate and N/10 
hydrochloric acid give solutions with pH values ranging from 1.2 to 8.6. The 
citrate of soda should have a pH value of 4.9 and, if it differs from this, citric 
acid can be added until this value is obtained. As an instance, 21 grams of 
citric acid were dissolved in water, 200 ¢.c. of normal sodium hydrate were added 
and the volume brought to a litre. The pH value was more alkaline than 4.9 
but was corrected by the gradual addition of 2.6 grams of the citric acid 
erystals. Mixtures of this citrate with N/10 hydrochloric acid and M/15. sodium 
phosphate so as to make the values 3.8, 5.8, 6.6 and 7.2* were found to be 
correct when tested against the Gillespie method. In preparing the M/15 sodium 
phosphate and the M/15 potassium phosphate, the pH values of which should 
be 9.2 and 4.5 respectively, the ordinary salts were used and a correction was 
found to be unnecessary. 

The recognition of the colour tint is facilitated by having a series of paper 
squares painted with water colour to match as nearly as possible the tint of the 
standard solution. The matching of a dichroic colour such as is obtained with 
brom-cresol purple is not easy, but one can get a close approximation by putting 
one colour upon another. The colours of all the other dyes are comparatively 
easy to match. 

In making these colour tints, the liquid colour, instead of being painted on 
the paper with a brush, may be spread uniformly by placing a pool of the 
blended pigments on paper and drawing the fluid along the surface with the 
edge of a microscopic slide held at an angle. Tints around the colour desired 
must be prepared, as the pigments alter.upon drying. When dry, they are com- 
pared with the colour produced by adding a droplet of the solution of standard 
pH value to the water and dye in a porcelain depression and the corresponding 
tinted paper is picked out and retained.t 

To be able to utilise only a minimum quantity of nutrient fluid for testing 
the pH value it is necessary that the solution should have a sufficiency of salts 
or other substances which act as buffers, enabling one to dilute the liquid and 
yet obtain a knowledge of the active acidity or alkalinity. Exactly how much 
of these it is desirable to have can only be determined by trial, but the follow- 
ing may give some indication. 

In testing the fermentative activity of the high temperature organism of 
fermenting tan-bark. a solution was prepared containing potassium mono- 
hydrogen phosphate 0.5, potassium dihydrogen phosphate 0.5, magnesium sul-— 


*Thes2 values are about midway in the effective range of colour for brom- 
phenol blue, brom-cresol purple, brom-thymol blue and phenol red by the Gillespie 
double. tube method. 

+The use of tinted paper for compar'ng the colours of the dyes is supported - 
by Clark, who gives a set of colours in his book, and I have seen similar coloured. 
paper in use in the Lister Institute for controlling the init’al-reaction of nutrient 
agar. : 


BY R. GREIG-SMITH. 507 


phate 0.15 and sodium chloride 0.15 grams per 100 ¢.c. As a source of nitrogen 
and carbon, each flask of 30 ¢.. received one ¢.c. of water containing 0.05 
gram each of lactose and peptone. Thus the fluid contained 1.2% of saline 
matter. The fluid was diluted in certain proportions and the figures below show 
the carbon dioxide given off; they are the average of two determinations. 


The Fermentation of Lactose in a well-buffered solution. Carbon dioxide in mg.; 
aggregate amounts. 


r Days 1 2 3 
1 Salinity 1.2% .. 15 37 53 
2. FA 0.8 14 39 55 
3. 5 0.6 14 36 54 
4, 0.4 12 40 55 
5 0.2 3 30 46 


In testing the acidity, the first three could be diluted 1:60, the fifth 1: 30 
and the fourth probably 1:50 as, although two spirals were taken, a little more 
than one would have done. 

It is clear therefore that a salinity of about 0.5%, if the bulk of it con- 
sists of phosphate, is good for obtaining an optimum fermentation and for de- 
termining the acidity in small quantities of the fermenting liquid. 

The ease is different when the solution contams a minimum of buffering sub- 
stances. For example, a modified Uschinsky solution was prepared and tested. 
It contained ammonium sulphate 0.37, sodium chloride 0.5, magnesium sulphate 
0.02, calcium chloride 0.01 and potassium acid phosphate 0.1%. ‘The salts 
totalled 1%. The original acidity of pH 5.6 was neutralised with dilute soda 
and 0.1 gram of lactose was added to each 30 ¢.e. portion in uae fermentation 
flask. 

The fluids became acid as the fermentation progressed, much more so than 
with well-buffered solutions. One set. was neutralised on the second day. 


The Fermentation of Lactose in a poorly buffered solution. Carbon dioxide in mg.; 
aggregate amounts. 


Neutralised Not neutralised 


pH value. 

, Days f° 2 3 pom yer) 3 1 2 3 
Undiluted, salinity 1 % 5 @) By G8 9 38 58 G8 5.8 Boil 
Diluted one half, salinity 0.5 % be 8 24 493 424 29 @o0 Hs BoB 
Diluted one quarter, salinity 0.25 % 200 3 24 48 1 6 20 6.8 6.0 5.2 


In the previous table, the buffered fluids had a pH value of 6.8 at the start 
and they never became more acid than 6.7, whereas in this badly buffered fluid 
the acidity rose to 5.1. As the fluid with the high saline content, whether neu- 
tralised or not, gave the largest yield of carbon dioxide, it is clear that in the 
absence of buffer salts a high saline content is necessary. The neutralisation of 
the acid fluids is advisable. 

In testing the hydrogen-ion concentration, the fluids could not be diluted 
more than 1 in 4, 1 in 3 and 1 in 2 for the 1%, 0.5% and 0.25% respectively, 
when using brom-thymol blue and brom-cresol purple. This emphasises the im- 
portance of having a sufficiency of buffer substances in the fermenting fluids 
when it is desired to test the active acidity in small quantities of the fluids. 

The dilution of the buffered solutions is only applicable when the sulphone- 
phthalein dyes are used as indicators. With the acid ranges for which such a 
dye was not obtainable, the solution could not be diluted to any extent. Methyl 
red, for example, did not give true readings when diluted more than 1 in 3, 
while, in a solution of the same nature, brom-eresol purple, brom-thymol blue 


508 DETERMINING HYDROGEN-ION CONCENTRATION. 


and phenol red gave true indications in dilutions of 1 in 60. There was need 
therefore of a dye to replace methyl red. This has been met by the introduction 
of brom-cresol green by Cohen (Abstr. Bact., vi., 1923, 3). 

A quantity of brom-cresol green was obtained and tested. It has rather a 
feeble tinctorial power, but a drop of 0.16% solution in water gave a good 
working colour. Its range is from pH 4.0 to 5.6, and it fits better in between 
brom-cresol purple and brom-phenol blue than methyl red. Like the other sul- 
phone dyes, it acts well in dilutions of 1 in 60. : 

Thymol blue and brom-thymol blue also have feeble tinctorial powers but a 
008% solution in water has been found to act well by the porcelain tile method 
in both cases. The other dyes are used in 0.04% aqueous solution and a drop 
is enough to give a good depth of colour in the half ¢.e. of liquid. 

In poorly buffered solutions the porcelain tile method can be used, but the 
solutions may not be able to be diluted. 

Frequently one has to work with coloured liquids and if these have been 
well buffered the colour may be so minimised by dilution that a determination 
may be made. According to Hind (J. Inst. Brew., 30, 1924, 57), dark coloured 
solutions as well buffered as wort may be diluted from five to ten times and 
stout may be diluted up to forty times without appreciable error. 

Sometimes it is desirable to know the approximate acidity of an agar 
medium on which bacteria have been growing. This can be easily done. By 
means of a platinum spade or similar implement, a portion of the agar slope 
or plate is dug out and transferred to the depression of a porcelain plate or 
tile. It is chopped into fragments and these are distributed in a few of the 
other depressions. Water is added to each depression and the acid or alkaline 
salts soon diffuse into the fluid.* On the addition of a drop of indicator dye 
the reaction is determined. ; i 


Summary. 


By using well-buffered solutions in fermentation experiments, small droplets 
(= 1/100 ¢.c.) may be abstracted and mixed with 0.5 ¢.c. of water held in the 
depression of a porcelain plate. On the addition of a drop of a suitable dye, 
the active acidity can be determined, either by comparison with - a drop of fluid 
of standardised hydrogen-ion concentration added to water in a neighbouring de- 
pression or by means of a series of coloured papers. 

With poorly buffered solutions, dilution becomes impossible, but the plate 
with 0.5 ¢.c. of solution gives a fairly accurate picture of the acidity. 

Portions of agar slopes may be soaked in the 0.5 e¢.c. of water which soon 
becomes charged with the active ions and the colorimetric test can be made. 


* Henriques (through Abst. of Bact., vii., 1923, 330) adds carbon dioxide-free 
water to the agar slants and after 45 minutes determ nes the pH of the water. 


CRITICAL NOTES ON THE TEMNOCEPHALOIDEA. 
By Pror. W. A. Haswe tu, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., Emeritus Professor of Biology, 
The University of Sydney. 
(Plates liv.-lvi.) 
[Read 26th November, 1924.] 


INTRODUCTORY. . 

Since the beginning of the century a number of important additions have 
been made to our knowledge of this section of the Platyhelminthes, and the 
question of the relationships of the group and its constituent members has been 
frequently discussed. Of these more recent original contributions, the most com- 
prehensive have been those of Monticelli (1902), Wacke (1903) and Merton 
(1914). But Mrazek (1906), Annandale (1912), Gravely (1913) and Plate 
(1914) have also added to our knowledge in various ways. 

A revision of the subject in view of the newer literature and with the aid 
ef a considerable quantity of material from various sources has resulted in the 
conclusion that, in a number of points of greater or less importance, the pub- 
lished accounts of the group require amplification and correction before our 
knowledge can be regarded as in any way adequate. The present paper is an 
attempt to contribute towards the greater completeness of our knowledge with 
regard to the female reproductive apparatus, more especially the “receptacula,” 
of Temnocephala. 

My drawings have been re-drawn, for the purpose of reproduction, by Mr. F. 
W. Atkins of the Technical High School, Sydney. 

I am indebted to the Senate of the University of Sydney for a grant from 
the McCaughey Research Fund which has defrayed the expenses incurred. 


I. THE FEMALE PART OF THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM OF 'TEMNOCEPHALA. 


The female reproductive apparatus is composed of the vitellarium and its 
ducts, the germarium with the germiduct, the reservoir with its duct into which 
the germiduct and main vitelloduct open, giving rise to the oviduct which enlarges 


ventrally to form the ootype, opening, with or without an intercalated vagina or 
metraterm, into the genital atrium. 


A. DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTS IN T. FASCIATA. 


The genital aperture leads into the atriwnm—a chamber common to the male 
and female parts of the sexual apparatus. The left-hand portion of the cavity 
is occupied by the free part of the penis. The right-hand (female) part is 
capable of being greatly distended, so as to accommodate a completed egg, which 


510 CRITICAL NOTES ON THE TEMNOCEPHALOIDEA, 


is here detained for a time before being passed out—probably to permit of the 
hardening of the newly secreted egg-shell. Around the genital aperture, both 
outside and inside, the integument is perforated by the numerous ducts of the 
unicellular cement-glands producing the substance by means of which the 
eggs, on discharge, are cemented together and to the surface of the erayfish-host. 
The surface integument is continued into the atrium, but soon undergoes modi- 
fication: the nuclei of the epidermis disappear and the cuticle becomes thinned 
out. The muscular layers are in continuity with those of the general body wall, 
interrupted only by a sphincter surrounding the aperture. 

Perforating the wall of the atrium in the right-hand portion are a number 
of ducts of unicellular glands corresponding closely to the ootype glands, but 
with the ducts not dilated terminally. 

The ootype (uterus) (Plate lv., figs. 8 and 9, w) opens directly into the right- 
hand part of the atrium—the aperture surrounded only by a slightly developed 
sphincter. In its ordinary condition the ootype is bent on itself and folded, 
but is capable of being distended so as to enclose an egg during the process of 
formation of the egg-shell. Its wall consists of (1) muscular layers (external 
circular and internal longitudinal), (2) epithelium, (3) cuticle; and is perforated 
by the very numerous ducts of the ootype- or shell-glands. The epithelium is. 
non-nucleated and syncytial. The cuticle is reduced to a thin perforated layer 
which in sections has the appearance of a fringe along the inner surface of the 
epithelium. There are no vibratile cilia im any part. A great part of the thick- 
ness of the wall is taken up by the terminal parts of the ducts of the shell- 
glands, each of which is dilated as it passes through into a rounded bulb with a 
clear, firm, cuticular wall. Almost invariably, droplets of coagulated secretion, 
little stainable by ordinary methods, appear in Sections, issuing from the open- 
ings of the ducts or massed in the lumen of the ootype. In certain conditions 
the ducts of many of these glands have each two dilatations, the one in the sub- 
stance of the wall of the ootype and the other just outside the latter. 

The shell-glands (ootype-glands) (sg.) are unicellular glands of very irregular 
shape—in general pyriform—which lie around the ootype in an irregular zone. 
On an average these glands are about .05 to .1 mm. in diameter and the single 
nucleus of each is about 0.013 mm. in diameter. Usually each is distinet from 
the rest and its duct is a process given off centrally to open into the lumen of 
the ootype; but the bodies of neighbouring cells sometimes coalesce and oc- 
casionally union takes place between ducts. 

The ootype lies to the right of the middle line. Its general direction 
is cephalad and dorsad. In front it narrows and bends to the left to 
become continuous with the oviduct. The latter (od.) is a comparatively narrow 
tube with small lumen, muscular wall, and an epithelial and cuticular lining 
thrown into slight longitudinal folds. Along one side is a ridge-like thickening 
of the epithelium. The ducts of unicellular glands which are uniform with the 
shell-glands open into the oviduct at intervals and are numerous on the ridge: 
these are devoid of the terminal enlargements occurring in the case of the ootype- 
glands. Sinee, in sections of specimens with an egg in utero, the appendage or 
filament of the shell lies in the oviduct, it appears probable that the function of 
these oviducal glands is the secretion of the filament. The oviduct runs to the 
right and dorsad, and then bends forward to open into the reservoir (r), piercing 
the dorsal and posterior wall of the latter. As it does so, it loses its muscular 
layers, and its cuticle alone is prolonged, as a very fine tube. the terminal part 


BY W. A. HASWELL. 511 


of which (Plate liv., fig. 3 and fig. 7) with a lumen only 0.003 mm. in diameter, 
projects into the eavity of the reservoir and opens into it. This terminal tube, 
which I will refer to here as the mouth-piece of the reservoir, is so fine and 
so brittle that it is readily destroyed in section-cutting, and when preserved is 
easily overlooked, unless the sections happen to have been cut in a direction 
parallel to it. In favourable sections such as those represented in figs. 3 and 7, 
there is distinguishable a narrow stream of spermatozoa with other matter pass- 
ing through the tube into the lumen of the reservoir. 
The reservoir (Plate liv., figs. 1 and 2, r.) is a large vesicle about 0.5 mm. 
in diameter (about a tenth of the length of the animal in the fixed condition) 
situated in the middle line immediately behind the intestine and rather nearer 
the dorsal than the ventral surface of the body. Its wall, in addition to an in- 
vesting layer of muscle, consists of a protoplasmic layer without trace of cell 
boundaries and with only a small number (about twenty-five) of large nuclei 
“about 0.02 mm. in diameter. The protoplasm is normally structureless without 
fibrillations or networks and, save exceptionally, without vacuoles or canals. The 
contained cavity is in most instances quite undivided, but in a small proportion 
of cases a partition composed of the protoplasmic wall partly cuts off the por- 
tion from which the oviduct opens from the rest. 

In the neighbourhood of the point where it enters (or leaves) the reservoir, 
the reservoir duct is surrounded by six or seven large cells (m) with nuclei 0.02 
mm. in diameter. These are the myoblasts of the muscular fibres of the wall of 
the oviduct and have been hitherto overlooked or misinterpreted.* Hach gives 
off a large process of fibrillated material which enters the wall of the duct and 
passes into the circular and longitudinal fibres of the latter. A short distance 
behind the zone of the myoblasts are four short blind diverticula (r.s) of the 
‘lumen of the duct which invariably contain spermatozoa. These correspond to 
the structures first discovered by Merton (in other species) and called by him 
receptacula seminis (1913, 1914). In T. fasciata they are small rounded vesicles, 
about 0.03 mm. in diameter, not free from the wall of the duct as in the species 
in which they were described by Merton, but actually contained within it, sur- 
rounded by its muscular tissue. Hach leads into the lumen of the duct by a 
short narrow canal directed forwards, i.e., towards the reservoir. 

Close to the so-called receptacula seminis, but further away from the large 
reservoir, is the opening of the germiduct. This is a mere funnel for the passage 
outwards of mature ova from within the capsule of the. germarium to the ovi- 
duct. Close to this also is the opening of the main vitelloduct formed by the 
union of the right and left vitelloducts. The right and left main vitelline ducts 
converge inwards and backwards, and unite to form the short, approximately 
median, unpaired duct, which runs backwards and opens into the. oviduct close 
to the junction of the germiduct and reservoir duct and of the receptacula 
~seminis of Merton (Plate lvi., figs. 13-15, vdl., vdm., vdr.). The position of the 
opening of the main duct thus differs widely from that described and figured by 
Merton (1914) in the case of T. rowzxi, and agrees with the earlier descriptions 
of Weber (1889) and Monticelli (1898). These main right and left unpaired 
ducts in this species (7. fasciata) have quite definite walls and are readily trace- 
able in sections even when empty: but in no part is there a definite internal 
cuticle. 


*The only record I have found of these cells is in Merton’s fig. 46 f of Tafel 4 
11914), where two of them are shown, but are lettered offdr (ootype glands). 


512 CRITICAL NOTES ON THE TEMNOCEPHALOIDEA, 


The germarium and vitellarium have been described in sufficient detail else- 
where and differ little in essential characters in the various species. 


B. DEscrRIPTION OF THE PARTS IN T. COMES AND T. SIMULATOR. 


T. comes is an invariable companion of T. fasciata on the surface of the 
widely distributed Australian Crayfish—Astacopsis serratus. It differs very 
widely from its larger companion, not only in the absence of colour and the 
presence of six tentacles in place of five, but in the structure of its reproductive 
system. A feature in the male part of the apparatus in 7. comes, which is im- 
portant in its bearing on the structure of the female part, is that the sperma- 
tozoa become aggregated in packets or spermatophores, each enclosed in a thin 
ease. These are formed in the posterior testes, pass along the exceptionally 
wide vasa deferentia to the vesicula seminalis, and are found in the ootype and 
oviduct, where the cases become ruptured, liberating the spermatozoa. The 
structure and development of these spermatophores have not yet been followed. 

The ootype of T. comes (Pl. lv., f. 12; lvi., f. 16) differs from that of T. 
fasciata in the development of a comparatively thick sphincter (sp.) round the 
atrial end. The aperture does not lead directly into the atrial cavity, but into a 
small chamber cut off from the latter by a circlet of papillae (pp) across which, 
from side to side, usually stretches a thin structureless membrane, sometimes 
double, obviously the product of the secretion of unicellular glands situated 
round its periphery. The chamber thus cut off may be regarded as a specialised 
part of the ootype or oviduct (metraterm of Ward and of Monticelli) or a 
separated-off part of the atrium. 

In two cases of specimens of this species cut, into sections, the occurrence 
or self-impregnation is suggested. In one of these the end of the penis is ad- 
vanced into the right-hand corner of the atrium, close to the opening into the 
ootype. In the other (Plate lvi., fig. 16) the terminal enlarged introvert, with 
its bristling spines, has passed in further, and is firmly held by the sphincter. 
There is no proof in these cases that self-impregnation occurs, but the second 
seems to afford evidence that the function of the sphincter is to hold the penis, 
whether of the same or another individual, during the act of discharge of the 
_ spermatophores. 

The dilatations at the ends of the ducts of the shell-glands in the wall of 
the ootype are very conspicuous, and project as papillae into the lumen. These 
are arranged in regular longitudinal rows. The cavity of the ootype was found 
to contain several spermatophores in each of the specimens sectioned, with the 
exception of one in which there is an egg lodged in the atrium. Spermatophores 
lie also in the oviduct. There they seem to burst, setting free the spermatozoa, 
which pass in large sheaf-like bundles into the cavity of the reservoir. The 
latter is partly divided by a septum (sp.) formed of an ingrowth of the syn- 
cytium, into a smaller posterior or basal part into which the duct opens, and a 
larger anterior part. The contents of the former are only, or almost only, 
normal-looking spermatozoa, while those of the latter are the same mixture of 
effete reproductive products as in T. fasciata with the addition of irregular 
shreds and fragments which are obviously the remnants of the envelopes of rup- 
tured spermatophores. A mouth-piece and minor receptacles are entirely absent. 


BY W. A. HASWELL. 513 


In T. simulator * the éntire reproductive system closely resembles that of T. 
comes: similar spermatophores are formed in the posterior testes and are found 
distributed in a similar way in the ootype, oviduct and reservoir. But (1) the 
sphineter at the mouth of the ootype is by no means so specially developed; (2) 
the ring of papillae on the atrial side of this aperture is absent; (3) the ter- 
minal enlargements of the shell-gland-ducts are not arranged in longitudinal 
rows. In the neighbourhood of the opening of the ootype into the atrium some 
of the papillae assume the appearance of rudimentary teeth. 


C. DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTS IN T. NOVAE-ZELANDIAE. 


T. novae-zelandiae differs in a very marked manner from the other Austra- 
lasian species, and most of the distinctive features are connected with the female 
reproductive apparatus (Plate lv., fig. 11). This has been described by Merton 
(1914); but it is desirable to give here a résumé of the main facts for the pur- 
pose of comparison, and to add certain points not hitherto recognised. The 
most striking feature is the development of the posterior region of the ootype 
(mm) into a muscular bulb containing a system of formidable chitinous teeth. 
This has no equivalent, so far as is known, in any other member of the order. 
The “bursa copulatrix” of Actinodactylella is a similar structure, but is not a 
modification of a part of the ootype, being an independent outgrowth from the 
atrium. Perhaps the vagina of 7. novae-zelandiae is best looked upon as an 
enormous extension of the thick sphincter of 7. comes and the metraterm which 
it subtends. The atrial aperture of the female duct leads into a narrow passage 
with thick muscular walls which runs nearly vertically upwards (dorsad). The 
interior is beset with numerous sharp sub-triangular teeth. Dorsally it enlarges 
into a muscular bulb the greater part of the thickness of which is composed of 
circularly running fibres forming a thick hoop. The lumen of this bulbous por- 
tion of the ootype, wider than that of the preceding part, is beset with rows of 
sharp teeth, larger and evidently more highly chitinized than those just referred 
to. Perforating the thick muscular wall are numerous ducts of the shell-glands, 
which, as in other species, form a zone round about. These ducts, which present 
dilatations as in T. fasciata, are most clearly traceable in young specimens, in 
which the teeth are not fully developed or not completely chitinised. Dorsally 
the bulb opens into the ootype proper. This, which is much smaller relatively 
than in T. fasciata, is a thin-walled chamber of irregular shape surrounded by 
shell-glands the ducts of which perforate its walls. In the ootype, and extending 
into the oviduct, is, as in TJ. fasciata, a ridge-like thickening of the epithelial 
layer running longitudinally and comprising many ducts. It is well represented 
in Merton’s Fig. 47, though not referred to in the text. The oviduct running 
to the right and dorsad to open into the reservoir, is at first a narrow tube with 
a few shell-glands opening into it: in the immediate neighbourhood of the re- 
servoir the lumen enlarges, and the wall becomes thickened by contributions 
from large special myoblasts as in T. fasciata. The lumen dilates in the region 
from which the funnel-like germiduct is given off. From the dilated region, 
which usually contains a number of spermatozoa, are given off there diverticula 


*T. simulator is the name which I propose to apply to an undescribed brown 
six-tentacled Temmnocephala occurring with two other species on the Crayfishes of 
Barrengarry Creek, above Belmore Falls. It is referred to here as it is the only 
member of the group known to me resembling T. comes in developing spermato- 
phores. 


ol4 CRITICAL NOTES ON THE TEMNOCEPHALOIDEA, 


(r.s) each about .03 mm. in diameter. These are the receptacula seminis dis- 
covered by Merton: they lie quite outside the oviduct itself, connected with it 
by a short narrower part serving as a duct: in the interior, closely coiled up, 
are always a number of spermatozoa which have apparently the staining re- 
actions of normal active spermatozoa like those in the lumen of the oviduct 
itself. Into this part opens also, on the dorsal aspect, the short main vitelline 
duct formed by the union of the main right and left ducts. 

The reservoir (7) hes distinetly to the right of the middle. The opening 
into it of the oviduct (become reservoir duct} is situated on a prominence pro- 
jecting into the cavity of the receptacle. From this projects, as in T. fasciata, 
a tubular mouth-piece (mp) which is a prolongation of the cuticle lining the 
interior of the duct. In T. novae-zelandiae this is an extremely delicate struc- 
ture, invariably more or less broken in sections, and were it not for my know- 
ledge of the condition in 7. fasciata I should have failed to interpret the 
structure. 

Merton (1914) gives excellent figures of series, of sections of the female ap- 
paratus in 7. novae-zelandiae, but does not represent the actual opening of the 
duct into the reservoir. In his fig. 47K vres points, not to the cavity of the 
large reservoir, but to the dilated part of the duet into which the three small 
“receptacula seminis,” the germiduct and vitello-duct all open, and from which 
the narrow terminal part of the duct, with its slender mouth-piece, leads into the 
extreme dorsal and right-hand recess of the reservoir. 


D. DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTS IN T. BREVICORNIS.* 


In T. brevicornis Monticelli the cuticle of the ootype is rather thick and the 
wall is folded longitudinally so that an appearance of teeth is produced in 
sections cutting the organ transversely. Merton (1914, p. 47) erroneously 
ascribed to Monticelli the statement that teeth are present, whereas the latter 
quite emphatically states that they are absent (1898, p. 86). 

The ootype has in its posterior (atrial) portion a thick museular wall with 
a small lumen. This persists throughout the vertical part, so that series of 
horizontal sections present the same appearance from the atrium to the point 
where the passage changes its direction to run towards the receptaculum and 
germarium. Here the wall becomes thinner and the lumen wider. 

As described and figured by Monticelli (1898, Tav. iv., fig. 19, d) there is 
a small compartment (metraterm) separated off from the ootype at the atrial 
end by a sphincter. This closely resembles the corresponding compartment in 
T. comes, but is divided from the atrial cavity, not by a ring of papillae, but by 
a cireular fold with an irregular edge. 

Merton’s receptacula seminis, five in number, surround the reservoir duct or 
oviduct in a ring, but are here empty. They are imbedded in the muscular wall 
of the duct almost as completely as in the case of T. fasciata. 

The right and left main vitelline ducts meet to open into the avidin: close 


to the Merton’s receptacula and the germiduct, immediately posterior to the 
former. 


*T am indebted to my friend and former colleague, Prof. J. P. Hill, F.R-.S., 
for my specimens of this species, which are labelled by him “Temnocephala from 
Fresh Water Tortoise (Hydromedusa maximiliana) loc. Theresopolis, Brazil. Oct. 
13. Picronitric-osmic acid.” 


BY W. A. HASWELL. 515 


The receptaculum has an incomplete partition. The lumen is very small in 
four sectioned specimens and is empty or nearly so. The partition separates off 
the part from which the duct opens from the anterior part. The latter has a 
very thin anterior wall and, owing to thinness of the intestinal wall in this 
position, the entire thickness of solid tissue between the lumen of the reservoir 
and that of the intestine is very small. In one of the series a rupture has taken 
place in this and part of the reservoir lies in the actual lumen of the intestine 
as a long narrow process in front of the anterior end of which is a clump of 
darkly stamed matter which may be the discharged contents. 

The myoblasts of the reservoir duct are in this species closely amalgamated 
with the syncytium of the reservoir, nearly completely surrounding the latter as 
a layer composed of ten or twelve large cells with large nuclei, the cytoplasm 
not sharply marked off from that of the syneytium, but distinguishable in the 
stained sections on account of the stronger affinity of the latter for haematoxylin. 
A quite unique feature is that the investment of muscle lies outside the layer of 
myoblasts, not inside. I have failed to find any nuclei in the syncytium. 


II. RECEPTACULA SEMINIS IN TEMNOCEPHALOIDS. 


The vesicle which, in the preceding account of the female reproductive 
apparatus, | have, in order to avoid implications as to its function, referred to 
sumply as reservoir was termed originally receptaculum seminis by Weber (1889) 
and by myself (1888)—the contents being supposed to consist solely or mainly 
of spermatozoa. More detailed.examination, however, showed me a preponder- 
ance of yolk material in many eases, and, accordingly, I suggested (1900) the 
name of receptaculum witel on the supposition that it acted as a storehouse in 
which yolk-cells accumulated until they were required for the building up of an 
egg. Later again (1909) I recognised that the spermatozoa and the yolk-matter 
contained in the receptaculum are for the most part dead or moribund: the 
Spermatozoa move feebly if at all; what is more conclusive, the yolk-cells have 
lost their nuclei and are fused together. The receptaculum acts in fact as a 
storehouse for surplus reproductive material—shell-gland secretion as well as 
spermatozoa and yolk. I assumed at this time that the accumulation of surplus 
matter was discharged at intervals through the ootype and genital atrium, to 
reach the exterior through the genital aperture; and I supposed that the need 
for a reservoir for this surplus matter was created by the occasional blocking 
up of the passage by an egg. Merton (1914) confirms my conclusion as to the 
condition of the contained spermatozoa and regards the receptaculum as an 
organ in which all superfluous products of the reproductive system are stored to 
become dissolved and re-absorbed: he proposes for it therefore the name of 
vesicula resorbiens. 

The vesicle in question varies considerably in different species of Temno- 
cephala and the allied genera; but certain structural features which it possesses 
in all cases seem to me to be little in agreement with the resorptive function 
ascribed to it by Merton. In all cases, in addition to an investment of muscular 
fibres, the wall is composed of .a comparatively thin, almost structureless 
syncytium. Through the protoplasm are distributed large nuclei, 0.02 mm. in 
diameter in T. fasciata, twice as large in T. quadricornis. These oceur at wide 
intervals so that many sections of ordinary thickness (5 to 10) through the 
entire length or breadth of the organ contain none. Altogether there are on an 


516 CRITICAL NOTES ON THE TEMNOCEPHALOIDEA, 


average about 25 in the wall of an organ which may be half or three-quarters 
of a millimetre in diameter. The syncytium is usually structureless throughout 
in the best-fixed series. In some specimens of T. novae-zelandiae, vacuoles of 
various sizes, some spherical, others drawn out, appear in the substance of the 
syneytium, but similar vacuoles appear also in the contents, and I have not been 
able to aseribe any special significance to them. 

This structureless syncytium, with its very infrequent nuclei, would appear 
to be little adapted to the function of digesting and absorbing such solid or 
semi-solid matters as spermatozoa, yolk and shell-gland secretion. 

At the same time, more thorough examination of the structure of the vesicle, 
and more especially of its mode of communication with the duct, has shown me 
that the original theory—viz., that of discharge of the contents through the 
ootype to the exterior, is untenable. It is obvious that the extremely slender 
pipe or mouth-piece cannot well be the passage through which the mass of 
effete reproductive matter which has accumulated in the receptacle becomes dis- 
charged. IT. fasciata, T. tasmanica and T. novae-zelandiae are the only species I 
have studied in which the mouth-piece is actually demonstrable (though there are 
pretty definite indications of it in some of the other smaller forms): but the 
essentials are the same in all, and it seems unlikely that the mode of functioning 
of the vesicle, so clearly circumscribed in the case of T. fasciata, can be radically 
different in the other closely-allied species. 

A receptacle corresponding exactly with the reservoir occurring in the 
Temnocephaloids is of rare occurrence in the Trematodes so far as known. 
Distomum variegatum (Looss, 1894) is one of the exceptions, and in certain 
other species of the same genus such a reservoir—a “receptaculum seminis’” con- 
taining other elements besides sperms—co-exists with a Laurer’s canal. In 
Aspidogaster the “receptaculum vitelli” is a similar structure (Goto, 1894, p. 
169). 

In the Malacocotylea its equivalent, probably functionally as well as mor- 
phologically, is Laurer’s canal: in the Heterocotylea the single genito-intestinal 
canal (Goto). But in some Rhabdocoeles (Vorticidae) there is a receptacle 
which is very similar in structure, relations, and contents to that of the Temno- 
cephaloids. 

In the case of all these modifications it may be assumed that the special 
function of the part is to dispose of surplus reproductive material. In the 
internal parasites this surplus is presumably not of great importance in con- 
nection with nutrition, and may be entirely discarded by being discharged ex- 
ternally through Laurer’s canal or through the oviduct: but in the non-parasites 
or ecto-parasites, the genito-intestinal canal* may provide for its conservation 
and further use in nutrition. 

In the Temnocephaloids there is no permanent genito-intestinal canal, while 
the arrangement of the parts is such as to facilitate the passage of the effete 
reproductive material into the reservoir and impede its outward passage through 
the oviduct. But there are indications that, at intervals, when the reservoir be- 
comes distended, it grows into the lumen of the intestine, forming a passage—a 
temporary genito-intestinal canal—which ruptures at its free end and discharges 
the contents. The duration of this canal must be brief, since, leaving out of 
account the specimen of TZ. brevicornis referred to on page 515, I have found it 


*TIn certain Triclads,a Rhabdocoele, and at least one Polyclad. 


BY WwW. A. HASWELL. ily 


actually present in two only of the many specimens of Temnocephala, serial 
sections of which I have examined. 

One of these series is of a specimen of the Tasmanian 7. tasmanica (PI. 
Ivi., figs. 18-21). In this the reservoir has burst into the intestine, and the 
contents, sharply differentiated by the effects of the staining which the series 
has undergone, lie partly in the intestinal lumen, partly in the improvised genito- 
intestinal canal (gi). The other is one of a specimen of one of the largest 
and most complex species—TZ. quadricornis. Here (fig. 22) a comparatively 
long diverticulum has been developed from the receptaculum and opens ter- 
minally into the intestine—portions of the contents being traceable throughout 
the length of the temporary genito-intestinal canal. Here we seem to have a 
temporary condition comparable with what is permanent in Hexacotyle grossa 
(Goto, 1894, p. 221). 

In 7. semperi and T. novae-zelandiae Merton observed such a condition in 
several instances :— 

Sowohl bei ZT. semperi als bei novae zelandiae fand ich Exemplare bei 
denen das Blasen-lumen in dem Darm gedffnet war. Dass dies erst bei der 
Konservierung durch platzen der Blase erfolgte, scheint méglich. Es wire aber 
auch denkbar, das bei den nahen Beziehungen der Blase zum Darm dieser Fall 
auch im Leben eintritt, wenn die Blase tiberfillt wird, wie es bei dem recep- 
taculum seminis einiger Trematoden beobachtet worden ist” (p. 42). 

To the two cases deseribed above, I may add a third. In this, however, the 
genito-intestinal connection is incomplete. The canal (fig. 17, gi.) is repre- 
sented only by a clean-cut cylindrical channel which runs from the lumen of the 
reservoir (into which it opens directly) forwards through the syncytium (here 
specially thickened) to terminate abruptly against the enclosing layer of mus- 
cular fibres. In this canal, and in smaller spaces round about which may be 
branches from it, are many spermatozoa and minute clumps of granular matter. 

It appears probable that we have here either the rudiments or the vestiges 
of a genito-intestinal canal, and the former rather than the latter, since the 
contained spermatozoa are less altered than those in the main cavity of the 
reservoir itself. 

That the cases which I have gbserved are due to bursting in the process of 
fixation seems to me very improbable. The appearance presented by the speci- 
mens of J. quadricornis and T. tasmanica described is hardly reconcilable with 
such a conclusion. 

Merton’s receptacula seminis occur in all the species I have examined for 
them except 7. comes and T. simulator. The chief difficulty in my opinion in 
the way of accepting Merton’s view as to the function of these bodies is their 
small size. In T. fasciata each is only, at most, about .03 mm. in diameter, 
the enclosed ball of spermatozoa contracting to about .02 mm. in sections. In 
T. novae-zelandiae the size is about the same—a little greater in relation to the 
size of the animal. In the former species the living spermatozoon is at least 
.2 mm. in length, so that it would need to be very closely coiled up to be 
packed into the space, and only a small number can be received.* 


*TI take the opportunity of correcting here an error which Merton makes 
Ttegarding my account of the spermatozoa. He states (p. 37), “Nach Haswell sollen 
am Hinterende des Kopfes zwei lange Cilien sitzen, die, mehrmals so lang sind als 
das ganze Spermatozoon.” This is not correct. On page 1201 give the total length 
of the living spermatozoon inT, fasciata as .2 mm. and that of the cilia as .015 
mm. Moreover I figure the living spermatozoon with its cilia (fig. 12, Plate xiii.). 


518 CRITICAL NOTES ON THE TEMNOCEPHALOIDEA, 


The little knot of spermatozoa in each vesicle stains strongly with haema- 
toxylin so as to be comparable with the sperm-masses in the vesicula seminalis 
in the same section or same series. But in this respect there is little to dis- 
tinguish them from some of the scattered spermatozoa in the contents of the 
reservoir. Their main feature is their closely-coiled state which does not seem 
to be very favourable to their supposed fate of being passed out into the ovi- 
duct to fertilize emerging ova. Moreover, differential staining sometimes re- 
veals the presence of other bodies besides spermatozoa in the contents of these 
vesicles. Taking all these things into account, I think it improbable that these 
are receptacula seminis in the sense of receptacles in which spermatozoa are 
received in copulation in order to fertilize the ova as they pass out from the 
ovary. At the same time the absence of these vesicles in the only two species 
developing spermatophores seems to favour Merton’s view. 


SUMMARY. 


The vesicle variously known as receptaculum seminis, receptaculum vitelli 
and vesicula resorbiens has a duct which opens into it in some species of 
Temnocephala, probably the majority, by a slender chitinous tube or mouth- 
piece, the arrangement being such as to render the evacuation of the contents 
of the vesicle (reservoir) through the oviduct and atrium an impossibility. 

The discharge of these contents (surplus reproductive material) appears to 
take place by the formation of a temporary connection with the intestine (tem- 
porary genito-intestinal canal) of very short duration. 

The small diverticula of the oviduct discovered by Merton and regarded by 
him as receptacula seminis are present in all the species examined, with the 
exception of two in which fertilization is effected through the agency of 
spermatophores. 


Interature referred to in this paper. 


For lists of the older literature see Wacke (1903), Merton (1914) and 
Haswell (1893). 


ANNANDALE, H., 1912.—Fauna symbiotica indica No. 4. Caridinicola, a new 
type of Temnocephaloidea. Rec. Ind. Mus., vii., part i. 
Goro, S., 1894.—Studies on the ectoparasitic Trematodes of Japan. Journ. Coll. 
Sci. Imp. Umv. Japan, vii., part 1. 
GraveLy, F. H., 1913.—Zoological results of the Abor Expedition. Temno- 
cephalidae. Rec, Ind. Mus., vii., part i., No. 16. 
Haswe.u, W. A., 1888.—On Temnocephala, an aberrant monogenetic Trematode. 
Quart. Journ, Micro. Sci., xxviii. (N.S.). 
, 1893.—A monograph of the Temnocephaleae. Linnean Society 
of N.S.W., Macleay Memorial Volume, p. 93. 
, 1900.—Supplement to a Monograph of the Temnocephaleae. 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxv., p. 430. 
, 1909.—The development of the Temnocephaleae, Part i. Quart. 
Journ. Micro, Sci., liv., part 3. 
Looss, A., 1894—Die Distomen unserer Fische und Froésche. Bibliotheca 
Zoologica, Heft 16. 
Merron, H., 1913.—Die weiblichen Geschlechtsorgane von Temnocephala. Zool. 
Anz., xli., No. 9. 


re 


BY W. A. HASWELL. 519 


, 1914,—Beitrage sur anat. u. Hist. von Temnocephala. <Abh. 
Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellsch, xxv., Heft 1. 
Monticeui, F. S., 1898—Sulla Temnocephala brevicornis Montic. e sulle Tem- 
nocefale in generale. Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, xii. 
, 1902—Temnocephala digitata usp. Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, 
Xvi. 
Mrazex, A., 1906—KEin europdischer Vertreter der Gruppe Temnocephaloidea. 
Sitzungsb. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. Prag. Math., a., No. 27, 
PuatTe, L., 1914——Untersuchungen zur Fauna Ceylons nach den Sammlungen 
von kL. Plate. Ueber zwei ceylonische Temnocephaloiden. Jen. 
Zevischr., li., Heft 4. 
Wacke, Robert, 1903.-—Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Temnocephalen. Zool. 
Jahrb. Supplement, vi., Heft 1. 
Weser, M., 1889.—Ueber Temnocephala Blanchard. Zool. Ergebnisse einer 
Reise in Ostindien, Heft 1. 


HPXPLANATION OF PLATES LIV.-LVI. 
Lettering. 


a, atrium; aa. atrial aperture; ag. atrial glands or their ducts; ¢. capsule 
enclosing reproductive apparatus; g. germarium; gd. germiduct; gi. genito- 
intestinal canal (temporary); 7. intestine; ze. epithelium of intestine; m. myo- 
blasts of female duct; mm. metraterm; mp. mouth-piece of duct of reservoir; 
mr. muscle of wall of reservoir; nr. nucleus of syneytium of reservoir; od. ovi- 
duct; p. penis; ph. pharynx; pp. papillae of circle round female aperture into 
atrial cavity; r. cavity of reservoir; rd. duct of reservoir; rs. Merton’s receptacula 
seminis; s. sucker; sc. syncytium of reservoir; se. septum in reservoir; sg. shell- 
glands; sgd. shell-gland ducts; sp. sphincter; spt. spermatophore; sr. syneytium 
of reservoir; ¢. testis; u. uterus; vd. vitelline duct; vdl. left vitelline duct; vdm. 
main vitelline duct; vdr. right vitelline duct; x. mass of surplus reproductive 
matter in reservoir. 


Plate liv. 


Figs. 1 to 6. Corresponding portions of successive sections from a thick 
horizontal series of Temnocephala fasciata showing the relations of the parts in 
the region of the mouth-piece in ventro-dorsal order. (x 205). 

Fig. 1 shows parts of the mouth-piece (mp) in the syncytium (sr.) of the 
reservoir (7) in which one nucleus appears, myoblasts (m) and portions of shell- 
glands (ovidueal glands). 

Fig. 2 shows slightly displaced parts of the mouth-piece embedded in the 
syneytium with the beginnings of the terminal part of the muscular wall of the 
duct and the oviduct in cross section. 

Fig. 3 shows the free end of the mouth-piece with its opening into the cavity 
of the reservoir. 

Fig. 4 shows oblique section through muscular thickening of duct at base of 
mouth-piece. 

Fig. 5 shows two of Merton’s receptacula seminis (7s.) and beginning of 
germarium (g.). 

Fig. 6 shows transition of reservoir duct (rd.) into oviduct (od.) with 
Merton’s receptacula seminis. 

Fig. 7. T. fasciata. End of mouth-piece, from another horizontal series. 


(x 440). 


520 CRITICAL NOTES ON THE TEMNOCEPHALOIDEA, 


Plate lv. 

Fig. 8. Temnocephala fasciata. Diagrammatic lateral view of the female 
part of the reproductive apparatus (> 50). The vitelline glands and ducts 
are not shown and only two of the myoblasts are indicated. 

Fig. 9. T. fasciata. Diagrammatic ventral view of the female part of the 
reproductive apparatus. The vitelline ducts and the germiduct are not re- 
presented. 

Fig. 10. T. fasciata. Portion of a horizontal section showing the mouth- 
piece of the reservoir with its connections. ( 205). 

Fig. 11. 7. novae-zelandiae. Diagrammatic ventral view of the female part 
of the reproductive apparatus. The myoblasts are not shown. 

Fig. 12. Temnocephala comes. Diagrammatic ventral view of the female 
part of the reproductive apparatus. The germiduct and vitelline duct are not 
represented. 

Plate lvi. 

Figs. 13 to 15. T. fasciata. Corresponding portions of three consecutive 

sections of a thick (about 12) horizontal series cut in ventral-dorsal order. 
x 205). . 

° rhe 13. Section on the dorsal side of the reservoir, passing through the 

thickened terminal part of the reservoir duct (rd.) showing sections of four of 

the ‘“receptacula seminis” (rs.) buried in the muscular wall; the right and left 
vitelline ducts (7vd., lvd.) converging and the former just passing through the 

enclosing capsule (¢.) of the female reproductive apparatus. ; 

Fig. 14. Néarer convergence of the vitelline ducts: appearance of ger- 


marium (g-). 
Fig. 15. Union of vitelline ducts in short median duct (mvd.) opening into 


the oviduct. 

Fig. 16. 7. comes. Portion of a section from a horizontal series, showing 
the opening of the uterus into the atrium with the sphincter (sp.) and the ring 
of papillae (pp.). The position of the end of the penis (p.) roughly indicated. 
(< 150). 

Fig. 17. T. fasciata. Portion of a section from a horizontal series, show- 
ing what appears to be a rudiment (or a vestige) of a genito-intestinal canal 
(gi.). 
Figs. 18 and 19. T. tasmanica. Two successive longitudinal and vertical 
sections of a specimen with a communication (genito-intestinal canal) (qgi.) 
between the reservoir and the intestine. (x 50). 

Figs. 20 and 21. Portions of the sections represented in Figs. 18 and 19, 
showing the reservoir (r.) and its connections. (x 205). 

Fig. 22. 7. quadricornis. Diagram of the genito-intestinal canal. From 
six sections of a horizontal series. 


521 


AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. No. iv 
By, H. J. Carter, B.A., F.H.S. 
(Thirteen Text-figures. ) 


[Read 29th October, 1924.] 


The following notes are the outcome of an examination of some unnamed 
Buprestidae belonging to various Australian Museums and of Tenebrionidae and 
Cistelidae sent by entomological friends. Two new genera are described and 
some interesting new species from an interesting faunal region, Stanthorpe—a 
granitic highland of South Queensland—sent by Messrs. F. A. Perkins and R. 
Tllidge. 


Further corrigenda to my “Revision of Stigmodera.” 

S. (Castiarina) crenata Don. In my “Revision” I followed Castelnau and 
Gory’s erroneous determination of this species, and again erred in my identification 
of these authors’ S. plagiata with a species that I now consider to be undescribed. 
A further confusion of names has been caused by the fact that, in the mono- 
graph referred to, the species described in the text as sexplagiata is figured as 
plagiata. 

The only Castiarina that corresponds with Donovan’s figure (Epit. Ins. N. 
Holl., f£. 3)—his description is useless—is amphichroa Boisd. Hence the follow- 
ing corrections are necessary in my tabulation :— ; 

No. 342. light bands of elytra red, apices widely lunate, external spine 


long eaee. -. .. kershawi, n.sp- 
No. 343. Light bands foul elses orange—laterally fiartnenne sree finely 
lunate, shortly bispinose .. .. .. .. sexplagiata C. & G. 
The synonymy (p. 87 of my Revision) elonil now read: 
S. crenata Don. = amphichroa Boisd. = sexspilota C. & G. = sieboldi 
C. & G. 
S. cylindracea Saund. = bucolica Kerr. (The latter, a distinct species, was 


erroneously placed as a synonym of amphichroa Boisd.). 

S. sexplagiata C. & G. = plagiata C. & G. = crenata C. & G. (nee Don.) 
= bicruciata Hope = hopei Boh. = similata Boh. = kreffti Macl. = variata Kerr. 

(This is probably the commonest species in the genus and generally labelled 
in collections S. crenata Don.). 

S. erythromelas Boisd. In my tabulation, S. cyanipes Saund. and S. 
erythromelas Boisd. should be interchanged, so that cyanipes should appear as 
No. 304 and erythromelas as 305, with its synonyms armata Thoms. and longula 
Blkb. The following is the deseription of the new species referred to above. 


022 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, IV., 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) KERSHAWI, n.sp. 

Lightly obovate. Head greenish, mouéh blue, pronotum, and scutellum black 
or blue-black, underside and legs blue; elytra brick red with a narrow basal band, 
the suture, two fasciae and a quadrilateral apical spot blue-black, the premedial 
fascia lunate, not extending to the sides, the postmedial fascia wider than the 
former, widened at the suture and extending to the sides. 

Head widely excavated between eyes, punctate. Prothorax lightly bisinuate 
at apex, strongly so at base, sides well rounded, widest behind middle, all angles 
a little produced, dise moderately convex, with round, well-defined punctures 
(considerably larger and less dense than in sexplagiata C. & G.), medial channel 
in general lightly indicated, frequently obsolete at middle. Hlytra wider than 
prothorax, widest behind middle, sides lightly constricted behind humeral swell- 
ing, apex with a moderately large semicircular lunation, the external spine rather 
long, the sutural spine sub-obsolete, posterior margins minutely serrated: striate- 
punctate, the interstices lightly convex and closely punctate, the 2nd and 4th 
wider and more raised than the rest. Underside lightly punctate, very shortly 
and sparsely pubescent. Dimensions: 10-12 x 4-4.5 mm. 

Habitat.—Victoria: Warburton (Mr. J. E. Dixon and the author); N.S. 
Wales: Mountain districts, Jenolan, ete. 

Ten examples are now before me. This is the species (No. 342 of my 
tabulation) erroneously determined as plagiata C. & G. which should be known 
as sexplagiata. Though closely allied to this species, the following comparison 
shows very clear separating characters, especially in the form and sculpture of 
the pronotum, and the very different elytral apex. 

Dedicated to Mr. J. Kershaw of the National Museum, Melbourne. Type in 
Coll. Carter. 


sexplagiata C. & G. kershawt, n.sp. 
Colour 

Pronotum. green or greenish-black. black or blue-black. 

Underside. green-bronze. peacock-blue. 

Elytra. ground colour orange, san- uniformly brick-red, premedial fascia 
guineous at sides, premedial seldom (if ever) broken up into spots. 
fascia often broken up into spots. 

Structure 

Eyes. closer. wider apart. 

Pronotum. densely, finely and uni- punetures larger and not uniformly 
formly punctate, gibbous, with placed, not gibbous, medial sulcus 
deep, well-defined medial suleus. seldom clearly defined. 

Elytra. apical lunation — small, apical lunation much larger, forming 
formed by oblique excisions be- a semicireular excision, the exterior 
tween ill-defined spines. spines well-defined. 

BUPRESTIDAE. 
Chalcotaenia quadri-impressa Waterh. = C. finitima Obenb. 


An example of Obenberger’s species labelled “compared with type,” sent by 
Mons. Théry, is indistinguishable from the well known C. 4-impressa Waterh. 

Endelus subcornutus Kerremans. I have identified a specimen of this in the 
Macleay Museum, labelled Cape York. It was described as from New Guinea, 
and is the first recorded species of the genus from Australia. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 523 


Castalia bimaculata L. == Polycesta mastersi Macl. I have little doubt as to 
the correctness of this synonymy which a comparison of Macleay’s type with the 
figure of lLinnaeus’s species in Laporte and Gory’s Monograph, as also in 
Saunders’s Revision (1868), substantiates. Macleay’s brief description of the 
elytra of Polycesta mastersi is misleading “Elytra coarsely striato-punctate,”’ 
since the elytra have the alternate intervals carinate-costate, while the apices 
are multispinose. No reference is made to the lightly marked “maculae,” seen 
in some of the specimens, though often evanescent in old examples. 


CASTALIA SCINTILLANS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1.) 

Hlongate, oblong, dull metallic reddish-brown above and below, including 
legs and antennae. 

Head scarcely, or feebly convex, eyes rather prominent; coarsely rugose 
punctate, with elongate, raised, medial impression; antennae short, segments 5-11 
very slightly and obtusely dentate. Prothorax convex, apex nearly straight 
(lightly advanced at anterior angles), base bisinuate; sides rounded, hind angles 
subrectangular; disc subconfluently alveolate-punctate, the edges of punctures 
raised, the base of each with a brilliant metallic spot; medial sulcus distinct, 
some reticulate rugosity at sides, extreme margins reflexed. Scutellum small, 
rounded. EHlytra of same width as prothorax at base and more than thrice as 
long; subparallel, widening at shoulders, margins faintly crenulate behind, apices 
trispinose, the short teeth forming the terminals of the costae; alveolate-punctate, 
the punctures more or less seriate and with metallic scintillation as on pronotum; 
the alternate intervals forming slightly crenulate costae, the 2nd and 4th more 
strongly raised than the rest; suture also raised; pro-, meso- and metasternum 
coarsely punctate, abdomen with irregular elongate punctate impressions with 
smooth interspaces, the first segment suleate. Dimensions: 14 x 5 mm. 

Habitat.—Western Australia: Kellerberrin (W. Duboulay). 

Two examples from the National Museum, Melbourne, though in outline and 
convexity like Microcastahia globithorax Thoms., cannot, I think, be generically 
separated from Castalia bimaculata L., from which it differs as follows :—colour 
a lighter shade of bronze, without any sign of the dark fasciae sometimes seen 
in bimaculata; in form, narrower, more elongate and depressed, the punctures 
of pronotum much denser, the elytral costae wider and less clearly defined, apices 
of elytra without the many small spines seen in bimaculata, while the scin- 
tillating base of punctures is a noticeable character that extends to the femora. 

From Microcastalia globithorax Thoms. (== Bubastodes sulcicollis Blackb.) 
it differs in colour, in the much rougher sculpture, and the more pronounced 
elytral costae, inter alia. Type in the National Museum, Melbourne. 

Two examples of Castalia bimaculata L. are before me, a male from Blackall 
(Q.) measuring 15 x 6 mm. and a female from the National Museum, from 
Rockhampton, measuring 21 x 74 mm. 


NEOBUPRESTIS ALBOSPARSA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 2.) 


Hlongate-obiong, moderately flat; head and pronotum dull black with violet 
reflections, elytra dull blue-black, with a few small white pubescent spots arranged 
more or less in transverse lines, one on each interval near base, about 12 in a 
premedial line, about 8 in each of two equally-spaced postmedial lines and about 
8 close to apex, besides one or two of irregular position; underside glabrous, 


524 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, iv., 


brilliantly metallic, dark green or blue, with the apical segment and margins of 
sther segments of abdomen violet; antennae, legs and tarsi blue. 

Head flat, rugose-punctate, with short sparse pubescence, feebly sulcate be- 
tween the eyes, with a smooth medial carina in front; eyes large and prominent. 
Prothorax slightly narrower than head; apex and base subtruncate, sides very 
lightly arched and feebly converging to apex; deeply and widely suleate in 
middle, anterior angles acute, posterior rectangular, dise rugose-punctate with 
some large irregular depressions. Scutellwm small, circular, impressed in middle. 
Elytra much wider than prothorax and three and one-third times as long; each with 


1. Castalia scintillans. 2. Neobuprestis albosparsa. 
3. Notobubastes costatus. 


six well-marked costae (including the raised suture and marginal borders), be- 
sides a short scutellary costa, the interspaces reticulate-punctate; the apices 
multi-spinose, the spines small. Sternal area with large round punctures, abdomen 
with longitudinal pear-shaped punctures, the first segment sulecate, the apical 
segment bispinose, a pubescent spot at side of each segment. Hind tarsi with 
basal joint as long as 2nd and 3rd combined. Dimensions: 13 x 54 mm. 

Habitat—Cairns, N. Queensland (Allen). 

A single male specimen in Mr. Lea’s collection is very like N. marmorata 
Blackburn (of which a female from Victoria is before me) in form, but differs 
markedly in (1) colour, the large yellow fasciate blotches of Blackburn’s species 
being replaced by very small pubescent spots, (2) the intercostal spaces of 
elytra more coarsely punctate, (3) underside more brilliant. Type in Coll. Lea. 
There are also two examples in the Macleay Museum, one labelled Richmond 
(presumably Richmond River, N.S.W.), the other labelled Victoria, in which 
the pubescent spots are much abraded. 

N.B.—Probably N. marmorata Blkb. and N. albosparsa should be generically 
separated from NW. frenchi Blkb. and N. australis Blkb., the less prominent eyes, 
the more sinuate apex of pronotum, the less elongate elytra with non-spinose 
apices, the first abdominal segment not suleate in the case of the two last sug- 
gesting differentiation, but with the scanty material available they may for the 
present remain as in the “Genera Insectorum.” 


PSEUDANILARA BICOLOR, N.sp. 


Depressed, subparallel; head, antennae and prothorax indigo-blue, the last 
with front margins violet; elytra coppery-brown, subnitid, underside and legs 
violet. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 525 


Head densely and finely punctate, clothed with long whitish hair; eyes large, 
prominent, converging behind; antennae with segment 1 as long as 2-3 combined, 
3 longer than 2, subdentate; 4-11 triangular with short internal tooth. Prothorax 
convex and transverse, bisinuate at apex and base, the former lightly produced 
in middle and at angles, the latter widely lobate in middle and sub-faleate at 
posterior angles; sides well rounded, widest near base, considerably narrower at 
apex (here slightly narrower than head) than at base; all angles acute; dise 
densely and strongly punctured, setose at sides and apex, without foveae or 
medial line. Scutellum circular, moderately large. Hlytra rather wider than 
prothorax at base, shoulders rounded; subparallel for the greater part, separately 
rounded at apex, apices not quite covering abdomen, leaving an exposed coarsely 
punctate pygidium; hind margins denticulate; dise densely and finely punctate 
with some feebly indicated longitudinal impressions; underside rather densely 
punctate with a short white pubescence. Dimensions: 7 x 2.5 mm. 

Habitat.—Queensland, Bowen (A. Simson). 

A single specimen from the South Australian Museum is a puzzling species 
to classify. The wide head and strongly bisinuate base of pronotum give it a 
strong likeness to Melanophila cupripes Macl., but the first two abdominal seg- 
ments are soldered and the elytra do not quite cover the abdomen. P. roberti 
Théry has the abdomen completely covered by the elytra, but I am doing less 
violence to generic limits by placing it here than in Amilara, Melanophila or 
Neocuris, the bisinuate base of pronotum placing it outside the first and the 
soldered basal segments of abdomen outside the two latter. Type in §. Aus- 
tralian Museum. 

Pseudanilara roberti Théry.—I have determined 4 examples of this taken 
near Sydney (two by myself and two by Mr. Erasmus Wilson). The type was 
described from Victoria. A specimen in the Macleay Museum is labelled Port 
Denison, Q’land. (Since writing the above I have received the type, very 
courteously sent for examination by the author. This confirms my determination. 
Further a comparison of this type with that of Anthaxia purpureicollis Macel. 
fails to show any specific distinction, while Anthaxia nigra Macl. differs only 
in its black surface and slightly smaller size. Thus Pseudanilara (Anthazia) 
purpureicollis Macl. = P. roberti Théry, var. nigra Macel. 


PSEUDANILARA OCCIDENTALIS, n.sp. 


Oblong, abruptly attenuated behind; head and pronotum blue, suffused with 
purple, the latter colour especially at sides and base of prothorax; elytra bluish- 
green, legs and underside purple, abdomen here and there greenish. 

Head wider than apex of prothorax, eyes subparallel, the inner margins 
slightly converging to the vertex, surface punctate and pubescent. Prothorax: 
apex feebly advanced in middle and at sides, base strongly bisinuate, sides 
obliquely diverging from apex to near base, then abruptly and roundly narrowed, 
hind angles acute and subfalcate; dise finely and densely alveolate-punctate, more 
strongly at sides and base. Scutellwm minute and circular. Elytra clearly 
narrower than base of prothorax, subparallel to near apex, apices separately 
rounded, margins finely serrate for the greater part; a wide ridge following the 
basal outline, accentuated by sulcate depression behind it, dise closely shagreened, 
the sculpture (under a Zeiss binocular) shown to consist chiefly of fine trans- 
verse ridges. The suture between the Ist and 2nd abdominal segments almost 


526 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, 1V., 


invisible; basal margin of metasternum with four short spines, two on each side 
at the angles; prosternum with fine, dense punctures, abdomen subglabrous and 
nitid, with uneven shallow punctures. Dimensions: 7 x 3 mm. 

Habitat.—Western Australia (South Australian Museum). 

A single example ean be readily distinguished, apart from colour, by the 
subfalcate basal angles of the pronotum, the elytral basal ridge, and the spinose 
metasternum. Type in South Australian Museum. 

Neotorresita—This genus has recently been published by Dr. Obenberger 
(Sbornik Ent. Mus. Prague, 1923, p. 19) for the reception of a species that is 
clearly identical with that much deseribed species Melanophila (Anthaxia) cupripes 
Mael., referred to by me (Ent. Soc. Lond., 1923, p. 104). Since then I have 
been able to study the palaearctic genus Melanophila and am now satisfied that 
the above species is a Pseudanilara. Dr. Obenberger also gives six characters in 
which his genus differs from Melanophila. The following synonymy thus shows 
an insect that has been referred to six different genera: Pseudanilara (Anthaxia) 
cupripes Macl. == Melanophila (Melobasis) laticeps Kerr. = M. australasiae 
Kerr. = Neocuris dilaticollis Blkb. = Neotorresita achardi Obenb. 


NOTOBUBASTES COSTATUS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 3.) 


Elongate ovate, convex; dark violet-bronze, subnitid; head and underside 
with short pubescence. 

Head convex in front, a longitudinal carina between eyes, surface coarsely 
rugose-punctate; eyes prominent, making head slightly wider than base of pro- 
thorax, their inner margins not quite parallel. Prothorax convex, apex truncate, 
base bisinuate, anterior angles obtuse, sides evenly rounded, scarcely sinuate 
before the acute posterior angles, the lateral carina ill-defined, not visible from 
above; medial suleus deep, not quite reaching apex; surface coarsely and rather 
unevenly punctate, the lateral half coarsely rugose. Scutellwm small, transversely 
oval, depressed in middle. Hlytra wider than prothorax at base, shoulders 
widely rounded, sides attenuate from middle; apices dehiscent, each shortly but 
sharply trispmose, the sutural and subsutural spines rather close, enclosing a 
lunate excision, the lateral spine separated from the second by a sinuate margin, 
margins entire, each elytron with four well-defined costae, these roundly convex; 
becoming narrowly carinate at apex; besides a short seutellary costa and the raised 
suture, the costae sparsely, the intervals strongly punctate; the punctures in the 
basal area forming ecrenulations on the sides of the widened costae. Sternal re- 
gions, especially the prosternum, densely rugose-punctate, abdomen coarse and 
(except the anal segment) sparsely punctate, the latter rather squarely rounded 
behind and densely punctate. Dimensions: 12 x 4 mm. 

Habitat—Western Australia: Kookynie (French Coll. in National Museum, 
Melbourne). 

A single female specimen is the only example I have seen of this distinet 
species. While generically inseparable from my other three species, it is clearly 
differentiated by outline and elytral sculpture. Type in Melbourne Museum. 

Bubastes—Dr. Jan Obenberger has published recently a Revision of the 
genus (Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr., 1920, pp. 89-108) and has very courteously supplied 
me with a copy. Having lately examined a very large number of specimens 
from the chief museums of Australia with this “Revision” before me, the re- 
sulting notes here recorded may interest students of Australian Buprestidae. 

Obenberger proposes the name Bubastini to include in a group the genera 
Bubastes C. & G., Euryspilus Lec., Neraldus Théry, Neurybia Théry and Para- 


BY H. J. CARTER, 527 


tassa Mars. (the last found in Africa and unknown to me). I cannot recognize 
Neraldus as distinct from Bubastes. A cotype of N. bostrychoides Théry, kindly 
sent me by the author, only differs from typical Bubastes in the less prominent 
eyes. Obenberger tabulates Neraldus “d’aprés leur description” as follows :— 
“Yeux plus petits, non saillants, réniformes, éloignés du prothorax. La caréne 
latérale du prothorax manque presque complétement. La marge antérieure du 
prothorax est échancrée.” 

Of these four characters the first two are true only in degree. Other 
Bubastes, e.g., achardi Obenb. and cylindrica Macl., approach it as to the small 
and less salient eyes. The character “éloignés du prothorax’ depends somewhat 
on the position of the head when set. As regards the lateral carina, my example 
has a defined carina for about halfway from the base, a character shared by 
B. globicollis Thoms., while I cannot find a trace of the fourth character (pro- 
thorax échaneré). Moreover, I think Obenberger has redescribed N. bostrychoides 
as Bubastes olivinus. 

In his characterization of the group Bubastini there is one notable mistake, 
the last sentence being “Le sommet des élytres n’est jamais denté en scie latér- 
alement.” As a matter of fact every Bubastes examined has the hind margins 
serrated more or less finely. Euryspilus and Neurybia have minute crenulations. 

On the same page he says “Le genre Bubastes . . . . est jusqu’A présent 
assez mal représenté dans les collections et ses espéces semblent etre relativement 
rares.”’ This is not the case in Australian collections. In Western Australia 
some species are very common. I have before me now about 150 examples of the 
genus, including 35 laticollis Blackb., 30 inconsistans Thoms., 24 bostrychoides 
ete: 

Of the specific characters used by Obenberger, I am unable to follow him 
in his division into two groups, the one distinguished by “le front bombé,” the 
other by “le front creusé au milieu par une large impression.” Belonging to 
the first group he states that cylindrica, olivinus, inconsistans and sphenoidea 
“ont la tete bombée, absolument sans impression marquée.”’ I have before me 
cylindrica (compared with type), inconsistans Thoms. (— inconstans Blackb., 
compared with type), sphenoidea, also the types of occidentalis and splendens of 
Blackburn, and cotypes of laticollis. In no single case can the head be said to 
be “without an impression,” though it is often confined to a small suleus at the 
base of the head, and while some species (e.g., bostrychoides and sphenoidea) 
have the front more clearly “bombée” than others, it is only a question of de- 
gree, and amongst a series of bostrychoides and inconsistans I find examples in 
which the front might be termed “creusée,” the difference being in some eases 
sexual. The genus is difficult to classify owing to the great variability of the 
common species in size and colour. 

As to colour, see Blackburn’s description of B. inconstans (later considered 
by him as a synonym of inconsistans Thoms.). Blackburn omitted both dimen- 
sions and locality for inconstans and laticollis. I have both species varying from 
11 x 33 mm. to 22 x 8 mm., the larger examples being female. The former I 
have from N.W. Victoria and South Australia, the latter from Kalgoorlie, Gerald- 
ton and other parts of Western Australia. Bubastodes sulcicollis Blackb. and 
Neobubastes aureocincta Blackb. should be clearly separated from Bubastes, the 
former being synonymous with Microcastalia globithorax Thoms., as suggested by 
Kerremans (Gen. Ins.), the latter being erroneously merged with Bubastes by 
Kerremans. 


528 ' AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, iV., 


The following is my view of the described species of Bubastes, with synonymy 

and localities :— 

1. sphenoidea C. & G. Cunnamulla, Queensland. | 

2. inconsistans Thoms. = inconstans Blackb. = ? australasiae Obenb. N.W. 
Victoria and Quorn, 8.A. 

globicollis Thoms. = ? simillima Obenb. Nyngan, N.S.W., and Queensland. 
cylindrica Macl. Geraldton, and King Sound, W.A. 

laticollis Blackb. Kalgoorlie, Geraldton, Mullewa, W.A. 

vagans Blackb. N.W. Victoria and $.A. 

splendens Blackb. = persplendens Obenb. ‘Tennents’ Creek, Fitzroy River. 
occidentalis Blackb. Eucla, S.A. and W.A. 

suturalis Cart. = strandi Obenb. Drysdale River, and Cue, N.W.A. 

10. formosa Cart. Cue, W.A. 

11. bostrychoides (Neraidus) Théry — olivinus Obenb. Perth, Beverley, W.A. 
12. achardi Obenb. Cobar, N.S.W., Cooktown, Q’land. 

13. niveiventris Obenb. Cooktown, Rockhampton, Q’land. 

14. obscura Obenb. Kuranda, Q’land. 

15. aenea Obenb. N. Q’land. 

16. viridicuprea Obenb. N. Q’land. 

17. lea, nsp. W.A. 

There is little doubt of the synonymy of splendens and persplendens. There 
is some blunder in Blackburn’s dimensions, given as 7 x 2 lines. The type from 
the National Museum, before me, measures 184 x 54 mm., which is almost exactly 
that of persplendens from the same district, while Obenberger’s description of 
the latter accurately fits Blackburn’s type, except that the elytra are greenish- 
blue instead of emerald-green, as the head and pronotum. 

Since writing the above I have received a copy of Dr. Obenberger’s paper 
(Arch. fur Naturg., 1922, pp. 64-168) in which he describes six new species of 
Bubastes, besides a so-called subspecies (which I take to be synonymous with 
variety). As elsewhere it seems that this author does not make sufficient allow- 
ance for variation. Thus B. simillima Obenb. does not, I think, warrant separa- 
tion from globicollis Thoms., in which the eyes—according to 8 examples before 
me—are in no case so prominent laterally as in the outline figure given on p. 
106 of Obenberger’s Revision. Again B. australasiae Obenb. is only, I consider, 
a form of inconsistans Thoms. Of the remaining four I think I have identified 
P. niveiventris in specimens in the Macleay Museum from Cooktown and Rock- 
hampton, and P. obscura in an example from Kuranda sent by Monsieur Théry 
for determination. P. aenea and P. viridicuprea I cannot identify at present. 
Both must be rather close to occidentalis Blackb. The evident synonymy of B. 
strandi Obenb. with B. suturalis Cart. and of B. persplendens Obenb. with 
splendens Blackb. 1s unnoticed. 


SS 2 eS) Carns eo 


BUBASTES LEAT, n.sp. 


Elongate, subcylindric, finely attenuate behind; head and pronotum green (in 
one example bluish-green), moderately nitid, elytra golden-green or coppery, 
underside brilliantly coppery-green, apical segment violaceous; legs coppery, an- 
tennae coppery at base, the rest obscure greenish. 

Head (seen from above) convex in two examples, feebly concave in a third, 
clearly channelled near base of forehead, eyes not prominent (less so in 6 than 
in 2, their inner margins subparallel, interspace about the width of the lateral 


BY H. J. CARTER, 529 


diameter of one eye; densely covered with round deep punctures. Prothorax: 
apex and base bisinuate, the former rather strongly produced in middle, widest 
near front, sides gently widening from base to apical third, then rounded and 
narrowed to apex, posterior angles acute; punctures as on head, scarcely con- 
tiguous in middle, alveolate at sides. Scutellwm subcircular, laevigate. Hlytra 
subconic, apices obliquely bispinose; with densely crowded rows of punctures, the 
intervals nearly flat and themselves closely punctate except near base. Pro- 
sternum coarsely punctate, mesosternum transversely rugose, metasternum and 
abdomen closely and finely punctate; underside without pubescence. Dimensions: 
13.5-15 x 4.3-4.6 mm. 

Habitat. Western Australia (South Australian and Macleay Museums). 

Three examples examined differ slightly in the colour of the upper surface. 
What I believe to be the male has the eyes less prominent, the elytral intervals 
feebly convex with the usual abdominal sexual character (the last segment shorter 
than elytra and truncate at apex). Only three described species have a bright 
metallic green or coppery underside, viz., splendens Blkb., occidentalis Blkb., and 
suturalis Cart. B. leat is readily distinguished from these by the much more 
densely punctate head and pronotum and its duller upper surface. In its sur- 
face sculpture and general form it is nearest B. bostrychoides Théry (= B. 
olivinus Obenb.). It is not very near the other bicoloured species B. vagans 
Blkb., which has its pronotum less densely punctate, the elytra purple and the 
underside obscure green. Type in South Australian Museum. 

N.B.—B. splendens Blkb. and B. occidentalis Blkb. The types of these two 
species are before me. While closely allied I consider them distinct; the former 
differs not only in the colour of elytra (blue-green in splendens, golden-green 
in occidentalis), but in their apical structure and especially in the punctures of 
the underside, which in splendens are unusually fine and sparse, in occidentalis 
strong and close. 


KURYSPILUS VIRIDIS, n.sp. 


Narrowly eylindric; metallic green throughout. 

Head: front depressed and finely canaliculate between the eyes, these rather 
prominent; finely and densely punctate, antennal joints dentate from the 6th 
outwards. Prothorax cylindric, apex and base subtruncate, sides very slightly 
converging in a straight line from base to apex, disc finely punctate, showing a 
slight transverse striolation; medial impression clearly defined throughout except 
near apex, widened at base. Scutellum round, impressed at middle. Hlytra of 
same width as prothorax at base, apices feebly bidentate; apical margins minutely 
serrate, each with the suture and four costae sharply raised, both costae and 
intervals finely punctate; underside coarsely punctate. Dimensions: 9 x 2.2 mm. 

Habitat.—Western Australia: Swan River. 

A single male example in the Macleay Museum closely resembles H. chal- 
codes C. & G. in form and sculpture. It may be distinguished, however, not 
only by colour, but by the finer sculpture of its upper surface and the less 
deeply incised dentation of the apices. The underside is, if anything, more 
coarsely punctate than in EF. chaleodes. Type in the Macleay Museum. 

Euryspilus australis Blackb.—I have, I think, identified this in several col- 
lections (including my own). If this determination is correct Blackburn was 
mistaken in stating the antennae to be dentate from the 5th joint. A specimen 


now before me from King George’s Sound is clearly dentate only from the 6th oa aS 


— 


POND Oe 


530 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, IVv., 


joint as in EL. chaleodes and E. viridis. E. australis Blkb. is quite distinct from 
E. chaleodes, of which I expressed a doubt in a former paper (These Proe., 1924, 
p. 23). 

CURIS OBSCURA, N.sp. 

Hlongate, sharply attenuated behind; upper surface, abdomen and antennae 
obscure purplish-brown, sterna and undersides of femora dark metallic green. 

Head deeply impressed, finely and closely punctate. Prothorax: apex and 
base bisinuate, the former rather strongly produced at middle, anterior angles 
acute, posterior rectangular, sides moderately rounded at middle, dise with wide 
oval depression at middle near base and another near each side, a feeble medial 
carina throughout, surface very finely punctate, except at sides and medial de- 
pression, where punctures more obvious. Scutellum subcireular, impunctate. 
Elytra lightly enlarged at shoulders, subparallel to beyond half-way, thence taper- 
ing to apex, apices rather sharply and separately rounded, not quite covering 
abdomen, hind margins finely serrated; disc finely seriate-punctate, each with 
three feeble costae, the first (nearest suture) most obvious; underside closely and 
finely punctate, abdomen rather thickly clad—especially at sides—with long re- 
cumbent hair, the first segment showing greenish metallic gleams, apical segment 
with two tubercles rather than spines at extremity. Dimensions: 10 x 3 (+) 
mm. 

Habitat—South Australia (?): Monarto (?) (Tepper). 

A single male specimen with an indistinct locality label is in the South 
Australian Museum. It is clearly distinct from other described species, not 
only by its absence of metallic lustre on the upper surface, but also by its 
combination of finely punctured surface with sharply attenuated apex, and 
scarcely spinose abdomen. Type in South Australian Museum. 


CURIS YALGOENSIS, n.sp. 


Elongate, oblong; head and pronotum olive-green or bluish, the latter with 
some golden gleams here and there, elytra dark blue, the base, suture and shortly 
at sides golden-green—becoming coppery at its junction with the darker ground- 
colour—the metallic colour on suture widening behind middle and terminating 
before the apex; the exposed pygidium, underside, legs and antennae blue, the 
underside brilliantly nitid. 

Head widely and deeply excavated. Prothoraz: apex nearly straight in 
middle, acutely produced at angles, base rather strongly bisinuate, posterior 
angles also acute and produced, sides well rounded, greatest width rather behind 
middle, rather suddenly sinuate near posterior angles; dise subalveolate-punctate, 
the punctures smaller and shallower near middle, larger, deeper and denser 
towards sides, a smooth medial line faintly indicated, a feeble shallow depression 
at middle near base. Seutellum green, circular, depressed in middle. Elytra 
rather strongly widened at shoulders, a little compressed at middle, again widen- 
ing before the apical convergence, each apex separately and widely rounded (sub- 
truncate), the margins of apical third strongly serrated, a considerable area of 
pygidium exposed, this strongly punctate, each elytron with three distinct costae, 
outlined by rows of rather small, round punctures, the intervals between these 
rows irregularly punctate, the punctures on metallic sutural area small, those 
near sides coarse, with rugose margins. Sternal area closely and strongly, 
abdomen very finely, punctate, margins of segments—especially near sides—with 


BY H. J. CARTER. 531 


pale, recumbent hair; apical segment bispinose at extremity; posterior tibiae 
widely expanded and flattened. Dimensions: 15-16 x 5-53 mm. 

Habitat—Western Australia: Yalgoo (H. W. Brown). 

A fine species, the elytra superficially resembling those of the eastern species 
C. aurifera C. & G. in colour and somewhat in sculpture, the punctures being a 
little finer and the apices less pointed, while in awrifera the golden suture is of 
uniform width and extended to apex. The pronotum is, however, very. different 
in its absence of coloured vittae, bright margins and lateral foveae, with closer 
and stronger punctures. The prosternum is less closely punctate than in 
aurifera and the expanded hind tibiae are unlike those of any other species 
known to me. Type in Coll. Carter. 

Curis splendens Macl.—tIn his “Synopsis” (1877) Fairmaire described an- 
other species under the above name that is readily recognizable and distinct from 
Macleay’s species. Dr. Obenberger has. recently published (Sbornik Entom., 
1923, p. 22) a special genus Neocuropsis for the reception of what he supposed 
to be C. splendens Macl., but his description and tabulation clearly indicate a 
reference to C. splendens Fairm. (nec Macl.). I propose the name fairmaires 
for Fairmaire’s species. 

Of the special characters by which Obenberger distinguishes Neocuropsis 
from Curis, the non-serrate hind margins of elytra seem the most important, 
though of doubtful generic value. (Both entire and serrate margins occur in 
the neighbouring genus Castiarina). The elytra shorter than the abdomen is 
more or less true of the females of all the species, while the longer first joint 
of the post tarsi is of specific force only. I think, therefore, that the genus 
Neocuropsis is superfluous. Both of the above species have short elytra with 
their apices obliquely truncate; both have a fairly wide distribution in Queens- 
land. The following comparison will help the student to distinguish them. 
Both are represented in the Macleay Museum and were known to the late Mr. 
G. Masters. 


Curis fairmairet (nov. nom.) C. splendens Mael. 

= splendens Fairm. (nec Macl.) 

Hind margins of elytra. non-serrate. serrate. 

Pronotum. medial impression deep, medial impression moderate, sides 
sides concolorous with dise or green- widely coppery, punctures fine. 
ish, punctures strongly defined. 

Elytra. sides concolorous with dise sides coppery or golden green. 
(rarely with apical margin metallic). 
punctures very coarse, costae well punctures fine, costae moderately 
raised. raised, 

Underside. “violaceo-cyaneo.”’ “oolden green.’ 


NEOCURIS AURO-IMPRESSA, n.Sp. 

Above peacock-blue, the sides of pronotum green, the elytra with im- 
pressions containing golden flocculence, underside nitid greenish-blue. 

Head strongly, not densely punctate. Prothorax: apex and base bisinuate, 
the latter more strongly than the former, anterior angles well produced forward 
and acute; sides widely rounded, widest behind middle thence converging each 
way, posterior angles obtuse; dise finely punctate with large medio-basal fovea. 
Scutellum small, transverse. Hlytra wider than prothorax at base, separately 
rounded at apex and shorter than abdomen, a considerable area of each occupied 


532 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, IV., 


by four gilded impressions, the first triangular at base, between the humeral 
swelling and the scutellum, the second round, premedial, near suture, the third 
elongate ovate, postmedial, also near suture, the fourth elongate near sides, ex- 
terior to the third, the surface minutely punctate, the punctures becoming coarser 
at sides; underside strongly punctate. Dimensions: 5 x 2 mm. 

Habitat.— Queensland, Wide Bay. 

A unique example in the Australian Museum, Sydney, bears a locality label 
in the handwriting of the late G. Masters. The apex of one elytron is mutilated 
through bad pinning. A species of unusual distinctness. Type, K 32268 in the 
Australian Museum. 


NEOCURIS LIVIDA, n.sp. 

Widely oblong, oval; above subnitid blue-black, mouth blue; beneath brillant 
peacock blue-green, appendages blue. 

Head with a feeble frontal impression and a short suleus on vertex; evenly, 
closely and finely punctate, eyes widely separated and parallel as to their inner 
margins. Prothorax rather convex, apex lightly arcuate, base bisinuate, widest 
at base, thence arcuately converging to apex, anterior angles obtuse, posterior 
subrectangular (about 80°); rather unevenly and distinctly punctate, the punc- 
tures larger and more distant near middle and base, elsewhere smaller and closer; 
without medial line or foveae. Scutellwm circular, depressed in middle. Elytra 
oblong-oval, scarcely compressed at middle, apices separately rounded, leaving a 
considerable portion of the dorsal body exposed; closely scalose-punctate, 
wrinkled near middle and sides, a foveate depression near shoulders. Underside 
mirror-like, very finely punctate and entirely glabrous. Dimensions: 7.5 x 4 
mm. 

Habitat—Western Australia: Perth (Mr. Duboulay), in Melbourne Museum. 

A single female example is nearest N. monochroma Fairm., which, however, 
is more brightly coloured and has the elytra “obsoletissime costulatis” and the 
sides of prothorax “postico leviter sinuato.’ Type in the National Museum, 


Melbourne. 


NEOCURIS SAPPHIRA, n.Sp. 

Shortly ovate; the whole surface a concolorous rich blue (in certain lights 
with a violet gleam), legs violaceous. 

Head rather strongly concave, deeply and closely punctate, eyes with interior 
margins parallel, slightly more prominent in the 6 than in the ¢. Prothorax 
very transverse, apex nearly straight, base bisinuate, sides evenly, arcuately 
narrowed from base to apex, all angles a little produced and acute; dise without 
medial line or foveae, rather evenly covered with moderately large and shallow 
punctures. Scutellum very small. EHlytra of same width as prothorax at base, 
scarcely compressed at middle, apices separately rounded, nearly covering 
abdomen; pro- and metasternum strongly and densely, abdomen finely punctate 
and glabrous. Dimensions: 44-54 x 2-24 mm. 

Habitat—Western Australia: Geraldton (A. M. Lea), in Melbourne Museum. 

Two examples are, I consider, sexes of the same species, the male being the 
smaller, with Mr. Lea’s label, the other example is merely labelled W.A. The 
nearest described species is viridi-micans Fairm., which, besides colour differ- 
ence, is a more elongate species, the head and prothorax narrower. Type in 
National Museum, Melbourne. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 533 


Notes on Stigmodera described by Dr. Obenberger. 

In Archiv. f. Naturg., 1922, p. 111-123, Dr. Obenberger has described 
twenty-one new species of Stigmodera, together with twelve named varieties or 
subspecies. As with Bubastes the author presumably distinguishes between “sub- 
species” and “variety,” a distinction as difficult to maintain as it is undesirable 
in this connection. In so protean a genus as Stigmodera the naming of varieties 
could be carried out ad nauseam, but should only be done in those rare cases 
where there is a possibility of specific distinction or a clear local race is :ndicated, 

Of his varieties I note the following :— 


S. (Themognatha) suturalis var. tincticollis Obenb. = ? S. lessoni C. & G. 

S. (Castiarina) leai var. fasciosa Obenb. = 8. dimidiata Cart. (vide These Proe., 
IMG), ods disks}; disk). 

S. sexguttata var. humeriguttata Obenb. = 8S. puella Saund. 

S. wilsoni subsp. septentrionis Obenb. = ? S. flavopurpurea Cart. 

8S. brutella subsp. victriz Obenb. = ? 8. uniformis Kerr. 


Most of the other varieties are well known pattern divergences from the 
normal—e.g. The wide variations of S. caroli Blkb. (= capucina Blkb.) were 
recorded in the original description. Of the 21 new species I regard ten as 
certain and five others as probable synonyms as follows:— 


1. S. (Themognatha) queenslandica Obenb. = S. parryi Hope. 

2. S. (Themognatha) desperata Obenb.. = S. excisicollis Macl. 

3. S. (Themognatha) nickerli Obenb. = 8. (Castiarina) maculiventris Macl. 

4. S. (Themognatha) strandi Obenb. = S. (Castiarina) maculiventris Macl. 

5. SS. (Castiarina) bizonata Obenb. = S. (Castiarina) secularis Thoms. 

6. S. (Castiarina) saundersiana Obenb. — S. (Castiarina) campestris Blkb. 

7. S. (Castiarina) cirewmfleza Obenb. = S. (Castiarina) flavosignata Macel. 

8. S. (Castiarina) opacula Obenb. = S. (Castiarina) carinata Macl. 

9. S. (Castiarina) modesta Obenb. = 8. (Castiarina) venusta Cart. 

10. S. (Castiarina) carteri Obenb. = 8S. (Castiarina) sexguttata Macl. var. 

11. S. (Castiarina) bifasciatella Obenb. = ? 8. (Castiarina) marginicollis Saund. 

12. S. (Castiarina) obliquefasciata Obenb. = ? S. (Castiarina) cupreo-flava 
Saund. 

13. S. (Castiarina) crucioides Obenb. = ? S. (Castiarina) cyanicollis Boisd. 

14. 8. (Castiarina) dicax Obenb. = ? 8. (Castiarina) mastersi Macl. 

15. S. (Castiarina) guttifera Obenb. = ? S. (Castiarina) delicatula Kerr. var. or 


tropica Cart. ; 

Re (1) my note (p. 88 of my Revision) states my reason for considering 
parvicollis Saund. as a synonym of parryi Hope, so that the author’s words “in 
der mitte zwischen parvicollis und parryi” explains the above. (2). Nothing in 
the description shows distinction from Macleay’s species. (3) and (4). Both 
named amicta by Kerremans (in litt.). In my Revision (p. 81) I stated that 
the very variably patterned maculiventris Macl.—the largest of the Castiarina 
subgenus—had been wrongly placed under Themognatha by WKerremans, a mis- 
take apparently repeated here. (5-10). I have little doubt of these cases. (5). 
The habitat given is Nordaustralien (sie) Perth. 

There is a specimen of S. carinata Macl. in my collection, labelled opacula 
Kerr., purchased with others in 1912 from a German dealer. Dr. Obenberger 
appears to have accepted a number of Kerremans’ manuseript names without 
due investigation. No figures are supplied, and in twelve eases no comparison is 
made between the described species and any of its allies, while nuportant charac- 


do4 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, iVv., 


ters like the presence or absence of serrated hind margins to the elytra are 
omitted. 

By way of “amende honorable” I must confess that the two species of Briseis 
described (Ent. Soc. Lond., 1923, pp. 101-102) by me are probably synonyms as 
follows :— 

Briseis smaragdifrons Obenb. = ? B. cuprea Cart. 
B. prolongata Obenb. = ? B. elongata Cart. 

The German publication, Archiv. fur. Naturgeschichte, was published in De- 
cember, 1922. My paper, “Melobasis with Notes on Allied Genera,” was read 
15th November, 1922, but not published till August, 1923. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) THERYI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 4.) 


Oblong-ovate, attenuated behind; the greater part of surface above and be- 
low red; head, seutellum, medial area of pronotum, a narrow basal band and apex 
of elytra, and (sometimes) middle of prosternum black; antennae and tibiae 
greenish, femora blue-black. 

Head excavate and channelled between the eyes. Prothorax: 
apex and base bisinuate, the former rather prominently advanced 
in the middle and at the acute anterior angles, the latter with a 
wide medial lobe; sides well rounded, widest at middle, thence 
strongly converging to the front, with a feeble anterior sinuation, 
arcuately converging behind, the posterior angles also produced and 
acute, closely adapted to the elytra; disc rather coarsely punctate, 
the punctures more sparse at middle, dense towards sides, a smooth 
medial line on basal half terminated in a rather undefined fovea; 
the medial black area vaguely merging into the wider red parts. 
Scutellum prominent, semicircular, depressed in middle.  Elytra 
lightly widened at shoulders, feebly compressed at middle, margins 
entire throughout, apices with a wide oval lunation between two 
robust exterior teeth, the apical black area small and indefinitely 
2 merging into the red; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures only 

Text-fig. 4. seen as crenulations on the sides of the intervals, these everywhere 
convex and punctate, in parts transversely wrinkled. Underside finely and 
closely punctate and glabrous. Dimensions: 616 x6 mm. 2 17-20 x 6.5-8 mm. 

Habitat—New South Wales: Enfield (Ramsay), Ropes Creek and Clarence 
River (Masters), Blue Mts. (Melbourne Museum). 

Its nearest ally, S. analis Saund., is clearly separated by the following 
characters:—(1) more oblong, less attenuate, form, (2) elytral apices rounded, 
apical margins serrated, (3) prothorax more laterally widened, (4) all dark 
areas metallic, underside (except 3 apical segments partly red) brilliant dark 
blue. 

In S. théryi the medial parts of the sternum are sometimes black, while the 
dark area of pronotum is vaguely defined, red gleams showing on the dark area. 
I find the species erroneously labelled analis Saund., in the Macleay Museum, and 
jucunda Saund., in the Australian Museum. Eight examples are before me. My 
example of S. analis Saund. is from N. Queensland, taken by Mr. Hacker. Types 
in Australian Museum. 


*4. Stigmodera théryt. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 535 


PARACEPHALA VITTICEPS, U.Sp. 

Widely subeylindric, attenuated in front; coppery bronze, underside and 
lateral depressions on head and pronotum thickly silvery pubescent, elsewhere 
sparsely so. 

Head as wide at eyes as apex of prothorax; finely punctate, medial channel 
deeply impressed, a wide lateral impression extending from interior of eye to 
the base of head, filled with pubescence. Prothorax: apex nearly straight (slightly 
produced at angles), base strongly bisinuate, posterior angles subrectangular, 
sides lightly rounded, widest behind middle, disc minutely shagreened (finely 
pustulose as seen under strong lens) with wide and irregular medial sulcus (a 
narrower suleus on apical half received into a wider suleus behind), slghtly 
depressed and pubescent at sides. Scutellum triangular. Hlytra minutely pus- 
tulose or shagreened, a feeble costa on each, extending from humeral callus to 
apex; underside more brightly coppery than above, densely punctate and flocculent 
pubescent. Dimensions: 5. 8 x 3 (vix) mm. &. 10 x 3.6 mm. 

Habitat—Western Australia: Perth (H. M. Giles). 

A pair sent me long ago by Mr. Henry Giles, may be readily distinguished 
from the other large species P. thoracica (Kerr.) by the pubescent vittate de- 
pressions on the head and differently shaped prothorax, Kerremans’s species 
being widest near apex with an embossed (‘“bossué”) surface. Type in Coll. 
Carter. . 

(In the ¢ the apical segment of abdomen is shortly rounded, in the @ that 
segment is more extended with a sinuate outline). 


AGRILUS MACLEAYI, n.sp. 


Head and legs green, pronotum coppery purple, elytra violaceous, underside 
golden, antennae blue; sub-glabrous and nitid. 

Head impressed between eyes, punctate, with longitudinal strioles on vertex. 
Prothorax widest in front, thence converging and nearly straight to base, the 
anterior angles lightly, the posterior strongly produced and acute; base strongly 
sinuate, the medial lobe subtruncate; lateral carinae widely divergent behind, the 
inferior carina nearly straight; dise strongly transversely striolate. Scutellum 
triangular, its base very transverse. Hlytra deeply impressed at basal lobes, 
apices separately rounded and sharply serrated; surface shagreened, at the base 
and sides transversely strigose, apical half with short sparse light-coloured hairs. 
Underside finely punctate and glabrous. Dimensions: 4 x 1 mm. 

Habitat— Queensland: Cairns. 

A minute species not very near anv described species—unique in the Macleay 
Museum. 

Agrilus—Dr. Obenberger has lately described seven species and two sub- 
species of Australian Agrili (Sbornik Entom. Nat. Mus. Prague, 1923). Of 
these I cannot but consider four (raphelisi, van diemeni, domint and danesi) as 
well as the so-called subspecies (cooki and tasmanicus) as merely variations of 
the common and widely distributed A. australasiae C. & G., the complicated 
synonymy of which I recorded recently. The presence or absence (partial or 
entire through abrasion) of the sutural and lateral pubescence, together with 
vther colour differences noted by Obenberger are not, I consider, specifie dis- 
tinetions, while the variations in the thoracic carinae and gular tooth are of 
doubtful value. This doubt as to the validity of the distinctions noted in his 
tabulation is intensified by the inclusion therein of A. hypoleucus Sd. (?), A. 


536 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, iVv., 


australasiae C. & G. and A. flavo-taeniatus Thoms., as distinct species, with dis- 
tinguishing characters not to be found in the original descriptions of these 
species. If Dr. Obenberger has examined the types of these species his informa- 
tion would be valued, otherwise his determinations are open to question. Of the 
remaining three species deseribed, A. kwrandae must be very near A. mitidus 
Kerr.; though no comparison is mentioned, A. korenskyi may be the species IT 
described as semiviridis, but the description of korenskyi is lacking in many 
details. A. walesicus is probably the species I mentioned as being near A. 
nigritus Kerr. from Banguey. 


APHANISTICUS BLACKBURNI, 0.Sp. 


Wholly black, elongate, subeylindrie. 

Head deeply cleft and bilobed, with a double system of punctures, the larger 
round and sparse, the whole surface shagreenate-punctate. | Antennae sub- 
clavate, the last 4 segments dentate. Prothorax: apex slightly produced in middle, 
more so at the sharply acute angles, base strongly bismuate, posterior angles 
rectangular, sides nearly straight (feebly widened on front half), with rather 
widely horizontal foliate margins, widened at base to meet the flattened basal 
sides of disc; surface of disc uneven, a wide medial transverse ridge separating 
a wide apical and a narrower prebasal depression, the whole surface (as on 
head) with a dense minute system of punctures overlaid with large shallow 
ocellate punctures sparsely and unevenly placed. Scutellum large, triangular, 
depressed. Elytra of same width as prothorax at base, parallel on basal half, 
thence rather strongly widened before the apex, the latter rather widely and 
separately rounded, posterior sides entire; seriate-punctate, the seriate punctures 
coarse and round, the intervals covered with minute punctures as on head and 
pronotum. Underside minutely punctate, the femora—especially the front— 
widely laminate. Dimensions: 3 x 1 (vix) mm. 

Habitat.—Australia (Blackburn Coll. in South Australian Museum). 

A single specimen, sent with other Buprestidae for determination, clearly 
differs from A. browni Cart. and A. endeloides Cart.—the only other Australian 
species with bilobed head. Both of these have the prothorax much more widely 


rounded, with very differently sculptured elytra. Type in South Australian 
Museum. 


TENEBRIONIDAKE. 
ENDOTHINA, n. gen. Opatrinorum. 


Body oval, convex, thickly clothed with scales (as in Ulodes verrucosus 
Erich.). 

Head trapeziform, short and wide, widest at eyes, deeply sunk in prothorax, 
eyes large, transverse, prominent, coarsely faceted, antennal orbits not pro- 
minent, antennae little longer than head, Ist joint stout, cylindric, longer than 
succeeding, 2nd cup-shaped, 3rd longer than 4th, 3rd-7th closely adjusted, wider 
than long, 8th-10th strongly transverse forming a distinct club, 11th much 
smaller than 10th and partly received within it; palpi with apical joints subu- 
late, mentum transverse, obscured by seales, epistoma narrow, sub-truneate with- 
out visible suture; anterior coxae globcse, rather widely separated. Prothorax 
strongly transverse, widely emarginate at the anterior angles, sides and base 
fringed with stout whitish cilia, dise irregular; sides slightly depressed, sub- 
foliate. Scutellwm transversely oval. Elytra closely adjusted to prothorax and 


BY H. J. CARTER. . 537 


of same width at base, moderately convex; seriate punctate. Legs shortish, pro- 
tibiae stout, much enlarged at apex, outer edge undulately subdentate, inner 
margin with a few spines; mid and hind tibiae serrated on outside edge, tarsi 
(especially claws) short. Prosternum rather flat, scarcely produced behind 
coxae, post-intercoxal process semicircular. 

A very distinct genus, suggestive of Gonocephalum in general structure, of 
Ulodes verrucosus Er. in the scaly clothing, and of Phaennis fasciculata in ity 
mottled coloration. 


ENDOTHINA SQUAMOSA, n.Sp. 


Oblong ovate; above tawny-brown variegated with white, beneath and on 
legs the white scales predominating; antennae also clothed with small white 
seales. 

Head rather flat, surface uneven and coarsely squamose, a thin, shining, 
interrupted carina at middle, a deep foveate depression on each side of this be- 
tween the eyes, some longer scaly cilia on vertex. Prothorax: apex slightly 
produced in middle, strongly so at the widely rounded angles; widest in front 
of middle, wider at base than at apex, sides well rounded, slightly sinuate 
before the acute posterior angles, the slight dentation accentuated by a cluster 
of spiny cilia protruding therefrom; base strongly bisinuate, lateral flanges 
subfoliate, a separating depression strongly marked at base, more feebly in 
front; dise uneven, with four depressions, the largest triangular, extending from 
near middle to apex, the second, also medial, near base, and two discal, one on 
each side, rather behind middle; the white scales forming a rough cross on dise, 
besides largely shown on lateral flanges. Scutellum dark brown, squamose, 
Elytra: shoulders rounded, sides subparallel, apex rather bluntly rounded, the 
white scales generally in clusters, the more regular forming two lines of clusters, 
one line on each side of suture; and subfasciate clusters on apical third; thd 
general tawny colour also relieved by some irregular, scattered dark ciliate 
seales, with rows of circular punctures, like sunken studs in the scaly clothing, 
between rows of cilia. Legs and tarsi thickly clothed with white cilia. Dimen- 
stons: 5-5.5 x 3 mm. 

Habitat—New South Wales: Sydney (Ocean Beach at Collaroy; Dr. E. W. 
Ferguson). 

Two examples taken by Dr. Ferguson in February of the present year 
(1924) form another of our numerous beach-haunting Tenebrionidae, that has 
escaped notice till now. The rough, scaly clothing is unlike anything in thé 
group to which it appears to belong; but the short, clavate antennae, the struc- 
ture of head and prothorax, the wide, subdentate protibiae, the ciliate tarsi, 
widely separate it from Ulodes verrucosus. The apical segment of antennad 
smaller than the preceding is a notable character. Type in Coll. Carter. 


DYSARCHUS IRREGULARIS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 5.) 


Oval, convex; black, opaque, antennae and tarsi reddish. 

Head densely pustulose-punctate, upper surface of eyes small and round, 
rather deeply sunk; antennal orbits rounded; epistoma triangularly excised in 
middle, rounded at sides, angulate at junction with antennal orbit; antennae 
robust, extending to middle of prothorax, 3rd joint equal to 4th and 5th com- 
bined, 8th-10th widely transverse, 11th small. Prothorax very convex, twice as 
wide as long, apex and base nearly straight except for the produced angles, the 


038 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, IV., 


anterior subacute, directed forwards, sides strongly widened and rounded at 
middle, converging and sinuate before the rectangular hind angles; foliate mar- 
gins wide and lightly reflexed, their surface rugose-pustulose, giving a shghtly 
crenulate appearance to the extreme border, surface of dise unevenly and closely 
rugose-punctate. Scutellum very small and deeply sunk. Hlytra oval, convex, 
at shoulders rounded and wider than prothorax at its widest; margins strongly 
erenulate, the dise irregularly sculptured; the more obvious features on each 
elytron consisting of a few (two to four) short, shining undulate carinae near 
base; some sparse, irregularly placed pustules (like fragments of the former) 
on apical half; coarse transverse, pustulose ridges near the sides; the secondary 
or ground sculpture consisting throughout of dense punctures. Prosternum, 
parapleurae, epipleurae and abdomen, evenly and distinctly, not closely, punctate 
—the punctures of abdomen smaller than elsewhere. Legs finely pustulose, 


5. Dysarchus irregularis. 6.  Cardiothorax foveatus. 6a. Hind leg of 
same. 7. Cardiothorax nasutus. = 


front tibiae with two wide teeth at apex; hind tarsi with basal joint nearly as 
long as the rest combined; a thin coating of red hairs beneath. Dimensions: 
11 x 6 mm. 

Habitat— Queensland: Stanthorpe (H. Jarvis). 

A single specimen, sent by Mr. R. Illidge, is easily distinguished from 
D. batesi Haag.—the only other Eastern Australian species recorded—by the 
smaller size, irregular sculpture and distinctly punctate surface. It is equally 
differentiated from the Western species by the absence of the definite lines of 
pustules on the elytra, amongst other things. 


CARDIOTHORAX FOVEATUS, n.sp. (Text-figs. 6, 6a.) 


Oblong-ovate, black; head and prothorax (above and below) opaque, elytra 
and abdomen rather nitid. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 539 


Head: epistoma truncate in front, antennary orbits widely rounded, head 
widest in front of eyes, frontal impression deep, concave within (concavity 
formed by two large foveae), antennae stout, opaque black. Prothoraz widest 
in front of middle, apex arcuate, front angles advanced and bluntly rounded, 
sides well rounded anteriorly, a little sinuate behind middle, thence rather 
abruptly and arecuately narrowed to hind angles—these bluntly dentate, and 
twisted outwards and downwards; base widely angulate in middle, extreme 
border narrowly raised throughout; foliate margins wide, subhorizontal, separated 
from dise by suleus; dise with two deep foveae at middle of each lobe, a clearly 
impressed medial sulcus, triangularly widened behind to join a rather wide, 
basal, transverse depression. Scutellum arcuate-triangular, convex. Elytra 
slightly wider than and two and a half times as long as the prothorax, shoulders 
widely rounded; the sculpture very irregular; chiefly consisting of lines of 
foveae formed by strongly undulate costae, the four alternate costae (1, 3, 5, 7) 
more strongly raised and less undulate than the rest. Underside smooth, in 
the male all femora more or less armed, the hind with a large conical tooth 
near apex, intermediate femora with a longer, carinate tooth, the front femoral 
tooth just traceable, all tibiae curved and widened, the hind tibiae strongly so; 
their apices strongly spined. In the female all femora unarmed, tibiae straight 
and normally wide. Dimensions: 21-23 x 73-84 mm. 

Habitat——S. Queensland: Stanthorpe (F. A. Perkins). 

Six males and eight females sent by Mr. Perkins, of the Queensland De- 
partment of Agriculture, of this very distinct species, one of the finest of the 
genus. The elytral sculpture is unique in the genus, and very irregular, no 
two examples being quite alike. It is a member of the first group in my table 
(Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1914, p. 395) “Femora armed in 6,” but is very 
dissimilar from its nearest allies (armipes Bates and opacicollis Macl.) in sculp- 
ture. Types sent to the Queensland Museum. 


CARDIOTHORAX NASUTUS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 7.) 


Oblong-ovate; nitid black, antennae and tarsi brown. 

Head with epistoma bluntly dentate and reflexed in middle, the stirrup- 
shaped frontal impression having a few punctures on it; antennae stout, 3rd 
joint little longer than 4th, 8th-l10th widely ovate, llth pyriform. Prothorax: 
apex arcuate-emarginate, base sub-truncate, the lobal margins straight, but not 
quite collinear, anterior angles rather widely rounded, sides widest in front of 
middle, subsinuate near the widely obtuse, non-dentate hind angles, the medial 
part nearly straight; extreme border thick, foliate margins separated from dise 
by a wide shallow sulcus; each with three setae, at wide intervals; disc with 
medial suleus throughout, two small punctures near middle of each lobe and a 
deep basal impression like an inverted T (the transverse bar at base). Hlytra 
- suleate, each with seven convex intervals and two sub-obsolete convexities at 
sides, the 3rd and 5th clearly wider than the 2nd and 4th. Underside and epi- 
pleurae impunctate. Middle and post-tibiae widely dilated, the latter arcuate 
on the superior edge; post-tarsi strongly fringed with pads of hairs forming a 
lateral extension on inside. Dimensions: 22 x 7 mm. 

Habitat—New South Wales: Port Macquarie. 

The unique male example known to me has been generously given me by 
my friend, Mr. R. Illidge. It is one of the largest species belonging to the 
acutangulus-castelnaudi group in which the males have widely expanded tibiae 


540 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, iv., 


and may be distinguished by the combination of large size, nitid black colour, 
non-dentate hind angles of prothorax and unequal elytral intervals. The re- 
flected clypeal tooth and post-tarsal pads are characteristic, C. politicollis Bates 
containing some approach to the former and C. laticollis Cart. to the latter of 
these characters. Type in Australian Museum. @& latet. 


LICINOMA ILLIDGEI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 8.) 


Elongate oblong, blackish bronze, glabrous; antennae, palpi and tarsi 
reddish-brown. 

Head sparsely, minutely punctate with deep arcuate suture, and two large 
punctures, close together in a depression near base of forehead; antennae with 
3rd segment one and a half times longer than 4th, 4th-llth increasing in size, 
subtriangular, 11th ovate. Prothorax: apex subtruncate, the narrowly rounded 
anterior angles feebly advanced, base truncate, sides evenly moderately arcuate, 
extreme border narrow, disc impunctate, medial sulcus lightly impressed, two 
foveae on each side of this (very faintly visible in one example), hind angles 
obtuse. Scutellum small, triangular. Hlytra considerably wider than prothorax, 
humeri wide; suleate; intervals convex and impunctate, the 3rd, 5th and 7th 
clearly wider than the rest; one or two setae on the 3rd interval near apex. 
Underside almost impunctate, the epipleurae with small, sparse punctures; hind 
tarsi with basal segment longer than claw segment. Dimensions: 12 x 4.5 mm. 

Habitat— Queensland National Park (R. Illidge). 

Two specimens sent by the captor, to whom it is dedicated, show a large 
species readily distinguished from all described species except angusticollis Cart. 
by its impunctate elytral sulci. From angusticollis Cart. it is differentiated by 


darker colour, larger size and the unequal elytral intervals. Type in Coll. 
Carter. 


LIcINOMA MAJOR, n.sp. (Text-fig. 9.) 


Elongate obovate, black, nitid, glabrous; antennae and palpi piceous, tarsi 
reddish. 

Head almost impunetate, suture deep, a single fovea on vertex; antennae 
submoniliform, 3rd segment one and a half times longer than 4th, 4th-8th oval, 
9th-10th subglobular, 11th largest, oval. Prothorax: apex lightly emarginate, 
wider than base, the rounded anterior angles a little advanced, base subtruncate, 
lightly advanced in middle; sides moderately rounded, widest in middle, posterior 
angles rather widely rounded, medial suleus indicated only by a basal notch, a 
longitudinal depression on each side terminating behind in a fovea; dise im- 
punctate. Scutellum larger than usual, semicireular. Elytra wider than pro- 
thorax at base, shoulders rounded but accentuated by epipleural fold, widest: 
behind middle; suleate, intervals lightly convex and of subequal width, impune- 
tate, with a few setae near apical third. Epipleurae and mesosternum finely 
punctate, rest of underside impunectate. Hind tarsi with basal segment as long 
as the claw segment. Dimensions: 14 x 5 mm. 

Habitat—Queensland National Park (R. Illidge). 

A single example sent by its captor shows the largest species yet described. 
It may be distinguished from the other suleate species by large size, black colour, 


and the areuate base of pronotum with its hind angles quite rounded off. Type 
in Coll. Carter. 


BY H. J. CARTER. 541 


LICINOMA SPLENDENS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 10.) 

Hlongate ovate; head and pronotum brilliant fiery coppery, elytra blue or 
violet, antennae, palpi and legs red, underside glossy black. 

Head unevenly punctate, frontal impression subhexagonal with two large 
foveae besides punctures; antennae moniliform, 3rd joint one and a half times 
as long as 4th, 4th-10th oval, successively widened, 11th elongate ovate, much 
longer than 10th. Prothorax sub-scutate, convex, wider than long, greatest 
width in front of middle, apex nearly straight, the slightly blunted subrect- 
angular angles feebly advanced, apex clearly wider than base, sides arceuately 
converging te base, posterior angles obtuse, base truncate, lateral border nar- 
‘rowly horizontal with two or three setae, this border widening at front angles; 
dise without medial line or foveae (in some examples a vague impression near 
middle at base), the whole with fine shallow, rather close punctures. Scutellum 
black, small, triangular. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax at base and twice 
as long, shoulders obliquely rounded; striate-punctate, the punctures only visible 
as crenulations on the insides of the intervals except those in the lateral striae; 


ee 
oe 


. i 
10 i) ay 12 i 


Bey 
8. Licinoma illidget. 9. L. major. 10. L. splendens. 11. L. coerulea. 
12. Adeliwm iilidget. 13. <Austropeus pustulosus. 


intervals rather widely convex, of equal width, the 3rd with two or three setae, 
the margins also setose; underside almost entirely impunctate; front tarsi of ¢ 
shghtly enlarged, hind tarsi with Ist jomt about as long as the claw joint. 
Dimensions: 9.5-14 x 2.5-4 mm. 

Habitat—S. Queensland: Stanthorpe (F. A. Perkins). 

Another fine discovery of this enthusiastic entomologist. Thirteen examples 
sent for examination show one of the most beautiful insects in the whole sub- 
-family Adeliinae. Its brilliantly contrasted colours will alone distinguish it 
from other described species. By its structure it should come near apasioides 
(No. 21) of my table (These Proc., 1920, p. 244). Its size is very variable 
as in other species of which I have seen a long series. Type in Queensland 
Museum. 

LICINOMA COERULEA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 11.) 


Elongate oblong-ovate; upper surface rich dark blue, antennae, palpi and 
legs red, underside nitid black. 

Head rather coarsely punctate, epistoma setose, the deep rhomboidal frontal 
impression bifoveate; antennae narrower than in splendens, 8-10 more strongly 


542 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, IV., 
widened in proportion to 4-7, the 11th pyriform, wider and longer than 10th. 
Prothorax sub-cordate, flatter than in splendens, apex lightly arcuate, anterior 
angles more prominent and sharper than in splendens, greatest width near 
front, there the rounding of the sides most marked, thence rather straightly 
narrowed and feebly sinuate before the defined castrate angles; these slightly 
wider than 90°, margins very narrowly suleate with one or two setae; base 
truncate; dise minutely and densely punctate, medial channel finely and clearly 
ieee ced throughout. Scutellum black, triangular. Hlytra wider than pro- 
thorax at base, shoulders more prominently raised and more squarely rounded 
than in splendens; deeply striate-punctate, the punctures in striae scarcely 
visible except in lateral striae; intervals equal and sharply convex (sub-carinate), 
without evident setae; underside almost impunctate; hind tarsi with 1st joint 
about as long as claw joint. Dimensions: 11.5 x 3.5 mm. 

Habitat.—S. Queensland: Stanthorpe (F. A. Perkins). 

A single specimen examined of a species little less brilliant than the pre- 
ceding, also separated from its nearest allies by colour and clearly distinct from 
splendens (apart from colour) by its differently shaped prothorax with its pro- 
nounced medial suleus, and the sharply raised elytral intervals. In my table it 
should be placed near truncata (No. 22). Type in the Queensland Museum. 


ADELIUM ILLIDGEI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 12.) 


Convex, widely ovate; coal-black, moderately mnitid, glabrous, antennae, 
palpi and tarsi red. 

Head coarsely rugose-punctate, antennal segment 1 stout, 2 bead-like, 3 
cylindric as iong as 4-5 combined, 4-10 subconic increasing in size outwards, 11 
elongate oval. Prothorax: apex semicircularly emarginate, anterior angles acute, 
pointing forwards, base truncate, sides widely diverging from apex till near 
base, then abruptly rounded and sinuately contracted, posterior angles acute and 
pointing outwards, foliate margins wide but not differing from dise in sculp- 
ture; this unevenly rugose-punctate with some smooth vermiculate impressions; 
medial suleus clearly impressed on apical half, merging into an indefinite de- 
pression near base. Scutellwm curvilinear triangular, minutely punctate. Elytra 
considerably wider than prothorax at base (widest at humeri) and two and one- 
third times as long, shoulders rather squarely rounded, apex widely rounded; 
the sculpture formed by interrupted striae, the lightly convex intervals with 
irregular transverse connections on same level as intervals, the 3rd and 5th in- 
tervals clearly wider than the rest; intervals not perceptibly punctate; pros- 
ternum and abdomen nearly smooth, epipleurae (especially the prosternal) with 
large, sparse punctures; intercoxal process widely rounded. Dimensions: 12 x 
6 mm. 

Habitat.——Queensland National Park (R. Illidge). 

I name this very distinct species after the Queensland naturalist who has 
made such valuable observations over a wide range of fauna. The species is, 
in general form and elytral sculpture, nearest to A. reticulatum Cart. and A. 
geminatum Pase., but is more convex than either, without a touch of bronze, and 
distinguished from both by the widely excised sides of pronotum in which 
character it is nearest A. angulicolle Casteln., but with a finer border and sharper 
posterior angles than that species. Type in Coll. Carter. 

N.B—A. reticulatum Cart. is readily distinguished from A. geminatum 
Pase. by its darker colour and clearly punctate elvtral intervals. 


BY H. J. CARTER, ‘ 543 


AUSTROPEUS, nov. gen. Helopinae. 


Body apterous. Head enclosed in prothorax to the eyes: antennal orbit 
horizontal, widely rounded, shghtly impinging on eyes; these transversely oval, 
not prominent. Kpistoma broadly rounded in front, scarcely separated from 
forehead, labrum not prominent, apical segments of palpi securiform, mentum 
trapeziform, wider in front than behind, antennae not reaching base of pro- 
thorax, apical segments flattened, 1st stout, 2nd bead-like, 3rd cylindric, longer 
than 4th, 4th-6th obconic, 7th-10th sub-spherical, 11th oblong-oval, considerably 
larger than 10th. Prothorax: apex strongly emarginate, moderately convex, 
wider than long; base sub-truncate. Scutellum small, triangular. Elytra convex, 
obovate, striate-punctate; prosternum convex, its hind process triangularly sharp- 
ened and widely margined; coxae globose, hind intercoxal process rounded and 
margined. Legs rather long, tibiae not enlarged nor spined at apex. Tarsi 
rather short; post tarsi with Ist segment shorter than 4th, and as long as 2nd-3rd 
combined. A genus unlike any other Australian genus, with a facies somewhat 
resembling Simarus of the Cistelidae. 


AUSTROPEUS PUSTULOSUS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 13.) 


Ovate, convex, glabrous, opaque-brown; antennae and tarsi reddish. 

Surface of head and pronotum densely and finely rugose-pustulose; the 
outline of the epistoma and antennal orbits almost a semicircle, eyes rather 
small. Prothorax: apex sub-truncate in middle, the anterior angles rather 
sharply prominent, pointing forwards, sides moderately rounded, widest about 
middle, scarcely sinuate behind, posterior angles sub-rectangular, clearly defined, 
sides and front narrowly margined, the former narrowly horizontal within the 
margin—at least on front half. Hlytra slightly wider than prothorax at base; 
humeri prominent, subrectangular with extreme angle rounded; apical declivity 
steep; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures foveate and distant, with about 
nine convex intervals on each elytron, each with a single row of nitid pustules— 
the pustules near middle round, becoming more elongate and irregular towards 
sides (here forming irregular crenulations) ; the suture and third interval form- 
ing strong ridges at apex. Sternal area pustulose, episterna coarsely punctate, 
abdomen densely and more finely punctate, underside of legs alveolate-punctate; 
fore and mid tibiae slightly arched, tibiae not enlarged at apex, their apices and 
tarsi clothed with short golden pubescence. Dimensions: 12.5 x 6 mm. 

Habitat—(?) Murchison district of Western Australia. 

The locality is given with doubt, the unique example being one of several 
Coleoptera given by Mr. C. French to Mr. F. Erasmus Wilson, in spirits with- 
out label, but probably from the Murchison River region. Mr. Wilson has 
generously passed it on to me. After considerable hesitation, I place it 
amongst the Helopinae, near Mimopeus. Type in Coll. Carter. 


CISTELIDAE. 
ATOICHUS FLAVIPES, n.sp. 
Oval; head, prothorax, scutellum and legs testaceous; antennae, elytra and 


underside black. 

Head and prothorax more strongly punctured than in A. bicolor Blackb., 
the antennal joints wider. Prothorax widest at base, lightly, arcuately converg- 
ing to apex, base and apex truncate. Elytra wider than prothorax, sub-parallel 


544 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, lv. 


for greater part, very finely sub-striate-punctate, about two striae near suture 
fine but distinct, the rest ill-defined or obsolete, under a Zeiss binocular the fine 
seriate punctures are seen to be closely set (both rows and punctures) and 
seratch-like. Dimensions: 44 x 12 mm. 

Habitat.—Bribie Island, Moreton Bay (H. Hacker and A. M. Lea). 

A single example sent by Mr. Lea is clearly distinct from A. bicolor Blackb., 
not only by colour differences, but by its distinct elytral sculpture, which in 
bicolor is clearly striate-punctate throughout—the striae more distant and the 
punctures larger than in flavipes. Type in South Australian Museum. 

A second example varies in having the posterior legs partly dark with 
knees and basal half of tibiae only yellow. 


ATOICHUS DIMIDIATUS, n.Sp. 


Oval; head, thorax, scutellum, basal half of elytra, basal joints of antennae, 
four front legs and posterior knees testaceous; antennae (except basal joints), 
apical half of elytra, underside and posterior legs (except knees) black, tarsi 
piceous, upper surface clothed with short, fine hair. 

Head and prothorax very similar to the preceding, the antennal joints more 
slender (less oblong), the pronotal punctures finer. Elytra clearly striate- 
punctate, the seriate punctures comparatively large and well separated, the 
intervals flat and apparently impunctate. Dimensions: 44 x 14 mm. 

Habitat— Queensland, Bribie Island, Moreton Bay (H. Hacker and A. M. 
Lea). 

A single example from Mr. Lea is distinct in colour and seulpture from the 
other described species. It is smaller and narrower than A. bicolor Blackb. 
The dark portion is rather less than half the elytra. Type in South Australian 
Museum. 

N.B.—The apical joint of antennae in both the above species, as also in the 
others (at least in bicolor and tasmanicus now before me), is smaller (especially 
finer) than the tenth. All the species show marked differences in their antennae. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


PLATE XLy, 


Species of Permosyne, n.g. 


=. 


1. P. belmontensis. 2. P. affinis. 
3. P. mitchelli. 4. P. pincombeae. 


[ti ony 


j 


aa iy 
aaa 


; hy 
fibre 


PLATE XLVI. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


[5 Ob SOL 


n 


Protocoleus mitchelli, 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE XLVILI. 


d 


M, 
c, Anisops; d, Enithares; e, Notonecta. (All 


Antennae of Notonectinae. a, Nychia (scape not shown); b, Paranisops ; 
enlarged 50 diams.). 


2. Paranisops inconstans, male of melanochroic form. 
'b, hemelytron; ¢ and d, anterior and intermediate legs. 


a, head and thorax; 


PE 1 My \hilsk 
a, Very , 


Proc, Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1924. 


PLATE XLVIII. 


3. Paranisops inconstans, male and female of leucochroic form. a, head 
and thorax of male; b, hemelytron. 


4, Salda nicholsoni. a and b, antenna and posterior leg of male; e and 
d, ventral view of abdomen of male and female. 


PLO as 


fon 
fe 
! 


pele 
PARTE, 
DN kee ae 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE L. 


Aviculopectens from the Carboniferous of New South Wales. 
Photo by H. G. Gooch and J. M. 


eroe 


rane 
Wee 


PLATE LI. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


Aviculopectens from the Carboniferous of New South Wales. 


Photo by H. G. Gooch and J. M. 


= 


; 
c 
Ae 
is 
Bhs 
Tes 


mh 


h 
nA 
ts 
- 
Ce 


ERO Ce Wuenes SOC] NES IW, 1924) PLAS se, 


Aviculopectens from the Carboniferous of New South Wales. 
jc MM. plato. 


A Ite rant 
ocverunrooet a \ieh 
hears | 


Dy Ly 
Atel oe Wa 


Pita 
Pay anne 


Ve atator 


% ” Deh awe : Neg ah. 
ive } ‘ oh oe 
Ra : q 4 ip rea : te 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


PLATE LIII. 


A. Elonichthys davidi, n.sp. 


Middle Devonian Brachiopods from New South Wales. 


a re 


nk 


ue 


ico 
Patt 
Lie Nh 2 
ay, : ha Mea 
Pecan, 


*; 


PLATE LIV. 


24. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 19 


en maemo 
in me iro naomi 


Temnocephala fasciata. 


W. A. H. del. 


a 


eld 
care 
wily 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE LY. 


ee EH. dell. 
8-10. Temnocephala fasciata. 11. T. novae-zelandiae. 12. T. comes. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


13-15, 17. Temnocephala 
18-21. 7. tasmanica. 


fasciata. 16. T. comes. 
22. £. quadricorms. 


PLATE LVI. 


A 


Mm ive 


Ny aba 
st 


+ 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE LVI. 


rs ok a 


ick 


Tags 


ae 3 119 
ph ahd a Pe ps xy s, 
rs OUD 


SA 88 


yu tiee4 A: 


* * 
Deget* +e 
Ld ha 


ae 

ates whe 
4 Bot 

Beds Those 


Map of the Mount Wilson Region. 
The diagonal hatching indicates the basalt caps. 
(From the 16-mile map issued by the Geological Survey of New South Wales.) 


ony 


uy 
ata? 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE LVIII. 


: % 


Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest in the Mt. Wilson region. 


. Showing Dicksonia, Alsophila and Blechnum discolor. 

Showing bare ground under canopy of a large Ceratopetalum. 

. Tmesipteris tannensis growing from a sloping Dicksonia trunk. 
. Dicksonia. 


Bw 


PLATE LIX. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. 


a Forest. 


Kucalyptus-Doryphor 


peed: 
Alsophila Forest. 


ra Forest 


ypho 


Ceratopetalum-Dor 


5, 6. 


HKucalyptus 


8. 


iia 


Nopeneraiu) 


o, 


Rte 


a af 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924. PLATE LX. 


9. Junetion of Eucalyptus-Alsophila Association and Euealyptus-Pteridium 
Association. 
10. Interior of Ceratopetalum-Doryphora Forest. 


aS 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


LINNEAN SOCIETY 


NHW SOUTH WALES. 


WepDNESpDAY, 26TH Marcon, 1924. 


The Forty-ninth Annual General Meeting, together with the Ordinary Monthly 
Meeting, was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Ehzabeth Bay, on Wednesday 
evening, 26th March, 1924. 


ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. 


Mr. A. F. Basset Hull, President, in the Chair. 
The Minutes of the preceding Annual General Meeting (28th March, 1923) 
were read and confirmed. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 


Perhaps the most outstanding scientific event in Austraha during the year 
was the second meeting of the Pan-Pacifie Science Congress. The first meeting 
of this Congress was held at Honolulu in 1920, and the second meeting was held 
under the auspices of the Australian National Research Council, partly in Mel- 
bourne and partly in Sydney. It was attended by more than 80 scientists from 
overseas, as well as by a large number of Australian scientists and others in- 
terested in the objects of the Congress. The holding of the meeting was made 
possible by the generosity of the Commonwealth and State Governments, and the 
work of organising and carrying out the meeting was performed by the executive 
of the Australian National Research Council. The meeting was most successful 
and we may look forward with interest to the publication of the papers read 
in the various sections. 

Mention was made in the Presidential Address last year of the advantages 
that would result, both to members and to the Society, if the Society’s head- 
quarters could be removed to a more central position than Elizabeth Bay. During 
the year, the attention of the Council was given to this question, and as a result 
a property known as Lauriston Hall, 16 College Street, overlooking Hyde Park, 
was purchased by the Society. The property was bought subject to an existing 
lease expiring in February, 1925. The tenant has, however, asked to be released 


Be 5 
fy j 


Tile PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 


and the Council has agreed to allow her to vacate the premises. As a result, 
alterations to the property will be commenced immediately, and on their com- 
pletion the Council has decided to remove the office of the Society to 16 College 
Street, where the ordinary meetings will be held. The request came from our 
tenant quite unexpectedly and the Council had to come to a decision at once; it 
was therefore decided to allow the lhbrary to remain at Elizabeth Bay for the 
present, until the Council is able to consider carefully all the matters connected 
with a complete removal of the Society’s activities to the new site. We hope to 
hold our first ordinary meeting at the new address about the middle of the year. 
We will thus give effect to the aspirations of your Council as expressed by. my 
predecessor in this chair in his presidential address last year, and at a date, I 
may venture to say, far in advance of his most sanguine anticipations. 

The community suffered a severe loss by the death, in September last, of 
the State Governor, Sir Walter Davidson. His Excellency showed a keen ap- 
preciation of the work of this and other scientific societies and was especially 
interested in a scheme to bring all such societies under one roof. 

Several years ago I entertained a hope that the two leading scientific societies 
might be induced to join forces in devising a scheme for the establishment of a 
comprehensive Science Building; options on sites were secured, but in view of 
the disturbed condition of affairs during the war, the project was allowed to lapse. 
Shortly after my election to the presidency of this Society I again took the matter 
up, and on the occasion of my official call upon the Governor, I referred to the 
subject, only to find that His Excellency had independently conceived a similar 
plan in conjunetion with the proposed Soldiers’ Memorial and the extension of 
the Mitchell Library. At His Excellency’s invitation I joined the committee which 
was engaged with him in elaborating his plans. At the same time I brought the 
subject before your Council, and it received a considerable amount of attention 
during the year. The lamented death of His Excellency abruptly terminated the 
proceedings, but I personally may be permitted to express the hope that means 
will yet be found to carry the scheme of union of the Scientific Societies to a 
successful conclusion. The central feature of my plan is a large Hall of Science, 
erected on a commanding site in the city, with annexes providing lecture rooms, 
office accommodation, libraries, committee rooms and every accessory of a well- 
equipped club; an Institution such as would be a credit to this great city, and a 
meeting place for the leaders of science, literature. art and philosophy; erected 
by the joimt efforts of every association formed for the furtherance of such ob- 
jects; managed by a joint committee; but so constructed and laid out that each 
Society would retain its own individuality unimpaired; its own distinctive quarters, 
with, at the same time, the advantage of co-operative performance of those de- 
tails of house management which would be for the common use of all members. 
The ideal is a high one, but by no means unattainable, if those who guide the 
destinies of our great societies could agree to work together for the common 
good of themselves and their humbler brethren. 

The coneluding Part of Volume xlvii. of the Society’s Proceedings has been 
issued. The complete volume (688 + Ixxxii. pages, 52 Plates and 438 Text- 
figures) contains forty papers, covering a wide range of subjects in Natural His- 
tory, nine papers being contributed by the Society’s research staff. 

Exchange-relations with other scientific societies and institutions are now 
more normal, the receipts for the session numbering 1,450. During the past year 
we have resumed exchanges with a number of German Scientific Societies with 


4 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. lll. 


whom we exchanged formerly, and have added to the societies and institu- 
tions on our exchange list the following:—Bergens Museum, Bombay Natural 
Mistory Society, Botanisches Museum zu Berlin-Dahlem, Liverpool School of 
Tropical Medicine, National Research Council of Japan, Notgemeinschaft der 
deutschen Wissenschaft, Société botanique de Pologne and Société d’histoire 
naturelle de Toulouse. Bookbinding operations are proceeding steadily, the pub- 
heations most used by members receiving first consideration. 

Last year there seemed a likelihood that the issue of the “Zoological Record” 
might be discontinued. The difficulty, one of finance, appears to have been over- 
come and it is now assured that the volume for 1921 will be issued and that for 
1922 will be prepared. Following the lead of the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia, your Council has offered to contribute towards any loss on the 
publication of the Record in the year ending 30th June, 1924, and to consider 
further contribution, should such be necessary, in succeeding years. 

In response to a request from the N.S.W. Exhibition Commission the Council 
agreed to prepare an exhibit of the Society’s publications for the Education Sec- 
tion of the British Empire Exhibition. 

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, having accepted the Acting-Professorship of Mathe- 
matics in the University of Tasmania for the year 1924, decided not to seek re- 
election as a member of the Council of the Society. I desire to place on record 
our appreciation of the valuable services rendered to the Society by Mr. Lueas 
as a Member of Council for twenty-nine years, during two of which he occupied 
the presidential chair. 

Mr. W. W. Froggatt, a member of Council since 1898, retired during the 
year from the position of Government Entomologist. His services as an economie¢ 
entomologist have, however, not been lost to the State, as he has been appointed 
Forest Entomologist to the Minister for Lands and Forests, his work being to 
study the pests of timbers in the forests, and also the pests coming into this State 
from abroad in imported timbers. 

After thirty-three years of service on the staff of the Australian Museum, 
Mr. Charles Hedley has retired under the provisions of the Superannuation Act. 
Although he has still some years to traverse before reaching the compulsory re- 
tiring age, he has exercised his option and voluntarily relinquished his position as 
Principal Keeper of Collections in that Institution. While we cannot but regret 
the severe loss that must result to the scientific side of the Museum, it is a matter 
for sincere congratulation that Mr. Hedley’s high attainments have been sub- 
stantially recognised by the neighbouring State of Queensland, he having been 
appointed scientific director of the Great Barrier Reef Committee, a most im- 
portant body formed under the auspices of the Royal Geographical Society of 
Australasia, Queensland branch, to engage upon research problems in relation 
to that great natural feature of the Queensland coast. To us personally and as 
members of the local scientific bodies, Mr. Hedley’s removal from this State for 
the greater part of the year will be fraught with the sincerest regret. His well- 
considered judgment and ever helpful counsel in the scientific and business con- 
duct of our Societies, in all of which he has been an esteemed office bearer, will 
be sorely missed. Our chief consolation lies in the fact that in his new sphere of 
activity he will be enabled to add more lustre to his already great achievements in 
the world of scientific effort. We also have to offer Mr. Hedley our hearty con- 
gratulations on the honour conferred upon him by the New Zealand Institute, 
which has elected him an Honorary Fellow. 

I have much pleasure in offering the Society’s heartiest congratulations to 
Mr. W. B. Gurney on his appointment as Government Entomologist; Sir Douglas 


1V. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


Mawson on his election as a Fellow of the Royal Society of London; Mr. A. H. 
S. Lucas on his appointment as Acting-Professor of Mathematics in the University 
ot Tasmania. 

The reading of papers at the ordinary meetings has again been supplemented 
by discussions and lecturettes, and we are indebted to Miss M. I. Collins, Dr. C. 
Anderson, and Messrs. A. R. MeCulloch and D. G. Stead for short lantern 
lectures. 

Since the last Annual Meeting the names of 14 ordinary members have been 
added to the roll, 4 members have resigned and we have lost by death one 
corresponding and two ordinary members. This leaves the Society with 166 
ordinary members on the roll. 

Achile Raffray, Ministre plenipotentiaire de France, en retraite, died at Rome, 
24th September, 1923, at the age of 79. He had been a corresponding member 
ot the Society since 21st November, 1900. By his death entomology has lost one 
of its most distinguished workers, M. Raffray being the world’s authority on the 
Pselaphidae. The publication of his last work “Sur la dispersion geographique 
des Psélaphiens du Monde” has commenced in the ‘““Memorie dell’Accademia Ponti- 
ficia dei Nuovi Lincei.”” He contributed an important paper on Australian 
Pselaphidae in our Proceedings for 1900. 

Henry. Deane, who died at Malvern, Victoria, on 12th March, 1924, was 
born at Clapham, London, in 1847 and was educated at Queen’s College, Galway 
and King’s College, London. 

He was the son of Henry Deane (1807-1874) of Clapham, a noted phar- 
maceutical chemist, the first President of the British Pharmaceutical Conference 
and a Fellow of the Linnean Society of London from 1855 till his death. Amongst 
the schoolfellows of Henry Deane, Senior, were Henry and Edwin Doubleday, 
afterwards the distinguished entomologists, who communicated their love of collect- 
ing birds and insects to Mr. Deane, whose interest in natural history, thus aroused, 
never waned. He was a personal friend of A. R. Wallace and others of the same 
time and received from Dr. Harvey (who visited Australia to collect seaweeds, 
wrote a book on them and distributed sets of seaweeds) a set which Henry Deane, 
Junior, inherited. This set he presented, together with his own private herbarium, 
chiefly of New South Wales plants, to the National Herbarium in Sydney only 
some four years ago. 

Thus it was the example and influence of his father that aroused the interest 
in natural history of the Henry Deane whose loss we mourn. Before he came to 
Australia, he collected and studied British insects, but in Australia, in his leisure 
hours, he specialised in botany. 

For the greater part of his life Henry Deane was connected with railway 
engineering. Before coming to Australia in 1880, he had been engaged first with 
the London metropolitan railways and later in Hungary and the Philippine 
Islands. From 1880 to 1906 he was employed in the construction department 
of the New South Wales railways, rising to the position of Engineer-in-Chief, and 
being associated with many important railway works, including the construction 
of the bridge over the Hawkesbury River and the introduction of the electric 
tramway system in Sydney. 

In 1908, two years after retiring from the service of the New South Wales 
railways, Mr. Deane was appointed by the Commonwealth as controlling and con- 
sulting engineer in connection with the survey of the proposed transcontinental 
railway between Kalgoorlie and Port Augusta, and later, as Engineer-in-Chief of 
the Commonwealth railway construction branch, he did much towards bringing 
to a suecessful conclusion the task of building this 1,100-mile line of railway 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Vv. 


through an almost waterless and uninhabited region. In 1914 he severed his con- 
nection with the Commonwealth railways and practised as a consulting engineer 
in Melbourne. : 

Mr. Deane became a member of this Society in 1883, and, until his removal 
to Melbourne, was a very active member of the Society, being a regular attendant 
at the meetings and a frequent exhibitor of interesting specimens. He was a 
member of Council from 1887 to 1912 and was President for the years 1895-96 
and 1896-97. 

He was a member of the Royal Society of New South Wales from 1885 till 
his death, and occupied the presidential chair of that Society on two occasions 
(1897 and 1907); he was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society of London in 
1885. 

During the years 1895-1901 he contributed fourteen papers, nine of them in 
conjunction with Mr. J. H. Maiden, to the Proceedings, amongst them being a 
series of eight papers containing observations on the Eucalypts of New South 
Wales. Before the appointment of Mr. Maiden to the Botanic Gardens, he was in 
close touch with such eminent botanists as Dr. Woolls, Mr. Fitzgerald and Baron 
von Mueller. He was an accomplished botanist, and, apart from his work on 
present day plants, he had carried out much work on the Tertiary fossil flora of 
Kastern Australia—a most difficult subject to deal with satisfactorily. Some of 
the results of these fossil studies were published by the Geological Survey of New 
South Wales, and they form a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the flora 
which preceded the existing flora in Australia. 

Although living in Melbourne for the last twelve years, he retained his: in- 
terest in the Society and its doings and it was rarely that he did not find time, 
on his visits to Sydney, to look in at the Society’s headquarters. His death re- 
moves one who took a keen interest in the Society’s affairs and who helped to 
guide the destinies of the Society for a quarter of a century. 

How similar was the end of the father to that of the son! Of Henry Deane, 
Senior, we read: (Proc. Linn. Soe. Lond., 1873-74, p. xlx.) “The death of Mr. 
Deane occurred on the 4th of April, 1874, at Dover, where he had been detained 
for a day or two by stress of weather on his way to visit his son in Hungary. 
Walking from his hotel to the boat he was attacked by sudden pain in the region 
of the heart, and in a few minutes had ceased to exist.” Of Henry Deane, we 
learn that he collapsed suddenly while working in his garden and passed away 
without regaining consciousness. 

Jacos Rosert L. Dixon, who died on 27th October, 1923, after an illness ex- 
tending over several months, was born at Liverpool, England, in October, 1861. 
He was educated at the Royal Infirmary Medical School, Liverpool and obtained 
his L.R.C.P. of Edinburgh and M.R.C.S., England, in 1884. He was for a time 
Honorary Pathologist to the Royal Southern Hospital, Liverpool, and then entered 
into private practice in the South of England. He came to Australia in 1912 
and, very shortly after his arrival, was appointed Demonstrator in Physiology, 
and later, in 1923, Lecturer in Histology at the University of Sydney. Dr. Dixon 
joined the Society in 1913 and for a number of years was a regular attendant 
at our meetings. He was keenly interested in Natural History, particularly 
microscopy and conchology, and paid a good deal of attention to a group of small 
Crustaceans found infesting the masses of seaweed and bryozoa round the piles 
of wharves and floating jetties. He was also an artist of no mean ability and 
was passionately fond of water colour landscapes. He was a very reserved man 
and few of his colleagues knew much of his hobbies. 


Vi. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


Last year attention was called to the possibility that, as a result of visiting 
expeditions of collectors to Australia, the best collections of some groups of Aus- 
tralian animals would be found, in the near future, not in Australian Museums, 
but in those outside Australia. As a result of representations made to him the 
Prime Minister has intimated that it is intended to grant permits in future to 
expeditions engaged in collecting specimens in Australia only on condition that 
types of any new species and duplicates (one pair in each case) of any rare 
species are donated to the Museum in the State in which specimens are collected. 
This is a very satisfactory arrangement in view of the need for future research 
workers to have material for comparison. 

During the year the Minister for Trade and Customs has appointed advisory 
committees in the various States to assist him in connection with applications 
which may be received for permission to export prohibited Australian birds and 
animals. Applications will be submitted to the Advisory Committee in the State 
concerned and on receipt of the Committee’s recommendation the Minister will 
decide whether or not each application shall be granted. The committees consist 
of representatives of various institutions and in each case a deputy has been 
appointed to act in the absence of the representative. The New South Wales 
Committee comprises Professor L. Harrison (deputy, Dr. A. B. Walkom) re- 
presenting The University of Sydney, Royal Society of N.S.W. and Linnean 
Society of N.S.W., Mr. F. Flowers (deputy, Col. A. Spain) representing the 
Taronga Zoological Park Trust, Mr. A. F. Basset Hull (deputy, Mr. A. R. 
McCulloch) representing the Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W., Dr. C. Anderson 
(deputies, Mr. EH. le G. Troughton, and Mr. J. R. Kinghorn) representing the Aus- 
tralian Museum, Mr. W. W. Froggatt (deputy, Mr. E. Cheel) representing the 
Naturalists’ Society of N.S.W. and the Wild Life Preservation Society of N.S.W., 
Mr. N. Cayley (deputy, Mr. J. 8. P. Ramsay) representing the Royal Austral- 
asian Ornithologists’ Union (N.S.W. Branch), Mr. F. Farnell (deputy, Mr. W. 
F. L. Bailey) representing the National Park Trust and Mr. F. Lynne Rolin (de- 
puty, Mr. S. T. D. Symons) representing the Royal Society for the Prevention of 
Cruelty to Animals. The issue of permits to export is subject to the requisite 
permission being obtamed from the State Government to collect the Birds and 
Animals concerned. 

The announced intention of the Government to introduce a Bill to provide 
for representation of the Scientific Societies on the various Park Trusts was not 
carried out during last Session, but recent paragraphs in the daily press indicate 
that the subject has not been entirely lost sight of. 

This Society joined with others interested in the preservation of our native 
fauna in a deputation which waited upon, the Chief Secretary in June last. In 
the absence of Mr. Oakes the deputation was received by Mr. Farrar, and a reply 
to the representations then made has been recently received. While in some de- 
tails improvements are being introduced in the administration of the Act, there 
still remains much to be done, but the all-important question of finance seems to 
block the way to a more stringent enforcement of the provisions of the Statute. 

The Australian Forest League which has been formed recently should play 
an important part in the preservation of our forests. It may be said to stand in 
the same relation to eur trees as does the League of Bird Lovers to our birds. 
Among the objects of the Forest League are:—The Maintenance and preservation 
intact of the present forests; Re-afforestation of denuded areas; Tree Planting of 
waste spaces and sand dunes; Protection of forests against fire and other des- 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. Vil. 


tructive agents; To foster the planting of trees for shelter and ornamental pur- 
poses; To advertise the value and encourage the use of our timbers and their 
products; Publication and diffusion of facts and statistics concerning our trees 
and forests; Education of the public to a realisation of the value of our forests; 
and Protection of our indigenous flora and fauna. 

We may wish this organisation every success. 

The year’s work of the Society’s research staff may be summarised thus :— 

Dr. R. Greig-Smith, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society, has continued the 
investigation into the activities of the high-temperature organism used in the 
corrosion of lead. 

Three papers have been submitted and have been published in the Proceed- 
ings during the year. These showed that the characteristic substance of the tan- 
bark, after undergoing the process of tempering, is humic acid which is readily 
fermented by the thermophilic bacterium. Tempering is a preparatory fermen- 
tation in which moulds attack the insoluble cellulose and convert it into simpler 
bodies. Some of the moulds were isolated and seeded upon filter paper. They 
converted the paper into a product which readily yielded carbon dioxide upon 
the introduction of the high temperature organism. The bacterium can attack 
many compounds of carbon such as sugars, alcohols and organic acids while 
ammonium salts and urea can serve as sources of nitrogen. Raffinose and inulin 
among the carbohydrates, and oxalic and formic among the acids were not at- 
tacked. 

The bacillus is sensitive to sudden changes of temperature and its inability 
to ferment solutions of citrate was traced to the organism being chilled when dis- 
tributed in fluid at the laboratory temperature. 

Some work has been done with bacteria isolated from the nodules at the 
bases of the stems of Eucalyptus seedlings. Only one out of many bacteria has 
given positive evidence of nodule formation but, as the results may have been 
accidental, much work has yet to be done before a definite conclusion can be made. 

Dr. J. M. Petrie, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Bio-chemistry, 
has, during the past year, continued his investigation of the colour pigments of 
Acacia flowers. In addition to the two species (Acacia discolor and A. linifolia) 
already dealt with, work has been carried out with A. mollissima and A. longi- 
foha. From all four species the pigment proved to be the same, having the con- 
stitution of Kaempfcrol, in union with the sugar rhamnose as a glucoside. Closely 
associated with this glucoside are certain organic acids and phenols which evi- 
dently play a part in the formation of the yellow pigment and of the red colour- 
ing matter and tannins. The results of these researches are contained in the paper 
“Studies in Plant Pigments, I.,” published in Part 3 of the Proceedings for 1923. 
Further investigations have been commenced with Hucalyptus stricta and E. 
eugenioides. Plants of the former were observed whose foliage and small twigs 
were changed from green to red, the change being the result of insect injury. An 
attempt was made to obtain from these plants and from healthy normal flowers 
of the same species both the yellow and red pigments in order to determine 
whether the two are chemically related. This research was obstructed by the 
separation of a highly insoluble white compound which has now been isolated in a 
practically pure condition. The red leaves proved to contain no anthocyanins, 
the pigment being a tannin red formed by oxidation of the catechol tannins in 
the normal leaves. These red leaves and twigs are therefore in contrast with 
the young spring growth which contains true anthocyanins. 


Vill. PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 


Dr. Petrie proposes, during the coming year, to continue his work on various 
species of Hucalyptus; also on the flowers of Hrythrina for the red pigment; and 
on certain Acacias for the red pigment of the flowers and its relationship with 
the yellow pigment already cbtained. 

Miss Marjorie I. Collins, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany. 
has spent a good part of the year in preparing the results of her field work for 
publication. The first paper, dealing with the plant ecology of the Barrier dis- 
trict, appeared in Part 3 of the Proceedings for 1923 and the second paper, deal- 
ing with the botanical features of the Grey Range and its neighbourhood is com- 
plete and ready for publication. 

Additional field work was carried out in the Cobar district and on the 
Dazling and Paroo Rivers after the autumn and winter rains, and observations 
were made on the winter herbage. These supplemented previous observations 
which had been restricted to the ground flora following spring and summer rains. 
An examination was also made of the red soil scrub floras between the Paroo 
and Warrego Rivers and between the Warrego and Darling. During this field- 
work Miss Collins collected what is probably a new species of the rare aquatic 
liverwort Riella which genus has not previously been found in Australia. The 
occurrence of an aquatic liverwort in a region subject to rainless periods extend- 
ing over years is one, the study of which promises to be of very great interest. 

Miss Collins proposes, during the coming) year, to complete her ecological 
studies of the vegetation of the arid and semiarid regions of New South Wales, 
visiting, for that purpose, the lower part of the Darling near its junction with 
the Murray; she also proposes to make a study of the vegetation of the serpentine 
deposits of New South Wales. 

Miss Marguerite Henry, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology, 
in continuation of her studies of the freshwater entomostraca of New South Wales, 
completed her account of the Ostracoda, the results being published in Part 3 of 
the Proceedings for 1923. Whilst studying the Phyllopoda, Miss Henry visited 
the Cobar district for the purpose of studying the oceurrence and habits of living 
Phyllopods, as this group is far more abundant in western New South Wales than 
in the coastal region. The description of this group has now been completed and 
the results are ready for publication. Nineteen species are dealt with, six of them 
being described as new, and three recorded for the first time from New South 
Wales. Miss Henry has been working also on samples of dried mud from Queens- 
land and Central Australia, and on a collection made by Mr. T. Steel from New 
Zealand lakes. 

Miss Henry completes her work as a Linnean Macleay Fellow on the 31st 
instant, and leaves on the 12th April on a holiday trip to England. We may ex- 
press our satisfaction with the results of her work as a Fellow, and wish her a 
very pleasant and enjoyable trip. 

Dr. Walkom has completed two pieces of work on fossil plants during the 
year, viz. (1) a deseription of a collection of plants of Upper Triassic age from 
Bellevue, Queensland, forwarded by the Director of the Queensland Museum and 
(2) the examination of the collection of fossil plants from the Narrabeen series” 
for the Geological Survey of N.S.W. Arrangements have now been completed 
for him to receive for examination collections of Mesozoic plants from the 
Geological Survey of Tasmania. The description of these Tasmanian specimens 
should add considerably to our knowledge of the distribution and relationships of 
Australian Mesozoic floras and may well help to clear up some of the doubtful 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 1X. 


points in connection with the correlation of the freshwater Mesozoic Strata of 
‘Tasmania and the mainland. 

Five applications for Linnean Macleay Fellowships, 1924-25, were received in 
response to the Council’s invitation of 26th September, 1923. I have pleasure in 
reminding you that the Council has re-appoimted Dr. J. M. Petrie and Miss 
Marjorie I. Collins to Fellowships in Bio-chemistry and Botany respectively for 
one year from Ist April, 1924, and has appointed Miss May M. Willams, B.Sce., 
and Mr. P. D. F. Murray, B.Se., to Fellowships in Botany and Zoology respectively 
for one year from Ist March, 1924. Mr. Murray, who desired to take his degree 
at Oxford, will not commence his Fellowship till 25th April. On behalf of the 
Society I wish them a successful year’s research. 

Miss May Marston Williams graduated in Science in 1921 with First Class 
Honours and medal in Botany, and for two years has held a Science Research 
Scholarship in Botany. Since graduation her research work has resulted in the 
completion of two papers, “A Contribution to our knowledge of the Fuecaceae” 
and “The anatomy of Cheilanthes tenuifolia (Swartz).” The former appeared in 
Part 4 of our Proceedings for 1923 and dealt with the branching, oogenesis and 
parasitism of Notheia anomala and the oogenesis and spermatogenesis of 
Phyllospora comosa. In addition Miss Williams has been working on the anatomy 
of some Australian Pteridophyta. She proposes for her year’s work as a Fellow 
to study the life histories, morphology and physiology of the Australian 
siphonaceous algae. 

Mr. Patrick Desmond Fitzgerald Murray has already shown great promise 
as a research zoologist. He graduated in science at the University of Sydney in 
1921 with First Class Honours and Medal in Zoology and First Class Honours in 
Botany, gaining the John Coutts Scholarship for distinction in Science in 1922. 
Since graduation he has spent two years working at Oxford under Professor 
Goodrich and Mr. Julian Huxley and has done vacation work at Edinburgh and 
at the Marine Biological Station at Plymouth. He has worked with Mr. Huxley 
on the effects of grafting certain tissues on to the membranes of the embryonic 
chick and proposes for his year’s work as a Fellow to study the reaction of tissues 
to the presence within them of various foreign bodies, more especially other 
tissues, with special reference to the problem of Metaplasia. 


THE RELATION OF THE LORICATES TO THE COUNTRY ROCK. 
(Plates 1.-111.) 

One very hot day in the summer of 1906 I was surfing at Freshwater Beach, 
north of Manly. Towards midday the tide had fallen to such an extent that it 
was possible to wade round the rocks at the northern end almost to the point. 
The numerous rock-pools, filled with translucent water through which the brilliant 
colouring of the marine growths could be seen, offered such an attraction that I 
spent some time in them, turning over the loose stones and examining the mollusks, 
erustacea and echinoderms sheltering beneath them. I was struck with the num- 
ber and variety of the Loricates* or Chitons, a group with which I was not at 
all familiar, and impelled by the collecting instinct I gathered examples of each 
easily recognisable species, subsequently removing the animals and roughly pre- 
paring the shells by placing them between two flat pieces of wood under a heavy 
weight. This collection I submitted to my friend Charles Hedley, who identified 


% Iredale and I have shown (Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 186) that, according to the 
law of priority Gray’s ordinal name Polyplacophora (1821) used by Pilsbry (1892) 
and other writers, must be rejected in favour of Schumacher’s Loricata (1817). 


x. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


no less than seventeen species with two varieties, including some rather searce 
species. Interest being thus aroused in the group, I acted on Hedley’s advice and 
commenced to collect these shells intensively within Port Jackson and on the 
ocean headlands in the vicinity. During the eighteen years that have since 
elapsed I have extended my field of observation to other parts of the coast of 
New South Wales, to Queensland from Brisbane to Townsville, to Western Aus- 
tralia from Albany to Esperance, and to King Island in Bass Strait. 

In the course of my expeditions it soon became evident that there was some 
relation between the shells and the rock forming the littoral. One species, 
Ischnochiton lentiginosus, originally recorded from Neweastle, N.S.W., and subse- 
quently taken by Dr. Cox at Port Hacking, should have been discoverable at the 
intermediate locality of Port Jackson, but I searched for it in vain. One day, 
when examining a rather unfavourable spot at the southern end of Deewhy Beach 
—unfavourable on account of the scattered nature of the boulders and the absence 
of sheltered pools—I found the sought-for species under loose shingle, partly em- 
bedded in sand near median tide mark. Just above where the shells were found 
there were loose friable shales and pipeclay through which a small creek flowed. 
These shells were all of pale brown to yellow shades, with the characteristic blue 
“freckles” from which the specific name is derived. A little later I found this 
species in large numbers at Long Reef, the Basin, Mona Vale and Newport (Bil- 
gola Head). The iron dyke at Long Reef is a well known feature, and the 
shells from this locality showed another direction in which the influence of the 
rock was felt; they were mostly very dark in colour, being almost blackish-brown. 
Subsequent discoveries of this species on the shales of Bull, the basalt near Port 
Kembla, the granite of Montagu Island, the porphyry of Port Stephens, Broughton 
Island, and Coff’s Island, and the serpentine of Port Macquarie showed the pre- 
dilection of the shell for the harder rocks and the dark coloured shales. Even 
at Port Haeking, where the rock is mainly sandstone, this species is found in 
abundance in the vicinity of dykes only. In each instance the influence of the 
rock on the general colour scheme of the shells is noticeable, the lighter coloured 
rocks yielding pale yellow and light brown shells, while those from the basalts, 
shales, ironstones and other darker coloured rocks are dark to blackish-brown, 
with frequent varieties showing white bars or patches on some of the valves. 

This indication of some relation between the Loricates and the rocks was 
verified at each new locality examined on the coast of New South Wales. Apart 
from the occurrence of the species above referred to only in conjunction with 
certain rocks, a more important factor early became apparent. The relative num- 
bers of species and individuals were found to show marked variation according 
to the nature of the rock. On the basalt of the Five Islands, near Port Kembla, 
both species and individuals were remarkably few in number. It is true that the 
exposed position of the rocks did not tend to encourage settlement, but even the 
hardy species, such as Poneroplax paeteliana, Onithochiton quercinus and Sypharo- 
chiton pellis-serpentis, so frequently met with on the outer rocks exposed to the 
full foree of the surf in sandstone country, were absent or extremely rare on the 
basalt. 

In 1907 I visited Montagu Island, about 150 miles south of Sydney. This 
Island is roughly in the form of a figure 8, the northern portion of basalt, and the 
southern of granite, the two being almost separated by a narrow gully through 
which the sea has been known to break in very heavy weather. I found no Lori- 
cates on the basalt, and there were not many on the granite. In the boat harbour 
Ischnochiton lentiginosus was plentiful, and Poneroplax paeteliana was found on 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, Xi. 


the rocks in small numbers. A very sheltered pool was searched thoroughly, and 
yielded a total of eight species belonging to seven genera. Of the four common 
species which are almost general on the coast of New South Wales—Ischnocluton 
proteus, I. crisipus, Ischnoradsia australis, and Heterozona fruticosa—there were 
numerous examples, but the other three species in the pool were represented by 
single individuals only. The granite island therefore yielded ten species, seven 
being common and three rare. This was in the month of October, before the 
surface temperature of the water had reached summer level, and the upper littoral 
, zone would therefore be most thickly populated. 

I then communicated with one of my correspondents in South Australia, Mr. 
A. R. Riddle, who kindly sent me a list of the species of Loricates found in 
association with three kinds of rock in that State. Associated with magnesian 
travertine he had taken no less than 15 genera, comprising 36 species; with 
eranite he found 5 genera and 7 species, while with calciferous ferruginous sand- 
stone only one species was found. My own observations had resulted in locating 
22 genera, comprising 33 species associated with the sandstone of Port Jackson and 
vicinity; seven genera and 8 species on the granite of Montagu Island, and three 
species on exposed basalt. 

During 1910-11 I visited Port Stephens and the Islands (Cabbage Tree, 
Broughton, ete.) in the vicinity, but as I was primarily engaged in an investigation 
of the Petrels breeding there, very little time was available for collecting Lori- 
cates. However, a few hours spent on Fly Point in the Harbour, and on 
Broughton Island, disclosed a fairly large number of species and individuals in 
the more sheltered localities. No further opportunity for personally investigating 
this locality presenting itself, I have gladly taken advantage of the splendid re- 
sults attained by Mr. A. EK. J. Thackway, who spent three weeks in making a 
careful examination of about fifteen miles of the littoral within Port Stephens. 
He collected no less than 34 species, embracing 18 genera, and including all 
the species hitherto recorded from Port Jackson, with two or three exceptions. 
Mr. Thackway collected in September, one of the cold water months during which 
those species which seek a lower zone in the summer would be within wading 
reach. The rocks cf the Port are chiefly granitic, and the wealth of the Loricate 
fauna appeared remarkable when compared with the comparatively scanty forms 
and individuals of Montagu Island. Reference to the geological map of Port 
Stephens and its vicinity will show that there are still large gaps to be examined 
in detail, but the feature that bears most upon the subject of this paper is the 
presence of a large area of Carboniferous sediments with tuffs, forming the 
littoral to the east of Nelson’s Bay. Interbedded flows and dykes of andesite 
and porphyry are shown on the map, Point Stephens being wholly composed of 
andesite. 

During the years 1912-16 I visited Bateman’s Bay and the Tollgate Islands, 
Ulladulla and Brush Island, Port Kembla and the Five Islands, and in each ease 
I was struck with the scanty nature of the Loricate fauna wherever the rock of 
the littoral was granitic, basaltic, dioritic, quartzitic or schistose, without any as- 
sociation of sandstones, shales or limestone. 

During 1921-3 I paid three visits to Queensland during the winter months, 
collecting at a number of points from Southport: to Townsville. The results of 
these trips may be briefly set out in the order of the localities visited, from south 
to north. At Southport the shore rocks are slates and quartzites, much altered 
and in places decomposed to ferruginous clays. Here I found not a Loricate of 
any kind. Incidentally, however, I may state that Professor T. Harvey Johnston 


Xi. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


gave me some specimens of Squamopleura curtisiana Smith, which he had eol- 
lected at Redcliffe at the entrance to the Brisbane River, where the formation 
consists of ferruginous clays and sandstones, with decomposed basalt in the 
vicinity. As there are sandstones about the islands off Southport I consider it 
quite probable that a more extended search will reveal a few Loricates in that 
locality. North of Brisbane the first rocks are found at Caloundra. Here the 
long sandy stretch of Bribie Island ends at the entrance to the Pumicestone 
Passage, and opposite the end of the Island hes Caloundra. Harvey Johnston 
(Queens. Nat., 11., 1917, 54) deseribes the locality as follows:—“There are two 
rocky headlands, Caloundra Head (or Wickham Point) and Moffat’s Head, the 
latter being the more northerly. They are formed of a Trias-Jura (probably 
Jurassic) sandstone, sometimes fine grained, coarsely conglomeratic, and contain- 
ing a considerable quantity of iron. Imbedded in the rocks are large trunks and 
branches of fossil conifers, whose wood has been replaced by limonite, while in 
a few places on the cliff face of Moffat’s Head thin bands of coal and carbon- 
aceous shale are to be seen.” Some collecting had been done here by Iredale 
(1909), Harvey Johnston, and others. I spent five days collecting there in 
1921 and 1922, examining both the south and the north headlands; the 
latter is higher and more generously furnished with sheltered rock pools 
than the former. The yield of Loricates amounted to 18 species of 14 
genera, including two species I have since described, the remainder, with one ex- 
ception (Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry), being common to Port Jackson. 
Those two handsome members of the highly specialised genus Rhyssoplax, R.. 
vauclusensis and R. translucens, which Hedley and I first deseribed from Vau- 
cluse, were taken in small quantity. About ten miles further north by sea (but 
quite a long way round by land!) is Point Cartwright at the entrance to the 
Mooloolah River. Here a high bluff has weathered on the northern side, forming 
a broken pavement with gutters filled with loose stones, ending in a series of 
escarpments behind which lie sheltered pools and seattered boulders. Four days 
were devoted to this locality, and the yield was similar to that of Caloundra; if 
any difference could be remarked it was in the greater number of individuals, due 
possibly to the less accessible locality and the greater extent of protected pools. 
About half a mile further north, and on the northern side of the Mooloolah 
River, lies Alexandra Headland, another sandstone point, but less extensive, more 
ferrugimous, and of a harder nature than that of Point Cartwright. My visits to 
this Headland were a brief one in July, when the tide was not very favourable, 
and one day in September, when the surface temperature had become higher. 
The results were not nearly so good as at Point Cartwright, although an August 
visit by a friend had resulted in quite a number of the species usually found in 
the upper zone. Ten miles north of Alexandra Headland lies Coolum Head, and 
beyond that for a further ten miles stretches Coolum Beach, terminating in the 
well-known Noosa Head, south of the entrance to the Tewantin River. I visited 
both of these Headlands, which consist of grano-diorite and schists—extremely 
hard, jagged masses, seamed and riven with deep clefts into which the surf 
tumbles violently even in moderate weather. There are, however, several deep 
rock pools with abundant algal growth and many loose stones suitable for the 
shelter of Loricates. Both Headlands were practically untenanted, except by the 
ubiquitous Lvolophura queenslandica, which inhabited the less exposed crevices 
above median tide mark in countless numbers, nearly every specimen examined 
showing the effects of exposure in the erosion of the tegmentum. Whole days of 
exhaustive search in both localities resulted in my taking a single specimen of 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, Xlil. 


Omthochiton quercinus and a couple of small examples of Acanthochiton variabilis 
on each Headland. 

The next point visited was Burnett Heads near Bundaberg. Here the for- 
mation is basalt, and although some extensive boulder-strewn pools were examined 
the yield was limited to the common Liolophura, which was plentiful, and three 
diminutive specimens of Acanthochiton. Port Curtis was the next locality visited, 
a country of quartzites and schists, but with extensive muddy foreshores. This is 
the type locality of Squamopleura curtisiana, and that species was found in 
abundance, chiefly amongst the oysters on the piers of the wharf. Under a few 
stones scattered along the shore, and at Barney Point, south of the town of Glad- 
stone, I found a considerable number of Ischnochiton (Haploplax) arbutum and 
I. luticolens, both apparently finding comfortable quarters and sufficient sustenance 
on the hard angular fragments of quartzite embedded in the viscous mangrove 
mud of the littoral. A day spent on Facing Island (northern end) yielded numer- 
‘ous examples of ILrolophura and a few Acanthopleura gemmata, with three 
Acanthochiton variabilis nestling together in a crack in a piece of decomposed 
rock. The formation of this Island is quartzites and schists (phosphate-bearing) 
with granite at the south end, but I did not reach the granite portion. A raised 
coral reef, much weathered, is situated near the northern end on the seaward side. 
This reef was thickly populated by Liolophura only. Many hundreds of stones 
were diligently overturned in the course of the day’s collecting, but there were no 
representatives of the family Ischnochitonidae to be found. The total from Port 
Curtis therefore amounted to five genera and six species, four being comparatively 
common. 

Emu Park, in Keppel Bay, is the principal watering-place of Rockhampton. 
Here there is a rocky point of quartzite and schist, with a few sheltered rock 
pools, and a day’s collecting yielded the same species as were found at Port 
Curtis, together with a new and beautiful species of Rhyssoplax to which I gave 
the name venusta; only three examples were taken. The conditions at Emu Park, 
as regards shelter, loose stones in pools, and abundance of algal growth, were all 
favourable to the harbourage of Loricates, but the results were only seven genera 
and species, two being rather plentiful and the others seanty as to individuals. 

Two hundred miles further north, -at Slade Point, Mackay, was my next 
collecting ground. On the northern and western sides of this point the coal 
measures have been disturbed by igneous intrusions. The headland is about 
ninety feet in height, and the chff debris forms many sheltered pools, while a 
great sandbank, two te three hundred yards out, breaks the surf. The natural 
conditions of food and shelter were all that could be desired, but the yield, after 
many hours’ patient search, was a total of four species, three of which were re- 
presented by single individuals! 

Port Denison (Bowen) was next visited, a country of granitic and dioritie 
rocks. On the north head where the rocks were associated with much dead and a 
little living coral, five genera with eight species were taken, none being very 
plentiful. Stone Island, at the entrance to the Port, is most diversified in forma- 
tion. Granite, felsite, diorite, with volcanic dykes, and, on the north-western 
pomt, Permo-Carboniferous rocks prevail; rocky points project seaward, and be- 
tween them lie shallow beaches of coral sand and debris with scattered stones em- 
bedded. Here I took four of the species found on North Head, and four others, 
three belonging to genera not represented at North Head. The total for Port 
Denison therefore amounted to eight genera and twelve species. 

The furthest north on the Queensland coast where I have collected is Magnetiz 


XIV. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


Island, off Townsville. This Island is principally granite, interspersed with 
altered voleanic rocks. My collecting was confined to granite with much coral 
sand and debris. Five genera and six species were collected. 

From Townsville to Albany is a far ery, but the south-western port is 
granite country, with an addition that appears of supreme importance to the 
Loricates—the presence of limestone. It was in 1921 that I spent several days 
collecting in King George and Queen Charlotte Sounds, where 120 years pre- 
viously Peron and Lesueur collected the shells, now in the Paris Museum, which 
are accepted as the types of many well-known Australian species. The remark- 
able fact that the tides in this locality rarely exceed a rise of two feet not only 
facilitates littoral collecting, but tends to a concentration of a fauna which would 
otherwise be scattered over a considerable area. Here I found a fairly large 
number of species and abundant individuals of many of them. Along the rocks 
of the upper zone were countless examples of the shell that Blainville named 
Chiton hirtosus in 1825 (I have recently proposed the genus Clavarizona with 
this shell as the type); under stones in the lower zones were several species of 
Ischnochiton and Acanthochiton, and representatives of the genera Rhyssoplaz, 
Cryptoplax, Lorica, Onithochiton, Callistochiton, and Terenochiton. Over the 
Harbour, at the Quarantine Ground, I found a bed of Zostera, the plants of 
which were inhabited by numerous species of Sienochiton, those curious elongated 
Loricates that take up their station on the leaves and inside the root sheaths of 
the sea-grasses. When Blainville described Chliton longicymba in 1825, a con- 
fusion of locality evidently occurred, for he gave the type locality as King Island, 
a place where Peron and Lesueur collected also in 1802. I have since visited that 
Island, and failed to find either the Zostera or the Stenochiton. I may here men- 
tion a curious coincidence. On my way to King Island, and when boarding the 
s.s. Marrawah which was to convey me there, I noticed an old hulk with a high 
square stern, lying alongside the steamer. The hulk was named Geographe, the 
name of Baudin’s discovery ship on which Peron was the naturalist. To return 
to King George Sound, it is necessary to state that the Zostera bed on which the 
Stenochitons found such congenial shelter, was situated on a limestone outcrop 
terminating in a weathered group of rocks amongst which [ found quite a number 
of other Loricates. 

From the Sound I proceeded eastwards, calling at Bremer Bay and Hope- 
toun, where a few hours were spent in collecting. The former locality was un- 
relieved granite, and only three species of Loricates were taken, one being re- 
presented by a single individual. At Hopetoun there is a reef of limestone, and 
in the pools I found two examples of the rare Strigichiton verconis Torr, of which 
so far only four specimens are known, the other two being from Ellenbrook and 
Bernier Island on the west coast. Several other species were present in numbers, 
but the time available was not sufficient to make a complete examination of the 
reef. From there I went to Esperance Bay, and worked out amongst the islands 
of the Archipelago of the Recherche. The coast and islands consist of high granite 
hills, some rounded and others weathered into peaks, devoid of vegetation except 
in the ravines. Some of these hills exceed 1,000 feet in altitude. The shore line 
is mostly dazzling white sand, and in most cases where a point of rock juts into 
the water it is of solid granite, worn smooth by the sea, and slippery from the 
weed which grows to high water mark. Here I found few Loricates. The hardy 
Clavarizona hirtosa was found in some comparatively sheltered portions of 
Dempster Head, and the valves of a Poneroplax disgorged by a Pacific Gull, were 
picked up on the Esperance jetty. On Woody Island there is a small bight 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. XV. 


with a beach and adjacent boulders. Here four species of Loricates were taken 
in small quantities. Rounding Cape le Grand, about 25 miles from Esperance, 
we entered and camped in Lucky Bay, a shallow bay with sandy beach sheltered 
by two bold granite headlands. Behind the western head, where we camped, there 
is a very sheltered cove with a few yards of cliff debris on the water’s edge, 
and a reef of white limestone outcropping on the beach and extending almost 
across to the headland. In this shallow cove there is an extensive bed of Zostera. 
The few movable stones of the cliff debris were well sprinkied with several species 
of Loricates, and the Zostera was simply infested with Stenochitons, S. longi- 
cymba down in the root sheaths, and 8. posidonialis Ashby on the leaves. A few 
spadefuls of the roots dug up and brought ashore in a kerosene tin afforded me 
several hours of pleasure in searching out and preparing the shells for preserva- 
tion. On returning to Esperance I went out on a similar bank of Zostera under 
the shelter of Dempster Head. An hour’s hard work in digging up and examining 
the seagrass did not result in a single shell of any description! I therefora con- 
clude that the presence of the shells in the other two instances was due to the 
association of the limestone with the granite. 

In 1922 I visited King Island, Bass Strait, and collected Loricates in Sea 
Elephant Bay, wading over the reefs examined by Peron 120 years previously. 
By another curious coincidence W. L. May, of Tasmania, had been moved to do 
the same thing a few days before me, although we were quite unaware each of 
the other’s movements until later, when we pooled our results. I have already 
referred to the absence of the Stenochiton longicymba which Blainville attributed 
to “rivages de l’Ile King,” and which May, eollecting at other points on the 
Island, had also failed to locate. As shown by Debenham (Journ. Roy. Soe. 
N.S.W., xliv., 1910, 560) the Island blocks up rather more than a quarter of the 
western entrance to Bass Strait. On the west coast it is buttressed by large 
batholiths of granite—grey biotite-granites with accessory muscovite. Currie 
Harbour is situated about the middle of the west coast, and I collected here and 
to the south, also at Whistler Point, south of Yellow Rock R., near the north- 
western point of the Island. Currie Harbour is sheltered, with abundant growth 
of kelp and other seaweeds, with patches of the sea grass Cymodocea. The total 
results for the west coast, were five genera and seven species of Loricates, four 
species being represented by numerous individuals. One, Heterozona subvirids, 
was present in such profusion that it was not unusual to find fifty specimens 
clustering on a small stone having less than a square foot of under surface. On 
the eastern shore I collected at Fraser or Sea Elephant Bay. Debenham is un- 
certain as to the formation here, stating that the basalt shown on the map south 
of the Fraser River is on slender evidence only. He appears to consider that 
closer examination will show that there are dykes of dolerite with porphyritic 
felspars. So far as I could ascertain Fraser Bluff and the reefs near the jetty 
are of porphyry, but there is evidence of decomposition, and many rock pools 
exist, well furnished with loose stones offering shelter to numerous Loricates. 
Here I collected fifteen species belonging to seven genera, four species being 
represented by numerous individuals, as on the western coast. 

During the past three years I have paid several visits to Shellharbour, sixty 
miles south of Port Jackson, and have also received very material assistance from 
Mr. MeAndrew, a resident and a keen collector. The artificial harbour has been 
formed by building a causeway across the narrow strait that formerly existed be- 
tween Cowrie Island and the mainland; while a concrete breakwater has been built 
out from the shore to the south of the island, with an arm extending southwards 


XVI. PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 


from the island itself. A very snug little harbour is thus provided, and it has 
yielded a splendid harvest of Loricates. Cowrie Island and Cemetery Point are 
of Jamberoo tuffs, and on both sides there is basalt. A mile of beach extends to 
the south of the harbour, and there the basalt with included masses of voleanie 
tuffs extends to Point Bass. In the harbour there is a large ac- 
cumulation of loose boulders on the northern side, mixed with quantities 
of debris from the harbour works, and ballast discharged from visiting 
vessels. In this favoured spot we have taken twenty-eight species belonging to 
eighteen genera, and the possibilities of the place do not appear to be exhausted 
yet. Here there are no rock-pools in the accepted sense of the term, but merely 
an expanse of rather muddy sand strewn with more or less movable boulders and 
stones. There are several beds of Zostera, but they harbour no representatives 
ef the genus Stenociiton, although some of the common Ischnochitons are found 
taking shelter in the root sheaths. A marked feature of this spot is the abundance 
of species of Rhyssoplaz, all five of the New South Wales species being represented, 
three of them in comparatively large numbers. The colours of the latter are re- 
markably diversified and beautiful. The basalt rock pools towards. Point Bass 
are holes weathered in the lava flow, and beneath this flow, just below sea level, 
lie the marine sandstones. These pools, with their sandstone association, yielded 
25 species belonging to sixteen genera. Here again, the field has been by no 
means exhausted. 

In addition to the collections made personally, I have received representative 
gatherings from Twofold Bay, N.S.W., Mallacoota Inlet, Port Fairy, and Port- 
land, Victoria; north-western and southern Tasmania, and from various localities 
in South Aunsoraitin, with some general idea as to ane geological formation where 
the collections were made. 


Conclusions. 


From the foregoing observations I conclude :— 

1. That the Loricates exhibit a marked preference for sandstone, lmestone, 
and other sedimentary rocks, the number of species exceeding twenty-five, and 
there being a wealth of individuals. 

2. That voleanic rocks are marked by a sparse Loricate fauna, both. of 
species and individuals, the number of species never exceeding ten, less than half 
of which are at all plentiful. 

3. Where voleanic rocks are in association with, or immediately overlie 
sandstone or limestone, the Loricate fauna at once assumes considerable propor- 
tions. 

4. The foregoing apply, notwithstanding the existence of similar conditions 
of shelter, food plants, and constant supply of pure sea-water. 


I gratefully acknowledge the assistance afforded me in the identification of 
the rocks of the littoral of Queensland by Mr. B. Dunstan, Chief Government 
Geologist; and by Messrs. Andrews (Government Geologist), Harper and Dun 
of the New South Wales Geological Survey, as regards the rocks of this State. 


The relation of the flora to the country rock has received considerable atten- 
tion, and in this respect I would refer with appreciation to a paper by Mr. R. H. 
Cambage on the Native Flora of Tropical Queensland (Journ. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., 
xlix., 1915) in which he gives copious information as to the nature of the rock 
or soil at each locality visited, and draws interesting deductions as to the effect 
of the soil upon the vegetation or the variations in plants as possibly resulting 
from adaptation to environment. Dr. Jensen lectured at the December, 1921, 
meeting of the Queensland Naturalists’ Club on “The Relationship between Soil, 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. XVil. 


Forest Flora, and Geological Formation”; and he also published a series of articles 
on the same subject in the Queensland Agricultural Journal, 1921-2. Other re- 
ferences could be given, but it is sufficient to show that the relation of the flora 
to the rock is the subject of attention. One finds less reference to the fauna in 
relation to the rocks, but Dr. Spencer Roberts.and Mr. Hubert Jarvis contributed 
a paper to the Emu (xxu., April, 1923, 288) on the “Small Birds of the Granite 
Belt,” the meeting point of the Dividing Range of South Queensland and the 
New England Highland. 

There is much in the investigations of the zoologist that depends upon at 
least a superficial knowledge of the country rock; to the conchologist, perhaps, 
more than to any other observer. In discussing my predecessor’s presidential ad- 
dress, referring particularly to the section dealing with the need for a biological 
survey, Professor Harrison said “Zoology is waiting until Botany and Geology 
have completed their investigations,” and he appealed to research students to get 
on with their work in ecology and geological survey, so that the ground may be 
cleared for a biological survey. May I suggest that the three go hand in hand 
in parties taking definite sections—the geologist to make a survey of the surface; 
the botanist to identify the plants and plot their incidence on the geologist’s sketch 
map; and the zoologist to collect or list the fauna and note its ecology. Much 
more effective work could be done by such a co-operative method. 

In the course of collecting Loricates one meets with many observers curious 
to know the objects of the search. “Bait?” is the usual laconic query, and though 
some scoff when shown the shells sought for, others remain to admire and learn. 
My old friend Dr. Torr, of Adelaide, relates with gusto an encounter he had with 
a seoffer. The doctor; over seventy years of age, but still a keen collector, was 
up to his waist in a pool picking some desired specimens from stones raised from 
the bottom. ‘“Whadyer gettin’?” inquired a shore loafer. “Chitons,”’ replied the 
doctor. “Can yer eat ’em?” was the next inquiry. “No.” “Can yer sell 
’em?” “No.” “Well whads ther good of gettin’ ’em?” The doctor, who is a 
master of homiletics, could not let such an opportunity pass. “My good man,” 
said he, “mankind may be broadly divided into three classes:—those whose god 1s 
their belly, those whose god is boodle—and you might represent either class. The 
third find their worship in the exercise of their brains. Good afternoon.” 

There is a very large section of our community comprising men of political 
and financial standing and importance, whose attitude towards scientific work is 
that of Dr. Torr’s interlocutor. “What is it worth—in money or goods?” is the 
question, actual or implied, always on the lips of these men. They are incapable 
of appreciating or unwilling to admit the value of research or systematic work, 
the results of which cannot be immediately expressed in terms of cash or barter. 

Sometimes a remark by a passing observer as to the collector’s labours or 
personal appearance is humorous, but J will always remember the remark of the 
little girl, who, after watching the great cairns of stones accumulating in my 
wake, called out “Say, mister. What are you collecting all them rocks for?” 

One word in conclusion before I finally vacate this chair. You are aware 
that hitherto it has been tacitly understood that when a member of Council was 
elected President, his term should extend over a second year should he so desire. 
Some time ago a discussion took place in your Couneil on the question and it 
appeared to be the general opinion that this lex non scripta should be abrogated. 
I am desirous of carrying on investigations in other States during the current 
year and I therefore relinquish this chair in favour of my esteemed colleague in 
recognition of the Council’s opinion and in furtherance of my personal inclinations. 


XV1l. 'PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, 


‘Mr. J. H. Campbell, Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance sheets for the 
year 1923, duly signed by the Auditor, Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A., Ineor- 
porated Accountant; and he moved that they be received and adopted which was 
carried unanimously. 


No nominations of other Candidates having been received, the President de- 
elared the following elections for the ensuing Session to be duly made :— 


President: Mr. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S. 


Members of Council (to fill six vacancies): Messrs. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., 
A. G. Hamilton, C. Hedley, F.L.S., T. Steel, G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., 
F.E.S., and Prof. L. Harrison, B.A., B.Se. 


Auditor: Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A. 


A cordial vote of thanks to the retiring President was carried by acclamation. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES I.—IIl. 


Plate i. 
Upper—Cowrie Island, Shellharbour, N.S.W. Easter, 1923. 
Lower——Shellharbour, N.S.W. Easter, 1923. 


Plate ii. 


Upper—Moffat Head, Caloundra, Q. Northern end of beach. 
Lower.—Point Cartwright, Q. 


Plate iii. 
Upper—Port Macquarie,,N.S.W. 
Lower—Magnetic Island, near Townsville, Q. 


i: 


‘JoINSeel, ‘UO_ 
‘TTHEdNVO “H 


8 SI 62083 


LOL'TES 


LI 
ot im 

> 19 

0 0 00F‘0T 
0 0 0826. 
000'TT ee ee 
7 pas 5 


O8T'0Z 


=) 


I 
Qeciselese © 
Bes er comes ea 
8 g OZE'T ee oe ee ee 
O.6hele eae 
Ym 

09 9 

0 &I &I 

0 ZI 6ST 


‘pool “Adenuel YZ] 
ali 


8 OZOT (SERS NIG auloouy snjding) 


ee 


UOISIOAUOD UeOT UO snUuOog 


‘AOIUPAG 


‘O/V diysmoyoy 


(CM'S'N JO Jueuuseaorn Aq paseyo 


-ind SEITEN GL 70 saidod QO] SsUIpnjour) seyes 
SJUSUT}SOAUT UO 4Sat0qUT 


ee ee ee ee . 


oe 


ee oe 


BoUBAPY UI = 
"* SIeally 


. oe 


soo s0uvsjUuq 


“ “e 


ce 


8261 ‘Suoditosqng 
CG6l Worl sourjeg Ag 


‘IOpIpnY 


5 ; “PO6L ‘Atenigey YI6T 
VdOud UINAWAVA HH a 
‘psonpoid S8WtInoeG “JostIOO punoj pue Psulwexy] 


OT 


Or 


0 
P 


GT 


Or 
ST 


noe 


660'83 
96E ee oe ve. ee oe ee ee oe ee oe PZ61 0} aouRleg Ge 
C= 
0 0 SOL PlOvees He JO She JO) Uo on peti 
0 0 O01 SALIENT solouesuTyuoO,) ~:suornendoiddy “ 
Oli eee “++ ** Surpuiqyoog pue Areiqry “ 
LE dABIL) het ‘UIM IIS fo (Aqyinjedied ul) aiegQ °° 
AS) ee 
0 &1 &I soo SJonjeA pure sjooyryoiy “ 
9 G Pl °° °° Ajnq dwejs pue sesuedxq [esoy ~ 
6F1 
G L og 00m 20. SO et OD 0090-0 0,04 iG “* yseg A100 “ 
Z 9 82 0-0 20-0 G0 06 CO DI OO “06 60 sosuedx] “ce 
O)- Mw 3 oo OS 2 F OD 00 Syqaaatinga, [Dw Shaelessr 
G 8 6G ed eae eee ee sosuedxq yuegq “ 
02 2 Foe 60. FH <od oH. 0.6 00 seq upny “ 
SO) Gi 02 98 82 ou de 9) 85 bo FS oe auOaey —« 
e LT 1¢ O10 O:02- 0:0 ee ee ee ee ee 2 "* ** 988)S0g oe 
9L 
8 9 61 ee ee ee oe ee ee OO ve oman Chace | ce 
Z cr 9¢ Se sors She GG a Oa ean soyey 
SheteBee erate ye 
G z OST nv ee 0-0 ee ee ee ee ee ee SUuOT} e1}SNIIT ‘73 
9 @ 699 “°° ** 07 tt" suoneoqnd sunung “ 
810'T “Ft s+ QoUBMOI[W Poley Pue ‘sosde A ‘soleleg OF 
Sie le eG 


‘SZ6T ‘Joquieseq ISTE pepue IveA PLNNOOOVW HIWOONI 


OO. to —-010. 0:0 ~O00= 00 


ee oe ee oe oe 
oe ee 


a3e3} IO, 


ee . ee 


“SLUSSV 


“SUEO7 Yp[eeMuouIOD {sy USUI SoAUT 


oe 


“ss 9) Duey Uy] 
“* yuegq SsuIAeS :Yseg 


uo sueo’y 


"+ pjoyserg s,4391006 


b SI 261 1&3 
7 ONG PO OR Blog ‘KoupsS jo “og Ssurueg [elojJeurU09 
0 @ 968 ip saa _ 861 seams HsTE Pe “o/Y sutoouT 
240200 Gls ae " ** QATOSOY SeIDUasUTZUOD 
O-0 hoe ———— 

0 0 0009 TAA sty Aq peyzeenbeq ums seyzin4 

0 0 000% * suey sty Surnp Avoperyy 

UM JIG WO] padAtodaI JuNnOWY :[eqIde9 

Oe 6 eee 5) 


SHILLITIGVIT 


‘SZ6T ‘Loquisseq 4sTs 48 JooyS eourIeA LNNOQOV TVHINGD 


So]e 


yNog May] jo AJQ190G ueouul] 


Se 


PT Me ee ee ee oe 


‘JIINSeolT “UOF, 


"P261 ‘Aenuel Zl ‘Aeupsg ‘JO}IPNY "P261 ‘Arensiqed 4361 
“Wd0d ‘LNAWAVY “Hd 


‘TIGAddNVO 'H ‘£ : ‘poonpoid saiylindeG 9=*4oaII00 PpuNoOj puke PoulWiex| 
I 21 S08'GF I LI S08'F 
I 8 0Z0'T ee one 00 oe ee 020 ee ee ee oe oe ee ‘0/Y [eloues) . 
0 0 OOF ee ee QO oe ee ee oe ee oe ee ee ‘s -o/y peqyideg 
0 4 OF ** UOISI9AUOZ UOT UO SnuOg “ 0 6 &8 SE See ee SOD ISG) CG] SANO) 0 lee 
I OL €9L2 S]}UIUTJSOAUT UO 4sor0zUy, AG 0 0 O0f'T vs" 8" smoyey AvapeyY UBoUUTT jo Sorieles of 
pasa Peseas 
"SZ6T ‘Jequiesoq 4STE pepue JeaX “LNNOOOV AMOONI 
0 0 006 SF 0 0 006°Sh 
O20 =00GH oun sss fo “fog suryueg [elo1aurui0g 
0 0 O80'88 sf os* ** 93e83,10] UO SUvOT 0-0: 006 SS : Pesi[eyideo stuoouy snidins 
0 0 0282 sete te ts ee es 88 SUBOTT TMIBAaMUOWUWIOD 0-=0=000SS = Kenan ‘WM JIG Aq poyyeenbeq jyunouly 
psy PS. 8 
“SLUSSV ‘SHILITIGVIT 


Vv 
an 


"SZ6T ‘JequIeDeq 4STE 3° LAAHS AONV IVA 
‘“ENNOOOV SdIHSMOTICA AVAIOVA NVANNIT 


XXi. 


"pO6l “Atenuef yyZT “Aeupsg ESN DAN “P6l ‘Areniqed 461 
CRUISER COTS | : “Vd0d INHWAVA “Hd 
‘ITAGdNVO 'H ‘ft “psonpold sayinoeg *4o9I109 punoj pue Poulmex| 
0 Fb LPIF 0 b Lb Is 
I 9 8Z8 ee ee ee ee O00 0.0 ee ee oe 0.0 oe F261 04} souRleg ae 
0 0 OFT oe ee ne ee ee o. ae UOISIOAUOD ueoT uo snuog “ 9 9 IZ G90 00 O00 Gono oO Go oe ee ef ef © 8 of yseg 4440q “ 
0 Il LeL oe ee ee ele oe oe O00 dio SLUSUI}SIAUT uo }So104UT cc G Il £2 oe OO. oA 60), 0.0 aelme(s\ sim ret eiititetietuiza yen mtoiielnmtsTielam sie sosuodxq “ce 
0 el IAS eo +e 22 2©2 ©28 e©F' ee «2 oF 22 oc G26] Woy aouRlTeg Ag r) 0 PLS D000 ace oo Go oc ee © 8 «ee oe sose M pue Areyes CL 
Fg ge PSs 
"SZ6T ‘1EqQuIEDeEq 4STE Pepue TveA “LNNONNV HWOONI 
1 9 828'rls IT 9 8é8'FI5 
1 9 8% x 
00 9 + vs be be ee oe ee es DUR UT 
OO RIRSO sar tae tee TUNE SOULS T 9) 868 set ess" Stel “Fequraoed 4sTE 7B ‘O/W eutooUT 
Te Gils ORGS ns “AOD suIyUuReg [eIO1euIUI0OD :yseg 0 0 000G ~~." "> * ~~ pesijesides “outooup pere;nuinsay 
On ON OOTP een ca a ee SUC Os UT BO MUOLUTILO®) -0 0 OOO0'7! °° °° °° Avopey ‘wy Ig 4q poyzeonbeq yunoury 
Ds * Ds F pis 5 
“SLHSSV ; SAILITIAVIT 


‘S261 “1oquiesed 4STg 3% LHAHS TONVIVGA 
‘ENNODDV ADNO'TIOIYALOVaA 


XX11. 


ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 
26th Marcu, 1924. 


Mr. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S., President, in the Chair. 
A letter was read from Mrs. Deane, returning thanks for sympathy in the 


death of her husband. 
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 


(28th November, 1923), amounting to 24 Vols., 256 Parts or Nos., 58 Bulletins, 
22 Reports and 66 Pamphlets, ete., received from 125 Societies and Institutions 
and 4 private donors were laid upon the table. 


PAPERS READ. 

1. Australian Coleoptera. Notes and new species, No. 3. By H. J. Carter, 
B.A., F.E.S. ; 

2. Studies in the vegetation of arid and semiarid New South Wales. Part 
ii. The Botanical Features of the Grey Range and its neighbourhood. By 
Marjorie I. Collins, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany. 

3. New trilobites from Bowning, with notes on Hnecrinurus and Cordania. 
By John Mitchell. 

4. Studies in parasitism. 1. A contribution to the physiology of the genus 
Cassytha. By J. McLuckie, M.A., D.Se. 

Mr. E. Cheel exhibited a specimen of sclerotium or so-called “Black-fellow’s 
bread” collected at Mount Wilson by Mr. J. J. Sloan, on the 10th of March, 
which had developed six well formed and definite pilei or spore-bearing caps 
of a ecreamy-white colour with zones of a lemon-yellow tint tending to egg-yolk 
colour when matured. From the fissures eight other partially developed pilei 
were observed, but the contents of the sclerotium having been absorbed, the latter 
were not developed beyond # of an inch. 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 
30th Apri, 1924. 


Mr. R. H. Cambage, President, in the Chair. 

Miss Ida Alison Brown, B.Se., Geology Department, The University of 
Sydney; Dr. Edwin Claud Chisholm, Comboyne; Mr. Reginald Ernest Dickinson, 
B.Se. Eng. (Lond.), A.M.I.C.E., Engineer, N.S.W. Government Railways, and 
Mr. Francis Basset Hull, “Tolosa,’ Wemyss Street, Marrickville were elected 
Ordinary Members of the Society. 


ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXlil. 


The President announced that the Council had elected Professor H. G. Chap- 
man, M.D., B.S., and Messrs. J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Se., G@. A. Waterhouse, 
B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., and A. F. Basset Hull to be Vice-Presidents and Mr. J. H. 
Campbell, M.B.E., to be Honorary Treasurer for the current session, 1924-25. 

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 
(26th March, 1924), amounting to 27 Vols., 160 Parts or Nos., 2 Bulletins, and 
1 Report, received from 71 Societies and Institutions and 9 private donors were 
laid upon the table. 


PAPERS READ. 
1. The Loranthaceae of Australia. Part v. By W. F. Blakely. 


2. A critical revision of the Australian and New Zealand species of the genus 
Secotium. By G. H. Cunningham. (Communicated by Professor J. B. Cleland). 


3. Studies in the Epacridaceae. i. The life-history of Styphelia longifolia 
(R.Br.). By P. Brough, M.A., B.Se., B.Se. Ag. 


4. A monograph of the freshwater Entomostraca of New South Wales. 
Part iv. Phyllopoda. By Marguerite Henry, B.Sec., Linnean Macleay Fellow of 
the Society in Zoology. 


NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 


Mr. David G. Stead exhibited a number cof examples of an Amphioxus 
(Branchiostoma sp:) which had been sent to him by Professor 8. F. Light, Pro- 
fessor of Zoology in the University of Amoy in China. Professor Light had re- 
cently described an Amphioxus fishery of a most extensive character—quite unique 
in the world—which has existed for hundreds of years at the village of Liuwutien, 
six miles from the University. As much as 2,600 lbs. weight of these organisms 
is taken each day during the 9 months of the fishery each year. 

Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited specimens of beetle borers and their parasites 
taken from red Louan sawn timber imported from the Philippines: (i.) a bostrychid 
beetle, Xylothrips flavipes Zell., which bores and lays its eggs in the dry sap- 
wood; (u.) a lyetid beetle, Lyctopholus rugicollis Walker; (ii1.) three coleopterous 
parasites and one braconid wasp parasitic on these beetles. 

Protessor L. Harrison exhibited an irregularly conical shaped object about 8 
inches in height found in an air space under a step at the entrance to the Macleay 
Museum. It appeared to be made up of pellets of earth around a central cylin- 
drical opening about 2 inches in diameter, the opening being continued into the 
eround. Mr. Froggatt suggested that it had been built by a Cicada, similar ~ 
structures, not quite so large, being of common occurrence in some parts of 
America. 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 


28th May, 1924. 

Mr. R. H. Cambage, President, in the Chair. 

The President announced that the Society’s offices had been removed to 16 
College Street and that the Council had decided on the name “Macleay House” 
for the Society’s house. 

The President, on behalf of members, offered congratulations to Dr. G. A. 
Waterhouse on obtaining his doctorate of science of the University of Sydney. 
Miss M. J. Collins, on obtaining the degree of Master of Science of the University 
of Sydney and Mr. I. M. Mackerras, on being awarded the John Coutts Seholar- 
ship by the University of Sydney. 


XXIV. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 


The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 
(30th April, 1924), amounting to 10 Vols., 117 Parts or Nos., 4 Bulletins, 4 
Reports and 1 Pamphlet, received from 57 Societies and Institutions and 2 
private donors were laid upon the table. 


PAPERS READ. 


1. Eucalypts of the Blue Mountains and their defined areas. By E. C. 
Chisholm. (Communicated by Mr. J. H. Maiden). 


2. Notes on Australian Diptera. No. ii. By J. R. Malloch. (Com- 
municated by Dr. E. W. Ferguson). 

3. The food-planis or hosts of some Fitian insects. Part 2. By R. Veitch, 
B.Se., and W. Greenwood. 


4. Observations on /Telix aspera in Australia. By T. Steel. 


NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 


Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium, (1) a terato- 
logical specimen of Asparagus officinalis L., (Wagga Wagga, Bishop J. W. 
Dwyer) showing fasciation of the stem, which measured 31 inches long, and 1} 
in. broad, the greater portion of which showed ribbon-growth, and a small 
portion of the top winding-growth. (2) Silene nocturna L., Night-flowering 
Catchfly, which appears to be new for the State. It is a native of the Mediter- 
ranean, and like 8. gallica, which it closely resembles, it is now a common weed 
in cultivation in nearly all parts of the world. It is a more glabrous plant than 
S. gallica, and has longer and more eylindrical capsules. It was first brought 
under notice by Mr. D. Cross, Dundas, who said that it is very common, and 
erows in association with S. gallica. Mr. T. R. Harrison, Hawkesbury Agricul- 
tural College, Richmond, says that it is in restricted areas at the College, and 
appears to be well established. 

Mr. E. Cheel exhibited specimens of Mimalus moschatus, cultivated in the 
Botanie Gardens, which showed the same characteristics as the old-fashioned 
sweet-scented Musk Plant, but like most of the present-day plants cultivated in 
Great Britain, it had lost its musk-like odour. It is interesting to note that 
specimens have been collected on the Upper Murray, Victoria, by Mr. A. Quinn 
in December, 1905; also at Queanbeyan, N.S.W., by Mr. R. H. Cambage in De. 
cember, 1912, which latter the late Mr. EK. Betche noted “seemed to be an escape 
from cultivation” and “apparently naturalised” respectively. No mention is 
made by the collectors as to the loss of scent in the naturalised plants, but Mr. 
Cheel states that some plants having the distinctive musk-like odour were culti- 
vated by Mr. J. McRae, Propagator in the Centennial Park, during the years 
1898-1900. 

In view of the discussion that has taken place in the daily press as well 
as in Scientific and Horticultural Publications, concerning the loss of scent in 
present-day plants, it would be of special interest to locate a plant having the 
musk-like odour, as they appear to be unobtainable in Great Britain. Mr. Cheel 
also exhibited specimens of the “Californian Straw Flower” (Collomia grandiflora 
Dang.) collected by Dr. F. A. Rodway on the Upper Tumut River near Kiandra, 
and at Wolseley Park, Wagga Wagga, by Mr. P. G. Ricel, which shows that the 
plant is spreading since it was first recorded from Canoblas, Orange (see Agric. 
Gaz. N.S.W., xv., 1904, 624). 


ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXV. 


Mr. T. Steel remarked that the specimen exhibited by Professor Harrison 
at the April meeting, appeared, from the description in the Abstract, to agree 
with the tubular entrance of the burrow of Engaeus, a burrowing land crayfish. 


With reference to Mr. Steel’s remarks, Mr. D. G. Stead stated that the 
position of the formation referred to (at the top of a hill in hard shales, far 
removed from water) and its structure precluded the possibility of there being 
any connection with burrows of Hngaeus or other burrowing crayfish. 

Professor A. A. Lawson exhibited some lantern slides of orchids. 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 
25th June, 1924. 


Mr. R. H. Cambage, President, in the Chair. 


The President offered congratulations to Dr. Darnell Smith on his appoint- 
ment as Director of the Botanic Gardens. 

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 
(28th May, 1924), amounting to 1 Vol., 78 Parts or Nos., 12 Bulletins, 2 Re- 
ports and 1 Pamphlet, received from 46 Societies and Institutions and 3 private 
donors were laid upon the table. 


PAPERS READ. 

1. Two new thrips-galls and their inhabitants from New South Wales. 
By W. Docters van Leeuwen and H. H. Karny. (Communicated by Mr. J. H. 
Maiden). 

2. On some Australian Searabaeidae. By A. M. Lea. 

3. Results of Roy Bell’s Molluscan Collections. By T. Iredale. (Com- 
municated by Mr. C. Hedley). 


NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 


Mr. EH. Le G. Troughton exhibited (by permission of the Director of the 
Australian Museum) a photograph and specimen of a female insectivorous bat, 
Nyctinomus australis Gray, 1838, from Mittagong, N.S.W. The specimen is in 
the Museum collection, together with another from the Taree District, N.S.W. 
Both are females and have pure white stripes of fur on the under-surface of the 
lateral membranes, and well developed gular sacs, which characters are described 
as typical of the female of the South Australian species, N. albidus Leche, 1884. 
In 1906, Thomas recorded australis from south-western Australia, and stated 
that his specimen did not differ in any important respect from Gray’s type; 
Collett (1887) described a female having an indistinct gular sac, which is said 
to be typical of the female australis, and white under-wing fur characteristic 
of the female albidus. In consideration of the plastic nature of the characters 
used to separate the two species, the wide range now covered by australis, and 
the variation displayed by female specimens, the exhibitor feels justified in 
assuming albidus to be Synonymous with australis, of which species it 1s merely 
a variation due to age or seasonal changes. 

Mr. E. Le G. Troughton exhibited a specimen of the White-backed Wren 
(Malurus leuconotus Gould) which he had eollected at Mt. Lyndhurst, 30 miles 
east of Farina, South Australia. Mr. Iredale pointed out that this species had 
been described by Gould nearly sixty years ago, and the type being lost, had 
been recently removed from the list of Australian Birds, the supposition being 


XXV1. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 


that the species had been based upon a freak skin. Mr. Troughton’s specimen 
proved that M. lewconotus was a valid species, apparently restricted in range, 
and probably Gould’s specimen had been collected in the same locality whence 
the bird now exhibited was procured. As Gould’s type was lost, the present 
bird could be regarded as a neotype, and was probably one of the most interest- 
ing birds exhibited before this Society. 

Dr. G. A. Waterhouse exhibited a second generation hybrid (female) from 
his series of crosses. The original cross was Tisiphone abeona x T. morrist. This 
specimen shows the forewings closely approximating in colour to the forewings 
of abeona whilst the hindwings are almost identical in cclour and markings with 
the hindwings of morris. 

This being the last meeting in the Linnean Hall at Elizabeth Bay, the 
President referred to the circumstances under which the Society became possessed 
of the Hall through the generosity of Sir William Macleay, as well as to the 
many other ways in which the Society was indebted to Sir William. Other 
members (Messrs. J. J. Fletcher, R. T. Baker, W. W. Froggatt, A. G. Hamilton, 
D. G. Stead and Dr. A. B. Walkom) recounted what the Society owed Sir 
William, without whose munificence the Society could not have succeeded as it 
has done. It is hoped that a short historical account of the Society will be 
published for members in connection with the Jubilee celebrations early next 
year. 

As this was the last meeting to be held in the Linnean Hall at Elizabeth 
Bay, a flashlight photograph was taken of the meeting in order that there might 
be a permanent record. 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 
26th Jury, 1924. 


(At Maeleay House, 16 College Street, Sydney). 


Mr. R. H. Cambage, President, in the Chair. 

The President drew attention to the fact that this meeting, the first held 
in the Society's new home, marked a-distinct step in the development of the 
Society and would, in time to come, be looked back upon by members as one 
of great historic interest. 

Dr. C. Anderson, president of the Royal Society of New South Wales, con- 
veyed a friendly message from the Council of that Society extending cordial 
greetings and expressing the hope that the friendly co-operation between the 
two societies, for the advancement of science, might ever continue. 

On the motion of Mr. A. F. Basset Hull, it was resolved that the message 
be acknowledged, and the hope reiterated that the friendly spirit of co-operation 
between the two societies might always exist. 

_ Mr. James Roy Kinghorn, Australian Museum, Sydney, was elected an 
Ordinary Member of the Society. 

A letter was read from Dr. G. P. Darnell Smith, returning thanks for 
congratulations. 

The President offered congratulations to Dr. A. N. Burkitt on his appoint- 
ment as Associate Professor of Anatomy in the University of Sydney. 

The President announced that Mr. C. Hedley, who had been a Member of 
Council since 1897, had resigned from the Council on account of his continued 
absence in Queensland, and that Professor A. A. Lawson had also resigned from 


ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXVIl. 


the Council; also that the Council had elected Mr. A. R. McCulloch, of the 
Australian Museum, to fill the vacancy caused by Mr. Hedley’s resignation. 

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 
(25th June, 1924), amounting to 14 Vols., 127 Parts or Nos., 13 Bulletins, 5 
Reports and 4 Pamphlets., ete., received from 63 Societies and Institutions and 
4 private donors were laid upon the table. 


PAPERS READ. 


1. Notes on breeding Entomostraca from dried mud, and their habits in 
aquaria. By Marguerite Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society 
in Zoology. 

2. Entomostraca collected in the vicinity of Auckland, N.Z. By Marguerite 
Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. 

3. Notes on Australian Diptera. No. iii. By. J. R. Malloch. (Com- 
municated by Dr. E. W. Ferguson). 

4. A revision of the Australian Chiromyzini (Diptera). By G. H. Hardy. 


NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 


Dr. G. A. Waterhouse exhibited larvae of Philiris ilias innotatus Misk. He 
pointed out that these larvae were very different in shape from these of Canda- 
lides, of which genus Philiris is considered a synonym. On a previous occasion 
he had exhibited pupae of Philiris, which also differ very much from pupae of 
Candalides. Though the venation of both Candalides and Philiris is very similar, 
the butterflies of these two genera have a very different facies and this, com- 
bined with the great differences in both larvae and pupae, has confirmed his 
previous opinion that the two should be kept as distinct genera. 

He also exhibited a specimen of Loranthus linophyllus found growing on 
Casuarina glauca between Mona Vale and Bay View, a few miles distant from 
Newport where it had been recorded by Mr. R. H. Cambage. This parasite 1s 
of infrequent occurrence in the County of Cumberland, but was growing on 
many she-oaks near Mona Vale. 

Mr. E. Cheel exhibited a fine series of specimens of the common Port 
Jackson Fig (Ficus rubiginosa Vent.) collected from trees in The Botanic Gar- 
dens, Government Domains and various Parks and private gardens in the Sydney 
district, showing extreme variation in the size and shape of the leaves and 
fruits, as well as in the colour of the indumentum. Other examples collected by 
Dr. J. B. Cleland and himself from 32 trees growing naturally from Mosman to 
Cremorne Point, and from Narrabeen by Dr. Cleland, were also shown for com- 
parison with the cultivated plants. It was suggested that some of the forms 
may be identical with F. platypoda and the doubtful varieties mollis, petiolaris 
and minor of Bertham. 

Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited specimens of the coconut moth (Levuana iridescens) 
in its various stages; this insect is now very destructive to the copra industry in 
some Fijian islands and efforts are being made to secure parasites to keep it 
in check. 

Mr. A. Musgrave exhibited some lantern slides of views of Lord Howe 
Island. 


XXVIll. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 


27th Aueust, 1924. 
(At Macleay House, 16 College Street, Sydney.) 


Mr. J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Se., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The Chairman announced that Dr. W..R. Browne had been elected a mem- 
ver of Council to fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of Professor Lawson. 

The Chairman offered congratulations to Miss Marjorie I. Collins, who had 
been awarded a Dominion Research Scholarship for the year 1924-25, tenable at 
the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London. 

Mr. Frederick Hugh Sherston Roberts, B.Se., Prickly Pear Laboratory, 
Sherwood, Brisbane, Queensland, was elected an ordinary member of the Society. 

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 
(30th July, 1924), amounting to 11 Vols., 83 Parts or Nos., 8 Bulletins, 1 Report 
and 1 Pamphlet, received from 53 Societies and Institutions and 3 private donors 
were laid upon the table. 

PAPERS READ. 

1. The Nectar of Flowers. By T. Steel. 

2. An Australian Caryophyllaeid Cestode. By Professor T. Harvey John- 
ston, M.A., D.Se. 

3. Notes on Australian Diptera. No. iv. By J. R. Malloch. (Communi- 
cated by Dr. FE. W. Ferguson.) 

4. The motor nerve-endings of the limb muscles of the frog (Rana tem- 
poraria) and of the muscles of the pectoral fin of the Dog-fish (Squalus acan- 
thias). By P. D. F. Murray, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society 
in Zoology. 

5. Studies in Plant Pigments. Part ii. The red pigment induced by 
insect injury in Eucalyptus stricta. By J. M. Petrie, D.Sc. F.1I.C., Linnean 
Macleay Fellow of the Society in Bio-chemistry. 


NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 

Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited the life history of the green wood moth, 
Charagia eximia Scott; the stem of the tree with covering and bore containing 
the larva; also the cap and section of a bore into another tree trunk, a larva, 
and two of the female moths from Brooklana, Dorrigo, N.S.W. 

Mr. A. S. Le Souef exhibited skins of two new rock wallabies; one, allied 
to the yellow-footed rock wallaby, from Bulloo River, S.W. Queensland, and 
one from Dajarra, N.W. Queensland. 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 
24th Sepremper, 1924. 


(At Macleay House, 16 College Street, Sydney). 
Mr. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S., President, in the Chair. 


The President announced the death of Professor G. B. De Toni, of Modena, 
Italy, who had been an Honorary Member since 1897 and also of Mr. H. G. 
Smith, who had been a member since 1899. 

The President announced that the Annual Natural History and Wild Flower 
Exhibition of the Naturalists’ Society of New South Wales will be held in the 
Art Gallery of the Education Department from 9th to 15th October. 


ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. Xxx. 


The President also announced that the Council is prepared to receive ap- 
plications for four Linnean Macleay Fellowships tenable for one year from Ist 
March, 1925, from qualified candidates. Applications should be lodged with the 
Secretary, who will afford all necessary information to intending candidates, not 
later than Wednesday, 5th November, 1924. 

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 
(27th August, 1924), amounting to 17 Vols., 131 Parts or Nos., 14 Bulletins, 3 
Reports and 1 Pamphlet, received from 56 Societies and Institutions and 1 
private donor were laid upon the table. 


PAPERS READ. 
1. Revision of Australian Lepidoptera. Lasiocampidae. By A. J. Turner, 


M.D., F.E.S. 

2. Upper Permian Coleoptera and a new Order from the Belmont Beds, 
N.S.W. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., D.Se., F.E.S., F.L.S. 

3. A preliminary reference to a new species of Elonichthys from the lower 
heds of the Neweastle Coal Measures. By John Mitchell. 

4. Further reference to the occurrence of Merista plebeia Sowerby in New 
South Wales. By John Mitchell. 

5. Eleven new species of Aviculopecten from Carboniferous rocks, Myall 
Lakes, N.S.W. By John Mitchell. 


NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 


Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited (1) the life-history of the Pin-hole Borer, 
Crossotarsus armipennis, of the Spotted Gum (Eucalyptus maculata) from 
Morisset, N.S.W. This Scolytid beetle bores through the bark of freshly fallen 
spotted gums and forms radii along galleries in the sap-wood, in which the larvae 
are developed and pupate. The adult beetles do all the boring, the larvae feed- 
ing upon the fungus forming on the walls of the galleries with the fermenting 
sap; (2) photograph of a Wasp Tree and specimens of wasps and nest. This 
photograph showed a Blue Gum (Eucalyptus tereticornis) growing on the road- 
side at Brooklana (Dorrigo), on which the Paper Nest Wasps (Polistes tas- 
maniensis) have built many thousands of nests, extending up the sunny side of 
the trunk for about 30 feet. On his first visit, November, 1923, all these nests 
were small and separated from each other, now they are all joined together, 
forming an almost unbroken coating of the tree trunk. Under normal conditions 
these nests are seldom over a few inches in diameter and the adult wasps feed 
the larvae with chewed up spiders. How these millions of larvae are fed it is 
difficult to imagine. 

Mr. J. Mitchell exhibited a specimen of a fossil insect wing from Belmont, 
N.S.W. : 
Mr. EK. Cheel exhibited fresh flowering specimens of Microcitrus australis 
(Planchon) Swingle (Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., v. (16), 1915, 575) (Citrus 
australis Planchon, B. FI, i., 371), from two plants cultivated in the Botanic 
Gardens, Sydney. The flowers are mostly 3-merous or occasionally 4-merous, 
with 18 or 20 free stamens with pollen of a rich orange-yellow colour. Although 
the plants have flowered in the Gardens three successive seasons, no fruits have 
set. Specimens in the National Herbarium from Murwillumbah, Ballina, Boat 
Harbour, Richmond River and Burringbar are identical with the cultivated plants 
mentioned above and all show that the flowering period is during August to 
November. There is also a fruiting specimen from a plant cultivated in the 


XxX. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 


Centennial Park, the fruits being quite globose (about 1 inch diameter). All the 
above have been mis-determined as M. australasica (F.v.M.) Swingle, but the 
latter has smaller leaves, and eylindric-fusiform fruits. A fresh specimen from 
a plant cultivated at Ashfield raised from seeds of the true “Finger Lime” was 
shown for comparison. 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MERTING. 
29th Octoprr, 1924. 
(At Macleay House, 16 College Street, Sydney). 


Mr. R. H. Cambage, F.L.8., President, in the Chair. 

The President called attention to the fact that this meeting took place on 
the fiftieth anniversary of the first preliminary meeting in connection with the 
formation of the Society, and announced that at the NER General Meeting 
the Jubilee of the Society would be celebrated. 

Mr. Fred Wright, Seville Street, Lane Cove, was elected an Ordinary Mem- 
ber of the Society. 

A letter was read from Mrs. H. G. Smith and family, returning thanks for 
expressions of sympathy in their recent bereavement. 

Candidates for Linnean Macleay Fellowships, 1925-26, were reminded that 
Wednesday, 5th November, is the last day for receiving applications. 

The Donations and Hxchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 
(24th September, 1924), amounting to 8 Vols., 89 Parts or Nos., and 6 Bulletins, 
received from 45 Societies and Institutions and 2 private donors were laid upon 
the table. 


PAPERS READ. 


1. The Influence of certain Colloids upon Fermentation. Part i. By R. 
Greig-Smith, D.Se., Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. 

2. Note upen determining the hydrogen-ion concentration colorimetrically 
in small quantities of fluids. By R. Greig-Smith, D.Se., Macleay Bacteriologist 
to the Society. 

3. Australian Coleoptera. Notes and new species. No. iv. By H. J. 
Carter, B.A., F.H.S. 

4. Australian Nemestrinidae (Diptera). By G. H. Hardy. 


NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 


Mr. D. G. Stead gave a short account of the Pan-Pacifie Food Conference 
held recently at Honolulu. 

Mr. H. Cheel exhibited specimens of the “Adder’s-tongue Fern” (Ophio- 
glossum Pranthi) which were found quite common in pasture-land in the neigh- 
bourhood of Orange. Although this species has a wide range (vide Handb. FI. 
N.S.W.) it is only found on certain soil-formations. Specimens in the National 
Herbarium, Sydney, are from Riverstone, Lilyvale, Dubbo, Condobolin, Lachlan 
District, Yandama and Warialda in this Stacy and from King Island, Tasmania, 
Lord Howe Island, Norfolk Island, Port Phillip (Victoria), Mount ibility. S.A., 
and Central Australia. It has been recorded in various works under the names 
O. vulgatum L., and O. lanceolatum Prantl. Christensen (Ind. Fil., 1896, 471) 
regards this as a distinet species. Oliver (Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlix., 1916, 126) 
reduces it as a variety under O. vulgatwm—i.e., O. vulgatum var. Prantlii (C.Chr.) 


ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. XXX. 


Oliver. It seems also very closely allied and may not be specifically distinct 
from O. lusitamicum Willd. 


Dr. A. B. Walkom exhibited a specimen collected by Mr. T. H. Pincombe 
showing scale-leaves of Glossopteris, with which are associated sporangia similar 
to those described by Arber but aggregated in groups. 


ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 


26th Novempesr, 1924. 
(At Macleay House, 16 College Street, Sydney). 


Mr. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S., President, in the Chair. 


The President announced that Mr. A. F. Basset Hull had resigned from the 
Council of the Society, on account of his projected absence from the State 
during the greater part of the coming year. 

The President also announced that the Council had re-appointed Mr. P. 
D. F. Murray and Miss M. M. Williams to Linnean Macleay Feliowships in 
Zoology and Botany respectively for another year from 1st March, 1925, and 
had appointed Dr. I. M. Mackerras and Mr. G. D. Osborne to Fellowships in 
Zoology and Geology respectively for one year from 1st March, 1925. 

The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting 
(29th October, 1924), amounting to 6 Vols., 61 Parts or Nos., 6 Bulletins, 2 
Reports and 1 Pamphlet, received from 43 Societies and Institutions and 3 
private donors were laid upon the table. 


PAPERS READ. 


1. Two new Hemiptera from New South Wales. Bye rien Meso Erale 
(Communicated by A. J. Nicholson, M.Sc.). 

2. Critical notes on the Temnocephaloidea. By Professor W. A. Haswell, 
M.A., D.Se., F.R.S. 

3. An ecological study of the flora of Mt. Wilson. Part i. The vegetation 
of the basalt. By P. Brough, M.A., B.Se., J. MeLuckie, M.A., D.Se., and A. 
H. K. Petrie. 


NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 


Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium four introduced 
plants not hitherto recorded for the State. (1) Rapistrum hispanicus (L.) 
Crantz, var. hirsutum (Cariot) O. E. Schulz, Broken Hill (A. Morris, No. 601). 
(2) B. rugosum (L.) All, var. nervosum (Pers.) D.C., Junee district (J. B. 
Nugent). The variety is distinguished from the typical form in being more 
glabrous. (3) Myosotis versicolor (Pers.) Sm., Gilmore, near Tumut (J. L. 
Boorman). It is said to be distributed throughout Europe, Asia and Africa. In 
general appearance it is not unlike some small forms of the native species, 
M. australis, from which it can be separated by the longer calyx-seements. (4) 
Echium italicum L., near Young (W. J. Smith). It is an undesirable weed. 

Mr. H. Cheel exhibited specimen of Myriangium montagnei Berk., collected 
in the Centennial Park 14th May, 1901, on branches of Casuarina distyla. In a 
paper entitled “Studies in Entomogenous Fungi,” by T. Petch (The British 
Mycological Society Transactions, x., 1924, 75) Myriangium duriaei, of Aus- 
tralian authors, together with M. dolichospermum Wilson (Proe. Roy. Soe. Vie- 


XXXL. _ ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 


toria, v., 1892, 160) and M. acaciae McAlpine (These Proceedings, xxix., 1904, 
124) are included as synonyms. Although previously classed under the family 
Collemaceae of the Lichenes group of plants by several authorities, the genus 
is now generally regarded as belonging to fungi and included under the family 
Myriangiaceae. There is a large series of specimens in the National Herbarium, 
Sydney, usually associated with scale insects on Hymenanthera dentata and 
various species of Acacia, in Victoria and other localities in this State. 

Mr. David G. Stead related some of his experiences at Honolulu at the 
Pan-Pacifie Food Conservation Conference and deseribed his air flights over the 
Hawaiian Islands. The remarks were illustrated by lantern slides. 


XXXill. 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 
Received during the period 29th November, 1923, to 26th November, 1924. 


(From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherwise mentioned: ) 


ADELAIDE. 


Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-1914.—Scientifie Reports, Series C, 
vi., 6 (1924). 

Department of Mines: Geological Survey of South Australia—Muining Re- 
view for Half-years ended 30th June, 1923 (No. 38) (1923); 31st De- 
cember, 1923 (No. 39) (1924); Report of the Director of Mines and 
Government Geologist for 1922 (1923). 

Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal Society of South Australia——“The 
South Australian Naturalist,” v., 1-4 (1923-1924). 

Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australa—Reecords of 
the S.A. Museum, i, 4 (T. p. & ¢.) (1924); Report of the Board of 
Governors for 1923-24 (1924). 

Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, South Australian Branch.—Pro- 
ceedings, Xxill.-xxiv., Sessions 1921-22, 1922-23 (in one vol.) (1924). 
Royal Society of South Australia—Transactions and Proceedings, xlvii. 

(1923). 

South Austrahan Ornithological Association— “The South Australian Orni- 
thologist,” vi., 5-8 (1924). 

University of Adelaide—Publications:—9 Reprints from Trans. Roy. Soe. 
S. Aust., xlvi. (1923); “The Australian Journal of Experimental 
Biology and Medical Science,” i., 1-3 (1924). 

Woods and Forests Department——Annual Progress Report for Year 1922-23 
(1923). 


ALBANY. 
New York State Museum—A Scientific Survey of Turners Lake, Isle-au- 
Haut, Maine,” by S. C. Bishop and N. T. Clarke. 1922 (1923). 
ALGER. : 
Institut Pasteur d’Algerie.—Archives, i, 1 (cover for No. 2), 3-4 (T.p. & e.) 
(1923). 
AMSTERDAM. 


Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging—Entomologische Berichten, v1., 
128-137 (1922-1924); Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, Ixvi. (1923). 


XXXIV. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 


Royal Academy of Sciences.—Jaarboek, 1920, 1920-1921 (1920, 1921); Pro- 
ceedings of the Section of Sciences, xxil.-xxiv. (1920-1922); Verhan- 
delingen, 2nd Section, xxi, 1-3 (T.p. & ¢.) (1920-1921); xxii, 1-4 
(1921-1922); Verslagen Afdeeling Natuurkunde, xxviil.-xxx., 1919-1921 
(1920-1922) ; 10 Articles on the History and Present State of Scientific 
Research in the Dutch East Indies (1923). 


ANN ARBOR. 
American Microscopical Society.——Transactions, xli., 4 (Index) (1923); 
xliii., 1-3 (1924). 
Michigan Academy of Science—Annual Report, vith. and vuith., 1904, 1906 
(1904, 1906). 
University of eee Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters.— 


University of Machcon: Museum of Zowlioan. ePitisceliancoue Publications, 
Nos. 9-11 (1923); Occasional Papers, T.p. & ec. for Nos. 91-112 (1921- 
1922); T.p. & ¢«. for Nos. 113-128 (1922); Nos. 137-143 (1923). 


AUCKLAND. 
Auckland Institute and Museum—Annual Report, 1923-1924 (1924). 


BALTIMORE. 


Maryland Geological Survey.—Vol. xi. (1922); Silurian (1923). 
Johns Hopkins University—University Circulars, N.S., 1923, 2-7 (1923). 


BARCELONA. 


Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes de Barcelona.—Boletin, yv., 1 (1924) ; 
Memorias, xvii., 4-9 (1923-1924); Nomina del Personal Academico, 
1923-1924 (1924). 


BATAVIA. 


Koninklijke Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederl.-Indie—1 Map to ac- 
company Monographie 1., Dr. G. L. L. Kemmerling’s Monograph “De 
Geologie en de Geomorphologie van den Idjen’” (1917-1918); Natuur- 
kundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie, lxxxili., 3 (T.p. & «e.) 
(1923); Ixxxiv., 1-2 (1924). 


BERGEN. 


Bergens Museum.—Aarsberetning, 1922-23 (1923); Aarbok, 1921-22, Hefte 
2 (1923) ; 1922-23, Hefte 1 (1924). 


BERKELEY. 


University of California.—Publications: Botany, x., 9 (1924); xi., 13 
(1924); Entomology, T.p. & ec. for Vol. i. (1906-1922); ii., 2 (1924); 
Geology, T.p. & ¢. for Vol. xii. (1921-1922); xiv., 5-113- (11923); xv., 
1-3 (1924) ; Physiology, v., 4-12 (1919); Zoology, xx., 18-23 (T.p. & c.) 
(1919-1924); xxi, 13 (1924); xxii, 11-14 (Tip. & c.) (1921-1924) ; 
xxiv., 3 (1924); xxv., pp. 1-514 (complete) (1924); xxvi. 1-15 (1923- 
1924). 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. XXXV- 


BERLIN. 
Botanisches Gartens und Musewms.—Notizblatt, viui., 78-80 (T.p. & ce.) 
(1923-1924) ; ix., 81 (1924). 
Deutsche Entomologische Museum.—Entomologische Mitteilungen, xiii., 1-5 
(1924); Supplementa Entomologica, No. 10 (1924). 
'Notgemeinschaft der Deutschen Wissenschaft— Flora,” Neue Folge, xvi., 4 
CEsp= ics) 9 @l923)5) xvite, leno) L924): 
BERN. 
Naturforschende Gesellschaft—Verhandlungen, 1921-1923 (1921-1923). 
BIRMINGHAM. 
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society.—List of members, 
1924 and Annual Report, 1923 (1924); Proceedings, xv., 2, Session 
1922-1923 (1923). 


BompBay. 


Bombay Bacteriological Laboratory—Handbook, 1924 (1924). 
Bombay Natural History Society—Journal, xxix., 2 (T.p. & c., and Index 
for Parts 1 and 2); 3-4 (1923-1924). 


Boston. 
American Academy of Arts and Sciences.—Proceedings, lviu., 16-17 (T.p. & 
e.) (1923); lix., 1-9 (1923-1924). 
Society of Natural History—Memoirs, vi., 2 (1923); Proceedings, xxxv., 3 
(1915) ; xxxvi., 1-2, 4 (1921); 5 (1922); 6-8 (1923); xxxvii., 1 (1923). 
BRISBANE. 


Department of Agriculture and Stock—Queensland Agricultural Journal, 
xx., 6 (T-p. & c.) (1923-1924) ; xxi., 1-6 (1924); xxii., 1-4 (1924). 
Department of Mines, Queensland Geological Survey.—Publications 244; 
271 (8 Maps) (1923); 273, pt. 2 (1924); 274 (1923). 

“Queensland Government Mining Journal’ (from the Editor).—xxiy., Dee. 
1923 (T.p. & ce.) (1923); xxv., Jan.-Nov., 1924 (1924). 

Queensland Museum.—Memorrs, vill., 1 (1924). 

Queensland Naturalists’ Club and Nature-Lovers’ League-—“The Queensland 
Naturalist,” iv., 3-5 (1923-1924). 

Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, Queensland Branch.—Queensland 
Geographical Journal, xxxviii., 38th Session, 1922-23 (1923). — 

Royal Society of Qweensland.—Proceedings, xxxv., 1923 (1924); Report of 
Council for 1923 (1924). 

BROOKLYN... 

Botanical Society of America-—American Journal of Botany, x., 8-10 (T.p. 

& c.) (1923); xi, 1-8 (1924). 
BRUSSELS. 

Académie Royale de Belgique—Annuaire, 1924, 90th Année (1924); Bulle- 
tin de la Classe des Sciences, 1923, 1-12 (T.p. & e¢.) (1923-1924) ; 1924, 
1-3 (1924). 

Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique—Bulletin, lvi., 1-2 (T.p. & ©), 
1923 (1924). 

Société Royale Zoologique de Belgique—Annales, liv., 1923 (1924). 


XXXVI. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 


BUDAPEST. 
Musée National Hongrois—Annales, xx., 1923 (1923). 


BUENOS AIRES. 
Sociedad Argentina de Ciencias Naturales.—Revista, ‘“Physis,” T.p. & e. for 
ii, (1915-1916); T.p. & ec. for ii. (1916-1917); Tp. & ec. for iv. (1918- 
1919); Tip. & « for v. (1921-1922); vi., 21-22 (T.p. & @.) (1922- 
1923) ; vii., 23-24 (1923). 


CAEN. 


Société Linnéenne de Normandie-—Mémoires, xxv., 1923 (1923). 


CALCUTTA, 

Geological Survey of Indta.—Bibliography of Indian Geology, Part 3, Index 
to Subjects (1923); Memoirs, xlv., 2 (1922); xlvii., 2 (1923); Memoirs, 
Palaeontologica Indica, N.S., vu., 4; 1x., 1 (1924); Records, liv., 4 
(T.p. & ce.) (1923); lv., 2-4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923-1924); lvi., 1 (1924). 

Indian Museum.—Memoirs, v., 12 (1924); T.p. & e. for vii., 1918-1922; viii., 
IL (GUQ22D) 9 levereongols, 0-155 “4s (kos Gg @y)) (CGIRED) es Mbeio. oO, aioe Seony. 
(1922); xxv., 5-6, Appendix (T.p. & ec.) (1923-1924) ; xxvi., 1-4 (1924) ; 
General Index for Vols. 1.-xx., 1907-1920 (1923). 


CAMBRIDGE, England. 

Cambridge Philosophical Society—Proceedings, xxi., 6 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923); 
xxii., 1 (1924); Supplement, Niels Bohr on the Application of the 
Quantum Theory to Atomic Structure, Part 1 (1924); Proceedings, 
Biological Sciences, 1., 2 (1924); Transactions, xxiil., 2-3 (1924). 

CAMBRIDGE, Mass. 

Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College-—Annual Report of 

the Director for 1922-1923 (1923); Bulletin, Ixv., 10-12 (1923-1924). 
Care TOWN. 

Royal Society of South Africa.—tTransactions, xi., 3-4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1924). 

South African Museum.—Annual Report for Year ended 31st December, 
1923 (1924); Annals, xu., 8 (1924); xui., 8 (T.p. & ¢.) (1913-1923) ; 
xiv., 6 (1924); xix., 1-3 (1923-1924); xx., 1-2 (1924); Guide Leaflet 
No. 1 (1913). 

CHRISTCHURCH. 


Canterbury Museum.—Records, i1., 3 (1923). 
Philosophical Institute of Canterbury.—Transactions and Proceedings, N.Z. 
Institute, liv. (1923). 


CHRISTIANIA. 
Videnskapsselskapet i Kristiania.—Forhandlinger, Aar 1922 (1923); Skrifter, 
1921 (Vols. i.-11.) (1922); 1922 (1923); Vorhandlinger, 1921 (1922). 
Cuus, Roumania. 


Gradina Botanica—Bulletin, iii., 3, Appendix 1, 4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923); iv., 
1 (1924); Contributions Botaniques, i., 5 (1924). 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. XXXVI. 


Cotp SPRING Harpor. 
Station for Experimental Evolution, Carnegie Institution of Washington.— 
Annual Report of the Director of the Department of Genetics, 1922- 
1923 (Extracted from Year Book No. 22 for the year 1923) (1923). 


CoLtumBvus, Ohio. 
American Chemical Society—Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, xv., 11- 
12 (T.p. & e.) (1923); xvi., 1-10 (1924); News Hdition, i., 20-24 (1923) ; 
a, 1-19- (11924). 
Ohio Academy of Science and Ohio State University Scientific Society— 
Ohio Journal of Science, xxiii., 5-6 (T.p. & «.) (1923); xxiv., 1-4 
(1924). ' 
COPENHAGEN. 
Zoological Museum of the University.—Publications, Nos. 28-31, 33-36 
(1923-1924) ; The Danish Ingolf Expedition, i., 7-8 (1923). 
DUBLIN. 
Royal Dublin Society—Scientific Proceedings, N.S., xvii., 11-41 (1922- 
1924). 
Royal Irish Academy.—Proceedings, xxxvi., Section B, 2-11 (1922-1924). 
Hast LANSING. 
Michigan Agricultural College, Agricultural Experiment Station.—Bacterio- 
logical Section, Cireular Bulletin No. 61 (1923); Special Bulletin No. 
124 (1923); Technical Bulletin Nos. 59-61 (1923); One Reprint from 


Journ. of Bacteriology, viii, 5 (1923):--“‘The Enzymie Content of 
Bacterial Spores,” by G. L. A. Rueble. 


EDINBURGH. 
Royal Physical Society.—Proceedings, xx., 6, Sessions 1921-22 and 1922-23 
(1923). 
Royal Society of Hdinburgh—Proceedings, xlii., 3 (T.p. & e.), Session 
1922-23 (1923); xliv., 1-2, Session 1923-24 (1924); Transactions, lii., 2, 
Session 1922-23 (1924); liv., 1, Session 1923-24 (1924). 
FRANKFURT ON MAIN. 
Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft—Abhandlungen, xxxv., 4 
(1923) ; xxxviii., 1-2 (1923-1924); Bericht, 53, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1923); 54, 
1 (1924). 
GENEVA. 
Société de Physique et ad Histoire Naturelle—Compte Rendu des Séances, 
xl, 3 (Typ. & ¢.) (1923); xh. 1-2 (1924); Mémoires, xxxix., 8 (T.p. 
& c.) (1923); xl., 1 (1924). 
GENOA. 
“Rivista di Coleotterologia,”’ No. 1, 1923 (1923). 


GIESSEN. 


Botanisches Institut.—(1) Zu kenntnis der panaschierten Geholze iv. (1922) ; 
(2) Eduard Strasburger (1912); (3) Handworterbuch der Naturwissen- 


XXXViIi. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 


schaften (Zelle und Zellteilung) (1914); (4) Mikroskopische Messung 
osmotischer Gewebeschwellunger (1922); (5) Uber Aufgaben und Ergeb- 
nisse der Entwicklungsmechanik der Pflanzen (1918); (6) Uber Mosaik- 
panaschierung und vergleichbare Erscheinungen (1918); (7) Keimung 
und Entwicklung von Schimmelpilzen in gebrauchten Nahrlosungen 
(1908); (8) W. J. Behrens (1905). 


GRANVILLE. 
Denison University—Journal of the Scientific Laboratories, xx., pp. 37-185 
G@llg23 ete ‘ 
GRAZ. 


Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fur Steiermark.—Mitteilungen, 58, Beiheft 
(1922); 59 and Beiheft (1923). 


HALIFAX, ; 
Nova Scotian Institute of Science-——Proceedings and Transactions, xv., 3-4, 
Sessions 1920-21 and 1921-22 (1923). 


HAMBURG. 
Naturwissenschaftlicher Vereim—Abhandlungen, xx., 2-3 (T.p. & ¢.) (1914- 
1917); xxi., 1-2 (1919-1920); Verhandlungen, Dritte Folge, xx., 1912- 
xxix., 1921 (1913-1922); Vierte Folge, i., 1, 1922 (1923). 


HAMILTON. 
Hamilton Association—Journal and Proceedings, No. xxx., Sessions 1918- 
19 to 1921-22 (1928). 


HELSINGFORS. 
Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.— ‘Die Laubmoose Fennoskandias,” by 
V. F. Brotherus (1923). 
Societas Scientiarum Fennica.—Acta, |., 6 (1924); Arsbok-Vuosikirja, ii., 
1923-1924 (1924). 


HOopart. 

Department of Mines, Geological Survey.—Geological Survey Bulletin No. 33 
(Text and Maps), 34 (1923); Mineral Resources No. 7 (Text and Maps) 
(1922) ; Underground Water Supply Paper No. 3 (1924). 

Royal Society of Tasmania.—Papers and Proceedings for the Year 1923 
(1924). 

Tasmaman Field Naturalists’ Club—Easter Camp, 1924 (1924); “The Tas- 
manian Naturalist,” N.S., 1., 1 (1924). 


Honouvuww, T. H. 
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum.—Bulletins, 6-14 (1923-1924); Memoirs, 
Walibic, 9) ((AUEjoR (4 5) (G28) 2 te, Nee (Alec 
Pan-Pacific Union.—Bulletin, N.S. Nos. 61, 62 (1924). 


INDIANAPOLIS. 
Indiana Academy of Science.—Proceedings, 1922 (1923). 


JAMAICA PLAIN. 
Arnold Arboretum.—Journal, iv., 4 (T.p. & c.) (1923); v., 1-2 (1924). 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. XXX1x. 


JOHANNESBURG. 


South African Association for the Advancement of Science——South African 
Journal of Science, xx., 1-2 (T.p. & ce.) (1923). 


KURASHIKI. 
Ohara Institute for Agricultural Research.—bBerichte, ii., 3 (1923). 


La JOLLA. 


Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of California — 
32 Reprints (1900-1923). 


La PLATA, 
Museo de La Plata.—Revista, xxvii. (1923). 


LIEGE. 
Société Géologique de Belgique—Annales, xlv., 4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923); xlv1., 
1-4 (T.p. & e.) (1923-1924); Publications Relatives au Congo Belge et 
aux Régions Voisines, Année 1921-1922, Annexe au T. xlv. des Annales 
(1923); Année 1922-1923, Annexe au T. xlvi. des Annales, Livr. 1-2 
(1923-1924) ; Année 1923-1924, Annexe au T. xlvii. des Annales, Livr. 
1 (1924). 


LIVERPOOL. 


Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine—Annals of Tropical Medicine and 
Parasitology, xvu., 4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923); xvii, 1-2 (1924). 


LONDON. 


British Museum (Natural History) —A Guide to the Hlephants (Recent 
and Fossil) (2nd Edition) (1922); Catalogue of the Fossil Bryozoa 
(Polyzoa). The Cretaceous Bryozoa, iv., 2. By Dr. W. D. Lang 
(1922); Catalogue of the Selous Collection of Big Game. By J. G. 
Dollman (1921); Economic Series, No. 13 (1922); Guide to the Ex- 
hibition Galleries of Geology and Palaeontology (1923); Guide to the 
Mollusca exhibited in the Zoological Department (1923); Guide to the 
Reptiles and Batrachians exhibited in the Department of Zoology (3rd 
Edition) (1922); Index Animalium, 2nd Section, Parts i-1m., by C. D. 
Sherborn (1922-1923). A Handbook of the Larger British Fungi, by 
J. Ramsbottom (1923). 

Entomological Society of Jondon.—Transactions, 1923, 3-5 (T.p. & «.) 
(1924) ; 1924, 1-2 (1924). 

Geological Society—Geological Literature added to the Society’s Library 
during the Year ended Dee. 31st, 1923 (1924); Quarterly Journal, 
ibcabes 4: (UNO. cs G.)) (UI28)) 6 boo fale) (GIG 2 

Linnean Soctety—Journal, Botany, xlvi., 309-310 (1924); Zoology, xxxv., 
236-238 (T.p. & c.) (1923-1924); xxxvi., 239 (1924); List, 1923-1924 
(1923) ; Proceedings, 135th Session, 1922-23 (1923). 

Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries—British Empire Exhibition, 1924, 
Guide to the Agricultural Exhibit in Gallery uu. of the Government 
Pavilion (1924); Journal, xxx., 8-12 (T.p. & e.) (1923-1924); xxxi., 1-7 
(1924). 


xdb DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 


Rayal Botanic Gardens, Kew.—Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, 1923 
(1924). 

Royal Microscopical Society.—Journal, 1923, 4 (T.p. & ¢«) (1923); 1924, 
1-3 (1924). 

Royal Society.—British Hmpire Exhibition, 1924. Handbook to the Ex- 
hibition of Pure science, arranged by the Royal Society. Galleries 3 
and 4, British Government Pavilion. (1924); Philosophical Transactions, 
eexil., Nos. B. 396-401 (T.p. & ec.) (1923-1924); cexiii., Nos. B. 402-404 
(1924); Proceedings, xev., Nos. B. 669-671 (T.p. & c.) (1923-1924) ; 
xevi., Nos. B. 672-679 (T.p. & ec.) (1924). 

Zoological Socrety.—Abstract of Proceedings, Nos. 244-255 (1923-1924); 
List of Fellows, April, 1924 (1924); Notice re Meetings, Oct., 1924 
(1924) ; Proceedings, 1923, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1923); 1924, 1-2 (Tp. & «. 
for pp. 1-696) (1924). 


Lyon. 
Société Botanique de Lyon—Annales, xliii., 1922 (1924). 


ManprIb. 
Junta para Ampliacion de Estudios—Flora Iberica. Uredales, i. (1924); 
Trabajos del Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Serie Geologica, 
Nos. 31-33 (1923). 
Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural—Boletin, xxiii., 7-10 (T.p. & ©.) 
(1923) ; xxiv., 1-6 (1924); Lista de Socios, Mar., 1924 (1924) ; Memorias, 
pa ete Ha (S)43)) ipo b Eyton (LLLS)27- 9) 


MANCHESTER. 
Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.—Journal of Conchology, 
xvil., 3-5 (1923-1924). 
Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society—Memoirs and Proceedings, 
Ixvu., 2, (Tip. & e.), 1922-1923 (1923). 
Manchester Museum.—Publication 86 (1923). 


Mania, P. I. 

Bureau of Science of the Government of the Philippine Islands——21st An- 
nual Report for year ending Dee. 31st, 1922 (1923); Philippine Jour- 
nal of Science, xxiii., 5-6 (T.p. & c.) (1923); xxiv., 1-6 (T.p. & c¢.) 
(1924); xxv., 1-3 (1924). 


MARSEILLES. 
Faculté des Sciences de Marseille—Annales, xxiv., 3-6 (Index) (1920-1922) ; 
xxv., 1-2 (Index) (1922-1923); 2me Serie, i. (1921); ii., 1 (1923). 


MELBOURNE. | 
“Australasian Journal. of Pharmacy,” N.S., iv., 47-48 (Index) (1923); v., 
49-58 (1924). (From the Publisher). 
Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics—Official Year Book, No. 
17, 1924 (1924). 
Commonwealth Department of Health—Service Publication, No. 25 (1924). 
Commonwealth Institute of Science and Industry—2nd Annual Report of 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. xli. 


the Director from Ist July, 1922 to 3lst December, 1923 (1924); Bulle- 
tin, Nos. 26-27 (1923-1924). 

Commonwealth Treasurer— ‘Australian Wood Fibres,” by R. T. Baker and 
H. G. Smith (1924). 

Department of Agriculture of Victoria.—Journal, xxi., 12 (T.p.&¢.) (1923) ; 
xxi, 1-10 (1924). 

Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.—Victorian Naturalist,” xl., 8-12 (T.p 
& ¢.) (1923-1924); xli., 1-7 (1924). 

Home and Territories Department—Report on the Salient Geological Fea- 
tures, ete., of the New Guinea Territory, ete. By E. R. Stanley (1923). 

Public Library, Museums and National Gallery of Victoria—Names of Vic- 
torian Railway Stations, ete., compiled by T. O’Callaghan (1918); Re- 
port of the Trustees for 1923 (1924). 

Royal Australasian Ornithologists’ Union ‘The Emu,” xxiii., 3-4 (T.p. & ¢.) 
(1924) ; xxiv., 1-2 (1924). 

Royal Society of Victorta.—-Proceedings, N.S. xxxvi., 1-2 (T.p. & e.) (1923- 
1924). 

University of Melbourne.—Calendar for 1924 (1923). 


MEXICO. 
Instituto Geologico-de Mexico.—Boletin No. 41 (1923). 


MILWAUKEE, 


Public Museum.—Bulletin, iv., 1 (1923); v., 1 (1923); Year Book, ii., pp. 
1-200, 1922 (1923). 


MopEna. 


“La Nuova Notarisia.”—(From the Editor, Dr. G. B. de Toni). Serie 
xxxy., Genn.-Giugno; Lugl.-Dic., 1924 (1924). 


Monaco. 
| L’Institut Océanographique de Monaco.—Bulletin, Nos. 433-443 (1923-1924). 


MUNCHEN. 


Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Munchen—Abhandlungen, 
Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse, T.p. & ¢. for xxix. (1924); Abhand- 
lungen, Mathematisch.-naturwissenschaftliche Abteilung, xxx., 1 (1924) ; 
Sitzungsberichte der mathematisch-physikalischen Klasse, 1923, 1-2 (T.p. 
& ec.) (1923); “Der Anteil von Anlage und Umwelt an der Person- 
lichkeit,” by Max von Gruber (1923); Beitrage zur Natur- und Kultur- 
geschichte Lithauens und angrenzender Gebiete. Abhandlungen der 
Math.-phys. Klasse, Suppl. Bd., 2-5 Abhandlung (1923). 


NANTES. 
Société des Sciences naturelles de VOuest de la France.—Bulletin, 4th Ser., 
i., 1-4 (T.p. & c«.), 1922 (1922). 
NAPLES. 


Museo Zoologico della R. Universita di NapolimAnnuario, N.S., v., 1-6 
(1922-1923). 


xii. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 


New Haven, Conn. 


Connecticut Academy of Aris and Sciences——List of Publications, July, 
1924 (1924); Transactions, xxvi., pp. 181-332 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923-1924) ; 
One Reprint from “American Journal of Science,” vi., 1923—“Verte- 
brate Fossils from the Mina Eruption,” by G. F. Eaton (1923). 


NEw YORK. 


American Geographical Society—Geographical Review, xili., Supplement to 
No. 4 (T.p. & c.) (1923); xiv., 1-4 (1924). 

American Museum of Natural History—Bulletin, xlvi., 1922 (1922); “Natural 
History,” xxiil., 5-6 (T.p. & c.) (1923); xxiv., 1-4 (1924). 


OTTAWA. 


Department of Agriculture.—Report of the Dominion Entomologist for 1919 
and 1920 (1923); Insects affecting Live Stock, Bulletin No. 29, N.S. 
(1923). 

Department of Mines—Report for fiscal year ending 31st March, 1923 
(1923). 

Department of Mines, Geological Survey of Canada.—Bulletin No. 38 (1924) ; 
Memoirs, 133-137, 139 (1923-1924); Report of the Canadian Arctic Ex- 
pedition 1913-18, Vol. xi., Geology and Geography (1924); Summary 
Reports, 1922, Pts. A-D (1923); 1923, Pt. A (1924); Index to Separate 
Reports 1996-1910 and Summary Reports 1905-1916 (1923). ; 

International Institute Branch, Department of Agriculture—Agricultural 
Gazette of Canada, x., 6, Index (1923); xi., 1-2 (T.p. & ¢.) (1924). 
(Publication ceased). 

Royal Society of Canada.—Proceedings and Transactions, Third Series, xvii. 
(1923). 


OxFORD. 


Radcliffe Library, Oxford University Musewm—Catalogue of the Books 
added during 1923 (1924). 


Pato ALTO. 


Stanford University—Stanford University Publications, University Series, 
Biological Sciences, i., 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1923); Bulletin of the Terres- 
trial Electric Observatory of Fernando Sanford, i., 1920-1923 (1923). 


PARIS. 


“Journal de Conchyliologie.” (From the Publisher). Vol. \xv., 1-4 (T.p. 
& c.) (1920-1921); Ixvi., 1-4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1921-1922); Ixvii., 1-4 (Tp. 
& ec.) (1922-1923) ; Ixvin., 1-2 (1923-1924). 

Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle—Bulletin, 1923, 5-8 (T.p. & ce.) 
(1923) ; 1924, 1-2 (1924). 

Société Entomologique de France.—Annales, xcii., 1-4 (T.p. & e¢.), 1923 
(1923-1924) ; xciil., 1-2, 1924 (1924); Bulletin, 1923, 15-21 (T.p. & ce.) 
(1923-1924) ; 1924, 1-14 (1924). 


PAVIA. 
Istituto Botanico delVUniversita di Pavia.—Atti, Ser., ii., 1 (1924). 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. xiii. 


PERTH. 


Department of Agriculture of Western Australia—Journal, 2nd Series, 1., 
1-3 (1924). 

Geological Survey of Western Australia.—Bulletin No. 89 (1924). 

Government Siatistician, Western Australia.—Monthly Statistical Abstract, 
Nos. 35 and 42 (Apr. and Nov., 1903); Quarterly Statistical Abstract, 
Nos. 212 (1919) ; 231-234 (1923-1924). 

Royal Society of Western Australia.—QJournal and Proceedings, 1x., 2, 1923 
(1924). 


PETROGRAD. 


Société Entomologique de Russie—Revue Russe d’Entomologie, xy., 1-4 
(1915-1916); xvi., 1-4 (1916-1917); xvu.- (1921); xvin., 1-3 (1922- 
1923). 


PHILADELPHIA. 


Academy of Natural Sciences—Entomological News and Proceedings of the 
Entomological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences, xxxiv., 9-10 
(T.p. & ¢.) (1923); xxxv., 1-8 (1924); “The Joseph Leidy Commemora- 
tive Meeting, held in Philadelphia, Dec. 6, 1923” (1924). 

American Philosophical Society.—Proceedings, lxii., 2-6, and Supplement 
(T-p. & ¢.) (1928). 

Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology—Journal of Experimental Zo- 
ology, xxxvili., 2-3 (1923); Journal of Morphology, xxxviii., 2 (1923). 

Zoological Society of Philadelphia—Fifty-second Annual Report of the 

. Board of Directors, 1923-1924 (1923); Report of the Laboratory and 
Museum of Comparative Pathology in conjunction with the Fifty-second 
Annual Report of the Zoological Society, 1923-1924 (1924). 


PLYMOUTH. 
Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom.—Journal, N.S., xili., 
1 (1923). 
Port Moressy. 


Mines Department, Geological Section.—“The Geology of Papua,” by E. R. 
Stanley (1923). 


PRAGUE. 
Societas Entomologica Cechosloveniae.—Acta, xix., 3-6 (1922); xx. 1-4 
(1923). 
PRETORIA. 
Botanical Survey of South Africa—Memoir No. 5 (1923). 
PUSA. 


Agricultural Research Institute—Bulletin, Nos. 152, 154 (1924); Memoirs 
of the Department of Agriculture in India, Botanical Series, xi., 4, 6 
(Tp. & ¢.) (921-1923); xn, 2-5 (Tp. & ¢.) (1923-1924); xin, 1-3 
(1924) ; Entomological Series, T.p. & ¢. for vi.; vii., 4,5, 13 (T.p. & ¢.) 
(1921-1923); Review of Agricultural Operations in India, 1922-1923 
(1924) ; Scientific Reports, 1922-1923 (1923). 


xliy. DONATIONS AND BXCHANGES. 


RENNES. 
Société Géologique et Minéralogique de Bretagne.—Bulletin, ii1., 4 and Index 
(IQ ZED) S eve 1k (Cs)).. 
RicHMonpD, N.S.W. 
Hawkesbury Agricultural College-—H.A.C. Journal, xx., 8 (1923); xxi, 1-7 
(1924). 
RIO DE JANEIRO. 
Instituto Oswaldo Cruz—Memorias, xv., 1 (1922). 
Museu Nacional—Boletim, i., 1-2 (1923-1924); Fauna Brasiliense—Peixes, 
Wola: leuHascuelea(l923)n 
Riversipe, Cal. 
Graduate School of Tropical Agriculture and Citrus Hxperiment Station 
(College of Agriculture, University of California)—Papers, Nos. 76, 77, 
91-93, 97, 104, 106-109, 111, 114, 117 (1923-1924). 
ROCHESTER. 
Rochester Academy of Science.—Proceedings, vi., 5 (1923). 
San FRANCISCO. ; 
California Academy of Sciences——Proceedings, Fourth Series, T.p. & c. for x. 
(1920) ; xi., 22-23 (1923); xii, 6-26 (1923); xi., 1-6 (1923). 
Sao Pave. 
Museu Paulista.—Revista, xii. (1923). 
SENDAI. 


Tohoku Imperial University.—Science Reports, 3rd Series, T.p. & ¢. for 1. 
(1921-1923) ; i1., 1-2 (1924); 4th Series, i., 1 (1924). 


St. Louts. 
Missouri Botanical Garden.—Annals, x., 1-3 (1923). 
STOCKHOLM. 


Entomologiska Foreningen i Stockholm.—Entomologisk Tidskrift, xliv., 1-4 
(jos 65 Gs), G25} (les). 
K. Svenska Vetenskapsakademien.—Arkiv for Botanik, xviii., 2-4 (T.p. & 
e.) (1922-1924); Arkiv for Kemi, Mineralogi och Geologi, viii., 5-6 
(T.p. & oe.) (1922-1923); ix, 1-2 (1924); Arkiv for Mathematik, 
Astronomi och Fysik, xvi., 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1922-1923); xvin., 1-2 
(1924); Arkiv for Zoologi, xv., 2-4 (T.p. & e.) (1922-1924); xvi., 1-2 
(1924); Arsbok, 1923 (1923); Handlingar, Ixi. 1-12, 14-17 (T-p. & ec.) 
(1920-1921); Ixi., 1-5 (T.p. & ec.) (1921); Ixii., 1-13 (Supplement) 
(T.p. & ¢.) (1922-1924); Tredje Serien, i., 1-3 (T.p. & ¢) (1924). 


SYDNEY. 


Australian Museum.—Annual Report for Year ended 30th June, 1923 (1923) ; 
Australian Museum Magazine, ii., 1-4 (1924); Records, xiii, 7; xiv., 
2-3 (1923-1924). 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. xlv. 


Australian National Research Council.—‘Australian ‘Science Abstracts,” iii., 
1-4 (1924). 

Botanic Gardens and Domains —“<A critical revision of the Genus Eucalyp- 
tus,” vil, 2 (1924). By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist, ete.; An- 
nual Reports, 1921, 1922 (1923). 

Department of Agriculture, N.S.W.—Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W., xxxiv., 
12 (Tp. & ¢.) (1923-1924); xxxv., 1-11 (1924). 

Department of Mines—Annual Report for Year 1923 (1924). 

Department of Mines, Geological Survey of N.S.W.—Bulletins, Nos. 4-5 
(1923-1924) ; Memoirs, Geology, No. 8 (Maps, Sections, ete., and Sup- 
plement) (1923). 

Department of Public Health—Report of the Director General for 1922 
(1923). 

Education Department.—EKdueation Gazette of New South Wales, xvil., 12 
(T.p. & ce.) (1923); xvi., 1-11 (1924); Technical Education Branch, 
Bulletin of the Technological Museum, Nos. 6, 8, 9 (1923-1924); “The 
Technical Gazette of New South Wales,” xiv., 1 (1924); One Reprint 
from Journ. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lvii., pp. 227-230 (1923). 

Education Department: Teachers’ College——Teachers’ College Calendar, 1924 
(1924). 

Forestry Commission of New South Wales.——Australian Forestry Journal, 
vi., 11-12 (1923-1924); vii, 1-10 (1924); “Forest Flora of N.S.W.,” 
vill., 5-7 (1923-1924). By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist, ete. 
(Publication ceased). 

Institution of Surveyors—“The Surveyor,” xxxiv., 4-5 (T.p. & e.) (1923- 
1924); xxxy., 1-2 (1924). 

Naturalists’ Society of New South Wales. “Australian Naturalist,” v., 9-12 
(1924). ; 

Public Library of New South Wales.——Report for year ending 30th June, 
1923 (1923). 

Royal Society of New South Wales.—Journal and Proceedings, lvii., 1923 
(1924). 

Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales.—“‘Australian Zoologist,” ii., 
5-7 (1923-1924). 

“Scientific Australian,’ xxix., 7-12 (1923-1924); xxx., 1-6 (1924). (From 
the Publisher, Peter G. Tait). 

“The Medical Journal of Australia,” 1923, ii., 22-26 (T.p. & c.) (1923); 
1924, 1., 1-26 (T.p. & ec.) (1924); 1924, ii, 1-21 (1924); List of Mem- 
bers of B.M.A. in Australia (1924). (From the Editor). 

University of Sydney.—Calendar for Year 1924 (1924). 


TATHOKU. 


Government Research Institute, Department of Forestry.— Identification of 
Philippine Woods by Anatomical Characters’ (Supplement to the 
“Anatomical Characters and Identification of Formosan Woods, ete.’) ; 
“Anatomical Notes on Indian Woods” (Bulletin No. 4), by R. Kanehira 
(1924). 


TASHKENT. 


Scientific Society of Turkestan—Transactions, i. (1923). 


xvi. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 


TOKYO. 
National Research Council of Japan.—Japanese Journal of.Botany, i., 1-4 
(Tip. & ¢.) (1922-1923); ii, 1 (1924); Japanese Journal of Geology 
and Geography, T.p. & e. for i. (1922); ii., 2-4 (1923). 
Tokyo Zoological Society.—Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses, x., 6 (1923). 
TORONTO. 
Royal Canadian Institute—Transactions, xiv., 2 (1923). 
TOULOUSE. 
Société d'Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse Bulletin, li., 2-4 (Index) (1923). 
TOWNSVILLE. 
Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine (Commonwealth of Australia, De- 
partment of Health).—Service Publications (Tropical Division), Nos. 
1-6, 8 (1924). 
Trine, Herts. 
Zoological Museum.—Novitates Zoologicae, xxx., 2-3 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923); - 
xxxi., 1 (1924). 
TRONDHJEM. 
Kongelige Norske Videnskabers Selskabs.—Aarsberetning, 1921, 1922 (1922, 
1923); Skrifter, 1921-22 (1923). 
TUNIS. 
Institut Pasteur de Tums.—Archives, xii., 3-4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923); xiii, 1-2 
(1924) ; Notice sur l'Institut Pasteur de Tunis (March, 1924). 
Urnsana, Ill. 
University of Illinois.—Illlinois Biological Monographs, viiil., 1-2 (1923). 
VANCOUVER. 


University of British Columbia.—Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1918- - 
1920 (1921). 


VIENNA. 
Naturhistorische Museum in Wien.—Annalen, xxxvi.-xxxvii., 1923-1924 (1923- 
1924). 
Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in ‘Wien—Verhandlungen, Ixxiii., 1923 
(1924). 
WARSAW. 


Societas Botanica Poloniae.—Acta, i., 1-2, 4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923). 
WASHINGTON. 

Bureau of American Ethnology.—Bulletins, Nos. 40, 79-81 (1922-1923). 

Carnegie Institution of Washington.—Publications, Nos. 248 (Vol. iv.), 326- 
328, 336 (1923); Year Book No. 22, 1922-1923 (1924). 

National Academy of Sciences—Proceedings, ix., 11-12 (T.p. & ce.) (1923) ; 
x., 1-10 (1924). 

Smithsonian Institution—Annual Report for year ended 30th June, 1921 
(1922); Miscellaneous Collections, Ixxvi., 2 (1923).- 

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce.—Special Pub- 
lication No. 99 (1924). 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. xlvii. 


U.S. Department of Agricultwre——Bureau of Entomology, Department Bulle- 
tins, Nos. 1164, 1176, 1178, 1182, 1201, 1204-1205, 1218, 1222-1223, 1225, 
1228, 1231-1232 (1923-1924); Department Circulars, Nos. 287, 288, 301 
(1923-1924) ; Farmers’ Bulletins, Nos. 1086 (Revised), 1326, 1349, 1354, 
1362, 1364, 1380, 1407, 1408, 1425 (1923-1924); Twenty Reprints from 
Journal of Agricultural Research, xxv., 1, 5, 8, (1923); xxvi., 2, 7-12 
(1923); xxvil., 1-2 (1924); xxvui., 1-3 (1924); Bureau of Biological 
Survey, Miscellaneous Cireular No. 13 (1923). 

U.S. Geological Survey. 44th Annual Report, 1922-1923 (1923); Bulletan, 
Nos. 689, 690B, 709, 717, 718, 723, 738, 739, 744-746, 749, 750A-B, 
751B, 752, 754, 760A (1918-1924) ; Mineral Resources, 1917, i., 8 (1918); 
1920, i.. Summary and T.p. & ec. (1922); 1920, u., T.p. & c. (1923); 
1921, ii., 33, 34 (1923) ; 1922, 1., 2-28 (1923-1924) ; 1922, ii., 2-31 (1923- 
1924); Preliminary Summary (1923); 1923, 1., 1 (1924); Professional 
Papers, 126, 132A-E, 133 (1923-1924); Water Supply Papers, 469, 489, 
492, 494-498, 501, 502, 505, 506, 510-512, 515, 520A, 524, 527, 528 
(1923). 

U.S. National Museum.—Annual Report, 1922-1923 (1923); Bulletin, Nos. 
100, Vol. i., pt. 10; 104, 125, 127 (1923); Contributions from the U.S. 
National Herbarium, xxili., 3 (1923); Proceedings, Ixii. (1923). 

WELLINGTON, N.Z. 

Department of Mines: New Zealand Geological Survey—N.S. xvilith An- 
nual Report, 1923-1924 (1924); Bulletin, N.S., No. 26 (1924); Palaeon- 
tological Bulletin No. 10 (1924); Two Reprints from N.Z. Journ. of 
Sci. & Tech., vi., 2, pp. 120-28; 3, pp. 174-90 (1923). 

Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science—Report of the 
sixteenth meeting, held at Wellington, Jan., 1923 (1924). 

Dominion Museum.—Bulletin No. 10 (1924); Monograph No. 7 (1924); 
Report of the Director for year 1922-1923 (1923). 

New Zealand Board of Science and Art.—N.Z. Journal of Science and Tech- 
nology, vi., 3-6 (T.p. & ¢.) (1923-1924) ; vii., 1-2 (1924). 

New Zealand Institute—One Reprint from Transactions, liv., pp. 62-80 
(1923) ; Transactions and Proceedings, liv. (1923). 


WELTEVREDEN. 


Centraal Militair Geneeskundig Laboratorium.—Six Reprints:—(1) “Notes 
on Dutch-Hast-Indian Mosquitoes,” by 8S. L. Brug (Bull. Ent. Re- 
search, xiv., 4, 1924); (2) ‘“Graphische Voorstellingen, ete.,” by A. C. 
Bobbert and §. van Dam (Gen. Tijd. Nederl.-Indie, 64, 4, 1924); (3) 
“Uit het Jaarverslag van het Centraal Militair Geneeskundig Labo- 
ratorium over het jaar, 1922”; (4) “Rapport omtrent het voorkomen 
van beri-beri in de garnizoenen Batavia en Meester-Cornelis in de Jaren 
1919 tot en met 1922,” by A. Lichtenstein; (5) “Filariasis-onderzoek 
over dag,’ by Dr. J. Haga (Reprints from Gen. Tijd. Nederl.-Indie, 63, 
4, 6, 1923-1924) ; “Verzending van Muskieten-Materiaal aan het Centraal 
Militair Geneeskundig Laboratorium; vermelding van minder bekende 
afwijkingen,” by Dr. J. Haga (1923). 


Wirtey, Surrey. 
The Hill Museum.—Bulletin, i., 3 (1924). 


xlviil. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 


Private Donors (and authors, unless otherwise stated). 


Borge, O..—“Die von Dr. A. Lofgren in Sao Paulo Gesammelten Susswasseralgen” 
(Arkiv for Botanik, xv., 13) (Stockholm, 1918). 


Ferguson, Dr. EH. W., Sydney (donor).—‘Fauna Hawaiiensis,” i., 1-6 (1899- 
1913); i., 1-6 (1899-1910); im., 1-6 (1901-1910); “The British 
Medical Journal,’ Nos. 3271-3326 (Sept. 8th, 1923—Sept. 27th, 
1924). 


Froggatt, W. W., F.L.8., Sydney (donor).—“‘The Anatomy, Physiology, Mor- 
phology and Development of the Blow-fly,” by B. T. Lowne (Vols. 
1-11.) (1890-1895) ; “The Conservation of the Wild Life of Canada,” 
by Dr. G. Gordon Hewitt (1921). 


Hedley, C., F.L.S., Sydney (donor).—“Nova Caledonia,” A. .Zoologie, iii., 2 
(1924); One Reprint, “Sur les Relations des Neo-Caledoniens avec 
le Groupe de Homo neanderthalensis,” by F. Sarasin (from 
“T? Anthropologie,” xxxiv., 1924). 


Institution of Engineers, Australia, Sydney (donor).—‘The Power Resources of 
the Commonwealth of Australia and the Mandated Territory of 
New Guinea” (Report to The World Power Conference, London, 
1924) (1924). 


Lindemann, Dr. E., Berlin (author and donor).—Seven Reprints:—(1) Unter- 
suchungen tber Stisswasserperidineen und ihre Variationsformen, 
ul. (1920); (2) Hine interessante Stisswasserflagellate (1923); (3) 
Die Mikroflora des Zwergbirkenmoors von Neulinum. By F. 
Steinecke and EK. Lindemann (1923); (4) Ueber Peridineen einiger 
Seen Suddeutschlands und des Alpengebietes, (1923); (5) Ein 
neues Spirodinium (1922); (6) Hine Entwicklungshemmung bei 
Peridinium borgei und ihre Folgen (1923); (7) Neue von G. I. 
Playfair beschriebene Siisswasserperidineen aus Australien, ete., 
(1923). 


Luigioni, Paolo, Rome.—‘‘Achille Raffray,” (1924). 


Mjoberg, Dr. E., Borneo (donor).—Three Reprints, Results of Swedish Scientifie 
Expeditions to Australia, 1910-13 (Arkiv for Zoologi, xvi., 3, 5, 9, 
(1923-1924). 


North, D. S., Sydney.—‘The Control of Sugar-Cane Diseases,” (1923). 


Obenberger, Dr. J., Prague (donor).—Bulletin of the Entomological Section of 
the National Museum of Prague, i. (1-10) (1923). 


Skirving, Dr. R. Seot, Sydney.—‘Two Sea-faring Doctors of the Past: Lionel 
Wafer and Thomas Dover.’ (Reprint from “The Medical Journal 
of Australia,” April 12, 1924). 


Smith, Dr. R. Greig, Sydney (donor).—Chemical Engineering and Mining Re- 
view,” xvi., 182-187, 189-191 (1923-1924); xvii., 193 (1924); County 
of Northumberland, Education Committee, County Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, Cockle Park, Bulletin Nos. 34-36 (1922-1924) ; 


DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. xlix. 


Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania for Year 
1923 (1924). 


Stead, D. G., Sydney.—‘General Report upon the Fisheries of British Malaya 
with Recommendations for Future Development” (1923). 


Tillyard, R. J.. M.A., D.Se, F.L.8., F.H.S., Nelson, N.Z—Ten Reprints :—(1) 
“On the Mouth-parts of the Micropterygoidea (Order Lepidoptera)” 
(Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. Aug. 10, 1923); (2) “The lower Permian 
insects of Kansas, Preliminary Announcement” (Ent. News, Dee., 
1923); (3) “Origin of the Australian and New Zealand Insect 
Faunas”’ (Rep. Aust. Ass. for the Advancement of Science, xvi., 
pp. 407-413, 1923); (4) “Mesozoic Insects of Queensland, No. 10” 
(Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xlvii., 4, 1923); (5) “The Wing-venation 
of the Order Plectoptera or Mayflies” (Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., 
Zoology, xxxv., Mar., 1923); (6) “The Dragonflies (Order Odonata) 
of Fiji’ (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., Apr. 15, 1924); (7) “Studies 
of N.Z. Trichoptera or Caddis-flies. No. 2” (Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, 
pp. 285-314, 1924); (8) “The Parasite of the Woolly Aphis in New 
Zealand” (“The N.Z. Fruitgrower and Apiarist,’’ Sept. 16, 1924); 
(9) “Les Blepharoceridae de la Tasmanie,” by A. Tonnoir (Ann. 
de Biol.. Lacustre, xii., 1, 2, 1924); (10) “A new biting Ceratopo- 
gonid from New Zealand,” by A. L. Tonnoir (1924). 


Walton, L. B., Ohio.—(1) “Actinolophus minutus, a new Heliozoan with a Re- 
view of the Species enumerated in the Genus” (1905); (2) “Naidi- 
dae of Cedar Point, Ohio” (1906); (3) “Contributions to Museum 
Technique, Pt. i.” (1907); (4) “Variability and Amphimixis” 
(1915); (5) “Ohio Biological Survey, Bulletin No. 4” (1915); (6) 
“Fraternities and Scholarship” (1915); (7) “Gametogenesis in 
Plants’ (1916); (8) “Organic Evolution and the Significance of 
some new Evidence bearing on the problem” (1918); (9) “Hutetra- 
morus globosus, a new genus and species of Algae belonging to the 
Protococcoidea” (1918). 


Welch, M. B., B.Se., A.I-C., Sydney—Two Reprints from Journ. & Proc. Roy. 
Soe. N.S.W., Ivii. (1923) :—“The Secretory Epidermal Cells of cer- 
tain Euealypts and Angophoras”’; “Notes on Wattle Barks, Part 
1,” by M. B. Welch, W. McGlynn and F. A. Coombs. 


1905 
1906 
1922 
1899 


1912 


1913 


1888 
1919 


1907 


1920 
1923 
1912 
1912 
1900 
1923 


1921 
1924 
1911 
1920 


1921 
1910 
1910 
1924 


1912 
1899 
1901 
1905 
1890 
1903 
1904 


1921 
1899 
1924 
1920 


1901 
{916 


1908 
1900 


LIST OF MEMBERS, 1924. . 
ORDINARY MEMBERS. 


Allen, Edmund, c/o Chief Engineer for Railways, Brisbane, Q. | 

Anderson, Charles, M.A., D.Sc., Australian Museum, College St., Sydney. 

Anderson, Robert Henry, B.Sc.Agr., Botanic Gardens, Sydney. 

Andrews, Ernest Clayton, B.A., F.G.S., Geological Survey, Department of 
Mines, Sydney. 

Aurousseau, Marcel, B.Sc., c/o Mr. G. H. Aurousseau, “Wondah,”’ Banner- 
man Street, Cremorne. 


Badham, Charles, B.Sc., M.B., Bureau of Microbiology, 98 Macquarie Street, 
Sydney. 

Baker, Richard Thomas, The Avenue, Cheltenham. 

Barnett, Marcus Stanley, c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., O’Connell 
Street, Sydney. 

Benson, Professor William Noel, B.A., DSc., F.GS., University of Otago, 
Dunedin, N.Z. 

Blakely, William Faris, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. 

Bone, Walter Henry, 15 Bond Street, Sydney. 

Breakwell, Ernest, B.A., B.Sc., Agricultural High School, Yanco, N.S.W. 

Brewster, Miss Agnes, Girls’ High School, Sydney. 

Broelemann, Henry W., Boite 22, a Pau (Basses-Pyrenees), France. 

Brough, Patrick, M.A. B.Sc, B.Ag.Sc., “Kinross,’ Billyard Avenue, 
W ahroonga. 

Brown, Horace William, Post Office, Mackay, Queensland. 

Brown, Miss Ida A., B.Sc., Geology Department, The University, Sydney. 

Browne, William Rowan, D.Sc., Geology Dept., University of Sydney. 

Burkitt, Arthur Neville St. George Handcock, M.B., B.Sc., Medical School 
University of Sydney. 

Burns, Alexander Noble, Westwood, Queensland. 

Burrell, Harry, 19 Doncaster Avenue, Kensington. 

Burrell, Mrs. Harry, 19 Doncaster Avenue, Kensington. 

Butler, Miss Hilda Catherine, ‘““Wenby,’ North Street, Marrickville. 


Cadell, Miss Myall, “Wotonga,’ Belgium Avenue, Roseville. 

Cambage, Richard Hind, LS., F.L.S., Park Road, Burwood. 

Campbell, John Honeyford, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Sydney. 

Carne, Walter Mervyn, Government Botanist, Perth, W.A. 

Carson, Duncan, c/o Winchcombe, Carson, Ltd. Bridge St., Sydney. 

Carter, H. J.. B.A., F.ES., “Garrawillah,’ Kintore St., Wahroonga. 

Cheperan Professor Henry G. M.D., B.S., Medical School, University of 
ydney. 

Chass Miss Eleanor Emily, B.Sc., Zoology Department, The University, 
ydney. 

Cheel, Edwin, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. 

Chisholm, Edwin Claud, M.B., Ch.M., Comboyne, N.S.W. 

Clarke, Harry Flockton, c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., Rarawai Mill, 
Ba River, Fiji. 

Cleland, Professor Jchn Burton, M.D., ChM., The University, Adelaide, S.A. 

Collins, Miss (Marjorie Isabel, M.Sc., Botany Department, The University, 
Svdnev. 

Cotton, Professor Leo Arthur, M.A., D.Sc., Geology Dept., University of Sydney, 

Crago, William Henry, M.D., 185 Macquarie Street, Svdney. 


1920 
1885 


1924 


ssi 
1881 
1921 
1923 
1920 


1920 
1914 


1908 


1908 
1881 
1908 


1920 
1911 
1886 
1920 


1912 
1899 
i923 
1911 


1910 
1901 


1911 
1923 


1909 
1919 
1897 
1899 
1885 
1922 


i917 
1924 
1905 
1879 
1911 
1891 
1920 
1909 


1913 
1916 


1916 


LIST OF MEMBERS. li. 


Danes, Dr. Jiri Victor, Charles University, Prague, Czechoslovakia, Europe. 

David, Sir Tannatt William Edgeworth, K.B.E., C.M.G., DS.O., B.A. DSc, 
F.R.S., University of Sydney. 

Dickinson, Reginald Ernest, B.Sc, Eng. (Lond.), A.M.I.C.E., 6 Hawea 
Flats, Spofforth Street, Cremorne. 

Dixson, Sir Hugh, Kt., J.P., “Abergeldie,” Summer Hiil. 

Dixson, Thomas Storie, M.B., Ch.M., 215 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Dodd, Alan Parkhurst, Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Brisbane, Q. 

Drummond, Miss Heather R., “Havilah.” Glenbrook, N.S.W. 

Dwyer, Rt. Rev. Joseph Wilfrid, Bishop of Wagga, Wagga Wagga, N.S.W. 


Elston, Albert H., F.E.S., “Hatherley,” Unley Park, S.A. 
Enright, Walter John, B.A.. West Maitland, N.S.W. 


Ferguson, Eustace William, M.B., Ch.M., Bureau of Microbiology, Macquarie 
Street, Sydney. 

Finckh, Herman E., “Hermes,” 100 Raglan Street, Mosman. 

Fletcher, Joseph J., M.A., B.Sc. Woolwich Road, Woolwich. 

Flynn, Professor Theodore Thomson, DSc., University of Tasmania, Hobart, 
Tas. 

Friend, Norman Bartlett, 48 Pile Street, Dulwich Hill. 

Froggatt, John Lewis, B.Sc., Dept. of Agriculture, Brisbane. 

Froggatt, Walter Wilson, F.L.S., Young Street, Croydon. 

Furst, Herbert Charles, 6 Old Canterbury Road, Lewisham. 


Goldfinch, Gilbert M.. “Lyndhurst,” Salisbury Road, Rose Bay. 

Grant, Robert, 24 Edward Street, Woollahra. 

Gray, Archibald James, “Warwick,’ Fernhill Street, Hurlstone Park. 

Greenwood, William Frederick Neville, c/- Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., 
Lautoka, Fiji. 

Griffiths, Edward, B.Sc., Dept. of Agriculture, 186 Lower George St., Sydney. 

Gurney, William B., F.E.S., Dept. of Agriculture, George St. North, Sydney. 


Hacker, Henry, Queensland Museum, Bowen Park, Brisbane, Q. 

Hajny, Emanuel J., Consul-General for Czechoslovakia, Australia House. 
Carrington Street, Sydney. 

Hall, E. Cuthbert, M.D., Ch.M., George Street, Parramatta. 

Hall, Leslie Lionel, “Uabba Mansions,’ Milson Road, Cremorne. 

Halligan, Gerald H., F.G.S, 97 Elphin Road, Launceston, Tasmania. 

Hamilton, Arthur Andrew, “The Ferns,’ 17 Thomas Street, Ashfield. 

Hamilton, Alexander Greenlaw, ‘“Tanandra,” Hercules Street, Chatswood. 

Hardwick, Frederick George, B.D.S., D.D.Sc., Molesworth Street, Lismore, 
NESW: 

Hardy, G. H. Hurlstone, The University, Brisbane, Q. 

Harris, Miss Thistle Y., “Lynette,” 71 Spencer Road, Mosman. 

Harrison, Professor Launcelot, B.Sc., B.A., Zoology Dept., University of 
Sydney. 

Haswell, Professor William Aitcheson, M.A., DiSc, F.RS., “Mimihau,” 
Woollahra Point. 

Haviland, The Venerable Archdeacon F. E., St. Thomas’ Rectory, O’Connell, 
N.S.W. 

Hedley, Charles, F.L.S., 67 Muston Street, Mosman. 

Henry, Marguerite, B.Sc., “Derwent,” Oxford St., Epping. 

Pony Max, DS.O., M.R‘C.V.S., B.V.Sc., Coram Cottage, Essex Street, 

pping. 

Hill, Gerald F., F.E.S., 5 Clifton Road, Hawthorn, Melbourne. Victoria. 

Hinder, Miss Eleanor, B.Sc.,c/- Farmer’s, Ltd., George and Market Sts., 
Sydney. 

Hindmarsh, Miss Ellen Margaret, B.Sc., Medical School, The University of 
Sydney. 


hi. 


1922 
1918 
1907 
1924 


1892 
1912 


1912 
1917 
1903 


1907 


1921 
1924 


1923 
1892 
1915 


1910 
1923 


1891 
1893 


1922 
191i 


1883 


1805 
1902 
1919 
1907 
1907 
1917 


1919 
1884 
1922 
1922 


1920 
1888 


1913 


1922 
1920 


1912 


1920 


1910 
1921 


1922 
1923 


LIST OF MEMBERS. 


Hitchcock, Leith Fuller, Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood Brisbane, Q. 

Hopson, John, Jr., “Dalkeith,” Eccleston, N.S.W. 

Hull, Arthur Francis Basset, Box 704, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Hull, Francis Basset, Manchester Unity Buildings, 8th Floor, 160 Castlereagh 
Street, Sydney. 

Hynes, Miss Sarah, B.A., “Isis,” Soudan Street, Randwick. 


Irby, Llewellyn George, Forestry Dept., Hobart, Tasmania. 


Jackson, Sidney William, M.R.A.O.U., Belltrees, via Scone, N.S.W. 
Jacobs, Ernest G., “Cambria,” 106 Bland Street, Ashfield 
Jensen, Harald Ingemann, D.Sc., Treasury Chambers, George St., Brisbane. 


OF 
Johnston, Professor Thomas Harvey, M.A., D.Sc., The University, Adelaide, 
S.A. 


Kennedy, John A., M.B., Ch.M., 423 Marrickville Road, Duiwich Hil. 
Kinghorn, James Roy, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. 


Lawson, Augustus Albert, 9 Wilmot St., Sydney. 

Lea, Arthur M., F.E.S., 241 Young Street, Unley, Adelaide: SAN 

Le ’Plastrier, Miss Constance Emily Mary, “Carinyah,” Provincial Road, 
Lindfield. 

Le Souef, A. S., C.M.Z.S., Zoological Gardens, Taronga Park, Mosman. 

Lindergren, Gustaf Mauritz, Secretary, Swedish Chamber of Commerce, 
Carrington Street, Sydney. 

Lower, Oswald B., F.E.S., Bartley Crescent, Wayville, S.A. 

Lucas, A. H. S., M.A., BSc., “Girrahween,” William St., Roseville. 


Mackerras, Ian Murray, “Beechworth,” Stanton Road, Mosman. 

Mackinnon, Ewen, B.Sc., Commonwealth Institute of Science and Industry, 
314 Albert Street, East Melbourne. 

Maiden, Joseph Henry, 1.5.0., F.R.S., F.L.S., “Levenshulme,” Turramurra 
Avenue, Turramurra. 

Mawson, Sir Douglas, Kt., B.E., D.Sc., F.R.S., The University, Adelaide, S.A. 

May, W. L., Forest Hill, Sandford, Tasmania. 

McCarthy, T., Bertram Street, Mortlake. 

McCulloch, Allan Riverstone, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. 

McDonnough, Thomas, L. §., “Tluka,” Hamilton Street, Randwick. 

McKeown, Keith Collingwood, ‘Office of the Water Conservation and Irriga- 
tion Commission, Leeton, N.S.W. 

McLuckie, John, M.A., D-Sc., Botany Dept., The University, Sydney. 

Mitchell John, 10 High Street, Waratah, N.S.W. 

Moulden, Owen Meredith, M.B.. B.S., “Roma,” Unley Road, Adelaide, S.A. 

Murray, Patrick Desmond Fitzgerald, B.Sc. Zoology Department, The 
University, Sydney. 

Musgrave, Anthony, Australian Museum, College St. Sydney. 

Musson, Charles T., “Calala,” Nelson Road, Gordon. 


Newman, Leslie John William, ‘“Walthamstowe,” Bernard St., Claremont, 
Perth, W.A. 

Nicholson, Alexander John, M.Sc., Zoology Dept., The University, Sydney. 

Noble, Robert Jackson, B.Sc.Agr., Ph.D., c/o Mining Museum, George Street 
North, Sydney. 

North, David Sutherland, c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., Broadwater 
Mill, Richmond River. 


O'Dwyer, Margaret Helena, B.Sc., Bio-chemistry Dept., Imperial College of 
Science, South Kensington, London, S.W.7, England. 

Oliver, W. Reginald B., F.LS., F.ZS. Dominion Museum, Wellington, N.Z. 

Osborne, George Davenport, B.Sc., Geology Dept., The University, Sydney. 


Perkins, Frederick Athol, B.Sc.Agr., Post Office, Stanthorpe, Queensland. 
Petrie, Arthur Hill Kelvin, Wonga Street, Strathfield. 


1904 
i921 


1920 
1916 
1918 
1924 
1910 


1924 


1919 
1922 


1918 
1887 


1909 
1898 
1916 
1898 
1923 
1886 
1905 


1911 
1904 


1923 
1922 
1916 


1904 


1921 
1902 
1904 


1917 


1900 


1909 
1911 


1897 


1911 
1924 
1922 


1916 
1916 
1923 
1903 
1910 


LIST OF MEMBERS. liii. 


Petrie, James Matthew, DSc., F.I:C., Medical School, University of Sydney. 

Phillips, Montagu Austin, F.L.S., 57 St. George’s Square, London, S.W 
England. 

Pincombe, Torrington Hawke, B.A., Russell Road, New Lambton, N.S.W. 

Pinkerton, Miss Ethel Corry, B.Sc., Ashford Street, Ashfield. 

Priestley, Henry, M.D., B.Sc., Medical School, University of Sydney. 

Pritchard, Denis Adrian, B.Sc., M.B., Ch.M., H.M.A.S. Penguin, Sydney. 

Pulleine, Robert Henry, M.B., 3 North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A. 


” 


Roberts, Frederick Hugh Sherston, B.Sc., Prickly Pear Station, Gravesend, 
via Moree, N.S.W. 


Scammell, George Vance, 18 Middle Head Road, Mosman. 

Shaw, Alfred Eland, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., F.E.S., Hospital for the Insane, 
Goodna, Queensland. 

Sherrie, Miss Heather, B.Sc., Neutral Bay. 

Sloane, Thomas G., Moorilla, Young, N.S.W. 


Smith, G. P. Darnell, D.Sc., F.I.C., F.C.S., Botanic Gardens, Sydney. 

Smith, R. Greig, D.Sc., Linnean Hall, Elizabeth Bay. 

Smith, Miss Vera Irwin, B.Sc., F.L.S., “Cora Lynn,’ Point Road, Woolwich. 

Stead, David G., “Boongarre,’ Pacific St., Watson’s Bay. 

Steel, Miss Jessie Keeble, B.Sc., “Helensburgh,’ Marion Street, Killara. 

Steel, Thomas, “Rock Bank,” Stephens Street, Pennant Hills. 

Stokes, Edward. Sutherland, M.B., Ch.M., Dept. of Water Supply and 
Sewerage, 341 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Sulman, Miss Florence, “Burrangong,’ McMahon’s Point. 

Sussmilch, C. A., F.G.S., Technical College, Newcastle, N.S.W. 


Thackway, Albert Edward John, “Wyoming,” Albyn Road, Strathfield. 

Tiegs, Oscar Werner, D.Sc., The University, Adelaide, S.A. 

Tilley, Cecil Edgar, Ph.D, B.Sc, A.I.C, F.G.S., Sedgwick Museum, 
University of Cambridge, Cambridge, England. 

Tillyard, Robin John, D.Sc., M.A., F.L.S., F.ES., C.M.Z.S., Cawthron In- 
stitute, Nelson, New Zealand. 

Troughton, Ellis Le Geyt, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. 

Turner, A. Jefferis, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Q. 

Turner, Rowland E., F.E.S., F.Z.S., The Needles Hotel, Port St. John’s, 
Pondoland, South Africa. 


Veitch, Robert, B.Sc. c/- Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., Lautoka Mill, 
Lautoka, Fiji. 


Walker, Commander John James, M.A., F.LS., F.ES., R.N., “Aorangi,” 
Lonsdale Road, Summertown, Oxford, England. 

Walkom, Arthur Bache, D.Sc., Macleay House, 16 College Street, Sydney. 

Wardlaw, Henry Sloane Halcro, DSc, Physiology Dept. University of 
Sydney. 

Wieecrhodse, Gustavus Athol, D.Sc. B.E., F.E.S., Royal Mint, Macquarie 
St., Sydney. 

Watt, Professor Robert Dickie, M.A. B.Sc., University of Sydney. 

Wearne, Walter Loutit, “Telarah,” Collingwood Street, Drummoyne. 

Welch, Marcus Baldwin B.Sc., A-1.C., Technological Museum, Harris Street, 
Ultimo. 

Welch, William, F.R.GS., “Roto-iti,’” Boyle Street, Mosman. 

White, Cyril Tenison, Botanic Gardens, Brisbane, QO. 

Williams, Miss May Marston, B.Sc., “Bingera,’ 33 Day Street, Drummoyne. 

Woolnough, Walter George, D.Sc., F.G.S., Florence Street, Killara. 

Wymark, Frederick, 89 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. Pa 


liv. 
1923 


1923 


1888 
1902 


1902 
1902 


1893 


Honorary MErMBERS. 


Hill, Professor J. P., Institute of Anatomy, University of London, University 
College, Gower Street, London, W.C.1., England. 


Wilson, Professor J. T., M.B., Ch.M. F.R.S., Department of Anatomy, The 
New Museums, Cambridge, England. 


CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 


Bale, W. M., F.R.M.S., 63 Walpole Street, Kew, Melbourne, Victoria. 
Broom, Robert, M.D., D.Sc. F.R.S., Douglas, Cape Colony, South Africa. 


McAlpine D., Government Vegetable Pathologist, Dept. of Agriculture, Mel- 
bourne, Victoria. 

Meyrick, Edward, B.A. F.R.S., F.Z.S., Thornhanger, Marlborough, Wilts., 
England. 


Spencer, Professor Sir W. Baldwin, K.C.M.G., D.Sc., F.R.S., The University. 
Melbourne Victoria. 


INDEX 


(1924). 


(a) GENERAL INDEX. 


Adder’s tongue fern, exhibited, xxx. 

Address, Presidential, i. 

Amphioxus, exhibited, xxii. 

Aquaria, habits of Entomostraca in, 313. 

Asparagus officinalis, teratological speci- 
men, exhibited, xxiv. 

Australia, Loranthaceae of, 79. 

Australian Caryophyllaeid Cestode, 339 
—Chiromyzini, 360—Coleoptera, Notes 


and new species, 19, 521—Diptera, 
Notes on, 138, 329, 348—Forest 
League, vi.—Lepidoptera, 397—Ne- 
mestrinidae, 447—Scarabaeidae, 283 
—species of Secotium, 97. 
Aviculopecten, new species of, from 
Carboniferous rocks, Myall Lakes, 
468. 


Balance Sheets, 1923, xviil.-xxi. 

Bat, insectivorous, exhibited, xxv. 

Beetle borers, exhibited, xxiii. 

Bell’s, Roy, Molluscan collections, 179. 

Blackfellow’s bread, exhibited, xxi. 

Blakely, W. F., Loranthaceae of Aus- 
tralia. Pt. v. 79—see Exhibits. 

Blue Mountains, Eucalypts of, 147. 

Borer, pinhole, life-history exhibited, 
KOXOXY 

Botanical features of Grey Range and 
neighbourhood, 1. 

Bowning, new trilobites from, 46. 

British Empire Exhibition, exhibit for, 
ill. 

Brough, P., Studies in the Epacridaceae. 
Pt. 1. Life-history of Styphelia longi- 
folia, 162—McLuckie, J., and Petrie, 
A. H. K., Eeological study of the flora 
of Mount Wilson, Pt. i., 475. 

Brown, Ida A., elected a member, xxil. 

Browne, W. R., election to Council, 
XXVili. 

Burkitt, A. N., congratulations to, xxvi. 


Californian Straw fiower, exhibited, 
XXIV. 

Campbell, J. H., elected Hon. Treasurer, 
1924-25, xxii. 

Carboniferous rocks, New species of 


Aviculopecten from, 468. 


Carter, H. J., Australian Coleoptera. 
Notes and new species. No. in., 19— 
INO Niven oeile 


Caryophyllaeid Cestode, Australian, 339. 

Cassytha, contribution to physiology of, 
50: 

Cestode, Australian Caryophyllaeid, 339. 

Chapman, H. G., elected a Vice-Presi- 
dent, 1924-25, xxii. 

Charagia eximia, life-history exhibited, 
XXVII1. 

Cheel, E., see Exhibits. 

Chiromyzini, Australian, 360. 

Chisholm, E. C., elected a member, xxi. 
—Huealypts of the Blue Mountains 
and their defined areas, 147. 

Coconut moth, exhibited, xxvii. 


Coleoptera, Australian, 19, 521—Aus- 
tralian (Scarabaeidae), 283—Upper 
Permian, and a new order from the 


Belmont beds, 429. 

Collecting expeditions, permits to, vi. 

College Street, purchase of property, i. 

Collins, M. I., Linnean Macleay Fellow 
in Botany, congratulations to, xxl, 
XXvilireappointed, 1924-25, ix.— 
Studies in the vegetation of arid and 
semiarid New South Wales. Pt. ii, 
1—Summary of year’s work, viii. 

Colloids, influence of certain, on fermen- 
tation, 436. 

Collomia grandiflora, exhibited, xxiv. 

Cordania, notes on, 46. 

Crossotarsus armipennis, life-history ex- 
hibited, xxix. 


Ivi. INDEX. 


Cunningham, G. H., Critical revision of 
Australian and New Zealand species 
of Secotium, 97. 

Davidson, Sir W., death of, u. 

Deane, H., obituary notice, iv. —Mrs., 
letter from, returning thanks, xxii. 


De Toni, G. B., reference to death, 
XXVIll. 

Dickinson, R. E., elected a member, 
XXil. 

Diptera, Australian (Chiromyzini), 360 
—Australian (Nemestrinidae), 447— 


Australian, notes on, 138, 329, 348. 
Dixon, J. R. L., obituary notice, v. 
Dog-fish, motor nerve-endings of muscles 

of pectoral fin, 371. 
Donations and Exchanges, 

XXVIli.-XXXl1. 

Echium italicum, exhibited, xxxi. 

Ecological study of flora of Mount Wil- 

son, 475. 

Elections, xviii. 

Elizabeth Bay, last meeting at Linnean 
Hall, xxvi. 

Elonichthys, new species from Neweastle 
Coal Measures, 503. 

Encrinurus, notes on, 46. 

Entomostraca collected in vicinity of 
Auckland, 313—freshwater, of New 
South Wales, 120—notes on breeding, 
from dried mud, 313. 

Epacridaceae, Studies in, 162. 

Eriophyes associated with malformation 
of leaves of Eucalyptus stricta, 395. 

Euealypts of Blue Mountains, 147. 

Eucalyptus stricta, mite associated with 
malformation of leaves in, 395—red 
pigment induced by insect injury in, 
386. 

Exchange-relations, ii. 

Exhibits :-— 

Blakely, W. F., Asparagus officinalis, 
teratological specimen of, xxiv.— 
Echium italicum, Myosotis  versi- 
color, Rapistrum hispanicus, R. 
rugosum var. nervosum, XXxX1.— 
Silene nocturna, xxiv. 

Cheel, E., Adder’s tongue fern, xxx.— 
fresh flowering specimens of Micro- 
citrus australis, xxix.—Myriangium 
mortagnet, xxxi.—Port Jackson Fig 


XX11.-XXV1., 


(Ficus rubiginosa), xxvii. —sclero- 
tium or so-called Blackfellow’s 
bread, xxli—specimens of Mimulus 


xxiv.—Californian Straw 
(Collomia grandiflora), 


moschatus, 
Flower 
XXIV. 


Exhibits (continued). 

Froggatt, W. W., bostrychid beeile 
(Xylothrips flavipes), XX1li.— 
Coleopterous parasites and braconid 
wasp parasite, xxiii—life-history of 
green wood moth (Charagia eximia), 
Seal —life-history of Pinhole 


borer (Crossotarsus armipennis), 
xxix.—lyctid beetle (Lyctopholus 
rugicollis), xxiii—Photograph of 


wasp tree, also wasps and nests, 
DO.0 ig, 

Harrison, L., irregularly 

_ shaped object, xxiii. 

Lea, A. M., coconut moth (Levuana 
iridescens), XXVIi. 

Le Souef, A. S., two new rock walla- 
bies, XXvill. 

Mitchell, J., fossil insect wing, xxix. 

* Musgrave, A., slides of Lord Howe 
Island, xxvii. 
Stead, D. G., Amphioxus 
- stoma sp.), Xxiii. 

Troughton, H. le G., Insectivorous bat 
(Nyctinomus australis), XXV.— 
White-backed wren (Malurus leu- 
conotus), XXV. 

Walkom, A. B., scale leaves of Glos- 
sopteris and associated sporangia, 
XXxl. 

Waterhouse, G. A., larvae of Philiris 
tas innotatus, xxviu.—Loranthus 
linophyllus on Casuarina glauca, 

. XXvil.—second generation hybrid of 
Tisiphone abeona x T. morrisi, xxvi. 

Export of birds and animals, appoint- 

ment of Advisory Committee, vi. 


conical 


(Branchio- 


Fermentation, influence of certain col- 
loids on, 436. 

Ficus rubiginosa, exhibited, xxvii. 

Fijian insects, food plants or hosts of, 
153. 

Fletcher, J. J., elected a Vice-President, 
1924-25, xxiii. 

Flora of Mount Wilson, ecological study 
of, 475. 

Flowers, nectar of, 324. 

Food plants or hosts of some Fijian 
insects, 153. 

Fossil insect wing, exhibited, xxix. 

Freshwater Entomostraca of New South 
Wales, 120. 


Frog, motor nerve-endings of limb 
muscles, 371. 

Froggatt, W. W., retirement, iii—see 
Exhibits. 


INDEX. 


Galls, thrips, two new, from New South 
Wales, 279. 


Glossopteris, scale leaves and associated 
sporangia, exhibited, xxx. 

Green wood moth, life-history exhibited, 
XXViil. 

Greenwood, W. F. N., see Veitch and 
Greenwood. 
Greig-Smith, R., Macleay Bacteriologist 
to the Society, Influence of certain 
colloids upon fermentation, 436—Note 
upon determining Hydrogen-ion con- 
centration colorimetrically in small 
quantities of fluids, 504—Summary of 

year’s work, vii. 
Grey Range, botanical features of, 1. 
Gurney, W. B., congratulations to, iii— 
Mite of genus FHriophyes associated 
with malformation of leaves of Hu- 
calyptus stricta, 395. 


Hale, H. M., Two new Hemiptera from 
New South Wales, 461. 

Hardy, G. H., Australian Nemestrinidae, 
447—Revision of Australian Chiromy- 
zini, 360. 

Harrison, L., see Exhibits. * 

Haswell, W. A., Critical notes on the 
Temnocephaloidea, 509. 

Hedley, C., Appointment as Scientific 
Director of Great Barrier Reef Com- 
mittee, iii—congratulations to, li— 
resignation from Council, xxvi.—re- 
tirement, ili. 

Helix aspera, observations on, 151. 

Hemiptera, two new, from New South 

~ Wales, 461. 

Henry, M., Linnean Macleay Fellow in 
Zoology, Entomostraca collected in the 
vicinity of Auckland, New Zealand, 
313—Monograph of freshwater En- 
tomostraca of New South Wales. 
Phyllopoda, 120—Notes on breeding 
Entomostraca from dried mud and 
their habits in aquaria, 319—Summary 
of year’s work, viii. 

Hull, A. F. B., elected a Vice-President, 
1924-25, xxiiiiRelation of loricates 
to the country rock, ix.—resignation 
from Council, xxxi. 

Hull, F. B., elected a member, xxii. 

Hybrid Tisiphone, exhibited, xxvi. 

Hydrogen-ion concentration, note on de- 
termination colorimetrically, 504. 


lvii. 


Insect injury, red pigment produced by, 
in Eucalyptus stricta, 386. 

Insect wing, fossil, exhibited, xxix. 

Insects, fijian, food plants or hosts of, 
153. 

Iredale, T., Results from Roy Bell’s 
Molluscan collections, 179. 


Johnston, T. H., Australian Caryophyl- 
laeid Cestode, 339. 

Jubilee, reference to, Xxx. 

Karny, H. H., see van Leeuwen and 
Karny. 

Kinghorn, 
XXVI1. 


Larvae of Philiris tlias innotatus, ex- 
hibited, xxvil. 

Lasiocampidae, Australian, 397. 

Lawson, A. A., resignation from Coun- 
ceil, XxXvi. 

Lea, A. M., On some Australian Seara-. 
baeidae, 283—see Exhibits. 

Lepidoptera, Australian, 397. 

Le Souef, A. S., see Exhibits. 

Levuana iridescens, exhibited, xxvii. 

Linnean Hall, last meeting at, xxvi. 

Linnean Macleay Fellowships, 1925-26, 
announcement re applications, xxix., 
xxx.—Appointments 1925-26, xxxi. 

Loranthaceae of Australia, Pt. v., 79. 

Loranthus linophyllus, exhibited, xxvii. 

Lord Howe Island, lantern slides, ex- 
hibited, xxvii. 

Loricates, Relation of, to country rock, 
1D 

Lueas, A. H. S., congratulations to, iv.— 
retirement from Council, iii. 

Lyctopholus rugicollis, exhibited, xxiii. 


J. R., elected a member, 


Mackerras, I. M., appointed Linnean 
Macleay Fellow in Zoology, 1925-26, 
xxx1l.— congratulations to, xxiii. 

Macleay House, first meeting, xxvi— 
notice of removal to, xxiii. 

Malloch, J. R., Notes on Australian 
Diptera, 138, 329, 348. 

Malurus leuconotus, exhibited, xxv. 

Mawson, Sir D., congratulations to, iv. 

McCulloch, A. R., election to Council, 
XXVil. 

McLuckie, J., see Brough, MeLuckie and 
Petrie—Studies in parasitism: a con- 
tribution to the physiology of Cassy- 
tha, 55. 


lviii. 


Merista plebeia, further reference to oc- 
currence of, in New South Wales, 499. 

Microcitrus australis, fresh flowermg 
specimens, exhibited, xxix. 

Mimulus moschatus, exhibited, xxiv. 

Mitchell, J., Eleven new species of Avi- 
culopecten from Carboniferous rocks, 
Myall Lakes, 468—Further reference 
to oceurrence of Merista plebeia in 
New South Wales, 499—New trilobites 
from Bowning, with notes on Hncrinu- 
rus and Cordania, 46—Preliminary re- 
ference to new species of Hlonichthys 
from lower beds of Neweastle Coal 
Measures, 503—see Exhibits. 

Mite of genus Hriophyes, 395. 

Mollusean collections, Roy Bell’s, 179. 

Motor nerve-endings of limb muscles of 
frog and muscles of pectoral fin of 
dog-fish, 371. 

Mount Wilson, ecological study of flora 
of, 475. 

Murray, P. D. F., appointed Linnean 
Macleay Fellow in Zoology, 1924-25, 
ix.—Motor nerve-endings of the limb 
muscles of the frog and of the muscles 
of the pectoral fin of the dog-fish, 371 
—reappointed, 1925-26, xxxi. 

Muserave, A., see Exhibits. 

Myall Lakes, N.S.W., new species of 
Aviculopecten from, 468. 

Myosotis versicolor, exhibited, xxxi. 

Myriangium montagnei, exhibited, xxxi. 


Native fauna, preservation of, vi. 

Nectar of flowers, 324. 

Nemestrinidae, Australian, 447. 

Nerve-endings, motor, in frog and dog- 
fish, 371.: 

Neweastle Coal Measures, new species of 
Elonichthys from, 503. bs 

New South Wales, Studies in vegetation 
of arid and semiarid, 1. 

New Zealand species of Secotium, 97. 

Nyctinomus australis, exhibited, xxv. 


Ophioglossum Prantla, exhibited, xxx. 
Osborne, G. D., appointed Linnean Mac- 
leay Fellow in Geology, 1925-26, xxx. 


Pan-Pacrfie Science Congress, 1. 

Parasitism, studies in, 55. 

Permian, Upper, Coleoptera from Bel- 
mont, N.S.W., 429. 


INDEX. 


Petrie, A. H. K., see Brough, MeLuckie 
and Petrie. 

Petrie, J. M., Linnean Macleay Fellow 
in Biochemistry, reappointed, 1924-25, 
ix._—Studies in plant pigments. Pt., 
ii. The red pigment induced by in- 
sect injury in Hucalyptus stricta, 386 
—Summary of year’s work, vil. 

Philiris ilias innotatus, larvae exhibited, 
XXVil. 

Phyllopoda of New South Wales, 120. 

Pigment, red, induced by insect injury 
in Eucalyptus stricta, 386. 

Pigments, plant, studies in, 386. 

Pinhole borer, life-history exhibited, 
NOONE : 

Plant pigments, studies in, 386. 

Port Jackson Fig, exhibited, xxvii. 

Presidential Address by A. F. Basset 
Hull, 1. 


Raffray, A., obituary notice, iv. 

Rana temporaria, motor nerve-endings 
of limb muscles, 371. 

Rapistrum hispanicus, exhibited, xxxi.— 
R. rugosum var. nervosum, exhibited, 
KOON 

Red pigment induced by insect injury in 
Eucalyptus stricta, 386. 

Roberts, F. H. S8., elected a member, 
XXVIli. 

Royal Society of New South Wales, con- 
gratulations from, xxvi. 


Searabaeidae, Australian, 283. 

Science Building, scheme for, ii. 

Seclerotium, exhibited, xxii. 

Secotium, critical revision of Australian 
and New Zealand species of, 97. 

Silene nocturna, exhibited, xxiv. 

Smith, G. P. Darnell, congratulations to, 
xxv.—letter returning thanks, xxvi. 
Smith, H. G., reference to death, xxviii. 
—Mrs. H. G., letter from, returning 

thanks, xxx. 
Squalus acanthias, motor nerve-endings 
of muscles of pectoral fin, 371. 
Stead, D. G., account of Pan-Pacifie 
Food Conference, Xxx., XXXll.—re- 
marks on exhibit, xxv.—see Exhibits. 
Steel, T., Nectar of flowers, 324—Obser- 
vations on Helix aspera in Australia, 
151—remarks on Exhibit, xxiv. 
Styphelia longifolia, life-history of, 162. 
Temnocephaloidea, Critical notes on, 
509. 


INDEX. 


Thrips-galls, two new, from New South 


Wales, 279. 


Tillyard, R. J., Upper Permian Coleop- 
tera. and a new order from the Bel- 


mont beds, N.S.W., 429. 


Tisiphone hybrid, exhibited, xxvi. 
Trilobites, new, from Bowning, 46. 
Troughton, E. le G., see Exhibits. 
Turner, A. J., Revision of Australian 


Lepidoptera. 


Lasiocampidae, 397. 


Van Leeuwen, W. D., and H. H. Karny, 


Two new thrips-galls 


and their 


in- 


habitants from New South Wales, 279. 
Vegetation of arid and semiarid New 


South Wales, 1 


Veitch, R., and W. F. N. Greenwood, 
Food plants or hosts of some Fijian 


insects. Pt. u., 153. 


Synonyms are printed in italics; 


Abra elliptica .. so ZA 
ABRANDA ...- . 182, 212 
TZN 50,660 OBL ae eer 
Abutilon sp. .. .- 16 
ANcHcia Ge. - mati, 60, “494 
acuminata .. - 89, 90 
aneura .. 8, 10, 13. -14, 16, 

. ‘84-5, 88- 90 
Burkitti .. .. .. 10, 16, 85 
85 


ealamifolia .. . 
Cambagei 8, ont i, 84-5 
cana os) LO, 13, igs 85 


discolor .. so. 0) Willy OY) 
elata 485, “487, 490, 492, 
A95 

Farnesiana 13, 16, 154, 158, 
160 

eladiiformis 6 SAG 
harpophylla .. 85, 88 
homalophylla .. . 85 
INemENe, ol Bo ge 50 wUpaly 
linifolia .. Seavall 
Loderi -. se 16,80 
longifolia .. .. . vil, 495 
melanoxylon.. 85, 487, 499 
mollissima ). gost 2.) 7. Vi. 
Murrayana . lO; 16 
marifolia, ss; «ode 2~ SO 
Oswaldi .. LG) 16, 84-5 
pendula Le .. .. 845 
penninervis 487, 490, 492. 
494, 496 


lix. 


Wallabies, 
XXVII1. 
Walkom, A. B., see Exhibits—Year’s re- 

search, viil. 


Rock, two new, exhibited, 


Wasp, braconid, exhibited, . xxiii.—tree, 
exhibited, xxix. 
Waterhouse, G. A., congratulations to, 


xxill.—elected a Vice-President, 1924- 
25, xxiil.—see Exhibits. 

Wilhams, May M., appointed Linnean 
Macleay Fellow in Botany, 1924-25, 
ix.—reappointed, 1925-26, xxxi. 

Wren, white-backed, exhibited, xxv. 

Wright, F., elected a member, xxx. 


Xylothrips flavipes, exhibited, xxiii. 


Zoological Record, 111. 


BIOLOGICAL INDEX. 


new names in small CAPITALS. 


Acacia quadrimarginea 79, Adelium .. 55 ae) 
89, 90 Berar wee ais oo 

rigens .. .. eellO spall angulicolle .. .. . 542 
ROSE, S650 6 tl WO aucilla . 33 
sentis .. Fe, aerate EL augurale .. ; 4 Be) 
stenophylla _ Gata kOs, All6 convexiusculum .. = 88) 
tetragonophylla 8-10, 16, 88 geminatum 542 
Acaena sanguisorba 487, 490, ILLIDGEL .. . 542 
492, 496 nitidum . HOS: 

Acanthia littoralis .. .. 465 QUCSUIN Waeliseiters isicteeet OO 
Acanthias vulgaris .. .. 378 pilosum .. oo) 
Acanthochiton .. exe reductum .... 5 ab) 
variabilis .. . 5 Sauls reticulatum .. .. .. . 542 
Acanthopleura gemmata xiii. scutellare oo au 
Achaea janata .. 154 similatum sith (So 
Acmaea alba ...: .... 239  Ademosyne .s -. . 429, 431 
erucis 234, 237 Adeorbis aenenniacend 56 RP 
inradiata .. s. .. 235 Adiantum aethiopicum . 493 
jacksoniensis «. .. .. 234 Adoretus versutus. .. 157-8 
marmorata var. submar- Adoxophyes fasciculana 155 
morata .. . 236 Aelopus tamulus .. Salioil 
octoradiata .. .. 238-9 Agaricus .. f 102 
Saccharinaweniy ye 239 Agasthenes aillonstis oeraeh 
striatal mc, ok . 240 irenchi See 33 
Acritocera negligens spl goudiei .. 33 
Acrocercops habroscia .. 156 goudiet .. 33 
macroclina .. . 156 Agonoxema argaula’ 156 
Acroclita physalodes 157 Aenewia amygdala Bee Oe 
Actinodactylella .. .. .. 5138 pseudamyegdala .. 274-5 
Acuminea .. .. .. 262 tritoniformis .. 275 
Acuminia .. .. 262-3 Agraphis 6s 
brazieri 263 Agrilus .. 30, 32 


xe 


Agrilus assimilis .. .. .. 29 
AULOVIttAtLUS ee eee 29 
australasiae 
AUSUTAIS rena ote poeta wee) 
BISPENOSUS) ato ss ysl mee 
BREVISGet ok cee oe 
cooki .. 

Games ee ft/s ne eee 
deauratus) eeu eee 
DODDIA Ws Rica BO 
GKoycabball gol Goes 4G Uae 
flavotaeniatus .. .. 29, 536 


‘trenchian eae eae too) 
hypoleucus .. .. . 29, 535 
korenskyi .. 56 BIO 
kurandae .. 536 
WENN 36 Wa hol ba tet 
MASECUSIe nari nc ce el lO 
MMIGGAGUS sata coe ee 
MISTS ee e295 30 
MACH Go 5 oo 6g PU ERS 
|QUBH OWNS So 64 oo 5 ZY) 
raphelisin ens tae ees OoD 
Senm=aeneuses eee! 
SiODVOKANMIOOIS G64 66 50 4. ZY) 
semiviridis .. 536 
tasmanicus a0) | BBS 
terrae-reginae .. .. .. 29 
van diemeni 535 
WHLESTCHS seat SO 
ZOMAGUS = cat ase ee ee O), 
Agromyza lantanae bo. 6 JUGI 
Aizoon quadrifidum .. . 16 
Alciphron glaucus .. 159 
Aleurodes comata .. 160 
Alicia .. 5000. PAH) 
Allecula flasoommrts a eatins pa eH 
aE OeA WAL “G5 oo ao. as ts 
Allognosta .. 5 GlOls Bxaes 
INOCOG OE. oc oo nig oo. LLL 
marginata _ 261 
papillata .. 261 
Alona laevissima 36. Bl 
Alpinia nutans .. . 160, 327 
Alsophila 5 494 
australis .. _ 485. 7, 489- 90 
Alternanthera “Reem a var. 


abner) 55 55°55 oo 5 UG 


Alysicarpus vaginalis .. 155 
Amalda .. ae 209 
Amaranthus paniculatus 155- 
6 

viridis .. . 155 
Amblychilepas so 2alis) 
Ampera spartioides. .. 493 


Amphianax sub-coriaceus 33 


INDEX. 
Amphilophis glabra .. . 159 
Amphioxus . XXiil. 
Amydona guttularis 419 
Amygdalum Ben ase LUNES 

beddomei 181, 197 
dendriticum .. 197 


Anabathron emblematicum 


244 

INWEGHEREY 0) ae sik co) 4 
Anagallis arvensis .. . 496 
Anatina elongata . 200 
Ancilla .. .. sia ty Dw) 
australis . .. 259-60, 278 
beachportensis .. .. . 260 
cingulata .. . 259-60 
coccinea 2200 
edithae . 260 
fusiformis .. 260-1 
elandiformis 50 ZY) 
lineatar-eie .. 260 
marginata .. .. . 260 


marginata var. tasmanica 


260 

monilifera .. . . 260 
oblonga 259-60 
papillata .. , Ail 
petterdi .. . 260 
fasmanicay es sheer eZO0 
Aneillaria oblonga .. 260-1 


Anecistromesus kermadecensis 


240 
Andropogon sericeus 9, 11, 
15 
JNAGEAOMNIS G6 956s 50 Zee 


INTELMNWS Go 4 65 56 Ul 
foMelleoeeg os oo no LY 


INTE 64 56 5050 40 
Gesu so 45 So 65 cA) 
Anilara cuprescens .. .. 23 


euprescens .. .. .. .. 2d 
deplanata i. «9-21 -meeee 


MACICAVINe) weeny aia 
Obscurasees eee eee 
(OUOCSS 36) Oa: 66. oo. 2B 
uniformis .. .. .- .. 2a 
DHMERCIATS Bo bo oo. oo 2 
Anisops : 462 
2 breddini . 463 
endymion .. 602 °465 
Aniomis Hayao. 20.6 abe 
involuta 2... 3. 154 
WAGCNSIS) eye) ean ale 154 


Anona reticulata .. .. . 
Amthaxaal menees eee el 
cupripes .. Beatz A es 
MIOTA 2 ates. Clee OO 


Anthaxia obscura .. .. . 23 


purpureicollis .. .. . 525 
Anthela asciscens 5 ae) 
CALLICESTA GEN cere O09 
magnifica .. . 55 ay 


Antheraea astrophela a3 ay) 
eucalyp fierce cei Ooo 
SACCOPOEA .. - «- 400 

Anthrenus pimpinellae 5 

Antigona striatissima .. 210 

Apanteles expulsus .. . 158 

Aphanisticus albo-hirtus . 30 
BROWN sey «stele ame Oc 
ROTI Gna Ga Aa a5 OBO 
BLACKBURNI .. .. .. 536 
eanaliculatus .. .. .. 30 
ENDELOIDES .. .. .. .. ol 
endeloides .. aos OED 
Hilligoubanus en etme oU, 
occidentalis he. ou 

Aphelinus chrysomphali 158 

Aphis gossypii 159, 161 

Aplastomorpha ecalandrae 158 
vandinei .. .. . 158 

Apterotheca amaroides . 39 
ieclale Sere Mest ch ai! 
PUNCTIPENNIS .. .. .. 38 


Apus amulets “yeaa mais a 
australiensis .. "120- 2, 124 
Araecerus fasciculatus . 158 
Areca afra . 187 
barbata.. . Ares dusit 
fasciata .. . 186-7 
PusGaics <i kien . 186-7 
pisolina reel Si 
pistachia .. a5 lets) 
radula Bereretry a. I los0) 
Sculpotihis) sya eto 
eHOVARH Ge G6 5 dkshh, Ay 
Arceuthobium .. .. .. .. 55 
Archigetes 339, 346 
appendiculatus .. .. . 347 


lOO me ga Sn oo on aHhy 


Archimyza .. os a00 
Archimyza .. . 365 

GVG Ve Fa al aoe OO OS 
Arecopagia striatula .. . 211 
Areoperna recens .. .. 198 

seapha . 197-8 
Argyna astrea .. . 154 
Argyropeza .. .. . 248 
Argyroploce aprobola . 156 


ATIStd ar ees ree lel 

calycina. .. = « v.uecmen Lo 
Artaxd suSta clee eeeOOS 
Artemia .. » 126 


Artemia australis . .. 126-7 
proxima .. . Son BZD 
salina .. “Apa. 126, 321 
salina var. arietina 121-2, 

124 
westraliensis . 126-7 


Nrfenlopsis.2 .. 66... Lad 
Artemis caerulea .. .. 208 
Arthrocnemum arbuscula 16 
Asparagus officinalis . xxiv. 
Aspidiotiphagus citrinus 158 


Aspidiotus aurantii .. . 160 
COGUHS: 6 Se ee 
destructor var. transparens 

158, 160 
palmae .. . ‘ . 160 

Aspidogaster .. . 5 BD 

Asplenium palectecnn . 485 
flabellifolium 485, 487, 496 
nidus .. . 483 

Astacopsis Seen a ola 

Astele scitulus .. .. .. 230 

 subearinata .. .. .. . 230 

ASTELENA .. .. .- 182, 230 
scitula .. . eet VO 

Astraea fmbriata : oe 232 
tentoriiformis .. 232 


Astrebla pectinata a), iif, 15 
Atalaemea fragilis .. . 238 
Atalantia glauca .. .. 81-2 
Atalaya hemiglauca 10-13, 16, 


84- 5 

Atherigona .. .. 145 
tibiseta . .. 145 
Atherosperma .. . 486 
moschatum .. .. .. .. 485 
Athyris BULGAENSIS 502 
cora, ee 56 UA 
Athyrium saalpasan ; ‘485- 6 
Atoichus bicolor .. .. 543-4 
DIMIDIATUS . . . 544 
FLAVIPES . . 543-4 
tasmanicus .. . . 544 
Atriatops 448, 456 
FENERO, Gon Wor .. 456 
westwoodi .. .. .. .. 456 
Atriplex 8, 13 
angulatum .. nee SON LG 
campanulatum .. .. .. 9 
FING 20 oa coe Bye Io 
Halimoidesttes: ono 9), LO 
holocarpum .... -. 9, 15 
Inmbatuma ss feeetnae 9) 16 
Wiel go. Ge bs 9, 16 
vesicarium .. 8, 10- Shy 15 
Attenuata aerate ve. « 2A4 


INDEX, 
Auchenoglanis .. .. .. 347 
Aulacophora quadrimaculata 

157 

AUSTROPEUS .. .. ..... 543 
PUSTULOSUS . 543 
Austrosarepta .. .. .. . 186 


Austrotriton parkinsonius 


253 
Giacomo 

BASILICUS .. > TEE 253 
tortirostris . jp. 208 
Autosticha solita .. .. . 155 
Avicula georgiana .. .. 190 
hyalina sete cs LOO 
papilionacea .. .. .. . 190 
pulchella .. epee OO 
sealpta .. beg al) 
Soitmeveghines Galego co o Kel 
Aviculopecten ANDREWST 468- 
70 
ARGUIEUSWere eile 400s 401 
articulosus 468 
eaelatus .. ... AT2 
FLEXICOSTATUS .. 468, 472 
FUSIFORMIS .... . 469- 70 
ONANMOSUS ere ces) fale ep EMO 
PEGGEL yeat ss ssc . 468 
MES ALOLISIas sen ee . 473 
PEROBLIQUATUS 468- ioe 471 
BUN|COMPBEM sea sys, acess s AUS 
plagiostomus .. .. .. 472 
plieatilis .. . 473 
PYRIFORMIS .. .. 469 
SPARTEUS .. : ‘468- 70 
Axinaea kenyoniana .. . 188 
Axigloga pura)... 4 .. 398 
Azotobacter .. .. 436-7, 442 
Babbagia .. .. .. 12-13 
ACLOPLELA ms wesc sk ces MLO 
dipterocarpa =. ..... 16 
Bacillus aceti .. .. .. . 445 

fluorescens liquefaciens 
436, 441, 443 
ochraceusi <4). 5 4. 5. (4a 
phosphorescens .. . 436-7 
Balanophoraye. ..4)- 4 .. DO 
BALANOTAENIA .. . 347 
BANCROFTI .. .. . 347 
Bankia .. . 214 
Bankagiat we See. es. ello 
Banksia .. . 162, 478 
integrifolia .. .. 490, 496 
Barbatia adolphi .. .. . 187 
radula .. . 186-7 


Ixi. 


Baxhiellmiaw see OOO 
Barringtonia alba . 326, 328 
speciosa .. . 157, 160 
Baryspira’.. .. .. 259, 278 
fusiformis .. .. . 184 
FUSIFORMIS GAZA 183, 261 
LaSMmanicay comers ae 184 
Basstay Suen tea veen ae Ae. 12 
DICOrMIS Hy j-teetareierner “36 
DICUSPIS) tee re 16 
bitlorare eh enetor 8516 
brachyptera . : 8 95 13; 16 
diacantha .. . 16 
divaricata .. é 13% 16 
laANTCUSPIS! 3a. “seu steel 
fonsicuspisms. rede oe LO 
DArAdOXAW aust se eaalO 
quinquecuspis .. .. .. 16 
Bassina pachyphylla ... 211 
paucilamellata .. eat: 
Bathyarea perversidens . 186 
BATHYCARDITA .. . 182, 205 
TAU ee sey cee oem OO 
Batrachomyia .. .. .. . 354 
IBV Gide Be soo vee ico . OE 
IBEDEVANs 20) oo. ec ltSa, oc 
Belionota aenea .. .. .. 23 
COTLCTU ee ae ene 
Saundersins seen yn coe 
Bellastraea .. "182 
kesteveni ...... 182, 232 
Belloliva .. .. . 259 
Bernisia inconspicua .. . 160 
BERYLSMA .. Sis), 707 
Bignonia radicans .. .. 324 
Billardiera longiflora 493, 
495 

Scandensis. .. - . . 496 
Bittium granarium .. .. 246 


Blechnum eartilagineum 487, 
490, 492, 495 

discolor 483, 485- 7, 489, 
490, 492, A95 

Patersoni .. . .. 485 
Blennodia canescens .. . 11 
canescens var. pterosperma 


lasiocarpa . eek LG 
nasturtioides .. P16 
ETISeCtae were, cre LO 
Boeckella coronaria .. . 321 
fluvialis .. 322, 
MMAR GoM o ka 56 BPAL 
triarticulata .. .. .. 314-5 
Boeckia triarticulata .. 315 


Bolboceras corRUGATUM 285 


lxui. 


Bolboceras CORRUGATUM 


PAROOENSIS .. 

TENUIS . Me 
Branchinectella .. 
Branchinella .. 

australiensis .. 


FLAVOCASTANEUM 286 
frontale .. 285 
TRICAVICOLLE 284 

Bombax .. Tigao reuse O 
Bombyeomorpha pst areata i202 
Bombyx australasiae .. 424 
barnardi .. ae 413 
chlorophragma .... . 426 
crenulata .. 423 
ettusa, .<) .. 428 
exposita .. 427 
figurata . 427 
PUIG 55 be 66 6b a Gee 
UMNO 66 glo 428 
galactodes .. 414 
meoleuca .. te 414 
muris-olens .. .. . 428 
ocularis Sis 428 
oxygramma .... .. . 416 
picta .. . 406 
pinnalis 407 
pusilla .. 427 
vitulina .. 413 
zonospila . 409 
Boreodromyia .. . 364 
Boreoides .. 360- 1, 363- 4 
machiliformis .. . 364 
subulata .. . 362 
subulatus .. .. . 364 
tasmaniensis 365 
Boreomyia .. Wo ie OOF 
Bornia lepida .. . 182, 207 
BORNIOLA .. . 182, 207 
Bosmina wmeridionalis 314-5 
Botellus 183 
bassianus .. .. 244 
Bougainvillea spectabilis 157 
Bonwardia triphylla .. . 326 
Brachychiton Gregorii .. 87 
Brachycome .. A eral De 
SDM a ea ite eo 
Brachydeutra s. .. ~-)).-oo4 
argentata .... 335 
longipes .. ns 335 
SYDNEYENSIS .. 56 GB) 
_Brachyodontes .. .. .... 196 
hirsutus 196 
menkeanus .. . 196 
Brachyplatys pacifieus . 159 
Branchinecta .. .. 127 


121-2, 129 


INDEX, 


Branchinella eyrensis 121-2, 
129-30 

PRONDOSA .. 5 ols ISK) 
EOMGIOSE Go odo loo LAY) 


ornata 121, 129-30 
PROBOSCIDA .. .. 121, 131 
TOODOREC Es 5 So do oo IY) 


Branchinellites .. .. .. 129 
Branchinema ornata .. . 130 
Branchiostoma sp. XX1ll. 
Branchipus arietinus .. 126 
australiensis .. .. .. 120 
australiensis .. .. .. 129 
OUONUGYO 60 36 86 6o\ 00 IAG 
Briseis cuprea .. .. .. 934 
elonvatay aaa eee Oo 
proloneatans) 1 oo 
smaragdifrons .. .. . 534 
BYISES ERT eas a sthateiese oo 
BROMUS oo Go a0 oo 65 A 
PLAT YANOLUSm@ acne ne DS 
SONGS Go G0 00 65 BS 
Bruchobius laticeps .. . 158 
Bruchus chinensis .. .. 158 
BRUNELLA STEELI .. .. 
Bubastes)*). 2... 25; 526-7 
achardi . zs 
ACHE eae ee ee OS 
australasiae .. .. .. 528 
bostrychoides 
cylindrica .. ae 
HOLMOSANAe eee DOS 


elobicollis 527-8 
inconsistans .. 527-8 
inconstans .. .... . 527-8 
laticollis .. 527-8 


TAL WN REAR escaby ei 
nivelventris) «2... 9. O28 
Obscura oe eee oS 
occidentalis .. 
OAS Ga 6d oo leon a: AL 
olivinus .. .. .. .. 
persplendens .. .. .. 528 
simillima .. .. .. .. 528 
sphenoidea .. 5 
Splendens!s. 0.4 5 4.- 
SUPT oo 00 00 06 oo DAIS 
suturalis .. 
vagans .. ES 
viridicuprea .. .. .. 528 
Bubastini .. ie 
Bubastodes Palcieollie 68 DAT 
SUICICOLUS a ae ea ae Des 
Buenoa .. .. Ee LOe 
Bulimus phasianns | tat es, Doe 
phasianus minimus .. 232 


IBUPRESTODES’ .. .2 9-5 +. 20 
CORUSCANIS 4. 0 aaa sae 
WUNSINOON 54 do. oo a0 ZH! 


JACOCHROA GYMNOPLEURA var. 

FUSCOSUTURALIS .. .. 311 
CACOZELIA .. .. 183, 246 
Cactus Ackermanni .. . 324 
Caesalpinia bonducella . 156 
Cajanus indicus .. .. . 159 
Calandra oryzae .. .. . 158 
Calandrinia balonensis 6, 11, 


16 

Callia albifins .. .. .. 415 
contermina .. . 415 
Calliostoma allporti 184, 229 
comptus .. .. 229 


GIOIA 45 ao oo oo Bee) 
lecrandi 4) (2) 6) 28a 5220 
poupineli ae 6 igo 2-8) 
purpureo- Wench : 
Calliotrochus coxi .. .. 226 
tasmanicus .. .. .. 226-7 
Callirrhipis vitiensis .. 157 
Calista, ao oan etre cil) 
LSTA, 6.6 5 6 ao 2A) 
Callistemon amma ee Ol 
Callistochiton i eee xave 
antiquus .. . 184, 214 
MMA WETS sc cic, ere uate iene 
Callitrisme. joke one ede 
cupressiformis Meare (OU 
TOO co 40 oo Oy 18 15 
Callochiton mayi .. .. 214 
Calophyllum Inophyllum 156, 
159 
NALAUNS es ah aes ogo JOD 
Calotis hispidula .. .. .. 17 
Campis grandiflora .. .. 327 
@anaceyetar me .. 334 
Caneellaria australis ee Oe 
eExdoua ys ana emuemi Ae 
MINCE Celio Ges tec io lo AOe 
SCODINAMA ee ene OF 
WONG, so oc 30 50 Ox 
Candalides .. . XXVil. 
Candonocypris candonoides 
314, 317, 322 
Canthium vacciniifolium . 91 
Cantharidella picturata 184 
Cantharidus eximius .. . 225 
faseraiusi ei mice ceD 
lineolarispueeiartr arene Lo 
NOMINEE 55 56,06 no Ze) 
Opalus pun aenemeleo) 
PYLLOS) Say eh ee) 


Capulus australis .. 184, 245 
ealyptra .. 245 
Ganielicn.. ..3) <e . 245 


Cardamine hirsuta Pa a 492 
Cardiothorax acutangulus 539 
armipes 5 oo OB) 


castelnaudi .. .. . 939 
FOVEATUS .. so Bete 
laticeollis .. .. 040 
NASUTUS .. 5 oe ey 
O]OZNCOINS “Sheigh co posal 
polwrcollis jj... <4. 540 
Cardita astartoides .. 205 
aviculina .. .. 204 
ealyculata .. . 204 
cavatica .. Aid ee erAU 
Excanalameriios. see 200 
gracilicostata .. . 205 
racuti .. . 206 


EAVOMG ests nese Hols ae 206 
raouli .. 56 PANY) 
Cardium Salchellum eee OG 
striatulum var. thetidis 207 


thetidis .. eel82520 7 
Caryophyllaeus bancrofti 339, 
344, 347 

fennicus .. . 347. 
filiformis .. . 347 
laruei .. . 347 
laticeps .. 346-7 
mutabilis .. . 347 
syrdarjensis . 347 
tuba .. 347 


Cacciapee man kun Haas oD 
peemininides! ese drd 
eremophila 
HISD AM foes es Lave vehe-s ove 
phyllodinea .. .. .. . 16 


pleurocarpa .. .. . 11, 16 
Sturtii .. iat, ae 
Cassinia jeatiorleta . 495 
Cassis albuta .. 254 
UGUIN 6 sei e's oo 204 
semigranosum .. .. .. 254 
SOWIE! ssa: 3 254 
Stadiale os. i... . 254 
thomsoni .. 254 
Cassytha 55-6, 58- 9, igo 4, Te 
fiiformis .. . 56 
elabella 55-7, 60- iL ica: 9, 
WARTS, 5-6 

melantha 55-61, 65, 68. 70, 
72, 76-8 

paniculata 55-7, 60-1, 65-6, 
68-9, 72 


HOMAeOLASTAN, yen clonre ON 


INDEX. 


Cassytha pubescens 55-7, 60- 
Gi Sr Ose 


Castalia bimaculata 523 
SCINTILLANS .. 5 233 
Castanospermum 327 
Castraminany ann ele, ool 
breasciavellaieeaseeees Doo 
bizonata .. . 5 5 OBS 
campestris s1o30 
carinata .. 56 OBS! 
carterl .. ; BBS} 
circumflexa 533 
erenata .. 56 Bak 
erucioides .. 5 OB) 
eupreo-flava .. 5 ABs) 
eyanicollis .. 5 BSB) 
delicatula var. 56 OBS 
dicaxe 2nisaks > E83 
flavosignata .. 50 ere 
guttifera Spy) 
KERSHAWI .. 5 au Oe 
leai var. fasciosa .. . 533 
maculiventris .. 5 BBB} 
marginicollis .. 2 533 
mastersl .. 533 
modesta .. 533 
obliquefasciata 533 
opacula .. ihe Doo 
saundersiana .. = eB 
secularis 56 g0) OED 
sexguttata .. .. . 533 
THERYI .. anoot 
HAOONED, oo Go Wo lod Oo. WOR) 
venusta .. 533 
Casuarina... 9, 60 
distyla .. A Bi DXGXeXGl 
equisettolian- 4 a. 3 100 
BUC, op 00 0 . XXViL. 
ieoonkiois tec HOS LS 
Catalectis pharetropa .. 155 
Catochrysops enejus .. 153 
Catostomus commersoni . 347 
Chllosllogsuin 66 so co « WY 
CAVICEPS .. 355 
FLAVIPES 356 
Cellana cudmorei .. .. . 180 
WANG) oe MC EN Re ee ee ee 
ilibrata .. 241 
limbata .. 243 
FCTAMMAN ES UNI mene ee 
radians . 242-3 
rubraurantiaca .. 243 
solida .. Bas Tt BN Vane S crea) 
variegata .. .. 180, 242-3 
VARIEGATA ARTEL 183, 242-3 


xii. 


Centipeda thespidioides 12, 


il7/ 

CenpWalotusircac 2.0.) 9 400 
Ceratopetalum .. .. .. 486 
apetalum .. 483, 485, 487 
CqnTeNbeTEwOIN oe vag oa OY) 
Ceriodaphnia spinata 320, 
322 

sublaevis .. so Gules 
Cerithiopsis .. . 246 
Cerithium lacertinum 183, 
246 

Ceroplastes rubens .. .. 160 
Chaetocanace .. 333 
Chaetostricha ecratitia .. 158 
Chainoderma .. alli 
Chaleopterus affinis .. . 42 
CUTE USI Pee ate 2 
OGIO oo 65 Holo 1s Ce 
PRAETERMISSUS .. .. . 42 
TUSHICUSI ce ee mre 
SHMPNENRIMNS Go ou 66 6 4 
Spee Sow teats ao 4X4 
Chalcofaeniay see eee 
AUER, oi gc don bo wod Le) 
ROTARY Go 66 66 oo 2H 
OUD, og 06 56 0 0 BPH 


TENN gouge oo bo oo CL 


quadri-impressa .. 522 
Chama calyculata .. 204 
Charagia eximia .. . XXviii. 
Chariotheca .. .. . 38-9 
Chariothes DODDI .. .. .. 38 

striato-punctata .. .. 38 

subviolacea .. .. .. .. 38 
Chelisoches morio 5 Gi! 


Chenopodium nitrariaceum 


12, ills: 

Chiloglottis formicifera . 492 
CHIONERYX... .. .. 182, 210 
Chirocephalus sp. .. .. 131 
Chiromyza . 360-1, 363, 365 
AUSHEALIS | oe eo OL-a Ol 
ava 362-3, 369 
grandicornis . 362-3, 365-6 
longicornis .. 362-3. 365-6 
matruelis .. .. 362-3,.368 


prisca .. .. 362-3, 368-70 
stemmatiealis 362-3, 367-8 


SHO MUENADE 5 B54 coh BARS 
tasmaniensis . . 363 
WGN, 56 oc 2 Ot 
Chiton hirtosus .. .. .- xiv. 
lonsicymba ~. 3: .4.% xiv. 
Chlamys fenestrata .. . 194 
hedleyi .. . 194 


Ixiv. 
Chlamys tasmanicus 194 
undulatus .. .. . 183, 194 
Chloromeris .. ae BBY 
pallidior .. .- O32 
purus nis alee Menet OOS 
Chloropsi. 2c. 4 BS 
Chloropsina .. Go OY 
NIGROHALTERATA .. .. 3dd 
@homnetes “5. S27 ess ses t08 
Chiaycichthiys) ..0) 6 o+ 
Chrysomphalus aurantii 160 
dictyospermi .. a5 LGD 
Chrysopa sanvitoresi .. 161 
Chydorus barroisi .. 314 
barroisi var. laevis .. 315 


Cienfuegosia gossypioides 16 
Cingulina australis .. 


toreularis 183, 251 
Cinnamomum . . 478 
Circe sig. PAD) 

PHS 59° 69. dn) on PAULEILD) 

australis .. e209 
Cirphis unipuncta .. .. 158 


WISSEIS HWA nara es Seana} 
RONCINGE) oo 6500 o64 AU 
cupripennis .. 
MATTIAS IN, 6b68o5 06 6 AU 
roseo-cuprea .. .. .. 27 
seabrosula 
HVE DOM tere usenet nee 


VIRIDI-PURPUREA .. 27 
Cimiobatucmsemee . 486, 489 
multiflorus .. 485, 487, 493 


Citrus aurantium 154, 159-60 
, aurantium var. nobilis 160 


australis .. STEEDS 
decumana .. “157, 161 
medica var. naommnn ii54= 
5, 157, 160 
Mlanculuseaneocne eee”. 
SOM SC ieee. Urea, ee BOO 
. brunneus .. . 184, 224 
flagellatus .. . 224 


floridus .. .. .. 184, 224 
limbatus Bee ete 


maugeri .. 224 
nodoliratus .. 224 
omalomphalus .. 224 
pDlebeiusies. eee 224-5 
IMO MACIS Ay so on 4 22D 
Clathe anthracica .. 4l* 
arida .. ae 412 
CONG Tae taee ASG 
fola .. 408 
pyrsocoma .. 425 
Clavarizona .. XIV 


INDEX. 


Clavarizona hirtosa .. 
Claytonia alsinoides .. . 
Clematis .. .. .. 487 
aristata 487, 490, 492-3, 
495 

Clerodendron = fallax 160 
inerme .. 155 
@lvamthus' y.12 core,» to/eaeeeeeteoO 
Dampieri .. AG 
Chisio¢ampaye. =. sen 402 
Clypidella callomarginata 219 
Coceus hesperidum .. . 160 
Cocos nucifera 154-6, 158, 160 


325 


Coleophora immortalis . 156 
CoENACULUM . 183, 244 
Colax .. . 456 

javana .. . . 456 
Collomia grandiflora .. xxiv. 
Colocasia antiquorum 154, 
é 160 
Colospira .. sae 246 

guadrata .. 184, 249 


runciata (4b) les, O10 


sinuata , 249 
Colpospira guillaumei 183, 
248 

Columbella attenuata .. 271 


COLUS NOVAE-HOLLANDIAE 


GRANDICULUS . 183; 267 
COMITILEDA .. 181, 185 
Conus anemone .. .. 263- 4 

carmeli .. ee 2204: 

flindersi . 264 

jukesii 263 

maculatus .. . 263 

maculosus . Jere cO8 

novae-hollandiae .. 264 

papilliferus .. go - 2188) 

MEMO 2. eo ove onene . 264 
Convolvulus Gruiheseane sll 
- marginatus .. . . 496 
Coreyra cephalonica .. 157 
Cordania gardneri . 53, 468 
COSMETALEPAS .. . 182, 218 
Cosmotricha notodontina 414 
Cosmotriche indistincta 427 
Cotana Ree) 

*serranotata .. .... . 399 
Cranopsisiess.) 2. 217-8 
Craspedia chrysantha .. 17 

PIOWOSH a aes La, 
Craspedotrutony =.) 3) eee eal 

speciosus .. bichin yen Cae 
Crassatella 202, 204 

QUOT OMe ee. . 181, 204 

Danesa Oe Oe ee aie sed 2) (VA 


. xiv. Crassatella carnee .. .. 204 
eastanea .. .. 202-3, 250 
contraria .. .. 204 
corbuloides .. B20 
cumingli .. a, ZADB! 
decipiens .. .. .. . 202-3 
donacina . au ZAUB} 
OACINOSI6G co oo a0 6 Ale 
fulvida .. . 182, 204 
CAOSUIS sovoel oo o ANE 
kingicola .. 181, 204, 250 
lamarckil .. Bag AUB) 
obesas cess ears 
pulchiral sss ecO2 co 
SUM ego edo ok od oo ZB 

Crassatellites kingicola . 202 
Crassatina .. 204 
Crassitina .. 204 
Crenellatiany aca 197 
elobularis .. yo) eke) 
impactus .. 5 Wy 
Crexa .. .. .. 403, 405 
acedesta .. .. .. 406, 408 
anthraxoides .. 406 
dianipha .. .. .. 406, 408 
tolat{..., 6.61.4. 4062408 
OCS Ge Bn os 35 GUE 
macroptila 406, 408 


punctigera .. .. . 
THOMA hese eee epee Oa 


 subnotata 406-7 
Crinum flaccidum .. 12, 15 

latifolium . 326 
Croeidosema plebeiana . 157 


Cromus bohemicus 47, 49, 50 
MuUrchisont. ... .. :. .-02 
Cronia .. . 274 


amy deals se ieaseeeeeeme te) 
pseudamyedalus .. .. 275 
Crossea caneellata .. .. 251 
carinata Tati Oe 
-concinna $5, dlsBy, Zou 
econsobrina, 4. so) eee 
labiata 7) L83, 2a 
lauta .. ec eamekeaee ilk 
MATICOIMES) c.28 see eno 
princeps .. sa. Zell 
SemIorna ave ae lee 
sublabiata .. 25ili 
CROSSEOLA .. : 183, 251 


Crossotarsus aEenms XXIX. 


Crotalaria seeeere: 6 
Cunninghamii .. io! tak “1g 
dissitiflora LO} alee hG 
PeCUSS) hn cts ae Rene OA: 
Striatay eens selon 7, 


Cryphalus jatrophae .. 158 
Cryptomeria japonica .. 60 
Cryptonymus .. . 46 
ARAISHS (66 oh ody oe e 20 
ARICUSUS co oA ono ome Ol) 
duntroonensis .. sok 
imcerbus <. .. . 46 
INCERTUS . 48 
perannulatus .. . 46 
PERANNULATUS 0) 
platynotus .. . 46 
PLATYNOTUS .. .. .. . 47 
robustus .. 46, 48 
ROBUSTUS .. a6, 249 
SIOTSVAME AS vais sis waka 
Gryplowlaxes: 2... .... XIV: 
Cryptothrips (?) intorquens 
281- 

Crysptotoma zonalis .. 255 
Cucullaea concamera 186 
minuta .. . 186 
Cucumis sp. .. x bree lAt 
Cuneus truncatus . 208 
Cupidoliva .. .. .. 183, 259 
Curis aurifera .. eo) Sell 
HATRNPATRED .<.«. +10 OOL 
OBSCURA . 530 
Splendensi.. 2. 3. «. Dol 
YALGOENSIS .. .. .. . 530 


Cuseuta 55-6, 64-6, 71-2, 75, 
78 


americana .. Re 3 
australis .. . 55 
epilinum .. so Ke 
europea .. jo OD 
glomerata .. 56 5D 
monogyna .. Smee 24 
Cyathaula realaea 155 
Cybister tripunctatus .. 157 
Cyclestheria .. 55 By 
hislopi .. 120, 122 
Cyclophorus serpens 485, 487 
Cyclophragma .. .. 403, 416 
eyclomela .. .. .. . 416-7 
Cyllene lactea .. . 270 
Cymatiella . . 183, 254 
quoyi .. .. .. 184, 253-4 
Cymatium barthelemyi. 253 
gpengleri .. .. 253 
Cymbiola complex. 183, 258 
Cymodocea .. XV. 
Cynosarga SBoMenN ia - 401 
OMMA At eh ts Se kee ees A28 
Cyphonochelus .. 3 "979- 3 
Cyphosticha caerulea .. 156 
Cypraea alba . so BIST 


INDEX. 

Cypraea angustata .. 256-7 
angustata comptoni .. 256 
angustata piperata .. 256 
armeniaca .. Ae ECO 
australis .. so ADT 
comptoni .. 56 DT 
Guam, bo oe 08 B2o) 
WeSibevbene ates weuce ts Sy AB 
lamarekii var. alba so CD 
maculata .. sa Ce 
piperita . 256 
rosea .. - ae 
seotti .. Brees eS Okt 
sphaerodoma .. nook 
spurea var. alba .. . 257 
toxorhyncha .. 26 PE 
turdus var. alba . 257 
umbilicata .. .. 5 ON 

Cypretta globulus 314, SL 

323 
MESON, oo con ee oo oo BEX 
minna .. . 322 
viridis .. 320 

Cypridopsis “ auktralis "309. 3 
globulus .. i oe oh 

Cypris bennelong .. 321, 323 
candonoides .. .. 317 
lateraria . : 321, 323 
reticulata .. .. 322 

Cyrtorhinus saaromadlallng 5 ley) 

Cytherea disrupta .. .. 210 
excavata .. 56 Alle! 
above NG oer 58 bicedltey 
MIRE, oo od ao o Call 
paucirugata .. 211 
submultistriata 210 
vaginalis .. . 208 

Dacus eorihodest : 161 


Dalbergia monosperma, - 155-6 


Dalmanites loomesi .. IL 
meridianus .. 5 al 
Danthonia snk 
penicillata .. Sta res AE) 
Daphnella gracillima .. 264 
Daphnia ecarinata. 314, 321 
carinata var. intermedia 

323 

obtusata .. . 314 
Daphnobela sp. . 264 
Darala consuta .. . 399 
rosea .. oo OY 
Daucus brachiatus ess Mal? ALT 
Davallia dubia 487, 490, 492- 
3, 495-6 

Daviesia .. Noe Gen oe 
ulicina .. 490, 492-3, 495 


Ixv. 


Dawsonia sp. .. 485, 487 
Decadarchis heterogramma 


155 
DELTASTOMA . 5 ay) 
UNIPUNCTATA .. 3° aay) 
Dendrobium pugioniforme 
483, 485 
teretifolium . : 485 
Dendrocephalus 129, 131 
Dennstaedtia .. . 486 
davallioides .. .. .. . 485 
Deragena proserpina .. 153 
Desmometopa 336 
ciliatayyvon se eo OO 
AIUEAADIIN G6 Go ha oo G80 
Diaclina nitida .. are 
Dianella sp. 492-3 
Dicamara .. .. 499 
sealprum .. 499-502 
Dichaetomyia armata .. 140 
Dichomeris transecta .. 155 
Dicksonia antarectica 483, 
485, 487, 490 
Dichromosoma majus .. 406 
Dicyphus minimus 2 159 


Didiseus glaucifolius 12, 17 
Dieffenbachia .. .. .. . 168 
Digglesia .. . 403, 421 
australasiae .. .. 422, 424 
cerocota .. .. .. 421-3 
eycloloma .. 422, 424 
DASYMALLA .. .. . 422 
THOME BS Ba oo oo Zeley 
nana .. . 422, 424 
rufescens ~ «. 422-3 
spodopa .. .. .. .. 422-3 
TEPHROPSIS .. .. .. 422-3 
Dilochrosis browni .. .. 312 
Diodora lineata .. . 220 
watsoni .. So, 2A 
Diphucephala CRIBRIPENNIS 
294 

TONOLA on esd so eM ome 
THIGHS foe oes . 294 
nitidicollis . 294 
MACROPS .. Lena 294 
PARVICEPS» alc. a creeper ce: 
puberula .. .. . 294 
TICHIMONGTa yy soe Oe 
rufipes . . . 294 
Tarsalisine sa \< . 294 
Diplatia .. tere G0) 
Diplodonta aidan 182, 206 
jaeksoniensis .. . 206 
Tiaibaietioa as . 262 
Dipodium punctatum .. 492 


Ixvl. 


Distomum variegatum .. 
Dodonaea Ps oilers 
> dl, NG 


attenuata . eens 
viscosa .. Tak, 16, Ia 


viscosa var. spathulata 11, 
af 


516 
9 


DourcrossEA .. .. 183, 251 
Donax scripta .. .. .. 209 
Doodia aspera 487, 490, 492- 

3 


Doryanthes .. . 328 
BOIS Se 56-40 BAT, GWG 
Doryphora .. 486, 489, 497 
sassafras 483, 485, 487, 
490 

Dosinia caerulea 183, 208 
circinaria .. ee 0S 
cerocea eM tee ate De} 
victoriae . 183, 208 
IDianihyS oo oo. 66.09 oh) G00 
dipetala .. .. . 485 
Drosophila albofasciata 349 
albo fasciata .. 50 Oe) 
ALBOSTRIATA .. , Bi 
ampelophila .. .. 304 
australica .. ». 348 
biradiata .. .. 348 
buscki .. Bh EERE A 
FUAVOEIRIA + elie crane OO 
FUSCITHORAX . 353 
immigrans .. .. 135i 2 
inornata eos: 
melanogaster .. .. .. 304 
MYCETOPHAGA » 300-1 
NIGROVITTATA .. oo Bb 
POLYPORI so SA! 
repleta .. . 349, 352 
SETIFEMUR .. 351-2 
Drupa chaidea .. 274-5 
marginalba 275 
tubereulata .. 275 


Dryopteris decomposita 485- 


6 

tenera .. .. . 485 
Dunhevedia crassa .. . 323 
Dinplicariasea ee . 262 
Dura marginepunctata . 398 
Dysarchus batesi 538 
IRREGULARIS ..22 2. « Dol 
Dysdercus impictiventris 159 
MASWIENENS) Obl a6 oo Bolo IE) 


Earias fabia . si: foretalloe 
Ebenolus BANKSI .. .. . 43 
EVELINO Ries char aerate AL 
SMIOMORCIE. 55 ool no on GH! 


INDEX. 


Ebenolus vernicatus .. .. 44 
TOWSON 65° Gn dio too eee 


Eburna 259 
Eehium italicum XXXI. 
Edmondia .. .. 468 
Hlasmomyees .... .. . 104 
Electroma .. May panleghl, 
ELEGIDION AUDAX .. 182, 220 


ELONICHTHYS DAVIDI .. 503 
Elytranthe signata .. .. 93 
Idonnasinoplles 55 G6 35° « 


candida so Zo 
connectens .. 182, 217 
conoidea .. eG 
devota .. 217 
hedleyi .. Bp igmallicys: 
Enamillus mauricei .. Sila: 


IDI DO) OWA, ac oo do oo. of Gul 
Enchylaena tomentosa .. 16 
IDpACEwADIAWS 56 ca oo ao o 40 
logma@nalen gs bo oo oo AY 
bohemicus .. 


bowningensis .. .. .. 47-8 
duntroonensis 46, 51-2 
etheridgei .. .. 46, 50 


THOU HI | se din, ware) on LEU 
IDROMANEMS S54 go bo bo Gul 


mitchelli 47-9, 51-2 
MMLC 55% 45066 ov CH 
punctatus .. .. . 46-7, 51 
rothwellae . 47-8 


Secloae@lin 45 b$o.\so 55 Be 


silverdalensis 47-8, 52 
SS) Oa) Tae aN Ae ye iL 
wennOlarais 54. 64 .. 46 
Encyalesthus punetipennis 
39 
Endelus subcornutus .. 522 
Endoptychum .. eelOs 
agaricoides . 110-1 
ENDOTHINA .. so BBO 
-SQUAMOSA .. . 5 BB 
IDTMIEBISUS 96 oo 30 XO SOR 
Enithares .. . 463 
Entometa .. .. 403, 417 
adusta .. . 405 
albida .. 417, 421 
apicalis .. : . 417-9 
CHLOROSACOA .. 417-8, 420 
cycloloma ........ .. 424 
despecta 418 


divisa Sofa nates 
HAVENS, <6) ga os, oo ZALTCAD) 
cngniewary 64° 45 96) Zal7 2) 
ignobilis .. 

marginata .. 


Entometa obliqua .. 404 
plinthopa . 424 
punctigera .. .. .. . 406 
sobria .. .. .. 417-8, 420 


BOOGIE go bo. 00 oo “28 
TDWI Go 60 0 oo 0 Se 
Kphydra .. arene k. 3 


EPHYDROSCINIS .. 331 

AUSTRALIS .. 331 
Epicoma .. . 401 
Epitonium eranosum . 252-3 


oranulosa fs st teaezOe 
Erechthias zebrina 
Eremocitrus glauca .. .. 82 
Hremaea .. 
OMOSOWIE SoS 5 556 
Eremonoma .. .. 403, 409 


APASTA 409-10 
HOLOPOLIA .. 410 
NEPHELODES .. .. .. . 410 
ZORISTIS .. 410 
Kremophila oy, 1A 
Nha, 55 85 > I, ily 
laveraoyaunilore, bo 4 JUL, is}, 17 


Brown . Rea 
Datbomia sparc een O) 
IDOI, 656 65 ob 00 LY 
Mreelimenies si eee em 
UBNGEOUIE, Sib Sa Ge oe 66 
Latrobei .. 59th JO; Ly 
lomearroOlie, 65 o¢ so WO, 17 


maculata .. .. a Sy Ae 
mitchelli . . 845 
Gonos, o. 55 MO, 7 
Ob Gleéky, 64 55 Il WS. 7 
Sturtii .. betes IKE IL 
Kriogaster hebes ) 427 
lignosa 5 427 

? simplex .. Bia 7 ae) 
Hriophyes EUCALYPTI 393, 
396 

yA . 395 
vitis .. : 395 
Erodium cygnorum | : 12, 16 


Erycina acupuncta 182, 207 


eardioides er 207, 210 
elliptica .. : 207 
fragilis .. : . 207 
Inaequilatera .. 207 
laevis . s1 207 
TMU ATT eA ese cere ee eee id 
OOSGME 36 56 50 sa 6 DO 
pellucida .. so AU 
radiolata .. — ADE 
trigona 207 


undulata oe 207 


SErraugiilarearvea s/o Lier) coe oh), WUD 
CGhrist-callie.. 2. poco 
Kstheria .. 132, 134 
DRGs cor ee ioe oe 
dictyon .. 122, 134 
ellnpticaia. =. » 122,134 
lutraria .. . 121-2, 134 
packardi 121-2, 134 
rubra .. 121, 134 
TRU oo Gone wee oe 
sarsil 122, 134 
Hthalia .. erie 223 
eancellata .. . 233 
Mithminolia .. .. . eth 
PROBABILIS .. .. 182, 228 
iiborwmWmathimais: . 6... <;ss 00 OF 
niROTIS & 5 So eee eco Ce 
LBA Go Sees eet eee 
Eubr omeninala 129 


Eucalyptus 60, 162, 476, 478, 
486, 489, 495- 7 


agglomerata .. . 148-9 
aligns Wee isos oe) eee 
alopliylla, «2.5 «215+ 320) 
altior . 148-50 
apiculata .. . 149-50 
Bauerleni .. 148, 150 


bicolor 8, 12, 16, 84-5, 91 


Blaxlandi . 147, 150 
Gorcidemana .. 148-9 
coriacea .. 5 La ID) 
corymbosa .. . 149-50 
erebra .. . 85, 148-9 
Dalrympleana . 147-8, 150 
Deanei .. .. .- 148-50 
dives 5 Le UE 
elaeophora .. .. 148, 150 


eugenioides vil., 147, 149- 


50, 386 

ORIG), 96 ASeeeceE cemeige ean 
fastigata .. . 147, 149-50 
goniocalyx 148-50 
inerassata var. dumosa 10 
heustrina ts. ~.. 147, 149 
macrorrhynecha 147 
maculata J 5), PEOLID 
maculosa . 148, 150 
melanophloia 84-5 
melliodora .. odieat AT 
micrantha .. .. . 148-50 
microtheca 8, 12, 16, 17, 
91 

Moorei .. .. 147, 149-50 
Normantonensis .. .. 91 
oleosa .. al Oepalies 
oreades . 148 


INDEX. 


Kuealyptus paniculata 148-9 


piperita .. .. 148-50, 492 
TOO OUULEOINEY, cy eg Mad oc) GU 
TOWUNCIDIE o6 5 148-50 
THOMENI, bo "147, 149-50 
TROSUMULSTED 56) db 00 co JAY 
HORIIEMI So 5 fer dlzy AU Maly 
rubida .. 148, 150 
Shiressii .. ov 149 
siderophloia .. . 148-9 
Sieberiana .. .. .. 148-50 
sp. .. .. 487, 490, 492-3 
squamosa a. =. «... 148-9 
stricta vil, 148- 50, 386, 
390, 393, 395 

ERE TIC OUMISH ya rsmes Ee mr P XXX 
eames oo oe Oh we. aly 
viminalis 148, 150, 487, 
490, 492-3 

Eueanthus felschei .. . 286 
TRICARINATICEPS 286 
Euchelus atratus .. 230 
baceatus .. So feu Ze) 
seabriusculus .. .. .. 230 
Eucosma defensa 156 
CMMNEIROCIES 55 50 00 o le 
HUCRASSATELLA ... 181, 202 
castanea .. 5 60 AUB 
cumingil Bete cen pene 
auneaKeOley oo lea! oo oo AUB) 
obesa .. 5 204 
AOU chav aleeen yee . 203 
Kugenia eucalyptoides . 95 
maine consis 5 JIB eS alah 
rivularis . eat ale 
Smithii—. 485 
Eulimnadia .. .. 132-3 
dahli .. 122 
TOOOUCIISUS 55 00 00 oo 1388} 
sordida . 5 dale, 1635} 
stanleyana .. 133 
wictoriensis ..'.. 2. . 122 
EUMARCIA . SlS2en2ilall 
Eumenes ovalauensis 158 
EKumeta sesioides 403 
Eunaticina .. 256 
papilla we. - 256 


Kuoplothrips bagnalli 280- 2 
Euphorbia Drummondii . 16 


eremophilayeaers oa LO 
OOS 66 oo . 496 


Kupoecila australasiae var. 


intricata .. 5 ale 
DORIS G5 55 a5 . 398 
Hupterote es isan.ols. . 400 


Kurybia australis .. .. 23 


Kuryomma .. 146 
peregrinum 146 
Kuryspilus .. . 526-7 
australis .. .. 23, 529-30 
chaleodes .. .. 23, 529-30 
VAR DD IS pe meeycan 529-30 
IdTAVHRNCIN co 66 so ao 22s 
strangel .. ay Oe 
Kustrephus Brownii a 403 
Kutermes sp. 556 CEB) 
Hutoreuma cupreum .. .. 38 
MINOR) =.).- 3G 
Kutropia . ee 232 
Exelastis pumilio EBS) 
Exeretoneura .. .. 448, 457 
ANGUSTIFRONS Bie ta eats) 
maculipennis .. .. .. 458 
WXIMIOTHRACIA .. . 181, 199 
angasiana .. seeped) 8) 
braziert .. 199 
jacksonensis .. 199 
qacksoniana ,. .. .. . 199 
modesta .. oe ley) 
SPeClOSAunty ety eon OS 
Exocarpus 9, 476 
aphylla UO) Is) 
Fagus 478 
Fannia .. 146 
iHasciolavidiecya emer 265 
australasia .. .. 264-6 
bakeri .. 264-5 
coronata .. 264-6 
decipiens . 265 
fusiformis .. 265 
trapezium .. 265 
culipay = ae tsehae 205 
FAUTOR . 182, 230 
Felania .. Hee 206 
usta .. 206 
Felaniella ies 206 
FERGUSONINA .. .. aon 
MICROCERA .. .. - 338 
Ficus Barclayi .. . 160 
minor .. XXVii. 
mollis cade ao OVAL 
petiolaris <5. 45 «sa eecxxvll 
platypoda . in kyl 
TUNA age no oa Soave 
Sse yan see Beco. (oats 
Fieldia australis .. .. . 485 
Fissurella .. 217, 221 
conecatenata .. OG ale 
hiantula .. 220 
incil re 220 
fistenia otal (ere 220 


Ixvill. 


Vissurella macroschisma 219- 


20 

nigrita .. 182, 219 
Oblomea et. e) Neva eee 
janii@iemct Youea oo ¢ Zul) 
rubiginosa .. 237 
Fissurellidea .. .. 218 
bimaculata .. .. .. . 218 
trapezina .. 218 
Fissuridea .. asa aieoalles) 
lineatale craic bs eae aap 
Flabellum areinella oe 206 
Flindersia maculosa .. 81-2 


FLuctTiGER ROYANUS 182, 209 
Fluviolanatus win duel 
MP OVIOUANATUS sete ee. LOO 
Fossarina legrandi 182, 226 
Fucus giganteus 198 
Fusanus acuminatus 13, 83 


DELSIGAFINS 155 Jfaliell see LS 
Fusus imbricatus 4 PAL 
legrandi .. So. 68) Gs) 
pyrulatus 183, 268 
tasmaniensis .. 55) PAO 
ustulatus .. .. jo Aas: 
waitei .. 5 dfs 
Fusinus erandis yo 00 AOI) 
novae-hollandiae 266-7 
WHE bb 46 ox . 267-8 
GiGhine oo Gutod ob 50, CUE 
COTMCA Raa ei ee a ete Ce 
Gafrarium .. ee 20 
navigatum  . e209 
QUOI ss. 6 e209 
Gaimardia Anasiealia cata) ays} 
tasmanica .. .. oe 198 
Galeopsis .. .. 390 
GALFRIDUS .. .- 83) 271 


Galium aun aeSTTOTT "487, 490, 

492 
Gallacea scleroderma .. 114 
Gallobelicus crassicornis 159 


Gari livida 212-3 
menkeans esse eal 
Gastridiotass. sie =o e400 
adoxima .. .. . 400 
Gastropacha rufescens . 423 
Gaurax posuas eee te S04 
ATRISHT AMR e iets ein ein ROOD 
nigritarsis .. . 300 
quadrilineatus .. a 31a) 
Gazameda .. 183 
Geitonoplesium cymosum 
487, 493 
Gelechia gossypiella .. 156 


TNDEX. 


Gemmoliva .. S83, 209 
Gena) imperiusay.. bos 
nigra L223 
strigosa . 223 


Geniostoma ruprestre GA 
Geranium pilosum . 487, 490, 


492, 496 
Gerbera Tanghin 326 
Germaricay ener oto) 
Gibbula .. URE tae O24 
GOr066 hands loo dls! 226 
galbina 5 ig a 2740 
lehmanni .. .. 226 
multicarinata . 224 
preissianus .. 226 
Gitonides perspicax .. 349 
Glaridacris .. 339, 346-7 
catostomi .. EE OAT. 
Gleichenia dichotoma 490, 
A492 
flabellata .. . 487 
Glossopteris .. BS Ani p-0.0:6 
Glyceria ramigera .. 12, 15 
Glycine clandestina . 11, 16 
Glyeymeris australis 187 
australis .. 189 
australis flammeus .. 187 
cainozoicus .. .. .. . 189 
erebreliratus .. 183, 188-9 
flabellatus 183, 189, 190, 
250 
flammeus . 188-9 
gealei .. 50. dlfehs) 
grayanus .... . 189 
hedleyi .. 55. 6 alists) 
holosericus ... 183, 188- 9 
insignis eo) 
kenyomana .. .. .. . 189 
laticostatus .. .. .. . 190 
maccoyl .. .. ee OO) 
pectinoides .. .. .. . 190 
queenslandicus .. .. . 188 
sordidus .. ; 189, 190 
striatularis .. _ 187- 8 
STRIATULARIS SUSPROTUS 
181, 189 
subtrigonalis .. . 190 
tenuicostatus 188-9 
Glyphis . 218 
lineata .. . 220 
watsoni .. = BERS 
GLYPTOZARIA .. .. 183, 248 
Goldins yaa. cee a eI 
SINGULARIS .. Bie tary) 
Gomphrena olobosa SPL SD 
Gonocephalum a 5 Bay 


Goodenia ovata .. 
(3) o Raa MEAN. Sra ee A) 


Gossypium barbadense . 154- 
6, 158-60 

Gouldia australis .. 182, 209 
GOULDIOPA .. . 182, 209 
Gracilaria soyella .. .. 155 
Gracilipurpura 5 
Granuliseala .. .. . 203 
Granulobacter .. 443 
Graptophylum pictum .. 160 
Grevillea .. .. 60, 162, 478 
aculeolata .. . 89, 90 
Banksia .. See aA 
burxakoliaieey on) rate) 
robusta .. 60, 326 
SELICEA ie ve te el oe OU), 
stenobotryal.. 2s onl 
striata . 2 0 aloe 


Gunniopsis quadrifida .. 16 
Gynandropsis pentaphylla 


155, 159 

Gyrophragmium 97-8 
Habrophylla euryzona .. 398 
Hakea dactyloides .. .. 59 
leucoptera . AN), U5) 
Haliotis albicans .. 222-3 
albicante .. oo eee, 
brazrera site. eee eee 
coccoradiata .. .. 184. 
coccoradiatum .. .. . 222 
Conicoporateee soe e 
eyclobates .. ws 222 
CMM Sia Sia 6G oo 55 BEB 
giganteagn<-uee ee eee 
hargravesi .. 222 
impertusa .. 223 
laevigata -, 222 
naevosa .. ... . 222 
naevosum .. .. "184, 222 


NAEVOSUM IMPROBULUM 


182, 222 
naevosum tubiferum . 222 
roel ede 222 
scalars’. s°.h.9 2 eee 
tricostalis .. 5 BEB 
tubifera 222 


Haplogonotopus vitiensis 158 


Haplonycha arvicola .. 307 
campestris .. ... 308 
clarasseaee - 308- 9 
colossa 306 
dubia .. . 308 
faceta . so SWE 
FIMBRIATA .. .. . 308 


Haplonycha FIMBRICOLLIS 305 


fimbripennis a2 305 
gigantea .. .. 306 
gouldi .. 5 ails) 
latebricola j. 306 
longipalpis .. so BD 
marginata .. . 306 
mauricel oo OUT 
opaca .. -5 dy 
PALLIDA .. yer 0G 
pilosa .. 3 25 US) 
pulchripennis .. .. .. 307 
setosa .. 306 
TARSALIS Se 306 
testaceipennis . 304, 308- 9 
thoracica .. . 308 
ia CC) (0) 0/42 
Haploplax arbutum xl. 
lentiginosa -. 184, 214 
Haptoneus tetragonus . 157 


Hardenbergia monophylla 


Hastula 
Hausmannia mienidvaame , Sl 
Haustellotyphis .. .. . 272 


Haya australis 153 
ledyecariyae <4 ss 486 

angustifolia .. .. 485, 487 
Helcioniseus .. . 239, 241 


ornatus ineonspicuus . 238 
infeliehuaysurm ccc). oy LL 
ATONGDILENTININ Bio seo Beara eel 
elastic ie Sy Nets 
Seer dns we ce de oi OT, 
aM vIMA mn Crs as Pete ee 
S\GICIIIE) ells, Rae arene anes 
ealiyotuatar. 2s. ss. 142 
aupluettars. Sy...) 42 


flavofusea . 143 
imitatrix .. ! 143 
Heliotropium curassavicum 
7 


Eleliprenumets. si). ate LL 


floribundum Ooi, 
polygalifolium pa by 
SuChin ea ss | et ONL 7, 
JSIGIGBS hes) eG m SeaearcRaee nesta ay” 
aspera .. 151-2 


aspera var. depressa : 
aspera var. puncilulata 151 


aspera var. tenuior .. 151 
Hellula undalis 5 155) 
Hemichionaspis minor . 160 
Hemitoma .. sige 206 

aspera .. s . 216 

THUEROS yg Gc cic . 216 


INDEX. 


Heritiera littoralis . 159 
Herpetocypris stanleyana 


Herpetopoma none 
Heterocheira ameteallis Noe 
NULIGAw sy Seis 2 tees OA 
ELOPICAM mera tac toll 


TROPICA Go 2: 50 8S 
Heterodendron plese roliaen 


Eleteromiypxt hereto 
brevicollis . .. .. 295-304 


BREVICOXIS . 298, 301 
CLYPEALIS .. .. 298-9, 303 
coxalis:’ .. me 297 
coxalis 296 
CRIBRIFRONS .. 298 
harpalinus .. 296- 8, 303-4 
lnispoyiGlbuWWIS 65256 bo 5a CBW 
INCONSTANS .. 298, 302-4 
WOOWIS oo 60) © . 298 
NOCTIVAGUS . 297-8, 302 
PHANOPHILUS ... 298, 300 
setifer .. sablvesn2Om 
torvus «. . 299 
TRANSVERSOPOLITUS A298 
303 

TRIDENTATUS . 298-9 
UNIDENTATUS 296, 298, 
303-4 

Heterorissoa secunda .. 245 
wilfridi . 184, 245 


Heterozona fruticosa xi., 184, 


214 

subviridis xv., 214 
Hexacetyle- grossa .. .. 517 
Hibiseus diversifolius 154 


roga-sinensis . 154, 159-60 
tiliaceus ... 154, 156, 159 
Hieroxestis aurisquamosa 155 


citrinodes .. .. 155 
Hippotion celerio 154 
Hirmoneura heydenii 453 

nigripes .. 453 


mogriventms .. .... 402 


novae-hollandiae 452-3 
UNCLOLOM St) ate. 402 
rosea .. 454 


Hirtotyphis me a : ' ip 272 
Homotrysis flavicornis: » 45 


Hormomya .. 196 
hirsutus . 196 
rostratus .. 196 


TOV) cess eeihsvel ees sit O9 
lovancarnosayeey ete oie le 
Humea elegans .. . 


lxix. 


Hyblaea sanguinea .. . 154 

Hydrocotyle asiatica .. 487, 
490, 492-3, 495-6 

Hydromedusa maximiliana 


514 
iElydrophilustem as e429 
Hylemyia . 138, 142 

GUAT SS 6 66 on IBRD 
deceptiva .. 5 diBCRY) 
urbana .. ¢ Nay) 
URBANA . i339 
Hylorops . . 365 
australis 5. SOU 
matruelis dg late: 
Hylorus .. 5 Boll 
Hymenanthera Bae 485, 
487, 490 

dentatarce ee XXXL 
Hymenia fascialis .. 155 


Hymenogaster .. .. 98, 102 


Hypaspistomyia 336 

ALBIPENNIS .. .. . 336 
Hypolimnas bolina .. 153 
Hypothenemus gossypii 158 

plumeriae 158 
Icerya purchasi 160 

seychellarum .. Ee LOO 
IcuNcULA a 183, 251 
Idiophantis chiridota 56.) ASS) 
Hyodromus viridulus 322 


Incisura lytteltonensis . 215 
Tnopus despectus .. 
Imbricaria porphyria .. 
indicoteray a4 (a0 4 a 6 
CHS AOS serge a) cao, UG 


brevidens .. .. fel 
TInocarpus edulis 154-5, 157, 
160 

Ischnochiton .. .. EXIVe 
arbutum .. ane 
atkinsoni . ‘ 56 ala 
CLISPUS se xi., “184, 214 
lemblsanosus meee 
luticolens By atti 
proteus .. . mm, 214 
purus oe LSS 
tateanus .. . - LSS 214 
Isehnoradsia .. 5 Bile! 
australis i 


seem t xa 
Iseilima mitehelli . 9, 11, 15 


Isognomon cumingii 190 
Tsogonum 190 
Tsopogon 162 


Isotoma petraea = i t Pont 


llbxexe: 


Jacobina magnifica . 326 
Jacobinia 390 
Jamides eraedtondi | 154 
Jasminum lineare a 
Jatropha Cureas 158 
Jeffreysia wilfridi 245 
Juanulloa aurantica ... 327 
Katelysia 211 
Kerguelenia iqmeminata 277 
lateralis ane ais avr CALLE 
stowae .. .«- 276 
Kochia .. .. 8, 13 
aphylla .. 10, 16 
brachyptera .. 8, 16 
brevifolia .. ae 16 
pyramidata .. : 10, 16 
aachadolbie oo co 2 ably als 
Labdia eae A TeLOO 
calidayora-r 56 Alo 
clytemnestra .. mal56 
epizona 5.6) AUX 
Laeda dorhnu . so AUS) 
Lambertia formosa .. . 326 
Lanistina nana .. 5) alge 
Lantana Camara .. 5 IOI 
Laphygma exigua .. .. 154 
Lappula coneava .. es A 
Larva .. A 220 
iBesiorneiteltenin 69, “70, Hi 
ferrugineum .. 
Lataxiena imbricata oa 
lataxiena .. EPA 
Laurus .. ap ha ae e ie) 
Lavatera plebeia iol U2, WS 
Lebeda apicalis .. . 419 
obscura 418 
saturata 418 
Lecanium hemisphaericum 
160 
wauasley g5 44 Fe iGO 
Leda crebrecostata doo, dlteld) 
ensicula 2 ASAL TUSKS 
hanleyi . SMUT ASP SS) 
longicaudata .. ASG 
miliacea .. 181 
woodsii 185 
Leiomyza .. 338 
NITIDULA . 5 ayats 
Leiopyrga .. 220 
eingulata . silage eae 
octona .. S35 225 
octcna problematica 182, 
226 
quadricingulata .. 225 


INDEX. 


Leiopyrga sayceana.. .. 


Leonotis leonurus 325-6 
Lepidiota .. 310 
frenchi .. 310-1 
negatoria .. 310 
perkinsi 56 310 
PUATYIURA =. joe ee 310 
RUGOSIPENNIS .. 310 


TRICHOSTERNAW alyisehet le 
Lepidium fasciculatum ealgali® 


papillosum Ii 1G) 
Lepidurus .. 123-4 
angasit .. 123 
compressus .. .. .. . 123 
kirkii .. 123 
viridis 120-3 
viridulus 123 
Tsepsrellavnie uy soe 275 
Leptocyelops agilis .. 322 
Leptospermum 22, 60 
flavescens .. Sepia Oo) 
stellatum .. .. .. 60, 495 
Leptynoptera ane 159 
Leuciseus ; 347 


Leucophaea surinamensis 


Leucophenga .. .. 
albofasciata 
CONJUNCTA .. .. 
leucozona .. 
poeciliventris . 
seutellata .. 


161 

. 349 
a5 OD) 
. . 350 
aio) oes) 

. 300 
. 350 


Levuana iridescens xxvii., 154 


Lezites repanda .. . 155 
Libnotes greenwoodi 161 
Licinoma aerea .. 5 451 
angusticollis 540 
COERULEA 541 
ILLIDGEL .. 540 
MEAT OR cuore ieee cua O) 
MOMMOONE, 55% bo 6o00 o Al 
nodulosa .. 41 
PUNCTICEPS .. 69 Aull 
SPLENDENS .. 541-2 
truneata .. 542 
UMBILICATA .. 4l 
Lima angulata tlle “194 
australis 181, 194 
bassi . sel eueuemlt) 5) 
lima .. BM . 194-5 
multicostata .... .. 194-5 
murrayl .. 2 AM py aL OEE 
nimbifer .. 5) Weil, Is) 
orientalis .. . 194 
Limea 194. 
Limnadia sonal oo) ats 
stanleyana .. alos 


Limnadopsis .. PA aby 
birchi .. 121-2, 132 
brunneus 122, 132 
PARVISPINUS .. WAL, IBZ 
Sonny Soka oo 56 1a 
SOMMEGO de pe 60 oo bs 1! 
TG do onteo oo 122. ils 

Limnetis .. .. Hie gla’) 
eremin eis eee 
macleayana .. . 121-2, 135 
tater. 5 Pe, 1185) 

Limnoecia inconcinna .. 156 

Limnophora NIGRIORBITALIS 

144 
OPACIFRONS .. 144 
ORTHONEURA .. 144 
triangula .. ye 145 

Limopsis erectus .. .. . 186 

Linum marginale .. 16 

Lioconcha 209 
AM CASIO oi ere . 209 

Liocrobyla paraschista 45 115) 

Liolophura gaimardi 214 
queenslandica .. xl. 

Liotia .. 233 
micans .233 
minima .. .. : 182. 

Liparetrus sanelbilis: 288 
aridus .. 288 
Gye “bs do 287 
BILOBUS .. 288 
bitubereulatus .. 290 
CAVICEDS 4a uoee OL 
clypealis .. 291 
convexior .. 290 
CRIBRICEPS j 286 
CRIBRIPENNIS .. 290 
dispar .. es 288 
erythropterus .. 288 
flavus .. : 288 
GGRIMGIOS 64 co ao 40 COL 
GEMINATUS .. 290 
glabripennis . 287 
insignis 287 
kreuslerae .. 287 
laeticulus .. 290 
laetus .. 291 
laevatus .. 291 
laevis . i 292 
LONGIPILIS .... 288 
luridipennis .. 287 
minor .. 291 
modestus .. 291 
niger : 287 
nigroumbr Aen 289 
opacicollis .. 292 


Liparetrus orTHODOxUS 289 
phoenicopterus 287 
picipennis . 55 Zee) 
IMU) Go 6S 40 ao cuciey 
rotundipennis .. . 290 
rubefactus .. 290 
TARSALIS .. 287 
TIBIALIS .. 291 
WESinlaS ag 50 oc 289 

Liparis .. eb oda c cele 

Lippistes mee lieants 251 
consobrina .. .. «- 251 
gabrieli 251 
eracilenta . 251 
helicoides .. 251 
separatista .. .. 251 
toreularis .. 251 
zodiacus .. s5 2ol 

Lironoba australis: 184, 244, 

251 

Lissarea picta 186 

Listoca liguaria @. .. . 412 

Lithodomus barbatus .. 181 

Litorina tubereulata .. . 244 

Lodderena .. . 182, 233 

Lodderia lodderae . 233 
minima .. .. 5 ae) 

Womatialy. 5... s:- 495 
longifolia .. .. 492- a 496 
silaifolia .. _ 492- 4 

Lophocateres pusillus .. 157 

Loranthus .. .. 55, 168, 485 
aulplexams) ese «1 0o-+ 
Benthami .. 81, 87 
BENTHAMI .. .. .. 86 
Betchei : . 92 
biangulatus .. .. 93-5 
bifureatus .. . 86, 93 
bracteatus .. Boies Be 
Britteni . 92-5 
BRITTENI . 92 
canus .. cs 
canus ae 82, 84 
celastroides . , 98 
congener .. . 84-6 
conspicuus .. . 84, 92 
dictyophlebus .. .. 95 
EXOCAROT aa-wus cian los tet Lo 
ferruginifiorus .. 5 HY) 
IPiieenpileh, 45 oo 66 88 
PACA 65 goles ed te) 
Gaudichaudi .. a 84 
eibberulus .. 79 
erandibracteus “79, "86, 90, 

91 


INDEX. 
HILLIANA . sgt 80 
insularum .. 93, 95 
linearifohus .. 81, 9L 
linophyllus .. . xxvii., 89 
longiflorus .. .. .. 60 
longifolius .. . 93 

longifolius var. 
amplexifolius .. .. 95 
Lueasi .. . 87, 89, 92 
LUCASH eee OO nc OL 
Miaxcleni sw a ee 89 
MAIDENI .. .. 87 
Miquelii .. .. 91 
miraculosus .. 15, 81, 83- 4 


miraculosus var. ‘Synaranaeae 


83, 85 
Mitchelliana .. > fill 
Mitchelana .. .. <  Ghil 
Murrayi .. ASN Oe 
Nestor . : 79, 88, 91-2 
nutans .. : 83, 85 
nutans .. : 82, 84 
OMbIGMEY so o6 46166 i, 2! 
pendulus . . 85-7, 92 
pendulus var. amplexi- 
folius .. 87 
pendulus var. 
amplexifolius .. .. . 86 


pendulus var. canescens 84 
pendulus var. canescens 84 
pendulus var. canus .. 84 
pendulus var. parviflorus 
83 
IP VEISSIM scale (isos seld 
pruinosus .. .. 84 
Quandang .. 79-90 
Quandang var. 
amplexifolius 0 (eh) 
Quandang var. Bancrofti 
84-5 
Quandong . els 
sanguineus .. siecle 
signatus .. 93, 95 
signatus var. amplexans 
94-5 
spp. bsp Sees 
vitellinus 79, 90, 94-5 
Lorica .. XIv. 
Loricella angasi- pecans 2A 
Rotornum pene ee 2OS 
MNNTOU oh os, 66 66 oo 20S 
parkinsonianum .. .. 253 
radiale .. 253 
textile . 253 
tortirostris .. 253 
WiOOdSiiees.unstveucyale. 253 


Lotus australis... .... . 16 
Lueapinella .. .. 218 
TVHOUE Sloe Seen ee) 
OWE co gogo ooo cal) 
joummmelaneeb, 65 66 6 219 
Lucina brazieri .. .. .. 206 
induta .. .. 182, 206 
mayi .. . 183, 206 
Luffa aegyptiaca .. .. . 157 
Lycoperdon Warnei ... 111 
Lycopodium densum .. . 492 
Lyctopholus_ rugicollis xxiii. 
Lyria mitraeformis 258 
Lyrotyphis .. 5 PAT 
Machaeroplax .. aaa CALL 
IMIR CONGINES: 66.0656 on Oe 
Macridiscus .. .. .. 211 
Macrocallista .. .. 210 
disrupta .. 210 
inflata .. .. 210 
OURO odo ae so) 2AWD 
lamarckii .. . 210 
TebMey So oe . 210 
Maerones . eae edo 
Macrosehisma .. . 218 
compressa . 56 AY 
hiatula .: : . 220 
novacealedoniac | 2 220 
tasmaniae 183, 219 
Macrothrix spinosa .. 320- 1 
Macrozamia .. . 476 
IN EeVolni ete aes eri . 202 
Maechidius EUTERMIPHILUS 
293 
CrCISGONS 55 65 55 oo OH 
gibbicollis .. So 2 
major . x So, 2B 
PUNCTICOLLIS + 292 
sordidus .. .. 293 
tibialis .. . 293 
Maenolia .. .. his, Gallic) 
Mallodeta . soo AOU 
Mallotus philippinensis 28% 
Malurus leuconotus ... xxv. 
Mangifera indica 154, 156, 
160 
Marcia .. .. ee ale: 
nitida . 52 BG 
sealarina Bees os CABAL 
Margarita angulata, ODS: 
Marginella eaducocincta 184, 
: 261 
dentiens .. . 184, 261 
gabrieli .. eS Aare Gill 
gathiffi .. . 184, 261 


lxxi. 
Liparetrus musearia .. .. 261 
tasmanica .. .. . 184, 261 


Marsilea Drummondii 12, 15 


exarata . Se Ae) 
Martarega .. 462-3 
Maruea testulals .. 155 
Matinus . sh 461 
Mecytha antiqua .. .. 412 

trimacula .. .. .. .. 406 
Megasoma rubida . 423 


Megatebennus coneatenatus 
218-9 
javanicensis 218 
Melaleuca genistifolia . 81-2 
leucadendron .. 91 
leueadendron var. 

SNUCAMEY Lo a4 leis) lo 
SOONG) Kee huis 
aichostackiyea peli cime we 

Melanophila australasiae 526 


cupripes .. 525-6 


laticeps . . 526 
Melicytus ramiflorus alos 
MELLITERYX 182, 207 


NMelobasinanieee en ero emree 
Miclobasisee ee Cease ee eo 


laticeps 526 
OWNED, 6 Fo oc 33) 2B) 
MENDICULA MEMORATA 182, 
206 

Menephilus corvinus ... 36 
LACHUSH at ted ae Ano eR OO 
iOAWCISENY Go Ga Bo 36 
Merista plebeia .. . 499- 501 
scalprum .. . 500 
Meroscinis .. . 308 
Mesembryanthemum .. .. 6 
MeEsocuancutus .. 182, 224 
Mesoecyelops obsoletus 314, 
317 

MESODREPTA . . 401 
ISUNAOMNONON He (gg 4AU I 
Metallesthes metallescens 312 
Metanastria psidi .. . 428 
Metoponia .. 361, 363-4 
gemina .. . 362-4 
IMUIGOGIOS o6 so co 5 Goze 


Metrosideros tomentosa 325-6 
Micretyche ferruginea ... 33 
CRI OED Poulan nl BOER, 
Microcantharis sanfrarottn . 429 
Microcastalia globithorax 

523, 527 
Microcitrus australasica xxx. 


australis .. .. . XXIx. 
Micrococcus ureae .. .. 437 


INDEX, 


Micromelum pubescens . 154 
Microvoluta australis 268-9 
purpureostoma .... . 268 
ROYANA : Mei ale | A008) 
Mictis profana .. 15) 
Milichiella .. . 335-6 
lacteipennis Heh | eras) 
MIMELENCHUS .. 182, 232 
. 543 


Mimopeus .. .. .--- 

Mimulus gracilis .. .. .. 17 
moschatus 
WMS Gobo we an) ss 12 

Mamoliiaitavacire gee 
agapeta.. .- 
PNEM oo 66 
ey Weds Gayo o lead 


philippensis. 1... 2. 227 

pulcherrima 227, 229 
PULCHERRIMA EMENDATA 

182, 229 

rosulenta .. so) AA 

Minopa .. ea le2: 

legrandi .. 183, 226 
Minuria .. ie 


intesermima, (0) 2 os 1 eld 
Mirbelia grandiflora ... 
Miseanthus japonicus 
WiwMo ONE, ob be ee lea 50 ee 
Mitra miranda .. .. 
Modiola albicosta .. MONG 
albicosta var. spatula 197 


australis .. 196-7 
penetecta .. ale Alaa aLeNG 
trapezina .. 5 55) ke 
victoriae .. 197 
Modiolarea .. 198 
subtorta .. 181 
fasmmamical ies aun 
Modiolaria .. .. . 196, 198 
Modiolus albicostus 181, 196 
arborescens .. . 181, 197 
areolatus .. Porte) naliOT 
australis .. ) Acres lOi7 
DELINIFIOUS .. ied, INS 
victoriae .. , 1s 197 


Moerodes kershawi .. .. 33 


Moina tenuicornis .. 322 
Moinodaphnia macleayii 321 
Monilea .. . 226-7 
aneulata .. 227-8 
AOUCIMAN TH ele kel) ore S 
lentiginosa .. 227 
oleacea .. PATS 
prodictus 228 
vitiliginea .. 227 
Monodonta .. 230 


Monodonta baceata .. .. 230 
labio .. ens 5 Pale} 
Montfortula..... 216, 218 
Morgania glabra .. . 12, i 
Miormiyrs 0 etn sige ene "347 
Morula .. hi 2. 274 
ambustulata . bo AUD 
granulata .. . 275 
ne eeMDONIO, Ba bo 50 4 208 
nodulifera .. os MAD 
Mueuna aterrima .. 155 


Muehlenbeckia Cunninghamii 


2 115) 

Murchisonia sutoris . 249-250 
Murex colus .. 267 
tubifer .. : Pee, 
Musa sapientum .. .. . 154 
Musea domestica .. .. . 161 
Mydaea. rigidiseta .. .. 140 
Museulus 5 SLOG 
barbatus .. .. 196 
cumingianys .. 5 i197 
erosus . ‘o 50 alot 
paulueciae 5) Ie 
recens .. . 197 
rostratus .. 196 
splendidus .. 196 
subtortus .. so JIG 
Mya a . 184 
Myadora .. Y 00 
albida 9s: 56 AND 
angustior .. 5 200 
australis .. a20i 
brevis .. Sa 201 
COMODO 2s 55 6 181, 201 
corrugata .. 00) 
elongata .. ss) 200 


OMEN Ne Stun cyl dba o8) 6 eANOal 
pandoriformis etait 


praelonga .. .. e200) 
IROGAINDAN ety 181, 201 
subalbida . 183, 200 
Mycodrosophila .. 1 390) 
Myochama keppelliana . 250 


DOOM Fs a5 Ae a, ID 
COMUINAHUNI 34 a6 o5 35 LO 
deserti .. Hye ID, Ile 
platyearpum .. 10, 17, 88 
tenuifolium var. 

XG MUAMDAENADIE 45 G6 ao JLT 


Myosotis australis eXeXGXT 
versicolor XXxl. 
Myriangium acaciae .. xxxii 
dolichospermum EX 
duriaei EXON. 
montagnei .. BUEXGXEX 


Myriocephalus eel 
Stuarti . Peters, eh Ob: ef, 
Myrtaea botanica 182, 206 
practea” “isco . 206 
Mysella .. 207 
anomala .. 207 
Mysia . 206 
Mytilicardia “avesmneratieny, . 205 
Mytilus arborescens 197 
eanaliculus .. 195 
discors 198 
dumikeria.. -... 196 
edulis .. 195 
obseurus .. 195 
planulatus .. 195 
polyodontes 196 
tasmanicus .. 195 
Myurella i: 262 
(Myurellisea) 
duplicatoides 262 
Myurellisea 262 
duplieata .. 262 


INa@eulla oa 65 oe 6 
INacellayene (ee ee AS 


parva : . 182, 238 
Nadiasa parviguita Gove 408 
Naricava vineentiana 184, 

. 252 
Nascio lunaris .. 23 


WEUUISIB, dio sees yee as oe eet) 
Nassa Oe 
tasmanica .. 6 
Nassarius munierlana .. 270 


TOC Maewaee ae oe. SOaN 
semigranosus .. .. .. 270 
tasmanicus 184, 271 
victorianus sc RATA) 

Natica shorehami 184, 254 
SUNCOM, bo 66 66 o Zot 
umbilicata .. 183 

Nausitoria saulii 2.) 214 

Nelitris vitiensis .. aR tf 


Nechubastes aureocincta 527 


Neobuprestis ALBOSPARSA 
523-4 
australis .. 5 60 BD 
frenchi .. Dee 
marmorata .. mS 524 
Neocuris AwuRO- _TMPRESSA 
531 
dilaticollis .. . A264 
LIVIDA ti OOS 
monochroma .. 6 
SAPPHIRA .. 532 
viridi-micans 532 


INDEX, 
Neocuropsis .. woot 
Neoheteronyx burn PADD 
lividus . 295-6 
lividus . 296 
Neothais .. 5 BaD 
succincta .. 5 UD) 
Neotorresita So HYG 
achardt 50 DAS 
Neotrigonia GEMMA ... 181 
margaritacea 192-3 
Neralduste ome eee 20-1 
bostrychoides .. 527 
Nesiope ornata .. 159 
Nesosteles glauca 159 
hebe .. 159 
Neurachne : 11 
Neurochyta : “402, 426 
@GhNe! oo, s< se oo 2S 
Neurybia .. 526-7 
Nicotiana suaveolens i 
Tabacum 156, ILS!) 
Nitraria Schoeberi 12, 16 
Nothofagus sp. . 114 
Notiphila 56 BOD 
Notoacmea flammea 184, 
235-6 
FLAMMEA DIMINUTA 182, 
236-7 
MIXTA MIMULA 182, 235, 
237 
petterdi .. 184, 237 
seabrilirata og, Be) 
suteri . 242, 
NOTOBUBASTES 24. 
AUROSULCATA 26 
COSTATUS 526 
OCCIDENTALIS 25-6 
ORIENTALIS . HERE ear) 
Norocannista .. 182, 210 
NOTOGIBBULA .. 182, 226 
Notolimea .. 181, 194 
NOTOMYRTEA .. 182, 206 
Notonaulax .. a BD 
Notonecta 462-3 
"americana . 462 
lutea 462 
maculata .. 462, 
shooter 62) 
undulata . Be 462 
Notoplax soaniosn , 183, 214 
NOTOPRATAEUS .. EN eAaL Cat) 
LITORALIS . oo OB 
NOTOTRINTUS .. 39, 40 
acaciensis a0 
TWACKERI . 40 
jaeksoni 40 


{xxiil. 


striatus seth enone 20) 
Nucula PRAETENTA 181, 185 
pusilla 184 


umbonata .. Se 181, 184 


Nuculana chuva 185 
erassa .. 185 
dohrni .. 185 


(DOHRNII) TRAGULATA 181, 


185 

hanleyi .. 185 
miliacea . 185 
woodsil .. iis ac jdlst® 
NUMELLA .. 182, 206 
Nychia . .. 461-3 
Nycterimorpha .. . 448, 459 
speiseri 459 
Nycterimyia .. 459 
horni . 409 
Nyetinomus allpighas XXV. 
australis .. BHT RA ONEXCV 2 
Nyetozoilus CRASSUS 35 
dalenielimeet ssi 5 BO 
marginatus .. 35 
parvus 5 a0) 
PUSILLUS 35 
Ochrogaster contraria 428 
Oenodus unidentatus 301 
Ocybola semifusca 397 
Odonestis 402 
Olene ostracina 398 
Oliva 259 
GIGICC AN cerry eat aS 
Oluvellawees 4 ais ea aero, 
biplicata .. 258 
brazieri .. 258-9 
exquisita 258-9 
IGNOBHOINE, So 50-00 o5 ZBI 
nympha .. IS She 259, 
pardalis Ps aera) 
solidula 259 
triticea ; ee) 
Omichlis hadkeaamenas 401 
Onithochiton 56 SAI 
quereinus Key Mie 
Onoba_ bassiana ne 244 
bassiana 244 
eglomerosa .. 244 


Onosterrhus sculpturatus 33 


veternosus .. 5 Be: 
Onthophagus GRANICOLLIS 

284. 

eranulatus .. . , 284 

haagi .. . 284 

jubatus .. eile eee 

QUADRINODICOLLIS 283 


lxxiv. 


Ophioglossum lanceolatum 


XXX. 
eranib layer SXOXO: 
vAulleginbbad, G9 Gd alo 1) 22:0-G 
vulgatum var. Prantli 

OO 

Opsirhina .. . 403, 425 
albida ts 2a 421 
albigutta .. 425 
albigutta .. 425 
cinereata .. 424 
cyclomela 417 
decorata 419 
fervens .. 418 
flextcosta .. 420 
imtemerata 424 
metastigma 412 
nana .. 424 
nasuta 424 
pudorina .. 424 
punctilinea 404 
pyrosocoma 425 
SOONG... .. .. 420 

Opsirrhina metaphaca . 405 

Orgyia semifusca .. .. 397 

Orneodes pygmaea .. 155 

Orthis  striatula 501 

Orthomesus .. 231 

Oseinis ; 355 

Ostrea angasi .. 191 
angasil ANS Butte ee 
cuenllataiey.) ewes elo 
edulis .. ae 191-2 
epphippium .. 190 
glomerata .. .. 184, 192 
mordax .. 5 < litets}, | allgy2, 
numisma .. 5 algal 
purpurea .. wt OZ, 
sinuata . 191-2 
virescens ,. ie temo IL 

Otrintus . 6 6 ee, 40 
ACACIENSIS|/ ie) we ieen ieee 0 
JACKSON ee esse Nien se ao 
striatus .. .. 40 

Owenia acidula 10, 12, is}, 16 

Oxalis corniculata . 492, 496 

Oxomeris .. 262 

Oxymeris 262 

Pachnistis solita .. 156 


Pachycyeclops annulicornis 


321 
Pachythaerus .. 204 
Pachytricha minor . 5 Sul 
Paleococcus rosae .. .. 160 
Palmacorixa 5 AGH 


INDEX, 


Panacela ie .. 400 
Panax Sermtneur line 487, 493 


Pandanus odoratissimus 160 
Panicum barbinode 159 
distachyumyy. i. sue oO 
Pantala flavescens .. .. 161 
Papilio schmeltzi .. 154 
Paracephala minuta .. . 23 
pistacina . 2a, 30 
vitticeps .. Be) EBD 
Paradrosophila interrupta 
348, 353 
Parahippelates aequalis 331 
ALBISETA . B5)) Big) BOW) 
brunneicosta 5) Bhai) 
COSTOMACULATA .. 329 
FUSCIPES 330-1 
MUCISEtA a eG) ee we OooUsL 
Pararhopaea .. .. 310 
Paralepidiota 310 
Paralimna .. As) BBD 
Paralimnadiaw een enintia2as 
stanleyana .. .. 121, 133 
Paranagrus optabilis 158 
PARANISOPS .. .... -. 462-3 
INCONSTANS . 463, 465 
INCONSTANS var. LUTEA 
464 
Paratemia .. 121 
zleziana .. 122 
Paratassa .. De oak Maras 
Parabenetesiesemieni onan Ito 
Parvacmea .. ~. 242 
ILLIBRATA MELLILA 183, 
242 
Paspalum dilatatum 159 


Passiflora quadrangularis 


159 
Patella aculeata .. 238, 240 
aegrota .. . 273-4 
alticostata .. 4 ZL 
anatina .. 5 a ALG 
calamus SEAS 0 
chapmani .. . 238-40 
chapmani perplexa .. 239 - 
conica . GRAINS Ug ARAN aayaLy 
eretacea .. ie 938, 240 
diemensis .. . 241 
fragilis oy ais) 
cigantea 240-1 
hepatica . 240 
inconspicua 237 
insignis 235 
laticogtata 5 abl 
limbata .. » Pals 
lobata . bg 6 GAD 


lutea .. 223 
macroschisma 220 
nieclectay | ae eee 
pPentagonma Wye. ae teLO 
peroni . 241 
perplexa .. 238-40 
PICA : . 240 
se ainranaitbiaee 241 
scalaris 274 
solida 241 
squamifera .. 183, 239 
stellaeformis 240 
succincta 273-4 
tasmanica .. 240-1 
textiliosa .. ..  .. 23-4 
tramoserica .. .. .. 241 
tramosericus i 241-2 
unguis-almae .. 238 


ustulata .. .. 238, 240-1 


Vanlegata.) 6 sciuers bee 
variegatus .. . 242 
victoriae .. .. .. .. 240 
wulgata wee 
PATELMANAK (2). . 834239 
squamifera .. .. . 240 


Patelloida alticostata .. 234 
ALTICOSTATA ANTELIA 182, 


234, 237 
ALTICOSTATA COMPLANATA 
182, 234, 237 
calamus . 2 236 
conoidea .. +.) 230 
erucis 234-5 
flammea 5 560 CBM! 
' gealei . 236-7 
hamiltonensis .. 5 2a) 
jacksoniensis .. .. . 235 
latistrigata . 236-7 
marmorata .. .. .. . 236 
mayil a=) 230 
mixta .. 234-5 
mufria 4) Bais 
onychitis .. . 236 
perplexa .. Soyo Zu) 
petterdi .. . 235-6 
pileopsis .. BEY (sa BI 
punctata 182, 238 
SOMITE G6 55 inc BRM 
stella .. AEN ey 1. Canes 
submarmorata . 184, 236-7 
Subundulatay yee Oa 
Pecten adscensionis ... 194 
albus .. . 193- 
fumatus .. j 193 
fumatus var. albus .. 193 
fuseus =. . 193 


Pecten laticostatus .. .. 193 
AZO G6 6 Bo 193 
meridionalis .. 193 
modestus .. 193 
novaezelandiae 193 
undulatus 194 

Pectunculus austr ales 187 
beddomei .. 189 
grayanus 188 
hedleyi .. 188 
holosericus 188 
laticostatus 250 
orbicularis so. ale 

Peculator verconis 183, 269 

Pedalion .. 190 
ephippium 190 
isognomon 190 
perna = I 
OIE, o6 0 190 

Pellaea ellen 485, ‘487, 490 

Penteune .. . ‘ 478 

Peperomia pellucida. soo LG 

Peripatus 152 

Periplanata australasiae 161 

Periploma qmeAes s5 o¢ Je) 
micans 200 

Perkinsiella iianeis : 158! 9 

PERMOPHILIDAE .. . 430 

PERMOPHILUS 430 
2 MINOR .. . 431 
PINCOMBEI .. .. .. . 430 

PERMOSYNE .... .. .. 4381 
AFFINIS .. .. .. 431, 433 
BELMONTENSIS . 431, 433 
MITCHELLI .. .. 431, 433 
PINCOMBEAE .. . 431, 433 

PERMOSYNIDAE .. .. .. 431 

Rermiay.- .. .. 402, 426 
brevipennis .. .. .. 426-7 
chlorophragma .. 426 
combinata .. _ Ae 
exposita 426-7 
? flavescens .. 428 
metastigma, 412 
varia .. A4l1 

Perotyphis 272 

Persoonia 60 
mollis .., 496 
salicina .. He ae 

Pervicacia so Ilse, 2AS2! 
assecla .. . 183, 263 
ustulata .. Sc OS: 

Petrophila ; 162 

Phaennis Pasearlatin 537 

Phalium labiatum .. .. 254 
pyrum .. 184, 254 


INDEX. 

Phalium stadiale ...... 254 
Phaonia FERGUSONI .. . 141 
stupida .. . i4l 
umbrinervis .. 141 
Phaseolus adleaamilnns 154, 
156 

calearatus .. .. . 155, 159 
Mungo as ge 
semierectus oo JY) 
vulgaris .. So LS 
Phasianella angasi .. 231-2 
australis .. 232 
inflata 231 
obtusa .. 231 
perdix Shee CA a0 
rubens . 184, 231 
speciosa .. 8 50 Za 
variegata .. . 231 
ventricosa .. . 182, 230- 2 
VIE SOM oi . 231-2 


Divine commer 162 O77 
Philiris ilias innotatus 


XXVil. 
Pholadomya .. > 200 
Phoradendron .. .. .. . 595 
Phragmorisma 
anatinaeformis 202 
watson a). los, 2010 
Phthorimaea heliopa ... 156 
Phyllocoma .. .. 5 Zeal 
Phyllodromia notulata 2) Gil 
Pimelea es te 16 
simplex .. 16 
Pinara , “403, 406, "428 
cana .. Ah oles . 403- 4 
erubescens woe 421 
metaphaea .. ; 403-5 
obliqua .. . 403-4 
obtusa .. 412 
pervicax . : . 424 
TUfeSCENS .. «. .. 405 
sesioides .. . 403 
Piophila casei se lGill 
Pison ignavum .. . 158 
Pisum sativum welds 
Pitan: Jeb a 210 
Pitaria sophiae Be ey ple) 
Pittosporum . 60, 478 
phyllyraeoides LO 2S al 
Spauras wales OO 
Platycerium orande .. . 483 


Platycolpus =... ..° 246-7 


Platvdema rufibase .. 33 

suleato-punctatum .. 32 
Platyphanes .. Sathacese 
Pleastaiol amarante 400 


Ixxv. 


Plesiocapparis .. 478 
Plesiotrochus monachus 
184, 246 
Pleuroploca .. . 265 
Pleurotomaria .. .... . 215 
Pleuroxus barroisi 5 Ould 
barroisi var. laevis .. 315 
hastirostris .. so SUES) 
Poecilocampa brevis ... 427 
leucopyga .. . 428 
simplex .. .. 428 
Poinciana regia .. 5 dle 
Polinices .. 256 
conica .. . .256 
melastoma nn 250 
plumbea no C8 
Polistes tasmaniensis  XxX1xX. 
Polycesta mastersi .. . 523 
Polyplocium .. .. . 98 


Polypodium diversifolium 


483, 485 
pustulatum .. .. .. . 485 
Polyporinae .. . 485 


Polystichum aculeatum 
485, 487, 489, 490, 492, 


495 

aristatum .. . 485 
Poneroplax . Pate AV: 
paetellanay epauperenie este 2X 
Pongamia glabra 155-6, 159 


Poranthera alemp ye 492 


Porela .. 403, 411 
albifinis . 411, 415 
AMATHODES .. .. 411, 414 
arida .. Sone ODI 
contermina .. .. 411, 415 
delineataas +t ello 
galactodes .. .. . 411, 414 
homospila .. . . 414 
notabilis .. . 411, 414 
obtusa .. 56 oo CHOI 
subfasciata .. .. 411, 413 
vetusta am 41] 
vitulina .. .. . 411, 413 

Poroleda ensicula 185. 
lanceolata .. ae soe Silt 
pertubata . 181, 186 
spathula .. Bhs Sills a, 

Porthesia euthysana 397 
trrorata PARE 397 
melambaphes .. 397 
semifusea .. 397 
XUTHOSTERNA .. 397 

Portulaca oleracea Wal als 

Prataeus Stes 1) 

PRATULUM .. 182, 207 


Premma taitensis .. 160 
Procanace Ae hy aos 
Prodenia litura .. 154, 161 
Prodesmometopa 336 
Productus 468 
Promecotheca wenn 2yl5ss 
Pronucula . 184 
PROPEFUSUS 188, 268 
pYTUlatUS) si) ete eleds 207 
PROPELEDA == 1. op lel e386 
Propesinum .. iol 9.) dliehs! 
(UMBILICATUM) MIMICUM 
183, 256 
UMBILICATUM 

MINUSCULUM . 183, 256 
Proohancsimecws sie 
Prostanthera lnsianthos 487 
Protaetia fusca .. 157 
Protea mellifera 324 
PROTOCOLEIDAE . 434 
PROTOCOLEOPTERA so aay 
PROTOCOLEUS .. . . 434 
MITCHELLI .. . 434 
Prunella vulgaris 487 
Prunica granatum .. 396 
Psalliota 98, 102 
Psammobia livida .. . 212-3 
menkeana ah Pals 
modesta .. 5g Aes} 
zonalis 5 PLS 
Psara rudis .. . 155 
Psegmoptera «2 360 
Psegmoptera .. Oe 
aurifrons .. . 360 
aurifrons oO: 
machiliformis ne 60) 
machiliformis .. 364 
Pseudanilara Biconor .. 524 
cupripes SA sala! nee 0) 
OCCIDENTALIS .. 56 DAD 
purpureicollis . 5 B25) 
roberti 523 
roberti var. nigra .. 525 
Pseudococeus citri .. . 160 
vitiensis ; 160 
Pseudoryctes dispar 5 ella 
validus .. 2 Silat: 

Pseudo- stroneylinm 
viridipenne ANTE, Beat sia ta 3 74bs} 
Pseudotaenia .. .. .. . 22 
Psidium Guayava 157, 159- 
60 
Psoralea eriantha IL, 16 
patens .. SONTAG 
Pteria pulchella ais . 190 
Pteridium . 489, 494 


INDEX. 


Pteridium aquilinum 60, 487, 


490, 492-6 
Pterinea brisa .. 5) Abe 
Pterochilus . HUN 


Pterospermum acerifolium 

326 
Pterostylis .. 
Ftecovyjomisi iar samen Raiie 


Ptilotus nobilis IES 16} 
obovatus .. ALG 
Pugillaria 183 
stowae comita .. 188, 277 
Pultenaea, flexilis . 493 
Puncturella 2N7- 8, 221-2 
corolla : 182, 218 
demissa .. . ; 182, 221 
Purpura chaidea 275 
granulata .. . 275 
nodulifera 2) 
USO Goh ou oe BOD) 
Pyrene beddomei .. 271 


Pyroderces euryspora .. 156 
Pyrula undulata .. 265, 268 
undulatus .. . 268 
Quercus .. 478 
Quintinia Slohent 483, 485, 

487 
Quisqualis indica .. .. . 326 
Rachionotomyia 
purpurata .. 4g AL@il 
Radiacmea Hie Gg 8) 
calamus 184, 236-7 
IMCONSPICUA |.) tel OS 
insignis . . 184, 235 


INSIGNIS CAVILLA 182, 235 


mufria .. 238 
RADULPHUS ROYANUS 183, 
270 
Raja clavata oo Be) 
Rana temporaria .3f1-2 
Randia chartacea 279-80 
Rapistrum hispanicus var. 
hirsutum XXX1. 
rugosum var. nervosum 
XXX. 
Reniella dilatata .. 191 
Rhabdoenemis obseura .. 158 


Rhadinophylla siderosema 156 
Rhagodia SoS tells 
spinescens .. .. 10, 11, 15 


Rhathymodes lechriodes 425 
Rhinogyne calligama 404 
Rhodesiella .. . 358 
Rhododendron ponticum 324 


Rhyncocephalus ales .. 452 
costalis ao All 
OHS a5 66. baloa, co 458) 

Rhyssoplax . Xll., XiV., XVI. 
carnosa .. 214 
COXIME ar ae 2A 
dap horaae paiy-mrnmeute ce 
FUEOSE co sao van” lieth, Zale, 
translucens .. .. .. Xi. 
vauclusensis .. .. .. Xl 
venusta es kbs anal 

Ricinus communis .. .. 154 

Riella so Walle 

Rimula 217-8 
asturiana . CLS 

RIMULANAX 182, 218 

Rissoa integella .. . 244 
tenisoni La ia. af ape 

Rissoina lintea .. . 184, 245 

Rixa .. 182, 221 

Rochefortia anomala ... 207 


donaciformis .. 5 AU 
Rochelia maccoya .. .. 17 


Rosa_ sp. 160 
Rubus Bantiecens 496 
moluceanus ... 496 
rosifolius .. . 487 
Saecharum officinarum . 158 
Sacchia suboibicularis . 206 
Saissetia nigra .. 160 
Salaputium 182, 204 
Salda i 465- 6 
eyeni .. erate e406: 
NICHOLSONT. Enh A OV AOD LO 
reuteriella .. . 466 
Sibi) -ara) Ao) oe soo 6) GAOO 
SaLsIPOTENS .. .. 182, 230 
Salsola Kah .. 9, 16 
Sandella .. ~ Dg) 


Santalum acuminatum . 84 
lanceolatum 10, 13, 15, 85, 
87 


Saragus marginellus .. . 33 
PUINICTAT USE yo) cu rel een eenne 
TUQIS. Wed Ske, oe ES 
rugosipennis .. .. 35 

Sarecostemma australe 8, alia 

Saxicava subalata 183, 214 


Seaevola spinescens iL 17 
Seala granosa .. .. 252 

minutula .. oo Alte 
Sealaria ballinensis .. 252-3 
Seaphella caroli .. 183, 258 

undulata .. 269 
Scaphula ? lanceolata . 185 


Schelhammera undulata 493 
Schimmsespa yees- (aera. 00 


Schismope sales a5 2als 
beddomei .. Bane py SPEND) 
prevasicrne: : 5 Onl 

Schismotis excisa .. -- 222 

Schizophoria striatula . 501 

Schizothorax intermedius 347 

Schizotrochus .. PAS) 

Secissurella australis .-. 215 
obliqua .. .- -- . 215 
ormata <2 3: %-: 183, 215 
rosea .- .. 182-3, 215 

ScissuRONA .. -- 182, 215 
obliqua be LCS) 
ROSEA REMOTA .. 182, 215 

Scolia manilae .. oo Allsis) 

Seutus .. ee 4. Bills 
antipodes .. . 216 
astrolabeus : a 

Seymnus fens: a 

Secotium . 97 8, 103- 4 
acuminatum .. «+ +> 110 
agaricoides 97-9, 104, 110 
CARTILAGINEUS .. -- > 115 
cartilagineus .- - 97, 104 
coarctatum .. 97, 104, 108 
Drummondii .. Seay) 


erythrocephalum 97- 8, 100, 

104, 106, 112 
excavatum .. i ilaltS 
Guinzil .. . 97, 104, 114 
Gunnii 97, 104, 110, 112-3 
leucocephalum 97, 104, 112 
lilacense .. ye aera 
melanosporum 97, 104, 110 


novae-zelandiae 97, 100, 

104 
NOVAE-ZELANDIAE Walon 
ochraceum . 97, 104, 108 
pedunculatum .. aelaliG) 
pendunculatum .. .. 112 
piriforme .. .. 97, 103-4 
PIRIFORME .. Hemera la lis) 
porphyreum 97, 99, 103-4 
PORPHYREUM .... .. 114 
Rodwayi .. 97, 103-4, 117 
scabrosum .. 97, 104. 117 
Sessile eure ae erene LA Be: 
superbum .. ‘97, 104, 107 
SUPHRBUME |. 2s... 104 
Szabolesense .. .. .- 110 
Thunit .. Ce Sala) 
virescens .. ‘97, “104, 106-7 
Warnei .. . 112 
Warnei » ilo 


INDEX. 
Seila attenuata .. 183, 246 
turritelliformis .. 246 
SHILAREX .. .. 183, 246 
attenuatus .. .. .. . 246 
SEMELANGULUS .. ae 212 
Semele Wen «sales sg al) 
Semicassis paucirugis . 2o4 
paucirugis .. . 204 
Semperia paivana .. 217 
Senecio Mieee Cee OS 
dryadens .. 487, 490 
Gregoril .. Hal” ales 
IMACTITICUSH Aes hte TL 7, 
Sicaretus australis 255 
Sida acuta .. 159 
COREG Ata aie Ieee LO 
retusa 153, 159 
virgata .. a IU a6 
Sigaretus 5 SS) 
gualterianus .. 255 
laevigatus .. . 255 
planatus .. 254-5 
planulatus .. 254-5 
Signoretiella .. 462-3 
Silene gallica XXIV. 
nocturna .. XXIV. 
Simocephalus obtusatus 314 
Sinaga subfasciata .. . 413 
Sinum albosutura .. . 255-6 
elobosa . . 255 
pacta: 3. 255 
pictus Ss RASA 
planulatum .. . . 254-5 
umbilicata .. 255-6 
umbilicatum. . » 255 
zonale . 184, 255 
zonalis .. . 255-6 
Siphonaria albida But Ue 
baconi .. : . 276 
bifureata .. S36 ZG 
blainvillei .. » 2D) 
denticula var. 
tasmanica .. 58) Zo 
funiculata .. 275-6 
ineulta Senha 2AC05) 
stowae .. > lise Ze 
tasmanica .. sco ANG 
virsulata ee sess 2) 205-6 
ZETA le: . 276 
zonata .. PT satn Bea Ao) 
Siphonella . 354-5, 359 
Siphonochelus .. 5 A 
Siphuneulina 5 og Blots) 
BREVISHRAWE AE 20 Gmicen GOS 
Sushadlorenpin, Sos oo oe oe Jul 
Sitina albicans .. 407 


lsxvil. 


Sitina cinyra........ 408 

Thod@ .. .. .- 407 
Sitotroga cerealella g66 JG 
Smilax .. 487 


australis 279, 281, ‘487, 493, 


495 

leucophylla . 279 

_ Zeylanica .. 5 oe CA) 
SOLAMEN REX .. .. 181, 198 
Solanderina .. . 209 
solandri .. » 209 


Solanum aviculare 487, 496 


cinereum .. . 496 
ellipticum . 5 ILL 
esUriailen ys am reul eon 
Forsteri .. 154 
niorum ... . 496 
SyapeaAehenDbis 65) oo am hao wlll 
xanthocarpum .. 492, 496 
Solariellamess camo ieee 
Solemya australis .. . 183-4 
mediterranea .. .. .. 184 
Solen aspersus .. .. .. 213 
correctus .. 182, 213 
philippianus . dg cl pall} 
sloanii .. SemlS2eaals 
SOLGIGUS 4.4 st. -) Selee OLS 
vaginoides .. .. 183, 213 
Sonchusis. «1. +2. D9 28058 
Spi. tees aos ba GON 4020496 
SOPHISMALEPAS 182, 219 
Sorema nubila .. .. 412 
Sorghum halepense .. . 154 
Sparella .. 66 6 ZO) 
SPECTAMEN .. .. . 182, 227 
Sphaerodema rusticum . 461 


Spilonota eryptogramma 157 
holotephirvas\s sq) o2 24 lat 
Spinifex paradoxus .. . 15 
Spirifer .. ater ens 
GUNNENBENENSIS .. . 501 
TULCUMBAHENSIS . 500 
WOODHOUSEL .. HS Oil: 
Spondias dulcis .. .. . 157 
Spondylostrobus .. 478 
Sporndyiuste eee ce nenkod: 
Spuriostyloptera .. 352 
Squalus acanthias 371, 378, 
383 

Squamopleura 
Gurtisianal ys.) i -mexdiee) xt: 
Stackhousia viminea .. 492 


Stathmopoda synchrysa 156 


Stavelia. subdistorta ... 195 
subtorta .. .. 196 
torta .: ae a 9G 


Ixxviil. 


Stellapasimmusiaerie rie enaoe 
Stellaria flaccida 487, 490, 
492 

pungens 487, 490, 492-3, 
495 

Stenaspidius nigricornis 285 
Stenimas sich te oOO 
stemmaticalis . 368 
Stenochiton .. xiv., xvi., 238 
loneicymabay ir. e-iteeie ye 


posidonialis .. .. .. XV. 
Stenolobium stans .. . 327 
Stenopetalum lineare 11, 16 
Stigmodera addenda .. . 19 

aeneieormis 2... js) 2e) LO 

affinis .. 

GBGMESUIS), Wena Palatine sy elo 

alternecosta .. .. «=... 20 


SMG oo dolce ob 60 OB 
amphichroa .. . 521 
AMAL IS Ai: sells emeRo ene ieeko MOOS 


anchoralisi) . japan 
armata .. eights 
AUTICOIIS i emeeteee aro 


bicruciata 521 
bifasciatella .. 533 
bizonata .. .. 533 


brutella subsp. ‘victrix 533 
DOOGWPER ob AO 66) 6 
bunchelliyeei is aero. 
campestris .. .. .. 


Caplcinay. -cmane 533 
carinata .. 533 
earoli .. 533 
carpentariae .. .. .. 19 
GCALCETI Ne idalu tare ie OOo 
circumflexa ak DoS 
GOMENOOGUN 55 Po syleariag. Zab 
erenata .. 521 
crenata .. 521 
erucioides .. 533 
cupreo-flava 533 
eyanicollis os) Coles ivateOOe 
CUGMICOLLIS ene tae 
cyanipes adi Oral 
cyaniventris) .) 2) ey ee 
cylindracea ..\..'.. + 520 
deletave widths: wrctesnee 
delicatula var... 22 2 533 
desperata . 533 
dicax .. : 533 
Cimidiatai eine ee aS 
SUISHTERCLEZIN many venge bee al ray NALS) 
eryiamomelasm snl a OO: 
excisicollis .. .. 533 
flavopurpurea .. 533 


INDEX. 


Stigmodera flavosignata 533 
euttifera .. . 533 
POOR asl iho Caio oo: Sab 
OStilisieea sc: plein eee 0 
INENINAS reve. | nie hele riieteh ok 
FOlMemIR Be haves od) Jy) 
KERSHAWI .. ah 
UW OT ele 4 eley)) Seared eran: 
Terentia Muceacie pe fouR aoe 
lanuginosa .. .. .. . 20 
TLATIPES 5) accel vosunepeoetbe Le 
leai var. fasciosa .. . 
lessoni .. Veith dats 
Inlloysi clea ey ae nnn 2AU 
himbatan erie lee ena nee 
longula 
PORVUibbtee) So) 5) oo lob AD 
maculiventris .. .. .. 
MATOS reuse sek eO, 
marginicollis dome 
mastersi .. .. .. 19, 533 
modesta .. He 
masta Meee. Nea aoe 


nickleri OSS 
NOVA Wee ieee Neal areal 
obliquefasciata 533 


Opacula) iiipAcarstoa weirs 
pallidipennis .. .. .. 19 
OMIM Bal ag og (a) dith Ges) 
parvacollisiy yay sevice 
(DORUBAEE 56 46 6064. ANY 
plagiata .. 
plagiata .. 
PRABTERETAY so jetel ite co 
praetermissa .. .. .. . 22 
mpwbicollis ey) ieee 


puellayisc Nae we we 533 
PUCIIIS aia tard peoeeeckonnned 
queenslandica .. 533 
Tobundatagee mame 
rubriventris .. 19, 20 
saundersiana .. . 533 
Scalarisne pi acceeneniae 0 
secularis .. al olan Des) 
septemguttata .. .. .. 19 
sexouttata 533 
sexguttata var. 
humeriguttata .. .. 533 
sexplagiata .. 521-2 
sexspilota .. . 521 
steboldi 521 
similata .. 521 
simulate, (hy Mey wie toi ae ser 
Spinolaent. Mec smacnnemee 
SURO Oa eS oo ag 1k 
SEAGIG eno a aos: 


Stigmodera suavis .. .. 20 
suturalis var. 
tincticollis 533 


SUEDIGR Yuli 7 sat fete oon cede 
LYTTNERG = os eee ea 


uniformis .. 4 BB) 
variabilis .. 19, 20 
variata .. 5 eal 


WUROMOIGEY 56 Go oo 5) Aly) 
wilsoni subsp. 


septentrionis .. 533 
venusta .. .. . 533 
tropica .. . 533 


Stipa (ha. ese) Aenea 
elegantissima .. .. .. 15 


Scabrar ee isos meee 
Setacea. /. 01% wie sv sae ee 
STIPATOR .. .. 182, 233 
STIVA ROYANA .. .. 183, 245 
Stomatella’ auricula .. . 223 
bicarmata >. 2-3). 1825226 
imbricata .. . 223 
Streblopteria .. 468 


Streptocephalus archeri 122 
Strigichiton verconis .. xiv. 


Striglina superior .. ../154 
Strobilomyces .. ells 
Strongylium macleayi . 44 

VERTEBRATE?) ljet) cle 43 

wollastoni .. .. . 44 
Struthiolaria eeatalata . 252 
Stylidium .. . 58, 476 


Styphelia’ | iacumseneeeaG2 
longifolia 162, "167, 169, 


175, Nee 

Subemarginula .. eS 
Subonoba .. oo ee! 
mereurialis .. .... . 244 
SUBZEIDORA .. _ 182, 217-8 
Sunetta .. Pee eset 34 09) 
adelinae 5 big PROS 
aliciae .. . 208-9 
excavata .. . 208-9 
eibberula .. .. .. 209 
truneata . . 208 
Sunettina .. 209 
sunettina .. .. . 209 
Swainsona ye sie ean 
phacitoliayec. ia elo 
procumbens .. ale eliG 
tephrotrichae ye melulemalG 
Symphyta . 403, 415 
COLPODES .. .. .. 416 
nyctopis .. . 416 
oxygramma 49 25S) 
psaropis 415-6 


Synechocera albo-hirtus . 31 


GUPRIPES) ae oc cil ae OL 
CYANEIPENNIS .. .. -. 30 
elomeatawici.: vi-0 cites GU. 
occidentalis! cs) secje. «ob 
SIKORA Gg cba OG SOOM cies 
HASHMAMICA ale sos 6 30 
Synedrella nodiflora 153- 4: 
Synodonts .. moa. 
Sypharochiton maugeanus 
214 
pellis-serpentis .. x., 214 
Systellopus ater .. .. . 311 
Tacilia delineata .. .. 412 
rufocinerea . 427 
Talabrica . 5 of difeill 
TALABRICA .. See es 04 
aurora .. . 183, 204 
Talityphis .. 50 CMe 
Talopia .. 5 CAM 
eallifera .. 227 
Tandanus semdeans "339, 347 
BOWES AGDULs = m6 os. on Stl 
See 5 Zab 
Taraxacum dens-leonis 496 
Teara brevipennis .. .. 427 
notabilis .. .. «. 414 
Tecoma australis .. 485, 487 
Tectarius nodulosus ... 244 
pyramidalis .. .. 243 
tuberculatus .. . 184, 244 
Tectocoris lineola 159 


Teinostoma depressulum 233 


politum .. Lew LOS 
starkeyae .. .. 182, 233 
TELEOCHILUS ROYANUS 183, 
264 
“Meal llincmnyey coors Samora im a U7) 
Tellina beryllina 5 Alsya, 221 
orAZTerIayee ty 0) 6 satis COO 
elliptica .. 5 Jie, 2 
inaequivalvis .. . 182, 211 
masoni 212 
semitorta .. 212 
striatula Daleh 
subdiluta .. Sawn Zul 
tenuilirata so dliss 2ul2 
Teloleuca .. Sif LOO 
Telopea .. 476 
Doe tale brevicornis 
lal, HO 
comes .. .. 512-4. 517 
EEN Go oo HU) fuller 


novae-zelandiae 513-4, 516- 
i 


INDEX. 


Temnocephala quadricornis 


515, S77, 
BEMUP CRU veces < ysis? vaste OL 
simulator .. . 512- 3, 517 
fasmmaniCaeceunets is + paige 7 
Templetonia aculeata 11, 16 
Esenann erent) 0) LLG 
Terebra aciculata .. 262 
peddomel aes ie 183 
brazierl .. 262 
duplicata 262 
lanceata .. SUAS PE AAG 
OSM, os oo ou bo 208 
(Myurellisea) 
duplicatoides 262 
subspectabilis .. .. . 263 
ustulata .. 183-4, 262 
Terenochiton 2 eM EXALV 
VETHINA NIGRISETA .. 337 
Tetragonia expansa .. . 16 
Tetranychus telarius 390 
Thais ambustulata .. .. 275 
Marcariticolawe, 8.046 Ano 
sueecincta .. . 203, 275 
textiliosa .. . 273 
Thalassodes pilaria 154, 158 
Thalotia zebrides .. 229 
Thamnocephalus .. .. . 129 


Thaumatothrips froggatti 282 
Themognatha desperata 533 


nickleri 3 533 
queenslandica .. .. .. 533 
strandi ae 533 
suturalis var. tineticollis 
533 
Thespesia populnea 156, 159 
Thracia anatinoides ... 199 
cultrata .. 200 
elegantula .. .. 5, alten 
myodoroides .. 50 OY) 
perseabrosa .. 99 
speciosa .. 199 
watsoni .. Bol Bids PAI 
THRACIDORA 181, 200 
Thraciopsis .. 56 oa AU 
angustata .. .. 199, 200 
arenosa .. . 181, 200 
elegantula .. 199, 200 
elongata jap: oO) 
peroniana oo dlfctils IS) 
Thuarea involuta so GD) 
Thyridula 5 Buys 
ATROAPICATA .. 358 
breviventris 358 
illaeam recurvcmee aera O 
Tinea BEY 


\brorab< 


VTirathaba trichogramma 155 


Tisiphone abeona .. . xxvi. 
Morrisi .. .. BEXeXoyiI 
Mn OCOMUS meee ol) aS 
Tmesipteris tannensis 483, 
485 

Tolype subnotata 407 
Toreula .. E 248 
tenuilirata .. : 250 
Torpedo marmorata, 378 
Trachymene linearis .. 493 
Trapella 5 duh, 75) 
sinensis apes. ALT) 
IE RGTOOKG Vee GS Goon so. 16: OS 
CHD oc oo o0 50 BH 
signata .. . aha!) 
Tribolium Con tisan siaio, JUSS 
Tribulus terrestris .. .. 16 
Tricholaena rosea .. 159 
Trichomanes venosum 483, 
485 

Trichomusculus .. 181 
TRICHOMUSCULUS .. .. . 196 
barbatus 196 
Trichomya .. 196 
Trichophaga abruptella 155 
Trichophthalma .. .. 447-9 
albimacula 447, 450-1, 455 
albitarsism meer 448 
QUOtLETSISU a ete 
ales) cesihiaa ane eae: 
aurora .. . 448 
aurora .. .. . 454 
onvittiayein i . 447 
bivitta GeGh ehiceuns Heese Ceo 4 
bivittatal ~. 447, 451, 454 
Dit ata eee 455 
costalis .. ; 447, 450- al 
degener 448, 450-1, 453-4 
COWES cs 65 06 Gil. dvs 
HONE 55 50 GUN 450, 452 
ine Sc S aiaion ie. all 
funesta .. Beg GENS 
funesta .. 5g ae: 
fuscipennis 448 
fuscipennis . 451 
gigas .. BA ich eke GUTS} 
heydenii .. . 451, 453 
laetilinea 447-8, 450-1, 455 
leucophaea .. 447, 451, 454 
montanea .. . 5 oo All 
nigripes . 448, 450- ai 453 
novae-hollandiae 447, 450- 
453 

novae-hollandiae .. .. 452 
Obscura re aie 


llbxexexes 
Trichopthalma obscura  4o1 
ochropa .. Perch Oe 
prumitiva AAT, 450- IL 450 
punctata .. 450-2 
quadricola .. . 452 
quadricolor .. .. .. 452 
richardoae . 448, 451, 455 
TOSS 6666. 6 450- iL. 454- 6 
scapularis . 448 
scapularis .. 453 
tabanina .. we PASS 
variolosa 448, 454 
VWENEKOSE) Ga oc Reine seca 
Trichopsidea .. 448, 456 
dohrni .. . ws. 459 
oestracea .. 457 
Trichotropis .. 251 
Tricimba Be 356 
CARINATA Mee) suemlaieicL O00 
cineta .. 357 
fascipes .. 357 
marina . 357 
palpalis 357 
similis .. ROU 
spinigera 357 
Tricolia .. Ais 232, 
Trifolium pratense 496 
MOP CMSs skh Mose dane 496 
SOs otc . 492 
Trigonia emo, po lz 
beddomei .. .. 192-3 
howitti 50. NO 
lamarekii var. aeiioallata 
192 
reticulata, wns 
strangel .. 193 
Trigonotyphis 202 
Triodia irritans .. 6, 15 
Tristania suaveolens 95 
Triton (Cabestana) 
boltenianismes ene w2D5 
convolutus .. ene 
eburneus .. oo OS 
quoyl .. 5 UUtshs3 
quoyi .. . 253 
speciosus so USB} 
VeErTUCOSUS .. Hoes ene 
Triumfetta rhomboidea 154 
Trivia australis .. , Qasr 
Triviella merces .. 183, 257 
Trochus armillatus 182, 230 
aspersus .. 72230 
eucullatus .. 232 
decoratus .. e229 
fragum 229 


INDEX. 


Trochus georgianus . . 232 
limbiferus .. 232 
musearius .. 225 
nobilis .. . 230 
nodulosus .. 243-4 
nodulosus minor .. .. 244 
philippensis .. 182, 227 
puleolum 56. 2B 
plebejus .. 182 
prodictus .. 227 
TOVARROS 6 5 oc 229 
rubiginosus 230 
seitulus 182 
squamiferus .. 232 
tentoriformis .. 233 
urville1 Bo gigs (2883 

Trophon hanleyi .. 183, 273 

usallianyer Hid aigrar Zale} 

Turbo phasianellins) SB Hg AG 
pullus a 232 
sirius 5 232 
trochiformis . 243 

Turritella accisa .. 247, 249 
varlottae .. eee neeree a 
conspicabilis .. 249 
cordismel .. 249 
exoleta . 213 
@emmulatan eases oeO 
sunni .. .. 183, 247, 250 
higgins real ho MAE 
lamellosa .. 250, 
murrayana .«:-.. .. 200 
opulenta . 183, 248 
oxyacris .. e200 
parva . aera .. 248 
philippensis .. 247-8 
platyspira .. 249 
quadrata .. 246 
quadrata .. Bor nue 1289) 
runecinata .. 246, 249 
sophiae Bea, gO 
Ssubsquamosa .. .. .. 200 
tasmanica oe 250 
vittata .. 247 

Tylophora testes 485, 487, 

492 

“iN alaOe, 56 oo 272 

Typhinellus .. . 272 

Typhis areuatus .. 272 
avenatus .. 272 
belcheri 22 
eleryi .. A Pie 
coronatus .. 272 
cumingi .. 272 
cuniculosus 272 
expansus 272 


Typhis fimbriatus . 272 
grandis 272 
hebetatus 272 
horridus . 272 
MCCOVIN wey.) oe em 
(mecoyi) interpres .. 272 
philippensis T2 
PHILIPPENSIS INTERPRES 

183, 272 
SOVWAIO, Go. 56 oc 272 
syringianus .. 273 
Yatesi .. Hay omental! 

Typ nisalartec, Use seen eamciee 

HI OIMEOOIS 64 ab 66 60 202 

Ulodes verrucosus 536-7 

Umbilia 257 

Umbonium .. PPA 

Urtica incisa .. 496 

Urvillea melanesica 159 

Vacerra .. go dite, | 24 
demissa menda .. 182, 221 

Vamkoro denselaminata 252 
vincentiana 56 Ba 

Venericardia aameinilhis Se HOD 
atkinsoni .. 205 
beddomei .. : 205 
bimaculata tes ater 205 
elegantula 205 
gemmulifera .. 205 

‘gunm .. BAG ing AUD 
INOW, 56 66 Sioco, AUD 

Venus aequilatera ; ict oa areal 

dioneyeeee 210 
ealvally ape: Se auohaline Palit 
fumigata . em. ZI] 
nitida Hing oZill® 
ovata .. : 210 
polita laevigata Sy merere ILL 
Sigial One wey eo ee ty ADS) 
striatissima .. 182, 210 

Verconella adusta .. .. 266 
dilatata 266 
maxima .. 266-7 
oligostira .. 266 
tasmaniensis 266 
waitel .. en asane OLR 

WEICIE, GEACEE 46 55 55, SUR 

Vigna Catiang .. 155, 161 
lutea 154, 156 

Vinsonia : stellifera . Sele GO 

Viola betonicifolia .. . 492 
hederacea .. 493 

Viscum .. 55 
album .. 5 nares 
articulatum 483, 485 


Vitex litoralis 
trifolia 


Vitis hypoglauca 


Voluta angasi 
fluctuata .. 
fluctuosa .. 


TMACMAbamec ce 


magnifica .. 


mitraeformis .. 
multicostata .. 


ondulata .. 
pattersonia 


punetata .. .. 


undulosa . 


325-6 


1545, 


159 
485 
258 


5, DR 
"958 


183) 


258 


50 Zs 

6 ba aie) 
7208 
. 298 


» 183, 


265 
258 


so als) 


Vulsella eponeiar ual a 


vulsella 


Wahlenbergia eee 17, 492 
NViernvOMTA 6)... .. 


191 
WL 


. d47 


INDEX. 

Xanthocanace .. .. .. . 334 
WHIM, 6-600. 60 . 334 
NIGRIFRONS . dd4 
orientalis .. Shab aes 
ranula .. 5 oo aes 

Xanthogramma 
grandicorne 5 Gil 
Xanthorrhoea > SllZ 
Spee. 50.) 
Xenomorpha costae. OM 
grandicornis . 362 
Gea oonats Sets 366 
Xerotes longifolia 60, "490, 
492-3 
Xyleborus torquatus 158 
Xylomelum .. G2, 
Xylophaga . pn eeaet Qt 
Xylothrips flavipes 5 SO0U, 
religiosus .. ‘ lon 


Xylotrya australis . 
Xymene hanleyi .. 


paivae .. 


Zea mays 
Zeidora .. 
Zella 


Zemira pneeralic Bs 


praecursior 
Zieria Smithii 


Zizera labyadus ... 


Zizyphinus allporti 
COMMONS 55 co 
legrandt .. 

Zoila .. 

Zostera 


. 182, 230 


Txxx1. 


.. 214 
184, ae 
273 


. 156-7 
. 217-8 


XIV.-XVl., "295 


Zygophylium apiculatum 16 


fruticulosum 


iodocarpum .. .. 


te i6 
5 JUG 


: EN 


No. 195. ay 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
_ LINNEAN SOCIE LY ear 
eran 
2 ‘GN 
OF : \" ag 
: & =} 
ON EW Sout ‘Wates Sd 
ras® O/ . 
FOR THE YEAR Ps » 7 
1924 : 
PART I. (Pages i.-«vi.) 4 
ae J CONTAINING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ANNUAL MEETING 
ea ee ‘WITH THREE PLATES 
= Beebe cg [Plates i.-iii.] - 
Supway: : 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY 
THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING COs LID; : 2 
: 29 Alberta Street, Sydney, a 
and 
“SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 
ore 1924, 
e iS a sete Biss  - PRICE 2/- 
i m Bure pe: 
| Messrs. Dozac & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square  g/ 
iit States un, W. J 


The Laincan Society of of ‘New South Wales. 


: LIST OF _ QENIC ERS AND 'D COUNCIL, ‘1924-05. : 


~~ 


President: _ 
_-:~-. R. H. Cambage, F- 
‘ Ne Vice-Presidents: 


Nice Presidents (4) and Hon. Treasurer to be: decd at 
> 7 = Council Meeting, 23rd April, 1924. We 


Seerstary: AE Walkom, ERR ae 


| eee “Geum 2 = 2 
E. C. Andrews, B.A. F.G.S. 2) PAO Ge Hamilton, 0. ee 
R. H. Cambage, F.L.S. - Professor L. Harrison, BA. BSc. a 
J. H. Campbell, M.B.E. Nga a Professor W. A. Haswell, MA, bs Se 
H.-J. Carter, B.A. F.ES. ee as F.R.S. | Pe 


Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., BS. C. Hedley, F.L. Ss. Si coe 
Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, K. B.E., A. F. Basset Hull. She Cay 
C.M.G., D.S.O., B.A., DSc., F. RS ‘Professor A. Anstruther Lawson, oO. Se, 


T. Storie Bisson M.B., Ch.M.  F.R.S.E. e 

E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. TT. Steel. : aa ee = oe 

i J. Fletcher, MA, B-Sc- = s A. B.. Walkom, DSc. eee 
. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. — Se oak © as “Waterhouse, BSc. BE, B. 


Auditor: R. nee Rayment, PCPA. 


\ 


N or! a . 


-WirH the pete pten of Wolnies L-VI. of the Bloor deat which the: Spokee 8 
‘stock was totally destroyed in the Garden ‘Palace Fire—the Publications of the 
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the. Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, 
Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co, 34-36 Maser ole Cavendish 
‘Square, ot W., at the following prices:— 


FIRST SERIES. 


ee for 1882, ‘Vol. vu —Part 1, Ys. 6d.; Part 2; 10s.: ne 3, ae Bat 4, 10s, 
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII —Part ee 10s.; Part 2, Bs, Part a sos “Part 4, 8s. 
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part ‘1, 8s.; Part 2. 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5, 

_ Proceedings for 1885, Vol. ae 15 dae Part >: Ts. 6d. ; Part 3 ae 5 aA 6d, 
my Sor See _ SECOND SERLES. Le Mea isbah ig iges 
ae for 1886, Vol. 1—Part ah “10s. s0ey, Part 2, 12s.; Part a 18s; ‘Part 4 
2 126. 6d: sans 
Proceedings for 1887, vet “II pe ee 1, 7 part ie 8s.; - Part a 12s.; Part A 
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III —Part 1, 15s.; Part 2,) ‘a1 45; Part 3, ‘1 ’ 
Proceedings for 1889 —Vol. IV.—Part if dilise Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s. nl ar 
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part - 
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI. —Part at “10s: Part “2; 9s. 6d; eee 3, Ts. 5, ; 

7s. 6d. gtr 
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. vil —Part if 6s. 6d.; Pec S As. 6d; "Part 3, é 
4, 8s. : 


"p61 ‘Atenuel yygp ‘AeupAg ‘JOYIPHY “pb ‘Areniqey 4361 
‘JOINSBOT], “UOT “VdOd INEWAVY H “dd 
‘ITHATMNVO 'H ‘f *peonpoid sonimosg “yoor100 punoj pue Poulliex” 
0% LIS 0% LIS 
T 9 828 eel ee ef oe ee oe oe oe oe ee. o. beer 0} sOUPRLeg “ce 
0 Oooo Ae nas ve UOISIOAUOD uevo7y uo snuog rs GO PTE ae eae a ede ea gee carat ee tena e e TEP PASE) Ayyad “ 
0 Il LGL ee ee ee ee ee ee os ee SJUSIUYSAAUT uo }so10}Uy 46 G Il &% o Cd we o. e° es Pad we oe ve . oe . sosuodxy “ec 
fy el 629: RR en ONG OM Fr CEL ICRC CCR SAC TTS per Une Ga Zcol ulo1y aouEleg Ag 0 0 PLS Se ee as oe we oe oe ‘cage pue Arepes Guy 
‘D's 5 / ROS neh 
‘S26T ‘sequresed STE pepue 1woA “LNNOOOV AINOONTI 
ee 
IL 9 828'rIs I 9 828 PIS 
? 1 9 8% pate be 
0 0 9 of ee ee ee ee ee ee eo puey Uy : : : 
O TESOL tcl Ot URE SeDTARS I 9 828 Dita der eee ec6l ‘Jaquisoaqd ASTg 4e.9/Y eutooUT 
LaCie SE see jAoD surmueg [elojewiutog :yseo_ O SO ADO Ce haa es pesteyides euroouy pazenunooy 
2 OU UGhEie oe te (see SUBO'] YA [COMUOUIUIOT) 0. DO O00 vac aes. eee UM lig Aq Bea een ee yuNOULYy 
“ps p's & ats Mp ete 
“SLUSSV ‘SaLLTTavit 


‘S26T “EquIBDE 4STE 4” LUGHS TONVIVG 
; ‘LNQOODV ADOTIOINDLOVE 


ae hes (Issued 2nd. July, 1924.) 


ae (he Vol, XEIX.: ? No. ae ix 


oh PROCE EDINGS 
LINNEAN SOCIETY 


3) ue F - Bits : “aN 
7 


NE EW SouTH WaLes. colawy oe 
-FOR THE YRAR | ; ‘e. \ PSE ae 


ay Ata ee : fp), bn Ss is 
192 Ph arent Pa” 


PART II. (pp. 1-178.) 


CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 
, - MARCH-MAY. 
- WITH TWENTY-NINE PLATES — 
- [Plates iv.-xxxii.] 


SYDNEY? Ig se ahs 


PRIN TED AND PU BLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY KY : 

THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING cO., LTD. 
29 Alberta Street, “Sydney, a 

Q and ae | 

_ SOLD. BY THE SOCIETY. 


Be OR TED ih 
PRICE 13/6 


oA gent in Europe: 


\ 


1 pe | Messrs. ‘Dorav & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square. a 
ee Z. and ee oe _ + London, a > 


mr 


The Linnean Society of of New Soutli Wales 


LIST .OF OFFICERS AND AND. COUNCIL, 1924-25. 


mivirhstty 


President: i : SANE Gh Coe ses 
R. H. Cambage, F.LS, a SNS ac ea 
Vice-Presidents : ies tee eh 5 3 ere - A 
Susie eek H. G. Chapman, MD. BS. GA: ‘Waterhouse, “DSe, BE, PES. gee 
J. J. Fletcher, M.A., BSc. A. F. Basset Hull. ia si Sate Sor 
Hon, Treasurer : ae H. Campbell, MB. ie) Royal, Mint, Sydney. ee 
"Secretary: A. B. Walkom, es Sc. ak RU ene ee . 
E. C. Andrews, B.A., FS. ee en Heaton, ae 
RH. Cambase, Pulse 3.) Professor L. Harrison, B.A, "BSc. pat here: 
J. H. Campbell, M.B.B. . Professor W. A. el ML, (Doe. ee aie 
H. J. Carter, BA, |F.ES. AZ AGRE RUG i Ne a) Stress aah NEP at On ue 
Professor H. G. Chapman, M.Do BS 44. Hedley, F. i: Bi 


Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, KOR. E., A. F. Basset Hull. ares ba 
CoM Ge D2 S20¢ BALD ac. ak RS: ‘Professor A, Anstruther ua wsony Ds 


T. Storie Dixson, M. Be Tero eas SAME A He Cae By Oaaiccas Say a inne GMa ee net 
E. W. Ferguson, ALB. Chi. Aa Ba he Steck: CRC ca me Sees n ae 
J. J. Fletcher, M.A, Cheers A. B. Walkom;, Dse. Be se 

Ww. W. ee Ee fe a Semeur are cui d Cf AY Waterhouse, Ue BE, ‘FES 


Auditor: F. a Oe SEP AS 


‘ y Asia 5 y jin der] ra : 
tees ; eae * . vant Vali ie 


Woe the oe 4s Volumes a VL ‘of the Ro shih he fina eae 
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden. Palace ‘Fire—the Publications of the 
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained from the Society, Macleay House, 16 : 
- College Street, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co. ae (84-36 ere St, y Cavendish: 

Square, London, Was at the following prices:— Pian 


_ FIRST SERIES. 


~ 


pige aiiee for 1882, Vol. VII —Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Bart 2, 10s.; Part. 3, ee a cok a 10s. 
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII —Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; “Part ao is. “4 Patt 48s. 
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 8s.; “Part 2, 12s.: “Part 3, ah ; Part 4, £1 
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X Part 1 ‘12s. ; Part Ds 7s. 6d. ; pat 3, bs, ; Part 4, Tis. 6a ; 


oe _ SECOND SERIES. eg ye 
DProceedines tor (ase (Vol, I—Part 1, 10s. 64. Part 2 Ds: Part 3, 135; 
Proceedinvs for 1887, Vol. II Bast 1 ie Part Op pee Seen 5 aks pak £ 
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III —Part 1, ‘15s. Part 2, £1 ‘As. ; Part 3, £1; Part oe 18 
Proceedings for 1889 Vol. IV —Part Ais Part 2, 16s.; “Part. Coe 19s.; : Part 4, 11 
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, es; Part 2) 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, Qs. 
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI—Part 8 10s; Part 2, 9s. 6d. + Part 3, Is.; ;/ Part ik 

7s. 6d. : a Bi ees 
Proceedings for 1892, vee vi —Part 1, 6s. 6d; Part 2 4s. 6d; ‘Part 3, 8 

4, 8s. te j , : 


Proceedings for 1898, Vol. VII1—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, ‘hiss ‘Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s. 

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.: Part J lase; Part. 4, 8s. 

Proceedings for 1895,. Vol. X—Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2; 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Supplement, 
ls. 6d.; Part 4, 12s. — ‘ 

"Proceedings for 1896. —Part I, 9s.; Baplcte dh 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.: Part 3, 7s. 
6c. «Part: 4, S1°¥s. 6d. :°- 

Bedecedings for 1897—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.: Part 3; 9s.; Part 4. 12s. 6d. 

Proceedings for 1898,—Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4. 14s. 

Proceedings for 1899. = Parti: 12s. 6d.; Part 2,.12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. 


eerie ONS Proceedings for 1900—Part. 1, 8s.; Part 2. 10s 6d.: Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. 

# ee ae Proceedings for-1901—Part 1, 1os.; Part 2, 9s.: Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. 

5; Rte ae: ~ Proceedings. for 1902—Part 1, ; Part 2, ws. 6d.; Part 8, 7s. 6d.; Supplement, 3s.; 
S Part 4,21 5s. 


tan tt A, _ Proceedings for 19038—Part 1, See Part 2 12s. 6d) = Part 3 -l4s.; Part 4,~15s. 
: Scie - Proceedings for 1904—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part’3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s: 

_ Proceedings for 1905—Part 1, with Supplement, Vien poe 2A ee Partie 12s 260s: 

Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.. 

BSeies -Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 1s. 6d.; Ba a) 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. 
ie 5 Proceedings tor:1907 Spare i 8s:+ Part 2, 8s. 6d.; ‘Part 3, 15s:; Part 4 18s. 
yaa Proceedings. for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2 9s. Part Sale se: Part 4, 12s. 6d. 
Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; (Pamticoy 14s.; Part 4,-16s. 6d. 
Proceedings for 1910—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 1ls.; Part 3; 7s.; Part 4; 12s. 6d. | 
Proceedings for. 1911 —Part 1, Qs. 6d; Part 2, Qs. d.; Part Bs 9s. 6d; ‘Part 4, 10s. 
Proceedings for 1912-Part 1, 8s..d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.;.Part 4, 15s. 
Proceedings for 1913—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d-5“Part:3:6s.; Part 4, 13s. ; 

_  *.. + Proceedings for 1914—Part { 136-2 Part 2. Tease: Part ee O56. Part 4, 19s. ine 
GR aea LT _ Proceedings for 1915——Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4,-11s. 
ahaa ES Proceedings for 1916——Part 1, 10s.;) Part 2, 12s; Part’3, 15s.; Part 4,.19s. :: 
_ Proceedings for 1917—-Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 16s. 6d. 
Proceedings for 1918—Part 1, 20s.; Part. 2, 14s: Patina: yo Ss; Part 4, 19s. 


Proceedings for 1920—Part 1, 10s. Qd.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4 11s. 

_ Proceedings for 1921.—Part 1, 9s.; ‘Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4 Qs. 6d. 

_ Proceedings | for aes e2sexpds: Part 2 138s. 6d: Part 3, lis: Rare 47 asso 
Part DIK oe: i Ea ces : ESN 

Proceedings for. 1923—Part if 2s. 6d.; ee Pai 128.5 Part: &-l6s.; “Part: 4 43s..6d:. ; 
“Part 5, 2s. eh Soha 

_ Proceedings for 1924. —Part: 1. 28.1 Part. 2 43s. 6d. 


8 


“The Macteay cee Votume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to. u1. 
308 ‘pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. 


ra a  Dasormerive CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN Fisues. Py William Macleay, F.L. g. 
- [asst). os few copies only. Price £1 net. 


» 3 ‘Phe ‘TRANSACTIONS | OF ‘THE HN TOMOLOGICAL Socrery OF — Sout WALES, 
oo vols... 8yo, [Vol. 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11., five parts, 1869-73; all pub- 
ao ede £2, net, are also Gbteinable,: but neither the Parts nor the Volumes — 


Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 11s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.; “Part 4. 13s. Eat 


ia 
thw 
ALS 


Nee trilobites from. Bowning, with: notes: on Enerimurus vand Cordania. 


PROCEEDINGS, 1924, PART 2 


ae CONTENTS. 


Studies in the vegetation of arid and semi-arid New South Wales Part, 
ii. The botanical features of the Grey Range and its neighbourhood. 
_-By Marjorie I. Collins, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Bellow, of the Bees 
in Botany. (Plates iv.ix.) Pee eee rari onihs aoe Reale «SMO act 


Australian. Coleoptera. No. iii, Notes and new species. By H a 
Carter, B,A., F.E.S. (Ten Text-figures) ‘ ‘ : 


By John Mitchell. (Plate. x) {i 


Studies in parasitism: a contribution to the Hhgholoes of fhe: genus nee 
Cassytha. By J. eae M.A., Vy. Se. ae Xi, io va +wo ce 
‘Text-figures ) see : : BN a eo 


The Loranthaceae. of Australia. UP art ave Be We au Biskely. “Pate 
AVL RKVIL Or ae cite oP Pauarial cael a ‘ sae tee 


A critical revision of the Australian and Nae Zealand oe of the 
aoa Secotium.. By G. H. Cunningham. (Communicated by J. 
B. Cleland, M.D., ChM. ne (Plates xii. aoe = ‘Sixteen ‘Text. oN 
figures). snte\ados ae tea Wage dint ene ialetgu eet aaetea as SOs 


Bi 


‘A monograph of the Freshwater. Bintamostnacas of Nor South ‘Wales. 
Part iv. | Phyllopoda. By Marguerite Henry, B.Se. 7 iyfineate een 
Macleay Fellow of the Society in Aocioey: (Plates Xxviii, -XKXii,) Boast 


Notes on Australian Diptera. No. nu. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated eae a 
_ by E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M.) Hines wo NG Bier niemaucanas Ceres (138-146 pray 4 


Kuealypts of the Blue Mogren: and their defined areas. Se E: men ‘ . a 
Chisholm, oe Ch.M. ee me J. i. Maden A ce & 
ERS.) . Bye oe eye Tee anal | Sia Fee Mage tc OUR est? —vir50" 


ke 


{ 


Observations on ‘Helia aspera in Australia, By p, Steel. | (Three Text SoA Je 
HEY Bo te he 151152 


The food plants or hosts of ‘some ee insects, Part a a Rp Re as acs at 
eee B: 8e., and Ww. oe N.- Greenwood. Gi Regen el hii ae see 153.161. 


SP FUCHS Rw ec eas . . 
| ‘i te Sout Pah mae if 


Studies in ‘tie ‘Epacridaceae. i The life- as of £ Styphelia longifolia at 
(R.Br.). By Patrick oo M.A., B. Se. ) B. Se. ae pet -one 
Text- eal ES Fee Neptoanye BE 


- Corrigenda. Pe RES EV Mer amrrs Hehe 


Pp. 34, lane’ 25, ae. Rendin ao Bandin ros i 
P. 104, 7th line*from bottom, for locis- SaaS ined sylvis i 
P. 105, line 7, delete “in grassy places ”” eas 
P. 105, lines 9, 10, aj'ter Type), read Bonest Ree ‘Packslcarils; h te 
Be 108, 8 lines from ey and. p- 110, nn 10, er ‘Cleland read Cleland _ eh Nahas 
Cheel beat 


& 


(Issued 24th October, 1924.) 


Nee — Ny 


Ase ee ys : No. 197. PAN’ i 


PROCEEDINGS 
‘| - EAN SOCIETY 


N Ey -Souta: WaL_es 


ay ES rune FOR. THE ‘YEAR 


PART III. (pp. 179-396.) 
Be ett Ne aN CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN: 
ae pee Be Besa: ; JUNE-AUGUST.. 
oe oe. WITH TWELVE, PLATES 
aye ao ae [Plates Pee 


Ua Ze = ty an a tr nn an a . Fal 


‘Srpwer: ae es ~ 

Phat aC "PRINTED ‘AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY. BY : 
et THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD. 
ER ae 29 Alberta, Street, Sydney, : 

. es and 

SOLD BY. PEEL ‘SOCIETY. 


By otaS oOR  Aa PRICE | 1216 


Recs peor. Agent in Europe: 


| Messe Dotav & Co., 34-36 ‘Margaret St., Cavendish h Square. 
: fit _ London, W. Ss y 


The ico Society of cP New Sauth Wales. 


LIST OF OFFICERS ANE AND COUNCIL, 1924-25. 


President : 
_R. H. Cambage, F:L.S. si 
Vice-Presidents; , 
Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., BS. G A. Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., PES. 
J.J. Fletcher, M.A,, BSc. A. F. Basset, Hull. oe 


Hon, Treasurer : Nels H. Campbell, MB.E., Royal Mint, Sydney. 
Secretary: A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. 


: Council : 
E. C. Andrews, B.A., F-Gis. | WwW. W. Froggatt, FES. 
*W. R. Browne, D.Sc. © . A. G. Hamilton. 
R. H. Cambage, F.L.S. - _ Professor L. Harrison, BA. BSc 
J. H. Campbell, M.B.E. — Professor W. A. Hasw ell, M.A, DSc. 
H. J. Carter, BA., F.ES. RAS GRY Fe Gal ie Bee 


Professor H. G) Chapman, #M.D.;B.S)) JA. Fi BassetvHull,) i Go ee 
Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, K.B.E., AYR: McCulloch. ERO Aes Tea sites een ci! 
-. €.M.G., D-S:0., BA, DSc, F.RS: T. Steckoc 2 Ae eed ie a ; 
T. Storie Dixson, M. B.; Ch.M.. » A. B. Walkom, DSc. x 


E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. G.'A. Waterhouse, Ce se FES. 
y: J. Fletcher, MA, B.Sc. 


Auditor: F. H. Rayment, PORAy igo @ 
* Blected 20th August, 1924, in place of Professor A. 
A. Lawson, resigned. 


t Elected 93rd July, in ae ah ne C: . Hedley, resigned. 


NOTICE. } 


) eh 
\ 


Wirn the Becepion of Vomaies 1 LVI. of ee PRocEEDINGS—of ayhicl the. " Shciatiis fot) 

stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications Of sthens Fae 
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained from the Society, Macleay House, 160 
College Street, Sydney, or from Dulau & Com 34- 36 Marea St., Cavendish — eae 
Square, Loudon, W.., at the following Prices: a= 


1 


Le) ERS SERIES. 


: es for 1882, Vol. VII1—Part 1, 7s. 6d.: Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, bes . Part 4, 10s. 

Proceedings for 1883, Vol, VItl=—Part Tt 10s.; Part. Pep 5s. Part 3, 7s,; Part 4, 8s. 
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX —Part 1, 8s.- ‘Part 2: 12s. Part ay $1 5s.: : Part 4, £1 5s. 
Proceedings He 1885, Vol. X—Part 16 12s.: Part PI TISP 6d. : Part 3, ‘5s. } Part ey nS oc 


SECOND SERIES. aa i 


Pegesedingsl for 1886, Vol. I—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 1Ws.; : Part 3, 13s; oe e os 
. 12s 6d. 
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II —Part Ldsy 7 Part 2: 2h: ; - Part 3, 12s.; oe 4, £1 "st 
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. I1I—Part 1, Bs. Part 2, §1 4s.; Part. ay £1; Part 4, 18s. 
. Proceedings for 1889 ‘—Vol. IV.—Part if lls.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; ;-Part 4, lls. 
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V—Part 1, dis.; Part 2, 9s.; ‘Part 3,~ ‘Qs. Part 4, 9s. ~~ 
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI —Part i? 10s; Part 2, 9s, 6d.; Part 2 Wis.; i Fart 4, 
7s, 6d. 
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VI —Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part VW) oy 6a; Part 3, 8s.; Patt 
2 8s. f io 


ion oes 


ahs { ; eau = Slam an 
\ ee AN. tise Rati ‘ 


Proceedings for 1898, Vol. VIII. —Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, 1ls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s. 

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX —Part 1, 12s. : ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 8s. 

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X —Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d; Part 3, 10s.; Supplement, 
Is. 6d.; Part 4, ‘12s. 

Proceedings for 1896—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 
6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. 

Proceedings for 1897—Part 1, 10s.;. Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part-4; Is. 6d. 

Proceedings for 1898—Part 1, 3s.: Part 2, 6s.; Part on IS Soba Aare 

- Proceedings for 1899—Part 1, 12s, 6d.; Part 2, 12s.: Part 3, 10s.: Part 4, 10s. 6d. 

_ . Proceedings for 1900.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. 

Proceedings for 1901—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.: Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. ° 
Proceedings for 1962 Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement, 3s.; 

a = Part 415s: 

es Proceedings for 1903 —Part 1, OSGs Part 2s Ws 6c.7 artis. 1450; 4Part 4. 15s, 

Ciera Proceedings for 1904—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s: 6d.;.Part 3, 9s.; Part 4;: 10s. 
Proceedings for 1905—Part 1, an Supplement, ce Part 2, 10s.: Part 3, 12s. 6d.; 

Part 4; with Supplement, 10s. 6d. : 

Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3; 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. 

Proceedings for 1907—Part 1, 8s.; Part 28s. 6d.) Partid, 15s.5-Part, 4. 18s. 

Proceedings for 1908—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4 12s. 6d. 

Proceedings for 1909—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.;. Part 3, 14s. : Part 4 16s. 6d. 
Proceedings for 1910—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 1ls.; Part sida Part 4, 12s.%6d. 

- Proceedings for 1911—Part 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d. Part 4, 10s. 
Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s.\ di; ‘Part, 2,.25s.; Part: 3). 12s: .6d:;.Part) 415s. 
Proceedings for 1913—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. Part 3, 6s: Part 4 13s. 
Proceedings for 1914—Part 1, 13s.; Part’ 2) 17%s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. 

- Proceedings for 1915.—Part ie 17st: Part 2: ‘12s. 6d.- Part 3, 10s.: Partin its. 
Proceedings for 1916——Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s. 

’ Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 16s. 6d. 

_ Proceedings for 1918—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2, 14s; Part 3, 2Is:; Part 4, 19s. 
0g Proceedings for 1919—Part 1, 12s. 6d.: Part 2; 11s, 6d:; Part 3, 17s. 6d.:; Part 4, 13s. 
_. Proceedings for 1920Part 1, 10s. 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4 ils. 

_ Proceedings for 1921—Part y, eS ss Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, ‘7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d) 

Proceedings for 1922—Part ie . 6d; Part 2 13s. 6d.; Part 3, l1s-;. Part 4, 18s. 

Part. 5, 2s... j 
Proceedings for 1923. —Part i Qs. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3,\16s.; Part 4, 13s. 6d.; 

‘Partb, 28/38 7 
Froceedings for 1924 —Part ie Qs: Part 2) 13s. Gd) 


The Macttay Memorrat Votume [issued October 13th, 1893]: Royal 4to. ut. 
ae und 308, pages,. with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. 


er _ Dasortprive CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN FISHEs. By William Macleay, F.L. s, 
ns [1881]. _ A few copies only. Price £1 nepear¢. 


The TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL Soomry or New Sours WALES, 
- 2 vols., 8vo. [Vol. 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. m, five parts, 1869-72; all pub- 
Stehedi, price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes 
ame. sold gee 


“The nectar of flowers. 


PROCEEDINGS 


Results from Roy Bell’s Mollusean collections. 


_ XXX. “XEXVI) 


ee 


CONTENTS. 


By W. Docters van Leeuwen and H. H. Karny. 


eon H. ae ie 


On some ‘Austeale: Scarabaeidae Cy 
(Nineteen Text- figures) . 


BES. 


Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., 
Poesy 


aquaria. 
Society in FeO ey: 


7 Teel : 


Be duisteatan Camapiyiacid castadel 


lenis: MBs D.Se. 


by Dr. E. W. Her sen 


A revision of the ‘Sitar Chiromyzini. (Straiomyids. 
eon eS | ia 


BY. G. H. Hardy. — 


* 
- 


- (Squalus acantmas). 


Fellow of the Society in Zoology. 


Studies in plant pigments. Part i il. 
injury in Eucalyptus stricta. 


Macleay Fellow of the 


Mite ‘of genus wales ascneanee ahr Saas Ra ae of ie ary ie 
(ones Text- tenes , 


Eucalyptus stricta. By , 


ale Text-figures) 


% 


ee rece 


By ‘Thos. Steel. 


oe Text- figures) . 


(eens Text- ures). 


a 


(Five Text- a 


Society i in caonoece ys 


W. B. Gurney, F.ES. 


7 me ee 
ee ee 


er Pe ti 
Bet i 


Sy des 


‘(Plate 3 asliv. Me 


| 1924, PART 3 


Two new thrips- eae ® ands their inhabitants, from New South Wale 


 HntontaeleaGs splietcd in Hie” vicinity of arena. ‘New ‘Teena: By aes 
Linnean Macleay Fellow of the ack in 
(Hive Text-figures), 9 at Ue LpesU CellC NRE Mas CoA Sah 


Notes on ae Entomostraca out ee mud ae their hols in : 
By Marguerite Henry, B. Bes canneae a Fellow of 


: ‘Notes on Australian Diptera. No. iii. By SE R. Malloch, » (Commaicated eee es 
by we E. W. Heggesa) inet, GREE 


; : Pages. 
cBe Tom Veelslen (plates. = 

Uh ee Soh RS eae TON Te, 
ee oe : 

. 279-282 
By Arthur M. es : Fae 
DE Min ena Once 

S131 
a 319- 323. 
Fa ee oe 328 


Dita). ae ae 


‘: The motor nerve- endings of the inn nantles it, ine fog. (aah ae aye 
poraria) and of the muscles of the pectoral fin of the Dog-fish — sin 
By P. D. F. Murray, B.Se., Linnean Mele: . 

(Plates XXXVii. ees Sea sae 
‘The red pigment sehscea by ee ak 
‘By J. M. Petrie, D.Se., F.1.C., Linnean iar ae 
ve 386-394 — 


Notes: on Sateen Dinter: No. iv. By J. R. Mello, (Communit ee we eta 
Steve BAB-BD98 


(Issued 29th December, 1924.) 


| PROCEEDINGS 


s, 


OF THE 


The Bean Society of ol New South Wales. 


LIST OF OFFICERS AND AND COUNCIL, 1924-25. 
- guPremdents 260 Ae 
R. H. Cambage, } EAI EARS he St Se 
Vice-Presidents : Se ne 


Professor H. G, Chapman, “CD, BS. G A. Waterhouse, DSc, BE, EES 
_ J. J. Fletcher, MA. BSc. = 


Hon. Treasurer : A see oss Campbell, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Sydney. 
_ Secretary: A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. 


Council : Rare oie 
E. C. Andrews, B.A., F-G.S. © WwW. Ww. Tecra F. L. S. 
*W. R. Browne, D.Sc. A. G. Hamilton. _ 
= H. Cambage, F.L.S. - Professor L. Harrison, B.A., Soc ae 
H. Campbell, M.B.E. Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A, DSe,, 
i. J. Carter, BA. F.ES. | F.R.S.: 


Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. TAR: McCulloch. sas 
Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, K. Bebra Steel. Eee 
, C.M.G., D.S.O., BA. DSc., ERS. A. B. Walkom, DSens ee 
T. Storie Dixson, M. B., ‘Ch. M. Pe eseHe ‘Wardlaw, ‘DeScsco 
E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. G. A. Waterhouse, DSc, BE.; PES. 
J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. 


Auditor: F. H. ciuesae FCP.A. : ; na eae 
* Blected 20th August, 1924, in place of Professor = ER emer 
A. Lawson, resigned. ieee ie x 
+ Elected 93rd. July, in place. of Mr. C. Hedley, signed 


+ Elected 17th December, in: ee S Mr. SIAN Basset 
| Hull, Penioned aie aot 
oe ees | N O T ICE. 


‘Wires the eeesstion of Volumes I.-VI. of the Bhoceepines of ihc the Soseive ete 
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of ‘the ate 
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained from the Society, Macleay House, T§ ee 
College Street, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co. " 34- 36 ee ‘St, | Cavendish 
Square, London, W., at the following prices : — ees are 


BIRSE SERIES. oe 
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VIL. —Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part. 3, Bee ae ve 10s. 
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIIJ.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2s Be Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 8s. Se 
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX —Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.- : Part 3, age 5s.: Part 4, £1 5s. 
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X —Part 1, 12s.: > Part 2: 7s. 6de- oe 3, s.; ae 4, Ts. 6d. 


SECOND SHRINS, 3! SPs se 


Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I—Part 1,..10s.. Gd.+- Part 2, 125.5 Part 3, 188: Part 4 
12s 6d = 
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II —Part 1, 7s; Part 2,, 86. Part. a 12s.; Part 4g. %s. 
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. IJI—Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.;. Part ae £1; Part 4, ise 
Proceedings for 1889. =Vollvs —Part ie isese Part: 2 165-5 + Part 3; 19s.: > Part 4, ‘Us. 


~ 


Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V—Part 1, 11s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, Qs.; Part 4, 9s. 
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI—Part 1, 10s: Part “2: s 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; ; ‘Part 4, 
7s. 6d.. Soe 


Proceedings for 1892, Vol. ACE —Part Is Gde: Part 2, As. ud Part 3, 88.5 
a 4, 8s. 


ae for 1893, Vol. Vill —Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, 1ls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s. 
Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.: ; Part 3, 13s.: ; Part 4, 8s. 
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X—Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. ; Supplement, 
ds. 6d.; Part 4, 12s. 
Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, ‘6s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 
be 6d. Part 4 £1 7s.. 6d: 
Proceedings for 1897——Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.: Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. 
Proceedings for 1898—Part 1, 3s.; ‘Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s. 
_ Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. 
- Proceedings for 1900—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s 6d.; Part -3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. 
- Proceedings for 1901—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part Sos Part 4. 17s. 6d. 
_- Proceedings for 1902 Part I, 7s.; ‘Part 2, 7S. éd.: Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement, 3s.; 
eee Part. 4) 15s. 5c 
Proceedings for 1903—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s. 
Proceedings for 1904—-Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s. 
Proceedings for 1905—-Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; 
; ~~ Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.- 
Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. 
_. Proceedings for 1907—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s. 
\ Proceedings for 1908—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. 
- Proceedings for 1909—Part 1, 12s.- Part 2: lés-; Part 3,:14s.:: Part: 4 16s: 6d- 
Proceedings for 1910—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 1ls.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. 
Proceedings for 1911—Part 1, 9s. 6d.: Part, 2, Qs, d.; Part = 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s:— 
Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, Sood ete arte2 250s: Part a 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. 
Proceedings for 1913—Part 1, 14s.; Part De 7s. 6d:= Part.3, -6s.: Part Ae 138s. 
Proceedings for 1914—-Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, RZSE Part oe 95s.: ‘Part 4, 19s. 
Proceedings for: 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. Pattie: 10s.; Part 4, 11s. 
Proceedings for 1916—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s. 
Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 16s. 6d. 

+ Proceedings for 1918—Part 1, 20s.; Part 9, 14s; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s. 
Proceedings for 1919——Part 1, 12s. 6d.: Part 2, 11s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.- Part 4, 13s. 
~ Proceedings for 1920—Part 1, 10s. 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s. 
Proceedings for 1921—Part 1. ee Part 28S. Part 3. "'s. 6d.; Part 4, Qs. 6d. 
Proceedings for 1922.—Part it - 6d.; Part. 2, 18s. 6d.; Part 3, 11s.; Part 4, 18s.; 

Part 5, 2s. ~ 
Proceedings for 1923—Part T, 2s eee Part P12. = 3, 16s.; Part 4, 13s. 6d.; 

at Part 5, 2ss. = = 

ee goeeianee for 1924.—Part is pee part 2, ‘18s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s. 


¥ * 


‘The Mactzay Memorrar, Votume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to. ui. 
‘ und 308 pages, with Portrait, and. forty-two plates. Price wens os 


ie ‘DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF ‘Austrattan Fisums. By William Mopleay, E.L.S. 
: [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1 net. 


The (TRANSACTIONS OF THE Rin wonconoGican Soom or NEw cea WALES, 
2 vols., 8vo. [Vol. 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. m., five parts, 1869-7; all pub- 
 jished], price £2, net, are also ‘obtainable, but ‘neither the Parts nor ihe Volumes 
are sold separately. ; 


PROCEEDINGS, 1924, PART 4 


CONTENTS! #: See 5 2 


Revision of Australian ‘Lepidoptera v Lasiocampidae. By NG Jeffers: 
Turner, M.D., BES, ee eee sage ne ee ee es tere 


Upper Permian Coleoptera oe a new order from tlie. Beleaont: Be = ee 
New South Wales. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A. Se.D., D.Se., pee ae eee 
_Inst., F.LS:, F.E.S. (Plates xly.-xlvi., and fires Textfigures) 429-435 


The Influence of certain Colloids upon Ponientatiol. ‘Part. i‘ By Re 
Greig-Smith, D Se. es ee Ae eae to the sybase (Six 4 
Text-figures) . ee ee Z 


Australian Nemecteniac: Diptera), By a. 7D Hardy. “(thisoen 
_ Text-figures ) Se Ue Se ge ai Sie mA Pate Cee mie et oh ee ak 


Two new Hemiptera from New South: Wales By Harber M Hes m | 
(Communicated by A. J. Nicholson, M.Se.). a xivii y 


RAVINIA) Gare rcs a> eee aie nate eee ee cee ee cee cre 


Eleven new specie. of Avieulopecten pon Gathers eons Rooks, Myall fac 
Lakes, N. 8. W. . By John Mitchell. (Plates: xhix, lit.) se e oe [ 


1S 


An ecological alee of the flora ‘of. Mount Wilson. Part at ‘The vege- 
tation of the basalt. By P. Brough, M.A., B.Se., B. Se. Agr., Johr 
- MeLuckie, M.A., D.Se., and ae ::o = Petrie, (Plates he 
= and five Text- a fy fee ie ee 


New South Wales, By a ohn. Mitchell. “Plate iii) 


A preliminary reference to a new species of Elonichthys from thes 4 
Beds of the. Newcastle Coal Measures. 5 Eye John Mitchell. 
liii.) SE So ees eng Sere IE ei an ole ek ae hs oe a 


Note upon determining the Hydrogen-ion Coceditanee Sslobincaieauy? 
in small quantities of finids. By R. ne Sate ‘D. Se... we 
Bacteriologist to the. Society Si Fanaa oe Oh Wig REN ibis 


Critical notes on the ‘Temnocephaloidea. ‘By Professor Ww. ee Haswet a 
M.A., D.Se, F.R. 8. (Plates liv-lvi.) es “ 


Australian Coleoptera: Notes and new species. _ No. 1 iv. 
Carter, B.A., PES. os Text- ae) ao 


| oe a 


ce (Issued 18th February, 1925.) 


oe | SV | 
ir Vol, XLIX. ae ee RN) 
"Part 5. — 


PR OCEEDINGS 


_LINNEAN Society ||* 


S e OF 


N EW - Souta. WALES 


FOR ‘THE YEAR 


1924 


3 ae eck ats Veo (Pages xxi. lanai.) 


ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, DONATIONS AND aes 
LIST OF MEMBERS AND INDEX 


2  Srpyur; Sar ie 2 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY 
THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD. 


29 Alberta Street, Sydney, - 


Se and: 
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 


1925, 
PRICE 2/- 
- Agent in Europe: 


Messrs. Durav & Co., 34-36. Margaret St., Cavendish ce 
oa London, W. VW 


ae ee Scticw et of New South Wales. 


LIST OF ‘OFFICERS AND AND COUNCIL, 1924-25. 
. President : ete oe) ere eee 
: R. H. Cambage, F. Ls S. Pe ee 
: Vice-Presidents : = Rime cs RE tke aa 


Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., BS. GA. Waterhouse, Dse, ‘BE, FES. | 
J. J. Fletcher, M.A, BSc. — a. 


‘Hon. Treasurer : 5 ee Bs Campbell, OM B. E, Royal . Mint, ‘Sydney. 


Secretary: A. B. Walkom, D. Se. oh a 
“Counsel Ly Sees 
E. C. Andrews, B. A., F. G.S. NES SM Froggatt, FP: 1 oe 
=W. R. Browne, DSc. eerie Maes PORES, Hamilton. feos 
RH: Cambase -f.$.. = Professor L. Harrison, BA. Hse: Ce 
Jj. H. Campbell, M.B.E. Lao _ Professor W. A. Haswell, MA, ‘DSe, 
2 ie J Carters Bask, FBS: SPS RES 


Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. - 7A. R, McCulloch, 
Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, K.B.E., T, See 

__C.M.G., D-S.0., B.A, D.Sc. F.R.S. -A>B. Walkom, DSc. 
T. Storie’ Dixson, M.B:, Ch.M..-- 3H. S.-H. Wardlaw, Be a ae 
E. W. Ferguson, M.B.. Ch. M.. Sis GaN Mates DSc. BE. BES. 
Ja Jee Bletchers MeACeB Ge. (8 ae eee 


Auditor: F. H. Rayment, PCPA. : 
* Blected 20th August, 1924, in place of Professor A 
A. Lawson, resigned, : 
+ Elected 93rd July, in- place of Mr. C. eae ‘resigned, f 
+ Elected 17th December, in Uae of = A TBs Basset | 
. Aull, Tesiened ne 


X 


“NOTICE. 


La 


as the eeeeonen of Volumes I-VI. of the ee a eth Ae ‘Sosrebya s. Rees ; 
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the 
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained from the Society, Macleay House, 16 heey 
College Street, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 oS Sty ae et te 
Square, Pond oD) W., at the following prices :—. eh cy ps US pe ee 

“FERST SERIES, 3 <3 a te ee 
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.: Pare 3, 5s.; ‘Part 4, 10s. ae 
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part. L 10s.; Part 2, Bs. Part 8, 7s.; a Part 4, ‘8s. ies 


Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 8s.: Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, $1 5s.; Part 4, $1 5s. Je 
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X—Part 1, 12s.: Part 2, 7s. 6d. Part By OS “Part 4, Ls. 6d 


SECOND SHRING= = 2, 2 — es: 


Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I—Part-1, 10s. bh; ‘Part. 2, ‘12s.; Part 3 igs: Part a 
12s 6d.. ue 
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II pad 1; 7s. Pha 2 85: pak 3, 12s. oe Part 4, $1 "8. 
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III —Part 1, 15s.; Path 2); £1 ‘4s. : Part 3, £1; Part 4, 18s. 
Proceedings for 1889—Vol. IV.—Part 1; 1ls.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, ‘19s. ; Part 4, 11s. 
Proceedings for 1890, Vol: V—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 9s:; Part 3) 9s. : 2 Part. = Oss 
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. Vi—Part is 10s; Past, 2, 9s. 6d.; Part. 3, 17s.; “Part 4 
Ws. 6d. “ 
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII eat 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, As. 64. Part, 3, Bs.; Part 
4. Rs. 2 ae ole 


ree) 


Nero 


Beh 


Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, 1ls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s. 


Proceedings for 1894, Vol. Ix —Part l, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s.; ; Part 3, 18s.; Part 4, 8s. 

Proceedings for 1895, Vol: X—Part’1, ‘bs. ; ; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Supplement, 
As:.6d.; Part 4, 12s. 

‘Proceedings for 1896—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, 7S. 
6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. 

Proceedings for 1897—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.;- Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.. 

Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s.; ‘Part 2, 6.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s. 

Proceedings for 1899—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. 

~ Proceedings for 1900—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. 

_ Proceedings for 1901—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s; Part 3, 5S.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. 

Proceedings for 1902 —Part 1, 4s.; ‘Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement, 3s.: 


se Part 4, 15s.- 


“Proceedings for 1903.——Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s; Part 4, 15s. 
Proceedings for 1904—Part 1, 10s.; = Patter. 1s: 6d. > Part’ 3; -9s.; Part 4, 10s. 
_ Proceedings for 1905—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s: Part. 2, 10s.: Part 3, 12s. 6d.: 


= == Part 4, ‘with Supplement, 10s. 6d... _ 
Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part oles éd.; Part 4, 15s. 


_ Proceedings for 1907 —Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part oy oses bart Me 18s. 
- Proceedings for 1908—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2 Qs. ; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. 


- Proceedings for 1909—Part. 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d. 


__ Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 1ls.; Part 3, 7s.; Parte4, 12s, 6d. 
Proceedings for 1911.—Part 1, Qs. 6d.: Part 2, Qs. d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d.: Part 4, 10s. 
Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 8, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. 
Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2 78. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 18s. 


_ — Proceedings for 1914—Part 1, 13s.; -Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 95s.: Part 4, 19s. 


_ Proceedings for 1915—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 11s. 

_. Proceedings for 1916—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4195.2 

= Exoceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.: Part 4, 16s. 6d. 

_ Proceedings for 1918—Part re 20s.; Part 2 14s: Part 3, 21s.: Part 4, 19s. 
Proceedings for 1919—Part 1, 12s. 6d.: Part 2, 11s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d; Part 4, 18s, 
Proceedings. for 1920—Part L 10s. 9d.: Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.: Part 4, 11s. 

. Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s.; Part. Baers PALES: Ts. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d. 


ee Stipe des for 1922.—Part 1, 2s, 6d.; Part 2, 13s. 6d.; Part 3, 1ls.; Pew 4, 18s.; 


‘Part 5:.2s. 
Proceedings for 1923—Part 1, Qs. 6d.; _ Part 2, 12s. els. 3, 16s.; Part 4, 13s. 6d.: 
sPart-5)- 28.2... : 
Proceedings for 1924.—Part 1, 2s. Part 2, 13s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part -4, 10s. 


~ 


“The Mactnay ‘Memorran Vouume need Dstoher 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to. x1. 
und 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. 


- Dzscriprive Cararogun Or AUSTRALIAN Fisnes. By William oe F.L.S. 
oes A few copies only. Price £1 net. 


The TRANSACTIONS (OF THE Ewnomorocrcan ‘Socrmry or New Sour WaAtgEs, 
a) vols., 8vo. [Vol. 1, five Parts; 1863-66; Vol. 11, five parts, 1869-7; all pub- 
“‘Tished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but feihes the Parts nor {he Volumes 
are sold separately. : 


—) 19! 


poe Be 2 Ss 
f = { a 
iz x a ae y 
= é } 5 a 


Balance Sheet (Bactoriology) 
Abstract of Proceedings — = x 
Donations and Exchanges . 
List of Members 
dnd ex: tiene ee ete a= 


SSS) 
SI 


Fae 


Tete 
= 


aE: 


F a 


“ee Me 
BAT pst phg 
THING Shh eds, 
‘ a 


TRA TY 
3 Mike: 
Sint 


iw Se so 


Ce ieee 


Et 


eee cae 
rye 
Soe.